f: 



i 



LIVE STOCK 

A COMPLETE COMPENDIUM 
FOR THE AMERICAN FARMER AND STOCK OWNER 



INCLUDING 



Horses^ Cattle, Swine, Sheep and Poultry 



BEING ALSO 



COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR 



EMBRACING THE EFFECTIVE METHODS OF 



OBJECT TEACHING WITH WRITTEN INSTRUCTION 



BY 

Hon. Jonathan Periam and A. H. Baker, M. D., V. S. 



PUBLISHED BV 

THE THOMPSON PUBLISHING COMPANY 

ST. LOUIS CHICAGO WACO 

1907 



^> 






LIBRMRY of CONGRESS 
Two Cootes BecelvM 
MAY 29 '90/* 

CLASS^ a XXc, No. 
COPY B. 



CopyriRht, 1907, by The Thompson Publishing Co. 



PUBLISHER'S PREFACE. 



The Louisiana Purchase Exposition marked an industrial epoch. It 
was a combination of the world's great interests. It focalized its 
productions, its activities and its achievements. The conspicuous 
feature was the representation of all the peoples of the earth. Little 
less conspicuous was its assemblage of the best representative breeds of 
live stock from every civilized country. It created a floodtide of inter- 
est in live stock and attracted the wide attention that so marvelous a 
collection of the noted animals of the world justified. It illustrated 
the world's best achievements in animal husbandry. That it should 
stimulate an interest in all the subjects pertaining to domestic animals 
such as gave an impetus to that interest throughout every section of 
the American continent was a necessary result. Every distinct breed 
of horse, bred up to its perfection in form and beauty, spirit and action 
— every well defined breed of cattle, representing the highest evolution 
of cattle breeding; the varieties of sheep and the hog in like perfection, 
characterized the marvelous collection of domestic animals. Ever>' 
State in the American Union contributed to the great collection. 
England, Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Switzerland, Australia and 
Canada made their best contributions to this marvelous live stock 
assemblage. It was a veritable combination of the best individuals of 
all the profitable breeds of domestic animals in the entire world. Such 
opportunity for reproducing the highest class of representative animals 
for the American farmer and stock owner had never before been pre- 
sented. It was an opportunity not to be lost. By contract with the 
ofEcial photographers of the Exposition, and with the consent and 
active, interested co-operation of the various owners of these animals, 
they were photographed for this publication and for the educational 
and monetary advantages of the American farmer and stock owner. 
They are here presented with characteristics and qualities appropriately 
described. 

The purpose of this work is defined in its title. That it is compre- 
hensive and up-to-date in its vast detail, the table of contents and the 
general treatment will show. That the subjects treated are intimately 
and vitally associated with the success and financial interest of every 
owner of live stock will likewise appear. That these subjects are 

vn 



VIII publisher's preface. 

practically treated so as to contribute to an exhaustive knowledge of 
live stock of every kind, in health and in disease, their study and 
application will demonstrate. The learning, character and experience 
of the distinguished authors furnish, if necessary, a further guarantee. 
L/Ong lives devoted to this line of authorship and teaching have given 
them singular qualifications for so important a task. 

The modern method of "Object-teaching," so popular in our higher 
schools, has been utilized to an extent never before equalled. Its 
striking appropriateness will not fail to impress and instruct. In addi- 
tion to simple teachings by word, it instructs through the eye as well, 
and with a definiteness in both respects that will enable any one to 
become well versed in a practical knowledge of the value, use, care, 
disease and treatment of domestic animals. In the interest of this 
method of teaching we have gathered appropriate illustrations from 
many sources and availed ourselves of the courtesies of many individ- 
uals owning livestock, and of publishers having control of explanatory 
engravings. For these we return sincere acknowledgments, and es- 
pecially to Hon. F. D. Coburn, the efficient, distinguished and widely 
known Secretary of the Kansas State Board of Agriculture, who gener- 
ously placed at our disposal nearly one hundred engravings appropri- 
ately illustrating noted animals representative of types taken from his 
very admirable comj^ilations, the Twelfth and Fourteenth Biennial Re- 
ports of the Kansas State Board of Agriculture. 

With the exception of a few reprints of English books which are 
narrow in scope and design, poorly applying to the necessities of this 
country, there is not another similar work of reputable, competent 
authorship, covering the subjects embraced. Those of special preten- 
sions are mere compilations by non-professionals, who assume pro- 
fessional titles, and thus impose upon the credulity and trifle with the 
valuable interests of the farmer and the stock owner. 

The full index, the plan and arrangement, the careful system through- 
out, are such that any fact in its contents can be readily found; so 
that, as a work of ready reference, as well as general study, it will be 
found especially convenient as well as reliable. 

Impressed with the belief that it fills the all important requirement 
of availability for ready and unerring use, and that it is a thoroughly 
practical work — one that will serve the farmer as a valuable hand-book, 
both for study and constant reference, and which will enable him to 
turn the industry of stock breeding, raising, buying and selling, to 
greater profit — it is respectfully submitted with the confident hope of 
approval, 

The Publishers, 







si 

tf I 
o . 
W g 

^ ° 

O X 
oH 

,. «! 

a 



AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 



We have reached a period of progressive farming — a period of the 
application of the best and most approved methods with the view to 
the largest and most profitable results. It is a period of sharp compe- 
tition when every industry to be successful must be directed with the 
detailed knowledge of facts and conditions that determine results — 
success or failure. In the general material progress, live stock interest 
has more than kept pace. It has widened in scope and method and 
extended in its markets till it has compassed the earth. In its highest 
development it is demanding the application of scientific and practical 
up-to-date information. At no period in history has the farmer and 
his product occupied positions so commanding. The political econo- 
mists have discovered the importance and the dignity of the farmer's 
position as the producer of the world's wealth as contrasted with the 
mere trafficker in what the farm produces. In that product live stock 
stands as one prime essential in all pervading extent, in quick conver- 
tion to money, in vast volume and in profit. In the evolution of 
quality its progress has been marvelous. In the care-taking and in 
improved breeding is this progress and profit due. This book is 
designed to meet a popular demand ever\'where felt in supplying the 
facts and direction to the farmer and stock owner essential to the most 
successful and profitable methods. Advanced methods and information 
in definite fact and detail are of prime necessity to his best profit. 
This work is primarily designed to supply the need of the busy farmer 
and stock owner. It is a patent fact that in this book-making age 
there is no well authenticated, systematic work accessible to the farmer 
in which the known facts and principles of the art of improving and 
breeding domestic animals, and of the causes, symptoms, prevention 
and cure of diseases, are presented in convenient form for study and 
reference. Yet such is the fact, notwithstanding the paramount impor- 
tance of live stock to the farmer, and the wonderful progress that has 
been made in its improvement. The present effort to supply this want 
has been made in response to frequent solicitation, and especially sug- 
gested by oft repeated inquiries received as agricultural and live stock 
journalists, for such a work covering comprehensively the ground 
occupied by this volume. The importance of the subject cannot well be 

IS 



X author's preface. 

overestimated when we consult statistics giving the millions of dollars 
invested in live stock in this great country, and it becomes especially- 
important, when we consider that the bulk of this immense value is 
distributed among those of minor wealth, as the farmer and small stock 
owner, who have no access to educated veterinary practitioners, and 
who are not fully informed as to the practical principles applicable 
to the most successful an* I profitable breeding, training and general 
care of domestic animals. Long experience and observation lead to 
the belief that a carefully arranged and classified work giving the facts 
in the art of breeding and general care of live stock, derived from the 
experience of the practical and most successful stock men, will be of 
incalculable benefit to every owner of domestic animals. 

In the following pages the value of kind treatment has been urged 
with marked frequency, and the fact is mentioned with no apologetic 
intent. It is urged as a policy both humane and profitable. What can 
be done to improve the condition and advance the comfort of these true 
friends of humanity is in the interest of economy. There is a much 
needed reform in the breeding, care and treatment of domestic animals, 
and the endeavor is here made to direct the way and point out its 
advantages. 

In treating of the various breeds of live stock, it has been the pur- 
pose to give the special characteristics, with the excellences and defects 
in each, so that the reader may know exactly which will serve best his 
exact purpose. In this, partiality for any one breed has been avoided 
and an honest effort made to point out the adaptability of each to spec- 
ial purposes. This much needed information will enable the reader to 
select for special objects with unerring judgement. There has been an 
undeviating purpose to avoid the too common custom of advocating the 
claims of any one breed or class of breeders, at the expense of another, 
or in contradiction to correct statement. The methods of advertising 
specialties, too common in such books, have been scrupulously avoided. 

The authors have long been impressed with the almost universal want 
of ability to judge accurately of the value of a horse, cow, or other ani- 
mal of the farm, as also of its particular features of excellence, from 
general appearance, manner and physical form. Yet this is suscepti- 
ble of almost exact knowledge. Intelligent study of these, with 
proper information ought to enable any one to determine the character- 
istics of a horse or cow, and whether it is best adapted to the purpose 
for which it is wanted. Not only can the matter of physical constitution 
and adaptability to a specific purpose be determined, but it is also within 
the power of the intelligent observer to detect vicious habits, disease and 



AuThorVs preface. 5ci 

unsoundness by the same analytic observation. A special feature of this 
work has been to give this information in such clear, specific, and analytic 
form, both by written word and illustration, as to make any intelligent 
reader a good judge of the value and qualifications, so to speak, of any 
horse, cow or other domestic animal. 

The age of an animal has an important bearing in estimating both 
value and use. To cover this point of vital interest we have, in the Horse 
and Cattle department, introduced illustrated C/iar/s givingthe formation 
of the teeth at the various ages, accompanied by such explanation and 
instruction as will enable any one, by a little study and observation, to 
ascertain with almost perfect accuracy the ages of these animals at any 
period. The value of this knowledge cannot well be overestimated. With 
this infonnation, and the ability to understand special characteristics and 
defects, instruction on which is herein given and illustrated in such 
careful detail, the arts of the jockey wiW be effectually provided against. 

The subject of training has received elaborate consideration, and as 
the value of an animal depends greatly on the care and success with 
which it has been trained^ it is believed that the attention given to it 
will be productive of valuable results. 

In this, as in other departments, gentle and humane methods are advo- 
cated as the most satisfactory and effective. Allied to this, the direc- 
tions and facts given concerning proper shelter, and convenience and 
economy in building, derived from personal experience running from 
the primitive shelter of the prairies, fifty years ago, to the present 
elaborate and costly barn, are deemed of interest and value. 

In the veterinary departments special efforts has been made to give 
the causes producing diseases, so that knowing the cause the disease 
may be obviated. Prevention is better than cure, and this fact is 
emphasized throughout the volume. Equal care has been observed in 
describing and giving symptoms^ so that the reader may, with as un- 
erring certainty as possible, know the nature of the disease, and hence 
what to do. 

When the services of a skilled veterinary surgeon are required it has 
been candidly advised, and care has been taken to distinguish between 
popular treatment and that requiring scientific and skillful management. 

In prescribing remedies, the effort has been to give those within the 
reach of the farmer — such as he can procure, prepare and easily adminis- 
ter. In like manner, unfamiliar words and technical phrases have been 
avoided as far as possible, consistent with scientific accuracy of state- 
ment. Clearness and conciseness of expression have been carefully con- 
sulted, and, to further conduce to a correct understanding, an elaborate 



xri ' author's preface. 

glossary is appended thoroughly explanatory of the meaning of every 
word in the book not familiar to everyday life. 

In the attainment of clearness, the generous and prodigal liberality 
of the Publishers in illustrating, by accurate, well executed and strik- 
ing engravings, every department and chapter of the work, deserves 
special mention. As aiding and strengthening the enforcement of fact, 
this feature, made at enormous outlay, is of a practical value impossi- 
ble to exaggerate. 

In conclusion, the hope is indulged that the farmer and stock 
raiser who will attentively read these pages, and reduce to practice 
the suggestions therein given, will find such increase of success, 
profit and pleasure in his noble calling as to justify his good opinion 
and unqualified endorsement of this late, and fully up-to-date volume. 
If so, the authors' purpose in writing this book will have been 
accomplished. 

THE AUTHORS. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PART I. 



THE HORSE.— HISTORY, MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTER 
ISTICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 



CHAPTER I. 

his ancient and modern history. 

Page. 
Connected with Man from the Earliest Historical Period. — I. The Horse in Ancient 
History.— II. The Horse in Civilization. — III. Preserving Breeds in Purity.— IV. 
The Wild Horse of To-day. — V. Fossil Horses. — VI. Horses of Asia. — VII. 
European Horses.— VIII. Artificial Breeding and Diseases.— IX. Opinions Re- 
lating to Breeding.— X. In-Breeding of Horses.— XI. Value of Hereditary 
Characteristics.— XII. A Careful Study Necessary.- XIII. About Object Les- 
sons 41 

CHAPTER II. 

ILLUSTRATING THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSK. 

I. Frame-work the Index of Value.— II. Master the Details of the Slieletoa.— III. 
Division of tiie Several Parts.— IV. Comparative Anatouiy of Man and the Horse. 
—V. Analyzing the Skeleton.— VI. Tlie Foot.— VII. The Head and Neck. —VIII. 
Bones and Muscles of the Front Limbs. — IX. The Hind Limbs 'yl 

CHAPTER III. 

THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM AND INTERNAL FUNCTIONS OF THE HORSE. 

L The Economy of the Muscular Covering. — II. Muscles of the Head and Neck.— III. 
Muscles of the Shoulder and Back.— IV. Muscles of the Hinder Parts.— V. 
Muscles of the Fore Limbs. — VI. Muscles of the Leg and Foot.— VII. Studying 
the Structure. — VIH. Internal Economy of the Horse. — IX. External Parts of 
the Horse 74 

CHAPTER IV. 

OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE AS INDICATING VALUE. 

L Action the First Requisite of a Good Horse. — H. Fast Walking Horses.— HI. 
Horses for Different Kinds of Work. — IV. The Head Illustrated Outwardly. — V. 
The Body and Limbs.— VI. B id Fore Quarters. — VH. The Body as Seen from 
the Front. — VIU. "NVhat a Critical Horseman Said.— IX. Front View, Showing Bad 

XIII 



XIV TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

Page. 
Fore Quarters. — X. The Hinder Parts Illustrated. — XI. The Propelling 
Power. — XII. What the Ancients Knew of Horses. — XIII. What One Need 
not Expect 90 

CHAPTER V. 

THE horse's teeth, AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. 

I. The Dental Formula.— II. The Teeth are the True Index of Age.— III. The 
Foal's Teeth. — IV. Differences Between the Teeth of Foal and Horse. — V. 
Allowances to be Made. — VI. Illustrating by the Chart 117 

CHAPTER VI. 

BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 

I. Influences of Country and Climate. — II. The Farm Horse. — III. The Clydes- 
dale Horse. — IV. The Norman-Percheron. — V. The Percheron of To-day. — 
VI. The Conestoga Horse. — VII. Road Horses. — VIII. Trotting Horses. — 
IX. Hunting Horses. — X. Light Driving Horses. — XI. Coach Horses. — XII. 
The Cleveland Bay. — XIII. The French Coach Horse. — XIV. The Hackney. 
— XV. Ponies. — XVI. The Vermont Draft Horse. — XVII. The Narragansett 
Pacer 125 

CHAPTER VII. 

THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 

I. English Thoroughbreds. — II. Herbert's History of the English Horse. — III. 
The First London Race Course. — IV. Horses Taken to England by .Crusaders. 
— V. Bone and Bulk Imparted to the English Horse. — VI. The Horse in the 
Times of Henry VIII and James I. — VII. American Thoroughbreds. — VIII. 
The Arabian 147 

CHAPTER VIII. 

ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 

I. The Breeding of Trotters. — II. Progenitors of Fast Trotters — Messenger. — III. 
Imported Bellfounder.— IV. The ^lodern Trotter.— V. What Goldsmith Maid 
Was Like. — VI. The Movement in Trotting. — VII. Disuse of the Trotting 
Faculty.— VIII. Highly Bred Horses.— IX. Strains of Trotting Blood 163 

CHAPTER IX. 

THE BREEDING AND REARING OF COLTS. 

I. Importance of Accurate Knowledge. — II. Breed From Mature Animals. — III. 
No Profit in Inferior Horses. — IV. Heredity in Animals. — V. Peculiar Or- 
ganic Structure. — VI. Heredity of Disease.— VII. Atavism or Breeding Back- 
Breed to None but the Best. — VIII. Variation and Development. — IX. Trans- 
mission of Qualities. — X. The Impress of Color and Form. — XI. Relation 
of Size in Sire and Dam.— XII. Breed Only From Pure Sires.— XIII. The 
Best are Cheapest in the End. — XIV. Selection of Stallion and Mare. — XV. 
Service of the Stallion.— XVI. The Period of Gestation— Treatment. — XVII. 
Treatment After Foaling. — XVIII. How to Know if a Mare is in Foal. — XIX. 
How to Know the Foaling Time. — XX. The Foaling Stall. — XXI. Abortion, 
or Slinking the Foetus.— XXII. How to Raise a Colt 176 

CHAPTER X. 

ASSES AND MULES. 

I. The Mule and Hinny Defined. — II. The Ass. — III. Antiquity of the Mule. — 
IV. Breeding-Jacks. — V. Longevity of the Mule. — VI. The Value of Mules 
for Labor. — VII. Mules are not Vicious. — VIII. The Breeding of Mules 197 



Table of contents. xv 

Page. 
CHAPTER XI. 

now TO TUAIN A HORSE. 

I. Tlie Old System and the New. — II. The American Way Better than the EngUsli. — 
III. Difference Between Breaking and Training. — IV. First Lessons. —V. Learn- 
ing to Lead. — VI. To Malie a Colt Come to You. — VII. Lessons in Sound Signals. 
— VIII. Flexions. — IX. The Proper Age for Work. — X. Harnessing and Driving. 
—XL The Age for Real Work.— XIL How to Subdue a Wild Colt.— X 11 1. Hand- 
ling a Vicious Colt. — XIV. Subduing a Vicious or Tricky Horse. — XV. Training 
a Stallion for Service. — XVI. Training for Draft. — XVII. How to Have a Good 
Plow Team. — XVTII. Forming a Good Saddle Horse. — XIX. The Different 
Gaits. — XX. Training to Tret in Harne.ss. — XXI. Forming a Trotter. — XXII. 
To Train a Racer.— XXIII. Saddling.— XXFV^. Harnessing 20(i 

CHAPTER XH. 

STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 

L The Economy of Comfort. — H. How to Build Stables. — IH. AVliere to Keep Har- 
ness. — IV. Temperature and Ventilation. — V. The Arrangement of Stalls. — VI. 
Construction of Mangers and Racks.— VII. The Hay and Straw Loft. — VIII. An 
Economical Granary. — IX. The Wagon and Carriage Floor. — X. The Harness 
Room.— XI. The Stable-Yard and Out-Sheds. — XII. Grass Lots near the Stable. 
— Xni. A Good Supply of Water.— XIV. Cleaning the Stable -22 

chaptp:r xni. 

FEEDING, WATERING AND GROOMING. 

L The Good that a Sieve WiU Do.— 11. How to Feed.— HI. When to Feed. —R^ Wliat 
to Feed.— V. Condiments.— VI. How to Make Mashes.— VII. How to Make 
Gruel.— VIU. The Quantity of Grain to Feed.— IX. Hay and Straw.— X. Groom- 
ing.— XL When to Groom.— XII. General Stable Care.— XIH. Blankets and 
Other Clothing -30 

CHAPTER XIV. 

HUMANITY AND COMMON SENSE. 

I. The Economy of Humane Treatment. — H. Common Sense in all Things.— HI. 
Thrift and Unthrift Contrasted.— FV. Cruelty and Improvidence vs. Thrift and 
Kindness. — V. Why the Horse Requires Intelligent Management. — VI. How to 
Know an Intelligent Iklaster.— VII. Pictures from Real Life.— VIU. ITie Kind 
Man Will Have a Willing Team.— IX. The "Good Fellow's" Crueltj.— X. How 
to Use One's Means -"^^ 

CHAPTER XV. 

HOW TO BUT AND SELL A HORSE. 

[. Accurate Knowledge Necessary.— H. Buying Cheap Horses.— IH. A Guarantee 
of Soundness.— IV. Know What you Buy for.— V. The Proportions of the 
Horse.— VI. Description of Eclipse.— VIL What Constitutes a Good Horse.— 
VUI. Models for Buying.— IX. The Racing and tlie Trotting Form.— X. The 
Roadster.— XL Saddle Horses.— XII. A Horse of High Form.— XIII. Buying 
for Blood.— XIV. Choosing the Brood Mare.— XV. Selecting the Stallion.— 
XVI. How to Detect Vices and Defects.— XVU. Some Faults and Imperfections. 
—XVm. What is Unsoundness?—.^. . -^ 249 



XVI TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

PART II. 

DISEASES OF THE HORSE.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR 
CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. 

CHAPTER I. 

symptoms and general treatment. 

Page. 
I. Introduction. — n. Outward Manifestations of Disease. — in. Symptoms of Ii ternal 
Diseases. — TV. Importance of Prompt Treatment. — V. Know What You are 
Treating. — VI. Nursing and Feeding Sick Animals. — VII. Explanation of Terms 
Used. — VIII. Graduation of Doses. — IX. How Often to Give Medicines. — X. 
Forms of Medicines, and How to Administer 270 

CHAPTER II. 

FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 

E. Corns.— n. Quittor. — IH. Quarter and Sand Cracks. — IV. Seedy Toe. — V. Prick- 
ing from Nails. — VI. Acute Founder or Laminitis. — VII. Chronic Founder or 
Laminitis. — VIU. Pumiced Feet 280 

CHAPTER III. 

FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES, CONTINUED. 

I. Thrush. — II. Navicular Disease. — III. Contraction of the Foot. — IV. Gravel. — ^V. 
Canker.— VI. Calks.— VH. Fracture of the Bone of the Foot.— VIII. Stone 
Bruises.— IX. Side Bone 293 

CHAPTER IV. 

SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET. 

I. Wliat a Shoer can do.— H. How to Prepare the Foot for the Shoe. — HI. Where 
the Bearing Should Eest. — IV. Weight of Shoes and How to Fit Them.— V. Care 
of the Feet in the Stable.— VI. The Floor of the Stall 304 

CHAPTER V. 

LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 

T. Bone Spavin.— II. Bog Spavin. — HI. Occult Spavin. — IV. Blood Spavin. — V. 
Thoroughpin.— VI. Curb.— VII. Ring Bone.— VIII. Splint.— IX. Sprain of Back 
Tendons of the Fore Legs. — X. Broken Down 308 

CHAPTER VI. 

LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, CONTINUED. 

I. Capulet or Capped Hock and Elbow. — II. Fractures. — III. Open Joint. — IV. 
Broken Knees. — V. Knee Sprung. — VI. Cocked Ankles. — VII. Windgalls. — VHI. 
Shoulder Lameness and Sweeny. — IX. Cramp of the Muscles of the Thighs 322 

CHAPTER VII. 

LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, CONTINUED. 

t. Stifled. — II. Hip Lameness and Hipped. — III. Stocking. — IV. Elephantiasis or 
Lymphangitis.— V. Scratches or Crocked Heel. — VI. Grease. — VII. Mud Fever. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XVII 

Page. 
—VIII. Purunculus or Carbuncle. — IX. Dislocations.— X. Wounds.— XI. 
Sore Shins. — XII. Osteophytes, Following Sore Shins. — XIII. Porcelaneous 
Deposit. — XIV. String Halt. — XV. Interfering. — XVI. Overreaching. — XVII. 
Forging.— XVIII. Rupture of Muscles.— XIX. Atrophy of the Muscles 338 

CHAPTER VIII. 

BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 

I. Caries. — II. Necrosis. — III. Osteo Porosis. — V. Exostosis of the Jaw. — 

VI. Broken Back.— VII. Sprain of the Back.— VIII. Broken Ribs.— IX. 
Broken Tail.— X. Fracture of the Skull.— XI. Tumors.— XII. Goitre.— 
XIII. Inflamed Parotid Gland. — XIV. Fistula of the Parotid Duct.— XV. 
Fistulous Withers.— XVI. Poll Evil.— XVII. Inflamed Jugular Vein.— 
XVIII. Saddle Galls.— XIX. Sit Fasts.— XX. Surfeit.— XXI. Dropsy.— 
XXII. Chordes.— XXIII. Hernia.— XXIV. Warts.- XXV. Rat-Tail.— XXVI. 
Itchy Tail— XXVII. Itchy Skin— XXVIII. Melanosis.— XXIX. Hide Bound.— 
XXX. Eczema 3r>7 

CHAPTER IX. 

DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 

I. Tumor in the False Nostril. — II. Polypus. — III. Catarrh. — IV. Nasal Gleet. 
— V. Laryngitis, Roaring and Whistling. — VI. Quinsy. — VII. Bronchitis. — 
VIII. Pneumonia. — IX. Heaves. — X. Congestion of the Lungs. — XI. Pleur- 
isy.— XI I. Hydrothorax. — XIII. Chronic Cough 378 

CHAPTER X. 

DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIilENTARY CANAL. 

I. Teeth — Ache, Decay, Filing. — Wolf Teeth. — II. Tongue Laceration. — III. Sore 
Mouth. — IV. Lampas. — V. Pharyngitis. — VI. Choking. — VII. Gastritis. — 
VIII. Stomach Staggers. — IX. Dyspepsia. — X. Spasmodic Colic. — XL Flatu- 
lent Colic. — XII. Rupture of the Stomach. Intestines or Diaphragm. — XIII. 
Constipation. — XIV. Diarrhoea and Superpurgation. — XV. Dysentery. — XVI. 
Enteritis. — XVII. Peritonitis. — XVIII. Calculi. — XIX. Intussusception and 
Gut Tie 394 

CHAPTER XI. 

DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM. 

I. Phrenitis, or Inflammation of the Brain. — 11. Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. — 
III. Apoplexy. — IV. Megrims. — V. Tetanus or Lockjaw. — VI. Paralysis. — 

VII. Sunstroke 415 

CHAPTER XII. 

DISEASES OF THE HEART AND BLOOD VESSELS. 

I. Inflammation of the Endocardium.— II. Enlargement of the Heart.— III. At- 
rophy of the Heart.— IV. Induration of the Heart— V. Fatty Degeneration 
of the Heart.— VI. Obesity of the Heart.— VII. Cyanosis or Blue Disease. 

VIII. Rupture of the Heart.— IX. Rupture of a Blood Vessel. — X. Aneur- 
ism.— XI. Phlebitis, or Inflammation of a Vein.— XII. Thumps 423 

CHAPTER XIII. 

GENERAi DISEASES OF THE BLOOD. 

I. Influenza— Epizooty— "Pink Eye."— II. Purpura Hemorrhagica.— III. Rheu- 
matism. — IV. Abscesses. — V. Erysipelas 427 



xviii table of contents. 

^' Page. 

CHAPTER XIV. 

CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 

1, Glanders and Farcy. — 11. Strangles. — III. Rabies or Hydrophobia. — IV. Horse 
Pox or Equine Variola 431 

CHAPTER XV. 

DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 

I. JSTephritis, or Inflammation of the Kidneys. — II. Congestion of the Kidneys. — HI. 
Cystitis, or Inflammation of the Bladder. — IV. Paralysis of the Bladder. — V. 
Eversion of the Bladder. — VI. Spasm of the. Neck of the Bladder. — VH. Rup- 
tm-e of the Bladder — VIH. Diabetes Insipidus or Profuse Staling. — IX. Haema- 
turia, or Bloody Urine. — X. Suppression of the Urine, or Dysuria. — XI, Drib- 
bling of the Urine, or Enuresis. — XII. Stricture of the Urethra. — XIH. Gonor- 
rhcea.— XrV. Foul Sheath.— XV. Urinary Calculi 441 

CHAPTER XVI. 

DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 

Of the Male : — I, Inflammation of the Testicles. — H. Hydrocele, or Dropsy of the 
Scrotum. — HI. Evil Results of Castration, — IV, Wounds of the Penis. — V. Gon- 
orrhoea, — VI. Phimosis and Paraphimosis, — VII, Masturbation, 

Of the Female : — VIH, Parturition, — IX. Metritis, or Inflammation of the Womb, — 
X. Inflammation of the Ovaries, — XI, Leucorrhoea. — XH, Puerperal Fever, — 
Xin. Mammitis.— XTV Hysteria,— XV, Abortion 451 

CHAPTER XVII. 

DISEASES OF THE LIVER, 

I. Congestion of the Liver, — H, Hepatitis, or Inflammation of the Liver (Acute or 
Chronic), — IH. Ceroma, or Fatty Degeneration, — IV. Cirrhosis, or Fibrous 
Degeneration. — V. Jaundice, Icterus, or Yellows. — VI, Biliary Calculi, or Gall- 
stones, — VII, Hypertrophy. — VIH, Atrophy, — IX. Softening, or Ramollisse- 
ment, with Rupture 458 

CHAPTER XVIII. 

DISEASES OF THE EYE. 

I. Specific Ophthalmia, or Moon Blindness, — II, Simple Ophthalmia, or Conjunc- 
tivitis, — III. Amaurosis, Gutta Serena, or Glass Eye. — FV. Glaucoma. — V. Iritis. 
— ^VI. Leucoma. — VH. Cataract. — VHI. Filaria Oculi, or Worm in the E5'e, — 
IX, Entropium. — X. Ecti-opium, — XL Torn Eyelids, — XH. Cancerous Tumor 
in the Eye. — XIH. Obstruction of the Lachrymal Duct 462 

CHAPTER XIX. 

PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 

I. Intestinal Worms,— U. Bots.^IH, Lice,— TV, Mange, — V. Ringworm 470 

CHAPTER XX. 

VICES IN THE STABLE. 

1. Cribbing.- H, Wind Sucking.— IH, Gnawing the Manger, Clothing, etc— TV. 
Kicking while Eating Grain. — V. Wasting the Grain, — VI. Pulling Back, and 
Breaking the Halter,— VH. Balking 471 



table of contents. xix 

Page 
CHAPTER XXI. 

CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES, AS RELATED TO HYGIENE. 

I. Necessity for Stables.— II. Construction of Stables.— III. Feeding and Watering 
Stock.— IV. The Care of Stock when in Stable.— V. Additional Directions for 
Giving Medicines. — VI. Detection of Disease 481 

CHAPTER XXII. 

OPERATIONS. 

I. Anaesthetics, and How to Use Them. —II. Bandages. — III. Bleeding.- 1\'. Blister- 
ing.— V. Casting.— VI. Castration.— VII. Extirpation of the Eye.— VIII. Kiring. 
—IX. Lithotomy.— X. Lithotrity.— XI. Xeurotomy.— XII. Nicking and I)oc"k- 
ing.— XIII. Opening an Abscess.— XIV. Tapping the Chest, and Tapping the 
Abdomen.— XV. Tricking.- XVI. Probing and Opening a Fistula.— X^' II. 
Spaying.— XVIII. Sutures.- XIX. Tapping the Belly for Flatulence.— XX. 
Tenotomy. — XXI. Tracheotomy 4!»1 

CHAPTER XXUI. 

CONCERNING THE VETERINARIAN'S CERTIFICATE OF SOUNDNESS. 

t. Examinations in this Country and in Europe. — II. What the Veterinarian Should 
See to, for His Client.— III. Conditions Modifying the Certificate. — FV. The 
Seller's Guarantee Should Cover Vices ;303 

CHAPTER XXIV. 

POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 

I. General Rules. — U. Poisoning from Drugs, Minerals, etc. — III. Poisoning while 
Grazing. — IV. Poisoning of (he Skin. — V. Poisoning from Stings ■')0."> 

CHAPTER XXV. 

INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINES. 

I. What Instruments to Keep, and Itow to Use Them. — II. Surgical Apparatus and 
Appliances. — III. A Cheap and Serviceable Surgical Outfit. — IV. Veterinary 
Medicines and Doses. — V. When and How Often may the Dose be Repeated? 
— VI. Simple Directions for Preparing and Using Medicines. — VII. Weights and 
Measures '.12 

CHAPTER XXVI. 

RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. 

Recapitulation of Recipes in Part II oiio 



XX TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PART III. 

CATTLE.— HISTORY, xMANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERISTICS 
OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 

CHAPTER I. 

eakly history and typical breeds of cattle. 

Page. 

I. Wild and Semi-wild Herds.— 11. The First Chroniclers and Breeders of Cattle. — 
III. The Original Tj'pe. — IV. Undomesticated Herds of Europe and Asia. — V. 
Spanish- American Breeds. — VI. The Devons. — VII. The Herefords. — VIII. The 
Dm-ham or Teeswater Breed. — IX. Irish Cattle. — X. Scotch and Highland Cattle. 
—XI. Swiss Cattle— XII. Dutch Cattle.— XIII. Fossil Cattle.— XIV. The Wild 
Cattle of England — XV. Native Districts of some Breeds 53i 

CHAPTER II. 

STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 

I. Comparative Description. — II. A Good Cow Described in Verse. — III. Skeleton of 
the Ox.— IV. Analysing the Head.— V. External Parts of a Fat Ox.— VI. Teeth 
of the Ox.— VII. Age of Cattle Told by the Chart 552 

CHAPTER III. 

DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 

I. — Ancient and Modern Breeding. — II. Cattle of the Campagnas. — HI. Pioneers of • 
Improved Stock. — IV, Illustrations of Noted English Breeds. — V. Do Not At- 
tempt to Form a Breed.— VI. How a Breed is Formed.— VII. Breeding for Cer- 
tain Uses. — VIII. Variation in Type. — IX. In-and-in Breeding and Breeding in 
Line. — X. Altering the Character by Crossing. — XI. Influence of Shelter and 
Feeding. — XII. Heredity in Cattle. — XIII. Hereditary Influence of Parents. — 
XIV. Atavism. — XV. Peculiarities of Ancestors Perpetuated. — XVI. How the 
Short-Horns were Bred up.— XVH. Short-Horns During the Last Fifty Years.— 
XVIII. Three Short-Horn Strains.— Xyv. The Three Principal Types of Cattle.. 5(50 

CHAPTER IV. 

THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 

I. Early Systems of Breeding. — II. Bakewell's Ten Eules.— HI. What the Breeder 
Must Know. — rV. Compare Kesults. — V. The Assimilation of Food. — VI. The 
Breeder Must be a Good Farmer.— VII. Breeding for Beef .—VIII. Breeding for 
Milk.— EX. Breeding for Labor.— X. The Breeds for Beef and Milk.— XI. Some 
Facts About Beef .— XH. Value of Sires in Different Herds.— XHI. Know What 
You Breed for. —XIV. Definition of Terms.— XV. How to Start a Herd.— XVI. 
How the Herd will Grade.— XVH. Taking a Line Cross.— XVIH. Some Speci- 
mens of Close Breeding.— XIX. The Gestation of Cows 575 

CHAPTER V. 

SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 

I. Short-Horn Breeds.— H. The Old Teeswaters.— HI. Origin of Modern Short- 
Horns.— IV. WhatMade Them Famous.— V. TheBullHubback.— VI. Beef From 
the Old Teeswaters.— Vn. Short-Horns in America.— VHI. The Great Ohio Im- 
portation.— IX. Kentucky and Other Importations.— X. Importation of Bates 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXI. 

Paor. 
Cattle.— XI. Canadian Short-Horns.— XII. Westward March of the Short- 
Horn. — XIII. Short-Horns as Beef Makers. — XIV. The Patton Family of 
Short-Horns. — XV. Grade Cows and Steers. — XVI. Short-Horns Critically 
Described.— XVII. The Head.— XVIII. The Neck.— XIX. The Body.— XX. 
The Legs Short and Straight.— XXI. The Ix)in Broad.— XXII. Wide in the 
Crops.— XXIII. The Back Straight and Broad.— XXIV. The Ribs Barrel- 
Shaped.— XXV. The Touch.— XXVI. The Hide.— XXVII. The Hair.— 
XXVIII. The Color.— XXIX. Beef Points Illustrated.— XXX. Scale of 
Points for Short-Horn Bulls.— XXXI. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Cows.. 588 

CHAPTER VT. 

THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 

A Fashionable Breed.— II. The Guernseys.— III. The Alderney in Youatt's 
Time. — IV. The Jersey of To-day. — V. Crossing the Jerseys. — VI. The Jer- 
sey Described. — VII. Milk Mirrors. — VIII. Guenon's Theory of Milk Mirrors. 
IX. Their Practical Utility.— X. The Escutcheon Marks.— XI. Good Milk- 
ers in all Breeds.— XII. Value of Heredity.— XIII. Influence of Good Diges- 
tion and Assimilation. — XIV. The Milk Veins. — XV. The Udder and Twist 
Veins. — XVI. Mr. Sharpless' Opinion.— XVII. Symmetry Essential Whatever 
the Breed. — XVIII. The Jersey not a Dairy Cow. — XIX. Scale of Points for 
Jersey Cows and Heifers. — XX. Rules in Awarding Prizes. — XXI. Scale 
of Points for Jersey Bulls. — XXII. Estimating the Value of Points. — XXIII. 
Color and Size. — XXIV. From a Practical Stand-point 614 

CHAPTER VII. 

MIDDLE HORNED CATTLE — THE HEREFORDS. 

The Valuable Breeds of Middle-Horns.— II. The Hereford Color.— III. The 
Herefords Fifty Years Ago. — IV. Youatt's Testimony. — V. The Herefords in 
America. — VI. The Importation of 1840. VII. Hereford Grades Forty Years 
Ago. — VIII. The Ohio Importation. — IX. Herefords in Canada. — X. Early 
Imported Herefords not Fairly Tried.— XI. The Herefords West.— XII. The 
Hereford as a Work Ox.— XIII. The Hereford Cow.— XIV. Points of the 
Hereford.— XV. The Hereford of To-day in England.— XVI. High and Au- 
thoritative Praise. — XVII. Distribution in the Southwest and Far West 636 

CHAPTER VIII. 

MIDDLE HORNED CATTLE — THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 

Antiquity of the Devons, — II. The Devons Comparatively Small Cattle. — III. 
Natural Grazing Grounds of the Devons. — IV. Working Qualities of the Dev- 
ons. — V. Their Deceiving Appearance. — VI. Points of the Devon. — VII. Not- 
able Characteristics. — VIII. The Legs of the Devon. — IX. The Body and 
Tail. — X. The Devon Cow. — XI. Mr. Allen's Testimony. — XII. They are 
Active and Handy.— XIII. In the First Class for Beef.— XIV. Weight of the 
Devons.— XV. Sussex Cattle.— XVI. The Sussex Color.— XVII. Distinguish- 
ing Marks of the Sussex. — XVIII. The Sussex Cow. XIX. Glamorgan Cattle. 646 

CHAPTER IX. 

POLLED CATTLE. 

Polled Cattle in General. — II. The Galloways.— III. Points of the Galloway. 
IV. The Limbs and Head.— V. The Skin.— VI. The Color.— VII. The (Jallo- 
ways in America. — VIII. Polled Angus Cattle. — IX. Color of the Polled An- 
gus. — X. Angus Cows as Milkers. — XI. The Angus Compared with the Gallo- 
way 661 



XXII TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

Page. 
CHAPTER X. 

DAIRY CATTLE — THE AYRSHIRES. 

I. The Antiquity of Ayi'shire Cattle. — 11. Ayrshire Ancestry. — ^III. The Ayrshire as a 
Milker.— IV. Quality of the Milk.— V. Mr. Youatt's Opinion.— VI. Quality of the 
Flesh. — VII. The Ayrshires in America. — VIII. Ayrshire Points Eighty Years 
Ago. — IX. The Ayrshire of To-day. — X. Points of Ayrshii-e Cattle. — XI. Escut- 
cheon or Milk Mirror.— XII. The Points Summed Up.— XIU. The Body.— XIV. 
The Skin.— XV. Milk Points. —XVI. The Head.— XVIl. The Neck, Body and 
Limbs. — XVIU. Importance of Good Teats. — XIX. Color, Style and Condition. 667 

CHAPTER XI. 

DAIRY CATTLE— THE DUTCH BREEDS. 

I. Antiquity of Dutch Cattle as a Distinct Kace. — II. Friesian and Batavian Cattle. — 
III. Dutch Cattle Older than those of Holstein. — IV. Establishment of Regular 
Cattle Mai'kets. — V. Importation of Danish Cattle into Friesland. — VI. Facts 
about Dutch Cattle. — VII. Varieties Described. — VTII. Paces of Dutch Cattle. 
— EX. Dr. George 3Iay's Testimony. — X. Breeds of North and South Hol- 
land and West Friesland. — XI. Their Color and Form. — XH. Yields of Milk. — 
XHI. Feeding Qualities —XIV. Dutch Cattle an Artificial Breed.— XV. The 
Earliest Importations. — XVI. TheLeroy Impoi-tation. — XVII. The Chenerylm- 
jjortation. — XVIII. What Prof. Roberts Says. — XIX. Measurements Adopted 
for Dutch Friesian Cattle. — XX. How to Select Dairy Cows 679 

CHAPTER XII. 

THE RAISING ANlv ECONOMICAL FEEDING OP CATTLE. 

r. Importance of Proper Care while Young. — H. Difference between Good and Bad 
Care.— III. The Starved Calves at Grass.— IV. The Other Side.— V. Good Wai- 
ter Keeping for Calves. — VI. When and How to Castrate. — VII. Young Beef. — 
VHI. Heavy Steers. — IX. Full Feeding and Early Maturity. — X. Economy in 
Feeding. — XI. The True Policy with Young Stock. — XII. Feeding the Young 
Calves. — XIII. Feed Grass and Oats Early. — XIV. Where the Profit Comes In. 
— XV. Feeding for Beef and for Labor. — XVI. Reaching Results. — XVII. 
When and How to Feed. — XVIH. Out-Door Feeding Where Corn is Cheap. — 
XTX. A Good Condiment.— XX. So-called Perfect Foods 693 

CHAPTER XIII. 

PASTURAGE AND FEEDING FOR PROFIT. 

[. Study the Conditions. — H. Provide against Droughts. — HI. Kinds of Feed to 
Raise.— IV. Pasture the Poor Man's Wealth.— V. The Valuable Clovers.— VI. 
Alfalfa or Luzerne. — Vlf. Clovers Not Generally Valuable.— VIII. Forage and 
Feeding Plants. — IX. Grass is the Most Valuable. — X. Grasses of Special Value. 
— ^XI. The Coming Grasses for the West. — XII. The Time to Pasture. — XIH. 
Feeding in Winter. — XIV. Watering. — XV. Feeding in Summer. — XVI. Econ- 
omy of Full Summer and Winter Feeding.— XVII. Summing Up. — XVni. Fin- 
ishing a Steer.— XIX. When to Sell 704 

CHAPTER XIV. 

HERDING AND GRAZING. 

I. Great Herds of the Southwest. — II. Losses from Cold and Neglect. — UI. Cattle do 
not Wander Far. — IV. Thi-ee Things Necessary in Herding. — V. How to Raise 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXIII 

Pack. 
Water.— VI. Tanks and Pools for Stock.— VII. Have the Pool Deep.— VIII. 
Underground Supply. — IX. Protection against Storms 712 

CHAPTER XV. 

THE HUMANE MANAGEMKNT AND CARE OF CATTLE. 

A Merciful Man is Merciful to his Beast. — II. What Constitutes Good Care 
and Kindness. — III. How to Manage a Kicker. — IV. To Prevent Sucking. — 
V. Devices to Prevent Goring. — VI. Driving to and from Pasture. — VII. 
Amenities of the Barn Yard. — VIII. As between Good and Bad Management. 
— IX. Assimilation of Food. — X. Two Ways of Looking at it. — XL The 
Profits of Humane Treatment 718 

CHAPTER XVI. 

THE TRAINING AND WORKING OF CATTLE. 

The Difference Between Training and Breaking. — II. When the Whip is Neces- 
sary. — III. Two Ways of Doing It. — IV. Advantages of Training Young. — 

V. What an Ox should be Taught.— VI. Training the Calf. — VII. Training 
to Lead.— VIII. Training a Bull.— IX. Training a Milch Cow.— X. How to 
Milk Properly. — XL Do not Feed at Milking Time. — XII. How to Manage 
a Kicking Cow. — XIII. How to Train Steers. — XIV. Train Them while 
They are Young. — XV. A Summing Up. — XVI. A Sailor as a Teamster 725 

CHAPTER XVII. 

SHELTER FOR CATTLE. 

The Economy of Shelter.— -11. The Natural Heat Must Be Kept Up.— III. Food, 
as Related to Shelter. — IV. Four Classes of Stockmen. — V. How to Shelter. — 

VI. Something that will Bear Repeating. — VII. A Cheap and Good Shed. 
VIII. A Framed Shed with Loft— IX. Cattle Ties. — X. Barns for Various 
Uses. — XL The Basement and Other Floors.— XII. An Oblong Barn.— XIII. 
A Barn- with Wings. — XIV. A Model Barn Basement. — XV. Main Floor of 
Model Barn.— XVI. Round and Octagonal Barns. — XVII. Build for the End 
Desired.— XVIII. Summer Shelter 735 

CHAPTER XVIIl. 

DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 

A Profitable Industry. — II. Our Dairy Products.— III. The Dairy Buildings. 
IV. How the Factory is Built. — V. The Management of Milk. — VI. Patent 
Creameries. — VII. Driving off Animal Odors. — VIII. Temperature of the 
Dairy Room. — IX. Butter Making in Europe. — X. Dairy Butter in the West. — 
XL How to Color Butter.— XII. Salting.— XIII. How to Pack Butter.— XIV. 
Preparing a Package for Use. — XV. Cheese Making — Cheddar Cheese. — XVI. 
Cheshire Cheese. — XVII. How to Prepare Rennets. — XVIIL Dairy vs. 
Creamery and Factory 747 



XXIV TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PART IV. 

DISEASES OF CATTLE.— HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR 
CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. 



CHAPTER I. 

generai, principles. 

Page 
Importance of this Department of Practice. — II. Patliology of Cattle and of the 
Horse Compared. — III. Action of Remedies in Cattle. — IV. The Only Safe 
Principles for Most Cattle Owners. — V. Familiarize Yourself with the Phe- 
nomena of Health. — VI. The Pulse, Respiration and Temperature. — VII. Other 
Special Signs of Disease 761 

CHAPTER II. 

CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 

Contagious Pleuro-Pneumonia. — II. Rinderpest or Cattle Plague. — III. Texas 
Fever, Spanish or Splenic Fever. — IV. Contagious Eczema, Foot and Mouth 
Disease, or Epizootic Aphtha. — V. Anthrax. — VI. Variola Vaccinse or Cow-Pox. 
— VII. Tuberculosis and Phthisis Pulmonalis. — VIII. Cancerous Ulcers or 
Osteo Sarcoma. — IX. Lumpy Jaw 765 

CHAPTER III. 

NON-CONTAGIOrS BLOOD DISEASES. 

Plethora. — II. Anaemia. — III. Rheumatism. — IV. Uraemia. — V. Septicae- 
mia and Pyaemia. — VI. Cancerous Ulcers and Osteo Sarcoma. — VII. Purpura 
Hcemorrhagica. — VIII. Asthenic Haematuria, or Red Water in Cattle. — IX. 
Malignant Catarrh. — X. Malignant Sore Throat 784 

CHAPTER IV. 

DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 

Simple Catarrh or Cold. — II. Laryngitis, or Common Sore Throat. — III. 
Bronchitis. — IV. Pneumonia. — V. Pleurisy. — VI. Hydrothorax. — VII. Em- 
pnysema of the Lungs 791 

CHAPTER V. 

DISEASES or THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 

Glossitis, or Inflammation of the Tongue; and Paralysis of the Tongue. — II. 
Hoven, or Tympanitis. — III. Impaction of the Rumen, or Maw-Bound. — IV. 
Impaction of the Omasum, or Fardle-Bound. — V. Dyspepsia. — VI. Constipa- 
tion. — VI. Diarrhoea, or Scours. — VIII. Dysentry. — IX. Enteritis. — X. 
Peritonitis. — XI. Hernia. — XII. Strangulation, or Gut-Tie 799 

CHAPTER VI. 

DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 

Nephritis, or Inflammation of the Kidneys. — II. Retention of the Urine, or 
Dysuria. — III. Incontinence of Urine, or Enuresis. — IV. Albuminuria, or 
Albuminous Urine. — V. Hsematuria, or Bloody Urine. — VI. Cystitis, or In- 
flammation of the Bladder.— VII, Lithiasis, or Gravel.— VIII. Calculi 811 



table of contents. xx\' 

^ Page. 

CHAPTER VII. 

DISKASKS OK THE ORGANS OF GKNKUATIOX. 

I. Malpresentations, etc., in Parturition. — II. Prolonged After-pains. — in. Reten- 
tion of tlie After-birth. — TV. Abortion and Miscarriage. — Y. Uterine Hemor- 
rhage, or Flooding— VI. Inversion of the Womb — YII. Metritis, or Inflammation 
of the Womb. — Viil. Puerperal Fever, or Metro-Peritonitis. — IX. Parturient 
Apoplexy. — X. Leucorrhoea, or Whites. — ^XI. Gonorrhoea. — Xn. Mammitis, or 
Inflammation of the Udder. — XITT. Sore Teats. — XTV. Nymphomania and 
Sterility 81« 

CHAPTER VIII . 

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 

I. Phrenitis, or Inflammation of the Brain. — II. Apoplexy. — HI. ilpilepsy. — IV. 
Paralysis. — V. Tetanus. — ^VI. Rabies or Hydrophobia. — ^VH. Nervous Debility 
at Parturition 835 

CHAPTER IX. 

DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 

l. Simple Eczema. — II. Chronic Eczema, or Psoriasis. — HI. Erysipelas 838 

CHAPTER X. 

PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. 

I. Hoose or Husk (Verminous Bronchitis). — H. The Gadfly and Grub ((Estrus Bo- 
vis) . — HI. Lice. — rV. Tapeworm. — V. Mange. — VI. Ringworm 840 

CHAPTER XI. 

DISEASES OF THE EYE. 

I. Ophthalmia or Conjunctivitis. — II. Fungus Haematodes, or Bleeding Cancer. — IH. 
Torn Eyelids. — IV. Inversion and Eversion of the Eyelids. — V. Foreign Sub- 
stances in the Eye 844 

CHAPTER XII. 

ACCIDENTS, ETC. 

I. Choking. — II. Fractures. — HI. Wounds. — IV. Dislocations. — V. Sprains. — VI. 
Wens 84G 

CHAPTER XIII. 

OPERATIONS. 

) . Tapping the Chest, and Tapping the Belly. — H. Tracheotomy. — IH. Tapping the 
Rumen (Paunch) for Iloven. — IV. Rumenotomy. — V. Castration. — VI. Spaying. 
— VII. Tapping the Bladder of the Ox or Bull. — VIH. Sutures and Bandages. — 
[X. Caesarian Operation. — X. Bleeding 850 

CHAPTER XIV. 

RECIPES FOR CATTLE. 

Recapitulation of Recipes in Part IV 854 



XXVI TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

PART V. 

SWINE.— HISTORY, MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERISTICS 

OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 



CHAPTER I. 

history and statistics of swine. 

Page. 
I. Origin and Antiquity of the Hog. — 11. The Native American Species.— III. Swine 
of Europe, Asia and Africa. — IV. The Wild Hogs of Europe. — V. Teeth of the 
Hog. — VI. Brought to America by Columbus. — VK. Three Great Swine Pro- 
ducing States. — Vni. Importance of the Pork Interest 865 

CHAPTER II. 

BREEDS OF SWINE. 

[. Sires of Improved Breeds. — II. Chinese Swine. — III. Neapolitan Swine. — IV. The 
Hog of India.— V. English Breeds— the Berkshire.— VI. The Essex.— VII. The 
Black Dorset.— VIH. The Suffolk.— IX. The Yorkshire.— X. Lancashire Breeds 

XI. American Breeds.— XH. The Chester Wliite.— XIII. The Poland-China.— 
XIV. The Cheshires.— XV. Jersey Ked Swine.— XVI. Duroc Swine.— XVH. 
Summary of Breeds 869 

CHAPTER III 

THE BREEDING AND CARE OF HOGS. 

I. Practical Value of Improved Breeds. — H. Care in Selection. — HI. Age of Breed- 
ing Swine. — IV. How to Select Breeding Animals. — V. Form and Feeding Qual- 
ities. — VI. The Care of Breeding Stock. — VII. Farrowing. — VHI. Weaning the 
?igs. — IX. Castration. — X. Gestation of Sows. — XI. Necessity of Good Care. — 

XII. Kinging a Hog 888 

CHAPTER IV. 

THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 

L Feed the Breeders for Health. — II. The Proper Food for Swine. — HI. Summer 
Feeding for Pork. — IV. Grasses and Clovers. — V. Roots. — VI. Grain the Main 
Reiiance. — VH. Feeding in the Fields. — VHI. Gleaning in the Fields and After 
Cattle. — IX. Value of Mast for Hogs. — X. Hog-feeding in the South. — XI. 
Feeding in Close Pens. — XII. Hog Barns. — XIH. The Best Form of Hog Barn. 
— XIV. Comparative Value of Light and Heavy Hogs. — XV. Economy of Full 
Feeding from Birth 895 



PART VI. 

DISEASES OF SWINE.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR CAUSES, 

PREVENTION AND CURE. 



CHAPTER I. 

MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. 

I. The Prevention of Disease. — II. Malignant Epizootic Catarrh. — IH. Contagious 
Fever of Swine. — IV. Contagious Pneumo-Enteritis. — V. Splenic Fever, or 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXVII 

Page. 

Malignant Anthrax. — VI. Summary of Treatment for Malignant Diseases. — VII. 
Rules for Disinfection. — VIII. Difliculty in Giving Medicine to Swine. — IX. 
Watch Symptoms Early, and Use Preventives ^'^ 

CHAPTER II. 

THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 

Inflammatory Diseases. — II. Pneumonia, or Inflammation of the Lungs. — HI. 
Quinsy, or Inflammation of the Tonsils. — TV. Apoplexy, Staggers, or Congestion 
of the Brain.— V. Colds, or Rising of the Lights. — VI. Catan-h or Snuffles. — VII. 
Measles and Trichina. — VIII. Trichina Spiralis. — IX. Other Intestinal Parasites. 
— X. Parasites of the Skin — Mange or Scab. — XI. Lice. — XII. Diarrhoea. — XJII. 
Leprosy.— XrV. Skeleton of the Hog 912 



PART VII. 



SHEEP AND SHEEP HUSBANDRY.— EMBRACING ORIGIN, 

BREEDS, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT; WITH 

FACTS CONCERNING GOATS. 



CHAPTER I. 

ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS. 

I. Native Country of Sheep. — II. Their Diversified Character. — III. Anatomy of the 
Sheep.— IV. Top and Vertical Views of Skull.— V. Dentition of Sheep.— VI. 
Points of Sheep Explained. — VII. Divisions of Fine Wool. — VIII. Comparative 
Value of Fine and Coarse Wool. — IX. Ranging and Flocking of Different Breeds. 
— X. Regions Adapted to Sheep. — XI. Points of Excellence of the Principal 
Breeds. — XII. Standard for American Merinos. — XIII. Standard for i\Iiddle- 
Wooled Sheep. — XIV. Standard for Cotswold Sheep 92.'j 

CHAPTER II. 

VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND TIIEIU CHARACTERISTICS. 

I. Long-Wooled English Sheep. — II. Lincoln Sheep. — III. Romney Marsh Sheep. — 
rV. Leicester Sheep. — V^. The Cotswolds. — VI. Xew Oxfordshire Siieep. — VII. 
The Oxford-Downs.— VIII. Middle and Short- Wooled British Breeds.— IX. 
>Vliite-faced Mountain Sheep. — X. Black-faced Highland, or Scotch Sheep. — 
XI. IIaini)shire-Downs. — XII. Shropshire-Downs. — XIII. South-Downs. — XIV. 
Other Breeds of Great Britain. — XV. Dorset Sheep. — XVI. Fine-Wooled Sheep.' 
— XVII. American Merinos. — XVIII. The Atwood and Hammond Merinos. — 
XIX. The Rich iMcrinos. — XX. About Sheep in General. — XXL Tlie Average 
Wool per Sheep. — XXU. Summary of British, Breeds - 930 

CHAPTER in. 

BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 

I. Constant Watchfulness Neces.sary. — TI. The Breeding Age of Sheep. — HI. Crossing. 
— IV. Coupling. — V. The Proper Time for Coupling. — VI. Gestation. — VU. Keep 
a Record of the Breeding. — VIII. Management and Training of Rams. — EX. 
Pasturage for Sheep. — X. Water.— XL Protection from Insects. — XU. Early 



XXVIII TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

Page 
and Late Pasture and Feeding. — XIII. Winter Feeding. — XIV. Sheep Barns. 
— XV. Grading the Sheep. — XVI. Feeding Troughs and Racks ^XVII. Castra- 
tion and Docliing. — XVIII. Weaning the Lambs. — XIX. Lambing Time. — XX. 
The Nursery.— XXI. Tagging Sheep.— XXII. Washing and Shearing.— XXIII. 
Tying the Wool. — XXIV. Dipping and Anointing Sheep. — XXV. A word 
About Goats.— XXVI. A Profitable Industry.— XXVII. Habits of the Angora. 
— XXA^III. An Assistant to the Farmer. — XXIX. Angoras in the United 
States.— XXX. Capabilities of the Milch Goat 962 



PART VIII. 



DISEASES OF SHEEP.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR 
CAUSES, TREVENTION AND CURE. 



CHAPTER I. 

GENEKAL DISEASES. 

Referring to Scientific Terms. — II. Inflammatory Diseases. — III. Distemper 
or Epizootic Catarrh. — IV. Grubs in the Head. — V. Hydatids on the Brain. 
— VI. Apoplexy. — VII. Inflammation of the Brain.— VIII. Inflammation of 
the Eyes. — IX. Swelled Head. — X. Vegetable Poisoning. — XI. Tetanus or 
Lockjaw. — XII. Paralysis or Palsy. — XIII. Rabies or Canine Madness 997 

CHAPTER II. 

PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. 

Scab, Ticks and Lice.— II. Foot Rot.— III. Foul in the Foot. — IV. Swollen 
Foot and Gravel.— V. Maggots from Blow Flies. — VI. Intestinal Worms. — 
VII. The Rot or Liver Fluke. — VIII. Lung Worms.— IX. Sheep Worried by 
Dogs. — X. Sprains, Strains and Bruises. — XL Care When Lambing. — XII. 
Navel 111 1002 



PART IX. 



POULTRY.— HISTORY, MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERISTICS 
OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 



CHAPTER I. 

ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 

Origin of the Word Poultry. — II. Types and Native Country of Barn-Yard 
Fowls. —III. Changes Due to Breeding.^ — IV. Division of Fowls. — V. The 
Wild Turkey.— VI. Ducks.— VII. Geese.— VIII. The Swan.— IX. Pheasants. 
X. Guinea Fowls. — XI. Peafowls.— XII. Anatomy of the Hen 1013 

CHAPTER II. 

BARN- YARD FOWLS. 

English Breeds — Dorking Fowls. — II. Silver Gray Dorkings. — III. Gray 
Dorkings. — IV. Fawn-Colored Dorkings. — V. Black Dorkings.— VI. Bolton 
Grays, or Creoles. — VII. French Fowls — Houdans. — VIII. La Fleche Fowls. 
— IX. Creve Coeurs. — X. Breda or Guelder Fowls. — XL Spanish Fowls. — 
XII. Hamburg Fowls — Black Hamburg. — XIII. Penciled Hamburgs. — XIV. 
Leghorn Fowls. — XV. White Leghorns. — XVI. American Breeds. — XVII. 
Dominique Fowls.— XVIII. Ostrich Fowls.— XIX. Plymouth Rock Fowls 1024 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXIX 

CHAPTER III. 

GAME FOWLS, AND OTHER BARE BREEDS. 

Page 

I. Game Fowls and their Varieties.— II. Earl Derby Games.— III. Brown-Breasted 

Red Games.— IV. Duck-Winged Games.— V. White Georgian Games.— VI. 

Game Bantams.— VII. Other Bantams.— VIII. The Seabright Bantam.— IX. 

Japanese Bantams.— X. Frizzled Fowls. — XI. Rumpless Fowls.— XII. Silky 

Fowls 1047 

CHAPTER IV. 

ASIATIC FOWLS. 

I. The Various Asiatic Breeds.— II. Dark Brahmas.— III. Light Brahmas.— IV. 
Cochin Fowls.— V. General Characteristics of Cochins.— VI. White Cochins.— 

VII. Buff Cochins.— VIIL Partridge Cochins 1059 

CHAPTER V. 

INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. — ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION. 

I. The Antiquity of Artificial Incubation. — II. Incubators vs. Hens. — III. When 
Chicks Bring Money.— IV. Keep Up With the Times.— V. Care While in the 
Brooder. — VI. Feeding Young Chicks. — VII. How To Make an Incubator.— 

VI I I. How to Operate the Incubator. — IX. A Cheap Home-Made Incubator.— 

X. How to Make the Brooder 1074 

CHAPTER VI. 

BREEDING AND MANAGE>rENT OF POULTRT. 

I. A Study of Points Necessary.— II. Explanation of Points.— III. Points of the 
Head.— IV. The Pluma.ge Illustrated and Exolained.- V. Ideal Shane of 
Fowls.— VI. Breed to a Fixed Type.— VII. Number of Hens to Each Cock. — 
VIII. How to Mate.— IX. Breeding Upon a Mixed Flock.— X. Incubation of 
Various Fowls.— XI. General Management of Fowls.— XII. Proper Food for 
Fowls.— XIII. PouTtry Houses and Coops.— XIV. Feed Boxes and Drinking 
Fountains.— XV. Breeds for Market.— XVI. Breeds for Eggs.— XVII. How 
to Fatten.— XVIII. Killing and Dressing Fowls.— XIX. Packing and Shipping 
to Market.— XX. Glossary of Terms Used by Poultry Fanciers 1083 

CHAPTER VII. 

• THE TURKEY, AND ITS VARIETIES. 

I. Varieties of the Domestic Turkey.— II. The Bronzed-Black Turkey.— III. The 
■ Common Turkey.— IV. The Ocellated Turkey.— V. English Turkeys.— VI. 
Rare Varieties.— VII. The Care of Turkeys 1099 

CHAPTER VIII. 

GEESE AND THEIR VARIETIES. 

I. The Management of Geese.— II. Embden or Bremen Geese.— III. Toulouse 
Geese.— IV. White Chinese Geese.— V. Hong Kong Geese.— VI. The African 
Goose.— VII. The Canada or Wild Goose.— VIII. Egyptian Geese 1106 

CHAPTER IX. 

VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 

I. Ducks on the Farm.— II. Varieties Best Adapted to the Farm.— III. Alyesbury 
Ducks— IV. Rouen Ducks.— V. The Common White Duck.— VI. Cayuga 
Black Ducks.— VII. Muscovy Ducks.— VIII. Black East India Ducks. — IX. 
Call Ducks.— X. Pekin Ducks.— XI. Other and Rare Ducks 1113 



XXX TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

PART X. 

DISEASES OF POULTRY.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR 
CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. 

CHAPTER I. 

THE CARE AND TREATMENT OF SICK FOWLS. 

Page 
I. Division of Diseases into Groups. — II. Apoplexy. — III. Vertigo. — IV. Paraly- 
sis. — V. Crop-Bound. — VI. DiaiThoea. — VII. Catan-h. — VIII. Bronchitis. — 
IX. Roup. — X. Gapes. — XI. Pip. — XII. Consumption. — XIII. Inflammation 
of the Egg Passage. — XIV. Leg Weakness. — XV. Rheumatism. — XVI. Poul- 
try Lousiness 1123 

PART XL 

BEES.— HISTORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, WITH DIREC- 
TIONS FOR THEIR SUCCESSFUL MANAGEMENT 

CHAPTER I. 

VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OF BEES, 

I. Natural History of Bees. — II. The Three Genders of the Honey Bee. — HI. 
Varities of the Honey Bee. — IV. The So-called Queen or|Mother Bee. — V. The 
Number of Eggs Laid. VI. Drones or Male Bees. VII. Neuter or "Worker Bees. 
VIII. Varieties of Honey. — IX. Wax and How it is Formed. — X. Plants 
Adapted to the Production of Honey r 1131 

CHAPTER II. 

THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF BEES. 

1. Hives. — II. Number of Swarms Profitably Kept on a Farm. — III. Swarming. — 
IV. Hiving New Swarms. — V. Taking the Honey. — VI, Wintering Bees. 
— VII. Implements of Use. — VIII. A Motherless Swarm.— IX. Fastening 
Empty Combs in Frames. — X. Feeding Bees. — XI. Enemies of Bees. — XII. 
Foul Brood.— XIII. Conclusion 1139 

QI^OSSARY OP SCIENTIFIC TERMS, IN GENERAL USE 1147 

PART XII. 
CANADIAN SUPPLEMENT. 

HOG CHOLERA" 1177 

SWINE. 
I, Judging Hogs of Bacon Type.— H. The Fat Hog. 1185 

BREEDS OF SWINE. 

I. Large Yorkshires. — II. Tamworths.— Ill Berkshires 1191 

HORSE BREEDING. 

I. The Law of Heredity.— II. The Law of Variation.— III. The Law of Habit.— IV. 
The Law of Atavism or Striking Back. ^ — V. The Law of Correlation. — VI. The Law 
of Fecundity or Power to Repioduce. — VII. In-Breeding and In-and-In- Breeding.— 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXXI 

Pagk 
VIII. Cross Breeding.— IX. The Relative Influence of Parents.— X. Influ- 
ence of a Previous Impregnation. — XI. Intra-Uterine Influence. — XII. Sex 
at Will.— XIII. Carriage Horse.— XIV. Saddle Horses and Hunters.— XV. 
Cobs.— XVI. Roarsters.— XVII. Points of the Horse.— XVIII. The Ex- 
ternal Conformation of the Horse.— XIX. Conformation of the Heavy Draft 
Stallion. — XX. Conformation of Mare or Gelding. — XXI. Conformation of 
Coach Stallion. — XXII. Conformation of Carriage Mare or Gelding. — XXIII. 
Confoiniation of the Hackney Stallion. — XXIV. Conformation of the 
Slanriard-Bred Stallion. — XXV. Conformation of the Thorough-Bred Stallion. 
— XXVI. Conformation of the Thoroughbred Gelding or Mare 1203 

DAIRYING AND DAIRY ULII.DINGS. 

The Dairy Cow. — II. Feed. — III. Butter Making. — IV. Special Points on 
Butter Making. — V. Creameries. — VI. Cheddar Cheese. — VII. Salting the 
Curd. — VIII. Curing the Cheese. — IX. Farm Cheese. — X. Dairy Buildings. 
—XI. Town and City Milk and Cream Trade.— XII. Condensed Milk. — XIII. 
Imitation Butter. — XIV. The Testing of Milk. — XV. Marketing Dairy Pro- 
duce 1247 



The Selection of Breeding Stock 1275 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



Baker, A. H V 

Periam, Jonathan IV 

THE HORSE 



Page 

Morgan colts, 1 and 2 years old 

Frontisiece 

Abdominal injury, unnatural atti- 
tude 407, 411 

— Nose strained upward 407 

Abscess within the brain 3C3, 420 

Acute founder, position taken in.... 290 
American Jumping Horses — "Won- 
derland and Roseberry" 229 

Animoniacal Blister, application of. . 412 

Ankle boots in common use 354 

Aphtha 490 

Dack of horse, good and bad 1239 

Ball, old way of giving 486 

— Proper way of giving 488 

Bandage, many-tailed 492 

Belgian stallions, imported 127, 133 

"Belshazzar" — Shire stallion 1245 

Bit, injury by the 396 

Bleeding 492, 493, 494 

Blood sucking louse of horse 474 

Bloody urine 447 

Bone spavin 308 

Bones of the hock (cut 11) 73 

— of head and neck (cut 7) C5 

— and muscles of forelegs (cut 8) 69 

—of the knee (cut 9) 70 

— and articulations of foot (cut 

10) 71 

— of hinder parts (cut 2) 57 

Bony tumor 359 

Bets 472, 473 

— fastened to stomach 473 



Broken knee, brace for 

— manner of probing dirt sac. 

— manner of opening dirt sac. 
Bronchitis, fit subject for 

— painful cough of 

— horse dressed for 

Calks or treads on the coronet. . 
Canker of the sole 

— of the frog 



328 
330 
330 
383 
384 
385 
299 
298 
298 

Caries of the lower jaw 357 

"Carnot and Trappiste" — Belgian 

stallions 133 

"Casino" — Percheron stallion 199 

Champion gaited saddle stallion — 

"Highland Chief" 50 

— mare — "T.ady Glenn" 146 

Chart of horse's teeth 117 

Chest, opening of skin of 499 

— water flowing from 500 



Page 

Choking 398 

—with flatulence 399 

Circulatory apparatus, Plate II xlviii 

Cleveland bay stallion— "Royalty". . 237 

Clydesdale Stallion 91, 255 

—"Hiawatha" 1209 

—"Sir Christopher" 1215 

Coach horse 40, 46, 176 

— Hi 

Coffin bone, exostosis of 487 

Colic, spasmodic, first stage of 402 

— second stage of 403 

—third stage of 404 

— flatulent, horse dying of 405 

Congestion, a cise of 386 

— of kidneys 443 

Countenance of horse with rabies... 439 

Cough, painful from bronchitis 384 

Coughing, act of 392 

Cow hocks, or Sickle 314 

Cracked heel 343 

Crampon, to prevent slipping 305 

Crib biting 307 

Cribbing 477 

Crow-bait, cause of dropsy. 371 

Cruel man's team 246 

Deformed hoof 292 

Device to cure habit of pulling 221 

—of kicking 227 

— for a stifled horse 339 

Dermanyssus of horse (or hen louse) 473 

Dermatophagus equi 474 

Dermatocoptes equi 474 

Digestive apparatus, Plate III I 

Dishing on the trot 318 

Diseased horse — outward manifesta- 
tions (diagram) 318 

Dissection of thoroughpin and bog 

spaim (diagram) 313 

"Dorothy Derby 2d" — Pony mare... 180 

Drastic poisoning 507 

Draft horses, imported 67 

Drench, giving to horse 270 

Dropsy, or crow-bait 371 

Dysentery, chronic 55 

"Eldorado III" — Prize winner at in- 
ternational 55 

Elephant leg 342 

English shire stallion, "Honest Tom" 159 

—"Holland Major" 241 

Enlargement of hock joint, forming 
thoroughpin 313 



XXXIII 



XXXIV 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



Page 
Enlarged knee, caused from speedy 

cut 353 

• Enteritis, a test 411, 412 

Eye affected by Serena .' 465 

— searcliing for foreign bodies 464 

—inflammation, manner of shading 466 

— imperfect vision 467 

— extirpation 496 

Exostosis of coffin bone (diagram).. 487 
External parts of the horse (cut 8) 89 
Face of horse, tumor in false nostril 378 
False quarter, or deficiency on outer 

wall 284 

—relieved of bearing on the shoe. . 28G 
Flexor tendons of forelegs (diagram) 319 

Fistulous withers 366 

Foot, diagram of, showing severed 

nerve 295 

— show^ing cofiin bone 301 

— bottom of, showing wing of cof- 
fin bone (diagram) 302 

— with ringbone 316 

— showing stone caught between 

sole and shoe 301 

—veins of 306, 487 

— reason of spavin 309 

—healthy, raised in an easy trot.. 309 
— that can not be raised from 

• ground 309 

— low heeled, flat foot 297 

—strong, upright, high heeled 297 

— view of, showing toe pared 287 

Forceps 379 

Fore quarters, front view, showing 

bad conformation 102 

— showing good breast and limbs.. 103 

— side view, bad conformation 106 

— good shoulders lOi 

"Forrest Squirrel" 116 

Founder, position of horse in acute. . 290 

— soaking feet in hot water 290 

—movement of horse suffering 

from 291 

— fit subject for 383 

French Draft Horses 65, 240 

— coach horse .' 121 

— coach stallion "Perfection" 154 

— coach stallion imported 240 

— coach mare trotting 185 

— coach mare in action 1224 

— coach mare "Palestine" 260 

— coacher, walking I73 

— coacher, "Tamar" 248 

—draft horse, "Old Louis Napo- 
leon" 203 

— coach horses, premium winners at 

World's Fair opposite ix 

Frog, canker of the 298 

Front and back view of bones of foot 

(cut 6) 64 

Gadfly at various stages 472 

Gaited saddle mare, "Lady Glenn".. 146 
Gastritis, horse suffering from acute 399 



Page 

Gastritis, chronic 400 

Gastro-enteritis 506 

General Grant's famous "Linden 

Tree" 254 

German coach horses 81 

— coach stallion 45, 141, 144 

— coach mare 138 

Girton Ensign 5733 (18040) 53 

Giving drench to horse 279 

Glanders 435, 436 

Gleet, nasal 381 

Gnawing the manger '. 478 

Goitre or Bronchocele 365 

"Goldfinder," thoroughbred colt 122 

"Good Fellow's" barn 247 

— gates 247 

"Goodwin" — Saddle-bred stallion . . . 150 

Gonoides Stylifer of the turkey 473 

Grapes 344 

Grease, various stages 344, 345 

Grinder, sawed across 119 

Hackney mares, premium winners at 

World's Fair xli 

— mare, "Silver Bell" 192 

— ponies, prize winners 144 

— stallion, "Squire Rickel" xlv 

—"Royal Majesty" (7972) 61 

— Truman's "Bonny Gabriel" 63 

— Copalder's "Bonny Gabriel" 

(8105) 95 

— "Ely Assurance" 129 

—"Ely Wise Lad" 129 

Halter, good form for 209 

Head open to view (cut 1) 74 

—carried naturally and unnaturally 218 
Heads, side and front view, good — 

9rr 1237, 12.^8 

—bad 99, 1237. 1238 

Head covered with warts 374 

Heel, cracked 343 

Hidebound, prolific cause of 377 

Highbred Clydesdale stallion 91 

"Highland Chief" 50 

"Hiawatha" — Clydesdale stallion. . . .1209 
Hind quarters.107, 110, 111, 112, 1239, 1241 

Hipped horse 340 

Hock joint, showing enlargement of 

bog spavin 311 

— blistered 494 

— bony tumor 308 

— diseased 483, 494 

— capped 322 

Hoematopinus, or blood-sucking louse 474 
"Honest Tom" — English shire stallion 159 

Hoof, deformed 292 

— cracked, closing by thin wire.. 285 
Horse suffering from partial paralysis 

of hind legs 360 

— from abscess in brain 363 

■ — from inflammation of brain.. 364, 415 

— afflicted with surfeit 370 

— with blistered throat 380 

—with cold 379 



IT.T.USTRATIONS 



XXXV 



Page 

Horse, with pneumonia 387 

— with heaves 389 

— with hydrothorax 391 

— with toothache 394 

— with parrot mouth 395 

— with sore mouth 396 

— quidding 395 

— choldng 39S, 399 

— with scalded mouth 397 

— with congestion of kidneys 443 

— with bloody urine 447 

—with glanders 435, 436 

— with hemorrhage from liver.... 461 

— with hydrophobia 439 

— with influenza 429 

— with purpura 430 

— with rabies 439 

— with strangles 438 

— with tetanus, feeding 489 

— dying of abscess on brain 363 

— dying of flatulent colic 405 

—suffering from acute gastritis.. 399 
— suffering from chronic gastritis.. 400 
— sulfering from sleepy staggers. 401 
— suffering from spasmodic colic 

402, 40;i 404 

Imperfect vision, frequent result 

of 467 

Imported Belgian stallions 127 

— Belgian stallions, "Carnot and 

Trappiste" 133 

— draft horses 67 

— draft horses xliv 

—English shire stallion, "Holland 

Major" 241 

— French coach stallion 240 

— German coach horses 46, 138 

— German coach stallion, "Hanni- 
bal" 141 

— coach stallions, prize winners. . 145 

Inflammation of brain 364, 415, 416 

—of jugular vein 368, 369 

— of eyes, manner of shading 466 

— of kidneys 442 

Influenza, horse with 429 

Itchy skin, or prurigo 375 

"Joe Young." trotting stallion 169 

"Joe Patchen," pacing stallion 167 

Joint oil, lines marking 328 

Kicking, device to cure habit of 227 

Kidnels, test for inflammation of . . . . 442 

— horse with congestion of 443 

Kind man's team 246 

Lachrymal duct 469 

"Lady Glenn," gaited saddle mare.. 146 

Lampas, burning for 397 

— iron 397 

laryngitis, effect of 382 

Leg of horse, points of 482, 1241, 1242 

Leg of Horse, cleaning, wrong and 

proper way 484, 485 

— fractured, slings for 326 

"Leonatus," thoroughbred stallion 259 



P.lge 

"Linden Tree." General Grant's horse 254 
Longitudinal section of horse, show- 
ing internal economy (cut 7). . 88 
Lymphatic gland of throat swollen. . 380 

Mange 475 

— the spread of 470 

"Marske," sire of English eclipse 235 

"Matchless of Londesboro," at rest 

and in action 256, 257 

Megrims, expression characteristic of 418 

Melanosis, predisposed to 375 

— dock of horse afflicted with 376 

"Miss Woodford" 187 

"Miss Constance" 96 

Missouri mules . . .' 200 

Mule, prize-winning 201 

Morgan filly 136, 266 

—colts 51, 92 

— stallion, prize winner 140 

Muscles in walking (cut 2) 75 

— of head and neck (cut 3) 77 

— of shoulder and adjacent parts 

(cut 4) 80 

Muscular covering, rear side view 

(cut 5) 82 

Muscles of hind quarters (cut 6) . . . . 83 

Nasal gleet 381 

Nervous system, Plate I xlvi 

Neurotomy, diagram showing nerve 

severed 295 

Nose bag, for steaming horse with 

cold 380 

Nose strained upward 407 

Obstruction of lachrymal duct 469 

"Old Louis Napoleon," French draft 

horse 203 

Oldenburg German coach stallions, 

pair of 160 

One of the famous ones 244 

Opening eye when searching for for- 
eign bodies 464 

— skin 499 

Ophthalmia, simple 464 

— specific 462 

Osteophytes of pastern bone 483 

Outward manifestations of disease.. 272 

Pacing stallion, "Joe Patchen" 167 

— "John R. Gentry" 170 

"Palestine," French coach mare.... 260 

"Parole" : 469 

Paralysis, partial, of hind legs 360 

— partial, gait of a horse with 421 

Pastern and pedal bones, diagram. 316 

Percheron, in action 191 

— premium winners at World's Fair vl 

— prize winning 112. 195, 196 

— mare, "Zaza" 86 

— six year old 13] 

— stallion. "Casino" 199 

Percheron stallion, "Fronton" 162 

— saddle stallion 137 

"Perfection," French coach stallion.. 154 
Pentastoma toenoides 472 



XXXVI 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



Page 

Playing with grain 479 

Pneumonia 387 

Points of horse 1225 

Poisoning, drastic 507 

Poll evil during first stage 3G7 

— during second stage 3G8 

Polypus 379 

Pony mare, "Dorothy Derby 2nd"... 180 

— stallion, "Sir Horace" 188 

Pricking from nails 287 

"Proctor Knott" 187 

Prurigo, or itchy skin 375 

Pulling, device to cure habit of 221 

Purpura 430 

Quarter, false 284, 2SG 

— crack 284 

■ — crack cut across the top 285 

— crack showing hoof broken part 

of way 285 

"Queen of the Shires," shire mare.. 157 
Quittor, in active suppuration...... 282 

—after it has broken at the top. . . . 282 
Rabies, countenance of horse with.. 439 

Rear view of horse, good form 354 

Rear view three-year-old Percheron 

horses opposite xliii 

Registered hackney ponies 144 

Respiratory organs in head of horse 

(diagram) 378 

Resting with hind feet higher than 

fore feet 307 

Ringbone, diagram showing 316 

Ringworm 476 

Roadsters, team of 1222 

Roadster, three-year-old 93 

Roaring, test for 504 

"Royalty," Cleveland bay stallion.. 237 
Saddle-bred stallion, "Goodwin".... 150 

— stallion. "Copeland" 174 

— stallion, prize winner 137 

Sand crack, pared away at sides and 

bottom 286 

— crack, dressed, shod and ban- 
daged 286 

Sarcoptes equi 475 

Scale of measurements of horse.... 251 

Scratches 487 

Sectional view of bones of foot (cut 

4) 62 

Seedy toe, showing separation of wall 2S6 

Serena, eye affected by 465 

Seton needle, stitching with a fixed. . 349 

— In throat of horse 393 

Sick horse . 489 

Sickle or cow hocks 314 

"Silver Bell," hackney mare 192 

"Sir Christopher" — Clydesdale stal- 
lion 1215 

Shire stallion — "Blaisdon Pluto" 59 

Shire Stallion, "Draymaster" 85 

— "Belshazzar" 1245 

Shire filly — "Miss Constance" 96 

— mare, "Queen of the Shires" 157 



Page 

Shire mares, premium winners iii 

Shetland ponies in light driving.... 179 

— ponies vi 

Shelter of the provident man 245 

— of the improvident man 245 

Shoe, plain 306 

— diagram of 287 

—left on too long 296 

Skeleton shown against outline of liv- 
ing horse (cut 1) 54 

—of horse (cut 3) 60 

Sleepy, or stomach staggers in horse 401 
Slings for horse with fractured limb 326 

"Smuggler" — trotting stallion 243 

Soaking feet in hot water in case of 

founder 290 

Sole, canker of 298 

— showing new corn 280 

■ — usual position of corn 281 

— showing nail wounds 288 

— weak 289 

Spasmodic colic, different stages of 

402, 403, 404 

Spavin, bone 308 

—bog 311 

— position when feeling for 308 

Speedy cut, causing enlarged knee.. 353 

Splints, diagram of 317 

Sprain of the back, test for 361 

"Squire Rickel"— hackney stallion... xlv 

Suffolk stallion— "His Grace" 126 

— stallion — "Epatant" 149 

—horse— "Cloot V" 149 

Surfeit, horse afflicted with 370 

Sutures, uninterrupted 500 

—quilled 501 

Staggers, stomach or sleepy 401 

Stifled horse, device for 339 

Stitching with a fixed Seton needle. . 349 
Stone caught between sole and shoe 301 

Strangles, opening abscess of 499 

— horse with 438 

String halt, a bad case of 352 

Tandem team 1204 

Teeth, chart of horse's 117 

Tendons, injured (diagram) 482 

Tetanus, test for 418, 419 

— feeding horse with 489 

Thoroughpin, enlargement forming. . 313 
Thoroughbred stallion "Leonatus".. 259 

—colt "Goldfinder" ^... 122 

Throat swollen and blistered. ...'... 380 
Tracheotomy, performing (diagram) 502 
Trichodectes, or bird louse of the 

horse 474 

Trotting stallion, "Robert McGregor" 68 

— stallion, "Allerton" 165 

— stallion, "Smuggler" .., 243 

— stallion, "Joe Young" 169 

Urinary organs, symptoms attending 

disease of 441 

Unthrifty home 245 

Veins of horse's foot 306, 487 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



XXXVII 



Page 
Vertical section of lower leg and foot 

(cut 5) 62 

Warts, head covered with 374 

Welsh ponies 208 

Wind galls 334 

Withers, fistulous 3G6 

"White Socks" 153 



Page 
"Wonderland and Roseberry," jump- 
ing horses 229 

Worms, symptoms of 471 

— appearance of colt suffering from 471 

Yearling Morgan filly 2G6 

Zebrulas, exhibited at Louisiana Pur- 
chase Exposition 204 

Zebrula mares 205 



CATTLE. 



Page 

Aberdeen-Angus bull, "Delamere". . . 565 

—bull, "Kyma's Heir" 665 

— heifer, "Scottish Queen" 681 

, — cattle, Heatherton herd 578 

Actinomycotic ulcer on parotid gland 781 

Actinomycosis of lower jaw 781 

— of upper jaw 782 

"Alice Heaton.' Dutch belted 738 

Angus bull, Red Polled 659 

Apoplexy, parturient 831 

Ascites, or dropsy of the belly 824 

Ayrshires, group of 528, 545, 656 

Ayrshire cows 528, 587, 673 

— cattle 545 

—cow, high grade 660, 668 

— cow, imported, "Flora 3rd" 598 

— dairy cows 673 

— heifer, "Lola of Rosemont" 598 

— cow, "Mary Bryant" 860 

— cow, "Patti" 1251 

—cow, "Lady Stirling 3rd" 1261 

Bad handling of cow 719 

Baden bull 715 

Badly wintered calf 694 

Bandage, many-tailed for wounds. . . . 847 

Balling iron 801 

"Bapton Daisy," Shorthorn heifer. . 600 

Barn, models for 742, 74.^, 744 

"Bean Real's Maid," Hereford heifer 638 

Beef points illustrated 608 

Belted cattle, Dutch 688, 738, 739 

Black leg 775 

— tongue 775 

Bleeding, ox prei)ared for 853 

Box stalls for fattening show cattle. . 744 

Brazilian cow of native breed 533 

Broken team, under the whip 726 

Bull of Baden, Germany 714 

Bullocks, outline of fat 554 

— vertical section of head 554 

Calf, badly wintered and well win- 
tered 694 

Cannula and Trochar 800 

— fluid flowing through 850 

Carbuncular erysipelas 775 

"Cassiopeia," Guernsey cow 627 

Catarrh, malignant 789 

— application of steam with jet. . . . 791 

Caustics, excessive use of 782 

Cheese factory 1270, 1274 



Page 

Compartments of stomach of rumi- 
nants 799 

"Constance XV," Shorthorn heifer.. 1255 

Creamery, ground plan of 749 

—diagrams for 1261, 1269 

"Crimson Robe" 594 

Cross-breed steer, "General" 544 

Danish cow 688 

—bull, "Faurholm" 688 

Dairy cows, four 605 

"Dairy Model," Shorthorn cow 612 

"Delamere," Aberdeen-Angus bull.. 565 

Dentonia Jersey bulls 1246 

— Jersey cows 1260 

— Ayrshire herd, "Silver Prince". .1261 
— Ayrshire herd, "Lady Stirling 

3rd" 1261 

Devon bull, "Moxhem" 597 

Devon cattle, pure bred 576 

—heifer, "Fashion 5th" 647 

— steer 648 

Diarrhoea, calf suffering from 805 

Dislocation of patella 848 

— of patella, method to prevent. . . . 848 

"Dolly's Duke," Guernsey bull 649 

Durham, herd of polled 529, 560 

— bull and cow as developed fifty 

years ago 539 

Dutch Belted cattle 688 

— cow, "Alice Heaton" 738 

— bull, "Harry Bryon" 739 

—cow 859 

Dropsy of belly, or ascites 824 

Eczema, chronic, or "rat-tails" 838 

Emphysema of lungs 798 

English Longhorn cow 758 

Epizootic aphtha 722, 773 

"Fashion 5th" — Devon heifer 647 

"Faurholm"— Danish bull -. . . 668 

"Fill Pail" — Guernsey cow 612 

Flemish cow 574 

"Flora 3rd" — Imiiorted Ayrshire cow 598 
Fractures of bone, transverse and 

oblique 847 

French ox 717 

Fungus haematodes 847 

Gadfly of ox (Oostrus bovis) 840 

"Gail Rivers" — Jersey cow 505 

Gallican ox 717 

Galloway steers, group of 546 



XXXVIII 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



Page 

Galloway bull 703 

— heifer, "Liberia" 655 

— prize winner 1259 

Gamasus of musty fodder 842 

"General" — cross-breed steer 544 

German bull 798 

"Gipsy King" — Shorthorn bull 562 

"Glenwood Girl 6th" — Guernsey cow 860 

Gloss-anthrax or black tongue 775 

"Golden Hero" — Jersey bull 616 

Good handling of cow 719 

Good old way, the 727 

Guernsey bull, "Dolly's Duke" 649 

— cow, "Fill Pail" 611 

— cow, "Cassiopeia" 627 

— cow, "Glenwood Girl 6th" 860 

Grub of gadfly 840 

Happy Family 722 

"Harry Bryon" — Dutch Belted bull. . . 739 

Head, vertical section of 554, 555 

Heatherton herd of Aberdeen-Angus 

cattle 578 

"Henbury Gentle" — Jersey cow 597 

Herefords, group of 608, 1253 

Hereford bull, improved 642 

— bull, "Mark Hanna" 674 

— bull, "Prime Lad" 537 

— heifer, "Bean Real's Maid " 638 

Highland, West, feeding ox 541 

— cow of Ireland 574 

— imported 704 

—bull 715 

— bull, "Laoitch" 682 

Holland cow, points of 013 

— cow 849 

Holstein cow, "Margaret Cornelius". 1248 

— cow and calf 692 

— bull, young 7 . 690 

Holstein-Fresian cow, "Piebe Laura" 860 

— cow, "Segis Inka" 559 

— cow, "First Premium" 687 

— cattle, group of 671 

Hook, jointed 817 

— straight 817 

Hooking, to prevent a cow from 720 

Hoven, ox suffering from 800 

— where to tap rumen 801 

Hydrocephalus, with malpresentation 824 
Inflammation of kidneys, ox suffering 

from 811 

Intestinal trichina spiralis, maguj- 

fled "916 

Inversion of womb 828 

Jerseys, group of 619 

Jersey bull (noted prize winner) 527, 1246 

— bull, "Golden Hero" 616 

—bull, "Pedro's Pretty Pogis".... 645 

— bull, points of 632 

Jersey Lily 1250 

Jersey cow, "Laska" 628 

— cow, "Jersey Venture" 530 

— cow, "Gail Rivers" 565 

— cow, "Oneida" 589 



Page 

— cow, "Henbury Gentle" 597 

— cow, champion 577 

— cow, points of 630 

—cow 618 

Kerry cattle 599 

Kicking, to prevent cow from.. .. 719 

Knife, concealed 818 

— making incision with 850 

"Kyma's Heir" — Aberdeen-Angus buil 665 
"Lady Stirling 3rd" — Ayrshire cow.. 1261 

"Laska" — Jersey cow 628 

"Laoitch"— Highland bull 682 

Laryngitis, or sore throat 793 

"Liberia" — Galloway heifer 655 

Lice, cow affected with 841 

Limburger cow of Germany 859 

Limousine beef cattle, French 703 

"Lola of Rosemont" — Ayrshire heifer 598 

Longhorn bull 551 

— cow, head of 551 

Louse, bird 841 

—calf 841 

—ox 841 

Lumpy jaw 781 

Lungs, emphysema of 798 

Malpresentations (diagrams) 818-824 

"Margaret Cornelius" — Holstein cow. 1248 

"Mary Bryant" — Ayrshire cow 860 

"Mark Hanna" — Hereford bull 674 

"Master Recorder" — Shorthorn bull 590 
Messkirch breed of cow, Baden.... 746 

Mexican oxen 533 

Milk mirror on Holstein cow 624 

— mirror on Jersey cows 626 

Milking, manner of holding the pail. , 731 

— device for holding the pail 731 

"Moxhem" — Devon bull 597 

Nose bag, for steaming cow with cold 792 

Norman cow 653 

Oestrus bovis, or ox gadfly 840 

"Oneida" — Jersey cow 589 

Outline of Sussex cow 658 

Ox, section of head (diagram) 555 

— vertical section of head 554. 

— Shorthorn in prime condition. . . . 556 

— skeleton of (diagram) 553 

— trained by power of kindness. . . 726 

— prime condition of 556 

—"The Good Old Way" 727 

— one way of ringing 729 

Outline of fat bullocks .- 554 

— of cow 564 

Paralysis of tongue from injury.... 800 
Pasture of Farmer "Well-to-do".... 723 
"Pedro's Pretty Pogis" — Jersey bull. . 645 
"Piebe Laura" — Holstein Friesia'_. 

cow 860 

Pleuro-pneumonia (diagram) 766 

Pleurisy, acute 790 

Polish bull 783 

Polish cow 839 

Polled Angus bull, red 659 

— cattle, English group of red 666 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



XXXLX 



Page 
Polled Angus heifer ami bull, red. . . . 663 

—Durham, herd of 529, 5G0 

Points for Shorthorn bull 608 

— for Jersey cow and heifers 629 

—for Jersey bull 632 

"Prime Lad" — Hereford bull 537 

Purpura haemorrhagica, or swelling 

jaws 788 

Rat tails, or chronic eczema 838 

Red polled Angus bull 659 

—polled heifer and bull 663 

— polled cattle, English group of.. 666 

Rinderpest 770 

Ringing a bull, one way of 729 

"Roscoe" — Shorthorn bull 734 

"Ruberta" — Shorthorn cow 593 

Rumen, tapping the 802 

— exposed for removal of contents 803 
"Scottish Queen" — Aberdeen-Angus 

heifer 681 

"Segis Inka" — Holstein Friesian cow 559 

Shelter, shiftless farmer's barn 736 

— thrifty farmer's barn 737 

— primitive 737 

Shorthorns, group of 543 

Shorthorn bull, "Gipsy King" 562 

— bull, "Master Recorder" 590 

—bull, points of 608 

— bull, "Roscoe" 734 

— bull calf, "Sittyton Conqueror". .1257 

— cow, "Dairy Model" 612 

— cow, "Ruberta" 593 

— heifer, "Bapton Daisy" 606 

— heifer, "Constance XV" 1255 

— cow in outline 564 

— show herd, bull and four cows. . . 561 

— ox in prime condition 556 

"Silver Prince" — Dentonia Ayrshiie 

herd 1261 

"Sittyton Conqueror" — Shorthorn bull 

calf 1257 

"St. Valentine" 568 

Sore throat, or laryngitis 793 

— throat, malignant 790 



Pago 

Stomach pump 830 

Sucking, to prevent a cow from. .720, 721 

Sussex cow, outline of 658 

— steer, "Young Daisy" 65G 

Swelling jaws, or purpura haemoi'- 

rhagica 788 

Swiss cattle, standard brown 545 

— cattle, pair of brown 595 

— bull, brown 534 

— cow, brown 615 

— contrivance for slaughtering cat- 
tle 757 

Tapeworm, head of 842 

Tapping the rumen 802 

Teat syphon 778 

Teeswater bull and cow as developed 

fifty years ago 539 

Texas tick 841 

Tick, Texas 841 

Trochar and cannula 800 

Twisted rope, to tie over vulva 828 

Throat, sore 79( , 793 

Udder, method of supporting 833 

Umbilical hernia, truss for 810 

Urethral canal, etc., of ox (diag'-am) 812 

Urine, operation for removing 853 

Uterine hemorrhage, exaggerated il- 
lustration 827 

Vagina, to prevent inversion of 828 

Values of meat cuts 760 

Vicious bull, hampering a 721 

Well wintered, calf 694 

Welsh cow 637 

—ox 635 

West Highland, feeding ox 541 

— cattle, imported 704 

— cow of Ireland 574 

—bull 715 

White Hungarian bull 843 

Womb, inversion of 828 

Wooden gag 801 

— gag, securing with 802 

"Young Daisy" — Sussex steer 656 



SWINE. 



Pago 

Belted, or Hampshire hogs 872 

Berkshire hogs 861 

— sow 873 

Black Dorset sow 876 

Bladder worm in swine 915 

Blood sucking louse in pigs 918 

Breeding sow in good condition 891 

Cheshire, improved 885 

Chester, white 878 

— white, Suffolk and small York- 
shire 880 

— white, old style 882 

Chester, white, boars, group of 890 

— white, breeding sow 900 



Page 

Chinese boar 869 

—sow '. ! ! 870 

Cysticercus cellulosa 915 

Durocs, group of 896 

—sow 886 

Essex and Neapolitan cross 872 

—boar and pig 875 

—sow 876 

— swine, premium winners 904 

Eustrongylus gigas or kidney worm. . 917 

Hampshire, or belted hogs 872 

Haematopinus, or blood sucking louse 918 

Kidney worm, or eustrongylus gigas. 917 

Lancashire hogs, short-faced 878 



XL 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



Page 
Lard worm, or stephanurus dentatus 917 

"Meddler"— Poland China boar 894 

Muscle trichina spiralis, magnified.. 91G 

Neapolitan boar and sow 871 

— and Essex cross 872 

Points of hog for bacon type 1189 

Poland China hogs, prize winners... 862 

— boar of twenty years ago 884 

—boar, "Meddler" 894 

—hogs 902 

Ringing a hog 894 

Short-faced Lancashire hogs 878 

Skeleton of the hog 919 

Stephanurus dentatus, or lard worm 917 



Page 
Suffolk, Chester White and small 

Yorkshire 880 

Taenia solium, head of 915 

Tam worth sows 864, 1193 

—sow 889 

—boar 874 

Trichina spiralis, intestinal 916 

— encysted, muscle 916 

Wild hogs in West and Southwe?i . . 86C 
Yorkshire boar 888, 1198 

— sow 1194 

Yorkshires, group of 86(;, 863 

Yorkshire (small) Suffolk and Ches- 
ter White 880 

—white 881 



SHEEP. 



Page 

American Tunis 951 

— Dorset ram 978 

—milk goats 988, 993 

Angora buck, prize winner 982 

— goats, prize winners 986 

— goats, group of 985 

— kid, prize winner 984 

Berdes Leicester, group of . 938 

Black faced ram 950 

"Cervero," largest Spanish Merino 

in the world 921 

Cheviot 944 

— lambs, yearlings ■ 961 

— weiher sheep 924 

"Col. D'Arbes" — Hampshire Down 

shearling ram 954 

Cotswold ewes, group of 940 

• — ewes 941 

Cotswold, Leicester and Lincoln sheep 972 
Delaine ram, Ramboullet ram and 

two ram ewes 936 

Demodex 1002 

Distomum lanceolatum or liver fluke. 1007 

Division of wool 929 

Dorsets 922, 928, 958 

Dorset horn, group of 942 

— horn, shearling ram 955 

Fasciola hepatica, or liver fluke.... 1007 

Feeding trough 974, 977 

Gadfly, or grub 998 

"Gibson's 155" — Lincoln ram 949 

"Gibson's 162"— Lincoln ewe 948 

Hampshire downs 945, 950, 976 

— Downs shearling ram, "Co!. 

D'Arbes" 954 

— ewes 953 

Head of sheep, vertical section 927 

Leicester lambs 952 

— sheep, group of 95C, 960 

— Cotswold and Lincoln 972 

Lincoln ewe, "Gibson's 162" 948 



Pag-e 

Lincoln ewe, "Gibson's 155" 949 

— Leicester and Cotswold 972 

Liver fluke, or fasciola hepatica. .. .1007 

• — fluke, or distomum lanceolatum. .1007 

Lung worm, or strongylus filaria. . . .1007 

Merinos, group of 935 

Milk goats 988, 989. 990, 991, 993 

Navel ill, or swelling umbilicus. .. .1008 

Oxford Downs, group of 943 

— ram 947 

Points of sheep explained 928 

Persian sheep, group of 968 

Rack, improved for preventing waste 977 

Rambouillet rams, group of 923 

— ram and ewes, De Laine ram. . . . 936 

Rot .1009 

Scab in sheep, common 996, 1003 

— in sheep, advanced stage 996 

Schwarzwald goat 992 

Shropshires 945 

Shropshire downs 971 

— ewes 976 

— ewes, yearlings 957 

—rams 937, 963 

Skeleton of sheep 926 

Skull of polled sheep 927 

Southdown sheep 967 

—lambs 975 

— ram and ewe lambs 946 

Spanish Merino, largest in the world 921 

Suffolk sheep 969 

Strongylus filaria, or lung worm.... 1007 

Tick, with eggs 1004 

Trichodectes 1004 

Toggenburg goats, imported 992 

Tunis, American 951 

—African 980, 981 

Wether sheep, cheviot 924 

— sheep, cross-bred 964 

Wintering sheep 970, 973 

Wool, division of 929 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 

POULTRY. 



XLI 



Bantam, Seabright 

— cock. Black-tailed Japanese 

Bearded silver Polish hen 

Black Cochins, trio of 

— Javas, pair of 

— Minorca cockerel 

— Polish fowls, pair of white crest- 
ed 

— Spanish 

— Spanish, white faced 

Blue Andalusian hen 

Brahma fowl, wattled 

—fowl, light 1052, 1057, 

— fowl, light and dark 

— light half-breeds 

— light group of .• 

Breda, or Gueldre 

Brooder, in position 

— sectional view 

— tank, showing how to construct. 

— lower part, underground 

— the mother 

Buff Cochin cock, back view of 

— Cochin cock 

— Cochin hen 

— Cochin, pair of 

— Leghorn cockerel 

Cayuga ducks 

Cochin, back view of buff 

— pair of buff 

—buff cock 

—buff hen 

— trio of black 

— partridge 1030, 1UC5, 

— white fowls 

Dominique, American, head of male. 

— American, male 

— fowl 

Dorking cock, white 

— cock, silver gray 

Ducks, black Cayuga 

— Cayuga, pair of 

Duck, Colored Rouen, trio 

— White Aylesbury, pair of 

—White Call 

— White Crested, pair of 

— White Muscovy, pair of 

— White Pekin, group of 

—White Pekin 

— wild and African cross 

Feeding hopper 

Foraging for themselves 

Fountain, a good form of 

Callus sonneratii 

Game hen, Cornish Indian 

— Malay cock 

—Red Pyle 104G, 

— Earl Derby 

— Brown-Breasted Red 

Game, White ( ieorgian 



Page Page 

.1053 Game. Silver Duckwing 1056 

.1071 — Long-tailed Japanese 1056 

. 1014 —White Indian 1026 

. 1019 —Black-breasted Red 1029 

. 1027 Gape worm 1128 

.1039 Geese, brown Chinese 1108 

— colored Egyptian 1116 

1031 — Embden-Toulouse cross. . .1111, 1118 

1041 — Embden-African cross 1109, 1119 

1050 — Embden white 1107 

1028 —gray African 1107 

1016 — gray Toulouse 1109 

1124 —gray wild 1122 

1060 —Toulouse, standard 1112 

1067 Gueldre or breda 1016 

1008 Guinea fowl, speckled 1021 

1016 —fowl, white 1021 

1081 Hamburg, black 1034 1036 

1081 —silver spangled 1012, 1033 

1082 —golden penciled 1035 

1082 Houdans, pair of 1089 

1082 Hopper, feeding 1093 

1028 Incubator, complete 1079 

1062 —egg drawer 1078 

1063 —inner box 1076 

1019 —interior of 1077 

1016 — ready for egg drawer 1079 

1018 — sectional view of 1079 

1028 —tank 1078 

1019 Javas, black • 1027 

1062 Langshans, pair of black 1032 

1063 —black and white 1042 

1019 —cross with Black Hamburg 1043 

1066 Leghorn cock, single comb brown... 1038 

1061 — cock and hen, single comb 1072 

1073 — cockerel, rose-comb white 1071 

1068 —white 1058 

1040 — white single comb cock '. .1067 

1025 Louse, bird 841 

1071 —hen 473 

1122 Narragansett turkey, male 1098 

1018 Ostrich fowls 1043 

1114 Partridge cochins 1030 

1120 Peacock 1022 

1119 Plymouth Rock, barred. . .1044, 1073, 1124 

1116 — white 1045 

1117 Points of poultry illustrated 

1110 1083, 1086, 1087, 1275-1278 

1115 — head of cock 1084 

1122 — outer and inner wing 1085 

1093 — ideal shape of fowl 1088 

1091 Redcap cock 1073 

1 092 Rumpless fowls 1055 

1015 Silky fowls 1054 

1036 Silver laced Wyandottes lOlO 

1046 — spangled Hamburgs 1012,1033 

1056 — Polish hen, bearded 1014 

1048 Skeleton of the hen 1023 

1049 Stool feeding hopper 1093 

1051 Sultan cock 1071 



XLII ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Page Page 

Turkey, adult bronze, male 1102 Turkey, Narragansett, male 1098 

—bronze 1100 1101 white Dorking cock 1025 

-hens, buff nOi ^^ii^i Turkey cock 1017 

—hens, slate 1103 ■, ., i /^7n 

-hens, young, ocellated 1104 Wyandottes 1070 

— white 1102 — silver laced, male and female. . .1010 

BEES. 

Pago Page 

Bee keeper and swarm 1132 Honey knife 1144 

Bellows and smoking tube 1144 Larvae in comb 1147 

Centrifugal extractor 1145 Moth 1147 

Comb, utilizing pieces of 1146 Shuck's bee feeder 114C 

Cook's division board and feeder. . .1140 Q^een 1134 

Drone .^. . ••••••• • 1J34 _cell,' furnishing' '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".'. ^1134 

Frame, filled with comb 1142 ^^ ., ...„ 

—movable hive 1141 Veil • 1143 

—small ,. 1142 Worker 1134 






d 


m 


ft 


w 


;> 


Tl 


bJD 


Pi 




o 


O 


2 


>> 


n 


z^ 


Pi 


C!j 


W 


O 


ffi 


a 


Q 


m 


Pi 


\ 


W 




Ph 


o 






Q 


.ti 


O 


en 
o 

Q 


Pi 
<1 




w 


<B 


t^i 


m 

rt 


w 


d 


w 




Pi 


=1 


X 


Hh 


H 


c3 


^ 





W 


m 






> 


o 


Pi 


J 


< 


ai 


w 


d 



PART I. 

II 

THE HORSE. 

HISTOKY, MANAGEMEIS^T AIS^D CHAKACTERISTICS 
OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 





w 




m 


^ 


Pi 
o 


O 




rn 


H 


ri 


fe 


■u 


<5 


-_, 


p:! 


O 


W 






-a 


ffi 




c; 


o 


Z 


a 


w 


M 


tf 


O 


te 


O 




^ 


Q 


a 


W 


>. 


H 




p:! 


rt 


o 


o 


0H 

§ 





XLVII 
















S 






















.^f 
































4-> 


o 








fl 




E 
g 


> 




43 
















+3 










Vh 

OJ 

rH 




<U 

c 














(U 


1 










"rt 


rrj 


> 


13 




(J 










fl 


.2 


.« 


fl 


^-^ 




4-> 


<u 

H-l 


OJ 


E 


> 

l-H 












-73 

r1 


TiO 


X 


X 


c5 




'Bh 
O 


'E, 
o 


1-1 

OS 

fl 

Eh 

1-H 

.2 
<u 

o 


13 


fl 


1-1 






> 


■*-) 

o 
o 


fl 

o 
bJO 

u 


fl 
be 


<v 

'Eh 

'o 


'E, 

g 

1 

O 
*-( 

u 


u, 

O 

M-H 

.2 
fl 


4-1 

o 
.2 


Oh 

6 

Vh 

O 

S 

M-H 

fl 


Ph 

1 

p 

O 
fl 

Vh 


fl 
i-i 

.S 

Vh 

.2 

*Vh 

<v 
o 


13 
'5 

1-H 

fl 

Vh 
<V 
■4-' 

rj 


ri 

Eh 
U 

.2 

■M 

fl 


72 

C 

2 

i-i 




D 


bjo 




C/} 




C/} 


<< 


c/5 


c?5 


o 


flH 


Oh 


I-H 


< 


K 




o 


.s 


2^ 




























> 


'O 


g 


^ 




lO 


cd 


t-^ 


CO 


c:' 


o 


^ 


c^i 


CO 


-r 




c^ 


tH 




T-i 


tH 


1—1 


rH 


tH 


c<> 


<M 


CM 


CN 


<M 




w 


o 
a. 






























1 


V 

u 
O 


fl 
05 




























t— 1 


U 


^ 




























w 


CJ 


3 




























H 


■4-) 


fl 




























►4 




-§ 




























0^ 


rt 






























to 


'O 


c3 




























O 


o 






























^ 


u 






• 






• 
















cn 


o 

»— ( 


fl 


fl 










^ 
















X 


^' 


*S. 












o 
















^ 


<1 


fi 










•c 
















Eh 


12 

<: 


M-l 

o 


O 






<u 




H-> 

biO 
o 
















tH 

E 

72 


CLi 


-M 






<u 


V-( 


fl 
















(U 




fl 
.2 


n 






fl 




fl 
fl 






6 


. 






■I-) 

vi-i 




a. 

(U 








•—1 




M-H 




'/: 


2 


^ 






fl 

.2 


o 

•-< 




-M 

• i-H 


?{5 

(U 

> 
o 


fl' 


l> 

a, 


'x 

2 

Oh 


'x 

<u 

M-H 

rH 


o 
So 

Vh 


o 

U 

.9 
'El 


X 

Eh 

13 
2 


2 


13 

Vi 

1-H 

.2 

"IM 
fl 


6 
C 
fl 

13 

1 


fl 

13 
■*-» 

*E 

fl 


'vh 
+J 
72 

?5 

b« 
o 

fl 
fl 


o 

■-6 

o 
a. 

.2 






rfl 
4-> 


pq 


O 


c7} 


t— < 


0H 


C/} 


HI 


cu 


< 


P^ 


o 


^ 


o 






X ^ 
































,(_> 'O 






a 


, 










• 






> 


• 






•r o 


tH 


c<i 


CO 


-f^ 


id 


CO 


I- 


00 


C5 


o 


1-H 


oa 


CO 
























I-H 


1-H 


I-H 


I-H 




02 

< 
< 

< 

o 

<J 
J 

o 



XLIX 







2i 


^ 




































^ 


rt 


o 




































.§ 


tfl 


g 




































T-H 


13 


O 




































■M 


tn 


4-> 




































^ 


<U 


w 




































_bJD 


> 


(U 




































'C 




• -j-i 
























^ 












(U 


A 


o 





































r"| 


4-< 


■*-> 
























v^ 




* 








4-1 


O 


r*-* 




























» 






, 


M-l 


<u 


























OJ 




'S 






C/3 

< 
< 


O 
O 

(U 

a. 


t— 1 

15 


4-) 

4-1 


tn 

1j 






oJ 

> 

o 




4-1 

03 


4-> 

03 


.2 


u 

ti 

oJ 




OJ 

4-> 

u 

03 


b 


4-> 


> 


13 









ti 

o 

c 

> 




tn 
<u 

> 


b 


ti 

03 


03 


w 


.2 


(J 


4-> 


I2 

.-2 


03 


I-I 

4-' 


i-i 


g 


d 




< 
> 

o 


.2 
o 


O 


u 

4-) 

c 

(U 


t: 

a 

(U 


O 

4-> 

03 


4-> 

o 


o 

o3 

r-l 


15 

4-1 

X 

W 


13 

4-> 


03 
tn 

13 


03 

13 

S 
OJ 


'4-> 

Vh 



•c 

V 

4-> 

tn 

CI4 


13 

12 
03 

4-> 

03 
4-1 

(U 


tn 


a 


03 

13 
c 

V-i 

<u 

4-> 

i-l 

1—1 


13 

V4 


03 




< 


13 


Ij 




































^ 


en 




00* 


ci 


o 


1—1 


<m" 


CO 


'^ 


10 


CO 


1-^ 


C/D 


ci 





1— 1 


CO 


co' 






0^ 
> 
(L) 




1—1 


1—1 


(M 


<M 


CO 


(M 


<M 


CO 


c^ 


c? 


CI 


C<1 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 




o 

1 


o 


<A -^ 




































t— I 


w 


<u o 




































»— ( 


O 


> <u 




































tt 


•<-> 


0^:^ 






































^3 
(U 
> 






































M 


1 


« ^ 




































PLH 


t; 1^ 




































fc 




S « 

rt o 




































o 


d 


O n3 




































^ 


,0 


















. 




















o 

1— ( 




a; o 
















• 






cf 














< 


^ 


o . 

d'~ 


,^ 














4-> 




, 










ti 




^ 
< 


.§ 


ID 


^ 


^ 










03 


'^•> 




a; 

4-> 

03 














h4 
cu 


.2 

■i-i 

•-4-I 

(L) 


With the excepti 
and symmetrical 


4-> 


Ij 

4-> 
4-) 

<u 

4-> 

03 


4-1 
M-l 

4-> 

;-i 

OJ 


<u 

4-1 

03 
03 

o 

B 


xA 

03 
O 

3 


03 

t. 
O 
03 

.2 

4-1 

a 


>^ 

V 

4-) 
V-( 

03 

'4-1 


V-i 

o3 


'x 

03 
13 

U 

<u 

4-> 

X 


<u 

4-> 

1-1 
03 

'x 

4-> 
<4-( 


^4 

03 

'x 

03 

13 

en 
)-< 



13 
■> 

u 

;-> 

.2 
*C 

D4 


'C 

t: 

03 

13 

V-I 

<u 

t: 

JV 


)-l 

ti 

03 

13 

t-l 

c 


V-I 

ti 

03 
OS 


ti 

03 
03 

4.J 


4-> 

u 



>^ 

1-1 

OS 



k-l 




os' 

t: 


OS 

I-l 

.2 
'i-i 

(U 

4-> 

tn 










w 


w 


w 


^ 


cu 


<; 


u 


pa 


^ 


Q 


iJi 


K* 


K 


P^ 


^ 


u 


eu 






O 


T— t 


c<i 


CO 


-f 


lO 


-o 


l-^ 


06 


ci 





1—1 


'M* 


CO 


'^' 


lO 





t^ 






'C 




















T— 1 


T-H 


1—1 


rH 


1— 1 


iH 


1— 1 


r-» 




< 

< 

> 



l.I 



C/2 

< 
<! 



u 

8 
o 



03 



- .S ^« J-- 



fc P^i < 



i-i 

a 
>! 

112 



■xJ 



O 



'A 
O 

O 



Oh 



t/5 ^* 



CT5 



biO 

03 



^ C ^ V-c 



0. 



a. 
o 






e s 



a-* 
'a, 





y. 






V 






i-, 






d) 


r! 


^ 


Dh 


o 








^ 


l^ ' 


o 


r- 


'~' 


a 


a> 


^ 




•^3 
o 




d) 

be 


"-* 




n 


»— 1 


^ 


h4 



o :i > 

■*-> jr •'- 

C/5 C 



10 ''■C' 



CO 05 



THE HORSE. 

CHAPTER I. 

HIS ANCIENT AND MODERN HISTORY. 



CONNECTED WITH MAN FROM THE EARLIEST HISTORICAL PERIOD, 1. THE HORSE 

IN ANCIENT HISTORY. H. THK HORSE IN CIVILIZATION. HI. PRKSERVING 

HREEUSIN PURITY. IV. THE WILD HOKSES OK TO-DAY V. FOSSILHORSES 

VI. HORSES OF ASIA. VII. EUROPEAN IIORSKS. VIII. ARTIFICIAL BRKEDINO 

AND DISEASES. IX. OPINIONS RELATING TO BREEDING. X. IN-BREEDING OK 

HORSES. XI. VALUE OK HEREDITARY CHARACTERISTICS. XII. A CAREFUL 

STUDY' NECESSARY. XIII. ABOUT OBJECT LESSONS. 

The period when the horse was first subjected to the use of man 
extends so far back beyond the origin of written history, that no mention 
is made by writers of the native country of this noble animal. That his 
native territory Avas the hill and plain reo;ions of tropical or sub-tropical 
Asia, there is, however, little doubt, since it is in such regions, the world 
over, that this animal, upon rcgainino; his freedom and becoming semi- 
wild, soonest midtiplies into vast herds. 

In none of the most ancient inscriptions is the horse found represented 
in a wild state, but always in connection with man. The fabulous stories 
of the centaur, a creature half human and half horse, arose from the 
imagination of those savage tribes who were conijuered by more enterpris- 
ing and partl}^ civilized foes, who had acquired the art of subjecting the 
horse to use. It is stated that a Thessalian tribe, the Lapitha?, first 
subjected the horse, and hence acquired the name. But the horse was 
known in a civilization far anterior to that of this Thessalian tribe, though 
no record is made of the horse in a wild state even by his earliest masters. 
Hence we infer that the horse was not a native of Egypt, but was intro- 
duced from some other countrj^ into the civilization of that land, the 
earliest on record except that of China. 

I. The Horse in Ancient History. 

The first record made of the horse in sacred writings, is in the time of 
Joseph in Egypt, at which period the horse had been subjected to harness. 
At the time of the Exodus under Moses, the horse was extensively used 
in war. The Grecian mythological stories give accounts of the use of 
horses in war, particularly at the siege of Troy, but they accm to have 
been confined onlj^ to the use of heroes. 

Coming down to the true historical period, we begin to find the use of 

hcrses quite universal, for pleasure as well as for war ; and as civilization 

hcsan to colonize the earth, the horse clos^'ly followed. "Where the original 

41 



42 CYCLOPEDIA (H-^ LIVE 8TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

country of the horse really was matters little, except as an interesting 
fact, whether in Asia, or on the soil of Africa, to which his near relations, 
the Zebra and Quagga, are certainly indigenous. It is certain, however > 
that in Media and Persia, and the fertile plains of Thessaly and Thrace, 
on the great meadows of the Danube, in the Ukraine, on the banks of 
the Dnieper and the Don, and other of the great grazing grounds of Europe 
and Asia, the horse found congenial soil and early became semi-wild. 
So, after the conquest of America, transplanted here, he became semi- 
wild, and soon occupied vast tracts on both sides of the tropics, in count- 
less herds. 

n. The Horse in Civilization. 

In extending civilization the horse has always occupied a place next to 
man, carrying him quickly and safely on long journeys, aiding him to 
explore new regions, or bearing him beyond the reach of savage foes. 
In the earlier stages of civilization, oxen tilled the fields, while sheep 
furnished clothing and food, until latterly the labors of tillage have been 
almost entirely transferred to the quicker and more intelligent horse. 
Among the nations which flourished between ancient and modern times, 
the Arabs seem to have regarded the horse with the greatest esteem and 
kindliness. Among no people were more care and attention bestowed in 
his breeding, and nowhere else was the horse so made the companion of 
man. Hence in no other country, from the seventh to the seventeenth 
century after Christ were horses found combining such high intelligence, 
with great speed and lasting endurance in travel. The Arabs were thus 
enabled to furnish the infusion of blood that has resulted in the English 
and American thoroughbred, that has stamped its measure of value upon 
nearly all the more highly prized of the modern sub-families if torses. 
Yet neither the English horse, nor the American horse, nor indeed the 
so-called wild horses of America, retain any characteristic of an abori- 

j^inal breed. They are, all of them, purely artificial \n their breeding, 

)r the descendants of horses artificially bred. 

III. Preserving Breeds in Purity. 

As among the Arabs, so among all the civilized nations of the earth, 
the great care is to preserve breeds in their purity. Hence pedigrees 
were established, first among the Arabs, and later for the English 
thoroughbred, while within the last thirty years stud-books are becoming 
common for the various valuable breeds of horses that have originated 
from time to time. Breeders are also beginning to understand the value 
of kind and careful treatment, as well as of careful training, in their influ- 
ence upon hereditary traits. These things seem to be far better appre- 
ciated in America than in England. To the early and careful handling 



THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 48 

of colts in this country, niiikiiig them companion-sei*vants, rather than 
niachine-.slaves, subjecting thcni to the rule of kindness, rather th-Mx the 
law of brute force, in short to trainiiifi: rather than to l)reakinir, is due 
the docility of American horses, in contrast to the temper and stubborn 
acquiescence of English horses ; and this we believe is coming more aud 
more to be generally acknowledged. 

rv. The Wild Horses of To-day. 

Of the so-called wild horses of the various countries of the earth, we 
have the authoiity of IVIungo Park for the fact that wild horses exist in 
great herds, in the country of Sudamar, far to the southward of the 
great desert of Sahara, and in all that district extending to Nubia and 
Upper Abyssinia, where there are fertile, well-watered, grassy plains, 
and partially wooded countries. 

In northern Asia, and especially in southern Siberia, vast droves of wild 
horses are known to exist ; and in all that great pasturable region inhabited 
by the Tartars, both in Russian Europe and Asia there are countless 
herds semi-wild. These Tartar horses are said to owe their orijrin to the 
cavalry steeds turned loose in 1(557, at the siege of Azof. In Canada, 
and in the Falkland Islands horses released from control become wild and 
sustain themselves in that condition. It is stated that horses released 
from the dominion of IVlan, and gone wild, have been found in Hayt" 
and Jamaica. The great pampas and other grassy plains of Centra' 
America, North and South of the equator, including the Empire of Bra. 
zil, and also in Mexico, Texas, California, and elsewhere in the southerL 
portion of the great plains of the United States, once contained immense 
droves of wild horses, the progenitors of which, escaping from the 
Spanish conquerors of these countries, at length multiplied into countless 
numl)ers. At the present day however there are but few that are not 
clanned by proprietors except perhaps in some isolated regions near the 
Equator. 

v. Fossil Horses. 

The fossil remains of horses are not rare in America. These fossil 
remains, have also been found in Great Britain, in the oldest formation, 
and of such extreme antiquity as to have been contemporaneous with 
the elephant, rhinoceros, tiger and hyena, in Great Britain, and with the 
mammoth and other similar fossils in America. These classes of animals 
were entirely different from the animals of to-da}-, and the only means 
of marking the lapse of ages intervening since they lived, is the succes- 
sion of geological formations, and changes that have since taken place, 
carrying to total extinction the scries of animals that then, and subse- 
quently, up to the advent of man, successively occupied the earth. 



44 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VI. Horses of Asia. 

Aside from the modern breeds of Europe which will be treated of separ- 
ately, the Arabian is the most celebrated and midoubtedly combines 
more good qualities than any other Asiatic breed. 

In India there are many horses of more or less repute, the most valu- 
able of which is said to be the Turco, a cross between the Turcoman, a 
breed of South Tartary, and the Persian horse. It seems to be a fine 
animal, as it is said to be stately in movement as it is beautiful in form, 
and tractable in disposition. With the exception of the Turcoman, or 
iiorse of South Tartary, the Tartar and Calmuck horses are small, and 
ill shaped. They have the reputation, like our Indian ponies, of being 
able to perform long journeys under heavy burdens, while subsisting on 
the most indifferent food. 

The horses of China are also small with but little excellence in any 
point. Ill shaped and spiritless, they seem effete like their masters, 
who possessing the most ancient civilization of the earth, were slowly 
but surely retrograding, until they came into contact with the civilization 
of Europe. 

In Turkestan there appear to l)e two distinct races of horses. One is 
described as being heavy-headed, ewe-necked, with long legs and weak 
bodies ; while the other has high crests and long bodies with hmbs of 
good bone and substance. In Bokhara, is a small, stout, shaggy breed 
of horses, with very long manes and tails ; they are called Kussaks, and 
are considered excellent little animals. 

VII. European Horses. 

In the chapters devoted to special breeds, the. more important will be 
treated of separately. We shall only notice here such as have no promi- 
nence among the celebrated sub-families of the horse. 

The German States have horses noted chiefly as being large, well- 
formed and well-adapted to the purposes of heavy draft. Belgium and 
Holland also have breeds of horses large, strong and well-formed. The 
Flemish horses were at one time much valued in England for draft and 
heaty coach horses, and they undoubtedly form one of the principal ele- 
ments in the pedigree of some of the more celebrated of the English 
horses. 

The Hungarian horses are supposed to have the same general origin 
with the German horses. They are however lighter, more active, show 
more spirit and better action, which is probably due to a more recent 
infusion of oriental blood. 

Italy has not as good horses now as formerly. Some of them however 
are large, handsome, spirited animals, which do good service in carriage 



THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 




THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 47 

harness. The same may be said of the horses of Spain. The common 
use of mules, both under the saddle and in harness, is not conducive to 
careful breeding in horses, still in Spain there are many tine horses espe- 
cially for saddle use ; the pure blooded Spanish barb being elegant, 
sprightly and docile. 

Norway, Sweden and Finland, have a hardy race of little horses, 
which run half wild in the woods. They have fairly good forms, an-3 
are active and spirited. The people, however, give themselves but little 
trouble in breeding them. 

In Iceland the horses are still smaller, active, hardy fellows, who pick 
up a scanty living for themselves, when not -at Avork. Their origin is 
attributed both to the Swedish horse and those of the Shetland Islands^ 
and they have points of resemblance to l)oth. 

Thus it is seen that each country has its own peculiar breed of horses, 
Mie result of local peculiarities. The further we go North the more 
ihvarfed they become until some of them are found but little, if any, 
larger than the best of the larger breeds of long wooled sheep. As we 
go South to the tropics the horses increase iii size until we reach the 
middle region of the temperate zone, where the largest and heaviest, as 
well as the fleetest and most valuable are found. Continuing still fur- 
ther southward the horses begin again gradually to decrease in size until 
as we reach the tropics we find them but little larger than the animals 
we call jiony-horses. They are moderately swift, and of the most 
enduring bottom. 

The horses of Arabia have been celebrated in all modern times, and 
justly so, for the reason that owing to careful breeding and the kindest 
treatment, in connection with the most excellent training, they came to 
possess the perfection of form, united with great speed and en- 
durance, and almost human intelligence. That careful and scientific 
breeding was imderstood and appreciated bv the ancients is evidenced by 
the lines of the first lyric poet of the time of Augustus Csesar, which 
we find translated freely, but pointedly as follows ; 

'' The brave begotten are by the brave and good. 

There is in steers, there is in horses' blood 

The virtue of tlieir sires. Xo timid dove 

Springs from the coupled eagle's furious blood." \ 

VIII. Artificial Breeding, and Diseases. 
It is well kiH'wn that wild animals like savage tribes are little subject 
to disease It is the ai-tificial surroundings, and artificial living which 
produce diseases unknown in a state of nature. Hence, on the farm, 
animals are less susceptible to disease than in citv stables, where the lite 
of the horse is purely an artificial one, and where he must be depeuaenc 



48 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK AND COxMl'LETK STOCK DOCTOR. 

upon man, even for the water he drinks. Unfortunately he is too oftea 
dependent upon ignorant and brutal "helpers" who, the moment the 
eye of the master is turned, shirk their duty and the animal suffers. 
Hence the absolute necessity that all large stables should possess in the 
person of the foreman a competent head, and one whose sympathies are 
with the helpless annuals under his charge. Such a person will not only 
earn his wages fully, but will save largely to the owner every year by his 
constant watchfulness and care. Artificial breeding also gives rise to a num- 
ber of diseases, peculiar in themselves, and which may only be guarded 
against by intelligent care. Among the most serious of these are abortion, 
and all that class of diseases incident to animals kept in confinement in large 
numbers, and which, with other diseases of domestic animals, will be 
treated of separately in appropriate departments of this work. 

IX. Opinions Relating to Breeding. 

In tracing the history of horses, and all that relates to their care and 
treatment, we shall find various opinions relating to breeding. The sys- 
tems of in-and-in-breeding, and cross-breeding, each have intelligent and 
successful advocates. In-and-in-breeding may be defined as being the 
breeding together for generations, of closely related members of a fam- 
ily of animals. For fixing a breed ond for perpetuating the special ex- 
cellences sought, there is no doubt of the soundness of the practice. It 
is in this way and by careful selection of parents that all new breeds are 
established and fixed. What distinguishes the successful from the un- 
successful breeder, is the knowing, or not knowing, just how to select, 
how long to breed in, and in departing from the rule, so to select the 
new sire, that there may be no violent change of characteristics. For it 
is a well established fact that long-continued in-breeding reduces the 
constitutional vigor of the animal while it is fixing excellencies for per- 
petuation. Bakewell, Collins, Bates, Webb, and many other emi- 
nent breeders of modern times, have been most successful in this direc- 
tion, with cattle and sheep. The modern breeds of swine, also, owe 
their chief excellencies to this system, though in them it is modified by 
more frequent infusions of far related blood, since swine are peculiarly 
liable to degeneration of the vital forces, scrofula, and other diseases, 
supposed to be due to too close inter-breeding of near relations. 

X. In-Breeding of Horses. 

In horses, in-and-in-breeding has nevei' been practiced to the same ex- 
tent as with cattle. The horse is bred chiefly for his muscular jr>wers 
and endurance. To this is required to be added, beauty of form, and 
as supplementary to speed and endurance, great lung power and constitu- 
tional vigor. Hence, when a sire possesses these merits in an eminent 



THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 49 

degree, he is eagerly sought far and wide. In tlie selection of nuires, 
this vigor of constitutit)n, combined with ample room for the develop- 
ment of the foal is sought. Hence the breeder seeks to breed to such 
sires as shall endow their foals with their own special characteristics, be- 
ing careful only that the cross shall not be a violent one, such as might 
produce decided alterations of form from that previously had. . 

XI. Value of Hereditary Characteristics. 

Intelligence, stamina, great muscular power, constitutional vigor, and 
absence of congenital or hereditary disability, must all be taken into ac- 
count in selecting sires. If the blood of an animal has been sub- 
ject to any hereditary disability, as consumption or other disease arising 
from weak lungs, or has shown a liability to form curbs, spavin or other 
bone disease, such an animal should be discarded. Intellig-ence is a he- 
reditary characteristic of special families which should be carefully 
looked to. Here again we find that this quality may be steadily increased 
by careful training. This is especially noticable in dogs bred for a sin- 
gle purpose, as shepherd dogs, pointers, setters, retrievers, etc. The he- 
reditary instinct becomes at length so strongly marked in them, that the 
young animal takes to its special task of its own volition, and before 
the age for regular training is reached. In like manner certain breeds of 
horses are noted for their wonderful intelligence, as are the Arab horses, 
owing to hundreds of years of careful l)reeding, and to the training im- 
parted by the master, who is the friend and companion of his horse. 

XII. A Careful Study Necessary. 

To most surely and successfully compass all this, the breeder must 
carefully study the horse from various standpoints. He must be familii^r 
with the anatomy, or bony structure, the muscular development, the vital 
organs, the organs of digestion, and the other viscera of the animal. 
Again, the outward conformation is of the utmost importance, since 
from this a fair indication of all the rest may be arrived at. The girth 
and the barrel will give a good indication of the heart, lungs and digestive 
apparatus. From the head, the iHtelligcnce and docility of the animal 
may be clearly established. The shoulders, the loin and the haunch will 
be the index to the muscular power, and the bone and sinew may be accu- 
rately estimated from a i)roper examination of the limbs by one who will 
carefully study the succeeding chapters. 

* xm. About Object Lessons. 

Object lessons, the delineation of a subject by charts, plates and 
figures, have come to be regarded as one of the most important factors 
in modern education. They bring to the eye exactly what a thing is, and 



60 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



its precise location. Hence, there has been prepared for this work the 
most accurate illustrations of every subject upon which it treats. In 
connection with this, the plainest descriptions and explanations are given, 
avoiding, as much as possible, technical scientific terms. These, when 
used, are explained, so far as possible, and should be learned by refer^ 
ence to the glossary, since, now-a-days, they are coming to be more and 
more used in every-day life, and in all languages, where used, mean ex- 
actly one and the same thing. 




If the latter part of this chapter has been somewhat discursive, it 
seemed necessary to a fair understanding of what is to be said in the 
succeeding ones. In the next chapter we take up the horse in the rela- 
tion of the bones to the body. Its scientific name is Anatomy — short 
enough and comprehensive. 



CHAPTER II. 

ILLUSTRATING THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 

I. FRAME WORK THE INDEX OF VAIAIE. II. MASTER THE DETAILS OF THE SKELE- 
TON. III. DIVISION OF THE SEVERAL PARTS. IV. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF 

MAN AND THE HORSE. V. ANALYZING THE SKELETON. VI. THE FOOT. VII. 

THE HEAD AND NECK. VIII. BONES AND MUSCLES OF THE FRONT LIMBS. IX. 

THE HIND LIMBS. 

I. Frame Work tha Index of Value. 

A close and comprehensive study of the anatomy and physiology of 
the animals of the farm, is of the first importance to every person who 
breeds, rears, or buys them, with a view to profit from their sale. In 
the case of the horse it is especially necessary that this study be care- 
fully made, since, in the perfection of the several parts, constituting 
solidity and fineness of bone, a firm and complete muscular development, 
large, healthy lungs, and the highest state of normal activity of the 
digestive organs, lies the real value of this most useful of the servants 
^f man. The owner or purchaser must also know distinctly what an ani- 
mal is intended for, and should select him with special reference to the ser- 
vice required, whether it be for special work, for trotting, racing, 
road-driving, light or heavy draft, or for what is termed general utility, 
With reference to these several uses the bony structure of the animal ia 
of the first importance, since it is the skeleton upon which all else is built. 
Without a knowledge of the bones, the situation of the muscles cannot 
be accurately determined, or their actions, in connection with the several 
parts, to which they are attached, and especially their action on the limbs 
be definitely understood. 

II. Master the Details of the Skeleton. 

Hence we must first master the details of the bony structure. Next 
the muscles may be studied, and from this we may easily understand the 
minute but important action of the several parts as a whole. While the 
ordinary observer will be altogether misled, in estimating the value of an 
animal from his outward appearance and movements, he who has 
carefully studied the physical proportions with the eye of a care- 
ful anatomist will quickly and accurately understand the true value 
of the animal from the relation of the several parts one with another. 
For these habits of accurate observation will readily detect, in the 
^ivmg horse, the true character of the bony structure, and especially 
of the muscular system, which covers and envelops it. In ordei 
to make the bony structure plain to the reader it is here shown by 

52 



5i 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



diagrams or object lessons, since this is the most graphic, and at 
the same time the most accurate, method of presenting information 
of tnite kind. To make our object lesson still more easy we give 




in the engraving, not only the frame-work, but this resting on or shown 
against a back ground illustrating the outer form and contour of the 
horse. 



56 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The skeleton, as shown in the engraving, may be divided as follows : 
1 — Cranium, or Head. 2 — Cervical vertebrae, or bones of the neck. 
3 — Dorsal vertebrae, or bones of the withers and back. 4 — Lumbal 
vertebrae, or those of the loin between the false ribs and the upper edge 
of the Haunch Bone. 5 — Sacral vertebrae, or those of the rump, or 
lying between the haunch bone and tail. 6 — Caudal vertebrae, or bones 
of the tail. An observation of the dotted lines will show these correctly. 
7 — The Ribs, showing their correct position. 8 — Sternum, or the breast 
bone. 9 — Scapula, or shoulder bone. 10 — The front limbs. 11 — The 
Pelvis, the cavity of the body formed by the union of the haunch bones 
with those of the back and hip, and formed by the Sacrum at the top, 
the Ilium at the sides, the Ischium and the Pubis at the bottom. 12 
— The hind limbs. 

III. Divisions of the Several Parts. 

Thus we have given the entire skeleton of the horse, showing the bones 
as they appear in their natural positions and relations to each other. We 
next proceed to a more detailed study of the several parts. 

The Head and Back Bones. — The head may be divided into two parts, 
the skull and the face, each having its particular bones, the variation of 
which may affect the proper grinding of the food and thereby influence 
the general condition of the animal, to say nothing of the relation be- 
tween the shape of these bones and the horse's intelligence. The verte- 
brae are divided into five groups, of which the Cervical or neck, contains 
seven bones ; the back, or Dorsal, eighteen ; and the Lumbar, six. The 
Lumbar vertebrae really belong to the back, and added to the eighteen 
Dorsals, make a total of twenty-four. The Sacral vertebrae are five in 
number, and the Caudal fifteen, making a grand total of fifty-one verte- 
brae in the animal. 

The Ribs. — The ribs are eighteen in number and are jointed to the 
transverse processes of the verteljrae, and curve, with some variations in 
their outline and direction, down to the sternum. Seven or eight of them 
are true ribs, and are composed of cartilage and attached to the breast 
bone and to the vertebrae, to allow full expansion of the lungs in breath- 
ing. Thus the spring of the ribs, as it is called, is most important to 
the horseman. The remaining ribs are called false ribs. They are not 
attached to the breast bone, but are united by cartilages, each on its own 
side, the union terminating in the sternum. Thus, all the ribs act in con- 
cert, giving play not only to the lungs, but also to other viscera. 

The Sternum. — The Stermum, or breastbone, in the young horse, is 
composed of six bones, but in the full grown animal these become uni- 
ted into a single piece. The front of this boiie is conve:^ and sharply 



THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 



57 



keeled and its upper part })iojet'ts so as to be plainly outlined in what 
is called the point of the breast, that part which the lower portion of tho 
collar just covers. 

The Hinder Limbs. — The Hinder 
Limbs are tlie proijclling power of 
all animals, and especially so in the 
horse. Hence the haunches are 
strong and the upper portion is pow- 
erfully developed in muscle, and the 
lower corresi)()ndinirly so in ten- 
dons. The illustration will give a 
perfect view, and the explanation the 
proper names of the parts. 

Tlie names and reference to the 
letters and tigures are as follows : 
a, Sacrum ; b, Ilium ; c, Ischium. 
These bones constitute the Pelvis, as 
seen at a, d, c, and b, b. The other 
bones are : e. Femur ; f , I^itella ; 
g, Tibia; h, Fibula; i, Tarsus; j. 
Metatarsus ; k, Digit. The tigures 
1, 2, 8, refer to the Phalanges of 
the foot, corresponding to the toes 
in man. 

The Haunch or Pelvis. — The Pel- 
vis is made up of six bones, three 
on each side, all tirmly united .into 
one. The Ilium is strongly attached 
to the Sacral vertebne, and maybe 
called the kej^stone of the pelvic arch, 
while the lateral prolongations of the Ilium produce the prominences just 
above and in front of the hind-quarters. The Ischium or hip-bone is a 
backward continuation of the Ilium, and bears an enlargement which 
projects on each side a little below the tail. The i)ubis is a single bone 
and is connected with the others, forming an inverted arch with them, 
and composing the upper surface of the lower part of the pelvis. 

IV. Comparative Anatomy of Man and the Horse. 

The anatomy or l)()uy structure of the horse is not so widely different 

from that of man as at first sight it would seem to be. Indeed, it was 

discovered by Aristotle in the days of the ancient Greeks that the horse, 

though a hoofed, and apparently a single-toed ani null, actually has the 




CUT 2. — IJONKS <)|- IIINDKK I'AKTS. 



58 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

rudiments of toes enveloped in the flinty hoof which has developed around 
the foot and protects it from the rough soil over which the animal travels. 
And when a parallel is once found to exist even between the toes of the 
horse and those of man, there is nothing strange in the fact that other 
parts of the skeleton closely correspond. The names of the different 
portions of the limbs of the horse and of man are given below, in par- 
allel lines, so the reader may see at a glance, those exactly correspond- 
ing, though called by different names. A reference to the skeleton 
proper, as given in the cut, page 46, will show the precise location of each 
of the bones mentioned in the horse. 

Front Limbs. 

MAN. HORSE. 

Arm (Humerus) corresponds to the - - Lower bone of shoulder. 

Fore arm " " - - Arm. 

Wrist (Carpus) " " - - Knee. 

Hand (Metacarpus) " " - - Leg, cannon and splint bones. 

Knuckles " " - - Fetlock. 

Finger " " - - Pasterns. 

Hind Limbs. 

MAN. HORSE. 

Thigh (Femur) corresponds to the - - - Upper bone of thigh. 

Knee " " . „ - stifle joint. 

Leg " '' . . _ Thigh. 

Ankle (Tarsus) " " - - - Hock. 

Heel " « _ _ _ Point of hock. 

Foot (Metatarsus) " " _ . - Leg. 

Ball of Foot " " . _ _ Fetlock. 

Toe " " - - - Pastern and foot. 

This is quite different from the generally received idea of this compar- 
ative anatomy of man and the horse, and yet it is strictly true. This 
the skeleton will show, the proper names of each bone being given. The 
study is interesting, and the explanatioTis will enable any one to fully 
understand the names and location of the parts. 

V. Analyzing the Skeleton. 
The bones of the spine, (vertebrge) have already been mentioned. 
The parts of the skeleton as shown in the next figure, are : A, Cervical 
Vertebrge ; BB, Dorsal Vertebrae ; C, Lumbar Vertebrse ; D, Sacrum, 
the bone which forms the back part of the pelvis ; E, Coccygeal bones, 
or those forming the tail ; FF, Ribs ; G, Costal cartilages, or the carti- 
lages joining the ends of the ribs ; H, the Scapula or shoulder blade ; I, 
the Humerus, or the upper part of the fore leg ; KK, the Radii, or outer 
bones of the fore legs, below the humerus and knee ; L, the Ulva. 
This is the larger of the two bones of the upper part of the fore leg, 
Ijring behind the radius and extending from the knee to the lower part of 
the chest; M, the Knee, (Carpus). This is composed of 8 bones, viz; 



60 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



1, Scaphoid, or boat shaped bone ; 2, Semilunar, or bone resembling a 
half moon ; 3, the Cuneiform, or wedge-shaped bone ; 4, the Trapezium, 
resembling the geometrical figure of that name; 5, the Trapezoid, re- 




CuT 3. — The Skeleton. 
eembling a trapezoid ; 6, the great bone of the knee, (Os Magnum) ; 7, 
the Hook-shaped bone, (Unciform bone) ; 8, the pea-shaped bone, (pis- 
iform bone) ; NN, the big bone of the fore leg, the cannon bone or 
large metacarpal ; O, Splint bone, or small metacarpal ; PP, Sessamoid 
bones — two small bones in the substance of the tendons, where the fore 
leg is joined to the ankle; QQ, Phalanges. These are: 1, the upper 
pastern bone ; 2, lower pastern bone; 3, the first bone in the leg, (os 
pedis), inside the hoof, the coffin bone, and the navicular or ship-shaped 
bone, not marked here. 

The Hinder Parts. — Coming to the hinder jiarts, R shows the pelvis. 
This is formed. by : 1, the Ilium or flank bone ; 2, the Pubis, or fore part 
of one of the bones of the pelvis ; 3, the Ischium, or hinder and lower 
part of the hip bone. S, the Femur or thigh bone ; T, the Patella or 
small bone covering the stifle joint ; U, the Tibia or the large, long bone 
between the hock and the stifle joint; V, the small, long bone behind 



62 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIA E STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR 



and attached to the Tibia ; W,the Hock, which is composed of the follow- 
ing small bones : 1, back point of the hock, Os Calcis ; 2, the Astraga- 
lus or upper bone of the hock, supporting the Tibia ; 3, Cuneiform Mag- 
num, the largest wedge-shaped bone ; 4, Cuneiform Medium, or middle- 
sized wedge-shaped bone; 5, Cuneiform Parvum, or smallest wedge- 
shaped bone ; 6, the small or cubical-formed bone. X, Large Metatarsal 
or front bone of the hind leg, between the hock and pastern joint; I, 
Small Metatarsal or small bone of the hind leg, in rear of Large Metar* 
tarsal . 

The Head. — 1, the lower jaw, (Inferior Maxilla) ; 2, the upper 
jaw, (Superior Maxilla); 3, outer part of the jaw, (Anterior Max- 
illa) ; 4, bone in front of the nostrils, (Nasal bone) ; 5, the prominent 
cheek, (Malar bone) ; 6, the forehead, (Frontal bone) ; 7, Parietal 
bones or sides and ^ipper part of the skull, (wall) ; 8, Occipital, or bone 
of the hinder part of the head ; 9, Lachrymal bone, inclosing the lach- 
rymal gland and duct ; 10, Squamous or scaly portion of the temporal 
bones; 11, Petrous or hard part of the Temporal bones, inclosing the 
organs of hearing. 



VI. The Foot. 



We will now enter upon a more critical examination 
of the foot, one of the most important parts in the 
anatomy of the horse. We give a cut showing the 
bones, as they lie, phiinly named, and also a vertical 



Cut 4. 



Cut 





Vertical Section of the Lower 
Leg and Foot. 



section of the lower 
leg and foot. The 
several parts here ill- 
ustrated are: «, can- 
non or large Metacar- 
pal bone ; h, large Pas- 
tern bone (Os Suffra- 
ginis,) c, one of the Sectional view of 

O '11 -, THE BONES OF THE 

oessamoid bones ; a, foot. 

Os coronae, small pastern bone ;e, navicu- 
lar bone ; /, Pedis or coffin bone ; g, g^ 
g. Flexor Perforans or penetrating tendon ; 
h, hy Flexor Perf oratus or penetrated ten- 
don ; «, extensor tendon ;y, suspensory 
ligament ; ky k, Capsular ligament or 
membraneous elastic bag surrounding the 
joint; ?, fetlock joint; m, pastern joint; 
n, coffin joint ; o, horny crust of hoof ; j>. 



o 
"^ 

> 

w 

cd 
o 

> 

a 

pi 
I— ( 

r 




64 cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

Cut 6. 
p, horny sole; q, the frog; r, sensible ^SS .PmS^— '^ 

laminae ; t, the sensible frog ; w, the cush- AHffiif ^S^r 

ion ; V, the navicular joint. The next fig- ^Ss i^^a 

ures show front and rear views of the ,^^^Sx S^^_^ 

bones of the foot, c, c, Coffin bone; c^Hm^^ f^^^S^m''^ 
d, Sessamoid bone ; 6, b, Small pastern ^B^^^ ^Hl^^f 
a, The large pastern. p^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ view^f the 

BONE OF THE FOOT. 

VII. The Head and Neck. 

Coming again to the head and neck we are prepared readily to under- 
stand their atanomy. The names given to the several jjarts are as fol- 
lows : a, frontal bone ; 6, parietal ; c, occipital ; d, temporal ; e, malar ;f, 
lachrymal ; g, nasal ; h, superior maxillary ; i, pre-maxillary ; k, inferior 
maxillaries (lower jaw) ; I, orbit. The bones of the neck, (cervical ver- 
tabrse) are named ; 1, atlas ; 2, dentata ; 3, third ; 4, fourth ; 5, fifth ; 6, 
sixth ; 7, seventh. Of the bones of the neck, the atlas is a ring-shaped 
bone with broad lateral projections. It articulates with the skull, and 
has great freedom of motion on the next bone (dentata). On the artic- 
ulation of these two vertebrae, principally depends the power of turning 
the head. The remaining bones of the neck resemble each other closely, 
and have various small processes for insertion of the ligaments and mus- 
cles, and upon their flexibility depends the power of flexing and arch- 
ing the neck. 

The Head. — The bones of the head may be divided into two groujDS ; the 
cranial and facial. The cranial bones include all those which cover or 
inclose the brain, and are mostly in pairs, or are on what is called the 
mesial line of the skull, but may, for convenience, be spoken of as single 
bones. 

The bone of the forehead (frontal bone) a, forms the space between 
the eyes and extends to the top of the head with a narrowing outline. It 
therefore occupies the most central part of the head and is important as 
from its shape and surface it gives space for the brains. In succeeding 
cuts the facial expression of horses will be given, showing the different 
grades of intelligence in horses ; the broad and ample forehead indicat- 
ing intelligence and high breeding. 

The parietal bone, 5, extends back from the frontal to the poll, and 
has a ridge or crest of great strength and firmness along its upper sur- 
face, sloping down like a roof on each side, covering and protecting the 
brain. 



THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 



65 



The occipital, c, covers the entire back part of the head and lies imme- 
diately behind the parietal. It has to support the whole weight of the 
head, and from its position is exposed to greater strain than any other 
part of the skull. It is articulated by two rounded protuberances (con- 
dyles) at the base to the first vertebra (atlas) of the neck. On tho 

b 

7 




CLT 7.— SHOWINCr BONES OK UEAU AM) NECK, 

outer side of the occipital and beyond the condyles, are two pointed 
projections (sty lifonn processes) to which some of the muscles of the 
neck are attached, and which assist in supporting the head. 

The temporal bbnc, d, unites with the parietal above, and with the 
occipital behind. It contains the internal parts of the ear, and is provi- 
ded with a hollow for the articulation of the lower jaw, and in front 
joins the extremity of the frontal. Continuing forward, it unites with 



66 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the cheek-bone (malar), e, making up the zygomatic arch and forming 
the greatest part of the orbit, composed of a small bone in the inner 
corner of the eye (lachrymal),/. Just before the frontal is the nasal 
bone, ^, one of the principal bones of the face and covering the mem- 
brane of the nose. The large bone, (superior maxillary), h, occupies 
the side of the face and holds all the grinding teeth (molars) and the 
tusk of the upper jaw. The pre-maxillary, i, unites with the two last 
named bones, holds the nippers (incisor teeth) and completes the frame- 
work of the nose. The lower jaw consists of only two bones, the 
inferior maxillaries, k. They terminate in two j)rocesses, directed 
upward. The terminal. projection (condyloid process) articulates with 
the temporal bone, at the base of the zygomatic arch, forming the hinge 
upon which the whole lower jaw moves. The second process (coronoid) 
passes under the arch, receiving the lower end of the large temporal 
muscle arising from the parietal bone, and moves the jaw in the act of 
chewing. 

There are two small bones in the lower part of the cranium, under the 
parietal, 6, called the Sphenoid, and the Ethmoid, which connect the 
principal bones of the skull, but are not visible externally. 

VUi. Bones and Muscles of the Front Limbs. 

Coming again to the limbs, we represent in cut 8 on the next page, for 
the sake of comparison, both the bones and muscles of the front limbs side 
by side, since it will serve as a <;onvenient object lesson at one view. 

Bones. — A — Radius. B — Point of Ulna. C — Knee (Carpus). F — Ses- 
amoids, behind the fetlocks. G — Upper and Lower Pasterns. H — Coffin 
Bone. I — Navicular. 

Muscles. — h — Extensor carpi radialis, i — Extensor digitarum lon- 
gior. j — JExtensor digitarum hrevior. k — Abductor pallicis longus. ef 
— External flexor, mf — Middle flexor, if — Internal flexor. 

Bones of the Arm. — :The upper portion of the fore leg«in the horse is 
called the arm, and in man the corresponding bone is the fore arm. In the 
horse it consists of two bones, the radius A and the ulna B, and extends 
from the elbow to the knee. The ulna is situated behind, and, to some 
extent, above the radius, there being a considerable projection received 
between the heads of the lower bone of the shoulder (elbow), forming 
a powerful lever, into which are inserted the muscles for extending the 
arm. The ulna continuing downwards^ terminates in a point behind the 
middle of the radius. 

Bones of the Knee. — Cut 9 on page 70 shows in detail the various bones 
of the knee : Fig. 1, the left leg, outer side ; Fig. 2, a front view. The 
position ^.nd action of the knee, render it especially liable to shocks and 



THK ANATOAIY OF THE HORSE. 



01 » 



jars, or strains. Hence it is protected by being formed of a nunil>er of 
bones, strongly united by ligaments, eat-li bone being protected by car- 
tilage, and resting on a semi-fluid cushion, so that any shock may l>e dis- 
tributed over the whole number of distinct bones. Tlie names of thp 
bones are as follows : a, Radius ; h. Pisiform ; c, Cuneiform ; d, Lunare : 
e, Scaphoides ; /, Magmmi ; h. Unciform : /, Cannon ; j, Splint. Thcsp 
two latter are called i\Ietacari)als. 



Fig. 1, 




Cut 8.— Bonks aki> .Mitsclks of thi-: Fohi: Lf.gs. 

By reference to cut 9 on page 70, the arrangcmei't and shape of the 
several bones will be readily understood. A large, flat knee is essential la 
the horse, since it not only carries i)lenty of integument, but allows free 
play to this portion of the leg. Fig. 1 shows the knee flexed and Fig. -J 
the knee at rest. 



70 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



The true carpal bones are seven in number. Six of these are placed 
in two rows, each containing three bones in front of the joint, while the 
seventh, the pisiform, (Trapezium), is placed behind them, forming the 
point of insertion for some of the muscles of the arm. It also aids in 
protecting the tendons running down behind the leg. 




CUT 9. — SHOWING BONES OF THE KNEE. 

Bones of the Leg. — Between the knee and the fetlock are three 
bones, the shank (cannon) and two splint bones, as shown in cut 8, page 
u9. Fig. 1. D. These form the leg, the corresponding part in man 
being the metacarpus. The cannon bone articulates at its upper extremi- 
ty with the lower row of the bones of the knee and below with the 
upper pastern of the fetlock joint. It has scarcely any muscle, those 
parts not covered by tendons, as well as the parts so covered being envel- 
oped directly by the skin. The leg bone is nearly straight, rounded in front 
and flattened or slightly concave behind. The splint bones, slender bones 
attached to the cannon to strengthen it, diminish to a point before they reach 



THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE, 



71 



the fetlock joint. Behind this are two supplementary bones, called ses- 
amoids, b, in cut 10, and page 62 c. These serve to protect the back of 
the joint and some important ligaments passing over it. More fully to 
illustrate the lower part of the front limbs, we give four figures, show- 
ing the bones and articulations of the joints of the foot. 




CUT 10. — BONES AND ARTICULATIONS OK TUK KOOT. 

The names of these bones are as follows: a, cannon, or shank ; b, 
csesamoids ; c, fetlock joint ; d, upper pastern ; e, lower pastern ; /, cof- 
fin bone ; g, navicular bone. The upper and lower pasterns, d, e, have 
considerable motion one on the other to allow the loot to be bent back. 
The toe is formed by the coffin bono. This is surrounded and covered 
in by the horny hoof. Hence, its form is never seen unless dissected for. 
Another small l)one, the navicular, g , lies behind and partly within the 
junction of the coffin and lower pastern. Like the coffin bone, it is 
inclosed by the hoof. * 



72 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

IX. The Hind Limbs. 

The bones of the limbs terminating and inclosed within the body of 
the horse, as well as the whole of the front limbs have been carefully 
illustrated and described. Many persons suppose, if they understand 
something of the anatomy of one limb, that they understand them all. 
This is a mistake, for while there are points in common, there are many 
differences. Hence the necessity of illustrating every part fully in order 
that the reader may get a full comprehension of every part. Further 
on we give a cut showing the bones of the hock joint and portions of the 
bones above and below. In the illustration, page 57, the anatomy of 
the entire limb may be studied. 

Anatomy of the Hind Limbs. — The great bone of the thigh (femur) 
which articulates with the upper bone (ilium), which in turn is joined to 
the back, is very strong, stout and short for its bulk. It is also further 
strengthened by large projections (trochanters), placed in the direction 
of the length, or longitudinally, for the attachment of important mus- 
cles. The upper extremity of the femur has a rounded head on the 
inner side, fitting into, and articulating with, a homy cup (acetabulum) 
formed at the junction of the three pelvic bones. At the lower end are 
two prominences fitting into depressions in the true bone of the thigh 
(the lower part of which is shown in the preceding illustration) and in 
front of which is placed the knee cap (patella), making what is called 
the stifle joint, which, anatomically, corresponds to the knee in man. 
The thigh bone is made up of two parts, the tibia, or bone proper and a 
small bone at the top (fibula), which reaches' down the bone for about 
one-third its length. It is attached to the large bone by cartilage, and 
corresponds - to the small bone (ulna) in the shoulder of the horse. 
The next illustration shows the bones of the hock. Figure 1, back view, 
inner side ; figure 2, front view, outer side. 

Bones of the Hoclc. — The names of the bones of the Hock (Tarsus) 
as shown in cut 11 are: a, Tibia; 6, Os Calcis ; c, Astragalus; c?, Cu- 
noides ; e, Naviculare ;/, Outer Cuneiform ; A, Splint ; %, Cannon, (shank 
bone.) 

The hock is as important as it is complicated. It corresponds to the 
ankle and heel in man, and is a prime factor in the means of progression. 
Like the knee of the horse, it consists of small bones, interposed between 
the upper bone. Tibia, and the Cannon bone below. These are six in 
number, as given above. The projecting bone at the back, the heel bone, 
(Os Calcis), is moved by tendons arising from muscles in the lower 
part of the limb. 

One of the Main Springs. — The principal one of these is the tendo* 
Achillis. In all ftist animals it is much developed, since an increase in 



THE AXATOMY OF THE HORSE. 



73 



the length of this lever adds force to the spring; for it must be 
remcmbcrod tliat i)rogrcssion is simply a succession of springs. Hence 
in all four-footed animals, the chief motive power lies in the hinder limbs 



Fig. 1. 




Fig. 2. 




CUT 11. — BONES OK THE HOCK. 



and hence, again, the reason why these are so much developed. Whether 
the animal be required for draft or saddle, the propelling power rerjuires 
to be especially studied. The skeleton is the frame-work upon which ali 
this is developed. 



CHAPTER m. 

THE MTTSCUIiAR SYSTEM AND INTERNAL FUNCTIONS OP THB 

HORSE. 



' THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCT7LA.R COVERING. II. MUSCLES OP THEHEAD AND 

NECK. III. MUSCLES OP THE SHOULDER AND BACK. IV. MUSCLES OF THE 

HINDER PARTS. V. MUSCLES OF THE PORE- LIMBS. ^VI. MUSCLES OP THE LEG 

AND FOOT. VII. STUDYING THE STRUCTURE. VIII. INTERN AL ECONOMY OF THE 

HORSE. IX. EXTERNAL PARTS OF THE HORSE. 

I. The Economy of tlie Muscular Covering. 
While, as already stated, the bones are the frame-work of the animal, 
the covering of the bones, viz : the sinews, muscles, nerves, membrane.3, 
etc., are really what constitute the motive power of the animal. With the 
nerves and membranes we shall have little to do ; their study will not be 
necessary to a correct understanding of the value of a horse to the 
farmer, breeder, or buyer. The bony and muscular development being 
perfect, and the digestive apparatus, the viscera, and all that pertains there- 
to, being healthy, the nerves and membranes may be taken for granted as 
being in good order. We therefore proceed at once to a consideration of the 
more important organs which constitute the working parts of the horse. 

This we have most carefully illustrated on the next page by a cut, show- 
ing the entire figure of the horse with the principal muscles laid bare. 
They need not be referred to here, since they will be named further on in 
considering the illustrations of the several parts. The engraving is 
considered necessary, as showing the connection of the parts, one with 
another, as the animal appears in walking. 

A Vertical Section of the Head. — A section of the head may here be 
studied to advantage, as showing not only the bony and muscular struc- 
ture, but the brain and ganglia as 
well. In the study of this figure we find 
at a, the frontal bone, showing the 
cavity or channel, (sinus) beneath; 
b, the wall bone (parietal) covering 
the brain; c, the nose (nasal) bone; 
d, the bone (occipital) at the back of 
the head ; e, e, the first bone of the 
neck, (atlas) showing the spinal mar» 
row in the center ; y, the sieve-like 
(ethmoid) bone through which the 
nerve, (olfactory) giving the sense of smell passes ; ^, the wedge-like 
hone, (sphenoid). This, with the ethmoid bone, supports the base of 
the brain. At A, between C and D is shown part of the lower, {max- 

74 




Cut 1. Horse's Head, Open to View. 



THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING, 



75 



iUarT/) Jaw bone, with the lower nipper (incisor) teeth. Coming to the 
numerals : 1, is the large portion of the l)rain, (cerebrum) ; 2, the small 
brain {cerebellum) ; 3, the upper portion of the spinal marrow (we- 
dulla oblongata) ^ VfhQXQ \t leaves the small brain; ^, the spinal mar- 
row itself. The capitals show, at Ay the thin bony plates, (furbinated 




bones) in the form of a scroll, which serve to distribute the lining mem- 
brane of the nose ; B^ the cartilaginous division, (septum nasi) between the 
nostrils ; C, C, the lips ; D, the tongue ; E, the valve of the lar}Tix 
{epiglottis i) F, the wind pipe, {trachea^,- G, the gullet (aesophagus). 



76 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Economy of the Head.— Wo have heretofore 8pf)keii of the bones of 
the liead being in pairs. So also are the varions o^'gans of the body as 
a rule, namely : the ears, eyes, nostrils, lips, the lobes of the lungs, the 
va'ives of the heart, the kidneys, etc. Thus the two frontal bones (a) 
make up the forward part of the head. The wall bones (6) cover the 
outer lobes of the large portion of the brain. The occipital bone (d) is 
strong and solid, and at its back contains the spinal marrow, and some 
nerves and arteries which, pass from the brain ; at the point where it is 
jointed to the first bone of the neck it is rounded and smoothed to make 
the articulation perfect. The sphenoid bone (g) forms the inferior and 
central part of the skull {cranium) . Near the bones of the face (facial 
6owes), are sinuses or channels, that are named from the bones which 
they pierce or channel. The bones of the head are of two kinds, the 
soft and scaly, (sqiiamous), and the hard, (petrous), bones. The temporal 
bones arc likewise of both kinds ; the hard portion contains the organ 
of hearing, and on its inside surface are o[)enings for the passage of the 
auditory nerve, and on its outside larger openings for the passage of sound. 
II, Muscles of the Head and Neck. 

The muscles of the head are not many. Those of the mouth, nostrils, 
ears and neck, are the most important from the standpoint of the breeder. 
Cut 3 on the next page we give shows, at two views, the various muscles of 
the head and neck. 

The Muscles of the Head. — «, the cheek, (Masseter) muscle ; b, tem- 
poral muscle, (temporalis) ; c, circular muscle, (ori/cw/am-), surrounding 
the eye ; d, the raising muscle, (levator) ; e, orbicularis ovis ; /, the di-^ 
lator naris lateralis ; g, Zygomaticus; h, nasalis labii superioris; i, de- 
pressor labii inferioris. 

Muscles of the Neck. — j, complexus major; k, splenius; I, levator an- 
guli scapulae ; m^ Ilijoideus; n, sterno-maxillaris ; o, levator humeri ov 
deltoides. The masseter (a), forms the cheek of the horse, extending 
alono" a rid2:e by the side of the head, below the eve to the rounded ano;le 
at the rear of the lower jaw ; its function is to close the jaw. The tem- 
poral muscle, (b), also assists in the action, and the dimpling seen abave 
the eye in the process of chewing, arises from the action of this muscle 
while opening and closing the jaw. 

The action of the muscle orbicularis is to close the eye-lids. Above 
the eye, passing inward and upward, over this muscle is the levator muscle 
^ d). Its office is to raise the upper lid. 

The muscles of the ear are not conspicuous. One of them proceeds 
from the base of the ear, extends forward and turns the ear forward. 
The second, situated behind the ear, turns it inward and backward, while 
^.he third muscle, a narrow strip, descends at the back of the cheek, and 
turns the ear outward. 



THE ECONOINIY OF TITE MUSCULAK COVEKINO. 



77 



The muscular covering of the frontal and nasal l)on('s is noc 2)romi« 
nent and docs not rctjuire mention here. 

Muscles of the Nose and Lips. — The muscles of the nose and lips are 
important, since on them depend the act of gathering food, and also the 
expansion and contraction of tiie nostrils in breathing. They are also 

Fm. 1. 




Cut 3. — Muscles of tue Head anu Xeck 
an index, together with those of the cars, in discovering much of the 
temper of the horse. Orhlrularisovis (r) is one of the most important 
of these. It entirely surrounds the mouth, and hy its action closes or 
opens tlie lips. A pyramidal muscle {dilator nan's lateralis) (f) covers 
the whole of the nostril, and also raises the upper lip. 

The nmscle shoAvn at h (nasal is lahii superior is) extends from a de- 
pression in front of the eye towards the angle of the mouth and divides 



78 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

into two parts to permit the passage of the side dilator of the nostril (/), 
one brancli passing straight to the corners of the mouth : its use being 
to raise it. The other branch expanding under the side dilator, not only 
assists in dilating the nostril, but also in lifting the upper lip. 

The under lip is drawn back by the narrow muscle (/), which is inserted 
into the lip below the angle of the mouth. Passing along the side of the 
jaw, it disappears under the masseter or cheek muscle («). 

Muscles of the Neck. — One of the principal muscles of the neck rises 
from the transverse processes of the first four or five dorsal vertebrae, 
page 54 (3), and also from the five lower bones of the neck (2), same 
page. The fibers from these two points, uniting form one large muscle, 
which, in fact, makes up the principal lower part of the neck, and which, 
diminishing in size as it passes towards the head, terminates in a tendon 
inserted in the {occipital) bone covering the back of the head. See page 
65 (c). Immediately above is the muscle splenius (A;,) page 77. It is 
used for raising the head. This muscle arises from the entire length of 
a strong and elastic ligament {ligamentum nuchoe), having its origin 
from the back of the occipital bone, to which it is attached immediately 
below the crest. At first cord-like, it passes over the first joint of the 
neck and adheres strongly to the second bone of the neck, on which the 
principal weight of the head is thrown ; it thence proceeds backward un 
to its termination on the elevated spinous processes of the bones of the 
withers. Thus the withers have to support the entire weight of the head 
and neck, when held in their usual position. 

To return to the splenius. It is inserted directly into all the bones of 
the neck except the first, but having with this and the temporal bone, a sep' 
arate and distinct connection. To its form and development, the muscu- 
larity and beauty of the neck are chiefly due. The thick crest and mas- 
sive neck of the stallion, is princii^all}^ due to its great development. If 
overloaded with cellular tissue or fat, the neck will be clumsy. These 
facts cannot be too carefully borne in mind, for whatever the condition or 
breed of the horse it is this muscle which gives character to the neck. 

Behind the spUnius, and extending along the upper margin of the neck, 
is a muscle {levator anguli scapulae') (I). Inserted in the back of the 
head, and attached to the first four bones of the neck and to 
the great ligament, it descends to the shoulder, out of sight. Its 
action is reciprocal on the neck and shoulder, according as one or the 
other may be fixed at the time. 

Muscles of the Front of the Neck. — Onpage77(fig. 2, m.) immediately 
below the head at its junction with the neck, its upper extremity, con- 
spicuous, is the muscle hyoideus. It is attached to the hyoid bone of 



THE ECONOMV OF THE MUSCULAll roVEItlXO. 79. 

the tongue, wliich it rcti'iicts ; descending along tiie front of the neck to 
the shoulder, it is for the greater part of its length, covered by other 
muscles. The principal depressor muscle of the head, called .sfei-no -max- 
ina7'is, (n,) partly covers the hist named. It rises from tlio upper i)ait of 
the point of the breast, (sfenium), covers the lower front of the neck, 
proceeds upward by the side of the retracting nuisclc of the tongue, and 
is inserted by a flat tendon into the rear angle of the lower jaw. It is 
not a large muscle, since it requires but little force to depress the head. 

Extending from the back of the head and upper part of the neck, 
along the front of the shoulder, to the top of the fore leg, and beyond 
the sterno-7naxiIlaris, is SI long and important muscle (Jevator humeri, 
or deltoides) page 7a (o) having a double function to perform. The head 
being held up by its own proper muscles, it then ])ecomes the iixed jioint 
from wliich the Jevator humeri raises the shoulder. But its action can be 
reversed. V\\{\\ the shoulder as a fixed point, the head can be depressed 
by means of a small slip of the nmscle being carried forward to the 
point of the breast bone to bear the head in that direction. In conclu- 
sion, it may be stated that the muscles are all arranged in pairs, some- 
times, but rarely, in contact ; so that in speaking of them in the sinijular, 
their position and function is to be understood as applying to each side 
of the animal. 

III. Muscles of the Shoulder and Back. 

In every science the use of Latin has generally been adopted in nam. 
ing the several parts andol)jects. The reason of this is that the true and 
exact meaning of the names is thus preserved with scientific accuracy, 
which could not always be the case if these terms were loosely translated 
from and into the various languages of the earth. In English and in 
other languages there are several names for one and the same object 
Once named in scientific nomenclature the object remahis fixed and clearly 
defined by its scientific name as long as the science lasts. Sometimes 
it would take many words to express the same meaning, and when neces- 
sary the meaning of the scientific term is explained. Sometimes thera 
is no common name, and hence we are obliged to depend ui)on the Latin 
name. For instance the trapezius is the muscle whose ottice it is to raise 
and support the shoulders, assisted by another important muscle, (serratics 
major) (g,) a muscle that is hardly visible externally, since it is situated 
between the ribs and shoulder l)lades, and forms the main connection 
between them. Hence in ex[)laining the illustrations we use these terms, 
explaining them, so far as may be necessary, in the body of the text. 



50 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOC K DOCTOR. 



The muscle, trapezius, previously noticed rises from the ligaments of 
the neck, and the principal l)ones of the withers, terminating in a pointed 
shape on a prominent part of the shoulder blade, and is at x. 




CUT 4. — SHOWING MUSCLES OF SIIOULDFilt AND ADJACENT I'ARTS. 



The muscle occupying the outer surface of the shoulder blade (^scap- 
ula,) on the front side of the spine or ridge of that bone is termed 
antea spinatus, and is shown at 6, on pages 75, 80 and 82. It proceeds 
to the lower bone of the shoulder, and dividing into two parts, is inseited 
into the two prominences in front of it. Its use is to extend the bone 
forward. 

Situated on the other side of the shoulder blade and inserted into the 
upper and outer head of the bone, drawing it outward and raising it, is 
^he muscle called postea spinatus. Behind it is a small muscle (teres 
minor) (tZ,) or little pectoral. Its office i« to draw the shoulder forward 
towards the l)reast. 

Inside the arm, at its junction with the l)ody, is an important and 
conspicuous nmscle, the large pectoral muscle (pectoralis major) shown 



THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. ^1 

at pm, page 82. This muscle pulls the whole fore leg inwards keep- 
ing it ill a line with the body, so as to iuduc(^ an even and regular action 
of the limb. 

On the outside of the shoulder, and easily seen when a horse is iu 
motion, are two muscles, (e) (anconmm lougus) and (/) anronceus 
extcrniux) whose office is to straighten and extend the arm. That is, to 
bring the front limb down i)erpendicularly, and in a line with the lower 
bone of the shoulder (humerus). Arising from the lower bone of the 
shoulder, they are iuserted into the point of the ell)ows. The nuiscles 
which bend the arm upwards are not visible in the living animal, being 
almost entirely covered by those of the shoulder. 

The principal muscle of the back is the latissimus dorsi, shown on 
page 80 as extending from the shoulder to tli« haunch, and on pages 
75 and 82 at the * ; it is strongly attached to the processes of the back 
bones and ribs, and is employed in raising the fore and hind quarters, 
and in reanng and kicking. The portion which comes nearest the surface 
is that part which is covered by the saddle. No portion of it, however, 
is distinctly apparent without dissection. 

IV. Muscles of the Hinder Parts. 

The muscles shown in cut 4, are : x, Trapezius ; a, Peetoralis minor ; 
6, Antea spinatus; c, JPosfea spinatus; d. Teres minor \ e, Anconceus 
longus; f, Anconceus externus; g, /Serratus major ;* , Latissimus dorsi ; 
pm^ Peetoralis major. These two latter are figured in the illustration 
on page 82. 

The Muscles of the Hind Quarters. — The illustration on page 83 
shows all the prominent muscles of the hind quarters laid bare. Their 
names and references are as follows : I, Glutceus externus ; m, Glutceus 
medius; n, Triceps femoris ; o. Biceps; p, seini Membranosus, (shown 
on page 75) ; q, Musculus facioe lata' ; r, Rectus; s, Vastus externus; u, 
Gracilis; v, Extensor pedis ; tv, Peroneeus \x. Flexor pedis \ y, Gastroc- 
nemii ; z. Flexor metatarsi. 

The Muscles Described. — The muscles of the hind jiarts are mostly 
strongly marked, and the situation of tlie principal ones will be easily 
recognized. With them will be included those concerned in or connected 
with the motion of the hinder limbs. Among the most prominent of the 
muscles on the front and outer parts of the haunch is that one (the Glu- 
tceus medius) arising from the i)rocesses of several of the vertebrae of 
the loins and from the prominent parts of the ilium, (the side bone of 
the pelvis heretofore described) and termiiiating at its insertion in the 
great trochanter or projection on the upper bone of the th\g\\ (femur) . 



82 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



It is an important and powerful muscle and is used in raising and bring- 
ing forward the upper bone of the thigh. It has been not inaptly called 
the kicking muscle, and is shown at m, on pages 75 and 82 and 83. 
The glutmus externus , I, is a slender muscle attached to the kicking mus- 
cle and has a similar origin and function. It may be called the assistant 
kickins: muscle. 




CUT O. — KEAU SIDE VIEW OF THE MUSCULAK COVERING. 



The Three Headed Muscle. — ^^Vhen the horse is in motion a conspic- 
uous muscle of the hind-quarter is the three headed muscle of the thigh 
{triceps femoris), shown at n. This is really three muscles in one, each 
having; a common orig-in and united tocjether. It comes from several of 
the bones of the spine, including some at the root of the tail, and from 
various parts of the haunch bone. It curves downwards and forwards, 
dividing into three heads. These are inserted broadly into the upper 
part of the lower bone of the thigh behind the knee {stifle joint). Its 
action straightens the leg, and it has great power in carrying the animal 
forward, for while the glutei muscles bend the leg before it takes the 
spring, the triceps, acting in opposition, forces the leg straight and lifts 
the body forward. The hinder margin of this muscle may be seen in all 
horses, parallel to the outline of the buttock, but it is prominent in racing 



THE ECONOMY OF THE !MUSCULAU COVERING. 



83 



and trotting horses, Avhcn proper exercise has ])rought them into condi- 
tion. 

Parallel with the triceps and immediately behind it is the biceps, shown 
on pages 75, 82 and 83, at o. Springing from the sacrum and the first 
bones of the tail, it descends to the inner side of tlie lower l)one of the 
thigh, forms the out<?r rear border of the haunch and assists in straight- 
ening tlu! leg. 

Another Hcxor of the leg, forming the inner rear border of the 
haunch, and uniting on the mesial line with its fellow muscle of the other 
quarter is the semi membranosus, shown on page 82, at p, and also on 
page 75, at pp. 




CLT (). — SHOWING MUSCLKS OK TIIK HIM) QUAKTEKS. 

At the outer front part of the haunch, is a peculiar muscle which binds 
down and secures the other muscles in front of the haunch. It is the 
musculus fascia', latoe, shown at q, pages 75 and 83. It arises from 
the forward i)ortion of tiie crest of the ilium and is enclosed between 
two layers of tendinous substance which disappear below the stifle. 



S4 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The Rectus, r, forms the front edge of the thigh, and proceeds 
from the ilium, in front of the hip joints, and is inserted into the knee 
cap, (patella) at the stifle joint. This muscle forms the front edge of 
the thigh. 

The vastus exturnus, s, is a hirge muscle behind the rectus and is also 
inserted into the patella. Onl}'^ a part of it can be seen externally, and 
both this and the rectus are powerful extensors of the thigh. 

The sartorius, or tailor's muscle, is a narrow strip descending inside 
the thigh, and terminating just below the stifle joint. It bends the leg, 
(^tibia), and turns it inward. It is hardly visi])lc. The gracilis, u, lies 
by the side of this muscle, and at the rear of it, occupying the principal 
surface of the inside of the thigh, {femur). It is inserted into the uppei 
part of the lower bone of the thigh, (tibia). 

V. Muscles of the Pore Limbs. 

These have been delineated on page 69, in connection with the corres- 
ponding bones ; their names are there given. The elbow is the lever into 
which the muscles for extending the arm are inserted. They are of great 
power, and they extend up to the muscles of the shoulder, with which 
they are connected in reciprocal action. 

VI. Muscles of the Leg and Foot. 

The most important of the muscles which move the lower portion of 
the leg and foot, is the extensor jK'dis, seen on pages 75 and 83, at v. 
It comes from behind the stifle, from the extremity of the two bones of 
the thigh, (^femur and tibia). Descending to the hock, its tendons pass 
under a sheath, confining it to its place in front of the joint. Thence it 
continues to the foot, and, widely expanding, is inserted in front of the 
cofiin bone. 

The peronmus, seen at page 75 and 83 at w, comes from the fibula^ 
and taking much the same course as the last-named muscle, but in a more 
lateral direction, the tendon passes on the outside of the hock and de- 
scends to the foot with the extensor pedis. These two muscles act to lift 
the foot forward. Between them is another narrow muscle, which acts 
with them, and the tendon of which is seen just above the hock. 

One of the principal muscles for 1)ending the foot is the flexor pedis, 
shown at pages 75 and 82 and 83 at x. Rising from the upper part of the 
tibia, it becomes tendinous before reaching the hock, and as a round, large 
cord passes through a groove at the back of that joint. Then descending 
behind the shank bone, it is inserted in the two pasterns. 

At the back of the thigh (tibia) may be seen the extremities of the 
gastrocnetnii , pages 75 and 82 and 83 at y. The united tendons (tendon 



86 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 




THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 87 

Achilles) pass to tiie point of the hock where they are inserted. In the 
horse tlie gaslrocnemii are important muscles, and are aided by the 
phintaris. 

The Jiexor metatarsis is the muscle which Ijonds thu leg. It is on the 
inside of the thigh (tibia), and is shown on pages 75 and 82 and 83 at z. 
Originating above the stifle on the upper bone of the thigh (femur), it is 
inserted into the shank and inner splint l)one. 

VTI. Studying the Structure. 

Thus we nave carefully gone over the bony and muscular structure of 
the horse, giving only such information as is indispensable for every 
horseman to have. The artist, from careful study of the anatomy 
and physiology of an animal, is able to draw and paint it correctly. The 
horseman should study it from the same standpoint. Thus both will be 
enabled to carry in the mind, the appearance of a well-developed horse. 
The surgeon studies anatomy from a somewhat different standpoint. He 
wants to understand the various articulations, muscles, arteries, tendons, 
nerves, ganglia and viscera, with a view to surgery and the cure of dis' 
eases. The horseman and breeder studies anatomy and physiology to 
arrive at a better understanding of what goes to make up a good animal, 
endowed with speed, style, or development for draft. 

VIII. Internal Economy of the Horse. 
We next discuss the internal economy of the horse. For a better un- 
derstanding of the subject, we give a longitudinal section of the horse, 
showing Thorax (cavity of the chest, windpipe, etc.), Abdomen, Pelvis, 
etc., the intestines and liver being removed; see next page. 

Names cf the Parts. — The explanation of the illustration is as follows: 
1. That part of the skull (occiput) forming the hind part of the head. 
2. The smaller division of the brain, or cerebellum. 3. The front or 
principal part of the brain, called the cerebrum, 4. The cartilege between 
the nostrils, nasal membrane. 5. The tongue. (i,(). Joints, articu- 
lations, of the neck bone. 7,7,7,7. The spinal cord or marrow. 8 
Pharynx ; the cavity into which the mouth and nose open, and which is 
continuous below the a;so2)har/us. It is bounded by the membraneous 
and muscular walls ])eneath the base of the skull. 1), !),!). The passage, 
cesojjhar/us, through which the food and drink go to the stomach. 10. 
The entrance of the stomach, passing through the diaphragm. The dia- 
phragm is the membrane separating the thorax from the a])domen, shown 
by the curved line. 11. The orifice of the stomach, ^^yonf.^, through 
which the food passes into the intestines. 12,12. The inner surface of 
the Xi\c\whY'A\\Q, (diaphragm), \\\\\c\\ separates the stomach and bowels 
from the heart and luiiir^. This menil)rane also assists in the act of 



S8 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR 




THE ECONOMY OF THE ]MUSCULAR COVERING. 



89 



respiration. 13, lo. The wind-pipe, trachea. 14. The lungs. 15. The 
heart, a. The stomach, h. The spleen, sometimes called milt. c. The 
left kidney, d. The broad lii>:ini('iit of the uterus or womb, with the 
ovary or organ of generation displayed, c. The last portion of the large 
intestine, the rectum, f. The orifice of the large intestine, the amis, 
g. It, i, J, A', and /. These letters show the internal muscles of the thigh. 
They have already been evplaine(!. 

IX. External Parts of the Horse. 
This cut shows the external parts of the horse with their proper names. 




ci T cS. — sii(>\viN>; i;xri;i;NAi- tarts ok tiii; hokm;. 

Explanation: — 1 — The muzzle, 2 — The face. 3 — The forehead. 
4— The ))<)11. 5— The crest. G— The jowl, 7— The gullet. 8— The 
wind-pipe, i) — Point of the shoulder. 10 — The breast. 11 — The arm. 
19_The elbow. 13— The girth. 14.— The flank. 15— The sheath. 
lG_The stifle, 17- -The withers, 18— The back, 11>— The loins. 
20— The hip, 21— The cioup. 22— 41ie dock. 23— The quarter. 24— 
The thigli or gaskin, 2") — The ham-string 2() — The i)oint of the hock. 
27 — The hock. 28 — The cannon bone of hind leg. 21) — The fetlock. 
30 — The large pastern. 31 — The small pastern. 32 — The coronet. 
33_The hoof. 34— The knee. 35— The cannon of fore leg. 3(i— The 
fetlock, 37 — Tlie heel. 38 — The large pastern. 3i> — The small past- 
ern. 40 — The hoof. 



CHAPTER IV. 
OUTWARD APPEARANCE OP THE HORSE AS INDICATING VALUE'. 



I, ACTION THE FIRST REQUISITE OF A GOOD HORSE. II. FAST WALKING HORSES. 

III. HORSES FOR DIFFERENT KINDS OF WORK. IV. THE HEAD ILLUSTRA- 
TED OUTWARDLY. V. THE BODY AND LIMBS. VI. BAD FOREQUARTERS. 

VII. THE BODY AS SEEN FROM THE FRONT. VIII. WHAT A CRITICAL HORSE- 
MAN SAID. IX. FRONT VIEW, SHOWING BAD FOREQUARTERS. X. THE HIN- 
DER PARTS ILLUSTRATED. Xt. THE PROPELLING POWER. XII. WHAT THE 

ANCIENTS KNEW OF HORSES. XIII. WHAT ONE NEED NOT EXPECT. 

I. Action the First Requisite of a Good Horse. 

A horse, like every other farm animal, is to be bought with a view to 
the use for which he is intended. The buyer must therefore know what 
he wants the animal for ; if for slow draft a very different frame will be 
required from that needed when fast work is to be done ; and yet the 
general symmetry of the animal must be looked to in every case. Fur- 
ther on the various breeds will be illustrated. The present chapter will 
deal simply with the outward conformations, showing good and bad 
forms, just as the preceding chapters have illustrated the bony structure 
and the muscular development 4ction is of course the first requisite 
whatever use the horse is int«r> ired for, and fast walking is the ground- 
work upon which to build all other action. We give on the next page an 
illustration of a horse, as seen in a fastjvalking gait. 

Action in General. — Good action can never be gotten out of a lazy, 
lubberly horse. The animal must have spirit and ambition, whatever the 
breed. Action is of only two forms : smooth, safe, low action, and 
high, showy, or parade action. The latter is never admissible, except 
when the horse is intended only for show and j^arade, or for a certain 
class of carriage horses, or for slow driving or riding in parks or other 
places of public resort. It is unsafe, unless the animal be intelligent and 
naturally sure-footed ; for a high stepping dolt is generally bad-tempered, 
and as unsafe as he is ungainly. When slow-and-safe and fast-and-safc 
action are combined in the same animal, he is invaluable and should not be 
lightly parted with. 

Good action is attained when all the limbs are moved evenly and in 

accord one with the other, the hind limbs being kept well under the 

animal, ready for any emergency. The action s'hould be square in walk- 

hig or trotting and without paddling with the fore legs, or straddling 

behind. It is true that paddlers are staunch and sure footed, and horses 

that straddle behind are sometimes fast, but thi^ is in spite of such 

action, and not on account of it. They are never admissible, either in fine 

harness or under the saddle. 

90 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 



91 



II. Fast Walking Horses. 
It IS seldom one sees a horse that will walk four and a half or five 
miles an hour in regular 1-2-3-4 time, nodding his head in cadence. Yet 
anv horse that conforms to the configuration shown in the cuts hereafter 




given ill this chapter may easily be taught to do it, either under the sad- 
dle or in harness. Some horses may he taught to walk six miles an hour, 
but they are rare. As a rule, fast-Avalking horses may be taught to trot 
fast, though some fast-walking horses are too broad-chested, to trot fast, 




/3 



o a 

2 i. 
< f3 

^•^ 
tf •- 
o § 

w 

tf Oh 

n, CO 

'^ « 

a 



Bi CYCLOPEDIA OF LtVp STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and they will roll in galloping. It is for this reason that we give the 
illustrations, showing the perfect conformation for perfeet action. A 
horse that is good at all gaits, is a horse perfect in his conformation. 
Hence, a perfectly-formed horse will Avell repay careful training, for such 
a one will bring a largo price for tho time and labor spent upon his edu- 
cation ; or if it be a mare that is to be kept for shoAV, and later for breed- 
ing, the labor of training will not have been thrown away 

III. Horses for Diffsrent Kinds of "Work. 
Speed and bottom, which indicate the superior bone and muscle of 
good breeding, combined with great lung and heart power, whatever the 
breed, are whatns desired in a horse. The nearer the animal comes to the 
(lustrations given^ the better will he be for general utility, and measurably 
so whatever the labor desired. The horse for heavy draft will be coarser, 
more stocky, heavier in the bone, not so tiexible in the limbs, more 
upriglit m the shoulder, longer-haired, and perhaps with less courage. 
Occasionally, however, a thoroughbred makes a first-class work horse, if 
trained to get down steadily to- the work. This very flexibility enables 
him to take a hard and long-continued pull without injury, and it brings 
the obliouc shoulder of the blooded horse straight in the collar. Yet 
thoroughbred horses are not draft horses, and were never intended to be, 
though they have imbued nearly every valuable breed existing to-day with 
some of their best characteristics. 

IV. The Head Illustrated Outwardly. 

The head is the seat of intelligence in all animals, and without intelli- 
gence we cannot have a good servant. The illustrations on pages 1)8 
and 99 show the formation of heads from good to bad. Those on 
page 98 show the perfectly-formed head of a well-bred horse, j^resent- 
inga side and front view, that maybe taken as a type constituting perfec- 
tion, as near as may be. The side view exhibits the head fine and taper- 
ing to the muzzle, and the chin handsomely developed. The brow is 
smooth, distinct, and yet not heavily prominent. The eye is large, full, 
clear, and has a placid, intelligent expression. The ears are fine and flex- 
ible, rather large, but well pointed, and alive with intelligent motion. 
The jaw is strong but fine. Observe the muscularity of the neck, and at 
the same time, its lines of swelling and delicate grace. Observe especi- 
ahy the manner in which the head is set upon the neck. Again, it will be 
seen that the face is dished slightly, showing spirit, tempered to intelli- 
gent tractability 

N(Sw take the front view of the same head. Observe the great smooth 
swelling forehead looking really broader between the eyes than it is. 
Why ? It will be seen that the eyes are apparently at the side of the 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE, 



^5 




^Q CYCLorEDiA OF LIVE sto4;k and complete stock doctor. 




LiJ 

o 

z 
< 
I- 
(/) 

z 
o 
u 

IT) 

I/) 



> 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSK. 07 

head, and yet look straight forward. The temporal 1)ono.s at tlie side of 
the eyes, and the occipital 1)oiio at the top of the head between tlio cars, 
are prom nicnt. The nostrils and lips are largo and tlexihle, and if one 
could turn back the folds of the nostrils at the ends, we might see a moist 
and healthy inside surface. In the living head corresponding to the fig- 
ure, all this would be apparent. 

If we examine the side and front views of the heads shown on the 
opposite page, the side view at the top indicates a head somewhat heavy, 
with the nose and loAvor jaw too thick. The nose swells out above the 
nostrils. The face is not dished, but is depressed. The eyes are bright, 
but with a somewhat wild expression. The eyebrows are prominent, and 
the head broad. The ears are thrown back, and the muzzle is cruel in its 
expression. The head is set on the neck at too great an angle. The 
expression, as a whole, is indeed that of an intellig.Mit and spirited horse, 
but it is the intelligence of malice, and th-^ spirit of self-will. 

In the front view, it will be seen that the eyes are too close together, 
and are in the front of the head ratlier than the sides. The .ars are 
pointed close together and backward, as though the animal only wanted the 
chance to do mischief. The face is full of strong lines, but not smooth 
ones. They are those of a stul)born animal that may do as you wish, if 
he cannot or dare not do otherwise. 

The next figure to the right shows not only a cruel, but a stupid 
expression. There is a lack of intelligence, ^/hich, in the horse, means 
spirit, courageous docilitj^, and a generous desire to do the will of a kind 
master. While this head does not show particularly bad form, yet the 
general expression, drooping ears, and the dull eye, show less character 
than the average horse should possess. 

There is yet another form, and a worse one. It is shown at the bottom 
of the page. Here we have self-willed obstinacy, and a wild, sulky dis- 
position. The profile is curved, giving a Roman nose, and the eyebrows 
are raised, indicating self-will and wildness. The firm jaw and lower face 
are cruel. It is a face that never goes w'ith a horse safe to drive sinjile, 
or to ride, except in the hands of one who is perfectly master of himself, 
and at the same time, always watchful and firm. Thus we misrht jro on 
describing all the peculiarities of temper down through nervous timidity, 
as shown by the thin, clean face, the cowardly head, the idiotic, and even 
the head showing evidences of insanity ; for that there are horses subject to 
hallucinations, aberrations of mind, and even actual insanity, there is no 
doubt. The cowardly, the vicious, and the idiotic horse is never safe. 
The aberrant and the insane horse is always dangerous, even to the 
most practiced horseman, since neither caresses nor punishment avail. 
They will run their "muck" at any hazard. 



98 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. 




SIDE A^ 



u ^'RONT VIEW ov HEADS— GOOD. (See Explanation.) 



OUTWARD APPICARAXCE OF THR HOUSE. 



99 




SIJIE AND KUONT VIKW OK IIKADS — BAlfc 



(See Explanation.. I 



100 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE l«TOCK DOCTOR. 

V. Body and Limbs. 

The figure given on page 101 shows a side view of the head, neck, 
shoulder, and fore limbs, as they should be seen in a perfectly formed 
animal. On pagelOGare side views of the fore quarters of horses, even 
down to those which easily become distorted from labor or use. In the 
perfectly formed horse, the neck is muscular and fine at the top, where 
it joins the head. There is no useless flesh, though where it joins the 
shoulder it is full and yet fine in proportion. The shoulder is deep, ob- 
lique or slanting. The shoulder-blade is high, giving stability to, and al 
the same time fully supporting, th- withers. The breast is prominent, 
but narrowing to the point where the legs leave the body. The arm is 
long, muscular, and tapering to the knee. The joints are large, but firm 
and compact. The fetlocks are long but flexible. The hoofs are rather 
large, and are round, deep, tough, and sound. It is the shoulder of a sad- 
dle horse, .of speed, bottom and endurance, that is seen in the cut. Few 
horses, even of the highest class, possess this perfect ideal conforma- 
tion. For the harness, the shoulder may be less oblique. The horse of 
all work, is more rigid and upright in limb and slioulder thjan the more 
speedy one ; yet the illustrations w^e give may l)e taken as the standard in 
judging a horse intended for every kind of work. The general appear- 
ance of the best animals of the various breeds is shown by cuts in their 
appropriate places in this volume. A comparison will show that while 
there are differences, yet the rules here laid down will apply generally to 
all horses, modified only by the differences required to enable a particu- 
lar breed to perform special labor. The trotting gait, as exhibited in a 
high-caste roadster, combining style with high action and great and long 
continued speed, would be execrable in a saddle horse The spi ngy, 
nei-vous action, and the long stride of the elegant saddle horse, would 
not go far towards pulling a dead w eight, hoAvever honest and courageous 
the attempt might be — and we have seen thoroughbreds as honest and 
courageous at a dead pull as could be desired in a draft horse. While 
the highly-bredhorse, especially the road horse, will fill more places than 
any other, yet the horseman must seek the animal best suited to his 
purpose. A study of the various models ^^c present Avill enable any intelli- 
o-ent person to judge for himself, as well as an expert whom he would 
have to pay for his services. It should certainly prevent the palming off 
of any "sorry brute," as is often done upon those who, while scorning 
intelhgent study, imagine they "knoy\^ all about horses." 

VI. Bad Pore-Quarters. 

In the illustrations on page 106, the upi^er left hand figure shows a 
8trai"-ht shoulder, the chest heavy, and the limbs placed too far undet 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF TIIK HORSE. 



101 



The arm seems long, but this is because it lacks muscular development. 
The shanks lack strength near the knee and pasterns, and there is a lack 
of strength generally. 

In the upper right hand figure, the shoulder is not only bad, Imt the legs 
and pastenis are weak. There is too much length from the hoof to the 
joint above To the uneducated eye the pasterns might seem flexible. 
It is, however, the flexibility arising from weakness. The nmscles which 




SIDE VIEW OP FORE QUARTERS, SHoWINC A GOOD SHOULDER. (See ExiJlanation.* 

carry the tendons lack strength, and with age the power of holding them 
in position will decrease. If the reader will turn again to the chapter 
illustrating tlie muscular development ot the horse he will understand 
these points better. 



J 02 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 





FBONT VIEW OF FORE-QUABTERS, %HOWING DIFFERENT BAD CONFORMATIONS. 



OUTWAKD AITEAUANCK OF TIIK JIOUSK 



103 




FRONT VIEW, 6IIOWINU GOOD BKEAST ANU LiJiBS. (See Explanation;. 



104 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The left hand lower figure exhibits a shoulder tolerably well placed, but 
the limbs are set too far under, and the pasterns are too straight, so that 
the animal appears to stand on his toes, and there is a general lack of 
muscle and sinew. 

The lower right hand figure will convey a good idea of what old age, 
abuse, hard work and want of care will bring to either of the three pairs 
of shoulders and limbs just noticed. Abuse and ill-usage might ruin the 
living representative of the perfect figure on page 101 but the limbs 
would remain comparatively sound to the last. 

Vn. The Body as Seen from the Front. 

In the illustration on page 103 the neck and shoulders are oval or egg- 
shaped. The chest seems narrow ratlier than broad, but this is because 
the muscular development about the breast bone is ample and full. 
Observe how grandly the muscle above the arm swells out, and what mag- 
nificent muscularity the arm presents with the two great thews running 
down to the knee. The joints are large and ample, as they should be, 
but also firm. The hoofs are tough and hard. Look carefully at the 
white space between the limbs ruiiniiig from the hoofs upwards. See 
how the neck, gradually rising from the chest, shows strength and a 
perfect proportion of one part to the other. The joints are compact and 
rounded, to meet the articulating shank and fetlock bones. The staunch 
strong hoofs are rather open behind, but show no indication of a flat foot. 
Set this and the preceding illustrations against the wall, retire until you 
get a perfect view, study them as an artist would a subject, compare 
them with the living animal, and, if you buy a horse for breeding or other 
use, buy as near to the model as possible. 

VIII. What a Critical Horseman said. 

One of the best authorities of all writers on the horse, a highly edu- 
cated Englishman, whose estimate of an animal was always made from 
the standpoint of general excellence, the late Henry William Herbert, in 
his exhaustive work, "The Horse of America," sa3^s : 

"The points of the physical structure of a horse on which the most, 
indeed the whole of his utility depends, are his legs. Without his loco- 
raoters all the rest, however beautiful it may be, is nothing worth. 
Therefore, to these we look first. The fore-shoulder should be long, 
obliquely set, with a considerable slope, high in the withers and thin 
above. The upper arm should be very long and muscular, the knee 
broad, flat and bony, the shank, or cannon bone, as short as may be, flat, 
not round, with ciean, firm sinews ; the pastern joints moderately long 
and oblique, but nor too much so, as the excess produces springiness and 
weakness ; the hoois firm, erect or deep, as opposed to flat, and the feet 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 1U5 

generally large and round. In the hind-legs the quarters should be 
large, i)o\verful, broad when looked at in profile, and square and solid 
from behind. 

Avoid Straight Hams. — "The hams should be sickle-shapea, not straight, 
and well let down, so as to l)ring the hocks well toward the ground. The 
hoeks should be large and bony, straight, not angular and convcxly cur- 
ved in their posterior outlines ; the shanks, corresponding to ihe cannon 
bones, short and flat, and the hind feet similar in form to the front The 
back should be short above, from the i)oint of the withers and shoulder- 
blade, which ought to run well back to the croup. The barrel should be 
round, and for a horse in which strength and quickness arc looked to, 
more than great speed and stride, closely ribbed up. A horse can 
scarcely be too deep from the tip of his shoulder to the intersection of 
his fore-leg — which is called the heart place — or too wide in the chest, as 
room in these i)arts gives free play to the most important vitals. The 
form of the neck and setting on of the head are essential not only to 
the beaut}'' of the animal, but to the facility and pleasure of riding or 
driving him ; hence, with an ill-shaped, short, stubborn neck, or ill set on 
head, the animal cannot by any possibility be a pleasant-mouthed horse, 
or an easy one to manage. 

A Clean, Strong Neck. — " The neck should be moderately long, con- 
vexly arched aljove from the shoulders to the crest, thin where it joins 
the head, and so set on that when yielding to the bit it forms a semi-circle, 
like a bended bow, and brings the chin downward and inward until it 
nearly touches the chest. Horses so made are always manageable to the 
hand. The converse of this neck, which is concave above and stuck out 
at the wind-pipe like a cock's wattle, is the worst possible form ; and 
horses so made almost invariably throw up their heads at a pull, and the 
most exceptionable of brutes, regular star-gazers. The head should be 
rather small, bony, not beefy, in the jowl ; broad between the ej^es, and 
rather concave, or what is called basin-faced, than Roman-nosed, between 
the eyes and nostrils. The ears should be fine, small and pointed ; the 
eyes large, clear and prominent, and the nostrils wide and well opened. 
A horse so framed cannot fail, if free from physical defect, constitutional 
disease and vice, to be a good one for any purpose — degree of strength, 
lightness and speed, being w^eighed in accordance with the purpose for 
which he is desired." 

IX. Front View Showing Bad Pore-Quarters. 

On page 102 are four figures. The upper left hand one shows a fair 
leg down to the knee ; from that point down it is bad. The toes are turned 



106 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. 






i' ' •k 



SIDE VIEW OF FOKE-QUARTERS, SHOWING BAD CONFORMATION. (See Explanation.) 



OUTWARD APPEARANCF-: OF THE HORSE. 107 

very much out; sudi ji horse h:is not (hio strength, and the action will l)e 
inereasin<rly bad w ith aue. 

The tigui-e to tlie ri<;ht shows the reverse of the i)reee(Hng. The knees 
are turned out, and the toes are turned in — a horse unsightly, weak and 
dangerous either to drive or ride. 




c;oou HIND QUARTKHS. (See Explanation. ) 
The lower left hand tigurc is unsightly enough. The legs sprawl ino-, 
weak, straddling, with turned out toes. Some might think that such a 



lOS CYCI-OPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK AND COMPLKTK STOCK DOCTOR. 

Jiorse had a sure foundation to stand on ; perhaps so, if he always stood 
at the muiigcr. Such horscii might be tolerably sure-footed, if not hard 
driven, and carefully managed. They are often seen in the hands of 
persons who will not pay for accurate information. The good judge of 
horseflesh lets them severely alone. 

The lower right hand figure is as bad as possible all over, — a weak- 
legged, knock-kneed, splay-footed brute that is unserviceable, dangerous 
and costly to the owner. This conformation often goes with what some 
call style. Horsemen term them "weeds." 

Thus we have carried the reader through a careful study of the front 
half of the horse. If carefully studied and the information kept fully in 
mind, the reader may reasonably expect to be able to buy a horse with 
good fore parts, from an outside view, upon his own judgment. 
X. The Hinder Parts Illustrated. 

The adage that if the fore-quarters of a horse are strong enough 1 a 
hold him up, the hind-quarters will carry him forward, is true in a senso, 
since if ahorse is perfect in his fore-quarters, the hind-quarters are pretty 
sure to be good. Yet the majority of horses if they break down at all 
do so first in their forward limbs, spavin being one of the principal disa- 
bilities of the hind limbs. The real facts are that the proportions of 
the whole animal must be harmonious, each part assisting the others 
while at the same time it is doing its own appropriate work. This will be 
more fully understood by referring to what has been said in the chapters 
on Anatomy, on the muscular conformation. As already stated, the hind 
quarters are the real propelling power of the animal. The forward motion 
is given by successive springs or leaps, very clearly shown when the horse 
is galloping. Then the fore parts act more in the nature of a balance 
than either in walking or trotting, or in that artificial movement, the 
amble or pace. In the last named the change of the center of gravity is 
from side to side in connection with a slight one front and rear. In 
walking and in trotting the change of the center of gravity is more equally 
distributed between the sides and forward center. In running, the change 
of gravity is almost entirely from front to rear. 

XI. The Propelling Power. 

If it is to do its work effectively, the propelling power must be provi- 
ded with a large loin, strong, muscular quarters, great length of hip; 
strong, dense and necessarily fine bones ; strong joints, and flat, wide 
legs, with sinews steel-like in their strength, and standing out like great 
cords. It is this great tendinous development that gives the lower limbs 
the flat appearance, seen in all horses of great power. The bones them- 
selves are not flat ; the ])ones and tendons however combine to form a flat 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 100 

leg. On page 107 is ;iii illustration of a perfect hind-quarter, seen from 
the side. On page 110 are four figures showing fair to bad hind-quar- 
ters. The horseman, in studying his animal, should observe whether if, 
when viewed from the side, the horse stands perpendicularly on each foot 
alike. There should be no straddling-out, or gathering together of the 
limbs, but he should stand straight, square and distinctly alike on each 
limb. If he does not stand in this way, move him forward on level ground 
and observe if, in coming to rest, he assumes the position we have describ- 
ed ; if not, so'.Rcthing is wrong. Examine him for defects, injured l)ack 
or sinews, ring-bones and splints in front ; and for bone spavin, blood or 
bog spavin, curb or thorough-pin behind. If he stands as in the figure, 
page 107, showing good hind-quarters, the horse is right, if free from 
other blemishes. If the fore-quarters are as shown on pages 101 and 103 
side and front view ; and, if on looking at the horse from behind, he 
present the appearance as shown on page 111, you will have to hunt a 
long time to find his mate. 

Look Well to the Limbs. — Study carefully whether the pasterns or 
outline of the hock joints are nearly perpendicular or angular. Exam- 
ine to find if they show a convex, curved projection or i)rotuberance just 
above the point of union with the shank bone. If not, there will be 
little danger of curb, or of a tendency thereto. Avoid a cow-hocked 
horse, viz: ahorse with the hocks drawn in. It is an ungainly and 
serious malformation, for such an animal will be weak. Do not buy a 
straddling horse. He may be strong and perhaps fast, but never elegant 
'n his movements. We repeat that no horse is fast because he goes wide 
apart, though sometimes a horse is fast in spite of this defect. There- 
fore do not buy a straddling colt in hopes of getting ti trotter. 

Medium Good to Bad Quarters. — On page 110 are four figures, side 
views of hind-quarters. Many persons would call the one on the upper 
left hand side, fine. It is not bad. The buttocks are round, for fat may 
give a round buttock. But they lack character, real muscular develop- 
ment, and the legs are too straight and far behind. 

The left hand lower figure is fair in its general outline, but the animal 
stands too straight on the pasterns, and the legs are thrown too far for- 
ward. Never buy a horse which, to use a horseman's phrase, "can stand 
in a ha If -bushel." They are like a horse which, to use a similar phrase, 
"can travel nil day in a half-bushel." 

The right lower figure has not a bad quarter. The limbs, however, 
are badly placed, andthe position is cramped. 

The upper right hand figure is bad in every way — "goose-rumped," 
"cat-hammed," weak in the hock and ankle, while the legs are thrown 
to equalize the strain. 



no CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




SIDE VIEW OF HIND-QUABTEKS— BAP. (See Explanation.) 



Oi:'nVAKI) APPKARANCK OK TlIK HORSE. 



Ill 



The Quarter from. Behind. — Looking at Iho horse from behind, the 
quarters should be full and square. This will be the case if the gracilis 
are Dei-fectly shaped. The irnuilis are the nuiscles which give the pecu- 




BACK viKW ©F HiND-guAKTKKS — (i()Oi». (See Explanation.) 
liar swell to the inside of the thigh, and are described iu the cha|[jier on 
muscular formation. The (mtside muscle of the great bone of the leg, 
(^«6m) cannot ^v ell be too large, and the tendons, connecting with the 



112 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 






BACK VIEW OF BAD HIND-QUARTERS. (See Explanation.^ 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 11^ 

hock, should be large and plainly visible. The hocks shonld be large, 
strong, firm, well knit, smooth and free from blemish. The fetlocks 
should also be larue I)ut round and firm, and the hoofs stron<x. If the 
horse is fiat-footed he is weak hoofed, and this defect should never go 
with ahorse of stron<2: bone and muscle. 

If, in moving forward, the animal liftth(; feet scjuarely, and carry them 
straight forward, M'ithout turning or straddling, and if they are set down 
as squarely and promptly as they were picked up ; if the conformation is 
as illustrated in the several good figures, it is a horse to buy, if you want to 
pay for a good one, or to keep, if 3'OU already possess him. If it be a 
mare do not fear to breed her to the best sires in the land. She will not 
disappoint you in her colts, if the sire be as perfect. 

As the converse of this we refer the reader to the figures on page 
112, showing the gradations, from inferior to bad. The study of these 
figures should enable one to avoid cow-hocked, pigeon-toed, bow-legged, 
straddling, or splay-footed brutes. 

XII. What the Ancients Knew of Horses. 

That the ancients were critical judges of horses, there is no doubt; 
and that their standard was not far below that of to-day, the following 
extract from a translation from Xenophon, who Avrote more than two 
thousand years ago, will show. It is also interesting by reason of the 
accurate advice it gives for judging a horse. The perfect horse of this 
ancient Greek writer was not a thoroughbred, as Ave understand the term, 
but he was a good, strong, well-muscled, enduring horse, and one of fair 
size. Here is what Xenophon says : 

" We will WTite how one may be the least deceived in the purchase of 
horses. It is evident, then, that of the unbroken colt one must judge 
l)y the construction, since, if he have never been backed he will afford 
no very clear evidences of his spirit. Of his body, then, we say it is 
necessary first to examine the feet, for, as in a house, it matters not how 
fine may be the superstructure, if there be not sufficient foundations, so 
in a war horse there is no utility, no, not if lie have all other points per- 
fect but be ])adlv footed. But in examinin<>' the feet, it is befittinir first 
^o look to the horny portion of the hoofs, for those horses which have 
the horn thick are far superior in their feet to those which have it thin. 
Nor will it be well if one fail next to observe whether the hoofs be up- 
right, both before and behind, or low and flat to the ground ; for high 
hoofs keep the frog at a distance from the earth, while the flat tread with 
equal pressure on the soft and hard parts of the foot, as is the case with 
bandy-legged men. And Simon justly observes that well-footed horses 
can be known by their tramp, for the hollow hoof nngs like a cymbal 



114 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

when it strikes the solid earth. But having begun from below, let us 
ascend to the other parts of the body. It is needful, then, that the parts 
above the hoofs and below the fetlocks (pasterns) be not too erect, like 
those of the goat; for legs of this kind, being stiff and inflexible, are 
apt to jar the rider, and are more liable to inflammation. The bones 
must not, however, be too low and springy, for in that case the fetlocks 
are liable to be abraded and wounded if the horse be galloped over clods 
or stones. The bones of the shank (cannon bones) should be thick, for 
these are the columns which support the ])ody ; but they should not 
have the veins and flesh thick likewise. For if they have, when the 
horse shall be galloped over difficult ground they will necessarily be 
filled with blood, and will become varicose, so that the shanks will be 
thickened, and the skin be distended and relaxed from the bone ; and, 
when this is the case, it often follows that the back sinew gives way and 
renders the horse lame. But if the horse, when in action, bends his 
knees flexibly at a walk, you may judge that he will have his legs flexible 
when in full career ; for all horses as they increase in years increase in 
the flexibility of the knee. And flexible goers are esteemed highly, and 
with justice, for such horses are much less liable to blunder or stumble 
than those which have rigid, unbending joints. But if the arms, below 
the shoulder-blades, be thick and muscular they appear stronger and 
handsomer, as is the case also with a man. The breast also should be 
broad, as well for beauty as strength, and because it causes a handsomer 
action of the fore legs, which do not then interfere, but are carried well 
apart. 

" Again, the neck ought not to be set on like that of a boar, horizon- 
tally from the chest ; but, Yik.e that of a game cock, should be upright 
toward the chest and slack toward the flexure ; and the head beins: long 
should have a small and narrow jaw-bone, so that the neck shall be in 
front of the rider, and that the eye shall look down at what is before the 
feet. A horse thus made will be the least likely to run violently away, 
even if he be very high-spirited, for horses do not attempt to run away 
by bringing in, but by throwing out their heads and necks. It is also 
very necessary to observe whether the mouth be fine and hard on both 
sides, or on one or the other. For horses which have not both jaws 
equally sensitive are likely to be too hard-mouthed on one side or the 
other. And it is better that a horse should have prominent than hollow 
eyes, for such an one will see to a greater distance. And widely opened 
nostrils are far better for respiration than narrow, and they give the 
horse a fiercer aspect ; for when one stallion is enraged against another, 
01 if he become angry while being ridden, he expands his nostrils to 
their full width. And the loftier the crest, and the smaller the ears, the 



OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 115 

more horse-like and handiome is the head rendered ; while lofty withers 
give the rider a surer seat, and produce a firmer adhesion between the 
body and shoulders. 

"A double loin is also softer to sit upon and pleasanter to look upon 
than if it be single ; and a deep side, rounded toward the belly, renders 
the horse easier to sit, and stronger and more easy to keep in condition ; 
and the shorter and broader the loin, the more easily ^vnll the horse raise 
his fore-quarters and collect his hind-quarters under him in goino-. These 
points, moreover, cause the belly to appear the smaller; which, if it be 
large, at once injures the appearance; of the aninuil and renders him 
weaker and less manageable. The quarters should be broad and tieshy in 
order to correspond with the sides and chest, and, should they be entirely 
firm and solid, they would be the lighter in the gallop, and the horse 
would be the speedier. But if he should have his buttocks separated 
under the tail by a broad line, with a wider space between them, by so 
doing he will have a prouder and stronger gait and action, and will, in all 
respects, be the better on them. A proof of which is to be had in men, 
who, when they desire to raise anything from the ground, attempt it by 
straddling their legs, not by bringing them close together." 

XIII. What One Need Not Expect. 

We have, in the foregoing chapters and in this, illustrated and explained 
the several parts of the horse and his excellences so fully that none need 
go astray in studying the points of an animal. If these illustrations and 
explanations are borne in mind, a horse may be accurately judged by his 
actual bone and jnuscle, whether fat or lean. The intelligence of an 
animal may also, by the same study, be accurately estimated. A fat 
horse is generally smooth and round, and many a sorry brute hjis been 
fattened for the purpose of palming him off on the unwary. 

We need not expect a fat horse to go right to work, and keep fat. 
The horse for hard work must first be brought into condition, and this 
means working off the mere fat, and getting down to bone and muscle. 
We must not expect a horse to be useful because he is big, unless he is 
wanted for heavy draft. If the draft is heavy it should be slow, and thus 
the horse may be big and also keep fat. For general work, the medium- 
sized horse is the best. A pair of horses, each 1(3 hands high and weigh- 
ing 1,200 pounds are well suited for city teaming and other ordinary 
draft, except the hauling of heavy trucks. A fifteen-and-a-half hand, 
1,100-pound horse is suitable for the road, and if one-half hand less in 
height and correspondingly light in weight, say 1,000 pounds, he will do 
quite as well in single or double harness. Sixteen-hand horses are also 
suitable for coaches aud heavy carriages, while the lighter animals will 



116 CVCLOrEDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



serve as double teams for road driving. If they are good ones, free from 
vice » well-matched, and perfectly trained, do not be afraid to ask a good 
round price for them. But do not expect to get a large price for a cheap 
horse, nor need you expect to buy a perfect horse for a low price. Ho 




may, however, be cheap at any price youi' purse may afford, In buying, 
keep constantly in view what you want the animal for, but do not buy any 
horse because he happens to strike your uneducated fancy. You cer 
tainly will not do so, if you have carefully studied the preceding chap- 
ters. 



TEETH OF THE iHORSE- Chart forjWatelTfeiiinglhTX^^ D"-- LOUIS BRANDTVVj. 



HORSE TEETH^Hregutar. 




N 

Ufiitittotlio"""- .v^ ..two widsUolfrwo^W- 1 ind, Tktlnoww""^ „,i. 



/ 




.r- ?, 



CHAPTER V. 
THE HOKSE'S TEETH ; AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. 



I. THE KENTAL FORMrLA. IT. THE TEETH ARE THE TRtTK INDEX OF AGE. — ^-III. 

THE FOAL'S TEETH. IV. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE TEETH OF FOAL AND HORSE. 

V. ALLOWANCES TO BE MADE. VI. ILLUSTRATING BY THE CHART. 

I. The Dental Formula. 

The names and numbers of the teeth of the horse are as follows : In- 
cisors (front teeth or nippers) | ; canine, oi tushes or hook teeth, in the 
male only, -f -i ; molars, or grinding teeth f |, making forty in all. This 
is for the male. The mare lias but thirty-six, since she lacks the tush- 
es, or canine teeth. These sometimes also fail to develop in the geld- 
ing. 

II. The Teeth, are the True Index of Age. 

Almost every horseman is supposed to be able pretty accurately to de- 
termine the age of his horse. Among old horses, the eyes, the sharpness 
of the jaw bones, and the bones of the tail, are, by many, claimed to 
give 11 clear indication of the animal's age. But these are all fallacious. 
They may be, and in fact are, helps, but the only true indication is given 
by the teeth; and to the educated eye, these are sufficien£ to tell 
the age accurately up to eight years, and thereafter with sufficient accuracy 
for all practical purpuoci. From the- time the colt is foaled until death, 
the teeth ai-e constantly undergoing change. Hence, if a person carefully 
studies the changing conditions of the teeth, ho may accurately determine 
the age either of the colt or horse. The incisors furnish the chief indica- 
tion, but to some extent the tushes or hook teeth, and the grinders give 
valuable assistance, since they may correct, or corroborate, what is seeuin 
the incisors. To assist in this study we give in this chapter, a chart show- 
ing, from accurate drawings, the precise appearance of the teeth from 
colt-hood up to the age of twenty-nine years. This chart, with the ac- 
companying explanations, will enable any person of intelligence to jud'T^e 
the age of a horse, even though he have been "Bishoped," as the making 
of false marks on the teeth is called, from the. name of the rascal v/ho in- 
vented the practice, 

III. The Foal's Teeth. 

When just foaled, the golt has no front teeth, but in most cases twelve 
back teeth appear just above the gums. At from two to three months 
of age four central nippers appear, two in each jaw ; in six weeks another 
tooth comes out on each side of these, or four more all together; and 

117 



118 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

at the age of eight or nine months the four corner nippers are seen. At 
this age the colt has all his teeth, upper and lower. They are the foal's 
teeth and are changed by the fifth or sixth year for the permanent or 
horse's teeth. As before stated, the three front double pairs of grinders 
are seen at birth, and are afteinvards changed. The fourth double pair, 
those seen from the eighth to the ninth month, are the first that remain 
stationary, and are found in the mouth of every year-old colt. The fifth 
double pair (fifth four), appear in the second year, while the sixth double 
pair generally come in the fourth or early in the fifth year. These three 
double pairs of back teeth remain unchanged, as also do the tushes or 
hook teeth. The tushes do not appear at a fixed age ; sometimes they 
are seen in the stallion at the end of the third year, and sometimes not 
until the middle or the end of the fourth year ; sometimes they do not come 
uintil the fifth year, and occasionally not until the sixth year. The maro 
never has them, and in the gelding they occasionally fail to develop. 

rv. Differences Between the Teeth of Foal and Horse. 

The difference between the nippers of the foal and those of th<o 
horse should be caref ulh^ studied. They differ, ( 1 ) by their regular can- 
ical formation; (2) by a narrow contraction called the neck, visible 
almost in the center of the body of each tooth, w^iile nothing of the 
kind is seen in horse-teeth; (3) by their smaller size, even when full 
grown. The milk teeth (those teeth which are shed), taken from the 
jaws of dead foals and compared with horse-teeth similarly obtained, are 
fomid to be only about half as long as the latter. The breadth is not to 
be depended on, since the milk teeth of large foals appear almost as 
broad as those of small horses. When the nippers become horse-teeth 
they form a great contrast to the middle and corner teeth. Tlie size of 
these last will at once show them to be milk teeth. (4) The outer sur- 
face of the foal-teeth is smooth and striped with brown, while on horse- 
teeth the same surface is divided by a dirty yellow indentation inclining 
toward the center, which is sometimes double upon the upper teeth. 

A study of the nippers of the horse taken at different ages will mater- 
ially assist the beginnei. The incisor and all other teeth, consist, first of 
the enamel or biting or grinding surface ; then of a bony substance, and 
lastly of the root imbedded in the jaw. The teeth of the foal as well 
as of the horse, are constantly but slowly worn away in the act of feed^ 
ing. If the animal feed on sandy or gritty, and especially on short 
pasture, the teeth are worn faster ; if he feed on longer grass, and on 
the prairies the teeth wear slowly. Horses kept in the stable, have less 
wear on the nippers than those which have to forage for themselves. 
Thus in old age the teeth, once two and a half or three inches long, will 



THE horse's teeth, AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE, 119 

finally be not more than half an inch in length, and the breadth 
decreases in about the same pi-oportiou. There is this difference, how- 
ever, between the teeth of the foal and those of the horse. The thick- 
ness and breadth of the foal's teeth are constantly decreasing from the 
grinding surface or enameled part toward the root, while the teeth of the 
horse decrease by contraction. The grinding surface of a nipper, which 
has not been used, is three times as broad as it is thick, and is hollowed 
from the top downward, the hollow having two sharp edges inclosing it. 
This hollow is called the mark. In the center of this mark the kernel is 
seen. This is a tube commencing at the end of the root, and contains 
the nerve, which must not be confounded with the mark. The mark is 
the outer depression, lying next to the sharp edges. The inner cavity is 
a funnel shaped socket of enamel, a hard shell. Around this, and in- 
side the outer shell, is a thick fluid, which remains as long as the tooth 
retains sensibility, but becomes by degrees a gray matter. Figure 6, on 
the chart, will illustrate this. 

Again, the outer edge of an incisor (nipper) always rises a line or two 
- -a line is the twelfth part of an inch — above the inner edge. Thus, at 
first, only the outer edges of the upper and lower* nippers meet, and the 
inner edges do not touch until the outer edges are sufficiently worn to al- 
low them to meet, or until they are of an ei^ual height. Horse-teeth 
reach this condition in about a year. When the colt is two-and-a-half 
years old, the teeth begin to shed, and the permanent or horse-teeth be- 
gin to appear. The chart. Fig. 7, A, will explain this growth, and Fig. 
7, B, will show still further development and wear. 

The grinders have but little to do in determining the age of a horse, 
but still they assist thereto . The crowns of the grinders are entirely 
covered with enamel on the top and sides, but the grinding of the food 
wears it away from the top and there remains a compound surface of al- 
ternate layers of crusted enamel and ivory, which serve, in grinding the 
food, to fit it for the stomach. Nature has therefore made an additional 
provision to render them strong and enduring. 

To illustrate this we represent a grinder sawed 
across. The fine dark spots show l)ony matter. The 
shaded portions show the enamel, while the white 
spaces represent a strong bony cement uniting the 
other parts of the teeth. In the dental formula at the 
beginning of this chapter we have given 40 as the 
number of teeth for the stallion, and 3() for the mare, 
the stallion having 4 hook teeth, or tushes (canines), 
which the mare lacks. Sometimes, however, the mare has imperfect 
teeth in the portion of the mouth corresponding to that of the tushes in 




120 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the stallion. Twenty-four of the teeth in both horses and mares are sit- 
uated in the upper part of the mouth, that is back of the tushes, or 
above the lips. These are the true teeth or grinders (rnolars). They 
are divided into six doul)le pairs, counting from below upwards. Those 
situated next the nippers of a mare, or the tushes of a horse, and in all 
the four rows, are called, first ; those next, second, and so on until the 
last double pair are reached, which are called back teeth. There are also 
sometimes in young horses imperfect teeth, just before the grinders, ig- 
norantly denominated wolf-teeth, and are supposed to cause blindness. 
They sometimes do produce irritation of the eyes, from inflamation by 
sympathy, and should be removed with the forceps. 

In the lower portion of the mouth, or that portion surrounded by the 
lips, there are twelve teeth, six in the upper jaw and six in the lower jaw. 
These are the nippers (^incisors). They occupy the entrance to the 
mouth, and each six are in the form of an arch. These teeth are divided 
into three pairs in each jaw. The four central ones, two in each jaw, are 
called "nipping teeth," or nippers. The two outside teeth in each jaw 
are "corner teeth," and those between the corner teeth and the nippers 
are called middle teeth , It is the attrition of the upper surface of these 
teeth on each other in eating that causes wear, and thus enables us to 
judge with tolerable accuracy of the age of the horse, — usually to a cer- 
tainty up to eight or nine years ; quite closely up to fourteen or fifteen 
years, and approximately up to the age of twenty-five or thirty years. 
The nippers (incisors) of the upper jaw are broader and thicker than 
those of the lower jaw. 

The tushes {canines) are placed singly, one in each side of the upper 
and lower jaws, betw^een the corner teeth and the grinders, but nearer the 
corner teeth of the upper than of the lower jaw, so that they never come 
in contact with each other. The age at which a horse attains the full 
number of teeth is from four-and-a-half to five years. He is then, in 
horseman's phrase, said to have a "full mouth." From this time onward 
the more a permanent incisor loses in length by wear, the more it loses 
in width, and the nearer the worn surface approaches the root, 
becoming narrower and thicker in appearance. Another fact is worth 
remembering ; as the horse advances in age the gums recede, so that a 
smaller portion of the teeth is covered. Hence the reason that the teeth 
become narrower and thicker with age. It is from being uncovered ; and 
hence again, aged teeth are longer in their visible portions than those of 

younger horses. 

V. Allowances to be Made. 

Large horses have larger teeth than small ones. The rules given are 
for horses of medium size. Some horses have harder bones than others, 



THE horse's teeth, AND HOW TO TELL HiS AGE. 



IS}. 





DC 
LU 
Q 

Z 

u. 
Q 
_l 
O 
CD 



H 

_l 
O 

Q 
LU 

cr 

CD 

X 
O 

O 
QC 
O 

X 

I- 



THE horse's teeth, AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. 123 

and harder teeth. The difference in food and in pastures has already 
been spoken of. Some breeds of horses develop more slowly than others. 
Spanish horses develop slowly. Again, a false system of feeding will 
mature an animal sooner than if he were fed in the ordinary way. But 
animals which develop slowly generally live longer than those which 
develop quickly, so that in the end, the years of service, judging from 
the teeth, are about the same. The slowly-developed horse is, however, 
older by perhaps one or two years than would appear from his teeth. 
In like maimer, the age of a mule is difficult to determine with exactness, 
though it may be determined closely enough ; and a mule of twelve or 
fifteen years of age, if he has not been injured, has many years of ser- 
vice yet in him. 

VI. Study The Chart. 

Nine men in ten, in examining the teeth to ascertain the age, will look 
at the upper jaw. The lower jaw is really that which should be exam- 
ined, and for this reason, the dealer or person who wishes to deceive 
usually confines his operations to tampering with the inci?ors of the 
lower jaw. Again, the teeth of the lower jaw show wear, and change 
their appearance more surely than those of the upper jaw. Hence in 
studying the teeth for age, both jaws should be looked at, and thus a 
careful study of the chart will be of the first importance. In relation to 
this matter, Youatt says: "Stabled horses have the mark sooner worn 
out than those at grass, and a crib-loiter may deceive the best judge by 
one or two years." While it is true, that a horse kept on dry hay and 
dry grain, will do so, it is a fact well known that horses feeding on 
gritty pastures, or sandy pastures, where they are obliged to bite close to 
the ground, will wear their teeth very much faster than others. It should 
not be difficult, either, to detect a confirmed crib-biter. The teeth will 
not only be worn from grasping the object in the act, but the edges also 
are apt to be broken or scaled, from the slipping off of the teeth in the 
act of letting go. 

In relation to tampering with the teeth, by filing, burning, etc., it 
ought not to deceive any one. Upon this subject, Youatt says : "Dis- 
honest dealers have been said to resort to a method of prolonging the 
mark in the lower nippers. It is called bishoping, from the name of the 
scoundrel who invented it The horse of eight or nine years old is thrown, 
and with an engraver's tool, a hole is dug in the now almost plain sur- 
face of the corner teeth, and in shape and depth reseml)ling the mark in 
a seven year old horse. The mark is then burned with a heated iron, 
and a permanent black stain is left ; the next pair of nippers are some- 
times lightly touched. An ignorant man would very easily be imposed 

% 



124 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR 

on by this trick ; but the irregular appearance of the cavity, the diffusioa 
of the blacli stain around the tushes, the sharpened edges or concave 
inner surface of which, can never be given again, and the marks on the 
upper nippers, together with the general conformation of the horse, can 
never deceive the careful examiner." 

Thus we see how necessary it is that more than a superficial examina- 
tion be given, and for this reason, we advise a careful study of the chart. 
As the horse becomes aged, or after eight years of age, the lower jaw is 
the sure index, since the marks there naturally wear faster than in the 
upper nippers. The lower jaw is the one that is moved in gathering food 
and in grinding it, and hence the greater wear ; besides this, cavities in 
teeth of the upper jaw are greater than in those of the lower jaw ; hence 
the wear must be greater to obliterate the mark. In fact, the person who 
aspires to be a critical judge, must examine the teeth of horses kept on 
hay and hard grain, those fed on cut feed, and those from various pas- 
tures. Yet, except this critical knowledge is required, a study of the 
chart will answer for all purposes. 

In the horse, the incisors are divided into three i^airs in each jaw, 
being the twelve front teeth. The first pair, above and below are the 
two central front teeth. The next two teeth on each side in each jaw are 
called the middle teeth, and the two outside teeth in each jaw, are the 
corner teeth. 

The canines are called hooked teeth, from their form, and sometimtifs 
tushes. They are two in each jaw, lying between the incisors and 
grinders. The grinders are the double or back teeth of the jaw, biif; 
the term grinder is used to denote the rough surface of the cutting teeth, 
and the mark is the depression in the surface of the teeth. 

Another thing that should be noticed, is, that the teeth are regular, for 
irregular teeth, that is teeth some of which are longer than others, will 
wear unevenly. Thus allowances must be made here, when it is 
necessary to determine the age exactly. Again, the general rule is 
to estimate the age from May 1st of each year. Thus, a colt born 
on the first day of January would be called only one year old on 
May 1st of the next year, when, in reality, he would be sixteen 
months old. This is taken advantage of in racing, and hence foals are 
desired to be born as near to the first of January as possible. But if 
born in December, the racing colt would count as one year old the suc- 
ceeding May. Yet practically, this makes no difference to the farmer, 
but only to those who rear horses for the turf. 



CHAPTER VI. 

BREEDS OP HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



I. INFLUENCES OP COUNTRY ANI> CLIMATE. 11. THE FARM HORSE. III. THE 

CLYDESDALE HORSE. IV. THE NORMAN-PERCHERON. V. THE PERCHERON OP 

TO-DAY. VI. THE C::nESTO(}A HORSE. VII. ROAD HORSES. VIII. TROTTING 

HORSES. IX. HUNTING HORSES. X. LIGHT DRIVING HORSES. XI. COACH 

HORSES. XII. THE CLEVELAND BAY. XUI. PONIES. XIV. THE VERMONT 

DRAFT HORSE. XV. THE NARRAGANSETT PACER. 

I. Influences of Country and Climate. 

Every country of the earth has a breed or breeds of horses, each Avith 
its peculiar characteristics ; and the horses of Asia, Africa, Europe and 
A.merica have their points of difference as strongly marked as do the hu- 
man nihabitants of these grand divisions of the globe. Besides the pe- 
culiarities resulting from local influences of climate, topogi'aphy, etc. 
the horse has others which are due to the treatment and traininir received 
at the hands of his masters, since from a long course of artificial breed- 
ing and feeding, he has become a purely artificial animal, except among 
barbarians or savage tribes. _ Among savages, his hard en\ironment has 
made him degenerate — has in fact reduced him to a condition inferior to 
that of the horses found running wild where they have increased and 
multiplied on pasturable lands, after having escaped from domestication. 
The horse in the latter condition has already been sufficiently mentioned 
in the first chapter. In the present chapter we purpose to notice only 
the more important breeds of civilization, or those that have acquired 
celebrity for their valuable qualities. 

II. The Farm Horse. 

The farm horse is the most important member of the equine famil}'', 
for the reason that he is used by the largest number of people, and 
is employed in the production of that which sustains life in man. The 
farm horse cannot lay claim to the dignity of a distinct breed, as he is 
composed of mixed blood, and is dependent for whatever valuable 
qjualities he possesses, upon the intelligence of the people by whom he 
is l)red. The majorit}^ of farm horses are inferior to the more respec- 
table of the fixed breeds, though of late years they have steadily increas- 
ed in valuable qualities, through the introduction of superior blood! ; and 
in many districts they are, as they should be, bred with reference to their 
sale for particular uses, after they have partially paid for their care by 
their labor on the farm. 

The Hopse of All Work. — The farm horse should essentially be a horse 
of all work, of good style and action, and of about 1200 pounds weight. 

125 



126 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Such horses will be able to do anything that maybe necessary to be done 
about the farm, plowing, reaping, hauling, or drawing the family carriage 
to church. When of suitable age they will bring good prices, the 




best of them for use as carriage horsey, and others for anything except 
heavy draft in cities, for express work, drawing omnibuses and other la 
bor, requiring style and action, combined with strength. The figure 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



127 



page 108 front view, and page 107 side view, and page 111 back view of 
hind quarters Avill illustrate our meanuig. 

Light Farm Horses. — There is another horse that may well tind a 
place on all large farms, a horse about fifteen hands high and weighing 




from 950 to 1050 pounds. Such a horse as this is called, in England, a 
cob, a s(|uare-built, active animal, good for the saddle and all light M'ork. 
Such a horse is represented on the preceding page. The tail, however, 
should never be docked : for dockin^is a barbarous practice, and one now 



128 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 

happily gone out of fashion The Morgans, or rather their crosses, 
when bred up to the weight hist mentioned, make admirable horses ot 
this class. 

The Gold Dust Horses of Kentucky, — The Gold Dust Horses, which 
were originated by breeding from Morgan stallions on good thorough » 
bred mares, and carefully selecting for generations, make admirable light 
farm horses. High-strung, elegant, fast-going, staunch, and able for 
all light work on the farm, either for the saddle or harness, as light 
driving buggy horses in single harness, or for the light carriage iu double 
harness, they are most excellent animals. 

III. The Clydesdale Horse. 

Another class of horses that may be made profitable on the breeding 
farm are what are known as draft horses proper. In the United States, 
the best representatives of this class are the Clydesdales and the Norman- 
Percherons. The Clydesdales are an English-Scotch breed of great 
power, bone and substance, and are capable of drawing immense loads. 
In Canada there are many excellent representatives of this breed, and 
in the West they are attracting more and more attention every year. 
The West of Scotland has long been famous for its excellent draft hor- 
ses. Their origin is probably due in part to the blood of Flemish mares, 
though but little is authentically known of their ancestry. Whatever 
their origin may be, it is certain that they have made Scotland famous for 
its draft-horse stock, and much of the excellence of the draft horses of 
the North of England, where the Clydesdale originated, is due to an infu- 
sion of this Scottish blood. In England these heavy horses are useful to 
farmers in working their tough clay soils. In the United States, especi- 
ally in the West and South, the alluvial nature of the soil does not re- 
quire such strength of team in plowing ; but the vast amount of hauling 
to be done in and near cities, where the railroad and steamer traffic of the 
country centres, wall always cause a demand for large, able-bodied draft 
horses. 

The Shire horse seems to have taken the place of the Suffolk horse in 
England, so we have seen them in the United States. They are a larger 
horse than the Clydesdale, more upstanding wdth, perhaps, better hoofs. 
The hairy lower limbs, like the Clydesdale, is against them, in the eyes of 
the American farmer. Like the Cl^ydesdale, they are magnificent draft 
animals, strong, true and honest, but we do not think they stand hard city 
pavements much better than the Clydes. The back and body is more 
symmetrical, in om- view, than that of the Clyde. Like the Clyde, their 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



139 



> 

o 

M 
> 

o 

r 

w 
m 
d 

o 

H 



o 



5' r 

p o 

- Z 

5£> H 




130 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

walk and trot is majestic ])ut slow, and they are not better suited to West- 
ern aOTicultural soils. When first introduced into Canada and the United 
States, both the Clydes and Shires attracted great attention until the 
Percherons and heavy Normans were introduced. The style, endurance, 
quicker action and muscular effort was superior, in the eye of the Western 
man; hence, the Norman and Percheron became the favorites, and they 
have gained, rather than lost, ever since. This the show rings at our great 
fairs continue to show. Nevertheless, the Clyde and Shire continue the 
favorites among many breeders and farmers. For export to Great Britain, 
they are in request. 

IV. The Norman-Percheron Horse. 

Norman-Percheron horses are now generally divided into two classes : 
the Norman, a heavy, muscular, closely-built animal of great bone and 
muscle, weighing sometimes 2,200 to 2,300 pounds, and the Percheron, 
a lio-hter, cleaner built and more active animal, attaining a weight up to 
1,800 pounds. Both these sti-ains of Norman blood are among the best 
of draft stock ever introduced into America. They are superior in 
some respects to the famous Conestoga horse of Pennsylvania, now prac- 
tically extinct. Much has been written about these excellent animals, 
both by partisans and by those who have investigated their history with 
a view to arrive at the real facts in relation to their ancestry. On tlie 
one hand it is contended that they arose from a cross of the Arabian 
upon the heavy native horses of Normandy ; and the defeat of the Sara- 
cens by Charles Martel, in which gre:it numbers of their admirable cav- 
alry horses fell into the hands of the French, is cited in support of this 
view. Many of these Saracen horses, it is said, were brought to Nor- 
mandy and to La Perche, and hence the commingling of blood which 
resulted in the present admirable breed. The old Norman war horses 
were heavy, bony, slow, but strong, and capable of enduring much hard- 
ship. They were admirably adapted for their day, since they were capa- 
ble of carrying a knight in his heavy armor. 

Ao-ain, it is asserted that the Norman iiorse is descended from a race 
then peculiar to Brittainy , and used for draft, rather than for war. Another 
writer asserts that the Percheron is descended from a remote cross 
between the Andalusian, mixed Avith the Morocco barb, and again crossed 
upon the Norman, because, it is said, the Norman was too slow, and the 
Andalusian too light, for a knight in full armor. The old Norman horses 
are said to have transmitted to the race their great bone and muscle, 
while the Arab, or Andalusian, or whatever the cross may have been. 



HIMOEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR (CHARACTERISTICS. 



lai 



added si)irit, action, speed and bottom Whatever may be the facts as 
to tneir origin, both the sub-families of the Norman-Percheron combine 




PRIZE WINNING PERCHERON MARE— SIX YEARS OLD. 
Specially photographed for this work. 

the strength of the old- Norman ))arb with something of the speed of the 
Arabian, and are capable of carrying great weights and of drawing heavy 



132 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

loads at a fair rate of speed. A pair of the lighter Perche horses (called 
in France Diligence horses, from their use in drawing the coaches of this 
name) are capable of going at a speed of seven or eight miles an hour. 

These horses may now by regarded as having become a fixed race, cap- 
able of reproducing itself perfectly, unchanged, and without deterioration 
through generations, when pure sires are bred to pure dams. Bred to 
inferior mares, the stallion marks his impress wonderfully upon the pro- 
geny, and the pure mares also transmit their characteristics in the same 
wonderful manner. 

V. The Percheron of To-Day. 

The Percheron makes a capital cross upon any of the large, roomv 
mares of this country. When the Percheron is bred to this kind of damS; 
the progeny wall possess great size, and will partake essentially of th3 
qualities of the sire. If this progeny is again bred to a pure sire, the 
result is a three-quarters-bred horse that is but little inferior to the Per- 
cheron in all that constitutes power and capability for w^ork. 

The Percheron is not what would be called a fast horse. He is not 
suited for pleasure driving, and yet he is capable of making long jour- 
neys at a speed fully equal to that of horses of more pretentions to 
speed. An instance is given where 58 miles out and 58 miles back was 
accomplished by a Percheron horse, in two days, the traveling time out 
beino" four hours and two minutes, while in returning the time was four 
hours, one minute and a half ; and this vdthout being urged with the 
whip. Again, a horse of this breed was driven 55 3-5 miles over a hilly 
and diificult road in four hours and twenty-four minutes, without distress 
to the animal. 

In outward appearance the Percheron presents a head that is not long, 
with broad brow and slightly dished face, showing intelligence, in which 
respect he resembles the Arabian. The neck is of fair length, strong, 
muscular and well-arched, but, like the head, well proportioned to the 
close-ribbed, x«und-barreled , short-backed body. The hind-quarters and 
shoulders a.e muscular, the lower part of the leg short, hairy and pos- 
sessino: immense tendons. The hoofs are hard, sound, free from disease : 
but the Percheron is somewhat inclined to be liat-footed. The height is 
from fifteen to sixteen hands, though many excellent specimens of the 
breed are somewhat under fifteen hands, especially the lighter Percheron 
proper. The same description will apply to the Norman proper, except 
that he is larger and somewhat coarser. Their general color is gray, 
Planning from iron-gray to the handsomest dappled gray. 

So difficult is it to draw the dividing line between the Norman and the 
Percheron, that the editor of the Percheron-Norman stud book seemed 
undecided just what, and what not, to admit into the stud book. Hence 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIK CHARACTERISTICS. 



133 



the plan uas adopted of giving a full account of the breeding, and 
crosses, so far as obtainable, and admitting to registry all stallions and 




mares imported from France as Percheroa, Norman, Percheron-Norman, 
oj' Norman-Percheroa. 



J 3-i CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VI. The Conestoga Horse. 

It is unfortunate that the Conestoga, one of the very best of Ameri- 
can horses for draft, for all Avork in fact on the road or on the farm, 
should have been allowed to become extinct. Strong and able in every 
respect, a handsome, quick-stepping animal, and as honest as an ox at a 
dead pull, the Conestoga horse possessed qualities which entitled his 
breed to perpetuation. His original home was the Conestoga Valley, of 
Pennsylvania, and hence the name. This valley was originally settled by 
Germans, who undoubtedly brought with them the heavy German and 
Danish horses of their native land. Under the ample feed and genial 
climate of the Conestoga Valley, these foreign horses were, by careful 
selection, and an occasional dash of the staunch thorough blood of those 
days, developed into a race of horses ranging from sixteen to seventeen 
hands in height, weighing from 12r)0 to 1500 pounds, and proving to be 
among the most valuable horses ever known for drawing great loads over 
hill and mountain. A cross of the Cleveland Bay upon large, round- 
barrelled, roomy mares might again result in something like this horse. 
The experiment would be well worth the trial by breeders, who have the 
will and the years before them to originate a breed of horses, that would 
be capable of doing any work, from deep plowing, to wagoning and heav}' 
carriage work. Though the Conestoga is no longer bred in purity, there 
are yet many mares in Pennsylvania descended from this stock, which if 
crossed with the Cleveland Bay, as we have known him, would, the breed 
being carefully perserved in, produce a stock of horses possessing most 
of the valuable (qualities of the Conestoga. There are many such horses, 
in the pastures of Ohio and Pennsylvania. They are high headed, rather 
long in the limbs, not quite good in the barrel ; but, if bred as we have 
described the outcome would be most satisfactory. The Cleveland Bay 
is not really a draft animal, but is most excellent as a horse of all work, 
and will he described further on. 

VII. Road Horses. 

Many persons get their ideas of what a carriage horse, and especially 
a driving horse, should be, from English books, and from travelers who 
have visited that country. So far as action for show, in harness and the 
saddle, are concerned, they are admiralile models, omitting their docked 
tails, which, are happily going out of fashion there : and which, in this 
country of generally dry roads and stinging insects, are not to be toler- 
ated at all. The model English roadster is a horse in hicrh condition for 
service, not overloaded with fat, but in a condition of muscular strength 
and ability that would be difficult to better. A horse for similar road 
service should be 15 to 15 1-2 inands high, of good style, and well-mus- 
cled throughout. If he be half to three-quarters bred from accepted 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 135 

trotting families, so much the better. In fact, in the United States, as 
has for many years been the rule in England, the road horses of the bet- 
ter class, a?e strongly imbued with thorough blood. Such were the 
Morgans, and such are the Gold Dusts, while many gentlemen's driving 
horses now-a-days arc closely bred to the blood of Hambletonian, Bell- 
founder, Abdullah and other famous getters of horses for the trotting 
course. In another part of this work will ])e found portraits of the 
American type of trotting horses, among them Goldsmith's Maid, and 
the highly-bred roadsters. The road horse should not only be a horse of 
good substance in bone and muscle, but he should also be an animal of 
fine style, a quality which is not always found in the trotting horse of the 
race course. If he can go fast and safely with high action, it is better ; 
but style he should have, and his temper must be without fault. His 
head must be light and held well up, the limbs strong and clean, the 
shoulders and pasterns oblique, and having that springy, nervous action 
characteristic only of high breeding. 

VIII. Trotting Horses. 

''The trotting horse" of the turf has appropriated the name because he 
is par excellence the fleetest and most highly-valued of trotters. The 
road horse, though having the same gait, falls shoi-t of being a "trotting 
horse," only in that he cannot make speed with the wheel-and-harncss 
kings of the turf. If a trotter have great speed the lack of style in him 
is overlooked. If he is stylish aiid fast enough for fine drivino- he will 
bring a good price as a roadster, even though he do not possess great 
s[)eed. A trotter which lacks both style and speed degenerates into a 
mere hack. 

IX. Hunting Horses. 

Another valuable class of horses, especially in the South, are what 
would be denominated in England, light hunting horses. The light hunt- 
ing horse must be well-bred, able to gallop at speed, and to leap ordinary 
obstacles, as hedges, ditches and fences ; in this country he should l)e 
taught to swim easily and take to the water promptly, especially when 
deer is the game hunted. Thoroughbreds, that are not fast enough for 
the turf , make capital hunting horses, for foxes, and, in open, smooth 
country, for deer and prairie wolves ; but they are not capa])le of carry- 
ing heavy weights in a rough country, or over serious obstacles, and 
under such conditions necessarily soon come to grief. No matter what may 
be the blood of a horse, if he do not take kindly to the water and to 
leaping, he would be dangerous in the extreme to ride to hounds, or at 
least would soon fall behind the chase, which is but little less mortifying 
to the true huntsman than to be landed in a ditch. The hunter of to-da^' 



136 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



is far better-bred and liofhter than those which men now in niiddle as:© 
rode in youth, though a three-quarters-bred horse, of the Monmouth- 
Eclipse blood, upon which, as a boy we followed the chase in Illinois, up 




to thirty years ago, was well-enough bred for to-day. He was a large, 
slashing horse, that never refused a Virginia fence, ditch or water,— > 
there were no hedges in the West in those days — and never brought the 
rider to grief, though sometimes disaster seemed near enough as we weiil 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



137 



floundering in and out of deep, nniddy streams. The horse, the deer- 
hound, the mastiff and the boy were all good friends, a veritable happy 
family who were in at the death of many a deer and prairie wolf, before 
fences obstru(;ted the chase in Northern Illinois. 




A Heavier Hunting Horse. — The next illustration shows a heavier 
hunting horse for the saddle, when speed and bottom are desired. He is 
a horse of good style and action, capable of long and high speed under 



138 



CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the Aveight of a man of 180 pounds — and heavier men should nevei 
hunt. Such a horse should be capable of great speed when called on, 







< 
o 
o 

^ 2 



Ph be 



H 
Pi rt 

§ CO 



able, and willing to take any leap a sehsible man would put him at, and 
sure-footed to a high degree. To this end, every hunting horse should 
have large lungs and heart, the best possible form, hard, firm bones, 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 139 

strong t >ndoiis, and great muscular power. He should l)e cleanly formed, 
oblique shouldered and fetlocked, with high withers. If, in addition, he 
have what is called a double loin, he will carry his rider safely and easily, 
and combine in his form all the requisites of a good saddle horse, that 
will leave any cold-blooded horse blown in a very short trial of bottom : 
for the horses we have been describing are not found outside the range 
of highly bred animals. Nevertheless, it must be remembered that the 
hunting horse is not to be put to the labor of draft ; in fact, he should 
never be harnessed. He is a saddle horse, and the form required to 
move easily in harness, and especially under a load, would soon unfit him 
for the saddle, and for the hunting field. 

X. Light Driving Horses. 

The light driving horse is not required to have high speed ; eight to 
twelve miles an hour is sufficient ; ])ut he must 1)0 of unimpeachable style 
and action. Such horses are much sought, for driving on smooth roads, 
in parks and pleasure-grounds, where style and luxurious surroundings 
are the rule. They are also valuable for any service when only one per- 
son, or, at most, two light ones, are to be carried, since they will often 
go rapidly over roads with one person where heavier horses would labor. 

Here, again, we present an English type which shows a horse, the per- 
fection of style and action, in movement. Sometimes they are fast, but 
not when going in the form shown in the illustration. The head is out 
of position for fast work, l)ut is right for style and dainty movement. 
It will be observed that there is no check-rein. The horse has been 
trained under a curb, and requires nearly as light a hand to manage as 
though under the saddle. 

XI. Coach Horses. 

The carriaoe horse bears to the cotich horse the same relation that the 
light drivinir horse bears to the roadster. Horses, for the light or medi- 
um-weight carriage, should be handsome in appearance, and of better 
speed than those used for the coach or boxed-in vehicle. Anyroad- 
horse of 1050 to 1100 pounds will be suitable for the light or medium 
carriage. For the coach, a more stately animal is sought. He may have 
rather long limbs, if he is othenvise of suitable form and of good style ; 
but he must not be deficient in muscular jiower, since a fair speed 
is required, and without muscle no horse can drag a coach over muddy, 
diflScult roads. The. illustration we give of an English coach horse 
shows a long-limbed, rangey horse, stylish and nmscular. He should be 
from 16 to 17 hands high, with clean-cut head and neck, since only this 
class of horses can acquire the high stepping action, so nmch sought by 



140 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



those able to own, and have driven for them, in the functions usual in city 
life by the wealthy. In the United States, for the heavy coach, the Ger- 
man Coach horse is preferred by many.' The better class are admirably 
fitted therefor. The horse, however, that most closely fills the bill, both 
for the family carriage, the close coach, and the drag, to our mind, is the 
French Coach horse, having great style, elegant proportions, upright car- 
riage, high speed when necessary, and undaunted courage, and the proof is 
that in these last years of the last decade of the century, they are taking 
the bulk of the prizes at the horse shows. East and West. The flash 
action of Indra fully shows pure trotting style. Is there better hock and 
knee action than that of Palestine, shown on page 51, or more grace, dig- 
nity and majesty than in Perfection, shown on page 53? These won, over 
all breeds of any age or size, and with Palestine, the Challenge Cup, at 
Chicago in 1897. 




XII. The Cleveland Bay. 

We come next to a class of horses always held in the highest esteem 
for their many valuable qualities. It is a horse that is now bred to a de- 
gree of perfection that leaves little to be desired in all that goes to con- 
stitute size, style and ability to perform any labor that may be requir- 
ed, except the heaviest drudgery. The Cleveland Bays are good carriage 



o 

13 

< ■ 

en o 

^^ 

•<3 to 

g£ 

K -^ 
O ;- 
^ '^ 

9 ^ 
<; M 

N ^ 

K m 

Ok 

Eh 

xn 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



U1 



horses, good and stout wagon or plow iiorses, and they match together 
about as easily as Devon cattle, combining, as they do, plenty of staunch 




thorough blood, with fair size and constitutional vigor. When first intro- 
duced into the West, they speedily grew into favor, but later the Percheron 
and especially the French Coach horse and the German Coach horse, as 
combining full size, speed and greater strength, have superseded them in p 



142 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

great measure. The Cleveland Bay is remarkable for color, a pure bay, 
dashed only at the fetlocks and in the forehead with white, as shown on 
page 141. 

XIII. The French Coach Horse. 

The French Coach horse is as near perfection as a speedy, showy horse, 
of great courage and endurance, of ample height and contour can be, and 
of weight sufficient to carry a good weight at a fast pace when called on. 
Their colors, too, are solid, as to the body, being, as a rule, when well 
bred, bay, brown or black, relieved often with a white star in the fore- 
head, with dashes of white on the fetlocks. Their breeding has been most 
careful and scientific, having been entirely under the control of the Govern- 
ment of France. This consists, first, of stallions owned by the Government 
itself; second, stallions belonging to private individuals inspected and 
approved by the Government, such approved stallions receiving from the 
Government, as long as they are so kept, from 300 to 3,000 francs per 
annum, according to their breeding and superior excellence; third, author- 
ized stallions — animals that by Government inspection are pronounced of 
good quality and worthy of public patronage; therefore, the fixity of type 
is fully perfected. The French Coach breed, instead of being the product 
of a multiplicity of ideas, has been developed under the exclusive guidance 
of the Director-General of the National Studs of France, and as these offi- 
cials are educated in the same school from generation to generation, are 
taught to value the same form, seek for the same qualities, and pursue the 
same system, we can understand how it has been possiljle for them to attain 
such high perfection and great uniformity in the horses of the country. 
The power exercised by the Inspector-General is extraordinary, controlling 
as he does the selection of the 2,500 stallions owned exclusively by the 
Government and the thousands of others annually inspected, which must 
obtain his approval before receiving their permits and subsidy; and further, 
all breeders are confined exclusively to the use of animals inspected and 
licensed by this department. This places horse-breeding entirely under 
Government control as far as the stallions, which greatly control results, 
can do. Hence, w^e do not hesitate to state, as an individual opinion, that, 
as now constituted, they are the peer of any other coach horse in the world. 
XIV. The Hackney Horse. 

As a well-bred harness horse, high stepping, active, swift and elegant, 
the English Hackney now stands in the first class, both East and West. 
Some men, who ought to know better, imagine that they have Mongrel 
blood in them. Far from it. An English authority of note, in 1894, says 
that it is to the Darley Arabian (imported into England in 1706), that all 
the noted Hackney sires of to-day are to be traced without a flaw. The 
Darley Arabian begat Flying Ghilders, which was the sire of Blaze, which 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 143 

begat Shales, and from this latter sire are descended, in a direct line, such 
well-known Hackney sires as Driver, foaled in 1765; Fireaway^ foaled in 
1780; Fireaway, foaled in 1815; Wildlire, foaled in 1827: Phenomenon, 
foaled in 1835; Performer, foaled in 1846, and Denmark, foaled in 1862. 
The progeny of Denmark is known all over the world through his son 
Danegelt, who is the sire of INIatchless of Londesboro, Ganymede, Lord 
Wilton, Saxon, Gen. Gordon, Astonishment, and others too numerous to 
mention Although many Arabian stallions found their way into England 
in the course of the fifty years prior to 1800, the infinite superiority of 
those old Eastern sires, the Darley Aral)ian, imported in 1706, and the 
Godolphin Arabian, about 1730, has never been surpassed and it is remark- 
able, but nevertheless true, that these two animals not only founded the 
English race horse, or Thoroughbred, but also the Hackney breed. They 
have continually increased in value of late years, and bring high prices 
when bred by horsemen of intelligence and aptitude in their art. 

The Gaited Saddler. 

The "combined'" horse or Gaited Saddler is a product of Kentucky. It 
is a horse combining fine action, docility and intelligence to acquire gaits, 
and, as now l)red, has the heredity that makes the several gaits come natural 
Hence, when acquired, they are not lost from disuse. It is an animal that 
is as good in the light carriage as under the saddle. Now is it the fact 
that light driving injures the horse for saddle purposes, as some 
suppose? It is true that coml)ined horses are not plentiful, l)ut they are 
becoming more and more so year l)y year. But do not accjuire the l)elief 
that any harness horse may become a saddler. The walk, trot and canter 
does not constitute the saddle horse of to-day. The gaited saddle horse 
must have saddle horse breeding, saddle horse action, saddle horse instinct, 
and saddle horse education. 

XV. Ponies. 

Ponies are much sought, of late years, for children's riding, and for pony 
carriages. Indian ponies, Canadian ponies, and Shetlands have all been 
called into requisition, while in the West and South the smaller Mustangs of 
Texas are used. Unless taken young, the Mustangs are wild, intractable, 
and often vicious. The Indian pony is fast l>ecoming extinct, and Canadian 
ponies are also growing scarce. These latter, many of them, are really hand- 
some, small horses, of thirteen to fourteen hands high, hardy, docile and of 
the most steadfast nerye, courage and bottom. They are self-willed, but 
perfectly tractable if not abused. Shetland ponies are stili smaller, and 
rougher; but they are ambitious little fellows, and scamper along easily at 
a good pace, with a twelve year old boy or girl on their backs. The illus- 
tration shows a group of these hardy little animals. It is claimed that 



144 .CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

no true Shetland can be more than eleven hands high, and some of those 
Id the extreme northern isles of Tell and Unst do not exceed seven and 




a half hands. The average is from nine to ten hands. Although the 
smallest of ponies, they are the most perfect in form, round and closely 




p: 

H ■ 
H - 

O . 



BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 145 

ribbed-up, with lean bony heads, wide between the eyes, and otherwise 
wellshaped, very muscuhir, with coarse bushy manes and tails. They are 
gentle and easily trained ; and it is said that some of them are capable of 
carrying a light man forty miles between sunrise and sunset. 

The Mustang. — The Mustangs are undersized and not handsome ; de- 
scended from horses gone wild after escaping from th<3 early Spanish ad- 
venturers, they have degenerated owing to the scanty fare and hard usage 
received at the hands of their Indian masters. They are of various colors, as 
are all the semi-wild horses of Texas and Mexico. The Indian ponies found 
in the West are undoubtedly of the same origin as the Canadian pony. 
They are pure, but modified, Norman, escaped from domestication and 
bred in a half wild state by the Indians of the NorthAvestern States and 
Territories. They are larger and heavier than the Indian horse or Mustang 
of the Southwestern plains and are in every way superior animals. Some- 
times they are fourteen hands high, but the average is about thirteen 
hands. They are compact, closely ribbed, stout, muscular, couragous 
little fellows, docile and sagacious in the extreme, with wavy tails, and 
shaggy manes falling on both sides of the neck. If carefully bred in high 
northern latitudes, and well-trained, they would make admira})le chil- 
dren's ponies and would readily sell for large prices to the wealthy. 

XVI. The Vermont Draft Horse. 

This is another breed of horses of most admirable qualities, specimens 
of which are now very rare, probably because their use in cities has beci; 
superseded by the introduction of the Percheron, Clydesdale and otlier 
heavier animals. The Vermont draft horses would weigh from 1,150 to 
1,200 pounds; of fine breeding, clean-limbed, handsome, muscular, witli 
fine crests, capable of drawing heavy loads at a good pace, they were 
in the days preceding the advent of the locomotive, the crack horses of 
the stage companies of the Northern New England States. As cavahy 
horses, they were said to have no superior, .since they moved with speed, 
alertness, and with great force and jjower by reason of their weight. It 
is to be hoped that we may find, in the Cleveland Bay and his crosses, 
as good an animal of all work, both for saddle and harness. 

XVII. The Narragansett Pacer. 

Here is another of the extinct races of American horses, one that is 
said to have originated in Rhode Island, from an Andalusian stallion 
brought from Spain at an early day. They were largely raised, during 
the last century and the first part of the present century, for exportation 
to the West India Islands for the use of the families of the planters. 
Their only gait was a pace of the most perfect and easy-going descrip- 
tion. They are reputed to have been so easy-going that ladies could ride 
10 



146 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



them forty miles ji day for many days in succession without experiencing 
excessive fatigue. That they were horses of great bottom, and some- 
times of extraordinary speed, is undoulitedly true. The Colonial divine, 
Dr. McSparren, in his "America Dissected," speaking of the horses of 
Viro-inia, says : "There were plenty of a small sort of horses — the best 
in the world, like the little Scotch Galloways ; and 'tis no extraordinary 
journey to ride from sixty to seventy miles in a day. I have often, but 
on larger pacing horses, rode fifty, n:iy, sixty, miles a day, even here in 




CHAMPION GAITED SADDLE MARE LADY GLENN. 

New Eno-land, wdiere the roads are rough, stony and uneven." Again, 
speaking of the Narragansett pacer particularly, as an animal for ex-j^ort, 
he says : " They are remarkable for swift pacing ; and I have seen some 
of them pace a mile in a little more than two minutes, and a good deal 
less than three." The good doctor probably did not hold a timing-watch 
on them. The story, however, is fully as credible as that oth^r story of 
Flying Childers having run a mile in a minute. 



CHAPTER VIT. 

THOROUGHBKED HORSES. 



I. ENGLISH THOKOTTGHBREDS. II. HERBERT'S HISTORV OF THE ENGLISH HORSE. 

III. THE FIRST LONDON RACE COURSE. IV. HORSES TAKEN TO ENGLAND BY 

CRUSADERS. V. BONE AND BULK IMPARTED TO THE ENGLISH HORSE. VI- THE 

HORSE IN THE TIMES OF HENRY VIII AND JAMES I. VII. AMERICAN THOROUGH- 
BREDS. VIII. THE ARABIAN. 

I. English Thoroughbreds. 

The English thoroughbreds are horses of mixed lineage. They are 
not a pure race, bred for hundreds of years without admixture of foreign 
blood ; but they rather owe their great excellence to the crossing of 
Arabian, Barb, and other Oriental blood, upon the best racing stock of 
the last and the preceding ccntur}^ The English have been famous, dur- 
irig the last thousand years, for their horses, especially for horses of 
speed and endurance. They have always had a passionate fondness for 
the chase and for racing ; and their kings and nobles have done much to 
keep alive this feeling, by securing, from time to time, the best foreign 
blood that could be secured to impart fresh stamina and vigor to their 
stock of horses. Many persons are prejudiced against thoroughbred 
horses, because they have been used for gambling purposes on the turf , 
but this fact should not be allowed to create hostility against valuable 
animals. As well might wheat and corn be placed under a ban because 
these indispensable cereals are used for purposes of gambling specula- 
tion. It is this passion for trying the speed of horses, which has ^jre- 
v^ailed during the last ten centuries, thathasledto the selection of the best 
breeds and given an impetus during the past 100 years to really scientific 
breeding. And it is to these latter causes that we owe all that is of val- 
ue in any of the improved breeds of horses existing to-day, not even ex- 
cepting our draft horses. Let us look at the history of the blooded 
horse of England, and view its gradual rise and progi-ess, even from be- 
yond the Christian era. 

II. Herbert's History of the English Horse. 

Henry William Herbert, in his admirable and voluminous work on the 
Horse of America, now unfortunately out of j)rint, has traced the Eng- 
lish horse so carefully, and at the same time so concisely, that one cannot 
do better than extract therefrom matter that otherwise the mass of the 
readers of to-day could not come at. He says, upon the authoiity of 
Youatt : "That horses were introduced into Britain long before the 
Christian era, we have abundant evidence, and that the inhabitants had 

147 



148 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

acquired great experience in their use is equally certain. In the ancient 
British language Rhediad is the word for a race — rheder^ to run — and 
rhedecfa, a race. All these spring from the Gaulish rJieda, a chariot. 
Here, then, is a direct evidence that horses were introduced from Gaul, 
and that chariot-races were established at a very early period.' 

"This evidence" says Mr. Herbert "is not to my mind direct or con- 
clusive, as to the fact of the introduction of the horse from Gaul ; al- 
though it is so, as to the antiquity of chariot-racing in both countries, 
and to the non-Roman descent or introduction of the British or Gaulish 
animal. As the ])lood, the religion and the language of the Britons were 
cognate, if not identical, with those of some, at least, of the Gallic tribes, 
it is no more certain that the Gallic Rheda is the theme of the British 
rheder, than that it is derived therefrom. It does, however, in a great 
degree prove that the Gallic and British horses were identical, and de- 
scended not from any breed transmitted through Greece and Italy, but 
from one brought inland to the northward of the Alps ; perhaps by those 
Gauls, who ravaged Upper Greece and Northern Italy, almost before the 
existence of authentic history ; perhaps by their original ancestors ; at all 
events, of antique Thracian or Thessalic descent, and, therefore, of re- 
mote but direct oriental race, in all probability again improved by a later 
desert cross, derived from the Numidian cavalry of the Carthaginian 
Barcas, long previous to the Csesarian campaigns in Gaul or the invasions 
of the sacred island of the Druids. This, however, is of small imme- 
diate moment, and is more curious and interesting to the scholar and the 
antiquary, than to the horseman or horsebreeder. 

"From the different kinds of vehicles, noticed by the Latin writers, 
it would appear that the ancient Britons had horses trained to different 
purposes, as well domestic as warlike. 

"It is well observed by Youatt, in his larger work on the horse, that 
from the cumbrous structure of the car, and the fury with which it was 
driven, and from the badness or non-existence of roads, they must have 
been both active and powerful in an extraordinary degree. 'Caesar,' he 
adds, though without stating his authority, 'thought them so valuable, 
that he carried many of them to Rome ; and the British horses ^vere, for 
a considerable period afterwards, in great request in various parts of the 
Roman empire.' 

" ^During the occupation of England by the Romans, the British horse 
was crossed to a considerable extent by the Roman horse,' continues the 
author in the volume first quoted ; for which I would myself, for reasons 
above stated, prefer to substitue bi/ the foreign horses of the Roman 
mercenary or allied cavalry, 'and yet, strange to say, no opinion is given 
by any historian, Roman or British, as to the effect of this. After the 



THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 



149 




SUFFOLK STALLION. EPATANT— 58100. 




SUFFOLK HORSE— CLOOT V— 21279. 



THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 15^ 

evacuation of England by the Romans, and its conquest by the Saxons, 
considerable attention was paid to the English breed of horses, and we 
know that after the reign of Alfred, running horses were imported from 
Germany ;' this being the first historical intimation we have of runnins 
horses in England. It is scarcely to be doubted that this importation 
produced a marked effect on the character of the native breed, but here, 
as before, no historian has thought it worth his while to record the fact 
of either improvement or deterioration. 

" 'English horses, after this, appear to have been highly prized on the 
continent, so that the German horses which were presented by Hugh 
Capet to Athelstan had been turned to good account. The English them- 
selves were, however, anxious to preserve the monopoly of the breed, for 
in 930, A. D., a law prohibited the exportation of horses. In Athelstan's 
reign many Spanish horses were imported, which shows the desire of the 
English, even at that early period, to improve the breed. It is no won- 
der that their descendants should have produced the finest horses in the 
world. Shortly before the Norman conquest a horse Avas valued at thirty 
shillings, a mare or colt at twenty shillings, an ox at*tliirty pence, a cow 
at twenty-four pence — tliese prices in case of their being destroyed or 
negligently lost — and a man at n pound.' Money, it should be noted, 
then being equivalent to at least fifteen times its present value. William 
the Conqueror took great pains to improve the English breed, introducing 
many fine animals from Normandy, Flanders and Spain. This monarch 
owed his success at Hastings chiefly to his cavalry ; his own horse was a 
Spanish one. In this reign we have the first notice of horses being 
employed in agriculture. They had been used for the saddle for many 
centuries, Bede informing us that the English began to use horses as early 
as 631 A. D., and that people of rank distinguished themselves by appear- 
ing frequently on horseback. During the Conqueror's reign the then 
Earl of. Shrewsbury, Koger de Belesme, brought a number of Spanish 
horses to his estate of Powisland. The breed issuiiiir from these is hi<>hly 
eulogized by Giraldus Cambrensis and Daj'ton. In the reign of Henry 
I. we have an account of the first Arab horse imported into the country. 
It was presented by Alexander I., King of Scotland, to the church of St. 
Andrew's, Avith many valuable accoutrements and a considerable estate, 
History, however, is silent as to the purposes to which this animal was 
devoted, or as to what ultimately 1)ecaine of him. 

" It has been well pointed out, in this connection, that the ancient histo- 
rians, being exclusively monks and churchmen, naturally paid little atten- 
tion to the breeding of horses, which were held to belong to war ratliei 
than to agriculture, and were forbidden to their order ; and farther, it 
may be observed that, until, comparatively speaking, very recent times, 



152 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

no heed has been given to the siatistics of agriculture or animal improve- 
ment, and little mention made of such matters, beyond a casual and pass- 
Ing notice, even by the best historians. 

III. The First London Race-Course. 

" ' The English,' proceeds the work from which I quote, 'had now,' 
— that is to say in the reign of Henry I. — 'become sensible of the value 
and breed of their horses ; and in the twelfth century a regular race-course 
had been established in London, this being no other than Smithfield. 
which was at once horse-market and race-coarse. Fitz Stephen, who 
lived at that period, gives the following account of the contests between 
the palfreys of the day. 'When a race is to be run by horses, which in 
their kind are strong and fleet, a shout is raised, and common horses are 
ordered to w^ithdraw from out the way. Two jockeys then, or sometimes 
three, as the match may be made, prepare themselves for the contest, 
such as are used to ride, and know how to manage their horses Avith judg- 
ment, the grand point being to prevent a competilor from getting before 
Ihem. The horses on their part are not without emulation. They 
tremble, and are impatient and continually in motion. At last the signal 
once given, they hurry along with unremitting velocity ; the jockeys 
inspired with the thoughts of applause and the hopes of victory, clapping 
spurs to their w^illing steeds, brandishing their whips and cheering them 
with their cries.' 

IV. Horses taken to England by Crusaders. 

" It IS stated by Mr. Youatt, although, singularly enough, he main 
tains that the crusaders did not introduce eastern horses, that Richard 1, 
did import two from Cyprus, which he observes were of eastern origin. 
The statement is made on the faith of an old metrical Romance, which 
is that entitled by the name of the monarch whose feats it celebrated, 
.isually supposed to be of the time of Edward I., and contained in Ellis's 
Metrical Romances. The lines are curious, as they indicate a full ac- 
quaintance with various animals, natives of the East, and more particu- 
larly with the especial qualities of the oriental horse, his speed and sure- 
footedness. 

" These horses were named Favell and Lyard — 

' In the world was not their peer, 
Dromedary, not destrere, 
Steed 'rabyte, ne camayl, 
That ran so swift sans fail, 
For a thousand pounds of gold, 
Should not that one be sold.' 

Destrere, is the old spelling of the word Destrier, in Norman French, 
derived from the barbarous, Middle Age Latin, Dex'^ranws signifying a 



THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 



153 




^^imtii^sK-. 



154 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE .STOCK DOCTOR. 




THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 155 

war-horse. Edward I. also is known to have introduced horses from the 
East ; and that accurate and inquiring antiquary, Sir Walter Scott, de- 
scribes his spirit, or the demon of the haunted canq) under his form, in 
the nocturnal tourney with Alexander of Scotland, as being recognized by 
the horse he bestrode. 

' Alike his Syrian courser's frame, 
The rider's length of limb the same.' 

V. Bone and Bulk Imparted to the English Horse. 

" Spanish horses, had come to be renowned, as chargers, so early as 
the Norman conquest, but it is more than questionable whether their su- 
periority was as yet known to arise from their being traceable, in nearly 
two thirds, to the blood of the Desert. At this time, it would seem to 
have been considered desirable to stengthen the English horse, and gain 
bone and bulk, rather than blood — not, I imagine, as Mr . Youatt sug- 
gests in the following sentence, for agricultural, but rather for military 
purposes ; in order to endure the ponderous burden of the mail-clad men- 
at-arms. 

"King John, he says, ' paid great attention to the improvement of 
horses for agricultural purposes, and to him we are indebted for the ori- 
gin of our draught-horses. He chiefly imported Flemish horses' — one 
hundred chosen stallions on a single occasion ; the Flanders horse being 
— as it was even in the time of Marlborouo;h and Prmce Euo-ene — the 
most approved cavalry trooper — ' and such w^as his anxiety to possess the 
finest stock from these, that he would accept strong horses as rent for 
crown-lands, and as fines for the renewal of. leases. His personal stud 
was both numerous and excellent.' One hundred years afterward, Ed- 
ward II. purchased thirty war-horses and twelve heavy draught-horses. 

"Edward the HI. devoted one thousand marks to the purchase of fifty 
Spanish horses ; and of such importance did he conceive this addition to 
the English, or rather mingled blood, then existing, that formal applica- 
tion w^as made to the kings of France and Spain to grant safe-conduct to 
the troop. When they had safely arrived at the royal stud, it was com- 
puted that they had cost the monarch no less than thirteen pounds six 
shillings and eight pence per horse, equal in value to one hundred and 
sixty pounds of our money. This monarch had many running horses. 
The precise meaning of the term is not, however, clear. It might be 
light and speedy horses in opposition to the war-horses, or those that 
were literally used for- the purposes of racing." 

VI. The Horse in the Times of Henry VIII. and James I. 

Our authority follows the history of the horse in England up to the 
reign of Henry VHI., who compelled the destruction of under-sized 



156 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

horses, and rendered compulsory the maintenance of so great a number 
of fulU sized mares and stallions, in every deer park, and in every rural 
parish of the realm, that the reign of this monarch was marked by a 
decided increase in the breeding of powerful, well formed animals. It 
appears that the King even rode a race himself, for it is stated, by Miss 
Strickland, that the King rode a-Maying, with Katherine and the royal 
bride, Mary, widow of Louis XII., of France, and the bride of Charles 
Brandon. The amusements of the day, says Miss Strickland, were 
brought to a close by the King and his brother-in-law, the Duke of Suf- 
folk, riding races on great coursers, which were like the Flemish breed 
of dray horses. During the reign of Henry VIII., an annual race was 
run at Chester, the prize being a wooden ball, handsomely embellished, 
for which, in 1540, a silver bell, called St. George's bell, was substituted. 
Hence the phrase, " Bear the bell," in allusion to one who has come off 
victorious in a contest. 

In the reign of James I. races were merely matches against time, 
trials of speed and bottom for long and " cruel distances." From the 
time of James I. the history of the English race-horse, and of English 
racing, may be said fairly to begin, though no existing pedigrees are 
traced back to that time. But, though pedigrees be not directly traced 
to great antiquity, enough has been given of the history of English horses 
to let the reader know how long was the time, and how careful the breed- 
ing, required to produce, in the thoroughbred of to-day, the most superb 
race of horses the world has ever known ; for wind, speed and bottom 5 
he is without a rival in ancient or modern times. 

The horse has of course always figured prominently in fiction and ro- 
mance ; but in this connection it will sufiice to state the fact that in the 
Homeric poems of the Trojan war, there is no mention of the trumpet 
or of cavalry. In Virgil, mounted men, saddles, spurs, and clarions are 
mentioned. In the romance of " Sir Bevis, of Southampton," he speaks 
of races of three miles, for "forty pounds of ready golde." Homer 
knew nothing of horsemen and trumpets in war, while Virgil was famil- 
iar with them. The author of " Sir Bevis," in his day and generation 
probably saw races of long distances, and long-distance races generally 
precede short ones. 

The excellence of the English race horse of the last 100 years is prob- 
ably more due to the Barb than to any other one strain, it was in 1121 
that the first Arabian was imported into England, but the Arabian of that 
day was not what he was in the centuries 1400, 1500 and 1600, during 
the time immediately succeeding the overthrow of Charles I. Of English 
racing horses, Eclipse was the most wonderful of all whose perform- 
ances have come down to us weil authenticated . 



THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 



157 




158 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VII. American Thoroughbreds. 

The thoroughbred horse of America is of course the descendant of 
English ancestors. It is probably true that the American thoroughbred 
is a superior animal to the English tlioroughl)red ; and this opinion is 
certainly fortified by the triumphs of American horses in England and 
France, in their greatest races, in the year 1881. A horse transported 
from one country to another, entirely different in climate, might be par- 
doned for not performing as well there as he would do at home. Yet, 
our horses have won laurels in England and France from the very l)est 
thoroughbreds there, and in l^ieir most exacting races. 

In the South, there has always been a passion for the sports of the 
field, and much attention has been devoted to the breeding of horses of 
speed and bottom. Interest in fine horses is growing in the North from 
year to year, but while we have some high-caste breeding studs in the 
North, the South, and especially Kentucky and Tennessee, still holds the 
lead. It will not be necessary here to go into a detailed history or 
descrijjtion of the American thoroughbred. Importations made before 
the revolutionary war, and continued from time to time have given us a 
horse that has no superior on the earth ; one that has at last snatched 
victory from the best of English horses on their own turf. In France, 
American horses have held their own against the best of English and 
French thoroughbreds. 

VIII. The Arabian. 

The Arabians profess to trace the ancestry of their horses back to the 
time of Solomon, yet in the light of authentic history, their horses before 
the thirteenth century were not of a character worthy of special notice. 
The horse of the desert receives the personal care and affection of his 
master. To the Arab the horse is not only a companion in solitude, but 
is also his only means of locomotion in arduous and perilous journeys. 
It is not strange, therefore, that these nomads of the desert should bestow 
much care upon the breeding and rearing of their horses ; and during the 
past seven centuries, such care has been bestowed. The Aral)S undoubt- 
edly did understand the true principle of breeding, care, feeding, selec- 
tion and training, at a period when Arabia was the seat of learning, and 
all Europe was enveloped in the gloom of the dark ages, or was just 
beginning feebly to see the dawn of the revival of letters. 

Arabian travelers of the last century do not agree as to the number of 
distinct breeds of horses in that country. A Mohammedan Avriter who 
seems to have had candor, and a good opportunity for gathering facts di- 
vides them into six tribes, as follows : 



THOKOUGHBKED HORSES. 



159 




loO 



CyCi,OjfJ*i»iA. OF LIVK STOCK AND COMJPLETi!: biOCK. DOCTOR. 




THOROUGHBRED HORSES. 161 

*' The Dgelfe, founA chiefly in Arabia Felix, selr!>-m seen at Damascus, 
but common in the neighborhood of Anaze. Horses of this breed are 
of lofty stature, have narrow chests, but are deep in the girth, and their 
ears are long. They are remarkable for spirit and fleetness, but are ex- 
ceedingly tractable, and their ability to endure hunger and thirst is a 
remarkable feature. 

" The Secaloni, a breed from the eastern part of the desert, somewhat 
inferior to the Dgelfe, though resembling him in most points. 

" The Mefki, a handsome horse, but not so fleet as either the Dgelfe 
or the Secaloni. In figure, he bears a resemblance to the Spanish or 
Andalusian stock. 

" A fourth breed is called the Sabi, similar to the Mefki, but seems to 
possess no specially useful or striking qualities. 

" The Fridi. This breed is very connnon ; but they are often vicious 
and untrustworthy, and lack some of the excellent qualities possessed by 
the best of the others. 

" The Nejdi, found chiefly in the region of Bussorah. These are said 
to be at least the equals of the Dgelfe and the Secaloni. Some judges 
assert that there is no horse to be compared with them, and they stand 
very high in the market." 

The Dgelfe and Nejdi are reported to be the most valuable. They are 
known to be the favorites of the horse-fanciers of India, many fine ani- 
mals of these stocks having been carried thither by the sportsmen of that 
country. 

Other writers make mention of but three distinct breeds, to which they 
attribute names different from those above given ; and it is difficult to 
reconcile the statements of the two, and to determine whether thoy have 
really agreed in any way in pointing out the same animal, though by 
diverse names, as possessing the striking excellences which have made a 
certain breed famous and well known to us. Writers of the latter class 
speak of an inferior race, little esteemed, at home or abroad, which they 
call the Attechi. These are sometimes found in a wild state. Then 
come the Kadischi, a sort of half-breed stock, possessing some points of 
resemblance to the true blood, and being sometimes imposed upon dealers 
for the genuine. Finally, they describe a superb race, the pure descend- 
ants of some extraordinary ancestors, and these they call the Kochlani or 
Kailhan. The best of them are found among the Shammar and Aneyza 
tribes. The Arabs themselves pretend to trace the Kochlani back to the 
days and the stables of Solomon. While this cannot be credited, it is 
known that some of them have written pedigrees for at least four hundred 
years, with extreme care, and always on the side of the mare. They are 
11 



162 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

finely-formed, enduring, fleet, rather small-sized horses of great vivacity 
and intelligence, but for speed, bottom and physical development decidedly 
inferior to oui' thoroughbreds. Yet, though not as swift as the English or 
American thoroughbred, the Aralnan is one of the best of horses. And 
while we could hardly gain any advantage from a fresh infusion of this 
blood, the Arabian is king on his native deserts, and no other horse could 
there fill his place. He is peculiarly adapted to the wants of the people 
and to the topography of that barren country. So good a horse is he 
to-day that English residents in India pay from $700 to $1,000 for the 
best that are offered for sale ; and it is well known that the best horses 
of the desert are never sold at any price. 



I 




PERCHERON STALLION FRONTON. 



CHAPTER Vin. 
ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 



I. THE BREEDING OF TROTTERS. II. PROGENITORS OF FAST TROT-^ERS — MESSENGER. 

III. IMPORTED BELLFOUNDER. IV. THE MODERN TROTTER V. WHAT 

GOLDSMITH MAID WAS LIKE. VI. THE MOVEMENT IN TROTTING. VII. DIS- 
USE OF THE TROTTING FACULTY. VIII. A RECORD OP SIXTY YEARS. IX. 

STRAINS OF TROTTING BLOOD. 

I. The Breeding of Trotters. 

The production of trotting horse&, like that of racers, has come to be 
a distinct branch of breeding, and is pursued as a specialty, with a 
view to developing, in the highest possible form, the best trotting action 
in the horse. Hence, any person undertaking this branch of the breeder's 
profession needs to understand the peculiar form to be attained, and also 
to know the families from which the best trotters have been bred. 

The Morgans. — Twenty years ago the trotting form was thought by 
many to be most strongly developed in the Morgans ; at least it was 
hoped that this breed might be found to possess the qualifications nec- 
essary to develop the highest degree of trotting speed. The Morgans, 
however, disappointed the expectations placed upon them. The records 
of the turf have proved that fast trotters owe their speed to thorouo-h 
breeding ; and that their speed is directly in proportion to the degree of 
blood of thoroughbreds of trotting peculiarities that is in their A^eins. 

Ethan Allen. — Ethan Allen, one of the most celebrated of the Mor- 
gans, was a good trotter for his day, and yet he was never able to beat 
Flora Temple. At three years old he trotted a mile, three heats, in 
2 : 42 ; 2 : 39 and 2 :36 minutes, which was the fastest time then record- 
ed for that age . The false estimate placed upon Morgan horses up to 
twenty years ago, not only kept back the development of really excellent 
trotters, but was a positive and incalculable damage to the horses of the 
country generally, in that it caused the size of the farm ani- 
mals to be reduced. For the farmers especially M^ent zealously into the 
rage for possessing Morgan horses. 

Development of the Trotting Horse.— The trotting horse of America 
has been entirely developed within the last forty years. He is not an 
animal of a separate and distinct breed ; for first-rate trotters have come 
of Canadian or Norman-French blood, from the horses of the middle 
States of mixed blood, from the Morgans and other New England 
breeds, and from Western horses of mixed blood. 

163 



164 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. 

II. Progenitors of Fast Trotters. 

Notable among the horses that have made wonderful records in trot- 
ting of late years are those descended from, and partaking largely of the 
blood of, Messenger, Bellfounder and of Hambletonian. Hambletonian, 
after a career of varied success as a racer, at length became distinguished 
as a getter *of trotting horses of elegance, finish, speed and endur- 
ance, either under the saddle or in harness. It is not our purpose to go 
minutely into the record of noted performances on the American trotting 
turf. Nowhere else in the world is the fondness for exhibitions of 
speed in trotting, so nearly universal among the people, as it has become 
here ; and in no other country are such exhibitions so patronized by every 
class. Even in Kussia, the home of the famous Orloff breed, this sport 
is by no means a national one. AYhere the general reader is usually so 
well informed of current events, the familiar details of exploits upon 
the turf are deemed to contain far less interest than will be found in a 
brief account of some of the most celebrated sii-es, whose descendants 
have proved constant in their performances. 

Messenger. — The original source of our best blood. Imported Mes- 
senger, not only gained fame for himself, but bequeathed his excellen- 
ces to a lono- line of descendants, who have been famous in the annals of 
the turf. His own ancestry possessed character for great and peculiar 
merit. Foaled in 1780, his first sire was Mambrino ; second sire, En- 
gineer ; third sire, Sampson ; fourth sire, Blaze ; fifth sire. Flying Childers ; 
sixth sire, The Darley Arabian. On the female side, his dam was by 
Turf ; second dam, the sister of Figurante, was by Regulas ; third dam 
by Bolton Starling; fourth dam, Snaps by Fox; fifth dam, Gipsey by 
Bay Bolton, and so on through Newcastle Turk, Brierly Turk, Taffolet 
Barb, to the ninth dam hy Place's White Turk, out of a natural Barb mare. 
Messeno-er was threfore in-bred to a considerable degree, and combined 
in his veins the purest and richest blood of early English race horses. 

Potency of Arabian Blood. — Godolphin Ai-abian appears three times 
m the pedigree of Messenger. Flying Childers was the phenomenon of 
the Eno-lish turf in his day, and the accounts of his performances appear 
almost fabulous. Of one of the progenitors of Messenger, Sampson, it 
is said that while the thoroughbred of his day was scarcely more than 
fourteen and a half hands high, rarely reaching fifteen, Sampson was fifteen 
hands two inches, and was reported to be the largest-boned blood horse 
then ever bred. Horses of the Sampson blood, as we knew it nearly 
forty years ago, were wonderfully compact animals of great bone, muscle 
and sinew. Sampson, Engineer and Mambrino were all rough and coarse, 
and the last two were considered the strongest and heaviest-boned horses 



ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 



165 



of the English turf. It was a most lucky ch'cumstance for American 
studs tliat a scion of these coarse horses was imported, to stamp his 
impress upon the thoroughbred of this country. We have found that 
kind of coarseness to be the embodiment of strength, bone, muscle, and 
consequently of most enduring speed and bottom. 




m. Imported Bellfoxmder. 

This wonderful animal was known in his day as the Norfolk trotter, 

and was, like Flying Childers, a phenomenon of the turf. He waa 

fifteen hands high, a bright bay in color, with black legs. Being seven 

years old at the date of his importation, in 1822, he must have 



ItJH CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

been foaled in 1815. At five years old he trotted two miles in six min- 
utes, and the next year, trotted nine miles in twenty-nine mhmtes and 
thirty-eight seconds. Velocity, his dam, by Haphazard, trotted, in 1806, 
sixteen miles in an hour, and in 1808 trotted twenty-eight miles in an 
hour and forty-seven minutes ; wonderful work it was for that day, and 
would be so considered, if performed by a horse of the presort time. 

Bellfounder's Ancestry. — Bellfounder was not thoroughbred. He 
was sired by Fireaw^ay out of a Shields mare. The Shields horse, oth- 
erwise called "Shales," in England nearly one hundred years ago were 
hackneys, or, as we would now call them, road and trotting horses. Had 
the English people cultivated driving, as they did riding, America might 
not stand unrivalled, as she does to-day, in the pre-eminence of her road 
and trotting horses. 

IV. The Modern Trotter. 

Our account of modern trotters would be incomplete if we should 
wholly omit to mention that wonderful descendant of Hambletonian, 
I^ady Suffolk. Nor must the Morgans be forgotten. The Canadian 
trotters also claim remembrance ; notable among which were those won- 
derful little pony-horses, many of them not fourteen hands high, known 
as the St. Laurences, from the name of their sire. The best of them 
were good for a three-minute gait on the road, before a buggy ; for ener- 
gy, docility, speed and tireless endurance, while drawing the load of a 
horse, they have seldom been equaled among animals of their size. But 
it is our purpose more especially to notice the famous trotters of the 
last twenty years. 

Goldsmith Maid and Abdallah.— Among the galaxy of wonderful per- 
formers, none surpass Goldsmith Maid. This remarkable mare was 
foaled in 1857. Her sire was Edsall's Hambletonian, and her dam a mare 
by old Abdallah. Abdallah was a Hambletonian. In 1862 he became the 
property of R. A. Alexander^ the celebrated Kentucky breeder of thorough- 
breds, and was thereafter known as Alexander's Abdallah. Early in 
1865, this Abdallah, together with several other valuable horses, among 
them Bay Chief, a son of Mambrino Chief, w^as seized by Guerillas. 
Shortly after, in an attack upon the guerillas by Federal soldiers, Abdal- 
lah fell into the hands of one of the attacldng party, who refused to give 
him up. This magnificent stallion, unshod and wholly out of condition 
for hard service, was nevertheless ridden day after day, over the roughest 
and hilliest road, until at last, completely exhausted, he was turned 
loose on the wayside, and died of pneumonia. 

Abdallall as a Sire. — To show what might have come of this horse, had 
he lived, it is only necessary to mention some of his offspring and to note 



ABOUT TKOTTINO HOUSES. 



167 



*^ 




what tlu'V have done. 1 ir.st is Goldsmith Maid with a record of 2:14; 
and a further record of 232 heats with 2 : 30 as the slowest. AVe also have 
Mayor Edsall, who made his mile in 2:29; and AVood's Hambletonian, 



168 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

with sons making records in from 2 : 23 to 2 : 27|. Pacing Abdallah, the 
getter of excellent roadsters, was another of his sons, as was Belmont, the 
sire of horses going the mile in 2 : 23 ^to 2 : 30. Again, there is Thern- 
dale, a compact and muscular stallion, greatly celebrated, not only for his 
own great speed, but for the excellent trotting qualities of his offspring. In 
1876, after serving eight years m the stud, he made five mile heats in 2 : 22| ; 
2 : 22^ : 2 : 32^ ; 2 : 20 ; 2 : 25. Another remarkable son of Alexander's 
A.bdallah, is Almont. His offspring are yet young to the track, but Pied- 
mont, at four years old, trotted in 2 : 30^. 

V. What Goldsmith Maid Was Like. 

The likeness of Goldsmith Maid shows her appearance, when in trot- 
tins' condition, and will be studied with interest as an accurate view of 
the proportions of this most famous and one of the best bred of the Queens 
of the trotting course. She was fifteen hands and one mch in height, and 
seems rather delicately made in a superficial examination of her form. 
Yet the quality of her make-up is in every respect superb. 

An accurate and capable writer says of her : ' ' Her head and neck are 
very clean and blood-like ; her shoulder sloping and well placed ; middle 
piece tolerably deep at the girth, but so light at the waist as to give her a 
tucked-up appearance, and one would say a lack of constitution, but for 
the abundant evidence to the contrary ; loin and coupling good ; quarters 
of the greyhound order — broad and sinewy ; her limbs are clean, fine- 
boned and wiry ; feet rather small, but of good quality. She is high 
mettled and takes an abundance of work without flinching. In her high- 
est trotting form, drawn to an edge, she is almost deer-like in appear- 
ance, and when scoring for a start and alive to the emergencies of the 
race, with her great flashing eye and dilated nostril, she is a perfect pic- 
ture of animation and living beauty. Her gait is long, bold and sweep- 
ing, and she is, in the hands of a driver acquainted with her peculiarities, 
a perfect piece of machinery. She seldom makes an out-and-out break, 
but frequently makes a skip, and has been accused of losing nothing in 
either case. Aside from the distinction of having trotted the fastest mile 
on record, she also enjoys the honor of makmg the fastest three consecu- 
tive heats ever won in a race, which renders any comments upon her 
staying qualities unnecessary." 

The tmie of Goldsmith Maid has been beaten several times since 1877, 
but this detracts nothing from her wonderful performance. She con- 
tinued on the turf until past twenty years old, and after completing that 
age she closed her public career with the year 1877 by trotting, during that 
year, forty-one heats in 2 : 30 or better, and making a time record of 



ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 



169 



2 : 14^. Her record stands at the close of her career at 2 : 14, with 332 
heats in 2 : 30 or better. Her record and her career are the marvel of 
ihe age. 




VI. The Movement in Trotting. 

A trotter, especially if he go fast, must go level and square, both be- 
fore and behind, and with as low action as may be compatible with the 
necessary stride. It i? this ability to go close to the ground, or in what 



170 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

has been called by some the sling-trot, and by others the slouchmg trot, of 
the thoroughbred, that enables the best trotters to make their great 
speed ; the sling-trot is simply the gait in which the animal reaches far 
forward without raising the feet unnecessarily high, thus economizing 




time and muscle. This movement, at an easy gajt, of, ssay twelve miles 
an hour^ is well displayed in the cut illustrating the trotting movement. 
It is not an artificial gait, as has been stated by some good English horse- 
men. Every one who has reared a well-bred colt has seen it, when fol- 
lowing the dam, strike naturally into this gait, with head up and tail 



ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 171 

Straight out. The trot is a natural gait of any horse, and is always used 
when going at easy speed on a smooth surface; but the best trotting 
action is the result of breeding and training. 

VII. Disuse of the Trotting Faculty. 
That the English blood-horse has lost the trotting faculty to a great 
extent, is not because it was never in the blood, ])ut because it was never 
allowed to be exercised in the training. And, as few horses could ever 
gallop fast or far, without special training, so, no horse can trot to the 
best advantage unless the gait has been developed by long practice; and 
it is a peculiarity of this gait that the trotting horse, unlike the runner, 
seldom arrives at his best, until he is over eight years old. The same rule 
will a})ply to fast walking horses. They must be specially trained to walk 
fast, and there is no better preparation for the trotting horse than this 
preliminary trainmg in walking. 

VIII. Highly Bred Driving and Saddle Horses. 

Within the last ten years, the Hackneys have come to find a prominent 
place among American driving horses. These horses may also be trained 
to jump either from a standstill or when extended. They have come to be 
considered as excellent ponies for polo playing, and, as now bred, their fine 
turn of speed makes them available for light driving. 

Testing Horses as Roadsters — So again trotting horses of good style, 
but not fast enough for the track, make admirable roadsters and general 
di'ivers. They are also available for light express wagon work and other 
similar purposes where speediness is necessary. The farmer who likes to 
breed this class of horses, that will make good sellers at fair prices, may get 
them out of stylish roomy mares, from staunch sires of trotting blood. 
This class of horses will also be found available for general farm use, but 
if intended for the uses described, should not be used for the heavier uses 
of the farm, but three abreast will do a deal of plowing without injury. 

The New Morgans. — The Morgans can not hold their own to-day as 
against the English Hackney, the trotting horse or Kentucky saddle horse as 
now bred. The })alpable reason is that we want size with stamina now. 
This we get with a numl^er of fashionably bred horses — Hackneys, trotters, 
saddlers, French Coach and even thoroughbreds, not quite stylish enough for 
high priced carriage, coach, trap and other uses, all of which sell well as 
roadsters, light express, general delivery teams, drivers and cavalry horses. 

Saddlers. — Another class that always sells well both for home use and 
export. They also make wonderfully fine cavalry horses. There are two 
classes of these — one, the saddler ^^er se, and the combined saddle and 
carriage horse; the latter is a good general-purpose horse for running to 



172 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

town with a light load; will do a good job in light plowing or for chasing 
around. The Kentucky saddle horse should be used for the saddle exclu- 
sively, and if well bred is a good horse for export. 

Five Classes of Horses. — Mr. F. J. Berrey, than whom there is no 
better judge of horses for money, either at home or abroad, and from whom 
we condense says: 

Class No. 1 — Drivers and coachers must ])e of good color, well bred, 
from 15.3 to 16^ hands high, with fine heads and necks, plenty of bone and 
substance, good knee action, smooth, plenty of quality, short back, round 
barrel, a good traveler, and if some speed ail the better. This class has 
advanced very nuich in price; prices range from $100 to $300; rare speci- 
mens of this class as high as $4.50. In case of a lack of good, big trotting- 
bred stallions, with quality to produce this class, the French Coach horse has 
been crossed on the trotting-bred mares with extremely favorable results. 

Class No. 2 — A cal) horse rather blocky made, weighing 1,100 pounds 
and standing a})out 15^ hands high. He should be smooth made, with good 
bone and substance and a fair traveler. He brings about $75. This class 
of horse is a very sala])le kind for many puri)oses, but they are always 
plenty in our market, and too plenty to be profitable horses to raise. In 
breeding horses of any kind the breeder always will get some that will 
answer for this class. This is the smallest class that should be bred, as 
there is no demand for anything smaller except at ruinous prices. 

Class No. 3 — A bus horse, which is blocky and smooth made, must 
shape himself when in harness and stand 15^ to 16 hands high, must have 
plenty of quality with bone aud su))stance, be a fair traveler, have fair 
action and weigh from 1,250 to 1,400 pounds. This class of horse in- 
cludes the quality of not only an omnibus horse but of an express and 
general-purpose horse. The English use the more blocky, lower set ones 
for "bussers," while the larger ones are used for express and general pur- 
poses. This class is in the strongest demand in all American and foreign 
markets, and sell from $80 to $125. 

Class No. 4 — The draft horse should weigh from 1,500 to 1,800 pounds, 
be blocky made, have heavy bone, with smooth finish, good quality an(l ac- 
tion, and be a first-class draft horse in every respect. Prices range from $100 
to $250, and the best specimens sell as high as $300. This class is one of 
the most salable and will find ready buyers in domestic and foreign markets. 

Class No. 5 — The American trotter in all cases must be a high-])red 
trotting horse, with good bone and substance, high finish, good action and 
disposition, and the more speed he has the higher price he will bring. Prices 
range from $200 to $5,000, according to quality, size and speed. All 
horses for export must be perfectly sound and without blemish. 



ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 



173 




ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. 175 

IX. Strains of Trotting Blood. 

That the trotting horse of America owes liis great powers to the infu- 
sion of thorough blood, we have before stated. To Imported Messenger 
is this due in the greatest degree. Another great trotting sire of Amer- 
ica was Imported Bellfounder. There has been much controversy over 
his breeding, first and hxst, ])ut that he was a staunch trotter and a getter 
of admirable horses, there is no doubt, giving splendid action to his get. 
Still, it must l^e admitted that, admira])le as was Bellfounder himself, his 
get was not equal to the descendants of Messenger in all that constitutes 
speed, endurance and action. 

Duroc also became a valuable factor in our trotting blood. His strain 
of blood appears in the Medley's, Duroc Messenger's Mambrino Chief's 
and Gold Dust's. 

One of the sub-families of Messenger's blood, Hambletonian, who 
united the blood of Messenger and Bellfounder, has raised the trotting 
horse of America to the highest point of perfection. He was not a hand- 
some horse from a thoroughbred standpoint, if indeed he w^as thorough- 
bred, "which has been doubted. His pedigree has been given as follows : 
Hambletonian was by Abdallah ; he by Mambrino, a son of Messenger. 
The dam of Abdallah was the mare Amazonian . The dam of Hambletonian 
was l)y Imported Bellfounder ; second dam by Hambletonian ; third dam, 
Silvertail, said to have l)een by Imported Messenger 

In all that constitutes stoutness and ability to perform, in freedom 
from tendency to disability, his stock has been wonderful. Noted for 
immense and strong joints, length and strength of bone, magnificent mus- 
cular development, prominent, square, massive build, mighty hips and 
excellent barrel, all knit together to form a most admirable frame, united 
to a nervous constitution that reproduced itself in his descendants, in a 
most Avonderful degree. 

In relation to the descendants of the progenitors of the strains of trot- 
ting blood, Mr. H. T. Helm, in his work, "American Roadsters and 
Trotting Horses," says of the trotting horse of to-day: "The combined 
Abdallah-Bellfounder is a horse of the teens; Goldsmith Maid, 2 : 14 ; 
Dexter, 2:17; Gloster, 2:17; Bodine, 2 : 19^ ; St. Julian, 2 : 221 ; 
Gazelle, 2 : 21 ; Fullerton, 2:18; Mountain Boy, 2 : 20J ; Jay Gould, 
2 : 21^ ; Nettie, 2 : 18 ; Startle — . Joe Elliot would, in his opinion, have 
stood as a bright star in the firmament." We can add to this our own 
opinion as a breeder of descendants of Messenger and Bellfounder many 
years ago, that we never had a disappointing colt. They were mighty 
driving horses, of great bone, muscle and sinew, of great lung power, 
and, of course, of great endurance. 



CHAPTER IX. 

THE BREEDING AND REARING OP COLTS. 



I. IMPORTANCK OF ACCURATE KNOWLEDGE. II. BREED FROM MATURE ANIMALS. 

III. NO PROFIT IN INFERIOR HORSES. IV. HEREDITY IN ANIMALS. V. PECU- 
LIAR ORGANIC STRUCTURE. VI. HEREDITY OF DISEASE. VII. AVATISM OR 

BREEDING BACK.— BREED TO NONE BUT THE BEST. VIII. VARIATION AND DEVEL- 
OPMENT. IX. TRANSMISSION OF QUALITIES. X. THE IMPRESS OF COLOR AND 

FORM. XI. RELATION OF SIZE IN SIRE AND DAM. XII. BREED ONLY FROM 

PURE SIRES. XIII. THE BEST ARE CHEAPEST IN THE END. XIV. SELECTION 

OF STALLION AND MARE. XV. SERVICE OF THE STALLION. XVI. THE PERIOD 

OP GESTATION — TREATMENT. XVII. TREATMENT AFTER FOALING. XVIII. 

HOW TO KNOW IF A MARE IS IN FOAL. XIX. HOW TO KNOW THE FOALING TIME. 

XX. THE FOALING STALL. XXI. ABORTION, OR SLINKING THE FCETUS. — —XXII. 

HOW TO RAISE A COLT. 

I. Importance of Accurate Knowledge. 

The breeding and raising of farm stock is one of the most interesting 
branches of agricultural art, and it is one requiring judgment and ac- 
curate knowledge in a high degree. In the preceding chapters we have 
therefore, carefully gone over the ground covered by what pertains to 
the anatomy and physical condition of the horse, to the end that 
any intelligent person may become so thoroughly master of the subject 
that he may not only know what constitutes a good horse, but may also 
decide with tolerable accuracy as to the age and constitutional vigor of 
an animal, and be familiar with the characteristics of the principal breeds. 

Know what You Breed For. — A horse should be bred with a view solely 
to the labor he is to perform. The first thing for the breeder to do, 
therefore, is to decide what he wants with the horse. If the animal 
is intended for the turf, there is but one course to pursue ; breed only to 
horses of the most approved pedigree, for the distance, whether it be 
one, two, three, or four miles. It is well known that but a moiety of the 
colts, even of the best blood, e\er arrive at high eminence. So many 
are the contingencies to be met, and so many the risks to be taken, that 
our advice is, Do not undertake the breeding of this kind of stock, un- 
less you are amply able to provide all the varied requirements, including 
the most perfect stables, and a training track. Above all, do not waste 
money on the so-called thoroughbreds, that travel country districts, ex- 
pecting to breed high-priced horses from common mares. You would ])0 
quite as likely to be struck by lightning as to succeed in getting any- 
thing better, from such parents, than a quarter nag for a scrub race. So 
with trotting horses, do not expect to get a crack trotter unless the blood 
of trotting thoroughbreds is strong in the veins of sire and dam. Nor 
can you get a fine carriage driving horse from some weedy, dancing, 

176 



THE BREEDING AND REARING OP COLTS. 177 

high headed sire, whose nervousness conies from timidity, and whose 
blood is made up from guess-work breeding. Read carefully what is con- 
tained in the preceding chapters, and breed from stock, already improved, 
rather than seek to make a breed yourself. 

If you desire to breed up from the stock you already have, the object 
is a laudable one, provided you want horses only for general use. In 
this case, breed from the best sires you can find, and those which combine 
the characteristics you seek to perpetuate. 

II. Breed Prom Mature Animals. 

Maturity in breeding stock is indispensable, since it is futile to expect 
to get the best development from animals undeveloped themselves. We 
believe the weediness of many thoroughbreds, which means want of de- 
velopment and lack of constitutional vigor, to be the result, in part, 
of too early and fast work, and also of breeding their parents while yet 
too young, or after they were broken down for service on the turf. To 
get the highest exellence in the offspring we must have the highest de- 
velopment in the parents. Degeneration will surely result, if we breed 
from immature or broken down animals. Another important requisite is, 
that the sire be given plenty of exercise during the season of service ; 
and after that, and until the next season begins, he should have constant 
work, except for a period of rest with a run on the grass immediately 
after the service season. The mare also she aid not be idle, nor confined 
to the stable ; exercise is as necessary to the dam as to the sire. 

III. No Profit in Inferior Horses. 

The best and purest stock, well adapted to the end sought, is always 
the cheapest. This is a fundamental principle, to be kept constantly in 
view. It costs no more to feed, shelter, and properly care for good 
stock, than it does to feed, shelter and care for inferior stock. The first 
x;ost of good animals is, of course, more, but this is the capital invested, and 
for which you expect to get adequate returns. It costs no more to raise 
good stock than it does to raise inferior stock. It costs no more to fit and 
train the one than the other. After you have secured the female stock, 
smooth in movement, of undoubted constitutional vigor, and of the 
proper blood for the labor intended, if you do not OAvn, or cannot afford 
to own, the sire, you need not fear to pay liberally for such blood as you 
require ; you may, moreover, safely incur the expense of sending your 
mares considerable distances to procure the proper sire. This, however, 
will rarely be necessary unless you wish exceptional colts ; for, in all well- 
settled districts, there are plenty of good sires, outside of the highest- 
caste thoroughbreds, and trotting strains. In thinly-settled districts 

the breeding of high-caste stock should not be undertaken unless the 
12 



lis CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

breeder can aiforato keep the sires at his own ex]K'nso orliv co-operation, 
or in partnership, "with others. 

Taking it for granted that the reader accepts, as trne, the foregoing 
propositions, we will next inquire into some points that should be borne 
in mind by every one who hopes to win success as a breeder, whether 
from the stand-point of profit or AAith a view to the pleasure of doing a 
thing well. 

rv. Heredity in Animals. 

We have dwelt with some emphasis upon the importance of breeding 
from sound, vigorous parents ; for like produces like, and the rule is 
constant even in the case of phenomenal animals. Extraordinary devel- 
opment is by no means the result of chance, though it may be the bring- 
ing out in an extraordinary degree, of qualities that have been dormant, 
perhaps for generations, for the want of what breedei*s call nicking. 
By "nicking" is meant the development of dormant traits through the 
miion of a sire and dam of peculiar qualities, of the most excellent 
traits perfectly blended together, and conferring \'igor of constitution, 
soundness and fineness of bone, along with great muscular development, 
good digestion and excellence of the respiratory organs, and of the nerv- 
ous system, and nerve force. With these, an animal must be good ; and 
how to have them good is the object of this work. 

Let us now see what goes to make up that quality called heredity, 
which is earned in the breeding of an animal. Charles Darwin has writ- 
ten A'oluminously and conclusively on this subject, as have man}^ others. 
Dr. Miles, late professor of Agriculture in the Michigan State Agi-icultu- 
ral College, in a treatise on the laws of development and heredity, in rela- 
tion to the improvement and breeding of domestic animals, has collected 
and arranged much valual)le matter bearing upon this subject ; and he 
cites heredity of normal characteristics, atavism, variation, the relative 
influence of parents, influence of previous impregnations, and various 
other matters, as being well worth the study of the breeder. The 
position we have assumed is, therefore, founded upon correct and long- 
continued observation by the most eminent minds of this and other ages ; 
for more than a glimmering of the laws of heredity' was had even by the 
ancients. In classic times there were families of athletes among the 
Greeks ; and the extract already given from Xenophon shows that he no 
less understood what a horse should be, than he did how to conduct the 
memorable retreat of the ten thousand, and to fight successful battles. 
Later researches by Gait on have shown that the best wrestlers and oars- 
men belong to a small number of families in which strength and skill 
have become hereditarv. The most successful of our trottinor horses are 





b*^^ 


1 




r- 








■D 
CM 

> 
CD 

cr 
u 

Q 

> 
X 
(- 

o 
o 



Hi 
< 

>■ 
z 
c 

Q. 



THE BREEDING AND REARING OF COLTS. 181 

derived from three families ; of these the descendants of Messenger are 
most strongly marked in hereditary trotting qualities. Among running 
horses Eclipse begat 334, and Herod 497 winners. The hereditary trans- 
mission of strongly marked peculiarities in races is conspicuously shown 
in the Jews and in the Gypsies, who intermarry, each, only,. among their 
owiirace. Hence, says Rihot, "their distingnishing characteristics have 
remained the same for centuries." So, certain breeds of sheep, as the 
Spanish Merinos, certain breeds of cattle, as the Devons, like certain 
breeds of horses, are strongly characterized by their hereditary traits and 
tendencies. 

V. Peculiar Organic Structure. 

No less remarkable is the tendency, sometimes seen, to inherit abnor- 
mal organic structure. A peculiar structure of the ear, nervous system 
and vocal organs, gave to the family of Sebastian Bach, that power which 
in eight generations produced no less than twenty-nnie eminent singers. 
Fecundity, length of life, abnormal peculiarities of members of the body, 
day-blindness, total blindness, peculiar 'forms of infirmity, and of disease, 
are well known to be hereditary in some human families. According to 
Finley Dun a tendency to consumption and dysentery in cattle is indicated 
by certain well marked signs ; the most obvious of which, he says, are a 
thin and long carcass, narrow loins and chest, flat ribs, a hollow appear- 
ance at the flanks, extreme thinness and fineness of the neck and withers, 
hollowness behind the ears, fullness under the jaws and a small, narrow 
muzzle. All these are indications of defective nutrition, and will apply 
generally, not only to cattle, but to other animals ; and defective nutri- 
tion is the parent of disease. 

VI. Heredity of Disease. 

Of 1000 cases of insanity noted in France, 530 were hereditary. In 
the family of Le Compt, thirty-seven children and grand-children became 
blind like himself, and in this case the blindness, for three successive 
generations, occurred at about the age of seventeen or eighteen years. 

Blindness is well known to be hereditary in horses. Spavins, curbs, 
ring-bones, strains of the ba(l<; tendons, swelling of the legs and grease, 
roaring, thick wind, chronic cough, partial as well as total blind- 
ness, malignant and other tumors, epilepsy and various nervous affec- 
tions, are also distinctly hereditary in the horse, and often do not aj^pear 
until mature age. Hence, it is necessary to know that the stock you 
breed from is not only sound, but that it came of sound ancestry ; for 
disabilities may lie dormant for one, two or three generations, and then 
appear. 

% 



182 CYCLOPKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The predisposition most to be guarded against in horses, is hereditary 
disability in the bone, sinew, viscera, and especially in the sight. Defec- 
tive sight leads to shying, fright and consequent unmanageability, and is 
therefore dangerous in the extreme. 

VII. Atavism or Breeding Back. 

In breeding, if an abnormal characteristic appears in any of the young, 
and this is found to be valuable, it should be sedulously presers^ed and 
fostered. What is called breeding back or throwing back, may occur after 
the lapse of many years. The occasional appearance of horns in Galloway 
cattle is a case in point. Mr. Darwin mentions the occurrence in two of a 
litter of Essex pigs, of marks of a Berkshire cross, that had lain dormant 
for twenty-eight years. The reproduction of a peculiarity of an ancestor, 
near or remote, whether of form, color, mental trait or predisposition to 
disease, is termed atavism. It is a valuable trait when good qualities are 
thrown, and they are likely to be, if the good qualities are inherent. It 
is to be guarded against, if the qualities transmitted are bad. Hence we 
have laid it down as a rule : Breed to none but the best. 

VIII. Variation and Development. 

Variation is among the rarest of the occurrences that the breeder ever 
encounters. It is in fact not susceptible of proof that distinct and well- 
marked variation of a race is possible. Its occurrence is probably due to 
the throwing back to some long dormant quality of a remote ancestor. 
Wild animals do not change ; among them one is like the others. If 
transported, they may be dwarfed in size, and acquire a more'abundant cov- 
ering of hair, while their stomachs and other organs may become modi- 
fied to suit the changed conditions in a rigorous climate, or, with warmth 
and abundant food they may be increased in size and general develop- 
ment. But this is not what we understand by variation, which is not 
some sudden change in tlie species. Variation is rather the departure of 
the individual from the well-known traits of his species or family, and is due, 
as already stated, to avatism or breeding back to some ancient ancestor, and 
to some remote cross or mingling of blood. Si^ecies may acquire certain 
traits by development, but the process is gradual, and when once attained 
the traits may be perpetuated. This development is most gradual in 
horses, somewhat quicker in cattle, yet faster in sheep, and still more so in 
swine. Horses breed but once a year, mature the most slowly of all farm 
animals, and rarely produce more than one young at a birth. Cattle 
mature faster, breed younger and frequently produce twins. Sheep ma- 
ture still faster, and often produce two or more at a birth, while swine 
mature rapidly, breed young, and produce many at a birth. 



THE BREEDING AND REARING OF COLTS. 183 

IX. Transmission of Qualities. 

In breeding, there are two points to be taken into consideration, in 
relation to the transmission of the qualities of the sire and dam. As a 
rule the sire of pure blood, coupled with a "cold-blooded" mare, by 
which we mean a mare of mixed blood, will get a foal more strongly 
resembling himself than the mare. Some sires have this power of im- 
pressing their characteristics upon the progeny in a remarkable degree. 
A fact that is still more striking is that some females have the faculty of 
bringing young remarkably like the sire. This is a species of atavism. 
If a mare possesses this peculiarity, she is invaluable, and if of pure 
blood should never be served by any but the best sires. If of cold blood 
then she should be served by a sire of like peculiarity as to the transmis- 
sion of blood, and possessing the qualities which are wanted in the foal. 
Again, the oftener a female is served by the same sire, the stronger will 
be the likeness of the progeny to the sire, as a rule ; and the oftener the 
sire is changed, the greater will be the danger of variation in the progeny. 
Hence, the absolute importance of breeding in such manner that the blood 
sought will be more and more impressed with the characteristics required ; 
and, hence, again, the imperative necessity that the first time a female, 
especially one of pure lineage, is allowed to breed, it be not only to 
an animal of known purity of blood, but to one bred in the same line, 
that is, having the same qualities as herself; for, not only is the dam 
impressed with the blood of every sire with which she has had contact, 
but the first impress is stronger than any succeeding one. If is not nec- 
essary here to go into a demonstration of these facts. They are so well 
established that they may be taken for granted. 

X. The Impress of Color and Form. 

Breeding to color is also an important point to be considered. Never 
use a parti-colored stallion, but always use one of self-color. Bays and 
chestnuts with darker manes and tails are the best colors, as a rule. These 
colors may be broken with white at the fetlocks, and by a star in the 
forehead; but too much white should be avoided, "while "calico mark- 
ings" are the least dcsiral)le of all. Certain breeds have characteristic 
colors, as the gray in the Percheron, bays and browns in the Clydesdales, 
and black in the English cart horse. Adhere to definite colors, whatever 
they may be ; if others incline to crop out, esjiecially marked ones, be 
sure they are due to atavism, from some near or remote cross. 

With regard to form, the rule more generally acknowledged to be cor- 
rect, and the one borne out by many facts, is, that the sire impresses 
outward form and color to a great degree, and the mare the inner and 
physical form to a corresponding degree. If the sire be of the purest 



184 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

lineage, his impress, all through, will be the stronger, and if the mare be 
the purest, her characteristics will predominate. In breeding up to a 
higher standard, be sure, therefore, that the sire is of the purest and the 
most strongly marked characteristics, as to impress of blood. 

XI. Relation of Size in Sire and Dam. 

In the production of full-formed, vigorous and symmetrical animals, ii 
it is desired to increase the size, the mare should be relatively larger than 
the horse. But if the size is correct, according to the breed, select sire 
and dam of relative size ; that is, select a sire proportionately larger than 
the dam, according to the breed. In Devon and Hereford cattle, for 
example, the cows are smaller than the bulls, wherein they contrast with 
the Short-Horns, where the relative size between male and female cor- 
responds more nearly with the relative size of horse and mare. Above 
all, never make the mistake of attempting to brced-up the size by using 
overgrown males. Such an experiment must always end in disaster, as 
many farmers have found by breeding small mares, which they happen 
to have, to some coarse, large-lioued horse, w^ith the idea of gettijig large, 
able-bodied colts. At the time when overgrown horses were fashionable 
in England, for coach and carriage teams, the farmers of Yorkshire 
attempted to breed such animals from overgrown stallions on small mares. 
The result was a dismal failure. The converse of this has been seen in 
this country, in breeding pony Morgans upon much of the farm stock 
with a view of getting fine horses. The outcome was stock too 
small for labor, and not good enough for anything like road horses. 
The results of this mistake may yet be seen in some parts of the country, 
in undersized animals. 

XII. Breed Only Prom Pxire Sires. 

In-and-in breeding, as already stated, as the breeding together of ani- 
mals closely related, as the progeny of one sire and dam or members of 
the same distinct and closely related lineage. Cross breeding is the 
union of two distinct sub-families of the same tribe. Hybrids are the 
produce of two distinct tribes of a famil}', as for instance in the 
genus equus, of the mare and ass, or the mare and zebra, or of the 
mare and quagga. Cross-bred animals are fertile ; hybrids are not. 
Breeding in line is the union of animals closely enough related to pos- 
sess similar characteristics. In this connection it will be suiBcicnt to state 
conclusions founded upon experience and facts. The data may be found 
in the records of herd and stud books, and in works dealing in special- 
ties relating to physiology, anatomy and breeding. 

If it be desired to keep a stock absolutely pure, and to retain the well- 
known characteristics of a breed in their best form , the proper plan is to 



THE BREEDING AND REARING OF COLTS. 



185 



breed to Hue with individuals having the distinct points required. If the 
object is to breed-up, to found a breed, or to refine certain points and 
characteristics with a view to their perpetuation, it will be safe to 
breed in-and-in, or closely, for three generations, and then take an out 




cross, or breed to line, as the case may be. For ordinary purposes, 
where stamina, strength of constitution, and not exceptionally constant 
characteristics are required, crossing is not objectionable, though violent 
crosses, as heretofore stated, must not be allowed. Breed your females to 
the best male you can find, having due regard always to the point thatthfe 



186 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

female must not be bred to a male widely different from, herself. Good 
mares of the common mixed breed may be bred to staunch thoi'ough- 
breds to refine, and to give style, symmetry and speed to the foals ; to 
Percherons, or Clydesdales, to increase the size and strength for draft ; to 
the Cleveland Bay, to beget handsome, able horses for the farm and car- 
riage, and to well-bred trotting stock to get good horses for the road, and 
for all work. 

As illustrating our meaning, if the reader will turu to the portrait of 
Gold Dust, a horse of mixed l)lood, got by Vermont Morgan, out of a 
dam nearly or quite thoroughbred, it will serve to show a result of cross 
breeding. The progeny partakes more of the thorough than of the 
mixed blood. The cut of Shales, a half-bred horse foaled iu England, 
early in the century, and noted during his whole life as a most wonder- 
ful trotter, shows the result of a thoroughbred sire, with a dam of mixed 
lineage. Here the preponderance is in favor of the thoroughbred sire. 
The cut of Dervish shows an example of pure breeding, and probably of 
close, or at least line, breeding. He was a little bay Arab, of great style 
and fineness, remarkable for his darting, square trot ; that is, for throwing 
out the fore-leg, and strp'ghtening the knee before the foot touched the 
ground. 

VIII. The Best are Cheapest in the End. 

The highly-bred trotters of to-day, those quite or nearly thorough- 
bred, show the value of breeding in line, that is, we repeat, the breeding- 
together of animals of close descent, or those having characteristics in 
common. Many of our best thoroughbred racers show examples of in- 
and-in breeding, and, as a rule, those bred in the same line of descent are 
more uniform in their qualities, than those which have been produced by 
the union of many sub-families of the same original blood. The objec- 
tion to close in-and-in breeding is, that, if persisted in, it will ultimately 
result in weakening the constitution, while at the same time it refines. 
To establish a breed it must be closely followed, departing from the rule 
only when undue delicacy of constitutional vigor is feared. In the wild 
state, gregarious animals, such as horses and cattle, breed in-and-in for 
two or three generations, or until the strongest males become enfeebled 
with age, or are obliged to succumb to younger and more vigorous ones ; 
which is in accordance with the principle of the survival of the fittest, 
and may be called a modification of in-and-in breeding alternated with 
breeding to line. The same rule would be a sound one, if modified by 
careful selection, in the artificial breeding of domestic animals, always 
keeping in mind that in sheep, and especially in swine, the rule must not 
be so closely followed. But in all this, remember constantly that the 



THE BKEKDlNd AND REARING OF COLTS. 



187 




PROCTOR KNOTT. 

Winner Jiinioi Champion and Futurity Stakes. 




MISS WOODFORD. 
Winner of the Great American Stallion Stalver 



THE nUEEDINO AND REARING OF COLTS. 189 

best are always cheapest in the end. It is true that the breeder's purse 
must be considered ; but, be he rich or poor, it is always a money-losing 
business to breed to an ill-formed male because he is cheap. 

XIV. Selection of Stallion and Mare; 

The selection of the stallion, while it will depend primarily upon what 
che colts are intended for, should alwa3^s be for the good there is in him. 
He should be of full medium-size tor the breed, and should possess the 
^characteristics we have previously stated, in writing of breeds. He 
should be masculine in every fiber, with the distinguishing beauty, 
strength, fire and courage of the male. Never breed to a feminine-look- 
mg male. The outcome will always be a failure. 

Selection of the Mare. — The selection of the mare is no less important. 
It is she that is to nourish the foetus, and after birth give suck to the 
young. The mare, Avhatever her size, should not be coarse at any point. 
Her beauty needs to be feminine, just as that of the stallion must be 
masculine. She should carry more muscle or flesh than the horse, be 
more rounded in outline, but be finer in head, neck and limli, and thin- 
ner in mane and tail than the stallion. Her strength should be that of 
fleetness, her fire that of docile playfulness, and her courage that of am- 
bition to perform. She should have a larger pelvis, relatively, than the 
horse, and her barrel should be rather rounder and more roomy. Her 
milking qualities should of course be good, for upon them depends, in a 
great measure, the future usefulness of the colt. 

XV. Service of the Stallion. 
The mare may be served just as she is coming into lieat, but better 
just after her greatest passion of heat has passed. The best time for 
service is early in the morning. After being served let her remain quiet, 
or, if she seem fretful, walk her slowly about, and, after fifteen minutes., 
turn her into a pasture that she may amuse herself eating grass ; but not. 
in a pasture where there is other stock. A mare will usually i-eceive the 
horse on the eighth or ninth day after foaling, even though she exhibit 
no particular sign of heat ; if not, she may come into heat when the colt 
is about four weeks old. 

Treatment after Service. — After being served, try her with the horse 
on the ninth day ; if she refuse, try her again on the seventh day follow- 
ing ; upon a second refusal, try her again on the fifth day after that ; if 
she then refuse, she may be fairly conceded to be with foal. Above all 
things, the mare should be kept away from teasing horses ; from badly 
castrated geldings ; from ridglings, or horses imperfectly gelded, and bear- 
ing one testicle in the body ; from yearling colts, and from other mares in 
heat. When once the time of heat is known, and service given, the 



190 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

mare should be returned to the horse as recommended, so that the time may 
not run over when the mare should receive the horse. Forty-four weeks 
beino^ the usual time the mare goes with foal, if the service of the stal- 
lion is delayed it will bring the birth of the next foal too late, perhaps, in 
the next year ; and, possibly one year may have to be intermitted in breed' 
ing. 

XVI. The Period of Gestation. 

Gestation, the carrying of the young, continues, on an average, eleven 
months or forty-four weeks. This period may, however, according to 
the observations of Mr. Youatt, be diminished by five weeks, or extended 
by six weeks. Thus it will be seen that there is a variation of nearly 
eleven weeks, or nearly three months. M. Fessier, a French observer, 
counting 582 mares, finds the longest period 419 days, the shortest 287 
days and the average 330 days. In an observation by M. Gayot on 
twenty-five mares, the average was 343 days, the longest period 367 days and 
the shortest period 324 days. Small mares, as a rule, go a shorter time 
than large ones, and a mare is apt to carry a horse colt longer than one 
which is a female. The observations of M. Fessier may be taken as 
the most conclusive, since they were extended over a period of fort}) 
years. 

Treatment During Gestation.— The mare should not be worked imme- 
diately after being served. Once quieted, it is proper that she have ordi- 
nary work until within about three months of the time of foaling. After 
this she may do light work, not fast work, with benefit to herself and the 
foal. Care, however, must be taken that she do not slip or strain herself, 
Qor fall down, 

XVII. Treatment After Foaling; 

After foaling, and until the colt is a month old, the mare should do no 
work. In fact, no valuable mare should do any work, certainly not more 
than enough for exercise, until the colt begins to eat grass and grain 
freely. There are more colts dwarfed, and mares injured, by the dam 
being worked hard Avhile suckling the colt, than at any other time, and I)}'' 
all other means whatever. She is then weak, liable to become overheated, 
and any disability experienced by the mare will surely be participated iiJ 
by the foal 

XVIII. How to Know if a Mare is in Poal. 

As already stated, if the mare refuse the horse upon the third trial, on 
the twenty-first day after service, she may be considered to be with 
foal. Between these trials, however, if the mare be not gravid, or in 
foal, the lips of the .vagina will be moist, bright, and of a fresh florid 



THE BREEDING AND REARING OP COLT8, 



191 




PERCHERON IN ACTION. 



192 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




THE BREEDING AND REARING OF COLTS. 193 

appearance, and with a fresh drop of fluid at the lower part, which being 
touched will incline to extend. If she be gravid, the surface of the vagina 
will be dry and of a dirty brown or rusty color, while the drop that 
before was clear fluid, will be dark and brown. After the third month, 
the belly will begin to swell, and at the end of the fifth or sixth month the 
movements of the foetus may be seen by watching ; or by standing the 
mare at rest and pressing up sharply in the flank, with the thumb and 
fore-finger closed, the foetus may be distincly f elt by the rebound. 

XIX. How to Know the Foaling Time. 
From one to three months before the time of foalins;, the udder begins 
to fiH and swell, more or less, and this will continiie increasing. During 
the three weeks immediately preceding the time of foaling, a furrow-like 
appearance is seen, reaching from the haunch to the tail on each side of 
the spinal extension, as though the pelvis was separating its parts. This 
will be more and more apparent as the time approaches. The udder will 
fill, and two days, generally, though sometimes only one, before foaling, 
a, gummy substance will exude from, and stand at the end of, each teat. 

XX. The Foaling StaU. 
Whatever the place provided for foaling, it should be so tight that the 
mare cannot get her limbs through the interstices. It should be warm 
and well-littered wath short, fine straw, and the mare should be left 
entirely to herself, except in those rare cases when she may need mechan- 
ical assistance in foaling. This, however, should not be resorted to unless 
the size of the foetus requires it, or a false presentation is made. 

XXIc Abortion, or Slinking the Foal. 

From the time when gestation has proceeded three months, and up to 
the fifth month, there may be danger of abortion. To prevent this, the 
mare should not be exposed to foul smells, nor to the sight of blood or 
dying animals, nor should she be allowed to be frightened. She should 
have better feeding, and less work, since from this time on her system 
will be called on to nourish the fast-growing foetus. There are many 
causes of abortion. Among the most prolific are, allowing her to see 
food given others, that she does not get herself, and which she likes ; 
sudden fright i sympathy with the distress of other animals ; and above 
all, the germs arising in a stable in which there has been an abortion. 

The prevention is to avoid all these things, and to allow the animal 
plenty of fresh air. If an animal once aborts, unless it is brought on by 
strain or acute disease, or if once the tendency is established, it is some- 
what difficult to overcome the predisposition, which generally arises at 
about a concurrent period of gestation. Hence, great pains should be 

taken to prevent any liability to this disaster. 
13 ^ 



194 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XXII. How to Kaise a Colt. 

The colt should be allowed to run with the dam until it is about six 
mouths old. The mare should have plenty of grass, and such other food 
as may be necessary to keep up her condition. If, at weaning time, the 
inare do not dry off kindly, the milk should be drawn by hand, often enough 
to prevent inflammation ; keeping her on dry food will assist in the pro- 
cess of drying, especially if she be put to steady but light work. At all 
events she should have plenty of walking exercise daily. The colt should 
be handled and fondled^ from the time it is a week old, if strong, and a 
light halter should be put on, to lead it by. Thus it early becomes ac- 
customed to the master, and if kindly treated will soon come to seek the 
fondling hand. As soon as it will eat, say at three months old, it should 
be accustomed to a little crushed oats daily, and the mess may be in- 
Dreased from time to time, until it gets a full ration, at six months old. 

Many persons suppose that a colt needs no water. Nothing could be 
further from the truth. After it is a w^eek old, the colt should be offered 
water once a day, at noon, and as it increases in age, oftener. When ready 
to wean, it will already have been accustomed to lead by the halter. Tie 
it securely where it may not hurt -itself, preferably in sight of the mare , 
feed it generoush'', give it plenty of water, and allow it to run at play 
every day. 



1 

J 



CHAPTER X. 

ASSES AND MULES. 

I. THE MULE AND HINNY DEFINED. II. THE ASS. III. ANTIQUlTi' OP THE MULE. 

IV. BREEDING-JACKS. V. LONGEVITY OP THE MULE. VI. THE VALUE OF 

MULES FOR LABOR. VII. MULES ARE NOT VICIOUS*. VIII. THE BREEDING OF 

MULES. 

I. The Mule and Hinny Defined. 

The word mule signifies a hybrid, that is, tlie offspring of animals 
belonging to the same genus, and fertile one with the other, but of dif- 
ferent species. Mules or hybrids are usually infertile, one with another, 
and are always incapable of propagating the species indefinitely. As now 
generally accepted, the word mule is used to designate the offspring of 
the male ass with the mare. They have been known and bred since the 
time of remotest history, having always been prized for their longevity, 
sure-footedness, and ability to labor in extreme heat. 

The Hinny. — The hinny is the produce of a she-ass, bred to a horse. 
They were called hinnus by the Romans ; — hence, our name, hinny. 
They resemble the horse more than the ass, just as the mule, spruno 
from the mare and ass, resembles the male parent most. Hinnies are 
handsome, round-bodied like the horse, but exceedingly small, and are 
also said to be slow and more difficult to manage than the mule propei . 
They have, therefore, seldom been bred, and when so, soon passed into 
disuse. 

II. The Ass. 

The wild ass is said to have been indigenous to Arabia Deserta, and the 
^30untries which formed the Babylonian Empire. Those now found in the 
northern region of India are said to Ije so fleet, in the hill country, that 
no horse can overtake them. Four different races seem to be indicated 
in the Hebrew Scriptures, where they are named Para, Chamor, Aton 
and Orud. Of the wild ass Para, Scott's version of the description by 
Job is as follows : 

"Wild tenant of the Avaste, I sent him there 

Among the shrubs, to breath in Freedom's air. 

Swift as an arrow in his speed he flies ; 

Sees from afar the smoky city rise ; 

Scorns the throng'd street, where slavery drags her load, 

The loud-voiced driver and his urging goad : 

Where e'er the mountain waves its lofty wood, 

A boundless range, he seeks his verdant food." 

197 



198 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

III. Antiquity of the Mule. 
Mules were used and much prized from a remote antiquity, and are 
mentioned both in sacred and profane history. They were introduced 
into the chariot races in the 70th Olympiad, or about 500 years before the 
Christan era ; and in the time of the Romans, Q. Axius, a Roman Sena-, 
tor, paid, according to Pliny, 400,000 sesterces, or more than $13,000, 
for a male ass, for the stud ; and he also states that the best female asses 
were worth a like sum to breed sires. When we compute the difference 
in value between money then and now, the price was greater than that 
now paid for the most celebrated racing and trotting horses. 

IV. Breeding-Jacks. 

The best Jacks now are those of Spanish origin. They are large, 
strong-boned, long-bodied, and, of course, long-eared. The cut will give 
a good representation of the Poitou ass, an animal similar to the Spanish 
jack. The jack, whatever the breed, is sensitive to cold, and to the influ- 
ence of storms, and, if not warmly housed in winter, soon becomes useless 
and disal^led, from rheumatic and other affections. Of the jacks imported 
at an early day into America, as a present to General Washington, Mr. 
Custis has written as follows : 

"The Royal Gift and Knight of Malta, were sent to General Wash- 
ington about the year 1787 — the G^^yi? with a jennet, a present from the 
King of Spain ; and said to have been selected from the roj^al stud. The 
Knight, I believe, was from the Marquis de Lafayette, and shipped from 
Marseilles. The Gift was a huge and ill shapen jack, near sixteen hands 
high, very large head, clumsy liml)S and to all appearance little calcula- 
ted for active service ; he was of a gray color, probably not young when 
imported, and died at Mount Yernon but little valued for his mules, 
which were unwieldy and dull. The Knight was of a moderate size, 
clean limbed, great activity, the fire and ferocity of a tiger, a dark brown, 
nearly black colour, white belly and muzzle ; could only be managed by one 
groom, and that always at considerable personal risk. He lived to a great 
age, and was so infirm towards the last as to require lifting. He died on my 
estate in New Kent, in the state of Virginia, about 1802 or 1803. His 
mules were all active, spirited, and serviceable ; and from stout mares 
attained considerable size. 

" General Washington bred a favorite jack called Compound, from the 
cross of Spanish and Maltese — the Knight upon the imported Spanish 
Jennet. This jack was a very superior animal ; very long bodied, well 
set, ^vith all the qualities of the Knight and the weight of the Span- 
ish. Ho was the sire of some of the finest mules at Mount Vernon, and 
died from accident. The General bred mules from the best of his coach 



ASSES AND MULES. 



190 



mares, and found the value of the mule to bear a just proportion to the 
value of the dam. Four mules sold, at the sale of his effects, for upwardj^ 




PERCHERON STALLION CASINO. 
of $800 : and two more pairs at upwards of $400 each pair ; one pair ot 
these mules were nearly sixteen hands high each. 

"From these jacks a compound breed were produced, that, when bred 
to large mares, were unexcelled for size and activity." 



200 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




ASSES AND MULES. 



201 



The breeding of jacks and jennets, as the female of the ass is called, 
IS confined to but few hands. These l)reeding studs are mostly located in 
Kentucky and Tennessee, though some are found in Ohio, Indiana, Il- 
linois and Missouri. Up to the time of the late war the breeding of this 
stock was an important industry, the jacks produced l)eing distrib- 
uted for service all over the Southern and Western States. Since 
the war, with the breiiking up of the great breeding studs, the industry has 
lano-uished, owing to the decreased demand for mules. A new impetus. 




PRIZE WINNING MULE. 
Specially photographed for this work. 

however, has given rise to the breeding of jacks again in considerable num- 
bers in the South, and this branch of husbandry will undoubtedly again 
assume more than its original importance ; for the agricultural interests 
of that section are stea^dily growing, and a constant improvement is noted 
in the quality and numbers of the live stock. 

What the jacks should be may be seen in the illustration of a Poitou 
ass, a modification of the liest form of the Spanish jack, on page 159, 
and that of the best form of the nuile in the cut on page 160, showing 
the manner of trimming, { roitfching) the mane and tail. The cut of 
a Spanish jennet given above will also convey an accurate idea of the best 
form of jennet. 



202 . CYCLOPEDIA OP" LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

V. Longevity of the Mule. 

The longevity of the mule is proverbial. It was a commod saying dur- 
ing the civil war that *'mules never died;" they might sometimes be 
knocked over by a shot, but if one ever died a natural death the army 
wags refused to credit or record the fact. Pliny gives an account of one, 
taken from Grecian history, that was eighty years old ; and though past 
labor, followed others, that Were carrying materials to build the temple 
of Minerva at Athens, and seemed to wish to assist them ; which so 
pleased the people, that they ordered he should have free egress to the 
grain market. Dr. Rees mentions two that were seventy years old in 
England. Mr. Jr*. S. Skinner says, "I saw myself, in the West Indies, a 
mule perform his task in a cane mill, that his owner assured me was forty 
years old ;" and adds, writing nearly twenty years ago, "I now own a mare 
mule twenty-five years old, that I have had in constant work twenty-one 
years, and can discover no diminution of her powers ; she has within a 
year past often taken upwards of a ton weight in a wagon to Boston, a 
distance of more than five miles. A gentleman in my neighborhood has 
owned a very large nmle about fourteen years, that cannot be less than 
twenty-eight years old. He informed me, a few day since, that he could 
not perceive the least failure in him, and would not exchange him for any 
farm horse in the country. And I am just informed, from a source enti- 
tled to perfect confidence, that a highly respectable gentleman and eminent 
agriculturist, near Centerville, on the eastern shore of Maryland, owns a 
mule that is thirty-five years old, as cj\pable of labor as at any form*;? 
pe^riod." 

VI. Value of Mules for Labor. 

It is bejrond dispute that mules will continue to labor for at least dou 
ble the period of the usefulness of the horse. They endure extreme! 
heat better, but are pinched with cold. It is a mistake to suppose thai 
the mule will sul^sist on far less food than the horse. In proportion to 
size, they require about the same quantity ; but, weight for weight, they 
will draw a heavier load ; and, for the reason, that they take little notice 
of what is going on about them, do not fret and seldom scare. As pack- 
animals, they are far suijerior to the horse ; while, in sure-footedness and 
freedom from disease, no farm animal, except the goat, can compete with 
them. The impression that mules can get along with little or no care, and 
that they may be turned out in the "VNanter to shift for themselves, has led 
many peojjle to be disappointed in their use. In summer, when a horse 
would seek the shade, we have seen mules lie prone in the sun and enjoy 
the heat. For ordmary farm labor and all teaming purposes, mules 
become more and more valuable as we go south of 40 degrees. As wo 



ASSES AND MULES. 



203 



proceed north they become less and less serviceable, and few are found in 
use north of 45 degrees. 

VII. Mules are not Vicious. 

It is generally supposed that the mule is naturally vicious. This is a 
mistake. He is resentful and never forgets an injury ; and if subjected 
to a long course of ill usage he at length becomes vicious. On the other 
hand, ho animal is more susceptible to kindness, or will exert himself more 
strenuously for a kind master. Nevertheless, the mule must have a mas- 
ter, one firm and yet kind. The mule, as some of our readers prol)ably 
know, has a most perfect means of offense and defense, namely, his heels. 




FRENCH DRAFT HORSE, OLD LOUIS NAPOLEON. 



These he knows how to use to far better })urposc than does the horse, 
They are not used, however, except under the impulse of fear or revenge. 
If kindly used the mule is at once amiable, tractable and willing to per- 
form any due amount of labor. On the contrary, if ill used he becomes 
sullen, vicious and often balky in the extreme. 

VIII. The Breeding of Mules. 
In the breeding of mules, as of all other animals, attention must be 
paid to the use for which they are intended. If for {)acking in the moun- 
tains, small, compact mules, such a* are bred from small, fine Spanish 




THE ZEBEULAS AS EXHIBITED AT THE ST. LOUIS WOKLD 8 i.Uii. 

The stocky, docile, striped Zebrula is the latest product in the evolution of the horse. 
Zebrulas are the progeny of the Indian pony stallion and the female zebra. They inherit 
the endurance of both sire and dam. For them is claimed the capacity to render more ser- 
vice than the mule and that with less food and drink. The Hagenbecks, the great ani- 
mal showmen, in their experiments at cross-breeding, originated this animal. Whether 
the Zebrulas can reproduce is yet to be determined. To the thousands of horsemen assem- 
bled, the Zebrulas were more than curiosities. They suggested the possible successor of 
the mule. It was only a suggestion. Beside the Missouri mule, Zebrulas were dwarfs. 



ASSES AND MULES. 



205 



jacks, are required. These are at once agile and sure-footed. For work 
on Southern phuitations medium-sized mules are most sought. These are 
bred from mares of ordinary size, by good-sized jacks. In breeding 
mules for the road and for heavy teaming, large, roomy mares are used. 
These are served with the largest jacks, and at three years old command, 
when well matched, from $300 to $600 a span. The treatment of the 
mares and of the mule colts should be precisely like that described in the 
preceding chapter. The colts should be handled 3^oung, gently treated and 
made completely subordinate to the will of the master. At two years old 




/KIUULA MAKHS. 

tliey may be broken. They should be carefully harnessed, without fright- 
ening them, and hitched to a strong wagon, when they will generally move 
off Avithout much difficulty. Thereafter they may do light work until 
they are four years old; when they may be put to full labor. Their denti- 
tion is similar to that of the horse, and the rule for telling their ages is 
identical with the advice for that animal. The illustration on page 163, 
shows a roomy Percheron mare and mule foal. Above is seen a group 
©f mules as wintered in mild climates. 



CHAPTER XI. 
HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 



1. THE OLD SYSTEM AND THE NEW. II. THE AMERICAN WAY BETTER THAN THE EN- 
GLISH. III. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN BREAKING AND TRAINING. IV. FIRST LES- 
SONS. V. LEARNINGTOLEAD. VI. TO MAKE ACOLTCOMETO YOU. VII. LES- 
SONS IN SOUND SIGNALS. VIII. FLEXIONS. IX. THE PROPER AGE FOR WORK. 

X. HARNESSING AND DKIVING. XI. THE AGE FOR REAL WORK. XII. HOW 

TOSUBDUE A WILDCOLT. XIII. HANDLING A VICIOITS COLT. XIV. SUBDUING A 

VICIOUS OR TRICKY HORSE. XV. TRAINING A STALLION FOR SERVICE. XVI. 

TRAINING FOR DRAFT. XVII. HOW TO HAVE A GOOD PLOW TEAM. XVIII. 

FORMING A GOOD SADDLE HORSE. XIX. THE DIFFERENT GAITS. XX. TRAIN- 
ING TO TROT IN HARNESS. XXI. FORMING A TROTTER. XXII. TO TRAIN A 

RACER. XXIII. SADDLING. XXIV. HARNESSING. 

I. The Old System and the New. 

Under the old system of training, an animal was subdued by main force.- 
What he learned was acquired under the impulse of fear. Under the 
new system, an animal is taught to depend upon and trust his master, by 
convincing him that he will not be injured. Under the old system, the 
whip and spur, and "terrible voice," were the means used to drive and 
force him up to, and beyond, an object that might be terrifying to a young 
and inexperienced horse, however harmless in itself. Under the new sys- 
tem, the young horse is allowed to see for himself that steam, harsh 
noises, great crowds, locomotives, the beating of drums, the thunder of 
cannon, and the various sights and sounds that, even to the savage and bar- 
barian, would be terrible, are quite innocent, when the master's hand di- 
rects. Hence, the horse, trained to obedience and made familiar witb 
the various sights he is to encounter, fears them as little, and is as eager 
to witness them, as a child. The habit of entire dependence upon the mas- 
ter prompts him to go forward, even into the most imminent danger, with- 
out other sign than that of eager curiosity or of obedience to the will of 
the rider or driver. 

It is true that all this may be accomplished by the whip and spur, 
which are, even now, freely and needlessly used by some brutal teamsters, 
as well as by many really humane persons, who have never sought to un- 
derstand the intelligence of the horse, and far less that of the other do- 
mestic animals under their care. Hence, to persons of this latter class, 
the horse is a slave, whereas, to the intelligent master, he is a servant anx- 
ious and eao-er to do his wilL The element of fear cannot, of course, be 
entirely dispensed with in training. A wilful animal must be subdued at 
any cost of punishment i but this punishment should be as intelligently 
and humanely administered as in the case of a child. Those who train 
animals should firsl^ themselves, learn to know what the animal means 

206 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 207 

by his mute language ; in the case of the horse, for instance, they should 
know at a ghmce what is meant by the phiy of the ears, the arch of the 
neck, the expression of the eyes, and the attitude generally. These 
things once understood, more than half the difficulty of training is over- 
come. 

II. The American Way Better than the English. 

It has often been remarked that English horses are wilder, more dan- 
gerous and difficult to subdue, have stronger resisting powers, and are 
more liable at any titne to exhibit freaks of temper, than American-bred 
horses. This is quite true, and for the reason that, in England, the old 
system of horse-breaking is more in vogue than in this country. In 
England, colts are not I'aised on every farm, as in the United States and 
Canada, to be the friends and the pets of the children. Their keepers are 
generally ignorant servants, who seem to think that horses have but two 
impulses — to eat and to injure. In America, colts are the pets of the 
boys of the family, and, while running with the mare, they become 
habituated to all the sights and noises of the farm. They never come to 
know their real strength as a resisting power against man ; that power 
lies dormant, because on the farm, as a rule, they have no occasion to 
exercise it. We have accordingly insisted, as the result of experience, 
that the education of animals should begin at a very early age, when the 
power of resistance is small. For, if once an animal finds that the supe- 
rior intelligence of the master is more than a match for brute force, kind- 
ness and careful lessons will thenceforth easily complete the education of 
all farm animals, and especially that of the young horse. 

ni. Difference Between Breaking and Training. 

The difference between "breaking" and training must already be appar. 
ent to the reader. The aim of the first is to subdue, and force ia 
promptly resorted to as the readiest means to this end. The compara- 
tively-weak but intelligently directed brute-force of the master will, of 
course, generally win, and the animal, broken in spirit, becomes an autom- 
aton, performing through fear what he cannot avoid by resistance. In 
those cases where the superior force of the animal wins, he is thencefor- 
ward vicious and tricky, and passes from one master to another, until, 
worn out in the struggle, he either ruins himself or becomes the drudge 
of some reckless and brutal teamster. 

Training, on the other hand, consists in teaching the young animal to 
know that, while the master must be obeyed promptly and implicitly, he 
is truly an indulgent master, requiring nothing but what is necessary to 
be done, and, once the task is performed, that the rewards of care and 
rest will follow. 



208 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

No horse broken hy inaiu-strength and brute-force is quite safe for a 
woman to ride or drive, unless she be a complete horsewoman. The 
more wilful of them are never safe for any woman to drive. A horse 
carefully trained, however, is always safe for a woman to drive, if she be 
not especially nervous, and has accustomed herself to the guidance of 
horses ; the only exceptions being such animals as by defective organiza- 
tions are naturally vicious, cowardly, timid from imperfect sight, or 
tainted with insanity. These defects have already been mentioned in 
the chapter on breeding, under the head of heredity. 

rv. First Lessons. 

As before stated, the first lesson to be imparted is that of reliance on 
the will of the master. This lesson in obedience should be given at 
weanino* time, or when the colt is first haltered to be stabled. If it has 
been haltered, as recommended, when quite young, there will be no resist- 
ance. If this has not been done, the colt must be driven into a confined 
space where it cannot escape. Take the halter in both hands, and keep 
holding it to the colt until it will touch it with the nose. Do not hurry. 
I'he important thing here is to show the animal that there is nothing dan- 
gerous about a halter. When the colt ceases to fear, place the halter on 
the head quickly, and fasten it. If it show no serious fear, tie it up at 
once. If it seems frightened, allow it to wear the halter a little time 
before tying up. When you fasten it, do so securely, for at some time 
or other it will try to break away. AYhen this occurs, halter and strap 
should be strong enough to resist every effort. When it ceases to pull, 
it is thoroughly halter-wise, so far as standing quietly is concerned. It 
will have ceased forever to pull at the halter simply to free itself. 

v. Learning To Lead. 

The next lesson before the colt is learning to lead. You should have a 
small yard, into which you can take the colt. Provide yourself with a 
lio-ht switch, and also with a line about ten feet long, to be tied to the end 
of the halter. Let the colt play around in a circle, if it chooses, for a 
time. Approach him gently, take the halter by the iiose-band with the 
left hand, while holding the switch in the right hand. If the colt rear, 
support yourself with the right hand, by grasping the top of the neck to 
keep the colt down. Use no undue violence. Do not strike it. When 
it gets through floundering, it will thereafter be quiet. Next take the 
halter in the right hand, and bid the colt go on. If it refuse, tap it 
under the belly with the switch, until it moves. If it rears again, again 
subdue it. So continue until it moves forward. Then talk to it, and 
pet it, and it will soon lead kindly, turning to the right or left at will 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 



209 



VI. To Make a Colt Come to You, 

Have a long flexible whip. Place yourself just so far ahead of the coif/ 
that you can easily touch him in the fliuik, and then bid hnn "come here," 
at the same time pulling on the halter. If he will not come, tap him in 
the flank, or on the fore legs, and so continue until he obeys. If he pulls 
back, checkhim, and continue touching him until he comes up. Then pet 
him and give him a small taste of sugar, or somethini)i: he likes. Continue 
in this wa}^ until he comes readily at the word. The colt will not always 
become perfect under the first or second lesson. Perseverance will accom- 
plish each and every other lesson more easily than if violence were used. 

VII. Lessons in Sound Signals. 

We have shown that the first lessons are to accustom the colt to 
prompt obedience to the will of the trainer, as expressed by the voice or 
signals. The voice, however, must be the chief reliance. The signal by 
sound, should precede tlie signal by sign, or the check by the strap or rein ; 
and should always precede the tap of the whip, when the whip is necessary. 

A child is taught to speak through its po^^erof imitation. If it 
never heard spoken language, it would never learn to articulate 
speech. So, the same word should alwaj's be used, to induce the perform- 
ance by the colt of a certain act, as : Whoa ! Back ! Go on ! Come here ! 
When this has been accomplished, and the colt has been taught to stand 
at rest, to lead quietly or to circle about the tutor, at the end of the 
rein, he should next be taught to follow the master about the yard with- 
out leading, first with the halter strap in the hand, the tutor backing as 
the colt follows, and afterwards with the strap over the neck of the colt. 

The preliminary lesson in backing may be taught, 1)y taking the colt 
by the head, standing in front of him, and using the word "back," at 
the same time, pressing in the proper direction, and tapping it on the 
breast, if necessary. After a time the animal 
will l)ack promptly and continuously at the 
word. This lesson, and all others of flexions, 
must l)e taught with the bridle and bit, since to 
back easily and properly, the head must be 
raised. 

In all first lessons the form of the halter 
is important. We give that of a good one, 
which will not huit the colt unless he pulls 
strongly on it. Upon ceasing, the halter will 
let up of itself. When once the animal is taught 
to stand quietly, an ordinary halter may be 
used. 




A tiOOU FOUM KOK A IIALTKR. 



14 



210 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VIII. Flexions. 

That the colt may be able promptly to turn in any direction, what 
are called flexions should be practiced. The more simple of these are, 
raising the head high, putting it down close to the ground and then rais- 
ing it, turnmg the head to the right or the left side, with the nose close 
to the body, but obliquely to it, etc. Full instruction in these flexions 
need not be perfected until the animal is two or three years old ; and, in 
fact, but little of this exercise is actually necessary, except with the .sad- 
dle horse. For saddle horses, flexions are especially important, since the 
object of them is to render the head, neck, body and limbs supple and capa- 
ble of varied action. A curb-bit is necessary to their proper performance, 
and hence only preliminary and simple lessons should be given the colt, 
for the curb should not be used until the animal is nearly ready for work. 

At the proper age, put on a bridle with a curb-bit, taking care that it 
6ts properly in every jDart. Between the chain and jaw, the finger should 
sRp easily, and the bit should just touch the upper part of the lips, and 
that only in the slightest manner. Stand in front of the horse, take the 
off or right rein with the right hand about six inches from the branch of 
the bit, and the near or left rein with the left hand, at about half the dis-. 
tance from the branch. Draw the right hand to the body, and press with 
the left, so as to turn the bit in the mouth. If the horse backs, follow 
him up, pressing steadily until he lowers his head, and flexes his jaw. 
Then slip the left hand along the rein until it is opposite the right hand 
and press the head to the breast, holding it curbed perpendicularly but 
obliquely to the right, until the horse ^\ill maintain the position himself. 

Then flex the jaw to the left by a reverse action to that above given. 
Teach the horse to raise his head high and perpendicularly, by taking 
each rein, six inches from the branch, and raising, and pressing slightly 
back. Teach him to lower the head by a contrary action. Next teach 
him to sway the head to the right and to the left, to raise and lower 
the head alternately, by means that will readily suggest themselves. It 
will surprise you to find how soon the average horse will understand. 

In all this, use no undue violence, and above all bear in mind that a 
curb-bit is a powerful lever, and must be carefully handled. When the 
animal is perfect in these flexions, take the reins in the left hand, near 
the branches of the bit ; and standing close by and facing the shoulder, 
holding the head fairly up, and to you, induce the animal to move his 
hind feet, in a circle from you, the fore feet remaining stationary, as a 
pivot. This lesson perfect, make him stand firm ])eliind, and move his 
fore parts from you in a circle. There are many other flexions taught 
in the menage ; but the foregoing are sufficient for a saddle horse or light 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 211 

driving horse , and these are not necessary unless the animal be intended 
for this kind of work, or for racing or trotting. Eemember one thing, 
teach only one lesson at a time. 

Again, let us repeat the caution, never to use undue violence, and 
never lose your temper, never speak loud, or jerk the reins, or act upon 
nidden impulse. Keep cool. Your object is to train, not break the 
will. When the animal understands the wish, and i)crforms it, reward it 
with something it likes, and let it rest; a bit of carrot, or sugar for 
instance, goes a great way with a young horse. 

IX. The Proper Age for "Work. 

The preliminary training may go forward from the time the colt is six 
months old, until the age of two years is reached. It will by this time 
be quite submissive to the will of the tramer, and without fear. A pad, 
Avith light stirrup-leathers attached, may be put on, and the colt be 
allowed to play about the yard with it, at the end of the rein. A well- 
fitting bridle may be put on, with keys attached to the center of the 
bit, with which the colt may amuse itself. When the colt is one year 
old and over, the crupper-strap may be put on, and the little animal may 
1)6 reined loosely to the top of the pad. Later, the side reins maybe 
put on, and the head gradually V)rought into i^osition. 

The colt, if stabled, should be regularly cleaned. His feet should be 
raised, and the hoofs lightly tapped with a hammer. He should be 
taught to lead, walk and trot, beside the trainer. Thus at the age of two 
years, if well -grown, he will be ready to be trained to light work, or, as it 
used to be put, * 'broken to harness." 

Under the course of treatment we have laid down, ho will have learned 
the use of the reins, — to go back, or forward, and to turn to the right or 
left at the word ; and al)ove all, he will have confidence in himself, and 
no fear of his master. In nine cases out of ten, if the colt has been 
taught to lead beside a well trained team, and used to the rattling of the 
wagon, he will go off pretty much like an old horse, except for his super- 
abundant life, the first time he is harnessed. 

X. Harnessing and Driving. 

Two years is the best age for i)utting the colt to light work. He has 
better teeth then than at three years old, and has arrived at the period 
when careful driving will assist to spread and develop the frame. 

The colt will, of course, first have been taught to allow himself to be 
harnessed and unharnessed kindly. Put the harness on carefully and 
hitch him up beside a well-trained horse, usually on the off side, and 
start the team ; then, if he plunge^ he can do no nx.L'chief. Tie the dou- 
ble-tree, of the old horse, so th^t he can pull all the load if necessary 



212 CYCLOPEDfA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and bid them go. If the colt plunge and rear, keep the steady horse in 
motion, and talk to the colt. If he show too much temper, a few sharp 
cuts of the whip will bring him to terms, but in punishing him strike but 
once, and repeat if necessary. This discipline, administered with care, 
and driving to make them way-wise, is all the diflSculty one need ever 
iiave with colts. 

XI. The Age for Real Work. 

Having performed light work, when from two to three years of age, 
let the colts have rest during the twelvemonth from three to four years of 
age. They are then shedding their principal teeth, and should be allowed 
to grow. At five years they may l)e put to real work, and they will then 
go on getting better and wiser, until they are eight years old, at which 
age a horse should be kind and without fear under any circumstances, and 
fit for any one to drive, who can hold the reins, and has judgment enough 
to keep from running against obstacles. 

This may seem like a long course of training, and one accompanied by 
much trouble. It all, however, comes in the regular routine of farm 
life, and must be undertaken in one way or another, unless the animal 
be intended for mere drudgery. 

XII. How to Subdue a Wild Colt. 

The narrative of how the writer once subdued, and rendered perfectly 
amenable to the will, a pair of wild, high-bred foui;-3^ear-old colts, that 
had never even been haltered, may prove interesting. The colts had been 
purchased from a person who was a capital and humane horseman, but 
believed in never handling a colt until four years old — and this is cer- 
tainly better than imperfect handling. The two were driven together, 
into a close stall. From the outside of the stall, after many trials, in 
which no violence was used, but, on the contrary, soothing words, strong 
cavesson halters, such as are shown in the illustration, were put on the ani- 
mals and buckled. A rope twenty-four feet long, and with a powerful 
snap hook in tlie middle, was attached to the ring of the halter, leaving 
the ends twelve feet. Two men were placed at each end of the rope, 
whose only duty was to keep it sjiread, and, so accommodate themselves 
to the movement of the colt, as to keep it as nearly within bounds as 
possible. Our horseman friend superintended one colt, myself the other. 
The colts were allowed to find their way each into separate yards. The 
men picked up the ends of the rope, and the struggle began. 

The masters' part was simply to direct the movements of the men, 
and talk, each to his own colt. In ten minutes the rearing and plunging of 
one colt was over, and in less than fifteen minutes the strug£:les of the 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 21o 

otlter had ceased ; in less than twenty minutes each of the colts, ex- 
hausted, allowed the hand of the master to be placed on the nose, and 
himself to be gently fondled. 

Standing a short distance before the colt, with a flexible whip in hand 
and a cord attached to the ring of the halter, the men still holding the 
ends of the rope, but slack, I bade the colt come forward, tapping it on 
the knee after every word, with the end of the whip. The colt did not 
fear the master, only the assistants, and soon first one, and then the 
other, came forward promptly, and within an hour would follow like a 
dog. 

They were led home and put in the stable. The next day they were 
bitted, and their training proceeded steadily. Within a week each of them 
was ridden, and in ten days they were harnessed together and driven. 
They were broken, during the season, to light driving under sharp curb- 
bits, accustomed to various odd sights, and having first been rendered 
submissive to the voice and will of the master, never showed fear that 
could not be quieted by a word. 

XIII. Handling a Vicious Colt. 

Some colts are naturally vicious. The head of such an animal is rep- 
resented in one of the illustrations given with Chapter III. If you. un- 
fortunately have one, get him into a close stall, fasten him securely in, 
halter hini and get him in the yai-d, using ropes to the halter-ring, not 
less than twenty feet at each end. After he has struggled and exhausted 
himself, proceed to make him lie down. This can be done in the follow- 
ing manner. Have ready a strong bridle with a snaffle-bit, and put it 
on him; also fasten around the refractory youngster a good ])added sur- 
cingle, with a strap for the fore leg having a loop that will draw tight 
around the fetlock. '•Raise the leg, buckle the end of the strap securely 
around the arm; and you have him so he cannot kick. Fasten a longer stra}) 
with a similar loop, but no buckle, around the off fetlock ; pass the end 
under the surcingle, taking the end in the right hand, while the leftgrasps 
the bridle by both reins ; cast off the hampering ropes, and as the horse 
rears to free himself, pull tight the straj) that has ])een passed under the sur- 
cingle, and when he comes down it will be on the knees. As he strug- 
gles, press his head from you, by pulling the off rein tight over his neck, 
and he will fall over on the side. When he gives up entirely, and lies 
still, the horse should be fondled, the straps taken off, and after a time, 
ne should be allowed to rise. If not entirely subdued, the same thing 
must be gone over again. 

This is essentially Mr. Rarey's plan. It need never be resorted to ex~ 
cept under extraordinary circumstances, and the operator must have 



214 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

been accustomed to handling horses, and understand the movements nec- 
essary in overcoming vicious and rearing animals. 

Another plan is to hop})le the horse and throw him down, but the one 
we have described is the best and most successful. It should never be 
attempted, however, except in a yard so thoroughly covered with some 
soft material that the animal will not hurt itself in falling:. 

XIV. Subduing a Vicious or Tricky Horse. 

No person who is not well assured of his own power, should have any^ 
thing to do with a vicious horse, especially if the animal be vicious from 
some physical infirmity, such as partial insanity, wicked temper, etc. If 
the horse has been made tricky hy a previous timid owner, the case 
is not so bad. Go into the stable where he is tied, and speak to him in a 
firm voice. Put a strong snaffle bridle on him, take it by the bit, and 
order him to back. If he do not obey, strike him sharply with the whip 
on the fore limbs, holding him with the left hand, yourself partly facing to 
the rear, but so you can see every motion of the eye and ear. If he kick, 
cut him sharply with the whip (a rawhide is best) just above the hock, 
over the fieshy part of the leg. If he rear, cut him over the fore legs 
— ^never, however, giving more than one stroke at a time. 

When he backs, take him into a small, close yard, and make him obey 
you, coming forward, backing, or standing, as you order. If he again 
show signs of temper, or unruliness, proceed to make him lie down, as 
before directed. But a horse that has been in the habit of having his 
own Avay with a previous master, is thereafter never safe for uny one to 
drive, except him who has become his conqueror. 

In making a horse lie down, never use undue violence. Once the 
straps are fastened, you have him completely in your power. Let him 
struggle; it will do him good. You have simply to watch, keep him 
from hurting you, and seize the proper moment for subduing him. 

Once you have him down, and quiet, show him a buffalo robe, or any 
other object he dislikes; touch him with it, and let him touch it with his 
nose. When he at length smells at it, let him satisfy himself that it will 
not hurt him. At tlie first attempt at putting him down, if he get the 
advantage, let him rise and then try again. When, however, you have 
him in your power and quiet, soothe him : pass your hand repeatedly 
over his body ; breathe in his nostrils ; open his mouth ; gently stroke his 
ears and nose, and let him taste of something he likes. Thus, by using 
judgment, knowing your own power and ability to manage an animal, the 
most vicious can be subdued to your will, if not to that of other drivers. 
But, once you undertake to subdue a horse, do not leave him until he 
gives up completely. • 



i 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 215 

XV. Training a Stallion for Service. 

For the reason that a stallion is stronger, more courageous, higher in 
nervous force, and more self-willed than the gelding, it is al)solutcly 
necessary that his actual training begin from the time he is a year old. He 
must be stabled, unless a pasture be provided where he may run every 
day. The ordinary training to halter, and in the flexions, learning to go 
fonvard, to back, to stand, to go kindly under the saddle and in harness, 
may l)c proceeded with much as in the case of any other colt. In addi- 
tion to these exercises, he should be taught to circle at the end of the 
long bridle rein, to the right and to the left at the word of command, to 
describe the figure eight, to kneel, to sit on his haunches, and to rear and 
to come as suddenly down at the word of command. These lessons being 
acquired, he should be exercised in them frequently, and be also taught 
to come instantly to his master at the word, without bridle or halter- 
rein . 

It will take time, all this, but henceforth he will not be found dragging 
his keeper about as though he were a toy attached to him. When the 
actual season of service is at hand, it will save many an accident, when 
in contact with unruly mares. 

Sooner or later, there may come a time when the stallion will resist 
authority, and then there must be no hesitation. The whip must then 
be used sharply and strongly, to subdue him. If he comes at you \vith 
mouth open, strike him suddenly a stinging blow across the nose. If he 
rears, cut him across the fore legs. If he kick, strike across the hind 
legs, just under the stifle. The whip should be strong, long, flexible, of 
the best workmanship and loaded with lead at the handle. We have 
known its use, in striking a frantic brute behind the ears, to bring him 
down. 

Remember what has been said about not striking more than once. Let 
there be a distinct interval between each sharp stroke, accompanied by as 
distinct a word of command. There is really little danger, to the cool 
horseman. 

The horse and mjister should never lose temper at the same time. If 
so, the strongest brute-force will certainly conquer. After a stallion is 
once thoroughly trained, never trust him to any but a thoroughly compe- 
tent groom, and one of calm courage. He is too valuable an animal to 
be either abused or spoiled. And during the season of seiwice, never allow 
him to be ridden from one station to another. He should be led beside 
another horse, even when taking his daily exercise. This exercise should 
be thorough, out of the season of service, except for a period of rest of 
a month's duration immediately after the season. During the season, 



216 CYCLorEDiA or live stock and complete stock doctor. 

the exercise must be sufficient to keep the muscular condition well up, 
and the digestive organs in perfect order. Thus only can you expect to 
have the most perfect colts as the produce of your sire. 

XVI. Training for Draft. 

A horse to be used safely for draft, requires less training than any 
other. He has but one thing to learn ; viz : to exert his strength to tlie 
best advantage when occasion requires. To accomplish this, he should 
])e daily exercised at a dead pull, being careful always not to overload, 
until he has acquired his maximum strength, which will not be until the 
asre of eisrht or nine years is reached. 

Training to the Wagon. — The wagon-horse should be trained to trot 
steadily with a light load, and to walk fast with a medium load. He 
must turn readily to the right and left, and describe short circles ; he should 
also be taught to stop suddenly, by throwing himself in the breechings, so 
as to hold a w^agon steady in going down hill, and last, ]>ut not least 
important, he should bo taught to back all that he can draw forward. 

XVII. How to Have a Good Plow Team. 

A plow team should be thoroughly under control. The animals should 
be trained to the word, fully as mucli as to the rein, and taught to obey 
promptly the slightest signal. They must be evenly matched for 
strength and agility ; for a fast, fresh horse, and a slow, dull one, 
together, are bad enough anywhere, but worst of all at the jjIow. With 
suchateam, no plowman can do good work, and without good plowing we 
need not expect good crops. The team should be taught to move forward 
without crowding together or j)ulling apart ; at the end of the 
furrow, the horse describing the least segment of the circle, should keep 
a little behind the other when coming about, so as to avoid being step- 
ped on ; and in the case of coming short-about, as in turning corners, he 
should make the turn b}^ a series of short steps. To accomplish this, the 
team must be talked to, though few take the trouble to do it, and hence 
we seldom see a really perfect plow team, one that can accomplish their 
task with the least labor to themselves and their driver. 

XVin. Forming a Good Saddle Horse. 

The forming of a saddle-horse, perfect in all his gaits, and amenable 
to the slightest sign of the bridle, voice, or heel of the rider, is more 
difficult than any other special training. It can only be done under a 
sharp curb-bit, and, to use this properly, the rider must have perfect 
command of himself in the saddle, and the lightest possible hand in 
using the reins. He must first become a horseman himself, before he 
can train a horse to the saddle. The animal should be perfectly flexed, 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 217 

to render supple every portion of the body and limbs. He must be 
taught to go with head well-up and haunches well under him, to describe 
short circles and the figure eight, to turn, using the hind feet as a pivot, 
and also with the fore feet as a pivot ; and he should know how to wheel 
suddenly without danger of unseating his rider. This latter is accom- 
plished by a turn of the hind feet, the fore feet being in the air, and 
just after the impulse is partially given for the forward movement. 

A saddle-horse should also be taught to change the leading foot, while 
in motion ; and under whatever gait. The idea will be caught from the 
manner in which a person changes the leading foot in catching the step 
of another person. The horse's head is to be turned somewhat out of 
line by pressure on the bridle-rein, and also by pressure of the opposite 
foot of the rider. Tills will throw the head and croup out of the natural 
line of progression somewhat, as is done at starting, and then hy a pecu- 
liar movement of the limbs their motion is changed. Thus, if the horse is 
leading with the right fore-leg, turn the head to the right, and, with the 
heel turn the croup to the left, and vice versa. Once learned, it is never 
forgotten. 

XIX. The Different Gaits. 

The natural gaits of the horse are walking, trotting and galloping. 
Walking is performed in 1-2-3-4 time, and in regular cadence. The 
ordinary trot and the jog trot arc but modifications of the walk. 

Galloping is performed in 1,2-3,4 time, and the faster the stride, the 
more nearly simultaneously are the fore feet and hind feet brought down, 
so that when the horse is running at speed, the movement is apparently 
in 1-2 time. Then the animal is extended to the utmost, with head and 
tail straight out. The gait is truly a succession of leaps, and soon 
exhausts the animal. 

The slower the gallop, the less should the animal be extended, and the 
more should the head be raised and the haunches thrown under the body. 
Thus when an animal acquires the distressing, but fashionable, promen- 
ade canter, if he is handsome and has other corresponding accomplish- 
ments, he is almost priceless. The promenade canter is taught by rein- 
ing the horse in to get his head well up, and then restraining him to the 
pace required. Thus the slower he goes, the more upright he holds him- 
self. To teach this, the spur must be used, but with discretion. 

The canter then is a slow gallop. The hand-gallop is faster and is an 
easy gait for the horse, since he goes at half speed and in a natural man- 
ner. The running gait is not distressing until the violent exertion begins 
to tell on the wind and bottom. 



218 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Besides these, and other artificial modifications of the gallop, the pace 
and its modifications, are the only other gaits which a horse may be taught \ 
forleaping, wheeling, rearing and springing forward or from side to side, 
are all forms of the gallop. The amble is sometimes classed as a modified 
pace. It is, in reality, a slow gallop, easy and smooth, and, like any 
other saddle gait, must be taught under the curb. 

The true pacing horse lifts the fore and hind feet simultaneously on a 
side, first on one side and then the other. Like running at speed, it 
is performed in 1-2 time. The rack is a modified pace. Instead of two 
feet being lifted simultaneously on the one side and then the other, the 
feet are lifted in 1-2,3-4 time, but not regularly as in the walk. 

Single-foot, again, is a trained rack. Some horses take to it easily, 
and in fact almost naturally, just as some horses take to pacing natur- 
ally. But it often takes time to instruct the horse therein, though once 
acquired, it is not soon forgotten. 

No written instructions can be given for adapting all these gaits, except 
such general rules as are laid down for rendering the animal amenable to 
training. Once, by practice, you have imparted the gait, be sure to give 
the animal a kind word, and a rewarding caress. 

XX. Training to Trot in Harness. 

If a horse have the trotting instinct, all that is necessary in order to 
develop it is perseverance and training. The head should be carried toler- 
ably high, but not unnaturally so. The conformation of the horse must 
be studied, (see Chapter IV), and to assist the reader further, two cuts 
are given, one showing a horse's head, strained unnaturally and undul}? 





AN UNNATURAL POSITION. IIEAI> CARRIED NATURALLY. 

by the bearing rein, the other showing the liead drawn up naturally with 
the bit. In the one case the head is strained up by both check rein and 
curb, while in the other it is simply held in proper position by the curb. 

There is no objection to the use of the check rein if it be not improp- 
erly used. It serves to keep the horse in shape under a slack rein, and 
from putting his head to the ground, when standing at rest 

A matter in relation to driving in light harness, under the curb, may 
here be worth relating. We oilce trained a pair of fine roadster colts to 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 219 

drive together in harness, solely under a pair of sharp curb-bits. This 
was thirty years ago. We were told that we could get no speed out of 
them, and that there would be danger of their falling. The last we knew 
to be nonsense, and the lirst we found to be a mistake. Tliere were few 
teams that could out-foot them on the road ; and, trotting at speed, they 
seemed to be going upon a slack rein. Not so, however; their mouths 
had never been calloused by the sawing of the "pulling bit," and they 
were amenable to the slightest sign. In fact, they were kept in perfect 
form, but it required delicate handling to do it. How much more ele- 
gant was this than the "g'lang" style adopted by too many persons when 
driving for pleasure on the road. Train, therefore, a pair of horses or a 
single light-driving horse, under the curb always, and, then, if you wish, 
you may drive then> handsomely under the snaffle. 

XXI. Forming a Trotter. 

All that is required in a horse for trotting a race, is that he go fast 
enou<yh. The trainino: of trotters is a fine art, and one in wliich but 
few persons gain eminent success. Yet, a fair amount of the speed that 
is ill a horse, may be gotten out of him, by strict attention to feed, wa- 
ter, grooming and proper work. He must be exercised every day to 
l)ring his muscles into proper condition for fast work, and at some period 
in each exercise, he must be made to trot as fast as he can, w^ithout break- 
ing into a run. Thus his speed may be gradually increased, until at last 
lie will forget the impulse to run, and if, in urging liim strongly, he goes 
off his feet, he can readily be made to catch the stride again, by chang- 
ing the bit ; that is by pulling him a little out of line, as in making a 
horse change his leading foot. It is not necessary that you pull him hard 
to make him trot fast. The pull should only be hard enough to keep 
him steady and up to his gait. 

The real work is done by long continued driving, and by lengthening his 
stride, by means of every i)crsuasion possil)lc. Do not (expect to suc- 
ceed the first or second year with a colt. A horse seldom conies to his 
full trotting power, until he is seven or eight years old, and often not 
until he is eleven or twelve. Hence, the large prices the fast ones bring. 

XXII. To Train a Racer. 

With running horses, as with saddle horses, it is necessary that they first 
be trained into perfect obedience ; and the lessons in flexions must also 
be attended to, so that' their limbs and bodies may be rendered supple. 
This part of the training having been thoroughly accomplished, all that is 
required is to keep them in perfect muscular condition, by proper feed- 
ing, grooming and exercise. They are then taught to increase their stride 
by daily speeding them, extending the trial from time to time until they 



220 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

attain their best speed. This training should begin at two years old. At 
three, they should be given mi extended stride, and they will reach theii 
full powers at four, live or six years of age. 

The training of colts to run fast races at two years old, is severely to 
be condemned, if the future usefulness of the animal is to be considered. 
Nevertheless, as long as it is found profitable by breeders and trainers, it 
will no doubt be practiced. The training of running horses, like the 
training of trotters, is a fine art. Yet the general principles, we have 
given, may be understood by all. A diet of oats and hay, the best of 
stable care, and daily work upon a proper course, under the eye of an 
intelligent master, are the things necessary to get the speed out of well 
bred horses ; and no other than properly-bred animals should ever be 
trained for great speed. It is not in them. 

The horse being in motion, the rider throws nearly all his weight in the 
stirrups, steadying himself with his knees and thighs. The rear of the 
body is thrown back and the loin arched, so as not to carry the weight 
too far forward. The trainer must know how to ride with the greatest 
ease to the horse, and to assist the movement by every means in his power ; 
thus, the leg, from the knee, will be slightly thrown back, so that by 
stiffening the leg, the rider's center of weight may be easily changed, 
without his ceasing to bear firmly in the stirrups. 

These directions are for riders or jockeys of medium weight. Lightei 

ones ride with longer stirrups, supporting themselves more by the thighs. 

The best race-riders scarcely, if iit all, touch the seat of the saddle. 

This gives a good command of the horse, but is only used in race-riding, 

since it soon tires out the rider. The same position, however, will ease 

any horse in galloping over bad or rough ground, or any space that must 

be quickly ridden over. 

XXin. Saddling. 

It will only be necessary to add some general directions to this chapter. 
In saddling a horse, for whatever purpose, do not use undue haste. Do 
not throw the saddle on, especially if the horse be young, or in the least 
inclined to nervousness. Go a])out the matter quietly and in a business- 
like way. See that the saddle fits. If it do not, make it fit. See that 
the girths are properly adjusted, and tightened, and that the crupper- 
strap, if there be one, is smooth and well fitting. The bridle must also 
be looked to ; see that it is strong, properly put on, and of the right 
length from the head-piece to the bit. Before mounting, look again to 
the girths. They may need tightening another hole. 

XXTV Harnessing. 

In harnessing a horse it is also necessary that the gear be perfect in its 
fit, and not heavier than OGcasicm requires. See that the back band does 



HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 



221 



not ijiiich, that the hamcs lit the collar, and that the collar fits the horse 
For draft, especially, there should be room enough between the lower 
part of the coHar and neck for the hand to be easil}'- thrust l^etween. If 
it is a breast colhir, see that the draft-band is at the right place on the 
breast. For light work, a horse may have a closer-fitting collar than for 
heavy work, but whatever the work, the collar should be made to fit the 
horse, and not the horse to fit the collar. A horse n)ay, indeed, work in 
a badly fitting harness. So may a man withan ill made tool. But in either 
case, it is at the cost of much discomfort, and loss of power ; and, this is 
but another way of saying, a loss of money. 

Pulling at the Halter. 

When a horse ac<|uires the habit of pulling on the halter, it is very dif- 
ficult to break him. We have already stated the prevention; the first 
halter put on the colt should be strong enough to resist all attempts at 
breaking. The cure may be effected by the device shown in the cut. 




DEVICE TO CURE TUE HABIT OF PULLING. 



A strong bitting harness and fastenings that cannot be broken are 
arranged so that, when the horse pulls back, the whole weight of the 
pull will come on the jaw. One effort will satisfy him of his in- 
ability to break looae, and the punishment will be such that he will not 
pull thereafter. 



CHAPTER XII. 
STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 



I. THE ECONOMY OF COMFORT. II. IIOW TO BUILD STABLES. III. WHERE TO KEEP 

HARNESS. IV. TEMPERATURE AND VENTILATION. V. THE ARRANGEMENT OF 

STALLS. VI. CONSTRUCTION OF MANGERS AND RACKS. VII. THE HAY AND 

STRAW LOFT. VIII. AN ECONOMICAL GRANARY. IX. THE WAGON AND CAR- 
RIAGE FLOOR. X. THE HARNESS ROOM. XI. THE STABLE-YARD AND OUT-SHEDS. 

XII. GRASS LOTS NEAR THE STABLE. XIII. A GOOD SUPPLY OF WATER. XIV. 

CLEANING THE STABLE. 

I, The Economy of Comfort. 

In building a stable, or other structure for housing animals, however 
rough it maybe, the economy of comfort should be as carefully studied 
as though the building were intended for the family. Even the wealthiest 
do not always do this. Everything may be elegant and costly, and yet 
there is often less real comfort and economy, in the arrangement of their 
stal)lcs and barns, than is found in the poor man's buildings which, though 
rough, may, nevertheless, be arranged with an intelligent aptitude for 
making a place for everything needed and proper facilities, crude though 
they be, for doing the work and providing for the comfort of the occu 
pants in the easiest but most thorough manner. 

The selection of the site is of importance, since much depends upon 
this, when drainage and ventilation are considered. A commanding situ- 
ation is generally selected for the dwelling house, and there is no reason 
why the next-best location should not be taken for the stable. The horse- 
stable should, if possible, be a building separate and distinct from the 
barn. In a suburban place, it need not be entirely hidden from the house. 
Neither, on the farm, is it proper that it be glaringly exposed to view, to 
save steps in the morning. In either case the stable may be somewhat 
hidden by planted trees, but not so much so as to cut off the free circula- 
tion of air. On the farm, if there is a chance for a bank-basement, 
breeding-cattle, requiring extra care, may occupy the basement; but 
never put horses there. Like birds, they require an abundance of air, 
but must not be exposed to drafts. The stable should be comfortably 
warm in winter and cool in summer. Attention to this point not only 
secures economy in feeding, and perfect health, but promotes that pecu- 
liar luster and softness of the hair, which all the grooming possible can- 
not give without it. 

II. How to Build Stables. 

The stable floor should not be less than sixteen feet wide. The walls 
should be at least eight feet high, though nine is better ; and the horses 

222 



STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 223 

should stand in ii single row, when l)ut few are kept. The heads 
of the animals should be toward the wall, so that the ventilators may 
admit air directly to them, and as near the top as possible. If more 
horses are kept than a single row will accommodate, in a barn of the size 
wished, they may stand in a double row, with sufficient space behind each 
row that they cannot kick each other. Thirty-four feet in width will be 
ample. 

III. Where to Keep Harness. 

For farm or draft horses, the harness may hang in the stable on pegs 
seven feet high, at the rear of each horse. But carriage harness, or other 
fine gear, should be hung in the harness room, out of the way of dust 
and the effluvia of the stable. The harness room is, indeed, the proper place 
for a'll harness, but few persons will take the trouble to carry it there, 
and it is, on the whole, economy to hang it as we have stated, especially 
when there is abundant light admitted to the stable of draft horses from 
proper windows, and the ventilation is perfect. 

rv. Temperature and Ventilation. 

The proper temperature for the stable is fifty degrees, ranging to sixty- 
five in summer, but never below forty in winter. The reason is obvi- 
ous. The horse is especially sensitive to cold, and when the temperature 
is less than fifty degrees, the system becomes chilled. This may be obvi- 
ated by clothing ; and, here again, is one of the most important matters 
in stable management, both on the score of economy and of comfort, 
though it is one too generally neglected. The proper heat of the body 
must be kept up in some way. It is cheaper to do so by means of cloth- 
ing, than by extra feeding. So, in summer, a thin sheet keeps the l)ody 
cool, and is especially useful in protecting the animal, measurably, 
from flies. 

Ventilation, again, is all-important, since by this means not only is the 
proper supply of fresh air constantly admitted, and without undue drafts, 
but it is also an important means of regulating the temperature, espe- 
cially in winter. If the stable be made with hollow walls, the ventilation 
may come up through these. In any case, however, the air should be 
admitted as high up as possible. 

A simple means of admitting air is by the use of sliding panels, which 
may be moved easily up and down, if hung with sash-weights, as in the 
case of windows. If the windows themselves are the ventilators, the 
same rule will apply. 

Not the least important, in this connection, are the pipes for conveying 
the impure air up through the building and out at the roof. The main 
ventilating trunk should be not less than four feet square, beginning at 



224 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the center of the stable mid leading to the peak of the roof. Funnel- 
shaped branches, opening behind each two or three horses, should connect 
with the main trunk. If the main ventilating trunk be provided with 
proper doors, it may serve to convey straw down from above for 
bedding, and also hay, if open mangers are used ; and it may be 
remarked, in passing, that open mangers are altogether the best, to our 
way of thinking. 

An excellent additional means of ventilation to supply cool air in sum- 
mer and warm air in winter, is Mr. Wilkinson's plan of sub-earth venti- 
lation. This consists, simply, in laying an eight or ten-inch tile tube at 
a depth of four to six feet under ground, and extending for 300 to 400 
feet away, to an out-lot. The air coming from this pipe will always be 
cool, or about iifty degrees in winter, and seldom more than that in sum- 
mer; If four funnei-shaped openings are provided at the upper end of 
the upright tube, it will always catch air from whatever direction the breeze 
comes. This means of ventilation is especially valuable in country dwell- 
ings, cellars and dairies. 

v. The Arrangement of Stalls. 

Large stalls are best, and each horse should have a separate stall. 
'Whether built cheaply or elaborately, the stalls should vary in width 
from five feet, to five feet six inches, according to the size of the horse, 
and should be ten feet from front to rear. The partition-posts at the rear 
should be round, not less than five inches in diameter, with a gain cut 
on the inside, to admit the ends of the plank forming the sides of the 
stalls. The partition planks may lie between cleats. The posts may in- 
cline inward or not. If they do so incline, the bottom should be ten feet 
from the wall, and the top eight feet. The sides should be four and a half 
feet high, of two-inch plank, and if on the top of this there be placed a 
strip of strong woven- wire cloth, two feet higher, it will prevent ugly 
horses from biting or gnawing each other, and at the same time allow 
good-tempered ones to get their noses near together for companionship. 

The floor should be double, and the upper one should be in three parts ; 
that is, the first three feet in front, of hard-wood, two-inch plank should 
be laid close and nailed solid ; the other two sections, of narrow, hard- 
wood plank are nailed on strong end-pieces, and with half-inch spaces 
between. These are to be hinged to other plank nine inches wide, next 
the sides of the stall, so as to shut together at the middle, to within half 
an inch of each other. Thus, all the liquid matter passes directly through 
to the solid and water-tight floor beneath, made of planed and grooved 
plank, and ending just inside the posts, in a narrow gutter, whence it is 
conveyed away to a tank. 



STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 225 

Thus the aiihiials arc always clean, and the upper floor is readily raised 
for the daily washing it should receive. The solid dung and litter may 
be wheeled outside, or if there is a basement, throw it down through a 
trap door, to be made into compost. 

If the expense of such a floor, as that described, is deemed too 
great, the floor may be made of hard-wood plank, or better, of smooth 
cobble stone laid in sand. Hard-rammed clay makes a most comfortable 
floor to stand on, if it be kept repaired, and straw enough is used for 
bedding to keep the animals clean. Plenty of straw must be used, what- 
ever the floor, where the animal lies down. 

The Economy of Bedding. — It is mistaken economy to stint the bed- 
ding. With a full bed, so that the animal may not only lie clean, l)ut 
comfortably in other respects, there is no more straw soiled than with a 
thin bed. What remains clean can be used again. And, if it be an object, 
much of the soiled straw may be dried and used again. On farms where 
there is much straw wasted, it is incomprehensible that an animal should 
be scantily bedded. The soiled straw, contains the most valuable por- 
tion of the manure — the urine — and is a mine of wealth to a careful 

farmer. 

VI. Construction of Mangers and Backs. 

The construction of the manger should be such as to allow plenty of 
room for hay. It should be built from about eighteen inches above the 
floor, with a slat bottom or a tight bottom as preferred. It need not be 
more than two feet four inches wide at the top, by eighteen inches at the 
bottom, and about three feet four inches high. It should extend clear 
across the stall, the top rail being of sound,, solid oak, with a feed-box 
two feet wide, for grain and cut feed, and as long as the manger is wide ; 
sixteen inches will be depth enough, and if it slope to about eighteen 
inches at the bottom, so much the better. 

On the other side may be an iron vessel that will hold a pail of water, 
and so arranged that it may be fastened in and removed at plejisure, 
for cleaning. An iron feed-box similarly arranged is better than one of 
wood, on the score of cleanliness. If there is to be a hay rack, the 
manger should not be omitted, and this should be larger at the top than at 
the bottom, and so arranged that the hay may be thrown in from the loft. 
The bars of the rack should be about six inches apart, and these also may 
be bought, of iron, if it can be afforded, and hung so as to open and fall 
back against the wall, for ease in putting in hay. The manger should 
have a substantial ring at the top, with not less than a two-inch opening, 
to tie to. 

The manger may be built of yellow pine or oak, an inch and a half 

thick for the front, back and ends, and the bottom of two-inch plank, 
15 « 



226 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

unless it be made of iron and hinged at the back, to let down for clean- 
ing, in which case a secure catch must be used in front. The top-front 
of the manger should be protected with two and a half inch iron bands, 
rounded at the edges, firmly screwed on, so as to project slightly over 
the top bar. They prevent the manger being gnawed and disfigured. It is 
also better that a post be placed from the ground to the under-side of the 
top bar of the manger, and midway from the sides of the stall. In this 
case a ring may be screwed by the shank, or stapled into the post, in 
such away that it may play freely. The tie may have a light weight 
at the end, so that the bight of the halter will l)e in no danger of get- 
tinsc under the fore legs of the horse. 

VII. The Hay and Straw Loft. 

Every stable should have a loft for hay and for straw, with chutes, or 
tubes, for easily throwing it below. The chute for straw may be the 
tube used for ventilation and, of course, must have a tightly-fitting door 
to prevent effluvia from entering the hay loft. The ventilating tube may 
be used for hay, even if the hay has to be carried from the floor to the 
manger, but it is better that the hay-chute connect directly with the 
manger. If a rack is used, the chute should connect therewith. 

The floor of the loft should be of tightly-fitting, planed and grooved 
flooring, to prevent the sifting of seeds and dirt below, and especially to 
keep the effluvia of the stable from rising into the loft. 

VIII. An Economical Granary. 

The granary of the stable should be in the loft or floor above the 
stable. This should be a tight room, rat proof, with bins for oats, bran 
and cut-feed, with chutes from each running to a feed room below, each 
bin being provided with a proper slide, for giving out or shutting off the 
grain. The bottom of the bins are better if funnel-shaped, so that the 
entire contents will run out when necessary. The chutes for grain should 
be four inches inside. There should also be a room for cut hay and straw, 
each with its chute, these being not less than twelve inches in diameter, 
though fifteen is better. Thus it will always be easy to get either cut 
hay or grain, and it is certainly easier to put the supply at once where it 
is safe and easily come at, than to take many steps each time you want 
feed. Besides, it saves grain. 

Below them should be a suitable trough for mixing feed, and also a 
sieve, with a mesh small enough to save any feed grain, for winnowing 
and cleaning the grain before feeding. The regular feeding of absolutely 
clean grain has often saved the stable-man the care of serious disorders in 
his horses. 



I 



STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 



227 



The cut of stalls wc give, and those we have described, are the very 
best that can be made. It does not follow, however, that they must be 
made in a costly manner, as ^vi'itten. The good sense of any intellio:ent 
farmer may so modify them, that while they are strong, a large outlay 
need not be made, and yet the principles of utility may be retained. It 
is the same here as with building. The cheap structure, if strong and 
economical in the design, may be fully as safe and comfortable as the 
most expensive. A thing well done is economically done. Illy done it 
causes waste and loss. If you have no lumber, poles and puncheons, 
carefully smoothed, answer every purpose. If you are not an adept at 
framing and must do your own work, strong stakes set in a pretty deep 
trench, or driven solid, and quite close together, evened at the top, and a 
cross-piece nailed securely on the top will serve as a manger. The rack 
mav be made of two poles, bored half through Avith a two inch auger at 




A DEVICK TO CUKE THE HABIT OF KICKING. 



the bottom, and clear through the top piece, with an inch and a half 
auger, to receive the slats, which may be straight saplings, properly shaved. 
So, the rear posts may be young trees, six inches in diameter, properly 
dressed. Thus any inside fixture may be easily arranged, and at light 
cost by any one ordinarily handy with axe, saw, drawing knife and ham- 
mer, as every farmer should be. The device for kicking horses shown, 
is the one in common use. It is illustrated to show how faulty it is. A 
far more sensible plan for a kicking horse, if you are so unfortunate as to 
have one, is to replace the log with a good compact bunch of osage orausre 
brush. This will punish without injuring the horse. 



228 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

IX. The Wagon and Carriage Floor. 

It is good economy to have ample space in the horse-barn in which to 
keep the carriage, buggy and other more costly vehicles. No one should 
own a vehicle for pleasure, or even a spring wagon, without proper 
means of sheltering ; and it is needless to say that fowls, pigeons or 
other birds, are never to be allowed inside the horse-stable and carriajro 
house. 

The ordinary farm wagons may be kept under a proper shed, when not 
in use. If the habit were formed of putting every vehicle in its place, 
even if to be used again soon, it would be found not to take any more time 
than to have them left wherever the driver may think proper. In nine 
cases out of ten they are left just where they are in the way, or else they 
are exposed to the heat of the sun, or to sudden storms. 

X. The Harness Room. 
The harness room should be near the carriage floor, and easy of access 
from the stable, but separated from each by a tight partition. This 
room, besides containing pegs, or hooks for hanging each harness, should 
also contain a table for cleaning and oiling harness, and a cupboard for 
oil, blacking brushes, sponges, tools for mending harness, needles, 
thread, wax, a saddler's horse, pieces of leather, buckles, etc, 

XI. The Stable Yard and Out-Sheds. 

The stable yard should be dry and firm, and large enough to properh 
exercise and train an animal in. It should be protected on every side by 
a tight fence six feet high. On one side, but not facing in the yard, will 
be found a good place for the wagon shed. Along one side, and opening 
into the yard, may be a shed containing feeding troughs at the w^dl. It 
will be useful for many purposes, 

XII. Grass-Lots Near the Stable. 

At least one grass-lot should be near the stable, and, if large 
enough to be divided into pasture and meadow, so much the better.. The 
pasture will often be wanted to turn a lame or partially disabled animal 
into, and it is also a good place for the colts to have a run. If there is 
no spring or stream in the pasture a trough, under shelter, must be pro- 
vided, and this may be connected with the house-pump by an underground 
pipe. 

XIII. A Good Supply of Water. 

It is essential that a constant supply of fresh water be had at the 
stable. The best stal)le buildings are provided with a windmill atthe top, 
and a tank in the loft, to secure the needed water from the nearest well 
or stream. The tank should be closed tight and should be provided with 



STABLKS AND OTHER SHELTER. 



229 



a waste pipe at the top. Another pipe, from the bottom, leads to the 
stable, with a branch to the place where the carriages arcAvashed. A 
hose will thus enable you to wash vehicles thoroughly and easily. The 
whidmill and tank may l)e placed anywhere on an elevation, from which 
the water may be carried by underground pipes to the stable or to any 
other part of the premises where it may be wanted. 

XIV. Cleaning the Stable. 
This should always be done at the proper time, twice a day regularly, 
and oftener if waste matter accumulates. A splint broom will easily 
sweep away the accumulations of manure, that gather from time to 
time during the day, and the satisfaction of seeing everything neat and 
clean will more than compensate for this light extra labor. A stable- 
man should always be held to account for any neglect of this duty. 




AMERICAN JUMPING HORSES, WONDERbAND AND ROSEBERRY. 

The tools necessary in a stable are two go(Kl manure-forks, a hay-fork, 
brooms, a scraper for pulling away manure, strong pails, sponges, 
brushes, curry-combs, a card-comb, scrapers for taking the sweat from 
the body, and plenty of cloths for rubbing the body and limbs of the 
horses. There should be also provided a thin sheet for every horse m 
summer, and warm blankets for Avinter. There should be a full set of 
tools for cleaning the animals for every two, or at most three, horses 
kept in the stable. 



CHAPTER Xni. 

FEEDING, WATEKING AND GROOMING. 



I. THE GOOD THAT A SIEVE WILL DO. II. HOW TO FEED. III. WHEN TO FEED. 

IV. WHAT TO FEED. V. CONDIMENTS. VI. HOW TO MAKE MASHES. VII. 

HOW TO MAKE GRUEL. VIII. THE QUANTITY OF GRAIN TO FEED. IX. HAY AND 

STRAW. X. GROOMING. XI. WHEN TO GROOM. XII. GENERAL STABLE 

CARE. XIII. BLANKETS AND OTHER CLOTHING. 

I. The Good that a Sieve Will Do. 

There is, of course, such a thing as beingtoo methodical, but more fail- 
ures result from want of proper attention to the little things that go to 
make up the whole, than from too minute an attention to details. A com- 
petent knowledge of the requirements in every case, combined with accu- 
rate judgment to carry each one out according to its relation to the whole, 
is what marks a man of sensible, methodical habits, by contrast with one 
who works at random, or neglects some detail that may be of the first 
importance. 

How few farmers, for instance, think it necessary to have a sieve for 
cleaning the grain which is fed to horses ! And yet, this is one of the 
Qiost important of the minor implements of the stable. The use of a 
sieve saves cleaning the dirt from the feeding boxes ; saves horses the an- 
noyance of swallowing bits of wire and other trash, quite common in 
these days of automatic binders ; saves the teeth of the animals from 
being broken on gravel, or other hard substances in the grain, and gives 
one the satisfaction of knowing that the horse is enjoying a meal, oiean 
and wholesome as that of his master. Many careful men wash the grain 
after it is cleaned from trash in the sieve ; which is a most sensible opera 
tion, and an easy one, since you have only to drop the sieve partly in 
water and shake it, or pour a bucket of water over it and let it drain. 

II. How to Peed. 

A horse must be fed with reference to what he is to do. The horse 
doing slow but hard and exhausting labor, should have all the clean, 
sound grain he will eat three times a day, with as much clean, sweet hay 
at night as he will consume, though we seldom find hay so fine and good 
that all will be eaten. The grain, during the heat of summer, should be 
oats, in cooler weather oats and corn, while in winter the corn may con- 
stitute fully half the ration. 

If cut feed be used, half oats and half corn, ground together, may be 
used, and this mixed with one-third its bulk, not weight, of bran. When 
the animals are fed whole grain, this mess should be given two or three 
times a week, at evening, as a -change. 

230 



FEEDING, WATERING AND GROOMING. 231 

The ordinary farm-horse should be given as much oats as he will eat 
three times a day, in summer, and be allowed grass or hay at night, in 
their proper season. When not at work, on Sundays, they are sometimes 
put upon pasture, and we have known farmers turn out their horses at 
night to feed. This plan we dislike. The farm-horse has exhausting 
labor, and should rest in the stable when not at work. The grass at 
night is good ; let the farm-horse have it by all means, but cut and carry 
it to him. 

Horses kept for driving, light pleasure horses, and the business-man's 
horse, should be fed on sound oats and hay, with a sweet mash of bran 
once or twice a week. Many persons of this class, turn their horses out 
to pasture during the summer. Nothing could be more injurious. The 
animals are eaten up by flies and mosquitos ; they get out of condition, 
and the owner blames the person who has grazed them at so much a 
week. If they are turned out at night and sheltered during the day, and 
get half rations of oats, it is not so bad. 

The proper time for a horse to have a run at grass is in May and early 
in June ; but the animal should have a little oats daily. A month at 
grass is amply sufficient. 

The full feed for driving horses is from four to six quarts of oats, 
three times a day, according to size, and as much sound hay as they will 
eat. Musty grain, musty or dusty oats, gives rise to heaves and other 
disorders, and should never be fed to any horse. Hence, in using ground 
feed, be sure that it is made from sound grain. Washing and kiln-dryino' 
does not cure musty grain, though it may deceive the unwary. Hence, 
again, the best plan with all driving horses, and horses for other fast 
work, is to feed whole grain to them. 

III. When to Peed. 

A horse should get his feed as regularly as a man. His stomach, like 
that of a man, is small, and the size has been reduced by artificial 
breeding and care. Horses doing f^st and exhausting work, should be 
fed grain four times a day ; at six and at ten o'clock in the morning, at 
two in the afternoon and again at night. Carriage horses should also 
be fed four times a day ; but the morning feed need not be until seven or 
eight o'clock, since the animals are not required to be used, as a rule, 
before ten. They should be fed again at lunch-time, or as near twelve 
as possible ; also befora going out in the afternoon, and again upon their 
return in the evening; if they bring the family home late, they should 
also have a feed before bein<»: left for the niirht. 

Trotting horses and racing horses should be fed with grain four times 
a day, and light-feeding animals should have every inducement held out 



232 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

to get them to eat enough. It is seldom that animals of this kind are too 
greedy. Their feeding is so reguhir and their care is so good, that they 
are seldom inclined to overload their stomachs. If an animal be a gUit- 
ton he must be restrained to such a quantity of food as will support the 
labor he is to perform. No horse driven at fast, or to exhaustive work, 
should be taken out in less than an hour and a half, or two hours after 
finishing the meal ; and it is better for any horse if he have an hour of 
rest after eating, before returning to work. 

IV. What to Feed. 

What the feed of horses should be, has been partly stated in the pre- 
ceding sections. It may be varied somewhat, according to the price of grain . 
As a rule much cut feed is given to teaming horses, express and dray 
horses, in cities, especially in large stables, where a methodical sys- 
tem is followed, and intelligent foremen have charge of the different 
departments. If corn is given as a substitute, in part, for oats, bran 
should be used with it. Cut feed at night, with oats morning and noon, 
makes excellent provender for any draft team, including those for farm 
work. On anumber of farms where many horses are used, this is the rule, 
and a most excellent one it is, during the season of hard labor. In winter, 
more corn may be fed than oats ; and when corn-meal and bran are used, 
a heaping measure of bran to a stricken measure of meal, is a good pro- 
portion. 

The intelligent reader will be able to judge, from the suggestions here 
given, how to regulate the messes. A horse, regularly and fully fed, will 
seldom eat too much. Now and then it will be necessary to restrain a 
greedy one. If a horse is given to bolting his grain whole, he should 
have chopped food, or it must be so managed that he can only pick it up 
little by little. It is the half-fed horse that founders himself when he 
gets at the grain bin. 

V. Condiments. 

It is well to avoid horse condiments, condition powders, and nostrums 
warranted to cure. On the farm they should not be needed ; and if the 
animal is really ill, the proper treatment of the case will be found fur- 
ther on, in the chapters devoted to diseases. In the cities and larger vil- 
lages, the advice of a competent veterinary surgeon can now-a-days gener- 
ally be procured. Arsenic, strychnine and other violent drugs, especially 
the first named, are much in vogue to give an animal fire and a sleek 
coat, especially by ignorant persons who pretend to know all about horses. 
They are ruinous unless used as prescril)ed by a competent veterinarian. 
If a horse lacks appetite, rest and a few bran-mashes will generally rem- 
edy the trouble. Condition powders are beneficial, if the system is out of 



FEEDING, WATERING AND GROOMING. 233 

order. Their use, and how to prepare thein, will be given in the chap- 
ters on the treatment of diseases. Salt is the only true condiment for 
herbivcrous animals. This they should have always before them. They 
will then take just what is needed and no more. 
VI. How to Make Mashes. 

A sweet mash is made by taking four quarts of good bran, moistening 
it gradually with hot water, and then adding enough boiling water to 
bring it to the proper consistency. Cover with a cloth, and when cool 
enough give it to the horse. A small teaspoonful of salt may be added, 
if desired. 

Another good mash is made by boiling two quarts of ground oats, a pint 
of flax-seed and a little salt, for three hours. Then mix with it enough 
bran to bring it to a proper consistency for eating. A half pint of 
molasses may be added to the water. Cover with a cloth and feed cold. 
This is the quantity for a horse, and is a good Sunday morning meal 
when the team is kept on dry food during the rest of the week. 

VII. How to Make Gruel. 

There is nothing better for a tired horse than gruel ; every horse should 
be taught to drink it. Stir a pint or more of oat-meal gradually into 
four quarts of cold water. If you have no oatmeal, use half a pint or 
more, each, of fine corn-meal and flour, according as it is liked, thick or 
thin. Then fill up the pail, in which it is mixed, with water; stir and 
give it to the animal at once. Sometimes a dainty horse may be induced 
to take it, by first giving him a single swallow of water. 

Never give a horse solid food when exhausted. If he will not take 
gruel, try him with hay tea, after having first turned down a quart of 
good stock ale. Rub him, in any event, until dry, and then give him his 
feed. By this time he will probably have taken some hay. 

Hay Tea. — To make hay tea, fill a bucket with the best of hay, clean 
and bright. Pour over it enough boiling water to fill the pail. Cover 
closely to keep in the steam, pressing the hay down occasionally, or put 
it on the stove to keep it hot while pressing. In fifteen minutes it will 
be sufficiently steeped. Turn off the water into another bucket, and add 
enough cold water to make six or seven quarts, and give to the horse when 
cool enough to drink. It is nourishing and an excellent stimulant for a 
tired horse. 

Vm. The Quantity of Grain to Peed. 

Grain should always be fed by weight. If a team require a bushel of 
oats a day, this will be 36 pounds of sound, clean oats ; if the oats are 
not clean, the bushel will weigh ©nly 32 pounds, or less. If com is to 
be substituted, give only a ha^f bushel, or 28 pounds of shelled corn 



334 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

to the team at three feeds. If this is not enough, the allowance may be 
increased to thirty-six pounds. If the corn be on the ear, thirty-five 
pounds is the Aveight of the half bushel. In every case a half bushel of 
com is the equivalent of each bushel of oats fed. In other words, the 
stable uses seventy pounds of ear corn, or fifty-six pounds of shelled corn, 
for every two bushels of oats discontinued. The change, however, should 
never be made suddenly, but gradually. Barley, rye and wheat are not 
injurious to the horse, but we must not feed more pounds than the regu- 
lar ration of the grain previously fed. If ground feed is given, one-fifth 
less in weight will be required. 

IX. Hay and Straw. 

As before stated, none but sound hay should be used. Timothy, Blue 
grass, {poa pratensisor poa compressa),¥o\\\ meadow, (^oa serotina). 
Orchard grass, {dactylis glomerata) , and Red Top, all make excellent 
hay. Clover should never he fed to horses ; it is always dusty, and gen- 
erally badly cured. Hungarian grass, if cut just when in blossom, may 
be given once a week ; if fed constantly, or if too ripe, it acts strongly 
on the urinary organs. 

StKaw should always be used for bedding — oat-straw is the best ; and 
a feed of sweet, clean, bright straw is relished occasionally by the horse. 
We once kept twenty pairs of farm mules all winter on bright straw and 
corn, with a feed once a week of Hungarian hay, and never had them 
<3ome through better. 

X. Grooming. 

Stable tools are to be used, not abused ; nor is the animal to be tor- 
tured with them. The groom who strikes a horse on the hocks, or other 
part of the body, with the curry-ccyiib or other stable tool, should be 
discharged instantly. The groom who uses the curry-comb to the posi- 
tive discomfort of ahorse, or about the joints, should be admonished, 
and if he persist he should be discharged. The use of the curry-comb 
is simply to loosen the scurf and dirt, and to clean the brush. The 
curry-comb should be carried lightly and in circles over the body, and 
then a good bristle brush should be used to clean the horse. The brush 
should be used with firm, long strokes, and after every two or three 
strokes it should be drawn over the comb to free it of dust. Very shorts 
haired and tender-skinned horses require little more than the brush, to be 
followed with a damp wisp of straw, finishing with cloths. The wisp 
and cloth should always be used to finish a horse. 

If the leo-s are dirty and wet, they should be washed clean and rubbed 
dry ; if they are dirty, clean them with the brush. Be particular about 



J 



lliliiipwiipiilipmrair!mi!iiiiiiiiiiiniiiliii!,ffliiiiimiini|ffliii«iuiinmniiui»iw^ 




236 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the fetlocks, and the long hah- of the lower Ihnbs. They must be left 
both dry and clean. 

The mane and tail should never be touched with anything except a 
coarse-toothed horH comb, and the brush. Brushes are made especially 
for this purpose. 

The feet should always be looked to and cleaned when the horse comes 
into the stable. He may have picked up a nail, or graveled himself. 
Whatever injury of this kind he may have sustained should be promptly 
treated. 

XI. When to Groom. 

Every day, before going to work, the horse should be thoroughly 
cleaned. If he comes in dirty at night, he should certainly be cleaned 
before the master goes to bed. It is an open question among horsemen, 
whether a horse should be washed when dirty. Our plan is to scrape the 
body as dry as possible immediately, blanket in cold weather, bandage 
the legs to keep them warm, and clean when dry. The tired horse should 
never be placed in a draft of air to cool. If he do not cool kindly, he 
wants a stimulant, hay tea or gruel. If necessary, he may be walked 
about in the air ; it will both dry and refresh him, unless he be badly used 
up. 

XII. General Stable Care. 

Of general stable care we have previously written. The animal should* 
have done for him what he cannot do for himself. It is poor economy to 
be without any necessary article to properly care for the horse. The 
ordinary tools have been already indicated. Proper tools for cleaning the 
stable must be had, and proper implements for cleaning the horse are 
quite as necessary. The drinking bucket should never be used for wash- 
ino- the horse. When not in use, both drinking and washing buckets 
should be prevented from falling down. Keep them full of water, and 
change when necessary, but never mistake the wash bucket for the drink- 
ing bucket. 

A wheel-barrow is a most useful thing in the stable, and its uses are 
also various al)Out the place. The list of cleaning tools is a long one, 
but a horse may be cleaned in the most thorough manner with a good 
curry-comb, a brush, a wet sponge, a wisp of straw and rubbing cloths. 
A scraper should always be near for use upon sweaty horseSo A section 
of a flat barrel-hoop will do very well at a pinch. 

XIII. Blankets and Other Clothing. 

The driving horse should have a summer and a winter stable-blanket, 
and a summer and winter blanket for the street ; also a hood for the head 
and neck, and other appliances for protecting the limbs, as bandages, etc. 



FKEDIXG, WATEUINCJ AND GROOMING, 



237 



The farm horse re(|uircs onlya sumincr and a winter bliinket, and a hooded 
sheet, or good fly net, when driven in summer. Each horse should 
have his own blanket, plainly marked. If you have them, you will of 
course use them wlien noecssarv. A blanket is of but little use without 



o 

r 

< 

> 
z 

o 

> 

> 

O 
SI 

o 




a surcingle. See that the surcingle is properly l)uckUd, and protected, 
so it will not hurt the horse. Each blankest should have one or two 
l)reast straps and buckles, and a jn-opcr cord to pass across the buttocks, 
under the tail, to keep the blanket from moving to one side or flR)ther. 
We repeat : proper horse clothkigis among the most necessary and prof- 
itable investments for the stable. 



CHAPTER XIV. 

HUMANITY AND COMMON SENSE. 



r. THE ECONOMY OF HUMANE TREATMENT. ^11. COMMON SENSE IN ALL THINGS. 

III. THRIFT AND UNTHRIFT CONTRASTED. IV. CRUELTY AND IMPROVIDENCE VS. 

THRIFT AND KINDNESS. V. WHY THE HORSE REQUIRES INTELLIGENT MANAGE- 
MENT. VI. HOW TO KNOW AN INTELLIGENT MASTER. VII. PICTURES FROM 

REAL LIFE. VIII. THE KIND MAN WILL HAVE A WILLING TEAM. IX. THE 

" GOOD FELLOW'S" CRUELTY. X. HOW TO USE ONE'S MEANS. 

I. The Economy of Humane Treatment. 

In the treatment of animals, humanity and common sense are one and 
the same thing. For, the humane treatment of these dumb creatures 
not only contributes to their comfort, but promotes their physical wel- 
fare, and enables the owner to get from them the largest amount of labor 
that they are capable of. The farm animals, and especially the horses, of a 
cruel, slovenly or miserly farmer are rarely in condition to perform the 
most efficient labor. A master, so unthrifty or penurious as to begrudge 
the proper care and feeding of his animals, is also apt to over-work and 
under-feed his laborers, and an employer who does this never has efficient 
help. His hired men, while at work, shirk every duty they can, and at the 
first opportunity they quit him ; and the work that they cannot shirk is 
done in the most inefficient and slovenly manner. Even if inclined to do 
their duty they cannot work to the best advtfcitage because the team is 
unfit. Here, then, we see two causes operating against the grudging or un- 
thrifty farmer — inefficiency in his help and in his animals ; whereas, the 
farmer who has common sense and humanity enough to keep his animals 
in good condition, has only one possible cause of inefficient labor to 
guard against, viz : inefficiency in the men he employs. A man of the 
latter kind, however, will have little difficulty in securing efficient help ; 
whilst the grudging or unthrifty man seldom secures the best laljor, be- 
cause good men will not work for such a master, unless obliged to. 
Hence, the want of common sense or of humanity always reacts against 
the individual, and at a loss to himself. The horses of a good farmer 
are not pampered. His workmen do not expect to be ; but the common- 
sense man will see to it that they are made as comfortable as circum- 
stances will admit ; that neither horses nor men are overworked ; that the 
food, both for man and beast, is given in sufficient quantity, and that it 
is of good quality. Plain, but substantial food, well-cooked, should be 
provided for the men, and sound grain, plenty of water, careful groom- 
ing for the horses ; and the eye of the master should also see to it that 
the animals are not abused by beating. If the horses have not been 

238 



HUMANITY AND COlVrMON SENSE. 239 

broken in spirit, they will not need whipping ; for the intelligent master 
will not long keep dull, lazy brutes, any more than he will employ lazy, 
shirking men. 

II. Common Sense in all Things. 

It would show as great a want of common sense to put a pair of colts, 
intended for fast road-horses, or trotters, or a young animal intended for 
a high-priced saddle-horse, to continuous and hard draft, as it would to 
expect extraordinary speed from an ill-bred brute, or from a horse bred 
solely for draft. Does not the same rule hold good in all transactions? 
Is it not the result of ignorance, or of a penny-wise and pound-foolish 
disposition that an inferior animal, of any kind, is ever allowed to be bred 
for any purpose? Whatever may be the labor that is to be performed, 
none but the most superior animals for the use, should ever bel)red; 
just as none but the most perfect seed should ever be planted or sown. 
If the rule were universally adopted of breeding none but the best ani- 
mals and sowing none but the best seed ; and if, in addition, the proper 
care were observed in the breeding of animals and in the cultivation 
and saving of crops, the productions of the country might be doub- 
led in three years, from the same acreage, while the average value 
of farm animals might be more than doubled in ten years. This is the 
direction of our thoughts when we urge the importance of common sense, 
intelligence and humane care upon the farm ; their exercise brings the 
largest profit to the master at the lowest cost. 

In 1879, which was a season of unusual productiveness, the average 
yield of wheat in the various states comprising the Union, rano-ed from 
7 bushels per acre, in the case of North Cai-olina, to 20 3-10 bushels per 
acre in the case of Indiana. The average for the whole United States 
was less than 10 2-10 bushels per acre. Is the average farmer satisfied 
with ten bushels to the acre? Taking the country through, does it pay 
to raise wheat at such a rate of production ? How many worthless acres 
mu^Jt be sown to reduce the general average to ten bushels ! 

Again, the average price of horses for the whole United States in 1879 
was $54.75 per head. Can any farmer expect to make monc}^ by raising 
and fitting a common horse for labor at less than $100? How many 
absolutely Avorthless brut(^s must have been sold for a song, to reduce tiie 
general average to half the price at which common work horses should 
be sold ! 

III. Thrift and Unthrift Contrasted. 

In the one case we see a shiftless and at the same time cruel and per- 
haps drunken owner, with a miserable nmle and a still more miserable, 
one-eared and .one-eyed horse for a team. They would sell simply ioi 



240 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 



the price of their hides. Of course, they do not eat as much as an able 
team would eat, because they cannot get it. Scant feed is certainly not 
economy in their case, for the result of their day's work would be not 
more than an acre scratched over. So much for the unhappy team of a 
reckless master. This man and his family do not live. They simply 




exist, and their only mission in life seems to be to reduce Ihc average 
price of live stock, and the average yield per acre. 

Jjook at the other picture, if you wish to see a thrifty and able master 
with a handsome and able team, going off as though they meant business. 
There, also, are the happy children, just come out with tho lunch basket ; 



HUMANITY AND COMMON SENSE. 



241 



there is nothing miserable here. The master is hard at work increasing 
the average yield of wheat, and by the exercise of humanity and common 
sense, raising the average price of farm stock. 

rv. Cruelty and Improvidence vs. Thrift and Kindness. 
The cruel or improvident man's team stands exposed to flies, or shiv- 
ering in the street of the village, while the man is guzzling beer or whis- 




key close by. They stand in their own filth at home, uncleaned, as they 
are half fed. The team of the kind and thrifty master stands in the sta- 
ble at home, eating generous provender, when not at labor on the farm, 
or hauling heavy loads of produce to the market. The animals do not 



242 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

lack blankets when necessary. They have no bony shoulders to be galled 
They are not jerked about by the bits, nor are they lashed or beaten with 
a club while at work. They have simply been trained to obedience, and 
have been taught something of the English language. 

In the streets of our large cities we can see plenty of such teams as we 
have described, teams both of the cruel and the provident master. On 
the average farm, we see none of the first kind. They are, happily, con- 
fined mainly to a rare class, shiftless, drunken squatters on waste land, 
though occasionally such masters are found, as renters, with their worth- 
less brutes on the lands of a landlord too greedy to give an industrious 
laborer a fair rcnUil for his labor. Do such landlords thrive? Unhap- 
pily yes. Sometimes, by denying themselves and families the common or 
decent necessaries of life, and l)y cheating even the poor knackers whose 
improvidence has thrown them in their way. 

V. Why the Horse Reqmres Intelligent Management. 

It is because horses are intelligent animals. They have a sense of 
reason, which may be improved by training. They are naturally dis- 
posed to rely upon their masters, and this disposition should never be over- 
come by the fear of injury. They are courageous, and at the same time 
timid. Their courage should be fostered, since it increases their spirit 
and decreases their timidity. They fear objects with which they are unfa- 
miliar. Once they learn that an object is harmless, they cease to fear it. 
Thus they may be accustomed to the sound and sight of a locomotive, 
one of the most fearful ol^jects to them naturally, and if allowed to satisfy 
themselves that a locomotive is not dangerous, they will at length 
want to touch it with the nose ; for this is the last means a horse ^-ses to 
fully satisfy himself that an object will not injure him. Thus satisfied, 
all further fear of that object is passed. 

VI, How to Know an Intelligent Master. 

An intelligent master, however poor he may be, will not drive ii 
broken-down, rat-tailed, spavined team, with ears torn away, eyes knocked 
out, ill-kept and ill-fed. He will not have rusty tools, nor keep a hog- 
wallow by the side of his door. His wife will not be found pullmg down 
and burning the remnants of a fence, for want of better firewood. His 
team, indeed, may not be in high flesh. The necessity of extraordmaiT 
lal)or, and phiin food, may keep master and horse thin, but there will be 
intelligent care shown even in poverty. Cunning is not intelligence, neither 
is brute force power. The intelligent man, however unlearned, may be 
known by his surroundings, and by the care of his horse, if he is for 
tunate enough to own one. 
It is certain that an unkind nijfti in his family will be l)rutal to animals. 



i 



HUMANITY AND COIMMON SENSE. 



343 



All horse owners cannot have tine teams, but no man can afford to own 
a poor team. They must be kept in proper condition for .-abor, else the 
owner is losing money on them constantly. All farmers cannot have tine 
houses and barns, but no farmer should have either cold, or, in 
other waj's, uncomfortable buildings. By studying chapter XII, one 
may easily learn liow to make the chea^>est structure c()mfortal)lc. The 



^ 




illustration on this page fully illustrates an idea of comfort in farm ani- 
mals. The horses are not specially tine, but they are in good tlesh and 
well cared for. The master has no fear that they will run away. They 
are well trained and know they will not be abused, hence they drink con- 
tentedly, preparatory to the half-day ' s plowing ex^jected of them . The bam 
IS a rough structure, but it is well built and thoroughly warm in winter. 



HUMANITY AND COMMON SENSE. 



245 



VII. Pictures from Real Life. 

The surroundings of ;i man, in any condition in life, are an index to 

his character. The kind master may have only a stable built of poles, 

the sides filled in with hay, and the roof of the same material ; but it 

will be comfortalile. Health, thrift and care, in the end, will enable him 




AN IMPROVIDENT MAN'S KARN. 



THE SHELTER OF THE PROVIDENT MAN. 

to build better. However poor, there will l)e method in his lalior. He 
will sow no more crops than his team can properly prepare the ground 
for, and himself can carefully tend. His debts will not be for useless 
trumpery, and what tools he has will be in good order. His animals 
will be no more than can be properly cared for, so that, in the end, his 
barns and yards may look something like the picture of the shelter of 
the provident man. 

The barn of the improvident man will l)e dilapidated. The door will 
be off the hinges, and propped up with rails. There may be some 
attempt at chinking up cracks. His wagon will stand anywhere in the 
storm, while his harness will lie handy, perhaps on the tongue 
of the wagon, or else be flung on the floor of the hovel he calls 




An Unthrifty Home. 

a barn. His animals will be unsheltered, and :Ulowed to shift for them- 
selves at a neighboring hay stack, yet he will be so fully employed, that 
he will have no tune to do better. Ho will have no barn filled to the 
ridge-pole with fodder, no horses, cattle and sheep enjoying themselves 



246 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

ill the stables. His pigs can of course shift for themselves entirely. 
They will be so thin that they can easily slide through any fence near by, 
within which, indeed, all his stock have probably helped themselves, 
unless his careful neighbors have made their fences "horse-high, bull- 
proof and pig-tight."' 

As to his home, it may look something like the picture, airy 
in summer, but not comfortable in winter — for a brush-pile, eked out 
with bark torn from the fences, does not make generous fuel. Dear 
reader, have you not recognized the picture in your travels? Have not 
some of us seen the same thing near home? 

The home of the intelligent and thrifty man will in time come to look like 
the one shown in the illustration of kindness and common sense exempli- 
fied. At all events, however humble, neatness and good care will be 
apparent everywhere. 

VIII. The kind Man wiU have a "Willing Team. 

The team of the considerate man, if they unfortunately become chafed 
by the harness, when away from home, in a storm, a.e immediately at- 
tended to. They are kept warm, dry and clean ; and however tired at 





A Kind Man's Team. A Cruel Man's Team. 

night, are always ready for work the next day, because they have rested 
in plenty of clean straw, with plenty to eat. If the master's means will 
permit, they will be lordly looking animals, not unlike the picture of a 
kind man's team. 

At all events, they will not resemble a cruel man's team, with riljs shoAV- 
ing like bean-poles, and themselves the pictures of hunger, gazing at an 
empty bucket, — or at least, a bucket empty except for the air it con- 
tains. 

IX. The " Good FeUow's" Cruelty. 

There is another class, known as good fellows, whose time is so taken 
up helping their friends, that they never have leisure to care for anything 
at home. They have time to hynt and fish, to play cards and drink. When 
they work, they work very hard, and are generally so used up, both man 



HUMANITY AND COMMON SENSE. 



247 



and team, that they requh-e rest for several days. These "good fellows" 
often own but one horse, and borrow some other "good fellow's" horse 
to "splice a team." Their borrowings are extensive, and their more intel- 
ligent, because more careful, neighbors lend, for the sake of the poor 
family at homo. Some people would call them lazy ; perhaps this is as 
good a name for it as any other. They certainly do not work when they 
can avoid it. Thoy do not think themselves cruel. Are they not? Yes, 

cruel in their neglect at home. The 

"good fellow's " surroundings may 

be shown in three pictures. First 

is seen his barn, if he has a barn, 

with his corry old horse mournfull}' 

contemplating the chances for the 

coming winter. He has a house ? Yes, 

»we show a corner of it, and his door 

'yard gate. He has, perhaps, a farm, 

or has hired a part of some richer 

A " GOOD FELLOW'S" BARN. good fcllow's farm. Here is the 

other good fellow's field gate, and himself cominc home after having had 

a good time. If too tipsy to open the gate, it will not be difficult to 

push it over. 

X. How to use One's Means. 

This chapter may not, perhaps, l)e altogether practical, except in the 
sense of showing the impractical, and the folly of neglecting to use the 
means which any man may have. All cannot own fine teams ; all cannot 
own strong teams, but every man who owns a team of any kind, should 
keep it in a condition for labor. The man who is improvident in the neg- 
lect of his farm and stock, is improvident in the underlying principle 
upon which all else rests. Hence, the pictorial story of thrift and 
unthrift may not come amiss ; and the thrifty man who buys this book, 






HIS i>oou-YAKi) gatp:. 



niS FIELD-GATE. 



may become an imgel in disguise, if he will lend it to his unthrifty neigh- 
l)or. It may be the means of mending his ways. The unthrifty man we 
have depicted seldom sees book.s — his family almost never, unless they be 
loaned to them. May-be it will teach the use of means at his command, 



24S 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



to improve his condition. If so, it will be a beneficent work that wil) 
give comfort to some animals, by improving their masters. 

All bad masters, however, are not improvident, in the sense we have 
last shown ; but whether improvident, niggardly, selfish, cruel or brutal, 
the amendment cannot but do good to themselves, their families, and to 
the dumb animals under their care. The improvement will put money 
in their pockets, because none of the vices arise from intelligence prop- 
erly directed, though many of them proceed from perverted intelligence. 




In preventing the growth and spread of vice, every man may increase 
the measure of intelligent endeavor. And intelligent endeavor is always 
the easiest road to success in any walk in life. And, again, the intelli- 
gent treatment of brutes is not the least of the human virtues. 



CHAPTEE XV. 

HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 



I. ACCURATE KNOWLEDGE KECESSARY. II. BUYING CHEAP HORSES. III. A GUAR- 
ANTEE OF SOUNDNESS. IV. KNOW WHAT YOU BUY FOR. V. THE PROPORTIONS 

OF THE HORSE. VI. DESCRIPTION OF ECLIPSE. VII. WHAT CONSTITUTES A 

GOOD HORSE. VIII. MODELS FOR BUYING. IX. THE RACING AND THE TROT- 
TING FORM. X. THE ROADSTER. XI. SADDLE HORSES. XII. A HORSE OF 

HIGH FORM. XIII. BUYING FOR BLOOD. XIV. CHOOSING THE BROOD MARE. 

XV. SELECTING THE STALLION. XVI. HOW TO DETECT VICES AND DEFECTS. • 

XVII. SOME FAULTS AND IMPERFECTIONS. XVIII. WHAT IS UNSOUNDNESS ? 

XIX. BLEMISHES. 

I. Accurate Knowledge Necessary. 

The value of correct information in tradins: is no where grreater than 
in buying a horse, with a view to his future use. There is so much to be 
guarded against in selecting an animal of good physical proportions for 
the labor intended ; so many vices, the result of bad breeding, or of abuse 
by previous owners ; so much unsoundness occasioned by hereditary trans- 
mission, by overwork, hard driving, or neglect; so many defects which 
dishonest intelligence may cover up for the time being, that the purchaser 
must have been a close student and a keen observer to be able to guard 
against them all. In fact, no man can do so without a trial of the horse, 
in addition to the exercise of critical judgment. 

In Chapters II, III, IV, and more especially in Chapter V, we have 
given illustrations and directions covering many important points. In 
the chapters relating to veterinary, others will be found. In this chap- 
ter, we shall go thoroughly over the ground not elsewhere covered. 

n. Buying Cheap Horses. 

The mania for buying cheap horses, or rather for getting an animal for 
much less than his actual value, is a weakness of such a large number of 
persons, that it is no wonder there are so many bad horses in the hands 
of farmers. Their means are often small, and, desiring to get as much 
as possible for their money, without being prepared to judge correctly 
the parts of an animal, they are often duped by designing men. And, 
having thus been taken in, the animal, as a rule, must indeed be a sorry 
one if the victim does not in turn practice the same deceit upon another. 
To avoid being swindled, it is a good and safe rule to distrust any horse 
that is offered for much less than his apparent value. An animal thus 
offered has generally been dishonestly come-by, has some unsoundness, 
is vicious in some way, or has some defect known to the seller and not 
represented. Hence, a guarantee should always be taken, unless 
the price paid is sufficiently low to cover all possible defects. Moreover, 

249 



250 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

never buy a horse of a man whom you do not know to be responsible, for 
unless the seller is a resident, and solvent, his guarantee is, of course, 
worthless. 

m. A Guarantee of Soundness. 

When a horse is bought on a guarantee, the article ohould be concise, 
and yet comprehensive. Unnecessary verbiage often causes litigation, 
and long forms are frequently written by scoundrels to deceive. A form 
like the following Avill cover the ground : 

Received of Mr. , Dollars for 

warranted years old, and under years, sound, free from vice, and 
quiet to ride or drive. 

Signature. 

The place and date of purchase, the name of the person who pays, the 
amount paid, the description of the animal with pedigree, if any, and 
reference to the proper stud book, and the age, should be filled out and 
sio-ned by the seller. Insert the names and the guarantee might read 
as follows : 

Received, St. Louis, Mo., January 1, 1882, of James Cashman, 
Eight hundred and fifty {850) dollars for the dapple bay imported stal- 
lion Fearnought, black mane and tail, and two 2ohite hind fetlocks. Sire 
Stakeholder, dam Surprise, etc., as contained in the stud book. Said 
stallion is warranted fve years old, and under six years, sound, free from 
physical defect, and safe and quiet t^ ride or drive. 

(Signed) Alexander A. Horseman. 

This form clearly covers the ground, and may be altered to suit any 
transaction in buying a horse. 

A bill of sale may read as follows : 

St. Louis, Mo., January 1, 1881 . 

For and in consideration of the sum of dollars, [or, if a note 
is o-iven for the whole or part, state this fact.] I have this day sold to 
James Cashman the horse, etc., etc., [as in the other form.l 
IV. Know What You Buy For. 

The buyer must have a definite idea what he is buying for. If for 
work, the horse should be large, able, a good walker, and strong all over. 
See cuts of draft horses, and horses of all work. If for the carriage, he 
should have fine style and action. If for speed, this must be known. If 
for breeding, the particular use to which the offspring is to be put must 
be duly considered ; if for breeding racing horses, the pedigree must 
be without a flaw; if for use where speed of any kind is desired, the 
pedigree should not be neglected ; if for trotting, the pedigi-ee should 
trace to trotting blood. And so of particular breeds, the genealogy of 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 



251 



•he horse must be distinct, and the buyer must have accurate knowledge 
of pedigrees, or else must know that the seller is solvent and a man of 
his word. There must be no guess work or anything left to chance, in any 
animal bought for breeding a particular strain. For, once a mistake is 
made in breeding, the eradication, theoretically, can never be compassed. 
Practically, it will take a long time so to work out the false trait that the 
peculiarity will not be apt to appear again. On this point, the reader 
would do well to refer to what is said on Atavism and Heredity. 

V. The Proportions of the Horse. 

To assist in judging the horse, we give an outline indicating the propor- 
tion of the several .parts. This, says Mr. J. H. Walsh (Stonehenge) 
one of the most graphic and correct of English authorities on the horse, 
combines the average of six horses selected for perfect symmetry, and 
taken, two of them from celebrated stallions, two from thoroughbred 
hunters, and two from chargers of great value. This, therefore, 
will not apply to draft horses, yet it will be found that the nearer the 
general utility horse comes to the measurements, the better he will be. 




Scale ok Measurements. 

Inches. 

Height 63 

Length from shouldei'-point to quarter 66 

From the lowest part of the chest to the ground 36 

From the elbow-point to the gi-ound 39 

From the withers to the poll, just behind the ears, in a sti'aight line 30 

The same measured along the crest. . .'. 32 

Length of head ^ 22 



252 cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

Inches. 

Width across the forehead 9 1-2 

From the withers to tlie liip 22 

From tlie stifle to the point of the hock, in the attitude shown in the 

plan 29 

From the root of the tail to the stifle-joint 26 

Fi-om the point of the hock to the ground 22 1-2 

Length of arm from the elbow to the pisiform bone (the rear bone of 

those forming the upper articulation of the knee) • 19 1-2 

From the jiisiform bone to the ground 19 1-2 

Girth varies from 78 to 79 

Circumference of fore-cannon bone (large metacarpal or shank bone, 

extending from the knee to the fetlock) 7 1-2, 8, 8, S, 8 1-2 and 9 

Circumference of arm just l)elow the elbow IG 1-2 to 18 

VI. Description of Eclipse. 

That wonderful horse, Eclipse, differed essentially from this model. His 
head was of the average length in the six horses above, but was of 
extraordinary width across the eyes — said to have been twelve inches. He 
was very low before and yet was G6 inches in height. As Mr. Percival 
sums him up, "he was a big horse in every sense of the word ; he was 
tall in stature, lengthy and capacious in ])ody, and large in his limbs. For 
a big horse, his head was small, and partook of the Arabian character. 
His neck was unusually long. His shoidders were strong, sufficiently 
oblique, and though not remarkable for, not deficient in, depth. His 
chest was circular. He rose very little in his withers, being higher 
behind than before. His back was lengthy, and, over the loins, 
roached. His quarters were straight, square and extended. His limbs 
were lengthy and broad, and his joints large. In particular, his arms and 
thighs were long and muscular, and his knees and hocks broad and well- 
formed." As a weight-carrying, swift, long-distance racer it is not 
probable that his equal will soon again be seen. He was a jihenomenon. 

For racing, and especially for leaping, and for saddle horses, select the 
superior points of Eclipse, as many of them as you can find, leaving out 
the low withers. Except for draft, the horse that will come nearest 
to the points we have named, will be sure to geve satisfaction. 

VII. What Constitutes a Good Horse. 

It is the ability to perform in the best manner the particular labor for 
which he is intended, that constitutes a good horse. Within the last 
fifty years, and especially within the last thirty years, particular atten- 
tion has been paid to the breeding of animals especially adapted to draft, 
to the road, to use as fine carriage horses, and to trotting. The race 
horse, the saddle horse, and the hunting horse may be said to have 
attained about as high a degree of perfection as man is able to give them. 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 253 

The fine roadster, the trotting horse and the horse for general utility, 
may yet be much improved. Within the last ten years the speed of the 
trotting horse has been greatly developed. In 1880, Maud S. made a mile 
jn 2 : 10^, thus beating the record of 2 : 14 made hy Goldsmith Maid in 
1874, and in 1881 we saw her trot two heats in 2:11 and 2 : llf, the 
fastest two heats ever made.* We also saw Little Brown Jug pace a mile 
in 2 : 13. There are now a number of horses that can trot the mile in 
2 : 15, and not a few that can do it inside of 2 : 20. 

Where the limit of speed for trotters is, or how near they may yet come 
to the fastest running time, no one, of course, can tell. In buying a 
horse to breed colts for fast time, great attention must be paid not only 
to form, but to the pedigree as well. You may breed fast horses from 
those of good pedigree, though they do not themselves possess extraor- 
dinary speed. But you cannot breed fast horses from those which have 
no jjedigree, hoAvever good their apparent form may be. 

VIII. Models for Buying. 
For reasons heretofore given, we have insisted that, to judge correctl}? 
the merits of a horse, one must have accurate knowledge — knowledge not 
only of what constitutes general excellence in horses, but minute and 
familiar knowledge of the qualities which fit them to perform in the besf 
manner, the various services required. Knowing the great value of object 
lessons, we have not only presented numerous general forms, showing 
proportion, muscular development and anatomy, but have also given 
faithful representations of the more celebrated breeds. If you find an 
animal of the particular breed, conforming to the standard, do not fear 
to buy if you wish one from which to breed. 

IX. The Kacing and the Trotting Form. 
As a model for study in racing form, the illustration we give is 
good. The illustration of the American thoroughbred in Chapter VII, 
may also be referred to in this connection. In Chapter VIII, some of 
the best trotting forms are shown, and explicit information about trotting 
horses is there given. The racing horse should be from 15^ to 1(5 hands 
high, muscular all over, short-bucked, round-bodied, with long hip« and 
deep and oblique shoulders ; the head clean and the neck rangy and well 
set on. The lim.bs should be clean-cut, sound and firm in the bone, — 
not small and slender by any means, — and the eyes especially should be 
full, bright and clear, but mild, denoting, with the broad forehead, high 
coirage and energy, combined with docility of temper. 

X. The Roadster. 

Roadsters must possess so many valuable qualities, good size, fine 
action, elegant carriage, high form, docility, and undoubted bottom, that 

* Maud S. has since trotted a mile iu 2 :10^. 



254 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. 



it is difficult to define their distinct points, seriatim. A sixteen-hand 
mare, handsome and fairly bred, generally brings first-class roadsters, 
when stinted to good trotting sires. If you are going to breed them, select 




u 



go 

Eh 



cS 






those that come nearest to the forms we give. If you are going to buy 
for use on the road, select the form to correspond to the models, and 
then insist upon a thorough and extended trial, and take a guarantee 
before you pay a high price for one or a pair. 



HOW TO lUTY AND SELL A HORSE. 



25.i 



XI. Saddle Horses. 

The saddle horse is the most dltfitult of till to get in perfection, except 
the fastest turf and trotting horses. They ninst be handsome, large 
enough vo carry the weight easilj', be perfectly trained ; and then the 




better the brc('(iiiig, tin; niort^ \;ihi;ililc tlicv ;irr. 'J'hc ilhistration on 
the next page shows a good form for a model, if the horse is to be used 
both for driving and for the saddle — one that will perform well, look 
well and not easily tire. Such a horse will, upon mares of high style 
but rather light in the lial», and perhaps with tiie pasterns somewhat 



256 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



too weak, get higli-easte, easily-trained, flexible goers, that will sell 
anywhere. And those not of perfect form for the saddle will make 
good driving horses, or good horses for general utility ; for it must be 
remembered, that, whatever the breed, only comparatively a few may be 




trained to a degree approaching perfection. But, the better the stock, 
tne more perfect animals the breeder will secure. . 

XII. A Horse of High Form. 

For line action, high form, ability to carry weight and good perform- 
ance, especially in the hunting field, a horse at least three-quarters 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 



25T 



bred is to be preferred. The taste tor hunting is largely indulged in 
in the South, and, as wealth increases, it will become more and more fash- 
ionable in the West. In fact, the demand for horses of liioh form and 




breeding, for saddle use, is increasing in the West, and many Kentucky 
anci Tennessee horses are bought for this purpose. It must be con- 
fessed, that as a rule they are ^pt as good as they ought to be, many of 

17 - 



258 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

them ranging as under-sized. Colts from a "horse of good form and 
action," on proper mares, staunch, handsome and well-bred, will turn 
out to be the animals desired. 

Such a horse will have a great stride, fine feaping powers, and the 
bottom to carry weight at high speed. It must be admitted, also, that 
such a stallion, when found, would cost a rather large sum of money ; but 
the colts would sell correspondingly well . 

Why should not every well-to-do farmer, who breeds horses, breed 
good ones, and for a particular purpose? 

There is no reason why he should not have a well-trained and well-bred 
saddle horse to sell, when called for. 

There is no finer country for training than the West and the South- 
west, and the training could easily go on during the use of the colt. li- 
the reader has given close attention to the chapter on training, the abil- 
ity to succeed will come with practice. But do not try to make a good 
saddle horse out of a "plug." It cannot be done ! 

XIII. Buying for Blood. 

A person who buys blooded horses with a view to breeding must not 
only understand the form and the various other qualities that go to make 
a good horse, as we have described them, but he must also understand 
pedigrees, or else depend upon some friend who does. There are about 
as many chances of raising a crack colt from the ordinary thoroughbred, 
even of unstained lineage, as there are of drawing a prize in a lottery. 
The sire and dam must not only be of perfect lineage, but the descent 
must be direct through a line of winning horses. Such sires are not 
numerous, and are in the hands of but few breeders. The well-to-do 
farmer cannot expect to compete with them, but he can secure blood that 
will improve his stock yearly, and give him many fine saddle-horses ; 
and, those likely to fail as saddle nags will make handsome and fast-sell- 
ing horses for general work on the road. 

XIV. Choosing the Brood-Mare. 

In buying a brood-mare the first thing to be considered is her blood ; 
next her development ; next her freedom from disability and disease, 
which latter is called soundness. Last, but not least, her temper must 
be carefully looked to. A fretful, ill-tempered mare is totally unfit to 
breed from ; and yet, undoubtedly, a majority of farmers consider a 
mare good enough to breed from, even when worn out with work. A 
well-bred mare of this kind is certainly more fit than one of ill breeding 
and badly developed, or one balky from bad temper, or suffering from 
hereditary disease. A sensible breeder will reject all mares of this kind. 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 



259 



The Value of Partly-Bred Horses. — The real value of all dratt, ay well 
as speed, horses lies in their crosses and grades. When bred on roomy 
mares the half bloods make magnificent animals, losing, it is true, 




mui^h of the Avondcrful appearance of strength, a.s shown in the original 
breed, whatever it maybe ; but if they ose in this respect, they become 
finer, as the uncritical would' view it — really so, when bre(J upo» 
good blooded mares. % 



260 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 



In the half-bred Clydesdales, as seen in the accompanying illustrations, 
the limbs are finer and much of the shaggy covering of the limbs is lost. 
The breadth of the forehead is well preserved, also the strong, hand- 
somely supported neck, the fine shoulder and breast, the length of arm, 
the short leg below the knee, the strong fetlocks and hoofs, and the 
round-barreled, a\ ell-ribbed body and fine loin. 




In the rear view of the same gelding, is shown clearly the excellent 
eye and prominent brow, the fine neck, the active, pointed ear, the great 
power of limb, the broad quarters, the muscular thighs, and handsome 
tail. Such animals will sell any where. 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 261 



XV. Selecting the Stallion. 



Stonehenge says: — "In choosing the particular blood which will suit 
any given mare, my impression always would be, that it is desirable to 
fix upon the best strain in her pedigree, if not already twice bred 
in-and-in, and then to put to her the best stallion available of that blood. 
In some cases, of course, it will happen that the second best strain will 
answer better, because there happens to be a better horse of that blood 
to be had than of the superior strain, which would otherwise be preferred. 
If, on the other hand, the mare has already been in-bred to the extent of 
two degrees, then a cross will be advisable ; but I am much inclined to 
believe, from the success of certain well-known cases, that even then a 
cross into blood already existing in the mare, but not recently in-bred 
nor used more than once, will sometimes answer." 

Traits of Sire and Foal. — "The choice of particular stallions, as 
dependent upon their formation, is not less difficult than that of the 
mare, and it must be guided by nearly the same principles, except that 
there is no occasion for any framework especially calculated for nourish- 
ing and containing the foetus, as in her case. As far as possible the horse 
should be the counterpart of what is desired in the produce, though 
sometimes it may be necessary to select an animal of a breed slightly 
exaggerating the peculiarity which is sought for, especially when that is 
not connected with a preponderance of fore or hind-quarters. Thus, if 
the mare is very leggy, a more than usually short-legged horse may be 
selected, or if her neck is too short or too Ions:, an animal with this orsran 
particularly long, or the reverse, as the case may be, should be sought 
out. But in all cases it is dangerous to attempt too sudden alteration 
with regard to size, as the effort will generally end in a colt without a 
due proportion of parts, and therefore more or less awkward and 
un wieldly." 

Sound Animals. — "In constitution and general health, the same 
remarks exactly apply to the horse as the mare. All hereditary diseases 
are to be avoided as far as possible, though few horses are to be met with 
entirely free from all kinds of unsoundness, some the effects of severe 
training, and others resulting from actual disease, occurring from other 
causes. With regard to fatness, there is an extraordinary desire for 
horses absolutely loaded with fat, just as there formerly was for over-fed 
oxen at Christmas. It is quite true that the presence of a moderate 
quantity of fat is a sign of a good constitution, but, like all other 
good qualities, it may be carried to excess, so as to produce disease ; and 
just as there is often hypertrophy, or excess of nourishment of the heart, 
or any bony parts, so is there ofteji a like superabundance of fat, causing 



362 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

obstruction to the due performance of the animal functions, and often 
ending in premature death. This is in great measure owing to want of 
exercise, but also to over-stimulating food ; and the breeder who wishes 
his horse to last, and also to get good stock, should take especial care 
that he has enough of the one and not too much of the other." 

XVI. Vices and Disabilities, and How to Know Them. 

A horse is reduced in value, in proportion to his disability for labor 
or other use. A blind horse will do as much work in a horse power as 
one that can see. For any labor where sight is required, he is prac- 
tically useless. A horse "dead lame" is useless anywhere. Unsound- 
ness is a disability. Vices are dangerous, and defects also detract 
from the price of the animal, and, as in the case of stumbling, are 
also dangerous. Balking, backing, kicking, pulling at the halter, run- 
ning away, rearing, shying, etc., are vices, and all of them dangerous 
ones. Crib-biting, the tail turned to one side, stumbling, etc., are 
defects, and more or less serious, according to the use to which the 
horse is to be put. For the saddle a stumbler, among defective hor- 
ses, is next in danger to the horse with the vice of backing. Then 
follows probably shying, which is. a vice if occasioned by bad usage 
of the trainer, or a defect if occasioned by weak eyes or cowardice, 

Youatt notes vices as follows : 

1. — Restiveness. — "The most annoying and the most dangerous of all. 
Whenever it appears in the form of kicking, or rearing, or bolting, 
or in any way that threatens danger to the horse, it rarely admits of 
a cure," This is really the starting point of nearly all the vices of the 
horse, and generally ends in some one or more determined vices, more 
often perhaps in difficulty of shoeing, from the brutality of the smith. 
The cure is difficult. The prevention of nearly every kind of vice 
may be accomplished by firm, temperate, and yet kind management. 

2. — Baching or Gibhing. — "These are so closely allied that it is not 
easy to separate them. It is frequently the effect of bad breaking. 
To detect, rouse the temper of the animal. 

3. — Biting. — "There is no cure. It is caused by foolish or timid mas- 
ters or servants, in handling a bad tempered horse. The biter will 
usually throw back his ears, when approached by a stranger. 

4. — Getting the Cheek of the Bit Into the Mouth. — "This is to be 
detected by bridling the horse, and enticing the movement of the 
mouth. It is not serious, since a round leather guard on the inside of 
the cheek of the bit will prevent the vice. 

5. — Kicking. — "Examine the horse for swelled hocks, or other injury 
about the hind les-s. Examine the stall for marks of kicking. Notice if 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 263 

the horse remains kind, when a strap is placed under the tail. A kicker 
in harness should never be tolerated. 

6. — Unsteadiness While Being Mounted. — "This may be from eager- 
ness to stai't, or from irritability. The first is unpleasant, the latter dan- 
gerous. When confirmed, it is a vice. The prevention is never to allow 
a horse to start until the word is given. Firmness and gentleness in 
training must be observed. 

7. — Rearing. — "This is always unpleasant, and, when confirmed, most 
dangerous. It is usually caused by a sharp curb in the hands of an 
unpracticed rider. Drawing the horse up suddenly before starting him, 
is the usual test. 

8. — Running Away. — "Once the habit is confirmed, there is no cure. 
And once running away, the horse seldom forgets the vice. A good 
horseman may manage such a horse under the saddle, with a sharp curb. 
In harness, the horse is dangerous to the best of drivers. It is difficult 
to detect. Laceration of the mouth, bruises and scars, are indications. 

9. — Shying. — "This can only be detected by trial. If occasioned by 
cowardice, or from weak eyes or near-sightedness, it is dangerous. If 
from playfulness, it may be cured by firmness and gentleness. 

10. — Vicious to Shoe. — "This is caused by timidity or brutality in the 
shoer, with young horses. If confirmed, it will be shown when a shoer, 
strange to the horse, handles him." 

XVII. Minor Disabilities. 

Among defects, that may, or may not — some of them — be classed 
as vices, are the following, condensed from Youatt : 

1. — Crib-Biting and Wind-Suching . — They are analogous to each 
other. The first is gripping any hard substance, with contraction of the 
windpipe, the other a violent sucking motion, attended with a peculiar 
sound. 

2. — Cutting. — The marks will be shown. Proper shoeing will often 
remedy this. If not, boots or other artificial appliances must be used. 

3. — ISfot Lying Down. — A serious disability to a hard-worked horse. 
Give such horses a loose box, good, evenly laid bedding, and plenty of 
room . 

4. — Overreach.. — Striking one shoe with the other. A heavy shoe, or 
toe-weights forward, will sometimes remedy this. If in old horses, it 
may amount to a serious and dangerous disability. Young horses may 
outgrow it. 

5. — Pavnng. — A serious defect, or vice, of irritable horses. There is 
no remedy save confining the fore feet. 



264 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 

6. — Quidding, and /Swallowing the Food Without Grinding. — The first 
is occasioned bj bad teeth, or disease, as sore throat, catarrh, etc. The 
latter from the same cause, or greediness. The cause must be removed. 
In tlie case of greediness, it is difficult. 

7. — Rolling in the Stable. — More a vice than a disability. It may be 
either. A horse inclined to roll, should always be given the end of the 
halter in a straw yard, before being tied in the stall. Eolling in the 
stable is a vice dangerous to the horse, 

8. — Slipping the Halter, — A trick of which a horse can never be cured. 
The remedy is a halter that cannot be rubbed off, or a strong loose box 
that cannot be broken down. 

9. — Stumbling and Tripping.— K disability, that by bad usage and pun- 
ishment may become a vice. It is always dangerous, and the result of 
infirmity. The only test is trial over rough ground. Some horses, 
however, are more apt to trip on even than on rough ground. 

10. — Weaving "consists in a motion of the head, neck and body, from 
side to side, like the shuttle of a weaver passing through the web, and 
hence the name which is given to this peculiar and incessant motion. It 
indicates an impatient, irritable temper, and a dislike to the confinemnet 
of the stable ; and a horse that is thus incessantly on the feel, will seldom 
carry flesh, or be safe to ride or drive. There is no cure for it, but the 
close tying up of the animal, except at feeding time." 

As an example for the detection of disability or vice, we give a cut, 
showing an exaggerated illustration of the action of a horse totally blind. 
It is high but not good action. (See page 2QQ.) 

XVIII. What Is Unsoundness? 

Upon this head Ave condense from Youatt, retainining his language, 
as follows: "That horse is sound in whom there is no disease, nor 
any alteration of structure in any part which impairs, or is likely 
to impair, his natural usefulness. That horse is unsound that labors 
under disease, or that has some alteration of structure that does interfere, 
or is likely to interfere, with his natural usefulness. The term natural 
usefulness must be borne in mind. One horse may possess great speed, 
but is soon knocked up ; another will work all day, but cannot get beyond 
a snail's pace ; one with a heavy forehead is liable to stumble, and is con- 
tinually putting to hazard the neck of his rider ; another, with an irritable 
constitution and a washy make, loses his appetite, and begins to scour if a 
little extra work is exacted from him. The term unsoundness cannot be 
applied to either of these ; it would be opening far too wide a door to 
disputation and endless wrangling. The buyer can discern, or ought to 
know, whether the form of the horse is that which will render him likely 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 265 

to suit his purpose, and he should try him sufficiently to ascertain his 
natural strength, endurance, and manner of going. Unsoundness, we 
repeat, has reference only to disease, or to that alteration of structure 
which is connected with, or will })roduce disease, and lessen the usefulness 
of the animal." 

1. — ^^Broken-Knees certainly do not constitute unsoundness after the 
wounds are healed, unless they interfere with the action of the joint, for 
the horse may have fallen from mere accident, or through the fault of the 
rider ; but no person would buy a horse with broken knees until he had 
thoroughly tried him, and satisfied himself as to his form and action. 

2. — '■^Capped- Hocks may be produced by lying on an unevenly-paved 
stable with a scanty supply of litter, or by kicking, in neither of Avhich cases 
would they constitute unsoundness, though in the latter they would be an 
indication of vice ; but in the majority of instances, they are cither the 
consequence of sprain of the hock, and accompanied by enlargement of it, 
when they would be unsoundness. A special warranty should always be 
taken against capped-hocks. 

'6. — '■^Contraction is a considerable deviation from the natural form of 
the foot, but not necessarily constituting unsoundness ; it requires, however, 
most careful examination on the part of the purchaser or veterinary 
surgeon, to ascertain that there is no heat about the quarter, or ossifica- 
tion of the cartilage ; that the frog, although diminished in size, is not 
diseased ; that the horse does not step short and go as if the foot wen 
tender, and that there is not the slightest trace of lameness. 

4. — " Corns manifestly constitute unsoundness. The portion of the fool 
in which they are situated will not bear the ordinary pressure of the shoe ; 
and any accidental additional presure from the growing down of the horn, 
or the introduction of dirt or gravel, will cause serious lameness. 

5. — ^'^ Cough. — This is a disease, and consequently unsoundness. A 
horse, therefore, should never be purchased with a cough upon him 
without an especial warranty ; or, if the cough not being observed, 
he is purchased under a general warranty, he may be returned as soon 
as it is discovered. 

B. — ''Roaring, Wheezing, Whistling, High-blowing^ and Grunting, 
being the result of alteration of structure or disease in some of the air 
passages, and interfering with the perfect freedom of breathing, and 
especially when the horse is put on his speed, without doubt constitute 
unsoundness. There are decisions to the contrary, which are now 
universally admitted to be erroneous. Broken-wind may be regarded as 
still more decidedly unsoundness. 



26b 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



7. — ^^Crib-biting. — Although there is some difference of opinion among 
veterinary surgeons on this point, crib-biting must be regarded as unsound- 
ness. This unnatural suckino; in of the air must be to a certain de^-ree 
injurious to disgestion, must dispose to colic, and so interfere with the 
strength, and usefulness, and health of the horse. Some crib-biters are 
good goers, but they would have probably jiossessed more endurance had 
they not acquired this haliit; audit is a fact well established, that as soon 
as a horse begins to become a crib-biter, he, in more than nine cases out 
of ten, begins to lose condition. 

8. — '■'■Gurh constitutes unsoundness while it lasts, and perhaps while the 
swelling remains, although the inflammation may have subsided ; for a 



I 



I 




YEARLING MORGAN FILLY. 

horse that lias once thrown out a curb, is for a while at least, very liable 
to do so again on the slightest extra exertion. A horse, however, is not 
returnable if he should spring a curb five minutes after the purchase, for 
it is done in a moment, and does not necessarily indicate any previous 
unsoundness or weakness of the part. 

9. — " Cutting, as rendering a horse liable to serious injury of the legs, 
and indicating that he is either weak, or has an awkwardness of gait 
inconsistent with safety, should be considered as unsoundness. 



HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 267 

10. — '■'■Enlarged Glands. — To a slight enlargement of the glands under 
the jaw much attention need not be paid ; but if they are of considerable 
size, and especially if they are tender, and the gland at the root of the ear 
partakes of the enlargement, and.the membrane of the nose is redder than 
it should be, we should hesitate in pronouncing that horse to be sound. 
We should fear the commencement, or the insidious lurking, of disease. 

11. — '■^Enlarged Hock. — A horse with enlarged hock is unsound. The 
structure of this complicated joint being so materially affected that, 
although the horse may appear for a considerable time to do ordinary work 
well, he will accasionally fail even as to that, and a few days' hard work 
will always lame him. 

12, — ^^ The Eyes. — That inflammation of the eye of the horse which 
usually terminates in blindness of one or both eyes, has the peculiar char- 
acter of remitting or disappearing for a time, once or twice, or thrice, before 
it fully runs its course. The eye, after an attack of inflammation, 
regains so nearly its former natural brilliancy, that a man well-acquainted 
with horses will not always recognize the traces of former disease. After 
a time, however, the inflammation returns, and the result is unavoid- 
able. A horse from four to six years of age that has had one attack of 
this complaint, is long afterwards unsound, however perfect the eye mav 
seem to be, because he carries about with him a disease that will again 
break out, and eventually destroy the sight. Whether, therefore, he 
may be returned or not, depends on the possibility of proving an attack of 
inflammation of the eye, prior to the purchase. (See ophthalmia, page 
464.) All defects of the eye should be provided against by special 
guarantee. (See page 250.) 

13. — '■^Lameness^ from whatever cause arising, is unsoundness. How- 
ever temporary it may be, or however obscure, it lessens the utility of the 
horse, and renders him unsound for the time. How far his soundness 
may be afterwards affected, must depend on the circumstances of the 
case. A lame horse is for the time an unsound one. 

14. — ^ ^ N'eurotomy . — A question has arisen how far a horse that has 
undergone the operation of the division of the nerve of the leg, and has 
recovered from the lameness with which he was before affected and stands 
his work well, may be considered to be sound. In our opinion there 
cannot be a doubt about the matter. A horse on whom this operation 
has been performed may"nf)e improved, may cease to be lame, may go 
well for many years ; but there is no certainty of his continuing to do 
so, and he is unsound. 

15. — ^^Ossification of the lateral cartilages constitutes unsoundness, as 
interfering with the natural expansion of the foot^ and in horses of 
quick work almost invariably producing lameness. 



268 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

16. — ' ' Pumiced-foot . — When the union between the horny and sensible 
lamellse, or little plates of the foot, is weakened, and the coffin-bone is 
let down, and presses upon the sole, that horse must be unsound, and 
unsound forever, because there are no means by which we can lift up the 
coffin-bone again into its place. 

17. — ^'Quidding is unsoundness for the time ; but the unsoundness will 
cease when the teeth are properly filed, or the catarrh relieved, or the 
cause of this imperfect chewing removed. J| 

18. — ^^Quittor is unsoundness. 

19, — ^'■Ring-hone. — Although when the bony tumor is small, and on one 
side only, there is little or no lameness, and there are a few instances in 
which a horse with ring-bone has worked for many years without lame- 
ness ; yet, from the action of the foot, and the stress upon the part, the 
inflammation and the formation of bone have such a tendency rapidly 
to spread, that we must pronounce the slightest enlargement of the 
pasterns or around the coronet, to be a cause of unsoundness. 

20. — "-Sand crack is manifestly unsoundness ; but it may occur without 
the slightest warning, and no horse can be returned for one that is sprung 
after purchase. 

21. — '■'■Spavin is unsoundness, whether bony or blood-spavin. In the 
first, lameness is produced, at least at starting, in ninety -nine cases out 
of a hundred, and there is enlargement of the hock, which rapidly spreads 
with quick and hard work, although the horse may be capable of, and 
may even get better at slow work. Blood-spavin is unsoundness, because, 
although it may not be productive of lameness, at slow work, the rapid 
and powerful action of the hock in quicker motion will produce perma- 
nent, although not considerable lameness, and which can scarcely ever 
be with certainty removed. 

22. — '■'■Splent. — It depends entirely on the situation of the bony tumoi 
on the inside of the shank-bone, whether it is to be considered as 
unsoundness. If it is not in the neighborhood of any joint, so as to 
interfere with its action, and if it does not press upon any ligament or 
tendon, it can be no cause of unsoundness. 

23, <■<■ Thickening of the Back Sinews, if pronounced, and occasioned 

with thickening of the leg, is unsoundness. 

24. '■'Thoroughpin, when of great size, and thrush, when pronounced, 

should undoubtedly be regarded as unsoundness, and is so regarded by 
good authorities." 

In fact, in many disabilities, the most discriminating judgment should 
be used. Since a disability that would detract but little from a horse 
for one use, might render him comparatively Avorthless for another. 



PART II. 
Diseases of the Horse. 

HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR CAUSES, PREVEN 
TION AND CURE. 



Diseases of the Horse. 



CHAPTER I. 
SYMPTOMS AND GENERAL TREATMENT. 



I. INTRODUCTION. II. OUTWARD ]\r ANIFESTATIONS OF DISEASE. III. SYS 

TOMS OF INTERNAL DISEASES. IV. IMPORTANCE OF PROMPT TREATMENT. 

V. KNOW WHAT YOU ARE TREATING. VI. NURSING AND FEEDING SICK ANI 

MALS. VII. EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. VIII. GRADUATION OF DOSES. 

IX. HOW OFTEN TO GIVE MEDICINES. X. FORMS OF MEDICINES AND HOW 

TO ADMINISTER, 

I. Introduction. 

The horse, especially when su])jcct to artificial care and conditions, and 
more especially in cities and large stables, is liable to pretty much the 
same diseases, or, at least, to diseases similar in their nature to those of 
man. Besides various epidemics, such as lung diseases, colds and influen- 
za,— diseases arising from injuries, and bad care, involving diseases of 
the skin and its integuments, and of the ligaments, muscles and bones, 
are quite common in horses. Such diseases are comparatively rave in 
the human familj^ for the reason that horses are often put to terrible 
strain in running, leaping, drawing heavy loads in the mud, and on rough 
pavements, etc. These, from the want of proper knowledge, or from 
neglect, assume the most serious forms, and often totally unfit the horse 
for active labor, if they do not entirely rUin him. 

The imi)ortance of common-sense treatment and training has been 
fully elucidated in the preceding pages. The importance of proper care, 
sufficient clothing, grooming, good ventilation, and kindness in their gen- 
eral treatment has also been insisted on. If the information to be given 
in the succeeding pages, relating to proper care in sickness, is observed, 
much trouble and loss will be saved to the farmer, who is often necessarily 
precluded from calling in the services of a competent veterinary sur- 
geon, because, in many country districts , there are none. 

The object of this work, therefore, is to give, in plain language, the 
necessary treatment of such diseases as may be cared for, by other than 
the professional surgeon ; and to give such advice as will prevent the oc- 
currence of many disabilities, which, if taken out of the list,, by their 
prevention, would very much lighten the task of the veterinarian. These 
should be well known and carefully studied by every horse owner, for 
thus might often be prevented spavin ; curb ; splint ; ringbone ; caries, 

270 



DISEASES OF THE HORSE. ^71 

111 its various forms; swellings of the muscular integuments, causing se- 
rious trouble; injuries to the sinews, causing breaking down ; poll evil 
and other fistulous affections; fractures ; founder ; grease; inflamma- 
tions of the glands and veins ; cracked hoofs ; quittor ; hernia and many 
other diseases, not recognized by the horse o^vner, as a rule, until they 
have become serious. 

A careful attention to symptoms which will be given in plain language, 
and the application of appropriate remedies, will save the owner mone}^ 
and at the same time will also save the most intelligent servant, and if 
allowed to be, the faithful friend of man, much terril>le torture. The 
feet and limbs are most liable to disease. Those who have suffered from 
the torture of a tight boot, can only form a partial idea of the agony of 
a horse suffering from disease of the feet, and especially from navicular 
disease, attacking, as it does, the most delicate organs, encased in the 
horny covering of the foot. The causes of disease, therefore, hoiv to 
know it by outwavd symptoms — for the horse cannot tell his distress, 
except by mute signs, and what to do, will be told in the following pages. 
In cases where danger is present from contagious and utterlv incural)le 
diseases, as glanders, or incurable infectious diseases as hydrophobia, the 
animal should be quickly and mercifully killed, and buried deep out of 
the way of danger. 

II. Outward Manifestations of Disease. 

To make plain what would otherwise not be readily comprehended, the 
diseases will be illustrated by cuts. These cuts will of ten present the 
disease in its strongest forms, whereby the same difficulties will be the 
more easily recognized in their lighter manifestations. Many of the dis- 
eases of the skin, and especially of the bones, may go on for a long time 
without the cause being surely known. Hence the illustration of some 
internal diseases, as shown outwardly, will be very nistructive. The 
most of them are caused by neglect or abuse. Their treatment will be 
given in their proper places, as, for instance, those of the feet, in the next 
chapter. The condensed description of their origin, with references to the 
illustration on the next page, will enable them to be readily recognized,, 

2 — Discliarge from nose^ either mucus or pus, or both. This may 
occur not only in glanders, but also in acute and chronic catarrh. 

2 — Prof use Jlow of saliva, resulting from a severe wound or swelling 
of the tongue, the mouth being partly open. 

3 — Loose, fiahhy lip, an evidence of partial paralysis of the part. 

4 — Fistula of the lower jaw, from an ulcerated tooth. This sometimes 
involves a large part of the lower jaw. 

5 — Fistula of the upper jaw, from same cause. 

6 — Blind eye. Frequently, accompanying a blind eye there is a con- 
tinuous flow of tears over the cheek. 



572 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 









^^■■^ : 




DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 27:i 

7 — Salivary fistula ; a fistulous opening into the duct that conveys the 
saliva from the parotid gland to the mouth. 

8— Large, long, drooping ear. Some horses have ears so large that 
they droop from their own weight. 

9 — Small short ear, sometimes called "Hare Ear." 

10 — Poll evil ; a running sore on the back of the neck, originating in 
:i boil, or from striking the poll a hard blow, as on a low ceiling, etc. 

11 — Itch or Mange; itchy skin diseases, causing the animal to rub him- 
self, oftentimes till the hair and mane are all rubbed off. 

12 — Eioe neck; the neck appears to be put on wrong side up; instead 
of curving upward and forming a handsome crest, it curves downward. 

13 — Bony tumor, caused by a blow on the jaw bone, from striking 
against the manger or other hard body. 

14 — Goitre; the common name for an enlarged thyroid gland. 

15 — Enlarged jugular vein, following bleeding, when badly done, 

16 — Swelling of parotid gland, from a bruise or undue compression. 

17 — Fistida from improper bleeding: the wound fails to heal. 

18 — Farcy buds on the neck. 

19 — Abscess on breast, from bruise from a collar, or other contusion. 

20 — Sioelling of the lymphatic glands of the breast. 

21— Fistulous ivithers; a chronic discharge following the formation of 
an abscess, caused by a bruise. 

22 — Sivay bach; a back uiuisunlly hollow. 

23 — Saddle gall, forming a sitfast when chronic. 

24 — Eel back; a rough uneven outline over the croup. 

25 — Drooping rump — tin extreme case. 

26 — Coarse, pointed hip, one liable to be knocked down. 

27 — Atrophy of the muscles , from disease or a bruise, or else from 
long standing lameness, allowing wasting to take place from disuse. 

28 — Rat-tail; hair off from disease of the skin of the tail. If it 
drops out badly once, it seldom returns. 

29 — Thickened tetidons (involving also their sheaths), at the back of 
the leg, from sprains, and causing severe lameness. 

30 — Splint; a bony tumor, the ossification of an effusion thrown out 
between the cannon and splint bones. 

31 — Gall on fetlock joint, from interfering. 

32 — Enlarged fetlock joint, from neglected or ill-treated sprain, etc. 

33 — Malformed pastern, which is too long and low; from this faulty 
conformation, the fetlock is liable to come too low, inducing sprains. 

34 — Ridge in the hoof. Any ridge or wrinkle in the hoof indicates 
the existence of fever in the coronet at some previous time. 

35 — Ox foot; a foot resembling that of an ox, either as a natural 

i8 " * 



274 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

peculiar conformation or from disease of the coffin joint, causing a bulg- 
ing of the hoof in the front part of the foot. 

36 — Quarter crack; a split in the fibers of the hoof from faulty nu- 
trition of the part, allowing it to become brittle. 

37 — Indurated enlargement of the knees, from sprains or bruises. 

38 — /Stilt foot, from disease of the foot around the heels or quarters. 

39 — Contracted hoof, either from disease or disuse. 

40 — Mud fever (Erythema); inflammation in the skin from exposure 
to ice water and mud. There is swelling of the leg, scabby condition of 
the skin, and the hair falls out. 

41 — Mallenders ; inflammation of the skin in the flexure of the knee ; 
the skin becomes dry and hard, with transverse fissures, and the knee 
is chronically enlarged. 

42 — 8]ioe hoil; a tumor caused by lying on the shoe. 

43 — Navel mixture ; the intestines protrude through the unclosed navel 
opening, being held in only by the skin. 

44 — Inguinal hernia ; the intestines pass down through the abdominal 
rings and inguinal canal, and, in stallions, into the scrotum. 

45 — Flank (or ventral) hernia ; the abdominal wall having been rup- 
tured, the bowels protrude through it, being retained only by the skin 

46 — Stife lameness, from a sprain, kick, puncture or other wound. 
If dislocation of the patella occurs, the horse is said to be stifled. 

47 — Farcy buds; enlarged (sometimes ulcerated) lymphatic glands. 

48 — Bog spavin ; distension of the synovial bursa, with lameness. 

49 — ISallenders; a skin disease in the flexure of the hock joint; the 
same disease in the flexure of the knee is called mallenders. 

50 — Bone iS2)avin ; a disease affecting the bones of the hock joint, and 
generally accompanied by a bony tumor on some part of the joint 

51 — Bursal enlargement of fetlock, in front; a soft, puffy swelling. 

52 — Hoof with rings, indicating previous fever, usually laminitis. 

53 — Sand crack; same as quarter crack, but comes in front. 

54 — Flat foot. The bones and hoof are flat and large, being the op- 
posite of the straight, upright foot. 

55 — Quiftor; a running sore or fistuhi of the quarter, the opening be- 
ing above the coronet, and the sinus running downward, inside the hoof. 

56 — Grease heel; a deep-seated skin disease, with an offensive dis- 
charge ; due to humor in the blood, and aggiavfited l>>^ filth and neglect. 

57 — Big leg, from neglected disease of the limb. 

S8 — Wind galls; soft, puffy swellings that appear to be filled with 
air, but, really, with synovia or joint oil. 

59 — Blood spavin; a distension of the vein at the hock from pressure 
upon it by a bony tumor. 



DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 275 

60 — Throughpin; a puffy enlargement at the upper and l)ack part of 
the hock joint, usually appearing both on the inside and outside. 

61 — Weak, small thigh, from faulty development. 

62 — Capped hock, an eidargement on the i)oint of the hock, usually 
filled with serum ; caused by a bruise, oftenest by kicking in the stall. 

63 — Curb ; an enlargement of the back of the hock, from si)r:iin. 

64 — Saddle gall, from uneven pressure of the saddle. 

III. Symptoms of Internal Diseases. 

Internal diseases cannot be illustrated except to depict the actions of 
the animal when suffering with derangement of the internal organs or their 
connections. Their actions, such as position, standing, lying, rolling, kick- 
ing, jumping, running etc. ; inclinations, such as the appetite, either rav- 
enous or lost ; thirst, either excessive or none, etc., are all condensed 
into one word, Symptoms. They express the feelings and appearances 
of the animal, and these, along wntli a few scientific observations, are all 
we have to rely upon to diagnose (recognise) the disease. Hence, it is 
of vital importance to be cognizant of the actions, habits, constitutional 
condition as to pulse, respiration, digestion ; color and quantity of the 
excretions; nature, quality and quantity of food required; characteris- 
tics of age, length of time in utero, development and longevity ; in fact 
all the characteristics of health, in order to be al)le to know when an ani- 
mal is sick. The sooner sickness is recognized and given the proper 
treatment, the sooner health will be restored and the less will be the lia- 
bility of death and loss ; and from a humane point of view% the less 
the animal will suffer from extensive lesions. 

IV. Importance of Prompt Treatment. 

A stitch in time saves nine. There is nothing in which this true saying 
applies more forcibly than in the treatment of ailments of all kinds, 
either external or internal. For instance, a horse goes lame from a corn ; 
if attended to properly it is cured in a week ; if neglected it festers, 
spreads, works up through the foot and breaks out at the to}) of the 
hoof, f')rming a quittor, which takes from one to three months to cure, 
the animal necessarily being idle nearly all the time. Or the horse 
catches cold, has catarrh, running from the nose and eyes, sore throat, 
cough and loss of appetite ; and if promptly and properly treated he may be 
cured in from tw^o to ten days. But if neglected for a day or two, to see if 
he will get well without any bother or expense, the disease is almost sure to 
run down onto the lungs and cause a sickness very painful, of long dura- 
tion, considerable expense and possible fatal termination. 

V. Know "What You are Treating. 

Therefore we would urge as a inatter of very great importance that the 
course adopted in case of sickness or lameness be applied promptly and 



276 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

thoroughly, yet with sufficient caution to be convinced that you are on the 
right track, so as not to be treating an ankle because it is cocked when 
every particle of the lameness is in the foot, or dosing a horse for bota 
when the trouble is pleurisy, or giving a dog medicine for inflammation 
of the brain when he is suffering from rabies. 

These and many other similar mistakes have come under the observa- 
tion of the writer. One notable case, in which many might have been 
deceived, was seen not very long ago ; a horse was blistered from one 
knee up the leg, over the shoulders and withers and down on the other side 
to the knee for sprain and soreness in the shoulders, when every bit of the 
disease lay in the feet. It was a case of acute founder. We relate this 
to impress upon the reader the necessity of careful, deliberate study of a 
case before taking action ; but when the derangement is conclusively 
located go ahead and apply promptly the remedies prescribed. 

VI. Nursing and Feeding Sick Animals. 

Much ingenuity can be displayed in nursing a sick animal. In order to 
do it intelligently the nurse must be familiar with the habits and require- 
ments of the animal in health. A few simple rules will assist the ama- 
teur. Make the animal as comfortable as possible, warm in winter and 
cool in summer. Give plenty of fresh air to breathe, but in all cases 
avoid a draft ; ventilation without drafts is the rule. Clothing for horses 
is often necessary, woolen blankets in winter and linen sheets and nets 
in summer. Hoods to cover the head and neck are often needed if the 
stable is not sufficiently warm. The proper temperature for the stable 
that is used for the hospital is from 55 ° to 60 ® F. This is warm 
enough for all animals except very weak lambs and sick dogs ; they 
require a warmer room, from 62® to 70® F. A part of the dwelling 
house is the best for them, if they are not too numerous. 

See that the place is dry and the drainage good. An elevated location 
is better than a low-lying one. 

The food wants to be simple, clean, nutritious, easy of digestion by 
being cooked, changed occasionally and administered often and in small 
quantities. Give green food, always, when it can be got. Oats, corn, 
barley, bran, shorts, etc., may be scalded with boiling water, covered and 
left to steam till cold, and then given. It is a great advantage to have 
the grain ground. Hay and water should always be given in liberal 
quantities ; and see that they are clean and pure. Warm milk for calves, 
and the same diluted and sweetened a little for lambs and foals ; beef 
tea, raw eggs, porridge of either oat or corn meal and milk for dogs, and 
the same for pigs will be found to be the best diet. In feeding sick ani- 
mals give a little, often, but be careful not to over-feed, as that is liable 



DISEASES OF THK HORSE. 277 

to throw the patient back and increase fever. Hdrses, cattle, etc., need 
to be fed three or four times a day ; foals, calves, lambs, dogs, etc., every 
two to four hours. 

Fever patients should have pure water near, so they can help them- 
selves when they wish it. Those suffering from diarrhoea or excessive 
purgation should be watered four or five times a day, but in smaller quan- 
tities. 

Rest should always be given to sick animals ; many cases prove fatal 
from working too long after being taken sick, or from being put to work 
too soon after recovery. 

VII. Explanation of Terms Used. 

To some readers a few words of explanation may be necessary in ordei 
to the proper understanding of the drugs and their doses. 

Alteratives change the conditions and functions of organs. 

AncBsthetics deprive of sensation and suffering. 

Anodynes allay or diminish pain. 

Antacids are antidotes to acids. 

Anthelmintics kill or expel worms. 

Antiperiodics arrest or retard the return of a paroxysm in periodic dis- 
eases. 

Antiseptics prevent, arrest or retard putrefaction. 

Antispasmodics prevent or alla}'^ cramps. 

Aperients gently open the bowels. 

Aromatics, strong-smelling stimulants, dispel wind and allay pain. 

Astringents cause contraction of vital structures. 

Carminatives, warming stimulants (Aromatics). 

Cathartics, Purgatives, freely open the bowels. 

Cholagogues increase the secretion of bile. 

Demulcents sheathe and protect irritated surfaces. 

Diaphoretics, Sudorijics, cause perspiration. 

Discutients dispel enlargements. 

Disinfectants destroy infecting matter. 

Diuretics increase the secretion of urine. 

Ecbolics, Parturients, cause contraction of the womb. 

Emetics induce vomiting. 

Expectorants increase the secretion from the air tubes. 

Febrifuges counteract fever — lower temperature. 

Laxatives ( Aperients ) . 

Karcotics allay pain and jDroduce sleep. 

Refrigerants diminish heat. 

Sedatives depress nervous power or lower circulation. 



278 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Soporijics induce sleep. 

Stimulants temporarily excite the nervous or circulatory system. 

xS'm/o^o^wes increase the secretion of saliva. 

Stomachics improve digestion. 

Tonics gradually and permanently improve digestion and nutrition . 

Vermifuges kill and expel worms. 

VII. Graduation of Doses. 

The relation of quantity of medicine to the age of the patient is thus 
given ))y Prof. Low : The doses given may be held applicable to full 
grown animals of medium size, therefore some allowance must be made 
in any case in which the patient exceeds or comes short of the average of 
his kind. A similar modification must be made as regards. young anim- 
als, not only on account of their smaller size but also of their greater 
susceptibility. The following table may serie as a guide : 



HORSE, ETC. 


ox. 


SHEEP. 


SWINE. 


DOGS. 


DOSE. 


3 years. 

9-18 m'ths. 
5-9 " 
1-5 •' 


2 years. 
1-2 " 
6-12 m'ths. 
3-6 •' 
1-3 •• 


\% years. 
9-18 m'ths. 
5-9 •• 
3-5 '' 
1-3 '^ 


15 m'ths. 

8-15 - 
6-8 ^• 
3-6 

:-3 >. 


^i year. 
3-6 moths. 
l>^-3~ - 
'^■'^45 days. 
.U-20 •' 


1 part. 

}i - 

y^ - 



Allowance must also be made for a nervous temperament which usually 
renders an animal more impressible, for habit or continued use which 
tends to decrease the susceptibility for individual drugs, for idiosyncrasy 
Avhieh can only be discovered by observing the action of the agent on the 
particular subject, and for the influence of disease when that is likely to 
affect the action. Thus in most diseases of the brain and spinal cord, and 
in some impactions of the stomach, double the usual quantities of pur- 
gative medicine will be necessary, while in influenza and ether low fevers 
half the usual doses may prove fatal. In acute congestion of the brain, 
stimulating narcotics (opium, belladonna, hyoscyamus,) would aggravate 
the symptoms, etc. 

IX. How Often to Give Medicines. 

Febrifuges, or doses intended to reduce fever, such as aconite, bella- 
dona, si)irits of nitre, solution of the nitrate or chlorate of potash, or 
any form of ammonia should be repeated as often as every two hours in 
bad cases, and from that to three or four times a day in mild cases. 
Alteratives may be repeated once or twice a day. Purgatives may be 
repeated after twenty to thirty hours in bad cases, and after forty to 
forty-eight hours in mild cases. Tonics should be repeated once, twice 
or thrice a day. Stimulants, especially alcoholic, may be repeated after 
two to six hours, Ecbolics may be repeated after half an hour ; ano- 
dynes after half an hour ; other remedies as required. 



DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 279 

X. Forms of Medicines and how to Administer. 

Medicines should always be given in the food or drink, when possible, 
to avoid worrying the patient and also to avoid the danger of choking from 
the liquid running into the lungs. When the medicine is nearly inodor- 
ours and tasteless it can be mixed with bran mashes, or other soft feed. 
Aloes should be made into a roll the size and shape of your finger and 
wrapped in thin paper or put into a gelatine capsule, and passed back onto 
the root of the tongue of the horse. 

Liquid medicine, in large doses, is given as drenches out of a strong- 
necked bottle or horn, the head being elevated and the neck of the bot- 
tle inserted at the side of the mouth and 
poured very slowly in, the head being 
kept raised till all is swallowed. If the 
patient coughs while being drenched, let 
the head down instantly, regardless of the 
loss of the medicine, for, if kept up, it is 
apt to run into the lungs, and cause death 
in two minutes. 

Small doses are best given Avith a syr- 
inge ; open the mouth with the left hand "^"' '^^ "^ T'iiorse. 
and insert the syringe in the left side of the mouth, and shoot the con- 
tents well back into the throat. A syringe or spoon may be used on 
all small animals. 

Medicine for cattle and and sheep needs to be more bulky and watery, 
on account of the great size, comparatively, of the stomach, and when 
not practicable to administer it in the food, it should be dissolved in 
from one to two quarts of water for cattle, and one to two pints for 
sheep, and given as a drench from a bottle or horn. 

Care should be taken to avoid letting the animal bite the bottle ; keep 
the nock of it firmly up agaiist the roof of the mouth between the 
two rows of upper teeth. If the animal should break the bottle, let the 
head down instantly and remove the broken glass as quickly as possible. 




CHAPTER II. 
FEET OP THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 



I. CORNS. II. QUITTOR. III. QUARTER AND SAND CRACKS. TV. SEEDT TOE. 

V. PRICKING FROM NAILS VI. ACUTE FOUNDER OR LAMINITIS. VII. 

CHRONIC FOUNDER OR LAMINITIS. VIII. PUMICED FEET. 

I. Corns. 

There is no ailment so common to horses' feet as corns. Fully uine- 
tenths of the lameness in the feet are from this source. 

Causes. — They are the result of uneven pressure of the shoe, too much 
bearino- on the quarters, especially the inner one, and too heavy bearing 
on the heels. This results from the shoes being left on too long without 
beino- reset, and the feet pared down and the heels opened to remove the 
surplus growth of hoof, that would be worn off if the foot were not 
shod. Corns are often caused by contraction of the feet, the pressure 
on the walls of the quarters, by the contraction of the hoof, being very 
great. 

It is necessary, as a rule, to shoe horses' feet, and in order to 
keep them healthy the shoes should be reset about once a 
month, the sole and wall reduced to their proper size, heels 
opened, an(i the ragged surface, if any, trimmed off the frog. 

^ The effect of the too heavy bearing on the quarters and heels is 

SOLE OF A ^ l)i'uise the soft parts underneath, giving rise to soreness, and 

FOOT c- v_^ 

Showing a after a day or two a reddish or purple spot will appear, varying 
spot'fnd.'cl- in size from a ten cent piece to that of a quarter of a dollar. If 
corn. * "^"^ the bruising is light, the corn may become caloused and remain a 
constant source of lameness, but not very severe, for a long time ; but, 
if it is bad, the corn soon festers, matter forms and increases, spreading 
in all directions, till it gets vent either by being opened at the bottom, or 
breaks out at the top at the junction of the hoof and hair, forming a 
quittor. 

How to know it. — Lameness appears, slight at first, but increasing 
very fast from day to day. The horse will show an inclination to favor 
the sore quarter, and will not wear the shoe quite so much on that heel. 
By applying the hand to the foot, you will notice heat in the sore part. 

280 





FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 281 

Tapping the foot gently with a hammer will make the horse flinch when 
the sore spot is reached, and he will point the foot (thrust 
it out forward) restingitonthe toe, raising the heels com- 
pletely off the ground. If there are corns on both feet, he 
will change feet, will point first one, then the other. If 
the corns are small and not very sore, the lameness may 
diminish with travel, so that when well warmed up he will sole of a 
go quite sound, till he stands at rest again. Then he will foot. 

go off lamer than ever. When the corn is festered, he will posUio"/of rco"rn"^ 
be very lame, indeed, will only touch the toe to the ground, will move 
with the greatest difficulty and reluctance. When the shoe is removed, 
you will find the purple spot in the quarter, between the wall and the 
bar, near the heel. 

What to do. — Remove the shoe, .pare out the quarter well, so as tore- 
move all pressure, and let out any matter that may be under the sole ; 
then put the foot into a linseed poultice made up soft with hot water. 
Leave it on twenty-four hours, then renew it. While the poultice is 
off, examine the foot to see if it needs any more paring ; if the hole is 
deep, you will need to cut the hoof well away to allow the matter to escape 
freely ; for if you do not, it will work up through to the top of the hoof. 

Before putting the poultice on again, pour into the corn a little pure 
carbolic acid, or turpentine, or dilute nitric acid — diluted one-half with 
water. Dress it in this way once a day till all soreness is gone, and the 
horse will stand on the foot as well as ever. Then leave off the poultice. 

If proud flesh conies up in the hole, burn it down with powdered blue 
vitriol. The hoof you have pared away will soon grow again. When it has 
stopped running, apply the vitriol once a day, which will dry and heal it. 
When it is all dry, and the horse walks sound on the foot, put on a bar 
shoe to protect the weak quarter, giving the frog gentle pressure ; pour 
warm tar into the hole, and stuff oakum or tow soaked in tar under the 
shoe. When shoeing afterwards, bear in mind to avoid too heavy bear- 
ing on the heels. When that quarter has grown out again, and is strong, 
the bar shoe may be replaced by an open one. 

If the foot is much contracted, take the bearing off the quarters by 
reducing the walls a little, so as to have the appearance of the shoe hav- 
ing been sprung off the heels, but let the shoe be perfe«ctly level. Open 
the heels well up towards the hair, so as to give the feet a chance to 
spread while growing. 

When a foot is much inclined to have corns, the shoe should be reset 
often — every two or three weeks — and the quarters well cleaned out each 
time. 

Extra care will have to be taketi of the feet that have once been affec- 
ted with corns, to keep them soft. Soak them in a tub of either cold or 



282 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORc 

warm water. Some add salt, soda, etc., but it is better clear, as the only- 
virtue lies in the moisture. Many of the substances used are injurious to 
the hoofs, by making them brittle. Or pack the hoof with linseed meal, or 
oil-cake meal, wet up with hot water. If there is much heat and fever, 
put on swabs, either made of felt or pieces of old blanket or woolen cloth, 
folded and tied around the pastern, and left to hang down over the feet, 
and wet frequently with hot water. 

A horse that has chronic corns can be cured by shoeing him with tips reach- 
ing half way back to the heels, letting the heels come to the ground and 
take wear. This gives frog pressure also and spreads the quarters, which 
will in time grow the corns completely out. A little fly blister rubbed into 
the coronets of the fore feet will stimulate a healthy growth of horn, and as- 
sist in overcoming the conditions of the hoof that helped to induce the corns. 

II. Quitter. 
Quittor is the name given to a disease of the foot, when the festering of 
any other sore works up through, and breaks out at the top of the hoof at 
the j unction with the hair. 

Causes. — It is usually the result of a neglected corn, prick of a nail, 
gravel getting into a nail hole, or a festered corn working up through to 
the top of the hoof. 

How to Know it. — It usually occurs on the quarters, anywhere from 
the heels to two or three inches forward, but is oftener seen on the inner 
quarter, because corns are most often found there. It 
makes its appearance, after the horse has been lame for 
some time, by swelling at the coronet. Sometimes the 
first active swelling of the part is as large as a hen's egg. 
In the course of a day or two it breaks and discharges 

A QUITTOR. . . 

In active suppuration, matter, whcu the horse will be relieved of some of the 

before the pus has . , . , , i • , i . j i /? j • 

broken out at the top. paui, which lias bccu vcry intense during the formation 
of the sore. Sometimes the foot can scarcely be put to the floor at all, 
and may be kept pawing most of the time. After the quittor has been run- 
ning two or three days, the flesh around the opening will turn purple and 
get soft, and the matter will spread, extending each way, 
but more towards the front. In a couple of weeks pipes 
will have formed, pointing downwards in all directions, 
having one common center in the opening at the top. If 
let alone, the walls of the pipes will thicken and harden, 
A QUITTOR^ and the enlargement at the top will increase, sometimes to 
^^^'^ut at^h\ top°''^'' the size of a man's fist. All this time the lameness con- 
tinues very great, and, if allowed to run on for three months or more, the 
foot becomes so full of pipes and so large, hot and painful as to require 





FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 283 

v^ery persistent and thorough treatment to stop the disease, and can never be 
reduced to its natural size and form. In extreme cases lameness is per- 
manent, Avith a tendency of the toe to turn up, and the horse walks on his heel. 
What to do. — If taken as soon as it breaks open at the top, poultice the 
foot for twenty-four hours, to soften all the parts. Then give the diseased 
part vent at the bottom, to allow the matter, if any, to run out there if it 
will; but if none is found at the bottom, do not cut the hoof to make it 
bleed, as that would only make another sore, and would do no good. Open 
it freely at the top; probe it with a piece of smooth, rounded whalebone to 
find how deep the hole goes, and in what direction. Then follow the probe 
down with the knife, and open right out and down the hoof, as far as the 
hole goes, taking out a V-shaped piece of the wall to allow the matter to 
escape at the bottom, instead of making it come out at the top. Scarify the 
purple flesh to set up a healthy inflammation in the part. Then sponge it out 
with warm water to cleanse it, and follow with a lotion made as follows: 

No. 1. 2 Drachms sulphate of copper, 

y2 Pint water. 
Mix. 

Inject it well down into the wound, twice a day. If it burns and causes 

a scab to come on the flesh, dilute it a little after using it three or four 

days. If after a week or ten days the Avound does not appear to be getting 

well, change to the folloAving: 

No. 2. 3 Drachms sulphate of zinc, 

Yz Pint water. 
Mix. 

By being careful that the opening is down to the bottom all the time, to 
let the matter out, you will have no trouble in curing it. Keep the shoe 
off" till the foot is well enough to Avork ; then put on a bar shoe so as to 
protect the weak quarter. 

In very bad cases, in Avhich there are several pipes running in as many 
directions, it is absolutely necessary to open up each one fearlessly. Then 
go on with the lotions given above, and change occasionally to the following: 

No. 3. 1 Drachm corrosive sublimate, 

Yz Pint water. 
Mix. 

In long continued treatment it is advisable to alternate the lotions, one 
week on, and one off. 

The hoof will groAv faster on account of the inflammation in it, so that it 
will be necessary to have the foot pared down occasionally. When the 
discharge is all dried up and the disease cured, blister the enlargement to 
reduce it. After the blister has taken hold, grease the part once a day, 
till it is nearly Avell, then repeat the blister. Soak the foot often, and pack 
it with oil -cake meal to keep it so^t. 




284 CYCLOrEDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

III. Quarter and Sand Cracks. 

These are cracks in the hoof, usually lengthwise of the fibres of 
the hoof, though sometimes the hoof breaks across the fibres for a dis- 
tance of an inch or so . But the crack rarely extends through 
the hoof into the laminae, or quick, consequently it does not 
cause lameness. 

Quarter cracks come on the quarters, usually on the in- 
side, on account of that quarter being thinner and weaker 
than the outer one. 

Sand cracks come on the wall of the foot, anywhere forward of the 
quarters, and are so called on account of their being more common in 
sandy parts of the country. 

These cracks are due to a brittle condition of the hoof, and a want of 
elasticity in the fibres. 

Causes. — Poor assimilation, or faulty distribution of the food and a want 
of proper nutrition to the hoof, are principal causes giving rise to a slow 
growth. What does grow is hard, brittle and inelastic. Sometimes the 
hoofs become cracked from the heating, drying influences of sandy roads, 
stony pavements in cities, and long continued want of 
moisture to the feet. When the feet are in this condition, 
any severe work or pounding of the hoofs is liable to break 
them . Racers and trotters are particularly subject to them , 
because the tracks are sometimes very hard, and the tre- 
mendous exertions of the horses, and the pounding of the 

Or deficiency of the , , tij- i ^ i> i 

outer wall. fect ou thc track, are peculiarly trying to the hoots ; and 

•unless they are in first-class condition, they are apt to crack. 

How to know it. — A crack or split in the hoof, it may be only at the 
top or at the bottom, and very short, or in the centre, from top to bot- 
tom ; or it may extend clear from the top to the bottom. It may extend 
hiward but a little way, or it may be deep, clear into the quick, so that 
the soft parts are pinched between the edges of the crack, making it bleed 
and causing great lameness. The lameness may come on gradually or 
suddenly. It depends upon whether the crack starts on the surface and 
increases in depth with every strain, or whether it breaks right through 
to the quick at once. In the latter case, the horse will go dead lame 
immediately, and oftentimes the blood will run from the crack. But in 
the former case he will not be lame till the crack does extend through to 
the quick. 

As in all cases of lameness in the foot, where there is pain, he will 
point the foot, that is, thrust it forward, to rest it. 




FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 



285 



down sound 



What to do. — Remove the shoe and reduce the wall of that quarter, to 
take off the bearing. If it is broken through into the quick, take a 
sharp shoeing knife and pare down the edges of the crack the whole 
length, enough to relieve the pinching, and for a distance of half an inch 
on each side of the crack, to make it more pliable. Then take either a 
sharp knife or a red hot iron, with an edge to it, and cut or burn across 
the crack at the top, right through to the quick. Make the cut at least 
an inch long ; this is to start a new hoof and make it grow 
and naturally. 

If the crack does not extend clear through the hoof, it 
is not necessary to pare away the edges. If there is no 
lameness , you may be certain it is not broken through into 
the quick, for if it is the horse will go lame. It is a 
good plan to cut or burn across the crack at the top, and 
take off the bearing at the bottom, but do not cut or burn 
so deep as in the more severe case. Then have a plate 
either of brass, copper or iron, half an inch wide, and 
ftn inch and a half long, screwed on across the crack ; have the screws 
about a quarter of an inch long, and screw them into the hoof, while an 
assistant draws the edges of the crack together with a 
pair of pinchers, the horse at the time standing on the 
other foot to take the weight off the one operated on. 

As the foot grows, the plate will have to be moved 
down, about once a month or six weeks, or, perhaps, not 
oftener than once in two months, according as the hoof 
grows fast or slow. 




QUARTER CRACK 

Cut across the top, the 
bearingf taken off at 
the bottom, and 
shod. 




QUARTER CRACK. 



When it is dry, 



Showing- the hoof 
broken only part way 
up ; dressed, pared 

If flesh grows up l)etween the edges of the crack, burn and shod. 
It down with jjowdered blue vitriol, applied once a daj 
and the soft parts are healed by the vitriol, dress it 
with pine tar once a day. 

In all cases blister the coronet at the junction of 
hoof and hair, clear around from heel to heel, but 
do not blister back of the heels, in the hollow of 
the pastern. Let the blister be of cantharides 
(Spanish flies.) 

If the ci-acks arc bad, it is best to shoe Avith a 
bar shoe, which should be reset every three or four 
weeks. 

CLOSING A HOOF CRACK. 

Cracks that break crosswise of the hoof seldom By the use of thin wire. 
amount to disability. H there is any flesh exposed, dress it with 




286 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



powdered blue vitriol once a day, till 
change will be made in the shoeing. 



it is dry, then mth tar. No 




FALSE QTTARTEB. 

Relieved of bearing 
on the shoe. 




SAND CRACK. 



Pared away at the 
sides and bottom, 
to remove bearing 
also method of 
shoeing with clips 
to support sides of 
crack. 




SAND CRACK. 



Dressed, shod and 
bandaged for 
work, when rest 
cannot be given. 




IV. Seedy Toe. 
Seedy toe is a dry, mealy condition of the wall at the toe. 

Causes. — It is caused -sually ])y bruising of the toe, by the clip of the 
shoe being pounded into the toe too tightly ; and the 
bruised part takes on a sort of dry rot, or gangrene, 
which extends up between the wall and the laminae. It 
causes tenderness of the foot when bad, but is rarely met 
with. It is a separation of the two layers of horn which 

SEEDV TOE. , ^ „ , , P 1,. J. T 

^^ . ,, ,. compose the crust of the hoof, resultmg from disease 

Showing the separation 1 o 

fof^pLTs^'underneath! ^uc to bruiscs or faulty condition of the body. 

How to know it. — When the shoe is removed, a mealy, whitish-looking 
substance will be seen immediately under the wall, at the toe, running up 
towards the hair, sometimes for an inch or so, and may be picked or 
broken down easily with a nail, leaving a hollow beneath the shell. 

What to do.— Pare away the wall at the toe after taking off the shoe, 
so as to remove the bearing therefrom. Pick out all the mealy substance 
that breaks down easily, and turn in warm tar, and press in a little Avad 
of tow. Replace the shoe, and apply a mild blister of cantharides to the 
coronet. 



FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 



287 



Prevention. — Avoid pounding the clip of the shoe into the toe, but cut 
away a little of the wall to form a hollow place for it. 




DIAGRAM OF SHOE. 

Showing clip that is 
hammered into the toe, 
sometimes causing^ 
seedy toe. 




VIEW OF A FOOT. 

Showing toe pared to receive the 
clip to avoid seedy toe. 



V. Pricking from Nails. 

Causes. — Pricking may come from a nail running into the quick when 
shoeing, or a nail may be picked up in the street. It is often doKcby the 
horse stepping on a piece of board containing a nail, and the nail is often 
pulled right out again when he steps off the board, or the nail may be 
broken off inside. 

How to know it. — Sudden lameness will tell you that something serious 
is wrong. Pull off the shoe and examine the foot carefully. If one of 
the shoe-nails has punctured the quick, it will be moist and black. If a 
nail is found anywhere in the foot, pull it out carefully, so as not to break 
it off. If it should be ])roken off, pare away the hoof around it, and get 
hold of it with nippers and pull it out. 

The lameness will be greater or less, according to the amount of injury 
done ; if the nail wounds the tendon, that plays over the navicular joint 
in the foot, or pierces the navicular joint, the 
lameness will be very great, long continued and 
sometimes permanent. In many of these cases 
there is high fever, great pain, restlessness, blow- 



ing, redness of eyes, and the horse will not lie 

down. He will paw or continuously raise the| 

foot. There will be loss of appetite in some cases, 

and not in others; the flanks will be tucked up, 

and every evidence of intense pain will be shown, 

especially if the wound is in the hind foot, and 

more especially if the navicular joint is punctured. 

In that case there will be a discharge of joint oil, showing the shoe partly puued oA 

a yellowish watery matter, which clnts like blood ^i? "^'ethf tt'e?io:n°"' "*''" 

soon after running out. 




PRICKING FROM NAILS. 



When dis^ssing it, you will tind clots of yellow- 



288 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETK STOCK DOCTOR. 

ish, amber-colored matter on the poultice. In bad cases the leg swells, 
sometimes to the body. Great heat is in the foot and leg, and pain is 
shown if the foot is tapped. There will also be a hard, hot swelling in 
the hollow of the pastern and around the heels, with great tenderness to 
the touch. 

All these symptoms will be noticed to a greater or less extent, accord- 
ing to the amount of injury done. Cases in which the nail does not 
wound the joint are usually simple. 

What io do. — When you have removed the shoe, and found where 
the prick is, pare out the hole, and around it a little, to thin the hoof; 
this will relieve the pressure when it begins to swell. Then turn in a 
small quantity of solution of carbolic acid, one part of acid to twenty 
of water, or use a little turpentine. Either will tend to prevent" suppur- 
ation. Then put the foot into a boot, or bag of linseed meal poultice. 
Change it once a day and examine the wound each time, to see that any 
matter that forms can escape. This is very important. 

If it is a mild case, it will get well soon and the 
lameness disappear, when the horse can be shod and go 
to work. But if it is a bad case, and much matter 
forms, it Avill extend under the hoof and spread. In 
order to prevent this it is best to remove that part of 
the hoof which has matter under it. The same rule 
applies to the frog ; sometimes the matter works un- 
der the entire frog, and it has to come off, but a new 
one forms readily. 
Showing nail wound and A hot poulticc is bcst, cxccpt whcii there is an open 

and how to pare it out. .•,,1 . ii -jiaj, i 

joint, then put on a cold one instead. At every dress- 
ing apply the carbolic lotion, and poultice right over it. 

If proud flesh comes up, keep it down with powdered blue vitriol, 
applied once a day ; if it comes up suddenly, as large as your thumb, 
you can cut it off with perfect safety. - Then, when it stops bleeding, 
dress it with the vitriol. As soon as there is no more matter, and the 
lameness is nearly gone, leave off the poultice and dress it once a day 
with pine tar. 

If the joint is opened, in addition to tiie treatment given above spread 
over the injured part of the foot, and also in the hollow of the pastern. 
Solid Extract of Belladonna, a piece as large as your little finger-nail, 
once a day and let the poultice go on cold, right over it. Continue 
this as long as there is much lameness. If there is much fever, give 
Tincture of Aconite Root in ten-drop doses, in a table-spoonful of cold 
water every two hours until the horse is better. 




FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 289 

No change need be made in the shoeing, except to stuff tar and tow 
over the nail-hole, under the shoe. If nail wounds are neglected lock 
jaw is very apt to follow. 

VI. Acute Founder or Laminitis. 

Founder is of two kinds, acute and chronic. It is acute where, when 
it first takes place, all the sj^mptoms are aggravated and the disease is 
attended with more or less fever. It is chronic when it has been of long 
standing and the diseased condition has taken an organized form, ^vill 
remain as it is and become a part of the organized system, but is not 
attended j)y any fever, other than a slight local heat. 

The inner surface of the wall of the hoof has horny leaves or laminae, 
very fine and near together, running up and down. On the outer surface 
of the bone of the foot are sensitive, fleshy leaves that dovetail, as it 
were, into the leaves on the wall of the hoof. On these leaves is borne, 
the weight of the entire body. 

Causes. — Sometimes it is caused by overwork, in which the feet are 
pounded, and sored up, causing inflammation in the leaves. But founder 
is usually a metastatic disease — one that originates in some 
other part of the body and goes to the feet by a peculiar trans- 
ference called metastasis. It may originate in congestion of I 
the lungs, pleurisy, inflammation of the bowels or periton- 
eum (the membrane holding the bowels in place) or in almost 
any part of the body. Drinkinsj cold water when warm, or foot with 

'' \ ./ O ^ X WEAK 

standing in a draft when heated will cause it. sole. 

Howtoknowit. — The acute form is easily recoo-nized by Predisposed to 

•J ~ ' -y' lounder ana 

the horse being m great pain, persistently standing in one p^^'^dfoot. 
place, as if riveted there, it being almost mipossible to move him an inch 
in any direction, especially backward. He absolutely cannot back, but 
will hang the body back, throwing most of the weight on the hind legs. 
and stretching the fore legs as far forward as possible. If the animal 
tries to lift a foot it fails and acts as though the foot were fastened to the 
floor. 

The pulse is quickened, temperature raised, the mucous membranes 
become red and injected ; the breathing is quickened as though thei-e were 
some lung trouble; sweating is profuse, he will not lie down, and the 
appetite is lost for the time. The characteristic symptom i« the inaljility 
to back ; if you try to force the animal to back, it will swing the body 
back, without moving the feet. When thoroughly exhausted from stand- 
ing, the horse will drop down, and will lie much of the time afterwards. 

The inflammation in the bones of the hoof is followed by an effusion of 

water which severs the connection between the leaves by maceration. 
19 "^ 




290 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

letting the toe of the foot drop down, forminfr puraioed foot, if it is not 
promptly treated. Pumiced foot is incurable. 




POSITION TAKEN IN ACUTE FOUNDER. 

Sometimes the inflammation goes on to suppuration. Matter forms and 
extends around the hoofs, often causing them to drop off, which will 
take place in the course of three to six weeks. 

Acute founder is often fatal hy the excessive fever, by the absorption 
of pus into the system, causing pyemia, or by the extreme weakness that 
follows a long, lingering case. 

What to do. — Give a dose of Raw Linseed Oil, one Pint, then pull off 
all the shoes and pare down the walls of the bare feet, so as to let him 




A CONVENIENT WAY OF SOAKING THE FEET IN HOT WATER IN CASE 
OF FOUNDER. 

stand on the sole and frog. If the feet cannot be raised to remove the 
shoes, lay him down and then remove them. Then, if standing, put him 
into a hot foot bath all around, one or two feet at a time. Let the water 



FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 291 

be hot for each one, and with a little mustard in it. Bathe the legs with 
it as high as the knees and hocks. Leave them in as long as the water 
remains hot ; then take them out and put each foot into a linseed poultice, 
hot and soft, and bandage the legs with flannel. Repeat this morning 
and night for two or three weeks, or until the soreness is nearly all gone 
from the feet. Then stand him in a clay puddle, daytimes, and take him 
out of nights, and continue this as long as there is any stiffness. It will 
need to be continued, in most cases, for a month or more. Leave the shoes 
off till he is ready to work again . As soon as the feet are well put into 
poultices, begin on the following mixture ; 

No 4. 1 Ounce sweet spirits of nitre, 

1 Drachm ti'. aconite root, 
1 Ounce potash nitrate, 
3^ Pint water, 
Mix. 

Give a tablespoonful every two hours, until the fever abates andtne 
patient becomes comfortable ; then drop off to three times a day. Con- 
tinue this for about a week, or in a veiy bad case, ten days. Feed lightly 
on warm mashes, scalded oats, grass, &c. 

VII. Chronic Founder or Laminitis 

How to know it. — The chronic form is a modification of the acute. 
In bad cases you will notice the difficult backing ; lameness ; pointing ol 
the feet, first one and then the other ; the horse goes with a shojt, 
shambling gait, as though the legs were all stiff, and the shoulders are 




THE MOVEMENT OF A HORSE SUFFERING FROM SUB-ACUTE 
OR CHRONIC FOUNDER. 

thrown forward, giving the chest the appearance of being drawn in. 
Hence the mistake some make, in supposing the horse to be chest-foun- 
dered. There is no such thing, it is always in the feet. 




2U2 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORo 

The shoes will be worn off more at the heels, and when pointing them 
he will extend the feet and rest them on the heel, turning the toes up 
as much as possible, because the trouble nearly all lies in the toes. 

Horses with chronic founder will choose the soft parts 
of the road, but will avoid the water and mud holes as 
much as possible. In feeling of the feet you will notice 
them very hot nearly all the time, and there will be 
rings on the hoofs, from uneven growth of horn. The 
feet will very soon become much contracted and the 

A DEFOKMED -^ 

HOOF. hoofs brittle. 

^^dil'g 'iXacuw '"o; What to do.— You camiot do anything to cure it, but 
chronic founder. j^ ^^^^^ |-jq allcviatcd by kccpiug the feet as cool and soft 

as possible with poultices, clay puddles and foot baths. 

In addition, rul) a little fly blister around the coronets once a month, 
and reset the shoes often. 

VIII. Pumiced Feet. 

Causes. — When the inflammation in the feet, from acute laminitis, is 
neglected, or allowed to run on several days before the proper treatment 
is applied, the connection between the sensible and insensible laminae, 
or leaves, is destroyed by the effusion that accumulates between them 
and soaks them apart, letting the toe of the bone tip on to the sole, 
pushing it down to the ground, or nearly so, and making the lower sur- 
face convex instead of concave, as it should be. Sometimes the toe of 
the bone will be punched quite through. 

How to know it. — Take up the foot, and instead of seeing a nice, cup- 
shaped sole, you will find it bulged down towards the ground, making it 
oval the wrong way. If the bone is punching through, you will notice 
it, and it will leave no doubt in your mind as to Avhat it is. The hcrse 
will be lame with all the characteristic symptoms of chronic founder. 

What to do. — Nothing can be done to cure it, but if it is not very bad, 
careful shoeing, to keep all pressure oft the sole, by means of a shoe, 
well concaved on the bearing surface, will help to keep him on his feet ; 
then, by keeping the feet as cool as possible, he can be made serviceable for 
easy worts. 

When the toe of the bone pushes through, he is of no more use, and 
might as well be destroyed, to mercifully put him out of his misery. 



CHAPTER III. 
FEET OP THE HOESE ANB THEIR DISEASES, CONTINUED. 



I. THRUSH. II. NAVICULAR DISEASE. III. CONTRACTION OF THE FOOT. IV. 

GRAVEL. V. CANKER. VI. CALKS. VII. FRACTURE OF THE BONE OF 

THE FOOT. VIII. STONE BRUISES. IX. SIDE BONE. 

I. Thrush. 

Thrush is the name given to a disease of the frog. It is a rotting or 
ulceration of the frog, and is attended with a very offensive, bhick, wat- 
ery discharge. The frog rots completely off sometimes, and extends 
down in the cleft between the heels, to a depth of from half an inch to 
two inches. 

Causes. — Uncleanliness, standing in a filtliy stable, especially in their 
own excrement. The filth remaining in the foot a long time and exclud- 
ing the air, sets up decay which runs into ulceration. 

How to know it. — The ragged frog, offensive smell, black discharge, 
deep cleft between the heels, which causes them to drop in towards each 
other, making them look very much contracted, are evident signs. In 
bad cases the animal sometimes goes lame, but not in mild cases. Still, 
great harm results from neglecting it, on account of the injury to the 
shape of the foot. 

What to do. — Trim off all the ragged parts of the frog, clean out all 
the holes and crevices with a case knife, or some similar ivifctrument, then 
apply a linseed poultice, with charcoal powdered over the surface. After 
twenty-four hours clean it all off, and dress the affected parts with calo- 
mel well introduced into all the cracks, with the case knife. Repeat this 
once or twice, letting a day intervene between the applications. When 
it is all dried up, dress the part with pine tar. 

Prevention. — Pick out the feet well, each day, to let the air in around 
the frog, which is necessary to keep them healthy. 

II. Navicular Disease. 

One of the tendons of the leg (the Jiexor pedis perforans) passes 
down the back of the leg to the foot, and around beneath the navicular 
bone and joint of the foot, that lies directly above the frog. The tendon, 
passing between the bone and the frog, attaches itself to a rough hollow 
on the sole of the coffin bone. Disease in that part of the tendon, bone 
or joint is navicular disease. 

293 



294 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The tendon is inflamed, sore and swolen ; the inflammation extends to 
the joint and from that to the bone, which becomes rough and porous 
from having its fatty portion absorbed. The edge sometimes gets so 
sharp and rough as to saw through the tendon. This will let the fetlock 
down onto the ground, and the toe will turn up. 

Causes. — It is caused by a very severe sprain of the tendon in its^ lower 
portion ; any severe bruise on the frog or heels ; the prick of a nail en- 
tering the foot far enough to wound the tendon or joint ; or it might be 
caused by great contraction, the hoof [)ressing on the ends of the navi- 
cular bone, interrupting nutrition, thereby setting up disease. 

How to know it. — There will be lameness of a peculiar kind. In the 
earlier stages the horse will go out quite lame, from a dryness of the 
joint, but will improve as he goes farther, though not so as to go sound ; 
for the tendon being injured it would be impossible for the lameness to 
disappear altogether with exercise. He will wear the shoes most at the 
toes, will point the feet when standing, alternating them if both are af- 
fected, and rest them on the toes. 

As the disease progresses, the gait becomes short, and the horse is liable 
to stumble, going too much on his toes, forming lameness known as 
ffroo'ffv lameness . 

Upon pressure of the thumb down into the hollow of the pastern, be- 
tween the heels , tenderness will be noticed , and usually some swelling ; the 
hollow will be filled up, and the pastern will be straightened up, nearer 
the perpendicular than is natural, and the knees will soon begin to go 
over. 

What to do. — When the lirst symptoms are noticed, viz: slight lame- 
ness, with inclination to stumble, going out a little lame and soon Av^arra- 
ing out of it, tenderness to pressure in the hollow of the pastern and to 
tapping on the frog and heels, take off the shoes, pare out the feet well, 
open the heels, reduce the frog a little, and put on a wide-webbed, open 
shoe with the heels raised half an inch, to take off the bearing from the 
heels and frog, and to relieve the tension on the tendon. Then puf the 
foot into a hot, soft, linseed poultice ; change it once a day, and continue 
it right along for a couple of weeks. 

If matter should show itself anywhere, you may be sure you have 
made a mistake in the disease. The matter must come from a nail or a 
corn, for matter never shows itself in navicular disease. Trace the pus, 
if any, to its origin, and treat it as prescribed for Pricks from Nails, and 
Corns. 

After ten days or a fortnight, if the horse is better, take off the poul- 
tice and apply a fly blister to'the hollow of the pastern, if it is swollen ; 



FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 



295 



if not, let it alone. After the blister has been on for twelve hours, 
smear fresh lard over it. Continue this once a day, till the scabs come off ; 
then turn him out to grass, with the shoe on, but reset it once a month, 
with the same directions carried out as mven a])ove. 

If it is impracticable to turn to grass, keep the foot soft for a couple 
of months, by soaking in a foot-bath, or poultice-boots occasionally. 
He had better not be worked or driven during this treat- 
ment. Even after you think he is well, the high heel had 
better be continued for a couple of months. 

If this does not cure, the next thing to be done is to 
have a frog seton inserted. This requires the skill 
of a qualified veterinary surgeon, and the foot must 
be kept in a poultice boot six weeks. A long 
rest and proper shoeing afterwards will also be neces- 
necessary. 

In all chronic cases, or those that will not yield to 
treatment, all there remains to be done, is to perform 
neurotomy. This also requires the skill of the surgeon ; 
it never should be done, except as a last resort, and when 
the horse is useless from incurable lameness, from this or 
any other disease in the feet. 

III. Contraction of the Poot. 




DIAGRAIM. 

Showing the courst 
of the nerve tlial 
is severed in neu- 
rotomy, a is the 
nerve leading tc 
frog. 



Causes. — Contraction is thought by many to be an original disease, 
coming on without any departure from a healthy foot previously ; but 
this is a mistake, except in very rare instances. It is nearly always the 
effect of some other disease, especially when bad. Contraction accom- 
panies navicular disease, corns, founder, sprains of the tendons, liga- 
ments and muscles of the leg or shoulder. Any long-standing lame- 
ness, of the foot or leg, is always accompanied by contraction of that foot 
from the continual rest it gets in being favored every time the horse 
stops ; when standing, he always points that foot, and rests it til^ 
compelled to start again. At the same time, the healthy foot expands on 
account of getting more than its share of the work ; so it is only a ques- 
tion of a short time for the feet to become very uneven, one small and the 
other large; and the}^ will no longer be mates. When you see this con- 
dition you may look for chronic lameness ; it is most likely to be in the 
feet, either navicular disease, or chronic founder. 

But contraction, to a certain extent, is the inevitable result of shoeing, 
A colt's foot, before being shod, is large, round and open-heeled, the 
quarters spread out like wings, and the whole foot on the under side has 



296 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the appearance of a large saucer. In shoeing, the quarters have to be 
narrowed more than the toe, because they are spread more, and in their 
expanded condition cannot bear weight on a shoe ; the toe gets broken 
and worn off, while running, so it never spreads to the same extent as the 
quarters. 

The cause of the colt's foot being so round and open is, that he has 
run on the turf without shoes, the feet have gathered so much moisture, 
been kept so soft, stepping on the earth or into the mud, that they 
act like a sponge, being compressed when stepped on, and expanding as 
soon as the weight is relieved, so that the hoof spreads a little every time 
the foot is raised. Another reason is, the foot being in moisture nearly 
all the time, the hoof grows faster, and extra fast growth is inclined to 
spreading, whereas a slow growth is inclined to contraction ; and as soon 
as the colt is shod and put to work the slovv^er growth of the hoof begins, 
and with it contraction. 

Good shoeing will do a great deal towards preventing contraction and 
keeping the feet in good condition ; and bad shoeing will ruin a foot in 
very little time. 

There is no more prolific cause 
than leaving the shoes on six, 
eight or twelve weeks without being 
reset, for the shoe, being nailed to the 
hoof, compels it to grow down in the 
form prescribed by the shoe. And 
when it is removed, and the hoof pared 
down to its natural size, you will find 
the heels very much contracted. An- 
other common cause is standing on 
hard floors, allowing the feet to become all dried up. 

What to do. — When there is no other disease in the foot, and con- 
traction comes from bad or neglected shoeing, pull off the shoes, pare the 
feet down liberally, so as to be able to press the sole with the thumb, 
open the heels right up to the soft parts, rasp off the quarters quite thin, 
leave the frog as large as possible, in fact do not touch it at all. Then 
rub in a little fly blister to the coronet, smear the quarters with hoof oint- 
ment once a day, and turn out to pasture on soft ground. If you do not 
wish to turn the horse out, the shoes may be put on again ; in doing 
so, let them be plain shoes with no calks, medium weight, perfectly level 
on the bearing surface, and beveled off to avoid bearing on the sole. 
Reduce the quarters so as to relieve them of any bearing on the shoe, 




SHOE I.EFT ON TOO LONG. 

Causing the hoof to grow over the shoe at the 
quarters, and to contract. 



FEET O*^ THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 



297 



and let the frog come right down to the ground. Set the shoes once ev- 
ery three or four weeks, and repeat the above treatment each time, and in 
the course of three or four months, you vnllhave a decent foot. There 
are several methods of spreading the heels by force, but in the long run 
they are all impracticable, and cannot be recommended. In addition to 
the above treatment, the feet may be packed with any soft packing, or a 
wet sponge held to the sole by any one of the manydevices for that pur- 
pose ; or the horse may be stood in a soak tub of either hot or cold water 
a couple of hours in the forenoon, and the same in the afternoon ; or 
stand him in a clay puddle, as prescribed for founder. 





A LOW HEELED, FLAT FOOT. 

Seldom afflicted with contraction 



A STRONG, UPRIGHT, 
HIGH HEELED FOOT. 

Predisposed to contraction. 



IV. Gravel. 

Causes. — Gravel is apt to work up into a sore of any kind in the foot, 
and cause great pain, irritation and lameness. It often gets into a corn, 
or into a nail hole, made either by a prick in shoeing, or by a nail picked 
up in the road. It may get into a quarter crack, calk, or any wound 
whatever, and always causes an increased inflammation, and aggravates 
any existing difficulty. 

How to know it. — Examine the wound carefully, to avoid pushing the 
gravel farther in. Jt will be readily detected by feeling hard, grating 
grains in the wound, or by the dirty appearance of the wound itself ; it 
will look black and unhealthy. 

If neglected, it will work up through and break out at the top, forming 
a quittor. It sometimes gets into a crack that forms between the wall 
of the quarter and the sole, either from the sole shrinking away from the 
wall, or the wall being broken away from the sole. . 

What to do. — Trim the hoof away around the opening, so as to have 
plenty of room, then wash it out, rinse it out with a syringe, by shooting 



298 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the water into the hole with some force ; then dig it all out carefully, and 
inject into it carbolic lotion : 

No. 5. 1 Part carbolic acid, 

80 Pai-ts water. 
Mix. 

Then apply a poultice, hot and soft. Repeat this once a day till the hole. 
is filled up Avith sound, healthy flesh. Then ai)ply the treatment pre- 
scribed for corns. 

V; Canker. 

When any extensive disease of the feet necessitates the exposure of 
much of the soft structures, instead of the flesh becoming nicely covered 
with hoof, and coming out smooth, it sometimes sprouts up into a shreddy, 
leathery substance, that will not grow together and form hoof, but remains 
spongy, enlarged, soft and tender. 





CANKEK OF THE SOLE. CANKER OF THE FROG. 

The horny sole being re- The horn laid back to show 

moved, the diseased parts. 

Causes. Neglected or badly treated wounds, they being also affected 

by the air in which the horse is kept during the healing of them ; low» 
damp", dirty stables, without drainage or ventilation ; and the horse 
standing in his own excrement during their treatment. 

It is more common among draft horses and those of a phlegmatic 
nature. 

How to know it.— By the uneven surface, growing up in leaves that 
extend down, sometimes from a half to three quarters of an inch. 

What to do.— Bad cases are usually considered incurable ; when such 
exist, the foot never can be made to grow into a fine, soUd hoof. But in 
most cases the disease will yield to proper treatment. 

Paie away all you can without bleeding it ; then dress it with pow- 
dered blue vitriol. Keep the sole and all diseased portions dry ; this is most 
important, as moisture prevents a solid growth, and promotes a fungous 
growth. If any pus comes out between the leaves, insert, well down into 



FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. ^'Hj 

the hole, a stick of lunar caustic. Dress it in this way once a day till the 
leaves are all reduced to a solid surface, then, if it is raw flesh, and not too 
prominent, apply burnt alum or air-slacked lime, alternating them 
occasionally with the vitriol. Keep the sore part perfectly dry all the 
time. 

When it is well started, and good quality of hoof is growing, dress it 
with pine tar and tow. The horse may be shod as soon as it is well 
enough to be dressed with the tar ; before that time the shoe is better off, 
the foot being in a canvas bag and the horse running in a box stall. 

VI. Calks. 

Causes. — Calks are cuts and bruises on the coronet, or soft parts above 
it, caused by one foot stepping upon the other, and the calk of the shoe, 
if sharp, cuts into the flesh. It is most common in fall, winter and 
spring, when mud and snow are deep • the horse getting stuck is almost 
Bure to step on his own feet. 





CALKS OK TREADS ON THE CORONET. 

What to do. — If the wound is in the skin, and of any length beyond 
one inch, take a stitch in it, or more if needed. Put the stitches half an 
inch apart, first clipping off the hair along the edges of the wound. If 
any artery is cut, so as to bleed a stream, put a dry sponge over it and 
bandage with a coarse cotton bandage, tight ; leave it on ten or twelve 
hours, then remove and dress Avith the carbolic lotion : 

No. G. 3^ Ounce carbolic acid, 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Sop it on and bandage just tight enough to keep the parts in their proper 
position. Remove the bandage twice a day, wash the wound with warm 
water and castile soap, and dress with the above lotion. 

When the edges are united, or if the stitches tear out, which they are 
very apt to do, and expose a raw surface, apply the White lotion : 

No. 7. 6 Drachms sulphate of zinc, 

1 Ounce sugar of lead, 
1 Pint water. 
Mix and shake. 



300 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Dress the wound with this three times a day, washing it as often a* 
necessary to keep it clear of pus. If the wound is inclined to gape open, 
continue the l)andage a few days. 

If the calk is in the coronet, running down under the hoof, it will fes- 
ter, and pus will accumulate and cause great lameness ; the part will 
swell, and will be red, hot and tender to the touch ; the lameness being 
so great in some cases as to prevent the animal putting the foot to the 
ground at all. 

Pare away all ragged edges, and as much of the hoof, following the 
sore down, as confines any pus ; remove any hair or other foreign matter 
that may have got into it ; then apply a poultice, after dressing with the 
carbolic lotion. No. 6. Change the poultice twice a day, using the car- 
bolic lotion each time, and examine the wound carefully to ascertain if 
there is a sack or pocket containing pus below where it is pared out. 
The hoof needs to l)e reduced to the bottom of the wound and kept so. 
Continue the poultice until the hole fills up, and the lameness is nearly or 
quite gone ; then discontinue the poultice and dress three times a day 
with the White lotion, No. 7. 

Lay the horse up till the wound is well enough not to be injured by 
sand getting into it. If any proud flesh springs up, burn it down with 
burnt alum. 

When the hoof is growing down, apply a mild blister of flies to the 
coronet, and trim the new growth from time to time to keep it smooth. 

The flesh Avhich fills up the hole in the hoof must be kept down even 
with the deep edge of the old hoof, otherwise the edges presJs against 
the flesh and prevent it from healing. 

Vn. Fracture of the Bone of the Foot. 

Causes. — This does not occur very often, but we see it occasionally. 
It is caused by striking the foot with great force against any hard sub- 
stance, especially if the foot receives the blow on the quarter. The bone 
of the foot may also be fractured by being run over with a loaded wagon ; 
or by being stepped on by a heavy horse, the foot coming on the top of 
the hoof in front breaks the pyramidal process, (the point rising from 
the center of the coffin bone.) 

How to Know it. — Extreme lameness comes on suddenly, soon after 
the accident, and increases with time. The foot swells around the coro- 
net, and is very tender, and the horse will not put any weight on it at all. 

What to do. — Remove the shoe and ascertain, if possible, the location 
of the injury by pressure, tapping and pinching ; then pare or file away 



FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 



301 




the hoof over the spot, so as to give it a chance to swell and relieve the 
pressure. Put the foot into a poultice ; change it once a day, and relieve 
the pain as much as possible by paring away all the 
hoof you can over and around the part ; it will 
grow again long before the horse is fit to work. 

CO o 

If any hole forms for the escape of the pus, you 
may be sure there is a broken piece of bone that 
is acting as an irritant, and must be removed. 
Follow down the hole, paring away the hoof as 
much as is necessary to remove all detached pieces, 
for every piece that is separated from the main 
body will have to come out. 

When all the pieces are removed, dress with the carbolic lotion, No, 6, 
twice a day, letting the poultice come over it until the discharge is stop- 
ped, and the hole filled up with flesh. Then dress it with the White lo- 
tion. No. 7, three times a day. Trim the new hoof as it grows to make it 
cri'ow down as evenly as possible. When sufficiently healed to be safe to 
turn him out, do so, and let him run two or three months. In most cases 
the wound will fill up and heal with very little trouble, and the foot will 
be nearly as good as before. 



DIAGRAM OF FOOT. 

Showing the position of the cof- 
fin bone, which is often frac* 
tured. 



Vin. stone Bruises. 

Causes. — Bruises are often found on the feet, especially around the 
heels. They are usually caused by stepping on round or pointed stones, 
or other hard substance. Sometimes they are slight and get well without 
any treatment other than a day or two of rest. 
But sometimes they result seriously, wiien the 
l)ruise is so deep that suppuration takes place, and 
is liable to sj^read or woi'k up through and break 
out at the top, like a corn . Sometimes the bruise 
is so severe as to destroy the life of the soft 
parts underneath, causing them to slough out 
bodily as soon as the hoof over the spot is 
removed, leaving a hole large enough to put your 
Hnger into. Sometimes it comes by a very hard 
blow on the heel of the shoe, which bruises the 
quarter, and all of its attachments, from the bone, 
so that a core as large as the end of your thumb 
sloughs off the wing of the coffin bone. When the injury is so gi'eat it 
nuist be promptly treated, or it will break out at the top and form a 
quittor. 




BOTTOM OF FOOT. 

Showing a stone caught between 
the sole and shoe. 



302 cyclopp:dia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

How to know it. — There will be lameness, according to the extent of 
the injury. Upon examination a tender spot is fomid on the sole or frog, 
or on one of the heels. Lameness increases from day to day. When 
the shoe is removed no nail hole is found, nor any discoloration denoting 
a corn ; but the tender spot exists ; it is not where tenderness from navic- 
ular disease would be found, therefore you come to the conclusion that 
it is a bruise. 

What to do. — The shoe being removed, put the foot into a poultice for 
twenty-four hours. Then pare down on the bruised spot and liberate 
any pus that may have formed ; if none is found without cutting too 
deep, replace the poultice and try again the next day. A pair of pinch- 
ers Avill help to locate the bruise by pinching all around the foot. If the 
tissue is bruised off the wing of the coffin bone, it will come out like a 
core when it is sufficientl}'^ rotted and the sole is cut away underneath ; if 
it is not cut away the disease will go on and break out at the top of the 
hoof. 

When the core is taken out, dress it 
with the carbolic lotion, No. 6, and replace the 
poultice. Continue this treatment till the hole 
is filled up with sound, healthy flesh. Then dry 
it up with pondered blue vitriol by applying it 
once a day ; omitting the poultice and leaving the 
sole dry, but keep the foot cool and soft with 
DIAGRAM OF A FOOT. ^^^^^^ ^-^^ around the wall of the foot, and wet 
Showing position of wingofcof- y^\{\i cold watcT scvcral times a day. When dry, 

fin bone, often badly bruised ^ -' 

and sometimes fractured. drcss with tar and tow and put on the shoe so as 

to protect the weak spot ; do not have any bearing on that portion. 

IX. Side Bone. 

Side bone is a Hardening of the lateral cartilages of the fore feet. 
These cartilages are situated in the quarters of the feet, one on each 
side, and are attached to the wings of the coffin bone. They extend 
above the quarters of the hoof, are covered only with the skin, and can 
be felt readily ; they are found to be very pliable in health, but are per- 
fectly solid in cases of side bone, being ossified. They are the resu'.t of 
inflammation in the lateral cartilages. 

Causes. — Any severe injury to the quarter, by the horse stepping on 
his own feet, getting the foot caught under a root in a woody pasture, 
contraction of the heels setting up inflammation by undue pressure, quit- 
tor, very severe nail wounds, pr severe bruising of the heels ; and it of ten 
accompanies navicular disease. 




FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 303 

How to know it. — The quarters ure enlarged upwards from the hoof, 
are as hard as bone, and perfectly inelastic. In the early stage there 
will be heat, soreness, pain upon pressure, and lameness. 

What to do. — When the quarters have been bruised or injured, in any 
way, foment with hot water in cold weather, and cold water in hot weather. 
Apply the water as continuously as possible, and wrap them in woolen 
cloths saturated with water between the times of bathing. When the 
soreness has left them, and there is no more lameness, discontinue the 
water treatment, and apply a fly blister over the spots. This will cause 
any remnants of inflammation to be absorbed. After they are once thor- 
oughly hard they seldom or never cause any further lameness, but there 
will always be a clumsy, stiff action, due to a want of elasticity. 



CHAPTER IV. 



SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET. 



K. WHAT A SHOER CAN DO. II. HOW TO PREPARE THE FOOT FOR THE SHOE.- - -tH. 

WHERE THE BEARING SHOULD REST. IV, WEIGHT OF SHOES AND HOW TO FIT 

THEM. V. CARE OP THE FEET IN THE STABLE. VI. THE FLOOR OF THE 

STALL. 

I. What a Sheer Can Do. 

Horse shoeing is a trade in which a great deal of skill can be exhibited. 
A good shoer can keep the feet in the very best condition as far as shoe- 
ing is concerned, and a poor one can ruin a set of feet in a very short 
time. 

n. How to Prepare the Foot for the Shoe. 

The foot should be carefully prepared by being rasped down to its 
proper size and all superfluous growth of wall and sole removed. To do 
this requires judgment, for there are scarcely two feet alike. Some grow 
faster than others ; some are high-heeled and some low, some have thick 
soles and are very concave, while others have thin soles and are flat. Flat- 
footed horses have the latter, and the extreme in the other direction is 
seen in the club-foot. In flat feet the toes are long and thin and are 
spread out, the heels low and soles thin. In club-feet the toe is short, 
the wall straight, almost perpendicular, the heels high and strong, and 
the soles thick. The flat foot needs very little paring and is seldom 
afflicted with contraction, while the strong foot is very prone to contrac- 
tion and needs considerable trimming to prepare it for the shoe. The 
flat foot is more subject to laminitis, bruises, pricking and gravel ; the 
strong one to corns, quittor, contraction and navicular disease. Both the 
flat foot and the strong foot are objectionable ; the medium is the best 
foot. 

304 



SHOEINf} AND TARE OF THE FEET. 



3(ti 



III. Where the Bearing Should Rest. 
Ill paring the foot for the shoe, the wall wants to receive the most of 
the bearing, though the sole near the wall can take some of it. The 
heels ought to be lowered the least trifle to reduce their bearing, and 
should be opened about half way up to the hair in a V shaped manner to 
allow the foot to expand a little every time the weight comes on it, so as 
to avoid as much as possible the evil of contraction, which, as already 
stated, is the inevitable accompaniment, more or less, of shoeing in all 
cases. If there are any ragged edo-es on the frog, trim them off, other- 
wise the frog need not be touched. 

IV. Weight of Shoes and How to Pit Them. 

In making the shoe it should be perfectly level on the bearing surface, 
beveled off gently all around from about three-(;ighths of an inch from 
the outside to the inside, so as to avoid giving any bearing on the sole, 
and to facilitate the removal of any gravel that might work in between 
the shoe and sole. Let it be of good length, and of a weight to suit the 
horse ; some require heavy and some light 
shoes. Fore shoes vary in weight from 
ten to twenty ounces ; hind ones, from 
eight to twelve ounces. On the 
ground surface it is Avell to bevel towards 
the centre, thereby widening the web 
which protects the sole from bruises and 
pricking from nails. Let the toe be 
rounded off for driving horses to prevent 
stumbling, and give them as little calking 
as their work will allow. The driving: 
horse is usually better on a plain shoe, 
while the draft horse needs calks to mve 
him a purchase on the ground so as to 
pull heavy loads. The hind shoes are 
best with a small toe calk, and the heels 
raised by leaving the shoe a little thicker 
to level it up to the toe calk. 

Shoeing for diseased feet, (pathalogi- 
cal shoeing,) has been treated on in con- '^^^ crampon, to prevent horses 

r, , ,. - SLIPPIMG IN FROSTY WEATHER. 

nection with the diseases of the feet in 
the two preceding chapters. 

In finishing off a foot with the rasp, after shoeing, the wall should not 
be rasped above the nail clinches, asit destroys the oily, unctions cover- 
ing that is there to keep the fiber^ tough and pliable, and prevent sand 
crack. 

20 




806 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



V. Care of the Feet in the Stable. 




A PLAIN SHOE. 

With large, sharp-headed nails for 
winter use. 



Care of the feet in the stable has a great 
influence on their health. Horses that are 
kept on floors and pavements continually, 
and even country liorses in dry weath- 
er, should have the feet either soaked 
out in a foot bath or clay puddle, or 
packed with moist sponge or oil-cake meal 
two or three times a week. If it is not done, 
they dry and contract from want of moisture, 
get brittle, and have sand and quarter cracks, 
and lose nearly all toughness. When the hoof 
is brittle and inclined to crack, in addition to 
the above, a hoof ointment, made and ap- 
plied as follows is beneficial : 



No. 8. 



4 Fluid ounces pine tar, 
4 Fluid ounces whale oil, 
Mix. 



Rub a little well into the coronet and upper part of the hoof once a aay. 
If the ointment gets too thin in warm weather, a couple of ounces of mut- 
ton tallow may be added to give it a better consistency. 

VI. The Floor of the Stall. 

Confinement to the stable, even under the most favorable circumstan« 
ees, has a tendency to produce diseases of the feet, such as are compara- 
tively rare among farm horses which enjoy constant exercise at work or 
running in the pasture. The anatomy of the 
horse's foot is such that exercise is absolutely 
necessary to keep up the circulation of blood 
under the hoof, and the bad effects of inaction are 
only aggravated by requiring the animal to stand 
on an unnecessarily hard surface. The confined 
horse endeavors to supply the lack of outdoor 
exercise by stamping and pawing, and should have 
a soft surface of earth or sawdust to paw upon. 
Pawing and stamping serve the specific purpose of 
keeping the blood moving under the hoof ; crib-biting on the other hand 
is often merely an exhibition of the restlessness an active anima' 
feels at being cooped up. 




VEINS 



HORSE'S 



The network of veins without 
valves situated immediately 
under the secretive membrane 
of the hoof. 



I 



SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET. 



307 



In constructing the floor of the stall the health and comfort of its occu- 
pant will also be promoted, if care is taken 
to avoid having his fore feet rest upon a 
higher level than his hind feet. The 
opposite practice, that of building the 
stall floor to slope from the manger 
backwards, is too often resorted to for 
the purpose of securing surface drain- 
age ; but it is a blunder to do this. 
When in the open field and free to 
choose his ground, the horse will select 
for rest a gentle slope on which he will 

a 




CRIB BITING. 



stand with his fore feet resting on 



lower level than that occu- 







RESTING WITH THE HIND FEET HIGHER THAN THE FORE FEET. 



pied by his hind feet. It is the position in which there is least strain 
upon the back muscles of the foot and leg while standing — the one 
in which the horse rests easiest. 



CHAPTER V. 

LEGS OP THE HOKSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



I. BONE SPAVIN. 11. BOG SPAVIN. HI. OCCULT SPAVIN. IV. 

IN. V. THOKOUGHPIN. VI. CURB. VII. RINGBONE. — 

IX. SPRAIN OF BACK TENDONS OF THE FORE LEGS.- 

DOWN. 



BLOOD SPAV- 
-VIII. SPLINT. 
— X. BROKEN 




1. Bone Spavin. 

Spavin is an arlntraiy name given to disease of the hock joint, in which 
inflammation is an early symptou. Effusion follows it, and ossification 
of the exudate forms a bony lump on the joint, usually on the inner 
side near the front, but it may occur on any part of the joint. It always 
affects the joints more or less and causes great lameness, which is usually 
susceptible of a cure, but sometimes defies treatment, and permanent 
lameness is the result. 

The hock joint is composed of a true Jiock joint that works like a hinge, 
and three flat gliding joints below it before we come to 
the cannon bone, and on each side of the cannon is a splint 
bone the same as in the fore leg. The connection between 
the splint and cannon bones is ligamentous. The 
spavin usually takes its origin between the cannon and the 
inner splint bone, and extends up to the joint and around 
it, and sometimes involving the whole hock, exce})t the 
true hock joint, stiffening it and interfering with the action 
very seriously. 

Causes. — It is often caused by a sprain of the ligamentous connection 
between the cannon and inner splint. Some- 
times the sprain may affect the ligamentous con- 
nection between the cannon and the outer splint, 
but usually it is on the inner side, on account 
of the line of the center of gravity being 
more to the inside, bringing more w^eight 
to the inside than to the outside. It is sometimes 
caused by a bruising of the joint itself by kick- 
ing, jumping, running, pulling heavy loads up 
hill, 1)ringing great strain on the hind legs; by 
slipping when the weight is on that leg ; by 
blows, kicks from other horses ; by getting cast in the stall. In fact any- 
thing that seriously injures the joint, may run on and form a bone 
«pavin. 

,* 308 



BONE SPAVIN. 

Showing the liony 
tumor on the in- 
ner side of the 
hock joint. 




POSITION TO TAKE WHEN 
FEELING FOR A SPAVIN. 



LE«S OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. '^J^ii 

How to know it. — In the early stage there will he lameness, more or 
less acute, according to the amount of injury to the joint . The lameness will 
be distinguished by a stiffness in moving from side to side in the stall, 
l)y ba( king out and going off on the toe of the foot for a few steps, but 
soon improving with exercise till he will go all right after having gone a 
few steps, and remains so till stopped and allowed to cool off, when he 
will go off worse than ever, until warmed u]) again. The cause of thijs 





Position of a foot that cannot be raised from Position of a liealtliy foot raised from 
the ground by reason of spavin. the ground in an easy trot. 

is : By standing the joint becomes dry, and great pain attends the flex- 
ion of it, but the exercise excites the secretion of synovia, (joint oil) 
which lubricates it, and the horse is comfortable till the joint gets dry 
again. 

Upon pressure, a soreness and heat will be found, usually just at the 
bottom of the joint on the inside, but well to the front. A slight amount 
of swelling may be noticed, but not much until the y.econd stage is 
reached, when a hard, bony enlargement will spring up and extend more 
or less, sometimes only involving the splint, cannon and the first bone of 
the gliding joint. But at other times it extends clear around and in- 
volves all the gliding joints, the calois and cuboid parts of the joint, and 
it leaves bony deposit around the tendons between the splint bones at the 
back of the hock. The enlargement is best seen by standing at the side 
of the horse, about a yard from the shoulder, when, instead of the 
smooth, straight declination of the inside of the hock, you will detect 
the lump just above the end of the cannon. Sometimes the lump is 
farther back ; then it can be seen better by stooping down in front, and 
looking between the fore legs. Occasionally it will be seen only on the 
hack })art of the hock ; then it usually escapes detection even bv ex- 
perts. 

What to do.— If taken when it is in the first stage, before any effusion 
is thrown out, it can be cured l)y 'treating vigorously to remove the in- 
flammation. This is best done ky continuous applications of hot water 



810 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

or poultices ; raise the heels of the foot about an inch and give absolute 
rest till all lameness and soreness are gone. Then turn him out to 
grass or straw yard for three or four months. 

But if the spavin runs on to the second stage, in which effusion is 
thrown out and ossification is begun, a good smart blister, well rubbed in 
after the soreness is taken out by the hot applications, will perform good 
woi'k in some instances. If it is not improved by the first application 
repeat it. The blister is made as follows : 

j>fo, & }4 Ounce powdered cantharides, 

2 Ounces lard, 
Mix. 
Also prepare 

Xo. 10. "2 Drachms red iodide of mercury, 

•J Ounces lard, 
Mix. 

Mix the two blisters together and rub it well in, first cutting off the 
hair. After twelve hours, smear fresh lard over the place. Repeat 
the lard once a da3^till the scabs are all off and the skin is nearly healed ; 
then repeat the blister, and so on till he is cured. This treatment is effec- 
tual if begun in time and vigorously applied, and suflicient rest given 
afterwards. It may al)sorb nearly all of the enlargements. If this fails, 
or if the case is allowed to run on to the third or confirmed stage, in 
which the lump has liecome thoroughly ossified and the gliding joints more 
or less incurably affected, the only hope of doing anything to any advantage 
is to produce anchylosis (stiffness) of the joint. For when the articular 
surface of the joint is much affected it cannot be cured and restored to 
soundness, so the only thing to do is to stop the lameness. The most 
effectual way to do this is to apply the actual cautery (firing iron), whicli 
produces so great an amount of artificial inflammation, causes such an 
increased flow of nutrition to the part, that, when accompanied by rest, 
it destroys the joints that are affected, by stiffening them. There are 
several ways of applying the firing iron, but the most common is to pass 
the iron, with a dull edge, over the part affected, in lines running 
obliquely each way, forwards and backwards, from a centre line dra^vn 
perpendicularly from about the centre of the hock on the inside to a point 
on the cannon about an inch and a half below tlie hock. Draw similar 
Imes on the front and back of the hock, and then draw the oblique lines 
from one to the other, giving it a feathered appearance. In bad cases it 
is advisable to fire on the outside of the hock, too, as a surer means 
of removing the lameness, but, on account of the iron leaAdng scars where- 
ever it touches, this outside application is usually objected to, unless the 
first firing fails and it has to be Repeated ; then it should always be car- 
ried clear around. It is the opinion of some authorities that every case ca;i 
be cured of lameness by repeating the firing, if necessary, half a dozeu 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. ^ii 

times, but it is accepted as a fact, by most surgeons, that when the 
articuhir ends of the bones are ulcerated there will be permanent lameness. 

Apply the blister, No. 9, well rubbed in with the hand, immediately 
after firing. Some operators delay the blister till next day, but it is 
preferable to rub it in before the leg gets sore and swollen from the 
firing. Tie up the horse's head for twelve hours to prevent him biting 
it. After twelve hours, grease over, and repeat the application once a 
day till pus begins to form under the scabs ; then wash it once a day 
with warm water and soap to prevent l^lemishing by the pus burrowing 
under the scabs. When dry, rub the grease in. Give him absolute rest 
in the stable for fourw^eks ; then give him a three or four months' run at 
grass ; and when beginning to M'ork again, let it be gently for some time. 
While this treatment is going on, it is advisable to have a high-heeled 
shoe on the foot of the lame leg ; let it be raised an inch. When shoe- 
ing, after he is well, continue the high calks for a month or two. 

There are numerous patented spavin cures in the market, some of 
which have more or less merit ; but ks a rule, the above is the only relia- 
ble treatment. Some of the nos<^runis claim to be able to cure a spavin 
in twenty-four hours Avithout breaking the skin, but they are humbugs of 
the worst kind. Sometizivc-s very strong corrosive blisters are recom- 
mended, such as corrosive sublimate, etc., but they are cruel in the 
extreme and not as likely to cure as the treatment laid out above, which, 
being the most humane, although pretty severe, is the best to pursue. 
When firing, it is advisable to cast the horse to keep control of him and 
be able to perform a better operation, and the hair should be shaved off. 

II. Bog Spavin. 

This is the name given to an enlargement of the hock by distension of 
the synovial bursa. The synovial membrane of the joint becomes in- 
flamed and secretes a suiierabundant amount of joint oil which distends 
the membrane and enlarges the joint sometimes to the size of a child's 
head. It can be alleviated by good treatment, but when once Avell-dis- 
tended it can seldom be radically cured, and very many unfortunate 
animals carry the big joint with them to the bone yard. 

Causes. — It is caused by severe sprain of the joint, the inflammation 
extending to the synovial membrane, and sometimes even 
to the joint. Sometimes the origin of it lies in the joint itself 
from severe bruising b}t concussion when jumping, kicking or 
bein": kicked. It is also caused by wounds fr.7m beino- stabbed 
with the fork by reckless grooms, or pricks from nails in 

the stall, when a restless horse demolishes it by kickin":. 

' , HocK jomx. 

How to know it.— There \wll he a large, soft swelling showing the en. 

on the inner and front aspect •f the hock. The swelling BofTpTvin. *** 

is of the same character as wind galls ; it seems to l)e filled with air, but 




312 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

it is synovia. In mild cases there is little, and, sometimes, no lameness ; 
but in bad cases there is lameness of a general character, stiifness in the 
hock, more pain evinced when starting than after a little exercise, heat, 
soreness upon pressure, and a tendency to get worse rather than better, 
even Avith treatment. 

What to do. — Bathe it as continuously as possible with either hot or 
cold water for twelve hours, then apply an oil-meal poultice, hot and soft. 
Continue the poultice for several days, changing it once a day, and bath- 
ino- with hot water at the time of chanoing. When the soreness and 
lameness are gone apply the following liniment twice a day : 

No. 11. 3 Ouuees tincture of iodine, 

1 Ounce aqua ammonia, 
1 Ounce turpentine, 
1 Ounce glycerine, 
Mix. 

Rub well in with the hand till the skin is quite sore ; then grease it once 
a day till it is healed, then repeat. Keep it pretty sore for a few weeks, 
giving perfect rest. Then turn the horse out for a long time. 

Some recommend bandages, but they are not practical since they are 
very difficult to keep on and alwaj^s chafe the skin above and below,, 
necessitating their suspension from time to time to allow the skin to heal. 
Puncturing the sack is prescribed by some, but it is very dangerous and 
cannot be recommended. 

III. Ocevilt Spavin. 

Occult spavin is similar to bone spavin in all respects, except that there 
is no enlarg(!ment, and no external e\adence of any lesion whatever. The 
lameness is severe, persistent and of the same character as in bone spavin, 
the horse going off on the toe, working out of the lameness with exercise 
in the earlier stages, but the lameness is often permanent through all the 
subsequent stages. 

Causes. — Severe concussion on the ends of the bones in the joint 

How to know it. — There will be the characteristic bone spavin lame- 
ness, but the disease will show no outward marks. Avery sure test is to 
drive the horse enough to warm him up and get the spavin to working 
well, then let him stand half an hour, then take the toe of the foot of the 
lame leg in your hand and raise it as high as possible so as to flex the 
hock joint. Hold it there two or three minutes, then drop it and rush 
the horse off on a smart trot. If it is spavin he will go off on three legs 
for a few steps, and bring the toe down first as he Avarms up again, and 
after a little will go all right until stopped and allowed to cool. 

What to Do. — When it is sa!isfactorily located give it the same treat- 
ment prescribed for bone spavin. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



813 



IV. Blood Spavin. 

Causes. — Blood spavin is a distension of the saphena major vein as it 
passes over the enlargement of bone spavin. The vein is constrieted and 
the bk)od dammed up to a certain extent, causing a distension of the 
coats of the vein and giving the leg the appearance of having a very large 
bone spavin on it. It seldom does any harm. 

How to know it. — Stand at the shoulder and view the hock as directed 
for bone spavin, and you will see the enlargement in the same position as 
the ))one spavin. 

What to do. — Upon examination with the hand, the enlargement will 
be found to l)e soft and readily rubbed down, which should l)edone often. 
This is the only treatment of any virtue. 

V. Thoroughpin. 

This is of the same nature as bog spavin (distension of the synovial 
bursa) but occui's between the os calcis, forming the point of the hock, 
and the rest of the joint. It seldom does any more harm than to form an 
eyesore. Lameness from it is very rare 

Causes. ^It is produced by many of the same causes that are ascribed 
to bog s;pyvin, though the principal cause is hard work, consequently it 





ENLARGEMENT. 
Forming thoroughpin. 



DIAGRAM. 

Showing- dissection of thor- 
oughpin ;ind bog spavin; al- 
so the junction of the two affec- 
tions. 



I is often seen in draft horses, hack horses, stage horses, and animals for 

ji general utility. It is also often seen on stallions that are used for serv- 

I ing mares, the strain thrown on the hind legs being very great. It is 

j often seen in young growing colts when large and heavy for their age, 

i owing to the immense weight brought upon young and tender joints. 

How to know it. — Unsightly puffs arc seen just in front of the point 
j of the hock. They are soft and appear to be filled with air l)ut it is sj'n- 
' Gvial fluid that distends them. Thoroughpin usually accompanies bog 
spavin, but it may exist without the Tatter. 



-14 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



What to do. — When first seen, apply a cooling lotion, made as follows : 

Ko. 12. 1 Ounce muriate of ammonia, 

1 Ounce saltpetre, 
1 Quart water, 
Mix. 

Bathe the part with hot water, rub dry and apply the lotion three times 
a day, giving absolute rest. Follow this up for a week, then, after bath- 
ing with the hot water, apply the liniment No. 11, well rubbed in, twice a 
day. AVhen the part gets sore from the liniment, hold up a few days and 
grease the part with lard till nearl}^ healed, then repeat. It cannot be 
permanently cured, for, when made to absorb by the treatment and rest, 
it will return with Avork. 

In case of a young colt getting thoroughpin, shorten his allowance of 
feed a little for a couple of months, and the puffs will become absorbed. 

VI. Curb. 

Curb is an enhirgeinent on the l)?ick of the hock and a little below. It 
is seen in the form of a bowed section about four inches in length ; some- 
times it is swollen up as thick as an 
inch from the healthy form, and some- 
times the enlargement is so slight as 
to be hardly noticeable. AVhcn in the 
inflammatory stage the swellings cause 
lameness, but when once well harden- 
ed they seldom do. The seat of the 
injury lies in the calcaneo-cuboid 
ligament and others lying near it. 

That form of hock known as curby 
hock is most liable to it. The form 
that merits that name is curved from 
the foot to tjie stifle, extending back- 
ward outside of the perpendicular, line 
drawn straight from the posterior point of the hip to the ground. It is 
sometimes called sickle or cow hock. On account of the curved out- 
line of the leg there is a greatly increased strain on the back of the leg at 
the point of the greatest curvature. This is found at the hock, hence we 
frequently have curbs on such legs. 

Causes- — A sprain of the ligaments of the back part of the hock, fre- 
quently produced during severe exertions in jumping, running, trotting, 
pulling heavy loads, etc. 

How to know it. — Standing at the side of the horse, opiDOsite the hind 
parts, and looking across the legs you will notice a curve on the back and 
lower portion of the hock, instead of a straight line, as there ought to be 




SICKLE OR cow HOCKS. 

Most liable to curb. 



LEGS OF THK HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. ''^>ir> 

in a health}' leg, from the point of the hock to the fetlock pad. In lecenL 
cases there is lameness, heat, soreness to the touch, and, like all sprains, 
it Sfrows worse with exercise. 

What to do. — In a recent case when the sprained tendons and ligaments 
are sore, swollen and hot, apply the cooling lotion, No. 12, )):ithiiig the 
part with hot water three or four times a day for half an hour at a time. 
Raif^e the heel an inch, continue this treatment till all soreness is gone, 
about a Aveck or ten days, then apply the blister, Nos. 9 and 10, mixed. 
When the blister has taken well, grease it once a day for a few days till it 
is healed, then blister again. Give three or four weeks' rest. If this 
does not cure, or, if there is no improvement in two weeks, resort to the 
tiring iron. Drawa line down the back of the leg, over the curb, and then 
draw lines obliquely tg it in the form of a feather. The lines should ))e 
burnt about half way through the skin, but in no case burn clear through, 
for that would make a bad blemish. Rub the blister. No. 9, well in over 
the firing. Grease that the same as in the milder treatment, and wash it 
occasionally to remove scabs that may have pus underneath, which must 
1)8 liberated. In old, chronic cases that have been neglected or have nf)t 
yielded to other treatment, resort immediately to the firing iron, as rec- 
ommended above. 

Prevention. — Avoid breeding animals that have curby hocks, for they 
are very ol)jectionable, and the form of the leg, in most cases, is trans- 
mitted. 

VII. Ring Bone. 

This is an exostosis (bony enlargement) on the pastern, around tln^ 
ujper or lower pastern joint. It usually runs clear around the leg in the 
form of a ring, hence its name. It usually forms around the upper pastern 
joint, but sometimes affects the lower one. In the latter case it is under 
the coronet, and is then worse, as it cannot be got at to be treated, and is 
more likely to cause permanent lameness from its extension to the navic- 
ular joint, involving it in the inflammation and anchyolsis. When the 
ringbone comes under the coronet, it often grows so large and extends so 
much as to make a large, ugly, stiff, club-foot of the handsome, elastic 
pedal extremity of the horse, and gives rise to permanent lameness. But 
when it forms around the upper joint it does not usually grow very large, 
and is quite susceptible of treatment. 

Sometimes the bony deposit is only in front or on one side, or on both 
aides and not in front, in either the upper or lower forms. 

Causes. — A sprain, a blow on the bone from a kick, stumbling and 
striking it on a stone, stab from a, fork tine, in fact, any severe in- 
jury setting up inflammation on or near the bone, is apt to result in a ring- 
bone. For the nutritive material sent to the legs and feet is of a bony 



316 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DIAGRAM. 

Showing Pastern 
and Pedal Bone of 
a horse aftected 
with Severe Ring- 
bone. 

I. The joint between 
the pastern bones, 
showing the 
groove in wliich 
the tendon of the 
extensor pedis 
muscle reposes. 

». The joint be- 
tween the lower 
pastern bone and 
the bone of the 
foot. 



character, that is, makes bone, so when an effusion is thrown out it be- 
comes organized or forms part of the living system, 
and ossifies, the size of the deposit depending upon the 
extent of the inflammation. There is a theory among 
scientific men, that Jiability to throw out bony enhirge- 
ments, especially around joints, is hereditary in the form 
of an ossific diathesis, w^liich is l)ornc out by actual ex- 
perience in breeding ; mares or stallions affected with 
spavin, ring-bone, splint, enlarged knees, etc., are apt 
to transmit them to the offspring. We frequently sec 
foals two months old with ring-bones, and sometimes 
with spavins and curbs, making it very convenient for 
dealers to excuse their presence by sa3diig the colt was 
foaled so, and that it never will hurt him. Which may 
be true enough in one sense, for the affected parts be- 
come solidly anchylosed, and as strong as any other part, 
and perhaps stronger, for the extra deposit acts as a sup- 
port to the weak part ; the part being naturally weak, in- 
herited from one of the parents, the deposit is an effort 
of nature to strengthen it. Therefore, the practice of breeding from 
stallions or mares that are unsound from any bony deposit, except those 
caused by some known accident, is to be most emphatically condemned. 
How to know it.— In the acute stage, (when it is beginning to grow) 
there will be lameness that works off with exeicise ; and also soreness, 
heat and swellino- when examined carefully with the hand. When it has 
run on to the second stage, and become hardened into bone, it will be felt 
around the pastern joints in lumps, or in a ring running clear around the 
pastern. Or it may be spread over the surface of the bone as if plastered on. 
Nature may effect a cure by anchylosingthe joint, which will stop the 
lameness, but there will be a certain stiffness always ; or ulceration of the 
heads of the bones may take place and cause permanent lameness. As 
lono- as it is in the stage in which the lameness works -off with exercise, 
there is a chance of curing it by stiffening the joint. But when there 
is permanent lameness the chances of a cure are small, al- 
though it is best to try, and repeat the trial too. 

What to do. — In tlie first stage apply hot baths, and fol- 
low them with the cooling lotion, No. 12, three or four times 
a day till all active inflammation is gone ; then blister with 
Nos. 9 and 10, mixed. After the first blister has healed, 
repeat it. But when the ringbone will not yield to this 
treament and goes on increasing in size, hardness and lameness 
or when it has reached the second stage without treatment, 
there is nothing so effectual as the actual cautery (firing 
iror.) It is applied in lines running up and down parallel with each 




FOOT OF A 
HORSE. 

Affected with 
ringbone. The 
pastern joints 
being entirely 
stiff'ened 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



317 



other, beginning at the corner of the i)astern and extending arouna the 
front of it to the opposite side ; but do not draw lines in tlie hollow of 
the pastern, as the flexion of the leg would keep the part eternally sore. 
Apply the blister, No. 9, immediately after firing. Remove the shoes 
and give absolute rest (no exercise at all) for four or five weeks ; then 
turn to pasture for a couple of months. If the lameness is not cured, or 
shows no prospect of curing, in four or five weeks, repeat the operation, 
drawing the irons in the same lines made by the first applications. The 
lines may be made from the coronet to the lower edge of the fetlock joint, 
a distance of from two to four inches, according to the length of pastern. 
A short jjastern is more liable to ringbone from the greater amount of 
concussion it sustains through its lack of elasticity, which the long pastern 
has. The foot will always grow faster after the leg has been fired for 
ringbone, therefore the shoes will need to be reset of tener than on a 
healthy foot, and the hoof reduced, 

vni. Splint. 

Splint is an enlargement on the cannon bone just below the knee, 
usually on the inside, but it is sometimes seen or the outside. Splints 
are quite common on the fore legs ; in fact, nearly all horses that have seen 





UIAGKAM. 

Showing; the different locations 
of splints. 1. Hij;h splint 
near the knee. 3. Low splint 
far below the knee. 3 Bony 
tumor, often miscalled a 
splint. 



SPLINTS OF A SERIOUS KINL>. 

Splints involving- the knee joint. 2. Splltit 
interfering- with the back tendons. 3. 
Small splint under the tendon of the ex- 
tensor muscle. 



much service have them, but they are occasionally seen on the hind legs. 
The usual seat of them is between the cannon and inner splint bones. 
Sometimes they attain to the size of a hen's egg, but usually are quite 
small. They generally caase some lameness when growing, but rarely do 
so after they become hard. 

Causes.— Slipping, jumping, running, kicks, bruising the bone, etc., 
anything that may sprain the lioamentous attachment between the can- 
non and the splint bones. Sometimes the splint comes on the surface, 




318 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and then it does not cause much lameness, but when it comes under the 
periosteum (tlie covering of the bone) it is very painful. When splints 
come from bruises they may come on any part of the leg. 

How to know it. — In the early stage there will be lameness of a pecu. 
liar kind, in that the horse will go sound on the walk and will trot lame. 
Upon examination a sore spot is found below the knee 
on the inside of the leg. By feeling of it, with the leg 
flexed, you can locate it immediately. In the later 
stages a bony lump will form on the leg, adhering di- 
rectly to it. When the lump is an inch or more below 
the knee, it is no permanent detriment, but if it is 
closer to the knee than one inch, it is objectionable, as 
it is apt to interfere with the action of the knee. When 
it does affect the knee it usually causes permanent 
DISHING ON THE lamcuess. 

Thought by some to WHot to do-— If uoticcd whcu the iujuiy first occurs, 

it'^lr'^an^'irroneous '^PPb' either liot or cold water with the cooling lotion, 

dish' [he fore^f^e^ No. 12, till the sorcucss is nearly gone and then apply 

have" no^spufts, as tlic blistcT, Nos. 9 and 10 mixed. Give a couple of 

them. ^'^ ^ weeks' rest. Feed on light, soft food while idle. When 

the lameness and soreness to the touch are excessive, especially if the 

nodule is small, the trouble lies l)eneaththe periosteum and requires the 

operation periosteotomy to split the covering of the bone to allow the 

exudate from the inflammation to escape, which will relieve the tension. 

It is done by cutting a small hole in the skin and pushing in a thin, long 

blade and cutting the periosteum over the lump. No change need be 

made in the shoeing. 

IX. Sprain of Back Tendons of the Fore Legs. 

Sprains of the back tendons are very common on account of the severe 
strain they are put to in all cases of unusual exertion. In such cases, 
a large amount of the effort is made by the forelegs, especially in racing, 
where the strain upon the fore legs in grabbing the earth and pulling the 
body exceeds that of the more powerful hind legs in pushing it, hence 
the frequency of the^e sprains. There are four ligaments and tendons in 
the leg below the knee, and the degree of injury to the horse in case of 
sprain, depends upon which tendon is most affected. That of the one 
nearest the bone being the worst, the next one to it being next, and 
^so on to the last on the posterior surface, injury to that one being of least 
account. 

Uauses- — Sprains received during severe exertion in running, jumping, 
trotting fast, slipping on uneven ground, stepping on the edge of a hole 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



3H) 



with the toe, letting the heel drop, and sometimes cuts or bruises by a 
blow across the back of the leg, overreaching, etc. 

How to know it. — Severe lameness will be a prominent symptom, the 
more so tlie more important the tendon is in the leg. The suspensory 
ligaments lie next to the bone, and sprain of them can be felt on either 
side of the leg according to which branch (the inner or 
outer) is affected, for sometimes only one, especially the 
inner, is sprained. When it is the suspensory ligaments 
that are affected, the swelling will be upon each side near 
the bone, and not far from the fetlock joint. These liga- 
ments are the main support of the leg, and when sprained, 
the lameness is far more severe than when any of the oth 
ers are affected. 

When the one next to the suspensory ligament is sprained, 
the swelling will be on the sides between the latter and the 
outside tendon. This tendon, next to the suspensory liga- 
ment, is called the perforans. The outside one is the per- 
foratus, swelling of which is seen on the back of the leg, 
curved backwards, like a bow. Sprain of the latter is of 
the least importance of any of them, as the damage done 
is slight, being easily cured, and not causing much lame- 
ness compared to sprain of the others. 

Sprain of the metacarpal ligament is next in importance 
tG that of the suspensory ligaments. They are often af- 
fected in common with the perforans. Swelling of it, the 
metacarpal, is found near the bone just below the knee, but 
usually extends to all parts immediately surrounding 
it. 

There will be swelling, heat, j^ain and soreness ; Avhen 
the injured spot is touched the horse T".nll rear some- 
times in his effort to draw the leg from your grasp. In 
resting the leg he will thrust it forward and cock the fetlock, 
giving it the appearance of being swollen on the front part, 
and in walking he will not straighten the fetlock back to its natural posi- 
tion but will maintain it in the cocked position. If neglected and allowed 
to become chronic, the tendons contract and hold the fetlock in that posi- 
tion ever after. 

What to do. — ^Remove the shoe and replace it with heels raised an inch, 

; to take the strain off the back tendons ; apply hot fomentations to the 

' part as continuously as possible till nearly all the soreness is gone, wrap 

the leg in a woolen bandage and keep it wet and hot, applying the water 



FLEXOR TEN- 
D O N S OF 
FORE LEGS. 

I. The perforans. 
2. The perfora- 
tus. 3, 4. Ac- 
cessory muscles. 
5, 6. Restrain- 
ing ligaments. 
7. The pedal 
cartilage divi- 
ded. 8. The 
navicular bone. 



320 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

three or four times a day. Bathe the leg between times with the cooling 
lotion, No. 12, or make one as follows : 

No. 13. 1 Pint strong vinegar, 

1 Handful common salt, 
1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Bandage as tight as the soreness of the leg will allow, with a dry cotton 
or linen bandage, immediately after applying the liniment. AVhen the 
soreness is nearly gone apply the following liniment, well rubbed in after 
bathing with hot water, twice a day, and increase the tightness of the 
bandage from day to day : 

No. 14. 1 Ounce tincture arnica, 

1 Ounce tincture opium, 
1 Ounce turpentine, 
1 Ounce alcohol, 
1 Ounce liquor ammonia, 
Water, to make one pint. 
Mix. 

If the liniment irritates the skin much, suspend it for a few days and 
o-rease with fresh lard till healed, then repeat it. Give this treatment and 
rest for three or four weeks, then if there is a probable cure, turn the 
the horse out for a run at grass ; if not, clip off the hair and blister well 
with No. 9. When the blister has taken, smear over it some fresh lard 
to keep the air from it and prevent pain. After two days it will need 
washing, and when dry grease it. Repeat this once a day till healed, and 
give r. l?ng rest. If all these means fail to effect a cure, or if the case i< 
an old, long standing one the firing iron must be resorted to. Clip off 
the hair and fire in lines feathered as directed for curb. We would rec- 
ommend in this, as well as in all similar cases, that the operation of firing 
be done by a qualified veterinary surgeon, for it is very easy to ruin a 
good horse by firing too deep ;' it is an operation that requires experience 
and good judgment. 

It will be found in most cases in which the suspensory ligaments are 
spiained, that the firing iron will have to be used, as they are very 
obstinate and will not yield to mild treatment. But in most cases 
in which it is the others that are affected the milder treatment 
will be effectual. To get the thickening out of the blistered leg, 
after the treatment is done, shower the leg with cold water two or three 
times a day, and also give it plenty of hard rubbing and bandage. Omit 
the high heels as soon as the soreness is gone from the tendons and 
before giving the treatment requiring the long rest. 



I 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. ^'^1 

X. Broken Down. 

Causes. — Broken down is the term applied to rupture of the suspensory 
ligaments. It is most common among racers, because the strain their 
fore legs are put to in a race exceeds the strain of all other kinds of work. 
The force of the stroke comes on the fore legs. They grab the earth, pull 
the body forward, and when the body is passing the poise, and just before 
lifting the forward foot off the ground, they give a tremenduous push 
that sends the body forward and at the same time high enough to avoid 
falling on the nose while gathering their feet for another spring. It is 
during the spring, just after the body has passed the poise, that breaking 
down takes place. 

How to know it. — The ligaments are ruptured, the toe turns up and 
the fetlock pad comes down to the ground, completely ruining the 
animal. 

What to do. — Iq cases of comjDlete break down it is an act of mercy 
to destroy the animal. But horses are often so nearly broken down that 
they are ruined for all kinds of active lal)or, yet might be saved for 
breeding purposes by giving the leg thorough treatment, and a year's 
rest. The same treatment prescribed for sprain of the back tendons 
will apply to this, especiall}^ the firing, which is absolutely necessary. 



CHAPTER VI. 



LEGS OP THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES— CON- 
TINUED. 



I. CAPULET OR CAPPED HOCK AND ELBOW. II. FRACTURES. III. OPEN JOINT. 

IV. BROKEN KNEES. V. KNEE SPRUNG. VI. COCKED ANKLES. VII. 

WINDGALLS. VIII. SHOULDER LAMENESS AND SWENEY. IX. CRAMP 

OF THE MUSCLES OF THE THIGHS. 

I. Capulet or Capped Hock and Elbow. 

The elbows and points of the hocks are liable to injury, giving rise to 
swellings of the nature of tumors. They are filled with a watery exu- 
date, slightly tinged with blood. If not emptied and properly treated 
they become caloused and organized into a solid fibrous mass in the course 
of a month or so. When this takes place, the callosity on the elbow 
becomes very heavy and hangs from the elbow, a very unsightly mass, 
sometimes as large as a child's head. 

The callosity on the point of the hock never gets so large as on the 
elbow, but becomes just as hard and unsightly, and is more noticeable 
being farther from the body. 

Causes. — Bruising is the only cause. It is usually long continued, 
hence the gradual development into a hard fibrous tumor. The one on 
the elbow is caused by laying the point of the elbow on the shoe or on 
the hard floor. Some horses have the habit of pawing the bedding all 
back before lying down, and letting the elbow come directly on the floor, 
while others always lie with the elbow on the shoe. Either way of lying, 
if continued for any length of time, will bruise these points and a watery 
exudation is formed, which fills the sack. - If not evacuated it increases, 
and may suppurate and break, or it may become organized and solidify, 
the walls thicken and the whole become a solid mass. 





CAPPED liOCK. AN UNUSUALLY LARGE 

CAPPED HOCK. 

The one on the hock is usually caused by kicking either in the stall or 
harness. It is often seen on nervous, high-spirited horses that do not get 

322 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



3:^;-; 



work enough, become restless in the stable and go to kicking to 
amuse and exercise themselves, and thus bruise the points of the hocks 
against the sides of the stall ; if kept in a box stall, they are just as apt 
to do it. It is also often seen on draft horses that are worked to the 
cart ; being hooked too near to the box, they strike it with their hocks 
every time their legs are raised. Sometimes it is caused by runaways or 
by pieces of timber falling on the hocks. 

How to know it. — In case of the elbow a scurfy, wrinkled appearance 
indicates the danger, and if not attended to and the cause removed, it 
goes on growing day by day, till a large tumor is developed. Some- 
times by a sudden shifting of the position of the feet in lying, a large, 
hard, hot swelling may spring up in one night ; it may be only a couple 
of inches thick, but may be eight or ten in diameter, very sore to the 
touch ; but when the tumor grows gradually it is not usually very sore. 

When on the hocks, the points are found much swollen, hot, tender 
and sore to the touch. The trouble usually comes on suddenly with one 
or two nicrhts' kicking. 

What to do. — ^When hot, sore and of short duration, remove the cause ; 
give a laxative of one and a half or two pints of raw linseed oil ; foment 
the parts with hot water, with a handful of common salt in it, for an 
hour or so, then rub dry and rub gently in, the following liniment: 

No. 15. 1)4 Ounce tincture arnica, 

13^ Ounce liquor ammonia, 
1 Ounce tincture opium, 
Water to make one pint, 
Mix. 

Repeat morning and night for two or three weeks, and if the case is 9 
mild one, this treatment will cure it. In case it is the elbow and there 
is a soft fluctuating feeling, tap it with a knife and let the water out, 
making the opening large enough to pass your finger in. Syringe out 
the sack with warm water and follow it with No. 6. Repeit it twice a 
day, continuing the external treatment the same as before. After the 
oil has operated, give one of the following powders in the feed morning 
*nd niorht ; 



"O' 



No. 16. 2 Ounces rosin, 

2 Ounces saltpetre. 

Powder and mix, 

Diyide into twelve powders. 

It should bfe borne in mind that the cause must be removed absolutely, 
!n order to have the treatment of any avail, otherwise it Avill all be lost, 
and the tumor will continue to grow in spite of all you can do. When he 



324 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

lies on tne floor, give more bedding ; if on the shoe, apply a roller to 
the pastern, as large as your arm, so as to let it take the bearing on the 
arm instead of the elbow on the foot. If it is a very bad case, it will be 
Tvell to keep the horse standing a few days. If it still remains large and 
hard, change the injection to the following : 

« No. 17. 1 Drachm iodine, 

1 Draciim iodide of potash, 
1 Ounce alcohol, 
1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Inject a little, twice a day, after using the hot water as before. When 
dry apply tincture of iodine twice a day, till it gets verv sore, then grease 
it with fresh lard till healed, and repeat it. 

If it becomes hard and solid, the only remedy lies in dissecting it out 
bodily. The operation is quite simple. Cut the opening in the skin in a 
line running up and down, then cut the cellular tissue around the tumor and 
dissect the whole lump out, being very careful not to cut into the elbow 
joint. If an artery or vein is cut so as to bleed a stream, take it up and 
tie it, sew the skin together, and dress it three times a day with the lo- 
tion. No. 6. If the stitches break out, and the wound gapes open, it is 
no use to resew it, but dress it three times a day with No. 7, and it will 
draw together as it heals. We would urge in this connection the employ- 
ment of a qualified veterinary surgeon to perform operations in every 
case, as the use of the knife requires a thorough knowledge of the anat- 
omy of the parts, as well as experience to avoid giving unnecessary pain 
to the animal. 

Where it is the hock that is a:ffected, the same treatment will suffice in 
all matters of detail until you come to puncturing the sack, when you 
must stop. Never cut into a capped hock except in a rare, exaggerated 
case, and then employ a veterinary surgeon to do it. Hand-rubbing will 
do a great deal towards making it absorb. As soon as the inflammation 
is well reduced, and all points working satisfactorily, the horse may as 
well be at work as idle. 

Prevention. — Grive the horse plenty of bedding ; do not allow a faithful 
friend to sleep en Ihe bare floor. Give plenty of exercise to avoid mis- 
chief in the stable, that may run on to bad habits and vices. 

II. Fractures. 

Causes. — ^Fractures of the limbs are very common among horses, not 
that the bones of horses are more brittle, but they are more exposed to 
accidents than those of any other animal, man not excepted. They are 
go active, quick-motioned, fleSt and heavy, that when an accidrut occura 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 325 

the effects are apt to be disastrous ; for, like a railway train, the unlucky 
animal does not have many chances to come out whole. All bones of 
the body are liable to fracture, but the bones of the legs are more so 
from being more exposed. In runaways, the animal often comes to a 
sudden stop l)y falling or colliding with some heavy, solid object. Then 
he is sure to suffer ; any one of the limbs may be broken, or it may be 
i,he ribs, back, neck, head, jaws, hips, etc. Kicks are very often the 
causes of fractures, especially of the legs — the cannons, thighs or arms 
being the bones which most frequently suffer. The bone of the foot is 
often broken by striking with great force against a stone, post, or any 
other solid object. The pastern is sometimes split through its entire 
length by jumping. The writer knew of a case of fracture of the can- 
non bone of one of the hind legs by catching the toe in the girth of the 
harness when kicking flies, breaking the bone short off. 

Fractures are divided into the following classes : Simple — when nothing 
else is broken but the bone ; compound — when the ends of the bones punch 
through the flesh and skin ; complex — when the bone is shattered into many 
pieces, and one or more pieces may prick through ; transverse — when the 
bone breaks short off ; oblique — when the fracture is in an obliqe direc- 
tion across the bone ; green stick — when the bone breaks like a green 
stick, splitting and bending and twisting without breaking directly off. 
The bone may be only cracked, or broken without misplacement. 
The bones of old horses are more liable to fracture than those of 
young ones, becoming brittle with age. 

How to know it. — When the fracture cannot be seen, but is suspected, 
manipulate it a little, listening attentively at the same time, and you will 
hear the grating of the ends of the bone together, which is an unmistak- 
able symptom ; for grating or rubbing of rough ends together is never 
heard in health. Great lameness is inseparable from a fracture, be it 
ever so slight. When the bone is only cracked, there will be great lame- 
-ness, with few if any conclusive symptoms to indicate fracture, but by 
careful examination a sore place can be felt ; the horse will not bear a 
pound on the limb, and Will keep lifting it as if in great pain. In all 
cases there will be a rise in frequency of the pulse and respirations from 
the nervous shock and pain ; more or less inflammation follows, and the 
temperature will be raised a little. As the length of time increases 
after the fracture, if nothing is done to relieve it, all the symptoms in- 
crease, the nostrils dilate, the countenance becomes haggard, and ex- 
presses anxiety, the eyes become injected, the injured limb swells, be- 
comes hot, and in all fatal cases, vwhen th*e inflammation reaches its 
height, mortification begins and extends towards the body, when death is 



326 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK l^OCTOR. 



only a question of a few hours. The part gets cold and clammy, a pe- 
culiar offensive sweat rises on the surface, the siiin, if white, becomes 
purplish, but if black, the discoloration cannot be seen. As soon as mor- 
tification sets in the pain ceases. 

What to do. — If it is a fracture of the cannon, arm, thigh, femur 
(the bone l^etween the hip and stifle), shoulder or l)ack, ninety-nine times 
out of a hundred the case is fatal if displacement takes place, and espe- 
cially so if it is a compound or complex fracture. If it is a fracture of 
the back, paralysis of all parts behind the fracture will ensue. In any of 




SLINGS FOR A HORSE WITH FRACTURED LIMB. 

the above instances, the horse may as well be destroyed, for it is utterly 
impossible to keep him quiet till the bones knit ; they would repair 
as readily and as substantially as those of man, if we could put him to 
bed and keep him there six weeks. But take what measures you may, 
in most cases you will fail from no other reason than that he keeps mov- 
ing about, swinging the leg, and behaving in a very restless manner gen- 
erallv, which prevents the ends of the bones from remaining in quiet 
contact long enough to grow together. The bones of dogs, sheep and 
sometimes cattle, grow together very readily because they are moi'e 
quiet, and favor an injured leg more than a horse. If it is the shoulder 
or thigh, it is so deeply imbedded in muscle that it is very difficult to set 
che bones, especially if the fracture is oblique, for the muscles contract 
and draw the ends of the bones past their proper positions from two to 
six inches, and it is an utter impossibility to bring the ends together- 
again even with the aid of pulley and tackle. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 327 

But if it is a fracture of the foot, pastern, fetlock, hip or any other part, 
where tliere is no displacement, a cure can usually be made. After put- 
ting the horse in a roomy, comfortable, loose box, put him in slincrs to 
take the weight off the injured leg, and relieve the weight from the 
others. Make the broken limb as straight as possible, then envelop it 
for a distance of five or six inches in plaster of Paris, or if that is not handy, 
soak a piece of sole leather in w^ater until quite soft, and mould it to the 
form of the leg, and bind it on so as to keep it perfectly tight and solid, 
and in its place. Splints may be put on outside of the leather. A starched 
bandage is very good in connection with the splints. Have the starch 
very stiff, fill the hair with it and then begin to wind, not tight but just 
enough so to keep the parts in their places ; put on a considerable quan- 
tity of starch with each wind of the bandage ; after making about half a 
dozen turns, put on the splints, one on each side, and one on the back, but 
none in front ; then continue the bandage four or five turns. If the leg 
swells, SO as to make the bandage too tight, slit the bandage up a little 
way at either end. Leave the whole thing on about five or six weeks, 
keeping the horse in the sling all the time, just tight enough to give gen- 
tle pressure on the belly and he will lie in it at his pleasure. If he acts 
unruly at first, quiet him by talking to him, and he will very soon get ac- 
customed to the arrangement, and like it. 

If any pieces of bone become detached they will act as foreign matter 
and must be removed. Any such complication in a leg already done up 
in a starched bandage, or in plaster, will be recognized by increased swel- 
ling in the surrounding parts, and also by heat and soreness, uneasincRs and 
increase in temperature, pulse and respiration. The natural condition 
being: Pulse 36, respiration 10 to the minute, and temperature 98.5® 
F. The pulse is taken on the angle of the lower jaw, as the artery 
passes around the under side on its way to the face. Temperature is 
taken by a clinical thermometer inserted in the rectum, and allowed to 
remain in two minr.tes. Respiration is taken by counting the breaths, 
one in and one out making a respiration. 

When the hip is broken down, making what is known as "hipped," 
there is nothing to do except to give time and what constitutional treat- 
ment is indicated. Fracture of the shoulder blade is treated in the same 
way, except that it might be advisable to put the horse in slings. 

In all cases watch the symptoms and treat them as they require, Dut 
it would be well always to give the following mixture : — 

>Jo. 18. 1 Drachm tincture aconite root, 

2 Ounces spirits of nitre, 
2 Drachms fluid extract belladonna, 
1 Ounce nitrate of potash, 
1 Ounce carh^nate of ammonia, 
"W ater to make one pint. 
Mix. 



328 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Give one ounce (two tablesiDoonfuls) every two, four or six hours, ac- 
cording to the requirements of the case. This is the dose for a fell sized 
adult horse, a young or small one in proportion. Continue this as long 
as there is any fevir. Give all the cold water to drink the horse wishes, 
but "ive it little at a time and often. If the neck is broken, death ensues 
immediately, on account of the nervous communication to the heart, 
lungs and stomach being cut off, and so they stop working. 

III. Open Joint. 

Open joint is one of the most serious accidents that horse flesh is lia. 
ble to, and unfortunately is quite common. 

Causes. — Cuts, bruises, pricks from nails, pricks from the fork in 
handling the manure and bedding, falling on the road, kicks from other 
horses, etc., are common causes. 





baker's brace for broken 
knee when the joint is 

OPENED. 



WHERE JOINT OIL IS. 

The lines mark the points where synovia 
(or joint oil) is interposed between the 
different slructurts. 



How to know it — A wound, of course, is present, and a discharge 
also is seen when it is at all serious. The character of the discharge de- 
termines the extent of the injury ; if it is an open joint, in addition to 
pus there will be a discharge of joint oil (synovia). Synovia is inodor- 
ous ; has no smell ; amber colored when fresh ; whitish yellow when co- 
agulated ; thin and watery, but at the same time is of an oily nature 
when fresh ; coagulates on exposure to the air. When the discharge 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



H2V) 



partakes of the character given above, especially in the latter particular, 
and is accompanied by more or less fever, good appetite, gradual wast- 
ing of muscular tissues, (though sometimes the wasting of tissue is 
rapid), tucked up a[)pearance, hard unyielding swelling, with great .sore- 
ness to the touch, and extreme lameness, there need be no doubt but tliat 
there is an o})cn joint. 

What to do. — If neglected and allowed to run its own course it will be 
fatal in almost every case ; the horse will die from irritative fever, ex- 
haustion and inanition. Sometimes it is fatal even with the best treat- 
ment, therefore it is of the utmost importance that remedies be promptly 
applied, and vigorousl}-^ pursued. 

When an open joint is recognized, wash the wound with tepid water with 
a few drops of carbolic acid in it ; if the wound is deep, and there is pus 
mixed with the synovia, syringe it out gently, with the lotion, Is'o. 6 ; gen- 
erally, however, it is best not to syringe, probe nor push in the wound 
any more than is absolutely necessary ; but let all the treatment tend 
towards filling up the wound with healthy granulations. As soon as the 
wound is nicely wasiied, make a paste of the following: 

No. 19. 2 Drachuis glycerine, 

1 Drachm carbolic .ici*!. 
Flour to make a thit.^k ])aste. 

Make a plug of the paste and insert it into the wound ; then smear solid 
extract of belladonna over all the hard swelling around the wound, and 
let a cold poultice made of oil-cake meal go on over the whole. Change 
the poultice and dress it twice a day. When the suppuration ceases, and 
there is a clear flow of synovia, omit the plug and let the poultice come 
directly in contact with the wound. Keep the horse as quiet as possible ; 
carry food and water to him, so as to avoid the least motion. If it is 
practicable apply apparatus to stiffen the joint during the treatment. A 
convenient appliance will be described in the next article on broken 
knees. 

The most difficult thing in the treatment of open joint is to stop the 
flow of synovia without checking the flow of pus. For whenever there 
is pus in a wound it must come out, or damage will be done ; at the same 
time you cannot wash and syringe an open joint to get rid of the pus as 
you would an ordinary wound, because that would tend to keep the 
wound open and continue the flow of synovia ; consequently there is an 
opportunity, usually, to display very fine judgment. Give, internally, 
tonics composed of : 

No. 20. 2 Ounces pure sulphate of iron, 

2 Ounces chinchona bark, 
Powder an^ mix. 

Divide into tAvelve powders. 



330 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Give one night and morning in the feed. Continue this till the ■wound 
is nearly well. 

IV. Broken Knees. 

Broken knee is a term used to designate contusion, abrasion and 
laseeration of the soft jDarts — skin, ligaments and membranes — over the 
knee Joints, but not the bones. It is quite common, especially where 
horse-back riding is fashionable, and fox hunting and steeple chasing are 
practiced. Sometimes the knees are only bruised or the skin broken, 
and then it is very simple and recovery is quick. Eut they are often 
broken right through into the joints, opening them completely and allow- 
ing a rapid flow of synovia. Sometimes they are easily cured, and at oth- 
ertimes defy all treatment, and the joints become ruined and stiffened ; 
and sometimes large spavins grow upon them. They sometimes prove 





BROKEN KNEE. BROKEN KNEE. 

Manner of probing the Manner of opening the dirt sac of a 

dirt sac of a broken broken knee when it is found 

Ijnee. necessary to do so. 

fatal by the excessive amount of irritative fever produced ; the horse 
becomes very much emaciated, tucked up in the flanks, runs at the eyes, 
and weakness is great. Whenever the joints are opened, you have a very 
serious case at the best, and one that will tax the patience and judgment 
of the attendant. 

Causes. — Knees are always broken by falling on them. The causes 
of fallino- may differ. Work horses drop upon their knees sometimes 
when starting very heavy loads, and if on stony or gravelly roads, are 
very apt to break their knees. Driving horses stumble and fall on their 
knees when they are sore in the feet, stiff in the legs or lame in the 
shoulders, and often open the joints. Saddle horses are the most liable 
to broken knees ; if ridden slowly, on smooth roads, the weight on the 
back makes them more liable to stumble ; if ridden across country they 
often come upon their knees on the other side of a fence or ditch. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIK ACClDKNTS AM) DISEASES. ^^'^1 

How to know it. — There will be a contused, lascerated, ragged wound : 
the skin hanging in shreds, hair bruised off, the ends of tendons protrud- 
ing and curling like bands of white tape. A discharge of synovia (an 
oily looking, amber colored liquid) takes place, and in bad cases the white 
glistening bones of the joint can be seen and felt. 

What to do. — If the wound is dirty with sand, gravel or other sub- 
stance, wash gently to remove it. If the ends of tendons or ligaments 
protrude, clip them off with scissors close down to the edge of the wound ; 
draw the ends of the skin together and l)ind on a soft piece of old linen 
to keep the parts in place and the air from it, wetting the Avound and 
linen with lotion No. 6. Then proceed to have the 1 trace made as seen in 
the illustration on page 328, for it is absolutely necessary to keep the 
knee stiff and perfectly quiet, so as to get as small a secretion of synovia 
E.s possible. Splints are generally used, but they alw^ays irritate the leg 
ivhere they come in contact, and fail in a great measure to prevent motion ; 
but when Baker's brace is used, neither the knee nor any joint below it 
<!an be flexed a particle. 

To make the brace, take a rod of good iron half an inch square, and of 
a length sutficient to reach from the ground to at least three inches 
above the knee ; rivet a band two inches wide and six inches long on to the 
upper end of the bar, and bend it to tit the fleshy part of the arm ; then 
bend the rod in its passage down the back of the leg to fit a healthy limb 
in its natural position when the Aveight is on it ; make a three-quarter 
hook at the bottom, bending backward, to hook into the eye in the bar of 
the shoe, so that it can be inserted and removed at pleasure without re- 
moving the shoe. Insert two rivets or a staple at the top, and another 
set midway between the knee and fetlock, to receive the straps that bind 
the le^ to the brace. Let the straps be an inch wide, and pad between 
them and the leg, especially over the shin. Pad the band well to prevent 
abrasion of the skin. The shoe may be an old one that fits the foot, with 
the heels carried out at least an inch beyond the heels of the foot, and 
turned upward a little ; weld on across the heels of this shoe a bar 
three quarters of an inch wide, with an eye in the center to receive the 
hook. The shoe needs to be nailed on very strongly, or the horse will 
tear it off in his efforts to flex the leg, which he v/ill try to do at first, 
but he will soon get accustomed to it, and walk around, lie down and get 
up the same as a man with a stiff leg. The strap at the top wants to be 
buckled tight enough to keep the brace in place, the one at the center of the 
cannon tight enough to keep the leg well straightened l)ack in its natural 
position. The shorter brace is used in the same way in case the fetlock 
or pastern joint is opened ; then it is not necessary to stiffen the knee. 



832 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

When the brace is adjusted, remove the bandage and linen, and apply 
directly to the wound a soft, cold, oil-cake meal poultice, wet somewhat 
with the lotion. No. 0, after it has taken u}) all the water it ^v\\\. When 
ready to be applied, sprinkle the poultice over with fineh- powdered char- 
coal. This will encouriigc and promote healthy, solid granulations and 
prevent much suppuration and sloughing. Some sloughing and suppu- 
ration will have to take place on account of the wound being contused in- 
stead of being made by a clean cut, as with a sharj) knife. Dress the 
wound in this manner twice a day ; continue it right along till the flow 
of synovia is stopped, even then it is better to leave the dressing on a 
few days more to further reduce the inflammation in the part. If the 
ends of the tendons protrude at any time they must be clipped off. If 
there is high fever give the following mixture : 

No. 21. 1 Draclim tincture aconite root. 

1)4 Ounce sweet s])irits nitre, 
1}4 Ounce nitrate of potasli, 
Water to make one pint. 
Mix. 

Give a tablespoonful every two hours, till the jMdse is improved :'., 
fever abated. Feed lightly for a good while. 

V. Knee Sprung. 

Knee sprung is not a disease, but is the effect of disease. When the 
legs are healthy, the center of gravity passes down through the center of 
them, and out at the heals ; but in case of knee sprung, the center ctf 
gravity passes back of the knees, giving them a veiy bowed appearance. 
It always comes on gradually, and may stop at any stage, and never gc: 
worse ; but sometimes it goes on to so great an extent as to rendei the 
animal almost useless. Horses often sleep standing, and do it with 
safety, no danger of falling, as long as the legs are sound, but when the 
knees avc so bowed forwards as to throw the center of gravity on a line 
forward of the origin of the suspensory ligaments the horse will fall when 
he goes to sleep standing. 

Causes. — The most common cause is sprain or other injury of the 
back tendons of the leg. The ones most often sprained, and injury to 
which is most likely to cause knee sprung, are the suspensory ligaments, 
and the metatarsakligament. Sprain of these, without proper treatment 
and rest, is sure to be followed by knee sprung. Sprains of the other 
ligaments, long continued soreness in the feet, sore shins, soreness in the 
joint, etc., are also frequent causes. In fact any abnormal condition of 
tiie foot or leg below the knee, that gives rise to long continued lameness 
and resting the heels or leg by knuckling the fetlock, is sure to be fol- 
lowed by a going over on the knees, from contraction of the back tendons 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIF ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. ^'"^'^ 

and ligaments, which hold the parts in that position ever after, unless 
relieved bv the operation caUed tenotomy. 

How to know it. — The legs of sound horses are straight from the el- 
bow to the fetlock. Hence, any deviation from that position indicates 
something wrong. Stand opposite the shoulder of the horse, and notice 
iche leg ; any ])ending forward from the straight line at the knee creates 
suspicion. Any bad case, and many mild ones, are accompanied with 
thickening of the back tendons, indicating neglected sprains. 

What to do. — There is nothing to be done, except in recent cases, 
Avhich arc rare. A case that has not been longer than two or three 
months in coming may be benefitted by clipping the hair from the back 
tendons, wherever there is any thickening or soreness, and showerino- 
with cold water several times a d;iy for two or three days, and then ap- 
plj'ing blister. No. 9, well rubbed in. Remove the shoes, pare down the 
feet and open the heels. Tie his head up, so he cannot bite the blister, 
for thirty hours ; then grease it once a day till nearly healed, and turn 
him out for a long run at grass. If he is not improved in a month, re- 
, peat the blister. 

In old, chronic, incurable cases the operation called tenotomy, can be 
performed sometimes to very great advantage, but not as often as in 
case of cocked ankles, which form tlie subject of our next article. The 
operation will be therein described. 

VI. Cocked Ankles. 

The fetlocks are often knuckled forward, but this, like knee sprung, 
is only a symptom of some other trouble. The fetlocks are, however, 
often mistaken for the seat of the.lameness, and are blistered and muti- 
latedj of course without anj^ benefit. 

Causes. — Sprains of the suspensory ligaments, when low down around 
or below the fetlock joint ; lameness in tlie bursa of the perforans ten- 
don, as it passes over the fetlock ; bruises on the heels ; corns ; quittor ; 
navicular disease, or nail in the foot — anything that makes the horse 
rest the heels or lower and back part of the leg. Sometimes in bad 
cases of shoulder lameness, the leg is rested in such a manner as to let 
the back tendons contract so as to throw the fetlock forward. 

How to know it. — It is recognized by the ankle joint being thrown for- 
ward like a knuckle ; the heels raised slightly ; the tendons contracted : 
and absence of any soreness or thickening in the joint itself. 

What to do. — Spare no time nor pains to find the cause and remove it, 
and the effect will cease. Ninety-nine times in a hundred it is only 
symptomatic. In a great majority of cases the cause will be fcmnd in 
the feet ; treat them, and the ankle will straighten up. 



334 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Ill long-standing cases the tendons become so contracted as to render a 
return to a natural position an impossibility ; in such cases tenotomy is 
sometimes practiced to advantage. A small opening is made in the skin 
about midway between the knee and fetlock ; a small blade is run in, 
edgeways, and through to the skin on the opposite side, but not through 
it ; then turn the edge up and cut off the tendons, stopping before the 
gkin is cut above them, being careful not to injure the suspensory liga- 
ments. If they are severed, the animal is useless and might as well be 
destroyed. To perform the operation, a knowledge of the anatomy of 
the parts is necessary ; hence it is advisable always, when possible, to 
employ a competent veterinary surgeon. 

VII. Windgalls. 

The tendons, as they pass down the back of the leg, are covered with a 
sheath moistened with synovia ; and where they pass over the fetlock 





WINDGALLS. WINDGALLS. 

Showing situation and forms As they appear upon dissection, 

of Windgalls. 

joint are synovial bursas, to prevent friction ; there is also synovia between 
the tendons to prevent them from rubbing against each other. When, 
from hard work, the membranes secreting the synovia become irritated, 
they are excited to secrete more than their natural quantity, and the ac- 
cumulation of it forms the soft, puify swellings around the fetlocks, either 
fore or hind. They are always caused by work. 

It is an old, popular idea that these swelling are filled with air, hence 
the name. They seldom cause lameness, except in the early stage, or in 
the very last stage, when they become ossified ; in the first stage the lame- 
ness soon passes off ; in the last it is permanent. 

How to know it. — Soft, puffy swellings appear after considerable work, 
around the fetlock. They are usually the size of your thumb, but in 
some oases they grow to the size of a hen's egg. 



I.EOS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACriDENTS AND DISEASES. ^•^i't 

What to do. — Make frequent applications of cold water, or cooling 
lotion. No. 12; and after a couple of days apply liniment, No. 11, well 
rubbed in, twice a day, and bandage tightly over it, till well blistered. 
Then omit the liniment but continue the bandage, with grease applied to 
the skin, giving the puffs all the direct pressure possible. Pieces of coik 
laid over the puffs, and bandaging over them is very effectual. 

When the skin is sufficiently healed, repeat the liniment. Continue 
this treatment for three or four weeks, and then give the horse a run at 
grass or in a straw yard. This will be effectual if persevered with ; but 
as soon as the horse is put to work again, either road or heavy draft, the 
windgalls will return. 

VIII. Shoulder Lameness and Sweeny. 

Shoulder lameness is common. Sweeny is rare, but it is often imag- 
ined and severely treated for, when the cause of lameness is very remote. 
Sweeny is wasting of the muscles of the shoulder blade, leaving the spine 
on the blade exposed the whole length, with hollows on each side that you 
could nearly lay your arm in. 

Causes. — Shoulder lameness is usually caused by a sprain ; it may be 
of the ligaments of the joint or of the muscles around the joint. Sprain 
of the latter is most common. 

The sprain may be produced by slipping, falling, stepping on the heel 
of the fore shoe with the toe of the hind shoe, especially in the mud or 
snow, or catching the heel under a rootor railroad track. Sweeny is usually 
caused by the shoulder being badly bruised by the collar in hauling 
heavy loads, or plowing, or by the horse falling and bruising the shoul- 
der. 

How to know it. — Lameness is a characteristic symptom ; the shoulder 
and leg are carried forward all of a piece ; no knee action ; the shoulder 
carried forward and the leg swung ; at the time the leg is ])eing taken 
foi-ward the head is nodded down at the start and suddenl}^ jerked up 
toward the finish of the action. There is an inability to raise the leg to 
step over an obstacle a foot high, but he will drag the leg over. Swell- 
ing, heat and soreness are noticed. 

In case of sweeny the muscles are wasted as described above, and 
much the same action of the leg will be noticed. In recent cases of 
either, the horse will rest the leg by flexing the knee and resting the foot 
on the toe without extending it. In mild cases, when he is able to travel, 
rest will seem to cure him and he will go out sound, but will go lame 
after a little, and get worse the farther he goes. 

If allowed to run on without treatment, sprain of the shoulder, espe- 
cially if it IS ot the joint, becomes chronic, extends to the bones, affect- 
ing the heads of them and causingfiermanent lameness. 



33f) CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — In iill cases of shoulder lameness where there are heat, 
swelling, soreness to the touch and lameness, foment with hot water, 
never with cold, for half an hour at a time, three times a day. It is well 
to add a handful of common salt to a pail of the hot water. When it has 
dried after washing, rub well in the liniment. No. 14, morning and night. 
In most eases, if taken immediately and the above well applied, a cure 
will ))e effected, if rest is given, in from one to four weeks. If this faik. 
to cure, a blister well rubbed in over the affected part will do good ; 
use No. 9. In nine cases out of ten, when the lameness is in the shoul- 
der, remedies applied to the joint of the shoulder will be effectual. A 
common mistake is made in applying blisters over the shoulder blade and 
withers, which only cause pain and often leave blemishes, without doing 
one particle of good, except necessitating a long rest ; but it is better to 
have some other excuse for the rest. 

When these means fail, the last resort is the seton. When well ap- 
plied it produces counter irritation, that can hardly fail to cure unless 
there is porcelaneous deposit on the heads of the bones in the joint. 
When the exact source of lameness is located, pass the seton down over 
it just beneath the skin, letting it run always as nearly perpendicular as 
possible. Let it pass eight to fourteen inches under the skin, and leave 
the ends projecting three or four inches. The seton is best made ot 
strong, coarse, unbleached muslin, torn into a strip, one inch and a lialf 
wide. Fasten leather buttons on each end to prevent it coming out. 
Smear it once or twice a week with a little iiy blister to promote a dis- 
charge and increase the irritation. Foment and wash thoroughly clean 
with hot water morning and night. If the hoi-se is inclined to bite and 
pull the seton, tie one end of a stick to his halter, and the other end to 
the surcinole to hold his head and neck straight. A needle made on 
purpose is needed to insert the seton ; it should be fully a foot long. 

The seton should be left in three weeks in mild cases, and four to six 
weeks in bad and chronic cases. Always give from one to three months' 
rest after removing the seton. 

Sweeny is treated by mild blisters of flies in ointment as in No. 0, or 
in tincture, ru])bed in gently, and repeated every fortnight for two or 
three months. The horse is better at grass while this treatment is being 
given. It will stin)ulate the muscles to re-develop. Gentle exercise is 
better than absolute rest. 

IX. Cramp of the ISIuscles of the Thighs. 

The muscles of the thighs are very subject to cramp in hard- 
worked horses, especially in old ones. These cramps are often diagnosed 
wrdngl}^ are mistaken for difflocation of the stifle, are in fact rarely reo 
ognized except by an expert. 



i 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, XHEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. •^'^>" 

Causes. — Very severe exertion, especially if prolonged to any great 
extent; the muscles become fatigued, and the nerves in them exhausted ; 
then if the horse is forced to continue working, cramp is very apt to 
take place. It is sometimes seen in cases where horses are being made 
to swim ; cramps seize these muscles and render them for the time use- 
less, being often the cause of drowning. 

How to know It. — The horse is going along apparently all right, ex- 
cept that he is laboring from fatigue, when suddenly orje or both thighs 
cramp and draw all into knots ; a constriction will be seen in the hollow 
of the thigh ; the point of the hock is drawn up, and the horse crouches 
with his hind parts ; in fact he is drawn down and is utterly unable to 
move. On accouut of the position the hind legs assume, the trouble is 
often mistaken for dislocation of the stifle. When both legs are affected 
the horse often falls in the most intense agony, being unaljle to stand 
longer. When only one leg is affected it is usually drawn upwards and 
backwards ; he is unable to extend it. If left alone, the cramps may pass 
off in the course of a few minutes, or they may last several hours. 

What to do. — Get hot water as quickly as possible, and apply it, bath- 
ing the leg continuously till the muscles relax and the leg is let down, and 
the horse walks as well as ever. Then rub dry and rub well in liniment 
No. 15. In the absence of that high wines, tincture of camphor, arnica, 
hot vinegar, etc., are good. Give the patient a few days' rest. 



CHAPTER Vn. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, CON- 
TINUED. 



I. STYFLEL). II. HIP LAMENESS AND HIPPED. III, STOCKING. IV. ELEPHAN- 
TIASIS OR LYMPHANGITIS. V. SCRATCHES OR CRACKED HEEL. VI. GREASE. 

VII. MUD FEVER. VIII. FURUNCULUS OR CARBUNCLE. IX. DISLOCATIONS. 

X. WOUNDS. XI. 60RE SHINS. XII. OSTEOPHYTES, FOLLOWING SORE 

SHINS. XIII. PORCELANEOUS DEPOSIT. XIV. STRING HALT. XV. INTER- 
FERING. XVI. OVERREACHING. XVII. FORGING. XVIII, RUPTURE OP 

MUSCLES. XIX. ATROPHY OF THE MUSCLES. 

I. Stifled. 

The term "stifled" is usually applied to a horse suffering from any 
derangement of the stifle joint, but properly it is only applicable when 
there is dislocation of the pulley bone, (the patella). The patella is 
sometimes thrown out, but not as often as is generally supposed, and al- 
ways on the outside, there being a ridge or flange of bone on the inside 
which prevents it going that way. 

The ligaments of the stifle are often sprained, giving rise to lameness 
more or less severe. 

Causes. — Dislocation is produced by a slip and a twist at the same 
time, the Aveight probably being upon that leg at the time ; the animal re. 
covers from the slip and finds himself with the leg as far back as it can be; 
got, having carried the body forward on it, and when ready to bring the 
leg forward he is unable to move it. The leg remains protruding back- 
ward until help comes to relieve the awkward situation. 

Sprains are caused in the same way, l)ut to a less extent. 

How to know it. — Dislocation is recognized by the position of the leg 
as described above, with inability to move it forward. The horse can be 
made to back, but he will swing himself back over the injured leg with- 
out raising it off the ground. The other legs are moved all right, but 
this one remains with the foot in one position as if riveted to the 
ground. 

Lameness from sprains is recognized by a labored action in carrying the 
leer forward : the \es is carried farther forward than in health, and is 
swung outward, flexing the stifle as little as possible. When made to 
trot, all symptoms are exaggerated. Upon a careful examination with the 
hand there will be found a thickening around the ligaments and soreness 
upon pressure. When brought to a standstill he will rest the leg. 

338 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. •'•^•' 

What to do. — In case of dislocation tie a rope to the pastern and 
pull it forward and a little outward at the same time, the raa'j handling 
the rope standing about a yard from the hors^e's shoulder ,■ then anothe." 
man standing at the stifle shoves the bone back into its place, by pushing 
toward the horse's flank. It will slip in with a snap. Then put or. a 
high-heeled shoe, the heels raised two inches, and bathe the stifle as '-on- 
tinuously as possible with the cooling lotion, No. 12. When the inflam- 
mation that follows is gone, apply a blister all around the joint, use No. 
9. Give a long rest. If this does not cure in four or five weeks, a seton 
may be put in over the joint, running up and down about four inches ; 
wash it clean once or twice a day with hot water, and leave it in from 
two to four weeks. When entirely well, replace the shoe with an ordi- 
nary one. 



mu^/^ 




DEVICE FOR A STIFLED HOKSE. 
Showing the manner of replacing the patella, in case the stifle is thrown out. 

Treatment for sprains of the stifle is the same as prescribed for dislo- 
cation. Do not omit the high-heeled shoe, and give plent}' of rest. If 
it is a mild case a strong liniment may be effectual ; apply No. 14. The 
more heroic treatment may be applied when the mild fails. 

II. Hip Lameness and Hipped. 

Lameness and accidents are commonly found affecting the hips. The 
points of the hips often knock against door posts, trees, stakes and posts 
in the pasture ; and also when falling the hip is often the first point to 
strike. At such times a point is often broken, or the whole hip is knocked 
down, giving a one-sided appearance to the hips, when they are known as 
hipped. 

Causes. — Ordinary hip lameness is caused by spraining the ligament* 
or muscles around the joint. It may be done by slipping, falling, being 
kicked by other horses, etc. 



5JtO 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




A HIPPED HORSE. 

Showing appearance of the hips when 
one side is broken down, forming 
what is known as hipped. 



How to know It. — I^ameness in the hip is rather hard to diagnose on 
account of its usually being so deep-seated. A bad case of hip lameness 

• is known by a short step, about half the 
length of that of the sound leg, while the 
whole leg is carried together, all of a piece, 
and swuns outward somewhat. When standing 



he Avill not always rest the leg, but may stand 
perfectly sound on it and only show lame- 
ness when moving, showing it entirely by 
labored action, the leg being brought forward 
slowly and with difficulty. 

Manipulation will usually find soreness di- 
rectly over or near the joint, and upon close 
examination, when standing behind and com- 
paring the two sides, there will be found a 
slight swelling in the region of the injury. 
Sometimes the sprain is in the back part of 
the joint ; then the labored action is seen 
more in backing, the horse going forward 
with little or no difficult3^ 

In case of fracture there will be a very 
perceptible deficiency or falling away in that region, accompanied by 
great lameness and soreness to the touch. 

What to do. -Ill cases of fracture all that can be done is to make the 
horse as comfortable as possible and apply anodyne lotions and lini- 
ments, accompanied with hot applications, either water or vinegar, and 
the Imiment, No. 15 ; and also give a long rest, from one to three months. 
The bones cannot be got at to be set ; so all there is to be done is to let 
nature do the work. The animal will alwayo remain one-sided, and will 
generally go a little one-sided, partly cornerwise, in tl eroad ; but he will 
be just as useful as ever for ordinary Avork. 

Sprain of the hip is treated the same as any other sprain. Rest, hot 
water, and liniment. No. 14, well rubbed in, twice a day, will generally 
cure in from one to three weeks. But in bad cases a blister is often 
required; rub No. 9 well in over the affected part. If this fails to cure 
a seton is the last resort. Let it be a piece of strong unbleached muslin, 
an inch and a half wide and ten inches long. Run it upwards and down- 
wards, about four inches, under the skin. Leave it in from three to six 
weeks. Keep the place running by applying a little fly blister to the 
string from time to time. Give absolute rest during this treatment, and 
when the seton is removed, turn the horse to pastui'e or straw yard for 
two or three months. 



i 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIU ACriDENTS ANT) DISEASES. 341 

III. Stocking. 

Stocking is the name given to swelling of the legs, usually conHned to 
the parts below the knees and hocks, although in bad cases it extends 
above these joints. 

Causes. — Weakness of the tissues of the legs, being unable to support 
the pressure above ; weak, watery, impoverished condition of the blood, 
and the legs being the most dependant part, it settles on them. Stand- 
ing still is a very common cause, so much so that there is a good deal of 
it just from standing from night till morning. It is most common in 
badly drained and illy ventilated stables ; and young horses are more 
subject to it than older ones. It is often a symptom of some disease 
that requires attention ; for stocking in disease is always a symptom of 
weakness which needs tonics and stinuilants. 

How to know it. — Swelling of the legs without other symptoms of dis- 
ease ; the swelling entirely disappearing with exercise, but returning 
when standing any length of time. 

What to do. — Give the folloM'ing tonic, one powder night and morn- 
ing, in the feed : 

No. 22. 13^ Ounce pure sulphate of iron, 

2 Ounces nitrate of potash, 
Powder and mix. 
Divide into twelve powders. 

Shower the legs with cold water iu hot weather, but omit the water 
in cold weather, give gentle exercise to reduce the swelling, and when 
coming in from exercise or work, bandage them tight; if in summer, 
u^e cotton bandages ; in winter use flannel. 

Avoid all strong, irritating or blistering applications. If necessary, 
repeat the powders. Remove the bandages when going out for exercise, 
and give the legs hand-rubbing. 

IV. Elephantiasis or Lymphangitis. 
This disease, sometimes called weed, is more particularly a blood dis- 
ease, but oeing located entirely, by outward appearances, in the legs, we 
will consider it in this connection. It is usually seen in fat animals, 
rarely in poor ones. It is a species of surfeit and indicates a fat, ple- 
f thoric condition of the system, more so than the excretory organs can 
I take care of. It usually attacks one leg, and that a hind leg, though 
sometimes it is seen in both hind legs, and occasionally in the fore legs. 
It comes on suddenly after standing still a day or two or more. It often 
develops between Saturday night and Monday morning. The lymphatic 
glands of the leg become inflamed and unable to perform their func- 
tions, and the superfluous nutritive material is thrown back ; the coats of 



/J43 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

tlie lymphatic vessels become weak and the fluid oozes through them, 
infiltrates the cellular tissue and makes a leg something like that of an 
elephant. 

Causes. — Too high feeding with too little work. When horses are 
worked every day it will seldom develop, but when a too highly fed 
horse is left in over Sunday, a rainy day, or from a nail in the foot, etc., 
the l)iglcg Avill 1)C found next morning. 

How to know it. — An immense leg is seen on entering the stable. It 
is hot, painful, sore ; ,if touched on the inside of the thigh the horse will 
raise the leg as high as possil)le, sometimes so high as to throw himself 
down. It is with the greatest difficulty that the leg is moved at all. 
There is a high fever, accelerated pulse, temperature raised, breathing 
increased in frequency, mouth hot, great thirst, and usuidly loss of appe- 
tite. It is as liable to happen in winter as in summer. 




DISCOVERING THE ELEPHANT LEG. 

What to do- — The treatment applied is with a vicAV to depletion, to re- 
duce the system to its proper condition in regard to the amount of fat it 
is capable of taking care of. So the first thing to be done is to give a 
ball of Barbadoes aloes : 

No. 23. 5 Di-cachnis Barbadoes aloes, • 

1 Drachm gentian, 
1 Drachm ginger, 
Syrup or soap to mix. 

Make it into a ball the shape of your finger, and, grasping the tongue 
with your left hand, draw it down between the front teeth and pass the 
ball back onto the root of the tongue with the right hand, keeping the 
hand up against the roof of the mouth ; do it fearlessl}', for you cannot get 
hurt so long as you keep firm hold of the tongue with the left hand. 
The ball being safely down, put a teaspoonful of saltpetre into a gallon 
of water and give him to drink. Repeat this every three or four hours 
till the urine is increased m quantity and clearer in color ; then continue 
it two or three times a day. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 343 

Bathe the leg with hot water with a handful of salt in it, for an hour 
or two, having che water as hot as a man can bear his hand in. Then 
bind the leg in woolen clothes to keep it thoroughly warm, let them 
reach c'ear to the body, and avoid all drafts. Restrict the diet to hay, 
water and bran mashes till he is able to go to work again. As soon as the 
soreness will allow of exercise, give him a walk of a couple of hours twice 
a day, increasing it from day to day. This may be kept up till all sore- 
ness and inflamm.ition are gone, when he may go to work again ; which 
will be before all the swelling is gone from the leg, but the exercise will 
help to reduce it. On coming in from work apply a wet bandage tight ; 
and give plenty of hand-rubbing when going out. Bring the horse back 
to his feed gradually, and avoid overfeeding. 

Prevention. — If a horse is working hard every day, and consuming large 
quantities of very nutritious, heating food, the regular allowance should 
be cut doW'U one half when he is laid up for a single day or more. He 
should receive a large, wet bran mash for supper on Saturday night, no 
oats or corn at all, and only one-half, or two-thirds at most, of the regu- 
lar allowance on Sunday. If this rule is followed no elephant legs will 
be found on Monday morning ; but if the full allowance of strong grahi 
is fed Saturday night and all day Sunday, the horse is liable to this and 
iiiany other disorders. 

V. Scratches or Cracked Heel. 

Scratches or cracked heels are simply chaps and cracks around the 
heels and in the hollow of the pastern ; they correspond to chapped 
hands in man. They are usually very simple, but sometimes are quite 
severe and require considerable perseverance to cure them. 

Causes. — Exposure to cold mud, snow, slush and ice-water without 
proper care in fall, winter and spring. It is unknown in hot Aveathcr. 

Kow to know it. — The skin is swollen in the holloAV of the pastern : and 
around the heels, cracks and chaps extend in all directions ; and larger 
cracks will run around the leg where it is the most 
flexed. When dry, they will be hot, sore to the touch, 
and painful. Sometimes the flexion in moving will 
cause the animal to raise the feet a couple of feet high 
at first, but with exercise the soreness partially disap- 
pears. 

What to do. — When the horse comes in, wipe off the 
parts as nicely as possible, bandage them with flannel 
to keep them warm, and when dry clean them thor- 
oughly with a brush, not touching them with water at 
all. Washing with warm water would do no harm cuacked heel. 
if they were well dried afterward, but to be on the safe side it is better 




344 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



not to wash them at all. When clean, apply casmoliue, petrolina, arnica 
jelly, carbolic salve, or an ointment made of lard and pounded alum in 
equal parts. Any of these may be applied, both when coming in and when 
going out. If they get very bad, give him a few days rest. If proud flesh 
springs up in the cracks, burn it down with burnt alum. If necessary 
to rest the horse for them, give him a teaspoonful of saltpetre in the 
feed morning and night for three or four days. 

Prevention. — Never wash the feet and legs in cold or wet weather, say 
after November 1st, till April. It is good for them to be washed in warm 
weather ; it softens the dry, hard hoofs, and cools off the horse when 
heated ; but it is objectionable in cold weather. When coming in from 
cold slush and mud," dry and clean the feet and legs thoroughly. 

VI. Grease. 

Grease is the name given to a disease of the lower parts of the legs that 
seems to be aggravated scratches, but it is entirely distinct from 





FIRST SYMPTOM OF GREASE. 
Scratching one leg with the other foot. 



FIRST STAGE OF CONFIRMED GREASE. 
EXUDATION. 



scratches. Scratches lies in the upper or cuticular layer of the skin, 
and grease is inflammation of the deeper layers. It is so called from the 
nature of the discharge, which is profuse, and greasy in appearance. It 
has a very offensive odor. 

Causes. — Neglected scratches often runs into grease, but there must 
be other conditions favorable — impure blood, tendency to surfeit, hide- 
bound and general bad condition. It is just as likely to appear in warm 
weather, when it is the result of surfeit, as it is to appear in cold 
«^eather, when it results from neglected scratches. 

How to know it. — The legs are swollen to the knees and hocks, and 
an offensive, greasy matter is oozing from the pores. When bad they 
are so sore as to cause considerable lameness. The discharge comes ae 
much, and often more, from above the fetlocks as from below, and 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 345 

mostly from the long thick hair on the back of the legs. Draft horses 
are most subject to it. Itching of the part is an early symptom. When 
grease is neglected, proud flesh sprouts up through the openings made by 
the pus, and after a while they become caloused and horny, and then they 
are called grapes. At this stage of the disease the swelling of the leg 
has become chronic, and can never be reduced. 

What to do. — Give the horse a purgative of aloes. No. 23. Feed on 
bran mashes a few days. When the purging has stopped give a teaspoon- 
ful of saltpetre in the feed morning and night for three or four days. 
Apply hot poultices, with powdered charcoal sprinkled over the top, to the 





SECOND STAGE OF CONFIRMED GREASE GRAPES. 

CRACKS. The stage of Grease in which horny lumps 

are seen, called Grapes. 

legs, changing them once a day ; continue them till the active inflamma 
tion is nearly all gone, then leave them off and apply lotion 

No. 24. 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Apply three times a day. Wash the parts often enough to keep them 
clean and poultice them occasionally to keep the inflammation out. 
While using the lead lotion, give a tablespoonful of epsom salts in the 
feed once a day. If proud flesh springs up burn it down withl)urnt alum. 

W^hen the disease is cured, if there is any thickening remaining in the 
legs, work, hand-rubbing and bandaging will remove it. 

VII. Mud Fever. 

This is fever in the skin of the legs, from the feet to the knees and 
hocks. The skin is covered with scabs as if it had been blistered, and 
when they come oft" the hair usually comes with it, leaving the lejrs bare. 

Causes. — Chilling of the skin by standing or working in cold mud 
and ice-water. The skin becomes thoroughly chilled, almost like frost- 
bitten, and when warmed the reaction is so great as to produce much 



346 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

fever which leads on to the conditions spoken of above, and sometimes 
to furuncle and carbuncle. It is most common on limestone roads, the 
soil beiner irritating. 

How to know it. — Swelling of the legs is seen. After being exposed 
for a day or more to cold, wet mud, or ice-water, they will be found to 
be very hot and sore next morning. After a few days the hair will be 
filled with scabs that cling tightly to the skin, but after a few days more 
tbey will loosen and come off, bringing the hair with them, leaving the 
legs entirely bare sometimes. There is usually more or less systemic 
fever with rheumatic tendencies. 

What to do. — If bad, leave the horse in for a few days, wash the legs 
with warm water and bathe them afterwards with lotion. No. 24. Repeat 
this two or three times a dav. When the swellins^ besfins to sfo out of 
them and the skin gets scaly, grease them with fresh lard once a day well 
rubbed in. Give internally two tablespoonfulls of Glauber's salt three 
times a day for a few days and follow that with No. 22. 

Mud fever often runs into f urunculus which will next be described. 

VIII. Furimculus or Carbuncle. 

Furunculus is the name applied by Prof. McEachran to what is called 
by many mud fever in an aggravated form, when it takes the form of 
carbuncle. It attacks the legs, but usually is confined to the coronary 
region and pastern. It acts a good deal like a bad boil, swells very large, 
gets very hard and is awfully painful, so much so that when it comes 
under the coronary band or on the front of the pastern it is often fatal, 
especially on the hind foot. 

Causes. — AH the causes that belong to mud fever are applicable to 
furuncle, and, in addition, an unhealthy condition of the blood which 
always has a tendency to aggravate any malady. 

How tc know it. — Extreme lameness is usually the first symptom 
noticed ; a reluctance to put the weight on the foot ; a continual raising 
of the foot, indicating great pain ; the horse does not lie down ; great 
fever in the system ; mouth hot ; eyes red ; nostrils dilated and more or 
less blowing ; swelling of the coronet in the region of the carbuncle, unless 
it is situated an inch or more above the coronet. When this has run on 
for twenty-four hours the skin breaks in rags and in the course of the 
next ten hours it sloughs off and a core goes with it varying in size from 
a cherry to that of a man's thumb. Sometimes the skin sloughs off from 
a surface as large as the palm of a man's hand. When these cases are 
fatal the horse dies from irritative fever and exhaustion from pain. The 
appetite is not always affected, the pain being so great a drain on the 
system that the horse will often eat more than usual ; but in all cases he 
loses flesh fast and becomes thin and tucked up in a very few days. 



1 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 34-7 

What to do. — AVhen first noticed, give a ball of purgative medicine 
made up as du-ected in recipe No. 23, regulating the quantity of the aloes 
by the size of the horse ; give from three to five drachms. Then give 
tincture of aconite root in ten-drop doses every two hours till the purga- 
tive begins to work ; then stop. Apply a linseed poultice, hot and soft, 
to the inflamed part. Change it twice a day till the sloughing takes place : 
then wash it with a weak solution of carbolic acid — one part of carbolic 
acid to forty parts of water — and renew the poultice ; dress it in this way 
till the sore begins to granulate nicely, then omit the poultice, and dress 
three times a day with lotion No. 7, washing it often enough to keep it 
clean. 

• If the swelling comes directly under the coronet the tension will be im 
[nense, on account of the little elasticity in it ; the soft parts underneath 
cannot swell, and therefore the pain will be unbearable unless it be cut. 
So we would recommend in such cases to sever the coronet by passing a 
probe-pointed knife in under it and cutting outwards. If it bleeds pro- 
fusely, which it is likely to do, tie it up loosely for a while with a cotton 
bandage. Subsequent treatment will be the same as given above. Feed 
liberally all the time. The healing of the wound will appear to be slow, 
but patience is required, as the skin will not form over the surface all al 
once, but must grow over from the edges. If lotion No. 7 is well ap 
plied there will be no proud flesh nor other hindrance to the healing pro 
cess 

IX. Dislocations. 

Dislocations are very rare in the horse, except that of the stifle, which 
is described in the article under that head. The shoulder and hip joints 
are imbedded so deeply in muscle, and the sockets of the joints are so 
well guarded by the cartilage that surrounds them that dislocation ol 
those parts is seldom met with. The bones, femur and humerus, frac 
ture through their necks before their heads give way from their sockets. 
The elbow, knee, hock, fetlock, pastern and coflin joints are all so well 
guarded by flanges, central ridges, depressions, width of joints, etc., 
that fiactures almost invanably lake place before dislocations. In order 
for a dislocation to occur, many of the strong ligaments that surround 
and hold their joints togthcr would have to be ruptured and torn from 
their attachments, which would be nearly if not quite as serious as a 
fracture, and in most cases, except that of the stifle, destruction of the 
horse would be the cheapest treatment ; for a great length of time would 
be required to effect a cure, and the result would be very unsatisfactory. 

But in case of a valuable stallion or mare, that might be used for 
breeding it would be well to give them a chance, l)y putting them in the 



348 CYCLOPKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETK STOCK DOCTOR. 

.slings and using hot fomentations, and careful bandaging to support the 
injured joint, at the same time giving internally, mixture No. 21, to keep 
down any fever that might arise from the injury to the synovial mem- 
brane. And after bathing with hot water, which ought to be done three 
or four times a day, the following liniment may be used, and bandage 
right over it, applying the Ijandage middling tight : — 

25. 1 Ounce tincture arnica, 

1 Ounce laudanum, 
Water to malie one pint, 
Mix. 

X. Wounds. 

What to do. — Wounds are common, and in most cases have to be 
treated, at least for the first dressing, at home by those who happen to be 
upon the premises, owing to the urgency of the situation. Bleeding is 
often profuse to a dangerous degree, and when stitches are required it is 
always desirable to insert them while the wound is fresh. For the stitch- 
ing is not only much more painful and less successful when postponed, 
but after a few hours, when swelling and suppuration have begun, it is 
useless, for the edges will not unite and the stitches will certainly tear out, 
adding to the soreness and blemishing that follows. Hence it is very 
important for some one about the place to act as surgeon, at least for the 
time being. 

When the skin and flesh are laid open by kicks, calks, cuts, collisions, 
etc., the first thing to do is to stop the bleeding. Arterial blood is bright 
scarlet, venous blood is dark blue. When an artery is cut apply the 
compress above the wound, towards the heart, to intercept the blood as it 
is coming down. If it is a vein that is cut apply the compress below the 
wound, for the veins conduct the blood towards the heart. The compress 
may be a cork bound on the artery or vein, or a wad of cloth, or a piece 
of dry sponge with a bandage wound over it pretty tight. If the wound 
is in a position that will not admit of bandaging and there are arteries or 
veins cut, so as to be dangerous, they must be caught up and tied. In 
the absence of proper instruments an artery can be taken up with a fine 
pair of nippers and the end tied with a piece of silk. But in many cases 
it is umiecessary to tie the artery, since the bleeding may be stopped by 
filling the cut with scrapings from the flesh side of sole leather, cob-webs 
oakum, tow, lint, etc., or a solution of copperas, or the tincture of iron 
may be thrown into the wound. 

if no bleeding is taking place, proceed at once to sew up the wound. 
T^Jse a needle that is strong and not liable to break while being pushed 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



841) 



through the skin, uud silk thread, doubled to prevent its tearing out. 

Make the stitches about three-fourths of an 

inch apart and tie each one before taking 

another. Clip off the hair from the edges of 

the wound so that none will l)e doubled under, 

and bathe it with the carbolic lotion, No. 6. 

If the wound is on the leg it is best to draw 
the skin together with a few stitches, even 
though they are certain to tear out, and, after 
dressing with the lotion, apply a bandage 
smoothly over the wound just tight enough to 
hold the parts in place. Then let it alone till 
it begins to suppurate, when it needs washing 
with warm water and castile soap to clean it, 
and dress as before with lotion and bandage. 
When the stitches burst, cut them out. 

When the wound is filled up with flesh even 
with the surface, change the lotion to No. 7, and leave off the bandage. 
[f the wound is on the body and cannot be bandaged use lotion No. 6, till 
the flesh has made considerable headway towards filling up the hole and 
then change to No. 7. 

If the bone is affected and caries (ulceration) begins, dress it twice a 
day with lotion : 




STITCHING WITH A FIXED 
SETON NEEDLE. 



No. 26. 



%, Ounce hydrochloric acid, 
1 Pint water, 
Mix. 



Apply it with a swab directly to the caried spot. The flesh in such a 
case may be dressed with the other lotions the same as above. 

If the joint is affected, treatment for it particularly wll be found un- 
der the head of Open Joint. 

If tl\e tendons are cut off so as to let the fetlock down to the ground 
and the toe turns up, the horse might as well be destroyed ; but if they 
are only partially cut, or if onl}- one is cut, and the ends protrude 
through the wound, cut off nice and clean all that sticks out, with a 
sharp pair of scissors, and draw the skin together and treat as above, 
bearing in mind that any portion of tendon that may protrude from time 
to time must be cut off and the end kept inside in order to heal. 

XI. Sore Shins. 

Young racers are very apt to have sore shins from too much galloping 
before the bones become thoroughly hardened. The bones all along the 
leg, from the foot to th? knee, be(4ome quite sore, somewhat enlarged 



350 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and cause lameness. The consequences of sore shins are quite serious 
as they often render the colt unable to go on with his training. The in- 
flammation is often followed by an ossification of the effusion that is 
thrown out and gives the leg the appearance of having patches of 
bone plastered over the shins under the skin. 

Causes. — Too much galloping when the bones are soft and young, and 
the soreness is often aggravated by too much rubbing when coming 
in from exercise. The bones should never be rubbed hard nor very 
much, but the tendons on the back of the legs may have all the rubbing they 
can get. Sore spots on the legs are often produced by bruises, kicks 
from the toes of stable boys' boots, kicks from other horses, etc. These 
last named causes are often followed by bony enlargements on any part 
of the legs, or the enlargements may come directly on a joint, when very 
serions results may follow. 

How to know it. — Soreness forward, shown by a short, stiff, stilted 
cfait : if more in one leg than the other there will be lameness. There is 
soreness to the touch, more or less swelling all over the surface of the 
shin bones, or at any point of injury when it is the result of accident. 
The swelling is soft at first and spungy, but in a few days becomes quite 
hard and has the feeling of bone. The soreness may extend over the 
whole surface, or it may be confined to that part near the joints, espec- 
ially the fetlock and pastern. The animal is inclined to knuckle at the 
fetlock, and go ov^er on the knees. 

What to do. Give absolute rest ; remove the shoes : foment the legs 
with hot Avater for half an hour at a time three times a day, and follow 
the hot water each time with the lotion, No. 12, and bandage loosely, wet- 
ting the bandages and legs with lotion No. 27, as follows : 

No. 27. 1 Ounce tincture arnica, 

1 Ounce tincture opium, 
* Water to make one pint. 

Mix. 

Continue this treatment till all soreness is gone, then, if necessary, apply 
a little of the blister. No. 10, rubbed in once a day till pretty well blis- 
tered, then grease once a day till healed, and repeat. 

In mild cases, where the first symptoms are shown, frequent bathing, 
say three times a day, with lotion No. 27, and loose bandaging, will pre- 
vent its full development, especially if rest is given. In bad cases the 
rest needs to be prolonged to several months. The same rules and 
recipes will apply when enlargements come on the bones from kicks and 
other bruises. The firing iron may be drawn over the spot when near or 
on a joint, if other and milder measures fail. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 351 

XII. Osteophytes, Following Sore Shins. 

This is tlie name given to the bony deposits that follow sore shins. 
There are several different kinds. The velvety, or villous resembling 
hoar frost, is usually spread all over the bone in a uniform layer, and is 
seen ou bones of young racers, hack horses and sometimes driving 
horses. The splintered or laminated kind grows more in excrescences and 
splintered as in spavin. The warty or stalactite kind grows like a wart 
with either a pedicle or stem on a narrow base, or may-be a small sur- 
face on a large base, or a large excrescence spread on the bone over con- 
siderable surface ; these are seen on any bone as results of bruises, etc., 
and sometimes appear around the hock and knee joints. Many other 
forms may be seen, like tarry matter poured over the bone hot, and hard- 
ened while cooling, etc. 

Causes. — Hard work of any kind making the bones sore, inflammation 
sets m and then deposits follow as a natural result. Accidents, bruises, 
kicks, etc., contribute their share. 

Howto know it. — The bony enlargement can be seen and felt. In 
addition to that there will, in all probability, be more or less lameness. 
In the absence of lameness there will be a stiff, short, stilted gait ; more 
or less knuckling of the fetlocks and going over on the knees — knee- 
sprung. It is most often seen in hack horses, saddle and buggy horses 
that got much work. 

What to do. — Treatment is unsatisfactory in that it requires a long 
tune, continuous rest and consideral)le attention, and after all, the horse 
is not much improved ; but it is always best to give it a trial, especiallv in 
young and valuable hoi'ses. In the early stages the same treatment pre- 
scribed for sore shins is applicable, which see ; and in the later stages 
repeated applications of the blister No. 10, and a long rest will help him 
some, if it is an old, chronic case ; and if it is a recent case, it will cure. 

Xni. Porcelaneous Deposit. 

Causes. — Often in bad cases of spavin and ringbone, and in many 
other joints of the body, an ulceration of the head of the bone takes place 
in the joint, the cartilage becomes absorbed audletsthe ends of the bones 
together, and as a result of friction, a bony deposit is made on the ends 
coming together which gets rubbed and chafed till it is polished as smooth, 
hard and glossy as porcelain, hence the name. 

How to know it, — By negative symptoms rather than positive. The 
horse is always evenly lame ; the lameness does not work off with exer- 
cise ; no treatment does any good, and the true nature of the trouble can 
only be determined by a post mortem examination. 



352 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AM) COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



What to do. — Give the affected joint the treatment prescribed under its 
proper head, exhaust all known remedies, and when you utterly fail to 
produce a cure, you may come to the conclusion that there is porcela- 
neous deposit in the joint which is incurable. No treatment is of any 
avail. 

Xrv. string Halt. 

Causes. — String halt or spring halt is a purely nervous affection in 
which the cause cannot be definitely located, but which may be due to 
any local disorder. It often exists without any visible lesion. 

How to know it. — The leg is jerked up towards the body with every step, 
sometimes so strongly as to strike the belly with the fetlock. Some- 
times it is very slight, only showing in moving from side to side in the 
stall, or only when starting forward or backward. Sometimes both legs 




A BAD CASE OF .STRING HALT. 



are affected. It is usually worse when starting; sometimes it is so bad 
that the horse has hard work to start at all and will stand and jerk up first 
one leg, then the other ; but once started he goes without hesitation. But 
it is very fatiguing and wearing ; and the horse seldom accummulates any 
flesh. 

What to do. — The treatment is very unsatisfactory, seldom or never 
resulting in any benefit, but it is best always to treat any local disorder 
of that region as it requires, with a hope that it will alleviate the ner- 
vous jerk- 



LEGS OF THE JIOK8I:, TIIKIU ACCIDENT. S AM) DISEASES. )55o 

XV. Interfering. 

Interfering is the effect of a variety of causes that make the liorse 
brush the foot that is going forward against the other leg. It may be 
either fore or hind. He may brush any part of the leg according to 
the height to which he raises the foot, sometimes the knee or above it, 
the shin or the coronet, but usually the fetlock. 

The fetlock is brushed when the horse is walking or on a dos trot : the 
coronet, on the walk Avith very low action ; the shin, on the trot when the 
feet are raised higher than when the fetlock is brushed ; the knee, on the 
trot with very high knee action ; above the knee, when there is exces- 
sively high action. 

The effects ef interfering are always bad, but particularly so when it 
is the knee that is injured. Interfering is usually confined to brushing the 
foot against the leg, but sometimes the foot is brought 
against the leg in such a manner as to strike it, causing the 
horse to go off on three legs for a few steps, and doing great 
injury by bruising the part. This is sometimes done by 
horses that do not brush habitually, but from some misstep 
the foot is brought forward with a swing and strikes the 
other leg in its passage. 

Causes. — Colts, before being shod, seldom or never inter- 
fere, but often do it as soon as shod, while in other cases the 
fault does not appea,r until some buno-lino; shoeing: is done. 

rrii 1 . . ,^ /. . ? ENLARGED 

Ine shoemg.is a common cause; the foot is often pared knee, from 
down too much on the inner side, tipping the fetlock in so as speedy cur. 
to bring it in the way of the other foot ; the shoe is sometimes left too 
full on the inner side, projecting out so far as to brush in passing ; })ein<*- 
shod too heavy or too light often causes it. Colts interfering when 
shod first, is due to the increased weight of the feet, but Avhen the 
muscles become accustomed to carrying the shoes it disappears. Mal- 
formation is a common cause ; the fetlocks are sometimes tipped in ; the 
toes turned in or out giving a swinging motion to the fore feet. Weak- 
ness is a common cause, and also thinness in flesh. 

Howtoknowit. — There is often lameness from it without any visible 
marks on either leg or foot ; in such a case chalk the foot, or smear lamp- 
black on it and move the horse and it will be demonstrated. But the 
point struck is usually very plain, also a polished surface on the foot, 
and sometimes blood on the hoof. 

What to do. — The first thing to be done, always, is to apply a boot to 

the place on the leg that is brushed. Nicely-fitting boots for all parts of 

the leg are made of both cloth and leather, that protect the part from 

injury ; this done, proceed to remove the cause. If it is in the shoeing 
23 * n 




364 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



take the horse to a shoer who is an artist in the business, and by close 
examination ascertain what changes can be made. As a rule no two feet 
are aliive» and it requires an artist and a mechanic to change the position 
of the feet and legs relatively. A good rule to follow in all ordinary 
cases is to shoe so as to tip the fetlocks out, giving the feet room to pass 
by without brushing. This is done by leaving the inner side strong and 
paring down the outer side, Avhich will throw the centre of gravity in 
new line and often prove successful. Instead of leaving the inner side oi 
the shoe full make it rather scant. If the shoes are too heavy, lighten'' 
them ; if too light, or too large, change them. If the horse is overworked, 

thin and weak, give him a rest and a little 
better feeding. There is no plan much 
more effectual than to spread the legs with 
good solid flesh, making them travel wider. 
If the knee gets larger and the swelling 
fills with liquid, tap it carefully and let the 
liquid out. Other points are not likely to be 
bruised badly enough to cause an effusion. 
After the cause is removed foment with 
either hot or cold water and apply lotion, 
No. 12 ; repeat it three or four times a day. 
Gentle exercise may be given if the swel- 
ling is not too laro;e and sore. When below 
the knee bandages may be used to advan- 
tage. When the swellings become hard 
and calloused the liniment, No. 11, may be 
rubbed in twice a day after a hot bath, 
rubbing the part dry before applying the liniment. 




A GOOD FORM. 

Rear view of a horse showing how full 
thighs spread th? legs and prevent inter, 
fering. 






ANKLE BOOTS IN COMMON USE. 



The cuts above illustrate the application of a few of the most com- 
mon forms of boots, used to prevent injury by interfering. 



LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. OOO 

It should be remembered that there is no chance of reducing the 
enlargement until the cause is removed. A ]K)ot should be worn till the 
tendency to interfere is obviated. 

XVI. Overreaching. 

Causes. — Overreaching is catching the toe of the hind foot on the heels, 
quarters and shoe of the fore foot, often cutting the quarters badly, in- 
juring the hoof and causing it to grow down fi-om the wounded part, 
giving rise to quarter cracks, weak quarters and rough, horu}^ patches over 
the heels and pasterns. 

What to do. — This is a fault that has to be overcome by proper shoe- 
ing. Usually, shoeing quite heavy forward and very light behind will 
make the horse take up the fore foot quicker, and get it out of the way 
of the hind foot Ix'fore the latter strikes it. But in trotting horses, this 
is insufficient ; for, when trotting fast the hind foot passes by the fore 
foot on the outside to get an extra long reach ; but they often fail to do 
it nicely and cut their quarters badly. This is usually overcome by 
weighting the hind foot on the outer side of the toe, cornerwise, as it 
were, to the foot ; this will have a tendency to throw the foot outward 
and forward at the same time. 

But in slow-going horses this is impracticable, and dependence must be 
l)laced on shoeing. The heels of the fore shoe need to be very short, 
the toe of the hind shoe set well back under the hoof, and the toe calk, if 
any, set well back on the web of the shoe ; but in such cases, if the 
work of the horse will allow, it is best not to have any toe calk at all — 
let the shoe be plain. While trying different plans to overcome the 
habil, apply quarter and heel boots to the fore feet to avoid ruining 
them . 

XVII. Forging. 

Forgnig is the habit of clacking the hind and fore shoes together 
when trottmg. It is not productive of any harm other than wearing off 
the toe of the hind foot ; but it is very disagreeable and annoying to the 
driver, and fatiguing to the horse. 

Causes. — The position of the feet at the time of the clack is differ- 
ent from what it is popularly supposed to be. The prevailing impression 
is, that the toe of the hind shoe comes in contact with the heel of the 
fee Siioe, but that is a mistake. As the fore foot is being raised off the 
ground, with the heel already raised and the foot in the act of rolling on 
the toe, the toe of the hind foot comes flying in under the heel of the 
fore, and the two shoes come together, the toe of the hind against the 
web of the fore, making the clacking noise. It often wears off the toe 
of the hind foot badly. 



35fi CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — The object to be gained is to increase the action and 
activity of the fore leg, to get the foot out of the way of the hind foot. 
Shoe light behind and heavy forward. Let the weight of the fore shoe 
be mostly on each side, and the web at the toe as narrow as possible, 
setting the toe calk, if any, as far forward as you can. Set the hind 
shoe back from the toe a quarter to half an inch, and the toe calk as far 
back on the web as possible, and very small. Leave the toe of the hoof 
projecting over the shoe. 

XVIII. Rupture of Muscles. 

Causes. — The muscles are sometimes ruptured across the fibres h 
overexertion, severe sprains, etc. 

How to know it. — Great lameness is apparent as an early symptom. 
Swelling, heat, soreness and pain are noticed in the course of from two to 
six hours after the accident. There will be unwillingness, amounting 
almost to inability, to move. When the inflammation has entirely subsided 
and the swelling is all gone, there will be a depression in the muscle at 
the seat of the injury from absorption of the injured portion. 

What to do. — During the active inflammation, foment with hot water 
as continuously as possible, and apply in between bathings, the anodyne 
liniment. No. 27. When the inflammation has all subsided and the hol- 
low in the muscle has formed, apply the tincture of cantharides, lightly 
rubbed in once a day, till it is pretty well blistered, then suspend it and 
grease the part once a day till it is healed, and then repeat the blister. 
Continue this treatment for several weeks and the muscle will generally 
re-develop. Give gentle exercise during the treatment. 
XIX. Atrophy of the Muscles. 

This is a wasting away and shrinking of the muscular tissue, leaving a 
flattened or hollow surface in the place of a full, round muscle. It is 
similar in effect to rupture of the muscles, but is more extended. 

Causes. — Sprains, strains, bruises, severe pressiro, etc. 

How to know it. — A flattened or hollow surface will be found in the 
place of the muscle. Compare the part with tha corresponding muscle 
on the other side, and you will notice the affected muscle has wasted away. 

What to do. — Repeated applications of the tincture of cantharides 
will usually make the muscle re-develop, but if it does not succeed after 
trying for three or four weeks, insert setons over the wasted portion 
about two or three inches apart, the length of the atrophy ; apply a little 
fly blister to the setons about twice a week. Foment them with hot 
water twice a day. Leave them in three or four weeks. Give gentle ex- 
ercise. All means frequently fail to make the muscle re-develop. The 
animal is often just as useftil, but the wasted muscle is a constant eye-sore. 



of 

I 



CHAPTER VIII. 
BODY OP THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 




I. CARIES. II. NECROSIS. III. OSTEOSARCOMA. IV. OSTEOPOROSIS. V. 

EXOSTOSIS OF THE JAW. VI. BROKEN BACK. VII. SPRAIN OF THE BACK. 

VIII. BROKEN RIBS. IX. BROKEN TAIL. X. FRACTURE OP THE SKULL. 

XI. TUMORS. XII. GOITRE. XIII. INFLAMED PAROTID GLAND. XIV. 

FISTULA OF THE PAROTID DUCT. XV. FISTULOUS WITHERS. XVI. POLL EVIL. 

XVII. INFLAMED JUGULAR VEIN. XVIII. SADDLE GALLS. XIX. SIT 

FASTS. XX. SURFEIT. XXI. DROPSY. XXII. CHORDES. XXIII. HER- 
NIA. XXIV. WARTS. XXV. RAT-TAIL. XXVI. ITCHY TAIL. XXVII. 

ITCHY SKIN. XXVIII. MELANOSIS. XXIX. HIDE BOUND. XXX. ECZEMA. 

I. Caries. 
This is molecular death or ulceration of a bone. It may affect any 
bone in the body. The bones most frequently af- 
fected by caries are the teeth ; the lower jaw, 
from injury from the bit ; the jaw bones, from 
diseased teeth ; bones of the neck, from poll evil ; 
spines of the })ack, from fistulous withers ; bones 
of the tail, from docking — in fact, any bone sus- caries. 

taining an injury of sufficient severity to cause a or the lower jaw-xhe effect 

1 l^* X! j.\1 I J- ' of being <i puller. 

su)ughing or the bone substance. 

Causes. — Wounds, either contused, lacerated, or clean cut, affecting 
the bone, are liable to be followed by inflammation, ulceration, and 
slouffhino; of the bone substance. 

How to Know it. — A peculiar, offensive odor is the first indication that 
the bone is affected — an odor of decayed teeth ; the discharge that comes 
directly from the bone is small, but there is sufficient mixed with the pus 
from the fleshy surface to give the whole the characteristic odor. The 
surface of the bone is usually rough when felt with the finger, and has a 
tendency to spread if neglected. The surrounding parts always swell 
considerably, and become, in long-standing cases, quite hard and cal- 
loused. 

What to do. — Wash the part, and make an opening on the under side, 
if possible, to allow a free escape of the pus ; scrape the diseased surface 
of the bone with a dull edge, and dress twice a day, with the following 
lotion : 

No. 28. 2 DrachiiiiJ hydrochloric acid, 

}4 Pint water. 
Mix. 

^57 



358 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE 8TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Apply with a swab directly to the diseased spot on the bone. This will 
have the effect of arresting the caries, and promoting a healthy granu- 
lation on the surface of the bone, which will till up the hole. Continue 
this lotion till all disease of the bone is certainly gone ; then change to 
No. 7, Avliich will heal the flesh wound, or use a little tincture of myrrh, 
or gum balsam. If it is cold weather, compound tincture of benzoine 
(Friar's balsam) is probably the best for flesh wounds. These latter may 
be applied two or three times a day. Treatment of parts requiring 
particular appliances will be found under their proper heads. 

II. Necrosis. 

This is death of a part or the Avhole of a bone ; usually seen in the long, 
harder bones of the body, and quite often in the lower jaw-bones of 
horses that pull very hard on the l)it. Necrosis is sometimes seen affect- 
ing the cannon bones of 3'oung racers, causing the whole bone to run out, 
and a new one to form, but it is very rare. 

Causes. — External violence is the usual cause, setting up inflammation 
of the periosteum (the covering of the bone), and cutting'off the nutri- 
ment of the bone, so that it perishes. 

How to know it. — There will be one or more openings in the skin and 
flesh, through which the pus will find its way ; the odor of decayed teeth 
will be present, and occasionally a small piece of dead bone will p-»ss out 
with the pus; this dead bone is called sequestrum. The discharge is 
irritating and excoriates the surface it runs over. 

What to do. — Make the openings large and dependent to allow a free 
escape for the pus, and remove the sequestrum as fast as possible, for 
the sooner it is removed, the sooner the sore will get well. Keep the 
parts clean, and dress three times a day with the following lotion, if the 
disease is on the surface, so that it can be got at easily : 

No. 29. 3^ Ounce carbolic acid, 

% Pint raw linseed oil, 
Mix. 

But if the pus cavities run deep, inject lotion No. 5. If the legs are 
affected, put the horse in slings. 

III. Big Head, (Osteo Porosis.) 
Big head is the common manifestation of constitutional or generalized osteo 
porosis. It is a disease of the bones of the body, in which they become 
inflamed, swollen, softened and, finally, degenerated into cheesy matter, so 
soft as to be easily punctured. It may be confined to the bones of the head, 
either upper or lower jaw, or both, or it may attack the bones of the legs 
or back, causing lameness and stiffness and finally breaking down by rupture 
of the attachments of the ligaments, necessitating destruction of the animal. 
It is most often seen in the central and southern portions of the United 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 359 

States, and occurs in all classes, breeds and ages of horses; sometimes in 
single scattered cases and sometimes affects a major portion of a herd. 

Causes. — The cause is unknown, but it is thought to be due to germs of 
some sort in the herbage that causes the inflammation of the bones that leads 
on to the degeneration of them. It can not be attributed to any particular 
kind of food, for it occurs in horses on hay and grain, in colts at grass, in 
horses with g-ood care as well as in the starved and abused ones. 

How to know it.— Slow, painful mastication with an inclination to chew 
on one side of the mouth by turning the sore side up, and twisting the head, 
will be tbe first symptoms noticed. After -a few days the side of the face 
v;ill begin to SAvell in the region of the fangs of the molar teeth; great ten- 
derness will be evinced upon pressure; the gums will swell and extend down 
between the teeth ; speculse of bone pierce through and make the surface 
rough nnd cause bloody saliva to flow profusely from the mouth. After the 
disease attains to considerable size the nose will turn over towards the sound 
side; the lining of the nose swells so as to almost obstruct the breathing, 
giving rise to considerable roaring. If the skin is pierced the bone will be 
found to be easily punctured. When the back and legs are affected he will 
be stiff and lame with or without local swelling or soreness, resembling 
rheumatism, when suddenly, with some exertion, he will break down in some 
joint, usually the fetlock. This sometimes occurs when rising from a recum- 
bent to a standing position, or when being driven. 

What to do.— In the early stage it oftentimes can be helped by giving 
a change of food or pasture, and giving the following powder, night and 
moTOing, for a month, in soft food: 

Half an ounce of hyposulphite of soda, ^ 

Two drachms precipitated phosphate of lime. Mix, and <^ive as one dose. 

See that the drinking water is good, and give plenty of common salt. 
V. Exostosis of the Jaw. 

This consists in the growth of bony tumors on the lower jaw, where 
they are quite often seen. 

Causes. — It is usually caused by some ex- 
ternal injury, often by the curb-chain. 

How to know it. — They are sometimes 
spread over a large portion of the jawbone, with 
a very broad base; sometimes they are in the 
form of little nodules the size of the end of a bony tumor 
man's thumb, with a very small base. They caused by curb-chain, 
become perfectly hard and do no harm, usually, further than to be an eyesore. 

Wliat to do. — Treatment is useless, owing to the late stage of the 
inflammation. If the true nature of the disease is known while the tumor 
is forming, repeated blistering with No. 10 will do much good. 




360 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



VI. Broken Back. 

Causes. — The back is sometimes broken by heavy objects falling on 
it ; this quite frequently happens in Northern cities by snow and ice slid- 
ing off the roofs of houses. Sometimes the horse falls through traps and 
holes, and the l)ack is sometimes broken when being cast for opera- 
tions. 

How to know it. — If the spinous processes only are broken, there will 
not be much change in outward appearance ; but the crepitation charac- 
teristic of all fractures will be noticed and probably some alteration in 
the straight outline of the back will follow — it will become depressed in 
the region of the fracture. But, if the back is broken so as to press 




HORSE SUFt'EUING FROM PARTIAL PARALYSIS OF HIND LEGS. 



upon the spinal cord, it will cut oif all sensation and power of motion 
from all parts back of the fracture. This inability to move and feel is 
paralysis and is due to the pressure of the broken bones upon the spinal 
cord. 

Sprain of the psooe muscles is sometimes mistaken for broken back, 
l)ut the distinguishing difference is very plain, and the test easily applied. 
Prick the tail or any part back of the fracture with a pin ; if there is no 
sensation the back is injured, and the spinal cord is enduring pressure ; 
but if the, psoae muscles are only sprained, while there will be inability to 
move the hind legs, there will he sensation and ability to move the tail 
]yhen pricked with a pin. 



I 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 361 

What to do. — If the spinous processes only are fractured, the animal 
will recover. Put hiui into slings if he can stand when raised ; if not, 
leave him on the floor, as he is safer and more comfortable there than in 
the slings, unless he can bear the most of his weight comfortably on his 
feet. Apply cold water rugs to the fracture, and bathe the part occa- 
sionally with tincture of arnica or camphor. After the active inflamma- 
tion has subsided, stop tbe cold water and just give the horse time, and 
nature will mend the fracture. But if any of the broken pieces of bone 
do not reunite, and continue to act as irritants, cut down upon them and 
remove them. 

If the back is absolutely broken, so that there is inability to move, and 
no sensation in the hind parts, particularly if there is displacement, treat- 
ment is useless, and the animal ought to be destroyed, for it is only a 
question of a few days for him to die, and he might be saved all the suf- 
fering accompanying a natural death. 

In case there are broken bones to remove, it is best to wait till the 

irritant is located by the abscess that is sure to follow; then, when the 

abscess is soft, tender, and nearly ready to break, open it sufficiently to* 

allow the finger to enter, and remove the pieces that are acting as 

thorns. 

VII. Sprain of the Back. 

Causes. — Sometimes the back is only sprained by slips or falls, but if 
the sprain is severe, many of the same symptoms will be noticed, and the 




TEST FOK Si'KAIN OK THE BACK. 



ligaments, and sometimes the coverings of the spinal cord, are iuvolved 
these are amenable to treatment bat recovery is often slow. 



362 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

How to know it. — Sprain of the back is diagnosed by pressing the 
thumb and finpfer along the spines, and by throwing the weight suddenly 
on the tender spot, when pain will be evinced. 

What to do. — The treatment consists in clipping off the hair along the 
back, and rubbing in well the blister. No. 9. Oil the blister once a day 
afterwards. Repeat it if necessary after a couple of weeks. Give a long 
rest and a run at pasture. 

VIII. Broken Ribs. 

Causes. — The ribs are often broken by falling, colliding with trees, 
walls, etc., while i-unning awaA', kicks from other horses, etc. If dis- 
placement occurs, the ends are apt to puncture the pleura (the mem- 
brane that lines the chest and covers the lungs), and the lungs ; in either 
case the effects may be very serious, from hemorrhage and inflammation 
in the parts wounded. 

How to know it. — If there is no displacement there will be no external 
alteration in the body, and the diagnosis must be based upon rapid 
l)reathing, the breath being cool, and eifort to raise the flanks forming a 
crease alonii" the sides of the bellv to avoid working: the ribs in lu'eathinjr, 
unwillingness to move, and upon the horse persistently remaining 
standing. 

If displacement takes place there will be either a Indging in or out, 
according to whether the ends are tipped in or out, but they are usually 
tipped in, leaving a hollow over the fracture, and puncturing the j^^^ura, 
in which case there will be, in addition to the symptoms above mentioned, 
more evidences of pain and some bleeding from the nose, loss of appetite 
for a day or two, and more or less fever, according to the amount of 
injuiT done to the chest and its contents. 

What to do. — After moving the horse as carefully as possible to his 
loose box, a[)ply a bandage with surcingles directly over the fracture, and 
draw them middling tight, to prevent working of the ribs. Then watch 
the symptoms, and treat them as they^ arise, to subdue fever, stop hemor- 
rhage, etc. The fever is best kept under control with the following mix- 
ture : 

No. 30. 1 Drachm tincture aconite root, 

2 Drachms fluid extract beUaclonna, 
Water to make four ounces 
Mix. 

Grive a teaspoonfull every two hours, if there is much fever, till it is 
reduced. Feed on soft feed. Give perfect quiet till the horse is willini' 
and able to take gentle exercise, which will be in four or five weeks. Two 
months should elapse before the horse is put to work. 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 363 

IX. Broken Tail. 

Causes. — The tail is sometimes broken at the dock, or where it join.*: 
the body, by the horse falling through floors to a floor below, or by 
some heavy weight falling from above, or by rearing up and falling l)ack ; 
in fact, any accident that nniy l>reak the back Avill break the tail if the 
blow strikes in the right place. The i)lace where the fractu)-e is most 
likely to occur is about three or four inches above where the tail leaves 
the body, — at the point where the tail begins from the upper part of 
the pelvis, called the sacrum. 

The sacrum being Avithout joints and inelastic, is protected by the flat 
bones of the pelvis, but just where the protection ceases the tail begins, 
so that in case of a fall on the rumj), the tail is most likely to break at 
its origin. 

How to know it. — There Avill be a sudden dropping of the outline of 
the upper and back part of the rump ; the dock will be dropped down 
into the space between the posterior joints of the hips, pressing down the 
anus, and making it very difficult, if not impossible, for a mare to be 
delivered of a foal. A mare with the dock broken down never should be 
i)red. 

What to do. — Nothing can be done for it except to try and raise the 
part by introducing the hand into the anus, but as nothing can be fixed to 
retain the parts in position, the attempt will not be attended with suc- 
cess. It is no permanent injury for work, but is a great eyesore. 

X. Fracture of the Skull. 

Causes. — The skull is often fractured l)y kicks, blows, bruises, col- 
lisions in I'unawavs, etc. 




A nORSE 1)YIN<} FROM AUSCES.S WITHIN THK HKAIN. 

How to know it. — Besides V*^ ^T^rnal marks of violence, there will be 
either stupor or delirium frr pressure on the brain, and more or less 



364 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

fever may follow ; also accumulations of serum in the ventricles of the 
brain, delirium, convulsions and death. 

What to do. — Trephine the bone and remove the portion that is 
pressed down into the skull and is liable to cause pressure on the biain. 
Keep the Avound clean and treat it as a simple wound. If the pulse lises 
and fever sets in, give the fever mixture, No. 30, and apply ice poultices 
(chopped ice and bran) to the head continuouslv for several days and 
nights. If he gets better it will be in the course of three or four days, 
but if the fever rises and delirium increases it will terminate fatally in 




A HORSK MAD KKOM INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 



from three to six days. If he gets down and raves and fights furiously, 
he had better be hobbled to prevent him from injuring himself and his 
attendants. If necessary he may be thrown down on a soft bed and con- 
fined, when it will be easier to apply the ice and give the medicine, and 
increase the chance of recovery. In this, as in all fevers, give the patient 
all the water he will take — in small quantities and often. If it is in cold 
weather keep him warm and dry. 

XI. Tumors. 

Causes. — Tumors are preternatural gi-owths, that develop on any part 
of the body. They may be fatty, fibrous, bony, cartilaginous, gland- 
ular, and fungoid. They develop wit'i<i^''V -iny apparent cause. Some- 
times they do little or no. harm excep, blemish the appeal ance ; at 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



365 



other times they do a great amount of harm ; interrupt the circulation, 
breathing, mastication, cause paralysis when on the brain, and injure 
the eye when near it. 

How to know it. — Fatty tumors, as the name indicates, are fatty in 
composition, and grow oftener on the internal organs, sometimes around 
joints. Fibrous are hard, caloused, Heshy linnps like shoe boils, lumps 
on the ribs, etc. Bony tumors are similar in structure to bone, though 
not so dense ; they grow on bones, and are often the results of bruises. 
Cartilaginous tumors are those that grow on cartilages, and are a part 
of them ; are seen on the brisket, shoulder blades, etc. Glandular tumors 
are hypertrophied glands, abnormal growth of the glands, and they 
become indurated and i-emain so — see goitre and inflamed parotid gland- 
Fungoid tumors, are those that sprout up like fungus ; they are exuberant 
l^anulations, and bleed easily when touched ; they are seen quite often 
around the eyes, and may gr' r from the surface of any wound. 

What to do. — Treatmen* tumors, almost always involves surgery 

inary surgeon to perform. The knife 
•nt, except by an expert. 
[. Goitre. 

•oid gland, that is situated on the under 

3 of the neck, about live to eight inches 

lOW the angle of the lower jaw, on each 

e of the windpipe. It sometimes attains 

.3 size of a child's head, and presses 

linst the trachea, so as to interfere with 

e breathino;. 

Causec. — The cause is unknown. 
How to know it. — By the large, hard 
on the side of the neck. It is mova- 
nsensitive, and grows slowly, 
'ly once a day with hot water and soap, 
, when dry, rub well in a piece as largo 
J nent : 



it hat requires a qualified 
should never bo used to 

This is hypertrcpl 




GOITRE OR BRONCHC 



What to do.— W 

to remove all dirt, S(v 
as a chestnut of the % 



No. 3], 



/ >dide of potash, 
< rd, 
ind mix. 



Continue tnis for thret « >ur weeks Treatment may be carried on 

while working. 

XIII. Inflamed Parotid Gland. 

These glands are situated on each side of the throat, i-unnmg from very 

near the ear to the angle of the lower jaw, and are about the size of a 

medium sized hand. 



366 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Causes. — They become inflamed occasionally from cold settling in 
them, or from injury. 

How to know It. — There will be considerable enlargement, and soreness 
upon pressure in that region ; hot, dry mouth ; painful mastication, and 
more or less general fever. 

What to do. — Bathe them with hot water and apply linseed poultices. 
Give internally fever mixture, No. 18, till the fever is subdued. If the 
gland suppurates and comes to a point in any spot, open it, and continue 
the poultices as before. 

XIV. Fistula of the Parotid Duct. 

Causes. — Sometimes from a tumor or lump of hardened food in the 
region of the parotid duct (in the cheek opposite the third molar of the 
upper row of teeth), the opening of the duct becomes obstructed, 
inflammation sets in, and the duct often l)reaks out in a fresh spot. And 
on account of there being a constant flo of saliva, the opening soon 
becomes fistulous. 

How to know it. — A sore is found on t 
but sometimes on the inside ; but the 
the saliva is not wasted. The saliva flc, 
during mastication . 

What to do. — Clip off the hair arou! 
irritant or obstruction on the inside ; see 
Scarify the edges of the external opening 
then apply the p.'tste. No. 19, to the opei. 
tice go on directly over it. Dress it in t 
fistulous opening Avill soon close if the n^ 

XV. Fistulous \ 

Causes. — When the withers become ' 



ek, usually on the outside, 

'le does little harm as 

^usly, but more freely 

Mg, and remove any 

aral opening is clear. 

fresh wound of it ; 

a cold linseed poul- 

wice a day, and the 

'e is kept open. 



en and festered, and 





SLIGHT ENLARGEMENT WHICH MAY END 
IN FISTULOUS WITHERS. 



FISTULOUS WITHERS— WORST STAGE. 



running sores follow, pipes are formed and constitute fistulous withers, 
{thistelce of the horse doctqi" and cow leech). 



BOI>Y OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 36V 

How to know it. — A constant discharge is seen to come from the 
swelling around the withers and run down over the shoulder. The pipes 
conveying the pus are white, with thick walls, and very tough. The pus 
is ordinary healthy jjus, unless the bones of the spine are affected, which 
is often the case, and then the pus will have the strong offensive odor 
characteristic of caried bone. 

What to do. — The knife must l)e used freely, but cautiously, and it 
is urged, as in all similar cases, to employ a qualified veterinary surgeon 
if possible. But if it is impossible to procure one, make the best of a 
bad case and open the sinuses right uj) from top to bottom. If there 
is a large hollow space on the tops of the Iiones under the skin, open the 
skin right up from end to end, letting the cut run lengthwise the horse. 
If the ends of the bones are exposed and caried, rough, diseased, and 
smelling badly, the diseased portions must be removed either with bone 
forceps or a fine saw, and dressed twice a day with lotion No. 28. 
Dress the pipes with lotion No. 1, twice a day for a week, then change 
to No. 5, alternating them. If the bones of the withers are exposed, but 
not caried, use lotion No. 5 on them and alternate it with No. 7 ; use one 
a week, then the other. 

XVI. PoU-evil. 

This is a fistulous sore affecting the bones of the neck near the top of 
the head or poll. 

Causes. — It starts with a bruise from striking the top of the head 
against a low ceiling, doorway or roof of 
a car when being shipped, rearing and 
falling backwards, etc. Suppuration sets 
in; the pus breaks out on the to}), like 
any other abscess, but burroAvs down into 
the bones at the same time, differing in 
this respect from ordinary abscesses, so 
that, within a few days after bursting on 
top, it has burrowed down so as to reach 
the bones or the joint between them. In 
old, long-standing cases the disease some- »^^>'''-'-v>l wring the ftrst 
times causes the ligamentuni michcje to 

become so rotted and eaten away by the suppurating process as to break, 
letting the head drop. The animal in this case is rendered useless. 

How to Know it. — There is always more or less tumefaction and flow 
of pus, which runs down the sides of the neck. The pus has a strong, 
disagreeable odor coming from the tendinous muscle, and, when coming 
from the bone, it will have the characteristic odor of caries. 




3fiK 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




POLL-EVIL IN ITS SECOND STAGE. 



Ill the course of a week or so, pipes form, aiid their walls get thicker 
and thicker as they are allowed to run. 

What to do. — As in the treatment of alltistulous sores, the sinuses 
must be opened up and a free dependent opening made for the pus. It is 
more difficult to do this in poll-evil than in almost any other case ; but 

the sinuses usually run down into the 
muscle of the neck more or less. 
Follow them and open them up 
freely ; then, there being a free con- 
nection between the top of the sore 
and the bottom of the sinuses, wash 
it out thoroughly and inject lotion 
No. 5, twice a day. If it is noticed 
in its incipient stage, apply a linseed 
poultice, hot and soft, till it is ready 
to open ; then open it and inject 
lotion No. 5, twice a day ; continue the poultice till the holes all fill up 
with tine, solid, healthy, granulations ; then apply lotion No. 7, three 
times a day. If the bones are affected so as to expose a caried surface, 
vv^ash them off with warm water and scrape the rough surface to expose 
the healthy bone; then dress it by applying lotion No. 28, twiceada\ 
v/ith a swab till the exposed surface of the bone granulates so as to feel 
like velvet when touched with the finger; then change to lotion No. 29. 
Alternate lotions No. 29 and No. 5, one week on and one week off. If 
proud flesh springs up, keep it down with powdered bluestone. 
XVn. Inflamed Jugular Vein. 
Causes. — This disease is not so common as it used to be in the days of 
bleeding. Bleeding is rarely resorted to now-a-da3^s : hence the infre- 
quency of this trouble, for it is always the possible sequence of bleeding. 
As the effect of this inflammation, the vein is liable to become obliterated, 
tilled ui) and caloused so as to remain so, the work of returnino; the blood 
to the heart lieing done by the vein on the other side of the neck. 

A horse with a jugular vein obliterated, cannot graze on account of the 

rush of blood to the head, owing 
to the lessened capacity to return 
the blood from the head freely. 

How to know it. — In the active 
staoe of inflammation the vein and 
contiguous parts will be swollen, 
sore and hot. In the later, chronic 
INFLAMED JUGULAK vi?iN. stagc, thc vcin will bc a hard, ine- 

Position of a horse with inflammation of the jugular vein, lastic rid^e rUUlling dOWll frOlll 

the head to the body, above the windpipe. 





BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 309 

What to do — After bleeding, watch the vein for .several hours. If it 
bleeds, and the blood coagulates, ajid the vein begins to swell, bathe it 
with warm water, and niani})uhite the clot to try and break it down, and 
make it pass on. Continue this till all danger of obliteration is past. Once 
the vein has become obliterated, nothing can be done. 

If the inflammation continues and abscesses are likely to form, apply 
a blister of tincture of cantharides, after 
Having removed the pin. If sinuses form 
ad sacks of matter are found, open them 
.leely, and continue the hot fomentations 
and poultices ; syringe the sinuses and 
abscesses with loticm No. 5. When the 
sinuses and wounds fill up, if any flesh inflamed jugular vein. 

presents itself too prominently, dress it Appearance af the jugular vein when abscesses 

once a day with burnt alum. 

XVIII. Saddle GaUs. 

Causes. — ^^VVhen a badly-fitting saddle is ridden any length of time, oj- 
a saddle is kept on a back unaccustomed to carrying one, the back gets 
bruised, scalded with the sweat, chafed with the saddle, and the skin rul)s 
off in spots, leaving raAV sores exposed. The same ai)plies to the collar, 
breast plate or harness saddle. 

What to do. — Foment them with hot water with a little salt in it, three 
or four times a day, wipe dry and apply lotion No. 24, or the following : 

No. 32. 1 Ounce vinegar, 

% Ounce tannin, 
1 Quart water, 
Mix. 

Sometimes the skin will become dead, and continue to hold on fast to 
the flesh like a scab ; this must be removed with the knife before it can 
begin to heal. Make it a clean, fresh, active wound, and it will heal 
readily with the al)ove treatment. It is absolutely necessary to remove 
the cause by either leaving off the saddle, collar, etc., till it heals, or by 
remodeling the same so as to give an even bearing on the back or 
shoulder. 

XIX. Sit Fasts. 

Causes. — These are large, calloused, tumor-like lumps on the back, as 
a result of saddle galls, or on the points of the shoulders, from collar 
galls. When the animal is continued at the work that causes the galls, 
these calloused swellings make their appearance. 

What to do. — Any treatment other than the knife is of little use. They 

can be easily dissected out by cutting around them carefully and takmg 

them out bodily; then treat the wound as a simple wound. Keep all 
24 



370 



CYCLOPEDIA CI' LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



pressure off till it is thoroughly healed. A breast collar can often be 

used in the place of the ordinary collar, while waiting for the wound to 

heal. 

XX. Surfeit. 

Surfeit is the term applied to the breaking out of pimples on the skin. 
It is an effort of nature to throw off some of the impurities of the blood, 
due to plethora. When the body gets fat and the blood rich, the liver 
and kidneys often become inactive, and that throws an extra amount of 
work upon the skin ; and surfeit is the effort of nature to get rid of super- 
fluous heat and effete matter. 




A HORSE AFFLICTED WITH SURFEIT. 



Causes. — 1'f>o high living, with too little exercise. 

How to know it. — A rough, scabby surface will be found on the skin. 
Sometimes it comes out, suddenly, all over in little blotches, that 
may disappear in the course of a few days, or may scab over, owing to 
the surfnce fever that usually accompanies it. Little or no difference, 
otherwise, is noticed in the health, of the horse. There is sometimes a 
great amount of itching, and sometimes none. 

What to do. — From the nature of the affection, the treatment indicated 
is to deplete the system. The best w^ay to do is to give a full dose of 
purgative medicine, restrict the food, and give more exercise. The best 
purgative for the horse is from four to seven drachms of Barbadoes aloes, 
according to the size and age of the patient, and the time of year. Six 
drachms is the dose for an ordinary-sized horse. Larger doses may be 
given in the spring than in the fnll. The dose must be diminished in 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. '>Tl 

size for tender years, even if the colt is as large as he ever will !)e. The 
aloes may be given in a bolus the size and shape of your finger, and 
passed back into the throat with the right hand, while holding ti)e mouth 
open with the left ; or it may be given dissolved in a pint of warm water, 
with a bottle. Feed on bran mashes for a couple of days after taking 
the ball. After the ball has finished working, give a tablespoonful of 
the following mixture, night and morning, in the feed : 

No. 33. 2 Ounces nitrate of notasb, 

2 Ounces rosin, 
2 Ounces linseed meal, 
Powder and mix. 

No local treatment is needed, except to give all the necessary grooming 
the condition of the skin will allow. 

XXI. Dropsy. 

Causes. — Dropsy is rather the result of disease, or the residt of i\ 
peculiar condition of the system, than a disease itself. It depends upon 




CROW-BAIT — EFFECT OF DROPSY. 



a debilitated condition, the result of other weakening diseases, especial!}' 
of the kidneys, and starvation ; it sometimes comes from diseased and 
irregular teeth. 

How to know it. — It is manifested by swelling of the legs, belly, and 
sheath ; languor ; pallor of the visible mucous membranes ; indifference 
to food ; emaciation with weakness etc. 

What to do. — It is of paramount importance to remove the cause the 
first thing ; therefore examine the te^h, extract any that are decayed, rasp 



372 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE t^TOCK DOCTOR. 

off the sharp edges next to the cheeks ; sometimes one gets broken, 
and the one opposite, havmgnoneto wear against, grows long and sticks 
directly into the gum, making mastication very difficult and painful — in 
this case, rasp or saw it off. If the cause lies in a debilitated condition 
from some other disease, tonics are indicated. If the appetite is good, 
give the following powder : 

No. 34. 1 % Ounce pure sulphate of iron, 

1 Ounce nitrate of potasli, 

2 Draclims foeuugreeli seed, 
2 Ounces linseed meal, 

Powder and mix. 

Give a tablespoonful night and morning in soft feed. If there is not 
sufficient appetite to take medicine in the feed, give the following : 

No. 35. 1 Ounce tincture of iron. 

1 Ounce tincture of gentian, 
Water to make twelve ounces. 
Mix. 

Give one ounce (two tablespoonfuls) three times. Tempt the appe- 
tite with whatever he may fancy ; sometimes when a horse won't eat 
oats he will eat corn or apples, carrots, cabbage leaves, etc. Coii' 
tinue the tonics till all signs of dropsy are gone, and give gentle exer- 
cise as soon as the strength of the horse will allow. 

XXII. Chordes. 

This is a name applied to cramps of the muscles of the neck and loins ; 
it is of a rheumatic nature, and is most common in spring, fall and win- 
ter. 

Causes- — Exposure to cold and damp by sleeping on the ground in 
wet, cold weather. 

How to know it- — It may be known by swelling of the muscles of the 
affected parts, tenderness on pressure, neck twisted around towards one 
side, and is stiff, so that the horse cannot feed off the ground. The 
horse under these circumstances is stiff and sore all over. 

What to do- — Apply hot rags, wrung out of very hot water, and laid on 
the sore muscles. Keep him warm and in a dry place. Give one of 
the following powders in soft feed three times a day : 



No. 36. "I Ounce colchicum seed, 

1 Ounce nitrate of potash, 

2 Drachms fcenugreek seed, 
,Mix. 

Divide into twelve powders. Give gentle exercise. 



I 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. -^78 

XXIII. Hernia. 

Hernia or rupture is tiie breaking away of the parts that contain the; 
bowels, sometimes in one phice and sometimes in another. The different 
hernias are named from their h)cation : Scrotal hernia is rupture into 
the scrotum, and the bowels pass down through the abdominal rings into 
the scrotum ; this only occurs in stallions. Inguinal hernia is rupture 
into the groin through one or both abdominal rings. Ventral hernia is 
when the al)dominal walls are ruptured and let the bowels through into 
the skin ; this is most liable to grow to enormous size. Umbilical hernia 
is rupture through the opening through which passed the cords during 
fcetal life, and which never has closed. 

Causes. — The last mentioned one is from a natural defect ; the others 
are from blows, kicks, great strains in jumping, pulling, falling, and in 
the case of the stallion, it is usually caused by the exertion peculiar to his 
labor; 

How to know it. — There is a soft, puffy swelling on a surface that 
ought to be smooth ; it is easily pushed back and remains so as long as 
pressure is maintained. Scrotal hernia is found in the scrotum ; the 
scrotum is larger than it ought to be, and the hernia is often attended by 
very serious results, such as colic, strangulation of the gut, inflammation 
of the bowels in that region, mortification and death. Inguinal hernia is 
found in the groin or flank, and is nearly as bad as the scrotal. All the 
different kinds of hernia are liable to fatal termination as described for 
the scrotal. Sometimes the omentum or caul (the membrane holding 
the bowels together) only is protruded ; then it is not so bad and not 
liable to a fatal termination unless the opening enlarges and allows the 
bowels to protrude too. 

What to do. — Try and reduce the hernia by pushing it back ; then 
introduce skewers crosswise through the skin over the opening, and wind 
silk around the skin, below the ends of the skewers, middling tight ; then 
puioji a compress and give the part^considerable pressure. If this is 
not successful there are other operations, such as opening the skin and 
sewing up the opening in the abdominal wall with catgut sutures ; inject- 
ing salt and water under the skin, etc. But these all require the skill of 
the veterinary surgeon. 

Scrotal hernia is the hardest to overcome, and nothing but castration 
will do it in some cases. Introduce the hand into the rectum and 
endeavor, if possible, to remove the gut from the hole leading to the 
scrotum. This done, put the horse in a stall where the hind legs stand 
the highest, and feed on concentrated food, with as little bulk as possible, 
and give perfect rest. If this fails, he will have to be castrated by using 
the clamps and enclosing the external coverings of the cord, except the 
skin. 



374 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




HEAD COVERED WITH 
WAKTS. 



XXIV. Warts. 

Description. — Warts are small, rugous, mammillary tumors of very 
little vitalit3^ They may come ou any part of the hody, hut usually 
come in the greatest numbers and most frequently 
on the head. They are composed of filaments that 
are semi-fibrous, and are rooted in the skin. Some- 
times they are tough and hard ; at other times 
they are soft, and l)leed easily. They are flat or 
pedunculated. 

What to do, — If they are pedunculated, clip 
them off with a pair of scissors, or tie them off 
with a silk thread ; then, when done bleeding, cau- 
terize them with lunar caustic, or touch them with 
a red-hot iron. The latter may be resorted to, to 
stop the bleeding if necessary. If they are flat, 
burn ^hem with nitric acid once a day, till they are destroyed. When 
well burned down, grease them once a day with fresh lard. It may be 
added that attempts at charming them off do not generally succeed. 

XXV. Rat-Tail. 

This is loss of the hair of the tail, from disease, destroying 
the hair follicles, and leaving nothing to reproduce hair from ; conse- 
quently it is incurable. It is called rat tail, from its resemblance to the 
caudal extremity of a rat. Sometimes a rat tail is not so bad but that it 
will pass for a light tail, and sometimes there are only half a dozen hairs, 
nearly ruining the appearance of an otherwise good looking horse. 

XXVI. Itchy Tail. 

This is an itchy condition of the tail at its origin or dock. 

Causes- — It is caused either by filth, surfeit, worms in the rectum, 
mango, or some other parasitic disease. 

How to know it- — The horse is continually rubbing his tail against 
posts, the fence, or anvthing he can reach, till he rubs off nearly all the 
hair from the dock. 

What to do- — Wash it well with soap and water once a day, and satu- 
rate the hair with a strong lotion of salt each time. If that does not cure, 
give injections of salt and water, and apply lotion No. 24, to the tail 
three times a day. If that does not effect a cure, give the horse a purg- 
ing ball, No. 28 ; and use lotion No. 32 on the tail. 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL AC^CIDENTS AND DISEASES. 



;n5 




XXVII. Itchy Skin. 

This is scientitically kuovvii as prurigo. It is an itcliy condition of the 
skin all over the body, which some- 
times makes the horse almost frantic, 
rubbing, scratching and biting himself 
continually. 

Causes. — It is one form of surfeit 
when not due to mange or hen lice, 
and is caused by a heated, surfeited 
condition of the body, which mani- 
fests itself in this manner. 

What to do. — Give the horse a pur- 
gative. No. 23, and when he has fin- 
ished purging, give a tablespoonful of the following, in bran mashes mom- 
ino; and niorht. 

No. 37. 4 Ounces Epsom salts, 

2 Ounces nitrate of potash 
4 Ounces linked meal, 
Mix. 

Wash him all over with soap and water, and when dry, sponge him over 
with vinegar. If practicable, give green food for a month. 

XXVIII. Melanosis. 

This, although a constitutional disease, is only seen to be recognized 
during life, on the surface of the l)ody, therefore it will be described 
in this chapter. 



SHOWING SIGNS OF PRURIGO. 




PREDISPOSED TO MELANOSIS. 
Color and class of horses usually affected with melanosis. 

Melanosis is considered to be a species of cancer. It is a black tumor 
forming on any part of the body-:— in the lungs, liver, muscular and 
areolar or connective tissue. It is, in the latter, immediately under the 




876 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLKTE STOCK DOCTOR. 

skin that it is found during life in the horse ; usually around the tail. 
Pus cavities and abscesses are apt to forai around them. One fully six 
inches deep, and located under the tail was seen by the author lately. 

They seem to be confined to white horses ; even grays are not afflicted 
with them. 

Causes. — The cause lies in the blood — in the form of a predisposition 
to cancer. 

How to know it. — Black tumors form under the 
skin but show through quite distinctly ; they 
are usually flat and irregularly round, about half 
an inch or an inch thick, sometimes not larger than 
hickory nuts, and sometimes they are seen the size 
of a man's hand. Nasty, disagreeable sores often 
form around them. 

What to do. — When they first make their appear- 
MELANOsis. ance, they can be cut out with perfect safety. If 

Dock of a horse afflicted sorcs fomi,. clcau them out, scaHfy the surfaces and 

with melanosis, showiDgr -, .1 .,1 1 i- at c j.\ i.' j 

loss of hair as an eflfect ot drcss thcm With lotion JNo. 5, thrcc times a day. 
Give internally the following mixture : 

No. 38. 2 Ounces potassium iodide, 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Give two tablespoonfuls morning and night, in a bran mash. Continuo 
this for about three weeks ; then omit two weeks and repeat. 

XXIX. Hide Bound. 

Causes. — Hide bound is the effect — not the disease itself — of some 
derangement in the system, that interferes with the general health, and 
gives rise to a generally unthrifty condition. It may be due to indigestion, 
diseased teeth, exposure to cold, and starvation. Abuse is a common 
cause ; no horse can thrive and look handsome that is pounded, jammed 
and banged around. 

How to know it. — The skin is as tight on the body as a glove on the 
hand, and the hair all stares the wrong way. A thin condition is usually 
an accompaniment of hide bound. The hair is dry, and skin dirty — full 
of dandruff. 

What to do. — Remove the cause — if exposed to cold storms, sheltei 
him. Examine the teeth, and if the edges of the molars are sharp, rasp 
them off with a rasp for the purpose. If starvation be the cause, feed 
better, and the skin will begin to loosen as soon as the horse begins to 
thrive, and will become oily and soft. If the manure has a strong smell, 
give him a purgative, No. 2^, and a teaspoonful of saleratus in soft feeu, 
once a day, for a while. Give regular exercise. 



BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 377 

XXX. Eczema. 

This is the name applied to a scabby, pimply condition of the skin. 

Causes. — Heat, either from the sun, or fever in the skin from getting 
wet and the sun coming out hot and scalding the back, or getting wet 
and remaining so a long time in the fall, this chills the skin, and the fever 
is the reaction and eczema is the result. 

How to know It. — The skin is covered over the neck, back and hips, 
and .sometimes over the belly and sides, with scabs usually about the 
size of your little finger nail, and as thick as they can stand, giving a 
rough, pimply appearance and feel to the skin. It seems to cause no 
inconvenience, not affecting the health at all, nor even to cause itching. 

What to do. — Treatment is unnecessary, for as soon as the horse is 
sheltered from the sun in summer and storms in the fall, the scabs will 
gradually come off. Grooming will assist in removing them. When 
they are removed the hair has a rough, dirty ap[)earance for a few days, 
but will soon regain its smoothness and luster. 




'- •. - :x :.-N ^: 

A PROLIFIC CAUSE OF HIDE-BOUND l>t HORSES. 



CHAPTER IX. 



DISEASES OP THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



I. TUMOR IN THE FALSE NOSTRIL. II. POLYPUS. III. CATARRH. IV. NASAL 

GLEET. V. LARYNGITIS, ROARING AND WHISTLING. VI. QUINSY. VII. 

BRONCHITIS. VIII. PNEUMONIA. IX. HEAVES. X. CONGESTION OP THB 

LUNGS XI. PLEURISY. XII. HYDROTHORAX. XIII. CHRONIC COUGH. 




DIAGT. .M SHOWING RESPIRATORY ORGANS IN THE HEAD OF A HORSE. 

l^_The nostril leading direct to a.— The larynx, situated at the commencement of the windpipe. 3.— The 

'tongue. 4.— The oesophagus or gullet. 5. — The soft palate, which lies upon the tongue and affords a resting* 

place whereon reposes the epiglottis, or the guardian cartilage to the entrance ot the larynx (a). 6.— The 

guttural tjouches, or large membranous and open sacs, containing nothing but atmospheric air. >j, — Nasal or 

frontal smuses. 8.— The false nostril. 

I. Tumor in the False Nostril. 
The false nostril is the small pouch or cul de sac on the outer side of 
the lower edge of each nostril. Tumors are liable to form in these, and 

partake more of the nature of abscesses, in 
that they are filled with pus of a cheesy 
consistency, but are tumors in that they 
form slowly and do not point and break like an 
abscess. They are usually about the size of » 
hen's egg ; they are not sore, but cause more or 
less wheezing in the breathing on account of 
the diminished capacity of the air passage. 

How to know it. — A small swelling will be 
apparent on the outside, but the main depend- 
ence is to be placed upon the examination of 
the nostril, when it will be found to be nearly 
closed by the tumor in the false nostril. 

378 




FACE OF HORSE. 

Showing appearance of muzzle 
when there is a tumor in the 
false nostril. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



379 





FORCEPS. 

•?'or grasping the poly, 
pus for rem«>val. 



POLYPUS. 

H a n gi n g 
from the 
upper part 
ot the nos- 
tril. 



What to do. — It can be opened without the slightest danger. Insert 
the knife inside the nostril and make a free opening and evacuate the 
pus. Inject lotion No. 6, twice a day. It is not likely to recur. 

II. Polypus. 

This is a tumor-like excrescence growing in the nostril. It may form 
in any part of the passage from the muzzle to the throat. It is usually 

a fleshy bulb, on a pedestal or neck. It varies 
^ i|h in size from a cherry to a man's fist. 

\ T How to know it. — The breathing is obstruct- 

ed, to a certain extent, and, upon examination, 
the pol3^us is found. 

What to do. — Cast the horse, and catcb 
firm hold of it with the forceps for the pur 
pose, then pass the chain of an eci^aseiir ovei 
it, and cut it out close to the surface from 
which it grows. ^ A fine copper wire may be 
used, if the ecraseur cannot be had ; pass the 
wire over the polypus and twist it off. There will not be hemor- 
rhage to do any harm. The polypus may grow again, but it is 
not very likely to. 

m. Catarrh. 

Under this name are included acute catarrh and the common cold 
when it is confined to the nose. It is simple in itself, but all inflamma- 
tions of the upper air-passages are liable to run 
down into the lungs and cause bronchitis and 
pneumonia, which are always serious. Catarrh is 
inflammation of the mucous membrane of the nos- 
trils, and often extends to the sinuses of the head, 
especially the frontal sinuses situated betAveen the 
('yes. 

Causes. — Exposure to cold winds, rain and snow 
storms, cold nights, etc. 

How to know it. — Th^re is always a discharge 
from one or both nostrils. The discharoe is thin 
watery mucous at first, and turns to muco-puru- 
lent in the course of a coui)le of days ; and then 
to purulent, if not properly treated. The muco- 
purulent is white and frothy ; the purulent is yellow, and has an offensive 




A HORSE'S HEAD WITH 
COLD. 



380 



CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




LYMPHATIC GLAND OF THROAT 
SWOLLEN. 



odor. In bad cases, there is considerable fever, loss of appetite, and 

redness of the eyes. If neglected, and 
nature is not vigorous enough to throw 
it off, it becomes chronic, and is known 
as nasal gleet. Sometimes the lym- 
phatic gland, under the lower jaw, en- 
larges. 

What to do. — Remove the cause ; if 
exposed to cold storms, shelter the ani- 

I-The enlarged lymphatic within the ,aw. ^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ .^ blanket if HCCCSSary, feed 

on soft feed, give a teaspoonful of saltpetre in a bran mash night and 
morning. If that does not perform the work satisfactorily, give the 
fever mixture, No. 4. If there is much fever and loss of appetite, give 
No. 18. In all bad cases, give rest till the horse is better. If the at- 
tack is prolonged to a week or more, during convalesence, give the tonic 
No. 22, and syringe the nostrils out, two or three times a day, xf'ith the 
following lotion : 

No. 39. 2 Drachms carbolic acid, 

1 Pint of watei", 
Mix. 

Appl}^ the blister No. 41 to the throat, letting it 
go well up towards the ears. If the skin is not 
mildly blistered with one application, repeat it after 
twenty-four hours ; then grease it once a day with 
fresh lard. When the discharge does not come 
freely, it can be helped by steaming the head in a 
bag of hot bran. 

IV. Nasal Gleet. 

This is the name 
given to chronic ca- 
tarrh, and is always 
complicated by exten- 
sion of the disease to 

For steaming horse with cold. 1\iq siuUSCS of tllC 

head, often causing the bone over the one affected to bulge out, as if 
swollen. 

Causes. — Neglected or obstinate catarrh, that will not yield to treat- 
ment with an ordinary amount of perseverance, are the only causes. The 
sinuses of the head are all in communication with each other by tubes 
and passages. When inflammation extends to them, the swelling of the 
mucous membrane closes these passages, and confines the pus with suffi- 





NOSE BAG 



A HORSE WITH THE THROAT 
BLISTERED. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 



381 



cient force to cause the bones to bulge out, but there will be a constant 
flow of 13U8 from the nostril, sufficient being forced through the passage 
by the pressure to keep up the discharge. 

How to know it. — The general health is not in the leatst affected, 
except, perhaps, in long standing cases. There is a continual flow of thick, 
offensive, yellowish matter that will usually sink in water. One nostril 
usually" runs more than the other, and oftentimes the chronic trouble is 
entirely confined to one side. The face between the eyes will l)e found 
to be full, giving a dull, solid sound when tapped on each side of the 
median line running down the centre of the face. In longstanding, bad 
cases the bone of the face, referred to above, will be bulged out, and 
great pain evinced when tapped. 

Pus is, naturally, the blandest secretion of the body ; but being con- 
fined, it corrupts, and then smells abominably. The facial sinuses formed 
in nasal gleet, open to the nostrils on either side by two comparatively 
small flaps, slits or valves. These are their only means of communica- 
tion with the external atmosphere ; and through these valves all the pus 
must flow. It is not surprising that such structures occasionally become 
clogged, till the accumulated secretion, or the incrcised breathing, or the 
position of the head, obliges the passage to give waj. 

What to do. — If the sinus is full, there is no cure for it without the 
operation of trephining to remove a portion of the bone, to evacuate the 
sinus, and give local treatment ; but if there is no bulging 
of the bone, it may be cured by syringing out the nostril 
with warm water to clean it, then injecting a little of lotion 
No. 39 Avith along-nozzled syringe, using considerable force 
to cause a spray when it strikes the back of the nose. 
Repeat this, morning and night, for a month or so, and 
give internally. No. 34. The operation of trephining the 
frontal sinus, will be found described in the chapter on 
operations. 

All treatment, except the operation, may be continued 
and the horse kept at his work, unless he is laid up on 
account of the appearance of the nostril, as it looks very nasal gleet. 
bad to drive a horse with a chronic discharge from the "wuh iTafa'^iVile'l 




nose. 



and bulging of 
the trontal sinus. 



V. Laryngitis, Roaring and "Whistling. 



This is what is ordinarily known as sore throat. The inflammation 
lies in the lining of the larynx — that is, the cartilaginous box in the throat, 
which is the upper end of the windpipe or trachea containing the vocai 
cords, and is the seat of roaring. 



382 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Causes. — Exposure to cold winds and storms, standing in drafts when 
warm, neglect when coming in when warm from work, and extension of 

catarrh from the nose. The cause of 
roaring is chronic inflammation of 
the mucous membrane lining the lar- 




ynx, 



diminishing the air passage so 



EFFECT OF LARYNGITIS. 

A horse trying to drink, the water returning by 
the nose. 



that when he is unable to get suffi- 
cient air, and forcing it through the 
small passage, makes the noise. 

How to know it. — The throat is 
usually swollen on the outside, but 
sometimes only on the inside, and is 
tender upon pressure ; the nose is 
protruded ; he has great difficulty in 
swallowing, and often , when drinking, 
the water will come back through the 
nose nearly as fast as it goes into the 
mouth, and what is swallowed is forced down with an effort. There is 
usually a short, painful, subdued cough, dry at first, but getting more 
moist after a couple of days. 

What to do. — Clothe warmly ; shelter from cold storms and drafts ; 
rub mustard paste well into the throat on each side, well up towards the 
ears ; feed on soft mashes, boiled oats, etc., and set a pail of water in the 
manger for him to play in to cool the throat and mouth. Give internally 
fever mixture No. 4, every two hours till the fever is reduced and the pulse 
lowered ; then drop off to three or four times a day. If the swelling in 
the throat does not yield to the above treatment, apply a soft, hot linseed 
poultice to it, and change it once a day for a fresh one. The loss of 
appetite, or rather inability to eat, Avill soon disappear and recovery will 
be rapid. 

In case of roaring, apply a smart blister of cantharides. No. 9, to the 
throat, and after three weeks repeat it. Inject a tablespoonful of the 
mixture No. 35, three times a day well back into the throat, and let the 
horse run at grass or feed on very soft food. 

Bad, long standing cases of roaring are incurable. Whistling is similar 
to roaring, except in the noise produced ; it is subject to the same causes 
and treatment. 

Roaring and whistling are sometimes, but very rarely, the effect of 
paralysis of the nerves of the larynx, letting one or more of the cartilages 
drop into the box to a certain e\i;ent, and thereby diminishing the caliber 
of the air passage. Sometimes a small portion of the caililage doing the 
damage can be removed, but it requires the skill of a qualified veteri- 
nary surgeon. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



388 



VI. Quinsy. 

Causes. — Sometimes the inflammation in the throat in laryngitis is so 
great and deep seated that abscesses form in the throat, producing quinsy. 
It is caused by the same agents as laryngitis, and is always more pro- 
longed in duration than simple sore throat. 

How to know it. — It may start with all the symptoms of laryngitis 
but will not yield to treatment at first. The throat gets sorer and sorer 
from day to day, till suddenly the aliscess bursts, and a tremendous 
flow of pus comes from the nostril, and the animal will be relieved at 
once. Quinsy lasts from one to three or four Aveeks, and is very apt to 
be followed by roaring or whistling. 

What to do. — Apply the same treatment as prescribed for laryngitis. 
Continue the linseed poultices right through ; apply them so as to cover 
the throat nearly to the ears, and keep them quite soft. 

VII. Bronchitis. 

The bronchial tubes are the two branches of the trachea or wind pipe ; 
they lead to the lungs. Inflammation of these branches, and also of the 
lining of the tubes as they ramify through the lungs, is known as bron- 
chitis. 




A Fir SUBJECT FOR FOUNDEU OR BRONCHITIS. 

Causes. — The same exposures that cause catarrh and sore throat are 
prolific agents in producing this disease. And there is a very great ten- 
dency in the horse to inflammations of the upper air passages which run 
down upon the lungs, so much so that many cases of catarrh and laryngi- 
tis terminate in bronchitis and pneumonia. 



384 



CYCLOPEDIA OF I>IVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



How to know it. — It is always ushered in with a shivering fit, but this 
fit is seldom seen, and if seen is thought nothing of by most people ; the 
chill passes off and the reacti<Hi brings fever ; the pulse runs up to fifty 
or sixty, is soft, full and bounding ; temperature soon runs up to 102 ® 
or 103 ^ F. ; the breathing is hurried and the nostrils are distended. 
If pressure is applied to the chest just above the breast bone, pain will be 
evinced and a cough provoked, which is soft, deep and subdued, great i)ain 
being manifested while coughing ; the horse is loth to move ; if the ear 
is placed to the nostril a grunt will be heard with each breath ; and if 
the ear is placed in front of the chest a thick, unnatural sound will be 
heard ; the ears and legs are usually cold ; the appetite is indifferent. 
All of these symptoms will be noticed in the course of ten or twelve 
hours. In the next twenty-four hours the pulse may run up to 70, and 
the temperature to 104 ^ or 105 ^ ; the pulse will be soft and full ; the 
cough will increase and the thick, heavy sound Avhen the ear is applied to 




A I'AINFUL (^OIHUI OF BRONOUITIS. 



the breast will have run into a harsh, grating sound ; the horse" persist- 
ently stands ; drinks considerable water, and the appetite will be lost in 
most cases ; the mouth Avill be hot to the finger placed under the tongue ; 
the breath is hot as it comes from the nostrils, and the urine is scanty 
and high colored. The horse may die from continuation of the inflam- 
mation and extension of it to the lungs proper, or may drown in the 
nmcus that is secreted in the passages forming the next stage following 
the dry one ; in this last a rattling bubbling sound is heard when the ear 
is applied to the chest above the breast bone, by the air rushing through 
the mucus. 

Convalescence will be noticed by a diminution of the mucous rattle ; 
falling of the pulse and temperature ; return of the appetite ; and a gen- 
ei'ally relieved appearance ; ability to lie down and rest quietly, and the 
frequency of the breathing lessened. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



385 



What to do. — If seen during the chill, give two ounces of whiskey in 
a little water and follow it with No. 4, for the next twelve hours ; then, 
if better, continue the same at longer intervals, but if worse, change it to 



the following : 
No. 40. 



1 34 Ounce sweet spirits of nitre, 

1 Drachm tincture of aconite root, 

2 Drachms fluid extract belladonna, 
1 Ounce tincture of gentian, 

1 Ounce powdered saltpetre, 

1 Ounce powdered sal ammonia;, 

Water to make one pint, 

Mix. 



Give a wine-glassful every two nours till the horse is better, then drop 
off to three or four times a day. Set a bucket of water in his manger. 
Give scalded oats to eat ; if he won't eat them try him with other things 




A HORSE DRESSED KOK BRONCHITIS. 

— a couple of ears of corn three or four times a day, carrots, apples, 
good hay, etc. Rub a little of the following liniment well into the sides 
(>^ er the lungs, and on the chest once a day till it is well blistered : 

No. 41. 2 Ounces liquor ammonia, 

2 Ounces spirits turpentine, 
2 Ounces linseed oil. 
Mix and shake. 

When the blistering has been carried far enough, rub a little fresh lard 
well into the hair once a 'day to take out the scabs without pulling 
[out the hair. If the skin comes off anywhere from the blister, apply 
[No. 24 to the spot three times a day. 

j Give plenty of pure air to breathe, but avoid drafts and dampness; 
iSee that the drainage is good. Kemove him from the other iiorses if pos- 



386 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



sible, on account of the vitiated air he would have to breathe in the stable 
with them. 

When convalescence is well established and there is much weakness, 
change the medicine to No. 18, but do not give it as often as every two 
hours, unless there is still a good deal of fever; three times a day is often 
enough in most cases. 

When the fever is all gone, change the medicine to No. 35, if the 
appetite is poor, but if it is good, give No. 34 in the feed. Give gentle 
exercise when well enough to bear it. The horse should be well clothed, 
and the legs bandaged. Bring him back to his feed and work gradually. 
While wearing the bandages they should be removed morning and night, 
and the legs well rubbed and the bandages replaced. 

VIII. Pneumonia. 
This is inflammation of the lung tissue; oftentimes the right lung only 
is affected. Pneumonia is rather rare, at least it is far less conmion than 
bronchitis, and sometimes the two diseases are coml)ined in the form of 

broncho-pneumonia. It may 
be either si)oradic or infec- 
tious. In the latter case it 
is seen as a complication of 
influenza, and has typhoid 
symptoms, and is occasionally 
enzootic, or may be epizootic. 
Causes. — The same as for 
other acute aft'ections of the 
air passages, except \^'hen 
existing as a complication of 
influenza, then it is due to a 
micro-organism (the pneumo- 
coccus). The sporadic form will usually recover if given a fair chance, 
but the infectious is frequently fatal. 

How to know it. — The first stage is the shiverinof fit and sang-uineous 
congestion, in which there is a rush of blood to the lungs; high fever follows 
the chill, the pulse runs up to sixty to eighty, and is soft and weak; the 
temperature is likely to run up to 105° to 107° Fahi-. The breath is hot, 
and breathing labored and fast — respirations running up to twenty-five to 
thirty-five per minute; the ear being applied to the sides, the grating sound 
indicative of inflammation is heard; there is no cough; ears and legs are 
cold; the body heat is great, and the urine scanty and high colored. 

The second stage is that of hepatization, in which the lungs become solid, 
like liver; no sound is heard at all by the ear when applied to the side, and. 




A CASE OF CONGESTION. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



387 




"-^^^^^^^^ 



5''^ 



^"^ 



HORSE WITH PNEUMONIA. 

The appearance of a horse in the early stage 

of pneumonia. 



\vhen ta})})C'(l, it sounds solid like a barrel when full of water — the natural 
\viien tapped being resonant, like a drum. The lower part of the lung 
being usually most affected, the breathing is floated upward, as it were, 
and l)ecomes shallow; the l)reath becomes cold in conse(pience; the nostrils 

flap, and the horse thrusts his nose 
through the windows or doors of 
the stal)le in search of more air; 
the flanks heave; the ribs are worked 
violentl}' in and out; the legs spread 
to stand in a braced position; the 
strength becomes exhausted, and 
the system suffocates for want of 
ox^ygen, and the animal usually dies 
in this stage. 

If he lives throuo-h this stas^e, the 
third stage begins — that of absor})tion; in favorable cases this goes on to so 
great an extent that recovery is complete. Unfavorable cases fail to 
al)Sorb the liver-like condition of the lung, and suppuration sets in; the 
whole diseased portion may turn to pus, and be thr(nvn up through the 
nose, where it has a grayish, lumpy appearance. This is the fourth stage, 
and is ahvays fatal; the discharge is extremely offensive, attracting hosts 
of flies and rendering a whole stable unfit for other horses to remain in. 

In this, as in bronchitis, the horse 
never lies down till he is very much 
l)etter, or nearly well. 

In infectious pneumonia, in addition 
to the above symptoms, there will be 
marked yellowness of the mucous mem- 
l)ranes, more rapidly developing weak- 
ness than in the sporadic form, and 
occasionally diarrhoea and other symp- 
toms of influenza. 

What to do. — The same treatment 
prescribed for bronchitis will apply to 
this, and, in addition, during recovery, 
if weakness is great, give malt ale in 
l»int drenches three times a day. If 
there is no appetite, put the ale in with oatmeal gruel, and give them 
as a drench together. Clothe him warmly, and give plenty of fresh 
air to breathe, but avoid a draft. It is a good plan, w^hen feasible, 
to isolate him from all other horses, particularly in the infectious form. 



^^^ 




THE POSITION ASSUMED BY THE HORSE 

DURING AN ATTACK OF 

PNEUMONIA. 



388 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

If the fever remains above 104° F. longer than three days give the follow- 
ing mixture: 

No. 91. Yz Ounce sulphate of quinine, 

1 Pint of whisky, 
Yz Pint of water. 
Mix. 

Give a wineglassfnl every two to four hours, alternating with the fol- 
lowing mixture: 

No. 92. 1 Ounce tincture of nux vomica, 

1 Ounce tincture of gentian, 
Water to make one pint. 
Mix. 

Give a wineglassf ul every two to four hours. 

Keep the stable clean and sprinkle chloride of lime around it freely once 

a day. Give no exercise till convalescence is well established. 

IX. Heaves. 

The lungs are made up of an innumerable quantity of small air cells, 
and the lung tissue is capable, to a great extent, of expelling the air from 
it, and drawing more in by virtue of the elasticity and contractility it 
possesses. Sometimes many of these cells become ruptured into one large 
cell, which destroys the contractility of that portion of the lung, in which 
case the diaphragm, ril)s and abdominal muscles are brought into use to 
expel the air, giving rise to the second spasmodic, twitching effort seen 
in the flanks. This condition constitutes heaves, also known as broken 
wind. 

Causes. — The most common cause is driving too fast, and keeping it up 
too long when the horse is not in condition — either having his stomach too 
full and not giving the lungs room, or the lungs themselves are weak 
from very light work, or entire disuse. Horses fed entirely on dusty 
Timothy hay, are more subject to it than those fed on prairie hay. A 
horse is more likely to get the heaves when driven fast against the wind 
than with it ; the lungs get very full of air, immensely distended by the 
extra amount taken in, and if kept at that kind of work any length of 
time, the lung tissue gives way, and a rupture is the consqueuce. 

How to know it. — Instead of the regular, easy bi*eathing noticed in the 
flanks, there is a second effort made by the jerking of the muscles of the 
flank. When the ear is placed against the side over the lung, a whistling, 
wheezing sound is usually heard. When once begun it is very apt to 
increase, and often renders the horse useless. 

What to do. — It is incurable, but it can be alleviated by careful feed- 
ing, giving as condensed food as possible, with a ^new of getting the 
greatest amount of nourishment in the smallest compass. Wet everything 




BAD POSITION. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 389 

he eats, to lay the dust. Give the following mixture twice a day in soft 
feed : 

No. 4i. 2 Ounces powdered lobelia seed. 

2 Ounces linseed meal, 
Mix. 

Divide into eight doses ; give one night and morning. When they are 
gone, wait a week and repeat it. Avoid giving too much, as it is apt to 
weaken the kidneys Always drive a horse slowly 
that has the heaves. 

X. Congestion of the Lungs. 

Congestion, is always a precursor of inflamma- 
tion of the lungs, but it sometimes comes on in 
such a way, as to need separate consideration. 
The pathology of it is turgescence of the lung 
tissue by stagnation of the capillary blood vessels 
and arterioles. Under favorable circumstances it 
improves, and total recovery is the result, but in For head of horse affected with 

_ . . • n J • heaves ; for it aggravates the 

bad cases it is very apt to run or. to inflanmiation difficult breathing, 
of the lung tissue, and a case of pneumonia is the result. 

Causes. — Overexertion when not in condition to take it ; the system is 
fat ; the blood is rich and fat ; the lung tissue is weak from want of use 
during longer or shorter periods of idleness. When in this condition, the 
horse is taken out, perhaps, once a week, and the driver thinks because he 
has had so long a rest, he ought to be able to go faster than if he were 
out every day, and sends him through to beat the crowd. Congestion of 
the lungs is quite frequently the result. This is oftener seen in the old 
country among the hunters, but is not infrequent in this country among 
the gentlemen's road horses. From the contraction of the muscular 
tissue, the blood is thrown inwardly to the lungs, liver and spleen ; the 
lung tissue becomes fatigued, and the small blood vessels surcharged with 
blood to such an extent as to interfere with the circulation. 

How to know it. — The horse suddenly stops, all out of breath; nos- 
trils distended ; the countenance has a look of anxiety upon it ; he looks 
around as if in search for more air ; paws the ground in his endeavor to 
breathe, and acts generally as though suffocation were near. 

What to do. — Let him stop ; turn his head towards the wind ; loosen 
all harness that interferes with the free expansion of the chest and pass- 
age of air to the chest ; let down the check rein ; loosen the throat lash ; 
remove the collar or breast plate and girth ; and a small stab of the knife 
in the roof of the mouth to draw a little blood may assist in restoring the 
circulation. As soon as he is sufficiqjitly recovered, take him home quietly 



.^>t)0 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLKTK STOCK DOCTOR. 

and place him in a comfortable loose box ; give him a sponge bath with 
alcohol and plenty of friction from head to foot ; also cold water to drink 
in small quantities, and give recipe No. 30, in a little water, till the 
breathing and circulation are normal. If it does not yield to this treat- 
ment, and pneumonia is inevitable, adopt the treatment prescribed for 
that without delay, and apply it vigorously. Approaching pneumonia will 
be noticed by a rise in temperature. If the temperature goes above 101 ® 
Fahr. and the breathing continues labored, look out for pneumonia. 

Prevention. — Feed a horse according to his work. If he is doing 
daily hard work there is very little danger of overfeeding, but if the 
work is light and little of it, feed sparingly on heavy grain. Give daily 
regular exercise. There is very much less danoer of derana^ements if the 
horse goes out every day than if he onh'^ goes out once or twice a 
week, and he is able to do ten times the work from the fact that he is in 
a strong, vigorous condition— muscular without being fat. 

XI. Pleurisy. 

The lining of the chest and coverings of the lungs are serous mem- 
branes that secrete a serous, slippery moisture that prevents friction by 
rubbing of the lungs against the ribs — called the pleura. Inflammation 
of these serous membranes is known as pleurisy. It is attended with 
great pain, and is often followed by hydrothorax or tilling of the chest 
with water, which is generally fatal. Pleurisy may exist alone or with 
pneumonia ; then it is called pleuro-pneumonia. 

Causes. — Any sudden exposure to cold rains; drafts in the stable, 
especially if the horse comes in warm. It would be very prevalent if the 
inflammation in these parts did not go to the feet by metastasis as often 
as it does. See founder or laminitis. 

How to know it. — The horse has a chill,, followed by high fever; 
great pain in the chest, shown by colicky pains ; nose turned around towards 
the chest frequently ; ears and legs are cold ; breathing hurried ; pulse 
quick, from 50 to 75 per minute ; temperature raised three or four de- 
gress ; elbows turned out, and a line along the lower edges of the ribs 
denoting a fixed position of them to prevent friction in the chest ; loss of 
appetite ; great pain evinced u[)on pressure with the fingers between the 
ribs ; a grating sound heard by the ear applied to the sides, made by the 
rubbing of the parts internally, which are rendered dry by the inflam- 
mation. 

If recovery takes place, it is usually within four days : but if it con- 
tinues longer than that, effusion takes place, and the chest begins to fill 
with w^ater, floating the lungs up and forming hydrothorax. If the chest 
does not fill more than one-third, it will usually a1)sOrb, and he will re- 
cover ; but if the chest fills more than one-third full, it is usually fatal. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



391 



What to do. — If seen during the chill, put on blankets ; shelter from the 
cold air, and give half a teacup of whiskey in a little water, and follow 
it with receipe No. 40, giving a dose every two hours till he is better ; 
set a pail of water before him, and feed lightly. Rub the liniment, No. 
41, well in to the sides, and, after six hours, repeat it. When the 
fever is broken, change the prescription to No. 18. When convalesence 
is well established, give receipe No. 22. 

XII. Hydro thorax. 
Causes. — This is a tilling of the chest with water, following pleurisy. 
How to know it, — Tlie horse has l)een enduring great pain all through 
the attack of active inflammation, but as soon as effusion begins, and 
the chest begins to till with water, the pain is relieved ; he brightens up, 
commences to eat, and is more comfortable, till the water floats the lungs 
up and interferes with the breathing. Then the countenance becomes 
haggard and anxious ; breathing short and fast ; breath cold, from shal- 
low, bronchial respiration ; the extremeties aie cold ; pulse very high, 
from 80 to 150 per minute ; tapping on the sides will produce the solid 




HORSE WITH HYDROTHORAX. 

Showing the distension nf the nostrils, heaving ot the flanks and dropsical swelling around the chest. 



sound of a barrel full of water ; the ear placed to the side will fail to 
detect the customary respiratory murmur; there will be lifting of the 
loins and elevation of the back at each effort at inspiration, that is, draw- 
ing breath in ; the ribs bujge outward ; droi)sical swellings appear under 
the chest and belly ; the head is extended ; there is flapping of the nos- 
trils ; regurgitation of the blood in the veins ; splashing of the water is 
heard in the chest when it reaches the heart ; the i)ulse gets smaller and 
smaller ; breath shorter and shorter, till he drops suffocated, as coni- 
pletely drowned as though he wer% pitched into the lake. 



392 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Favorable symptoms are lessening of the effusion in the chest ; im- 
provement in the breathing and pulse; return of healthy appetite, etc. 
But recovery is slow, and complete recovery is seldom realized, for the 
lung is apt to grow fast to the ribs, and stitches in the side attack him 
during active exercise. 

What to do. — Put him in a comfortable place, dry, warm, and well- 
ventihited, but no drafts. Clothe warmly, and bandage the legs. If the 
sides have not been well blistered with receipe No. 41, apply it imme- 
diately, and repeat it every six hours, till the sides are well-blistered, and 
give No. 18 internally, every two hours, very persistently; if he eats 
nothing, drench him with oat-meal giuel. If the chest continues to fill 
it may be tapped, the operation being called paracentesis thoracis^ direc- 
tions for which may be found in the chapter on operations. 

XIII. Chronic Cough. 

Causes. — When the inflammation of the mucous membrane of either the 
larynx or bronchial tubes becomes chronic, the irritability of it remains 
and the smallest thing will produce a cough, and sometimes a fit of cough- 
ing that may last several minutes. Dust in the hay or oats, or breathed 
in while on the road, sudden gusts of air, pressure of the collar or throat 
lash, or pinching of the throat with the hand will excite the cough. 




THE ACT OF COUGHING. 



How to know it. — Coughs are efforts of nature to free the breathing 
apparatus of irritants, and they differ according to the part affected and 
the extent of the affection. The healthy cough is strong, full and usu- 
ally followed by a sneeze to clear the nose. The throat cough is a 
lighter, shorter, hacking one, while that of the chest is a hollow, deep, 
resonant cough, except in the acute, painful stages of bronchitis, when it 
is almost noiseless from beipg so much subdued. 

What to do.' — Chronic cough is almost incurable when long standing, 
but in the more recent cases good treatment will benefit and oftentimes 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 393 

cure. If the cough is recent, apply recipe No. 41 to the throat, vvellrub- 
bed in all around and up towards the ears. Give internally the following 
powders : 

No. 43. 1}4 Ounce gum camphor, 

1 Ounce digitalis, 

2 Ounces linseed meal. 
Powder and mix. 

Divide into twelve powders and give one night and morning in soft 
food. If one course does not cure, repeat it. If that proves ineffectual, 
apply blister No. 9 instead of No. 41, to the throat and give Prof. 
Dick's recipe as follows : 

No. 44. 1 Drachm camphor, 

1 Drachm digitalifj, 
1 Drachm calomel, 
1 Drachm opium. 

Mix in a ball with syrup. 

Give it as one dose ; repeat it once a day for a week, then rest a week 
and repeat. 

If the cough is verv troublesome and the appetite is poor, give the 
following : 

No. 45. 2 Drachms diluted prussic acid, 

1 Ounce tincture of camphor, 

3 Drachms fluid extract belladona, 
1 Ounce tincture gentian. 

1 Ounce chloi'ate of potash. 
Water to make one pint, 
Mix. 

Give one ounce three times a day, with a syringe ; open the mouth 
with one hand and shoot it well bfick into the throat. Do not attempt to 
hold a horse's head up to drench him with anything else than oil when he 
has a cough : for it is apt to irritate the throat and might choke him. 

For the treatment of coughs accompanying catarrh and larvngitis refer 
to them. If the above treatment fails, we 
would recommend the insertion of a seton 
under the skin of the throat and a long run at 
grass, if practicable. Leave the seton in 
three or four weeks; wash it nice and clean 
once a day with hot water. Sometimes a 
run at grass will do more for a l>ad cough 
than all the medicine in the world. 

If the cough appears to come from the ^ seton in the throat of a 
chest, and pressure in the hollow just above horse. 

the breast bone aggravates it, apply the })listers there, and give the same 
treatment otherwise as for the throat- 




CHAPTER X. 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OP THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



I. TEETH— ACHE, DECAY, FILING— WOLP TEETH. II. TONGUE LACERATION. 

III. SORE MOUTH. IV. LAMPAS. V. PHARYNGITIS. VI. CHOKING. 

VII. GASTRITIS. VIII. STOMACH STAGGERS. IX. DYSPEPSIA. X. SPAS- 
MODIC COLIC. XI. FLATULENT COLIC. XII. RUPTURE OF THE STOMACH, 

INTESTINES OR DIAPHRAGM. XIII. CONSTIPATION. XIV. DIARRHOEA AND 

SUPERPURGATION. XV. DYSENTERY. XVI. ENTERITIS. XVII. PERITON- 
ITIS, XVIII. CALCULI. XIX. INTUSSUSCEPTION AND GUT TIE. 

I. Teeth— Ache, Decay, Piling— "Wolf Teeth. 

Causes- — Derangements of the teeth very frequently lead to grave 
difficulties, both local and constitutional. The teeth often become 
decayed, holes form in them, and tooth-ache is a common occurrence. 

How to know it. — It will be detected by the horse holding his head 
on one side while chewing, turning his head first one way then the other, 

as if trying to remove food from a sore tooth, 
and doing the same when drinking, if the water 
is very cold. The disease often extends up the 
tooth, or starts in the form of ulceration on the 
fang, and breaks out into the nose, causing a 
discharge from the nostril on the side on which 
the rotten tooth is located. A chronic discharge 
from a tooth is often mistaken for nasal gleet, 
A HORSE WITH TOOTHACHE, .^j^^j souietimes for glanders, on account of the 
disagreeable odor, which will be recognized as that characteristic of dis- 
eased bone. 

Sometimes the ulceration, when of a lower tooth, breaks out at the 
angle of the lower jaw, and sometimes extends to the root of the tongue 
and to all the soft tissues between the branches of the lower jaw ; in one 
instance that came under the notice of the writer, the disease proved fatal 
to a valuable horse. 

The teeth frequently get broken by chewing on stones taken up with 
oats, and when one molar tooth gets broken off, the opposite tooth, not 
having anything to wear against, gets very long and sticks into the oppo- 
site gum, and makes mastication very painful. The edges of the molar 
teeth get sharp from the fact that they wear bevelling — the edges must 
necessarily sharpen as they wear ; the upper rows bevel downwards and 
outwards, the edges cutting the cheeks, and the lower rows bevel upwards 
and inwards, cutting the tongue. 

394 




DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THK ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



395 




A HORSE QUIDDING. 



The broken and sharp teeth make mastication not only painful, but 
almost impossible, consequently the horse 
bolts the food half chewed, which causes 
indigestion, colic, dyspepsia, hidebound, 
emaciation, etc., any of which may run on 
to a fatal termination. The food is fre- 
quently quidded and dropped into the man- 
ger. 

Colts, when shedding their teeth, often suf- 
fer a great deal from sore mouths, which 
causes them to look rough and scaly until tue old teeth ar(^ shed, and new 
ones grow. 

What to do. — In case of a discharge fro) i the nose, always examine 
the teeth, and if any are decayed so as to cause the trouble, remove them. 
If a tooth extends below the others on account of the opposite one being 
broken, file it off even with the others. If the edges get sharp, so as to 
scarify the cheeks and tongue, file them off round. There are files made 
expressly for that purpose. The edges only need filing ; the surfaces get 
very rough, but that is intended to be so by nature ; it is lier millstone 
to grind the grain ; and the arrangement of the tooth material is such 
that the more it wears the sharpen it gets. 

In case of a parrot mouth, where the upjer incisors project over the 
lower ones, the horse is unable to graze, autl the mouth, as far as age is 
concerned, presents a horrible a[)pearanc<-, passing for 
double the age he really is. Either file or saw them off 
oven with the lower row. 

Wolf Teeth. — These are small, insignificant teeth, that 
come immediately in front of the upper rows of molars. 
It is a popular idea that these affect the nerve runnmg 
to the eye and cause moon-blindness, weak eyes, etc. But 
it is a whim ; they do no possible harm, except, perhaps, to wound the 
cheek by its being pulled against the wolf tooth by the bit. But they do 
no possible good, and, consequently are just as well, and a little better, 
out. Take a pair of blacksmith's pinchers and pull them out. Thevare 
usually only in the gums, and come out easily. When the new teeth of 
colts come before the old ones are out, the old ones should be removed, 
to make room for the new. 




PARROT MOUTH. 



II. Tongue Ijaceration. 

Causes. — The tongue is sometimes bitten by falling and striking on the 
mouth ; torn with the halter chain, or by being pulled forcibly out of the 
mouth on one side, being cut against the sharp molar teeth. 



;;'H5 



CYCLOPEDIA OF Ll'. A STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



What to do. — Wounds on the tongue heal readily. If the end is torn 
half-way off, or less, it will heal, but will not grow together, but maylje 
left, and no inconvenience will be felt ; but if it is more than half torn 
off, it will be found advisable to cut it clear oft". Dress wounds of the 
tongue with the following lotion : 

No. 46. 1 Oi^nee borax, 

1 Ounce honey, 
1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Dry the sore with a sponge, and rub on the lotion three times a day. 

Sometimes it is necessary to amputate the tongue, on account of 
wounds and accidents. It is quite feasible, but requires the skill of a 
qualified veterinary surgeon. 

III. Sore Mouth. 

Causes. — The mouth is often made sore by the bit, by caustic sub- 
stances in the food and medicine, by too hot mashes, etc. The bit often 
excoriates the angles of the mouth, 
and, if allowed to continue doing 
harm, the mouth soon becomes cal- 
oused, and loses all sensibility. 
Sometimes the bit injures the lower 
jaw bone so as to kill a portion of it, 
when it will become a foreign sub- 
stance and slough out, leaving a very 
sore mouth. 

This is most often seen in violent ^'*'''*- 
pullers and when the curb bit is used. The oval portion of a curb bit- 
often presses upon the roof of the mouth and does a great amount o 
injury. 

How to know it. — When any 
portion of the mouth is swollen 
and sore, examine it carefully 
and locate the cause if possible. 
When the bones or roof of the 
mouth are injured, there will be 
great soreness and some swelling. 
What to do. — Remove the 
cause, that is, leave the bit out of 
the mouth for several days. If 
the angles of the mouth are raw, apply recipe No. 32 three times a day 
If the bones are injured and exposed apply No. 39 three times a day 





SORE MOUTH. 



SOKE MOUTH. 



With the angles excoria 
ted bv the bit. 



With the angles and 
cheeks swollen, cal- 
loused and insen- 





INJURY BY THE BIT. 

A mouth with the bone bad- 
ly injured by the bit, the 
left side being much swol- 
len around the tusk. 



MISUSE OF CURB. 

The roof of the mouthl 
injured by the curved] 
part of the curb bit. 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



397 




if the flesh is not broken it would be advisable to scarify it to allow it tc 
break through the tough skin more easily, and 
examine it carefully each day to see when the 
dead piece of bone is loose, and remove it. 
Then dress the wound with the same lotion, (No 
39) till the bone is covered by healthy granula- 
tions, then dress it with No. 4(i. Do not use the 
bit in such a mouth under two months at 
least. 

When the mouth is scalded by giving strong 
medicine, pure, instead of diluting it as directed 
on the label, the whole inside of the mouth will l)e found to be swollen, 
red, and if very bad, will skin in spots. Swab it out with recipe No. 4(> 

three times a day. 

rv. Lampas. 

This is an imaginary disease. It is supposed by most people that when 

a horse does not eat he must have the lampas, and they proceed to 



SCALDED MOUTH. 

From giving strong caustic 
medicine pure. 




BURNING FOK LAMPAS. 



LAMPAS IRON. 



The old time instrument 
of torture. 



burn out one or two of the bars in the roof of the mouth which are placed 
there by nature to prevent the food dribbling from the mouth, which it 
would do were it not for these bars in the roof of the mouth. They 
all point or turn backwards towards the throat, and have a tendency to 
\york the food back. It is the same in the human mouth. 

Sometimes the one or two bars nearest the incisors become inflamed, 
especially with colts when teething. 

What to do. — If the bars are red instead of a bright flesh color, and 
extend below the teeth, take a penknife and scarify them gently ; this 
will be sufficient. Never countenance the burning nor any other barbar- 
ous practice. 

V. Pharyngitis. 

That portion of the sesophagas or gullet that lies in the throat, above 
the larynx is called the pharynx. ^Inflammation of it is pharyngitis. 



398 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Causes. — It is usually caused by some foreign substance lodging there, 
or by extension to the pharynx of inflammation from the larynx and 
nasal chambers. It is usually associated with pharyngitis and catarrh, 
strangles, quinsy, etc. 

How to know it. — Painful swallowing, and sometimes a total inabilit}'^ 
to swallow is seen ; the water returns by the nose while drinking, and 
the food is quidded. More or less enlargement of the throat and glands 
on the outside, tenderness upon pressure, and the neck straightened and 
the head extended, will be the symptoms usually noticed. 

What to do. — If Jiny foreign substance is suspected, examine the throat 
and remove anything that may ])e found. Apply a counter irritant in the 
form of the recipe No. 41. Give internally, mixture No. 21. Feed on 
soft feed, such as scalded oats, boiled barley, bran mashes, etc. If it 
continues longer than a week, give oat meal gruel injections — two quarts 
every four or five hours. Cook the gruel the same as for the table. 

VI. Choking. 
Causes. — Horses very seldom get choked ; but in some instances they 
bolt their food, especially when fed on dry ground, feed, and swallow it 

before it is properly moistened with saliva, 
and it accumuhites in the gullet sometimes as 
large as your double fist, usually about six or 
eight inches from the throat. It often gives 
rise to a great amount of flatulence. Some- 
times it leaves a sac in the gullet, from the 
distension of the fibres of its walls ; the sac is 
called dilatation of the (jesophagus. 

What to do. — (jive the horse a couple of 
swaUows of raw lindseed oil, and manipulate 
the lump, and try and pass it on a little at a 
time, till it is all worked down; if this proves 
ineffectual, the probang must be used, but 
KING. great care and caution are necessary not to keep 

A horse trying- to raise the food stuck:* • i. l j j. a l -j. al i aU 

in the throat from a stricture in the it HI tOO lOUg, aud UOt tO pUSh it thrOUgh the 

walls of the gullet. A. horse cannot breathe 
with the probang in his throat, therefore it is dangerous to leave it in 
longer than one minute at a time. If the obstruction is near enough to 
the throat, so it can be reached with the baud, run your arm down and 
remove it. As a last resort, when all other means have been exhausted, 

cut down upon the substance and 
remove it. Make the opening 
in the skin laraje euoush to aei 

TWO FORMS OF PROBANG. t • , 

a hand in, but make the bole in 

The probang with a piece of sponge on the end is far the 

•>est. the gullet as small as possible, 

just large enough to get one finger in, and breaJc down the obstruction. 




DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



399 



Cut carefully so as not to wound the jugular vein. Draw the edges of the 
gullet together with either catgut or silk, and dress it twice a day with 
lotion No. 39. Sew the skin with silk, and after dressing the wound with 
the above lotion, saturate a wad of oakum with the lotion and tie it over 
the wound. Keep the horse on very sloppy food, and very little of it. 




THE LOW CHOKE WITH FLATULENCE. 

mostly oatmeal gruel, until the wound in the gullet is healed. Avoid 
making the opening if possible, for it is very hard indeed at all times, 
and sometimes utterly impossible, to make it heal, and a fatal termination 
is often the result. 

VII. Gastritis. 

Causes. — This is inflammation of the stomach, caused by over-eatino- 
at any one time, getting into a clover field or at an oat bin or corn crib. 
Eating poisonous herbs or accidentally eating poison also causes it. The' 




HORSE SUFFEUIXG FUOM ACUTE GASTRITIS. 

disease has a tendency to leave the stomach and go to the feet and cause 
founder. On account of this tendency ^^e seldom have occasion to treat 
gastritis 



400 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

How to know it. — There is a tendency to wind colic, the food not 
being digested rapidly enough, decomposition sets in and leads to flatu- 
lence. There is usually a loss of appetite, and sometimes symptoms of 
nausea, such as turning up the nose. 




CHRONIC GASTRITIS. 

A horse quenching the excessive thirst of chronic gastritis. 

What to do. — Give a complete change of food ; if corn and oats have 
been fed, change to bran, carrots and boiled barley, and if in season, give 
green food. Give raw linseed oil in half pint doses once a day till the 
bowels are quite soft, and feed a little oil-cake meal, a pint once a day. 
If wind accumulates after eating, give the following as a drench : 

No. 47. 1 Teaspoonful bicarbonate of soda, 

1 Ounce extract of ganger, 
3^2 Pint water. 

Mix and give as one dose. 

If thirst is excessive, give half an ounce of chlorate in the water, well 
dissolved, twice a day. This excessive thirst is often seen as a symptom 
of the disease when it has become chronic. 

VIII. Stomach Staggers. 

This is a sleepy, dumpish, stupid condition resulting from engorgement, 
and through the nerves the impression is carried to the brain, and stupor 
is the eifect. 

Causes. — It frequently happens after over-eating on clover, or the 
horse gets into the garden and tills up on cabbages or roots of any kind. 

How to know it. — The horse is usually found standing in a stupid man- 
ner as thougii asleep, perfectly quiet, and perhaps with his mouth full of 
food ; he is oblivious to all around ; place one foot across the other, and 
he will leave it so ; prick him and he may wake up for an instant, but 
subsides again as quickly. 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



■401 



What to do. — Pwt him ill a safe place : remove all food ; give him very 
little water, and give a dose of purgative medicine as follows : 



No. 48. 



6 Drachms barbadoes aloes, 
1 Pint raw linseed oil, 
Mix. 



Give as one dose. As soon as he is sufficiently recovered give him 
If the purgative does not work in the course of twenty- 



walking exercise 




A HORSE WITH STOMACH OR SLEEPY STAGGERS. 

four hours, give injections of warm water and soft soap every hour till 
purgation is obtained. 

Prevention. — Avoid engorgement ; feed on bulky food. 

IX. Dyspepsia. 

Causes. — This is rather uncommon, but is occasionally seen in horses 
that have been fed artificially for any great length of nme, especially if 
highly fed. 

How to know It. — There will be a general unthrifty appearance to the 
horse ; he will be thin ; coat rough and staring, hide bound ; and the 
surest symptom of all is the yellowish color and offensive smell of the 
manure. After a while the appetite wanes ; he gets hungry, and will 
rush at the food as though he would swallow the whole at once, eats a 
few mouthfuls and leaves t"he rest ; perhaps he will nibble a little more, 
but will not eat as though he relished it. He gradually grows worse, till 
he becomes a mere skeleton. 

What to do. — If practicable, give him three or four months at grass ; 

first examine the teeth, and remedy any defect. If it is not the right 
26 * 



402 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



1 



time of year to turn out to grass, give a complete change of food ; car- 
rots, turnips, apples, l^oiled barley, scalded oats, and bran mashes. Feed 
no corn at all. Give a dose of purgative medicine, recipe No. 23. 
When the purgation is all over, give the tonic No. 34, in soft feed. If 
the appetite is poor, so that he won't eat the powder, give No. 35. Con- 
tinue it a week, then stop a week, and repeat. 

X. Spasmodic Colic. 

The term colic, means pain in the colon, (one of the large intestines), 
'l)ut is accepted as the nime for all pain in the al)domen. It is often 
called bell3'-ache. It is always very serious, indeed, for two reasons — it 
is terribly painful, and is very apt to run into inflammation of the bowels, 
which is usually fatal. 

Spasmodic colic is pain in the bowels, from the violent, spasmodic con- 
traction and cramj) of the muscular coat of the bowels. It is called spas- 
modic on account of the pain and ci'amps being spasmodic, and not con- 




THE FIRST STAGE OF SPASMODIC COLIC. 

tinuous ; there are moments of relief from the pain, in which the animiil 
will be (luitc at his ease, but it is apt to come on again after a few mo- 
ments. 

Some horses are particularly subject to colic, owing to a ravenous 
manner of eating and drinking, consequently they have it from time to 
time, and usually die with it after a few repetitions. 

Causes. — It is caused by some irritant in the bowel — indigestible 
matter ; also by large draughts of cold water, particularly if the horse 
is warm. Colicky i)ains nre very often symptoms of other diseases. 

How to know it. — In the fii-st stage, the horse will begin to 1)e uneasy ; 
looks around ; raises np his hind feet towards his l)elly ; steps around from 
one side of the stall to the other ; stops eating ;.willcurl asif toliedown 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 4:03 

In the second stage, he lies down and gets up again after lying, per- 
haps, a couple of minutes ; in the third stage, he rolls, kicks, sweats pro- 
fusely, has a haggard countenance, is inclined to turn upon his ])ack, and 
remains so. In mild cases, after kickins: for half an hour or so, the 




SECOND !?TA(1E OF .SFASMOIHC (OLIC. 

horse usually gets better, the pain all passes off, and he returns to his 
accustomed spirits and habits ; but if it does not go off in the course of 
half an hour, and from that to t>vo or three hours, it is apt to run into 
enteritis, and kill him. 

What to do. — Give mild, diffusible .stimulants, as early and quickly as 
possible. Give either of the following: 

No. 49. 2 Ounce whiskey, 

1 Ounces extract of ginger, 
i'2 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. Or this : 

No. 50. 1)2 Onnce sweet spirits of nitre, 

1 Ounce laudanum, 
3^ Ounce extract of ginger, 
% Pint water, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. Always, when jjossiljle, give warm water injections 
with a very little soap in it, just to make it a little slippery. Give the horse a 
soft, roomy place to roll in, and if he has the colic at all bad, give a 
couple of days rest afterwards, feeding on soft food. Give the abdo- 
men friction, and put on a blanket to avoid his cooling off too soon. 

When the worst part of the pain is- over, a little walking exercise will 
be beneficial. If after giving the i^^'st dose the pain continues more than 



404 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. | 

half an hour, repeat it every half hour till relief is obtained ; but if it 
does not yield Avith three or four doses, give the following: 

No. 51. 1 Quart raw linseed oil, 

%, Ounce chloroform, 
Mix- 
Give as one dose. In half an hour, if the pain is continuous, give 

No. 52, 4 Grains sulphate of morphia, 

)2 Ounce water 
Mix. 

Give as one dose with a syringe. Repeat it every half hour if necessary 
to keep him quiet. If this does kiot effect a cure, refer to treatment for 
enteritis, for it certainly has run into inflammation of the bowels. 




THIHD STAGE OK SPASMODIC COLIC. 

XI. Flatulent Colic. 

Causes. — The nature of this disease is acute indigestion. Either 
weak digestion, or a suspension of digestion entirely, allows the undi- 
gested food to decompose, and while undergoing that process, fermenta- 
tion sets up, gas is evolved, and the horse bloats up, sometimes to an 
alarming extent, even to cause death by suffocation or rupture of the 
stomach, intestines or diaphragm. It is most common where corn is fed 
freely, and is apt to come on when the horse is taken out to work or 
drive immediately after eating. The active exercise retards or wholly 
interrupts digestion, and the moment digestion stops, decomposition sets 
in and the evolution of gas begins. It is very weakening and often fatal. 
Jt usually lasts about two to four hours, but sometimes lingers for ten or 
twelve, and sometimes proves fatal in half or three-quarters of an 
hour. 



I 



DISEASES AND -ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 405 

How to know It. — The characteristic syinptoiii is the bloatiiii»: with gas., 
and there is always a great amount of pain. The horse rolls, kicks, 
paws, tries to lie on his back, gets up and down, sweats tremendously, 
has a haggard look in his face, gulps wind and food from the stomach in 
small quantities thro'ugh his nose ; and the food thus discharged is usually 
green and very sour. The nostrils are distended, breathing rapid and 
breath cold from the shallow breathing ; the pul^e is quickened at the 
start, but gradually grows harder and smaller as the fatal termination 
approaches ; the l)elly becomes so distended that the flanks are above the 
points of the hips ; and in some cases, when lying down, the legs are so 
spread from the distension of the belly that the animal is unable to get up. 
If it lasts very long, the nervous system becomes exhausted ; the 




IIOKSE UVING OF KLATl LENT COLIC. 



muscles around the chest, shoulders and neck cramp and draw down so as 
to almost pull the horse to the ground, and he will sometimes scream 
out like a child from the pain. The ears and extremities get deathly 
cold. 

If rupture takes place, he will sit on his haunches like a dog, turn up 
his upper lip as though nauseated and try to vomit ; but owing to the 
peculiar formation of the stomach the horse cannot vomit. The pulse 
gets weaker and smaller till he falls and dies from nervous exhaustion. 
When he dies in earlier stages, it is from suffocatioil ; the distension of 
the stomach and bowels presses on the lungs so hard that it forces them 
up into so small a compass that they cannot work, and suffocation is the 
result. 



406 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. 

Favorable symptoms are cessation of pain ; free evacuation of gas per 
rectum; pulse returns to its normal condition; ears and extremities re- 
gain their natural temperature ; sweating stops, and the horse returns' to 
his feed and customary habits. 

What to do. — As soon as it is discovered, give the following: 

No. 53. 1 Tablespoonful bicarbonate soda (saleratus), 

1 Teacupfiil water, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat it, if necessary, in ten minutes. 

Give warm water injections, being careful not to })ush the nozzle of the 
syringe through a gut ; for the intestines crowd backward so hard that it 
is very difficult i.i give injection enough to amount to an^^thing, although 
it is best to try. If the soda does no good, give the following : 

No. 54. 1 Ounce turpentine, 

^£ Pint raw linseed oil, 
1 Ounce laudanum. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat it in tifteen minutes, if necessary, ll 
this j)roves ineffectual, give 

No. 55. 1 Ounce chloroform, /\ 

1 Pint raw linseed oil, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat, if necessary, in half an hour. 
Bind hot water rags to the belly, and keep them hot. 
As a last resort, if the flatulence does not ^ield to the above treatment, 
the trocar and cannula may be used. Let it be a small one, not over one 

quarter inch in diameter and three inches long ; 
ii-— ^T-f" " ^ jM^^ find the center of a triangle formed by the 

last rib, point of the hip, andthe edijes nearest 

TROCHAR PROVIDED WITH , „ -, « , . • i i i • '" t £C 

CANNULA FOR PUNCTUR- the flauk oi the spines m the lonis ; clip oir 
iNG THE ABDOMEN. ^j^p j-^.^Ij.^ j^,-j(J p.^gj^ ^^^ trochar in slowly 

and firmly, pointing it in and down at the same time, so as to 
avoid wounding the kidney ; leave the cannula in there, but draw out the 
trocar, and, if the gut that is distended is tapped, the gas will rush out. 
Sometimes foecal matter will clog the cannula ; if so, pass in a small 
piece of whalebone, or other probe, to remove it from the lower end. If ■:• 
no gut is tapped, try the same operation on the other side. It makes no '( 
difference which side is tapped, for there is no paunch- adherent to the >; 
side of horses, as in cattle. The treatment by the mouth may be kept 
up while this is done. 

When they drop from suffocation, or when ruprure takes place, it is 
too late to do anything ; but, in every case, persevere till either one oi 
the other of these tells you further effort is useless. 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



•407 



XII. Rupture of the Stomacli, Intestines or Diaphragm 

Causes. — This occurs in violent cases of flatulence 
ation of gas is excessive in the stomach or the intestines, they are liable 
to rupture, and let the food out into the abdominal cavity, or from the 



When the gener- 




UNNATURAL ATTITUDE INDICATIVE OF ABDOMINAL INJURY. 

tremendous pressui-e against the diaphragm, it is lial)lc to ra[)ture and let 
the intestines into the chest among the lungs and heart. Either case is 
fatal, the animal dyins: from shock to the nervous system, hemorrhas:(; 
and suffocation. 

How to know it. — The horse will sit on his haunches ; but this is not a 
characteristic symptom of itself, for we see it occasionally in spasmodic, 
colic, and often in enteritis ; the horse will 
turn up his nose with an intensely disgusted 
expression on his countenance, but this, too, 
is often seen in colic and enteritis ; he will trv 
to vomit, which is a characteristic symptom, 
and the muscles and legs will tremble and shake 
as if with cold ; the ears and legs get cold ; 
cold sweat breaks out in patches ; the mouth 
gets cold, the pulse grows smaller and smaller, till it becomes impercepti- 
ble, and death claims the patient in the cour.se of half an hour to two 
hours. 
. XIII. Constipation. 

When the f cecal matter in the intestines gets dry and hard, and resists 

, tiie peristaltic effort of the bowels to pass it on, or when there is no per- 

i.S'taltic motion to the bowel, and the food lies quiet in one spot, there is 




NOSE STRAINED UPWARD. 



408 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

an obstruction to all intents and purposes, which is called constipation, 
or costiveness. 

Causes. — When the food dries and hardens so that it cannot be passed 
on, it is due to an insufficient quantity of water in the bowel, owing to its 
all going to the kidneys, or it is due to the horse not drinking enough, or 
to inactivity of the liver and other glands that supply the bowels with 
juices. When it is from a want of peristaltic motion, it is due to ner- 
vous weakness in the bowels. 

How to know it. — Little or no foetal matter is passed ; what is passed 
is hard and dry ; mild colicky pains are felt at intervals of half an hour 
or so. The horse may continue to eat and otherwise appear all right, 
but as it runs on, the pains will come oftener and be more acute till it 
runs into enteritis. 

What to do. — If the pulse is natural and the colicky pains slight and far 
between, give recipe No. 23 ; also give warm water and soap injections. 
If the pains continue and increase, give a quart of raw oil and recipe No. 
62. If it does not yield to this, give the following : 

No. 56. 1 Quart raw oil, 

1 Ounce tincture nux vomica, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. Repeat recipe No. 52 often enough to keep down 
the pain. If the pain seems to be increasing and the constipation obsti- 
nate, apply to the Kelly, well rubbed in, the following: 

Xo. 57. 1 Ounce croton oil, 

3 Ounces raw linseed oil, 
Mix. 

Repeat recipe No. 56 every six hours till a passage is effected. Re- 
peat the injections once an hour, but put in less soap each time. If it is 
necessary to repeat them more than four or five times, use clear water 
without soap. 

XIV. DiarrhcBa and Superpurgation. 

These are watery evacuations from the bowels, and are the opposite to 
constipation. 

Causes. — In diarrhoea there is an excessive secretion of the juices of 
the system, owing usually to some irritant in the bowels, but some- 
times to too laxative food. Superpurgation is due to an overdose of 
purgative medicine. 

How to know it. — The evacuations are frequent and watery ; after run- 
ning a while the bowels become irritable and the patient strains a good 
deal and becomes weak ; the pulse gets feeble ; the mouth clammy ; the 
ears and extremities cold , the eyes and nose pale ; the horse grinds his 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 409 

teeth, and refuses food ; thirst is excessive. The temperature of the 
body takeu Avith the thermometer is down, perhaps to 95 ® Fahr. If it 
goes down to 93 ® , the disease is ahnost sure to terminate fatally. 

What to do. — If it is a straight case of diarrhoea — that is^ without any 
purgative having been given — give a complete change of food and the 
following : 

No. 58. 1 Ounce pi-epared chalk, 

1 Ounce ginger, 
1 Drachm opium, 
1 Pint starch gruel, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat it, if necessary, after three or four hours. 
Give him water with flour stirred in to drink, but restrict the quantity t« 
about two quarts every three or four hours. If this does not stop it after 
giving two or three doses of the medicine, give the following: 

No, 59. lo Pint raw linseed oil, 

1 Drachm opium, 
1 Ounce tincture catechu. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. If superi)urgation is the trouble, give the flour and 
water to drink. If tliis does not check it in five or six hours, give in 
addition : 

No. GO. 1 Ounce tincture catechu, 

la Ounce tincture camphor, 
1 Ounce tincture opium, 
1 Quart starch gruel. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. Repeat it if necessary every four hours. Restrict 
the drinking a little, and feed lightly when the appetite returns. 

XV. Dysentery. 

The nature of this disease is bloody evacuations with great straining, 
There is inflammation of the mucous membrane of the large intestines, 
with more or less fever and great irrital)ility of the intestinal tract. 

Causes. — Neglected diiirrhoea and superpurgation ; too acid a condi- 
tion of the bowels ; impure, indigestible and musty food ; and foul 
atmosphere . 

How to know it. — By the bloody evacuations ; severe, frequent and 
ineffectual attempts to pass foecal matter ; colicky pains ; considerable 
fever ; great thirst ; no appetite ; pulse quick, weak and compressible. 
It is rather rare in the horse ; when it does exist, worms are often founds 
too, and are thought by some to^ssist in the cause of it. 



410 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



What to do. Give recipe No. 59, and give injections of starch with 
one ounce of laudanum in each injection ; repeat the latter every half 




A HORSE WITH CHRONIC DYSENTERY. 



hour. In one hour after taking No. 59 give No. 58, and in another hour, 
if the straining continues, give No. 60, and the following injection : 



No. 61. 



1 Ounce tincture of opium, 
1 Ounce sulphuric ether, 
1 Quart starch, 
Mix. 

If no improvement takes place in the course of ten hours, give a pint 
of raw oil and repeat the injection every half hour. 

XVI. Enteritis. 

Inflammation of the bowels takes two forms, according to the part 
affected. Enteritis is inflammation of the mucous lining of the bowel ; 
the next subject, peritonitis, is inflammation of the outer or serous 
covering of the bowel. 

Causes. — Irritating substances in the food ; catching cold which settles 
in the bowels, continuation of colic, either spasmodic or flatulent ; and 
poison. 

How to know it. — There is continuous pain, light at first, and increasing 
as the inflammation develops. It is different from colic, for which it might 
be taken by an ordinary observer, in that it is continuous, while colic is in- 
termittent ; in colic, the horse throws himself down ; in enteritis belies down 
carefully ; the pulse is raised to seventy-five or eighty, or even a hundred 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 



4U 



beats to the minute ; the countenance wears an anxious look ; he is very un- 
easy ; when not getting up and down he is turning around ; if in a box stall, 
he looks around to his sides, paws, raises his legs up towards the body ; the 
breathing is hurried ; there is profuse sweating ; the pulse is soft at first, 
but grows gradually harder, faster, and at last it gets wiry, and finally 
imperceptible ; the extremities get cold, and the horse wears himself oat 




POSITION ASSUMKI) I5V HOUSE SUFFERING FROM ABDOMINAL INJURT. 




with the pain and constant moving about. Towards 
the last, the pain will apparently abate a little ; he 
will stand quiet for a while ; brace his legs till he 
cannot resist any longer, and will reel and drop, the 
hind end first, generall3^ He dies in the course of 
eight to twenty hours after the first symptom, but in 
some instances the horse will die in six hours after the 
very first symptom. Sometimes they get perfectly 
crazy with the pain, and they will rear, run, climb 
over anything, tear down the stalls, etc. They can 
bear no pressure on the belly without pain. 

What to do. — Treatment is of very little use, for 
a genuine case of enteritis is always incurable, but it 
is best to try always. At first, it is usually taken for colic, and the pre- 
scribed drenches are given for that disease ; but when you notice the pain 
is continuous and the pulse runs up, it is sufiicient evidence to locate the 
trouble as inflammation of the lining of the large intestines; then give 
No. 50, and apply a mustard paste to the belly. After it has been on an 
hour, wash it off and repeat it, or apply No. 41, and confine the fumes 
with a blanket. A few minutes after giving the oil, give No. 52 ; repeat 
the latter every half hour, if necessary to keep him easy. Give No. 30, 
continuously, in addition to the •thers. Also give injections of soap an(? 



ENTERITIS. 

A test for enteritis, the 
mouth usually being 
found hot and dry. 



412 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

water. If the pulse continues to quicken and get hard, repeat the oil ^ 
every two or three hours, and apply No. 57 to the belly where the mus- 




ANOTHER TEST FOR ENTERITIS. 
A horse manifesting tenderness upon pressure on the belly in enteritis. 

tard was. If the oil works through, there is a chance of success; then' 
just let the horse remain perfectly quiet for several days, give oat-meal 
o^ruel to drink. 

Post mortem examination shows the bowel affected to be almost black 
from congestion, inflammation, and mortification. The disease usually; 




APPLICATION OF AN AMMONIACAL BLISTER. 

confines itself to about a 3^ard of the gut. The tissue of the intestine! 
will be swollen sometimes over an inch thi^k. 

XVII. Peritonitis. 

This is inflammation of the outer covering of the bowel ; it is less rapi( 
in its course, and less painful. It may last aweek or so, or it may kill^ 
m. ten or twelve hours. 



DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 413 

Causes. — Wounds in the abdominal cavity, exposure to cold storms, 
kicks in the belly, etc. 

How to know it. — The pulse is quick — from sixty to seventy-tive, and 
is hard and Aviry ; the horse lies down very easy, but gets up (|uick ; loss 
of appetite. When the inflammation does not kill, effusion of water 
takes place into the belly, giving the horse the appearance of dropsy by 
the large abdomen. There is great pain upon pressure on the abdomen. 

Post mortem examination reveals extensive discoloration of the bowels 
and surrounding tissue. A great quantity of bloody matter is floating in 
the cavity. The inflamed poition of the intestines is very much swollen. 

What to do. — Give No. 56 as soon as the nature of the disease is recog- 
nized. Give No. 52 occasionally to allay the pain, and apply No. 57 to 
the belly. Give No. 30. continuously for several doses, till the pulse is 
improved. In case the abdomen fills with water, it may be tapped by 
passing in the trocar and cannula — the smallest size — through the centre 
of the belly, and through the hard, fibrous band running down the center. 
It is called J9«racen^es^s abdomenis, and should be performed by experts 

only. 

XVIII. Calculi. 

Intestinal calculi are not very common, although they are occasionally 
let with. It is very probable, that if all the cases of death from bowel 
croubles were examined post mortem, calculi would be quite often found, 
as that is the only way their presence can be determined. 

Causes. — These stones are formed of calcareous material laid on in 
layers, and are usually found enveloping a nucleus of some kind — a 
piece of a nail, or a pebble, or a wad of hair, etc. They sometimes attain 
to enormous sizes and weight, and are usually round or oval. These 
stones are most common in sections of the country where hard well water 
is used for drinking, especially in lime districts. 

Dust balls are common in horses that are fed on mill-sweepings ; the 
dust accumulates around oat hulls or chaff from other grain. As many 
as a dozen have been found in one horse after death. 

Calculi are seldom or never passed in a natural way, but make sacks in 
the bowel, and lie there till by accident they are dislodged and roll out into 
the passage, and form an obstruction, cause a stoppage, inflammation 
and death. 

How to know it. — In. addition to the symptoms of enteritis, the patient 
will frequently sit on his haunches like a dog. This is not a characteristic 
symptom, but in cases where calculi have been found, it was a prominent 
symptom . 

What to do. — Nothing more can be done than to treat the symptoms, 
which are those of enteritis, ^ack raking is advisable, but it is not 



414 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 

among the iDrobabilities that the stones would be near enough to the 
rectum, to be reached by the hand. 

XIX. Intussusception and Gut Tie. 

This is the slipping of a part of a gut into another part, lil^e turning a 
fino-er of a glove partly wrong side out. It is rather uncommon. A case 
was lately seen by the writer, in which the blind end of the caecum was 
turned into the other part, the fold coming at the intersection of the 
small intestines. 

Causes. — The cause of intussusception is purely accidental. 

How to know it. — There are signs of bowel trouble ; colicky pains that 
come on gradually; the horse looks around; paws; stretches at full 
length, which is a tolerably characteristic symptom; gets up and down ; 
the pulse rises and has a tendency to become hard and wiry ; legs and 
ears get cold ; patches of cold sweat break out over the body ; the pulse 
gets smaller and harder ; the muscles tremble, and death soon follows, 
which is caused by strangulation of the gut and mortification of the part 
affected. 

Post mortem examination show^s great swelling of the gut, sometimes 
to an inch thick, and the mortified portion will l)e l)lack. 

What to do. — As soon as any rise or change in the pulse is detected, 
especially if there is stretching and colicky pains, give recipe No. 5G, hot 
water injections, and hot water rugs to the belly. If this does not give 
relief in an hour, give No. 55, and repeat it every two hours till relief is 
got ; in between these doses, if necessary to keep down the pain, give No. 
52. In some cases the intestines will return to their proper place, and 
their functions go on naturally again, but in some cases all efforts are 
unavailing, and death takes place in from ten to thirty hours. 

Gut Tie. — This is similar in effect ; the l)owel gets into a half knot 
and strangulation follows the same as in intussusception. 

Gut Twist — This is a twisting of a gut by turning partly over. If it 
does not right itself, strangulation and death are the inevitable result. 



CHAPTER XL 



DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM. 



PHRENITIS OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 

III. APOPLEXY. IV. MEGRIMS. V. 

PARALYSIS. VII. SUNSTROKE. 



II. CEREBRO-SPINAL MENINGITIS. 
TETANUS OR LOCKJAW. VI. 



I. Phrenitis or Inflammation of the Brain. 

All the highly developed nervous systems — those of man, the dog and 
the horse — are more subject to disease than the quieter, and less devel- 
oped nervous organizations of the ox, sheep, pig, etc. 

Inflammation of the brain, sunstroke, tetanus and paralysis are quite 
common in the first mentioned animals and very rarely met with in the last. 




INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 

Sample of the antics of a horse during the delirium of brain fever. 

Causes. — The causes of phrenitis are various, such as concussion of 
the brain ; exposure to cold, wet storms ; extension of fever from the 
body ; and sometimes the cause is not apparent. 

How to know it. — There is a quick pulse ; great prostration ; respira- 
tions are quick, bowels constipated ; visible mucous membranes are very 

4i5 



416 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



red ; delirium at first, but soon runs into stupidity ; the horse places his 
head against the wall and pushes and braces himself against it, and 
always bruises his eyes and head badly ; he will eat occasionally, and will 
doze off into a fit of stupor with his mouth full and let the food drop ; 
when roused he will paw and move around, hang his head against the 
wall and then doze off again. These symtoms may continue for several 
days, the mad fits coming oftener and more violently each time till death 
takes place, or he may die in forty-eight hours. Animals thus affectedj 
sometimes recover, but not very often, and when they do they are not safe ; 
they are liable to another attack at any time, from the most trivial cause ; 



I 




A HORSE MAD FROM INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 



fits may come on while in the street, the disease assuming almost a] 
chronic character. Young horses are more liable to phrenitis than ok 
ones. 

What to do. — If discoverea m the very earliest stage when the pulse isj 
very full and quick, bleed the horse, taking from two to four quarts of 1 
blood. Give a purgative — recipe No. 48, and apply ice to the head and] 
keep iton continuously. Give No. 30 as a sedative. If the fever entirely] 
subsides and consciousness returns, blister all over the upper part of 
the head with No. 9. It is necessary to secure the animal well, for he 
struggles violently during the mad spells. 



DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM. 417 

n. Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. 

This is not a common disease among horses in the cities, and is rarely 
or never seen in the country. It has existed as an epizootic in New 
Yovk and Boston. 

Causes. — Impurities in the air, the horse being kept in a small or 
overcrowded, ill ventilated stable, fed very high and not worked very 
hard. It is induced by a plethoric condition. 

How to know it. — The horse seems listless for a day or two, stumbles, 
reels behind, and sometimes will fall quite down ; the i)upils become 
dilated ; the pulse gets quick and full ; respirations rapid ; there is 
twitching of the muscles of the head and neck ; at first he is sensi- 
tive to noises, but as the fever increases and the disease developes, 
blindness and deafness set in, and death soon follows. 

What to do. — Put the horse in slings, if possible, before he gets so bad 
that he cannot stand, and apply ice and bran poultices to the whole length 
of the spine ; give the purgative No. 48, and the following recipe in one- 
eunce doses three times a day : 

No. 62. 8 Ounces bromide of potasli, 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Effusion takes place on the brain and paralysis results. When the 
effusion reaches the centers that supply nerve power to the lungs and 
heart the animal dies. 

III. Apoplexy. 

Causes. — Apoplexy results from a sudden pressure on the brain when 
the horse is otherwise healthy ; it is usually due to over exertion in a tight 
collar, causing a rushing of blood to the head. 

How to know It. — There is insensibility, the horse staggers and falls ; 
froths at the mouth ; the muscles twitch ; there is partial paralvsis for the 
time being ; respiration is suspended for a short time. 

What to do. — Remove the harness as quickly as possible ; give a free 
chance to breathe ; and dash cold water over the head. He will soon 
recover and go on again all right. 

Prevention, — Do not allow the horse to get too fat ; see that the collar 
is not too short for him ; it may press hard on each side of the neck to 
advantage, but it must have good length, at least two inches at the bot- 
tom below the neck ; avoid fast driving when the horse is not in a condi- 
tion to stand it. 

27 



418 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




EXPRESSION CHAKAOTERI.' 
TIC OF MECIRIMS. 



IV. Megrims. 
This is similar to apoplexy, but is a milder form of the disease. 
Causes. — It is due to the same causes as apoplexy, but the anima) 
recovers more quickly. 

How to know it. — The horse stops, throws 
up his head, shivers all over, staggers ; the eyes 
close for a minute ; he braces his legs so as not 
to fall ; stands so for a few minutes like a 
drunken man, shakes himself and goes on as if 
nothing had happened. 

What to do. — See that the harness does not 
press too tight where it ought not to ; if cold 
water is handy, throw a little over his head ; if 
not, just let him stand and he will soon recover. 
It is a pet hobby with some to bleed the horse, 
to stick a knife through the partition in the 
nose, or into the second or third ridge in the 
roof of the mouth, but it is entirely useless and somewhat dangerous from 
overbleeding ; it is often very difficult to stop the bleeding from these 

small stabs. 

V. Tetanus or Lock-Jaw. 

This is an excessively irritable condition of the whole nervous system, 
producing cramps or violent contractions of all the muscles of the body. 
It is an infectious disease, very painful, and fatal in from seventy-five to 
eighty-five per cent. 

Causes. — It is due to a specific germ (the bacillus tetani) that gets into 
the system through a wound, usually on the outside of the body, such as 
nail pricks in the feet, punctures in the skin, following cartration, collar 
and saddle galls, etc. , and sometimes it arises from the germs taken in with 

the food o;ettin<y into a small wound in 
the stomach or bowels, made by some 
sharp indigestible substance. These 
germs exist in the soil nearly every- 
where, especially in garden soil, and 
they grow best where there is the least 
oxygen, consequently, nail pricks in 
the feet are of tener followed by tetanus 
than other or larger wounds. The 
germs multiply and produce a chemical 
poison (ptomaine) that gets into the 
blood, poisons it, irritates the nervous system, which produces the muscular 
contractions (cramps). Mild tetanic spasms may be caused by colds, over- 




THE TEST FOR TETANUS. 



DISEASES OF THE BKAIN AND NEK\ OUS SYSTEM. 



419 



heating, sometimes following parturition, etc., but they are not specific 
and they usually recover. These are cases of tetany. 

How to know it. — The first thing noticed will be the haw of the eye 
draAvn over the eye ball, showing more of the haw and less of the eye; the 
nose is protruded; the neck straightened; the tail elevated and trembling; 
the legs straddle and are as stiff as saw-horse legs; the belly is tucked up; 
the nostrils dilated; the ears are as stiff as sticks; the respirations are hur- 
ried; the muscles are as hard as board; he sweats profusely; and the most 
serious point of all is the jaws are locked. If the disease is discovered at 
the start, the jaws will be found not to be locked, but very stiff and opened 
with difficulty ; but they usually lock tight in the course of twelve hours. 




SHOWING HOW FAR AN ANIMAL WITH TETANUS IS CAPABLE OF MOTION. 



If the head is raised, the haw is drawn completely over the eye; the tail 
is more elevated; he trembles all over, and, if the head is pushed a little 
farther up, he is liable to fall. He never lies down; cannot eat; drinks 
with very great difficulty, and is in the most intense agony all the time. 
Death usually follows in from three days to three weeks, l)ut if he lives 
nine days, he is likely to recover, and if he lives eighteen days, he is almost 
sure to. 

What to do.— If it comes from a wound, and all the symptoms are 
fully developed, there is no use doing anything but to destroy the animal, 
and thus save a great amount of suffering; but if it is a mild case, give him 
a t'hance. Give the purgative No* 48. Put him in a (juiet, dark, loose 



420 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

box; allow no visitors; keep him as quiet as possible; put oatmeal water in 
his manger, and also a pail of clear water. Clothe him warmly, apply a 
linseed poultice to the wound, wherever it is, first smearing it with Solid 
Extract of Belladonna. Change the poultice once a day, and smear on the 
belladonna each time. Give internally the following: 

No. 63. 2 Ounces fluid extract of belladonna, 

2 Ounces prussic acid, diluted, 
Water to make eight ounces. 
Mix. 

Give a tablespoonf ul three times a day with a syringe. 

Put him in a cool place, and get the purgative down, if possible. Let 
the same man tend him all the time, and allow no spectators, no loud talk, 
etc. , let everything be as quiet as possible, and he will usually recover in 
the course of five or six weeks. Never bleed nor blister for lock-jaw, for 
the bleeding only weakens and the blistering only irritates the nerves all 
the more. Put him in slings early to keep him from going down, for if he 
lies down he oftentimes is unable to rise on account of the stiffness; this 
will certainly seal his fate unless raised very soon. Tetanus anti-toxin 
(a serum) is used consideral>ly now (1899) with some success in developed 
cases, and is eminently successful in preventing it if given soon after the 
infliction of the wound. It is necessary to employ a veterinarian to give 
this treatment. 

VI. Paralysis. 

This is just the reverse of tetanus; the nervous system loses its power, 
and the part affected becomes helpless. It usually attacks the hind parts, 
but sometims one side, and sometimes the neck and face. 




ABSCESS OF THE BRAIN. 
A common cause of partial paralysis. 



Causes. — Injuries to the back are common causes, in which case there 
is paralysis of all parts back of the injury. It usually accompanies azotiiria, 
cerebro-spinal meningitis, lead poisoning, sun-stroke, etc.. When half 



DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM. 



421 



the body, face, or neck is paralyzed, the cause lies in the constitution, and 
is not apparent; or it may come from abscess in the l)rain. 

How to know it.- The horse lies in a helpless condition; he can raise 
himself forward, but is utterly powerless behind. Prick him with a pin, 
anywhere back of the injury, and no sensation is i)r()duced. If it is 
paralysis of one side, that side is partially heli)less; he drags the legs. 
If it is in the neck and face, the part will be twisted towards the well side, 
and the diseased part without sensation. 

What to do. — If the horse can stand at all, put him in slings; if not, 
let him lie down as comfortably as possible. Turn him twice a day, to 
prevent scalding. Clip off the hair close, and blister well with recipe No. 9, 




UNSTEADY GAIT OF A HORSE WITH PARTIAL PARALY'SLS. 



along the spine from the seat of the injury back to the croup. If it is 
paralysis of the face and neck, apply the blister to the base of the brain, 
over the poll. Rub the surface well with liniment No. 14. Give inter- 
nally the following powders : 

No. 64. 1 Drachm powdered nux vomica, 

2 Drachms powdered g-entian root, 
Yt. Ounce linseed meal. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose; repeat it once a day for two or three weeks; then 
let him wait a fortnight, and repeat it. When convalescent, give gentle 
exercise. Abscess in the brain is almost always fatal. 



422 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VII. Sun-Stroke. 

This is common in some parts of the country, especially in large cities. 
It is a loss of water in the l)lood, owing to overheating of it, especially in 
hmnid atmosphere. It is usually fatal unless promptly and vigorously 
treated. All the functions of the body are interfered with or almost 
stopped. 

Causes. — Exposure to the hot sun, or over-exertion in hot weather, 
even if the sun is not shining. Some animals are more subject to it than 
others, probably depending upon the condition of the system at the time. 

How to know it. — The horse may l)e sweating and suft'ering with the 
heat, when suddenly he will stoj) sweating and dry oil'; will begin to 
stagger; get dumpish, deaf, weak and stupid; there will l)e la])ored breath- 
ing and he will soon drop in the road in an unconscious condition; the 
breathing will become more and more labored till death takes place, which 
will be in from half an hour to two or three hours if no relief is given. 
The surface of the l)ody will l)e found to be very hot to the touch of the 
hand. 

What to do. — When the horse begins to suffer and labor with the heat, 
let him stop in the shade ; give a few swallows of cold water to drink, 
and also sponge off the head and face with cold water. After half an 
hoar he will be able to go on. If he has been compelled to go tid he 
drops, or even till he is in a staggering condition, throw cold water all 
over him ; or if it is in a city where a hose can be used, keep it playing 
on him from head to tail continuously till he is cooled off ; then leave 
him in a cool place, but not in a draft ; let him rest till next day. If it 
is in the country throw cold water over him by the bucketful till he 
recovers. If he goes down, use ic3 on the back if possible. As soon as 
he is sufficiently recovered to be al)le to swallow safely, give the fol- 
lowing drench : 

No. 65. 2 Ounces whiskey. 

% Ounce sweet spirits of nitre, 
1 Draclim nitrate of potash, 
y^ Teacupful water, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat it every h.alf hour till he is pretty well 
recovered ; then drop off to every four or six hours. Leave him in the 
stable at least a week, and be very careful of him for a long time. 
During recovery feed on soft food — grass if it can be got. If it leaves 
him weak and staggering in his gait, clip off the hair from the back anfl 
blister with recipe No. 9. 



CHAPTER XII. 



DISEASES OP THE HEART AND BLOOD VESSELS. 



I. INFLAMMATION OP THE ENDOCARDIUM. II. ENLARGEMENT OF THE HEART. 

III. ATROPHY OF THE HEART. IV. INDURATION OF THE HEART. V. FATTJ 

DEGENERATION OF THE HEART. VI, OBESITY OF THE HEART. VII. CYANO-^ 

SIS OR BLUE DISEASE. VIII. RUPTURE OF THE HEART. IX. RUPTURE OV 

A BLOOD VESSEL. X. ANEURISM. XI. PHLEBITIS OR INFLAMMATION OF A 

VEIN. XII. THUMPS. 

Diseases of the heart are numerous but difficult to diagnose, except b}' 
their effects. Few of them are influenced by treatment; therefore this 
short chapter on the subject, is given more as a matter of general infor- 
mation than of practical utility. 

I. Inflammation of the Endocardium. 

This is inflammation of the sac surrounding the heart. This sac is 
a serous one, similar to the pleura, and secretes a fluid to moisten and 
lubricate the heart in its perj^etual motion. 

How to know it. — The horse will attract notice as not being in his usu- 
sual healthy form ; his head will hang down ; the countenance will 
■3xpress pain ; he will stand still with no inclination to move ; the pulse 
will be raised considerably. Upon ap{)lication of the ear to his side over 
the region of the heart, a harsh rasping sound will be heard indicating 
the dry stage of inflammation. 

What to do. — All that can be done to advantage is to treat the 
horse constitutionally by giving recipe No. 40. Feed on soft food for a 
few days ; keep him warm and niDply No. 41 to the side over the heart. 

II. Enlargement of the Heart. 

This is not uncommon ; the heart sometimes increases to twice its nat- 
Ui-al size. This is especially so of the left ventricle ; its walls sometimes 
get unusually thick. 

How to know it. — It cannot be definitely recognized during life, but a 
fair opinion can be based upon the pulse, which will be irregular in its 
action, both as to force and number of beats. The temperature of the 
body will be uneven ; one side may be cold, and the other warm, one leg 
cold and the others warm, etc. 

M23 



424 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

■ What to do.— Give the following recipe : 

No. 66. 1 Drachm iodide of potash, 

1 Drachm powdered nux vomica, 
1 Drachm powdered foenugreek seed, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose in a bran mash, and repeat it morning and night, for 

three or four weeks. Feed on soft food, and give gentle exercise. 

m. Atrophy of the Heart. 

This is a shrinking and wasting away of the substance of the heart. 
The walls become soft and flabby, and fail to perform the work in a 
healthy manner. 

How to know it. — The pulse will be weak and irregular — often missing 
two or three beats at a time. There will be emaciation, languor, pallor 
of the visible mucous membranes. Death is liable to occur suddenly, at 
any time, from complete interruption of the circulation by ante-mortem 
clots, that is, clots that form in the heart and blood vessels before 
deatli . 

What to do. — Give the following Dowder night and morning, in soft 
feed. 

No. 67. 1 Drachm nux vomica, 

1 Drachm sulphate of iron, 
1 Drachm foenugreek seed, 
Mix. 

Give this at one dose, and repeat it morning and night for three or 
four weeks. Give gentle exercise, and feed some oil-cake meal every 
day if he will eat it. Feed well. 

IV. Induration of the Heart, 

This is a hardening of the substance of the heart, which sometimes be- 
comes almost as hard as wood. There are no characteristic symptoms 
other than the weak, irregular pulse, and sudden death at some unex- 
pected time. Nothing can be done. 

V. Patty Degeneration of the Heart. 

The fleshy substance of the heart degenerates into a kind of fatty sub- 
stance that is not strong, and may be easily pulled to pieces by the hand 
after death. There are no symptoms to recognize it by except the weak, 
irregular pulse. Death is apt to occur suddenly, from ante-mortem 

clot. 

VI. Obesity of the Heart. 

This is an accumulation of fat around the heart, which interferes with 
its action, giving rise to a quick, fluttering pulse as though the heart were 
laboring under a load that muffled it. It makes the breathing short, and 



DISEASES OF THE HEART AND BLOOD VESSELS. 425 

the animal will pant after the least exercise. Nothing can be done. 

Death is liable to occur from suffocation when the horse is put at hard 

work. 

VII. Cyanosis, or Blue Disease. 

This is very uncommon in the horse. The circulation peculiar to fcetal 
life does not change at birth, as it ought to, by the closing of atemporary 
opening between the right and left sides of the heart. The failure of 
this opening to close at birth allows the venus blood to pass right through 
into the arteries without going through the lungs to be aerated, and 
ogives a blue color to all parts that ought to be pink — the eye-lids, 
mouth, etc. The animal does not live long, but dies in the course of a 
week or two. The surface of the body never gets warm ; the respirations 
are usually slow, and there is great weakness, which increases as death 
approaches. 

VIII. Rupture of the Heart. 

Horses are liable to rupture the heart at the time of any sudden exer- 
tion or jerk. Those with heaves are the most often affected. The right 
ventricle and the auricles are most liable to it : the left ventricle has walls 
so thick that ruj^ture of them rarely takes place. Nothing can be done 
for it. Instant death is the result. 

IX. Rupture of a Blood Vessel. 

This is a more common accident than any other pertaining to the heart 
and blood vessels. Any very severe exertion, such as racing, trotting, 
jumping, extra hard pulling etc., is often interrupted and brought to a 
stand-still by the rupture of a blood vessel. Those most liable to rupture 
are the arteries and veins in the abdominal region of the body ; the next 
those in the chest, head, etc. There is no way of foreseeing its approach 
nor of obviating its effects, which are always fatal from internal hemor- 
rhage. Having the horse in as fine condition physically as possible for any 
extra exertion is the only way of diminishing the liability to its occurence. 

X. Aneurism. 

Arteries are liable to get weak in their walls (a tendency to rupture), 
and dilatation is the result, owing to the immense pressure of the blood 
from the action of the heart. The large arteries in the abdominal cavity 
near the back are most often affected in this wa}'. 

How to know it. — If it is suspected, examine the parts internally by 
the hand inserted in the rectum ; a large bulge or elliptical enlargement 
and distinct pulsations are felt when aneurism exists. The swelling is 
soft and compressible. 



4:26 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — Nothing can be done for it in that position ; if it occurs 
on the outside of the body, apply cold water and ice, and a compress to 
the enlargement. 

XI. Phlebitis, or Inflammation of a Vein. 

This is far less common now than it was a few yearis ago, owing to the 
practice of bleeding being done away with ; for it was a common result of 
bleeding, either from using a rusty fleam, or from the horse catching cold 
in the wound afterwards, or from improper care, the horse not being kept 
clean. It may result from any wound. 

How to know it. — The vein swells and gets hot, sore, red and painful ; 
the mflammation spreads to surrounding parts, and considerable tume- 
faction is the result. The effect of this condition of things is quite often 
obliteration of the vein ; it becomes hard, filled up, and ceases to act as a 
vein. The result is not so serious as might be supposed, except when 
the jugular vein is the one affected ; then the horse cannot graze, owing 
to the blood that is forced to remain in the vessels of the head and neck, 
causing congestion of those parts, they being in a pendent position. 

What to do. — Foment the part affected with hot water three times a 

iay, and manipulate the vein and get the obstruction to move on if 

possible 

XII. Thmnps. 

This is an excited., "spasmodic action of the heart, due to over-exertion 
— it may l)e from pulling in heavy draft, leaping or driving. It is most 
likely to occur in very hot weather. 

How to know it. — The horse appears to be in distress, and is pressed 
for breath ; the lieai't thumps away as if it wanted to make a hole and 
get out ; it often shakes the whole bod}'" ; the countenance has an anxious 
expression, and the horse usually sweats profusely. 

What to do. — Give something to revive the nervous system, and stim- 
ulate the heart to a healthier action. Give recipe No, 65. Rub him 
down well, put on a blanket if the weather is cold, and give a bran mash 
to eat. Let liim rest for a day or two, and the nervous .system will 
regain its strengtli, and the horse be as useful as before. 



CHAPTER XIII. 



GENERAL DISEASES OP THE BLOOD. 



I. INFLUENZA— EPIZOOTY—" PINK EYE." II. PURPURA HEMORRHAGICA. III. 

RHEUMATISM. IV. ABSCESSES. V. ERYSIPELAS. 

I. Influenza— Epizooty—'* Pink Eye." 

Influenza is the name given to a blood disease in horses that is peculiar in 
many wa3^s. It is known as the Epizooty and "Pink Ej'e." It is a 
blood disease, in that it is caused by the introduction into the system of 
a poison that has its origin in the atmosphere, and cannot be isolated ; it 
is supposed to be of a malarious nature due to influences very extended in 
character. 

The greac epizooty of 1872 extended over the most of Europe and the 
whole of North America. It spread from East to West, moving slowly, 
attacking all animals of the equine race, and lasting from one to three 
weeks in each locality. It proved fatal to a great many horses ; it laid 
all horses up for a few days at least, so that in all large cities the streets 
were clear of horses for about a week. It left a great man}^ horses with 
chronic cough and debilitated systems from which they never recovered, 
30 that they were left in a condition that invited diseases of all kinds, 
many of which proved fatal, coming as they did in fall and winter. 

The "Pink Eye" of the year 1881, was less general in its at- 
tack, and milder in its character in some respects, but more severe in 
others. It was more severe in the latitudes including the cities of New 
York, St. Louis, Detroit, Chicago, etc. It was very mild both north 
and south of the above mentioned latitudes. It was fatal in many cases, 
but mostly eitiier from want of care or improper treatment. 

It was called "Pink Eye" from the redness of the eyes, which was a 
prominent symptom in all cases. It was of a complicated nature, there 
being catarrh of the mucous membranes, both of the respiratory and ali- 
mentary tracts ; typhoid fever; acute rheumatism; and, in some cases, 
inflammation of the lungs, bowels and brain : and occasionally tetanus. 

How to know it. — The first S3'mptom noticed will be languor ; dull- 
ness in harness ; weakness; sweathig easily; and, in very many cases, 
actual staggering from weakness and ner\'ous prostration in the course of 
ten hours after beins; first taken. The horse hanars his head ; the ears 

4:27 



428 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

droop ; the appetite fails ; the eyes become very red ; the pulse very 
quick, frequently as high as seventy to eighty per minute, full at first 
but gradually getting weak ; the respirations are rapid ; the eyelids 
swell sometimes so as to close entirely ; the temperature taken by the 
thermometer Avill sllo^y as high as 105 ^ to 107 ^ F. All these symp- 
toms will appear in the course of twelve hours. In the next twelve 
hours there will be colicky pains, and constipation ; the stools will be 
rather hard and dry and covered with slime, indicating a feverish lining 
to the bowels ; the legs swell tremendously and get very sore to the 
touch, especially around the fetlock joints and along the back tendons ; 
the mouth is very hot, and sometimes dry ; the eyes run tears profusely, 
which flow down over the face ; the surface of the body in most cases 
is very hot to the touch ; the urine is scanty and high-colored ; the thirst 
great ; in some cases there is swelling of the throat and a cough ; the 
nose runs a watery discharge. During the second and third days the 
eyes discharge matter which runs down the cheek, scalding off the hair ; 
the discharge from the nose becomes purulent and sticks around the nos- 
trils ; the legs get sorer ; the bowels loose ; sometimes diarrhoea sets in 
and carries the animal off suddenly ; sometimes constipation appears 
which usually runs into inflammation of the bowels and kills ; the lungs 
are liable to take on an inflammatory condition and run into pneumonia^ 
often causing death ; and the fever often goes to the ])rain and causes 
phrenitis which is usually fatal. Horses with influenza lie down a great 
deal at first, but if the lungs become affected, they persistently stand, and 
they lose flesh most unaccountably fast — it goes off as though it were 
whittled off, leaving a fat hearty animal as thin as a skeleton m a week. 

They may refuse to eat ; and the fever may continue to increase, and 
weakness become so great as to proA^e fatal without any other complica- 
tion. 

The favorable symptoms are return of the appetite ; diminishing of the 
swellings around the eyes and legs; ability to lie down comfortably; 
bowels :ind kidnej^s regular ; and a brightening of the countenance 

What to do. — When the first symptoms are noticed, lay the horse up 
at once ; see that the stable is clean, dry and well-aired, but no drafts; 
put on blankets, and bandages to the legs ; give soft feed to eat, if they 
will take it, and anything they may fancy, if the appetite is poor ; a little 
corn, oats, carrots, apples, etc. ; but the best foe J is oats and bran in 
equal parts, wet up and steamed with boiling water; all the treatment 
must be given w^ith a view to sustaining the strength. For medicine, at 
the outset, give No. 40, in two-ounce doses, every two hours, till the 
fever is checked ; continue it night and day till the thermometer comes 
down to 103 ® ; then hold lip on it a little, and give it only three times a 



GENERAL DISEASES OF THE BLOOD. 



429 



day, and when the temperature conies down to 100, change to No. 18 
— three times a day — for a couple of days ; then, if everything is pro- 
gressing favorably, give No. 35 three times a day, or No. 34 in the feed 
twice a day. If the throat swells, and there is a cough, rub the throat 
Avith No. 41. If the fever goes on to the lungs and causes bronchitis or 
pneumonia, apply No. 41 to the sides and chest, and give the other 
recipes as directed alcove. Set a pail of water in the manger, so he can 




A HOK!>E WITH INFLUENZA. 



drink a swallow or two often to cool his mouth and throat. Give ])lcnty 
of bedding, and make him as comfortable as possible. The bowel trouble 
you need not give anything for, unless the colicky pains hang on for 
several hours, then give No. 52. If the diarrhoea is distressing, give him 
flour, one pound in a })ail of Avater to drink instead of clear Avater. There 
is no danger of constipation in this disease. If there is long-continued 
weakness, give No. 64 alternately Avith No. 35. During convalescence, give 
gentle exercise. For treatment of lung complications, see pneumonia. 

II. Purpura Heraorrhagica. 

This is an infectious, hemorrhagic disease, in Avhich the red corpuscles are 
destroyed, the blood becomes thin, the tissues of the blood vessels get Aveak 
and relaxed, alloAving the blood to ooze through them into surrounding 
cellular tissue and into caA ities, and is inclined to settle to dependent parts, 
into the legs, under the belly and chest, and around the muzzle. 

Causes. — It is due to a specific ))acillus, a micro-organism that exists in 
filthy stables, especially badly drained and ventilated ones. The disease 
attacks horses most often that have become debilitated by some other 
disease, such as influenza, but it often attacks the strong, vigorous, Avell-fed 
ones, and runs in them a malignant course, causing death in three or four 
days, but Avhen occurring secondarily to influenza, or other debilitating 
disease, it is frequently of a milder fype, and the animals recover in from 
two to six weeks. 




430 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

How to know it. — The limbs swell enormously, so much so that the 
animal can scarcely move. The swelling begins in the lower part of the 
legs, and keeps coming higher from hour to hour, there being an abrupt 
termination of the swelling at the top. It continues to rise till it reaches 
the body; then extends along the belly, the full width of it, and as thick 
as a small mattress. 

Yellowish, watery fluid will ooze through the skin and trickle down the 
legs. The same from the belly, but to less extent. The nuizzle begins to 
swell the same as the legs, and the swelling extends up 
towards the eyes, often com})letely closing them. The 
breathing becomes labored. The secretions are usually 
at a stand-still, especially the urine, none being secreted; 
the water, when it accumulates around the internal organs, 
causes death. The visible mucous membranes will be 
found to be covered Avith purple patches, varying in size 
from a dime to a fifty-cent piece. The pulse is small, 
PURPURA w^eak and wiry. The discharges on the legs and belly 

Appearance of horses havc au offcusive odor, and the breath is also ofi^'ensive. 

head with purpura. . , i i • 

Great debility is a prominent symptom; the horse is 
unable to eat or drink. The disease is generally fatal, either by the causes 
mentioned above, or by sufi'ocation from the swelling of the nose, or by 
gangrene of the internal organe. Usually, before dying, the animal presents 
a most horrible sight, so as to look like almost anything else than a horse. 
What to do. — Begin early to give the following recipe: 

No. 68. 1 Ounce tincture muriate of iron, 

2 Ounces sweet spirits of nitre, 

2 Drachms quinine. 
Water to make one pint. 
Mix. 

Give two ounces every two hours with a syringe, so as to get it back 
into the throat with as little trouble and worry to the patient as possible. 
Alternate with No. 68, the following: 

No. 69. 1 Ounce turpentine, 

3 Ounces linseed oil, 
Mix. 

Give a tablespoonful every two hours. Alternating these two reclines 
will fetch doses only one hour apart; continue these as persistently as 
possible, till he is either better or dead. Give oatmeal gruel to drink, and 
give anything to eat he can masticate. If he cannot eat nor drink, give 
oatmeal gruel injections. Foment the head, if swollen, with hot water as 
persistently as possible, with the view of driving the swelling to othe^ 
parts. Let the other swellings entirely alone. 



GENERAL DISEASES OF THE KI.OOD. 4-31 

The favorable symptoms will l)e a diminution of the swellings, return of 
the secretions and appetite, improvement of the pulse, and disappearance 
of the purple (echymosed) spots. 

III. Rheumatism. 

Causes. — This is supposed to l)e an accumulation, in the blood, of a 
peculiar acid that settles around joints, along tendons and sometimes in 
muscles. Upon the slightest provocation in the way of exposure or 
derangements of the stomach or bowels, it is apt to assume the acute form, 
and to cause intense pain and lameness. 

How to know it. — There is lameness, usually of a peculiar kind, flying 
from one joint to another, and from one leg to another; sometimes the 
parts swell and sometimes not; the joints most commonly affected are the 
fetlocks, knees, shoulders and hips. There is usually more or less fever, 
high pulse, and sometimes suppuration of the affected parts. 

What to do. — Give recipe No. 36. Foment the affected })arts with 
hot water three times a day and apply, as a liniment, recipe No. 15, after 
wiping down the legs quite dry, and })andage warndy with flannel. After 
the most acute symptoms are gone, give walking exercise. 

IV. Abscesses. 

An abscess is a gathering of pus in a sac from a morl)id process in the 
tissues. It may develop in any part of the body. The most common 
locations of them are on the ribs, on the belly, in the groin, in the levator 
humeri muscles, etc. They sometimes attain to tremendous proportions; 
they are not painful as a rule, but if they come in or near a nerve center 
there is great pain; when they form in the groin, for instance, there is 
great pain; while on the ribs they cause little or no pain. 

Causes. — Impurities in the blood from retention in the system of effete 
matter that should be eliminated through the excretory organs — the bowels, 
kidneys and skin. The exciting causes are sometimes liruises from blows, 
kicks or other injury; but these bruises are not sufhcient in themselves to 
cause an abscess, ]>ut must be accompanied by the morl)id condition of the 
blood; then the injury may simply afford an excuse for its breaking out in 
that particular place. The pus germ is usually found in them, and is 
thought, by bacteriologists, to be the same as su})puration. 

How to know it. — There is always a great amount of swelling, hard at 
first all over; but as it grows and approaches a full development it gets 
soft in the center, pitty in a ring around the center, and hard on the out- 
side. It is hot, red, and sore to the touch. It takes from one to six 
weeks to mature an abscess so it will break of itself, according to its loca- 
tion and depth. Those in the groin take three or four weeks to mature; 



432 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ^ 

1 

those on the ribs and belly mature in the shortest time above mentioned; 
and those in the levator humeri muscles (found just inside and in front of 
the joints of the shoulders) take the longest time to mature. In fact, the 
latter sometimes acts like a tumor by its slow growth, hardness and length 
of time it takes to break out without outside assistance. 

When opened, the pus runs out, and the abscess usually heals readily; 
but sometimes the healing process requires a great deal of assistance, and 
the abscess is liable to start anew and develop others as soon as one is 
healed, unless the cause is removed by purifying the blood. 

What to do. — Give a purgative of recipe No. 23, and when it has stopped 
purging, give No. 34 for a week or so. Poultice the abscess with any 
hot, soft poultice — linseed meal is the best — till it points, (comes to a 
head), in a soft spot ; then tap it with a pointed knife, and evacuate the 
sac ; make the opening big enough to allow a finger to be passed in ; see 
that all is clear for a thorough emptying ; then inject warm water to wash 
it out, and inject No. 5. Repeat this twice a day. Make the opening at 
the bottom, if possible, to allow the pus to gravitate out, instead of having 
to be squeezed out. The abscess in the levator humeri muscle is always 
deep-seated in the muscle, and requires a great length of time to rot out. 
It is easily recognized by its position, being inside and a little to the 
front of the point of the shoulder. It is useless to wait for it to come to 
a head ; open it at once. Take a long-bladed scalpel or pocket knife and 
run it in directly into the center of the tumor, letting the knife be par- 
allel with the horse's bodj^ ; then there is no danger of tapping the jugu- 
lar vein. It is necessary, usually, to cut about four inches deep before 
reaching the pus, but when once emptied it heals very readily. 

V. Erysipelas. 

This is inflammation of the skin. It may be superficial and only 
involve the upper layers of the skin, or it may be deeper-seated and 
involve the under layers. The supeiii 'ial does not suppurate, but the 
deep-seated usually does, with more or less sloughing. It is often 
thought to be contagious, which it undoubtedly is to a small degree ; but 
not sufficiently so to be ranked as a specific })lood poison. It some- 
times rages as an enzootic — common in any certain district. It usually 
follows wounds, injuries and sores, but sometimes comes on apparently 
healthy skin. 

Causes. — It is due sometimes to the weather, when it is damp, hot and 
oppressive, with thunder frequent and low barometeric pressure, especi- 
ally if the horse is kept in low, filthy places. Poorly fed, thin, neglected 
animals are most subject to it. The sudden suppression of a chronic 
discharge, and feeding on nch, heating food when the animal has bee 



I 



GENERAL DISEASES OF THE BLOOD. 433 

accustomed to poor, scanty food, and keeping animals with open sores 
near decomposing animal tissue are also cause of erysipelas. The common 
means of contagion are washing erysipelatous and healthy wounds with the 
iiame sponge, using the same harness, clothing, etc. 

How to know it. — There is usually some fever; the pulse and temper- 
ature are raised; the urine is scanty and high-colored; the bowels usually 
constipated; there is loss of spirit and appetite. These syni})tonis are fol- 
lowed, in the course of twelve hours, by a diffuse swelling that is hot, 
red, and painful ; if it is on a white skin it will be found to be shin- 
ing, tense and of a deep red. It spreads rapidly, terminating abruptly 
at the edges in a well defined line of demarkation. The swelling does 
not pit on pressure ; the redness disappears on pressure, but returns 
when the finger is removed. It is confined to the head and legs. It 
has a peculiar smell, like that of burnt hair. 

Sometimes it extends to the cellular tissue under the skin when it is 
known as phlegmonous ; this always suppurates, and has a i)urple 
appearance previous to breaking. 

What to do. — Give tonics and stimulants internally ; give recipes No. 
37 and No. 35 ; if much depression exists, give No. 65. Feed on boiled 
oats, barley, etc. Apply locally No. 24, and keep the part wet with 
it continually. If the swelling spreads in spite of this lotion, paint the 
healthy skin for two inches all around the diseased part with tincture of 
iodine, and change the lotion to the following : 

No. 70. 1 Ounce tincture muriate of iron, 

8 Ounces water, 
Mix. 

Keep the surface wet with it till the skin begins to be irritated ; then 
go back to No, 24. If extensive sloughing takes place, poultice with oil- 
cake meal, with charcoal sprinkled over the poultice, till a healthy sore 
is obtained ; then apply lotion No. 7. If the erysipelas comes from an 
unhealthy sore, cauterize it with powdered blucstone continuously, once 
a day, till all signs of a purplish, unhealthy condition, have disappeared ; 
then continue the lotion No. 7. Continue the tonics for several weeks, 
giving soft food enough to keep the bowels loose. 



'j8 



CHAPTER XIV. 



CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 



I. GLANDERS AND FARCY. II. STRANGLES. III. RABIES OR HYDROPHOBIA. . 

IV. HORSE POX OH EQUINE VARIOLA. 

Diseases are said to be contagious when they reproduce themselves in 
a healthy animal, either by inoculation and absorption of the virus into 
the system through a wound or mucous membrane, or by absorption of 
disease germs floating in the air or in the water that the animal drinks. 

I. Glanders and. Parcy. 

These are different forms of the same disease, which is a specific poison 
that affects the whole system. When it breai^s out in the nose, affecting 
also the lungs and lymphatic glands between the branches of the lower 
jaw, it constitutes glanders ; when it attacks the lymphatic glands and 
other tissues of the legs and body, it constitutes farcy. The two forms 
of disease often exist separately, but usually symptoms of both will be 
found in the same case. The contagion lies in the discharges from the 
ulcers, either those in the nose or farcy buds ; it is contagious only by 
inoculation, the poison being of heavj^ specific gravit}^ and not volatile. 
The virus from glanders may produce glanders or farcy, or both ; the 
virus from farcy may do the same. The mode of inoculation is usually 
through the nose or mouth, by the introduction of the virus taken by one 
horse working in double harness with a glandered horse, or standing in 
the same stall, rubbing his nose on a hitching post or fence or edge of a 
water trough where a glandered horse has stood. These latter are com- 
mon channels through which glanders is got ; for when a glandered horse 
is driven up to a post or water trough, the first thing he does is to rub 
the accumulations of matter off his nose, the clogging of which is uncom- 
fortable. And so great is the vitality of the virus, that a horse coming 
along an hour, a day, a week, or even a year after, and happening to rub 
his nose on the same place gets the disease by inoculation. 

The poison may lie latent in the system a week, or a month, or two 
months and then break out, perhaps violently, and run the acute course* 
causing death in three to six weeks ; or the disease may appear in a very 
mild form and run the chrqnic course, so that the horse may live in very 

434 



CONTAGIOUS BLOOD I>ISEASES. 



435 



comfortable condition for one to three or four years, though sowing the 
seeds of contagion for other horses to gather all the time, thus doing an 
inestimable amount of harm. 

When the disease breaks out, it does so 1)y ulceration of the tissues 
involved. These ulcers differ from ordinary ones, by their resistance to 
treatment; if made to heal, they break out again either in the same or 
another place, and ha\'e a tendency to spread and slough, eating away the 
tissues till the ulcers become confluent and the Schneiderion membrane 
(lining of the nose) is destroyed. The disease was known in the earliest 
times, and was written on by Vegetius, Kouan, and many others; but it 
was not well understood as to its actual seat till La Fosse discovered that 
it lay in inflammation and ulceration of the nasal membrane. The poison 
of glanders and farcy is connnunica))le to men, goats, sheep and dogs, Avith 
all the characteristic symptoms of the disease in horses, and is contagious 
from man back to the horse or ass. 

Causes. — It is due to the germ called baccilus mallei, discovered by 
Lofller and Schutz in 1882, which exists in all of the purulent dist-harges. 
It is usually propagated, fostered and extended by contagion through the 
villainous traflic carried on in glandered horses by unscru})ulous dealers. 
For many diseased animals retain the a})pearance of health sufliciently well 
to be bought and sold many times, the dealers exj^laining the discharge 
from the nose as coming from a cold, and the swollen legs as residting from 
impurities in the blood; and Tom, Dick and Harry, thinking they "know 
all about a horse," buy the animals, believing the explanation of the dealer 
to be true; and thus thousands of dollars worth of stock is ruined each year 
by the spread of this fatal disease. 

But the disease sometimes arises spontaneously in armies, on ship-board, 
or in overcrowded, low, damp, badly-ventilated stables. Overcrowding is 
the chief cause of its spontaneous appearance, the 
horses, asses or mules being compelled to breathe 
over and over again, air vitiated by the emanations 




GLANDERS. 
The first stage of glanders, 
showing a watery dis- 
charge from the nose. 




GLANDERS. 

When the discharge has 
become muco-purulent. 




EXAMINATION 
Of the nostril for glanders 



from their own f cecal matter and from their l)odies, and wdiich has been 
exhausted of its oxygen l>y passing through the lungs a number of 
times. 



436 



ryCLOPKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 





GLANDERS, 

When the dis- 
charge has be. 
comepurulent. 



GLANDERS, 

In the last stage 
when the pus 
is mixed with 
blood iron: ex- 
tensive slough, 
ing. 



How to know it. — Acute glanders is characterized by languor ; dry, 
staring coat ; red, weeping eyes ; loss of appetite ; quick pulse ;'elevated 
temperature, the thermometer registering 103® to 106 ® F. ; accelerated 
breathing ; a grayish purple color of the lining of the nose ; a watery 
discharge, which soon becomes yellowish and sticky, causing the hair on 
which the matter accumulates in and around the nostrils to stick together. 
The dischavge h)oks like melted butter, and when dropped into water it 
sinks. The glands under the jaw swell and often adhere to the bone, but 
not always. The partition between the nostrils will become ulcerated; 
small yellow points with purple bases will 
come up and burst, making the discharge 
bloody for the time. These ulcers, with ele- 
vated edges and depressed centers and purple 
bases, will spread and become confluent, 
eating away the membrane till little or noth- 
ing of it is left ; the discharge increases and has 
a horribly offensive odor ; the lungs become 
affected by ulcers forming in them ; the breath- 
ing becomes labored, and the animal finally 
dies, the most emaciated and disgusting object imaginable. 

The chronic course is longer continued and runs less rapidly ; but all 
the same symptoms are developed, with the exception that the appetite 

is less impaired till near the last ; 
the discharge is less copious and 
offensive, and emaciation does 
not take place so rapidly. But. 
if the horse is exposed to any de- 
gree of hardship and cold storms, 

SECTION OF A LUNG 7, i • n • i.^ 

the chronic form may run into 

Ofaglanderedhorse.shovvingtheexistenceoftubercles. ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^.^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^.^^^^^ rj.^^ 

cough is not always noticed, and the \ilcers are sometimes so far up in 
the nose as to be out of sight. It is often necessary to inoculate a worth- 
less animal in order to determine the disease. If it is glanders, it will 
probably prove fatal to the one inoculated in two or three weeks, running 
the acute course. 

Farcy is recognized by swelling of the legs affected, usually one or 
two, though sometimes all four. The swellings are along the lines of the 
lymphatic veins on the legs, belly or any part of the body ; small nodular 
points come up, which break and discharge a glairy unhealthy pus, run a 
few days, dry up and leave a scar or bare spot that usually lasts to tell 
the tale as long as the horse lives ; other nodules follow and spread nearly 
all over the body, head and neck ; the swelling of the limbs does not 




CONTAGIOUS BliOOD DISEASES. 437 

yield to treatment, aiul they yooii hecoine chronically enlaroed. The dis- 
charge is contagious the same as that of glanders. Farcy sooner or later 
runs into glanders and terminates fatally. Doubtful cases can be proven by 
testing them with mallein, a toxin prepared from the cultivated bacillus. 
The services of a qualified veterinarian are needed to make this test. 

What to do. — Treatment shouhl not be attempted at all, for it is always 
fatal in spite of the most scientific and persistent efforts ; the fatal termi- 
nation may be postponed for a while, but the animal is sowing the con- 
tagion all the time, and doing an inestimable amount of damage. The 
fact that the disease is contagious to men, and always fatal too, is another 
reason why no man should attempt to treat a case a moment after it is 
satisfactorily diagnosed. AVhen any doubt exists, or a suspicious case i= 
seen, isolate the animal at once and quarantine him ; prevent any com- 
munication with other animals, and await developments. The discharge 
of catarrh being whitish and more mucous in character, is easily recog- 
nized, and the nasal membrane never assumes that mouse-eaten appear- 
ance that is seen in glanders. Shoot every animal known to be affected 
with glanders, and bury the carcass very deep. 

Prevention. — Avoid overcrowding and poor ventilation. See to it that 
no affected animals are allowed to run at large, or even to be used about 
the place in any way ; avoid letting horses drink any more than is abso- 
lutely necessary in public troughs. Either tear down and burn any 
infected stable, or have it disinfected under the supervision of a qualified 
veterinar}^ sui'geon. All suspected cases should be placed under his 
charge till the doubt is settled. 

It should be made a criminal act, with a heavy penalty, to expose 
affected animals in public places, or to sell or offer them for sale. A 
health commission of three qualified veterinar}'- surgeons should be em- 
powered to destroy glandered horses, with or without the consent of the 
owner; and the State should bear half the loss, by reimbursing the 
owner with half the value of the animal before he took the disease. It 
is a misfortune for which he is not to blame, and which the State should 
help him to bear. 

II. Strangles. 

Strangles is a specific blood poison, peculiar to horses, and usually 
confined to young ones. It depends upon a morbid condition of the 
system, is contagious, and corresponds to children's diseases in human 
medicine. It is most common in damp, cold seasons. The poison in the 
hlood manifests itself in large, phlegmonous abscesses around the throat ; 
this is the usual manner in which it breaks out. But in some cases it 
takes a very different course, breaking out in abscesses on any part of the 
body. Sometimes no abscesses gather at all, and the fever remains 
diffused in the system, instead of coming to a head in one place. These 



i88 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




last two kinds arc called bastard or unusual strangles. It is often fatal, 
but such cases are duo to neglect, to colds from exposure while the fever 
is high, etc. 

Causes. — It often arises spontaneously, from the existence in the sys- 
tem of some morbific matter developed while growing ; for spontaneous 
cases are only found among young horses ; when older ones have it, it 
comes from contagion. 

How to know it. — There are all the indications of fever — quick, weak 
pulse ; high temperature ; hot mouth ; cold extremities ; staring coat ; 
loss of appetite, and nervous prostration. In a few 
hours the throat begins to swell, both on the sides and 
between the branches of the lower jaw ; this swelling 
is sometimes immense, and makes the colt hold his 
neck and head stretched out in one position, stiff, 
like a child with the mumps. There is usually a 
distressing cough and inability to swallow; often 
there is a desire to eat, but the throat is so sore he 
cannot swallow. The nose runs a mucous discharjje 
at first, which soon becomes purulent ; the eyes very 
red, and tears run down over the cheeks. The swel- 
ling is painful and sore upon pressure, and usually 
breaks in about a week, and discharges pus. When 
these swellings come in the lungs, the breathing will 
be affected, and the chest Avill be sore upon pressure or percussion on the 
ribs, and he will stand all the time. If it comes in the abdomen, colicky 
pains are felt, and he lies down nearly all the time. Sometimes it comes 
around the heart. Any of these unusual forms are likely to be fatal. 

What to do- — Avoid depletives of all kinds, and foster the strength of 
the patient in every possible way. If the bowels are constipated, give a 
few injections, but do not risk a purgative ; give recipe No. 40 every two 
to six hours with a syringe, for it is unsafe as 'Well as painful, to try to 
drench him with the throat in that condition. Apply hot linseed poultices 
to the swellings, and let them get very thin indeed before opening them ; 
or, even let them burst of themselves to avoid that thickening often seen 
after being opened. It is no use trying to check it ; it must run its course. 
Give him a warm, dry place, well ventilated, and nourishing food such as 
boiled oats, barley, roots, etc. During convalescence give recipe No. 35. 

III. Babies or Hydrophobia. 

This is a specific blood poison, arising spontaneously in the genus 
paw^s (dog, fox and wolf) and in cats. It is communicable to ail ani- 
mals and to man. but can only be inoculated by a bite. The virus lies in 



A BAD CASE OF 
STRANGLES. 



CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 



439 



the saliva and blood, but not in the milk. Nearly all animals bitten by 
a rabid dog, are attacked with the disease in the course of time, but man 
seems to possess a partial immunity ; only a small percentage of the 
men bitten by rabid animals have rabies. 

Incubation. — The period of incubation varies in different animals. The 
horse goes fifteen to ninety days, usually 
thirty ; cattle, twenty to thirty days ; 
eheep, twenty to seventy-four days ; swine, 
hvent}' to forty-nine days. In man the 
period of incubation varies from a few 
days to a few months, though some cases 
develop after a year or so, or even longer, 
the rabies at last being more the effect of 
fear and long continued anxiety and Avorry 
over the possible effects of a bite, than of 
the bite itself. 

How to know it. — The horse becomes 
frantic Avith fever and pain ;. delirium sets in early; he neighs, paws, 
bites his manger, clothing, etc. ; is ravenous for water l)ut swallows with 
difficulty ; he grows worse till death takes place by paralysis. 




COUNTENANCE OP A HORSE WITH 
RABIES. 




DESTUUCTIVK IMPULSE OF IIVDUOPUOIJI A. 



What to do. — No treatment is of any avail ; if there were anything that 
could be given, it would be too risky to attempt it ; but so far, science 
has discovered nothing to prevent a fatal termination. As soon as a case 
is suspected isolate the horse, tie him so that he shall be powerless for 
harm, and await developments. As soon as it is satisfactorily recognized 
destroy him. 



440 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

IV. Horse Pox or Equine Variola. 

Nearly all animals have a pox peculiar to their kind, although all forms 
of pox seem to be closely allied. They are all contagious from one ani- 
mal to another of the same species, and usually among the different 
species to a greater or less extent. Having any of the different kinds of 
variola once, gives immunity from subsequent attacks of the other kinds, 
for a number of years at least. Kine pox, taken either l)y inoculation 
from the cow or by vaccination, confers immunity, to a great extent, from 
small pox. Horse pox appears to be identical with kine pox ; the one can 
not be distinijuished from the other when inoculated into man, ox or 
horse. 

H^n-se pox usually attacks the limbs, ])ut sometimes the face, mouth, lips, 
flanks and other })arts of the bod}'. 

How to know it. — There is slight fever, which is often unnoticed ; heat 
and swelling of the affected part for a day or two ; then hard nodules 
form, increasing in size to about half an inch in diameter ; the hair ruffles 
up and the skin reddens around the pock ; on the ninth to the twelfth day, a 
limpid, yellowish iluid flows from the pustules, and sticks the hair up in 
yellowish scal)s or streaks, on the removal of which a red, raw depression is 
seen with the scab fixed in its center. In three or four days the secretion 
ceases, the pustules dry up, and the part heals and the scabs come off. 

The most active virus is the lymph that runs from the pustules. It is 
readily carried from horse to horse by the grooms on their hands or 
clothes. It sometimes exists to almost to an epizootic extent in some 
localities. The grooms often get inoculated and have the horse pox, 
which saves them the trouble of being vaccinated. 

What to do. — It must run its course, so all that is necessary is to give 
laxative diet ; keep the parts clean by bathing with warm water once or 
twice a day, and grease them over, when dry, to prevent itching and pain 
from the scabs getting too hard and dry. If the fever should run high 
and the appetite suffer, and the urine become dark and scanty, give 
recipe No. 23. 



CHAPTER XV. 



DISEASES OF THE UKINARY ORGANS. 



I. NEPHRITIS OR INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. II. CONGESTION OF TH« 

KIDNEYS. III. CYSTITIS OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. IV. PAR- 
ALYSIS OF THE BLADDER, V. EVERSION OF THE BLADDER. VI. SPASM OF 

THE NECK OF THE BLADDER. VII. RUPTURE OF THE BLADDER. ^VIII. DIA- 
BETES INSIPIDUS OR PROFUSE STALING. IX. HEMATURIA OR BLOODY UEINE. 

X. SUPPRESSIOff OF THE URINE OR DYSURIA. XI. DRIBBLING OF THE 

URINE OR ENURESIS. XII. STRICTURE OF THE URETHRA. XIII. GONOR- 
RHOEA OR GLEET. XIV. FOUL SHEATH. XV. URINARY CALCULI. 

Diseases and derangements of the urinary organs are far less common 
than the majority of people suppose. Whenever a horse has the colic or 
pleurisy, the average horseman attributes the pain to the ravages of bots 
or to stoppage of the water, and goes to work to start the latter and 
quiet the former. Many are the nostrums that are given, sometimes 
harmless and sometimes very irritating and injurious. 




SYMPTOMS ATTENDING DISEASES OK THE URINARY ORGANS. 

Many of the diseases mentioned in this chapter are often seen, by a 
veterinarian who has an extensive, active practice. Diseases of the kid- 
neys are either organic or functional, usually the latter. 

I. Nephritis or Inflammation of the Kidneys. 

Causes. — The usual causes are too free use of diuretic medicine, and 
blistering on the back with fly blister ; eating musty hay and kiln-dried 

441 



44:2 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

oats ; getting chilled by standing under the eaves where water drips upon 
the loins ; and extension to the kidneys of inflammation of surrounding 
parts from blows and other injuries. 

How to know it. — There Avill be very profuse sweating, great pain from 
the inelastic character of the capsule covering the kidneys ; the horse strad- 
dles in walking, and is loth to move ; high fever ; elevated pulse, temper- 
ature and respiration ; heat and a slight humping up of the back ; great 
tenderness upon pressure in the region of the loins, especially when ap- 
plied to the sides just under the transverse spines of the loins ; the pain 
is colicky in character, and more severe at times than at others ; he looks 
around to his flanks and is almost continually trying to stale, and passing 
a little at a time, and that very red and thick, sometimes mixed with 
blood and pus. It runs on to suppuration, and sometimes to gangrene, 
and death. When once well set in, it is very hard to control. 




TEST FOR INFLAMMATION OF TlIK KIDNEYS. 



What to do. — Examine the case carefully to be ceiiain of the location 
of the trouble ; then apply hot water rugs across the loins continuously 
for several davs. Give internally a quart of raw linseed oil. As soon as 
this is well down, give recipe No. 30, and follow it up every two hours. 
If no relief comes in the course of five or six, hours, give copious muci- 
laginous drinks in the form of flaxseed tea and slippeiy elm bark. Clothe 
warmly, to encourage sweating. Freshly-flayed sheepskin may be laid 
across the loins, or mustard paste may be rubbed into the hair, and the 
rags applied over it. Feed on short, laxative diet. Avoid diuretics 
strenuously, especially nitre and spirits of nitre. Give anodyne injections 
of warm water and one ounc'e of laudanum, once an hour. Keep the 
patient quiet and avoid over-feeding. 



I 



DISEASES OF THE ITRINARY ORGANS. 



443 



II. Congestion of the Kidneys. 

This is a constitutiontil disease affecting all part.s through the ))lood, in 
which lies the cause of the internal lesions ; but as it affects the kidneys 
most, and the kidney symptoms being most noticeable to the average 
observer, we describe it under this head. 

Causes. — Too plethoric a condition of the system is the great cause. 
The blood gets so fat and thick that it interferes with the working of the 
internal organs, especially the kidneys. The animal is usually fat, but 
not necessarily so, for it is often seen in horses in strong, working condi- 
tion, but thin in flesh. In post mortem examinations, fat can be seen 
floating in globules in the blood. It gives rise to thick, coffee-colored, 
ropy urine. 




HORSES WITH CONGESTION OF THE KIDNEYS. 

The muscles in the loins swollen, etc. 

On account of its effect on the urine, the disease has l)ecn called 
Albuminuria, from the supposed existence of albumen in the urhie ; 
Azoturia, from the abundance of urea the urine is thought to contain ; 
Plethoric congestion, from congestions in the system, due to plethora. 
The latter name is the most appropriate, as there is no albuminous urine 
and not any great increase of urea in this disease, Init the name under 
which we describe it is readily comprehended and the trouble easily 
located by the average observer. 

How to know it. — The animal is accustomed to hard work or regular 
exercise, and high feed ; he may be laid up from a nail wound, etc., for 
a few days or a week ; the feed is kept up the same as though he were at 
work ; he gets well, and goes out hopping and prancing like a colt, goes 
about half a mile or so, begins to sweat profusely, lathers up well, gets 
stiff in the left hind leg, and is inclined to di-op it. Then the trouble 
extends to the other leg ; the horse becomes weak across the loins, 



444 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

staggers behind, blows hard, and is pressed for breath ; he goes on for 
half a mile or more in this manner, and then comes down in a heap, per- 
fectly helpless, miable to rise, and has the appearance of being paralyzed 
behind. He is unable to pass urine, which, when drawn off with a cathe- 
ter, is thick, ropy, dark, coffee-colored. Swelling of the muscles over 
the loins is seen, and they are very painful and sensitive to pressure, as 
are also the kidneys, if examined per rectum. There are severe, colicky 
pains or cramps, in which he will throw himself around, try to get up, 
Avill get up forward, and Avill sometimes drag himself all over the terri- 
tory allowed him. Inflammation of the kidneys follows, and runs on to 
suppuration and death in the course of four to fifteen days. 

What to do. — Knowing the origin of it to be plethora, the rational 
treatment is to deplete ; give No. 48 internally, and also frequent injec- 
tions of warm water ; applv hot rugs to the loins continuously, and give 
a great abundance of flax seed tea to drink ; if he \n\\ not drink it, 
drench him with it liberally ; give nothing to eat for a day or two. Tie 
his feet if he is inclined to struggle much. When he is able to get up, 
put him in slings ; keep him on short feed ; and during convalescence 
give gentle exercise. Be §hary of diuretics. If the case has run on for 
a week or more, give No. 4, but only three times a day, in a little Avater, 
Draw off the urine three times a day, till he can pass it without 
assistance. 

III. Cystitis, or Inflammation of the Bladder. 

Causes. — Too free use of diuretic medicine ; too free application of fly 
blisters and turpentine to the back or otlicr extensive surfaces ; acrid 
diuretic plants in the food ; prolonged retention and partial decomposition 
of urine, and irritation from calculi. 

How to know it. — Colickj^ pains ; looking around to the flanks ; fre- 
quent painful evacuation of urine in small quantities, with more or less 
mucous and epithelium from the lining of the bladder ; straining; high 
fever ; mouth hot ; respiration and pulse quick ; tenderness on pressure 
just in front of the pubic bone of the pelvis, and same upon pressure in 
the flanks. The loins are rigid ; the bladder is tender to the touch per 
rectum — or in the mare, per vagina; if examined by running the finger 
into the bladder, the walls will be found to be thickened ; the tail is 
switched continuously ; the gait is stiff and straddling. If the neck of 
the bladder is affected, the urine escapes involuntarily ; if there is a stone 
in the bladder, it can be felt by inserting the hand into the rectum. 

What to do. — Remove the cause, if possible ; stop diuretic medicine of 
all kinds ; give large doses of flaxseed tea, and injections of warm water ; 
give a laxative of linseed oH, one pint, and soft diet and pure water at 



I 



I 



DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 445 

will ; also, a long rest. Avoid diuretic medicine ever after, as the parts 
once affected are more tender and susceptible. 

rv. Paralysis of the Bladder. 

Causes. — Lono^ continued distension of the bladder from the urine beinsr 
held, as in lockjaw, rheumatism or any disease that confines the horse to 
a lying position. 

How to know it. — The urine dribbles away as it is formed, and decom- 
poses, setting free ammonia, which scalds all parts it comes in contact 
with ; the urine scalds the sheath and the inner sides of the thighs and 
legs. This disease often results in inflammation of the bladder, and 
sometimes follows partial paralysis. 

What to do. — If the trouble originates from paralysis, give that its 
proper treatment and draw off the urine several times a day with a catheter 
to prevent distension. 

V. Eversion of the Bladder. 

Causes. — This affects only females, and results where labor is very 
protracted, or from straining in cystitis ; the bladder is forced back in 
the pelvis and turned wrong side out. 

How to know it. — The bladder will be seen protruding from the lower 
part of the vulva, a round, red, fleshy looking substance, and the entrance 
of the ureters (tubes from the kidneys) will be plainly seen near the neck 
of the bladder, with the urine dripping from them. 

What to do. — Bathe the bladder with tepid water and laudanum in the 
proportion of an ounce of laudanum to a pint of water ; then press it 
gently and continuously till it is returned to its place. Great care will be 
needed to avoid pushing the fingers through the walls of the bladder, 
especially after it has been out some time and become swollen. If it is 
inclined to come out again, after being returned to its place, put on a 
compress to hold it in. 

VI. Spasm of the Neck of the Bladder. 

Causes. — It is caused by long retention of urine when the horse is 
being driven or ridden ; nervous irritation ; becoming chilled when 
heated. It is a common occurrence during colic, the urine flowing freely 
when the colic subsides ; males are more subject to it than females. 

How to know it. — Frequent attempts to pass water, which is forced 
out in small quantities by great straining ; colicky pains ; looking at the 
flanks ; tenderness in the lower back part of the belly ; by introducing 
the hand into the rectum, the bli^dder will be felt full and distended oa 
the floor of the pelvis, ^ 



4-K3 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — Spread fresh litter under the horse to induce him to pass 
the urine ; give warm water injections and antispasmodic drenches, such 
as No. 50 ; gentle pressure on the bladder per rectum is sometimes suffi- 
cient, but be very careful not to overdo it for fear of rupture. Pass the 
catheter up the penis if necessary ; in the case of a mare all that is neces- 
sary is to insci't one finger into the neck of the bladder. 

VII. Ruptiu-e of the Bladder. 

Causes. — This only occurs in females during parturition when the 
bladder has failed to be emptied before the labor is begun, and in cases 
of long continued spasm of the neck of the bladder — especially, if by fre- 
quent re})etitions of the spasms the walls of it have become weakened 
and flaccid. 

How to know it. — Nervous trembling of the whole body ; accelerated 
pulse ; cold extremities ; nausea ; abdominal pain that runs on to inflam- 
mation and causes death, or the animal dies from the nervous shock. 
Examination pci- rectum finds the bladder empty and flaccid ; introduction 
of the needle of a hypodermic syringe, or a small trocar into the median 
portion of the belly, will let out urine which is readily recognized by the 
odor. 

Nothinu; can be done. 

VIII. Diabetes Insipidus or Profuse Staling. 

This is a superabundant drain of water from the system through the 
kidneys. 

Causes. — Excessive and long continued use of diuretics in acute dis- 
eases, especially lung troubles ; acidity of the stomach and chronic indi- 
gestion, causing nmch thirst, so that great quantities of water are drunk. 
Musty hay and kiln dried oats are frequent causes. 

How to know it. — By the excessive thirst ; profuse staling, flooding the 
stall ; the urine is copious in quantity, frequently voided and as clear as 
water. Emaciation and hidebound soon follow. The appetite is capri- 
cious ; the coat staring ; slight fever ; inclination to lick the walls and 
mortar to get lime, and to eat the bedding in preference to clean, fresh 
food. There is weakness, and palpitation of the heart. 

What to do. — Give one or two doses of the following recipe : 

No. 71. 1 Drachm iodiae. 

% Drachm iodide of potash, 

Powder and mix with linseed meal to make a ball. 

Give as one dose and repeat it once a day for two or three days ; then 
give a teaspoonful of bie;u-bnuate of soda in a bran mash, morning and 
night tor a AveeK ; tnen give recipe No- 37, and give a complete change 
of food — a run at grass if possiWe 






DISEASES OF THE UKINARY ORGANS 



44: 



IX. Hsematuria or Bloody Urine. 
Causes. — This is caused by violence, affecting the loins, kidneys, blad- 
der, etc, ; by cancer, tubercle, or abscess in the kidneys ; by acrid 
diuretic plants, etc. 




>^*^ 



'w^g^^,^^S^■«^'4vi!»i'*' 



HORSE SUFFKRIN(i FROM BLOODY TTRINE. 



What to do. — In case there is a profuse flow of blood, dash cold water 
over the back. Remove the causes, if they can be located, and oive flax- 
seed tea to drink, and recipe No 70, in doses of two tablespoonfuls, three 
times a day. 

X. Suppression of the Urine, or Dysuria. 

Causes. — This is retention of the urine from various causes, such as 
contraction of the sphincter of the bladder ; enlargement of the prostatic 
gland; stricture of the urethra; bean in the. head of the penis, and 
calculi. 

What to do. — P;vss in the catheter to empty the bladder, and then 
endeavor, if possible, to find the cause and remove it. If it is from 
enlargement of the prostatic gland, give No. 66 ; if from contraction of 
sphincter of the neck of the bladder, refer to the treatment for spasms of 
the neck of the bkidder ; if from stricture, refer to the article on that sub- 
ject; if from a bean in the head of the penis, oil your fingers well and 
remove it ; if it is from calculi, refer to that subject. 

XI. Dribbling of the Urine, or Enuresis. 

In this case the urine drilibles away involuntarily. It may come 
from weakness of the sphincter of the bladder, or from injurv to it by 
the catheter, or from paralysis of the bladder. Care should be taken, 
when passing in the catheter, to pass one hand into the rectum to guide the 
point over the curve. It may come from calculi ; if so, remove them. 
If it comes from weakness, give a change of food, and No. H7 as a 
tonic. 



448 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XII. Stricture of the Urethra. 

Causes. — This is caused by irritating ingredients in the urine, and by 
strong astringent injections used in gleet ; or by the healing of ulcers in 
neglected gleet. 

How to know it. — The urine is passed in a very fine stream ; the passage 
requires a long time, and is attended with pain. There are frequent 
painful erections. 

What to do. — Pjiss in, daily, a catheter, beginning with one small 
enough to pass the stricture, and increase the size of it from day to day, 
pushing it by the stricture with gentle pressure. 

XIII. Gonorrhoea. 

Causes. — This is inflammation of the urethra from irritating sub- 
stances in the urine ; excessive copulation ; masturbation ; connection 
with a newly delivered mare or one that has an irritating discharge from 
the womb ; mechanical injury to the penis, and irritation from the pas- 
sage or arrest of small stones or gravel. It is mostly confined to 
stallions. 

How to know it. — By swelling and soreness in the sheath and penis ; 
painful, slow urination, frequently interrupted and sent in jets, owing to 
the pain ; more or less discharge of pus, which will be seen around the 
head of the penis. 

Wliat to do. — Give a pint of raw linseed oil as a laxative, and foment 
the sore part with hot water ; rinse out any gravel, and inject a lotion 
made as follows : 

No. 72. }4 Ounce sugar of lead, 

1 Ounce vinegar, 
1 Quart water. 
Mix. 

Inject a little once a day. If it is necessary to continue this longer 
than a week, change to 

No. 73. 15 Grains nitrate of silver, 

)^ Pint water. 
Mix. 

Inject a little twice a day. Feed on soft food. 

XIV. Foul Sheath. 

The sheath of most horses needs cleaning occasionally. The glands in 
the skin secrete a fluid to lubricate the parts, and at times it is secreted 
in larger quantities than at othei' times, and accumulates in a gummy, 
black substance in the sheath. Wash it out carefully with soap and warm 
water, being careful not to use any violence in drawing down the yard, 



DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 449 

and particularly careful not to scratch the parts with the finger nails. If 
this occurs the yard may swell to enormous proportions ; if so, bathe it 
with warm water and suspend it in a Avide bandage passed over the loins. 
Repeat the bathing two or three times a day. Give gentle exercise ; and 
when the swelling is nearly gone, oil it with olive oil. 

XV. Urinary Calculi. 

Stones or calculi in the urinary apparatus differ in size, chemical com- 
position and location. Sometimes they attain to very large sizes ; some- 
times several small ones exist in the same place, and sometimes the 
deposit is sand-like, the granules not uniting to form a stone. 

Their chemical composition diif ers according to the nature of the food. 
The calculi of herbivorous or grazing animals are composed mostly of the 
carbonates, while those of carnivorous or flesh eating animals consist 
mainly of the phosphates. The calculi of omnivorous animals partake of 
the character of the two kinds just mentioned. They will be more largely 
composed of the carbonates or of the phosphates according to the charac- 
ter of the food and water taken. 

Causes. — The carbonates of lime and magnesia are the principal com- 
ponents of the calculi of horses and cattle ; they are due to the large 
proportion of vegetable acids in the food. These vegetable acids become 
transformed into carbonic acid, which unites with the lime and magnesia 
in the l)lood, thus forming calculi. The tendencies to form calculi from 
the food are strengthened by the follow^ing accessory causes : Scarcity 
of water ; disinclination to drink ; excessive loss of water from the sys- 
tem by diarrhoea and dysentery or profuse sweating ; feverish conditions, 
giving rise to scanty secretions of urine ; dry winter fodder; and hard 
drinking water. 

A solid substance of some kind for a nucleus or starting point is usually 
necessary to their formation ; around this nucleus the salts crystallize in 
concentric layers. The nucleus may be a particle of mucus, fibrine 
or blood, or a foreign body introduced with the catheter. 

The locations in which they may be found are the kidneys, ureters (the 
tubes leading to the bladder), the bladder, the urethra and the fossa of the 
glans penis. 

How to know It. — Those in the kidneys and ureters cause colicky pains, 
straddling gait, tender loins, and sometimes blood in the urine. Those in 
the ureters can sometimes be felt by the hand introduced into the rectum. 

Those in the bladder get into the passage and obstruct the urine occa- 
sionally, in which case they give rise to frequent straining efforts to pass 
urine ; the urine escapes in driblets and jets, with frequent sudden arrests 

of the flow ; but if the stone does yot get into the passage, the flow is not 

->9 



450 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

checked. Blood, in clots, may be passed from wounding of the mucous 
membrane of the bladder, by the stone. Examination by the hand, per 
rectum, will determine its existence. In the female, it can sometimes be 
reached with the finger. 

What to do. — There is no satisfactory treatment in cases where the 
location of the stone is out of reach. Those in the bladder and urethra 
can be removed by either breaking them down and washing the fragments 
out (lithotrity), or they may be removed whole (lithotomy) ; both opera- 
tions will be found described in the chapter on operations. 

Prevention. — It is well to guard against the formation of them in the 
first instance, and to prevent their return when removed. If any fault 
exists in the feeding, correct it ; give a reasonable amount of common 
salt, twice a week to horses, and to cattle three times a week ; also give an 
abundant supply of good water. If the water is hard, put a little caustic 
soda or potash into it once a day, or a little hard wood ashes. Give roots 
to eat if in winter, and grass in summer ; give half an ounce of tincture 
of gentian morning and night for a fortnight, or a tablespoonful of 
powdered gentian or quassia morning and night in soft food. 



♦ 



I 



CHAPTER XVI. 
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION". 



OF THE MALE : — I. INFLAMMATION OF THE TESTICLES. II. HYDROCELE, OR DROPSY 

OF THE SCROTUM. III. EVIL RESULTS OF CASTRATION. IV. WOUNDS OF THE 

PENIS. V. GONORRHCEA. VI. PHIMOSIS AND PARAPHIMOSIS. VII. MAS- 
TURBATION. 

OF THE FEMALE: — VIII. PARTURITION. IX. METRITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE 

WOMB. X. INFLAMMATION OF THE OVARIES. XI. LEUCORRHCEA. XII. 

PUERPERAL FEVER. XIII. MAMMITIS. XIV. HYSTERIA. XV. ABORTION. 

Horses as a race do not suffer with these diseases as much as cattle 
and other lower animals, probably on account of their greater activity, 
TV'hich is conducive to health, that of the organs of generation as well 
as of other parts of the body. 

1. Inflammation of the Testicles. 

This usually occurs as a result of external injury, but is sometimes the 
result of excessive copulation, glanderous deposit, or a localization of other 
morbific conditions of the system. There will be more or less tumefac- 
tion, great soreness, some fever and a straddling gait. 

What to do. — Give a purgative. No. 23 ; also, give No. 16 in the feed, 
which should be light and soft, grass if possible. Spread over the oro-an 
a little solid extract of belladonna once a day, after hot fomentations. 
Give gentle exercise, but allow rest from active male service for a week, 
or longer if necessary. Should it go on to suppuration, open it and in- 
ject lotion No. 39. If it becomes calloused, hard, and does not diminish 
in size, substitute lotion as follows : 

No. 74. 1 Drachm iodine, 

1 Drachm potassium iodide, 
J^ Pint water. 
Mix. 

Inject a tablespoonf ul into the organ twice a day, and apply some on 
the outside. If treatment fails, castration must be resorted to. (See 
chapter on operations.) 

II. Hydrocele, or Dropsy of the Scrotum. 

The scrotum is the pouch or bag that contains the testicles. Dropsy 
of it is due to the effusion following an injury thereto. It will be found 
enlarged, tender, soft and fluctuating. 

451 



452 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — Draw off the water with a small trocharand cannula ; re- 
peat it, if necessary, half a dozen times, for these cavities are prone to 
refill. Paint the outside with tincture of iodine. If all means fail and 
the case becomes hopeless, resort to castration. (See chapter on oper- 
ations. ^ 

m. Evil Results of Castration. 

Scirrhus cord. — When the cord is left too long, the ends hanging 
down between the lips of the wound made in the scrotum, it becomes ad- 
herent to them, and the whole swells together, becoming an indurated 
mass, sometimes as large as a child's head. 

What to do. — The horse must be cast, the cord dissected away from 
the scrotum, and the cord (which will be found in the form of a tumor) 
excised. In the absence of a good veterinarian, excise it with the 
ecraseur, taking pains to get down low, so as to take out as much of it as 
possible, and dress it, twice a day, with lotion No. 5. 

Abscess in the scrotum. — This occurs from healing: of the wound 
before the suppurative process, which always follows to a greater or less 
extent, is finished. The confined pus accumulates and forms a large 
abscess, causing the sheath to swell, as also the lymphatic glands on the 
inside of the thigh, giving rise to a straddling gait and disinclination to 
move. 

What to do. — Open it freely, and evacuate the pus, when it will com- 
monly heal readily ; if it does not, however, inject lotion No. 5, twice 
a day. 

Projecting cord. — Sometimes a small teat-like piece of the cord will 
project through the wound in the scrotum, preventing it from entirely 
healing. Pinch this off close to the scrotum with the thumb nail, and 
cauterize it with lunar caustic. 

Tumors on the cord. — These may form from catching cold after cas- 
tration, strangulation of the cord, or too rough handling. They sometimes 
attain the size of a child's head. The tumor differs from scirrhus in 
being situated higher up in the canal. It must be dissected out, the same 
as scirrhus cord above described. 

rv. Woxind of the Penis. 

This sometimes happens to stallions while teasing mares ; it gets kicked,, 
swung against a fence, or struck by mischievous boys in play. Some- 
times amputation is necessary. (See chapter on operations.) When an 
operation is not necessary, foment with hot water and apply lotion No. 
24, two or three times a day. If tumefaction is great, support the penis 
with a bandage passed over the loins. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 453 

V. Gonorrhoea or Gleet. 

This is catarrh of the mucous membrane lining the urethra. Its causes 
are excessive work in the stud, connection too soon after parturition, or 
irritating sul^stances in the urine. 

How to know it. — The urine will be passed in small jets, with frequent 
interruptions and manifestations of pain, and there will be some swelling 
and soreness of the parts. 

What to do. — Suspend the labor in the stud for a couple of weeks; 

foment with hot water frequently, and inject the following lotion twice a 

day: (See also page 448, — treatment for another type of this disease.) 

No. 75. 2 Drachms sulphate of zinc, 

1 Pint v/ater, 

Mix. 

Or, instead, the following may be used: 

No. 76. .3 Drachms sugar of lead, 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

VI. Phimosis and Paraphimosis. 

These are swollen conditions of the penis. In the former, the penis is 
swollen and confined Avithin the sheath, so that it cannot be protruded; in 
the latter, the penis is swollen outside the sheath, and cannot be withdrawn. 

What to do. — When phimosis exists, open the external portion of the 
sheath, so as to enlarge the opening; then, if the penis is swollen when 
liberated, bathe with cold water, and apply lotion No. 24 three times a day. 

For paraphimosis, bathe with cold water, apply lotion No. 24 three times 
a day, manipulate as much as the soreness will allow, and support the penis 
with a T)andage passed across the loins. Do not, on any account, omit the 
bandage, as the weight of the swollen organ is alone sufficient to keep it 
irritated and inflamed. If this fails to accomplish the desired effect, the 
rim of the sheath may be slit up a little ways, and the organ manipulated 
and pushed back. Leave the cutting, however, for the last resort. 

VII. Masturbation. 
This is a bad habit of abusing nature, that some stallions get into. It may 
result from weakness, consequent upon overwork in the stud, or, on the 
other hand, from superfluous passion attending want of work in connection 
with high feeding. When from the former cause, reduce the work, give 
walking exercise, and administer tonics, such as Nos. 67, 35 or 33. When 
from the latter, give, for a purgative. No. 23, reduce the feed, increase the 
exercise, and give No. 37. It delnlitates the horse so much that it makes 
him useless. In addition to the remedies mentioned, let him wear a shield 
whenever standing in the stable. This will usually cure a case that requires 
an erection to emit the semen, but oftentimes, in bad cases, emission will take 



454 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

place without erection; it flowing away, occasionally, with the urine. In 
such a case castration is the only remedy. To prevent this disastrous 
habit, let all stallions wear shields from the time they are two years old. 

DISEASES PECULIAR TO THE MARE. 

Diseases of the generative organs are not so numerou.s in the mare as 
in the cow, prolmlily owing, as before explained, to her leading a more 
active life. 

Vni. Parturition. 

This the mare gets through with very quickly when everything is 
right, but when it goes wrong or is prolonged, on account of malpresen- 
tation, or malformation of the pelvis, the case is very bud indeed. The 
cow may be in the act of calving many hours, and come out all right, if 
she gets the right kind of assistance, but the mare, if not relieved, may 
die inside of an hour. Do not interfere, however, unless absolutely nec- 
essary in consequence of delivery coming too soon, (as from some exter- 
nal violence), and before the ligaments of the pelvis are relaxed to allow 
the foetus to pass, or of some malpresentation. In such cases, assis- 
tance, to be of any service, must be rendered soon and efficiently. 

The mare should be strong and in good healthy condition ; as to flesh, 
not too fat nor too thin, and strong, as a result of proper exercise. The 
bowels should be loosened by giving soft feed, roots, etc., at the close of 
the period of gestation. In the great majority of cases, little or nothing 
else is necessary. 

What to do. — In case of malpresentation, refer to the corresponding 
position in the cow, which will be found described in its proper place. 
If all means fail to deliver the foal alive, and one or the other must be 
sacrificed, cut the foal away, piece by piece ; but if the foal is alive and the 
mare cannot be saved, the foal can be brought away by the Cesarian 
operation. (See chapter on operations.) 

Dead foetus. — Sometimes the fcetus dies some considerable time be- 
fore the full term of gestation is completed, and thus becoming a foreign 
substance, it must be removed. Sometimes, in such cases, the os uteri 
does not relax and needs assistance. This condition of affairs will be 
known by the mare's continuous and persistent straining, in the effort to 
expel the foetus. 

What to do. — Pass in your hand, after oiling it with olive oil, and in- 
sert one finger into the os, then two and three, and so on, working very 
gradually, till it is well dilated. If this does not succeed, insert a sponge 
wet with fluid extract of belladonna into the os, and let it remain there 
ten or twelve hours, and then try the hand again. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 455 

IX. Metritis, or Inflammation of the Womb. 

This results from injury during parturition, or from catching cold by ex- 
posure to cold or wet soon after deliver3^ It usually comes on in two or 
three days after parturition. There is more or less fever ; colicky pain ; 
continually straining, as if to pass another foal ; looking around towards 
the flanks ; a discharge of foetid black fluid from the womb ; and arched 
back. 

What to do. — Grive a mild purgative of raw linseed oil, in amount 
from a pint to a quart, according to the size of the patient. Wash out 
the womb with warm water, to which a little, a very little, whiskey has 
been added, and inject No. 39. Give No. 18 internally, as often as the 
fever and other symptoms require. Feed on light diet and keep warm. 

X. Inflammation of the Ovaries. 

This, though rare, is met with occasionally in the mare, and is mani- 
fested by slight fever, soreness on pressure in the lumbar region, and dis- 
inclination to walk. It usually occurs at the time of heat, and passes 
away when that is over ; it aggravates the passions excited at that time. 

What to do. — Give a teaspoonf ul of saltpetre in a bran mash, three 
times a day, for a couple of days. 

XI. Leucorrhoea. 

This is catarrh of the vagina or of the womb, or of both. Caused, 
originally, 1)y a slight attack of inflammation, a discharge from the 
irritated surfaces is set up and soon becomes chronic. It often follows dif- 
ficult parturition, in which the parts have been torn and injured, more or 
less. When the after-birth is retained, leucorrhoea invariably follows, 
owing to the irritation caused by the decomposition, which, in such cases, 
58 nature's only alternative for getting rid of the foreign body. 

The discharge is whitish and slimy, of a disagreeable odor ; in fact, 
when following retention of the after-birth, it is often purulent, and very 
offensive. It tells heavily on the general health of the patient ; she loses 
flesh ; the coat becomes rough, coarse and staring ; and the milk dries up, 
or nearly so. 

What to do. — Introduce a catheter into the womb, and draw off 
the purulent accumulations, if any exist ; next, inject tepid water, draw- 
ing it off Aviththe catheter ; then inject lotions Nos. 75, 76 and 39, chana-- 
ing from one to another, and applj'ing them twice a day till cured. At the 
same time, give, as a course of tonics, Nos. 67, 35 and 22, changing 
occasionally from one to another. Continue them three or four weeks. 
Give green food, if practicable ; if not, give bran mashes, roots, etc, 



i5Q CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR » 

XII. Puerperal Fever. 

This is a l)enign fever, usually occurring on the second or third day 
after parturition. It is aggravated by colds, exposure, or neglect. 

How to know it. — The symptoms are those of general fever, accelera- 
ted pulse and respiration, with heightened temperature ; the ears and 
extremities, however, are cold ; the visible mucous membranes are inject- 
ed and red ; the bowels are constipated ; tlie urine is scanty and high col- 
ored ; secretion of milk is suspended ; and the udder inclines to inflamma- 
tion and hardness. It may occur in mares of all ages, but is most often 
met with after the first pregnancy, and seems to accompany the effort 
of nature in secreting the milk. 

What to do. — Keep the animal warm, in a place with good ventilation 
but no drafts ; give soft diet (grass if possible)^ and plenty of pure water 
with a tablespoonful of sweet spirits of nitre mixed with it morning and 
night. If the bowels are constipated, give half a pint of raw linseed oil, 
repeating it after ten or twelve hours. 

Xn. Mammitis. 

This is inflammation of the mammary glands, or udder ; it accompanies 
parturition, and then always exists to a certain extent, consequent upon 
the secretion of milk. It is apt to be most severe after the first foaling. 
Usually, the inflammation subsides in the course of a week or so; that is, 
as the organs become accustomed to secreting the milk, and their outside 
is softened by the foal sucking and pulling at the teats ; but not in- 
frequently it happens that, instead of getting better and softer, they get 
harder and larger, sore, hot and painful. When it runs on to suppura- 
tion of a quarter, as it sometimes does, the milk curdles and comes away 
with difficulty, in small quantities, and is bloody. There is always more 
or less constitutional disturbance, fever, accelerated pulse, etc. 

What to do. — Foment vigorously with hot water, as continuously as 
possible ; manipulate to the utmost extent that the soreness will alloAv ; 
encourage the foal to suck and pull the teats, and milk all you can, at 
frequent intervals, to prevent the milk from curdling. If it goes on to 
suppuration, open the abscesses and inject lotion No. 39, twice a day, and 
apply oil-cake poultices, changing them morning and night. Give soft 
feed ; if in winter, take the chill off the drinking water, and keep the 
mare blanketed. Give a teaspoonful of saltpetre in a bran mash morn- 
ino- and night. If the bowels are constipated, give a pint of raw linseed 
oil. Eub the glands with the following, three times a day : 

No. 77. 1 Ounce camphor gum, 

^ Pint olive oil, 
Mix. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 457 

Xrv. Hysteria. 

This is a peculiar and quite I'^re nervous condition accompanying neat 
and manifested, principally, by the voluntary muscles. The jaws champ ; 
the teeth are ground ; the muscles tremble ; the legs and feet are liable 
to i)aw, strike or kick spasmodically ; in short, the mare acts in a generally 
delirious manner. Sometimes the brain is so much affected that this con« 
dition runs on into tetanic convulsions, inflammation of the brain, and 
death. 

What to do. — Give a quart of raw linseed oil, or else No. 23, and No. 
52. Repeat the latter every four to six hours, till purgation takes place, 
when all unpleasant symptoms will usually disappear. 

XV. Abortion. 

When mares abort, it is usually the result of accident or overwork. 
If compelled to draw too heavy a load, a single extra hard pull is often- 
times sufficient to produce abortion ; any such accident as slipping, fall- 
ing, external violence, etc., may likewise bring it about. Usually, all 
parts come away naturally, without any untoward result other than nerv- 
ous prostration, and, perhaps, a slight febrile rise in pulse and temper- 
ature for a day or two afterwards. 

What to do. — Allow absolute rest for a few days, and give soft feed 
and chilled water. If any fever follows, give a teaspoonful of saltpetre 
in the mash, morning and night. 



CHAPTER XVn. 



DISEASES OF THE LIVEB. 



I. CONGESTIOX OF THE LIVER. II. HEPATITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OP THE LIVEKI 

(acute OR CHRONIC). III. CEROMA, OR FATTY DEGENERATION. IV. CIR- 
RHOSIS, OR FIBROUS DEGENERATION. V. JAUNDICE, ICTERUS, OR VELLOWS. 

VI. BILIARY CALCULI, OR GALL-STONES. VII. HYPERTROPHY. VIII. ATRO-1 

PHY. IX. SOFTENING, OR RAMOLLISSEMENT, "WITH RUPTURE. 

Diseases of the liver in the lower animals, are not as common as in the] 
human family, but they are met "with occasionally, and their effects are] 
plainly visible. The other organs of the body necessarily suffer whei 
there is inactivity of the liver, since its functions are very important,] 
both in eliminating impurities from the blood, and in secreting the bile 
that largely contributes to maintaining the health of the bowels. 

Certain marked symptoms are common to all diseases of the liverj 
viz : yellowness of all the visible mucous membranes, dullness of spirits, 
languor, and loss of appetite. When the bile is secreted too abundantly, 
the foeces are bright yellow, with either diarrhcea, or a tendency that 
way ; and when the bile is scanty, the foeces are of a gray, ashy color,! 
hard and very offensive to the smell. Again, when the liver fails to secrete 
its customary quantity of urea, the latter is thrown back into the sys- 
tem, with especial detriment to the kidneys, giving rise to congestion ol 
those organs or azoturia, (which see). The principal diseases of th< 
liver, in the horse, are enumerated in the heading of this chapter. 
I. Congestion of the Liver. 

This is engorgement of the hepatic blood vessels, and, in a secondarj 
manner, is accompanied by engorgement of many of the other internal 
organs, Its subjects are commonly high fed, pampered, idle animals.^ 
It is frequently a symptom of influenza, from obstruction of the flow ol 
bile, caused by inflammation of the lining membrane of the bile ducts| 
which, in turn, is simply one manifestation of the general catarrhal 
inflammation of the mucous membranes of the whole body. 

How to know it. — In addition to the general symptoms of hepatic dis^ 
ease, mentioned in the second paragraph of this chapter, there will be 
some colicky pains ; turning of the head towards the right side ; higl 
brownish color of the urine ; constipation; clay-colored foeces; an offen- 
sive smell to both foeces and mouth ; and grinding of the teeth. Some- 
times, there is also lameness in the right fore-shoulder, and more or less 

fever, 

458 



DISEASES OF THE LIVER. 459 

What to do. — Some authorities recommend bleeding and purgatives, 
except wlien it is a symptom of influenza. In case the animal is fat, 
bleeding would be an advantage. Follow it with No. 37, given in doses 
of two or three tablespoonfuls in soft feed, three times a day. Let the 
food be light and rather sparing. 

When there are liver troubles, as a complication of influenza, it is not 
safe to give them any special treatment. In such cases, treat for influ- 
enza, as elsewhere given. 

II. Hepatitis, or Inflammation of the Liver. 

This may be either acute or chronic. It is very rare in the lower ani- 
mals, among which it is most often seen in old horses. The inflamma- 
tion may have its seat either in the covering membrane, known to anato- 
mists as "Glisson's Capsule," or in the glandular portion itself . It may 
lead to abscesses, or to a hardening or softening of the organ. We will 
treat, first, of the acute form. 

How to know it. — There is marked loss of appetite, and dulhiess of 
the eye ; the patient usually remains standing, but hangs his head ; the 
manure, passed in small balls, is of a dark reddish-brown color, and 
sometimes very much mixed with bile, covered with a slimy mucous 
matter ; the urine is scant and high colored, and there is tenderness of 
the right side. 

What to do. — In the acute form, give early, as a mild purgative. No. 
23, and follow it with this: 

No. 78. 2 Ounces chlorate of potash, 

1 Quart water, 
Mix. 

Give four ounces (about two wine-glassfuls) three times a day. Feed 
on light diet. 

The chronic form may follow the acute, or it may exist as an original 
disease. It gives rise to material changes in the liver, which may become 
enlarged and softened, or diminished in size and indurated and hardened. 
In those cases where it comes on gradually, and exists as an original dis- 
ease, it is the result of want of proper food, or a process of gradual 
starvation, and tends to a fatal termination. If the food is insufficient 
and unsuitable, the fact will be shown l)y a poverty-stricken appearance 
of the animal generally. 

What to do. — Give a complete change in every way possible — location 
and altitude, as well as in the quality and quantity of food. 

III. Ceroma, or Patty Degeneration of the Liver. 

This is usually seen in old horses that are very fat. The liver becomes 
large and soft, and the hepatic cell* becoming filled with fat, the secretion 



460 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of bile is interfered with. Here we find one of the causes of con- 
stipation and enteritis ; for the bile is the main agent in keeping the 
bowels in order, including, also, the prevention of acidity and abnormal, 
waste of- the tissues composing them. 

No treatment can be prescribed. These cases usually die suddenly, 
from rupture of the capsule and escape of blood into the abdominal 
cavity. Prevention might be effected by not allowing old horses to get 
too fat. 

IV. Cirrliosis, or Fibrous Degeneration. 

This is due, probably, to material changes in the blood, which becoming 
poor in quality and scanty in quantity, gives rise to atrophy of the sys- 
tem, pining, and death. On post-mortem examination, the liver is found 
to be light, and in color of a yellow cast, roughened on the surface, firm 
to the touch, not so easily broken down as in a healthy condition ; it is 
hard, fibrous and dry; and, when cut across, the lobules are replaced b}' 
white fibrous tissue, exhibiting a mottled appearance, like the interior of 
a nutmeg. No specific treatment is possible. 

V. Jaundice, Icterus, or Yellows. 

This is only a symptom of derangement of the liver, though commonly 
spoken of as a separate disease. It indicates an obstruction of the gall 
duct that conveys the bile into the intestines, the consequence of which 
is, that the bile is thrown back into the system, and hence the yellow 
appearance so characteristic of all liver disorders. 

If it is not complicated with any other disease, give a purgative. No. 
23, and follow it Avith No. 37. If, however, it exists as a complication, 
treat the other disease rather than this condition. 

VI. Biliary Calculi, or Gall-stones. 

Thougn gall-stones are rarely found, incrustations on the walls of the 
ducts are quite common. They do little or no harm, unless they accu- 
mulate to such an extent as to obstruct the duct, in which case there will 
be colicky pains, frequent looking around to the right side, and a yellow, 
bilious appearance generally. 

Give No. 55. 

VII. Hypertrophy of the Liver. 

This, which is the name given an abnormal growth of the organ, is 
usually associated with a plethoric condition, resulting from idleness and 
hioli feeding. 

Reduce the flesh, by giving No. 23, and restricting the diet. 



DISEASES OF THE LIVER. 



461 



VIII. Atrophy of the Liver. 

This is a wasting, shrinking, pining away process. Its causes are 
eitiier sonic other disease, or else starvation. If the former, treat the 
other disease, and the system may, perhaps, redevelop. If starvation 
and neglect are to blame, make a radical change, giving good food, and 
plenty of it. 

IX. Softening, or Ramollissement, with Rupture. 

This is i)robably due to repeated attacks of congestion and engorge- 
ment. The softening process goes on , 
till finally the inevitable sequel of 
rupture takes jjlace. Sometimes the 
rupture does not involve Glisson's 
(rapsule, but only the glandular mat- 
ter, and when this occurs, it will be 
manifested by colicky pains, and also 
by fainting fits, if the head is raised 
suddenly. The symptoms subside 
after a while, and appear to leave no 
injurious consequences. When, how- 
ever, Glisson's capsule is ruptured, 
hemorrhage into the abdomen occurs, 
and a fatal termination suddenly ensues. 

Prevention. — Recognizing that all affections of the liver leading to 
softening and rupture, are due to improper feeding, the methods of pre- 
vention are evident, viz : Regulate the diet carefully, reducing the 
quality of rich and specially nutritious foods, and giving more hay, straw, 
etc., and thus keeping down the tendency to undue obesity. 




TEST FOR HEMORRHAGE FROM TUB 
LIVEK. 



CHAPTER XVni. 



DISEASES OP THE EYE. 



I. SPECIFIC OPHTHALMIA, OK MOON BLINDNESS. II. SIMPLE OPHTHALMIA, Ol 

CONJUNCTIVITIS. III. AMAUROSIS, OUTTA SERENA, OR GLASS EYE. IVJ 

GLAUCOMA. V. IRITIS. VI. LEUCOMA. VII. CATARACT. VIII. FILA"- 

RIA OCULI, OR WORM IN THE EYE. IX. ENTROPIUM. X. ECTROPIUM. Xl^ 

TORN EYELIDS. XII. CANCEROUS TUMOR IN THE EYE. XIII. OBSTRUCTIOl 

OF THE LACHRYMAL DUCT, 

Diseases of the eye are not nearly as numerous among the equina 

race as in man, though it would be a mistake to infer from this that th« 

eye is a less sensitive or complicated organ in the one than in the other^ 

The oculary diseases of the horse are about all included in the list above 

given. 

I. Specific Ophthalmia, or Moon Blindness. 

This is the bane of horse-flesh in the West, where a multitude oi 
good horses lose their sight from an hereditary disease that is utterly 
incurable, and runs on its certain course, fast or slow, to cataract. It 
consists of inflammation of the cornea, choroid coat, ciliary processes and 
iris, affecting, also, the humors and lens, and giving rise to an immense 
amount of pain on account of the intro-ocular pressure. 

It is called speciHc on account of its occult cause, nature and perio- 
dicity. While it is transmissible to the offspring from either parent, it is 
especially so from the sire. 

How to know it. — There is swelling of the whole eye, lids, conjunctiva, 
the mucous lining of the lids, and all internal parts of the eye ; and the 
cornea being inelastic, the pressure and pain are intense. The eye is 
closed, or nearly so, from the light, tears run down over the cheek, and 

the mucous membranes become very red ; and as a 

result of the inflammation, pus is formed in the anterior 

chamber, and may be seen as a whitish substance down 

in the lower portion. 

After a few days, the inflammation subsides, goes 

away, and leaves the eye nearly as bright as natural ; still, 
SPECIFIC OPHTHAL- if examined carefulh^ shreds of the lymph will be seen 

hanging around in the anterior chamber, and the pupil 

^'l,T'"?keep^°ouf the ^111 bc ragged. After a period of from four weeks to 

{Lf 'poTiUon"'of °tle thrcc or four months, the trouble will recur with all 

the symptoms in an aggravated degree ; the whitish 
substance (lymph) becomes purulent, and, settling at the bottom, may 




DISEASES OF THE EY'E. 4ft?, 

there be seen like a half-moon. Examine the eye by the light of a cau- 
dle, (the horse being in a dark place,) and the cornea will look dull, and 
the back of the eye bluish yellow. These appearances, accompanied 
by the recurrences from time to time, will plainly stamp the disease as 
specific or periodic ophthalmia. It may affect either eye alone, or both 
at the same time, and the periodic recurrence may either be noticed first 
in one and then in the other, or else always in the same one. After one 
or more recurrences, the lymph or pus in the bottom of the anterior 
chamber will remain. The pupil becomes uneven, the eye looks smaller, 
on account of its being drawn back into the socket to avoid the light, and 
before long, as a result of the inflammation, the fatty cushion at the back 
of the eye becomes absorbed. After a few recurrences, there is perceived 
a muddiness around the lens, which increases in opacity with each suc- 
cessive attack, till a cataract forms. This is the inevitable result. Then 
the intensity of the attack diminishes, and finally subsides altogether. 

What to do. — There is no treatment known that will absolutely cure 
it ; yet good attention will ward off the final termination for a long time. 
When first coming on, give a purgative. No. 23, and follow it up with 
this : 

No. 79. 1 Drachm potassium iodide, 

% Pint water, 
Mix. 

Give this as one dose in a bran mash or from a bottle. Repeat it three 
times a day for a fortnight. Feed on bran mashes, green food, roots, 
etc. Bathe the eye with hot water an hour at a time, three times a day. 
Apply the following lotion to the eye, with a camel's hair brush, four or 
six times a day : 

No. 80. 2 Grains sulphate of atropia, 

1 Ounce water, 
Mix, 

Keep the animal in a dark place, with plenty of water to drink. 
When the active inflammation has subsided, use the following lotion : 

No. 81. 5 Grains nitrate of silver, 

1 Ounce water. 
Mix. 

Apply with a camel's hair brush, twice a day for a week or so, which 
will help to take up the cloudiness that may remain from the inflamma- 
tion. If this object is not satisfactorily effected, apply No. 82. 

Prevention. — Never breed a mare affected with specific ophthalmia, 
not even when she is stone-blind and all danger of subsequent recurren- 
ces gone. Never breed to a stallion similarly affected. Its hereditary 
character is certain. It breaks out in the offspring, usually, between the 
ages of four and seven, most often at about six. 



4(U 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVP: STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




n. Simple Ophthalmia, or Conjunctivitis. 

The lining of the eyelids is a sensitiv^e, vascular, mucous membrane 
called the conjunctiva. Inflammation of this membrane and the othe 
external parts is kno\vn as simple ophthalmia, or conjunctivitis. 

Cause. — The most common cause is the introduction of foreign bodies 
into the eye, such as hay-seed, hair, cinders, lime or other caustic sub- 
stances, etc. It often accompanies other diseases, as a symptom of fever, 
the conjunctiva at such times sharing MMth all other mucous membranes 
in the tendency to congestion. 

How to know it. — The eye is kept partly or nearly closed, the eyelids 
are swollen, the tears flow copiously down the cheek, and when tho lids 
are opened the lining is very red and inflamed, with 
the haw drawn well up on the eye. After a day or 
two, the surface of the cornea (the transparent por- 
tion of the eyeball) becomes clouded with a whitish 
film-like substance, caused by the interrupted nutri- 
tion Avhich attends the inflammation and tumefaction. 
If neglected, the opacity increases and soon becomes 
chronic, resisting treatment, and causing blindness. 
Sometimes, when the irritant is very severe, the in- 
flammation extends to the interior of the eye, break- 
ing down the structure of the parts, when blindness 
lesults, as a matter of course. 

What to do — Make a careful examination, and remove the offending 
object. Foreign ])odies can be removed with forceps, or by a silk hand- 
kerchief passed over the head of a pin. The forceps should be curved, 
and the curved surface applied to the eye, so as to avoid the possibility 
of puncturing the points into it. If so much 
swollen that the foreign body cannot be dis- 
covered, the point where it is will be apt to be 
more swollen than the rest, thereby giving a 
clue as to its location. If it is down under the 
haw, the latter may be caught by a hook or 
tenaculum, and drawn up so as to allow com- 
plete examination of the surfaces beneath. It 
is often necessary to fasten the haw, to prevent 
its movements from interfering with the examination of the eye. 

After the irritant is removed, bathe the eye Avith warm water having a 
small quantity of salt in it, — a teaspoonful of salt to a pint of water; 
have the water and sponge clean, and foment the eye half an hour at a 
time, three or four times a day. Insert a flaxseed under the lid several 
times a day, or smear across and into the eye the white of an egg. 



SIMPLK OPHTHAL- 
MIA. 

'i he pupil natural, but 
the line shovvinjf the 
position of the haw, it 
beings drawn well up 
on the eye, in its en- 
deavor to brush off the 
foreign body. 




MANNER OF OPENING THE 
EYE WHEN SEARCHING 
FOK FOREIGN BODIES. 



DISEASES OF THE EYE. 465 

If the cornea becomes cloudy, ivpply the following lotion morning and 
night, Avith a camel's hair l)riish. 

No. 82. 10 Grains nitrate of silver, 

1 Ounce water, 
Mix. 

Apply lotion No. 80, six to eight ti«mes a day, with a camel's hair 
brush, all around under the eyelids and upon the eyeballs, to prevent 
the extension of the inflammation to the inner parts of the eye, or to 
alleviate it, if this has occurred. Give the animal rest, with soft feed and 
a dark stall. 

III. Amaurosis, Gutta Serena, or Glass Eye. 

This is blindness from paralysis of the optic nerve (the nerve of the 
sense of sight) and retina. The latter is the expansion of the optic nerve 
over the back of the chamber of the eye. There is no alteration in the 
structure of the eye, but simply loss of power to see. The pupil is greatly 
dilated, indicating the eye's insensibility to light, and has a very clear, 
bright appearance, like blue glass ; and instead of contracting and expand- 
ing, as it should do, in different degrees of light, it remains fixed. 

Cause. — It may depend upon injury to the brain, with effusion press- 
ing on the optic nerve, and when this is the cause, the appearance of the 
eye above described will be noticed. Or it may result from excessive 
fever in any disease, and especially epizootic influenza, if the temper- 
ature of the body runs above 106® . In the latter case, the retina is 
involved in the inflammation, loses its beautiful bluish lustre, and be- 
comes whitish-green in color, and the humors (the liquids) of the eye 
get more or less muddy, and give a greenish cast to the whole eye. 

As this condition may not be detected by 
a casual observer, by looking into the eye 
itself, it is necessary to notice closely the 
actions of the horse. It may effect one or 
both eyes. If only one, the horse's action 
may not be altered, but if both eyes are blind 
the fact Avill be betrayed by his high stepping 
and his constant moving of the ears forward 
and backward. These are indications which 
should always create suspicion in this re- 

*' " '■ EYE AFFECTED BY SERENA. 

spect. 

What to do. — Apply a blister. No. 9, to the cheek or temple, and 
on the back of the neck, and give internally Nos. 67 and 66 in alterna- 
tion. But a cure is rarely to be hoped for. 

30 




4:66 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 



IV. Glaucoma. 

This is inflammation involving the whole globe of the eye, but more par- 
ticularly the vitreous humor, (the fluid in the posterior chamber of the 
eye,) the iris, choroid, and sometime the retina. It occasions a dilated, 
irregular pupil, muddiness of the vitreous humor, and a sea-green color 
of the interior of the eye, with blindness as a frequent sequel. 

What to do. — It is treated by constitutional remedies — calabar bean, 
electricity, etc., and also by iridectomy (an operation to excise a portion 
of the iris, to relieve the intro-ocular pressure.) These measures all 
require the skill of a veterinarian. 

V. Iritis. 

Inflammation of the iris (that portion of the eye forming the pupil 
and giving the color to the eye) is called iritis. 

Cause. — Severe external violence, extremes of light and darkness, ex 
posure to severe storms, facing the wind, and constitutional disorders. 

How to know it. — A pink ring is seen around the sclerotica (the white, 
fibrous coat forming the large posterior portion of the eye) : the eye is re- 
tracted and partly closed ; the haw is drawn up ; the conjunctiva is inflam- 
ed, there being considerable fever in the con- 
stitution ; the pupil is very small, and the 
aqueous humor becomes turbid, with white 
flakes floating in the anterior chamber, and 
usually a little pus in the bottom of the latter. 
What to do. — Place the animal in a dark 
stall, or cover his face with a green cloth. Give 
a purgative. No. 23. Bathe the eye with warm 
water as much as possible, and apply No. 80 
every few minutes for half an hour ; then rest 
four or five hours, and repeat it. So continue 
from day to day, till all symptoms of inflam- 
mation are gone. Let the feed be soft and un- 
stimulatimg. 

VI. Leucoma. 

This is a white opacity of the cornea, from extravasation of lymph into 
the fibres of the extension of the conjunctiva over the cornea. It may be 
the result of other eye diseases, of fever in the system, or of external vio- 
lence. It is best treated by keeping in a dark place, with laxative food 
and continuous application of No. 82, till it is cleared up. 




MANNER OF SHADING A 
HORSE'S EYES WHEN SUF- 
FER^>fG FROM INFLAMMA- 
TION. 



DISEASES OF THE EYE. 



467 



VII. Cataract. 

As the most common termination of all inflammatory diseases of the 
eye, we see a white opaque substance covering the lens, and oftentimes 
completely filling the pupil. This is cataract, of which there are two 
kinds, distinguished by the terms capsular and lenticular, according to 
their position. Cataract is organized lymph attached to the lens. 

How to know it. — Usually the pupil is very much dilated, and filled 
with the white lymph, the defect being so plain as to be seen a hundred 
feet away. Sometimes, however, it can only be detected by a close ex- 
amination. Examine the horse, first, in strong sunlight, and note carefully 
the degree of contraction of the pui)il ; then place him in a dark stall, and 
examine the eye with a candle. A healthy eye reflects three candles, 
the first from the cornea, the second from the surface of the lens, the 
third from the back of the lens. When either or both of the last two are 
blurred or, worse, entirely wanting, you need no further proof of the 
existence of cataract. 

What to do. — In recent cases, the eye may sometimes be cleared up by 
simply giving a purgative, No. 23, and applying a lotion. No. 82, at the 
same time giving No. 66, internally ; but in later stages nothing could 
avail except to dissect them out — an operation that is never practiced on 
the horse for the reason that, without glasses, he would never be able to 
see things again, in their right position, size and form. 




A FREQUENT RESULT OF IMPERFECT VISION. 



Imperfect vision is wopse than blindness, bemg vastly more misleading 
and wholly unreliable. 

VIII. Pilaria Oculi, or Worm in the Eye. 

This is a small, thread-like worm, seen floating about in the aqueous 
humor in the anterior chamber of the eye. It is very rare. The worm 



468 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

is from half an inch to two inches in length, and the size of a hair. It 
is white in color, und is very active, squirming about in the eye, appar- 
ently very much at home. It is probably taken into the stomach in the 
egg form, and after hatching, the mite works through the coats of the 
intestines and blood vessels, is carried by the circulation till it finds an 
agreeable medium, and there developes. It causes a great amount of in- 
flammation and pain in the eye, in which it can be plainly seen by any 
observer. 

What to do. — The only remedy is to puncture the cornea and evacuate 
the anterior chamber, when the worm will come out along with the other 
contents. This, however, is a delicate operation, and should never be 
attempted l^y any but a qualified veterinary surgeon. (See chapter on 

operations.) 

IX. Entropium. 

This is inversion of the eyelids, causing the lashes to turn in upon the 
eyeballs, and giving rise to an irritating disease called Trichiosis. It is 
due to excessive thickness of the lid above the rim, so that the rim is 
made to turn in. 

What to do. — It is treated by cutting out an elliptical section of the 
skin, and sewing the wound up again, to shorten the lid. Let the long 
axis of the ellipse rvai lengthwise with the eyelid, horizontally. 

X. Ectropium. 

This trouble is consequent upon an inflamed and thickened conjunc- 
tiva. It is a turning out or eversion of the lids, showing their red mu- 
cous membranes continually. It is most common in the lower lid. It is 
treated by an operation to remove an elliptical section of the conjunctiva, 
the after treatment being the same as prescribed for simple ophthalmia. 

XI. Torn Eyelids. 

The lids are frequently torn by getting caught in hooks, nails, etc. 
When possible, sew them up at once. Bring the edges neatly together 
and sew them with fine silk, making fine stitches, and dress two or three 
times a day with lotion No. 39. Tie the horse in the center of a wide 
stall, with a line from each side, and let him eat off the floor, to prevent 
him from rubbing his head and tearing the laceration open again. 

XII. Cancerous Tumors in the Eye. 

These, though rare, are occasionally met with in the horse, and their 
only treatment is to extirpate them by cutiing out the eye. Cancerous 
growths are always malignant, and spread to surrounding tissues. (See 
chapter on operations . ) 



DISEASES OF THE EYE 

XIII. Obstruction of the Lachrymal Duct. 



4r)9 



This duct is the one that carries off tears and superfluous moisture 
from the eyes to the nose. It runs from the inner corner of the eye- 
lids to within two or three inches of the nostril, and empties on the 
floor of the nasal passage. It occasionally becomes stopped up from 
extension to it of the inflammation attending catarrh, and then the 




PAROLE. 



tears, having no other channel of escape, may be 
seen flowing down over the clieck. 

What to do. — See if there is any mechanical ob- 
struction in the nose, and, if so, remove it ; if not, 
swab out the nostril with an infusion of tobacco. 
Should this fail, the duct must be opened with a 
probe. Take a fine elastic probe, about the size 
of a knitting needle, and a foot lonir, and insert 
it once a day for several days, and inject No. 73 
with a fine syringe. 




OBSTRUCTION OP LACH- 
RYMAL DUCT. 



CHAPTER XIX. 



PARASITIC DISEASES OP THE HORSE. 



INTESTINAL WORMS. 
WORM. 



BOTS. 



LICE. 



-IV. MANGE. ^V. RING- 



I. Intestinal Worms. 

Three kinds of tape-worms and seven of round worms have been found 
n the intestines of the horse. The tape-worms are very rare, and hence 
have but little interest for the average reader. But the round worms 
are both very common and highly injurious to the animal harboring them. 

Pin-worms or ascarides. — The most noteworthy is the pin-worm, of 
which two kinds are very common, viz : Sclerostomum Equinum and 
Oxyuris curvola. These, which are usually spoken of as ascarides, are 
small round worms about an inch and a half to two inches long, pointed 




A FRUITFUL MEDIUM FOR THE SPREAD OF MANGE. 

at both ends, with a small black head. They inhabit the large intestines 
(the rectum usually, and sometimes the colon,) where they often exist 
in large numbers, some of them being passed, also, from time to time, in 
the dung. 

Teres Lumhrici. — The next most common worm is the large round 
worm scientifically known as teres lumhrici, which are about as thick as a 
clay pipe-stem, and, as to length, about eight to twelve inches for the 
male and about ten to eighteen inches for the female. They infest thf 

470 



PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 



471 




small intestines, and frequently enter the stomach, but from the fact 
that they seldom exist in very large quantities, commonly do somewhat 
less damage than the ascarides. Nevertheless, the writer has occasion- 
ally seen them come away by the hat-full, after a heavy dose of vermi- 
fuge. 

How to detect their presence. — When in small numbers, their exis- 
tence is hardly ascertainable, but when in large numbers, their pres- 
ence will be betrayed by a capricious 
appetite, usually a ravenous one ; ema- 
ciation, with dry, coarse, staring coat, 
and a pot-belly ; a whitish-j'ellow 
mould will be seen around the anus, 
probal)ly made by worms being crush- 
ed while passing out, leaving their 
contents sticking to the skin, and, 
usuall}^ more or less of the worms 
will be seen in the dung. When 
they get into the stomach, the horse 
will turn up his uj)per lip, as if nau- 
seated, and will also rub his lips 
against the wall, manger, etc. ; he 
will lick the wall, sometimes even 

lick the hair off himself, and will persistently rub his tail or keep switch- 
ing it around, and otherwise manifesting the irritation that exists in the 

anus and rectum. 

Giant Strangle. — Another round 
worm occasionally observed in the horse, 
is the giant strongle, {Eustrongylus 
Gigas,) found, most commonly, in the 
kidneys and bladder. But sometimes, 
after having completely devoured a kid- 
ney, this rapacious parasite bursts the cap- 
sule, and falling into the abdominal cavity, 
there floats about among the intestines. 
It then causes peritonitis and death. These worms are as large as a 
man's big finger, and from one to three feet long. Their color is a 
bright i)ink. 

What to do for worms. — There are numerous useful vermifuges. The 
most convenient and effectual is the f ollowinir : 



APPEARANCE OP' COLT SUFFERING FROM 
WORMS, 




HORSE RUBBING HIS NOSE AGAINST 
A WALL — A SYMPTOM OP WORMS. 



No. S3. 



1 Drachm sulphate of iron, 

1 Drachm tartar- emetic, 

2 Drachms linseed meal, 
Mix. 



472 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Give as one dose, repeating it morning and night for a week ; then 
give a purgative of oil and turpentine, as follows : 



No. 84. 



1 Ounce spirits of turpentine, 
1 Pint raw linseed oil, 
Mix. 




Give as one dose. 

After three weeks, repeat the entire treatment, to catch the young 
worms previously left in the bowels, in the form of nits or eggs, and which 

have hatched since. 

JSTasal and bronchial acari. — One sort of acarus is found 
in the nose of the horse, and another, the strongylus micrurus, 
in the bronchial tubes. They are from one and a half to three 
inches long. 

II. Bots. 
The oestrus equi, or horse gadfly, in laying its eggs, 
?ffiNomE?.^ attaches them to the hair of the horse, usually on the fore legs 
Acarus which and brcast, so as to be convenient to the horse's mouth. The 
lives in the nose. ^q^,^q \\q\^ the spot irritated by the fly and thus gets one or 
more eo-o-s into his mouth ; it is hatched by the heat and moisture, passes 
down the ouUet, and attaches itself to the coat of the stomach by two little 
booklets on the head, and there hangs for several months, 
as yet not having the power to let go. This is one of 
the stages it has to go through, to become a fly. When 
it has matured, it lets go, and soon passes out with the 
duno-. It then hides itself in the earth, 
to undergo another change, and after six or 
seven weeks' growth, in the pupa condition, 
emerges a full fledged gadfly, capable of 
annoying many horses and propagating its species indefinitely. 




THE GADFLY. 






I. Female fly about to deposit an egg, 

3. The egg magnified. 

3. The bot. 

4. The chrysalis, 

5. The male fly. 



THE GADFLY, AT VARIOUS STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT. 

The bot sucks liquid nourishment from the food of the horse, an^ 



PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 



473 



never, as is popularly supposed, eats the stomach ; for the holes found in 
the stomach soon after the death of a healthy ani- 
mal, are really caused by the action of the gastric 
juice, — in fact, a kind of self-digestion by the stom- 
ach itself. 

The only harm bots can do is to accumulate in 
such large quantities in the stomach and bowels as 
to interfere with digestion and the free passage of 
the fteces. In such cases a purgative may prove 
advantageous. 

No specific treatment is necessary. Feed well. 

III. Lice. 

All animals suffer from the ravages of external parasites, the most 
common of which ai-e lice. They are wingless insects, divided into 
two classes, blood-suckers (^Hmmatopinus) and Bird-lice {trichodectes .) 




BOTS FASTENED TO THE 

STOMACH, UNABLE 

TO LET GO. 





HEN-LOUSE, OR DERMANYS- 
SUS OF THE HORSE. 



GONIODES STYLIFER OF 
THE TURKEY. 



The former have narrow heads and long, trunk-like sucking tubes ; 
the latter, very broad heads and biting jaws, but no sucking tube. Lice 
always impoverish the animal they infest, causing loss of flesh and general 
unthriftiness. Our four cuts of them are, of course, greatly magnified. 
What to do. — The safest and most effectual remedy is a tobacco 
infusion, made as follows : 

No. 85. 2 Pounds tobacco, 

3 Gallons water. 
Mix,^nd steep for two hours. 

Sponge the animal thoroughly. Or the following may be used in the 
same manner : 



No. 86. 



3 Pounds quassia chips, 
1 Gallon water, 
Mix, and st^p one hoiu". 



174 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 



IV. Mange. 

This is a parasitic disease that is due to a class of 
insects called acari, of which there are three kinds 
that trouble the horse, viz : the 
sarcoptes, dermatophagus and dermato- 
coptis. The first named burrows in 
the deeper layers and cracks of the 
skin, while the last two live on the 
surface, under the scabs, where, of 
course, they are more easily got at than 
the former, and hence are less difficult 
to treat. 

How to know it. — There is a terri- 
ble itching that cannot be satisfied ; 
the more the horse rubs, the iftore 
he itches. Horses with the mange 
will sometimes be found turned out to pasture, and rubbing and scratch- 
ing against posts, trees, fences, etc » 5 or even against one another. As 





HCEMATOPINUS, OB 
BLOOD-SUCKING 
LOUSE OF THE 
HORSE AND ASS. 



TRICHODECTES 
OR BIRD LOUSE 
OF THE HORSE. 





DERMATOPHAGUS EQUI. 



DERMATOCOPTES EQUI. 



the mites possess great vitality, and will live a long time away from a 
horse, those left on the posts, etc., will infest any other horse coming in 
contact with it weeks, or even months, afterward. Mange is contagious 
by actual contact. The skin gets rough and scal}^ ; the hair comes off 
in patches ; the skin gets pimply, and when rubbed much, gets quite raw. 
It usually affects the head and neck first, sometimes spreadins; so as to 
take the hair entirely off. Its spread is quite rapid, and keeps the horse 
in agony all the time. He will push against your hand, in evident 



PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 



4-75 



pleasure, Avhen you scratch the affected part ; and this constitutes a good 
test for mange. (See cut below.) 





MANGE MITE (MAGNIFIED.) 
As given by Doctor Erasmus Wilson. 



SARCOPTES EQUI. 



What to do. — Wash the parts affected with hot water and strong soap, 
to remove all scabs and scurf ; then, when dry, rub well in to all affected 
spots the following mixture : 

No. 87. 4 Ounces sulphur, 

2 Ounces oil of tar, 
^ Pint linseed oil, 
Mix. 

V. Ringworm. 
This is a fungous, vegetable parasitic growth, scientifically known as 
tricojjJiyton tonsurans. It is contagious, and attacks all classes of ani- 
mals, yet sometimes arises spontaneously from poverty and filth. It 

manifests itself by a round 
bald spot, scaly and elevated 
inside the ring, which is red 
and inflamed. It bemns in a 
small pimple-like sore, which 
spreads very fast, increasing 
in size from day to day, and 
new sores formino; on other 
parts of the body. The ring 
is surrounded by a row of broken, bristly hairs, which split, and become 
filled with spores of the fungus ; and as fast as one row of hairs is dis- 
posed of another row is attacked. 

Ringworm is, at first, simply a disfigurement, but it should, on no 
account, be neglected. If allowed to run on, it becomes very trouble- 
some. The scurfy skin of ringworm is easy of recognition, the particles 
of scurf coming off in little flakes or scales, which have been aptly com- 
pared to the coarser, husky portiojis of bran. 




TEST FOR MANGE. 



47() 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



There is another form of ringworm called favus. It shows the 
same general appearance as the other, except 
that a scab forms in the center, after the 
ring has receded. 

What to do. — Wash with soap and water ; 
when dry, paint with tincture of iodine or the 
folio wins: : 




No. 88. 



40 Grains corrosive sublimate, 
1 Pint water, 
Mix. 



RINOWORM. 



Sepeat once a day tillcureu. 



CHAPTER XX. 



VICES IN THE STABLE. 



CRIBBING. 
ETC. 1\ 



■II. WIND SUCKING. 



—III. GNAWING THE MANGER, CLOTHING, 

KICKING WHILE EATING GRAIN. V. WASTING THE GRAIN. VI. 

PULLING BACK, AND BREAKING THE HALTER. VII. BALKING. 

Horses frequently contract pernicious habits in the stable, such as 
always prove very annoying and often incurable. Nevertheless, a little in- 
genuity will sometimes work wonders, not only in preventing the forma- 
tion of such habits, but also in breaking them up. The most common 
stable vices are those above noted. 

I. Cribbing. 

This is a habit of catching hold of the manger, post, fence, or other 
object in front of the horse, with the teeth, and bearing down till the 
neck is altered in position, so as to form a tempo- 
rary vacuum in the pharynx, when the air rushes 
in to fill it, making a sound not unlike the hic- 
cough. -It frequently occurs that the horse will 
devote nine-tenths of his time to cribbing, to the 
neglect of eating and sleeping, especially if at 
grass, and bringing on indigestion, emaciation 
and hidebound. For this reason, cribbers are 
usually thin in flesh. 

Cause. — Cribbing is considered by some to be 
the result of indigestion ; by otheps, of pain in 
the teeth while teething; and by others still, of idlene'ss. While there 
are cases that undoubtedly seem traceable to the first two mentioned 
causes, the writer thinks this habit will be found, uniformly, to be associ- 
ated, at least, with idleness. Old horses sometimes take it up, and horses 
of all ages are apt to do so, if tied beside a cribber ; l)ut in every such 
case idleness seems to be a prerequisite. This opinion is strengthened, 
too, by the undeniable fact that a horse kept in the stable several weeks, 
from some trivial cause, is especiall}^ apt to acquire it. 

What to do. — There are many devices in vogue for the cure of crib- 
bing, each containing more or less merit, — such as a piece of buffalo 
robe, or of iron, nailed on the edge of the manger ; rod pepper smeared 
over the latter ; a small strap around the throat, drawn A^erj^ tight, etc. 
But the most effectual plan is to tie him in a wide stall, with a line from 

*477 




CRIBBING. 



478 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



each side, to keep him in the center, and feed him on the floor. Some 
horses, however, will crib lying down ; or, if tied too short to reach the 
floor, will sonietinies crib on their own knees. The Avriter saw a horse 
tied in front of the Board of Trade Building, in Chicago, that was checked 
up so short that he could not reach the flag sidewalk ; so he would put 
one foot up on the walk and crib on his knee, which he was just able to 
reach. He would stand there, and do this by the hour. Cases so invet- 
erate are not curable. Give internally, as treatment for the stomach, 
the following : — 

No. 89. 2 Ounces bicarbonate of soda, 

1 Ounce o^entian root, powdered, 

2 Ounces linseed meal. 
Mix. 

Give a tablespoonful morning and night, in soft food, and give plenty 
of exercise. Old, long standing cases are obstinate, but those more re- 
cent may generally be cured by the above treatment, if persevered in. 

Prevention. — Avoid long-continued idleness, and also overfeeding on 
strong, heating grain. A horse, to be kept in health, should be exercised 
every day, and fed according to the work performed. 

II. Wind -sucking. 

This is similar to cribbing, which it often accompanies, but the horse 
may suck wind without cribbing. He arches his back, curves his neck, 
draws in his chin towards his breast and down goes a swallow of air into 
the stomach ; this continues, usually, till he is so bloated that he is like a 
barrel, and cannot hold any more. It is injurious, as being apt to cause 
indigestion, colic, emaciation, hide-bound, etc. 

Give No. 89 in soft food. This may help the case; still, wind- 
suckers are generally incurables. 

III. Gnawing the Manger, Clothing, etc. 

This habit, and especially gnawing the manger, is formed in idleness, 

or else indicates the want of salt. Tearing 
the blankets sometimes comes simply 
from being too warm, especially if the 
horse is fat ; the skin gets hot and itchy, 
and he would be more comfortable with- 
out a blanket, and perhaps should have 
medical treatment, constitutionally. 

What to do. — Give him plenty of 
work, and feed accordingly. If he per- 
sists in the habit, smear the manger with 
GNAV/^iNG THE MANGER. , ftssafoetlda, or make it of iron. If a 
blanket is really necessary, he can be prevented from tearing it, by tying 
a stick from his cheek to the surcingle. 




VICES IN THE STABLE. 



4-70 



IV. Kicking while Eating Grain. 

This is another outgrowth of continued idleness, in connection with a 
nervous disposition. The horse, while eating his grain, will kick the side 
of the stall, sometimes as often as four or five times a minute. This he 
usually does with one foot, but sometimes with both, — first one and then 
the other. 

What to do. — A piece of chain, a foot or so in length and tied to the 
pastern of the foot used, will sometimes prove effectual. Another plan 
which usually answers the purpose, is to run a small rope from the bit 
through a collar and surcingle to the foot. Or, a small bit may be used, 
— one that will not interfere with the eating. Whipping is useless. 

V. Wasting the Grain. 

This is a playful habit of taking up the grain into the mouth and sift- 
ing it out again, tlirowing it around much as a child would the bread and 
butter of which he had too much. 
As a rule, it shows that the horse 
has too much grain and too lit- 
tle exercise ; he is fed more than 
he needs or can relish. A horse 
will not do it till he is fat and 
cloyed, except, perhaps, in occa- 
sional instances of irregular or 
decayed teeth. Treatment for 
these exceptional cases is given in 
the article on teeth. 

What to do. — The treatment 
consists in removing the cause ; 
give more work and less grain. 

Sometimes a hard-worked, ravenous horse will plunge his nose into a 
mess of oats and throw half of them out, from sheer irritability of tem- 
per. Treat him kindly, however ; place a large angular stone, the size of 
a man's double fist, in the center of the manger, and put the oats in with 
it, which will compel him to go about the matter more leisurely, and 
prevent him from throwing the grain out. 

VI. Pulling Back, and Breaking the Halter. 

This very bad habit commonly originates from the horse getting fright- 
ened, when, jumping suddenly back, he breaks the halter ; and as average 
horse sense knows that a thing once done can be done again, the jerk 
Is repeated, in sportiveness or mischief, till it becomes a confirmed vice. 

What to do. — Have a very strong halter, and tie high on the manger, 
which will give the horse less poweHto pull than when tied low. Some 




PLAYING WITH THE GRAIN. 



480 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

fecommend a small rope, passed under the tail and tied to the manger, 
which may act well in some cases. But the main point lies in so fasten- 
ing him that he cannot get away, when, after a few ineffectual attempts, 
he will give it up. 

In halter breaking a colt, pass a rope behind him, so that he cannot 
pull full strength on the halter, and be very sure nothing is used with 
him that will break ; one accident of that kind may be enough to start e 
persistent bad habit. 

VII. Balking. 

This, though not strictly a stable Adce, is so nearly allied thereto that it 
seems quite proper to treat of it in this connection. The best way to 
break a horse of balking is not to be in a hurry, but, rather, to let him 
stand to his heart's content; avoid hitching him to any load he cannot 
pull easily ; coax him and pat him; feed him apples, salt, sugar, etc., 
out of your hand. Let the same man always handle him, if possible; 
a change of drivers might spoil all that has been accomplished. If there 
is no time to wait for him, hitch another team ahead of him and 
snake him along. The chain, or even rope, passed around his neck for 
the other team to pull by, is very effectual. Try and divert his attention 
by offering a handful of salt or oats ; or, even a handful of earth ma}^ 
serve every purpose. 

The maxim always to be observed in all of these cases ds : Treat the 
horse with kindness. A balky horse cured by kindness, an achievement not 
only possible but absolutely feasible, is the best, toughest, most perse- 
vering creature in existence, from the fact that only horses possessed of 
a great amount of spirit and determination ever get balky , those that resent 
and resist abuse. It is abuse, generally speaking, that makes a horse 
learn to balk, — such foolish and barbarous work as getting into a hole 
with a heavy load, and then whipping unmercifully, to try and make the 
poor dumb victims perform impossibilities. Let the reader set it down 
as an axiom, that kindness is always repaid by faithful service. 



CHAPTER XXL 



CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES, AS RELATED 

TO HYGIENE. 



[. NECESSITY FOR STABLES. II. CONSTRUCTION OF STABLES. III. PEEDINS AND 

WATERING STOCK. IV. THE CARE OF STOCK WHEN IN STABLE. V. ADDI- 
TIONAL DIRECTIONS FOR GIVING MEDICINES. VI. DETECTION OP DISEASE. 

I. Necessity for Stables. 

In many regions and climates, stables are not necessary ; horses, 
mules, cattle and all kinds of stock lie down to rest and sleep in the open air, 
under cover of the blue sky, or, if thej have any shelter, they find it for 
themselves, in groves, edges of forestti and canons. In some countries 
yards ov corrals are made, and the stock driven into them at night, to 
keep them fi'om straying, and from being attacked by wild beasts. 

In this country, and especially in the northern and central States, 
stables are indispensable, as a protection from cold, sudden chansres and 
severe storms. They are tokens of civilization and Christianity, the 
result of a humane disposition to provide comfortal)le — sometimes even 
luxurious — quarters for the animal dependents as well as for the family. 
II. Construction of Stables. 

The construction of the stable, in all its various features, including the 
arrangements for its drainage and ventilation, as well as stalls, man- 
gers, etc., is of great importance, as bearing directly upon the health, as 
well as the comfort, of the animals. Mistakes in stable construction are 
often the unsuspected cause of lameness, of disease, and even death. 
Hygienic considerations should, therefore, have their full weight in plan- 
nino; and buildino; a barn. 

Location is the first consideration, as determining the possibilities of 
good drainage. Do not build a barn in a hollow, with rising ground all 
around it ; for this would expose your stock to miasmatic fevers and other 
derangements of the general organism. In such a location, the simplest 
attacks of disease would be likely to take on a serious type, with greatly 
increased uncertainty in the action of remedial agents. Build a stable on 
an elevation, if possible. Have ground around it, at least on one side, 
that slopes away, so as to furnish good natural drainage, or free escape for 
surperfluous water. 

The next point after settling that of location, is the artificial drainao-e. 
There should be one large drain,^to act as the discharge, with several 
31 . 481 



482 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



smaller ones extending in every direction, to act as feeders thereto ; also, 
outlets to the several parts and corners of the stable. See that there 
is descent enough to have a rapid flow of the sewage. 

The next point to be attended to is to build the shell or walls so as to 
secure light enough. Right here is the chief defect in most city stables. 
Nothing is so Aveakening to the eyes as to be kept continuously in a dark 
place. When a horse thus stabled goes out into the glaring sunshine, the 
eyes cannot immediately adapt themselves to the new order of things, 
and see objects dimly, uncertainly, and with a squint, and hence he is 
apt to shy and otherwise misbehave. But this is not the only injurious 
consequence. It is a frequent cause of congestion of some of the inner 
sensitive. parts of the eye, leading on to inflammation, and perhaps to 
blindness. If a small window is made at the head of each horse, it 
should be placed at least two feet above his head, so as not to have the 
light shining directly into his eyes ; but the best arrangement is to have 
the whole jjlace lighted with a diffused light. 

Next, as to the stalls. Let the plan always include one or more box 
stalls, in which to place a sick or lame horse, as it is downright cruelty 
to confine a sick horse. Have the box stall so constructed that it can be 
darkened at will, as without this 
you could not properly care for a 
horse suffering with eye disease. 
Let the box stalls have a level 
floor, as it is not only fatiguing but 
absolutely injurious to the joints 
of the feet and legs to stand on a 
sloping floor. The boxes should not 
bt^ less than ten feet square. 

The common stalls should be 
from four to five feet wide, re- 
membering that five is preferable to 
four ; for horses are apt to get 
cast in narrow stalls, and, besides, 
they have less comfort when lying 
down. The floor of the stalls should 
slope a little, just ei. ugh to have 
the urine drain off, that is, from one 
to two inches, one inch being pre- 
ferable. There is nothing more 
injurious to the tendons, legs and 
feet than floors built, as many are, 





POINTS OP THE LEG. 

Showing the location ot syn- 
ovial membranes and joint 
oil. 



INJURED TEN- 
DONS. 

The result of sloping 
floors. 



to slope from five to eight inches. 



CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 



483 



Four cuts are here given, showing the anatomy of the parts that sus- 
tain injury in this way, and the results commonly seen following such 
injuries. The center of gravity is thrown in a different line from what 
nature intended ; and though the feet and legs can stand this for a while, 
yet when long continued, the tendons become wearied, from the constant 
strain, and are also predisposed to sprains when the horse is taken 
out. The joints, too, share in the protest against the slope. The weight 
being thrown upon a beaiingthat is unnatural, the cartilages and ends of 
the bones become irritated, ana the synovial bursee distended ; inflamma- 
tion is set up ; and then follows ringbone, spavin, osteophytes, or the like 
trouble, according to the special susceptibility of the animal. 

Any one may satisfy himself as to the correctness of these views, 
by noticing how a horse will back out of his stall, and stand with his 
toes in the gutter, back of him. What is this for? To rest the back 
tendons that have been under an unnatural strain. 
Horses, when left to choose for themselves, will almost 
invariably find a place where the hind feet stand 
higher than the fore. This is well illustrated by the 

cut at the end of chapter IV, 

Part II. 

The stall should be built, 

as to length, to suit the class 

of horse intended to occupy 

it. Draft horses, for in- 
stance, require longer stalls 

than buggy horses. Make a 

gutter just back of the horse, 

to carry off the urine, and let 

the floor beyond the gutter 

be on the same level as the 

floor of the stall. Some 

stables have the stall floor 

built from three to ten inches 
higher than the main floor. This is a great mistake, 
notwithstanding it may save labor to the stable-man, 
for his comfort and ease should never be allowed to outweigh those 
of the stock. 

Very serious accidents sometimes happen from the horse kicking over 
the rear post of the stall, and coming down astraddle of it, in some 
instances letting the intestines right out on the floor, and in others skinning 
the whole inside of the leg, from the thigh to the foot, cJean to the bone. 
To prevent this, let the rear post^o from floor to ceiling, and see that it 





OSTEOPHYTES ON THE PAS 
TERN BONES. 



DISEASED HOCK 
JOINT. 

Another dangler from 
sloping' floors. Hock 
joint of the left fiind 
leg:, in which the bony 
deposit of spavin has 
involved all but the 
true hock joint. 



484 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



is securely fastened there. Build the insides of the stalls of hard wood 
planks, to the height of four feet, and top them out three feet more with 
strong wire-work, which is decidedly preferable to a solid partition 
between the stalls, as it affords their inmates the comfort of one anoth- 
er's society. Horses, like human beings, get lonesome when isolated, and 
pine for company ; besides this, solitude has a tendency to engender 
viciousness. 

Ventilation is a very important matter, as every one will admit who 
has gone into a badly ventilated stable in the morning, and noticed how 







THE LAZY man's WAY OF CLEANING THE LEGS, 
Easy and convenient, but very injurious. 

it affects his eyes, his breathing, etc. Large tubes should be placed 
along through the stable, from thirty to forty feet apart. They should 
be from two to four feet square, and run out through the roof, with slats 
at the top or sides for water-sheds ; below, the}^ should come just through 
the ceilins: into the stable. Then, every twenty feet, there should be tubes, 
four or five inches square, entering at the floor, through the walls, from 
the outside, and carried up along the wall inside as high as eight feet. 
The air thus admitted, making a curve at the top of the tube, will descend 
to the floor, but becoming tempered before it strikes the horses, and 
will force up the warm, vitiated air through the large tubes and out through 



CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 



485 



the roof. As to doors, have enough to keep the stable cool in summer, 
but avoid a draft, especially when the horses come in warm and tired, as 
they are then especially susceptible to colds, and attacks of throat and 
lung diseases, etc. 

III. Feeding and Watering Stock. 
This is a matter that interests every stock owner, and one also in which 
there is a great amount of abuse. We seldom find a duplicate of the 
notorious bad-del)t collector, Cottle, of Chicago, who deliberately starved 
his horse to death, but we often find men who abuse their stock through 
ignorance. For instance, there are not a few who water their horses only 
twice" a day. This is a real abuse, for not only does the animal get ter- 
ribly thirsty, but, as a consequence of his intense craving for water, he 
will, when he at last gets at it, drink a great deal more than is good for 



I'liiip^^^^^^^^^ |lililiii||,'i 




THE PROPER WAT. 
How to dry and clean the legs in cold weather. 

him. The stomach of a horse holds only about three gallons, but in these 
cases he will sometimes drink three or four pailfulls, making from nine to 
twelve gallons. If this follows soon after eating, it washes the food right 
through the stomach into the intestines, before itis digested, giving rise to 
colic, with all its attendant dangers. The water given stock should always 
be clean, not from a fouj. well in the barn-yard, and should be allowed 
three or four times a day, preferably four ; or, better still, let it run 
before them all the time, being careful not to let them over-drink when 
coming in warm from work. 

The food should be clean, sound, dry, healthy grain and hay, and well 
harvested, free from smut. It 4s a great saving to the pocket of the 



486 



CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 



owner, as well as to the stomach of the Lorse, to grind all gram and cut 
the hay ; and it is an unquestionable advantage to the animal to have the 
grain partly cooked, by steaming. This can be effected, without much 
trouble, by pouring hot water on it, covering, and then letting it steam and 
swell. This will render the grain more digestible, and less liable to fer- 
ment and cause flatulent colic ; more of it will be digested, also, because 
the QGoking will make digestible a considerable proportion of the food 




THE OLD WAY OF GIVING A BALL. 

In which the operator is liable to get his hand scratched or bitten, and the horse's tong-ue may be torn. 

that in its natural state is not so ; hence the economy. Stock of all kinds 
should be fed three times a day — less at a time if necessary, but nevei 
at greater intervals. 

The quantity of food must always be gauged by the size of the animal 
and amount of work exacted. Work horses accustomed to large feeds 
of strong grain should have it reduced when idle, even for the shoii 
time extending over Sunday. They should get simply a bran mash orj 
a mess of carrots on Saturday night, and the other feeds should bei 
reduced nearly one half on Sunday ; then they will come out in fine 
condition on Monday morning. But if the usual quantity of strong, 
heating grain is allowed, the horse is very apt to come out Monday morn- 
mg with a big elephant leg — lymphangitis, or else, though going out 
apparently all right, is soon attacked with congestion of the kidneys or 
other internal organs. 



CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 



487 



rv. The Care of Stock wlien in Stable. 



The object of this section is more to correct abuses in the us of cold 
water and want of exercise than to give elaborate rules in regard to 
grooming, etc. Cold water is a good thing, but, like all good things, is 
apt to be abused. In our northern latitudes it is too 
cold to allow the free use of cold water in cleanino; the 
horse's legs and feet, from November 1st to April 1st, 
or even a longer period ; for cold water thus used. on 
the extremities already chilled, is very apt — nay, 
almost certain — to cause scratches, grease, furruncle, 
or the like. If warm water is used and the le^s 
thoroughly dried, no damage is done, but it is not 
once in a hundred times that they are thus properly 
dried. The best way is to clean and dry the legs and 
feet with a whisk of hay or straw, or with a rubbing 
cloth when the horse comes in ; then, when thoroughly 
dry, clean them properly Avith a brush. This, in most 
instances, will keep the legs free from scratches. 

Horses should not be kept any considerable length of time on a board 
floor without exercise and occasional removal of the shoes, the same as 
thoughhe were at work ; for the feet will get dry and brittle, contract and 




SCRATCHES. 

As seen in the hollow of 
the pastern. 





SHOWING THE VEINS OF THE EXOSTOSIS OP THE COFFIN BONE. 

FOOT. 

As sometimes seen in complications of navicu- 
Which may be seriously interfered with ' l^r disease, contraction, side bones, etc. 

by contraction of the hoof from standing 
too long on a board floor without atten. 
tion to the moisture, shoeing, etc., of the 
feet. 

press upon the quarters, causing corns, and perhaps setting up inflamma- 
tion that may form side bones, ccmtract the tendons, etc. If obliged to 
keep a horse standing idle in a .stable, have his shoes taken off, and, if 
possible, let him have a dirt floor to stand on, sprinkling occasionally to 
dampen it. A box stall would be much the best for him. 



V. Additional Directions for Giving Medicines. 

It is very necessary for the stable-man to be able to givt? medicine, both 
in the form of drenches and balls. Many a dose of medicine, of the 



488 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

utmost value to the horse, is lost through not knowing how to administer 
it properly. Small doses of liquids are best given with a syringe. Stand 
in front of the patient, fill the syringe, (one that can be worked with one 
hand is absolutely necessary), open the mouth by inserting the left hand 
through the mouth, and holding the fingers up on edge ; pass the 
syringe between the fingers, and shoot away ; withdraw the syringe, and 
elevate the head a trifle wdth the left hand. So continue till the dose is 
all down. When properly done, not a drop is wasted and the horse is 
not excited ; nor (which is quite a point) does the man get angry, and 
whack the horse over the head with the bottle. With large doses, how- 
ever, the bottle must be resorted to. Pass a loop in the mouth so aa to 
catch the upper jaw, then raise the head by running a line over a pulley, 
or by inserting a long crotch or fork in the loop and having an assistant 
lift at it ; the operator, meanwhile standing at the right side of the 
horse's head, steadies the head with one hand, and pours down the con- 
tents of the bottle with the other. Pour very slowly, and never resort 
to any violence to make the patient swallow ; just give him his time. If 
he coughs, strangles or chokes, let down his head instantly, regardless of 
the loss of the medicine. (See last cut in Chapter I, Part II.) 

Solid medicine it is best to give in the form of a ball. Make up the 
ball with syrup, soft soap or linseed meal, its size that of your big finger, 
and wrap it in soft paper ; stand in front of the horse, catch firm hold of 
the tongue with the left hand, and draw 
it down between the incisor teeth, never 
at one side ; take the ball between the 
fingers, the thumb being drawn into the 
palm of the hand ; then pass it back, 
placing it on the root of the tongue, let 
go of it, and give it another push with ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^ ^^^^ 
one finger ; withdraw the hand, let go 

the tongue, close the mouth, elevate the head a trifle, and watch on the 
left side of the neck for it to go down. Remember, in giving medicine 
of all kinds, never abuse or excite the patient, but take him as quietly 
as possible. 

For the benefit of young farmers and others of limited experience, we 
would say that good sense and self-]3ossession are the secrets of success 
in treating sick stock. These will greatly aid you to see clearly what 
ouo-ht to be done , and to use to the best advantage such means as you 
have at hand for doing it. 

There are cases in which medicine and food have to be administered 
in some other than the ordinay way ; as, for instance, to a horse with 
tetanus, that cannot open its mouth. In this case, the medicine and 




CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 



489 




FEEDING A HORSE "WITH TETANUS. 



liquid food can be given through a tube passed through one of the nostrils 
and down into the tliroat, 
or tliey may l)e given by 
the rectum ; but in the 
latter case large quanti- 
ties "will be necessary, as 
a portion Avill not be 
absorbed. 

VI. Detection of Disease. 

It is of the greatest im- 
portance that every stable- 
man should have a quick 
eye for the early symp- 
toms of disease in his stock. Ignorance of these symptoms allo"ws 
the case to run on into a more advanced stage, when its treatment re- 
quires more skill, and more medicine, all entailing more expense in or- 
derto save it, and, of course, with much less chance of doing so after all. 
"A stitch in time saves nine ;" and no one will dispute the fact that it 
pays to spend ten dollars to save a hundred. If it pays to treat an 
animal at all, in pays to begin doing it early. One day's neglect of a 
sick horse may cost his life. When, therefore, a horse stands back in 
his stall, hangs his head, drops his ears, refuses his feed, declines to move, 
partly closes his eyes, has the nostrils slightly dilated from increased 
frequency of respiration, or has the ears and extremities cool or cold, — 
when any of these indications are noted, it is safe to conclude that the 

horse is sick, and something should be done 
immediately. If near a qualified veterinary 
surgeon, employ him ; otherwise, endeavor to 
find out for yourself , and at once, what is the 
matter. Note the symptoms carefully, taking 
the pulse, respirations and temperature, and ex- 
amining all parts ; then, Avlien the disease is 
diagnosed, proceecd with the treatment vigor- 
ously. There are many simple ailments that 
any intelligent man can cope with successfully. 
Get at the bottom of the trouble, remove the 
cause, apply the treatmojit, and, in most cases, you can cure the animal. 
Take, for instance a case of ap.htha, whicli is a sinu^ile irritation of the 
mouth, tongue and lips, sometimes extending up to the cheeks, both 
inside and out. 

Aphtha is much the oftenest seen* in foals, resulting from the irritation 
to the membranes of the cheeks ^vdt follows too much sucking. When 




A SICK HORSE. 

Appearances about the head that 
indicate a sick horse- 



490 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

seen in older horses, its most common cause is the irritating effects of 
the dew and frosted grass in spring and fall. The lips, tongue, etc., will 
be found to be slightly swollen, and covered with a pimply eruption re- 
sembling blisters ; in fact, the parts affected 
look as though blisters had actually been applied. 
The treatment, in the case of a foal, is simpl;y 
to separate him from the dam for a few hours ; 
let him suckle, and then promptly separate them 
again, and so on till he is well. Older horses 
should be taken up nights, and not let out in the 
APHTHA. morning till about nine o'clock. Swab out the 

mouth and affected parts with recipe No. 46. 

This i;^ all very simple, and nothing at all but what any stock man 
could do, if he would give the case proper thought and attention. 




CHAPTER XXII. 



OPERATIONS. 



I. ANESTHETICS, AND HOW TO USE THEM. II. BANDAGES. III. BLEEDING. 

IV. BLISTEUING. V. CASTING. VI. CASTRATION. VII. EXTIRPATION OF 

THE EYE. VIII. FIRING. IX. LITHOTOMY. X. LITHOTRITY. XI. NEU- 
ROTOMY. XII. NICKING AND DOCKING. XIII. OPENING AN ABSCESS. XIV. 

TAPPING THE CHEST, AND TAPPING THE ABDOMEN. XV. PRICKING. XVI. 

PROBING AND OPENING A FISTULA. XVII. SPAYING. XVIII. SUTURES. XIX. 

TAPPING THE BELLY FOR FLATULENCE. XX. TENOTOMY. XXI. TRACHE- 
OTOMY. 

In this chapter we shall describe all of the more common surgical oper- 
ations on the horse. Some of these can be performed by any intelligent 
person, who will exercise a reasonable amount of care and prudence, 
with ready reserve resource to fall back on in case of accident. The lat- 
ter, in fact, is a very necessary qualification in any operator ; for acci- 
dents may happen, and result disastrously, in the most skillful hands. At 
the same time, many valuable expedients may be resorted to, in cases of 
this kind, which it is absolutely impossible to prescribe by set rules before- 
hand. Here, quick-witted common sense must be the main reliance of 
all practitioners alike. 

I. Anaesthetics, and How to Use Them. 

Anaesthetics are drugs or agents that destroy feeling. They take away 
all sensation, and all power of voluntary action ; and they sometimes 
cause death, by suffocation, or suspension of the involuntary actions of the 
body, if they are given too fast, or their use is carried too far. Hence, they 
should never be administered by inexperienced or unskillful hands. The 
principal agents of this class employed in veterinary practice are chloro- 
form and sulphuric ether; chloral hydrate is often used as an anodyne, 
but not as an anaesthetic. 

The animal is usually cast, legs tied, and, when everything has been 
prepared for the operation, a large sponge, saturated with chloroform or 
ether, is held to the nose, beingre-wet every little while, as long as maybe 
necessary. The nose is sometimes enclosed in a bag, so as to confine the 
fumes, but it is better not to do this. The risk thus run vastly outweighs 
the few advantages it offers. If sutficient air is mixed with the anaesthetic, 
there is no danger, but horses usually struggle very severly during the 
exciting stage, — just before they go under its influence, and, on that ac- 
count the method mentioned is not considered safe by many of the best 
authorities. 

491 



492 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR^ 



II. Bandages. ™ 

These are very important adjuncts to the treatment of lameness, when 
in the legs, and, also, in stopping a hemorrhage and dressing wounds. 
They should he applied smoothly, and with moderate pressure. For 
lameness and dressing wounds, coarse unbleached muslin is the best. 
For bindino- on a sponge or other substance, to stop bleeding, the many- 
tailed bandage is very convenient. For moderate pressure, as in case of 
windo-alls and stocked legs, the Derby bandage is very useful. Elastic 
bandao-es are good when considerable tension is desired, but they need 
careful application, to avoid abrading the skin. 

III. Bleeding. 
Bleedino- is an old time practice that has almost become obsolete, on 
several accounts, of which the principal seems to be that the congestion 
and pulse can be controlled by other means less depleting and weakening, 

thus aivino; the animal a better chance 
to recover by husbanding his strength. 
Then, again, the seasons and atmos- 
phere have so changed that diseases, 
especially of the lower animals, are 
more likely to become epizootic, with 
typhoid symptoms and great nervous 
prostration, when it is utterly unsafe to bleed. Still, bleeding is valu- 
able in cases of congestion, when there is a full, strong pulse and no 




MAMY-TAILED BANDAGE. 




RAISING THE VEIN BEFORE BLEEDING. 
1. The place to cut. 



weakness, but only in the fifst stage — never when the temperature of the 
patient is abnormally high and the sj^stem has become weakened. 



OPERATIONS. 



493 



The finger is pressed on the vein, to make it fill ; or a cord may be tied 
sufficiently tight around the neck. Then place the blade of the fleam on 
the vein, at the point indicated in the illustration, and strike it agood smart 
blow with a round stick, commonly called the blood-stick ; have a bucket 
in readiness, and catch the blood in it, to know how much you draw. 
Draw from two to six quarts, according to age and size, and the condi- 
tions of the case. It is a good plan to blindfold the horse to avoid his 




STRIKING THE FLEAM WITH THE BLOOD-STICK. 



jumping away from the blow of the blood-stlck. When sufficient blood 
!ias been drawn, remove the cord or other obstruction, when the flow will 
stop. Insert a pin and weave a hair or silk thread around the pin in such 
way as to describe a figure 8, Leave it in for a few days, when it can 
safely be removed. 

IV. Blistering. 

When a ^evere blister is desired, the hair should first be clipped off 
very close or shaven. Apply the blister a little at a time, and rub it well 
in, with sufficient friction to get up considerable heat between the hand 
aiid the skin ; then, when sufficient is rubbed in, smear some over the sur- 
face, and tie the horse up sufficiently short to prevent his getting his mouth 



494 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



to it, or he will bite and blemish the sore and blister his lips. Keep him 
thus tied ud from twelve to twentv-four hours, smearint^ fresh lard over 




CATCHING THE BLOOD. 



it at the end of ten hours, to relieve the pahi by iseeping the air from it, 
which it will do without interfering with the blister. After about two 
days, begin washing it with warm water and a very 
little soap. Soften off the scabs, and clean the skin 
around the blister : and when dry, apply the grease. 
Repeat this once, daily. If the scabs are not softened 
off when pus collects under them, the pus burrows, 
and if not liberated, is apt to blemish. 

In mild sweat-blisters, it is not necessary to clip 
off the hair. Simply rub the blister in gently once a 
day, till sore enough, then grease once a day till nearly 
healed. Repeat this as often as necessary. 

Ointments are preferable to liquid blisters as being 
more manageable, and because they can be kept where 
wished, while liquid blisters are apt to run. 

V. Casting. 
There are many ways of casting a horse, all having some merit. Tho 
chief point to be remembered is to throw him carefully, as broken back, 
broken hips, etc., are among the dangers that attend carelessness. Thu 




A HOCK WHEN BLIS 
TERED. 



OPERATIONS. 495 

most convenient way is to put hobbles on the feet, and run a chain through 
the D's, and draw the feet all together, having a rope running from one 
arm over the back, to make him fall on the side desired ; also, a good 
man at the horse's head to prevent his throwing it around and falling on it, 
and thus breaking his neck. Always put down a good bed beforehand, 
for him to fall on. 

Karey's plan of casting is good, in the absence of hobbles, viz : Tie 
up one fore leg ; then tie a strap to the pastern of the other fore leg, and 
pass it over the horse's back ; standing at the shoulder, push him over a 
step, at the same instant pulling up the foot and bringing him to his 
knees. He will do some rearing and jumping about, but when he gets 
tired, he will lie quietly down^ when his legs can be tied and held down. 
To prevent him from pounding his head, it is necessary to place a good 
man there, who should put one knee on his neck aiid turn his nose up at 
an angle of forty-five degrees. As a safeguard against too severe strain- 
ing, tie a rope from just above one knee to above the hock of the leg on the 
same side, and draw the legs as close together as possible, and confine 
them there. This lessens his power to struggle. 

VI. Castration. 

The best age for castrating colts is from one to three years, the exact 
time to be determined by the development of the neck and fore parts. 
If these are heavy, castrate early ; if light, he will thicken up and grow 
heavier, by being left entire another year. Prepare him by giving soft 
food for a week previous, and nothing at all for about twelve hours be- 
fore the operation. Cast him, and roll him up on his back ; tie the hind 
feet down to a surcingle ; take the scrotum in the left hand, and draw it 
over one of the testicles so as to bring the dividing line between the two 
sides over it ; next draw a small superficial slit about half an inch from 
the line, (one on each side of it,) thus marking the proper place to make 
the incision ; then cut one slit through to the testicle, letting it out ; slit 
open the inner coverings, one by one, till the testicle pops out clean 
from all the coverings; (avoid wounding the testicle with the knife, as 
this would cause profuse bleeding, and interfere with the work ; ) then sep- 
arate the tunics from the small end, and let them drop down over the 
cord ; put on the steel clamps, to hold the cord while the ecraseur is 
being applied ; put the ecraseur on as low as possible, and with it bite off 
the cord, still holding on to the latter with the clamps. Let go the cord, 
and operate on the other testicle. Rinse out the sack with cold water, 
and let him up. The emasculator, a modern instrument, is becoming very 
.popular; it being handier and safer, less likely to be followed by hem- 
orrhage, than the ecraseur. ^ 




496 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The old way of castrating with clamps is convenient, but it gives rise 
to an immense amount of pain, and is a quite inferior method compared 
with using the ecraseur. 

Vn. Extirpation of the Eye. wi 

In cancerous growths in the eye, it is sometimes necessary to extirpate 

that organ. After casting the horse, pass 
silk threads through the lids, so that an 
assistant can hold them open ; then, with 
a sharp knife, dissect the eyeball out, 
cutting the muscles as they come, one 
after another, and, finally, the optic nerve. 

<■ •^j'lUP^^^^^^SWi^^jff'' ^I'^'Ss t^i^ socket with lotion No. 39, for 

a few days ; then change to lotion No. 7. 
As this is a very painful operation, an 
ansesthetic should always be used, if a 
skillful man can l>e got to manage the 
case. 

VIII. Firing. ^ 

This is the application of the actual 

EXTIRPATION OF THE EYE. ^ . , . , i i , • n , 

cautery (burning by red-hot iron) to 
set up a great amount of counter-irritation or of adhesive inflammation. 
Its most common applications are for ring-bones, curbs, and sprains of 
the back, tendons, etc. Clip off the hair, cast the horse, and draw the 
edges (which should be blunt) of the firing-iron on the skin, making a 
yellow crease on it, but avoid cutting through the skin, as that would 
blemish more. Draw the lines, in the form of a feather, over a con- 
siderable surface; let the horse up, and rub in the blister immediately. 
Give absolute rest for a month, and a run at grass for two months. 

IX. Lithotomy. 

This is an operation to extract a stone from the bladder. Cast the 
horse, and insert a metallic sound into the penis to reach up to the curve ; 
cut down to it on the curve, then insert a hidden bistoury, and open the 
passage into the bladder, making it large enough to allow of the stone 
being got out. Insert forceps with one hand, the other hand being in the 
rectum and following up the stone and crowding it out. If too large to 
extract whole, try and break it up with the forceps. 

If the patient is a mare, it will not be necessary to cast the animal. 
She can be controlled sufficiently by using a twitch, which is a loop of 
strong, small rope, on the end of a small stick, for twisting the upper 



OPERATIONS. 497 

lip as shoAvii hy the cut in Section XIV of this chapter. Insert the bis- 
toury cache into the bladder, the opening to which will be found on the 
floor of the vagina, about three to six inches from the external orifice ; open 
the neck of the bladder, and then, with one hand in the rectum, the stone 
can be drawn. 

In either case above described, dress the wounds with lotion No. 39, 
twice a day. The wound in the skin of the horse can be sewed up. 
When dressing the wound, rinse out the bladder with tepid water. 

X. Lithotrity. 

This is the name given to the process (mentioned in the last section) 
of breaking the stone into small pieces Avith forceps, and taking it away 
a little at a time. It is sometimes so large as to make it absolutely nec- 
essary to do this, or, in some cases, even to saw it in two. 

XI. Neurotomy. 

This is an operation to destroy sensation in the foot, in some cases of 
chronic, incurable lameness. Cast the horse, and, after clipping off the 
hair over the spot to be operated on, cut in through the skin to the nerve 
three or four inches above the fetlock, just back of the cannon, where it 
will be found running in the same sheath with the artery and vein. The 
last two, however, are deeper seated and together, the nerve running on 
the top of them. Make the incision half or three quarters of an inch 
long, lengthwise of the leg ; dissect away the cellular tissue ; raise the 
nerve, and pass a thread of silk around it, and tie a knot; (if it is the 
nerve that is tied, the horse will struggle violently from the pain, 1)ut if, 
from accident or mistake, the artery or vein has been taken up instead, 
there will be no pain, and consequently no struggle) ; sever the nerve 
above the silk with a sharp knife ; then, cutting below the silk, take out 
a section of the nerve about three quarters of an inch long. Take a 
stitch in the skin, and dress with Friar's balsam three times a day. 

The foregoing is known as the high operation. If the lower operation 
is preferred, the incision is made ahont midway down the long pastern 
bone, on either side of it. The former is usually considered the bettei 
one, as it takes away the sensation fi-oni the entire foot, while the lower 
only takes it away from the heels ; there are filaments from the anterior 
branch of the nerve, extending down to the heels, which destroy the dc 
sired effect, to a great extent. 

Neurotomy should never be performed except as a last resort ; for it 

does not cure the disease, but only destroys the feeling in the part, so 

that there is no more pain in it. Although the horse hangs the foot 

down as though it were sound, it is only a question of time for it to go 

32 % 



498 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

all to pieces, either from the tendon giving way, or else Ijy suppuration 
from a nail wound or corn, extending all around the foot. After neuro- 
tomy, it is necessary to be doubly careful in shoeing and taking care of the 
feet, to avoid the pricks of nails, corns, etc. , and, should these occur, to treat 
them at once, lest bad complications ensue. Some horses work well for 
four or five years after neurotomy, and some go to pieces in a few months. 

XII. Nicking and Docking-. 

Nicking and pricking are identical in effect, viz: to straighten crooked 
tails. When a horse hugs his tail, it is sometimes necessary to sever the 
depressor muscles on the "under side, and suspend the tail over a pulley, for 
two or three weeks. Insert the knife about two inches from the dock, on 
the under side at one side of the tail; pass it in across the tail to within a 
quarter of an inch of the center, to avoid the large artery running down 
the under side in the middle, holding it flatwise — on its side; then turn up 
the edge towards the bone, and, with a sawing motion, sever the muscle 
clear to the bone. Withdraw the knife, leaving only the small wound 
through which the knife entered. Tie the tail to a rope running over 
two pulleys-; the tail being tied to a loop of it running down from each 
pulley, the ends passing over them should reach to the floor, with a weight 
attached to each end, so as to allow him to lie down. Keep the tail sus- 
pended in this way from two to three weeks. 

In case the tail is crooked or twisted to one side, insert the knife in a 
perpendicular position from below upwards, just under the skin; turn the 
edge towards the tail, and saw through the muscle; then tie the tail around 
to the opposite side for a couple of weeks. It is often necessary to cut in 
two or three places. If the cuts su})purate, dress them with lotion No. 39. 
If the first operation fails, try it again. 

Docking is ain})utating a portion of the tail, bone and all, to pander to 
the taste or whim of the owner. It is best done with a pair of docking 
shears made for the purpose. It is usually taken off from eight to ten 
inches from the beofinning; of the lono- hair at the dock. Part the hair 
evenly all the way round; fold that of the upper portion upward and tie a 
strong cord tightly around the tail, including the hair, two inches above 
the part. Hold the tail straight out and cut it off at the part. Scar the 
end with a red-hot iron to prevent hemorrhage; then put a l)unch of oakum, 
the size of a fist, onto the end, pull the hair down over it, after removing 
the cord, tie it around the hair tightly below the oakum. Begin next day 
to apply lotion No. 5, several times a day for ten days, then apply No. 7. 
If the horse carried a good tail before docking, a week will be long enough 
to leave him in the pulleys, and he can be put to work; but if he carried 
a poor tail, keep it suspended two or three weeks. Oftentimes it is neces- 



OPERATIONS. 



499 




OPENING THE ABSCESS OF STRANGLES. 
Also illustrating the twitch and manner of using it. 



sary, in such a case, to nick the depressor muscles and keep him in pulleys 
two or three weeks before docking him. If the knife is clean, there will 
be no suppuration. 

XIII. Opening- an Abscess. 

This is a simple matter, when done properly. If improperly done, it 
is of little use, and the cure is apt to be retarded. When an abscess is 

ripe and ready to open, ascer- 
tain, as near as possible, where 
the bottom of it is, and insert 
the knife at that point, making 
an opening quite to the ])ottom 
for the escape of the pus. If 
this is impracticable, and the 
opening must be made at the 
top, the pus must be evacuated 
by means of a syringe or sponge, 
to draw it out. The main point 
to be remembered is to open 
it as near to the Ijottom as 
possible. A twitch on the nose is usually sufficient to keep the animal 
quiet in this and other minor operations. 

XIV. Tapping the Chest and Tapping the Abdomen. 

The chest iills with water in hydrothorax; it is the stage of effusion in 
pleurisy. The lungs are floated up, and suffocation results. The presence 
of water in the chest is detected by the solid sound — a sound of fullness — 
when tap})ed with the hand, and by the 
absence of respiratory murmur; and, fre- 
quently, the splashing of the water by the 
action of the heart can also be heard. 

Clip oft' the hair from a spot al)Out three 
inches back of the ell)ow, and ffve or 
six inches from the bottom of the chest. 
Ascertain the exact location where a punc- 
ture can l)e made without striking; a rib 
(the trocar to pass Ijetweeii two ribs); then 
l)lunge a scalpel deep into the flesh, making a hole through the skin and 
flesh for the trocar; insert the latter instrument and withdraw the trocar, 
leaving the cannula to act as a spout ;»liold a pail and catch the water. If 
pieces of lymph clog the cannula, pass in a small probe and i)ush them off:' 




OPENING OF THE SKIN, 
Preparatory to tapping the chest. 



500 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




WATER FLOWING 

FROM THE CHEST. 

In paracentesis thoracis 



the end. Drain off all the water and withdraw the cannula. It is often 
necessary to repeat this operation. 

This operation is technically termed paracentesis thoracis. Cases so severe 
as to require it are usually fatal. 

Paracentesis abdomenis means, in plain English, tapping the belly. In 
peritonitis, the belly often fills with water, which can be evacuated by 
inserting the trocar and cannula on the medion line, a 
couple of inches back of the navel. The operation may 
be repeated, if neeesssry; but, in this case, it is advis- 
aljle to make a fresh hole, rather than insert again in 
the old one. 

XV. Pricking. 
This is identical with nicking, (which see). 
XVI. Probing and Opening Fistulas. 

It is necessary to probe fistulous openings, in order 
to know where they go. Take plenty of time, and do 
it carefully. Find every sinus, if possible. When 
practicable, the best and quickest way to cure them is to open them right 
up along their whole length; but when this cannot be done without sever- 
ing large blood-vessels or too much muscular fi))re, pass a seton through 
them and draw in caustic substances, such as burnt alum, powdered blue- 
stone, etc. Or, instead, use injections Nos. 1, 3 and 5, changing from one 
to another frequently. 

XVII. Spaying. 

This operation is very rarely performed upon the mare — never, in 
fact, except in case of disease. There is great danger of its proving fatal, 
and hence it should never be undertaken except by a skilled veterinarian. 
It consists in removing the ovaries, corresponding to the castration of 
the male. 

XVIII. Sutures. 

There are four kinds of sutures, viz: the interrupted, uninterrupted, 
quilled and twisted. The interru})ted suture is the one generally used, 

and for most cases is the best. The needle 
and silk — or, instead of the silk, the silv^ 
wire or catgut — are all that are needed. Clip 
off the hair from the edges, and be careful 
to have everything clean. Draw the edges of 
the wound together with a slightly curved needle and silk, and when 
tying the knot give the ends' an extra turn through the knot, which will 




UNINTERRUPTED SUTURE. 



OPERATIONS. 



501 




QUILLED SUTURE. 



keep it from drawing away and untying; then go on and make a hard 
knot on the top of the other, and cut off the silk. Then take another, 
and so on. 

The continuous or uninterrupted suture sews 
up tlie wound by continuing the stitches right 
along, the same as in sewing cloth, and tying the 
ends. The quilled suture is when two quills or 
pieces of wood are used as skewers, and the ends 
of the silk cauMit over them, the skewers bein"- 
placed one on each side of the wound, to prevent 
the stitches from tearing out. The twisted suture 
is simply a pin inserted and a hair or silk thread 
wound around its ends in the form of a figure 
eight, as already described in the article on 
bleeding. In most cases, the stitches ought to 
I)e taken al^out half an inch apart. 

XIX. Tapping the Belly for Flatulence. 

It is usually either some of the large intestines or the stomach that is 
affected with flatulence. The former are tapped by inserting the trocar 
and cannula in the center of a triangle drawn from the point of the hip, 
the ends of the transverse processes of the luml^ar vertel)ra3 and the last 
rib. Clip off the hair from a spot half an inch in diameter, brush the scurf 
from the skin and make a puncture through the skin with a knife, then pass 
in the trocar and cannula, directing it inward, downward and forward; 
withdraw the trocar and leave the cannula to carry of the gas. After the 
gas has escaped replace the trocar into the cannula l)efore withdrawing it. 
Wet this wound several times a day with lotion No. 5 for three or four 
days. This operation may be repeated, if necessary, and on either side of 
the horse. The trocar for this purpose should be six inches long and one- 
quarter inch in diameter. 

XX. Tenotomy. 

When the tendons become very nuich contracted and cannot be relaxed, 
they can be severed, when the ends will extend, grow together aijain, and 
thus repair the excision. This oi)erati()n, called tenotomy, is most conunonly 
l)racticed on the tendon of the leg, and about midway between the knee and 
fetlock. Insert the knife. across the tendons, with the l)lade on its side; let 
it go just to the skin on the other side, })at not through it; then turn the 
edge towards the outer i)art of the leg and saw away, taking care not to 
cut the skin at the ])ack of the leg. When the tendons are severed, break 
up the adhesions l)y bending the leg 'across your knee. Dress the wound 
in the skin, treating as a simple w<jund. 



502 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




XXI. Tracheotomy. 

This consists of the insertion of a tube into the trachea or windpipe, 
to prevent death from threatened sviflPocation. The tulie ought to be of 

silver, but in the absence of 



that, one made of tin will, in the 
writer's opinion, answer every 
purpose; it should be three- 
quarters of an inch or an inch in 
diameter, curved so as to slip 
into the windpi])e easily, with a 
})late of the same material on the 
end to tie to the neck, in order 
to keep it in place. Open the 
skin by an incision about two 
inches long, at a point eight 
inches below the throat ; divide the 
muscles, and lay l)are the wind- 
pipe; cut out a piece of two rings, making a hole large enough to admit 
the tube. Take the tul:)e out and clean it with carliolic lotion No. 39, once 
a day, and replace it as soon 
as possible. When the cause of 
suffocation is removed, the tube 
may be taken out for good. 
The hole will soon till up and 
heal. Instead of using a round 
tube and cutting out a section 
of two rings, it is j^referable to 
use an oval tulie and pass it in 
between two ring-s. This does 
away with the danger of a car- 
tilaginous tumor growing from 
the cut rings of the trachea. 



PERFORMING TRACHEOTOMY. 




THE STRUCTURES MET WITH IN THE OPERA- 
TION OF TRACHEOTOMY. 

1. The sterno maxilaris muscles, (a pair) which have 
to be separated, being joined by cellular tissue. 

2. The sterno thyro hyoidei muscles lying under those 
above mentioned. These also have to be separated, 
being similarly united. 

3. The trachea, which will be fully exposed when the 
muscles are separated and pulled back. 



Such a tumor sometimes follows the cutting 



of the rings, and obstructs the breathing, rendering the horse useless. 



CHAPTER XXm. 



CONCERNING THE VETERINARIAN'S CERTIFICATE OF 

SOXJNDNF3SS. 



I. EXAMINATIONS IN THIS COUNTRY AND IN EUROPE. II. WHAT THE VETERINA- 
RIAN SHOULD SEE TO, FOR HIS CLIENT. III. CONDITIONS MODIFYING THE CER- 
TIFICATE. IV. THE SELLER'S GUARANTEE SHOULD COVER VICES. 

I. Examinations in this Country and in Europe. 

Under what circumstances can a horse be returned to the seller, as un- 
sound? This we propose to consider briefl}^, even though at the risk of 
a little repetition of directions given elsewhere. In Europe it is quite a 
common practice to have horses examined for soundness by experts, but 
in this country, where every man professes to be a horseman, there is 
much less of it done. Here, if a man gets bitten in making a trade, he 
usually says nothing, but contents himself with getting satisfaction out 
of the next one. Still, there are some examinations made for soundness 
even in this country, and it may be well to state what a veterinarian bases 
his decision upon, in giving a certificate. 

II. What the Veterinarian should see to, for his Client. 

The agp, size, and general appearance of the animal should first be 
considered ; also, his adaptal)ility to the purposes in view. It is the vet- 
erinarian's duty to use his influence to prevent his client from buying a 
draft horse for his carriage, or vice versa ; in fact, he should consult not 
only his client's needs, l)ut his wishes and tastes as well, and should see 
that these are met as fully as possible. 

In making the detailed examination, he should see that the mouth and 
tongue are all right, no poll evil, no running at the nose, no cough, fistu- 
lous withers, nor anything wrong with the head or shoulders. He should 
see that the fore legs are free from bony deposits, and the feet from 
corns, sidcbones, contraction, etc. ; that there are no ruptures on any part 
of the belly or scrotum, no broken hips, nor broken tail. He should 
carefully note whether the hmd legs are free from bony deposits, capped 
hocks, and spavins of all kinds, and make sure that there is no thicken- 
ing of any of the tendons of either the fore or hind legs, nor yet any 
windgalls or curbs. , 

603 

% 




504 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Next, move him for the detection of lameness — slow, fast, turning, 
backing, stopping and starting again; and also 
for the wind — whether thick or broken, and 
whether there is roaring, whistling, or wheezing. 
Then examine the eyes closely — first in the 
sunlight, next in a dark place, and then in the 
sun again — to detect any abnormal expansion 
or contraction of the pupil, and for opacity or 
cloudiness of the cornea, and clearness or oth- 
erwise of the humors of the eye. 

III. Conditions Modifying the Certificate. 

ONE TEST FOR ROARING. ° 

Any disease of any kind existing at the time — 
internal, skin or otherwise, is, strictly speaking, unsoundness. There 
are some conditions, however, which, though they are not absolutely 
sound, do no harm, and these should be mentioned with a view of quali- 
fying the certifioate. Under this head will come splints, when not near 
the knee ; feet that show the previous existence of corns, but having 
none at present ; and curbs, when old, as these, though objectionable, do 
not often hurt a horse for work, either fast or slow. The previous exis- 
tance of fistulous withers, if entirely cured and sound at present, is not 
unsoundness ; but marks of poll-evil would make an animal objectiona-. 
ble, as it indicates a tendency to rear and, perhaps, to fall backwards, 
throwing the head violentl}'^ upwards, etc. 

IV. The Seller's Guarantee should cover Vices. 

The seller should guarantee a horse free from vice as well as sounds 
for vices cannot always be detected, even by the most critical examina. 
tion. Under such a guarantee, a cribber ; a windsucker ; a kicker, 
either in the stall or harness ; one that pulls back, and breaks the halter, 
and a shyer, are all returnable. 

In case of any departure whatever from an absolutely healthy, natural 
condition, the surgeon, in justice to himself as well as his client, should 
state his opinion as to how much the defects noticed are likely to 
depreciate the value. 



CHAPTER XXIV. 



POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 



r. GENERAL RULES. II. POISONING FROM DRUGS, MINERALS, ETC. III. POiSON- 

ING WHILE GRAZING IV. POISONING OF THE SKIN. V. POISONING FROM 

STINGS. 

I. General Rules. 

Horses are frequently poisoned, sometimes by eating noxious plants or 
by getting hold of poisonous substances left about the stable ; sometimes 
by malicious persons, from motives of revenge toward the owner, or to 
advance some personal interest ; and sometimes by overdoses of strong 
drugs. It is well, therefore, to know some of the more common poisons, 
with their modes of action and their antidotes ; and it is, of course, ex- 
tremely desirable to be able to find and use suitable remedies with the 
least possible delay, since the loss of only a few minutes will, in some 
cases, cost the animal's life. A few general directions, like the following, 
it mil pay the reader to commit to memory, and thus have them at in- 
stant command : — When the animal is poisoned by an alkali, give 
him an acid, such as vinegar, &c. For poisoning by an acid, give an 
alkali, such as bi-carbonate of soda (baking soda.) Both the articles 
here specified are nearly always on hand. 

II. Poisoning from Drugs, Minerals, etc. 

^comVe is frequently given in overdoses, causing prof use perspiration ; 
spasms of the glottis, seen in the continual swallowing Avhen there is noth- 
ing to swallow ; congestion of the lungs, with difficult breathing ; gas- 
tro-enteritis (inflammation of the stomach and bowels) ; and quick pulse, 
gradually becoming imperceptible. Give strong coffee, in pint doses, 
every fifteen minutes till relieved. 

Ai'seniG is sometimes got hold of. It is a corrosive, irritant poison, caus- 
ing diarrhoea, mucous discharge from the eyes and nose, a quick, Aviry 
pulse, and injected mucous membranes. Iron sesqui-oxide (iron rust) is 
the best chemical antidote. It is prepared by dissohdng copperas and bi- 
carbonate of soda in water, separately, and mixing the two solutions, 
when the iron rust will fall to the bottom. Wash it with warm 
water, put in a bottle, and give three or four tablespoonfuls every ten 
©r fifteen minutes. Being insoluble, it will have to be washed down the 

^ 505 ' 



506 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



auimars throat with plenty of water from the bottle. In the absence 
of this remedy give eggs, oils, milk, powdered charcoal, or blue clay. 

Aloes in large doses is poisonous. It produces diarrhoea and superpur- 
gation ; dryness of the mouth ; 3^awning and straining ; quick, hard pulse, 
gradually becoming imperceptible; injected mucous membranes; and, 
sometimes, irritation of the kidneys. Give powdered ipecacuanha, in 
half drachm doses, every hour; starch gruel, internally, and enemas 
(cold) of the same, with one ounce of laudanum in each injection, re- 
peating both gruel and enemas every hour ; opium, in drachm doses, every 
four to six hours ; clialk ; port wine ; and hot fomentations to the belly. 




(iASTKO-EM'KKlTIS. 
Appearance of a horse suffering from inflammation of the stomach and bowels. 

Ammonia, carbonate, is sometimes given in too large doses or not suffi- 
ciently diluted, when the mouth, throat and stomach become burned and 
blistered, and salivation follows. Give olive oil in doses of two or three 
tablespoonfuls, five or six times a day ; also, milk and eggs. 

Belladonna is a favorite remedy with some, and, when much used, is 
apt to be given carelessly and in too large doses, giving rise to dilatation 
of the pupils, narcotism (stupor), swelling of the head, and delirium. On 
post mortem examination, the blood will be found fluid ; and decomposi- 
tion sets in early. Ap})ly mustard to the chest, and cold to the head ; 
give milk and linseed oil — a pint of each, mixed, — and gentle exercise. 

Bryony is often given with aconite. Over doses cause gastro-enteri- 
tis ; liquid foeces ; scanty, bloody urine ; and a quick, almost impercepti- 
ble pulse. Give a pint each of milk and linseed oil, mixed, with an 
ounce of laudanum in it ; starch gruel injections, with an ounce of lauda- 
num ill each one ; and hot cloths to the loins. 

Calomel is a corrosive, irritant poison, causing a discharge of blacks 
offensive foeces, diarrhoea, and*great depression. Give opium, in drachmi 
doses, three times a day ; also use flaxseed tea. 



POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 



507 



Cantharides is a narcotic, irritant poison, causing gastro-enteritis, great 
irritation and inflammation of urino-genital organs, imperceptible pulse, 
and injected mucous membranes. Give a })int of linseed oil, which fol- 
low, after an hour, with large quantities of flaxseed tea or nmcilage ; 
apply hot cloths to the loins ; give starch gruel and laudanum injections ; 
and opium, in drachm doses, three or four times a day. 

Chloroform is a narcotic poison. It causes a slow pulse ; slow, heavy 
breathing ; insensibility to pain ; muscular twitchings ; dilatation of the 
pupils ; foaming at the mouth ; and stupor. Throw cold water over the 
animal ; raise and lower the fore legs continuously ; pound the chest to 
Induce respiration ; use bellows in the nostrils ; and give sweet spirits of 
nitre, in ounce doses, at intervals of half an hour, till two or three doses 
have been given. 

Chloral Hydrate is similar, both as to its effects and antidotes, to 
chloroform 

Croton Oil is an acrid, irritant poison. It may be either swallowed or 
absorbed from the skin, and causes gastro-enteritis, drastic purgation, 
and great })rostration. The treatment is that for superpurgation. 




DRASTIC rOISONING. 
Characteristic appearance and action of a horse suffering from this cause- 



Copper Sidphate is a corrosive, irritant })oison, bringing on gastro- 
enteritis and diarrhoea ; ulceration, perforation and thickening of the mu- 
cous membranes ; quick, hard, ahnost imperceptible pulse ; and, near 
smelting works, emaiuation, paralysis and exostotic disease of the joints. 
These latter symptoms characterise the chronic, slow poisoning resulting 



508 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

from grazing in the vicinity of these works, and inhaling the con- 
densed fumes or eating the poison-tainted grass ; and the remedy is self- 
suggestive, viz : to remove to a greater distance from the works. In the 
acute poisoning, give a pint of linseed oil, eggs, soap in small quantities, 
and milk, or flaxseed tea. 

Corrosive Sublimate is frequently got hold of in the form of rat- 
poison, and is a corrosive, irritant poison, causing gastro-enteritis, 
erosion of the mucous membranes of the stomach and bowels, foetid 
diarrhoea, salivation, foetid breath, quick, weak pulse, and yellow 
appearance of mucous membranes. Give eggs and milk in large quanti- 
ties, with occasional doses of opium — a drachm at a dose. 

Ergot of Rye \s a fungus that grows on rye and other kinds of grain, 
and which is developed on low, undrained soils by long continued damp 
weather. Large doses cause narcotism, colic, diarrhoea, and perverted^ 
nervous action ; impairs the appetite ; induces weakness and wasting, and^ 
serous — sometimes bloody — discharges from the mucous surfaces ; and in: 
a bad case, oedema and gangrene of the ears, tail, and even the limbs 
Give a pint of linseed oil, following it with large quantities of flaxseed] 
tea, and give a drachm of opium three or four times a day. 

Feri^mn Sulphas, (sulphate of iron), is a corrosive, irritant poison,! 
causing the same symptoms as sulphate of copper. Give, as an antidote, ; 
galls, powdered, half an ounce ; or, bi-carbonate of soda, an ounce. 
After a few minutes, give large quantities of flaxseed tea. Repeat the^ 
entire treatment every few hours. 

Kux Vomica is an irritant poison, manifesting itself by tetanic spasms 
and general convulsions ; convulsions of the diaphraghm, causing labored^ 
breathing; and, sometimes, asphyxia. Give hydrated chloral in doses of] 
half an ounce, every two hours, with occasional doses of opium ; also,] 
employ galvanism when practicable. 

Opium is a narcotic poison, producing partial or total paralysis, stu- 
por, stertorous (labored) breathing, slow pulse and contracted pupil. ^ 
After death, the blood is fluid, and decomposition sets in early. Showerl 
with cold water, give tannin, half a drachm, and an occasional dose of] 
sweet spirits of nitre — half an ounce at a time ; and force the animal to. 
take exercise. 

Lead, in all its forms, is a corrosive, irritant poison, which, in acute 
eases, produces violent constipation, delirium, colicky pains, tremor of^ 
the muscles, and gastro-enteritis. In chronic eases, where the symptomsj 
develope slowly, there will be noticed what is called Plumhism — exos-J 
totic deposits, anchylosis of the joints, paralysis, staring coat, a blue line 
around the gums, emaciation, quick and wiry pulse ; with fa;ces black, 
glazed and foetid, the abdomen tucked up, and constant moaning. Give 



POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 509 

epsom salts, two to four ounces ; after an hour, give iodide of potash, 
two or three drachms ; accompany these with occasional doses of opium 
in drachm doses ; put mustard paste to the belly ; and use large quanti- 
ties of flaxseed tea, 

N'itrate of potash, in large doses, is an irritant poison, causing gastro- 
enteritis, (with vomition in pigs), injected membranes, inflammation of 
the gullet, colic, etc., and it has a powerful sedative action on the heart. 
Give linseed oil, and follow it with flaxseed tea and whisky; put mus- 
tard paste to the belly and over the gullet. 

Comtnonsalt ( or sodiuai chloride), in large quantities, acts as a corrosive, 
irritant poison, causing gastro-enteritis. injected mucous membranes, 
diarrhoea, weak and irritable pulse and excessive thirst ; also vomition in 
dogs and pigs. Give milk and eggs, with a drachm of opium every three 
or four iiours ; if there is abnormal pain, apply mustard paste externally. 

Sulphur is an irritant poison, causing diarrhoea, gastro-enteritis, ema- 
ciation, and ebullitions of sulphuretted hydrogen gas from the anus, 
(foul wind-breaking). Give a dose of oil, with opium ; also starch gruel, 
both internally and as an injection. 

Strychnia is to be treated for the same as nux vomica. 

Turpentine is an irritant poison, causing gastro-enteritis, strangury of 
the kidneys, quick and hard pulse, diarrhoea, and a violet odor and high 
color to the urine.' Give a small dose of oil, with opium, starch gruel, 
and laudanum, both internally and as an injection ; put hot clothi to the 
loins. 

White Hellebore, (^veratrum album) is an irritant poison, causing vomi- 
tion in dogs and pigs ; in the horse, intermittent pulse, gastro-enteritis, 
diarrhoea, spasms of the superficial muscles, salivation and great prostra- 
tion. It is liable to be absorbed from the skin as well as taken internally, 
doing the same amount of damage in either case. Give eggs and milk in 
large quantities, and small doses of olive oil and sweet spirits of nitre. 

III. Poisoning While Grazing. 

Acorns when eaten in large quantities, cause gastro-enteritis ; consti- 
pation, followed ])y fluid foeces ; offensive breath; glazed eyes ; quick, 
wiry pulse ; discharges from the nose ; and gnashing of the teeth. Post 
mortem examination discovers acorns in the stomach ; inflammation of the 
coats of that organ and of the bowels ; and, sometimes, ecchymosis and 
gangrene. I?, the case of cattle, rumenotomy must be performed to 
remove the undigested acorns. For horses, etc., give oil and gruel, with 
laudanum, and follow these with gentian root, in two to four drachm 
doses, three times a day. • 



510 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Copper sulphate poisoning, in its chronic form, from grazing near 
smelting works, has been considered in the previous section. 

The tobacco plant is a narcotic, irritant poison, causing gastro-enteritis. 
convulsions, metastatic inflammation, contracted pupil, sweating, inter- 
mittent pulse, diarrhoea, stertorous breathing, and stupor. Treat the 
same as for opium. 

Sumach, or Poisonous Oak, is an acrid poison, causing gastro-enteritis. 
etc. Give oil, opium and flaxseed tea. 

Lobelia is an acrid, narcotic poison, causing salivation, gastro-enteritis, 
feeble pulse, convulsions, and stupor. Give oil, opium and mild stimu- 
lants. 

IV. Poisoning of the Skin. 

Vegetable poisoning of the skin is not an uncommon occurrence, from 
the nose or lips of the animal coming in contact with some noxious weed 
or plant \vhile grazing. There are many such plants, besides the poison 
oak and white hellebore noticed in the preceding section, such as poison 
ivj (or poison vine), hemlock, St. John's wort, etc. The symptoms of 
such poisoning correspond very nearly to those manifested in the human 
economy from the same cause, and which every one living in the coun- 
try is familiar with. The treatment is both constitutional and local, — the 
former by the use of alteratives, together with such purgatives as may be 
required to keep the Ijowels moderately loose ; the latter, by washing the 
irritated surface with a solution of sugar of lead, or other cooling and 

healing wash. 

V. Poisoning from Stings. 

In many sections, every farmer is liable, in the summer season, to 
have his team severely stung by hornets, bumble-bees, or the like ; while 
in the Southwest, the torture inflicted on stock by the swarms of certain 
gnats and poisonous flies is fairly maddening. Then, too, a stock man iu 
the latter section is almost sure to occasionally meet with such urgent 
cases as rattlesnake or tarantula bites. 

A homely remedy for the sting of bees, wasps, etc., is to wash with 
salt and Avater ; and this is excellent, in ordinary cases. Onion juice is 
another. For severe cases, it will be better to anoint the parts with a 
compound of hartshorn and oil, — three parts of the former to one of 
the latter ; or spirits of turpentine and laudanum, in equal parts, will 
afford relief. It will be a good idea, if the irritation is very great, to 
sponge the whole body with lime water or a weak solution of soda, and 
then smear with linseed oil. 

To protect against gadflies, w'ash the flanks and parts most likely to 
be attacked, with a strong infusion of the green bark of th? comm<?o 
elder. , 



POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 611 

To protect against buffalo-gnats, etc., that are so troublesome in the 
lower Mississip[)i regions, smear the jnirts they most affect with a mix- 
ture of tar or lai'd, in the proportions of one to two, respectively; or 
instead, with equal parts, of jietroleum, lard oil (or bacon drippings), 
and tar. 

For the bite of a rattlesnake, copperhead, or other venomous serpent, 
give the following as quickly as possible : 

No. 90. 1 Teaspoonful of hartshorn, 

1 Pint of whiskey, 
Js Pint warm water. 
Mix. 

> Cauterize the wound immediately, with an iron at white heat ; and keep 
the adjoining parts constantly wet for some hours, with ammonia, by 
means of a sponge. Unless the symptoms are urgent, the above recipe 
may be made up with half a pint (instead of a pint) of whiskey ; but in 
every case it will be best to repeat this smaller dose every hour, till relief 
is obtained. 

Stings of centipedes, scorpions and venomous spiders, (of which the 
tarantula is the most common), should be treated the same as snake bites ; 
but, in these cases, it is not so customary to cauterize. 



CHAPTER XXV. 

INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINES. 



I WHAT INSTRUMENTS TO KEEP, AND HOW TO USE THEM. II. SURGICAL APPARATUS 

AND APPLIANCES. III. A CHEAP AND SERVICEABLE SURGICAL OUTFIT. 

IV. VETERINARY MEDICINES AND DOSES V. WHEN AND HOW OFTEN MAY THE 

DOSE BE REPEATED? VI. SIMPLE DIRECTIONS FOR PREPARING AND USING MED- 
ICINES. VII. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

I. What Instruments to Keep, and How to Use Them. 

Bistoury. — For making incisions. It consists of a handle to which is 
attached a bUide, variously shaped, according to the exact use intended, 
and either fixed or movable. 

Catheter. — Used to draw off the contents of the bladder, when the 
horse cannot make water in the natural way. Also used in treating deep 
ulcers, liquid being injected through them by means of a syringe. In 
veterinary practice, it is a round gutta percha tube, of which one end is 
open, and the other rounded with two openings at the side near by. Oil 
well, and introduce cautiously ; then slowly push it along the canal or 
passage, taking care to occasion no unnecessary pain. 

Firing-iron. — For making the actual cautery (burning with red-hot 
iron), which, though less practiced than formerly, is still useful in certain 
cases elsewhere specified. It is a heavy iron, with a blunt edge and a 
nandle to hold it by. 

Fleam. — Strictly speaking, one kind of lancet, and that which in old 
times was alone used in veterinary practice. The manner of using it is 
fully explained in the article on bleeding. The incision must always be 
made leno-thwise of the vein. 

Forceps. — Used for extracting splinters, pieces of bone, etc., and in 
the operation of lithotomy and lithotrity ; also, for seizing arteries in 
order to tie them. They are simply pincers with long jaws. Those with 
a spring are much to be preferred. 

Knives. — At least three or four different knives should be kept, and 
always keen and bright, for surgical purposes — some rounded and others 
pointed at the top. (See scalpel and shoeing-knife.) 

Lancets. — There are two kinds, thumb and spring lancets, these 

names being derived from the power that operates them . They are a great 

improvement upon the fleam, which is their primitive form. We give 

the preference to the thumb lancet. 

512 



INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINE. 513 

Needles (surgical). — For sewing up wounds, etc. They are of different 
-shapes as well as different sizes. (See seton needles.) 

Probang. — A straight, flexible I'od, with a sponge on one end, for 
oushing substances down the throat, in cases of strangulation. Two 
liinds are shown in the cut on page 398. 

Probe. — For exploring wounds. They are made of silver wire with 
one end slightly knobbed, and of different sizes. 

Scalpel. — A surgeon's knife, straight and keen edged. For veterinary 
purposes, it should be broad and strong. 

Scissors {curved). — Indispensable for trimming the edges of wounds, 
clipping off the hair, etc. 

Seton needles. — For drawing setons under the skin. Their blades are 
broad and curved, with a round shaft eighteen inches long and one eye 
at the blunt end. 

Shoeing-Tcnife. — Sometimes called the frog-knife or drawing knife, 
being the knife used by blacksmiths for cutting into and paring the h(»of, 
in horseshoeing. It is a thin blade with a sharply curved end, fixed in a 
handle, and will be found quite useful in the care of the horse's feet, in 
health, as well as in treating the same when diseased. 

Syringe. — There are regular horse and cattle syringes now procurable. 
For giving small doses of liquid medicines one that can be worked 
with one hand is almost indispensable. The old-fashioned pail and india- 
rubber pipe is a clumsy, yet in most cases, efficient substitute in giving 
injections. A small syringe for injecting abscesses, cleaning wounds, 
etc., will also be desiral)le. 

Trocar. — ^A simple surgical instrument, resembling a pointed awl. It 
is now generally provided with a cannula, which is a hollow tube enclos- 
ing it. (See cut on page 800.) Its uses in puncturing the abdomen, 
chest, &c.rhave been repeatedly given elsewhere, the cannula, as a rule, 
being allowed to remain in the orifice, as a channel for the escape of the 
water, serum, or gas, as the case may be. 

II. Surgical Apparatus and Appliances. 

In addition to the instruments described in the last section, there an 
various apparatus and appliances which the stock owner should always 
keep on hand, or at least have at ready command in case of need. The 
following list will, we think, be found sufficiently complete for all prac- 
tical purposes. 

Drenching bottle. — This is now generally used, instead of the old-time 
drenching-horn . It should hold a quart at least, and have a long neck, 
A champagne or ale bottle will be about the thing. 
33 



51i CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Hobbles. — To prevent a horse from kicking ; more especially, for use 
m casting. (See article on casting in chapter XXII of this Part.) 
They are two strong ropes, eacn aoout twenty-five feet long, with the 
same number of strong leather straps, doubled, each with a two inch ' 
seam between and a strong buckle. It requires three or four men to cast 
ahorse. Put a loose collar on the horse, and fasten both ropes securely 
to the bottom of it, or, better (if the rope is long enough), loop the mid- 
dle to the collar. Buckle one of the two leather straps tightly on each 1 
hind pastern ; through the rings or D's of the straps pass the ends of the i 
rope, carrying the same forward through the collar, for the assistants, 
(standing well ahead) to pull away at, while a good man manages the 
animal's head. To prevent kicking (while standing), fasten the ends of 
the rope to the collar, after drawing sufficiently tight. 

Ligatures. — Cords or strings, most commonly silk thread, used for 
tying arteries and thus preventing or stopping hemorrhage. Tie with a 
surgeon's knot, made bypassing one end around the other twice and then 
drawing tightly. 

J^ose-bag. — This should be roomy, and be kept scrupulously clean. 

Seton. — A cord or small roll of leather, tape or cloth, drawn under 
the skin and then out again at a short distance, by means of the seton ^ 
needle. It is used to promote and keep up a discharge of pus, and thus ), 
reduce inflammation, and, the better to secure this end, it is soaked with 
turpentine or smeared with some other irritant, and daily turned or 
drawn forward and backward through its channel. Setons have almost , 
entirely superseded the old-fashioned rowel, which is a ring of leather, \ 
suitably prepared and pushed down into a pocket made in the skin. 

Slings. — These are well illustrated on pages 290 and 326. They are 
not so difficult to make as many imagine. Take, for the girdle which 
passes under the horse's belly, a broad strip of leather or strong canvass 
twenty-eight inches wide and about seven feet long, stiffening the ends 
by sewing them around smooth sticks or chunks of wood, to which fasten 
very strong loops of rope. Double blocks and pulleys being attached 
to these loops by strong ropes passing through fixed pulleys over- | 
head, the animal can be nearly or entirely lifted from his feet, as may ' 
be desired. This girdle is kept in proper position by suitable breeching 
and breast-straps attached to it, as shown on page 326. 

Sponges. — From four to six of these should always be at hand, of 
which at least one (a small one) should be very fine. Their sizes should 
be graduated, the largest being such as are of ten used for washing car- 
riages. 

Tents. — Like setons, the^e are suppuratives, but are employed in the 
dressing of wounds. They consist of pledgets of tow, lint, or the like, 
moistened with turpentine. 



INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINES. 515 

Twitch. — This has been described and illustrated in the chapter on 
Operations, One should be kept hanging in the stable constantly, ready 
for immediate use. 

III. A cheap and serviceable Surgical Outfit. 
The following convenient outfit will serve the purposes of the great 
majority of horsemen, and can be selected, at very moderate cost, from 
the stock of any surgical instrument dealer. Most of the instruments, 
in fact, can be bought at the larger drug stores of cities. Everything 
should be kept together, in a neat wooden box. 

1. A thumb lancet, and, if wished, a fleam. 

2. A pair of spring forceps. 

3. A bistoury, blunt pointed. The slightly curved form, with the 
sharp edge on the inside, is considered the best for most purposes. 

4. An aneurismal (a long, blunt) needle, which is also very serviceable 
for introducing small setons. 

5. A silver probe. . 

6. A shoeing (or frog) knife. 

7. A pair of curved scissors, 

8. A broad scalpel, for which, however, any straight, broad-bladed 
knife, with a keen edge, may be substituted. 

9. A seton needle. 

10. A few surgical needles, of different sizes and shapes ; some white 
thread, and thin cat-gut or, instead of the latter, fine sewing silk. A 
leather case or roll will be needed to keep these articles in. 

IV. Veterinary Medicines and Doses. 

The following list comprises the principal drugs used in veterinary 
practice, those of them not among the farmer's own stores being easily 
procurable at any drug store. Many of these it will be advisable to keep 
always on hand, — say enough for ten doses, — everything in white bottles, 
the latter well corked and carefully labeled. Corrosive subtances it will 
not do to cork ; the stoppers must be ground glass. When medicines 
have been kept so long that they have lost their strength, they should be 
thrown away, and replaced with fresh. Old compounds not likely to be 
used again soon, ought not to be kept with the other medicines. The best 
plan is to throw them away, as they will only clutter up any cupboard 
you may put them in, and ten to one, even if you want to use the same 
prescription again, you will* decide to compound it afresh. 

For an explanation of the terms below employed in classifying these 
drugs, the reader is referred to page 237. 

Acetic acid. — Antidote to alkalis, cooling astringent. Horse, 1 drachm ; 
ox, 2 drachms ; sheep, 1 scruple. 



516 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Aconite, tincture of. — Sedative, diaphoretic. Horse, 10 drops : ox, 30 
to 40 drops ; sheep, 3 lo 5 drops. 

Alcohol. — Stimulant, diuretic, narcotic. Horse, ^ ounce ; ox, 3 to 6 
ounces ; sheep, ^ ounce. Locally, a" cooling astringent. 

Aloes, Barhadoes. — Purgative. Horse, 4 to 6 drachms 

Alum. — Astringent. Horse, 2 to 3 drachms ; ox, 3 to 4 drachms; 
sheep, ^ to 1 drachm. 

Ammonia, liquid. — Diffusible stimulant, anti-spasmodic, antacid, diu- 
retic. Horse, ^ ounce ; ox, ^ to 1 ounce ; sheep, ^ to 1 drachm. It 
should be well diluted. 

Aminonia, carbonate of. — Diffusible stimulant, anti-spasmodic, ant- 
acid, diuretic. Horse, 1 drachm ; ox, 4 to 6 drachms ; sheep, ^ to 1 
drachm . 

Anise seed, caraway, cardamon , feniiel seed . — Stomachic, carminative. 
Horse, 1 ounce ; ox, 1 to 2 ounces ; sheep, 2 to 4 drachms. 

Arnica, tincture of. — Stimulant, diuretic. Horse, 1 drachm ; ox, 1 
drachm ; sheep, 1 scruple. 

Asafoetida. — Diffusible stimulant, carminative, vermifuge. Horse, 2 
drachms ; ox, 4 drachms ; sheep, ^ to 1 drachm. 

Balsam of Peru. — Stimulant, antispasmodic, expectorant. Horse, 1 
ounce ; ox, 1 to 1^ ounces ; sheep, 2 drachms. 

Borax. — Nerve sedative, uterine stimulant. Horse, 2 to 6 drachms; 
ox, ^ to 1 ounce ; sheep, |^ to 1 drachm. 

Blachberry root. — Astringent. Horse, 2 to 4 drachms ; ox, \ ounce ; 
sheep, 2 scruples. 

Camphor (gum). — Antispasmodic. Horse, 1 to 2 drachms ; ox, 2 to 4 
drachms ; sheep, 1 scruple. 

Carbolic acid — Sedative, anodyne, astringent, antiseptic, disinfectant. 
Horse, 10 to 20 drops ; ox, 1 drachm ; sheep 10 drops. 

Chei^ry bark, wild. — Expectorant. Horse, 1 ounce; ox, 1^ ounces; 
sheep, 3 drachms. 

Copaiva. — Stimulant, diuretic, expectorant. Horse, 2 to 4 drachms; 
ox, 3 to 4 drachms ; sheep, ^ to 1 drachm. 

Cream of tartar. — Diuretic. Horse, ^ ounce ; sheep, 4 to 6 drachms. 
Laxative : horse, 5 ounces ; ox, 5 to 8 ounces ; sheep, 1 to 2 ounces. 

Ergot. — Checks bleeding, parturient. Horse, ^ to 1 ounce ; ox, 1 ounce ; 
sheep, 1 to 2 drachms. 

Iron, peroxide. — Tonic. Horse, 2 drachms; ox, 4 drachms; sheep, I 
drachm. An antidote to arsenic. 

Laudanum.- — Narcotic, sedative, anodyne, antispasmodic. Horse, 1 
to 2 ounces , ox, 2 ounces ; sheep, 2 to 3 drachms. The druggist calls 
this tincture of opium. 



INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINES 517 

Lime, chloride of. — Checks tympany, disinfectant. Horse, 2 drachms; 
sheep, 1 to 2 drachms. 

Linseed oil. — Laxative. Horse, 1 to 2 pints ; ox, 1 to 2 quarts ; sheep, 
I pint. 

Lobelia. — Sedative, antispasmodic, expectorant. Horse, 1 to 2 
drachms ; ox, 1 to 3 drachms ; sheep, 15 grains ; swine, 5 to 15 grains. 

Lunar caustic (^nitrate of silver). — Nerve tonic. Horse, 5 grains ; ox, 
5 to 8 grains ; sheep, 1 to 2 grains. 

Mallow. — Demulcent. Give freely of cold infusion. 

Oakbarh. — Astringent. Horse, 1 ounce ; ox, 2 to 4 ounces ; sheep, 4 
drachms. 

Olive oil. — Laxative. Horse, 1 to 2 pints ; ox, 2 to 3 pints ; sheep, 3 
'd 6 ounces. 

Opium. — Narcotic, sedative, anodyne, antispasmodic. Horse, ^ to 2 
drachms ; ox, 2 to 4 drachms ; sheep, 10 to 20 grains. 

Pepper, black. — Stomachic, stimulant. Horse, 2 drachms ; ox, 3 
drachms ; sheep, 1 to 2 scruples. 

Peppermint. — 30 to 60 drops. 

Pumpkin seeds. — Vermifuge, taeniafuge (tape- worm medicine). Horse, 

1 pint. 

Rhubarb. — Laxative, tonic. Horse, 1 ounce; ox, 2 ounces; sheep, 1 
drachm. 

Rosin. — Diuretic. Horse, 2 drachms ; ox, |^ to 1 ounce ; sheep, 2 to 
4 drachms. 

Soap. — Diuretic, antacid, laxative. Horse, ^ ounce ; sheep, 2 to 6 
drachms. 

Sweet spirits of nitre . — Stimulant, antispasmodic, diuretic, diaphoretic. 
Horse, 1 to 2 ounces ; ox, 3 to 4 ounces ; sheep, 3 to 6 drachms. 

Tobacco. — Sedative, antispasmodic, vermifuge. Horse, 4 drachms ; 
ox, 4 to 6 drachms ; sheep, 1 drachm. 

Tar. — Expectorant, antiseptic. Horse, 4^ to 1 ounce ; ox, ^ to 2 ounces ; 
sheep, ^ ounce. 

Turpentine, oil of. — Stimulant, antispasmodic, diuretic. Horse, 1 to 

2 ounces ; ox, 1 to \^ ounces ; sheep, 1 to 2 drachms. Vermifuge : 
Horse, 2 ounces ; ox, 2 to 3 ounces ; sheep, 4 drachms. 

Valerian. — Diffusible stimulant, iintispasmodic, vermifuge. Horse, 2 
ounces ; ox, 2 to 4 ounces ;■ sheep, ^ ounce. 

Zinc, sulphate of. — Astringent, tonic. Horse, ^ drachm ; ox, 2 to 3 
drachms ; sheep, 15 to 30 grains. 

V. When and How Often may the Dose be Hepeated ? 
The graduation of doses, according to age, condition, etc., has beer 



518 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK A^D COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

explained on page 278. We add the following general directions for the 
reader's guidance in repeating the dose. 

Alteratives. — Give twice or thrice daily. 

Anodynes.— F owe hours apart ti|l they effect their object. 

Antispasmodics. — Same as anodynes. 

Diaphoretics. — Same as alteratives. 

Diuretics. — Two to four hours apart, according to urgency of the case. 

Emetics. — These are not given to the horse, his anatomy being such 
that vomiting is not possible. For other animals, repeat every five or ten 
minutes, assisting their action by opening the mouth and irritating the 
throat with a feather. 

Febrifuges . — Two to four times daily. 

Narcotics. — Four hours apart till the desired effect is produced. 

Purgatives. — As these are usually very powerful, overdosing must be 
guarded against, by Avaiting till the first dose has had full time to operate. 
This will be not less than thirty-six hours for the horse ; twelve to fifteen 
hours for sheep and cattle ; and seven to ten hours for hogs. Draughts 
of lukewarm water, or of warm gruel, hasten the action of purgatives. 

Refrigerants. — Twice or thrice daily. 

Sedatives. — Every four hours, as long as necessary. 

Stimulants. — Four hours apart till the desired effect is produced. 

Tonics. — Twice or three times daily. 

VI. Simple Directions for Preparing and Using Medicines. 

Balls. — Made of drugs (in powdered form) mixed with honey or molas- 
ses and linseed meal to about the stiffness of dough, and then wrapped in 
tissue paper, oiled for greater ease in swallowing. Care must be taken 
not to make it too large. A little thicker than a man's thumb will be 
right for horses and cattle. The ball must not be round, but cylindrical 
in shape, as shown in the cuts given in Chapter XXI, of this Part. 

Drenches. — Made, when the remedial agePit is itself not a liquid, either 
as decoctions or as infusions. The latter are made with either cold or 
hot water. Small quanties of powdered drugs can be mixed with thick 
gruel or mucilage, and given as a drench. Directions for giving drenches 
will be found on pages 279 and 488. Care must be taken to thoroughly 
dilute strong irritating liquids, so that if held in the animal's mouth for 
as much as five minutes, it will do no harm. There are some liquids of 
this class, as oil of turpentine, croton oil, etc., that will not mix with 
water, and hence should be prepared with olive or linseed oil, or milk 
beaten with eggs ; or, in some cases, they may be given in mucilage. 

^Hypodermic injections.— ^From the rapidly increasing use of these 
expedients by physicians, there seems to be a growing disposition to 



INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINES. 519 

employ them in veterinary practice also. They can only be administered 
with a hypodermic syringe, and, as a rule, ought not to be resorted to 
without the advice of a competent surgeon. 

Injections or Enemas. — These are not at all difficult to give, especially 
if one has a regular horse syringe. Patent injectors that pump in the 
liquid continuously are in the market. (See article "Syringe," in Section 
I, this chapter,) 

VII. Weights and Measures. 
In compounding drugs it is necessary to be very exact as to weights 
and measures. The druggist, with his delicate scales and expertness in 
manipulation, is the best person to put up your veterinary prescription, 
if it is otherwise convenient to have him do so. Frequently this is not 
the case, however, and we therefore recommend farmers to provide them- 
selves (as can be done at small expense) with a pair of scales and a meas^ 
uring glass for liquids. The weights for the former should be accord^ 
iug to what is called apothecaries' weight, instead of avoirdupois, while 
the glass will l)e already marked according to wine measure, so called. 



TABLE OF APOTHECARIES' WEIGHT. 

20 grains make one scruple, 
3 scruples make one drachm, 
8 drachms make one ounce, 

12 ounces make one pound. 



TABLE OP WINE MEASURE. 

60 minims, or drops, make one drachm, 
8 drachms make one ounce, 

16 ounces make one pint, 
2 pints make one quart, 
4 quarts make one gallon. 

Sufficient accuracy in fluid measure for anything not violent in it.s 
action, will be the following : 

60 drops, or 1 tea-spoonful, make 1 drachm, 
4 tea-spoonfuls, or 1 table-spoonful, make }4, ounce, 
2 table-spoonfuls make 1 ounce, 
1 wine-glassful makes 2 ounces, 
1 tea-cupful makes 5 ounces, 
1 tumblerful makes % pint. 
1 tin-cupful (commonest size) makes 1 pint. 

A handful of flaxseed, or other seeds usually innocent in their nature, 

will weigh about 2 ounces ; a handful of leaves or dried herbs will weigh 

about 1 ounce. 



CHAPTER XXVI. 



RECIPES FOB. THE HORSE. 



As a matter of convenience to the reader, to whom time will often be 
precious in treating his sick stock, we add this chapter, resuming all our 
prescriptions for the horse. 



No. 1. LOTION FOR FISTULA. 

Sulphate of copper, 2 drachms. 
Water, >2 Pi^it, 

Mix. 
Inject once or twice a day. 



No. 2. LOTION FOR FISTULA. 

Sulphate of zinc, 3 drachms, 
Water, ^o pint, 

Mix. 
Inject once or tw'ice a day. 



No. 3. LOTION FOR FISTULA. 

Corrosive sublimate, 1 drachm, 
Water, % pint, 

Mix. 
Inject once or twice a day. 



No. 4. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Sweet spirits nitre, 1 ounce, 
Tinctitre aconite root, 1 drachm, 
Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, 
Water, >^ pint. 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonf ul every 2 hours. 



No, 



5. CARBOLIC LOTION. 

Carbolic acid, 1 part, 
Water, 30 parts. 

Mix. 
Inject three times a day. 



No. 6. CARBOLIC LOTION. 

Carbolic acid, % ounce, 
Water, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Use three or four times a d&y. 



No. 7. WHITE LOTION FOR FLESH WOUNdI 

Sulphate of zinc, 6 drachms, 
Sup^ar of lead, 1 ounce. 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix and shake. 
Apply three times a day. 



No. 



8. HOOF OINTMENT. 

Pine tar, 4 fluid ounces, 
Wliale oil, 4 ounces, ;| 

(If too thin in warm weather, add 
mutton tallow, 2 ounces) , 
Mix. 
Apply once a day. 



No. 9. FLY BLISTER. 

Powdered cantharides, ^ ounce, 
Lard, 2 ounces, 

Mix. 
Rub well in. 



No. 10. RED MERCURIAL BLISTER. 

Biniodide of mercury, 2 drachms 
Lard, 2 ounces. 

Mix. 
Rub well in. 



No. 



11. COMPOUND LINIMENT. 

Tincture of iodine, 3 ounces, 
Aqua ammonia, 1 ounce. 
Oil of turpentine, 1 ounce. 
Glycerine, 1 ounce. 

Mix. 
Rub well in twice a day. 



ti 

% 



520 



RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. 



^21 



No. 12. COOLING LOTION. 

Muriate of ammonia, 1 ounce, 
Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, 
Water, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day. 



No. 13. COOLING LOTION. 

Vinegar (strong) , 1 pint, 
Common salt, a handful. 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Apply three or foui- times a day. 



No. 14. LINIMENT FOR SPRAINS. 

Liquor ammonia, 1 ounce. 
Tincture arnica, 1 ounce. 
Tincture opium, 1 ounce, 
Oil turpentine, 1 ounce. 
Alcohol, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Rub well in twice a day. 



No. 15. LINIMENT FOR SPRAINS. 

Tincture arnica, 1)4 ounces. 
Tincture of opium, 1 ounce, 
Liquor ammonia, l^g ounces. 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Sub well in twice a day. 



No. 



18. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Tinctiii-e aconite root, 1 drachm, 
Fluid extract belladonna, 2 drachms, 
Sweet spirits nitre, 2 ounces, 
Carbonate of ammonia, 1 ounce. 
Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonf ul every 2 hours. 



No. 



19. PASTE FOR OPEN JOINT 

Carbolic acid, 1 drachm. 

Glycerine, 2 drachms, 

Flour, enough to make a paste, 

Mix. 
Make a paste, and apply to the cut 
twice a day. 



No. 20. TONIC POWDER. 

Sulphate of iron, 2 ounces, 
Cinchona bark, 2 ounces. 

Powder and mix. 
Divide into twelve powders, and give 
one night and morning in the feed- 



No. 



21. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm. 
Sweet spirits nitre, 1 3^ ounces. 
Nitrate of jiotash, 1}^ ounces, 
Water to make 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonful every two 
hours. 



No. 16. DIURETIC POWDER. 

Rosin, 2 ounces, 

Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces. 

Powder and mix. 
Divide into twelve powders, and give 

one night and morning in soft 

feed. 



No. 17. IODINE LOTION. 

Iodine, 1 drachm, 
Iodide of potash, 1 drachm, 
Alcohol, 1 ounce, 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Inject twice a day. 



No. 22. TONIC POWDER. 

Sulphate of iron, l}^ ounces, 
Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces. 

Powder and mix. 
Divide into twelve powders, and give 
one night and morning in soft 

feed. 

No. 23. PURGATIVE BALL. 

Barbadoes aloes, 5 drachms, 
Ginger, 1 drachm. 
Gentian root, 1 drachm. 
Syrup or soap, enough to combine 
foregoing. 
Powder and mix. 
Make a ball, and give as one dose. 



522 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



No. 24. ASTRINGENT WASH. 

Sugar of lead, 1 ounce, 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day. 



No. 25. LOTION FOR BRUISE. 

Tincture of arnica, 1 ounce, 
Laudanum, 1 ounce, 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day, and band- 
age. 



No. 26. ACID LOTION. 

Hydrochloric acid, % ounce. 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Apply twice a day. 



No. 27. LOTION (ANODYNE.) 

Tincture of arnica, 1 ounce, 
Tincture of opium, 1 ounce, 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day without a 
bandage. 



DfO. 28. LOTION FOR ULCERATED BONE. 

Hydrochloric acid, 2 drachms. 
Water, 3^ pint. 

Mix. 
Apply twice a day. 



No. 29. STRONG CARBOLIC LOTION. 

Carbolic acid, 3^ ounce. 
Linseed oil, >2 pint, 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day. 



No. 30. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm, 
Fluid extract belladona, 2 drachms, 
Water, 4 ounces. 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonf ul every 2 hours. 



No. 



31. ABSORBING OINTMENT. 

Iodide of potash, 2 drachms. 
Lard, 2 ounces. 

Mix. 
Apply once a day with friction. 



No. 32. TANNIC LOTION. 

Tannic acid, 3^ ounce. 
Vinegar, 1 ounce, 
Water, 1 quart, 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day. 

No. 33. DIURETIC POWDER. 

Rosin, 2 ounces. 

Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces, 

Linseed meal, 2 ounces, 

Powder and mix. 
Give a tablespoouful morning and 
night in the feed. 

No. 34. TONIC POWDER. 

Sulphate of iron, \% ounces, 
Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, 
Foenugreekseed, 2 drachms. 
Linseed meal, 2 ounces. 

Powder and mix. 
Give a tablespoonful morning and 
night in the feed. 

No. 35. TONIC MIXTURE. 

Tincture of iron, 1 ounce. 
Tincture of gentian, 1 ounce, 
Water, 10 ounces. 
Mix. 
Give two tablespoonfuls three times a 
day. 



No. 36. POWDER FOR RHEUMATISM- 

Colchicum seed (powdered) , 1 ounce, 
Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, 
Foenugreek seed, 2 drachms. 

Mix. 
Divide into twelve powders, and give 

one night and morning in soft 

feed. 



No. 37. ALTERATIVE COMPOUND. 

Epsom salts, 4 ounces. 
Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces, 
Linseed meal, 4 ounces, 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonful twice a day in 
soft feed. 



RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. 



523 



No. 38. ALTERATIVE MIXTURE. 

Potassium iodide, 2 ounces, 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoouful morning and 
nifflit. 



No. 39. CARBOLIC LOTION. 

Carbolic acid, 2 drachms, 
Water, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Inject three times a day. 

No. 40. FEVEK MIXTURE. 

Sweet spirits nitre, Ifo ounces. 
Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm, 
Fluid extract belladonna, 2 drachms. 
Tincture gentian, 1 ounce. 
Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, 
Muriate of ammonia, 1 ounce, 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give a wineglassful every two hourw 

in bad cases, and three or four times 

a day in mild cases. 



No tl, AMMONIA BLISTER. 

Liquor ammonia, 2 ounces, 
Oil turpentine, 2 ounces, 
Linseed oil, 2 ounces. 

Mix. 
Rub well in once a day till mildly 
blistered. 



No. 42. POWDER FOR HEAVES. 

Powdered lobelia seed. 2 ounces, 
Linseed meal, 2 ounces, 

Mix. 
Divide into eight powders, and give 

one night and morning in softfeed ; 

wait a week, and repeat. 

No. 43. COUGH POWDER. 

Gum camphor, 1}4 ounces, 
Powdered digitalis, 1 ounce. 
Linseed meal, 2 ounces. 

Mix. 
Divide into twelve powders, and give 
one night and morning in soft feed. 



No. 44. PROF, dick's cough RECIPE. 

Gum camphor, 1 drachm. 

Opium, 1 drachm, 

Digitalis, 1 drachm. 

Calomel, 1 di-achm. 
Mix. 

Make a ball with syrup, and give as 
one dose, repeating once a day for 
a week ; wait a week, and repeat. 



No. 45. COUGH MIXTURE. 

Prussic acid, dilute, 2 drachms. 
Tincture of camphor, 1 ounce, 
Fluid extract belladonna, 3 drachms. 
Tincture gentian, 1 ounce. 
Chlorate of potash, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give two tablespoonfuls three times 
a day, with a syringe. 



No. 46. LOTION FOR SORE MOUTH. 

Borax, 1 ounce. 
Honey, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day. 



No. 47. MIXTURE FOR FLATULENCE. 

Bi-carbonate soda, 1 teaspoonful. 
Ginger, 1 ounce, 
Water, >g pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 48. A STRONG PURGATIVE. 

Barbadoes aloes, G drachms, 
Linseed oil, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 49. STIMULATING MIXTURE. 

Whiskey, 2 ounces. 
Extract ginger, 1 ounce, 
Water, }:i pint, 

Mix.~ 
Give as one dose. 



524 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



No. 50. MIXTURE FOR COLIC. 

Sweet spirits nitre, l)-2 ounces, 
Tincture opium, 1 ounce, 
Extract ginger, % ounce. 
Water, % pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 

XO. 51. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. 

Chloroform, % ounce. 
Linseed oil, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



I No. 58. MIXTURE FOR DIARRHCEA. 

1 

Prepared chalk, 1 ounce. 
Ginger, 1 ounce, 
Opium, 1 drachm, 
Starch gruel, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 52. ANODYNE MIXTURE. 

Sulphate of morphia, 4 grains. 
Water, % ounce. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 53. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. 

Bi-carbonate soda, a tablespoonful, 
Water, a teacupful. 
Mix. 
Give as one dose 



No. 54. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. 

Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil, 14. pint. 
Tincture of opium, 1 ounce. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 

No. 55. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. 

Chloroform, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 

No. 56. MIXTURE FOR CONSTIPATION. 

Linseed oil, 1 quart. 

Tincture nux vomica, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 59. ASTRINGENT MIXTURE. 

Linseed oil, % pint. 
Opium, 1 drachm. 
Tincture catechu, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. GO. ASTRINGENT MIXTURE. 

Tincture catechu, 1 ounce. 
Spirits of camphor, 3^ our ce. 
Tincture opium, 1 ounce, 
Starch gruel, 1 c^uart, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 

No. 61. ANODYNE INJECTION. 

Tincture opium, 1 ounce, 
Sulphuric ether, 1 ounce, 
Starch, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Give as injection. 



No. 57. CROTON OIL LINIMENT. 

Croton oil, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil, 3 ounces, 

Mix. 
Kub in well to the belly. 



No. 62. ANODYNE MIXTURE. 

Bromide potassium, 8 ounces. 
Water, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give two tablespoonfuls three times 
a day. 

No. 63. MIXTURE FOR TETANUS. 

Fluid extract belladonna, 2 ounces, 
Prussic acid (dilute) , 2 ounces, 
AVater to make 8 ounces. 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonful three times a 
day. 

No. 64. NERVE TONIC. 

Nux vomica, 1 drachm. 

Gentian root, powdered, 2 drachms. 

Linseed meal, % ounce. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. Repeat morning 
and night for a month. 



RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. 



525 



No. 05. MIXTURE FOR SUNSTROKE. 

VVTiiskey, 2 ounces, 
Sweet spirits of nitre, jo ounce, 
Nitriite of potash, 1 drachm, 
Water, 4 ounces, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat as the 
case requires. 



No. 66. ALTERATIVE AND TONIC. 

Potassium iodide, 1 drachm, 

Nux vomica, 1 drachm, 

Fcenugreek seed, 1 drachm, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat morn- 
ing and night for three or four 
weeks. 



1 No. 71. BALL FOR DIABETES. 

Iodine, 1 drachm, 
Iodide potash, ig drachm, 
Linseed meal, enough to combine 
the foregoing. 
Mix. 
Make a ball and give as one dose. 

No. 72. LEAD LOTION. 

Sugar of lead, }2 oun( 
Vinegar, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Inject a little once a day. 



No. 67. TONIC POWDER. 

Nux vomica, 1 drachm. 

Sulphate iron, 1 drachm, 

Foenugreek seed, 1 drachm. 

Mix. ■> 

Give as one doye, and repeat morn- 
ing and night for three or four 
weeks. 



No. OS. TONIC FOR PURPURA. 

Tincture muriate of iron, 1 ounce. 
Tincture gentian, 1 ounce, 
AVater to make 4 ounces, 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonful every 2 hours. 



No. 



69. MIXTURE FOR PURPURA. 

Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil to make 4 ounces. 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonful every 2 hours. 



No. 70. IRON LOTION. 

Tincture muriate of iron, 1 ounce. 
Water, )4 pint, 

Mix. 
^PPly locally. 



No. 73. SILVER LOTION. 

Nitrate of silver, 15 grains, 
Water, ig pint. 

Mix. 
Inject a little twice a day. 

No. 74. IODINE LOTION. 

Iodine, 1 drachm, 
Potash iodide, 1 drachm. 
Water, }4 pint. 

Mix.' 
Inject a little twice a day. 

No. 75. ZINC LOTION. 

Sulphate of zinc, 2 drachms, 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Inject twice a day. 



No. 76. LEAD LOTION. 

Sugar of lead, 3 drachms, 
Water, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Inject twice a day. 

No. 77. CAMPHORATED OIL. 

Gum camphor, 1 ounce, 
Olive oil, J2 pint. 

Mix. 
Appl3^ three times a day. 

No. 78. COOLING MIXTURE. 

Chlorate of potash, 2 ounces, 
Water, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Give four ounces three times a day. 



526 



CYCLOPEDIA O i^IVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



No. 79. ALTERATIVE MIXTURE. 

Iodide of potash, 1 drachm, 
Water, y^ pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, repeating three 
times a day. 



No. 80. EYE LOTION. 

Atropin sulphate, 2 grains. 
Water, 1 ounce. 

Mix. 
Apply four or six times a day. 



No. 81. EYE LOTION. 

Nitrate of silver, 5 grains. 
Water, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Apply twice a day. 



No. 



82. EYE LOTION. 
Nitrate of silver, 10 grains. 
Water, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Apply twice a day. 



No. 



83. WORM POWDER. 
Sulphate of iron, 1 drachm, 
Tartar emetic, 1 drachm, 
Linseed meal, 2 drachms. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. Repeat morning 
and night for a week, and follow 
it with No. 84. 



No. 



84. WORM DRENCH. 
Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 85. LOTION FOR LICE. 
Tobacco, 2 pounds. 
Water, 3 gallons. 

Mix. 
Steep, and wash the animal. 



No. 86. LOTION FOR LICE. 

Quassia chips, 3 pounds, 
Water, 1 gallon, 

Mix. 
Steep one hour, and wash the animal. 



No. 87. OINTMENT FOR MANGE. 

Sulphur, 4 ounces. 
Oil of tar, 2 ounces. 
Linseed oil, ^ pint. 

Mix. 
Rub well in once a day to all affected 

spots. 



No. 88, CORROSIVE SUBLIMATE WASH. 

Corrosive sublimate, 40 grains. 

Water, 1 pint. 

Apply once a day till cured. 



No. 89. ANTACID POWDER. 

Bi-carbonate of soda, 2 ounces, 
Powdered gentian, 1 ounce, 
Linseed meal, 2 ounces, 

Mix. 
Give a tablespoonful morning and 
night in soft feed. 



No. 90. MIXTURE FOR SNAKE BITES, ETC. 

Aqua ammonia, 1 teaspoonful, 
• Whiskey, 1 pint. 

Water (warm), Yz pint. 

Give as one dose. Repeat every 
hour, but reducing the quantity of 
whiskey one-half, till the animal 
is evidently out of danger. 



No. 



91. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Sulphate of quinine, 4 drachms. 

Whiskey, 1 pint. 

Water, 1 pint. 

Give a wineglassful every two hours 

in bad cases, and every four hours 

in milder ones. 



No. 92. TONIC MIXTURE. 

Tincture of nux vomica, 1 ounce. 
Tincture of gentian, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give a wineglassful every two to 
four hours. 




! ( 



: p:. 



PART III. 

CATTLE. 



HISTORY ma:n^agement a:n^d characteristics 

OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 



530 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




CATTLE. 



CHAPTER I. 
EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OP CATTLE. 



I. WILD AND SEMI-WILD HERDS. II. THE FIRST CHRONICLERS AND BREEDERS OF 

CATTLE. III. THE ORIGINAL TYPE. IV. UNDOMESTICATED HERDS OF 

EUROPE AND ASIA. V. SPANISH-AMERICAN P.REEDS. VI. THE DEVONS. 

VII. THE HEREFORDS. VIII. THE DURHAM OR TEESWATER BREED. IX. 

IRISH CATTLE. X. SCOTCH AND HIGHLAND CATTLE. XI. SWISS CATTLE. 

XII. DUTCH CATTLE. XIII. FOSSIL CATTLE. XIV. THE WILD CATTLE 

OF ENGLAND.— XV. NATIVE DISTRICTS OF SOME BREEDS. 

I. Wild and Semi-Wild Herds. 

Where horned cattle first existed m a wild state is utterly unknown, 
and their origin is equally uncertain. There are a number of species of 
the same genus — the genus Bos — existing in a wild state ; such as the 
BiscHi, misnamed Buffalo, of America, and the true Buffalo of Africa. 
There are, also, so-called wild cattle which roam in vast herds in North 
and South America, and in some parts of Europe and Asia. These, 
however, as well as all others of the genus Bos Taurus, to which our 
present domesticated cattle belong, are, when found wild, the descend- 
ants of animals which escaped from the control of man at some period, 
more or less remote. 

II. The first Chroniclers and Breeders of Cattle. 

Jubal, the son of Lamech, who lived in the time of Adam, is recorded 
in Scripture as being "the father of such as have cattle." Still, it can- 
not be assumed that Jubal's cattle were in any way identical with the 
domestic ox of later times, for the word "cattle" is used by the early 
Scriptural writeis to denote nearly all grazing animals, including sheep 
and goats. Job, however, who lived more than two thousand years 
before Christ, is distinctly spoken of as the possessor of one thousand 
yokes of oxen. Homer, eighteen hundred years before the Christian era, 
wrote celebrating the noble bullocks, with golden knobs on the tips of 
their horns, and he minutely describes the manner of fastening the knobs, 
luno, among the pagan goddesses, is called ox-eyed, from the clearness 
and liquid expression of those features. Jeremiah, sixty-two years before 

531 



532 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Christ, speaks of a "fair lieifer ;" and Virgil, about the time of the Chris- 
tian era, wrote admiringly of the beautiful cattle of the Roman Campag- 
nas, and of their value in husbandry. 

The Egyptians worshipped the bull Apis, and, it is probable that they 
were the first to domesticate the ox. That the domestication of horned 
cattle was anterior to that of the horse is more than probable. 

III. The Original Type. 

What the first cattle were like is mainly a matter of conjecture. The 
Egyptian hieroglyphics, the most ancient known, leave us entirely in the 
dark as to what the cattle of that remote antiquity rcsenil)led. No 
description of the original type has come down to us. The earliest draw- 
ings, or pictures of cattle, represent them as being rugged in form, of 
great length, gaunt, and Avith upright, spreading horns, somewhat like the 
descendants of Spanish cattle now ruiniing wild in Central America. 

IV. Undomesticated Herds of Europe and Asia. 

The Steppes of Tartary still nourish vast droves of semi-wild cattle^ 
that are not regularly herded, and are wild to all intents and purposes. 
In Hungary, also, and in Russia, and on the grassy plains of all the more 
temperate climates of Asia, herds of cattle abound that are as wild as 
neglect on the part of their owners can make them. 

Cattle have been reared by every Celtic nation from the earliest period, 
and have been regarded by all barbarians and pagan people as the greatest 
of the divine gifts to man. The herds ran half -wild when ever these tribes 
migrated, until, as civilization advanced, the least desirable breeds were 
exterminated, while the fittest survived in a state of real domestication. 
Descendents of one of these ancient breeds, are still seen in the Chillingham 
eattle of England ; they are wild only because all possible means are used 
to keep them so. The wildest and least frequented tracts of two exten- 
sive parks are set apart for their use. They are probably the descend- 
ents of the best of the ancient cattle of Great Britian. 

V. Spanish-American Breeds. 

In Texas and on the plains of Mexico, in Central America, and in the 
sub-tropical and more temperate regions of South America, there are 
immense herds of cattle, the descendents of animals which escaped trom 
the early Spanish invaders. In Spain these fierce, almost untamable cattle 
are still bred for the barbarous sport witnessed in their buii-fightnig 
arenas, where the animals are pitted against men on foot and on horse- 
back, until they are tortured^ to death. 

The cattle of Texas, and the Southwestern plains possess at least one 
good quality in a high degree — they reproduce rapidly, and take care of 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 



533 



themselves at small expense to their owners. When well-fattened, their 
beef is excellent, and its aliundance furnishes an unfailing supply of 




BRAZILIAN cow OF THE OLD NATIVE BREED. 




MEXICAN OXEN. 



cheap food. They are fast being modified by crossing improved stock 
unon them, and in a comparatively short time but few of the original 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 535 

type will be found, exce[)t in Central and South America, where modi- 
fications of the ancient breed ni.-iy be long postponed. 

VI. The Devons. 

Among the oldest of the distinct breeds of England, the Devons have 
always been, as they now are, one of distinguished merit. They belong 
to the class called Middle-Horns — Irish long-horned cattle, and the Tex- 
ans furnishing good types of the long-horned breeds, while the old cattle 
of Durham represent the Short-Horns. The Devons, as known 100 years 
ago, are thus described by Youatt, whose writings are our best authority 
on breeds of British cattle : "The north of Devon has been Ions: cele- 
brated for a breed of cattle beautiful in the highest degree, and, in activ- 
ity at work and aptitude to fatten, unrivaled. The native country of the 
Devons, and Avhere they are found in a state of the greatest purity, 
extends from the river Taw westward, skirting along the Bristol channel ; 
the breed becoming more mixed, and at length comparatively lost before 
we arrive at the Parrctt. Inland it extends by Barnstaple, South Mol- 
ton, and Cluunleigh, as far as Tiverton, and thence to Wellington, where 
again the breed becomes unfrequent, or it is mixed before we reach Taun- 
ton. More eastward the Somersets and the Welsh mingle with it, or 
supersede it. To the south there prevails a larger variety, a cross prob- 
ably of the Devon with the Somerset ; and on the west the Cornish cattle 
are found, or contaminate the breed. The Devonshire man confines them 
within a narrow district, and will scarcely allow them to be found with 
purity beyond his native county. From Portlock to Biddeford, and a 
little to the north and the south, is, in his mind, the peculiar and only 
residence of the true Devon. 

"From the earliest records the breed has here remained the same ; or 
if not quite as perfect as at the present moment, yet altered in no essen- 
tial point until within the last thirty years. This is not a little surprising 
when it is reuKimbcred that a considerable part of this district is not a 
breeding country, and that even a proportion, and that not a small one, 
of Devonshire cattle, are bn^d out of the county. On the borders of 
Somerset and Dorset, and partly in both, extending southward from 
Crewkern, the country assumes the form of an extensive valley, and prin- 
cipally supplies the Exeter market with calves. Those that are dropped 
in February and March, are kei)t until May, and then sold to the drovers, 
who convey them to Exeter. They are there purchased by the Devon- 
shire farmers, who keep them for two or three years, Avhcn they are sold 
to the Somersetshire graziers, who fatten them for the London market ; 
so that a portion of the Devons, and of the very finest of the breed, come 
from Somerset and Dorset," 



536 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The illustration on page 533 will give an idea of the excellence of these 
cattle, even fifty years ago. Since that time they have been much 
improved and only lack size to cause them to be more generally bred ir 
the great grazing districts of the United States. 

VII. The Herefords. 

The Herefords are Middle-Horns, and have many of the characteris- 
tics of the Devons to which they are, without doubt, allied. They have 
long been known and highly esteemed in England. Within the last thirty 
years they have been bred to such perfection that they compete with the 
Short-Horns in the prize fairs of England and the United States, and 
carry off honors with the best of them. Of this breed, as they were 
known in the early part of the century, Youatt says : "The Hereford 
white-faced breed, with the exception of a very few Alderney and Dur- 
ham cows, have almost exclusive possession of the county of Hereford. 
The Hereford oxen are considerably larger than the Devons. They arc 
usually of a darker red ; some of them are brown, and even yellow, anc. 
a few are brindled ; but they are principally distinguished by their white 
faces, throats and bellieSo In a few the white extends to^the shoulders 
The old Herefords were brown or red-brown, with not a spot of white 
about them. It is only within the last fifty or sixty years that it has 
been the fashion to breed for white faces. Whatever may be thought of 
the change of color, the present breed is certainly far superior to the old 
one. The hide is considerably thicker than that of the Devon. Com- 
pared with the Devons, they are shorter in the leg, and also in the car- 
cass ; higher, and broader and heavier in the chine ; rounder and wider 
across the hips, and better covered with fat; the thigh fuller and more 
muscular, and the shoulders larger and coarser. 

"If it were not for the white face, and someAvhat larger head and 
thicker neck, it would not at all times be easy to distinguish between a 
heavy Devon and a light Hereford. Their white faces may probably he 
traced to a cross with their not distant relations, the Montgomeries. 

"The Hereford cow is apparently a very inferior animal. Not only is 
she no milker, but even her form has been sacrificed by the breeder. 
Hence the Hereford cow is comparatively small and delicate, and some 
would call her ill-made. She is very light-fleshed when in common con- 
dition, and beyond that, while she is breeding, she is not suffered to pro- 
'^eed ; but when she is actually put up for fattening, she spreads out, and 
accumulates fat at a most extraordinary rate." 

The illustration on page 537 is a good picture of the Hereford cow of 
forty years ago. The reader would scarcely recognize the Hereford of 
1898 as the same breed described by Youatt, so much have they been 
improved. 



EAKLV IIISTOKV ANIJ TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 



537 




538 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Vm. The Durham or Teeswater Breed. 

This breed, Avhich has become famous as the original of the celebrated 
Short-Horn cuttle of to-day, is a mixed race, though it has been a dis- 
tinctive English breed of hundreds of years past. The Rev. Mr. Berry, 
author of a much-ciiticized history of Short- Horn cattle, written in the 
early part of the century, ])ut undoubtedly correct in relation to their 
early history, says : 

"From the earliest periods as to which we have any accounts of our 
breeds of cattle, the counties of Durham and York have been celebrated 
for their Short-Horns, but principally, in the first instance, on account of 
their reputation as extraordinary milkers. It may be the best evidence, 
that, as a breed, they have never in this particular been equaled. They 
were generally of large size, thin-ski uncd, sleek-haired, bad handlers, 
rather delicate in constitution, coarse in the offal, and strikingly defective 
in girth in the fore-quarters. When put to fatten, they were found slow 
feeders ; producing an inferior meat, not marbled or mixed fat and lean, 
and in some cases the lean was found a particularly dark hue. 

"A period of more than one hundred years has now elapsed since the 
Short-Horns, on the banks of the river Tees, hence called the Teeswater 
breed, assumed a very different character to the foregoing description. 
In color, they resembled the Short-Horns of the present day, being occa- 
sionally red, red and white, and roan, though the last not then so preva- 
lent as now. They possessed a fine mellow skin and flesh, good hair, 
and light offal, particularly wide carcasses, and fore-quarters of extraor- 
dinary depth and capacity. When slaughtered, their proof was extaor- 
dinary, and many instances are recorded of the wonderful weight of their 

inside fat. 

"The remarkable merit which existed in the Teeswater may, with pro- 
priety, be ascribed to a spirit of improvement which had some time man- 
ifested itself among the breeders on the banks of the Tees, whose laud- 
able efforts were well seconded by the very superior land in the vicinity 
of that river. No doubt can be entertained that they proceeded on a 
judicious system of crossing with other breeds, l)ecause it was utterly im- 
possible to raise such a stock as the Teeswater from pure Short-Horn 
blood. One cross to which they referred was, in all probability, the 
white wild breed; and if this conjecture be well-founded, it will be ap- 
parent whence the Short-Horns derived a color so prevalent among thcni, 

"It is also asserted that, about the period in question. Sir William St. 
Quintin, of Scampston, imported bulls and cows from Holland, which 
wer3 crossed with the stock of the country. It v»^ould tend to little 
advantage to conjecture as ici what other breeds were resorted to, if any; 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPK^AL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 



539 



1-3 

w 
d 

> 

O 

o 
o 

CO 

O 

o 

D 

»=] 

t5 
H 




540 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

this much is certain, that great improvement wits soon manifested, and a 
valuable variety established." 

An illustration of this valuable breed, as it was known fifty years ago, 
is given on page 539. It is to be regretted that the fine milking quali- 
ties of their descendants should have been almost entirely bred out, and 
are now only found occasionally, through heredity, and this in but a very 
few families. 

IX. Irish Cattle. 

The cattle of Ireland are of two distinctive breeds, the Long-Horns and 
the Middle-Horns. Whence the Long-Horns came seems not to be 
known, since ancient records are silent upon the subject. Both in 
England and Ireland they can ])e traced far back. By some excellent 
authorities it is maintained that the Long-Horns originated in Ireland; 
but in Lancashire, England, also, long-horned cattle have existed since a 
remote antiquity. 

The Irish Middle-Horns seem to have been an original breed, since 
they were found in all the hill and mountain regions, in almost every 
district. Mr. Youatt says of them that they are small, light, active and 
wild. The head is small, although there are exceptions to this in various 
parts ; and so numerous, indeed, are those exceptions, that some describe 
the native Irish cattle as having thick heads and necks ; the horns are 
short compared with ths other breed, all of them fine, some of them rather 
upright, and frequently, after projecting forward, then turning back- 
ward. Although somewhat deficient in the hind-quarters, they are high- 
boned, and wide over the hips, yet the bone generally is not heavy. The 
hair is coarse and long ; they are black, brindled and black, or brindled 
with white faces. Some are finer in the bone, and finer in the neck, with 
a good eye, a sharp muzzle, and great activity. They are exceedingly 
hardy ; they live through the winter, and sometimes fatten, on their 
native mountains and moors ; and when removed to a better climate and 
•soil, they fatten with all the rapidity of the aboriginal cattle of the High- 
lands and Wales. They are generally very good milkers, and many of 
them are excellent. The cow of Kerry is said to be a favorable speci- 
men of themo 

X. Scotch, and Highland Cattle. 

Scotland has always been celebrated for its cattle, and for none more 
than its polled or hornless cattle. The Highland breeds are of great 
antiquity. The most celebrated of the polled breeds are the Galloways, 
originally said to have been middle-horned cattle. They are widely dis- 
seminated in England and the United States, and in their improved 
forms are regarded with much favor. Many sub-families are now known. 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYriCAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 



541 



They are described as having been straight and broad in the back, and 
nearly level from the head to the rump ; round in the ribs, and also, 
between, the shoulders and ribs, and the ribs and loins. The loins were 
broad, and without large projecting hip (hook) l)ones. In the early 
part of the century they were described l)y the Rev. Mr. Smith, author of 
a "Survey of Galloway," as being short in the leg, and moderately fine in 
the shank bones — the happy medium preserved in the leg, which secures 
hardihood and disposition to fatten. With the same cleanness and short- 
ness of shanks, there was no breed so large and muscular above the knee. 
Clean, not fine and slender, but well proportioned in the neck and chaps ; 
broad shoulders, deep chest, and close, compact form. The neck of the 
Galloway bull was, and still is, thick almost to a fault. The head rather 
heavy ; the eyes not prominent, and the ears large, rough, and full of long 
hairs on the inside. The Galloway was covered with a loose mellow skin of 
medium thickness, clothed with long, soft, silky hair. The skin is thinner 
than that of the Leicestershire, but net so fine as the hide of the Short- 
Horn, but handling soft and kindly. The prevailing and fashionable 
color was black — a few dark brindle-brown, and still fewer speckled with 
white spots, and some of them a dun or drab color. Dark colors were, 
and are yet, uniformly preferred, from the belief that they indicate 
hardiness of constitution. 




WEST HIGHLAND FEEDING OX. 



Highland Cattle. — The West Highland cattle are an ancient breed and 
are found in all the mountain regions of Scotland and the Isles. Their 
great value consists in the eminent superiority of their flesh. They are 
hardy, and easily fed; in that tl^y will live, and sometimes thrive, on 
the coarsest pastures r that they will frequently gain from a fourth to a 



542 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

third of their original weight in six months' good feeding ; that the jDro- 
portion of offal is not greater than in the most improved larger breeds 
They will lay their flesh and fat equably on the best parts ; and, when fat, 
the beef is close and fine in the grain, highly flavored, and so well mixed 
or marbled, that it commands a superior price in every market. 

The principal old breeds of Scotland, as given by Youatt, may be sum- 
marized as follows : Scotland contains several distinct and valua])le breeds 
of cattle, evidently belonging to our present division, the Middle-Horns. 
The West Highlanders, whether we regard those that are found in the 
Hebrides, or the county of Argyle, seem to retain the most of the 
aboriginal character. They have remained unchanged, or improved 
only by selection, for many generations ; indeed from the earliest 
accounts that we possess of Scottish cattle. The North Highlanders 
are a smaller, coarser, and in every way inferior race, and owe the greater 
part of what is valuable about them to crosses from the Western In'eed. 
The Northeastern cattle were derived from, and bear resemblance to the 
West Highlander, but are of considerably larger size. The Ayrshire 
breed is second to none for milking. The Galloways, which less than 
two hundred years ago, were middle-horned, and Avitli difiiculty distin- 
guished from the West Highlanders, are now a polled breed — increased 
in size, with more striking resemblance to their kindred, the Devons — 
with all their aptitude to f atteij , and with a great hardiness of constitu- 
tion. 

XI. Swiss Cattle. 

The Swiss have long had a valuable breed of milking cattle which of 
late years has attracted some attention in the United States. In France 
they are held in high repute. A careful and accurate observer describes 
them as being robust, hardy animals, usuall}^ of a dun color or dun and 
white, with medium heads, hanging dewlaps, rather coarse shoulders and 
broad hips and quarters, with well developed udders. Removed from 
their native mountains they are said to manifest little imj)atience at the 
change, and though kept in stables and soiled, they seemed to thrive and 
carry a good, coat of flesh; when dry, they fatten readily. In Switzer- 
land they are wintered in the valleys, on the coarsest food , and as soon as 
the snow melts from the southern slopes of the mountains are driven to 
their pastures, which, as the season advances, are gradually changed for 
the higher ranges. For four months in the year they are kept on the 
most elevated feeding grounds, and there, attended by a single man, 
uniting in his person the offices of cowherd and dairyman, they feed on 
the close, sweet herbage, often at the very edge of the snow fields, till 
their short summer is over, and they are driven by the autumn storms to 
the more sheltered pastui'es again. Cheese is the chief product, and it3 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 



543 




544 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 




-I 

< 

U 
Z 

LI 
O 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE, 547 

manufacture is conducted in the lonely chalet, perched on the mountain 
side, in the most primitive manner. The best cows yield from ten to 
twenty quarts of milk daily, and each cow produces by the end of the sea- 
son of four months, on an average, 225 pounds of cheese. 

XII. Dutch Cattle. 

The LoAv Countries of Europe, Holland and the neighboring States, 
have, from a remote period, had a most valuable milking breed, that is 
now broken up into numerous varieties. The most noted of these are the 
Holstein or Friesian cattle, celebrated for the immense quantities of milk 
they give, and for their large frames, which take on fat and flesh kindly 
when dry. On page a young Holstein bull of the modern Chenerv 
milking stock is represented. The late Mr. Klippart, Avhen Secretary 
of the Ohio Board of Agriculture, wrote from personal observation 
of Holstein cattle, as follows: "The native cattle of Holstein are the 
A.ngle cattle, which are far iiiore numerous than any other kind or race. 
They are small animals, with fine bones, short-legged rather than other- 
wise ; a very fine, small head, and delicately formed neck. The predom- 
inating color is red or brown, but there are many dun, black, or spotted 
ones. According to the amount of food consumed, this race gives a more 
abundant supply of milk than au}^ other in the Duchies. It is a very 
highly esteemed race and is much sought after for its milking qualities 
and kindliness in taking on flesh. The flesh is very fine, tender and juicy. 

"In the marshes is found a race of cattle much larger and heavier than 
the Angles, larger-l)oned, and of a dark, reddish-brown, and known as 
the Marsh race. This race seems to be adapted to the marshes, but does 
not do well on the higher and dryer uplands. Upon the rich pastures of 
the marshes, for a time after calving, the best cows will give from forty- 
eight to sixty-four pounds, (from six to eight gallons) of milk daily. 
But the milk is not near so rich as that of the Ano^les. 

"In Schleswig, rather than in Holstein, are found many of the Jutland 
race of cattle. These have very fine bones, and are long in proportion 
to their height, and are, as a rule, short-legged. The prevailing color is 
gray, black, or gray and black mixed with w^hite, but very rarely red or 
brown. This race is more highly esteemed for its early maturity and 
readiness to fatten than for its milking qualities." 

XIII. Fossil Cattle. 
The original type of the modern ox is said to have been the Urus. An- 
cient legends have thrown around him mysterious qualities. He was 
described as being an animal of great fierceness and enormous size ; 
but despite these fabled attributes, the Urus probably did not 



548 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

compare better in size with the modern ox, than did tlie anciei 
horse, or our modern semi-wild horses, with the great draft horse 
to-day. 

That there once existed species of cattle in some pre-historic age, mo| 
strous as compared with ours, there is no doubt. Youatt, in his histoi 
of British cattle, says that in almost every part of the Continent, anc 
in every district of England, skulls, evidently belonging to cattle, have 
been found, far exceeding in bulk any now known. There is a fine spec- 
imen in the British Museum : the peculiarity of the horns, resembles 
smaller ones dug up in the mines of Cornwall. The two plates given 
illustrate two remains of fossil skulls, of prehistoric times, gigantic in 
structure; that of Primagenius supposed to have been of a species from 
which our modern cattle have descended. 

XIV. The Wild Cattle of England. 

Of the wild cattle Kept in Engiana on the estates of the Duke of Ham"' 
ilton, and the Earl of Tankerville, known in his day, the same authority 
says : 

"The wild breed, from being untamable, can only be kept within walls, 
or good fences ; consequently, very few of them are now to be met with, 
except in the parks of some gentlemen, who keep them for ornament, 
and as a curiosity. Their color is invariably white, muzzle black ; the 
whole of the inside of the ear, and about one-third of the outside, from 
the tips downward, red ; horns, white, with black tips, very fine, and 
bent upward ; some of the bulls have a thin, upright mane, about an inch 
and a half or two inches long. The weight of the oxen is from thirty- 
five to forty-five stone, and the cows from twenty-five to thirty-five stone, 
the four quarters (fourteen pound to the stone). The beef is finely 
marbled and of excellent flavor. The six year old oxen are generally 
very good beef ; whence it may be fairly supposed that, in proper situa- 
tions, they would feed well. 

"At the first appearance of any person they set off in full gallop, and, 
at the distance of about two hundred yards, make a wheel round, and 
come boldly up again in a menacing manner ; on a sudden they make a 
full stop at the distance of forty or fifty yards, looking wildly at the 
object of their surprise ; but upon the least motion they all again turn 
round, and fly off with equal speed, but not to the same distance, form- 
ing a shorter circle, and again returning with a more threatening 
aspect tlian before ; they approach probably within thirty yards, when 
they again make another stand, and then fly off; this they do several 
times, shortening their distance, and advancing nearer and nearer, till they 
come wnthin such a short distance that most people think it prudent to 
leave them. 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 549 



some sequestered situation, and go and suckle them two or three times a 
day. If any person comes near the calves, they clap their heads close to 
the ground, to hide themselves ; this is a proof of their native wildness. 
The dams allow no person to touch their calves, without attacking them 
with impetuous ferocity. When any one happens to be wounded, or is 
grown weak and feeble through age or sickness, the rest of the herd set 
on it and gore it to death." 

The breeds now found in Great Britain, are almost as various as the 
soils of the different districts, and are purely artificial in their breeding, 
according to the several fancies of the originators, and successive 
breeders. 

XV. Native Districts of Some Breeds. 

The same careful authority, heretofore quoted, has divided them into 
Long-Horns, Short -Horns and Middle-Horns. Their history, which may 
be taken as correct, their classification, and their habits, as known in 
his day, are given as follows : "The Long-Horns were originally from 
Lancashire, much improved by Bakewell, and established through the 
greater part of the midland counties ; the Short-Horns, mostly cultivated 
in the northern counties, and in Lincolnshire, and many of them found in 
every part of the kingdom where the farmer attends nmch to his dairy, 
or a large supply of milk is wanted ; and the Middle-Horns, not derived 
from a mixture of the two preceding, but a distinct and valuable and 
beautiful breed, inhabiting principally the north of Devon, the east of 
Sussex, Herefordshire, and Gloucestershire ; and, of diminished l)ulk, 
and with somewhat different character, the cattle of the Scottish and the 
Welsh mountains. The Alderney, with her crumpled horn, is found on 
the southern coast, and, in smaller numbers, in gentlemen's parks and 
pleasure-grounds every where ; while the polled, or hornless cattle, pre- 
vail in Suffolk, and Norfolk, and in Galloway, whence they were first 
derived. 

"These, however, have been intermingled in every possible way. They 
are found pure only in their native districts, or on the estates of some 
opulent and spirited individuals. Each county has its own mongrel breed, 
often difficult to be described, and not always to be traced — neglected 
enough, yet suited to the soil and to the climate ; and, among little farmers, 
maintaining their station, in spite of attempts at improvements by the 
intermixture or the substitution of foreign varieties. 

"The character of each important variety, and the relative value of 
each fov breeding, grazing, the d?liry, or the plough, will be considered 
before we inquire into the structure or general and medical treatment of 
■cattle. Much dispute has arisen as to the original breed of British cattle. 



650 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The battle has been stoutly fought between the advocates of the Middle 
and Long-Horns. The Short-Horns and the polls can have no claim; 
the latter, although it has existed in certain districts from time immemo-. 
rial, was probably an accidental variety. We are very much disposed to 
adjudge the honor to the Middle-Horns. The Long-Horns are evidently 
of Irish extraction. 

"Britain has shared the fate of other nations, and oftener than 
they, has been overrun and subjugated by invaders. As the natives 
retreated, they carried with them some portion of their property, which 
in those early times, consisted principally in cattle. They drove alono- 
with them as many as they could, when they retired to the fortresses of 
north Devon and Cornwall, or the mountainous regions of Wales, or 
when they took refuge in the wealds of east Sussex; and there, retaining 
all their prejudices, customs and manners, were jealous of the preserva- 
tion of that which reminded them of their native country before it yielded 
to a foreign yoke. 

"In this manner was preserved the ancient breed of British cattle. 
Difference of climate wrought some change, particularly in their bulk. 
The rich pasture of Sussex fattened the ox into its superior size and 
weight. The plentiful, but not so luxuriant, herbage of the north of 
Devon, produced a smaller and more active animal, while the privations 
of Wales lessened the bulk and thickened the hide of the Welsh runt. 
As for Scotland, it set its invaders at defiance; or its inhabitants 
retreated for a while, and soon turned again on their pursuers. They 
were proud of their country, their cattle, their choicest possession; and 
there, too, the cattle were preserved, unmixed and undegenerated, 

"Thence it resulted that in Devon, in Sussex, in Wales, and in Scot- 
land, the cattle have been the same from time immemorial; while in al. 
Ihe eastern coast, and through every district of England, the breed of 
cattle degenerated, or lost its original character; it consisted of animals 
brought from every neighboring and some remote districts, mingled in 
every possible variety, yet conforming itself to the soil and the climate. 

"Observations will convince us that the cattle in Devonshire, Sussex, 
Wales and Scotland, are essentially the same. They are middle-horned; 
not extraordinary milkers, and remarkable for the quality rather than the 
quantity of their milk; active at work, and with an unequaled aptitude 
to fatten. They have all the characters of the same breed, changed by 
soil, climate, and time, yet little changed by man. We may almost trace 
the color, namely, the red of the Devon, the Sussex, and the Hereford; 
and where the black alone are now found, the memory of the red pre- 
vails. Every one who has compared the Devon cattle with the wild breed 
of Chatelherault park, or Chillingham castle, has been struck with the 



EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 



55i 



oreat resemblance in manypoints, notwithstanding the difference of color, 
while they bear no likeness at alt to the cattle of the neighboring coun- 
try." 




LONGHOHN BULL. 







HKAD OF LONGHORN COW. 

The horns of this breed of cattle grow in such a manner as to be very distinctive. 
They curve forward, and hang down toward the muzzle, sometimes curving inward 
until they touch the cheek. The colors of the animal are generally dark red, brindled, 
and pied, with white along the backs. The females are very broad in the hips aud.aje 
good milkers. One hundred years ago these cattle were more highly esteemed in En- 
gland than any other breeds, because they were supposed to be the most desirable for 
dairy purposes; but they have been superseded by the shorthorns, although many of 
the latter have a strain of their more ancient predecessors. 

For these reasons Mr. Youatt considers the Middle-Horns to be the 
native breed of Great Britain, 



CHAPTER II. 

STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 



I. COMPARATIVE DESCRIPTION. -II. A GOOD COW DESCRIBED IN VERSE. III. 

SKELETON OF THE OX. IV. ANALYSING THE HEAD. V. EXTERNAL PARTS 

OF A FAT OX. VI. TEETH OF THE OX. VII. AGE OF CATTLE TOLD BY THE 

CHART. 

I. Comparative Description. 

The ox, like the horse, is made up of a bony structure, upon which 
rests the muscular and fleshy covering, and over this again lies the skin. 
The only means of defense possessed by cattle are their horns, which, in 
breeds that have been running wild for generations, develop into long 
sharp, and most formidable weapons. These are most securely fixed and 
rendered effective by the expanse of the frontal bone, shown at numeral 
Q, skeleton of the ox, as represented in the cut accompanying this chapter. 

The horse is long in the limbs and neck ; the ox is comparatively short 
in these members. The body of the horse corresponds to the square ; 
that of the ox to the rectangle. The illustrations showing outlines of fat 
bullocks, as presented a few pages further on in this chapter — four forms 
exhibited — are accurate representations . The ribs of the ox are both longer 
and larirer than those of the horse, since the several stomachs and the bow- 
els of the ox are more capacious. The width of the bosom gives ample 
space for the fore legs and for the viscera ; and this width is carried cor- 
respondingly behind, giving, in the modern ox, a broad loin and massive 
rump and hind quarters, where the choice parts of the beef lie. 

II. A good Cow described in verse. 
The physical proportions of the cow have been so accurately described 
in verse, by an old English writer, that we reproduce his stanzas as em- 
bodying the general characteristics of what goes to make up a perfect 
animal : 

She's long in her face, she's fine in her horn, 
She'll quickly get fat without cake or corn; 
She's clean in Tier jaws, and full in her chine, 
She's heavy in flank, and wide in her loin. 

She's broad in het ribs, and long in her rump; 
A straight and flat back, without e'er a hump; 
She's wide in her hips, and calm in her eyes; 
She's flue in her shoulders, and thin in her thighs. 

She's light in her neck, and small in her tail; 
She's wide in her breast, and good at the pail; 
She's fine in her bone, and silky of skin — 
She's a grazier's without, and a butcher's within. 

• 552 



STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 

m. Skeleton of the Ox. 



553 



If we look at the skeleton of the ox we shall there see the basis of 
the immense but sluggish strength for which this animal is noted. It 
will not be necessary to translate the names of the bones. They should 
be called by the scientific names here given. The corresponding bones 
found in the horse have been suflSciently explained. 




SKELETON OF THE OX. 

Names of the Bones. — ^i — Cervical Vertebrae. B B — Dorsal Verte- 
brse. C — Lumljar Vertebrae. D — Sacrum. E E — Coccygeal Bones. 
FF — Ribs." G — Costal Cartilages. H — Scapula. / — Humerus. KK 
Radius. L — Ulna. M — Carpus or Knee. 1 — Scaphoid, 2 — Semilu- 
nar. 3 — Cuneiform. 4 — Trapezium. 5 — Trapezoid. 6 — Os Magnum. 
7 — Unciform. 8 — Pisiform. N N — Large Metacarpal or Cannon. — 
Small Metacarpal. P P — Sesamoid Bones. Q Q — Phalanges. 1 — Os 
Suffraginis or Pastern Bone. 2 — Os Coronae. 3 — Os Pedis. R — Pelvis. 
1— Illium. 2— Pubis. 3— Ischium. /S— Femur. T— Patella. U— 
Tibia. F— Fibula. TF— Hocks. 1— Os Calcis. 2— Ostragalus. 3— 
Cuneiform Majrnum. 4 — Cuneiform Medium. 5 — Cuneiform Parvum. 
6 — Cuboid. X — Large Metatarsal. 1, 2, 3 — Phalanges. Y — Small 
Metatarsal. Z — Head. 1 — Inferior Maxilla. 2 — Superior Maxilhi. 3 — 
Anterior Maxilla. 4 — Nasal Bone. 5 — Molar. 6 — Frontal. 7 — Parietal, 
8 — Occipital. 9 — Lachrymal. 10 — Squamous. IX — Petrous, 



654 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Elegance, speed, and muscular activity are the qualities for which the 
frame-work of the horse seem best suited. In the ox there is also the 
beauty of symmetry as shown in smooth lines, when fat, and the devel- 
opment of great strength with slow motion. Hence, the limbs are 
straiffhter and more massive than in the horse. 




OUTLINE OF FAT BULLOCKS. 

In the ox we find the same two plates at the top of the head, that 
were noticed in the horse. In the ox and other horned animals these 

plates have a considerable space be- 
tween them, as shown in the accom- 
panying cut giving a vertical section 
of the head. This space is filled with 
cells having bony ridges passing from 
the inner to the outer plate, or table, 
securing firmness ; and these cells 
form large and strong sockets for the 
horns. The cavity of the brain is, in 
VERTICAL SECTION OP THE HEAD. thc OX, about ouc-f ourth the size of the 
skull — the other parts being occupied by the organs of smell, the teeth 
and the jaws, which are exhibited in vej-tical sections here given. 





STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 555 

IV. Analysing the Head. 

The second cut representing a section :)f the head of an ox, reveals a 
portion of the upper jaw, showing the molars, or grinding teeth. 

Explanation. — A — Molars or grinders. B — Superior maxillary bone 
and its ijukitine process. C — Cells of the palatine bone. D — Anterior 
maxillary bone, destitute of incisor teeth. 

The frontal bones shown at G in the skeleton of the ox, extend from 
the nose to the superior ridge of the skull, presenting a flat, irregular sur- 
face, quite bare of flesh}" or muscu- 
lar covering. The ox has the same 
division in the center of the frontal 
sinuses as the horse , but the divis- 
ion between the nostrils is not per- 
fect. There is a continuous cavity 
from the muzzle to the horn. In 
polled or horned cattle the frontal 
bones reach from the nasal bones to section of head of ox. 

the parietal ridge, but since there are no horns, these bones become narrower 
towards the poll. In cattle the temporal l)oues are small, but deep in the 
temporal fossa and have no squamous structure. The occipital bone has 
little importance by comparison with its use in the horse. The sphemoid 
and ethmoid bones relatiA'ely occupy the same position in the two ani- 
mals. A comparison of the skeletons of the horse and ox, will fully 
illustrate this. 

V. External Parts of a Pat Ox. 

As beef is a universal article of food, the value of a very large pro- 
portion of the cattle reared is determined by their capacity to develop 
juicy, palatable meat. The illustration on the next page shows a Short- 
Horn ox in prime condition, and the acconqjanying explanation points out 
the several parts of the animal with reference, mainly, to their qualities 
and use as beef. 

Where the choice Beef lies. — The prime parts of the ox, as shown in 
the cut, lie from iY to B, and from J? to /S, and back to iV^. Between 
P, Q and V are the best pieces. The second best are between M, S, T, 
V, W and /r. Between S and U are valuable pieces for smoked or 
dried meat. The ribs be'tween 31 and S ; the flanks V, W, and thence 
to the brisket K are good corning pieces. The quarters of such an ox 
will dress sixty-tive per cent, of his gross weight. The loin above P 
and from thence to the top of the shoulder above iV will give superior 
steak and roasting pieces. The shoulder-point or neck vein back of 7 
and thigh at >S' nnUie the best smo King-pieces. The plates W will make 



666 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

excellent corned beef, while i?, S and L (the rump, round and brisket) 
make the best pieces for wickling — good, thick, juicy meat, and in large 
quantities. 




Explanation.— ^—Forehead. ^— Face. C— Cheek. D — Muzzle. 
^_Neck. i^— Neck-vein. (3^— Shoulder-point. ^— Arm. /— Gam- 
brelorhock. /i — Elbow. L — Brisket, bosom or breast. iV— Crops. 
0— Loin. P— Hip. ^— Rump. i? — Pin-bone. S — Round-bone, 
thurl or whirl. T— Buttock. C7— Thigh, or gasket. F— Flank. W 
—Plates. X— Back, or chine. Y — Throat. 



STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 557 

VI. Teeth of the Ox. 

The ox has 32 teeth. These are divided into 24 grinding or molar 
teeth, six on each side of each upper and lower jaw, and 8 nippers or 
cutting teeth (incisors) in the front lower jaw. The ox has no canine 
teeth (tushes,) and no teeth in the front part of the upper jaw. In 
place of the front upper incisors, those of the lower jaw meet against a 
callosity above, thick, hard and, in old cattle, almost horny. Scientific- 
ally the teeth are represented by the following Dental formula : 
Genus Bos. Cattle ; incisors, %, canines, %, molars, | |. = Total, 32 teeth. 

But in order that the reader may judge accurately of the age of any 
animal of the genus Bos, but especially the age of cattle, a chart is an- 
nexed, showing the nippers, (incisors,) from birth up to the age of five 
years past — that is, up to the sixth year ; and also the teeth as they appear 
at ten years of age. 

An ox at five years old, is past his prime for beef, and at six is past 
his prime for economical farm labor, except at heavy, slow draft. The 
cow will breed good calves from three years to the age of ten years, and 
often up to fifteen years. The bull should be sure in his get, up to about 
the age of eight years, after which he usually gets logy. 

VII. Age of Cattle told by the Chart. 

The age of cattle is only told by the horns and the teeth. The horns 
will show the age with reasonable accuracy up to the age of six years, by 
means of the annual rings, and tolerably well up to the age of ten, un- 
less they have been filed, sand-papered and oiled to deceive. As the 
animal gets older, the annual rings, or wrinkles, of the horns become con- 
fused by growing together. 

Mr. Youatt, in his analysis of the teeth of the ox, gives six years as 
the age at which the animal attains the full mouth, such as we have shown 
at five years past. In his day, cattle were slower in maturing than now, 
and they were certainly kept in service to a greater age. If the animal 
is badly kept during the winter, and is turned upon insufficient pasture 
in summer, development will, of course, be slower. After the teeth are 
mature, if the pasture is short and gritty, they will be worn away faster. 

The rules we give for determining the ages of modern cattle apply to 
well-kept, early-developing animals. Woods-cattle, those raised in the 
timber on scant fare, might present the same appearance at six years old 
that we have shown for five years past. In studying the chart, therefore, 
allowance must be made for the contingencies we have named. A refer- 
ence to the chart Avill show that at birth there are but two central teethe 
figure 1 ; at two weeks the calf will have four teeth, figure 2 ; at three 
weeks it will have six teeth, figure 3 ; at a month old the jaw will con- 



558 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

tain eight incisors, and present the appearance as in figure 4. The mouth 
is then called full, as containing the ultimate number of incisors. These 
are not permanent, but temporary, or milk teeth, as they are called. 
At six to eio;ht months old the central teeth beo-in to be worn, and show 
smaller than the others, see figure 5. At ten months absorption and the 
widening of the jaw will have carried the two central teeth still farther 
away from each other, and two other teeth, one on each side, will have 
begun to diminish, in fact will have distinct spaces between them, see 
figure 6. At twelve njonths absorption will have continued to two more 
teeth, leaving intact only the two outside teeth, see figure 7. At fifteen 
months the whole of the teeth will present the appearance as seen in figure 
8. At this time the true or permanent teeth will have been gi-owing in 
the jaw, between and back of the milk teeth. Figure 9 shows the 
appearance at fifteen months of age, the two permanent central teeth 
appearing in the place of the two first milk teeth which have disappeared, 
and the other permanent teeth are shown in their several stages of 
growth. Figures 10, 11 and 12 show the teeth at two, three and four 
years past. At the age of five years the animal will have a full mouth, 
as shown in figure 13, and at ten years the incisors Avill present the ap- 
pearance as in figure 14. 

Thus any person by the use of the chart, and by examination of the 
teeth of cows, of ages known to correspond therewith, may easily 
become an accurate judge of the age of cattle up to the age of four years. 
In the four-year-old mouth, the two central pairs of teeth are l)eginning 
to be worn down to the edges, and in a flat direction, or inclining slightly 
to the inside ; yet the animal has not a full mouth — that is, the incisovs 
are not fully up until it is five years old. See figure 14. 

At five years old the teeth arc fully grown, and the peculiar mark on 
the teeth, called the cup, is shown in all. At the same time all will have 
become flattened, while on the two center ones there begins to be a dis- 
tinct darker line in the middle, bounded by a line of harder bone. From 
this time on we may depend both on the incisors and the grinders. At six 
years old the animal will have acquired the last grinding tooth. This is 
the sixth molar and is, from the beginning, a permanent tooth. From 
this time until the eighth year, and indeed thereafter, in determining the 
age of the animal, the nature of the soil upon which it has been fed nmst 
be taken into account. Gritty, close-fed pastures will wear them faster, 
and flush pastures slower. Thus in all the pasture regions of the West, 
and Southwest, the wear will be light. As a general rule, but admitting 
of many exceptions, at seven years old this line is becoming broader and 
more irregular in all of the .teeth ; and a second and broader, and more 
circular mark appears within the center of the former one, the most 




Tcctli of Calf at birth, sliowiug the first 
two incisois, milk teeth. 




Fig. 3. 



Teeth at three weeks old, showing 8 



CHART FOR ACCURATELY 

TELLING THE AQE5 

• ... OF ... . 

CATTLE. 






ceks old, sUowing four tem- 




Teetli at six to eight montliB old, showing 
Tear on first two, or central teeth. 



Teeth at ten months, old, showing ahsorp- 
tion in Qrat two pun's of teelh, and wear of 
two outside pans. 



ir 





Fig, 7. 

Teeth at twelve months old, showing absorp- 
Dn in all tlie nippers, except outside pair, 
id wear in these. 




Teeth at fifteen months old, showing ab- 
orption and wear in all the temporary nippers. 



Tig. 9. 

Teeth at eighteen months old, showing two first 
permanent incisors (1-1), and next two pairs (2-2 
and 3-3) , growing and pushing tipwarde toward the 




Fiff. 10. 

Teeth at two years old paa^, showing four 
permanent incisors, and four temporary one«, 
absorption nearly complete j also marks of 
wear on two first pairs. 







Fig, 11, 

Teeth at three years past, showing six per- 
manent nippers, and two outside temporary 
8 nearly gone ; also wear on two central 



Fig, 12, 

Teeth at foir years past, showing eight 
pennanent incfeors — the full mouth — and 
complete complement; also wear on all but 
outside teeth. 



Fig, 13, 



Fig, 14. 

Teeth at ten years old, showing permanent 
spaces between them ; and also shape from 
natural wear by use. 



t 



STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 



559 



distinct in the central, or two central pairs — and which, at eight years, has 
spread over the six central incisors. 

At eight years, a change takes place which cannot be mistaken. The 
process of absorption has again commenced in the central incisors ; it is 
slow, and is never carried to the extent seen in the milk teeth, but is 
sufficiently plain, and the two central teeth are evidently smaller than 
their neighbors. A consideral)le change has also taken place on the 
surface of the teeth ; the two dark marks are worn into one in all but the 
corner teeth. 




IIOLSTEIX FKIESIAN COW, SEGIS INKA. 

At ten years old the four central incisors are diminished in size, and 
the mark is bj'comiiig smaller and fainter, as shown in figure 14. At 
eleven years the six central incisors are smaller, and, at twelve, all of 
them are very considerably diminished ; but not to the same extent as in 
the young animal. The mark is now nearly obliterated, except in the 
corner teeth, and the inside edge is worn down to the sfum. 

From the age of twelve years and onward, the teeth dinxinish more and 
more, so that the animal cannot proi)erly gather or grind the food. There 
are many instances, however, of cows breeding, and remaining good 
milkers, up to twenty years of age and over. But in this day of early 
development, no careful farmer will keep a cow breeding after the age of 
twelve years, except, perhaps, in the case of some extraordinary milker, 
or an exceptional cow, of great physical powers, and excellent breeding 
qualities, whose stock it may be delirable to perpetuate. 



"'"■•'jy ~ 



CHAPTER III. 
DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OP BREEDS. 



I 



-; ANCIEXT AND MODERN BREEDING. II. CATTLE OF THE CAMPAGNAS. III. PIO- 
NEERS OF IMPROVED STOCK. IV. ILLUSTRATIONS OF NOTED ENGLISH BREEDS. 

V. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO FORM A BREED. VI. HOW A BREED IS FORMED. VII. 

BREEDING FOR CERTAIN USES. VIII. VARIATION IN TYPE. IX. IN-AND-IN 

HREEDING AND BREEDING IN LINE. X. ALTERING THE CHARACTER BY CROSSING. 

XI. INFLUENCE OF SHELTER AND FEEDING. XII. HEREDITY IN CATTLE. 

)flll. HEREDITARY INFLUENCE OF PARENTS. XIV. ATAVISM. XV. PECULI- 
ARITIES OFANCESTORS PERPETUATED. XVI. HOW THE SHORT-HORNS WERE BRED 

UP. XVIT. SHORT-HORNS DURING THE LAST FIFTY YEARS. XVIII. THREE 

SHORT-HORN STRAINS. XIX. THE THREE PRINCIPAL TYPES OF CATTLE. 

Ancient and Modern Breeding. 

It might be curious to trace the history of cattle, step by step, in their 
mprovement from the earliest times ; but the results of such a task would 
oe laro-ely composed of conjecture, neither valuable as history, nor inter- 
esting, except to a few. The aim of this work is to be practical, and its 
.object is to give only such valuable information as will be useful or inter- 
esting to all readers engaged in the breeding, rearing or use of live- 
stock. 

While many distinct breeds of cattle have been known from the begin- 
nino- of the historical era, it is only within the last 200 vears that careful 
and systematic breeding has been resorted to. And it is probable, or. 
rather, it is positively true, that during the last fifty years greater results 
in the breeding of all farm animals have been accomplished, and greater 
proo-ress towards perfection have been made, than in all the time before. 

Jacob was the first systematic breeder of whom we have any record. 
It is tolerably certain that he understood something of the principles of 
matino- cattle, else he could not have proc* need pied and other pai-ti-colored 
animals in such numbers as to have assured him large profits and increase 
in the herds of his father-in-law. But Jacob's plan consisted simply in 
brin^ino- too-ether cows and bulls of certain different colors, with a view to 
securino- a commingling of these colors, in the offspring. It does not 
appear that he made any systematic attempt to improve, by breeding, the 
qualities of his animals as milkers, draft oxen, or beef cattle. The results 
of such efforts, if they had ever been made, would as certainly have been 
noticed as the extensive production of "ring-streaked and speckled cattle." 

II. Cattle of the Campagnas. 

We have already spoken of the once-famous cattle of the Campagnai 

in the time of the Romans. Their excellence was probably due more t9 

560 



II 




i 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 



561 




562 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 563 

the kindliness of the climate and the natural abundance of the pastures 
around Rome, than to any sj^stematic endeavors to perpetuate good qual- 
ties, except by the simple rules of natural selection. The same is true 
of other ancient peoples whose cattle were once held in high repute. 
Abundant pasturage, extensive ranges and a genial climate were the 
important factors in the production of their superior stock, which, in all 
probability, was not much superior to the half-wild cattle herded upon 
our great western plains. • 

During the dark ages which succeeded the fall of the Roman Empire, 
agriculture degenerated with the arts, and, until about the sixteenth cen- 
tury, little attention was paid to the breeding of cattle, except by a primi- 
tive sort of selection, and by keeping certain strains of cattle confined 
to given sections of country. 

III. Pioneers of Improved Stock. 

But little had been done in a systematic way to improve British cattle 
until Bakowell improved the Long-Horns. Subsequently the Collings 
bi-ed up th(^ Durhams or Teeswaters, and later breeders developed the 
Devons, to which the Sussex and Hereford breeds owe some of their most 
eminent qualities. The celebrity of the improved Leicesters ceased soon 
after the death of Bakewell. But the Short-Horns had then already 
become famous, and at the present day there is no other breed of 
beef cattle that combines so many good qualities, except the Herefords. 
And this noble breed, it must be confessed, is the peer of the Short- 
Horns in every respect, except perhaps early maturity, Avhile in butchers' 
proof, it is [)robably superior to the Short-Horns. On the butchers' 
l)lock, however, both the Short-Horns and the Herefords must yield 
precedence to the Devons, and the Devons again to the West Highland 
cattle of Scotland. 

IV. Illustrations of Noted English Breeds. 

That the reader may become familiarized with noted P^nglish breeds 
of cattle, for beef, for labor, and for milking, we give on page 658 a 
model of the Sussex cow ; on page 5(34 a Short-Horn cow in outline ; 
and on \rdgc 642 an improved Hereford Bull, allied to the Sussex. On 
page 653 a North Devon cow is represented ; and on page 618 a Jersey 
or Alderney bull. On page 539 will be found a group of Durhams as 
they were known fifty years ago. With the descriptions of the various 
popular breeds, as the}^ wdll be noticed, hereafter, illustrations will be 
given showing their characteristics. The compai'isons will be found a 
valuable study to all who make the breeding of cattle a part of their 
farm economy. 



564 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Do not Attempt to Form a Breed. 

In tlie breeding of cattle do not attempt to form a new breed out of 
Incongruous materials, such as you may liappen to find near you. Good 
feeding, good shelter, and careful selection, will do much for any breed* 




but to undertake to form a new breed can only end in failure, it will 
be found infinitely cheaper to take one of the breeds already formed, ac- 
cording to the use for which *^he animals are intended, than, by crossing 
and breeding up, to form one that at the end of one hundred years wiU 
be no better than some of the now-existing herds, and, perhaps, not as good. 
If there is any improvement to be made, make it on the model of the 
best of the more reputable breeds. For instance, the Short-Horns can 



DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 



)65 




JERSEY COW GAIL RIVERS. 




ABERDEEN-ANGUS BULL DELAMERE. 



566 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

easily be bred back to the milking quality by selecting the proper fami- 
lies ; for they once possessed this quality in an eminent degree. If you 
wish to improve your common stock, do it by crossing upon the best of 
your common cows good, staunch, vigorous bulls, of the breed conform- 
ing to the type of cattle you wish to attain. The first cross will give you 
half-bloods ; the second three-quarters blood ; the third cross seven- 
eighths blood, and the fourth cross — fifteen-sixteenths blood. These lat- 
ter, and, even the seven-eighths bred cattle, are, for all practical purposes, 
of beef, labor or milk, essentially as good as those purely bred. But it is 
necessary that pure and thoroughbred stock be kept intact, by every 
possible precaution, since they are the source from which all excellence is 
bred. Therefore, if you are able to breed the best, let all others alone. 
And there are so many cattle of pure and thoroughbred stock now, that 
such sires are not difficult to obtain, unless you wish to breed the very 
highest caste, and this, too, from a purely fanciful standpoint. 

VI. How a Breed is Formed. 

A breed is a variety. ■ In plants a new variety of a species is pro- 
duced by crossing one variety on another. In the case of crossing two 
species of the genus, to produce a hybrid, the fertility is generally de- 
stroyed, and the hybrid cannot l)e pcr[)etuated. In crossing two animals 
or plants of the same species, but differing one from the other, the pro- 
duct is fertile, though not in so great a degree as in animals or plants of a 
like kind. The descendants will partake more strongly of one parent 
than the other, and these variations, in some cases, cro[) out aftergenera- 
tions. 

This atavism or striking back to some remote ancestor is not infrequent 
in the Short-Horns, notwithstanding the extreme care taken in breeding, 
and the many years that have passed since the particular cross was made. 
On the other hand, the Devons breed constant to type, or nearly so. 
Hence, the Devons are called a pure breed, and the Short-Horns arc 
called thoroughbred. The Herefords also retain this constancy in gen- 
eral character to a remarkable degree, for the reason that tlicy are an 
original breed, and not, like the Short-Horns, and racing horses, made up 
of a mixed lineage, and developed within a comparatively short time. 
Thus the reader will see the force of the advice, "Do not attempt to 
form a new breed." 

VII. Breeding for certain uses. 

For present practical purpose let your sires be the best you can afford, 
of some improved breed, which should be chosen with reference to the 
purpose for which the offspring is intended. For beef and early maturity 
choose a Short-Horn or Hereford bull. If you breed for beef and labor, 



DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 507 

take the Hereford for heiivy work, and the Devon for lighter and more 
active work, such as ordinary farm labor. For cheese c>r quantity of 
milk alone, take the Holsteins. For ])utter and cheese the Ayrshires 
are best, while for milk, exceedingly rich in cream, but, of course, not so 
great in quantity, the Jerseys, Alderneys or Guernseys would be indi- 
cated, according to the fancy of the breeder. In every case select the best 
cows possible as dams, at least for the animals intended to continue the 
cross. 

VIII. Variation in Type. 

We have spoken of variation in type, even of cattle bred with a view 
of perpetuating distinct characteristics. How conmion this is, any 
person may satisfy himself by inspecting the animals of any given kind 
at our animal fairs, especially horses and cattle. Among animals pro- 
ducing twins, such as sheep, the type may be established sooner, since 
there is a greater number of young to select from. In swine it may be 
established in a still shorter time, for they not only have many young at 
a birth, but they breed twice a year, and a sow has even been known to 
produce tive litters in less than two years. In the longest-established 
breeds of swine, however, pigs of a litter will vary materially. Hence, 
in breeding swine, while it is comparatively easy to perpetuate a particular 
strain by careful selection, it is also as easy to destroy the effects of 
previous good breeding by bad selections as it is to depreciate them by 
neglect in feeding. For it is an axiom which should be more generally 
understood than it is, that bad feeding will soon mar good breeding. 
And as no success can be had with any breed, however ordinary it may 
be, without good feeding, it is essential that the improved breeds be care- 
fully and liberally provided for, especially since the better the breed the 
better do the animals pay for their feeding. 

IX. In-and-in Breeding and Breeding in Line. 

The meaning of these terms has been defined in a previous part of 
this volume. One is the breeding together of animals very closely re- 
lated ; the other is the perpetuation of qualities, by continuing to breed 
together animals having similar characteristics. From in-an-in and line 
breeding we get, more often, what is called a "nick" — that is, the inheri- 
tance of some essentially good quality — than b}^ what is. known as out- 
crossing, or breeding to' animals of dissimilar quality. The careful 
breeder will hesitate long before he resorts to out-crossing, and should 
only consent so to do where the family has become too fine, and con- 
stitutionally weak, from being bred xery closely together for a considera- 
ble length of time. 



568 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DEVELOPaiENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 560 

X. Altering the Character by Crossing. 

When it becomes necessary to alter the form, do so through some animal 
of the same breed. Never go out of the breed for improvement even in 
constitutional vigor. If you do,youwill always rue it. The Kyloe cross, 
made in the Short-Horns, nearly a hundred years ago, still crops out in 
certain families, in the sloughing of the horns, or in defective horns. 
Thirty years ago the outcrop of this peculiarity was quite conunon. If 
the character of your cattle needs altering, select for the purpose a bull 
possessing the characteristics desired, or as near thereto as may be possi- 
ble. Once the effect is produced, return again to the practice of l)reed- 
ing in line, never neglecting careful selection. So also in breeding up 
common stock, by means of superior males, when once you have decided 
what breed is best for your particular use, stick to it. If the result is 
unsatisfactory, try another l)reed on certain cows, but not on those of 
your best improved stock. If you are breeding pure or thoroughbred 
stock, quit the business rather than take an out-cross upon some other 
distinct breed. Once the blood is in your herd, you cannot breed it out 
in your life time, nor can your successor Ijreed it out in his life time. 

XI. Influence of Shelter and Feeding. 

In the breeding of all farm stock too many persons suppose that ani- 
mals, especially cattle, may be exposed to the storms of winter without 
serious detriment, and that if they get very thin in winter, they will 
recuperate in the succeding summer. No mistake could \jv more fatal 
tc the stock raiser than this. An animal that barely survives the winter, 
seldom more than regains the flesh lost, during the next summer. Those 
that have to be "tailed up " in the spring never are good for much there- 
after. The only profit there is in stock of any kind, is made by keeping 
them steadily growing, until they reach maturity. This is especially true 
in the case of improved stock of whatever breed. They must have suf- 
ficient warmth and feeding, f(n" if disability arise from neglect, the loss 
is serious l)y comparison with the loss from similar injury to ordinary, 
cheap stock. It may be taken as an axiom, that no money was ever 
made ])y neglecting or starving farm stock ; and no farmer ever will 
make money from cattle if he lets them take the " warm side of a straw 
stack" for food and shelter in winter. 

XII. Heredity in Cattle. 

We have already spoken of the hereditary influence of ancestors. In 

cattle this is often plainly shown. The thirteenth axiom of Stonehege, and 

one undoubtedly correct, is : The purer and less mixed the breed, the more 

likely it is to be transmitted unalte^-ed to the offspring. Hence, which- 



570 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

ever parent is of the purest blood will be more generally represented in 
the offspring ; but, as the male is usually more carefully selected, and of 
purer blood than the female, it generally follows that he exerts more 
influence than she does ; the reverse being the case when she is of more 
unmixed blood than the sire. 

That the relative ages and vigor of the parents have a decisive influence 
on the offspring there is no doubt. Hence the necessity that animals be 
mature before they are allowed to breed, since only mature animals can 
be relied upon to produce offspring of the highest form and vigor. And 
on the other hand, that excessive age in either male or female, will dimin- 
ish potency is too well known to be denied. It is certain, also, that 
where there is a marked prepotency in either the male or female parent, 
the progeny will most closely resemble the prepotent progenitor. The 
following case is reported by Mr. Talcotin the " Country Gentleman : " 
" I had a nice cow with nice bag and teats, which I took to a bull in the 
neighborhood, and the produce was a heifer-calf, which was raised be- 
cause of the good milking-qualities of her dam ; but when she became a 
cow, instead of the good qualities of her dam as was expected, her bag 
and teats were more like those of a sheep than of a good dairy-cow. I 
then began to investigate the cause, and found that the heifer was the 
counterpart of the dam of the bull, she being an ordinary cow with a 
small l)ag and still smaller teats, and from that time to this I have found 
that too freqjuently that is the case, especially if the bull was from such 
stock or family of light milkers that it was not desirable to perjjetuate 
them. I rememl)er distinctly the first pure-bred Short-Horn bull lever 
had, that the bag of his dam was the largest in the hind-quarters, conse- 
quently that she gave the most milk from the hind-teats, and that quality 
was transmitted to the majority of his heifer.^; when they came to be 
cows, their bags tending largely in the hind-quarters. And I think, from 
such observations, that there can he no doubt that such is the case gen- 
erally." 

Mr. Sedgwick sa^^s, the supply of milk is hereditarily influenced by 
the ])ull, rather than by the cows from which the offspring is directly 
descended. Of this there is no doul)t ; Init it is not so clear, as asserted 
Ijy him, that the character of the secretion, as regards lioth quantity and 
quality of the milk, is derived chiefly from the paternal grand-mother by 
atavic descent. 

XIII. Hereditary Influence of Parents. 

Mr. Walker, writing on intermarriage, and the. physiology of breeding, 
gives the following : 

"It is a fact, established by my observations, that, in animals of the 
same variety, either male or female parent may give either series of or- 



DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 5T1 

gans — that is, either forehead and organs of sense, together with the vital 
and nuti'itive organs, or back-head, together with the locomotive organs. 

"The second law, namely, that of crossing, operates \vhere each parent 
is of a different breed, and when, supposing both to be of equal age and 
vigor, the male gives the back-head and locomotive organs, and the female 
the face and nutritive organs. 

"The third law, namely, that of in-and-in breeding, operates where both 
parents are not only of the same variety, but of the same family in its 
narrowest sense, and when the female gives the back-head and locomo- 
tive organs, and the male the face and nutritive organs — precisely the 
reverse of what takes place in crossing." 

XIV. Atavism. 

The appearance, occasionally, of horns in the Galloway, Suffolk and 
other breeds that have been hornless for many generations, but which 
were originally a horned race, are remarkable instances of atavism. The 
appearance, in a litter of Essex pigs, of two young ones showing the 
Berkshire cross of twenty-eight years before, as cited by Mr. Sidney, is 
also a remarkable case of the same kind. We have already noticed the 
occasional appearance, through atavism, of deformed horns in Short- 
Horn cattle. In calves, also, this race shows remarkably in this respect ; 
the following case is given by the "Country Gentleman :" 

"Mr. Wadsworth owns the twin Princess cows. Lady Mary seventh 
and eighth ; they are both good roans, got by fourth Lord of Oxford 
(5903 "American Herd-Book" ), a roan bull; their dam, Lady Mary, a 
red, got by Hotspur (31393), a roan ; their granddam, Baroness, a red 
roan, got by Barrington (30501), a white ; their great-granddam, the im- 
ported red Princess cow, Eed Rose, second, got by Napier (G238), red 
roan. These twin heifers. Lady Mary seventh and eighth, were lioth 
served by the Princess bull. Earl of Seaham (8077 "American Herd- 
Book" ), a good roan, and each dropped a bull-calf; but the one from 
Lady Mary seventh was a red, while the other, from Lady Mary eighth, 
was white . ' ' 

XV. Peculiarities of Ancestors Perpetuated. 

In the breeding of animals of a pure and homogeneous breed, there 
will be a perfect blending of characteristics, without marked peculiarities, 
j as a rule. In the offspring.of dissimilar parents, as in crossing, there is 
' never coni[)lete fusion or blending of character, but the offspring in such 
cases will follow, more or less closely, the prepotent parent. It is not 
necessary to cite authorities on this point. Instances are of such constant 
occurrence, both in the human family find down through all the domestic 
auimals, that they have been noticed by all intelligent observers. In wild 



572 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

animals, being pure races, the rule is not so apparent : for in them is 
found the nicest blending of transmitted qualities. Yet it is observed 
even in wild animals when bred in confinement, Devon cattle and other 
pure breeds of domestic stock, also show peculiarities to a less extent 
than more mixed races. Peculiarities of ancestors appear most frequently 
in the common mixed stock of the farm, especially when bred to sires of 
improved blood. 

XVI. How the Short-Horns were tared up. 

The inheritance of the prepotent blood of sires, upon an already valua- 
ble breed, careful selection and at length the impress of a bull, (Hub- 
back,) remarkable in every respect, merged what were known as Tees- 
water, Durham or Yorkshire cattle, into what has come of late years to be 
known, the world over, as Short-Horns. The name is an unfortunate 
one in some respects, since it is used to designate one of the three dis- 
tinct classifications of horned cattle. 

Less than 200 years ago the first improvement was made in Short- 
Horn cattle, according to CuUey, Marshall, Bailey, and others of the last 
century ; and it is only within the last 100 years that the great improve- 
ment was made which causes this magnificent breed of cattle to be so 
highly prized. The "Alloy," a Galloway, or hornless, cross made by 
Charles Colling was unfortunate, and breeders are careful that their stock 
shall not trace back to this cross, which runs to Grandson of Bolingbroke 
and Lady — to the "Alloy" as this progeny was called. 

XVII. Short-Horns During the Past Fifty Years. 

It is within the last fifty years that the Short-Horns, once remarkable 
for their milking qualities, have degenerated in this respect so that they 
are now almost worthless for the dairy. They have been bred to emi- 
nent fineness and elegance, but it is questionable if, as beef producers, 
the less fashionable are not the better cattle. Originally the Short-Horns 
ran much to white ; and roans also were very common. Of late years it 
has been more fashionable to breed to self-colors, or to animals in which 
the colors, whatever they may be, (red and white being the best,) are 
distinct and well defined, one from the other. 

Importations of Short-Horns from Great Britain were made to the 
Eastern States in 1815, 1822, 1823, 1828, 1835, 1839, and 1849-50; to 
Kentucky in 1817, and again in 1837-38, and in 1839. Large importa- 
tions were made into Ohio in 1834, and in 1835-36. The first direct 
importation to Illinois was made in 1858. Since 1835 Canadian breed- 
ers have imported many fine animals, and within the last ten years their 
herds have taken high rank*in the world of Short-Horns. At the present 
time there are no States of the West, the Northwest and Southwest, but 



DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 573 

have most valuable herds of these remarkable beef cattle. When not 
bred from a mere fanciful standpomt of fineness, it must be confessed 
that they are unexcelled in stoutness, early maturity and great develop- 
ment of ^esh. 

XVIII. Three Short-Horn Strains. 

Among the lessons learned from these changes, wo have seen the 
Short-Horns gradually lose their great milking qualities, but they have 
gained in early maturity, and in disposition to take on flesh. They 
may now be divided into three classes : 

First, are those combining good grazing qualities with fair milking 
qualities, as may be seen in the descendants of the importation of 1817 
into Kentucky, or the " Seventeens" as they are called. None are better 
than these for the average farmer to breed from, and fortunately, when 
found, they sell at prices comparatively but little above those of the best 
native cattle of mixed breeds. 

The second strain is the Booth blood, eminent for large frames, 
covered with great masses of flesh, but of small account as milkers. 

The third principal strain is that of the Bates cattle, eminent for style 
and early maturity, wdth sub-families, producing occasionally most 
excellent milking cows. 

The young breeder may rest assured that by studying carefully the 
precepts laid down in this chapter, and by familiarizing himself with the 
characteristics of the several strains, and also by studying carefully the 
pedigrees as given in the herd books, he will be qualified to select animals 
for the nucleus of his herd, that will breed constant to type, if he pos- 
sess the judgment properly to mate them. 

XIX, The Three Principal Types of Cattle. 

It remains to close this chapter with a recapitulation of the three prin- 
cipal types of cattle. These arc the Long-Horns, the Middle-Horns and 
the Short-Horns. Of the Long-Horns, sub-breeds remain worthy of per- 
petuation in competition with the Middle-Horns, as represented by the 
Herefords or Devons, or the Short-Horns, as represented by the Dur- 
iiams. The milking breeds are the Jerseys and other Channel Island 
cattle, and the Ayrshires and the Hoi steins. 

Among the traces of long-horned blood, characteristic of the old Shrop- 
phire, with their horns dropping down forward and suddenly rising, the 
Derby with their horns running sideways, and curving upwards and back- 
wards, and the Cravens, with their "lopped horns," may all be found 
occasionally in the ordinary mixed breeds of the country, showing how long 
& time it takes to work out the blo«d from whence they originally came. 



574 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 

Ac for the once-famous New Leicesters, of Bakewell, their popularity 
was short-lived, since they practically died out with the death of their 
founder, Bakewell, 




FLEMISH cow. 

The Flemish cow represented on this page is not such an abnndant milker as some 
other breeds, but her milk is very rich and fine in flavor. In disposition this breed is 
as gentle and kind as it is possible for cattle to be. A child can approach them any- 
where or at any time, and lead them or play around them, without fear of harm. 

The Short-Horns will be treated of in their appropriate chapter, the 
Herefords and Devons in the chapter appropriated to the Middle-Horns, 
and the polled cattle, also, in a sejiarate chapter. 



CHAPTER IV. 



THE BREEDING OP CATTLE. 



r, EARLY SYSTEMS OK BREEDING. II. BAKEWELL'S TEN RULES. HI. WHAT 

THE BREEDER MUST KNOW. IV. COMPARE RESULTS. V. THE ASSIMILA- 
TION OF FOOD. VI. THE BREEDER MUST BE A GOOD FARMER. VII. 

BREEDING FOR BEEF. VIII. BREEDING FOR MILK. IX. BREEDING FOR 

LABOR. X. the' BREEDS FOR BEEF AND MILK. XI. SOME FACTS ABOUT 

BEKF. XII. VALUE OF SIRES IN DIFFERENT HERDS. XIII. KNOW WHAT 

YOU BREED FOR. XIV. DEFINITION OF TliRMS. -XV. HOW TO START A 

HERD. XVI. HOW THE HERD WILL GRADE. XVII. TAKING A LINE 

CROSS. XVIII. SOME SPECIMENS OF CLOSE BREEDING. XIX. THE GESTA- 
TION OF COWS. 

lo Early Systems of Breeding. 

Until witliiu the last 200 years the whole art of breeding animals 
might have been summed up in the aphorism, ''Like produces like ;" 
and hence that other proverb, "Breed from the best." Yet, simple as 
these principles were, they seem to have been followed in a ver}^ feeble 
way, as, indeed, they are to this day by a majority of farmers, or by 
those who have not studied the principles of the art they practice. 

Up to the time of Bake well, Avho, had he undertaken any other pro- 
fession than that of breeding animals, would have been eminently suc- 
cessful, the breeder's art consisted in mating those animals whose gen- 
eral characteristics seemed the best, wholly disregarding the advantages 
of breeding to animals pre-eminent for the possession of particular qual- 
ities that it was essential to perpetuate. Bakewell believed not only that 
like would produce like, in a general way, but seems to have known 
that the rule extended to the minutest detail in the organization and 
make up of the animal. Hence, his study of form, in the anatomy and phys- 
iology of animals, was made with a view to the adoption of a standard, 
or model, by which he sought to secure large proportions, early matu- 
rity, superior flesh in the choicest parts, and uniformity in the transmission 
of these qualities from the sire and dam to the young. 

His eye seems to have been so well trained in detecting faults in the 
development of animals, and the proper correlation of the parts, one to 
the other, that the slightest variation of form never escaped him. No 
In'eeder since his time seems to have used such nice judgment, or to have 
possessed so critical and thoroughly trained an eye. None of his suc- 
cessors have equaled him in the capacity to trace cause and effect, or to 

965 



576 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOH. 

breed closely to a well-defined standard. In addition to his nice judg- 
ment in selection, he was the most careful of feeders ; the object in view 
being constant development from birth to the butcher's block. None 
before or since his time have ever brought a breed up to the highest pos- 
sible standard in a single lifetime, and what is more curious, none were 
found able to maintain the standard he had tixed. The methods insti- 
tuted by Bakewell have been practiced by others, and are undoubt- 
edly the best in the breeding of live stock. They may be divided into 
separate heads as in the following section. 

II. Bakewell's Ten Riiles. 

1. — Correct training of the eye and judgment in the anatomy and phys- 
iology of the animal. 

2. — The correlation of the several parts one to the other. 

3. — The selection and mating of animals with a view to the fullest 
development of the most valuable parts, according to the use intended. 

4. — Selection with a view to the perpetuation of essential qualities to 
induce form, symmetry, high feeding qualities, and great vigor of consti- 
tution. 

5. — Feeding with reference to early maturity forgiving development in 
the least possible time. 

6. — Shelter and warmth indispensable to perfect development. 

7. — Variety of food is essential, and this according to the age of the 
animal. 

8. — A strain of blood once established, never go outside of it for a 
new infusion. 

9.— The most perfect care and regularity in all matters pertaining to 
feeding and stable management. 

10 — Kindness and careful training absolutely necessary with a view to 
the inheritance of high courage combined with docility and tractability. 

III. What the Breeder Must Know. 

The animals which possess the qualities that are desired in the offspring, 
whether for beef, labor, milk, butter or cheese, or for a combination of 
these, are the ones to breed from. In the selection of parents the breeder 
himself must of course be the judge of the fitness of certain animals of his 
herd to transmit the desired qualities. We have endeavored to aid the non- 
professional breeder in the performance of this delicate task, by carefully 
describing the peculiarities of the different breeds and varieties, and by in- 
dicating the best points of each of them. Nothing more is necessary to 
enable the average farmer to breed his farm-stock profitably and success- 
fully, except such personal experience with animals as every competent 



THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 



57T 




37 



578 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 579 

farmer possesses as a matter of course. Those who propose to go exclu- 
sively J^nd scientifically into the lousiness of stock-breeding, must not only 
pass through a careful course of reading in the best authorities on the 
subject, but must also have a thoroqgh practical training. The impor- 
tant thing of all, however, is to possess the peculiar talent to make a 
breeder — that is, a critical eye for form, symmetry, and the proportion 
of the several parts of an animal, each to the others. 

IV. Compare Results. 

A careful comparison of the results obtained by others and by one's self, 
is among the best means of training for all. The animal that will make the 
most beef at three years old, and the cow that will give the most milk, and 
the richest in Initter or cheese during the season, on the least relative quan- 
tity of food, are the best. These things can only be learned through 
personal observation and from the; statements of those whose word you 
can trust. 

V. The Assim.ilation of Food. 

It is an idea with many people that an animal, to be valuable, must be 
a small eater. Nothing could be further from the truth. It is merely a 
question of proper assimilation of the food eaten — an animal of perfect 
digestive and assimilative organs being able to extract far more luitri- 
ment from a given quantity of food than one in which these organs per- 
form their functions but imperfectly. In this respect the improved 
breeds of stock of any family stand pre-eminent. Their digestive and 
assimilative organs are of the best and they give greater returns for the 
food eaten than illy-l)red animals. 

The lungs and blood vessels of the ox are not required to be so capa- 
cious, according to the weight of the animal, as those ofthe olood-horse ; 
for they are not required to do fast work. The improved breeds of 
other farm stock are not required to take more exercise than is necessary 
to gather their food. Hence, with care and artificial feeding, the incli- 
nation to active exercise is bred out of them, and a Short-Horn or Here- 
ford will keep fat on what a Texan Avould run off in untamable muscular 
efforts. Thus, for domestic use, the highly-bred Short-Horn or Here- 
ford possesses two important advantages over the wild Texan, viz: early 
maturity, and the tendency to fatten readily. 

A raw-boned ox, or one with a hide like a board, will not fatten kindly. 
Hence, the outlines should be square or round, with no undue bony 
prominences, and the skin should be soft, but firm and supple to the 
touch. 

Restlessness, which is only another term for wildness, should never 
be tolerated in any breeding ani«ial. Such animals should be sent to 



580 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the butcher's block without hesitation. A panic will throw a whole herd 
off their feed for a week, sometimes, and a single wild brute is amply 
sufficient to get up a stampede at the slightest provocation. The animal 
that shows viciousness alone, or in connection with restlessness, is not to 
be tolerated anywhere, and least of. all in the breeding stables or yards. 

VI. The Breeder Must be a Good Parmer. 

The best animals cannot be raised except on a variety of food. The 
breeder should therefore be a good farmer, and should know what 
grasses are most nutritious and best adapted to his locality. He needs, 
also, to know the varieties of grasses which make the best hay, for all 
farm animals — cattle and sheep especially — should be kept as much on 
grass as possible. He should also have studied the important question 
of winter feeding with a view to deciding what grains are best adapted to 
his use. 

An important matter, which nearly all American breeders and feeders 
more or less neglect, is the use of succulent food in winter. It is seldom 
one sees a supply of roots raised for winter feeding in this country. We 
have deferred too much to English authorities, and because we could not 
raise English white turnips we have ignored roots almost entirely. Yet, 
there is no country better adapted to carrots and beets, for feeding, than 
ours, nor one where they can be more cheaply raised. And carrots in 
'ivinter, especially for breeding cows, and later on beets for all farm 
stock except horses, are worth more than twice their bulk in turnips. 
A peck of beets or carrots daily, to each cow or ox would assist in an 
important manner the digestion and assimilation of dry food — and herein 
lies their chief value. The writer has raised them in large fields at a 
cost of three dollars a ton, including the expenses of hauling and pitting 

for winter. 

VII. Breeding for Beef. 

If you breed for beef you will have the choice of, say, four breeds of 
cattle — the Short-Horns, the Herefords, the Devons, and the Galloways. 
The Short-Horns and Herefords are, by all odds, the best breeds 
wherever the pastures are flush, and the feed plentiful. On short 
pastures, and when the winter feeding is not ample, their great frames 
cannot be supplied ; but when the feed is abundant they may be turned 
off fat at an age at which native cattle are only just getting ready to be 
fattened. 

Upon all hill pastures, both North and South, the Devons are admira- 
ble cattle, and their beef is of a quality superior to that of either of the 
breeds just named. 

Farther North, the Galloways or hornless cattle are much liked for 
their good feeding qualities, for their hardiness and for the superior 



THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 581 

quality of their beef. In more Northern regions the Galloways may justly 
be regarded as the best among our beef breeds. But they will never 
compare with the Short-Horns or Herefords in milder regions where feed 
is abundant. 

VIII. Breeding for Milk. 

If milk be the sole object, the breeder will choose the Ayrshires, the 
Jerseys or the Holsteins. Of these the Holsteins give the largest quan- 
tity of milk, are the largest cattle and they make heavy beef when dry. 
They are the best for cheese, and are, also, the most profitable when the 
milk is to be sold directly to the consumer. The Ayrshires come next in 
the quantity of milk given, and they are, also, excellent both for butter 
and cheese. The Jerseys, Alderneys, and Guernseys are smaller cattle 
than either the Holsteins or Ayrshires, but, for their size, they give large 
quantities of milk that is extremely rich in cream and butter. But they 
require more feed in proportion to their size than either the Ayrshires 
or Holsteins. 

IX. Breeding for Labor. 

Where animals capable of performing labor are desired, either the 
Herefords or the Devons should be selected. For heavy draft, such as 
hauling great logs in the timber, the Herefords are excellent cattle. 
For general utility on the farm, and on the road, the Devons are supe- 
rior to any other known breed, since they combine great activity with 
muscular strength, and the ability to go long distances at a quick pace, 
without distress. The Holsteins also make excellent draft animals, and 
to our thinking are among the best, where many purposes, milk being 
the most important, are to be considered. 

X. The Breeds for Beef and Milk. 

For the two purposes of milk and beef combined, the milking strains of 
the Short-Horn family are the best. It is a pity that the noble breed of 
milking cattle, known formerly as the Patton stock, should have been 
practically lost. Forty years ago they were the staunch, excellent Short- 
Horns of the West, good at the pail, large, smooth-framed and kindly 
fatteners. The farmer who wishes to breed similar cattle, may easily do 
so by selecting the better milkers of the importation of 1817 — the "old 
Seventeens" as they are called. But be sure you do not get animals 
of this race with "top crosses" of the now fashionable Short-Horns. 
They will make beef but not milk. 

The Holsteins should not be passed over in namins: cattle for general 
utihty, especially in the West and Southwest. They are abundant and 
uniform milkers, and good feedvs. They make more than fail workino- 



582 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

steers, and when fat they also turn out a heavy carcass of beef, of fully 
as good quality as the Short-Horns. Yet, they lack early maturity. 

XIc Some Pacts About Beef. 

The breeder for utility, from a purely practical stand point, wants ani- 
mals that Avill bring the largest return in dollars and cents. A steer that 
loads with mere fat, instead of muscle, will not bring so much as the 
one which turns out more meat and less fat. So, again, the steer whose 
flesh is marbled throughout with fatty tissue will bring a higher price for 
beef than one all lean in the lean parts, and all fat in the fat parts. 
Hence, m estimating the possible profits in breeding for beef, one must 
know how the animal will cut up Avhcn killed. As a rule the smooth 
steer will "kill better" than a patchy one, or one with lumps or patches 
of fat over the surface. An animal will not marble with fat until it is 
mature, neither will it take on fat largely, while ill a growing state. 
Hence, the value of early maturity, and the importance of knowing those 
breeds, or families of a breed, which mature earliest. The Short-Horns 
have somewhat the advantage of the Herefords in early matui'ity, while 
the Herefords have the advantage of the Short-Horns in the quality of 
their flesh. The Devons mature still later than either, but their "butch- 
ers' proof" is better. The Galloways mature between the Hereford and 
Devon in point of time, and their flesh is certainly excellent. Those ani- 
mals which mature earliest are, as a rule, not so excellent in the quality 
of the flesh as later-maturing ones. Hence, in England, the Highland 
cattle bring the highest price per pound of any, and in the United States 
the Devons ought to. 

XEI. Value of Sires in Different Herds. 

The average farmer cannot pay the extiavagant prices demanded for 
the highest-caste animals of a pure breed. These, however necessary to 
the special breeder, are not so to the general breeder, or to the farmer 
who breeds simply for beef or for milk. The farmer wants animals hav- 
ing thick flesh and good feeding qualities, with constitutional vigor, from 
which to breed beef cattle ; and when milk is an object the animals from 
which he breeds should also l)e known to possess high milking qualities. 
In the one case it is the flesh tliat pays, in the other the udder. 

To the breeder of a particular strain, an animal containing certain val- 
uable points might be worth many thousands of dollars in his herd, while 
to the farmer the value of the same animal would be counted by hundreds 
of dollars only. In fact, thai: particular animal might not be worth as 
much to the farmer as another that might be bought for $100. In respect 
to milking qualities, a certain bull might be worth $1,000 to the breeder 



THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 583 

of a particular sub-family of milkers, while to the farmer, intendino- to 
breed him upon a mixed herd, $100 would be his full value. 

A cross of " Seventeen" blood might be a good and sufficient reason for 
the refusal bv some special breeder to buy a particular Short-Horn, while 
to the general breeder it would be no disadvantage ; and if the animal 
were a pure " Seventeen" — descended in a direct line from that importa- 
tion — the outcome might be richer in beef and milk then the other. 
Hence it is seen that the farmer who breeds simply for milk or beef, 
should possess as accurate information concerning what he wants as the 
breeder of select animals of some particular strain of blood. 

XIII. Know what You Breed For. 

The breeder for general utility must possess as accurate knowledije as 
the breeder for special utility, but this knowledge needs to be of a dif- 
ferent kind from the other. The breeder for general utilitv cares not 
so much that the blood be of some particular strain, as that it shall com- 
bine certain points that will l>ring beef or milk into the produce of his 
herd, and at the least expense. 

What the general breeder is seeking for is such refinement in the head, 
neck, lungs, digestive organs, blood vessels and limbs, as will tell in the 
best manner upon his coarser stock. He would l)c guided by different 
standards in buying a thoroughbred horse from those he Avould adopt in 
buying a draft horse ; and in l)uying an animal solely for beef, the 
breeder must choose from a different standpoint from that which he takes 
in buying for milk, labor, or a combination of two or more of these quali- 
ties. But in this day of special breeds for special purposes great excel- 
lence in all points cannot be expected in one and the same animal. No 
bull can be a getter of great milkers, great workers, and great beef 
makers. All these qualities were never combined in one animal and 
never w^ill be. 

XrV. Definition of Terms. 

Pure Bred. — The words "pure-bred," "full-blood," and "thorough- 
bred" have often been stumbling blocks to the uninitiated. A pure race, 
or race of " pure-bred animals is one of unmixed lineage whose charac- 
teristics are well defined, and Avhicli breeds pure to the type in everv 
essential particular, including form, color, temper, and of course power 
to transmit the same. The Devons come nearer to filling all these 
requirements than any other cattle, and are the best type of a pure breed. 

Thoroughbred. — A thoroughln-cd is the descendant of animals origin- 
ally of mixed lineage, but which have been inter-bi-ed for so lono- a time 
• — without further admixture — that they come essentially true to the type 



684 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

desired. Short-Horns and Herefords among cattle, and racing horses 
are thoroughbred. 

Fuil"Blood. — Full-blood is a term that should not be used to denote 
either purity of blood or thorough-blood, though much confusion has 
existed in the popular use of these three terms. High-grade animals are 
the produce of pure stock upon common stock, and when pure stock is 
repeatedly bred to the progeny of such unions the progeny in the course 
of some generations nearly approaches the pure race in every character- 
istic and is then called *' full-blooded." 

Grades- — This term was partly defined in the preceding paragraph. 
It is used to denote the offspring of pure-blooded or highly-bred animals 
with those of less breeding, and is generally applied to a cross of pure- 
blood on common stock. 

Cross-Breeding. — The breeding together of animals of different breeds 
is called cross-breeding, as for instance the union of Hereford and Short- 
Horn blood.- In the first cross, the progeny theoretically possess equal 
proportions of the blood of sire and dam, but the blood of pure animals 
being prepotent the progeny will possess more strongly the charateri sties 
of the Mghly-bred parent than of the other. Hence the advantage of 
using a bull ojf pure blood on a herd of mixed blood. 

XV. How to Start a Herd. 
From among the best cows of the ordinary mixed farm stock, select 
those possessing in the highest degree the characteristics desired in the 
offspring. For ten two-year old heifers select a pure-blood yearling bull, 
that has come of stock noted for getting uniform milkers, if this be the 
object ; or, if beef be the object, he should be of excellent fineness, with 
great loins, rump and thighs and round barrel-ribs well sprung out, and 
ribbed close to the hips. The next season's produce should be ten calves, 
half of which are likely to be heifers. Save these and geld the bulls at 
the age of about three or four weeks. When these heifers are two 
years old breed them to their sire, w^ho will then be four years old. 
The female produce of this union may again be bred to the same bull, 
and this process may continue to the fourth generation, if the bull lasts so 
long in the possession of vigor. HiS last get will thus inherit fifteen six- 
teenths of the blood of the sire. Select from these the heifers that show 
the strongest constitutional vigor, and follow this down through the inter- 
mediate grades, keeping the families distinct. That is, record the breeding 
of each animal separately in a book specially prepared for the purpose. 

XVI. How the Herd will Grade. 
Your herd will grade as follows : The first generation will be half-blood 
grades; the second three-quarters blood; the tlnrd, seven-eighths blood 



i 



THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 585 

and the fourth generation, fifteen-sixteenths blood, and will compare 
favorably with pure-l)loodcd animals, except among critical judges. 

XVII. Taking a Line Cross. 

In breeding so closely as we have recommended, the exercise of careful 
judgment is necessary, so that you may cease breeding in-and-in when- 
ever it is found that the constitutional vigor, or feeding qualities of the 
progeny are impaired. If it be found that the progeny is not im- 
proving in all essential quailities select another sire, but one combining 
the same essential qualities as the discarded sire. This departure will be 
breeding in line. Breed again with this bull to certain select heifers for 
two generations, and then take another line cross. In this way a young 
farmer, who is not able to attempt thoroughbreds, may soon establish a 
herd that will give the best possible satisfaction as beef makers or milk- 
ers, as the case may be. Do not listen to any sentimental talk about 
incestuous breeding. Incest is not a crime among the lower animals ; it is 
nature's plan with them. Among gregarious animals the strongest 
males take the herd, to the second and third generation. The object 
is to throw the good qualities of the sire in a lump, and also to secure the 
tirst impress, a most important point, upon the heifer, and to fix this impress 
by concentration. For, the oftener the dam is bred to the same sire, the 
more will she be imbued with the blood of the sire of her progeny, 
through the intercirculation of blood between the dam and the foetus. 
This intercirculation, though denied by some, is undoubtedly a physio- 
logical fact, proven by many coincidences, if not by absolute demon- 
stration, and fortified by striking resemblances. 

XVIII. Some Specimens of Close Breeding. 

As showing close in-an-in breeding the first volume of the American 
Herd Book contains a diagram of the breeding of Comet, from Hub- 
back and Lady Maynard, as follows : 

1. Bull, Huhback. 8. Cow, Lady Maynard. 

2. Dam of Hau<»:hton. 9. Bull, Bolino;brokc. 

3. Richard Barker's Bull. 10. Cow, Lady Maynard. 

4. Cow, Haughton. 11. Cow, Phoenix. 

5. Bull, Foljanibe. 12. Cow, Young Phoenix. 

6. Cow, Young Strawberry. 13. Bull, Favorite. 

7. Bull, Dalton Duke. ^ 14. Bull, Comet. 

In relation to Favorite or Lady Maynard, IVIr. A. B. Allen says: "It 
was conceded by a company of old breeders in 1812, in discussing the 
question of the improvement of Short-Horns, that no stock of Mr. Col- 
ling's ever etiualled Lady Maynard, the dam of Phcenix, and granddam of 



586 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Favorite, (by Foljambe) and of young Phoenix (by Favorite, her son, 
upon his own mother,) the dam of Comet 155, so celebrated as having 
been sold for 1000 guineas ($5000,) also by F'avorite, a specimen of as 
close in-and-in breeding as can perhaps be found on record." 

As an example of wonderful depth of in breeding with continued 
good results, the cow Chirissa may be mentioned. She possessed 
sixty-three sixty-fourths of the blood of Favorite. Her pedigree runs 
thus : " Cow Clarissa, roan, calved in 1814 ; bred by Mr. E. Colling, got 
by Wellington ((380) out of — by Favorite, (852) — by F'avorite, — by 
Favorite — by Favorite — by Favorite — by Favorite — by a son of Hub- 
back." 

Wellington, the sire of Clarissa, was also deeply in-bred with the blood 
of Favorite. Taking the two pedigrees — that of Clarissa and Welling- 
ton together — they will read thus : 

1. Bull, Hubback. 10. 6th cow by Favorite. 

2. Son of Hubback. 11. Clarissa. 

3. Cow, by son of Hubback. 12. Bull Wellington, sire of Clarissa. 

4. Bull, Favorite. 13. Bull, Comet. 

5. 1st cow by Favorite. 14. Cow, Wildair. 

(3. 2nd cow by Favorite. 15. Cow, Young Phoenix. 

7. 3rd cow by F\avorite. 16. Cow Phoenix. 

8. 4th cow by Favorite. 4. Same bull Favorite on the side 

of Clarissa's sire as on the 
side of her dam. 

9. 5th cow by Favorite. 17. Bull, Bolingbroke. 

18. Granddaughter of Hubback. 
There ought to be no fear of following where such results have been 
attained by others, and these the most eminent and successful breeders 
of their day. The best successes since their day have also been obtained 
by continuing the same course to such a degree as intelligent observation 
showed to be practicable, and especially by breeding in line. 

XIX. The Gestation of Cows. 

Some years since the writer collected a number of facts in relation to 
gestation and the influence of the varying times of gestation on the 
young, to refute a prevalent idea that protracted gestation produced 
males. Mr. Tessier, for forty years an accurate and acute ol)server of 
various animals, gives results in the case of over 575 cows, and these 
subsequently having been extended to 1,131 cows the extremes were not 
changed, but results as to averages are as stated below. 

Earl Spencer also carefully tabulated the period of gestation of 766 
cows, the least period being 220 days ; the mean 285 days ; and the long- 



THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 



587 



est 313 days. He was able to rear no calf produced at an earlier period 
than 240 days. According to Tessier, a cow may carry a calf 321 days 
and produce it sound ; and from the fact that Tessier and Earl Spencer 
agree almost exactly as to the mean time of gestation, 285 days or nine 
and a half months mav oe taken as the averao-e time of o-estation of 
cows, slight variations being allowed from this for different breeds. 



! .t' ; ; — ; — ; — r 

1 a .•■ . ■ ■..■;*;>-■'■ * 






is ' 


^ - i 


^^^^^^^^^^^Kl- 




M^Br^"^ 


r 


^m3 




[^ 


1 


1 


;rf^ 


i£ii 


M 


^ 




i 


IBPt^wr^-^^fc^^^ iH^^I 


' !"-1, 


}--^l 




m 




-,M l: 


:-.-:^B 




^^ 


\.^ 


\, ^ 




:.-v -.^S 


^Hl 



AYKSniRE COWS. 

This is emphatically the Scotch dairy breed. No other breed of cattle in Scotland 
will produce an equal amount of milk, butter and cheese. Sis hundred jjallons of 
milk per year is considered an average yield for the cows on a well-kept farm. Their 
color is generally of red and white in spots; sometimes white and black, or red or 
brown. The horns are fine and twisted upward, and the face long, with a lively yet 
docile expression. 

It is quite safe to conclude, from the results of experiments with vari- 
ous races of animals, that the period of gestation has no influence whatever 
upon the sex of the offspring, nor is it probable that the sex of the foetus 
has any influence upon the period of gestation. There is a strong prob- 
ability, however, that heredity in sires and dams, early maturit}^ ages of 
the dam and sire, and other causes, may result in longer or shorter periods 
of gestation 



CHAPTER V. 

SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 



I. SHORT-HORNED BREEDS. II. THE OLD TEESWATERS. III. ORIGIN OP MOD- 
ERN SHORT-HORNS. IV. WHAT MADE THEM FAMOUS. V. THE BULL HUB- 
BACK. VI. BEEF FROM THE OLD TEESWATERS. VII. SHORT HORNS IN 

AMERICA. VIII. THE GREAT OHIO IMPORTATION. IX. KENTUCKY AND 

OTHER IMPORTATIONS. X. IMPORTATION OF BATES CATTLE. XI. CANA- 
DIAN SHORT-HORNS XII. WESTWARD MARCH OF THE SHORT-HORN. XIII, 

SHORT-HORNS AS BEEF MAKERS. XIV. THE PATTON FAMILY OF SHORT-HORNS 

XV. GRADE COWS AND STEERS. XVI. SHORT-HORNS CRITICALLY DES- 
CRIBED XVII. THE HEAD. XVIII. THE NECK. XIX. THE BODY. XX. 

THE LEGS SHORT AND STRAIGHT. XXI. THE LOIN BROAD. XXII. WIDE IN 

THE CROPS. XXIII. THE BACK STRAIGHT AND BROAD. XXIV. THE RIBS 

BARREL-SHAPED. XXV. THE TOUCH. XXVI. THE HIDE. XXVII. THE 

HAIR. XXVIII. THE COLOR. XXIX. BEEF POINTS ILLUSTRATED. XXX. 

SCALE OF POINTS FOR SHORT-HORN BULLS. XXXI. SCALE OF POINTS FOR 

SHORT-HORN COWS. 

I. Short-Horned. Breeds. 

Of the short-horned breeds of England of 100 years ago, repre- 
sented by the Durham or Teeswater, the Yorkshire, the Lincohishire and 
the Holderness, all are probably descended from a common origin. The 
descendants of the old Durham and the Channel Islands cattle, (Jersey 
and Alderney notably) are all that can now be distinctively recognized as 
having attained special celebrity. The name Short-Horn is not now used 
to designate any but the descendants of the Durham cattle, as improved, 
and is now applied distinctively only to them. 

The Jerseys will be treated of in their proper chapter as among the 
breeds entitled to distinguished merit, the Short-Horns as standing at the 
head of established beef breeds being under consideration here. 

II. The Old Teeswaters. 
There has existed from a remote period in thb region of the Teeswater 
(one of the small rivers of England;, a race of short-horned cattle that 
were possessed of good feeding qualities combined with early maturity 
and thick flesh, as weights were considered 200 years ago. Their origin 
has been variously stated, but nothing is truly known of it and only 
traditionary statements are extant. 

III. Origin of Modern Short-Horns. 
The origin of the modern Short-Horn is not fully agreed on, except 
that they have descended directly from the Teeswaters or old Durharas on 
one side, and that they were gradually improved by breeders who recog- 

588 



590 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DC 
Ld 
Q 

a:. 
O 
o 

UJ 

cc 

UJ 

h 

< 



00 

z 

O 

X 

h 
cc 

o 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 591 

nized their excellence. In the latter part of the last century, such breed- 
ers asthe Collings (Charles and Robert), Sir Henry Vane, Col. Trotter 
and Mr. Mason, and — early in the present century — Mr. John Stevenson, 
Mr. Bates, and Mr. Booth i)rocecded scientifically and systematically to 
improve them. Mr. Bates died in 1849, at whioh time the breed had 
attained a world-wide celebrity, and this steadily grew, until the extrav- 
agant sums of $20,000, $30,000 and even $40,000 were bid for single 
animals. To-day there are none of the cow kind that bring such prices 
for single animals. 

IV. What Made Them Famous. 
Youatt and Martin say the circumstance which first brougLtt tijese 
wonderful cattle into special notice was the production of the " Durham 
ox, " which was exhibited all over England, and at the age of eleven 
years dislocated his hip and was killed, weighing 3,780 pounds, after 
having been carried from place to place in a "jolting carriage" for 
seven years, or since he was five years old. In February, . 801, at five 
years old he weighed 3,024 pounds. This extraodinary weight, our 
authority says, did not arise from his superior size, but from the excess- 
ive ripeness of his points. 

V. The Bull Hubbaek. 

Probably no single animal in the history of Short-Horns has exer- 
cised so great an influence for good on this breed as the bull Hub- 
back. Of him Mr. Youatt says : " The following account of Hubbaek 
we had from Mr. Waistell, of Alihill, who, although his name does not 
appear conspicuously in the Short-Horn Herd Book, deserves much credit 
for his discrimination here. He used to admire this bull as he rode by 
the meadow in which he grazed ; and at length att3mr)ted to purchase him. 
The price asked, 6'^., seemed much, and the bargain was not struck. 
Still he longed for the beast ; and happening to meet Mr. Robert Colling near 
ithe place, asked his opinion of the animal. Mr. Colling acknowledged 
that there were good points about him ; but his manner induced Mr. 
Waistell to suspect that Mr. Colling thought more highly of the bull 
Jthan his language expressed, and he hastened the next morning, concluded 
the bargain, and paid the money. He had scarcely done so before Mr. 
R. Colling arrived for the same purpose, and as the two farmers rode 
tiome together they agreed that it should be a joint speculation. 

" Some months passed by, and either Mr. Waistell' s admiration of the 
Dull cooled, or his partner did not express himself very warmlj' about the 
Bxcellences of the annnal, and Messrs. Waistell and R. Colling transferred 
[lubback to Mr. C. Colling, who, with the quick eye of an experienced 
preeder, saw the value of the beast. Mr. Waistell expressed to us 



592 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOPt. 

(October, 1832) his regret at having been induced to part with him, and 
his extreme disappointment that when Hubback was so sold, Mr. Charles 
Colling confined him to his own stock, and would not let him serve even 
one of Mr. Waistell's cows." 

VI. Beef from the Old Teeswaters. 

That the original Teeswaters and their early descendants were good 
cattle, and a most excellent foundation to work on, the following record 
of weights from 1794 to 1822 will show: In 1794, of an ox four jeart. 
and ten months old, the four quarters weighed 145 stones, 3 lb. ; tallow, 
24 stones, 7 lb., (2376 lbs.) A steer, under four years old; four quar- 
ters, 106 stones; tallow, 19 stones, 7 lb., (1757 lbs.) 1814. — A steer, 
three years and nine months old; four quarters, 101 stones; tallow. 15 
stones, (1624 lbs.) 1815. — A steer, three years eleven months old ; four 
quarters, 112 stones, 7 lb.; tallow, 26 stones, (1939 lbs.) A heifer, 
three years eight months old; four quarters, 89 stones, (1246 lbs.) 
1817. — A steer, three years two mouths old; four quarters, 95 stones, 
10 lb. ; tallow, 17 stones, 10 lb., (1528 lbs.) 1822.— An ox, four years 
and a half old; four quarters, 135 stones; tallow, 21 stones, (2184 lbs.) 

VII. Short-Horns in America. 

Mr. Allen, the editor of the Short-Horn Herd Book, in his work on 
American cattle, gives an exhaustive account of importations of Short- 
horns into the United States, from which we gather the following record 
of the more important importations : 

Soon after the Revolutionary War, a few cattle supposed to be pure 
Short-Horns, were brought into Virginia. These were said to be well- 
fleshed animals, and the cows remarkable for milk, giving as high as 
thirty-two quarts in a day. Some of the produce of these cattle, as 
early as 1797, were taken into Kentucky by Mr. Patton, where they were 
called the "Patton stock." They were well cared for, and made ^ 
decided improvement in the cattle of the Blue Grass country. 

In 1815-16, Mr. Cox, an Englishman, imported a bull and two heifers 
into Rensselaer county, New York. They were followed in 1822 by two 
bulls, imported by another Englishman named Hayne. Descendants 
from this Cox stock were said to be bred pure, and afterwards crossed by 
Mr. Hayne's bulls. The stock now exists in considerable numbers and 
of good quality, in that and adjoining counties. 

In 1817, Coi. Lewis Sanders, of Lexington, Kentucky, made an impor- 
tation of three bulls and three heifers from England. They were of 
good quality and blood, and laid the foundation of many excellent herds 
in that State. In 1818, Mr. Cornelius Cooledge, of Boston, Massa- 
chusetts, imported a yearling heifer — "Flora" — and a bull — "Cicero"— 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE, 



593 



mto that city, from the lu-id of Mr. Mason, of Chilton, in the county of 
Durham, Enghmd. These were carefully bred, and many of their 
defendants are now scattered throughout several States. 




ShoTtly previous to 1821, the late John S. Skinner, of Baltimore, 
Maryland, iiiiported for Governor Lloyd, of that State, a bull — "Cham- 
pion"— and two heifers — "White Rose" and " She]>herdcss" — from the 

38 



594 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOClv AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



herd of Mr. Champion, a noted English breeder. From these, several 
good animals descended, some of which are now known. 

In 1823, Mr. Skinner also imported for the late Gen. Stephen Van 
Rensselaer, of Albany, New York, a bull — "Washington'" — and two 




Jo 



%6 

OS ., 

s ^ 

Sod 

CM 

o - 



tf 






Sd 



cS 



q clO 

2 53 <; 



2 •" ^' 

oS trf CO 
TS O g 



OP 






CD ^ « 
o O 01 

a: r2 



c^ 






'"^ 0) O 
O) ^ .- 

opq 



heifers — "Conquest" and "Pansey" — from the same herd of Mr. 
Champion. Conquest did not breed; Pansey was a successful breeder, 
and many of her descendants are now scattered over the country. 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 



595 



During the yecars 1822 to 1830, Mr. Charles Henry Hall, of New 
York, imported several Short-Horn bulls and cows, from some of the 
best English herds. Their descendants are noAV scattered through sev- 
eral of()od herds. 




tn 1824 the late Co.. John Hare Powell, of Philadelphia, Pa., cam- 
menced importations, and for several years continued them with much 



596 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

spirit and judgment. He bred them assiduously at his fine estate at 
Powelton, near the city, and sold many to neighboring breeders, and to 
go into Ohio and Kentucky, where many of their descendants still 
remain. 

In the year 1833, the late Mr. AV alter Dun, near Lexington, Ky., im- 
ported a bull and several valuable cows from choice herds in Yorkshire, [i 
Enffhmd. He bred them with much care, and their descendants are now 
found in many good western herds. 

VIII. The Great Ohio Importation. 

But the first enterprise in importing Short-Horns upon a grand scale 
was commenced in 1834, by an association of cattle breeders of the 
Scioto Valley, and its adjoining counties, in Ohio. They formed a com- 
pany with adequate capital, and sent out an agent Avho purchased the 
best cattle to be found, without regard to price, and brought out nine- H 
teen animals in one ship, landed them at Philadelphia, and drove them to i 
Ohio. Further importations were made by the same company, in the j 
years 1835 and 183G. The cattle were kept and l)red together in one ' 
locality, for upwards of two years, and then sold by auction. They 
brought large prices — $500 to $2,500 each. 

IX. Kentucky and other Importations. 

In 1837-8-9, importations were made into Kentucky, by Messrs. James 
Shelby and Henry Chiy, Jr., and some other parties, of several well- 
selected Short-Horns, some of which were kept and bred by the import- 
ers, and the others sold in their vicinity. 

In 1837-8-9, Mr. Whitaker sent out to Philadelphia, on his own 
account, upwards of a hundred Short-Horns, from his own and other 
herds, and sold them at auction. They were purchased at good prices, 
mostly by breeders from Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Kentucky, and dis- 
tributed widely through those States, 

About the year 1839, Mr. George Vail, of Troy, N. Y., made an im- 
portation of a bull and heifer, purchased of Mr. Thomas Bates, of Kirk- 
leavington, the first cattle from that particular herd which had been intro- ^ 
ducedinto the State. A few years later, he purchased and imported ' 
several more cows from the herd of Mr. Bates, crosses of his "Duchess" 
and other families. He bred them with success and widely distributed 
their blood. 

X. Importation of Bates Cattle. 

Mr. Thomas Bates, a distinguished Short-Horn breeder in England, 
died in 1849. His herd, fully equal in quality to any in England, was 



SIIORT-HOKN CATTLE. 



597 



jfAd in 1850. The choicest of them — of the "Duchess" and "Oxford" 
tribes — fell mostly into the hands of the late Lord Dacie. He was a 
skillful breeder, and of most liberal si)irit, and during the brief time ho 




DEVON BULL— MOXHEM 7564. 

First Prize Winner, St. Louis Exposition, 1904. 

Specially photographed for this work. 




JERSEY GOV/, HENBURY GENTLE. 



held them the reputation of the Bates stock, if possible, increased. 
Within three years from the time of the sale of iMr. liatcs' herd, Lord 



598 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




IMPORTED AYRSHIRE COW— FLORA 3d— A TYPICAL COW. 
Specially photographed for this work at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition. 




AYRSHIRE HEIFER— LOLA OF ROSEMONT 17895. 
Specially photographed for this work at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE 



599 



Dacic died. In 1853, peremptory sale of his stock was widely adver- 
tised. Allured by the reputation of his herd, several American gentle- 
'Qien went over to witness it. The attendance of English breeders was 
very large, and the sales averaged higher prices in individual animals than 
had been reached since the famous sale of Charles Colling in 1810. Mr. 




Samuel Thorne, of Duchess county, N. Y., bought several of the best 
and highest priced animals, of the "Duchess" and "Oxford" tribes, and 
added to them several more choice ones, from different herds. nJssrs 
L. G. Morris, and the late Noel J. Becar, of New York, l)ought others of 
the "Duchess," and "Oxfords," to which they added more from other 



600 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

choice herds. These "Bates" importations have since been bred so suc- 
cessfully by their holders here, that several young bulls and heifers have 
been purchased by English breeders, and sent over to them at good 
prices, where they are highly valued. 

In 1852-3-4, several spirited companies were formed in Clinton, Mad- 
ison, and other counties in Ohio, and in Bourbon, Fayette, and some 
other counties of Kentucky, and made im[)ortations of the best cattle to b': 
found in the English herds, and after their arrival here, distribute- < 
among their stockholders. Mr. R. A. Alexander, of Kentucky, also, 
during those years, made extensive importations of choice blood for his 
own breeding, so that in the year 1856, it may be said that the United 
States possessed, according to their numbers, as valuable a selection of 
Short-Horns as could be found in England itself. 
XI. Canadian Short-Horns. 

Keeping pace with the States, a number of enterprising Canadians, 
since the year 1835, among whom may be named the late Mr. Adam 
Fergusson, Mr. Howitt, Mr. Wade, the Millers, near Toronto, Mr. 
Frederick Wm. Stone, of Guelj^h, and Mr. David Christie, of Brantford, 
ill Canada West, and Mr. M. H. Cochrane and others in Lower Canada, 
have made sundry importations of excellent cattle, and bred them with 
skill and spirit. Many cattle from these importations, and their descend- 
ants, have been interchanged between the United States and Canada, 
and all may now be classed, without distinction, as American Short- 
Horns. 

XII. Westward March of the Short-Horns, 

In the West, the North-west and in the South-west, as fast as the set 
tlement of the country allf)wed, the Short-Horns were every-where intro- 
duced, and within the last fifteen years, annual sales have been made at 
important cities and on the farms of the wealthier breeders, whci'e the 
surplus stock is bid off at auction. These sales are attended by buyers 
from all parts of the country, especially by breeders from the newer 
settlements West, until now Minnesota, Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado and 
even the territory of Dakota, have most excellent herds of their own. In 
addition to this, Short-Horn bulls are shipped by the car-load to the 
great herding grounds of the far western plains to improve the stock 
there. 

XIII. Short-Horns as Beef-Makers. 

It is to be regretted that we no lonoer have the line milking strains of 
Short-Horns, that were so abundant thirty years ago. Nevertheless, their 
places are amply supplied by the Jerseys, the Ayrshires and the Dutch 
Friesian or Holstein cattle, 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 601 

If the Short-Horns fail as milkers they have been wonderfully im- 
proved as beef-makers, and as wonderfully developed in point of early 
maturity, so that they are now produced ripe for the butcher at three 
years old, and are quite fit for killing at any age from yearlings up. 

While they are wonderful as beef-makers, they certainly are the hand- 
somest cattle, to the eye, of any in the known world. They have great 
thickness of carcass, and the prime points especially are full. The offal 
is no more than in ordinary steers that will not attain more than half 
their weight. They have been sneeringly called " the gentleman's steers.' ' 
The breeding of them is certainly patronized by the wealthy, as objects 
of beauty, and butchers seem to be especially anxious to get the ripe ones 
for Christmas beef. In the older settled parts of the country there are 
few cattle but show more or less of this almost universally admired blood. 

XIV. The Patton Family of Short-Horns. 

Soon after the Revolutionary war, as already stated, cattle, supposed 
to have been pure-bred Short-Horns, were brought to Virginia. The 
progeny of some of these cattle were taken to Kentucky by a gentleman 
named Patton, from whence, in course of time, they became widely dis- 
seminated as Patton stock — a name which was even corrupted into 
"patent stock." This was not a misnomer however, since, as we knew 
them over forty years ago, they were heavy cattle, that ripened at an 
early age, for that day, and among them were many remarkable milkers. 
They were somewhat coarse as compared with the Short-Horns of to- 
day, but thick-meated, broad-loined, round-barrelled animals, good at 
the pail ; and, on the butcher's block, they gave large carcasses of excel- 
lent beef. 

XV. Grade Cows and Steers. 

A report in the fifth volume of the "Transactions of Massachusetts," 
gives the well-authenticated statement of Mr. Robinson of Barre, from 
which we gather the following interesting facts : The cows under trial 
were half and three-quarters bred. Seven of them yielded, during the 
first seven days in June, 2,207 pounds of milk, averaging forty-five 
pounds per diem to each cow. From this milk 232 pounds of cheese was 
made, averaging one pound of cheese to nine and a half pounds of milk. 
The same cows gave during the three following days 955 pounds of milk, 
from which forty-one pounds nine ounces of butter were made, averaging 
one pound of butter to twenty-i:hree pounds of milk. It will be seen 
that the milk that makes one pound of butter will make two and a half 
pounds of cheese. These cows had no extra feed during the trial, hav- 
ing been turned to pasture on the 15th of May. This in.stance is select-Bd 
not as a very extraordinary performance, but as a well-authenticated 
and carefully-conducted experiment. 



602 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

So far as the grade steers are concerned they are well known to be 
thrifty, easily-fed animals that mature fully a year in advance of the 
native cattle, from which they are in part descended. 

XVI. Short-Horns Critically Described. 

For a full and graphic description of all the points w^iich goto make 
up a high-caste Short-Horn, there is no better authority than the 
• writings of Mr. Rotch of New York, and Mr. A. C. Stevenson, formerly 
President of the Indiana Short-Horn Breeders' Association. By the aid 
of the careful analysis made by these critical judges, the many excellent 
and valuable qualities of the breed may be readily estimated. The ma- 
jestic size, proud carriage and beautifully variegated colors of the Short- 
Horn render him easily recognized by the merest tyro. But few who 
thus admire and recognize them are aware how many qualitications go to 
make up this splendid whole, or how carefully each point has been Aveighed 
and discussed, and its relative value decided ; how the useful parts arc 
divided from the ornamental and fashionable, and how systematically the 
whole has been carried out. 

XVII. The Head. 

The high-caste Short-Horn should have a small head, a broad, flat 
forehead, with no projection of the frontal bones ; the face should be 
well cut out below the eyes, tapering to a tine muzzle with open nostrils. 
The nose must be tlesh or chocolate colored; any discoloration hinting 
towards lilack or blue is very objectionable, though occasionally seen in 
some of the highest bred families. The eye must be bright, prominent, 
and yet placid; a small, piggish or hollow eye, or one sh(Aving vicious- 
ness or nervousness, is alike to be avoided, the latter indicating a bad 
feeder almost invariably. The circle around the eyes should be of a 
bright yellow or ilesh color. As a very large ear indicates sluggishness, 
one of medium size is preferable. The horns should be well set on, 
curving forward, not too heavy, and of a clear, waxy yellow color at the 
base, though this waxy color is not universally deemed essential — some 
claim that the horns should be flat. 

XVIII. The Neck. 

The neck is moderately long, clean in the throat, and running neatly 
into the shoulders, which should not be too prominent at the points, nor 
too wide at the top, else the crops will be certain to seem defective ; they 
should mould nicely into the fore-quarters, and bo well covered with flesh 
on the outside. The neck-vein shouhl be well filled up with flesh and 
forqi op smoothly to the shoulder points. The chest must be broaC and 



I 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 603 

deep, and full back of the elbows, which secures a good girth and conse- 
quent room for the most important vital organs. The brisket sliould be 
full and broad rather than narrow and projecting ; it is of inferior quality 
as beef, yet, as a point of beauty and as indicating a propensity to fatten, 
must not ])e overlooked. A thin, broad neck is sure to indicate weakness 
and poor feeding qualities. Animals having such may well be avoided as 
breeders. 

XIX. The Body. 

The body should be square, massive and symmetrical. The line of the 
back should be straight ; the line of the belly nearly so, swelling a little 
behind the ribs ; the flank low ; the ribs barrel-shaped ; the loins wide, 
and the rump long and wide. The back should be wide, and the thigh 
should belong and wide ; the legs short and comparatively small, or at 
least not coarse ; tail light ; hair soft and fine. The color should be red 
or white, or a mixture of the two, as roan or pied. The body should be 
nearly a square. A very lengthy bullock never fattens so readily as a short 
one, for he does not possess all the elements of health and vigor in the 
yarae degree as the shorter and more compact animal. 

XX. The Legs Short and Straight. 

The body should be set on short legs which should be straight and well 
under the animal ; the fore legs should l)c small in the bone below the 
knee, whilst the forearm must be l)road and tapering downwards, fitting 
level into the girth ; the hind legs must be nearly straight. If the hocks 
are too much bent, turn inward, or not well under the body, it not 
only gives an awkward gait in walking, but is generally a sign of weakness. 

XXI. The Loin Broad. 

The loin must be l)road and well carried forward into the crops, and 
covered Avith thick flesh moulding nicely on to the hips, which though 
wide must not be too prominent, Init slope away gradually to the rump 
or side bones at the tail. A quarter badly filled up between hips and 
rumps or scooped-out, as it is termed, is very objectionable. The back 
must be level from neck to tail, with no drops back of the shoulders, nor 
any rise where the tail is set on ; the rumps must be well laid up but not 
too high, else when the animal is fat Ave shall have those large masses of 
fat aggregated about them so common among the breed some years since, 
but now deservedly stigmatized as bad. The twist should be well filled 
out in the seam, wide and deep, the outside thigh full,, the flank deep, 
and forming with the foi;e-flank and belly (the lattei: ^.e\l supported by 
its plates) a parallel line with the animal's back. 



604 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XXII. Wide in the Crops. 

The animal broad in the crops has a better back ; but it is also evidence 
of a better rib beneath the shoulder-blade, giving greater width to the 
chest within, and consequently greater play to the lungs. This position 
of the shoulder-blade enables the legs to be brought more gracefully 
under the chest beneath. There are some beasts whose fore legs stand so 
wide apart that they very much resemble two sticks stuck into a large 
pumpkin. Such animals are considered awkward and inconvenient at least. 

XXIII. The Back Straight and Broad. 

A broad back affords valuable roasting pieces, and Avill be the delight 
of the butcher. The straight back affords a better spinal column, and gives 
the proper space to the cavities beneath, wdiich, as we have just seen, are 
occupied by the most important organs. A straight line also gives to the 
ribs a more graceful as well as a more convenient attachment. 

XXIV. The Ribs Barrel-Shaped. 

The ribs rising well from the spine, giving to the body a round or bar- 
reled shape, gives much moi-e room to the organs within — the heart and 
Imio-s — than there would be if the ribs descended in such a manner as to 
give a flat side. A beast with flat sides, and consequently a narrow 
throat, will lack greatly in vigor and health, and all the essential quali- 
ties that constitute a good 1)ullock. A bad rib gives poor space to the 
nbdominal organs which lie innnediately behind those of the chest, unless 
the belly is greatly sagged, which is generally the case. 

XXV. The Touch. 

By handling or the touch, butchers ascertain beforehand the quality of 
the flesh. By it the breeder ascertains the aptitude to fatten as well as the 
quality and quantity of flesh that the animal will carry. Of all the qual- 
ities of the ox, this is probably the most difficult to understand. It is 
the peculiar sensation of softness and elasticity that is produced by the 
pressure of the hand on different parts of the body. This sensation de- 
pends, in part, upon a large cellular development beneath the skin and 
between the muscles, and in part upon the muscular structure, adapting 
itself to the duties it has to perform. It is very common to find a soft- 
e;iing of the muscular fibre as an accompaniment or a precursor of dis- 
ease that may mislead. The same may be observed in the aged of both 
man and beast. What is 'touch,' or what is it to 'handle well?' How 
is it to be distinguished from that which portends bad health and old age? 
By its elasticity — its power to replace the parts when pressed — a springy 
sensation. 



I 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 



605 




606 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




< 

D 



O 

< 

CD 



or 

LjJ 

u. 



z 
(r 
O 

I 

o 

X 

to 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 607 

It will require much practice to become an adept in this Knowledge. 
Still, many useful lessons may be daily had by the examination and hand- 
hug of one's own stock. Comparative handling will afford much assist- 
ance. Take those animals that are known to accumulate fat readiiy and 
largely, as the opossum or the bear, or auy other known to take on 
fat readily, and you will lind a peculiarly soft and mellow 'touch.' 

XXVI. The Hide. 

The skin should be thick, soft and elastic — fitting alike either a poor* 
or fat ox. A lean animal, with an' inelastic skin stretched upon him,, 
could not fatten for the want of space to expand in. But with an elastic 
skin he may be swelled to great dimensions in Avhat seemed to be but ai 
(iovering for his bones. The skin performs very important functions ini 
the animal economy. It is not only a covering for all the parts beneathi 
it, but it is the seat of a vast system of minute blood vessels and capil- 
laries, of exhalcnts and absorbents. A vast nervous tissue centers here' 
Ihut renders the skin sensitive in the hio;hest des^ree. The g;reat vitali 
worth and importance of the skin may be readily appreciated by any 
injuries .done it. The rapidity with which extensive burns destroy life- 
may serve as a sufficient illustration. " Destroy my skin, and you shall:' 
have my bones also." 

XXVII. The Hair. 

The hair should be thick, soft, mossy and fine, forming a protection^ 
against inclemencies of weather. Fine hair is an evidence of a fanely 
organized skin, a skin exquisitely finished in its whole structure of minute 
vessels and tissues. A skin thus delicately organized is also evidence 
that other organs are alike constructed. Nature in all her parts undoubt- 
I'dly produces a correspondence, so that if one part is of a peculiar 
structure, either fine or coarse, other parts are apt to correspond. Parts 
seen may be considered indicative of parts not seen. It may be per- 
initted to add that in all the scrub cattle that I have grazed and fed, I 
aave never found one with fine silky hair that did not fatten well and 
uake a desirable bullock. 

XXVIII. The Color. 

As regards color, the latitude is very great, from deep blood-red 
hrough all the intermediate shades and mixtures to pure white, but any 
'ther colors, as brown, black or dun, are never met with in thorough- 
reds. Fashioii has vindicated the rich red and purple roan as the most 
lesirable colors, and after them red. White is sometimes objected to, 
nder the impression that it is apt to spread through a herd and over- 
'ower the other colors ; but this fear is more common in this country 



608 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



than in England, where white bulls are often used. Red and white, in 
blotches, with defined edges not running into roan, is disliked, and the 
term patchy is applied to it. This discrimination, however, as regards 
color, is entirely ail>itrary, animals of equal excellence anc^ breeding 
beino; found of all these colors. 

XXIX. Beef Points Illustrated. 

In the accompanying outline illustration of the points of a Sbort-Horn 
bull the letters a, b, c, d,f, h, m^j, k, x, y, z, represent the inferior 
parts ; from the girth j9, back, including r, s, t,u, v, the superior parts. 




POINTS OF SHORT-HORN BULL. 



From this it will be easy to understand the points and the respective num- 
bers given in the tabulated scale of points as authoritatively stated in the 
American Herd Book 

XXX. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Bulls. 

POINTS. 

Art. 1. — Purity of breed on male and female side; sire and dam 
reputed for docility of disposition, early maturit}' and aptitude 
to fatten ; sire a good stock-getter, dam a good breeder ; and 
giving a large quantity of milk, or such as is superior for 
making butter or cheese. - - - - - 7 

Art. 2. — Head muscular and fine; the horns fine and gradually 
diminishing to a point, of a flat rather than a round shape at 
the base, short and inclined to turn up, those of a clear, waxy 
color to be preferred, but such as are of a transparent white, 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE. ^"l* 

and tinged with yellow, Jidmissahle ; ears small, thin and cov- 
ered with soft hair, playing quick, moving frcel}' ; forehead 
short, broad, especially between the eyes, and slightly dished ; 
eyes Ijright, placid and rather prominent than otherwise, with 
a yellow rim around them ; lower part of the face clean, dished 
and well developing the course of the veins ; muzzle small, nose 
of a clear orange or light chocolate color ; nostrils wide and 
open ; lower jaw thin ; teeth clean and sound. - - 5 

Art. 3. — Neck fine and slightly arched, strongly and well set on the 
head and shoulders, harmoniously widening, deepening and 
rounding as it approaches the latter point ; no dewlap. - 2 

Art. 4. — Chest broad, deep and projecting, the brisket on a lower 

line than the belly. -- - - - - - -5 

Art. 5. — Shoulders broad, strong, fine and well placed ; forelegs 
short, straight, and standing rather wide apart than narrow ; 
fore-arm muscular, broad and powerful, slightly swelling and 
full above the knee ; the bone fine and flat ; knees well knit and 
strong ; foot flat, and in shape an oblong semicircle ; horn of 
the hoof sound and of a clear Avaxy color. _ _ _ _ 2 

Art. 6. — Barrel round and deep, and well ribl)ed up the hips. - 4 

Art. 7. — Back short, straight and broad from the withers to the 
setting on of the tail ; crops round and full ; loins broad ; buckle 
bones on a level with the back ; tail well set, on a level with 
the back, fine and gradually diminishing to a point, and hang- 
ing, without the brush, an inch or so below the hock, at right 
angles with the back. _--_---_4 

Art- 8. — Hind quarters from the buckle to the point of the I'ump 
well filled up; twist well let down and full. ; hind legs short, 
straight, and well spread apart, gradually swelling and rounding 
above tue hock ; the bone fine and flat below ; legs not to cross 
each other in walking, nor to straddle behind. - - - 3 

Art. 9. — Skin of medium thickness, movable and mellow; a white 
color is admissable, but rich cream or orange much preferable ; 
hair well covering the hide, soft and fine, and if undercoated 
with soft, thick fur in winter, so much the better ; color, pure 
white, red roan, l)right red, or reddish yellow and white. (A 
black or dark brown nose or a rim around the e3-e, black or 
dark spots on the skin and hair decidedly objectionable, and 
indicative of coarse meat and bad blood.) _ - _ - 3 

AiiT. 10. — Good handling. _-_-_-. 4 

Art. 11. — Sure stock-getter. - 4 

39 



610 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Art. 12. — Stock, when made steer, certain to feed kindly for beef- 

ers at any age, and make prime beef. _ _ _ _ _ 

Art. 13. — General appearance. __--__ 



Perfection, __---_--- 50 

XXXI. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Cows. 

Points. 

Art. 1. — Purity of breed on male and female side; sire and dam 
reputed for docility of disposition, early maturity and aptitude 
to fatten. Sire a good stock-getter. Dam a good l)reeder ; 
giving a large quantity of milk, or such superior for making 
l)utter or cheese. - - - _____'; 

Art. 2. — Head small and tapering; long and narrower in propor- 
tion than that of the bull. Horns tine and gradually diminish- 
ing to a point ; of a flat rather than of a round shape at the 
base ; short, and inclined to turn up ; those of a clear waxy 
color to be preferred ; but such as are of a transparent white, 
slightly tinged with yellow, admissible. Ears small, thin, and 
well covered with soft hair ; playing quick, moving freely. 
Forehead of good breadth between the eyes, and slightly dished. 
Eyes bright, placid, and rather prominent than otherwise, with 
a yellow rim round them. The lower part of the face clean, 
dished, and well developing the course of the veins. Muzzle 
small ; nose of a clear bronze, or light chocolate color — the 
former much preferred. Nostrils mde and well opened. Lower 
jaw thin. Teeth clear and sound. - - - - - U 

Art. 3. — Neck fine and thin, straight, and well set on to the head 
and shoulders, harmoniously widening, deepening, and slightly 
rounding in a delicate feminine manner as it approaches che 
latter point. No dewlap. -_-- ___2 

Art. 4. — Shoulders fine and well placed. Fore legs, short straight 
and well spread apart. Fore-arm wide, muscular, slightly 
swelling, and full above the knee ; the bone fine and flat below. 
Knees well knit and strong. Foot flat and in shape of an 
oblong semi-circle. Harn of the hoof sound, and of a clear 
waxy color. ----------2 

Art. 5. — Chest broad, deep and projecting — the brisket on a lower 

line than the belly. _---__^_5 

Art. 6. — Barrel round, deep and well ribbed up to the hips. - 5 

Art. 7. — Back short, strong, straight from the withers to the set- 
ting of the tail. Crop round and full. Loin broad. Huckle 
bones on a level with the back. Tail well set, on a level with 



SHORT-HORN CATTLE, 



611 



3 -n 

D — 

<B r 

^ r 




612 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. 




SHORT- HORN CATTLE. 



613 



the back or very slightly below it ; fine and gradually diminish- 
ing to a point ; and hanging, without the brush, an inch or so 
below the hock, at right angles with the back. - _ _ 
Art. 8. — Hind quarters from the buckles to the point of the rump 
long and well filled up. Twist well let down and full. Hind 
legs short, straight and well spread apart ; gradually swelling 
and rounding above the hock ; the l)one fine and flat below. 
Foot flat, and in shape of an oblong semi-circle. Horn of the 
hoof sound, and of a clear waxy color.- Legs not to cross each- 
other in walking, nor to straddle l)eliind. _ _ _ . 
Art. 0. — Udder broad, full, extending well forward along the belly, 
and well up l)ehind. Teats of a good size for the hand ; squarely 
placed with a slight oblique pointing out ; wide apart ; when 
pressed by the hand the milk flowing from them freely. Extra 
teats indicative of good milking qualities, but should never be 
milked, as they draw the bag out of shape. Milk veins large 
and swelling. - - _______ 

Art. 10. — Skin of a medium thickness : movable and mellow ; a 
white color is admissible, l)ut a rich cream or orange much pref- 
erable. Hair well cover- 
ing the hide; soft and 
fine, and if undercoated 
with soft, thick fur in the 
winter, so much the bet- 
ter. Color })ure white, 
red, roan, bright i 3d, 
red and white, spotted 
roan, or reddish and yel- 
low and white. (A black 
or dark brown nose, or 
rim around the eye, 
black or dark brown spots 
on the skin and the hair, 
decidedly objectionable, 
and indicative of coarse 
meat and bad blood.) 
Art. 11. — Good handler. - 
Art. 12. — Sure breeder. - 
Art. 13. — General appear- 
ance. - - - - 

Perfection. 




HOLLAND cow. 

Tills cow Is very large, docile in disposi- 
tion, and a fine milker. The beef is also of an 
excellent quality. In Holland it is generally 
claimed that the shorthorns of England are 
descended from this cow. 



.^0 



CHAPTER VI. 
THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 



1. A FASHIONABLE BREED. II. TJBE GUERNSEYS. III. THE ALDERNEY IN 

YOUATT'S TIME. IV. THE JERSEY OF TO-DAY'. V. CROSSING THE JERSEYS. 

VI. THE JERSEY DESCRIBED. VII. MILK MIRRORS. VIII. GUENON'S 

THEORY OF MILK MIRRORS. IX. THEIR PRACTICAL UTILITY. X THE 

ESCUTCHEON MARKS. XI. GOOD MILKERS IN ALL BREEDS. XII. VALUE OF 

HEREDITY. XIII. INFLUENCE OF GOOD DIGESTION AND ASSIMILATION. XIV. 

THE MILK VEINS. XV. THE UDDER AND TWIST VEINS. XVI. MR. SHARP- 

LESS' OPINION. XVII. SYMMETRY ESSENTIAL WHATEVER THE BREED. XVIII, 

THE JERSEY NOT A DAIRY COW. XIX. SCALE OF POINTS FOR JERSEY COWS AND 

HEIFERS XX. RULES IN AWARDING PRIZES. XXI. SCALE OF POINTS FOR 

JERSEY' BULLS. XXII. ESTIMATING THE VALUE OF POINTS. XXIII. COLOR 

AND SIZE. XXIV. FROM A PRACTICAL STAND-POINT. 

I. A Fashionable Breed. 

Within the last fifteen years, the Jersey, Alderne}^ and Guern.^ey cat- 
11 ;, second in importance of the short-horned breeds of Great Britain, 
hi.ve acquired great celebrity, not so much for thequanityof the milk 
they give, as for its exceeding richness in cream, and the excellence of 
the butter made therefrom. Those originally brought from the islands 
of Jersey and Alderney are now called Jerseys, just as all Dutch cattle 
ht.v^o been called Holsteins, while the Guernsey cattle are kept separate 
and dis^^.nct, under the proper name of the island from which they came. 

II. The Guernseys. 

While the Jerseyc and Alderneys have the most admirers, especially 
amono' fashionable breeders, from their deer-like forms and general air 
of eleirant lightness, che Guernseys are coming into prominence as being 
laio-er, better-built, (that is, not so angular,) and better feeders ; for it 
must be confessed that the Jersey cow, for its size, is a great consumer. 

The Guernsey cow is also a larger producer of milk, though it is 
aveiTed by the Jersey breeders that it is not so rich in quality. Jersey 
cattle, however, vary much in this respect, and it is certain that the 
Guernsey cows are growing more and more into favor every year as but- 
ter and milk producing cows. 

III. The Alderney in Youatt's Time. 

Touatt says of this breed, which he classes with the cattle of Nor- 
mandy, that they are from the French continent ; that the cattle of Nor- 
mandy are larger and have a greater tendency to fatten ; that others are 

614 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 



615 





I 



o 

UJ 



Q 

_l 
O 



3 
CQ 

CO 
DC 
UJ 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 617 

from the islands of the French coast, but that all of them, whether from 
the continent or islands, pass under the common name of Aldernej. 
Youatt also adds, on the authority of Mr. Parkinson, who seems to have 
been a prejudiced observer, that, "The Alderney, considering its voracious 
appetite — for it devours almost as much as a Short-Horn — ^yields very 
little milk," but admits the milk to be rich in quality, though "it is not rich 
enough, yielding the small quantit}^ she does, to pay for what it costs." 
If this be true, the Jersey has improved fully as much within the last 
fifty years as any other breed. 

IV. The Jersey of To-Day. 

Be the statements of the authorities quoted what they may, the Jersey 
of to-day is a very different animal from that which they describe. That 
the Jerseys are large feeders for their size there is no doubt, and that they 
give the richest milk of any known breed is quite as certain. That some 
of them, at least, give large quantities of milk, the following extract from 
the American Encycloptfidia of Agriculture will show : 

" The butter from the cows is very rich in cream and deep yellow in 
color, so much so that a few cows in a herd will decidedly change the 
color of the butter of the whole herd. The percentage of cream to 
milk varies from eighteen to twenty-five per cent., and the proportion of 
butter to cream varies from 3.70 to 8.07 in 100 parts. Twenty-six quarts 
per day has been recorded as the product of an individual cow, and four- 
teen pounds of butter per week. Sixteen quarts per day may be re- 
garded as a good yield, and when we take into consideration the light 
weight of the cow, and the fact that the milk will yield fron? one-quarter 
to one-sixth of the richest cream, we need not wonder that these gentle 
and deer-like cattle have become universal favorites as family cows." 

Our own observation is that twelve quarts a day may be considered a 
good average yield of milk, from the pure-bred animals — an average 
fully one-third more than that of good native herds. 

V. Crossing The Jersey. 

Crossing the Jerseys with other improved breeds has not resulted satis- 
factorily. Their value, however, is priceless when crossed upon good 
milkers from native herds. They have added largely to the quality of 
the milk of the inferior stock ; and crosses of the Jersey bull upon the 
ordinary native cows of a district, have not only imparted richness to the 
milk, but have resulted in an increased flow. Their sole use is among 
those who wish exceedingly rich milk, and, whatever the strain, we think 
no advantage will be found in crossing them on any of the beef breeds. 
They are milking cattle, and their legitmate use is to supply the demands 
of people who want quality, and not quantity of milk. 



618 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



The bulls may improve the Dative milking stock of the country, and 
whatever variety is used, whether those from the line of Jersey, Alder- 
ney or Guernsey, use only pure bulls. Do not take a grade bull at any 
price ; those purely bred are now sufficiently plenty, so that they can be 




had at reasonable prices. The pure bulls are prepotent in perpetuating 
rich milking qualities. The grades are not. If an additional reason 
were wanted, please remember that the produce of a pure animal on one 
not of improved blood is a half-blooded calf. The produce of a half- 
blood on native cattle would be only one-quarter blood. 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEY8 AND GUERNSEYS. 



619 



VI. The Jersey Described. 
Mr. Lewis F. Allen, a conscientious and accurate historian of cattle, 
but who, it must be confessed, has something of a prejudice in favor of 
the (to him) favorite Short Horns, accurately describes the Jersey, as fol- 
lows : "Beofinnino^ with the head — the most characteristic feature — the 
muzzle is fine; the nose either dark brown or black, and occasionally a 
yellowish shade, with a peculiar mealy light-colored hair, running up 
the face into a smoky hue, when it gradually takes the general color of 
the body. The face is slightly dishing, clean of flesh, mild and gentle in 
expression ; the eye clear and full, and encircled with a distinct ring of 
the color of the nose ; the forehead bold ; the horn short, curving inward 




GROUP OF JERSEYS. 

and waxy in color, with black tips; the ear sizable, thin, and quick in 
movement. The whole head is original, and blood-like in appearance, 
— more so than in almost any other of the cattle race, — reminding one 
strongly of the head of our American elk. The neck is somewhat de- 
pressed — would be called ewe-necked by some — but clean in the throat, 
with moderate or little dewlap ; the shoulders are wide and somewhat 
ragged, with prominent points, running down to a delicate arm, and slen- 
der legs beneath. The fore-quarters stand rather close together, with a 
thinnish, yet well developed brisket between. The ribs are flat, yet 
giving sufficient play for good lungs ; the back depressed and somewhat 
hohow; the belly deep and large; the hips tolerably wide ; the rump and 
tail high ; the loin and quarter medium in length ; the thigh thin and 



620 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

deep ; the twist wide, to accommodate a clean, good-eized udder ; the 
flanks medium; the hocks or gambrel joints crooked; the hind legs 
small ; the udder capacious, square, set well forward, and covered with 
soft, silky hair ; the teats fine, standing well apart and nicely tapering; 
the milk veins prominent. On the whole she is a homely, blood-like, 
gentle, useful little housekeeping body, with a most kindly temper, lov- 
ing to be petted, and, like the pony with the children, readily becomes 
a great favorite with those who have her about them, either in pasture, 
paddock, stable or the lawn. The colors are usually light red or fawn, 
occasionally smoky grey, and sometimes black, mixed or splashed more 
or less with white." 

VII. Milk Mirrors. 

To M. Francois Guenon, a farmer of Sibourne, France, is due the 
credit of having perfected a system for determining the value of a cow 
for milk, by the escutcheon or milk sign, (mirror as it is sometimes 
called) extending from the root of the tail, in the best animals, down 
over the udder behind and between the thighs. The writer studied it 
and ] red by it when engaged in active farming, and, Avhile not willing to 
accord full credit to the judgment of the French committee of agricul- 
ture at Bordeaux, in 1S28, he believes them conscientious in their report. 
They used this strong language : " This system we do not fear to say is 
infallible." My own observation leads me to regard it as being so essen- 
tially correct, that a careful study of the "signs" will enable any person 
to judge pretty correctly as to the quantity and quality of the milk 
given and also as to the time of giving milk, after the cow is again in calf. 
In breeding, ex-uiiine also the corresponding escutcheon in the l)ull, for 
we have always found that the bull showing the marks eminently will be 
pretty sure to get calves that will grow up to be good milkers. 

VIII. Guenon's Theory of Milk Mirrors. 

In the Guenon system there are twenty-seven diagrams representing 
the various grades of milking qualities, including what is called a bastard 
escutcheon to each grade. These vary from the fullest development in 
the growth of upward hair, and in the "scurf marks," down to the least 
possible exhibit — the "bastard escutcheons" showing, by peculiar signs, 
that the cow will not only give poor milk, but will fail early after again 
coming to be with calf. The hair indicating a good milker turns upward, 
is short and fine, and contains peculiar oval marks or scurf spots. The 
skin over this whole surface is easily raised, and is especially soft and 
fine in sjood milkers. 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 621 

IX. Their Practical Utility. 

To illastrixce the value of the signs of a good milker, we give the re- 
sults obtained by two close and intelligent observers, one a French 
authority, Prof. Magne, V. S., of the Veterinary School at Alfort, the 
other Mr, Charles Sharpless of Penus^dvania. In relation to the indica- 
tions Prof. iVIagne, differing somewhat from JVIi*. Guenon, lays down the 
following rules : 

" The direction of the hidr is subordinate to that of the arteries ; when 
a large plate of hair is directed from below, upwards on the posterior 
face of the udder, and on the twist, it proves that the arteries that sup- 
ply the milky system are large, since they pass backwards beyond it, 
convey much blood, and consequently give activity to its functions. Up- 
per tufts, placed on the sides of the vulva, prove that the arteries of the 
generative organs are strongly developed, reach even to the skin, and 
give great activity to those organs. The consequence is, that after a cow 
is again with calf, it draws off the blood which was flowing to the milky 
glands, lessens, and even stops the secretions of milk. 

" In the bull, the arteries, corresponding to the mammary arteries of 
the cow, being intended only for coverings of the testicles, are very 
slightly developed ; iiiid there, accordingly, the escutcheons are of small 
extent. 

X. The Escutcheon Marks. 

" This explanation, which accords very well with aii tnat nas Deen ob- 
served, renders it easy to comprehend the value of the escutcheon. The 
more the lower ones are developed, the greater the quantity of milk ; l)ut 
shape is of consequence. 

*' But the quantity of milk, and its quality, do not depend solely on 
the form and size of the escutcheon ; they depend on the food, the par- 
ticular management, the climate, the season, the temperament, the size 
and energy of the principal internal organs, the capacity of the chest, the 
influence of the generative system, etc. All these circumstances cause 
the quantity of milk to vary, without making any change on the extent 
of the escutcheon ; consequently, it is impossible that the same relation 
can always exist between the escutcheons and the quantities of milk. We 
often see cows equally well shaped, having exactly the same escutcheon, 
and placed under the same hygienic condition, yet not giving equal quan- 
tities, or equal qualities of milk. It could not be otherwise. Assuming 
that a given tuft has the same value at birth, it cannot be the same in 
adult age ; since, during life, an infinite numl)er of circumstances occur 
to diversify the activity of the milky glands, without changing the iigure 
or size of the tuft. 



622 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

"But the escutcheon has the advantage of furnishing a mark which can 
be easily discerned and estimated, even by persons of no great expe- 
rience in the selection of cows — a mark perceptible on very young ani- 
mals, and on bulls as well as heifers — a mark which, when disencum- 
bered of the complicated system in which it has been wrapped up, will be 
in common use and facilitate the increase of good cows, by not allowing 
any but those of good promise to be reared." 

XI. Good Milkers in all Breeds. 

Professor Magne also gives the following directions for choosing a good 
cow, of any breed: 

"We find good milkers in all breeds, but they are rare in some and very 
common in others. It could not be otherwise. Milk properties, depend- 
ing on the conditions which determine the formation of breeds, are due 
partly to the climate, the soil, the air, and the plants of the countries 
where the breeds have originated ; and must therefore vary with the con- 
ditions peculiar to each locality. Milkers, and more especially animals 
intended for breeding, must be selected among breeds celebrated for abund- 
ance of milk. For as milking qualities are in a great measure dependent 
on structure and temperament, which are more or less hereditary, de- 
scent exercises a great influence. 

XII. Value of Heredity. 

*'In each breed, therefore, we should choose individuals belonging to 
the best stock, and the offspring of parents remarkable for their milking 
qualities ; for it is certain that good milch cows produce others which re- 
semble them. A cow of a bad milking family, or even breed, may occa- 
sionally be an excellent milker, and more than this is not wanted when it 
is not meant to breed from her. The same cannot be said when breed- 
ing is intended, because there would be little chance of her transmitting 
the accidental or exceptional qualities possessed by her; whereas the 
qualities forming the fixed and constant characters of the stock would al- 
most to a certainty be transmitted to descendants. 

"These remarks, with regard to breed and parentage, apply to the se- 
lection of the bull, which, as experience demonstrates, acts like the cow 
in transmitting the milking qualities which distinguish the breed and 
stock. 

XIII. Influence of Good Digestion and Assimilation. 

"The digestive organs have a great influence on the exercise of all the 
functions, and particularly on the secretion of the milk-glands. Where 
the digestive organs are defective, good milch cows are rarely met with. 



THE JERSEYS, ALBERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 623 

Good digestive organs are known by a belly of moderate size, with 
yielding sides, free from tightness, (in aged animals the belly is of ten 
large, though the organs which it contains are in good condition) ; a large 
mouth, thick and strong lips, a good appetite, easy and quick digestion, 
glossy hair, supple skin, yet firm, and somewhat oily to the touch. Ani- 
mals possessing these characteristics may be expected to feed and drink 
heavily, and, if they are properly fed, make much blood and yield large 
quantities of milk. The respiratory organs complete the S3^stem of nu- 
trition. The lungs bring the air breathed into contact with the blood, 
and render the system of nourishment complete. Hence, a good form, 
quick digestion and a healthy condition of the lungs are necessar}^ to the 
production of a large flow of milk. 

Xrv. The Milk Veins. 

"If the veins which surround the udder are large, winding, and varicose 
(dilated at intervals), they show that the glands receive much blood, 
and, consequently, that their functions are active, and that the milk is 
abundant. The veins on the lateral parts of the belly are most easily 
observed, and all authors decide them to be among the best tests for 
ascertaining the activity of the glands. These veins issue from the udder, 
in front, and at the outer angle, where they form, in very good cows, a 
considerable varicose swelling. They proceed toward the front part of 
the body, forming angles, more or less distinct., often divide towards their 
anterior extremity, and shik into the body by several openings. We can 
make the size of the milk veins prominent by compressing them in their 
passage, by pressing them at the place where they penetrate into the 
body. If we press the thumb strongly into the opening through which 
the vein passes, the width of the opening represents the diameter of the 
vein, and the thickness of the thumb which stops it represents the vol- 
ume of blood whose place it occupies. Sometimes the veins are divided. 
• It is then necessary to examine all the openings by which they pass, in 

i order to form a correct estimate. 

I 

; XV. The Udder and Twist Veins. 

"The veins of the udder and twist are able to furnish valuable indica- 
jtions. They should, in both cases, be highly developed, large and vari- 
cose ; that is, appear swollen and knotty. The veins of the udder have 
no definite direction. They present themselves irregularly, with zigzag 
lines, knotted and more or less oblique. They are never of very large 
size, except in cows that give large quantities of milk. 

■^The veins of the twist directed fix)ni above downward, forming a 
winding line, interspersed with knots, resemble those of the udder in not 
being visible either in heifers or in cows of only fair milking- qualitv. We 



624 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



cannot ascertain their presence in any but very good cows. Of all the 
v.iarks of abundant milk secretion, the best, and in fact the only infallible 
marks, are furnished by the veins of the twist and of the udder. To 
estimate them correctly it is necessary to take into account the state of 
the cow in respect to flesh, the thickness of skin, food, ability to stand 
fatigue, heat ; all the circumstances, in fact, which cause variations inthe 
general state of the circulation, and in the dilation of the veins. It is nec- 
essary, moreover, to recollect that in both sexes all the veins are larger in 
the old than in the young ; that the veins which encircle the udder are 
those which, if the cows are in milk, vary most according to the age of 




GREAT MILK MIRROR ON HOLSTEIN COW. 



the animal. Small when the animal is young, they continue to increase 
in size until after the cow has had several calves, when they come to their 
full development. 

"This proportion between the size of the veins and the milk secreted, 
is observed in all females without exception. The size of the veins and 
their varicose state being due to the blood attracted by the increased 
activity of the milk-glands, is not only the sign, but also the measure, 
of this activity — this connection. In fact, this connection is so close that, 
if the glands do not give a« equal quantity of milk, the larger veins are 
oi\ the side of the udder which gives the largest quantity. 



THU JERSEYS, ALDEiHSTEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 625 

"The length of time during which milk is given corresponds with the 
activity of the organs which supply it. Cows which give most milk u 
day, also give it the longest ; and hence, if no special mai'k is perceived, 
we can judge much of the duration of milk by the marks which deter- 
mine its quantity. It may therefore be accepted that as a rule au 
abundant milker may be expected to give a long continued flow of milk." 

In illustration of what Prof. Magne says of milk mirrprs in all breeds, 
we 2:ive an illustration of a wonderful milk mirror on a Holstein cow, 
corresponding to the best escutcheon of Mr. Guenon, which he names 
the Flanders, and which as is well known is one of the Dutch breeds. 

XVI. Mr. Sharpless' Opinion. 

Mr. Charles L. Sharpless of Pennsylvania, a careful breeder of Jersey 
cattle, and a close observer in relation to milk mirrors, holds the fol- 
lowing : 

There is no point in judging a cow so little understood as the escutch- 
eon. The conclusion of almost every one is, that her escutcheon is good, 
if there be a broad band of up-running hair from the udder to the vulva, 
and around it. These cows mth the broad vertical escutcheon are nearly 
always parallel cows ; that is, with bodies long but not large, and with 
the under line parallel with the back. Their thighs are thin, and the 
thigh escutcheon shows on the inside of the thigh rather than on its rear. 

Next comes the wedge-shaped cow, with the body shorter but very 
large, deep in the flank, and very capacious. This form does not usually 
exhibit the vertical escutcheon running up to the vulva, but with a broader 
thigh may exhibit a thigh escutcheon, which is preferable to the other; 
see Fig. 2. — Milk Mirrors of Jersey Cows, on the next page. 

In both vertical and thigh mirrors, where the hair runs down, intruding 
on the udder (as low as above the dotted lines) as in iB'igs, 3 and 4, it 
damages the escutcheon. If you find a cow with the hair all running 
down, and between the thighs — that is, with no up-running hnir — stamp 
her as a cipher for yielding milk. 

There are times when the udder of a cow with an escutcheon like Fio;. 
4 will be enlarged by non-milking, for the purpose of deception. It is 
always safer to judge by the escutcheon rather than by the large size of 
the udder. 

The escutcheons of the best cows — those yielding the most and con- 
tinuing the longest — will be found to be those which conform to Fig. 2. 

The vertical escutcheon of Fig. 1 would not injure it ; but if that orna- 
mental feature has to be at the expense of the high escutcheon. Fig, 2 
IS best as it is. 

Whenever an escutcheon is accompanied hy a curl on each hind-quarter 

of the udder, it indicates a yield of tlie highest order. 
40 



626 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



So far, we have noticed onl}^ the rear escutcheon, or that which repre- 
sents the two hind quarters of the udder. The two front quarters are 
just as important, and should be capacious and run well forward under 
the body. If the udder in front be concave, or cut up, indicating small 
capacity, it represents reduced yield. 

This front or level escutcheon is distinctly marked in the young heifer 
or bull, and can be seen by laying the animal on its back. The udder 



FIG. 1. 



FIG. 2. 





FIG. 3. FIG. 4. 

MILK MIRRORS OF JERSEY COWS. 



hair under the body all runs backward, commencing at the forward line 
of the escutcheon. This dividing line is very perceptible, from the fact 
that the hair in front of it all runs forward towards the head of the 
animal, while the escutcheon, or udder hair, all runs backward, over the 
forward quarters of the udder, around, and beyond the teats, and ceases 
at the markmgs of the rear escutcheon on and between the thighs. 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 



627 



The breadth and extent forward of this front escutcheon indicates the 
, capacity in the mature animal, of the front quarters of her udder. In 
some cases this front escutcheon will be found of tAvice the extent that 
lit is in others, and is evidence of that much more yield. 

This examination enables one to see the size of the teats and their 
distance apart, and to test the looseness and softness of the udder skin. 
It is marked precisely the same in bulls, and can be easily examined at 
any age between one and ten months. 

Many think that the escutcheon of the bull is of little moment, so that 
he has a good look. So far is this from being the case, that a bull with 
a mirror like Fig. 4, or worse, will stamp his escutcheon on, and to that 
extent damage, his daughters out of cows with escutcheons as choice as 




GUERNSEY COW, CASSIOPEIA. 

''ig. 2. In this way the daughters of some of the best cows come very 
•rdinary, while, if you use a bull marked like Fig. 2, lie will make a 
(oor escutcheon better, and will improve the best. His injury or benefit 
Vill be doubled according to the escutcheon markings under the body in 
rent of his scrotum. Hence the importance of the dam of a bull being 
mexceptionable in her udder and escutcheon. Iler qualities inherited by 
ler son will be transmitted to his daughter. 

i While careful as to escutcheons, we must not neglect the other essential 
eatures of a good cow — the back, skin, hide, the rich colored skin, and 
Ihe fine bone. Let the hair be soft and thickly set, and let the skin be 
nellow. This latter quality Is easily determined by grasping between the 
humb and forefinger the skin at the rear of the ribs, or the double thick- 
less at the base of the flank that joins the stifle-joint to the body, or that 



628 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



on the inside of the rump-bone at the setting on of the tail. Let the 
teats be well apart ; let them yield a free and full stream and be large 
enough without the necessity, in milking, of pulling them between the 
thumbs and forefingers. And let us ever keep in mind that the large 
yielders must be well fed. 

XV 11. Symmetry Essential Whatever the Breed. 

In estimating the value of a breed its characteristics must be studied. 
Each breed has its peculiar style and conformation, and thus, symmetry, 
which is found in all good stock, will vary in different breeds. The Jer- 
sey has a standard of symmetry peculiarly its own, which we illustrate by 




JERSEY COW LASICA. 

two engravings, one of a heifer, the other of a cow, which fairly exhibit 
the characteristics of the breed. 

The symmetry of the Jerseys is angular. They are essentially tine in 
the head, with thin necks and rather light fore-quarters, but with large, 
barrel-shaped bodies, inclined to be flat, rather than round, and swelling 
behind into deep but rather thin thighs. This same conformation will be 
found measurably in all milking breeds, but modified, each having its 
own peculiar symmetry. 

The Jerseys are essentially milking cows and nothing else, although 
they fatten rathei' kindly when past milking ; but the beef is neither supe- 
rior m quality nor large in quantity. 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS- 629 

XVIII. The Jersey not a Dairy Cow. 

i In the strict sense of the word the Jersey is not a dairy cow. She is 
essentially the cow for rich milk, but not a cheese-maker ; she lacks size 
to give quantity in this respect. The butter globules are not only larger 
than in other breeds, but the covering — the iilm enveloping the fat-globules, 
is weaker. Hence the globules give up the butter easily in churning. 
The cream is also high-colored from the excess of yellow pigment it con- 
tains. 

For the family reauiring milk rich in cream and butter, the Jerseys 
will always be desirable, and, since they have taken kindly to our climate 
in nearly every section of the union, and even in Canada, they have from 
their docile and tractable dispositions become universal favorites where 
kindly treated. The bulls are not always good-tempered, and hence re- 
quire not only a firm hand, but careful management; and the cows, if 
abused, will by no means fail to resent the brutal treatment. 

XIX. Scale of Points for Jersey Cows and Heifers. 

The scale of points adopted by the Royal Agricultural and Horticul- 
tural Society of Jersey, and by which all animals of the breed are now 
judged is as follows. It will be the more readily understood if studied in 
connection with the accompanying illustration of a model Jersey cow 
figured for perfection. Here is the scale : 



I^TICLE. Po 

1. Head, — small, fine and tapering 

2. Cheek, — small , . 

3. Throat, — clean .' 

4. Muzzle, — fine, and encircled by a bright color 

5. Nostrils, — high and open 

6. Horns, — smooth, crumpled, not too thick at the base, and tapering 

7. Ears,— small and thin 

8. Ears, — of a deep orange color within . . . , 

9. Eye,— full and placid 

10. Neck, — straight, fine, and placed lightly on the shoulders 

11. Chest, — broad and deep 

12. Barrel,— hooped, broad and deep 

13. Well ribbed home, having but little space between the last rib and the hip. 

14. Back, — straight from the withers to the top of the hip 

15. Back, — straight from the top of the hip to the setting on of the tail, and 

the tail at right angles with the back 

16. Tail,— fine 

17. Tail, — Hanging down to the hocks 

18. Hide, — thin and movable, but not too loose 

19. Hide, — covered with fine, soft hair 

20. Hide, — of good color 

21. Fore-legs,— short, straight and fine 

22. Fore-arm, — swelling, and full above the knee 

Hind-quarters,— from the hock to the point of the rump well filled up 



23. 



NTS. 



630 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK ANB COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Articles. Points. 

24. Hind-legs,— short and straight, (below the hocks) and bones rather fine. 1 

25. HiND-LEGS,— squarely placed, not too close together when viewed from 

behind 1 



CO r-l CO C^ 




26. 



28. 



HixD-LEGS,— not to cross in walking 

Hooks, — small 

Udoek,— full in form,*, c, well in Hue with the belly-- I 



THE JEKSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 631 

ARTICLE. Points. 

29. Udder,— well up behind 1 

30. Teats, — large, squarely placed ; behind wide apart 1 

31. Milk-veins,— very prominent 1 

, 32. Growth ! 

33, General appearance , 1 

34. Condition 1 

Perfection 34 

XX. Rules in Awarding Prizes. 

No prize shall ])e awarded to cows having less than twenty-nine points. 

No prize shall be awarded to heifers having less than twenty-six points. 

Cows having obtained twenty-seven points, and heifers twenty-four 
points, shall be allowed to be branded, but 'mnnot take a prize. 

These points, namely, Nos. 28. 29, and 31, shall be deducted from 
the number required for 5)erfection in heifers, as their udder and milk- 
veins cannot bQ fully developed ; a heifer will, therefore, be considered 
perfect at t,hirty-one points. 

To which we add : 

One point must be added for pedigree on male side. 

One point must he added for pedigree on femaie side. 

Again, the size of the escutcheon, or milk-mirrors, is a point of especial 
attention, for the escutcheon is now coming to be accepted as an indica- 
tion of the milking qualities of a cow, and, whatever the breed may be, 
strongly relied upon. And those who discard it, that is, refuse a cow 
with a strong escutcheon, will surely go estray. 

XXI. Scale of Points for Jersey Bulls- 

In judging bulls a somewhat different standard is adopted, andthe same 
rule will apply in all cattle with proper variations, according to breed. 
The illustration of a Jersey bull, figured for perfection, will assist in 
understanding tlie scale of points. Here is the scale: 

Abticle. Points. 

1. Pedigree on male side 

2. Pedigree on female side 

3. Head, — fine and tapering 

4. Forehead,— broad 

5. Cheek,— small 

6. Throat,— clean 

7. Muzzle,— fine and encircled with light color 

8. Nostrils,— high and open • 

9. Horns,— smooth, crumpled, not thick at the base and tapering, tipped 

, with black • 

! . 10. Ears, — small and thin 

' 11. Ears, — of a deep orange color within 

12. Eyes,- -full and lively 



632 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Article. 

13. Neck,— arched, powerful, but not coarse or heavy. 

14. Chest,— hroad and deep 

15. Barrel,— hooped, broad and deep 



Points 
. 1 
. ] 
. 1 




IG. Well ribbed home, having but little space between the last rib and the ^ 

hip ; . 

17, Back,— straight from the withers to the top of the hip ^ 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 633 

Points. 

18. Back, — straight from the top of the hips to the setting on of the tail, and 

the tail at right angles with the back 1 

19. Tail,— fine 1 

20. Tail,— hanging down to the hocks 1 

21. Hide, — thin and movable 1 

22. Hide, — covered with fine and soft haLr 1 

23. Hide, — of a good color 1 

24. Fore-legs, — short, straight and fine 1 

25. FOEE-ARM, — large and powerful, swelling and full above the knee, and 

fine below it 1 

26. Hind-quarters, — from the hock to the point of the rump long and well 

filled up 1 

27. Hind-legs,— short and straight, (below the hocks) and the bones rather 

fine 1 

28. Hind-legs, — squarely placed, not too close together when viewed from 

behind 1 

29. Hind-legs, — not to cross in walking 1 

30. Hoofs,— small 1 

31. Growth 1 

32. General appearance 1 

33. Condition 1 

Perfection 33 

XXn. Estimating the Value of Points. 
The proper estimation of the value of the several parts of an animal 
has been publicly given by high authority in such matters, the Jersey 
Herd Book. The gist of which is as follows : 

The highest excellence of any milking cow lies in the udder. This 
iiust not only be full in form, that is, in line with the belly, but it must 
lot be cut off square in front, like that of a goat. It should be rounded, 
"ull, presenting great breadth behind, and carried well up between the 
high. The milk veins should be full and carried well forward toward 
he fore legs. If knotted and with curves, so much the better. 

The tail is another essential point. Wliatever its size at the root, it 
nnsi be large and tapering, and have a good switch of hair. 

The chest should be broad and deep ; this shows good respiration, essen= 
ial to feeding and health. But in the dairy cow, especially when viewed 
rom before, there mil be no appearance of massiveness. On the con- 
rary, she will give an appearance of delicate fineness, and will look large 
ehind, swelling gradually from behind the shoulders. She may not be 
losely ribbed, in fact should not be close, only comparatively so. The 
est milkers, every where, will be found to be rather loosely put together 
etween the last rib and the hips, and good milkers must be roomy in the 
ank. 

The hiud quarters must be long from the point of the rump to the 
ock, and well filled up ; yet this does not mean rounded and massive Id 

■ % 



634 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

flesh ; on the contrary, the best milkers will be rather lean and perhaps 
high boned. Nevertheless, the same animal, when out of milk and fat, 
may fill up ; and perhaps, present a fully rounded contour, while yet pos- 
sessing all the delicacy of points characteristic of the high-bred dairy cow, 

A cow may have large and heavy ears; her back may not be fully i 
straight from the withers to the top of the hips ; her rum[) may be slop- 
ing ; her tail may not reach the hocks ; — all these are defects, the latter 
a serious one, yet if the milKing organs are super-excellent it will out- 
weigh all these. 

A phenomenon may show absolute perfection in all the points : we 
have never yet seen such an one. In judging, the essentials are to care- 
fully consider each point of excellence with reference to its bearing upon 
the animal as a dairy cow. 

XXIII. Color and Size. 

Do not be too particular about color ; solid colors, and black points 
look well in the show ring. The animal that will turn out well at the 
pail, that is docile and gentle, be she what color she may, so long as she 
adheres to the distinguishing color-marks of the race, is the one for the 
milking yard. In relation to size, the Jerseys are a small race of cattle. 
In no breed are overgrown animals the most valuable. With the Jersey 
it is especially to be avoided. So, an undersized animal is not to be 
countenanced. Fair size, however, is desirable. He who seeks to in- 
crease the size of the Jersey unduly, will certainly go astray. They have 
been carefully bred, for many generations, with especial reference to 
milk. The Jersey is the product of islands peculiar in soil, climate, and 
people. Transplanted to the flush pastures of the United States, with 
good shelter in winter, they will necessarily increase in size. If you fancy 
"solid colors," and can get plenty of rich milk, with solid colors, welland 
good. If not, breed to whatever color, characteristic of the breed, which 
will give you this desirable result. 

We have chosen thus explicitly to state, from competent authorities, 
the Jersey standard of perfection — first, fov the reason that any breed 
should be judged by the standard of its breeders, and secondly, because 
these statements can only be found originally in the herd books, and like 
authoritative publications which are not accessible to the majority o! 
readers. 

XXIV. Prom a Practical Stand-point. 

From the practical stand-point of a person not a breeder of high-caste 
animals, the writer has found that slight imperfections, in the make up 
of farm animals, do not militate against theni unless they are intended as 



I 



THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 



635 



breeders of pure stock of the highest type. In fact, few animals of a 
breed attain perfection closely, and almost none absolutely, according to 
the standard. As a milking cow, a Jersey or cow of other milking breed 
might be of the best possible standard and yet fail essentially in some 
other important points. Such a cow would be just as valuable for the 
one purpose of milk as the best. 




WELSH ox. 

This is a very fine breed of longhorn cattle. Their color is generally black, with occasionally a few 
white hairs in tho coat. The docility of the breed is remarkable. When no bull is present, a stranger 
may go with perfect safety into the midst of any herd. The cows are very profitable as milkers and 
butter-makers, yielding a net profit of $130 to $180 per cow annually. 



So in any other particular the person, whether he be a breeder or simply 
a fancier, must study the characteristics and the points of an nnimal, and 
then make up his mind whether in the one case it is worth the money 
asked for it, or in the other case whether it would b© more profitable to 
sell rather than to keep. 



CHAPTER VII. 



MIDDLE-HOBNED CATTLE— THE HEKEPORDS. 



I. THE VALUABLE BREEDS OF MIDDLE-HORNS. TI. THE HEREFORD COLOR. 

III. THE HEREFORDS FIFTY YEARS AGO. IV. YOUATT'S TESTIMONY. V. 

THE HEREFORDS IN AMERICA. VI. THE IMPORTATION OF 1840. VII. HERE- 
FORD GRADES FORTY YEARS AGO. VIII. THE OHIO IMPORTATION. IX.I 

HEREFORDS IN CANADA. X. EARLY IMPORTED HEREFORDS NOT FAIRLY TRIED.! 

XI. THE HEREFORDS WEST. XII. THE HEREFORD AS A WORK OX. XIII. 

THE HEREFORD COW. XIV. POINTS OF THE HEREFORD. — —XV. THE HERE- 
FORD OF TO-DAY IN ENGLAND. XVI. HIGH AND AUTHORITATIVE PRAISE. 

XVII. DISTRIBUTION IN THE SOUTHWEST AND FAR WEST. 

I. The Valuable Breeds of Middle-Horns. 

The only valuable breeds of the Middle-Horns, in the United States, 
are the Herefords and the Devons, which will be treated of in this chapter^ 
and the next. They are essentially beef and working breeds. Their 
milking qualities were never more than moderately developed, and these 
qualities by continued breeding for beef, (for which they are unexcep- 
tionable,) have been so bred out, that but little now remains in them val- 
uable for milk. 

The natural history of these breeds was noticed in Chapter I, and it willi 
not be necessary to refer to it, further than to say of the Herefords that, 
originally named from the country of Hereford, England, where, and in 
adjacent counties, similar cattle have been bred for hundreds of years, 
few, if any, of the popular beef breeds have shown more wonderful im- 
provement within the last fifty years. 

II. The Hereford Color. 

Originally red or brown without white, the Herefords bred to brown- 
iuh or yellowish red, and even brindled. Within about the last 100 years 
their faces became white or mottled- white, until finally the distinctive 
white of the face was made to extend along the top of the neck, and along 
the throat, dewlap, brisket, belly, and flanks, and they are now fash- 
ionably bred with the addition of white legs, and the switch of the tail 
white, the rest of the animal being of a uniform red color. 

III. The Herefords fifty years ago. 
Mr. Marshall writing of them as they existed in England fifty years 
ago, and as then improved, describes them thus : "The countenance 
pleasant, cheerful, open; the forehead broad; eye full and lively; 

636 



THE JERSEYS. ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. 



637 




638 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




MIDDLE-HOtllsrED CATTLE — TttE HEREEORDS. 6S9 

lorns bright, taper, and spreading ; head small ; chap lean ; neck long 
ind tapering ; chest deep ; bosom broad, and projecting forward ; shoul- 
ler-bone thin, flat, no way protuberant in bone, but full and mellow in 
lesh ; chest full ; loin broad ; hips standing wide, and level with the 
hine ; quarters long, and wide at the neck ; rump even with the level of 
he back, and sharp above the quarters ; tail slender and neatly haired ; 
)arrel round and roomy ; the carcass throughout deep and well spread ; 
ibs broad, standing flat and close on the outer surface, forming a smooth, 
ven barrel ; the hind parts large and full of strength ; neck bones snug, 
lot prominent ; thigh clean, and regularly tapering; legs upright and 
hort ; bone below the knee and hock small ; feet of middle size ; flank 
irge ; flesh every where mellow, soft, and yielding pleasantly to the 
Duch, especially on the chine, the shoulder and the ribs ; hide mellow, 
apple, of a middle thickness, and loose on the neck and buckle ; coat 
eatly haired, bright, and silky ; color, a middle red ; this, with a bald 
ice, is characteristic of the true Hereford breed." 

IV. Youatt's Testimony. 

In Youatt's day they were the peers of the Short-Horns, and to-day 
ley compare favorably with that famous l)reed, and take an equal share 
f prizes with them in our best exhibitions and fairs. They fatten, 

! %\d Mr. Youatt, to a much greater weight than the Devons, and run from 
fty to seventy score ; a tolerable cow will average from thirty-five to 
Pty score (1000 pounds); a cow belonging to the Duke of Bedford 
,eighed more than seventy ; an ox of Mr. Westcar's exceeded one hun- 
f^ed and ten score (2,200 pounds). The Hereford ox fattens speedily 
i an early age. They are not now much used for husbandry, although 
■'eir form adapts them for the heavier work, and they have all the hon- 
'ty and docility of the Devon ox, and greater strength, if not his activity. 
le Hereford cows are worse milkers than those of Devon, but then they 
11 grow fat where a Devon would starve. The beef is sometimes ob- 

' jcted to from the largeness of the bone and the coarseness of some of 
1e inferior pieces, but the best sorts are generally excellent 

V. The Herefords in America. 

Since there has been so much controversy — sometimes acrimonious — 
Itween some Hereford and Short-Horn breeders in the United States, 
?d especially in the West, where the Herefords have of late grown into 
lie highest favor, we again quote, from Mr, L. F. Allen, the veteran 
^eeder of Short-Horns, and editor of the American Short-Horn Herd 
I'ok. Mr. Allen writes of the Herefords as follows : 



640 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

*'At what date they were first imported into tiiis country, we have no accu- 
rate account ; but that some Herefords came out among the early impoi-. 
tations, is evident from the occasional marks of the breed among qui 
native cattle where late importations have hot been known. In th( 
year 1816 or '17 the great Kentucky statesman, Henry Clay, impoilec 
two pairs of them into his State, and put them on his farm at Ashlaad 
They were bred for a time with each other, and the bulls were crossed witl 
other cows ; but it is certain that they left no permanent impress on tht 
herds of that vicinity, as Mr. Clay himself became a breeder of Short 
Horns soon afterwards, and eventually discarded the blood from hi: 
herds, if he had for any length of time retained it. No trace of them i 
now seen in Kentucky. 

VI. The Importation of 1840. 

*' The largest importation of Herefords into the United States, was madi 
about the year 1840, upwards of twenty in number, by an Englishmai 
into the city of New York, and taken into Jefferson county, of that Statei 
A year or two afterwards the bulk of the herd were removed to the farn 
Mr. Erastus Corning, near Albany, N. Y., and some of them wen 
into Vermont, where they were for some years bred, sold and scattered 
While the stock were at his farm, Mr. Corning, with his accustomed lib 
erality and enterprise, sent out again to England to purchase raor 
animals, which safely arrived, and were added to the herd. They wer 
then successfully bred for several years, many sales made into differoii 
and distant parts of the United States, and they acquired considerahl 
popularity. The herd was subesequently divided, Mr. Corning retainin 
his share, and his partner taking his, some twenty or more in niimbei 
to a farm three or four miles from Buffalo, on the banks of th 
Niagara. Here they were bred, and several sales made, to go to differen 
parts of the country, during the four or five years they remained ; but th 
herd gradually waned, mainly from want of proper care and system i 
their keeping. 

" Mr. Cornino; retained his herd at his farm, where he has successful! 
bred, and made sales from them since, and in the hands of his soi 
Mr. E. Corning, Jr., who is more an amateur than a professed cattl 
breeder, added to by occasional importations from England, they remai 
fine specimens of their race. 

VII. Hereford Grades Fifty Years Ago. 

"Mr. George Clark, at Springfield, Otsego county, N. Y., obtaine 
several Herefords from this herd, and, we believe, made an importatio 
or two from England. He bred them successfully, distributed his bul 



MlDDLE-ttOJlNED CATTLE tItE HEftEFORDS. ()4l 

m to several of his farms, and bred many excellent grade Herefords from 
the common cows. His bullocks have, in past years, been highly 
approved in the New York cattle markets. 

vni. The Ohio Importation. 

" About the year 1852-3, Messrs. Thomas Aston, and John Humphries, 
two English farmers in Elyria, Ohio, near Lake Erie, imported several 
tine Herefords. They bred them well and successfully, as seen in the 
specimens we have several times met, but with what success in their sales 
we have no intimate knowledge. 

IX. Herefords in Canada. 

"In the years 1860 and 'Gl, Mr. Frederick Wm. Stone, of Guelph, 
Canada West, made two importations of superior Herefords from the 
herds of Lord Bateman, in Herefordshire, and the late Lord Bei'M'ick, in 
the adjoining county of Shropshire, England, numbering, together, two 
bulls and eleven cows and heifers. These were remarkable for their 
(ligh breeding, and generally good points. From them down to January, 
1867, there were bred about sixty, and about half the number have been 
sold at satisfactory prices, and distributed, mostly into the United States. 
Some of the cows have proved excellent milkers, and all, together with 
the crosses of the bulls with common cows, have proved profitable graz- 



ing animals. 



X. Early Imported Herefords Not Fairly Tried. 



" On the whole, the Herefords have not had a fair trial in the United 
States, in the hands of veteran cattle breeders who had the means and 
opportunity to properly test them by a thorough and persistent course of 
breeding. Had the fine herd which was for several years on Mr. Com- 
ing's farm, been taken to good grazing lands in New York, or some of 
the Western States, and properly cared for, their history, we fancy, 
would have been far different from that which is here recorded." 

XI. The Herefords West. 

Since Mr. Allen wrote, the Herefords have been tried in many West- 
ern States, and in no respect either in kindly fattening, early maturity or 
heavy weights have they failed fairly to compete with the best Short- 
Horns in the principal prize fairs of the West, often carrying off the 
highest honors. Besides the breeders already mentioned, none have done 
more for the Herefords in the United States than Mr. Miller and Mr. 
Culbertson, of Illinois, each of Avliose large herds is composed of the 

very highest-caste animals to be found anywhere. 

41 



642 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




MIDDLE- HORNED CATTLE THE HEREFORDS. 643 

XEI. The Hereford as a Work-Ox. 

As work oxen the Hercfords arc inferior to the Devons, when activity 
is wanted, but for heavy draft they have no superior, being muscular, 
steady and patient at the yoke. Their capacity for standing fatigue, and 
their constitutional hardihood and resistance to cold are indeed remarka- 
ble, and of late years they have become great favorites with the ranch- 
men in the far AVestern States and Territories. 

Xm. The Hereford Cow. 

Two years ago, in collecting information about this valuable beef breed, 
we wrote, and now repeat : 

The Hereford cow compared with the ox is small and delicate, and not 
always handsomely made, to the snperficial observer. 

Here again this breed would seem to show its relationship to the 
Devon. She carries but little flesh in breeding condition, and when 
breeding, should not be fed sufficiently to accumulate much fat, for, in 
order that the young be superior, the dam should have plenty of room 
inside* 

With the Herefords, experience has shown that the dam may not be 
too large or coarse but she should be roomy. Then the breeder will get, 
even from apparently inferior cows, large, handsome steers, that will 
fatten early, and kindly, and to great weights. 

When the cow is done breedihg, and ready for fatting, it will please 
the owner to see how she will spread out, and accumulate flesh and fat, 
and this to a s^reater dei^ree than if not allowed to breed. 

The Herefords are a hardy, gentle race, maturing eariy, and are long- 
lived. The flesh is superior, handsomely marbled, heavy in the prime 
parts, and they fatten to weights fully as heavy as any known breed. 

Their massive strength, honesty and gentleness make them the best 
working oxen known, and the potency of the bulls, when crossed upon 
red or nearly red cows of the country, renders the steers easily matched 
in color, as they will be easily matched in general characteristics of the 
progeny. 

XIV. Points of the Hereford. 

In judging the Herefords as beef animals the same scale of points may 
be adopted as for Short-Horns, except that the Herefords arc, if any- 
thing, more placid, closer to the ground, heavier in appearance, better 
grazers, and thicker meated than many strains of Short-Horns. 
XV. The Hereford of To-day in England. 

It has been claimed, and we think with truth, that in some show rings 
in the West the Hercfoids were discriminated against. Be this as it may. 



()44 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOrt. 

in England there is no such feeling rgainst them, and, besides, the Eng- 
lish system of judging precludes, to as great an extent as possible, any 
shadow of favoritism. 

Speaking of one of the great show rings there in 1878, the Bath and 
West of England, the Mark Lane Express says of the Hereford exhibit : 

" They are not so numerous as the more fashionable breed, but the 
quality throughout is excellent. In the aged bull class there are five 
animals of which the Hereford men need not be ashamed. 

" The heifers in milk or in calf numbered only three, but two of them 
were such animals as it was worth while coming to Oxford on purpose to 
see. Leonora (first premium) is one of the most perfect animals that 
has been shown for years. It was first last year as a yearling at Liver- 
pool, and will likely be first wherever it goes. The champion prize given 
by the Oxfordshire Agricultural Society was awarded to this heifer as the 
best female horned animal in the yard. The companion heifer, Beatrice, 
is also very handsome, and took second to Leonora's first at the Royal 
last year, as it did last week at Oxford. If Leonora had been a Grand 
Duchess Short-Horn a poem would have been composed in her honor, 
and translated into several languages by this time. But no Short-Horn 
that we have ever seen Avas cast in such a mould." 

XVI. High and Authoritative Praise. 

The following is high praise, and authoritative, as coming from an Eng- 
lish agricultural paper of the highest class. The Agricultural Journal, 
of London, says : 

"This breed enjoyed the remarkable distinction of producing both the 
champion animals at Oxford, Grateful being declared to be the best bull, 
and Beatrice (a two year old heifer) being declared to be the best cow or 
heifer in the yard. Both, as may be supposed, were very good, the 
heifer pre-eminently so. She is a daughter of the famous bull, Winter 
De Cote, and another instance of hereditary merit. 

" The yearling heifers and calves indicate that this breed is, as beef 
makers at an early age, quite up to the highest Short-Horn standard. 
The Teeswater may milk better, and be more ready in adapting itself to 
local circumstances ; but where the pasture is good, it is hard to beat the 
white-faces for grazinji;." 

Again, the Chamber of Agriculture Journal, the organ of the Royal 
Agricultural Society, gives the following testimony : 

" The old bull Hereford class produced an extraordinary animal in 
Graceful, who secured the reserve at the Hereford show in 1876. He 
has made wonderful development since appearing as a two-year old, as 
is proved by the fact that Thoughtful, who was then placed above him, 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE HEREFORDS. 



04.' 



and has since taken firsts at Birmingham, Liverpool and Batli, has now 
been put second to him ; and that not only was he selected by the judges as 
the best Hereford bull on the ground, but in the contest for the cham- 
pionship succeeded in carrying it off against such a Short-Horn competitor 
as Sir Arthur Ingram. Grateful, at four years old, has capital loins and 
chines, witli great thickness and depth of frame, and is very level all over ; 
but his grand feature is the astounding mass of flesh with which his frame 
is covered. His girth is eight feet ten and one-half inches. 

"In the cow class. Lady Blanche, which took second prize at Bath, now 
came to the front position. She is marvelous at her fore flank, and dis- 
plays a great mass of flesh on a well-shaped, grand frame, which, however, 
fell off slightly at the rump. The second prize cow. Little Beauty, was 
highly commended at Bath, and wonderfully retains her show-yard merit at 
eleven years old. The two-year old heifers, Leonora and Beatrice, were, 
of course, sure to win. Beatrice has recently reared a calf, which is 
slightly against her for showing; but Leonora is in full bloom with her 
beautiful head, symmetrical form, and all that loveliness which is so tak- 
ing to the eye. After being selected as the best Hereford female on the 
ground, she carried off the champion prize against a remarkably shapely 
Short-Horn heifer, and one of the best Devons that has appeared for years, 
so that both cups were awarded to Herefords." 




JERSEY- BULL PEDRO'S PRETTY POGIS. 
XVII. Distribution in the South-west and Far West. 

Since neither pains nor money has been spared in bringing the best 
English animals to this country, there is no doubt but that the West to- 
day possesses Herefords, both bulls and cows, as good as there are in the 
world. Hereford bulls are being sent off and distributed in the far West, 
and South-west, where they are regarded with fully as much favor as the 
Short-Horns. Why should they not? There is plenty of territory left 
for the spread of both these admirable breeds of beef cattle. We do not 
hesitate to say, at this writing, that they still hold their rank, not onl}^ in 
other high respects, but especially in Texas and on the great grazing plains 
of the West, as the peers of any other of the superior breeds for the pro- 
duction of thick-meated breeds of j^he country. 



CHAPTER VIII. 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE— THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 



I. ANTIQUITY OF THE DEVONS. II. THE DEVONS COMrARATIVELY SMALL CATTLE. 

III. NATURAL GRAZING GROUNDS OF THE DEVONS. IV. WORKING QUALI- 
TIES OF THE DEVONS. V. THEIR DECEIVING APPEARANCE. VI. POINTS OF 

THE DEVON. VII. NOTABLE CHARACTERISTICS. VIII. THE LEGS OF THE 

DEVON. IX. THE BODY AND TAIL. X. THE DEVON COW. XI. MR. AL- 
LEN'S TESTIMONY. XII. THEY ARE ACTIVE AND HANDY. XIII. IN THE FIRST 

CLASS FOR BEEF. XIV. WEIGHTS OF THE DEVONS. XV. SUSSEX CATTLE.-— 

XVI. THE SUSSEX COLOR. XVII. DISTINGUISHING MARKS OF THE SUSSEX. 

XVIII. THE SUSSEX COW. XIX. GLAMORGAN CATTLE. 

I. Antiquity of the Demons. 

In Chapter I, the general history of this ancient and superior race of 
cattle is given. They are the only breed of middle-horned cattle, ex- 
cept the Herefords, that has attained celebrity in the United States. In 
England, where they have been known from the earliest times, they have 
been bred pure. In certain sections, and especially in North Devon, par- 
ticular pains was long ago taken in raising them. There the Devon 
unites all the characteristics of the tribe, including medium size, dark 
color, eminent working qualities and great excellence of beef. The pecu- 
liarities in color and substance about the eyes, nose and ears, have caused 
them to be known as North Devons, in contradistinction to the lighter- 
colored, larger and coarser cattle of other districts, but which combine 
some of the better qualities of the true Devon. 

II. The Devons Comparatively Small Cattle. 

The chief objection to the Devons, in the West, is that they lack size to 
prove profitable on the flush and comparatively level pastures of the prai- 
rie region. They are, also, somewhat slow in maturing ; in fact it used to 
bo the practice in England to put the steers to work at three years old, 
and fatten them at five or six years old. Then, fully matured and spread, 
they wholly or partially paid for their keeping, and the quality of their 
flesh was only surpassed by that other slow-maturing, but wonderful 
cattle in the quality of their beef — the West Highland cattle of Scotland. 

III. Natural Grazing Grounds of the Devons. 

To-day in all our hill country, or where the ]al)or of the steers can be 
utilized, they are the most valual^le of any of the known breeds of cattle. 
In all the bill country. North and South, they will be found among the 

646 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON. 



647 













t&iM / 










^' / 



# ^^J^j 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 



649 



best, if not the very best, of domesticated cattle, when we consider the 
ease with which they are kept, their powers of withstanding extreme heat 
and cold, and their valuable Avorking qualities ; for they are able to per- 
form fully as much work as the horse in plowing, especially in small 
fields where there is much turning. 

rv. Working Qualities of the Devons. 
We have known them to keep fully up with horses, day after day, in 
heavy plowing — a yoke of Devon steers at the beam, and a pair of horses 
ahead. So, in stubble plowing ; a single yoke of Devon steers, week in 
and week out, would do fully as much work on small lands as a good 
pair of horses ; and they turn the furrows quite as steadily as the horse 
team. The horses would gain something in going straight ahead, but in 
«©niing about the Devon steers always made it up. This was when the 




GUERNSEY BULL DOLLY'S DUKE. 

steers were fed grain the same as the horses. When both are kept on 
grass, the Devous will do more work than any pair of liorses of the same 
weight. 

In catching times, in hauling hay and grain to the stack, we have 
driven Devon steers at a six-mile trot in going back light ; and their 
wonderful tractability, under kind but firm training, certainly makes 
them most admirable teams for new or thinly-settled districts. For log- 
ging in the woods, or hauling logs to the mill, there are no better or 
quicker teams, and it is surprising, under good keeping, the load they 
will start, and the power with which they will move it along the road. 

V. Their Deceiving Appearance. 
The Devons are essentially muscular cattle. They are far heavier than 
they look. This is owing to their fine bone — nearly as hard as that of a 
blood horse — their round, compact form, and the full flesh they carry. 



650 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 

The cows are small ; and the bulls are smaller than the steers. When 
properly developed by two years of work, the oxen are splendidly filled 
out, and are certainly the most beautiful of all the domesticated ox tribe. 
The illustration we give will show the Devon ox in good working con- 
dition. The cut of a high-caste bull, illustrating especially the full, soft, 
mossy coat of hair, as given in Chapter I, is a most excellent and life- 
like drawing. 

' rZ. Points of the Devon. 

Youatt describes the points of the Devon of his day most minutely. 
Except that they have now, through better feeding in America, been in- 
creased in size and early maturity, the description is as applicable to-day 
as when it was written. It is as follows : 

" The horn of the bull ought to be neither too low nor too high, taper- 
ing at the points, not too thick at the tip. 

The eye should be clear, bright, and prominent, showing much of the 
white, and have around it a circle of dark orange color. 

The forehead should be flat, indented, and small, for, by the smallness 
of the forehead, the purity of the breed is very much estimated. 

The cheek should be small, and the muzzle fine ; the nose must be of a 
clear yellow. 

The nostril should be high and open ; the hair curled about the head. 

The neck should be thick, and that sometimes almost to a fault. 

Excepting in the head and neck, the form of the bull does not mate- 
rially differ from that of the ox, but he is considerably smaller. There 
are exceptions, however, to this rule. 

The head of the ox is small, very singularly so, relatively to his bulk : 
yet it has a striking breadth of forehead ; it is clean and free from flesh 
about the jaws. 

The eye is very prominent, and the animal has a pleasing vivacity of 
countenance, distinguishing it from the heavy aspect of many othei 
breeds. 

Its neck is long and thin, admirably adapting it for the collar, or tht 
more common and ruder yoke. 

It is accounted one of the characteristics of good cattle, that the lineo^ 
the neck, from the horns to the withers, should scarcely deviate from tha 
of the back. 

VII. Notable Characteristics. 

"In the Devon ox, however, there is a peculiar rising at the shoulder 
reminding us of the blood-horse, and essentially connected with the fre( 
and quick action by which this breed has ever been distinguished. 

It has little or no dewlap depending from the throat. 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE — THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 651 

The horns are longer than those of the bull, smaller, and fine even to 
the base, and of a lighter color, and tipped with yellow. 

The animal is light in the withers ; the shoulders a little oblique ; the 
breast deep, and the bosom open and wide, particularly as contrasted 
with the fineness of the withers. 

The fore legs arc wide apart, looking like pillars that have to support 
a srreat weight. 

The point of the shoulder is rarely or never seen. There is no pro- 
jection of bone, but there is a kind of level line running on to the neck. 

Angular bony projections are never found in a beast that carries much 
flesh and fat. 

The fineness of the withers, the slauting direction of the shoulder, and 
the broad and open l)reast, imply strength, s]3eed, and aptitude to fatten. 

A narrow-chested animal can never be useful either for working or 
grazing. 

With all the lightness of the Devon ox, there is a point about him, 
disliked in the blood or riding horse, and not approved in the horse of 
light draught — the legs are far under the chest, or rather the breast pro- 
jects far and wide before the legs. We see the advantage of this 
in the beast of slow draught, who rarely breaks into a trot, except 
when he is goaded on in catching times, and the division of whose foot 
prevents him from stumbling. 

The lightness of the other parts of his form, however, counterbal- 
ances heaviness there. 

VIII. The Legs of the Devon. 

The legs are straight, at least in the best herds. If they are in-kneed 
or crooked in the fore legs, it argues a deficiency in blood, and compara- 
tive incapacity for work, and for grazing, too ; for they w'U be hollow 
behind the Avithers, a point for which nothing can compensate, because it 
takes away so much from the i)lace where good flesh and fat should be 
thickly laid on, and diminishes the capacity of the chest and the power 
of creating arterial and nutritious blood. 

The fore-arm is particularly large and powerful. It swells out sud- 
denly above the knee, but is soon lost in the substance of the shoulder. 

Below the knee the bone is small to a very extraordinary degree, indi- 
cating a seeming want of strength ; l>ut this impression immediately 
ceases, for the smallness is only in front — it is only in the bone ; the leg 
is deep, and the sinews are far removed from the bone, promising both 
strength and s[)eed. 

It may be ol)jcctcd that the log is a little too long. It would be so in 
«n animal destined only to graze ; but this is a working animal, and some 
j length of leg is necessary to get him actively over the ground. 



052 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORo 

IX. The Body and Tail. 

"There is some trifling fall Ix'hiiul the withers, oat no hollowness, and 
the line of the back is straight from thence to the setting on of the tail. 
if there is any seeming fault in the breast, it is that the sides are a little 
too flat. It will appear, however, that this does not interfere Avitli feed- 
ing, while a deep, although somewhat flat chest is best adapted for speed. 

The two last ribs are particularly bold and prominent, leaving room for 
the stomach and other parts concerned in digestion to be fully de- 
veloped. 

The hips, or buckles, are high up, and on a level with the back, 
whether the beast is fat or lean. 

The hind quarters, or the space from the hip to the point of the rump, 
are particularly long and well fihed up — a point of importance both for 
grazing and working. It leaves room for flesh in the most valuable part, 
and indicates much power behind, equally connected with strength and 
speed. This is an improvement quite of modern date. The fullne.-5s 
here, and the SAvelling of the thigh below, are of much more consequence 
than the prominence of fat which is so much admired on the rump of 
many prize cattle. 

The setting on o^ the tail is high, on a level with the back, rarely much 
elevated or depressed. This is another great Doint, as connected with 
the perfection of the hind quarters. 

The tail is long and small, and taper, with a round bunch of hair at the 
bottom." 

X. The Devon Cow. 

We have stated that the bulls are smaller than the oxen. All steers 
when mature, may be fatted to greater weights than the bulls, whatever 
the breed. In the Devons, the increased size of the steers is especially 
noticeable. The Devon cows are also naturally smaller than the bulls, 
but especially elegant in their compact, rounded forms, constancy and 
beauty of color, and are noted for docility of temper when kindly 
treated and for their active, ardent temperaments. They will resent 
abuse, for they have the courage of the blooded horse. There is no 
more beautiful picture than a herd of Devon cows in the pasture, for 
there is no animal more elegant in form. Yet small as the cows seem, 
put them on the scale, and the person not used to judge them will be 
surprised at their weight. 

All Devons are noted for their round, full, clear eyes, the golden circlet 
about the eyes, and the yellow skin of the inside of the ears, as well as 
for the orange or yellow-colored muzzle. The cow is particularly notice- 
able in these characteristics. Add to this their cheerful and intelligent 



MIDDLE-HOKNED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 



()53 



countenance ; the clean jaws, throat and dewlap ; the magnificent loin ; 
the round Ijarrel ; the muscular hind quarter, quite free from angles of 
any kind ; the long, tapering tail ; and for elegance, tine flesh and great 
working powers, the Devons have no superiors among cattle. 




THE NORMAN COW. 

The claim is made for this breed, and especially those denominated "Cotteutine," 
that thej' are the tirst milkers in the world. There are cows all over Normandy that 
will produce more than eight gallons of milk per day, and they have been known to 
)roduce over twelve gallons. Their average yield of milk per year is about 750 gal- 
oris. The milk is not rich in butter, as that of some.other races, but its abundance 
iiore than compensates for the difference. The animals are very large and 'Taw- 
)oned," frequently weighing over 4000 pounds. On account of the large bones, they 
»re not so desirable for beef as some other breeds. 



XI. Mr. Allen's Testimony. 

Let us see what the venerable editor of the Short-Horn Herd-Book 
lys of them as working oxen : 

They are, among cattle, what the thoroughbred is among horses. Ac- 
ording to their size, they combine more fineness of bone, more muscular 



654 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVP: STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

power, more intelligence, activity, and " bottom," than any other breed. 
They have the slanting shoulder of the horse, better fitted to receive the 
yoke, and carry it easier to themselves than any others, except the Here- 
fords. 

With all workers of oxen, the nearer the beast approaches in shape, 
appearance, and action to the Devon, the more valuable he is considered, 
according to weight. For ordinary farm labor, either at the plow, the 
wagon, or the cart, he is equal to all common duties, and on the road his 
speed and endurance are unrivalled. It is in these qualities that the, 
New England oxen excel others of the country generally, and why the 
people of that section often call their red oxen " Devonshires," when 
they cannot, to a certainty, trace any, or but a small portion of that 
blood in them, only by a general appearance and somewhat like action. 

XII. They are Active and Handy. 

For active, handy, labor on the farm, or highway, under the careful 
hand of one who likes and properly tends him, the Devon is every- 
thing that is required of an ox, in docility, intelligence, and readiness, foi 
any reasonable task demanded of him. Their uniformity in style, shape, 
and color, render them easily matched, and their activity in movement, 
particularly on rough and hilly grounds, gives them, for farm labor, almost 
equal value to the horse, with easier keep, cheaper food, and less care. 
The presence of a well conditioned yoke of Devon cattle in the market 
place at once attests their value, and twenty-five to fifty dollars, and even 
higher prices over others of the common stock, are freely given by the 
purchaser. 

The Devon, in his lack of great size, is not so strong a draught ox as 
some of the other breeds — the Herefords, for instance — or perhaps some 
of the laro;er of the common cattle: but, "for his inches," no horned 
beast can outwork him. On light soils, and on hilly roads, none other 
equals him, although we intend to give all their due share of merit. 

XIII. In The First Class for Beel 

We must place the Devon in the first class, for fineness of flesh and deli, 
cacy of flavor. Its compact bone gives it the one, and its rapid and thor- 
ough development under good feeding gives it the other. In growth and| 
size it matures almost, equal to the Short-Horn, and its meat is finer 
grained, juicy, and nicely marbled, (the lean and fat intermixed.) In 
the London markets, Devon beef bears the highest price of any, except 
the Highland Scot — usually a penny a pound over that of larger breeds, 
and our American butchers quickly pick the Devons from a drove, 
when they can find them, before most others. They feed well, take on 
flesh rapidly, and in the quality of their flesh are all that can be desired. 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE-THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 655 




MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 65i 

Xrv. Weights of the Devons. 
While the Devons are called small cattle, they are only relatively so in 
comparison with Short-Horns and Herefords, A full-grown ox in good 
condition will weigh from 1,400 to 1,600 pounds, and when well-fatteneu 
they will reach 2,000 pounds. The cows will weigh from 800 to 1,100 
pounds, and the bulls 1,200 to 1,400. We bred one that at 8 years old 
weighed 1,819 pounds, and he was as extraordinary in his fineness and 
style, as a premium taker, as he was in weight ; not large to look at, but 
weighing like a lump of lead. 

XV. Sussex Cattle. 
Sussex also has long been noted for a breed of middle-horned cattle — 
all red, but lighter in color than the Devons, larger and in every way 
coarser. Still they are better milkers than the Devons and fatten kindly. 
There are a number of breeds allied to the Devons or descended from 
them in England. The Sussex is one of these breeds. 

XVI. The Sussex Color. 

The color is a light .chestnut or blood bay, much lighter than the true 
North Devon, but fully as uniform. The cut of a Sussex cow will, with 
the description given below, serve to explain the points of difference. 
They are mentioned here mainly, if not solely, for the reason that they 
have been sold as Devons. If you buy Devons, or any other highly-bred 
stock, be sure there is no stain in the pedigree. It is a matter of the 
utmost importance to the breeder of high-caste cattle. 

XVH. Distinguishing Marks of the Sussex. 

On this subject Youatt says : *' The horns are more tapering, pushing 

farther forward, and turning up more. The head is small and well formed. 

the eye full, large and mild in the ox, but rather wild and unquiet in the cow. 

The throat is clean and the neck long and thin, but coarser than in the 

Devon. The shoulder is wider and rounder on the withers ; straighter 

' from the top of the withers towards the back, and carries much flesh, 

j giving too much weight to unprofitable parts. On the other hand, the 

\ barrel is round and deep, the back straight, and the back-bone entirely 

I hidden by the muscles on each side. The heart and lungs are full and 

large, and the belly and flank capacious. The barrel is well-ribbed home. 

The loins are wide, the hip-bone low, free from raggedness, large, and 

{ well spread, and the space between the hips well filled up. The tail, 

which is fine and thin, is set on lower than in the Devon, yet the rump is 

nearly as staight, for the deficiency is supplied by a mass of flesh and fat 

swelling above. The hind quarters are cleanly made, and if the thighs 

appear to be straight without, there is plenty of fullness within. 
42 



658 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XVIII. The Sussex Cow. 

** The cows have fine hah*, a mellow, rather than thin skin ; a small teat ; 
horns fine, clean, and transparent, which reach forward from the head 
and turn up at the tips ; the neck is thin and clean ; back and belly 




straight ; ribs round and springing out well ; shoulder flat, but projecting 
at the point. 

Hips and rump wide ; the tail set on level with the rump, and the car- 
cass large ; the legs are rather short and fine. 



MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE — THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 



659 



The cows are not good milkers ; they are often uneasy in the pasture, 
and often unquiet in temper." 

The have been exhibited and sold as Devons in the United States, a 
thing which, of course, none but the most unprincipled of men would ^t- 




They have little or no value in this 



tempt. Give them a wide berth, 
country among better cattle. 

XIX. Glamorgan Cattle. 
The cattle of Glamorgan, Wales, are noted for good messes of milk, for 
docility, ability to forage for themselves on their native hills, and for 



660 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



taking on flesh kindly when dry. They are undoubtedly of Devon origin 
and belong to the Middle-Horns. They are an ancient race, and have 
been preserved pure in their native region, but are little known away 
from there. Occasional specimens have been imported to the United 




States, more as curiosities than for intrinsic value, either for milk or 
beef, when there are so many superior breeds in either direction. The 
illustration shows their characteristics perfectly. 



CHAPTER IX. 
POLLED CATTLE. 



I POLLED CATTLE IN GENERAL. II. THE GALLOWAYS. III. POINTS OF THE 

GALLOWAY. IV. THE LIMBS AND HEAD. V. THE SKIN. VI. THE COLOR. 

VII. THE GALLOWAYS IN AMERICA. VIII. POLLED ANGUS CATTLE. IX. 

COLOR OF THE POLLED ANGUS. X. ANGUS COWS AS MILKERS. XI. THE 

ANGUS COMPARED WITH THE GALLOWAY. 

I. Polled Cattle in General. 

Of the various breeds of polled or hornless cattle, however good in 
England, none have proved valuable in the United States and Canada, 
except the Galloways and the Polled Angus. Of these only the Gallo- 
ways have been at all widely disseminated. Docility of temper even 
dinong old bulls ; the little space taken up in the feeding stalls, on account 
of their mild disposition and absence of horns ; their hardiness ; the ease 
with which they take on flesh, and the thickness and fine quality of the 
beef are some of the principal characteristics of excellence in polled 
cattle. 

II. The Galloways. 

For the colder and hilly districts, when all cattle must be protected in 
fvinter, and in all regions where the Short-Horn proves too tender, the 
jralloway cattle are steadily gaining in favor. They are essentially beef 
cattle, it being unusual for the cows, even under good keeping, to give 
nore than twelve quarts of milk a day, and the average is given at six or 
Mght quarts. But the milk is rich, yielding a pound of butter, accord- 
ngto English authorities, to eight or ten quarts of milk. The cows, as 
' rule, go dry for two or three months in the year, even under the best 
'f management. 

It has been said of them that there is, perhaps, no breed of cattle 
vhich can be more truly said to be indigenous to the country, and incapa- 
>le of improvement by any foreign cross, than the Galloways. The 
"*hort-Horns almost everywhere else have improved the cattle of the dis- 
ricts to which they have traveled ; at least in the first cross produced 
nanifest improvement ; but even in the first cross, the Short-Horns have 
lone little good in Galloway, and, as a petmanent mixture, the choicest 
iiort-hom bulls have manifestly failed. The intelligent Galloway breeder 
3 now perfectly satisfied that his stock can only be improved by adher- 
nce to the pure breed, and by care in the selection. 

661 



662 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

III. Points of the Galloway. 

Mr. L. B. Allen gives, on the autnority of an eminent judge and 
breeder, the characteristics of this breed, as follows : 

The Galloway cattle are straight and broad in the back, and nearly 
level from the head to the rump. They are ro"und in the ribs, and also 
between the shoulders and the ribs, and the ribs and the loins. They 
are broad in the loin, without any large projecting hook bones. In round- 
ness of barrel, and fullness of ribs, they will compare with any breed, and 
also in the proportion which the loins bear to the hook bones, or protu- 
berances of the ribs. When viewed from above, the whole body appears 
beautifully rounded, like the longitudinal section of a roller. They are 
long in the quarters and ribs, and deep in the chest, but not broad in the 
twist. The slightest inspection will show that there is less space between 
the hook or hip bones and the ribs than in most other breeds, a consider- 
ation of much importance, for the advantage of length of carcass consists 
in the animal being well ribbed home, or as little as possible lost in the 
flank. 

IV. The Limbs and the Head. 

The Galloway is short in the leg, and moderately fine in the shank 
bones, — the happy medium seems to be preserved in the leg, which 
secures hardihood and a disposition to fatten. With the same cleanness 
and shortness of shank, there is no breed so large and muscular above the 
knee, while there is more room for the deep, broad and capacious chest. 
He is clean, not fine and slender, ])ut well proportioned in the neck and 
chaps ; a thin and delicate neck would not correspond with the broad 
shoulders, deep chest, and close, compact form of the breed. The neck 
of the Galloway bull is thick, almost to a fault. The head is rather 
heavy ; the eyes are not jjrominent, and the cars are large, rough, and full 
of long hairs on the inside. 

V. The Skin. 

The Galloway is covered with a loose, mellow skiL. of medium 
thickness, which is clothed with long, soft, silky hair. The skin is 
thinner than that of the Leicestershire, but not so fine as the hide of the 
improved Durham breed, but it handles soft and kindly. Even on the 
moorland farms, where the cattle, during the greater part of the year, 
are fed on the scantiest fare, it is remarkable how little their hides in- 
dicate the privations they endure. 

VI. The Color. 

The prevailing and fashionable color is black — a few arc of a dark 
brindle brown, and still fewer are speckled with white spots, and some 



POLLED CATTLE. 



G63 




V-- ■^■^< -^ 



(UU CYCLOPEDIA OF T.IVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of them are of a dun or drab color, perhaps acquired from a cross with 
tliy Suffolk breed of cattle. Dark colors are uniformly preferred, from 
the belief that tbev indicate hardiness of constitution. 

VII. The Galloways in America. 

The Galloways are said to have been first introduced into Canada about 
the year 1850. Since that time they have steadily increased by breeding 
and subsequent importations, and of late years a good many have been 
bred in the Northwestern States, where they are greatly liked for their 
many good qualities, and now have a regular series of prizes offered for 
them at all our principal fairs. They are also attracting attention in the 
Southwest as a means of improving the Texan cattle. To our mind, they 
should prove valuable in reducing the horn, refining the bone, and thick- 
ening the body of the Southwestern cattle, and, especially, in breeding 
out the wildness and viciousness of the Texans. 

VIII. Polled Angus Cattle. 

This is a breed yet rare in America, though much thought of in Scot- 
land. Finer in their make up than the Galloways, of which they are 
relatives, they have many admirable qualities to commend them in hilly 
districts. There have always been some polled cattle in Angus ; the 
country people call them humlies or dodded cattle. Youatt says that 
their origin is so remote, that no account of their introduction into Eng- 
land can be obtained from the oldest farmers or breeders. The attention 
of some enterprising agriculturists appears to have been first directed to 
them about sixty years ago, and particularly on the eastern coast, and on, 
the borders of Kincardineshire. Some of the first qualities which seem 
to have attracted the attention of these breeders were the peculiar quiet- 
ness and docility of the doddies, the easiness with which they were 
managed, the few losses that were incurred from their injuring each other 
in their stalls, and the power of disposing of a greater number of them in 
the same space. 

A few experiments upon them developed another valuable quality — 
their natural fitness for stall-feeding, and the rapidity with which they 
fattened. This brought them into repute. 

They have much of the Galloway form, and by those unaccustomed tc 
cattle would be often mistaken for the Galloways. A good judge, how- 
ever, would perceive that they are larger, somewhat longer in the leg. 
thinner in the shoulder, and flatter in the side. 

Climate and management have caused another difference between the 
Angus doddies and the Galloways. The Galloways have a moist climate 
they have a more robust appearance, a much thicker skin, and aroughei 



POLLBD CATTLB. 



665 



Gfjftt of hair than th® Angus oxen. The angu« cattle are regularly kept in 
straw yards daring six months of the year, receiving turnips with their 
toJder every day, and in summer are grazed on dry and warm piisturs. 
By this treatment they look and feel more kindly than the Galoways. 




IX. Color of the Polled Angus. 

'I'he greater part of them are black, or with a few white spots. 
The next general color is yellow, comprehending the brindled, dark 
red, and silver-colorfed yellow. They are a valuable breed, and have 
rapidly gained ground on the horned cattle, and become far more numer- 
ous, particularly in the Lowlands ; and when the agriculturist now speaka 
«f the Angus breed, he refers to tHfe polled species. 



666 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



X. Angus Cows as Milkers. 
The quantity of milk yielded by the dairy cows is various. In the 
hilly districts from two to three gallons are given per day, but that is 
very rich. In the lowlands th(; cows will give live gallons during the best 
of the season. The cows of this district were formerly regarded as some 
of the best dairy-cows in Scotland, but since the breed has been more im- 
proved, and greater attention paid to the fattening qualities, they have 
fallen off in their character for the pail. 




ENGLISH GROUP OF RKD POLLED CATTLE. 

These cattle belong principally to the counties of Norfolk and Suffolk, in England. 
They are a very old race, and though quite small (seldom weighing over 720 pounds), 
the superior quality of their flesh, and their fattening freely at an early age, do away 
with all objections to their size. 

XI. The Angus Compared with the Galloway. 

Thus while Angus cattle have great value in their native climate, they 
would seem to possess no value in this country over the Galloway. When 
removed to a warmer latitude, in England, they degenerate, and the 
probability is, that in this country they will not prove so good as the 
Galloways, though it is probable that they will find admirers on account 
of the greater excellence of their flesh. 



CHAPTER X. 



DAIKY CATTLE— THE AYKSHIKBS. 



I. TETE ANTIQUITY OP AYRSHIRE CATTLE. II. AYRSHIRE ANCESTRY. ITT. THE 

AYRSHIRE AS A MILKER. IV. QUALITY OF THE MILK. V. MR. YOUATT'S 

OPINION. VI. QUALITY OF THE FLESH. — —VII. THE AYRSHIRES IN AMERICA. 

VIII. AYRSHIRE POINTS EIGHTY YEARS AGO. IX. THE AYRSHIRE OF TO- 

i)AY. X. POINTS OF AYRSHIRE CATTLE. XI. ESCUTCHEON OR MILK MIRROR. 

XII. THE POINTS SUMMED UP. XIII. THE BODY. XIV. THE SKIN. XV. 

MILK POINTS. XVI. THE HEAD.— —XVII. THE NECK, BODY AND LIMBS. >■ 

XVm. IMPORTANCE OF GOOD TEATS. XIX. COLOR, STYLE AND CONDITION. 

I. The Antiquity of Ayrshire Cattle. 

There are few climates better adapted to dairying than Ayrshire, in 
Scotland, and no other part of Great Britain has so long been noted for 
its superior milking cows. The climate is moist, with frequent soft rains 
and no severely cold weather in winter. The grasses therefore are natu- 
rally succulent and sweet. 

The origin of the Ayrshire cow is in doubt. In 1733 it is recorded 
that no such breed existed in Scotland. Mr. Robertson, writing in 
1703, credits the introduction of Ayrshire cattle into Scotland, on the 
authority of Mr. Bruce Campljell, to that Earl of Marchmont who suc- 
ceeded his title in 1724, and died in 1740. 

II. Ayrshire Ancestry. 

In relation to their origin Mr. Robertson says : From what particular 
part of the country they came, there a})pears no evidence. My own con- 
jecture is, that they are either of the Holderness breed, or derived from 
it; judging from the varied color, or from somewhat better evidence, the 
small head and slender neck, in which they bear a striking resemblance to 
them. These cattle, from which, hy crosses with the native breed, the 
present improved Ayrshire arose, were first introduced on Lord March- 
mont's estate in Berwickshire. A bull of the new stock was sold to Mr. 
Hamilton of Sundrum ; then Mr. Dunlop, in Cunningham, imported 
some of the Dutch cattle, and their progeny was long afterwards distin- 
guished by the name of the Dunlop cows. Those were the first of the 
improved, or stranger breed, that reached the baillery of Cunningham. 
Mr. Orr, about the year 1767, brought to his estate of Grongar, near 
Kilmarnock, some fine milch cows of a larger size than any which bad 

667 



668 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

been on the farm. It was not, however, until about 1780, that this 
improved breed might be said to be duly estimated, or generally estab- 
lished in that part of Ayrshire, although they had begun to extend be- 
yond the Irvine, into Kyle. 




About 1790, according to Mr. Aiton, Mr. Fulton from Blith, carried 
them first into Carrick, and Mr. Wilson, of Kilpatrick, was the first who 
took them to the southern parts of that district. So late as 1804, they 
were introduced on the estate of Penmore, on the Stonchar, and they are 



DAIRY CATTLE THE AYRSHIRES. ''<>!> 

the established cattle of Ayrshire ; they are increasing in the neighbor- 
ing counties, and have found their way to most parts of Britain. 

III. The Ayrshire as a Milker. 

The quantity of milk yielded by the Ayrshire cow is, considering her 
size, very great. Five gallons daily, for two or three months after calv- 
ing, may be considered as not more than an average quantity. Three 
gallons daily will be given for the next three months, and one gallon and 
a half during the succeeding four months. This would amount to more 
than 850 gallons ; but, allowing for some unproductive cows, fiOO gallons 
per year may be considered as the average quantity obtained annually 
from each cow. 

IV. Quality of the Milk. 

The quality of the milk is estimated by the quantity of butter or 
^heese that it aWU yield. Three gallons and a half of this milk will 
yield about a pound and a half avoirdupois, of butter. An Ayrshi]-e 
cow may be reckoned to yield 257 English pounds of butter per annum, 
or about live pounds per week all the year round, besides the value of the 
buttermilk and her calf. • 

V. Mr. Youatt's Opinion. 

Mr. Youatt, writing in the early part of the century says : They will 
feed kindly and profitably, and their meat will be good. They will fatten 
on farms and in districts where others could not, except supported by 
artificial food. They unite, perhaps, to a greater degree than any other 
breed, the supposed incompatible properties of yielding a great deal of 
milk and beef. It is, however, on the inferior soil and the moist climate 
of Ayrshire, and the west of Scotland, that their superiorit}^ as milkers is 
most remarkable. On their natural food of poor quality they give milk 
abundantly and long, and often until within a few days of calving ; but 
when they are moved to richer pasture, their constitution changes, and 
they convert their food more into beef. It cannot be denied that even in 
this tendency to fatten when their milk begins to fail, or which often causes 
it to fail, the Ayrshires must yield to their forefathers, the Highlanders, 
and to their neighbors, the Galloways, when put on a poor soil ; and they 
will be left considerably behind their Short-Horn sires when transplanted 
to luxuriant pasture. It will be long, perhaps, before they will be 
favorites with the butchers, for the fifth quarter will not usually weigh 
well in them. 

VI. Quality of the Flesh. 

Their fat is mingled with the flesh rather than separated in the form of 
tallow ; yet this would give a more beautiful appearance to the meat, and 



670 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

should enhance its price to the consumer. This fact of their tiesh being 
so fully marbled with fat, would be an important consideration at the 
present time, if not when Mr. Youatt wrote, for tallow is not so valuable 
now as formerly, since the disuse of tallow caudles, and this marbled flesh 
is much sought by butchers. 

VII. The Ayrshires in America. 

Mr. Allen, writing in 1867 in relation to their importation into America 
says : The Ayrshires first began to be imported into the United States 
about the year 1831. They Avere somewhat different in appearance 
from the latter importations, being in color usually deep red, or brown, 
flecked with white, of rather plain look, and having mostly black noses. 
In recent importations, or those within the last flfteen years, many of 
them have assumed more the Short-Horn colors, the red in them being of 
a lighter shade, and less of it — white being the prevailing color in many 
— -and some of them a lively patched roan, with yellow noses, and hand- 
some, and more symmetrical forms, l)ut alike bearing the marks of good 
milkers. 

VIII. Ayrshire Points Eighty Years Ago. 

According to Mr. Aiton, the Ayrshire as it was found in its native 
country and in its improved form, in the beginning of the present cent- 
ury had these characteristics : Head small, but rather long and narrow 
at the muzzle ; the eye small, but smart and lively ; the horns small, clear, 
crooked, and their roots at a considerable distance from each other ; neck 
long and slender, tapering toward the head, with no loose skin below ; 
shoulders thin ; fore-quarters light ; hind-quarters large ; back straight, 
broad behind, the joints rather loose and open ; carcass deep, and pelvis 
capacious, and wide over the hips, with round fleshy buttocks ; tail long, 
and small ; legs small and short, with firm joints ; udder capacious, broad 
and square, stretching forward, and neither fleshy, low hung, nor loose; 
the milk-veins large and prominent ; teats short, all pointing outward, 
and at consideraljle distance from each other ; skin thin and loose ; 
hair soft and woolly. The head, bones, horns, and all parts of least value, 
small ; and the general figure compact and well proportioned. 

IX. The Ayrshire of To-Day. 

The Ayrshire of to-day is noted for giving a large quantity of milk, 
rich in both butter and cheese ; and also for the wonderful development Oi 
the thighs, the bulls being selected with reference to their feminine ap- 
pearance. They are docile in temper, hardy, sound-constitutioned— the 
bulls broad in the hook bones and hips, and full in the flanks. Of late 
years there have been a number of herds introduced into the West, and 



672 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

wherever used they have been greatly liked. Caretul selection has Uoiu 
much to keep down their fattening qualities on full feed, and it is pruh- 
able that there is no strictly dairy cow that to-day combines so many 
good qualities as the Ayrshire cow. 

X. Points of Ajrrshire Cattle. 

Dr. G. Lewis Sturtevant, of Massachusetts, a scientific investigator, 
and careful farmer, who has given particular attention to the characteris- 
tics and breeding of Ayrshire cattle in New England, minutely describes 
the points of Ayrshire cattle. With slight variations the same rules will 
apply to the Dutch or Holstein cattle to be hereafter noticed : 

The usefulness of the daiiy cow is in her udder, and toward the udder, 
its shape and its yield, all the capabilities of the cow should be directed. 
We may first view it as a reservoir for the milk. As such, it must be 
large and capacious, with broad foundations, extending well behind and 
well forward, with distinct attachments ; broad and square, viewed from 
behind, the sole level and broad, the lobes even-sized, and teats evenly 
distributed ; the whole udder firmly attached, with skin loose and elastic. 
Such a form gives great space for the secreted milk, and for the lodgment 
of the glands, w^hile allowing the changes from an empty to a full vessel. 
The glands should be free from lumps of fat and muscle, well set up in 
the body when the cow is dry, and loosely covered with the soft and elastic 
skin, without trace of flabbiness. Such a covering allows for extension 
when the animal is in milk, while the glands are kept in proximity with 
the blood-vessels that supply them. 

XI. Escutclieon or Milk Mirror. 

I think a broad escutcheon is fully as good a sign as a long one ; thrf 
quantity or quality mean more than shape, yet I would not discard th 
shape entirely. The udder and its dependencies, the milk veins, and the 
escutcheon mark, may be considered the foundation of the Ayrshire cow. 
These influence profit, and also the shapes of the body and the form of 
the animal. The milk vessel ?.s placed in the pubic region of the cow, 
a,nd is protected on either side by the hind limbs. The breadth of its 
attachments secures breadth of body, and the weight requires also a depth 
of quartei and of flanks. The breadth below requires breadth of hip 
above, and length of loin here appears related to length of pelvis. So 
much for the physical portion. The physical function of milk-producing 
demanids a great and continuous flow of blood, for it must not be for- 
gotten that milk is blood, so to speak. This flow is dependent on th 
supply of food, and on the facilities of digestion. To gain this, a larg* 
body is required in order to hold the suitable digestive organs. To gaii 
the most of our blood after it has absorbed the chyle from the digestiv 



DAIRY CATTT.E — THE AYRSHIRES. 



673 




674 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AKD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DAIRY CATTLE — THE AYRSHIRES. 675 

organs, reason shows that it should find its way freely and speedily 
through the system on its labors of supply and removal, cleanse itself in 
the lungs, and again pass on to its duties. All this points to a healthy 
heart, not cramped, and lungs of sufficient capacity ; for the yield of milk 
drains much nutriment from the system, and the constitution must needs 
have the vigor given b}^ healthy and active heart and lungs, In this way 
the chest is correlated with the udder. 

The reproductive functions recjuire hook bones of good size, and a 
broad pelvis is desirable, as underlying witliin are the generative organs. 
Defects here are to be shunned. 

XII. The Points Summed Up. 

The points of the Ayrshire cow, as given by the Ayrshire Agricultural 
Society, and the New York State Agricultural Society, have been summed 
up as follows : 

XIII. The Body. 

T!ic whole fore-quarters thin in front, and gradually increasing in 
depth and width backward, yet of sufficient breadth and roundness to in- 
sure constitution ; back should be straight and the loins wide, the hips 
rather high and well spread ; pelvis roomy, long, broad and straight, hook 
bones v.ide apart, quarters long, tolerably muscular, and full in their 
upper portion, but moulding into the thighs below, which should have a 
degree of flatness, thus affording more space for a full udder ; the flanks 
well let down, but not heav}^ ; ribs, behind, springing out very round and 
full, affording space for a large udder — the whole carcass thus acquiring 
increased volume toward its posterior portion. 

XIV. The Skin. 

In connection with the body and the udder, the skin is of great value in 
assisting our judgment. Between the portion of the external covering 
used for leather, and the muscle, there occurs a layer of cellular tissue, 
which contains a larger or smaller amount of fat cells, and the mellow 
I handling caused by these cells indicates a free circulation throughout this 
mesh work. 

The skin varies from a thin, papery hide, covered with silky hair, to 
a thick, supple, elastic hide, well coated with hair, on the one hand, and 
a similar variation, with harsh hair and coarseness, on the other. The 
thin, papery hide indicates, quick fattening and a delicate constitution ; 
thick, elastic hide, cushioned on fat, and which on the flank comes 
into the hand almost without grasping, indicates the height of vigor, 
accompanied b}^ the fattening tendency, and the possessor of this hand- 
ling endures climatic changes, low quJility in bis food, and neglect, with 

% 



676 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

remarkable hardihood, and quickly responds to full feed and good care. 
The harsh handler is a dull feeder, consumes much food, and generally 
contains more than a just proportion of offal or waste. In the Ayrshire 
cow we desire neither of these extremes, for it is in the milk product 
that we wish the f(^nd to be utilized, and it is almost an unchanging law 
of nature, that deticifciiCj in one direction must be compensated for by 
excess in another direction, and vice versa. At any rate, the cow that 
lays on fat too quickly is seldom a first class milker ; and how well known 
is it that the cow of large yield milks down her condition. A cowthat 
has a moderately thin, loose skin, of sufiicient elasticity and suppleness of 
touch, without being fat-cushioned, as it were, with hair soft and mossy 
or woolly, if of correct form otherwise, will usually milk a large quantity., 
and when she becomes dry, will rapidly come into condition. In truth, 
the handling of the Ayershire cow must be good ; it cannot be too good ; 
but it nmst not be of exactly that quality sought for in the grazing breeds. 
There, as everywhere, the dairyman must keep to his line ; milk, not 
fat, is his pro tit ; and in seeking excess of both, he will be liable to fall 
below the average of either. 

XV. Milk Points. 

It is an axiom of breeders to diminish the useless parts of an animal 
as much as possible, or, in other words, to reduce the proportion of those 
parts not conducive to profit to as great extent as possible.. Applying 
this rule to a dairy breed, we should desire a small neck, sharp shoulders, 
snui'l brisket and small bone. Moreover, small bone usually accompa- 
nies thrift, and is universally found in improved breeds. AVe thus have a 
reason for these other Ayrshire points : 

Shoulders lying snugly to the body, thin at their tops, small at their 

points, not long in the blade, nor loaded with muscle; brisket light ; 

neck of medium length, clean in the throat, very light throughout, and 

tapering to the head ; tail long and slender ; legs short, bones fine, 

joints firm. 

XVI. The Head. 

The head should be small, in shape either long and narrow, or broad 
in the forehead and short, according to the type of animal preferred by 
the breeder, generally preferred somewhat dishing ; the nose tapering to 
an expanded muzzle, with good clean nostrils. Opinions differ as to the 
general shape of the head. A broad forehead and short face occurs 
more frequently in bulls, and are generally esteemed a masculine charac- 
teristic ; a more elongated face is called feminine. Yet some families of 
well-bred and good milking Ayrshire cows have the broad and short 
head, and such were, at one time, if not now, the favorites in the show*' 
yard in Scotland. 



DAIRY CATTLE THE AYKSIIIUES. GT7 

The eye should be moderately full, lively yet placid looking. The eye 
is a mirror of the disposition, and interprets the character of the cow; a 
fretful, irritable animal is seldom a quick fattener, and usually disap- 
points at the pail. It also gives expression to the features, and physiog- 
nomy aids our judgment. 

The ears should be of a good size, but thin, and their skin of rich 
yellow color. Coarse ears are usually found on ill-bred animals, and 
these may be considered, to a certain extent, indicative of general coarse- 
ne^^s. The color of the skin, as shown inside the ear, is usually considered 
indicative of the richness of the milk in butter. 

The horns should be of medium size, of tine texture, with an outward 
and upward turn, or inclining upwards and curving slightly inwards, ac- 
cording to the taste of the breeder. Thej^ should be set on rather 
widely ai:)art. A coarse horn may indicate a coarse and thick hide, as 
there seems an intimate relation between the composition of the horn, hair, 
and hide, and the influence of climate on horn and hair gives an appear- 
ance oftentimes of correlation between the two. 

XVII. The Neck, Body and Limbs. 

The neck should be of medium length throughout, and tapering to the 
throat, which should be clean or free from loose, hanging skin. Yet too 
thin a neck is not desirable, as it usually indicates a delicate animal. A 
thick-set neck, well covered, 3'et not overladen with muscle, accompanies 
hardiness and vigor of constitution. 

The junction of the neck Avith the body and over the shoulders is 
called the ci'ops ; on a horse it would be called the withers. A hollow 
behind this point is a never-failing sign of weakness. The crops should 
blend in easily with a thin shoidder, lying snugly to the body. This 
shoulder and a well defined spine produce the sharpness of shoulder so 
much admired. The back should be straight, with spine well defined, 
especially forward. The tail long, firm in the bone, and set on a level 
with the back, without depression or notch. A fine tail usually accom- 
panies fine bone, and the fine bone is not only decrease of offal over 
heavy liml)s, but accompanies early maturity, and a tendency to thrift. 
The limbs should be fine-boned, flat-boned, and Avith joints of moderate 
she. On the forward limbs the cow should stand low. Large joints and 
round bones are found very frequently on dull feeders, and on animals of 
little profit. 

XVIII. Importance of Good Teats. 

The teats should be of medium length, evenly set, and project 
slightly outward when the bag is full, of even thickness throughout, and 
of fine texture. They should be placed about one-third of the length oi 



678 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the '< vessel " apart in one direction, and about one-half the other. 
When the udder is not distended, they should hang perpendicularly. 
Large teats, however desirable to the milker, are usually accompanied by 
coarseness of build in the cow. They are seldom found on well-bred 
animals, yet exceptionally they occur, and are much liked. A teat should 
be large enough to grasp, say from two to two and a half inches in 
length. A shorter one would be an objection ; ^vith larger, I should fear 
coarseness. 

XIX. Color Style and Coadition. 

In color the Ayi'shires vary greatly. Brown, red, and white appears 
to good advantage, and is fashionable. A good quantity of white, well 
distributed, adds style and sho^viness to the animal. Yellow and white is 
frequently seen, yet while this color is sometimes stated as indicating lack 
of hardiness, I am not aware of any proofs or argument having been 
brought forward to support this view. Color is as yet a matter of taste, 
for its correlations are hardly guessed at; and from almost pure black, 
through the reds to almostpure white, are colors found on the best cows. 
Black spots on the skin, barely perceptible through the hair, often occur 
on the best cattle. Strawberry blotched and red and Avhite are perhaps 
the more common colors. A self-colored animal, or a roan, or animal 
with white on the ears, the writer has never yet seen among the Ayr- 
shires in Scotland or in this country, when the pedigree was unques- 
tionable. 

The carriage should be light and active, the head well up, and the hind 
legs should not cross in walking. The condition should be neither fat 
nor lean, but that average which a good cow holds when in good flesh at 
calving, liberally fed while in milk. 

In selecting Ayrshires, if these points are attended to, and if the 
breeder has carefully studied what we have previously written in relation 
to raising cattle in general, there will be no difficulty about the selection 
of superior animals. 



CHAPTER XI. 
DAIRY CATTLE— THE DUTCH BREEDS. 



;. ANTIQ-ITY OF DUTCH CATTLK AS A DISTINCT RACE. II. FRIESIAN ANDBATAVIAN 

CATTLE. III. DUTCH CATTLE OLDER THAN THOSE OF IIOLSTEIN. IV. ESTAB- 
LISHMENT OF REGULAR CATTLE MARKETS. — — V. IMPORTATION OF DANISH CATTLE 
INTO FRIESLAND. VI. FACTS ABOUT DUTCH CATTLE. VII. VARIETIES DES- 
CRIBED. VIII. RACES OF DUTCH CATTLE. IX. DR. GEORGE MAV'S TESTI- 
MONY.— — X. BREEDS OF NORTH AND SOUTH HOLLAND AND WEST FRIESLAND. 

XI. THEIRCOLOR AND FORM. XII. YIELDS OF MILK. XIII. FEEDING QUAL- 
ITIES. XIV. DUTCH CATTLE AN ARTIFICIAL BREED. XV. THE EARLIEST 

IMPORTATIONS. XVI. THE LEROY IMPORTATION. XVII. THE CHENERY IM- 

I'ORTATION. XVm. WHAT PROF. ROBERTS SAYS. XIX. MEASUREMENTS 

ADOPTED FOR DUTCH FRIESIAN CATTLE. XX. HOW TO SELECT DAIRY COWS. 

1. Antiquity of the Dutch Cattle as a Distinct Race. 

The cattle now called Dutch undoubtedly trace, in an unl)rokon Ime, 
farther back than any other race in icpute ajuong breeders. The Fries- 
ians and Batavians long ago inhabited Holhmd. The history of the 
Friesians dates back to 300 years before Christ, and they were known 
more than 2,000 years ago as herdsmen, hunters and fishermen. The Ba- 
tavians are said to have come some 200 years later, or 100 years before 
Christ. Prof. G. J. Hengerveid, of the Eoyal Veterinary Institute at 
Utrecht, Netherlands, in an exhaustive letter to the United States Consul 
in 1872, goes over the whole history, and without other preface we ex- 
tract such portions as seem pertinent to the matter iii hand : 

The lands of the Friesians comprised the whole country to the north of 
the Rhine as far as the shore of the North Sea, to which West and East 
Friesland belonged, composing the present Dutch provinces of Gronin- 
gen, Friesland, Dreuthe, and Noi'th Holland, besides the provinces of 
Utrecht, Overysseil, -and a part of Gulderland and South Holland. Of 
■ill these provinces Groningen alone appertained to East Friesland. 

II. Friesian and Batavian Cattle. 
Tacitus says of the Friesians and Batavians that they owned cattle, not 
excelling in beauty, but in number. He further states, as does also 
Julius Caesar, that the Friesians and Batavians paid each other in cows, 
sheep and goats, and gave likewise to their children as dowry, oxen 
adapted to the yoke and plough, cattle and horses. When they Avere 
subdued by the Romans in* the first century of our era, the conquerors 
imposed upon the Friesians an annual tribute, consisting of cow-hides and 
meat. The Friesians and Batavians applied themselves to the drainino^ 

679 



680 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of their marshy lands and their islands, and created meadows on the re- 
claimed soil. Something is even known regarding the color of their cat- 
tle, namely, that they held those of a white color in religious veneration. 
The Friesiaus, from Oldenburg and the country near the mouth of tlic 
Elbe, M^ere compelled, through the inclemency of those regions — then in 
their original condition of low albivial swamps, inundated at every tide — 
to desert them. It can also l)e shown that the inhabitants of this terri- 
tory were unable to make sure provision for their own wants, because of 
the robberies and piracies committed by tlie Normans, by dwellers on the 
west coast of Denmark, people from Holstcin and Schlcswig, Jutes and 
Angles. This was between the eighth and eleventh centuries. Giving 
due weight to these statements, it cannot be doubted that the cultivation 
of cattle in the Netherlands existed a long time before such a thing 
could be thought of in Holstein. It is also quite as certain that the col- 
onies from Friesland, Holland and Westphalia, carried with them their j 
cattle to Holstein. : 

III. Dutch Cattle Older than those of Holstein. 
Hence we see that, first, the Dutch race of cattle date from an older j 
descent than those of Holstein ; while, probably, second, the Holstein 
cattle orginated from the Friesian breed and from that of the Dutch and 
Westphalia emigrants. After this colonization, we have our attention 
directed to another remarkable particular in the history of Dutch cattle. 

rv. Establishment of Regular Markets. 

From the fourteenth on till the eighteenth century, a large number of j 
Danish oxen were annually turned for pasture into the grassy meadows | 
of North Holland, and sold at the weekly North Holland cattle market. 
The oldest of these cattle markets is that of the city of Hoorn. This ] 
market was already established in 1311, and in 1339 the Danes and the 
inhabitants of the Eydcr, were allowed by Albrecht, duke of Bavaria, to | 
hold a weekly market there. In 1(>05, the Danish cattle market was re- I 
moved from Hoorn and transferred to Enkhu\zcn, when, in 1624, the 
number of 1,179 oxen were sold. There was also in Amsterdam a lean- i 
cattle market, beginning in the Spring, in the month of A[)ril, l)ut held 
at irregular periods, depending upon wind and weather, when cattle were 
allowed to be conveyed thither from Denmark and Holstein to graze. 
These were mostly brought by vessel. 

V. Importation of Danish Cattle into Friesland. 
In the middle of the eighteenth century, it is mentioned that, owing to the 
cattle-plague, the people Avere compelled to import from abroad all kinds 
of small cattle, chieflv Danish. But, what was remarkable, however 



POLLED CATTLE. 



681 




682 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DAIRY CATTLE THE DUTCH BREEDS. 683 

small arid ill-favored these animals might be when compared with the 
handsome Friesian horned cattle, an improvement of food induced a 
favorable development of body, and, from the mixture of the two breeds, 
good and choice milch-kine were attained within two or three generations 
after the introduction of the foreign blood, no matter how much the race 
had in the beginning deteriorated through the process, and, eventually, 
the type of Daoish and German cattle was quite lost. 

VI. Pacta about Dutch. Cattle. 

The chief characteristics of this Friesian breed — its eminent milk- 
giving and fattening qualities — we find in all the districts mentioned, 
and extending still farther southward ; with this difference, however, 
that Avherever the land is more fertile, the climate milder, and the tend- 
ing, feeding and breeding of the cattle observed with more care, in that 
measure, they are more developed, attain larger size, and are of a finer 
texture. 

If the intention be to convey a correct understanding of the true 
qualities of the several varieties or breeds mentioned in their own dwelRng 
places, it is better that each breed should retain the name by which it is 
known, and that no collective name, though a historical one, should be 
given them. 

VII. Varieties Described. 

In order to be able to readily classify a group of cattle of great 
extent, possessing the same chief qualities in form and productiveness, 
Sturm proposed, so long as fifty years ago, to give to a group, subject 
to the same conditions of soil and climate, a name indicating those con- 
ditions, and thus originated Mountain Cattle, Highland Cattle and Low- 
land Cattle. He also heads each of these divisions by the breed best repre- 
sentnig the distinctive feature of its class, as its type. It is under the 
denomination of Lowland Cattle that he places the different breeds of 
the coast lands along the North Sea. Schmalz, Pabst and many subse- 
quent writers, adopt this classification, some with a few modifications. 
According to Schmalz' s statement, cattle, adopting Sturm's classification, 
may be distinguished in the following manner : 

VIII. Kaces of Dutch. Cattle. 

A. Lowland Race. — Primitive cow ; Dutch-Friesian cow. 

B. Mountain Race. — Degenerate, quite the contrary of A ; Swiss cow. 

C. Middle Race. — Highland race ; forms the transition from A to B ; 
Prankish cow. 

To the race A belong the Dutch, as representatives, the Friesian, the 
Oldenburg, and chiefly all Lowland races bearing the peculiar character- 
istics which identifj^ it with the place of its sojourn. 



684 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

This is a purely natural division, and there is not the least arrogance 
in asserting, what history points out, that the Dutch cattle constitute the 
type of the oldest, purest, and best breed. All other varieties are of less 
intrinsic value ; they are coarser or smaller, possess less jiroductive quali- 
ties, though of local excellence in their native places. 

One hears in Europe of " Lowland cattle," but purchases of them for 
the purpose of improving other breeds have, for the last hundred years, 
only been made in the chief Netherland provinces, where the choicest 
cattle of the Lowlands are found. Thus, thousands of Dutch and Friesian 
cattle are annually sent abroad under the name of Dutch cattle. 

IX Dr. George May's Testimony. 

Dr. George May, director of the agricultural establishment at Weihen- 
stephan, says : The Dutch cattle constitute the type of the properly so- 
called Lowland race, which extends throughout Netherlands, Flanders, 
Normandy, Oldenburg, and Denmark. The Oldenburg cattle descended 
from the Dutch race, and are likewise distinguished as East Friesian 
cattle, as still partially found in Hanoverian Friesland. In the adja- 
cent parts of Bremen it is called Bremen cattle. 

Li the transactions of the Ohio Board of Ao-riculture, 1872, in an article 
on Dutch cattle, by Professor Furstenburg, we find the following; 
The breeds of cattle in Holland may be divided according to their locality 
as follows : 1. The breeds in the provinces North and South Holland and 
West Friesland. 2. The breeds in the provinces Groningen, Guelderland, 
Utrecht, and Overyssel. 3. The breeds in the provmces of Seeland. 
Although these breeds are closely related, still they show differences 
resulting from keeping and the various purposes for which they are bred. 

X. Breeds of North and South Holland and West Friesland. 

The breed most renowned in the kingdom for its milk-producing quali- 
ties is found in these three provinces. But North Holland in particular 
is noted for the manner of keeping cattle, wdiicli are known by the name 
of Amsterdam race, being no less remarkable on account of size than for 
the great production of milk. The pastures of North Holland are said to 
contain 100,000 morgen (58-100 morgen to an acre) ; every acre furnishes 
nourishment for 49-100 head of cattle. The peasants are engaged almost 
solely in cattle breeding, and the keeping and care which these animals 
receive here has almost become proverbial on account of its perfection 

XI. Their Color and Form. 

The cattle here are mostly spotted black and white ; however, brown and 
blue or gray mixed are found. The height is considerable, being not 



DAIRY CATTLE THE DUTCH BREEDS. 685 

under two Amsterdam ells, (4 51-100 feet) ; the length of the body in pro- 
portion to the height, the middle part of Avhich is ptirtioulariy developed, 
the quiirtcrs fleshy, nock rather short than long, with a strong dewlap ; 
head narrow and long, with the forehead slightly depressed ; fine horns 
crooked forward, and large projecting ears. The withers are often nar- 
row ; the back, on the other hand, broad across the hips, which are not 
very prominent ; the tail line and long, with a good tuft of hair ; the posi- 
tion of the hind legs strong and straight (not knock-kneed), the hind-quar- 
ters broad and roomy, and the bag well developed. The lower part of the 
legs above the hoofs is invariably white, w^hich is rei»:arded as a siirn of 
the pure unmixed breed. The live weight of the cows is 1,200 to 1,400 
pounds ; that of bulls reaches 2,000 pounds Avhen full grown and fatted. 
The cows are usually productive of milk, and give an average of 3,000 
quarts and over per annum. 

A very excellent milch cow of the Amsterdam race, from the royal 
cow stable in Eldena, which was brought with a few others to the Inter- 
national Exhibition, took the first premium for milch cows of the 
Netherland race at the International Exhibition of live stock at Stettin in 
1865. This cow, fed in the stall only, gave in one year the great quan- 
tity of 6,142 quarts of milk, and kept up afterwards to 4,000 quarts in an 
equal length of time. 

To the breed of North Holland are nearly related those of South Hol- 
land and West Friesland, and differ perhaps only in that the latter are 
lai'ger-boned, and in general of not so pleasing a form. In regard to 
their milk-producing qualities they are about equal. The manner of 
keeping the stock, and the use of • the milk, is also the same, viz. : the 
manufacture of cheese, while the calves are raised and sold as j^oung 
stock at high prices. From these three provinces, the former two of 
which suffered so much lately from rinderpest, milch cows are bought 
for the best dairies in Germany. 

Holland cattle are w^ell adapted to soiling, although at home they are 
accustomed to pasturage. They are kept profitably on the latter only 
when its abundance facilitates grazing and makes corporal exertion unnec- 
essary. Therefore a great error would be made in placing these ammals 
on a scant i)asturage, and they are not at all adapted to the pasturage of 
a light soil. The result of stall-feeding is more favorable, because proper 
care and fodder can be given to the stock without its exertion. We have 
received from no other race an equal quantity of milk with the same feed, 
as years of observation in the cow stable of the Academy at Eldena has 
shown. • 



686 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XIII. Yields of Milk. 

The yield of milk in 1865 of these races was : 

«1. Four Toudern cows gave 9,337 quarts, or an average of 2,334 
quarts, or 6 3-10 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave 
2,345 quarts, the smallest, 2,020 quarts. 

2. Three Breitenburg cows gave 8,594 quarts, or an average of 2,864 
2-3 quarts, or 7 85-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker 
gave 2,946 quarts, the smallest, 2,820 quarts. 

3. Three Ayrshire cows gave 5,386 quarts, or an average of 1,795 1-3 
quarts, or 4 92-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave 
2,249 quarts, the smallest 1,415 quarts. 

4. Twenty-two Holland cows gave 78,100 quarts, or an average of 3,550 
quarts, or 9 73-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave j 
6,142 quarts, the smallest 2,526 quarts. 

The average feed per head in the Winter was daily — 10 pounds Sum-. 
mer straw, cut fine ; 2 1-2 rounds oat and wheat chaff ; 25 pounds beets , 
10 pounds hay ; 8 pound reiuse malt from beer brewery ; 3 pounds rye; 
bran. This food is considered about equal to 42 9-10 pounds hay. ! 

During the Summer the cows were fed daily per head 135 pounds green 
fodder, viz., clover and vetches (of the latter very little was used), and 
three times a day 8 pounds of hay. 

XIII. Feeding Qualities. 

Although there is no doubt that the Holland cows eat more, generally, 
than the smaller Ayrshire and Toudern, this is of minor importance in 
comparison with the greater amount of milk given by the former. The 
greater amount of feed consumed by the Holland cows can be estimated. 
viz : Nine of them stood at one crib, while ten of the smaller stood al 
another of equal size ; the fodder was, however, divided the same in each,| 
The proportion is as nine to ten, or when the smaller cows eat 45 pound.' 
of hay, the larger ones eat 50 pounds. 

From the quantity of milk given, the Holland cows used a trifle ovei 

5 pounds weight of hay to i)roduce one quart of milk ; Breitenburg usct 

6 25-100 pounds of hay ; Toudern 7 pounds of hay ; Ayrshire 9 pound 
of hay. By these results it cannot remain doubtful which race is preferable 

XIV. Dutch Cattle an Artificial Breed. 

It seems unfortunate that there should have been much feeling ove 
the name of a breed of cattle, really the most wonderful as milkers o 
any known race. In the Eastern United States they are known as Dutch 
Holstein, and Dutch-Friesian cattle. In the West they are almost uni 
versally known as Holstein cattle. The probability is that the nam 



Dairy cattle — the dutch breeds. 



6SY 




688 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




DANISH COW. 




DANISH BULL, "FAURHOLM." 



i 




DAIRY CATTLE — THE DUTCH BREEDS. C89 

BViesian is iiioie nearly correct than any other. Nevertheless, the modern 
Dutch cow is as purely an artiticially-bred animal as the Short-Horn, the 
Hereford or the Ayrshire. They iiave been bred and selected with 
scientific care so U)ng that their character is constant and uniform in 
capabilities for milk, and they are bred to color almost purely at the 
whim of the breeder, one thing alone being constant. Where they are 
white they are i)nre white, and where black they are pure l)lac-k. Of lute 
years the name, Holstein-Friesitm, has been authoritatively ado})ted. 

XV. The Earliest Importations. 

It is more than probable that Dutch cattle were among the first im- 
ported to this continent, since the Dutch in their settlement of New York 
undoubtedly brought with them the best representatives of their breeds. 
It is recorded that in 1625 cattle were brought into the Dutch colony. 
These were undoubtedly the true Dutch cattle, since milk and labor Avero 
the two prime requisites with the colonists, and even so long ago as that 
date, the Dutch cattle united these points in a high degree. For as long 
ago as the early part of the seventeenth century (early in 1600) both 
Holland and England were noted for breeds of .superior and deep-milking 
cattle. After these early importations of the Dutch and up to the early 
part of the present century there were probably no more Dutch cattle 
imported. 

XVI. The Le Roy Importation. 

It is stated that somewhere between 1820 and 1825, Mr. Herman Le 
Roy, a public spirited merchant of New York city, imported some im- 
proved Dutch cattle which were sent to his farm near the city. Between 
1827 and 1829, some of the produce of this herd were sent to the farm of 
1 his son, Edward Le Ro}^, on the Genesee river. Mr. L. F. Allen de- 
I scribes this herd in 1833, as he then saw them, as being large, well-spread 
cattle, black and white in color, and remarkable for their uncommon 
yield of milk, and of great value as dairy animals ; their qualities in that 
fine were universally acknowledged wherever known. 

It seems unfortunate that the Le Roys, father and son, should not have 
retained their herd pure, but such seems to have been the fact, for it is 
known that at the sale of the farms of these gentlemen, none but grades 
I were found in the herd or in the adjacent country. 

XVII. The Chenery Importation. 

According to the record it seems that the first imported animals tha 

! have been retained pure, were those of Mr. W. C. Chenery, near Boston, 

m 1861, This was a bull and four cows, which were successfully bred 

and kept pure. Mr. Chenerv, previous to that time, in 1852, imported 
44 



690 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

a single cow. In 1857 he made importations of a bull and two 
cows, and in 1859 a further importation of four more cows. 




With this latter impoi-tation he was so unfortunate as to import 
pleuro-pneumonia. The ravages of this dread disease extended to 
the entire herd, and with the exception of a single young bull, 



DAIRY CATTLE — THE DUTCH BREEDS. .691 

they were entirely destroyed. In 1861 Mr. Chenery made another 
importation of a bull and four cows, which came over sound. These and 
their descendants were the only pure-bred herd in America for years. 
That they were the best representatives of their breed is certain from the 
fact that they were selected with care from the best dairy herds of North 
Holland, and were so certified to by the official authorities of the districts 
where they were bred. 

Later, as they gained a foothold in the West and showed their eminent 
adaptability to the climate, and their wonderful yields of milk became 
knov.n, sagacious breeders undertook the importation as a business spec- 
ulation. These cattle are now pretty well distributed from Ohio west, 
and, with full summer and winter feeding, arc regarded by many dairy- 
men, especially cheese-makers, as superior to any other known milkin«y 
breed. 

XVni. What Prof. Roberts Says. 

Prof. Roberts, in an address before the New York Dairyman's Associa- 
tion, gives the following in relation to breeding and care in North Hol- 
land and Friesland, from actual observation there : 

In the first place, but few bulls are kept, and these butfor two or three 
years at most, when they are sold in the market for beef. These bulls 
are selected with the utmost care, invariably being the calves of the 
choicest milkers. But little attention is paid to fancy points or color, 
though dark spotted is preferred to light spotted, and more attention 
is now being paid to color in order to suit American customers. All 
other bull calves Avith scarce an exception are sold as veals, brinorino- 
about one and a half times as much as with us. In like manner the 
heifer calves are sold except about twenty per cent, which are also select- 
ed with care and raised on skimmed milk. The age of the cow is usually 
denoted by the number of her calves, and in no case did I find a cow that 
had had more than six calves, usually only four or five. Their rule is to 
breed so that the cow's first calf is dropped in the stable before the dam 
is two years old, in order that extra care and attention may be given. 
There are other objects gained by this method ; for should the heifer fall 
below their high standard she goes to the butcher's market before another 
wintering, and though she brought little profit to the dairy she will more 
than pay for hei- keeping at the block. Here we find a three fold method 
of selection. First in the sire ; second, in the young calf, judged hirgely 
by the milking qualities of the dam ; and lastly is applied the greatest of 
all tests, performance at the pail ; and not till she answers this satisfac- 
torily is she accorded a permanent place in the dairy. 



692 



CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



XIX. Measurements Adopted for Dutch Priesian CattJe. 

The measurements adopted by the Dutch-Friesiau Association of Amer- 
ica in estimating value, Avith a view to tabulated records in future, includ- 
ing milk records, are as follov's : 1 — Length from point of shoulder tc 
point of pelvis, 2 — Length from forward point of hips to point of pelvis. 

3 Width of hips. 4 — ^Width at the thurl. 5 — Height at shoulders. 

Q Height at hips. 7 — Girth at the smallest circumference immediately 

back of shoulders. 

XX. How to Select Dairy Cows. 

To sum up the whole matter of dairy breeds in a few words : If rich 
milk, without regard to quantity, is desired, select the little Jerseys. 




/?-'fA<b A^^/t^^LY^C^ 



HOLSTEIN COW AND CALF. 

"Astrea zd," the cow which took the Sweepstakes Prize at the Illinois State Fair last yeai-. She 
i£ five years old, weighs about 1650 pounds, and is a good milker, giving from 56 to 64 pounds of 
roiik per day. 

They will certainly satisfy the most difficult to please. If both butter 
and milk are wanted, our preference would lie with the Ayrshirec But 
if great quantities of milk excellently adapted to the manufacture of 
ebeese were the object, we should have no hesitation in saying, the Dutch 
cattle will quite fill the most sanguine expectations. 



CHAPTER XII. 



THE EAISING AND ECONOMICAL FEEDING OP CATTLE. 



I. IMPORTANCE OF PROPER CARE WHILE YOUNG. II. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 

GOOD AND BAD CARE. III. THE STARVED CALVES AT GRASS. IV. THK 

OTHER SIDE. V. GOOD WINTER KEEPING FOR CALVES. VI. WHEN AND 

HOW TO CASTRATE. VII. YOUNG BEEF. VIII. HEAVY STEERS. IX. FULL 

FEEDING AND EARLY MATURITY. X. ECONOMY IN FEEDING. XI. THE TRUE 

POLICY WITH YOUNG STOCK. XII. FEEDING THE YOUNG CALVES. XIII. 

PEED GRASS AND OATS EARLY. XIV. WHERE THE PROFIT COMES IN. 

XV. FEEDING FOR BEEF AND FOR LABOR. XVI. REACHING RESULTS. XVII. 

WHEN AND HOW TO FEED. XVIII. OUT-DOOR FEEDING WHERE CORN IS CHEAP. 

XIX. A GOOD CONDIMENT. XX. SO-CALLED PERFECT FOODS. 

I. Importance of Proper Care while Young. 

There is no mor^ important factor in the management of cattle than 
proper care while young. Those who imagine that they are doing the 
correct thing if they can manage to keep life in a calf until it is three 
months old, and then have it get fat on grass before winter comes, al- 
ways have a set of "scrawns," with their digestive organs destroyed by 
improper food, and which never make either healthy steers or cows. They 
are always runts — contemptuously called "scalawags," by the butchers 
in our markets — and sell for one and a half to two cents a pound, 
when good cattle are worth from four and a half to six cents. 

II. Difference between Good and Bad Care. 

A single illustration w^ll suffice. One man will give calves new milk 
until they are six weeks old, and then gradually reduce the quantity, 
substituting oat-meal porridge or fine corn-meal mush, with a. very little 
linseed added, or mixing equal parts of oat-meal and corn-meal in the 
milk, until the calf is four months old. Then it will do well on soft 
grass and oats. 

The other man takes the calf from the cow at one day old, and feeds 
it skim-milk until the age of three weeks, when half-cooked, coarse 
meal — husks and all — is mixed with the milk ; and finally at six weeks or 
two months old, the calf is turned out to grass, receiving, perhaps, an 
occasional ration of sour whey. It is poor, does not grow, takes "the 
scours," which is only another name for indigestion, and if the animal 
gets through the first winter with what such a man calls special nursing, 
and occasional greasings with "anguintum," to kill lice, he finds himself 
the possessor of a scrubby yearling, ready (?) for grass, that will weigh, 
skin and bones, from seventy to ninety pounds. 

693 



694 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



III. The Starved Calves at Grass. 

He expects his calves to get on their feed the next summer. Calves are 
endowed with great vitality, and if their stomachs recover something of 
tone, they will have shed their old hair, (what has not been eaten out by 
vermin) by the first of July, and by fall, if it be a good year for gi-ass, 
they will be in half-decent store condition, and perhaps weigh 150 to 170 
pounds each. That is, they will have gained from sixty to eighty pounds 
of flesh, each, to cover their bones. They are at the end of eighteen 
months, just where a good calf should have been at Aveaning time the fall 





BADLY WINTERED. 



WELL WINTERED. 



before, but with constitutions ruined so far as profitable feeding is 
concerned. 

Thus, this kind of feeding goes on ; starved in winter and allowed to 
shift for themselves in summer, at the age of three years they will aver- 
age 800 pounds, gross weight, if no ei)idemic seizes them. 

IV. The Other Side. 

The common-sense feeder keeps his calves growing right along, with 
plenty of new milk until their stomachs are capable of digesting solid 
food, when meal mush is added, and the cream taken from the milk. As 
soon as they will eat oats and grass, they are given as much of these as 
they want ; and in the autumn, when ready for wintering, it would not 
be strange if they should average 200 pounds each. 

V. Good Winter Keeping for Calves. 

They are given warm shelter and the best and softest hay, with a gen- 
erous allowance of meal daily. So they grow right along, and may be 
made to gain a hundred pounds during the winter. The next summer 
they are kept on flush pasture, or, if grass is bad, they get some corn, 
with plenty of pure water, and a place is provided where they may es- 
cape flies. Thus at three years old the steers are heavy beeves, and the 
heifers will have produced a fine calf, each, and be ready to do justice to 
them in the way of nourishment. 



THE RAISING AND ECONOMICAL FEEDING OF CATTLE. 695 

VI. Wheii and How to Castrate. 

Many persons put off gelding their calves until they are six months old, 
and often until they are a year old. This will do if " stags " arc wanted ; 
dut stags, however fat, sell for one or two cents a pound less in the mar- 
ket than steers. The proper time to geld bull calves is not later than the 
aare of four Aveeks. 

When the calves arc about three weeks old, drive tliem into a close 
pen. Secure a calf so it may stand at ease, but not struggle severely ; 
or, it may be thrown on the left side for the operation. 

Seize the scrotum with the left hand, and press the testicles rather 
firmly to the bottom ; witii a keen blade, rounded at the point, cut at a 
sniffle stroke down through the scrotum and into the testicles, first one 
and then the other. Separate the membrane carefully, but quickly, when 
it unites, and draw out the testicles until about six inches of the cords 
are visible. Cut the cords, first one and then the other, with a pair of dull 
shears (this prevents nmch bleeding), and let them pass back. K severe 
bleeding ensues, inject a little muriate of iron into the cavity, and wet a 
soft rag with the same and pass it gently into the cavity. Some use salt 
and lard, l)ut this is painful. So proceed until all are castrated, and then 
turn them into a place where strange cattle or flies will not molest them. 

It is as little dangerous, this mode of castration, almost, as cutting 
one's finger. The parts should heal in a week. Castration often comes 
awkward to the beginner, but it soon becomes easy, if fearlessly and care- 
fully practiced. 

VII. Young Beef. 

In England it has been the practice for years to force fattening animals 
from birth, so th:vt they are heavy weights at eighteen months old, and 
fully ripe at three years old. Some results of this policy are recorded 
in the Royal Agricultural Journal of England. Among others Mr. 
Stanford, of Charlton Court, is credited with having sold high-grade 
Short-Horn heifers and steers in 1878 at ages and prices as follows : 

Return per month 

Price. from birth. 

One eleven-months-okl steer ' $ 74 00 $ 6 73 

One thirteen-months-dld steer 101 64 7 82 

Three lourteen-montlis-old heifers, average !)2 40 6 60 

Three lifteen-nionths-old heifers, avei'age 10164 6 77 

One sixteen-months-old steer 102 :?0 6 39 

One eighteen-months-old steer 115 50 6 42 

One eighteen-and-a-hali-months-old steer 129 36 7 00 

Two eighteen-and-a-half-months-old steers, average 122 10 6 60 

The weights were not given, but the i)rice is stated at from 16 to 18 cents 
per pound, net weight — meaning the four quarters. The best 16 months 
oM steer must have weighed something like 1,200 lbs, alive, allowing the 



696 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

qnarters to have been 65 per cent, of the whole weight — a not very large 
allowance for such cattle. In the Chicago Fat Stock Show, the same 
year, the best steer, 28 months old, weighed 1,636 lbs. The best steer, 
one year old and under two 1,338 lbs., showing that our best feeders not 
only show fully as early maturity as English feeders, but likewise as 
wonderfully good weights. 

VIII. Heavy Steers. 

Until the inauguration of the annual Fat Stock Show in Chicago, under 
the auspices of the Illinois Board of Agriculture, at which cattle were shown 
for the best feeders and breeders in the West and South, but few reliable 
data as to the gain of animals in feeding could be gotten. At the time of 
the first show, in 1869, it was demonstrated that Western and Southern 
breeders perfectly understood the principles of fattening cattle, both 
young and old, and that they kept in view the fact that the young animal 
gains faster in proportion to the amount of food consumed than the ma- 
tun; animal, and the older and fatter the animal becomes, the less the 
daily gain. From the statements of exhibitors, sworn to in some of the 
more important classes shown there, and the reports of committee 
thereon, we quote : 

Among the heavy cattle were the following, and credited to weigh, as 
taken from the pasture and feeding yards, as follows : The steer, Gov. 
Morton, 3,190 lbs; Burnside, 2,870; Hoosier Boy, 2,640; Nels. Morris, 
2,840 pounds. The following are the actual weights as given by the 
oommittee, on animals 1 year to 4 years old : 

Messrs. Graves & Co., one steer 4 years old, 2,445 ; one steer 3 years 
old, 2,060. 

A. F, Moore, one steer 2 years old, 1,786, 

J. D. Gillet, one steer 3 years old, 2,133. 

Wing & Thompson, one steer 4 years old, 2,240 ; one steer 4 years old, 
2,166 ; one cow, 1,525 ; one cow, 1,610. 

John B. Sherman, one steer 3 years old, 2,019. 

J. N. Brown's Sons, one steer 2 years old, 1,446 ; one steer 2 years 
old, 1,449 ; one steer 2 years old, 1,636 ; one steer 2 years old, 1,316; 
one steer 2 years old, 1,246 ; one steer 1 year old, 1,338; one steer 1 
year old, 1,249 ; one steer 1 year old, 1,193. 

Dexter Curtis, one cow, 1,833 ; one cow, 2,042 ; one cow, 1,936. 

This record is specially v^aluable as showing the great weight attained 
by one, two and three-year-old steers, as well as the great ultimate 
weights attained by mature oxen, viz. ; Best one-year-old, weight 1,338 
pounds; best two-year-old, weight 1,786 pounds ; best three-year-old, 
;?,139 pounds ; and the heaviest 3,190 pounds, 



THE RAISING AND ECONOMICAL FEEDING OF CATTLE. 697 

In the foregoing we find a steer one year old and under two, weighing 
1,193 pounds — ^as much as could be expected from a fairly-fattened four 
year old fed as the average farmer feeds. Docs any one suppose the 
feeder spent as much on that yearling as the farmer ordinarily does on 
his four year olds ? 

IX. Full Feeding and Early Maturityo 

By studying the foregomg it will be seen that the best gain wa^j in the 
steer one year old and under two, the next best is a steer two years old 
and under three, and the third best gain is another steer two years old 
and under three. The four-year old steer made the least average gain, 
and the older the steer the less was the daily gain. 

Every observing farmer knowG that a calf allowed to run out during 
the winter and shift for himself with the other cattle, if fed on hay, with 
perhaps a nubbin of corn now and then, will weigh less in the spring than 
it did the fall before. And those who have tried both systems of feeding 
(full feeding from birth, with proper shelter, and allowing young stock 
only hay with such shelter as they may be able to find) know there is 
no profit in the latter, but absolute loss. 

There are, indeed, places where hay may be had simply for the making, 
where the grazing is ample and where cattle may be raised at a minimum 
cost, if good shelter is provided. But year by year such sections arc 
being more and more contracted, through the settlement of the country. 
Asa rule, the best profits are nosv made by the seeding of meadows and 
pastures, by providing good shelter, and by the cultivation of corn enough 
to carry the stock in good condition through the wnnter. This is really 
the basis of profitable feeding in the West and South-west. 

X. Economy in Feeding. 

We have striven throuirhout this work to show that in the rearing; of 
stock, the sanie strict attention to business principles should prevail that 
i^ necessary to success in any other calling. There must be a strict ac- 
counting of profit and loss, else no man can know, except in a haphazard 
way, whether he is making money or not. The feeder should know, in 
a general way, what food containing the elements of growth and possess- 
ing fattening qualities is cheapest. This, of course, will vary with dif- 
ferent sections of the country. 

An experience of forty years in the West has taught us to rely princi- 
pally on corn for all kinds of stock. For cattle, when the price was foi-ty 
cents a bushel or less, unground corn has been found the best ; while for 
horses, sheep and swine, our experience has been that it docs not pay to 
grind when the price is below sixty cents, for these animals masticate oi 



698 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

grind their food pretty thoroughly. For fattening cattle we prefer, first, 
shocked corn, next snapped corn — that is, corn snapped from the stalk 
Avith the husk remaining — and next, husked corn in the ear, the waste to 
be gathered by store hogs. We have found that, with good shelter, five 
pounds of corn and ten pounds of good sweet hay per day was a good 
fattening ration to each 1000 i)ounds weight of steers fed. 

When feeding shock corn, give all the animals will eat clean as to the 
ears. They will take what blades are needed, and stock steers may fol- 
low to glean, with stock hogs after, to pick up what grain is wasted or 
left in the droppings. Sheltered from winds and storms the stock may 
thus be economically fed to heavy weights. 

For young and growing cattle there is nothing better than eijual weights 
of corn and oats, or corn and barley ground together, whichever may be 
cheapest, with [)lcnty of good hay or corn fodder that has been shocked 
before frost. In the South cotlon-sced meal, and mill stuff may take 
the place of corn and oats, or corn and barley, while pea vines, or other 
good fodder natural to the climate, may be used instead of hay. The 
economy of feeding, may thus be sunmied up : First, good shelter ; 
second, plenty of food to keep the animals constantly improving, and 
third, feed whatever substantial and nutritious food may be cheapest. 

XI. The True Policy with Young Stock. * 

We may be allowed to repeat nearly verbatim what we have before 
written upon the sul)ject of raising young cattle. The breeder and 
feeder must exercise sound and careful judgment. It will not pay 
to starve even the commonest stock. A calf, to use a common 
expression, "knocked in the head with a pail of skimmed milk," 
will never make a first class steer or cow. Neither is it nec- 
essary that they suck the cow. In fact, in the case of the dairy cows 
or heifers intended for the dairy, they should not suck, for it surely tends 
to diminish the flow of milk, cxce})t the calf is turned with the cow at 
stated intervals, and the cow milked clean at the same time. In the case 
of heifers, they should be milked as soon as the calf has drawn the first 
milk, both as a means of training and to develop the flow of milk as 
much as possible ; besides this, a calf taken at two or three days old is 
easily taught to suck the finger or an artificial teat attached to a reser- 
voir. 

XII. Feeding the Young Calves. 

For the first two (u* three weeks they should have nothing but new 
milk. It should l)e as warm as it comes from the cow, and the calf 
should be fed fourtiraes a day. Then they may have milk twelve hours 



THE RAISING AND ECONOMICAL FEEDING OF CATTLE. 699 

old, from which the cream has been taken, adding fom' ounces of finely 
ground meal made into thoroughly cooked mush, to each meal, for strong, 
hearty calves. Thus they may be fed for two weeks more, changing to 
oat-meal or wheat flour if the calf is inclined to scour. Some feeders 
add a teaspoonful of linseed meal once a day ; it is not a bad plan. 
When the calf is four weeks old it need be fed but twice a day, giving 
milk warmed to about ninety or ninety-five degrees, which last is the 
natural animal heat. From this time on, more and more mush, or its 
equivalent, may be added as the calf increases in size and strength, until it 
begins to eat grass and threshed oats, which it should be encouraged to do. 

XIII. Feed Grass and Oats Early. 

At ten weeks old the calf should eat freely, and at three months old it 
may be gradually weaned from milk and taught to subsist on grass and 
oats. Durins: all this time the calf should be sheltered from the hot sun 
and rain, by providing a shelter to which it may retire, well ventilated, 
dry and clean, and sufiiciently dark to keep out green-head and other bit- 
ing flies. In the autumn its rations of grain should be increased, and as 
grass fails the finest meadow hay should be substituted — whatever it will 
eat clean of both. Offer it water occasionally after it is a month old, 
and when weaned see that it never laciks for water. 

XIV. Where the Profit Comes In. 

If during the winter you have kept the calves in the warmest quarters 
possible, and fed liberally with grain and hay, in the spring you will have 
received the best profit that you will ever reap from the animal at any subse- 
quent age ; but upon comparing debit and credit with your neighbor who 
has fed skim-milk alone in summer and poor hay in winter, you will find 
that the loss on his calves has gone in the shape of profit in yours. 

From this time on feed liberally of grain in the winter, and give a little 
all summer when they will eat it. Let them be so warm in winter that 
they never become chilled. So continue until the animal is within six 
months of being ripe for the butcher. Then feed the best yon can, and 
you will find that you will get two to three cents a pound, gross weight, 
more than 3^our neighl)or who has only half fed and has turned off his 
cattle totally unfit for the butcher. 

The same rule will hold good for those calves intended for cows. To 
make a good cow, she must be fed well to bring early development and 
maturity. She may thus be brought forward strong and lusty, and in 
better condition at two years past to bring you a perfect calf, than those 
of your neighbor at twice that age, Avhose policy has been to grudge thenji 
feed and allow them to shift for themselves. 



700 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XV. Feeding for Beef and for Labor. 

The following, originally written for the American Encyclopaedia of 
Agriculture, contains in the extracts given the gist of our conclusions ou 
the subject of feeding : 

The time is long since passed when it is considered true economy to 
allow young stock to shift for themselves without the intelligent care of 
the master and proper feeding. The most successful feeders of to-day 
feed all stock liberally, and such as are destined for human food, are 
fed fully from birth, and until ready for the butcher's block. But the 
system of forcing is carefully avoided with all stock intended for either 
labor or breeding. The object here is to develop strong constitutions 
and ample bone and muscle, that a long and useful life may result. Hence 
a different class of foods are used from those intended for mere fat- 
tening. In this, again, the question of the proper foods to be used be- 
comes important. 

XVI. Beaching Results. 

The food must be perfect food ; that is, adapted to the special require- 
ments of the animal. Young animals ; those required for labor ; those to 
be used for fast driving, and those ready for feeding ripe (fully fat) each 
require different food, and, indeed, different care. 

In the fattening of animals, the sooner they can be brought up to a 
fully fat weight, the greater will be the profit: a weight of , say 1,500 
pound,s for cattle, 300 pounds for the large breeds of swine, 200 pounds 
for the small breeds, and from 100 to 150 pounds for sheep, according to 
the breed. To do this they must be pressed forward from birth, hy 
means of the food best adapted to the animal, and marketed before they 
become fully grown. In summer a pasture containing a variety of good 
grasses will furnish this perfect food. If anything is needed more, it may 
measurably be found, for fattening, in Indian corn, or meal as a supple- 
mentary food, to be given at night. 

For young animals, working and fast driving stock, oats are proper. 
The two first, however, may have any kind of mill stuff, with profit, if 
cheaper than oats. In the winter all stock, in addition to good, sweet hay, 
should receive daily such grain as will best answer the end, except that 
corn meal, or corn, may constitute a part of the daily ration for all classei 
of stock, since more fat is required for the animal waste than in summer. 

For dairy stock the young animals should be fed identically as for 
working stock, but not forced, since sufficient frame- work for continued 
usefulness must be provided. Milking stock may receive largely of 
c(n*n meal, in Avinter, and ground rye, oats, bailey, or mill feed, accord- 
ing to relative prices. 



THE RAISING AND ECONOMICAL FEEDINU OF CATTLE. 701 

Another important matter is the necessity of changing their diet. An- 
imals will live on one particular food. They will even thrive for a time ; but 
the best results, economically considered, have always been gained l)y 
varying the food, according to the appetite of the animal. The change 
from green to dry, and dry to green food, however, should not be made too 
suddenly. 

XVII. When and How to Peed. 

Hay, in the West, is one of the most expensive of the stock foods raised in 
all that great region known as the corn belt. In the more central portions of 
the corn zone, a ton of corn and fodder can be produced for less money than 
a ton of the best meadow hay. Hence, feeders use as largely of corn as 
possible, and when finishing off cattle fat, it is given almost exclusively, 
or with only enough rough fodder to properly divide it. Regularity ii> 
the amount of the ration fed is of particular importance. All animals 
should be fed at exactly regular hours, and just what they will eat clean. 
If any is left, it should be removed and given to other hungrier animals. 
As to the time of feeding, three times a day is sufficient for all except 
horses and swine. In fattening swine the best results are obtained by 
giving them what they will eat clean four times a day. There will always 
be some animals that will 1)0 delicate and indifferent feeders. These 
should always be separated from the hearty ones and given special care 
and food. Get rid of them at the first possible opportunity ; certainly as 
soon as they are in passably salable condition. There is no money either 
in trying to raise or futten such. 

When cattle are kept in a stable there should be a room, frost proof, 
where the morning's food may be prepared over night, if mixed food or 
wet food is given. If meal or other grain food is given without mixing 
with hay or straw — and in our opinion this is better for cattle — it should 
be given only moist enough so it will not be dry. A little experience will 
soon enable the feeder to so prepare the meal for the whole stock over 
night, that it will be in proper condition in the morning. If it be mixed 
with cut food, use clear bright oat straw if possible, and not cut shorter 
than two inches. 

XVIII. Out-Door Feeding where Corn is Cheap. 

In the milder latitudes of the West it has been found economical to 
feed in the open air where the shelter of timber or artificial plantings may 
be had. Careful experiments made some years since at the Illinois Indus- 
trial University, as between feeding in stables with ground and unground 
corn, showed a decided profit in the latter way of feeding. This we have 
also found to be the case. Under this system of feeding, whether the 
stock are fed snapped corn, or fed with husked corn, very little is lost. 



702 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The cattle are fed plentifully. What they -leave and that which passes 
undigested is picked up by swine, two hogs being usually allowed to each 
steer to be fattened, and at the end of the day the hogs are given some 
corn additional, if they need it. Thus, except in very inclement weather, 
steers may be made fat on about fifty bushels of corn in about three to 
four months' feeding, and the shoats require but little additional food to 
bring them up to heavy weights. 

The best plan we have ever tried for out-door fattening is to feed corn 
cut at the roots and shocked. This is hauled daily on truck Avagons, 
Avhen the ground is hard, or on sleds when there is snow, and fed, corn 
and fodder together. The cattle are not expected to eat the fodder clean, 
but usually they may be expected to consume the blades, which with the 
ears are the valuable part. The feeding is twice a day, in feeding lots — 
a lot for the morning feed and one for the evening feed. The cattle 
being about done with the ears, hogs are turned in to glean the scattered 
corn and droppings. Thus, whatever the system of feeding, if cattle 
have shelter from stormy and inclement weather, they may be made very 
fat, and healthfully so, and, where labor is scarce and corn cheap, at a 
minimum expense. 

XIX. A Good Condiment. 

We do not believe in condimental food for animals as a rule, but when 
it is deemed necessary, the following will be found to be a good condi- 
ment for special feeding, to be given one pound with each feed of meal : 
Twenty-five pounds ground linseed oil cake, ten pounds ground flaxseed, 
forty pounds corn-meal, twenty-four ounces ground turmeric root, two 
ounces ginger, two ounces caraway seed, eight ounces gentian, two ounces 
cream of tartar, one pound sulphur, one pound common salt and ten oun- 
ces coriander seed. Mix the whole together, and when fed use a quarter 
of a pound of molasses to each feed, the molasses to be used in the water 
for wetting the food in whicih the condiment is giv,en. Where sorghum 
molasses is made, this will not be found to be expensive. 

XX. So-Called Perfect Poods. 

So much has been said by theorists about perfect foods, and t^e 
danger from feeding corn, that many persons have been brought to be- 
lieve that corn is almost a dangerous food for growing animals ; that thus 
fed, they will lack bone and muscle, and cannot be expected to grow up 
healthy. If an animal were to be raised exclusively on corn this might 
be true, but the same would be true of other grain. Neither horses, 
cattle, nor sheep can be properly raised exclusively on grain. Oats are 



i 



THE RAISING AND ECONOMICAL FEEDING OF CATTLE. 



703 



I undoubtedly the best grain that can be fed to growing stock in conn ac- 
tion with hay. Oats, however, cannot be afforded. Good hay is a per- 
fect food, so far as the distension of the stomach is concerned. The an- 
imal cannot eat enough to fatten upon. Our pastures make a perfect 
food, so far as muscular development is concerned. For cattle, whole 




Lf:MOrsiNK HEKF <'ATTLE — (FRENCH). 

These cattle are small, fine-boued, and greatly esteemed for their beef. The lare-est 
oxen will weigh about 2200 pounds, and a pair like these will bring $240 to $280. 




j A GALLOWAY BULL. 

I An Observant gentleman whohas traveled much, declares that well-bred animals dos- 
ess national characteristics as distinctly marked as the different races of men And 
here is much truth in his statement. Any one could tell at a glance that this ruffc^ed 
ind good-natured little bull was a native of the famous Emerald Isle. ^"So^a 

f'om, that is, ears, husks, and leaves, forms a perfect food either for 
,Towing or fattening stock in winter, so soon as they get strength of jaw 
ufficient to crush the corn. Therefore, no breeder need be afraid that 
•attle from calfhood up will fail to develop, with plenty of good hay and 
•or^, or corn-meal in winter, and plenty of good, flush pasture in summer, 
vith pure water at all times. 



CHAPTER XIII. 



PASTURAGE AND FEEDING FOR PROFIT. 



I. STUDY THE CONDITIONS. II. PROVIDE AGAINST DROUGHTS. III. KINDS OF 

FEED TO RAISE. IV. PASTURE THE POOR MAN'S WEALTH. V. THE VALUABl.H 

CLOVERS. VI. ALFALFA OR LUZERNE. VII. CLOVERS NOT GENERALLY VAL- 
UABLE. VIII. FORAGE AND FEEDING PLANTS. IX. GRASS IS THE MOST VALr 

UABLE. X. GRASSES OF SPECIAL VALUE. XI. THE COMING GRASSES FOB 

THE WEST. XII. THE TIME TO PASTURE. XIII. FEEDING IN WINTER. XIV, 

WATERING. XV. FEEDING IN SUMMER. ^XVI. ECONOMY OF FULL SUMMBB 

AND WINTER FEEDING. XVII. SUMMING UP. XVIII. FINISHING A STEEE. 

XIX. WHEN TO SELL. 

I. Study the Conditions. 

In every country, and, indeed, in every district of a country, the cir- 
cum stances attending the rearing, and especially the feeding and fatten- 
ing of stock are so varying and diversified, that the aggregate cost of a 
comparatively insignificant group of items is what makes the differencfi 
between profit and loss in feeding. For instance, a few cents a bushel more 
or less in the price of corn, an extra month of Avinter, or greater cost of 
watering in one case than in another may give one man profit and an- 
other man it may carry into loss. InsufiScient shelter, imperfect convG' 
niences and little wastes, here and there will often turn the scale both in 
summer and in winter feeding. 

II. Provide against Droughts. 

In summer, a drought which finds the feeder unprepared with green 
food, other than grass, will destroy profits, as also will a failure of water. 
The reason is simple. Every case of this kind which stops or retards 
fattening, is not only a loss through the shrinkage of flesh, but after the 
animals again begin to improve, it takes some time before they really be- 
gin to thrive again when the pastures become flush. Not so with the 
farmer who provides against a lack of water during droughts, and hae 
sufficient green fodder to supply deficiencies arising from bare or partlj 
bare pastures. 

in. Kinds of Feed to Raise. 

The question of feeding-material is an important one, and here th( 
feeder must be guided by soil, climate and such other natural contingen- 
cies as he may have to encounter. Any fodder crop does best on a rathei 

704 



tASTtrllAGE AND FEEDiNQ FOR FROFlt. 70o 

porous but rich soil. Ilcncc, if the soil is stiff, it mji}^ be opened by 
2:»'i()wing under long manure deeply. If already too light, give it cow 
manure, ashes, and such s[)ecial manures as you may be in the habit of 
using. 

Corn is the great soiling crop for farm animals North and South. Next 
come sorghum, and the many varieties of Doura corn or East Indian millet. 
In the South, cow-peas are valuable. Alfalfa, once it is established, gives 
heavy cuttings of fodder. In the North this pljint has not, as a rule, 
proved valuable, but some varieties of the cow-pea can be grown and 
matured in from seven to eight weeks. It is worthy of experiment. 
Sown after the nights become warm, this crop is a most valuable one to 
turn under as a fertilizer if not wanted for feedino;. 

With projier care in seeding thick on rich soil, any forage crop may 
be cut with a mowing machine, so that the labor of gathering is compara- 
tively light, and it may be fed occasionally in the field or in the yards, 
night and morning, or only at night, as circumstances may dictate. 

It must be remembered as a first principle in feeding, whether for 
growth or for fattening, that animals must not l)e allowed to shrink, 
since every time they do so it is at a loss of flesh to themselves and of 
profit to the owner. 

IV. Pasture the Poor Man's "Wealth. 

Upon plenty of good pasture depends success in summer feeding ; 
with the majorit}'^ of farmers the pasture provides the sole summer feed. 
Hence the necessity that it be strons; and vigorous. Nothino- is ofained 
by overstocking a pasture. It is better to get rid of some of the stock 
than to feed the pasture too close, for animals that have to bus}' them- 
selves all day to satisfy the cravings of their stomachs never come out fat. 
If you have provided for contingencies, by means of fodder, 3'ou may, 
of course, stock 3^our pastures closer than other\\ise. If not, stock them 
only so the cattle can easily supply their wants. 

V. The Valuable Clovers. 

The best clovers, or those which do well generally, are practically in- 
cluded in three species, viz : The Red clover, the White or Dutch 
clover, and the Alsike clover. The soils best adapted to Red clover are 
such as will bring good crops of winter grain, though Red clover does 
well on all soils which do not heave badly in winter. 

White clover will grow on any land adapted to Blue grass, and also 

on many rather moist soils. It favors a firm, not a spongy soil. It must 

be confessed that cattle do not like it, but it makes rich feed, and if 

mixed with Blue grass, or other soft grass, cattle will take both together. 

4o 



106 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK ANt) COMPLET?E STOCK l)OCTOa. 

Alsike clover — often called Swedish clover — does well on most soils, 
and will bear considerable flooding, if the flooding is not too long contin- 
ued. W^ consider it as altogether superior to White clover for pasture, 
and on soils too wet for Red clover it makes good hay for cattle. 

VI. Alfalfa or Luzerne. 

Alfalfa or Luzerne — its true name — is a valuable barn forage ; it should 
be cut and fed fresh or partly wilted. It thrives on deep, dry soils, 
which are not subject to hard freezing in winter. It has become thor- 
oughly naturalized in California, and would probably do well on the 
Western plains in Texas and in New Mexico, as it has done in some of 
the Southern States east of the Mississippi. 

VII. Clovers Not Generally Valuable. 

What we have previously written under this head, we have since seen 
no reason to change. There are many other species of clovers, some of 
them indigenous to the West, which we only mention as a caution against 
their being sown. These two species of so called Buffalo clover — the 
upright and the running Buffalo clovers — the upright or yellow clover, 
and the low hop clover, a half-creeping variety. There is only one more 
variety worth mentioning, and this simply as a warning to farmers not to 
sow it, except for bee pasturage, and then only when it may not become a 
troublesome Aveed. We have reference to the tree clover or Bokhara clo- 
ver, specifically the white-flowered melliotus. It has been recommended 
as valuable for soiling, that is, for cutting green for feeding to stock in 
stables. We give the same advice about sowing this clover that the 
crabbed lawyer did to a young client who asked his advice about getting 
married — Don't. 

If there are bee men near, your hedge rows and waste places will be 
well seeded with this Bokhara clover. At least such seems to be the 
case, much to the disgust of the general farming community. It does 
make good bee pasture — no doubt of it — but it is a nuisance in every 
other respect. 

VIII. Forage and Feeding Plants. 

We have already spoken of the value of forage plants, and, in a pre» 
ceding chapter of root crops. Turnips, rape and mustard, so valuable in 
England and some other parts of Europe, belong to what botanists call 
cruciferous plants. The ruta-baga, the kohl-rabi and the cabbage are the 
principal plants of this tribe that are valual>le to the farmers in the United 
States ; and, in the West, these are not especially valuable for feeding. 
Of the other special fruit and root crops, the gourd family includes 



PASTURAGE AND FEEDING FOR PROFIT- 7U7 

pumpkins and squashes, which find a large place in feeding stock in many 
portions of the United States. The composite family, the largest of the 
natural families, furnishes artichokes and a few others seldom used ; but 
it is remarkable in its lack of useful species although wonderful in orna- 
mental ones. The night-shade family gives us the potato. The parsley 
family gives us the carrot, the parsnip and some others of value, and the 
goosefoot family furnishes the sugar beet and mangelwurzel , valuable for 
feeding in the West. 

IX. Grass is the Most Valuable. 

All these plants placed together are of minor account in comparison 
with the great grass f-imily, which includes our cereal grains. 

We do not use botanical names usually in speaking of grasses. We 
only introduce them below in connection with the common names, be- 
cause in some cases the same grass goes by different names in different 
parts of the country. The feeder may select from the following list ; 

Timothy, {Phleum pratense) a better name for which would be Cat's- 
tail grass, and, for the reason that in some sections of the country it is 
called Tmioth}^ as in Pennsylvania, and Herd's grass in New England 
and New York. Neither of these names gives an indication of its char- 
acteristic flo\ver-head, while the former names do. In Blue grass, (^Poa 
pratensis) ; Wire gi'ass, (^Poa compressa) ; Red-top, (Agrostis vulgaris) 
confusion of names again comes in. In Pennsylvania, Blue grass is 
called Green grass, and Red-top is called Herd's grass. Orchard grass, 
{Dactyhs glomerata) ; Fowl-meadow grass, {^Poa sero^^»a), and Meadow 
fescue, (^Festuca pratensis) i are also most valuable grasses. 

X. Grasses cf Special Value. 

For feeding during droughts, Indian corn, sown at the rate of two 
bushels per acre, in drills two feet apart, cultivated thoroughly once or 
twice, and cut when in blossom will make a good reliance, as also ^ill 
German millet (^Panicum Germanicum) ^ and common millet (P. miU- 
aceum). Here we have nine varieties of grass that do well generally. 

The first, second, third and fourth, with the clovers heretofore named, 
constitute the bulk of the grasses cultivated for pasture. Orchard grass 
is one of the most valuable in the whole list, and should be tried every- 
where, on land not wet. Fowl-meadow is also well worthy of trial. 
Fowl-meadow grass especially has been found to take the place of Blue 
grass in those sections of the Northwest where Blue grass does not suc- 
ceed. Especially has this been the case in Wisconsin. It is hoped it 
may be found so in the Southwest, where Blue grass is not natural to 
the soil. 



7 us CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XI. The Coming Grasses for the West. 

We believe Orchard grass aad Fowl-meadow will be found to be two 
of the most valuable grasses for the West, the Northwest, and perhaps for 
the Southwest, when they come to be better known. Orchard grass, also, 
gives good satisfaction in the middle region of the South, and we think 
that Fowl-meadow will also prove most valuable there. Mr. Frank E. 
Hoyt, a careful farmer of Wisconsin, in relation to this grass, says he 
knows of no grass in the Northwest that will compare with it, either for 
pasturage or the production of hay. It has never been winter or sum- 
mer killed, and he has found one acre of marsh well set in Fowl-ineadow 
equal for pasturage to three acres of upland, set in Blue grass, and the 
hay produced the second year after seeding has never failed to pay the 
entire expense of cultivating and seeding the land. Fowl-meadow 
hay is especially valuable for horses, having all the advantages of wild 
hay, being free from dust, that infests timothy and clover, while it pos- 
sesses all the nutriment of the best tame hay ; and those dairymen who 
are acquainted with it, pronounce it valuable hay for milch cows. 

Xn. Time to Pasture. 

The time to pasture is when the dew is on, the earlier in the morning 
the better. Our plan has always been to allow cattle to lie in the pasture 
all night ; and this rule is good even in the spring and fall, if shelterjs 
provided against cold storms, and the pasture is not too remote from the 
house. In that case the milch cows must lie in the yard, but should have 
some food they like, early in the morning, unless milked at day-break. 

XIII. Feeding in Winter. 

Whatever the stock, or the place of feeding, give the first meal as soon 
after day-light as possible in winter — just what they will fully eat. If 
eaten pretty clean, give a little more feed again at noon, and again at 
night, so that the animals may lie down on fairly full stomachs before 
dark. If only one feed of grain is given daily, it should be given at 
night. 

Stock should be graded in the feeding yard as to age and strength. 
The weak and the strong should never be fed together, else the strong 
will get better feeding than the weak ones, even when the fullest allow- 
ance is given. Special attention should be paid to the allowance of salt. 
Cattle should have it where they can take it at will. They will consume 
less than if it be given them at regular intervals. Salt taken in large 
doses is cathartic, but in such quantities as animals naturally crave daily 
it aids digestion and is necessary to all herbiverous animals. 



PASTURAGE AND FEEDING FOR PROFIT. 709 

In feeding in stables observe the same rule — full feeding of good prov- 
ender, earl}'^ and late and at noon. This is what keeps animals growing 
continuously and insures profits ; for thus the feeder secures the greatest 
possible gain, with the least loss, to the animal system. 

It is poor policy, when grain is cheaper than hay — and it is so in many 
portions of the West — to feed largely with hay. Corn and good bright 
straw, with, say, five pounds of good hay daily per steer will keep them 
growing right along. Dry corn with little fodder tends to unnatural 
heat and fever. Therefore keep the stomach distended with a proper 
quantity of fodder of some kind, and if the corn can be fed after being 
soaked so much the better. 

Xrv. Watering. 

Cattle should have water offered them twice a day in winter, and in 
summer it is desirable that they get it whenever they happen to want it. 
People sometimes need but little water and at other times a sfreat deal. 
It is the same with stock of all kinds. If the w^ater is in pools, do not 
cut holes in the ice for stock to drink through , unless precautions have 
been taken to prevent their slipping on the ice. This hint may seem 
needless ; and yet, there is more loss on stock, every year, from this 
cause, than would provide suitable pumps and troughs, and also pay for 
the labor of pumping. 

XV. Feeding in Summer. 

In fattening cattle it often happens that the grass is not sufficient, or if 
it be sufficient to keep them full, they do not fatten fast enough. It is 
just as cheap for the farmer who only fattens a few head yearly to make 
prime cattle, as it is for one who fattens hundreds. In fact a man who 
fattens but a few head should make better cattle than one who feeds 
many. 

In England when grain is high, the most of it being imported, summer 
feeding of grain with grass has been practiced for years. Why should it 
not be so here in the West, where the grain is grown that the English 
feeders buy? The pastures during July and August will not graze as 
many head of cattle as in spring and autumn. Hence, the English farm- 
ers can fully stock their pastures by supplying what meal the cattle will 
eat while the grass is scant. When pastures are flush and in full succu- 
lence but little if any of the meal will be taken. What meal they do 
«at is so much clear gain in fattening. Animals, when on succulent 
pasture, require some dry food. They will even eat a little hay daily at 
such times. Thus meal, or if the cattle are used to it, soaked corn, not 
only modifies the succulence of green grass and clover, which contains 



710 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

from eighty to eighty-five per cent, of water, but it promotes the growth 
of young cattle, and brings well-matured steers fully fat at midsummer, 
and at other seasons when prime beef brings the best prices. 

XVI. Economy of Pull Simimer and Winter Feeding. 

From what has been written the reader will have become convinced 
that we believe in the economy of full summer and winter feeding, and 
this from calfhood up until the animal is sold to the bu-tcher. The same 
rule will apply to stock intended for breeding and also to covvs raised for 
their milk product. In the two latter cases, however, the feeding must 
be more diversified ; for breeding and milking animals need to have fully- 
developed frames. This is not so necessary for stock that is to be sold 
as soon as fit for the butcher. We have shown that three years f I'ora 
birth is ample time in which to prepare cattle for the butcher's block. 
The principal economy in feeding grain to fattening animals the year 
round is, that thereby your pastures may be more fully stocked than 
otherwise, and thus may be fed more evenly. By this course, also, you 
will have more land left for the production of corn for winter feeding. 
We have cultivated over sixty acres of corn to the hand in afield of 1,500 
acres, the outlay being only one-third of a day's work per man per acre 
up to, V)ut not including, the labor of husking. The average y\e\d was 
within a fraction of forty bushels per acre for the whole area, and the 
final result was of corn put into the crib, over seventeen bushels 
for every day's work of each hand employed. The same may be done by 
any farmer on measural)ly clean land in any season. 

The first proposition in relation to full feeding, winter and summer, is 
that your pastures will therel)y carry more cattle. The second is, thai: 
animals, going into winter quarters fat, will waste less flesh during the 
winter, since the animal heat is more easily kept up in a fat than in a half- 
fat or lean one. The third and not the least important point is, that you 
hasten maturity and thus save interest on capital, insurance, and other 
items of cost. 

XVII. Summing Up. 

The whole matter may be summed up as follows : The pasture grasses 
mixed make a perfect food. Therefore make the most of them. Clover 
Timothy, Red-top, Orchard grass, and Fowl-meadow grass also make a 
perfect food. When they can be economically raised (and where in a 
grass country can they not?) make the most of them. Eaise all the 
roots you can, (in the West carrots and beets) to supplement your grasses 
with. But do not expect to fatten stock without grain. It cannot be 
done unless extra warmth is provided, and this is not economical. Never 



PASTUEAGE A.ND FEEDING FOR PROFIT. 711 

attempt to fatten stock of any kind without due attention to comfortable 
shelter. For this, expensive structures are not necessary. We have fat- 
tened cattle in a structure of posts and poles covered with hay and em- 
banked at the sides, and with no flooring but the natural earth, but with 
a thick bedding of straw. Yet, if the means of the farmer will allow, a 
good frame structure Avillpay, simply in the lessened cost of lal)or in care, 
feeding and cleaning. Once you begin to fatten, never allow the stock 
to lose, but keep them going right along, and increase the richness of the 
food as the animal progresses to ripeness. 

Hay will bring a steer into tolerable condition for fattening. Then he 
will stop. Good pasture will carry him still farther. He will make good^ 
succulent, healthy beef, but cannot be made fully fat on grass. Hence, 
he must at least be finished off with grain. Indeed, to make him " ripe " 
(ftilly fat) meal and even oil-cake must be used. 

XVIII. Finishing a Steer. 

If the steer has been liberally fed from a calf, he will be ready to begin 
fattening the spi'ing he is three or four years old, according to the breed 
—if a Short-Horn or Hereford, at two years old perhaps. Turn him on 
pasture and add what soaked corn or meal he will eat ; give him shelter 
from the heat and flies. If the aftermath is good add pumpkins, or corn 
in the husk, as soon as it begins to glaze ; and continue incieasing the 
corn a^ the grass fails. 

Do not let your steers suffer for want of shelter from storms, and when 
the grass gives out put them in a warm stable, and finish them with meal, 
or meal and oil-cake, allowing of the ])est hay not over ten pounds a day, 
with a })cck, daily, of roots or the equivalent in pumpkins, as long as they 
last. If the steers are to be continued in the fields — where the climate 
and shelter will admit — feed shocked corn, and let store cattle and hogs 
consume the leavings. Thus you may always have them in condition to 
sell when the price suits. 

XIX. When to SeU. 

Sell in the fall or early winter if the demand will warrant it- If not, 
keep the steers until the price coincides with your views. Your books 
should tell you just how much your cattle have cost, and just Avhat the 
profits would be at any time, if you weigh them on your home scales, or 
those nearest you ; you will have cattle that buyers will always come to 
you for m either case. And if they are stall-fed — as we have shown how 
to stall-feed — they will always bring the price of fancy beef ; and two to 
^hree cents advance over the price of half -fattened beef is just where the 
wofit of feeding UeSo 



CHAPTER XIV. 
HERDING AND GRAZING. 



I. GRKAl HERDS OF l.fE SOUTHWEST. II. LOSSES FROM COLD ANU NEGLECT. 

III. CATTLE DO NOT WANDER FAR. IV. THREE THINGS NECESSARY IN HERD- 
ING. V. HOWTORALSE WATER. VI. TANKS AND POOLS FOR STOCK. VII. 

HAVE THE POOL DEEP. VIII. PROTECTION AGAINST STORMS. 

I. Great Herds of the Southwest. 

In the United States the capital invested in cattle not confined within 
the boundaries of farms, but which are herded summer and winter, is 
enormous. Twenty years ago herds of Texas and New Mexico numbered 
ovei 4,000,000 head, or about one tenth of all the cattle of the Union, 
These gaunt, bony, long-horned, half-wild descendants of the original 
Spaiiish cattle were ever impatient of restraint, not easily confined within 
enclosures and at an early date overran all the fertile but dry region of 
Texas and New Mexico, and even became acclimated in Southern Kan- 
sas and the Indian Territory. 

Immense droves of them were driven North into Karjsas, wli'ire they 
were herded during summer, and thence wore carried into Missouri, 
Illinois and Iowa and eastw^ard, to be fattened in winter, or else sold di- 
rectly from the grass to the butchers. Still later, the vast herdinp: 
grounds of Colorado, Montana and Wyoming have been occupied by sim- 
ilar cattle and by their descendants, crossed with improved bulls of Short- 
Horn or Hereford stock. Much attention has also been given to the ac- 
climating of well-bred northern cattle in Texas for improving them. In 
California also, there were originally great herds of these Spanish cattle, 
but more lately they have been nearly or quite supplanted in that State 
by improved stock. 

n. Losses from Cold and Neglect. 

Little or no efforts were made to provide food for these half-wilii 
herds in winter, and hence great numbers often died in Texas, New Mexico, 
California and the Indian country from lack of feeding, and also from the 
deep snows and severe weather encountered when they were taken into 
the more northern plains country. A little forethought in providing 
gome sort OI shelter, and putting up hay for feeding during storms, might 

Tig 



HERDING AND GRAZING. 713 

have prevented this, but the pioneer is too often improvident, and hence the 
immense losses suffered by the herds in bad seasons, especially in the 
Nvinterof 1880-81. 

III. Cattle Do Not Wander Far. 
Cattle, unlike their relatives the Buffaloes or half-wild horses, do not 
ivandcr far from their native feeding grounds. Horses will make long 
ourneys in sear(;h of food and wtiter, and Buffaloes yearly made long 
nigrations, extending from the Southwestern plains well up into the Brit- 
sh possessions. It is not so with cattle. In times of great drought they 
)erish if not relieved b}^ man, and if from any untoward cause their feed 
"ails in their immediate range, they will not make long journeys in search 
)f it. Their only migration is that gradual one which year by year, 
roni increase of numbers, pushes herds further and further from their 
lative feeding grounds. 

IV. Three Things Necessary in Herding. 

, Since the Indians have been [)retty generally contined to reservations, 
be danger from loss of cattle from their depredation upon herds has 
een nearly extinguished. The three principal requisites for perfect 
crding now are free access to water, plenty of range contiguous to the 
ater, and proper provisions for feeding in winter during prolonged 
roughts or periodical storms. The great herding ranges of the Rocky 
[ountains, and of Texas and the plains, can only be made available 
here they are traversed by running streams, since the plan of getting 
ater by means of artesian wells, once thought to be feasible, has not 
iMierally realized expectation. 

Many portions of the great Southwestern plains regions are also sparsely 
it by living streams, and much of the country is arid and subject to ex- 
onie droughts. Hence, although some artesian water has been found, 
. boring under Government supervision, and occasionally by private en- 
rprise, the probabilities now seem to be that only the region contiguous 
1 natural water can be permanently occupied, and thus the cattle range 
Minot extend more than about live miles from permanent streams, except 
laere the deficiency may be supplied from wells. 

V. How to Raise Water. 

Wherever water can l)e found within twenty-five feet of the surface, it 
lay be easily raised by means of the modern windmill, and the ordinary 
I't-pump. If the water lies further from the surface, the question be- 
(mes moreserioMS, and a force-pump must be used. As the depth in- 
oases the diflSculty mcreases, so it may be considered impracticable to 
f'se water on the plains for a large herd of gattle without the aid of 



714 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



steam. Hence in regions where no fuel is to be found in a week's trav 
many Qf our otherwise good grazing grounds remain unutilized. 

VI. Tanks and Pools for Stock. 

The water when once pumped may easily be saved for use, by diggii 
deep tanks or pools in the ground and thoroughly puddling and groutii 
the bottom; or, in the case of a porous soil, the pools must be prevent< 
from leaking by a layer of clay eighteen inches or two feet thick < 
the bottom, well tramped by cattle while quite soft with water. Th 
grouting of clay must, of course, extend some distance above the intend( 

water line at the top, and tl 
reservoir should not be le 
than six or eight feet deep ii 
prevent undue loss by eva^wr; 
tion. 

Another important point 
that trees must nevCiL* be i)lant( 
about the pool, for the rod 
will surely find their way to 11 
water, and thus furnish tl 
means of leakag-e through tl 
o-routing. 

VII. Have the Pool Deep. 

The importance of havin, 
the pool deep cannot be ove]l 
estimated A shallow pool wi' 
quickly evaporate under a h( 
sun, but not so the deep poo 
In the tirst place, a pool, sa 
six feet deep will hold six tinu 
as much water as the pool onl 




A BULL OF BADEN, GERMANY. 



one foot deep; and at the same time the evaporation from the deep po( 
will be less than that from the shallow one, since the water in the forme 
always remains much colder, and wdll never become so strongly heated bi » 
the sun. Another advantage is that the deep pool does not so readil 
breed germs dangerous to the health of the cattle. 

A deep pool, as described, may quickly be scraped out by means o 
teams, and the earth used as an embankment. Thus, an oblong pool 
say thirty feet wide by three hundred feet long, will hold an ininiens 
quantity of water^ and allow of the drinking at one and the same time • 



HERDING AND GRAZING. 



715 



great number of cattle. If atlvaiitage is taken of some place where water 
flows, even temporarilj', after rains or during thaws, a dam thrown across 
one end, above the pool, may furnish a reservoir, to till the pool and keep 
it gradually supplied, except in cases of extreme drought. 

VIII. Underground Supply. 

\ In many situations where there are "drains" supplied with running water 
(luring the winter and si)ring, but which, as the season progresses, are 
dried up, water will be found percolating under ground, almost always 
near the bedrock. In these situations a wall, carried from the l)edrock to 
the surface and sufficiently far above ground to furnish a surface pool, 




WEST HIGHLAND BUL,!., SCOTLAND. 

all generally be found economical. The inside of this wall must be made 
ater proof with moist strong clay firmly rammed on the inner side, both 
dow and a])ove ground, thus affording living water the year round. 
V^hen the bedrock does not lie too deep, this means should be used. If the 
3drock lies too deep, a well may l)e simk and the water pumped. Of late 
ears a copious supply has been ol)tained, in the eastern plains region, by 
leans of artesian wells, some'of them of immense capacity, sufficient for 
'ctensive irrigation. Irrigation plants of extensive operation are also being 
ushed by combined capital, and increasing year by year, thus making 
tactical the cultivation of large areas of land and also furnishing ample 
lock water. Thus years ago means thought out of the question have now 



I 



716 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

been found practicable, and the probability now is that in ten years areas 
now considered uncultival)le will be brought into cultivation, thus vastly, 
increasing the area and profits of stock husbandry, through the increased 
practical means of added forage crops. 

IX. Protection Against Storms. 

Severe storms must be provided against, for on the great herdiiio 
o-roimds of the West they are sometimes very destructive. Where theit 
are gulches they may be taken advantage of for shelter. Where there are! 
no gulches the best protected locality mast be sought, and this should be 
further protected by planting timber adapted to the soil. If the soil is' 
dry, yellow pine and Norway spruce are the trees to plant, but the belts oi 
the trees must be protected from the cattle. Where there is sufficienlj 
moisture for grass, cotton wood will generally grow if protected for a fe\A| 
years. The catalpa {Speciosa, not Big?ionioides) would be most valuable 
It is hardy, grows fast and is less injured, when of some size, by the] 
tramping of cattle, than are most trees. 

If the cattle kings, who have acquired great wealth by herding in Coloradc 
and the territories, had attended to this matter, and to the providhig o 
fodder for use during storms, it would have saved them heavy losses, no 
only from storms, but from the stampeding of their herds. The catt1< 
would be practically safe fram stampeding when in the timber, and evn 
when stampeded on the range they would instinctively seek this shelter i 
once turned towards it. 



HERDING AND GRAZING. 



717 




A GALLICAN OX. 



This breed of cattle came originally from Spain. Tliev renoli in..tn,.u,r „f • . * 
K'o"''" \'' average live-weifht of'^xen i. about 1400 p'^unds Tl ey -Jce' ve ?u 
mes a v'ear "TulT^f ^''^'^'r'? dark stables, which are cleaned onl/two or'^ree 
lo 000 hi^!l : „ T""^ '' largely in excess of the home demand, and an average of 

40,000 head is annually exported to Englaud, where the medium pHce is aboT$75. 




FRENCH OX. 

ihnosl ima'lh;'p ^hnl^t^'''" °", ^l!>'' P^^^ ''^°'^ t^^^''' ^^t^«"al characteristics. We can 
Sanr th^/(- Irf S ''^ ^^""^^ French, and there is no question of their ability to im- 
W and fi i^. i!^K '!;'^."''^^^ ^^'y '"^'"^ described as docile, handsome, good work ng 
heyCewfi^rmiSd fstedTn"'- ?'' T' '' ^'^^T'^ ^^^'^^' ^^"^ afundant hai f 
•egXlarrrcynndSrSTe' ouThort' Tegs' "^ ^"^^^' ^'^ P^^"^^' ^^^ ^^^^' ^^^^^ ^^ 



CILVPTER XV. 



THE HUMANE MANAGEMENT AND CARE OF CATTLE. 



R A MERCIFUL MAN IS MERCIFUL TO HIS BEAST. II. WHAT CONSTITUTES G0( 

CARE AND KINDNESS. III. HOW TO MANAGE A KICKER. IV. TO PREVE] 

SUCKING. V. DEVICES TO PREVENT GORING. VI. DRIVING TO AND FR( 

PASTURE. VII. AMENITIES OF THE BARN YARD. VIII. AS BETWEEN GOOD Al 

BAD MANAGEMENT IX. ASSIMILATION OF FOOD. ^X. TWO WAYS OF LOOKII 

AT IT. XI THE PROFITS OF HUMANE TREATMENT. 

I. A Merciful Man is Merciful to his Beast. 

No argument should be iieided to show that in the management of a 
imals good care is £^ood policy, or that in kindness to them there 
money as well as mercy. Exami3les of both methods of dealing wi 
farm animals can be seen in every day life in the yards and pastures 
the farms we pass on any country road. When the stock is managed 1 
blows and main force, the animals are wild, vicious and unmanageabj 
both in the yard and the pasture. They regard every visitor with susj 
cion, and are ready to take to flight at the least sign of danger, ortheyrai 
their heads and snort at every noise. If cornered they Vv ill either figl 
or else seek to rush over or around the supposed source of danger, ho 
ever trifling it may be. On the other hand, when the cattle are kind 
cared for, they take no notice of anything but their own individu 
wants, and are ever ready to seek and enjoy the kind word or caress th 
are accustomed to receive. 

II. What Constitutes G-ood Care and Kindness. 

Humane treatment of animals consists in providing comfortable qiM 
ters ; the training of stock to what they are expected to perform, ratb' 
than " breaking " them into it ; furnishing plenty of good and who • 
some food, and so placing it that it may not be tranii)led under foot a 1 
wasted. Once the owner gets the confidence of his stock, the balance' 
easy, and it is cheaper to do this than to have them lose flesh, from t' 
constant fear of injury. 

Two illustrations will sufiice ; The first shows a cow that has bei 
beaten with the milking-stool, when restless from being annoyed by fli<. 

718 



TttE Humane management and care of cattle. 



710 




r)r from brutiil handling of the teats. She has resented this treatment 

rt'Jth her heels. She 

kicks and runs at ev- 

3ry op;)ortunity, and 

if ten, at length, with- 

)ut provocation. If 

)ffered for sale, unless 

loceit is practiced, she 

v\\\ not bring half the 

)rice of a well-trained result of bad handling. 

ow ; and a man once cheated with such an animal will steer clear of the 

■erson who deceived him. The second picture represents a cow that has 

€en properly cared for when 

young. She has been trained 
to know that she will not be 
abused, and instead of kicking 
over th(^ pail, will simply move 
her feet or her tail when the 
flies bother her. If flies are 
\)ad, cover her with a sheet 
when being milked, or have a 
rather dark place to milk in. 

RESULT OF GOOD HANDLING. 

III. How to Manage a Kicker. 

Have you been so unfortunate as to become the possessor of a cow 
:ade ugly and vicious? If she kicks, a harness made like that represented 
i the illustration, so that a i)ad can be brought to press tightly in each 
Ink, by means of the guards forced 
•iwn into one of the notches, will cure 
It. It will, in fact, hurt her when she 
bks. A strong cord drawn tight just 
Ickof the shoulders will ansAver in the 
rijority of cases. For exceptionally 
Id kickers a close pen must be made, 
1.0 which the cow is driven. It must 
bouly wide enough to admit her, and 
hve a post set at the proper place against 
wich to tie her leg. At length it will ^o prevent a cow from kicking. 
oly be necessary to throw the strap around the leg, and finally she may be 
nlked by simply driving her into the pen. In all this no violence must 
bused. Get her quietly into the pen a'few times, at whatever pains^ 





720 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOH. 



and she will soon learn to go in Avithout difficulty. Either of these plans 
is easier and cheaper than trying to break her of the habit by blows. That 
only makes a bad matter worse. 

rv. To Prevent Sucking. 

SometmiGS a calf, not properly weaned, 
will acquire the habit of sucking other 
cows, and there are generally good naturcd 
cows that will allow it. To prevent this, 
have a spiked muzzle made as shown in 
the engraving, not so tight as to prevent 
grazing, but sufficiently so to prevent her 
from sucking. If a cow suck her own 
milk, a harness as shown in either of the 
two cuts of harness for cows, on the next 
page, will keep her all right. The second 
form we consider preferable. 

TO PREVENT SUCKING. 




V. Devices to Prevent Goring. 

If an animal — cow, ox or bull — is vicious with the horns, it should bi 

gotten rid of at once, unless it be > 

valual)le as to make it an object t' 

go to considerable trouble to pit 

vent its doing mischief. The sani 

ruk^ will apply to animals haviii 

any vice. Sell them or fatten then 

unless their value makes it uecessi 

ry to suffer the inconvenience. . 

good arrangement to prevent hool 

ing is represented in the annexe 

picture, of a vicious ox's head. On( 

it is attached, the animal attemptir 

to gore will only pull its ovvni nos 

An effective harness for hamperii 

a vicious bull is also shown in tl 

TO PREVENT HOOKING. illustration on next page. With th 

harness on, no bull, however ugly, can do serious harm, either to man > 

beast. 

In mild cases, good balls securely fixed on the horns will be effective 

prevent goring. They should always be fixed to the horns of bulls, and 




THE ilUMANfi MANAOEMENT AND CAiiE OF CATTLE. 



721 



phurp h\>rned oxen and cows as well. Select rather large-sized brass tips., 
with ii gv.od screw thread inside. Fasten the animal securely ; put two 




HARNESS TO PREVENT SUCKING. 



A r.ETTER FORM. 



large, round potatoes in the oven to roast, and when sufficiently hot, stick 
one ou each horn, to eofteu the tips. When soft enough, or before the 




HAMPERINO A VICIOUS BULL. 

potato becomes cool, screw the balls as firmly as possible on the end, 
Ucing a wrench and they will never come off. 

VI. Driving to and. from Pasture. 

This, if entrusted to boys, without due caution, often results in injury 
to the animals. From sheer animal spirit, the boys will often drive them 
on a run, or make them jump the partially lowered bars. The first dimin- 
ishes the flow of milk if it does not make it bad from overheating ; and 
the second often occasions injured limbs. We have even known a cow to 

46 



T22 



CYCLOPEbiA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



fall and break her neck in jumping the bars, to say nothing of the 
breachy habits they are apt to acquire from such usage. Hence it is 
important that the boys be perfectly trained, as well as the cows. 

VII. Amenities of the Barn Yard. 

If all farm stock are properly trained, they will live together iu good 
fellowship, if the occasional incorrigible one is prevented from doing 
mischief. Even a too belligerent cock may be rendered crest-fallen by 
cutting his spurs, and a goring cow may be prevented even from injuring 
sheep by the nose piece and cord through the horn. Yet it is altogether 




A HAPPY FAMILY. 

better to get rid of unruly stock at any price, and then your farm yard 
may present the appearance of the picture we give of "A Happy Fam- 

ily." 

VIII. As Between Good and Bad Management. 

We have already stated that humane management does not consist in ey^ 
pensive buildings, or costly fixtures. The poor man's stock may be jusl 
as well cared for at a cost within his means, as that of the rich man. 
The rich farmer may not, indeed, make so much profit as the poorer one, 
even with all his fine buildings. The profit in feeding, for instance, is in 
so manasinir as to set the best returns for the food given. Some kind- 



hearted persons stuff their animals so full that they are uncomfortable. 
This is neither kindness nor good management. 



THE HUMANE MANAGEMENT AND CARE OF CATTLE. 



723 



IX. Assimilation of Pood. 

The system will properly assimilate a certain amount of nourishment, 
and no more. Ail that is given beyond this is a dead loss. All that is 
given below the required quantity is at a sacrifice of future profits. 
Both show bad management. While general fules may be given, every 
man must be competent to judge for himself, and hence the care we have 
taken in explaining and describing all that relates to the animal, so far as 
may be judged from outward appearance, and from the bony and physi- 
cal structure. 




THE PASTURE OF FARMER "WELL-TO-DO." 

A pleasant picture may be seen in a view of a portion of the farm of 
Farmer "Well-to-do." Here we have the general appearance of quiet 
and good management; it is a far more eloquent lesson than whole 
pages of print. 

X. Two Ways of Looking at it. 

The wealthy man, especially the amateur, too often spends money for 
the sake of appearance solely. His stables will be too costly for profit, 
his appliances too elaborate for practice. The practical man will reach 
the same end so far as feeding and shelter are concerned, and with profit 
to himself and comfort to his animals. His shelters may be most homel}', 
even made with poles and straw, but they are warm and comfortable. 



724 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

He cannot afford iron mangers and water pipes in his stables, but his 
troughs are tight and solidly built, and his animals arc regularly fed and 
watered. He may not have blankets in winter and sheets in summer, but 
his animals will be well and carefully fed, and sheltered from the 
earliest age until ready for sale. 

XI. The Profits of Humane Treatment. 

Two years ago, in writing on this subject, we reviewed the matter of 
feeding as follows. We do not know that we could better it by re- writ- 
ing it, and thus we quote : "The humane man will get ten dollars more 
for a cow because she will be gentle and well trained to give down her 
milk without resistance. His steers will bring from one to two cents 
per pound extra in market, for the reason that the constant cure given 
them will have resulted in extra Aveight and condition. Let us sec what 
two cents per pound amounts to. His steer of a given age, say three 
years, is fed from birth so that it has never fallen in condition, but has 
constantly gained, and will weigh from 1300 to 1600 pounds, according to 
the breed. The steer of the man who does not believe in feeding nor 
properly treating his animals, will weigh off of grass 900 or 1000 pounds 
The o'ood feeder will gee five-and-a-half cents per pound gross weight, or 
$71.50 for the 1300 lb. steer, and $88 for the heavier one. The poor 
feeder will get, say thres cents per pound, or $27 to $30. One may see 
this every day of the year at the stock-yards of our western cities. It 
does not cost $20 more to make the good steer than the poor one ; so the 
enhanced profits are nearly $25 in the one case and $48 in the other ; in 
other words, the good and humane feeder gets the enhanced price on the 
poor feeder's 1000 pounds, and on what he has put on besides by his con- 
siderate care and constant good feeding. We have partially shown this 
in another part of the work, in alluding to the daily animal waste. That 
is one inteo-er. Another is that animal waste maybe produced exces-^sive- 
ly, whatever the system of feeding, if animals are subjected to frights 
and bruises, as well as by exposure to storms and lack of sufficient food," 

The little cut at the end of this chapter prettily illustrates some results 
of humane treatment of stock. The cow and calf are quietly chewing the 
cud in tlio foreground and in the distance one cow is watching for danger 
while the other drinks. 




CHAPTER XVI. 



THE TRAINING AND WORKING OP CATTLE. 



I. THE mFFERENCE BETWEEN TRAINING AND BREAKING. II, WHEN THE WHIP IS 

NECESSARY. III. TWO WAYS OF DOING IT. IV. ADVANTAGES OF TRAINING 

YOUNG. V. WHAT AN OX SHOULD BE TAUGHT. VI. TRAINING THE CALF. 

VII. TRAINING TO LEAD. VIII. TRAINING A BULL. IX. TRAINING A MILCH 

COW. X. HOW TO MILK PROPERLY. XI. DO NOT FEED AT MILKING TIME. 

XII. HOW TO MANAGE A KICKING COW. XIII. HOW TO TRAIN STEERS. 

XIV. TRAIN THEM WHILE THEY ARE YOUNG. XV. A SUMMING UP XVI, A 

SAILOR AS A TEAMSTER. 

I. The Difference Between Training and Breaking. 

TMs subject of training vs. breaking has been pretty fully treated of in 
the chapters on horses, and the same general rules will apply to all farm 
stock. The horse must be highly educated in order to get the most satis- 
factory labor out of him ; so must all other farm animals, but it is not 
necessary that their education be as perfect as that of the horse. The 
difference between the two systems is, that in the one case the law of 
kindness is used, by which the animal is taught to rely solely on the mas- 
ter's will, and is also taught that disobedience will result in inconveni- 
ence and pain. In the other case, the animal is subdued by main force, 
under the whip alone, and comes to regard the master as a terrible 
povver simpl}' to inflict injury, and consequently works solely under the 
impulse of fear. 

II. When the Whip is Necessary. 

In some cases, even after careful training, the whip is necessary in fiub- 
duing a refractory animal. Perverseness, however, is often the result of 
misuse by a previous owner. If the animal has been broken under the 
whip, the continued use of the whip will be necessary. If he has been 
properly trained, the whip will seldom be necessary, and, generally, only 
as an admonisher when some extraordinary exertion is to be made. 
This is its sole use, except as an instrument of correction for a refractory 
animal when training, and sometimes after the animal is trained. A bull 
must be trained under the whip ; but once trained to the service he is to 
perform, the whip will seldom be required, if a good ring is put in his 
nose. 

Animals are not naturally stubborn unless their innate power of resis- 
tance is brought out by abuse. They will generally do what is required 

725 



726 CYCLOPEtHA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of them when once they know what is wanted. Animals cannot be ej 
pected to miderstand as a child will. They have not the power of dire 




UNDER THE WHIP. A DUOKEN TEAM. 

speech, and thus we nm.st use signs, their natural means of communioa- 
tion, as well as words. 

III. Two Ways of Doing it. 
We give two pictures from real life. One shows a savage teamster 
working his animals by main force, under the whip. In the other is seen 




BY THR rOWEU OF KINDNESS. A TRAINED OX. 

a good trainer driving his willing ox without lines, and guiding him solely by 
the sound of his voice. It is not difficult to see which will get the most 



THE TRAINING AND WORKING OF CATTLE. 



727 



labor out of his team and in the easie&t manner. Of course, the time has 
passed Avhen tobacco is rolled to the warehouse in the manner represented 
In the first picture. But in many new settlements, a single oxis stillused 
to plow corn and other crops ; and a very good and tractable power he 




o 

o 
o 

« 



makes, if rightly handled. We have even seen a cow plowing corn, and 
if the master have no better team, kind and careful usage will get con- 
siderable labor from her, and milk besides. Such labor is certainly no 
harder on the cow than is the task imposed on the woman who rears a 
family, and has to do the household work. It is not economical or hu- 
mane in tbQ one c^ise or the other, except under dire necessity. 



728 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

rv. Advantages of Training Young. 

In the preceding chapter we have illustrated the difference between ill 
and good usage in the management of cattle. It is with animals as with 
children. Brought up under blows and curses, they make in the one case, 
vicious or unwilling servants, in the other case brutal men. The earlier 
the training of all farm animals is begun the better. In the chapters on 
horses we have inculcated the principle that colts should be trained young, 
and have shown that this course really takes no more time in the end 
than to allow the animal to get its full strength before beginning to train. 
The same is true in the training of cattle. In fact, it is an economy of 
time and labor to begin the training at an early age, for the young animal 
has not the power of resistance, and being subjected to the influence of a 
kind master, never learns its strength. In nine cases out of ten, all the 
difficulty experienced in "breaking" results from the fact that the 
animal has been allowed to go too long without being made familiar with 
the presence and control of the master. 

V. Wliat an Ox should be Taught. 

All that is expected of a pair of oxen is, that the off ox shall stand 
quietly to be yoked, and that the other shall come promptly forward at 
the Avord, and [)ass under the yoke; then, that they shall step briskly 
forward with the load, turn promptly to the right (haw) or to the left 
''gee), and stop promptl}^ or back up at the word. 

The instructions given in the chapters on the training of horses, will 
suffice for halterins; and trainjusi; of cattle, with such modifications as will 
naturally suggest themselves in addition to the hints given below. The 
trainer must distinguish between stubborn ugliness, and lack of compre- 
hension in the animal. But even stubbornness is more easily conquered, by 
simply rendering the animal uncomfortable until it attends to the wishes 
of the master, than by beating it for something it knows not what. 

VI. Training the Calf. 

Let us suppose the calf not to have been raised by hand, — for if so 
raised it should have been taught to fear nothing — but that it has sucked the 
cow until ready for weaning. In this case the first thing to do is to give 
it a name and thereafter call it by that name. If the name is associated 
with somethino; the calf likes, the calf will soon understand it and come 
when called. The next step is haltering. Get the calf, as quietly as 
possible, into a close place, with its dam, and put on a halter it cannot 
break. Turn out the cow and let the calf pull until it gives up, watching 
that it does not injure itself, and pushing it forward occasionally to cause 
it to know that it is easier to stand without pulling. 



THE TRAINING AND WORKING OF CATTLE. 



729 



Vm. Training to Lead. 

The next step is training to lead. Take the calf into a close yard. 
Have a six-foot rope at the end of the halter. Standing in front of the 
calf, say ''come," calling it by name. At the same time pull a little on 
the rope. The calf will not, of course, do as bid. Call again, and let an 
assistant touch it lightly from behind with a whip, gather in the rope, and 
when you succeed in getting the little animal near you, fondle it and give 
it something it likes — sugju' or salt. Be patient. Do not lose your tem- 
per. When the calf will come to you, and follow you, tcacli it to lead 
— walking by its side and restraining it if necessary. Then teach it to be 




ONE WAV OF RINGING A BULL. 

handled, carded and brushed in the stable. It will not object to this 
if you do not hurt it. This accomjjlished, the animal is half-trained if 
a cow calf, and nearly so, if a steer. In using the card and brush, do so 
with a light hand, never using the card, or curry comb, over the bony 
surfaces. 

vm. Training a Bull. 

Bulls require the most careful training and management. They must 
never bo allowed to gain the mastery. If so they will soon assert their 
power, and become dangerous. They should have a good ring placed in 
t ac nose before they are one year o ld. To insert the ring, first whittle 



730 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

a piece of soft pine, so it may be entered into the nostril to meet the 
blow given on the punch. Select a punch to make a hole corresponding 
to the ring. Tie the bull securely and let an assistant hold the piece of 
pine. Set the punch in the opposite nostril, low enough so that it will 
not cut the cartilage (gristle) of the nose, and strike a smart blow, form- 
ins: the hole. Put in the ring, set the screw tight and the work is done- 
The illustration will show the old fashioned manner of ringing a bull, 
with a cutting awl. The plan Ave have described is better. 

IX. Training a Milch Cow. 

Handle the udder and teats of the heifer often while she is growing 
This will have a two-fold effect. It will cause extra development in 
those parts, and at the same time make the heifer gentle, so that when 
she comes really to be milked, but little difficulty will be experienced. 

If the heifer, or cow, has never been thus handled, a pen should be 
made live feet high, and just wide and long enough for the animal to stand 
in. Have a safe bar behind, at the height of her buttocks, and a place at 
the side to milk through. Tie her by the head. Then gentleness and 
perseverance must do the rest. In no case strike her. There is no dan" 
ger of the milker being kicked, for the left hand holding the teat with 
the wrist pushed strongly against the stifle, will prevent the heifer or 
cow from using her heels for injury. Patiently show her that she will 
not be hurt, and under careful milking she will soon come to feel that the 
operation is connected with ease to herself. If the udder is inflamed or 
the teats sore, use cold water for the first and glycerine for the latter. 
This again will cause her to associate the idea of relief with the opera- 
tion of milking. 

X. How to Milk Properly. 

Always wash the teats and udder with lukewarm water if they arc 
dirty, or brush them with a soft brush if they are oiiiy dusty. Sit down 
on the off or right side, so that the right hand will be nearest the cow's 
head. Take hold of the rear teat nearest you with the left hand, and 
using the word "hoist," induce the cow to place the leg, against which 
you press your wn'ist, farther back than the opposite one. The pressure 
of the arm should carry the leg back. 

In milking, grasp the teats by the upper portion, and, diagonally ; that 
is, one fore and one hind teat on ojDposite sides. Grasp the teat well up 
to the udder with the thumb and fore finger, and bringing the other 
fingers successively together, with a slight pull force out the milk. 

So proceed with one hand and then the other until the milk is about 
glrawn, and then change to tne other teats, Never strip the milk b^ pulluig 



THE TBAINING AND WORKING OF CATTLE. 



731 





the teat with the thumb and fore-finger, from end to end. Every drop can be 
drawn by pressing the top of the 
hand well up under the udder, grasp- 
ing the teat, gathering the milk with 
the thumb and fore finder, and draw- 
ing it with the other fingers. It must DEVICE FOR HOLDING THE PAIL. 

he learned by practice, but is not at all difiicult. 
Another important thmg is to learn to milk fast. If the milk is not 

drawn as fast as it is given down, in 
the end it may be withheld. In any 
event, slow and especially imperfect 
milking soon dries up a cow. As an 
assistance to the milker two illustra- 
tions are given, the first showing a de- 
vice for holding the pail, which any 
blacksmith will quickly make, and the 
other the manner of usino; it in hold- 
ing the pail. One of these for each 
milker will save many times its cost in 
MANNER OF HOLuiNo THE PAIL. a siugle seasoii. 

XI. Do not Peed at Milking Time. 

Many persons, supposing that it induces the cow to let down her milk, 
or that she will stand more quietly, give a feed at milking time. This 
should never be done. The act of eating induces moving about; and, 
expecting the mess, if for any reason it be withheld, the coav becomes 
restless, however gentle she may be. Many good dairymen feed only 
after milking. It is a good plan, under the rule of compensation. Yet, 
If the stable is to be cleaned before milking — and it should be — the better 
plan is to feed before milking time. It is the rule we have alwavs adopt- 
ed. We have also caused the milker to give the cow a taste of salt, or 
a single mouthful of the best, sweet, soft hay just l)efore sitting down to 
milk. There is nothing puts an animal in better humor with the milker. 

Once milking is begun, milk fast and steadily, and without talking, 
until it is finished. If you have a milker that cannot keep a cow quiet, 
be sure something is wrong with the man. You cannot afford the loss in 
milk, that wnll inevitably eiisue from this cause, and the proper way Is to 
discharge him at once, or put him at other work. 

XII. How to Manage a Kicking Cow. 

j One peculiarity of animals is, that once they acquire a vicious trick, it 
I is difficult to break them of it. If ^ horse once runs away, he is never 



732 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

safe thereafter. So, if once a cow acquires the habit of Idckiiig, she will 
try it on with every new milker who takes her in hand. Hence the advice 
we have given, to convert all tricky cows into beef as quickly as possible. 
If the cow has some unusually good qualities to compensate, it may pay 
to keep her ; but, remember that tricks "are catching," simply from the 
restlessness created in the milking yard. 

How we once subdued an inveterate kicker, but deep milker, is as fol- 
lows : A strong man held her steady by the horn and nose. Seizing a 
teat firmly in each hand, but without attempting to milk, except to per- 
form the motion, she was allowed to kick to her heart's content. Soon 
she found that the wrist and arm brought the kicking leg back again to 
its proper place on the ground, without fail. When she ceased kicking, 
milking proceeded, and when she kicked, the grasp was tightened. In 
the end she submitted quietly. The next lesson was to teach her to stand 
quietly without holding. This was accomplished by following and forcing 
her to walk about the yard, until she was willing to stand still. At the 
end of a week she became perfectly quiet to milk, so far as her trainer was 
concerned, but no other person could milk her. A better way for all such 
animals, is to provide a pen, such as we have previously described, and 
then any good and quiet milker can manage the most refractory animal. 

XIII. How to Train Steers. 

All that is required of pxen is that they move briskly at the word ; 
draw steadily ; back promptly, and as much as they can draw forward ; 
that they exert themselves to the fullest extent, but slowly, when neces- 
sity requires, and that they stand quietly. To meet these requirement- 
you must have something better than dull, lazy, logy brutes. If for heav> 
logging, of course agility must be sacrificed to strength ; but if circum- 
stances will allow, three yoke of smart steers are better and more eco- 
nomical, than two yoke of heavier slow ones. They must, however, ,h<' 
trained to pull together, and in using a single yoke, it is absolutely nec- 
essary that they walk and pull evenly. 

Select steers of medium size, compact and as near alike in disposition, 
carriage, pace and color as possible. If they are three years old part, 
they may be put in a freighting team, if possil)le, with a well-trained 
yoke of cattle at the pole and another in the lead. Tie them up so -hey 
may be yoked, and so proceed until you have the requisite numl)er to- 
gether that are to be trained. Once yoked, put them in the team, and 
do not unyoke them until they understand what is wanted of them. It 
may take a week. Feed well, and see that the yokes are well-fitting, so 
as not to gall the shoulders or necks. When they pull steadily forward, 
understand "haw" and "gee" — that is, to turn to the left or right as the 



THE TRAINING AND WORKING OF CATTLE. 733 

case may be, — and back promptly with the well broken oxen, they can be 
trained as single yokes, which must be accomplished with each yoke sepa- 
rately. 

XIV. Train Them while They are Young. 

As heretofore stated, the real, preliminary training should be done 
when the steers arc quite yonng. Teach them to walk quietly, but quickly 
at your- side, to turn to the right or left, and to back at length twelve or 
fifteen steps at a time, and then come forward promptly again at the 
Word, holding their heads well up when they stop, and remain so. In 
working them on the road teach them to move briskly, and together. 
Few steers are so evenl}^ matched that they will act and move precisely 
together. If it is necessary to admonish both, touch the slow steer first, 
and the other immediately after. It is a nice art to touch both so near to- 
gether that the act shall seem simultaneous. Use always the same mo- 
tion, the same words, and the same tone of voice, never loud, for the act 
you wish the steer to perform. If one ox is slower than the other, put 
the slow one on the near or left side. 

XV. A Summing Up. 

To sum up the whole matter in a nut-shell, use common sense, and 
know Avhat you are training for. If simply for general farm work, log- 
ging, or for "string" teams on the road, it will not pay to spend too 
much time on the training. Yet a well-trained, evenly-matched 
yoke of oxen will always command a sufficiently good pi-ice to pay for 
the training — fully as much so as a well-trained and well-matched pair of 
\vork horses. 

There will be, for years to come, in the West, the Southwest, and es- 
pecially in the lumber region, plenty of Avork for which neither 
horses nor mules are so well adapted as oxen. And in the settlement of 
I new country, where until farms are brought into subjection, there is no 
)ther feed than the wild grasses, well-trained oxen are indispensable; 
for a well trained yoke of steers will do one-third more, and better work, 
than untrained ones. Once you get such a team, train also the driver to 
handle them properly. An ignorant, careless or brutal driver will soon 
reduce the value of any team. 

XVII. A Sailor as a Teamster. 

We once heard a good story illustrating this. A New England farmer had 
a finely-trained yoke of Devon steers, such as were not uncommon there, 
forty years ago, and are now in disuse. He hired a sailor and sent 
him to market with the team, having instructed hini, as he thought, 



734 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

in a month's time, sufficiently in driving. Coming to a bridge when 
there were other teams passing the sailor "lost his head," and forgetting 
the proper words, reverted to nautical language. "Starboard, (to the 
right) you lubbers," he cried, and giving them a punch, the steers 
sprang forward and side ways, and striking the rail, it was crushed, and 
oxen and load went into the creek twenty feet beloAV, turning the yoke in 




SHORTHORN BULL "ROSCOE.' 

This fine animal is five years old, pure white in color, and is the property of Lord 
Strathallan. The breeding and improviiior of shorthorn cattle was commenced in 
Scotland and the northern counties of England about a century ago, and since then 
they have been introduced into nearly all the civilized countries of the world, being 
favorites wherever they are known. 

the fall. Upon reaching home, and being asked what had become of the 
team, he answered : "Oh, the lubbers fell off the deck, and the larboard 
ox got on the starboard side, and the starboard ox got on the larboard 
side, and the whole craft went to Davy Jones' locker together." The 
moral is : For a thing to be well done, one must know what he is about 
in doing it. 



CHAPTKH XVII. 



SHELTER FOR CATTLE. 



I. THE ECONOlvnr or shelter. II. the natural heat must be kept up. TIT. 

FOOD AS related TO SHELTER. IV. FOUR CLASSES OF STOCKMEN. V. H(»W 

TO SHELTER. VI. SOMETHING THAT WILL BEAR REPEATING. VII. A CHEAP 

AND GOOD SHED. VIII. A FRAMED SHED WITH LOFT. IX. CATTLE TIES. • 

X. BARNS FOR VARIOUS USES. XI. THE BASEMENT AND OTHER FLOORS. XII. 

AN OBLONG BARN. XIII. A BARN WITH WINGS. XIV. A MODEL BARN BASE- 
MENT. XV. MAIN FLOOR OF MODEL BARN. XVI. ROUND AND OCTAGONAI. 

BARNS. XVII. BUILD FOR THE END DESIRED. XVIII. SUMMER SHELTER. 

I. The Economy of Shelter. 

The necessity of shelter of some kind for all farm stock is taken for 
granted, even hy those who sim])ly provide the warm side of a stack, or 
who consider themselves fortunate if they have a "chmik" of timber 
where the cattle can "keep warm." Neither the one nor the other is 
shelter in reality, since shelter means not only protection from cold winds 
but also from storms. This neither of them gives. 

In all that region where cattle must be fed during four or five months 
of winter, the protection of barns and tight sheds becomes absolutely 
necessary, since one cold otorm will take off more flesh than can be re- 
gained in a month. In fact, farm animals cannot thrive in the winter 
unless sheltered. Without shelter they must certainly lose much 
weight in winter, except at the expense of feed that would pay the cost 
of a simple structure in a single winter, and amount to from fifteen to 
twenty per cent, on the cost of a common-sense barn. 

n. The Natural Heat Must Be Kept Up. 

The natural heat of the body must be kept at 96 degrees, winter and 
summer. K it goes belov/ this, a chill ensues, and in the effort of nature 
to counteract the effect of this, which, if continued, would kill, fever 
takes place. The fever also would kill if continued, so nature again 
comes to the rescue, and the sweating stage supervenes. This is chills 
and fever. 

The animal, to remain in health, must be kept at a normal temperature, 

and this is only to be accomplished by an excess of food, or by shelter, 

as one of the integers. Whether it will do to go to a great expense in 

providing shelter is a question of cost, as related to cheapness or dearuess 

of food. 

735 



736 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



III. Pood as Related to Shelter. 



B 



Where grain is cheap tlic increased food with simple shelter is un- 
doubtedl}^ cheaper, and yet food may he so scarce and high, that even fire 
heat may profitably be resorted to. 

The Esquimaux drink train oil, to give the body natural heat in winter ; 
civilized people eat fat meats for the same purpose, and in cold weather, 
it is well known that animals always crave oily food. The reason is, that 
such food assists in keeping up the animal heat. Hence, since stock waste 
more from exposure to cold, it is always economy not only that they be 
fully fed, but also that they be warmly sheltered. The reason is quite; 
simple. In a still atmosphere, the animal retains his natural warmth, 
imparting a small portion of it to the air immediatly surrounding hi in : 
but when the atmosphere is in motion the animal warmth is, so to speak, 
blown away as fast as given off, and a fresh supply of cold air constantlv' 
takes the place of that warmed from the animal's body. Hence the greatoi 
ease with which a person will keep warm always in a still, cold atmos- 
phere, than in a warmer one, but with wind blowing. If the wind i.^ 
accompanied with rain, hail, sleet or snow, the loss of animal heat is still 
greater. Thus v e have the question of shelter brought down to one ol 
dollars and cents, in which shelter wins. 

IV. Four Classes of Stockmen. 

There are four classes of farmers : First, those who give no shelter 

second, those who provide shelter nexli 
to nothing; third, those who have com- 
fortable shelter, but fail to use it to it- 
full extent, and fourth, those who hav( 
good shelter, and keep their stock undci 
it. The first class does not need illus 
trating. The second, third and fourll 
we present in a series of cuts which tel 
A SHIFTLESS FARMER'S BARN. their owu story prctty fully. 
The Shiftless Man's Shelter.— This man always has " hard luck,' 
and all his surroundings are of the same kind as his luck — hard. * Hi 
animals are never in condition for labor, for they are half starved an( 
badly sheltered. His barn is worse than "all out doors," since watc 
drips through the roof, and the wind blowing through, creates drafts, ani 
the temperature is actually below what it is outside. Hence, such sheltes 
is really worse than none, for, while cooped up in it, the poor brutes an 
denied the privilege of exercise. 

Farmer Slack. — Farmer Slack has abundance of shelter, as the illus 
tration shows, but believes that store cattle, at least, need to be toughejief 




i 



SHELTER FOR CATTLE. 



by exposure to the winter blasts. If a sudden stomi comes on he "ijnesscs 
jbe brutes can stand it," with a *'moi-sel more" of fodder. His fattening 
and working stock and milch cows arc in the barns. Can he not see that 
if it pays with them it will pay *' all itround.'* 

Farmer Thrifty. — Farmer Thrifty believes in having good shelter and 
in using it. He believes not only in sheltering his stock, but in sheltering 
his yards and barns also. With the snow lying thick over everything, 
there is no sign of life in the ample yards, save the hands about their 
work, and the chickens, which also have warm quarters at night. The 
cattle are all comfortably housed inside, 

V. How to Shelter. 

It seems unnecessary to follow the subject into details. The most 
simple shelter is the artificial protection of wind-breaks, obtained by the 

planting of belts of evergreens and 
deciduous trees. It is the crudest sort 
of protection, next to a tight board 
fence. If the fence is topped v/ith a 
lean-to roof we have one of the sim- 
plest forms of shelter. Another form 
of shed — and the crudest — is of posts 
and poles covered with slough hay. 
If placed in the timber it makes an 
excellent protection for store cattle. 

A Good Shed. — Still another cheap 
shed is made by setting posts in the 
ground in two lines, sawing the tops level, fastening on plate pieces, laying 
on scantling for the peak, supported temporaril}^ and nailing on boards, 
for a roof, at one-quarter pitch, up and down from the plates tf) the peak. 




PRIMITIVE SHELTER. 




FARMER THRIFTY'S SHELTER, 



covering the joints with wide battens and boarding up the side v.-iience the 
prevaihng winds come. If twelve feet boards are used for the roof, a 
Jhed may thus be formed over tv*^enty feet wide, that will furnish good 

47 



f38 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



shelter tor stock cattle where forage is cheap. If the shed l)e placed in 
the timber, or where tiin])er l)elts protect from wind, there need be no 
sides, and a rack may be put through the center out of which the cattle may 
feed, the hay being put in from the ends and directly from the wagon. 

VI. Something that will bear Repeating. 

We have heretofore written on this subject of cheap shelter in new 
countries, and have lived to see these crude structures give place to sub- 
stantial feeding barns and basement stables ; we repeat the direction orig- 
inally written at various times during our journalistic experience. There 
is yet a vast outlying territory to be settled up, and, when the pioneer 




DUTCH BELTED COW ALICE HEATON. 



has to live in a log house or sod hut, the stock protection must necessari- 
ly be crude. In the directions given in the next article we leave much to 
individual judgment, since any structure must not only be modified to 
suit the purse of the builder, but also to suit the materials which he uses. 
In fact, one of the warmest sheds we ever saw was laid up at the sides 
with sods, and protected from being thrown down from the inside by poles. 
A shed boarded up is really all the better for a "backing" of sods. 
VII. A Ch'^ap, Good Shed. 

Any farmer tolerably handy with hammer and saw, assisted by hie 
hired men, can make one. Suppose the structure is to be a simple roofed 
shed affair. Decide upon the length. The width should not be more 
than twelve feet for a single pitch roof. Allow thai it is to be ninety -eight 



SH£J-Tr\ -^OR CATTLE. T.SJ) 

feet long. Set four heavy posts for the corners, three feet in the ground, 
and of the required lieight. The lower it is the warmer it will he, so it 
be high enough for the cattle to walk under the i)lates. Between the 
two end posts set, exactly in line, six posts each fourteen feet apart, and 
five and one-half feet high from the average ground line. Proceed in the 
same manner with the front, the posts to be nine feet above grounds 
At the back, now set seven lighter posts in the fourteen feet spaee^^. 
Saw them all off to an equal height, spike on four inch scantling from 
post to post in front, and two by four for the back. It is now ready for 
the roof, which is to be firmly nailed from front to rear. Board the 
front down to within five and a half feet of the ground, and the ends and 
back entirely down to the ground. Thus the shed is complete, except 




DUTCH BELTED BULL HARRY BRYON. 

banking up. This is important and will add fully one-half to its warmtb, 
A good way to do this is to lay two lines of sods at the rear, breaking 
joints as in laying brick, carrying the banking at least four feet high ; or 
posts may be set two feet from the wall, with sufficient strips nailed 
thereon to hold litter, and the whole filled in and rammed tight. It ia 
simply a question of the adaptation of the means at hand to the end 
sought. From this we may go on to more and more elaborate struct- 
ures until we come to the barn proper. 

VIII. A Framed Shed mth Loft. 

This may be made by running the posts up eighteen feet and framing 
in cross-ties to support a floor. In the uppei' twelve feet of this shed a 
good deal of fodder may be stored, to be fed from when the weather is 



740 CYCI.OrKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

too inclement to allow it to be handled on wagons. In this case a feed- 
ing rack may be placed below, with feeding holes from above. Thus the 
hay may be thrown directly into the loft. In such a shed it would not 
be economical to form a single pitch roof. It should slant both ways. 

Converting the Shed into a Stable.— If the shed form is to be con- 
verted to a stable, use the directions given for a hip or double-roofed shed. 
Board the whole tight all around, leaving sjjace for doors and windows; 
batten the cracks, lay the floor, put in stanchions or uprights for fasten- 
ing the cattle, leaving a feeding place in front, and tb^ whole is com- 
plete. 

IX. Cattle Ties. 

We prefer rings that slide up and down, upon standards three inches 
thick, to stanchions. This style of stable will not be strong enough to 
allow their being fastened to the floor above. Set strong posts seven feet 
apart and four and a half feet high, sawed oft' square on top, and three 
feet out from the wall. Prepare six-inch scantling to be pinned firmly to 
the posts, twelve inches from the ground, and on the inside next the 
wall ; the scantling bored, each three feet, with two-inch holes. This 
will be wide enough for cows. Larger cattle must have three feet, three 
inches. Prepare other scantling bored in similar manner for the tops of 
the posts. Take three-inch smooth saplings ; sharpen the lower ends 
just so they will drive firmly into the holes in the lower scantling when 
it is pounded in place below. Shave the upper ends so they will fit the 
holes in the scantling above. Drive them solidly into the holes below, 
pinning each one fast with a half -inch pin. Slip a four-inch iron ring 
over each stake. Lay the upper scantling on top, entering the standards 
as you go. It is better that they have some play. Lower the scantling 
on top of the posts, and pin and spike them firmly to the posts. Cut 
stout rope six feet, six inches long, splice a four-inch loop on one end, 
whip the other end with small cord so it will not unravel ; pass the rope 
through the ring and back to the loop so the end of the loop will be eight 
inches from the ring ; pass the end of the rope through the loop, draw 
tight and make fast with two half hitches, or, better, whip the two por- 
tions of rope together as far as the loop. The cattle are then ready 
to be tied up by passing the rope about the neck and through the loop, 
and drawing just tight enough so the animal cannot slip it over the 
horns. Iron chain bails that will last a life-time are kept ready made by 
agricultural implement men, and are much the cheapest in the end. Tied 
thus, cattle can easily reach their food, can lick themselves, can rest per- 
fectly, but cannot reach to injure each other. A six-inch board nailed 



SHELTER FOR CATTLE. 74-1 

along the standard at a proper height, say about six inches below the tops 
of the shoulders of the cows, will prevent their reaching too far into the 
feeding passage. 

X. Barns for Various Uses. 

As soon as the farmer is able so to do, it will be found cheaper in the 
end to build substantial barns. They are a permanent investment and are 
to be estimated simply in relation to the interest on the original cost, and 
wear and tear. 

Modern barns are always built high. Modern implements and ma- 
chinery for storing forage and grain, deliver into the top of a barn about 
as cheaply as from below. When there is a location suitable for a base~ 
ment, use it by all means ; and the nearei- square or oblong the barn is, 
the more economical it will be, especially if wings are to be added, as the 
increasing necessities of stock and forage may require. By a basement 
we do not mean a cellar, but the lower floor of a barn built on a declivity, 
so it may run into a bank at one end. A fall in the land surface of six 
feet in the length of the building will be sufficient, since the earth exca- 
vated may be used for the embankment at one end. 

XI. The Basement and other Floors. 

Thus the basement may be used solely for stabling cattle, sheep and 
calves ; or a part of it may be used for storing heavy tools and machinery. 
The main floor will contain bags for hay and grain, the threshing floor j 
harness-room and a granary. The grain, however, is better stacked outside, 
unless the intention be to thresh it by means of a small stationary power, 
as it may be wanted, for feeding and bedding — the power also to be used 
for grinding feed and chopping fodder. 

[ Make the barn as high as the power will carry hay and grain. Con- 
'tinue the hay to the roof. Cover the horse stable, if there is to be one, 
the harness room, granary etc., with matched lumber, and form a mow 
overhead ; also, a floor may be carried over the threshing floor, and this 
space utilized in the same way. Practically you have the space at less 
expense. In fact, utility will be suggested in many ways, other than we 
have mentioned. 

Xn. An Oblong Bam. 

In the "West and South, the farmer of 160 to 200 acres may get along 
very well with a side-hill barn forty-two by sixty feet. It will give ample 
room for a bay 16 by 60 ; a floor 13 l)y (50 ; horse stable 13 by 60, con- 
taining 5 single and 1 double stalls, or 2 single and 3 double stalls ; a room 
for implements 10 by 13 ; a granary 12 by 13. and a tool room half that 
size ; while the basement may be devoted entirely to the stabling of cattle, 



742 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



with calf pens, a sheep pen, and, if necessary, a shed enclosed on three 
sides. The granary will hold over 600 bushels of grain, and may be 
divided into bins for Winter and Spring wheat, oats, barley, and ground 
feed for stock. 

The basement may contain two rows of cattle stalls, with passage way 
between, six feet wide, with shoots leading to the upper part of the barn 
for delivering hay, grain, and other feed. This will leave a space 12 by 
60, which may contain calf-pens and a place for sheep, and it may be so 
arranged by means of sliding doors that it may be entirely closed in in- 
clement weather. This basement will contain stalls for thirty-two cattle, 
and the manure may be thrown directly into a cart or wagon and hauled 
where it is wanted. 

This barn may be enlarged by adding on, to accommodate any required 
number of stock ; but if a much larger barn than this is wanted, the 
square form should be used. It will give largely increased room in pro- 
portion to the cost. 

XIII. A Barn With Wings. 

P«!low we give an outline of the basement of a barn forty feet wide and 
sixty feet long, with a lean-to overshot extendmg twenty feet in front 



HAY HOUSEi 



NORTH 



MAIN BARN 




MAIN FLOOR OF BARN. 



This barn will contain about 100 tons of hay. The barn would be better 
facing the south if the lay of the land as to declivity will allow. The 
hay-house may extend twenty feet in width and height in the form of an 
L and of such a length as may be wanted for storage, say forty feet. 
This barn, if the space below the hay-house is utilized, will stable six 
horses and forty cattle. 

The basement of the main barn may be divided into stabling as f Hows : 
A, horse stables 12 feet deep, with mangers two and a half feet wide for 
hay, with suitable troughs for grain and manger for hay ; B and C aro 



SHELTER FOR CATTLE. 



743 



cattle stalls. Those in B hung with swinging gates, opening side ways, 
G the same, but each stall having a separate gate entering direct from the 
yard. E is the main entrance eight feet wide and may contain feed chests ; 
r is an entry live feet wide, with steps up to door D, and having an en- 
trance into the horse stables at each end. F is the overshot or shed. G 
is the portion under the hay-house to be utilized in stalls, if the hay is 
not desired to run clear to the ground ; and H is the yard connected there- 
with. If necessary this may be roofed over making additional shed 
room. 

XEV. A Model Barn Basement. 

The following diagram for a basement to be used for fattening or dairy 
stock will explain itself. We have shown a cistern and meal room 




A MODEL BASEMENT. 



protected from frost. Or it may be used for roots and other feeding 
material that requires to be kept from freezing. 

XV. Main Ploor of Model Barn. 

The following diagram shows the main floor of the same barn and needs 
but little explanation : a is a ventilating shaft, b feed shoots to base- 
ment through trap door, shown in the plan of the basement. 

When extra care is to be given, as in the case of very valuable cattle or 
those to be finished up as show cattle, box stalls or pens are sometimes 
built in the feeding room or in a separate building as shown in the illus- 
tration. Where expense is not a consideration they furnish the very best, 



744 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOrfOK. 



though not the most economical means of fattenhig. The feeding and 
water boxes may be arranged to slide on rods, to any required height, 




I 



MAIN FLOOR OF FEEDING BARN. 



and the hay rack is suspended on chains, so all may be easily taken down 
when not required, and the space arranged for other purposes. 
XVI. Round and Octagonal Barns. 

These can neither be called practical nor economical. They cost more 
to build than square or oblong barns, if for no other reason than that 




BOX STALLS FOR FATTENING SHOW CATTLE. 

they are unusual. The barn for profit should be built square as to the 
central building, if it is to be over forty feet wide, and a wing or wings 



SHELTER FOR CATTLE. 745 

should be thrown out f oi" the additional space needed . If a sinii)lc structure 
designed for general purposes is required, build forty feet wide and of 
the requisite length required for the stock. 

XVII. Build for the End Desired. 

The farmer ought to know, in a general way, the purposes for which 
his barn is required. Architects seldom give proper attention to the con- 
struction of barns. When they do, the barns they build are often elabo- 
rate, but costly and unsuited to the economical purposes required. The 
best barns in the country are those of farmers who have carefully studied 
the conveniencies and economies, and have stated their wants to the archi- 
tect or carpenter in charge of the job. The illustrations we have given 
will pretty well cover the wants of our readers. Machinery is now made 
to perform so much of the labor of the barn, that a great saving may be 
accomplished through its use. Utilize all such conveniences that you can. 
They are economical in the long run, since they are in the nature of per> 
manent improvements ; wear and tear, and interest on the capital invested, 
only, having to be considered. 

Some of the most important things to be considered, are ventilation, 
perfect drainage, and the ease of providing water. If a reservoir be 
placed in the center of a mow it will not freeze ; and if connected with a 
well by a pipe and pump, operated by wind power, and provided with a 
waste pipe to the ground so that it shall not run over, it will be found 
one of the best investments about the whole building. From this reser- 
voir water may also be carried to the dairy and dwelling, and thus several 
forms of utility can be secured by one outlay. 

XVIII. Summer Shelter. 

The question of summer shelter is important, especially in the West 
and Southwest, where biting insects are so plentiful. The most that is 
needed is a partially dark, but well ventilated shed, towhichstockmay re- 
tire at will. Discard pasture trees. They are poetic, but not practical. 
A shed covered with boughs is better than the shade of a tree, and there 
are no roots to suck moisture from the surrounding grass. Stock in 
open fields seldom seek shelter from the sun. It is flies they dread. If 
there is a water course in the pasture, plant it by all means with trees, 
but do not be fooled by the old poetic sentiment of single trees here and 
there. Stock will often spend time under them that ought to be em- 
ployed in feeding. While in motion in the act of grazing they do not 
suffer from heat. Therefore it is better that they be obliged to do some 



740 



CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



travel to reach the shade, and this shu^.e if natural, will generally have 
water near. If not, the artificial shade should be given at places 

where water may be had most 
cheaply. 

Shelter can, of course, be 
given in the barns or sheds in 
spring, until the grass is so 
flush that stock require no other 
feed; and when the pastures 
become so bare in the autumn 
that some feeding is necessary, 
the same rule will a p ply. 
What is wanted is a range 
where stock may not only be 
secure from the winds of driv- 
ing storms, but where they may 
retire for shelter during the ex- 
treme heat of summer days. 
This is not to be had by plant- 
ins single trees here and there. 
So far as protection is con- 
cerned, shed-room is the best 
in every respect. 

Too little attention, as a rule, 
is given to this matter of shelter 
and shade for cattle. Aside 
from the question of utility, 
humanity alone ought to gov- 
ern , The expense will be more 
than covered in the more rapid 
orowth and development of the 
stock, as well as the improve- 
ment in their health generally. 
The time has come in this coun- 
try when stock raising should 
1)0 done on practical and scien- 
tific lines, and when so con- 
ducted it will pay better than 
almost any other agricultural 
industrv. 




cow OF THE MESSKIRCH BREED, BADEN. 

This breed is produced by a cross with a 
Swiss breed called Simnieuthaler, and is re- 
garded as the best for general purposes iu 
Baden. Their color is described as dappled 
white and yellow, or dappled white and red. 
The poverty of the couunou people, the dense 
population, tlie comparntively limited produc- 
tion of beef and the dairy products, with con- 
sequent high prices, all have a tendency to 
hinder the cattle industry in Baden, so that 
this country does not compare favorably with 
others in this "espect. 



CHAPTER XVIII. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



I. A PROFITABLE INDUSTRY. II. OUR DAIRY PRODUCTS. III. THE DAIRY BTTILDc 

INGS. IV. HOW THE FACTORY IS BUILT. V. THE MANAGEMENT OF MILK. 

VI. PATENT CREAMERIES. VII. DRIVING OFF ANIMAL ODORS. VIII. TEM- 
PERATURE OF THE DAIRY ROOM. IX. BUTTER MAKING IN EUROPE. X. DAIRY 

BUTTER IN THE WEST. XI. HOW TO COLOR BUTTER. XII. SALTING. XIII. 

HOW TO PACK BUTTER. XIV. PREPARING A PACKAGE FOR USE. XV. CHEESE 

MAKING — CHEDDAR CHEESE- XVI. CHESHIRE CHEESE. XVII. HO AV TO PRE- 
PARE RENNETS. 

I. A Profitable Industry. 

The dairy interests of the United States have assumed immense pro- 
portions within the hist ten years. It is well known that under the old 
way of guessing at temperature, proportion of rennet, quantity of salt 
and other flavoring, no uniformity could be attained in the manufacture 
of cheese. Under the new or factory system, great uniformity in quality 
is secured, and a great saving in labor and material effected. 

The making and curing of cheese are, for the most part, a series of chem- 
ical transformations, requiring precision and care. The same is true of 
butter. Great cleanliness is required throughout. In either case the 
milk must be scrupulously kept from taint or bad odors. To this end a 
proper dairy building, and a suitable ice house are necessary. The cows 
for the dairy require to be selected with care. These have been fully 
treated of in the chapters on cattle. Grasses for the dairy are also im- 
portant, as well as other proper food. These, also, have been treated of 
in Chapter XIII. 

Without grasses, sweet, succulent, and that shall follow the season in 
succession, sajs the American Encyclopaedia of Agriculture, the dairyman 
oan not hope to compete with his more practical, if not more intellio-ent, 
Qeighbor, who has paid due attention to this keystone of daiiying, grass. 
With a succession of sweet, succulent grasses from spring to fall, supple- 
niented with proper forage plants during the latter part of July and the 
vhole of August, plenty of good clover, Timothy, Orchard grass, and 
Red-top for winter feeding, and an abundance of ground grain, to be used 
)oth daring the drought of 'summer, and during the winter, and proper 
mplements, utensils and buildings, we have the foundation laid for mak- 
ng money, in one of the best paying branches of agriculture. 

747 . 



748 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

II. Our Dairy Products. 

The United States, in 1879, produced 750, 000 tons of butter, and exported 
11,000 tons; also 100,000 tons of cheese, and exported 61,000 tons. Thus 
it will l)e seen that the dairy interest has long been a great industry in this 
country. It is now vastly increased. In Illinois alone there are now 550 
creameries and eight factories condensing milk, and the total amount of 
capital reported by all the incorporated companies in the State, in 1895, 
was, |;167,045,035. This is only about one-half the amount invested in 
this single industry in one State. The capital invested to produce the milk 
consumed in the City of Chicago, in 1895, was $23,000,000, giving employ- 
ment to 14,000 persons, not including those in the employ of railroad 
companies in transporting the milk. 

The rapid growth of dairying in the East has been surpassed in a number 
of Western States. The West is now the great producer of dairy products 
for consumption at home and export abroad. Returning to the dairy 
interests of the single State of Illinois, and figuring that the population 
outside of Chicago consumes the same amount per capita, we have an invest- 
ment of $82,200,000 invested for the purpose of supplying our own popu- 
lation with fresh milk, giving employment to at least 45,000 men. What 
is true of Illinois, as to progress made in dairying in the last ten years, is 
true of a number of Western States, especially Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, 
Indiana and Missouri, and also of the East. In the South and Southwest 
the interest is also continually increasing. 

III. The Dairy Building. 

That our readers may be able to know just what is necessary in the way 
of a dairy building — one which may be easily modified to suit the circum- 
stances of the owner — we give on the next page a ground plan of a model 
creamery and cheese factory combined. This building is 26 by 52 feet, 
with an extension on each side. The -walls have three air spaces; one of 
these is between the outer siding and the sheathing; the next between the 
sheathing and building paper, and the last between the i)aper and plaster- 
ing. The windows are also double. Thus is completely secured an e(iual 
temperature, and also a perfect isolation of the milk and cream from odors 
either of manufacturing or curing. 

The milk, when received and weighed, is strained directly into the vats 
or into deep cans for setting in the cold pools. The pools are of cemented 
brick; they are twenty inches deep, and are supplied with water from a 
deep well and force pump, and also with ice. There is a press room 
adjoining the cheese-making room, and a stairway leading thence to the 
curing room. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



749 



How the Factory is Built. 
With good drainage there may l^e a basement three feet below groinid, 
built of stone or brick. It is, indeed, better that the superstructure be of 
brick. There should also be a i)erfect chart made of the drainage pipes so 
that they may be readily found at any time. The drains should be made 
with ample fall to the outlet, and of the best possible workmanship. The 
water drains may be of tile, l)ut all drains for carrying off whey, buttermilk 
or other liquids except pure water should be of tight pipes, and the pipes 
and drains must be laid before the floor is put down and the cement care- 
fully fitted to them. The drains should all be of sufficient size not to clog. 
It is better that the foundation of the floor have a coatin«: of tin shavinirs or 
broken glass, six inches thick, well pounded down, and covered with water- 
lime cement. Upon this a flooring of flags or bricks may be laid, covered 




GROUND PLAN OF COMBINED CKKAMEliY AND CHEESK FACTORY. 

EXPLANATION. — A— Milk receiving room. B— Cheese manufacturiugr room. C— Press room. 
•—Engine room. E— Pool. F— Cream and churning room. Q— Butter working and delivering room, 
•-Refrigerator, a a— Cheese vats, b— Curd sink, c c— Wash vats, d d— Churns, e— Butter worker. 
-Boiler, g— Engine, h h— Whey drains. ' 



750 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLB]TE STOCK DOCTOR. 

with cement of water-lime, Avhich in tir.e will l>ecome entirely hard, and the 
tin or glass below will prevent all burrowing of rats. The walls of the dairy- 
house should be plastered and should receive a coat of hard finish, so that 
they may be washed when necessary. The ice-house should be plastered 
with water-lime, and a vacancy left between the ice and the bottom of the 
house, to allow the water an easy way to escape thence into the cooling pond. 
V. The Management of Milk. 

The management of milk requires care in every stage from milking until 
it is converted into Imtter or cheese. We have used great care in the past, 
as author and editor, in writing upon this subject both from a practical 
experience and from the writings of the best authorities The following 
directions, reproduced so far t.s may be necessary to a fair understanding 
of the subject, will pretty fully cover the ground. If the reader wishes 
to enter into the minutiae of the subject, in every particular, the works of 
Willard, Arnold and other authorities will be found usefuL 

VI. Patent Creameries. 

There are various ways of setting milk ; among them is the Hardin 
method, in which the milk ite strained directly after being drawn into dee]i 
pails and then covered with a tight lid to exclude air and water, the refrig- 
erator having an ice space above the pails, from which ice water con- 
stantly drips below. If there is a spring of very cold water at hand this 
may be used instead of ice. 

The Coaley system consists in setting the milk in deep cans, which have 
close fitting covers, and are surrounded by ice cold water. If the heal 
and animal odor be expelled before putting in, there is no tainting or sour- 
ing. ,The cream is taken perfectly sweet, in from twelve to twenty-four 
hours. By this system a medium-sized refrigerator box may contain the 
milk of a dozen cows. Both the systems mentioned are patented. 

If the milk is set in open pans under the old system, see that there is no 
taint of foul odors near. And all utensils must be regularly cleaned and 
scalded, not merely with hot, but with actually boiling, water. The 
essence of success in dairying is absolute cleanliness in every depart- 
ment, and in every stage of progress from milking to packing the butter 
and cheese. 

VII. Driving off Animal Odors. 

It is important that the animal odor be driven off before raising the 
cream or setting the cheese. This is done by contact witii pure air. The 
milk is poured into a receiver, in the bottom of which are small holes, 
throuo-h which the milk is allowed to drop into a tank. This tank stands 
in cold water nearly to its brim ; in this the milk remains until quite cold, 



Varying and daikv liUiLDiNCJs. iSi 

when it is ready for further miiiii[)ul:itioii. Heating the milk to 100 or 
110 degrees Avill answer the same imrpose ; and then allow it to eool. 
The former however is the better plan. 

VIII. Temperature of the Dairy Room. 

The temperature of the dairy room should never be above 60 degrees, 
and this is the proper temperature for churning cream. The temperature 
of the milk should be kept as near 40 degrees as possible ; and in t he 
storage room for butter the temperature should be kept as low as 40 de- 
crees if possible. 

IX. Butter Making in Europe. 

Prof. Caldwell, of Cornell University, S'ives the following: as amons 
his o])servations in Europe : Among the different systems prevalent in 
Europe, we notice the Dutch method in which the milk is cooled down to 
60 degrees in a water tank, which requires usually from one and a half to 
two hours, and the milk is then set to the depth of four or five inches in 
a room where the temperature ranges from 54 to 60 degrees, and remains 
about twenty-four hours ; the Holstein method, in -which the milk is set 
at about the same temperature, without being first cooled iuAvater, to the 
depth of one and one-half to two and one-half inches ; the Devonshire 
method, described as long ago as 1784, where the milk is put in a cool 
room, standing at a depth not greater than from three to four inches for 
twelve hours ; the vessel containing it is then set over the fire and heated 
till blisters begin to appear in the cream, or to about 200 degrees, when 
it is set aside again for twelve hi>urs ; the cream is very firm in consistency 
fand can be made into butter by simple kneading, and has a sweet, pleasant 
taste. 

X. Dairy Butter in the West. 

Mr. C. C. Buell, one of the best dairyman in the West, describes his 
method of butter making in the following concise manner : Cows Avere 
common stock — Durham gradi^s and sprinkling of Jersey, Fed bv runnino' 
in fresh corn stalks during dtiy time, on Timothy and clover at night; in 
stable, with two messes of meal daily, consisting, by measure, of two 
parts corn and one part oats, together with the greater part of the sour 
milk and buttermilk from the dairy room. Number of cows, ioviy. The 
milk was strained through an iron strainer into deep pails, as soon as 
Jrawn, standing in open air until the milking was finished. It was then 
•^trained again into the same pails through a double thickness cloth strainer. 
The milk Avas set in a room Avithout fire, temperature being betAveen 40 
uid 50 degrees, Fahrenheit. During a part of the time, the temperature 
being above 50 degrees, the milk Avas set in water twelve hours. The 
milk Avas skimmed after standing twelve to forty-eight hours, it being 



'52 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR^ 

considered desirable to mix the newer and older cream, for the sake of 
flavor ; but the whole stood mixed together from two to four hours after 
the last skimming and during the process of warming to proper tempera- 
ture for churning. Most of the milk was skimmed a second time, the 
cream being included in a succeeding churning. 

The churn (a dash churn with solid dasher^ surf ace underneath concave), 
was started at a temperature of 62 degrees ; as the buttermilk began to 
appear a couple of gallons of tolerably strong brine was added at a tem- 
perature of 58 degrees, and the churn stopped a moment afterward, — as 
with the addition of the brine, at the proper temperature ^ the butter sep- 
arates very rapidly. As much brine as necessary was used in washing 
down sides of churn, cover and dasher. The butter was then dipped into 
a bath of not more than two gallons of brine ; a churning of forty or fifty 
pounds being washed in four parts, in the same brine. Eemoved to a 
worker with rolling lever ; the butter was so handled as to mix with the 
proper amount of salt with the least working possible. It was then placed 
in a tub slightly packed, covered with brine and allowed to stand three or 
for hours, when it was again placed on the worker, lightly worked and 
packed for market 

XI. How to Color Butter. 

Good grass butter needs no coloring. But it has become fashionable, 
now-a-days, to color all butter that does not come up to the real "grass 
color;" annotta is the substance used. It is innocent, and is now sold 
prepared especially for dairymen's use. The quantity to be used must be 
determined by experiment according to the season. Do not color too high 
—rather under than over the true yellow of grass butter. 

XII. Salting. 

Just as the butter is forming in granules in the churn, suddenly reduce 
Ihe temperature by means of ice water to about 56 degrees. The butter 
will not then mass together. Wash and take out of the churn and place 
it on the slab for working, and give it three quarters of an ounce of salt 
to the pound of butter. This is light salting. One ounce is the usual 
rule ; and one ounce and a quarter to the pound is heavy salting. Use 
none but the best salt. Remember that salt is not used to preserve the 
butter J but to bring out its flavor. Never guess at the amount of salt; 
weigh the butter and then add the proper proportion of salt. 

XIII. How to Pack Butter. 

Never use any but the best new, clean packages. Let them be uniform 
in size and appearance ; a slovenly package will often condemn the best 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDlNaS. < -iO 

butter. TLe butter being at a temperature of 60 degrees, rub the p.ick- 
a<>e, sides and bottom, witli salt. i)ut in a quantity of butter not more 
tlian you can evenly and firmly ^n-css closely to the sides. So continue 
until the package is filled to within an inch of the top. Lay on a cloth wet 
with brine and half an inch larger than the })ackage. Work the edges down, 
and cover with, say, a quarter of an inch of salt ; cover this Avith another 
cloth. Head up the package and bore a hole through the head ; fill up 
with brine, i)lug tight. Keep at a low temperature and when it is wanted 
the butter will be found good. 

XIV. Preparing a Package for Use. 

Scrub them thoroughly, outside and inside, with a brush and clean hot 
water. Fill them with pure cold water and let them stand two days. Then 
scrub again, rinse with cold water, rub thoroughly with salt and they are 
ready for use. Heart white oak makes the best butter tubs. 

XV. Cheese Making— Cheddar Cheese. 

The making of Cheddar and Cheshire cheese is described by a cele- 
brated English maker as follows. 

Cheddar Cheese. — The morning's and evening's milk are together 
brought to a tcm[)erature of 80 degrees Fahr. If the night has been 
\varm, a temperature of 78 degrees will give as great effectiveness to 
a given quantity of rennet as one of 82 or 84 degrees would give if 
the milk had been at a lower temperature for some hours of a cold 
night. The evening's milk having been placed in shallow vessels dur- 
ing the night to cool, and having been stirred at intervals during the 
evening, is skimmed in the morning, and the cream with a portion of 
the milk, is heated up to 100 degrees by floating it in tin vessels on 
the boiler. The whole of it is then poured through a proper sieve 
into the tub — into which the morning's milk is being also stirred as 
it arrives — so as to raise the whole, as I have said, to from 78 to 82 
degrees Fahr. This tub may be a large tin vessel, capable of holding 
150 gallons, and provided with false bottom and sides, enabling hot 
or cold water to be passed under and around its contents. The rennet, 
made from two or three dozen veils, in as many quarts of salt water, 
and allowed to stand three weeks, is added — half a pint to 100 
gallons — and the curd sets in about half an hour. The small veils 
(rennets) of Irish calves, which are killed at about a week old, are pre- 
ferred, and they should be eighteen months old before use. The curd is 
slowly cut with a single long blade to and fro throughout its depth, in 
lines forming a 4-inch mesh upon the surface, and the whole mass is 

gently turned over from the bottom with a skimming dish and the hand. 

48 



754: CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The whole is then again worked throughout with a "shovel breaker," a 
four-fingered paddle Avith wires across the fingers — great care being taken 
to do it geiitlj, so that the whey shall uot become too white. The curd 
is thus broken up into pieces not much larger than peas, and at least half 
an hour is taken in the process. Hot water is then let into the space 
around and below the cheese tub, and the whole is raised to 100 deg. 
Fahr. ; and this, too, is done gradually, so as to raise the whole by de- 
grees, not heating any portion to excess. This also takes half an hour. 
The hot water is then drawn off, and the curd is stirred b}'^ the hand and 
a skimming dish for another half hour in the midst of its hot whey, be- 
ing at last reduced to a mass of separate bits the size of small peas. 
The whey, after settling for half an hour, is then removed — ladled, sy- 
phoned, or drawn — to its vat, where it stands about six inches deep, and 
is skimmed next day, yielding a butter which should not exceed in quan- 
tity six to eight ounces per cow per week. 

The curd stands half an hour after the whey is drawn oif , and it is 
then cut in four, or five pieces, turned over and left for half an hour, 
after which it is again cut and left for a quarter of an hour. After this, 
it should be in the slightest degree acid to the taste. If allowed to be- 
come too acid, it will not press into a solid, well-shaped cheese, but will 
be apt to sink broad misshapen. It is now torn into pieces by hand and 
left to cool ; and thereafter it is packed in successive thin layers in the 
vat — a cylindrical or w^ooden vessel twelve inches or more mde and 
twelve inches deep — whence, after being pressed for half an hour, it is 
taken out (it is then probably midday,) and broken up by hand, and 
allowed again to cool. Then, when cool, and hard, and sour, and dry, 
and tough enough, (all this, of course, being left to the judgment of the 
maker), it is ground up in the curd mill ; two pounds of salt are added 
to the cwt. of curd, and the whole is allowed to cool, and as soon as 
cold, it is put in the vat, and taken to press. It is then probably 3 p. 
m. The pressure on the cheese may be 18 cwt. The cloth is changed 
next morning. A calico coatmg is laced on it the second da}'^, and the 
third day the cheese may be taken from the press, placed in the cheese 
room, bandaged, and turned daily, and afterwards less frequently. The 
cheese room should be kept at nearly 65 degrees Fahr. The cheese will 
not be ready for sale for three months. The process of making Cheddar 
cheese lasts all day, and the cheeses are made of various sizes, generally 
twelve inches wide and a foot hi oh, but sometimes larsjer in both dimen- 
sions, and from 70 to 100 pounds in weight; the object being to make all 
the milk of one day on a farm of thirty to forty cows into a single 
cheese. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. Too 

XVI. Cheshire Cheese. 

Cheshh'b cheese, like the Cheddar, is made only once a day. The 
evening's milk is placed, not more than six to seven inches deep, in tin 
vessels to cool during the night, on the floor of the dairy ; it is skimmed 
in the morning, and a certain portion is kept for butter — in early Summer, 
only enough, perhaps, for the use of the house, but in Autumn more, and 
in some dairies at least, nearly all the morning's cream is thus taken for 
churning. The skimmed cream, with a portion of milk, is heated up to 
130 deg. Fahr. by floating the tins which hold it, on the boiler — sufiicient 
quantity being taken to raise the whole of the evening's and morning's 
milk together to 90 deg. or thereabouts. The rennet is made the day 
before it is used ; 12 or 14 square inches of "veil" (rennet skin) standing 
in a pint of salt Avater, kept in a warm place, making rennet enough for 
100 gallons of milk. The Irish veil (rennet skin) is used, as it is obtained 
from very young and milk-fed calves. 

The curd is set al)out 50 minutes ; it is then cut with the usual curd- 
breaker, a sieve-shaped cutter, very slowl3^ The whey is syphoned, 
pumped, or lifted out as soon as possible ; but before it is all removed a 
portion is (on some farms where the Cheddar system is followed), heated 
and returned to the tub, and the curd is left in this hot whey for half an 
hour. The whey is then drained away and the curd is left to get firm. 
When firm enough to stand on the hand in cubes of about pound weight 
—this is an intelligent indication — without breaking asunder, it is lifted 
out on the drainer (a false bottom of rods), in a long tub with a stop-cock 
to it, and there left covered up for 45 minutes, after which it is broken 
up and well mixed with the hand with 3 1-2 to 4 1-2 lbs. of salt per cwt. 
It is then allowed to stand with a light weight upon it for about three- 
quarters of an hour longer, and is turned over once or twice during th3 
time, being cut for the purpose into squares with a knife. It is then twico 
passed through the curd mill, and at length put into the vat, a cloth being 
first pressed into place by a tin hoop, and the salted curd being packed 
gently by hand within it. The vats will hold a cheese of 70 or 80 up to 
100 lbs ; and tin hoops, placed within them, are used to eke them out, 
and give capacity for a larger quantity of curd if necessary. After stand- 
ing in the vat, with a weight upon it, from one to two hours, according 
to the w^eather, it is turned over and put, still in its vat, into the oven, — 
a warm chanil/er in or near the brickwork of the dairy chimney — where it 
remains at a temperature of 90 deg. to 100 deg. during the night. Both 
when in the press and here the cheese is skewered, skewers being thrust 
into it through holes in the vat and every now and then withdrawn, so as 
to facilitate the drainage of the whey. The cheese is taken out of the 



756 CYCLor?:DiA of livk stock and complete stock doctor. 

vat in the morning and turned upside down in a fresh cloth. It is in the 
press three days, and it is turned in the press twice a day, being dry- 
clothed each time. It is then taken out dry-clothed, bandaged, and re- 
moved to the cheese room, where it is turned daily, and at length only 
occasionally, until it is ready for sale. In some dairies all skewering is 
dispensed with, and no pressure is used at the time of making, nor for 
two days afterwards, but the whey is allowed to run out of its Ovvn ac- 
cord. Cheese manufactured in this way requires from 5 to 7 days in dry- 
ing, but afterwards matures more quickly for market. 

The cheese varies considerably in quality throughout the year, the 
earlier make of March and April being considerably less valuable than 
that of Summer and early Autumn. Some of this varying quality ig 
owing to the quality of the milk, the cows being house-fed ; but more ol 
it is, in all probability, owing to the necessity of holding a portion of 
curd over from day to day, when the quantity is insufficient to make even 
one, or it may be two, full-sized cheeses daily. In such cases it is com-, 
mon to make one full-sized cheese, and hold the remainder of the curd 
over till the next day, keeping it wrapped up on the drainer or pan, and 
grinding it up in the curd-mill along with the curd of the next morning. 

XVII. How to Prepare Kennets. 

Rennet is a preparation of the membrane of the stomach of grass eating 
animals, taken at an age so young that they have taken no nourishment 
except the milk of the dam. In its broad sense it is an infusion of ani- 
mal membrane. The stomachs of pigs are sometimes used, but those of 
calves are the l)est. Taken when the calf is from two to six weeks old 
they are better than when taken at any other time. 

They are now an article of commerce, and are regularly kept by dealers. 
They may be prepared by the following directions, with or without spices, 
as the fancy may dictate : Rennet never should be taken from the calf 
till the excrement shows the animal to be in perfect health. It should be 
emptied of its contents, salted and dried, without scraping or rinsing, and 
kept dry for one year, when it will be fit for use. It should not be allowed 
to gather dampness, or its strength will evaporate. To prepare it for 
use, into ten gallons of water (blood warm) put ten rennets, churn or rub 
them often for twenty-four hours, then rub and press them to get the 
strength ; stretch, salt and dry them as before. They will gain strength 
for a second use, and may be used when the weather will admit of soak- 
ing them to get the full strength. Make the liquor as salt as can J)e 
made, strain and settle it, separate it from sediment, (if any, ) and it i? 
fit for use. Six lemons, two ounces of cloves, two ounces of cinnamon, 
^nd two ounces of common sage are sometimes added to the liquor to 



DAIRVINO AND DAIRY BUILDINGS 



75' 



preserve its flavor and quicken its action. If kept cool in a stone jar, it 
will keep sweet any length of time desired, and a uniform strength can 
be secured while it lasts. Stir it before dipping off to set milk; take 
encugh of it to curdle milk tinn in forty minutes. 




SWISS CONTRIVANCE FOR SLAUGHTERING CATTLE. 

The contrivance shown in the cnt consists of a mask or pLate of iron, fastened with 
straps around the horns. In the center is fixed a steel gun, 10 inches long and of about 
.rfS cahbre, the breech pointing outward and supplied with a steel needle, which on 
being struck Avith a steel hammer, explodes the metallic cartridge with wiiich 'the 
gun IS loaued. The bullet pierces the center of the brain and is buried in the sninal 
marrow, producing instantaneous and painless death. Witli tame, quiet cattle, a form 
Of this iiistruinent is used which is not bound to the head, but simply applied to the 
orehead and fired An American rifle, in the hands of a good marksman, will answer 
the same purpose, but might be dangerous if used carelessly or by an inexpert person. 

The ordinary way of saving the rennets, however, is as follows : The 
rennets should be taken .out immediately after the animal is killed, turned 
inside out without washing, thoroughly cured with dairy salt, perfectly 
dried, and then kept in strong paper sacks until wanted for use. For use, 
the rennets should be soaked in clean whey, saturated with salt for twenty- 
four hours before using, frequently squeezing them with the hand, that 
they may become thoroughly macerated. After being soaked, the li.iuor 
.should be kept as cold as possible without freezing, and in tight vessels. 



758 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



XVIII. Dairy vb. Creamery and Factory. 

The foregoing was originally written for the use of farmers before but- 
ter was generally made in the creamery or cheese was generally made 
under the factory system of to-day. We have concluded to let the whole 
chajiter stand since it is well adapted for family use to-day. In cheese 
making, as in Initter making, the factory and the creamery system for 
commercial purposes are economically better and far cheaper, since the 
quality, es})ecially of cheese, is more uniform and more saleal)le. In fact, 
cheese cannot be made in the farm dairy of uniform high quality at all, 
but butter for family use can if attention is paid to cleanliness and tem- 
perature. But in all those dairy regions where access to butter creameries 
and cheese factories may be easily had, it is much better that the milk be 
delivered to the factory and the separated sweet skim milk be returned to 




ENGLISH LONG-HORN COW. 
the farm for household and feeding uses, and the butter bought at the 
creamery at a contract price. Thus money will be saved and a great 
amount of onerous labor taken away from the housewife that may be bet- 
ter applied in other necessary directions. In respect to those districts 
where there are no creameries, the farmer must, of course, fall back on 
the old fashioned plan of furnishing the family butter. In the case of 
cheese, it will be better to buy the supply than to undertake to make it in 
the old fashioned way. Nevertheless, we have given the process of manu- 
facture, such as I, in my younger days have helped at, which, I confess, 
was never uniformly successful in producing cheese of first quality. 
Nevertheless, the cheese was always hearty living, and considered rather 
good by hungry farmhands of that day. 



.n 



I 



PART IV. 



Diseases of uattle. 

HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PREVE¥' 

TION AND CUKE. 



7(30 



cyclopp:dia of live stock and complete stock doctok 




FIGURE 2. 

The difference in the appreciation and value of the various cuts of meat in London 
and Paris is very great; and as these rules have been introduced also in the large 
cities of America, our stock-breeders are vitally iuterested, and should study this 
question, so they may know what portions of the body to develop b}^ a judicious choice 
of breeding animals. For instance, a pound of the fillet represented by Nos. 4 and 5 
in figure 1. and No. 1 in figure 2, is worth 44 cents in Paris, while the portions 13, 14 
and 15 in figure 2, bring only 12^2 to 14 cents. Nothing pays better than judicious 
and intelligent breeding of our meat supplies; and as the demand grows with the in- 
crease of population, the question assumes greater importance with each succeeding 
year. 



Diseases of Cattle. 



CHAPTER I. 
GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 



I. IMTORTANCE OF THIS DEPARTMENT OF PRACTICE. II. PATHOLOGY OP CATTLE 

AND OP THE HORSE COMPARED. III. ACTION OF REMEDIES IN CATTLE. IV, 

THE ONLY SAFE PRINCIPLES FOR MOST CATTLE OWNERS. V. FAMILIARIZE 

YOURSELF WITH THE PHENOMENA OF HEALTH. VI. THE PULSE, RESPIRATION 

AND TEMPERATURE. VII. OTHER SPECIAL SIGNS OF DISEASE. 

As cattle occupy a foremost place in the wealth and resources of the 
country, furnishing its beef, milk, butter and cheese, and, as secondary 
products, its hides, tallow, glue, animal charcoal, etc., the prevention of 
disease among them — especially of contagious diseases — and their treat- 
ment when sick become very important, not only from a financial 
standpoint, but also from considerations of the public health and com- 
fort. 

II. Pathology of Cattle and of the Horse Compared. 

Cattle are a phlegmatic, plethoric race of animals, intended by nature 
to eat large quantities of bulky food, to be prepared for digestion while 
(juietly lying down, by the process of rumination, and to take but little 
exercise. This fat, plethoric condition of the system renders them more 
susceptible to certain classes of diseases than the horse, especially to the 
blood poisons, that with them are so rapidly and certainly fatal, such as 
rinderpest, anthrax and Texas fever. On the other hand, their nervous 
organization being much less sensitive, they are not nearly so liable to 
attacks of such disorders as tetanus, paralysis, etc. 

Cattle not being fed to produce muscle without fat, are not subject to 
lameness and disease of theair-})assagesto the same extent as the horse, 
with whom speed and endurance are the main points. In fact, soundness 
or unsoundness, as the terms are used by horsemen, is of little importance 
CO the cattle owner, so long as the animal can move with any degree of 
comfort at all; while such affections of wind-passages as roaring, 
whistling and heaves are to him unknown „ Still, that distressing, incur- 
able disease, so common in the human race, pulmonary consumption, 

761 



702 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

is very prevalent among cattle, vospeoially niileh cows, })robal)ly on account 
of the drain on them of giving milk; this weakens the system, makiiii/ 
them more susceptible to the infection. It is thought by many to be pri- 
marily a bovine disease, the horse seeming to possess an almost totai 
immunity to it. 

On account of their lower grade of vitality, they are more susceptible 
to influences that develop -local diseases, as, for example, the miasma oi 
low, marshy ground, especially that which has been overflowed ; and also 
to poor fodder, from must, or being affected with ergot, etc. 

There is a peculiar sympathy in disease among cattle, as is illustrated in 
regard to abortion. It is a familiar experience that if one cow aborts 
through accident, one or more of the others will abort through sympathy. 

Owing to their natural tendency to plethora, cattle seem peculiarly pre- 
disposed to malignant ulcers, swellings, glandular enlargements and even 
gangrene. To these they are more subject than any other of the domes- 
tic animals. 

The nostrils, pharynx, larynx and trachea (wind-pipe) are muchsmallei' 
than iu-the horse, which is one reason why they cannot travel so fast nor 
so long as the latter, — the wind fails. This also explains why suffocation 
is a more imminent danger in cases of throat inflammation in cattle than 
in horses, needing specially prompt and active treatment, even to the op- 
eration of tracheotomy. 

The different arrangement of the digestive apparatus in cattle as com- 
pared with the horse, is very marked, the former having four distinct 
stomachs, Avhile the latter has only one stomach, but a greater length of 
intestines, which are also much more sensitive. Inflammation of the 
bowels, so common with the horse, is quite rare with the ox. 

Cattle are less tolerant of disease ajid pain than the horse. They give up 
in discouragement, after one or two attempts, and pine away under pain 
very fast. They soon become indifferent to life, often refusing tc make 
one effort to rise when perfectly able to do so ; and, as weakness follows 
more rapidly in inflammatory diseases, these require more energetic 
measures and an earlier administration of tonics and stimulants than when 
treating the horse. 

III. Action of Remedies in Cattle. 

Remembering the phlegmatic nature of cattle, remedies work very dif- 
ferently witii them than with the horse. Medicines should always be 
given them in li({uid form, and more l)ulky than for the horse; anu 
they should contain something in the nature of a mild stimulant to 
hasten their passage through the first three stomachs, and onto the fourth 
stomach and intestines, where they can be taken up into the system by 
the absorbents. 



GENERAL rRINOIPLES. 703 

Aloes, though so excellent ji purgative for horses, is of no use with 
cattle ; while epsoni s:ilts, that are so drastic and cold for horses, on 
i-attle work like a charm. Calomel and other forms of mercnry act 
violently on cattle, salivating them very soon, and is (excreted through 
the milk, often affecting sucking calves seriously. Oils, used as [)urga- 
tives, act well on cattle, and especially melted lard. Mustard, as a blister, 
icts with more vigor on cattle than on the horse, but turpentine less. 

IV. The Only Safe Principles for Most Cattle Owners. 

But few outside of the more common diseases of cattle will be treated 
^f in this work, the better to adapt it for its ready use, as a book for 
reference, by the average stock owner ; and the recipes will be as few and 
simple as they can be made Avithout detracting from their value. It is a 
mistake to suppose that any great variety of violent drugs can be used 
with advantage by the public generally. The public would, no doubt, 
learn by experience, but it would be at the cost of losing many valuable 
mlmals. What we advocate and would like to instil into the minds of 
Dur readers, in conjunction with the importance of thorough preventive 
measures, is to treat the ordinary diseases as early and vigorously as pos- 
sible, with the simplest efficient remedies, and when any extraordinary 
^ase arises requiring more violent means, to employ an educated, well 
jualified veterinary surgeon. 

V. Familiarize Yourself with the Phenomena of Health. 

As it is obvious that no person is fitted to treat disease who is unable 
to distinguish at least its prominent symptoms, every stock owner 
should familiarize him-self with the ordinary phenomena of health, espe- 
cially with the pulse, respiration and temperature. Scarcely less im- 
portant than these, in many forms of disease, are the appearance of the 
hair and skin, and that of the eye ; the posture and movements ; and the 
character and frequency of the appetite, and also of the discharges. 

VI. The Pulse, Respiration and Temperature. 

The normal pulse in cattle ranges from fifty to fifty-five per minute ; 
in old animals, but especially in calves, it is somewhat more. The pulse 
is the most conveniently taken from the artery passing up along the lower 
part of the neck on either side just under the cervical vertel)riv^, or else that 
beneath the tail. In health it is softer and less tense than it is in the horse. 

The lireathing it requires no special skill to diagnose — only a moderate 
amount of practice. The soft, rustling sound of the healthful " respira- 
tory murmur," when the ear is placed to the chest, is altogether changed 
when there is any ailment affecting the lungs or air passages. The num- 
ber of respirations per minute (ordinarily ten to fifteen iu cattle) can h( 



r04 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

easily counted })y the heaving of the cliest. Some practice, however, 
will be required to make one a first-rate judge of the sound obtained by 
percussion, which, in health, is always clear and resonant. Percussion 
consists in placing the forefinger of the left hand upon the chest, and 
striking it smartly with the ends of the first three fingers of the right 
hand. 

/ The temperature, in all animals, is a vital index of unsurpassed value. 
It can be approximately measured by feeling the skin, ears and legs, — in 
cattle the horns also, at their root. But what is termed the "clinical 
thermometer," which is so shaped that its bulb can be conveniently inser- 
ted into the rectum, (to remain two or three minutes), is infinitely better, 
as it gives results so much more exact. Its use has established the im- 
portant fact that different febrile diseases have different ranges or tem- 
perature, each having its own "dead-line," beyond which recovery is im. 
possible. Thus, a horse with cerebro-spinal meningitis will certainly diy 
soon after reaching a temperature of 104 ® ; yet 108 ® or even 109 '^ 
by no means indicate a fatal termination, in a case of pneumonia. 

VII. Other Special Signs of Disease. 

A "staring coat," as it is termed, in which the hairs stand out like 
bristles, is an obvious symptom, and sometimes the only one, of a low 
state of health. Shivering, when the animal is exposed to only moder- 
ate cold or to none at all, challenges immediate attention ; for it is, infal- 
libly, the ushering in of an. attack of some disease, usually severe. Cold 
sweat coming out on the skin of an animal severely ill indicates a desper- 
ate, if not fatal, condition. The posture when standing, the method of 
lying down or getting up, the action in moving around, — these are all 
significant, and should be noted carefully. 

The countenance, and especially the eye, if observed closely, will betray 
the distress and pain which the dumb sufferer cannot express in words. 
The muzzle, which in health is moist, (or covered with "dew," as many 
call it), in disease, especially in fever, becomes unnaturally hot and dry 
or cold, and sometimes changed in color — sometimes paler, but more 
commonly injected with blood. One of the earliest signs of serious con- 
stitutional disturbance, as well as of certain special disorders, in the case 
of cattle, is the suspension of rumination, — that is, ceasing to chew the 
cud. A nearly coincident general symptom, in cows, is the drying up of 
the milk. 



CHAPTER II. 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 



1. CONTAGIOUS PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. II. RINDERPEST OR CATTLE PLAGUE. 

III. TEXAS FEVER, SPANISH OR SPLENIC FEVER. IV. CONTAGIOUS ECZEMA, 

FOOT AND MOUTH DISEASE OR EPIZOOTIC APHTHA.— V. ANTHRAX. VI. VA- 
RIOLA VACCINA OR COW-POX. 

I. Contagrious.Pleuro-Pneumonia. 

This is the most fatal and contagions of the diseases to which cattle are 
subject, except rinderi)est (a contagious enteric fever), which has never yet 
gotten a hold in America, and Texas or Spanish fever (splenic fever). It 
was tirst introduced into the United States in 1843, at Brooklyn, Long 
Island, by a cow that was purchased from the ca}^tain of an English vessel, 
and several times since then, at various other ports, in the bodies of im- 
ported cattle. It spread more or less slowly through parts of New York, 
Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia, 
District of Columbia, Ohio, Illinois, Kentucky and Missouri. Through the 
combined efforts of the Federal government, exerted through the Bureau 
of Animal Industry, and the various state governments, it has been effectu- 
ally stamped out by quarantining and slaughtering all cattle in infected 
•Ustricts. This was done at an enormous expense, but it is the only way 
of radically ridding the country of this most insidious disease. 

It is a contagious fever of cattle, with local inflammation of the pleura, 
(the thin membrane lining the thorax and investing the lungs), and the 
lungs, accompanied by great prostration, and in its more malignant forms 
ending in death in a few days. It is, however, often slow in its develop- 
ment, weeks, or even months elapsing during which the contagion works 
in the system, before finally revealing its fatal symptoms. 

So terriljly contagious is this disease, and so insidious in its spread, that 
exposed cattle may be transported long distances before it breaks out. The 
period of incubation is very indefinite, ranging from eighteen days to two 
months. It develops in different cattle in all degrees of severity from a small 
focus of pneumonia, the size of a walnut, or a i)atch of pleurisy two inches in 
liameter, to a complete consolidation of bf)th lungs, or a pleurisy involving 
3very square inch of the lining of the chest. Mild cases appear to recover; 
they will show all the signs of good health, will feed well, fatten fast, cows 
>\ill breed and give milk, as usual, but they do not recover; they simply 

765 . 



766 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. 



become chronic, and the focus of the disease is liable to break through the 
capsule that surrounds it, and reinfect that animal at any time, and thus 
form a new focus from which the disease may spread to other animals, 

Hence, the farmer suspecting it in his herd 
should at once apply to a competent veterinary 
surgeon, if there is one within reach, to verify 
the disease. If such expert authority ])e not at 
hand; kill the animal or animals at once, slash 
the skin to prevent any person from digging the 
animal up for the sake of the hide, and bury 
deeply ; if quick lime can be gotten, use it freely 
over the carcass. Then disinfect carefully all 
stables and outhouses, and in case other animals 
are suspected, isolate and quarantine them and 
await develo})ments. 

How to know it. — The earlier symptoms arc 
apt to pass unnoticed. The first is a rise hi 
temperature to 103° or 106° F., shown by intro- 
ducing a clinical thermometer into the rectum, 
the normal temperature being on an average of 
101. 5° F. ; there will be loss of appetite; a star- 
ing coat; slight shiverings; a hard, dry cough; 
a loss of milk; scanty urine, higher or darker 
colored than usual. Then will follow tenderness 
upon pressure between the ribs over the lungs; 
the cough will increase; and the breathing 
quicken; the nose will extend, the back be 
arched; the hind legs will be drawn under the 
body, and the elbows will be turned out. Later, 
there will be a watery or a more pronounced dis- 
charge of matter from the eyes and nose; obstin- 
ate constipation, or a watery foetid diarrhoea; a 
rapid weakening of the system, ending in death. 
Upon percussion (striking) over the lungs, 
there will l)e given back, in the earlier stages, a 
clear resonant sound; later, it will be dull and 
heavy. So, in the first stage, there will be a 
dry crackling sound; later, it will be a whistling 
Any of these may be easily distinguished from 
the sound occasioned by percussion upon an animal in health. 

In America pleuro-imeumonia does not show the most violent symptoms 
except in warm weather. _ Yet this very slow incubation shows the extreme 




PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. 

Section of affected lung in conta- 
gious pleuro-pneumonia. The 
thin end shows black hepatiza- 
tion; the center, red. At the 
thick end interlobular infiltra- 
tion and several blocked vessels 
are shown. 



or rouo-h breathino: sound. 



H 



CONTAGIOUS DISRASES. 707 

care that should be exercised in watchfulness. The seeds of the disease 
once in the system, the incul)ation is only a question of time, and warm 
weather will bring out the disease in all its intensity. But none of the 
above symptoms are conclusive of contagious })leiu'o-})neumonia, for all of 
them are seen in the non-contagious form of it. The history of the cases, 
one after another coming down with the same disease Avithout any apparent 
reason for it in the way of exj)osure, the failure of the disease to respond 
to treatment, and the peculiar post mortem lesions found in it are the 
points to be relied upon in making a diagnosis. The characteristic post 
mortem lesions can be determined only by a competent veterinarian of 
i^xperience with the disease. 

What to do. — As to remedial measures, it seems useless for the farmer 
to resort to them, since this is a disease that the veterinarian alone can 
cope with, and then only when perfect isolation may be had. The safest 
ind also the cheapest plan, is prompt killing and burial of infected animals, 
thoroush isolation of the rest of the herd, which should be fattened and 
marketed for beef under veterinary inspection at the time of slaughter, to 
letermine what is fit or unfit for human food, and perfect disinfection of 
the premises. In the matter of disinfection, the easiest, cheapest and best 
way is to remove all animals from the barn or shed, and close it up tightly 
ind burn sulphur in it for a couple of hours; then open and air it, and 
^whitewash it thoroughly with lime. 

' Prevention. — Proper quarantines of stock imported into this country, 
tor a period of time sufficiently long to decide for a certainty that no latent 
3ontagion is hanging around them, say two months; destruction of all 
iffected animals; and isolation of those that have been exposed to the con- 
tagion. Some very high authorities in Europe recommend inoculation of 
those that have been exposed, and even of whole herds and dairies. It is 
I disease, the occurence of which in an animal once, confers inununity from 
subsequent attacks. It is found that inoculation does not always produce 
:he same disease, at least the disease produced by inoculation is not always 
located in the same place, but the constitutional effect is produced with the 
<ame result of immunity from subsequent attacks as the original disease; 
md the proportion of deaths among inoculated animals is small as compared 
vvith those who take the disease in its regular course. 

The conclusions arrived at by the Belgian Commission in regard to 
noculation, as stated by Prof. Gamgee, are as follows: 

"1. The inoculation of the liquid extracted from the lungs of an animal 
iffected with pleuro-pneumonia does not transmit to healthy animals of the 
^arae species the same disease, at all events so far as its seat is concerned. 
2. The appreciable phenomena which follow the inoculation are those of 



7()8 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

local inflammation which is circumscribed and slij^ht on a certain number i 

... ' 

of animals inoculated; extensive and difi'use, with general reaction proper- 1 

tioned to the local disease, and complicated by gangrenous accidents on 

another number of inoculated animals, so that even death may result. 

3. The inoculation of the liquid from the lungs of an animal affected with 

pleuro-pneumonia exerts a preservative influence, and invests the economy^ 

of the larger number of animals subjected to its influence with an immunity 

which protects them from the contagion of this malady, during a period 

which has yet to be determined.'" 

The losses sustained during the experiments of the Commission amounted' 
to 11.11 per cent. The number of animals on which the effect of inocula 
tion was l)enignant, was 61.11 per cent.; the proportion in which there 
was gangrene and loss of a portion of the tail, 27.77 per cent. ; in twenty 
one subjects the inflammation was very severe, and complicated by gan 
grenous phenomena, causing the death of six; and, lastly, the recoveries 
amounted to 88.88 per cent. 

The place recommended to insert the virus is on the end of the tail, it 
being less liable to work violently, and terminate fatally from gangrene, 
when inserted there than at any other part. 

II. Rinderpest, or Contagious Enteric Fever. 

General Description. — Whatever may be said to the contrary, thih 
terrible plague has never yet been introduced into any of the countries oi 
the American hemisphere. At least, there is no well authenticated recorc 
of any case. Its ravages have l)een mostly confined to the herds of Europe 
and Asia, and especially to those of the southern portion of Europeai 
Russia and adjacent districts. It is devoutly to be hoped it never will fin( 
its way to America, for it is terribly contagious, desperately fatal, an( 
swift in its work of death. Where it originally started is not known. Ii 
Southern Russia, on the Asiatic steppes, in various parts of India, ir 
Southern and Southwestern China, Cochin China, in Mongolia, Burmah 
Hindostan, Persia, Thibet and Ceylon, it has long been known, and ha; 
been carried thence to various European States. 

The principle of contagion has not yet been discovered, but when ond 
an animal is affected, it extends to every tissue and secretion. It is, how 
ever, mostly contained in the secretions of the mucous membranes, an< 
healthy animals will be infected by coming near infected animals, or neai 
anything contaminated by their secretions and exhalations, and withon 
actual contact. So, any object may be infected, and carry the diseas* 
indefinitely, as clothing, wool, hay, straw, litter, wood-work, for it ma} 
remain latent in any of these objects for a long time. Fortunately, air i; 



CONTACtlOUS DISEASES. 769 

said to be the most potent and effective means of destroying the virus; and 
hence, through aeration by a direct and continuous current of air is one of 
the best ways of dikiting, and at length destroying, the seeds of this dread 
disease. 

So quick is the development of the disease that death sometimes occurs 
after the second day, though usually after the fifth day; and an average of 
from seventy to eighty per cent, of the animals attacked die. Goats, 
sheep and deer are also attacked, and the probability is that all ruminating 
animals are subject to the contagion; but sheep and goats are not liable to 
so large a percentage of mortality as are neat cattle. 

Many of the symptoms of rinderpest occur in pleuro-pneumonia in its 
contagious form; also, in malignant catarrhal fever, and in foot-and-mouth 
disease. But pleuro-pneumonia is distinguished from rinderpest by the 
absence of the characteristic eruptions upon the mucous membranes. 
Malignant catarrhal fever is distinguished therefrom by the dimness of the 
transparent cornea of the eye, which in rinderpest remains clear. The 
foot-and-mouth disease differs from rinderpest by ulceration of the feet, 
and the less degree of fever. 

The alteration of the mucous membrane in rinderpest, heretofore spoken 
of, may very soon be observed in the vagina of cows, which becomes 
spotted or striped with red, and, in about twenty-four hours after, small 
yellowish white or gray specks are clearly distinguished on the red spots 
and stripes. These are formed by the loosening of the cuticle, which may 
be rubbed off, leaving in its place a dark red depression. 

There is no known remedy for this disease, and hence the only security 
against its spread is in the enactment of the most stringent laws, first, for 
its prevention; second, for its extinction, by isolation of all suspected 
animals, and the prompt killing and burial of all infected ones. In this 
respect the laws of the German Empire are the most perfect, and our 
State and general governments might take a lesson therefrom, in dealing 
with pleuro-pneumonia and other malignant contagious diseases of animals, 
if the machinery of politics could be successfully dissociated from the 
appointment of officers for the investigations sought. 

When an animal has this disease and recovers, he is rendered insus- 
ceptible to another attack. 

How to know it. — A perceptible rise in the temperature of the body 
occurs about two. days before any other symptoms present themselves; 
and it has been shown that the virus exists in the blood at the time a rise 
in temperature is first noticed. ' Inoculation with serum of the blood taken 
from an animal at this time, will produce the disease. The temperature 
in the course of two days rises to 104° or 105° F., when the following 
49 



■770 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



symptoms will be noticed: Shivering; muscular twitching; restlessness 
colicky pains; sometimes a husky cough; yawning; great dullness, witl 
drooping of the ears; occasional fits of delirium; the appetite is soon lost 
the milk of cows is suddenly and entirely stopped, more so than in an^ 
other disease. In the later stages, the animal grinds its teeth; arches it 
back; draws its legs together; moans and grunts with each expiration, n 
which time the breath is held for an instant and then expelled with a grunt 
At first the bowels are constipated, but this condition is soon followed ]n 
violent purging; the ch-y, hot, red condition of the eyes, nose and mouth 
which exist in the early stage, is followed by a discharge of a glairy, water\ 

character, soon running into ai 
opaque and turbid form, whicl 
is very typical of the disease 
In some cases the visible mucol!^ 
membranes become altered in aj) 
pearance, by assuming a salmon 
red ajipearance over the wholt 
extent, with deep crimson reo 
patches dotted over the surface 
When lying down, the head i&i 
usually turned upon the upperj 
flank; the twitching of the mus-' 
cles will be noticed more about 
the neck, shoulders and hind quarters. The discharges from the bowels; 
are at first black, but soon change to a pale greenish brown; they are veryj 
foetid and are voided with much straining. The urine is scanty and high) 
colored, and sometimes albuminous. The pulse rises to 120'' to 140° per 
minute; the surface of the body gets deathly cold; weakness increases, the 
animal lying most of the time; the areolar tissue becomes, in most cases, 
bloated with air; the animal becomes drowsy, and soon after unconscious 
ness sets in; the nostrils flap; the mucous mem]»ranes become lead-colored, 
with purple patches; flatulence supervenes, with involuntary evacuation oi 
feeces, and death soon follows. 

Sometimes the eruption covers the entire body, and, again, it may be 
wholly wanting. 

III. Texas Fever, Spanish or Splenic Fever. 

This disease is indigenous to the lowlands of Mexico, Texas and other 
Southern States. It is due to a germ (micrococcus) that takes up its hab- 
itat in the red blood corpuscles, causing death by destroying them. These 
genus are carried from place to place and from animal to animal by Texas 




RINDERPEST. 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 771 

Icks that infest the cattle in the South in kirge numbers. Southern native 
tittle become innnune to the disease, but Northern cattle taken South take 
he disease and die. Southern cattle taken North, in warm weather, carry 
16 ticks with them, from which the disease spreads by their biting the 
i^orthern cattle, or l)y the cattle eating the ticks that drop onto the grass, 
r by eating the excrement of the ticks. Frost kills the ticks; on this 
ccount it is considered safe to drive Southern cattle North during the 
inter, but fatal to Northern cattle during the summer. Southern cattle 
dntered in the North lose their immunity and then are susceptible to it, 
le same as Northern cattle. On account of the tremendous losses from 
lis disease, the Western States have enacted laws preventing Southern 
ittle from being driven North, except during the winter, and Illinois 
Mjuires them to be shipped in special cars, into a special section of the 
inion Stock Yards, and driven to slaughter through special roads to avoid 
iiy danger of infecting Northern cattle that might be taken back to the 
)untry as feeders. The mortality runs from 70 per cent, upwards. 
; It has long ])een desired to take fancy Northern bulls South to improve 
lie grade of Southern catcle, but until now it has been impossi])le to do so 
ii account of their almost certain death from Texas fever, but now (1898) 
"iccination of such bulls, with an antitoxin got from the cultivation of the 
|>rms of it, is being quite extensively used with good success. The anti- 
ixin can be got from most of the Agricultural Experimental Stations, with 
(rections how to use it. 

Incubation. — The stage of incubation is from seven to thirty-five days. 
'ae blood undergoes a material change, and some of its elements escape 
ito the various tissues of the body and into the urine, giving the latter a 
Ijoody appearance. 

How to know it. — As in pleuro-pneumonia, a marked symptom is an 
icrease of heat, to 104° to 106°; the pulse rises from .40 beats a minute 
(be average for healthy steers) up to 120 a minute. The fever is generally 
receded by a chill ; the dung and urine become scanty, high colored, or 
body; the milk fails ra})i(lly; yellow matter is discharged from the nos- 
t'.ls and mouth; the animal assumes a peculiarly dejected look; the back 
iarched; the flanks become hollow; the gait unsteady or staggering, and 
te hair rough; the cough is more or less frequent; the urine coagulates on 
liling; the mucous meml)ranes are deep yellow or brown color, and that 
( the rectum dark red. Therq is but little trace of disease in the first 
tiee stomachs, but the fourth stomach shows congestion, and the intestines 
8e still more gorged and blood-stained. The liver is not seriously affected, 
U the gall bladder is filled with thick, dark colored bile; the kidneys are 
Sio congested, and the secretion in the bladder is bloody or blood-stained; 

% 



772 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the spleen is much affected and enlarged. In a healthy animal the spleen 
should weigh a pound or a pound and a half; in cattle dying of Texas fever' 
it has been known to reach a weight of eight pounds; hence, the specific; 
name of si)lenic fever. 

What to do. — Treatment for this disease, like that for pleuro-pneumonia 
and rinder[)est, is not satisfactory in the majority of cases. There is thisi 
point, however, in the treatment — since cattle infested from Texans do not 
give it to others, and since isolation is a security against contagion, the! 
animals should at once be put into comfortable quarters and receive good' 



nursmjz. 




IV. Contagious Eczema, Foot and Mouth Disease, or Epizootic Aphtha.i 

This disease is imknown in America, but it is very conmion in the olderi 
countries. Owing to its very short period of incubation — twenty-fouri 
hours to three or f(rtu' days — there is very little danger of its importation;! 
and quarantining any affected herds before allowing them to land, will 
effectually prevent its introduction. 

It is an eczematous or skin disease affecting the mouth, tongue, lips, feet, ' 
legs and udder. The contagion lies in the discharges from the mouth and^ 

feet, and the virus is strewn along the road 
and over the pastures by the droppings from 
the mouth, and the matter running from the 
feet, and is conveyed from field to field by 
small vermin, dogs, cats, etc. j 

It is contagious to nearly all the lower' 
animals and to man. It is not often fatal,! 
but it causes much loss to the stock owner,; 
through the loss of flesh in cattle that are 
being fattened, and the failure in milk, the supply being lessened by fromi 
one to two-thirds of the usual yield. 

The milk is affected not only in quantity, but contains much of the: 
poison of the disease, and affects young animals to which it is given warm, 
causing cramps, violent diarrhoea, intestinal irritation, which often prove; 
fatal. It is considered by good authorities to be equally injurious to 
infants. By the aid of the microscope vibrioues, bacteria and monads are 
found, which appear to be more injurious to the consumer when the milk 
is drank warm, fresh from the cow. Some authorities say to boil it 
before using, and others that this makes no difference, but it is certainly 
less injurious when it has stood a few hours and got thoroughly cold. 

How to know it. — The usual symptoms are rough, staring coat; shiver- 
ing fits, dry, hot mouth and muzzle; pulse and temperature raised; the 



EPIZOOTIC APHTHA OR FOOT 
AND MOUTH DISEASE. 




CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 773 

mouth, tongue, lips, teats, udder and interdigital spaces become red, swollen 

and sore; on the second or third day little pustules break and discharge; 

saliva drolls from the mouth; the animal keeps working the toncrue in 

great uneasiness; lameness in the feet is seen, the fever in them beino- 

sometimes such as to cause the 

hoofs to drop off, the joints to 

become opened, and extensive 

sloughing to take place. There 

is great inclination to lie down. 

The greatest damag^e to the feet 

is seen among sheep and swine. 

The latter sometimes lose some epizootic aphtha. 

„ ,, T ., 1 1 Indications of the feet being affected. 

01 the digital bones. 

What to do. — The treatment is of little consequence, as the disease 
runs a definite course, and usually terminates in recovery in about fifteen 
days. Give soft food to eat and a bountiful sup[)ly of clear cold water to 
drink; an ounce of saltpeter dissolved in each pail is an advantao-e. Pay 
the most attention to the feet, wash them clean and remove any horn that 
may be detached; if the inflammation and swelling are great, apply a lin- 
seed poultice till there are raw surfaces, then change them to the following 
lotion: 

No. 1. 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 

2 Drachms carbolic acid, 
1 Ounce laudanum, 
Water to make one pint, 
Mix. 

Apply three times a day. When suppuration ceases, bind the feet up 
in tar bandages. If great weakness follows, with prostration and loss of 
appetite, give whiskey, In-andy, etc., in oatmeal gruel. Give no purgatives, 
not even a laxative; for the bowels, although constipated at first, soon 
become loose and should not be interfered with, as that is one of the efforts 
of nature to expel the poison from the system; and never bleed. If 
extensive sloughing around the feet takes place, apply the following lotion : 

No. 2. One part carbolic acid, 

Eight parts olive oil, 
Mix. 

Apply three times a day. 

V. Anthrax. 

This is known by many different names, according to the part attacked, 
and the impression made upon the mind of the person describing it — 



774 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Black Leg, Black Qua^'ter, Quarter III, Charbon, Chancre a la Langiie, 
Sa7ig de Rate, Mai de Sang, Splenic Apoplexy and Braxy in Sheep, Bloody 
Murrain, etc. Under the above names are included a group of disea.ses 
very virulent, malignant and contagious, appearing under different forms, 
externally and internally, and attacking the different species of lower 
animals and man, in an epizootic, enzootic or sporadic manner, according 
to the influences that produce it, or whether it is got by inoculation. It 
arises spontaneously in low, damp, rich pastures, and along the banks of 
overflowed rivers, or where ponds have been drained off' or dried up, the 
soil containing a great amount of organic matter, and A\'hen cattle are fat- 
tened too fast, by feeding on rich, succulent food, especially clover. Long 
continued warm, dry weather, favoring the emanations of organic matter 
and miasmatic gases, with great changes in temperature l)etween day and 
night, especially in a still atmosphere, favor its development. 

The main characteristic of the disease is black, tarry blood, that will 
not coagulate, and containing rod-like bodies {bacilli) containing spores, 
which are the active part of the virus. Blood containing these spores has 
been dried, reduced to dust, and kept four years, and found to be as active 
as ever in producing the fatal disease. (Koch. ) The spores do not con- 
tinue to increase after death, and are not found in any great quantity. 
The rods are found in greatest quantity in the spleen. The spleen, liver 
and lymphatic glands enlarge and become soft. The bloody flux may lo- 
cate in any part of the body, with the tendency to gangrene, death and 
decomposition of the part affected, and the formation of gases that distend 
the tissues, making a crackling noise when the hand is passed over it. 
When it commences on one point of the surface, a small blister forms, 
gathers, breaks and dries up, and others form around it, and so on in con- 
secutive rings it spreads. This constitutes malignant pustule, and is the 
form it usually takes in man, got by inoculation, from handling carcasses 
and skinning animals dead from anthrax, handling dirty rags, etc. 

Anthrax has two distinct ways of manifesting itself, with external lesions 
and without them. To the former belong the ])lack leg, black quarter, or 
bloody murrain, black tongue, Siljerian boil plague, and carbuncular ery- 
sipelas of sheep and swme, and malignant sore throat of the latter; to the 
latter, all those having specific changes in the blood, with engorgement of 
of the spleen, exudations and blood-stained spots in the internal organs, 
and sudden death. 

The Siberian Boil Plagjce attacks horses, cattle, sheep, goats and pigs, 
and manifests itself in swellings on the sheath, udder, throat, breast, dew- 
lap, etc., which are hard, yellowish, and streaked with red, and sometimes 
spotted. The animals die in from twelve to twenty-four hours. This, 
inoculated into man, produces malignant pustule or charbon. 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 



775 




GARBUNCULAR ERYEIPELAS — BLACK 
LEG OR QUARTER ILL. 



Black leg or bloody murrain is not typical anthrax, but is anthracoid, 
with a special germ as the active jDrinciple of the virus, characterized by 
engorgment of a quarter or a leg, shoulder or a side. It usually occurs 
among yonng, fast growing, thriving cattle, and is so sudden in its attack, 

short in its duration, and fatal in its 
effect, that one or two of a herd may 
be found dead in the morning, when 
nothing whatever was wrong with them 
the nio;ht before. There is a stiffness 
in the affected quarter, with some dif- 
fuse swelling and heat, fever, and an 
appearance of plethora; the swollen quarter soon mortiffes, becomes cold, 
gas forms under the skin and crackles if rubbed, and death soon follows. 
Sometimes there is an effusion of yellow looking lymph from the swelling. 
Recovery is very rare, and is slow and tedious, and the swelling is apt to 
slough extensively and form sluggish, unsightly sores. 

The black tongue is seen in cattle; and sometimes in horses, and is known 
by red pur})le or l)lack blisters on the tongue, palate and cheeks, some- 
times attaining the size of a hen\s egg', they burst and run an ichorous, 
scalding matter, and the sore becomes unhealthy and ulcer-like, with more 
or less swelling; the discharge, as it runs from the mouth, is bloody; the 
fever runs very high, the system becomes poisoned throughout, and death 
ensues in twenty to forty-eight hours. 

Cari)uncular erysipelas or braxy in sheep corresponds to black leg in 
cattle, and, like it, alwa}'S attacks the finest, fattest and most thriving one 
in the flock. The symptoms are the 
same as in black leg, and death follows 
in from ten to sixt}^ hours. 

Swine have the carlnmcular erysipe- 
las the same as sheej); also, black tongue, 
i tumors about the throat, and pharyn- 
geal anthrax; the latter is the most 
common form, and is prol)ahly caused 
by eating the carcass of some anthrax 
animal. There is fever, swellino; about 
the throat, neck and breast, which is 
red, shining, tender, and soon becomes purple, cold and insensil)le, and 
pits upon pressure; nausea, vomiting, retching, and loss of ai)[K'lite: })ur- 
ple patches form around thejeyes and on the snout; breathing lu'comos dif- 
licult, and the mouth livid; the temperature falls, and death follows in 
from one to two days. ' 

Dogs, cats and other small animals die from anthrax, developed in the 




GLOSS-ANTHRAX OR BLACK TONGUE. 



776 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

same manner as it is in pigs, and coming from their eating anthrax car- 
casses. They are affected in the mouth, throat and digestive organs, 
giving rise to vomiting, fever and death. ^j 

Birds and poultry die of anthrax, from eating bits of anthrax victims. " 
It develops in them in fever and swelling on the head, comb, breast and 
feet, which turn black from mortification. 

In man, malignant pustule or charbon develops by inoculation; a small 
red spot shows itself with itching, and increases in size. In the course of 
twelve hours, a blister forms, breaks, dries, and a new crop springs up 
around the old one, and so it spreads. The affected parts run through all 
the shades of color from red to black, when gangrene sets in, and sloughs 
in case of recovery, but, alas, it is too often fatal, the same as in the lower 
animals. 

Anthrax without external swelling is known as anthrax fever, splenic 
apoplexy, braxy, etc., according to the animals attacked. Horses, cattle, 
sheep, swine and fowls are liable to attacks of anthrax fever. This is 
characterized by high fever, plethora, engorgement of the spleen and other 
internal organs, and colicky pain; redness, and often purple spots, are 
seen on the mucous membranes; bloody, frothy mucous comes from the 
nose and eyes; the dung is streaked with blood; great weakness follows, 
and death in from twelve hours to four or five days. 

What to do. — Treatment is of no avail in the first cases, owing to the 
rapid fatality of the disease, and is usually unavailing in milder ones, but 
liberal administration of whiskey, quinine and hyposulphite of soda may 
do good. Mix an ounce of quinine in a quart of whiskey, and give half of 
a teacupful every four hours to horses, twice as much to cattle, half as 
much to sheep and hogs. This dose should be diluted with as much water. 
Give of the hyposulphite of soda four ounces in half a pint of water to 
horses three times a day, twice as much to cattle, half as much to sheep 
and hogs. If they will eat, the soda may be given in their food. If one 
animal in a herd remains lying in the morning when the rest have got up 
and gone to feeding, suspect black leg at once, get him up and start him 
walking. Exercise, if pushed in the early stage of this trouble will often save 
them. Sponge off the body with cold water and rub dry ; cauterize all wounds, 
if the disease comes through inoculation, with clear carbolic acid, sulphuric 
or nitric acid, or with chloride of zinc, but the whole of the diseased tissue 
must be reached. After cauterizing them, and also the tumors that may 
follow, apply poultices to them to encourage suppuration. In case of dif- 
fuse swellings, bathe them with vinegar, cold water and weak lotions of 
carbolic acid, etc. — say one part to sixty of water; and inject beneath the 
skin, in s^eral places, weak dilutions of carbolic acid, — one part of acid 
to one hundred of water. 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 777 

Prevention. — Drain the soil in the pastures; either confine the stock to 
smaller pastures or increase the stock to feed the })asture more closely; 
when cattle, especially young ones, are thriving very fast on a rich succu- 
lent pasture or aftermath, confine them in a barn-yard four to six hours a 
(lay. Shelter the stock at night during late sunnner and fall, when the 
days are hot and nights cool, or rather cold, — when the dews are heavy 
and the air gets quite chilly towards morning; it is at this time that inter- 
nal congestions are apt to occur. In dry, hot weather, remove the stock 
to high ground, where miasmatic gases exist to a less extent. Secure clear, 
pure water to drink; avoid too sudden fattening; see that barns and sheds 
are well ventillated and not overcrowded. The diseased animals should 
1)6 separated from the healthy; carcasses should be burned without being 
skinned. Pour kerosene over them and set fire to them, also to all litter 
they had used, and to their excrement. The buildings where deaths have 
occured or sick animals been, should be thoroughly disinfected. Avoid 
touching them, so far as possible, and wash the hands both before and 
after doing so, in carbolic acid, one to one hundred of water. Prevent 
dogs, cats, etc., from coming in contact with them, and never allow meat 
that is affected, or suspected of being afl'ected, to be eaten. Prevention 
by vaccination with an antitoxin is successfully done now (1900) in all civ- 
ilized countries, where veterinary science is recognized and encouraged. 
The material is injected underneath the skin of all exposed animals, horses, 
cattle and sheep, which renders iuununity to them to the contagion. The 
vaccine for anthrax and black leg can be gotten from the various agricul- 
tural experiment stations, and from the Pasteur Vaccine Company in 
Chicago, 111. , with full directions for use. Some sections of the country 
ire sadly afllicted annually with these diseases. In such localities vaccina- 
;ion should be resorted to every spring. 

VI. Variolo Vaccinae, or Cow Pox. 

This is a contagious disease, and has been proven to be identical with 
;mall-pox of the human family ; either can be produced in either men or 
•attle by inoculation from the other species. A heifer inoculated with 
irus of small-pox, will have a disease identical with the cow-pox ; and 
lien inoculated with cow-pox will have a disease that may be considered 
•ither cow-pox or a very mild form of small-pox. To have either, secures 
Tnmunity from a subsequent attack at least to a great extent, or for 
- longer or shorter period, sometimes only for a year or two, and some- 
imes for a lifetime. Cow or kine-pox is a specific blood poison that has 
. period of incubation of three to nine days, shows itself by a slio-ht 
ever for a couple of days, then breaks out in pimples on the teats, udder 
lanks, escutcheon, and around th^ vulva, nose, mouth and e^es. These 




THE TEAT SYPHON. 



778 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

pimples, rod at first, enlarge from day to day, till they attain a diam- 
eter of about half an inch to an inch, and become yellow. A distinct vesi^ 
cle forms, breaks, runs a yellowish lymph, which is the active virus of 
the disease, dries up, a scab forms over it, and the whole trouble disap- 
pears as gently as it came. 

The only trouble to be had from the disease, is in milch cows, fromtho 
teats getting sore. These are sometimes absolutely covered Avith the 
vesicles, and even confluent, rendering milking a very painful operation. 

It runs a definite course, and heals up and disappears of itself, in from 
ten to twenty days. No treatment is necessary, except to avoid taking 
cold, and give a little extra 
care in the way of nursing. 
If the teats are so sore as 
to be very painful in milk- 
ing, tlio teat SA'phon maybe 
used ; if it is cold weather, warm the syphon ; oil it with olive oil, and 
|)ass it U[) the teat very carefully, and draw off the milk. Anoint the 
sores on the teats and udder nicely, twice a day, with carbolic salve or other 
healing and softening ointment. If the udder swells very much, fre- 
quent bathing with hot water and supporting with a bandage, as recom- 
mended for mammitis, will be a benefit. 

VII. Tuberculosis. 

This disease is distinctly infectious, being due to the introduction into 
the system of a microbe, the bacillus tuberculosis, discovered by Koch in 
1882. It afl'ects all warm blooded animals, including people. Cattle and 
people suffer the most from it, and horses the least, in fact the latter are 
almost exempt, but it can be produced in them by inoculation. The germ 
is a rod shaped vegetal )le organism, im of an inch in length. When intro- 
duced into any tissue of the body it multiplies, causing slight local inflam- 
mation that is inclined to degenerate into caseous (cheesy) matter, that 
becomes gritty l)y the deposition of calcareous (^limey) matter, giving it the 
appearance of being mixed with sand. The germs usually divide into 
colonies, making separate foci of the disease. When the number of germs 
is small and the deposition of the lime rapid, a fibrous capsule often 
forms around the little center of disease, fencing it in and rendering it 
harmless, and the animal is none the worse for the attack; but on the other 
hand, if the number of germs is great and the deposition of lime slow or 
wanting, which it is in some cases, the tissue affected is destroyed, breaks 
down and liquifies more or less, leading on to a debilitated, ansemic condi- 
tion of the whole system, resulting in extensive blood poisoning (cachexia) 
and death. The latter course is the usual one for it to take in man or 



I 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 7T9 

beast. No tissue of the Ixxly is exempt from its ravages, the lungs and 
thoracic lym})hatieghin(ls l)eiiig most often affected. The first appearance of 
this disease is in the form of miliary tubercles, which may become fenced 
in as descril)ed a])ove, or by ulceration the germs are liberated and invade 
surrounding tissues, sometimes forming malignant tumors and sometimes 
leading on to com})lete destruction of the organ attacked. Miliary tuber- 
cles are about the size of a small pea, and are usually seen in the great- 
est number on the peritoneum and pleura lining the chest. In all severe 
cases the disease overcomes nature's efforts to confine it and ])ecomes gen- 
eralized, causing cachexia, when the flesh and milk are unfit for food. 
Inasmuch as it is difficult to determine when it is becomino; ireneralized, 
and as it is decidedly dangerous for people to eat mea4^. and drink milk 
that contain bacilli tuberculosis, it is proper to condemn all carcasses 
that show more than slight localized infection, and those to be passed 
should show the diseased parts well advanced in the calcareous stage. 
It is no longer considered hereditary, but due in all cases to infection, 
usually, we think, by inhaling the germs that are flying in dust, or by 
eatina: or drinking: them with the food and water. 

How to know it. — It is impossible to recognize it ^ilLit is far advanced 
and cachexia is developing, the earliest symptoius being a general unthrifty 
condition, the milk becoming poor in quality, thin and watery, although not 
much less in quantity. The appetite is capricious; the hair looks dull, and 
where it is white, there is a yellow skin; a dry, dull cough will be noticed; 
the animal no longer licks itself; if the cow is with calf, she is apt to abort. 
Emaciation ushers in the second stage, and progresses rapidly; the cough 
gets worse; indigestion, tym})anitis and diarrhcea follow, and soon reduce 
the sufferer to skin and bones. Auscultation, and percussion of the lungs 
may or may not detect a fullness and muffled breathing and other signs of 
disease, but nearly always some pain will be evinced when the sides are 
struck, or the fingers pushed forcil)ly in between the ribs. The tubercles 
increase, sometimes breaking out on the surface of the body; the blood gets 
thin and watery, wanting in red corpuscles; and, often, fatal diarrhoea sets in. 

To test an animal or herd suspected of tuberculosis, tuberculin is used. 
It can be got from the Bureau of Animal Industry at Washington, D. C, 
or from the State Experimental Stations. The animaFs temperature is 
taken morning, noon, and night, before the injection, to get the average 
temperature, then inject the tuberculin about 11 o'clock at night, and be- 
gin taking the temperature next morning at 6 o"'ch)ck, and take it every 
two hours till 6 at night. If the injection causes a rise of temperature to 
104° Fahrenhe'it at any time during the day the animal shf)uld be condemned 
:ind slaughtered, subject to veterinary inspection. If an animal reacts or shows 
H rise of temperature between 103° and 103.9°, he shonld be tested again 
aiter a week. This test is very delicate and remarkably certain, there be- 



780 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

ing but few exceptions to the rule that tuberculosis will be found post ' 
mortem in all that react to 104° F. Usually those far advanced in the 
disease will not react, but they can be recognized by physical examination. 
To avoid mistakes, do not test an animal that has a fever, nor cows just 
before nor just after calving, nor when in heat, but rather wait a few days. 

What to do. — All affected animals should be killed, and the carcasses 
burned or rendered. All suspects should be isolated and tested, bearing in 
mind that it is bound to spread, and that the first loss is usually the small- 
est. The stable should be thoroughly cleaned by first sprinkling to lay 
the dust, then sweep, scrape, wash, and whitewash it. The treatment of 
affected ones, if it is desired, consists in counter-irritation to the chest by 
applying mustard paste or fly blister repeatedly, and giving oleaginous 
foods, as oil-cake, cocoanut oil, etc., in liberal quantities, which will some- 
times keep them along a good while. Avoid roots and grasses, since, in 
the weak condition of the digestive organs, these tend to produce tympan- 
itis; but by suitable fattening food, supplemented by the use of cod-liver i| 
oil to the amount of half a pint a day, they may be fattened fast, if taken 
during the flrst stage. This secured, they might as well be slaughtered by 
the butcher; in later stages, nothing can be done to prevent gradual pining 
and death. The oil is best given with lime water; a little oil of turpentine 
may be added, if there is a tendency to tympanitis and diarrhoea. 

The following recipe may be of service along with the generous diet: 

No. 11. 2 Drachms saccharized carbonate of iron, 

2 Drachms powdered cinchona bark, 

Mix. 

liive as one dose in soft feed, twice a day. 

VIII. Cancerous Ulcers and Osteo Sarcoma. 

Tuberculosis sometimes shows externally, attacking the glands, especi- 
ally the parotid and sub-maxillary, or the bones, in the latter case being 
known as cancer of the bone, or more strictly, Osteo Sarcoma. This 
enlargement of the bones may come on the jaws, ribs or any part of the 
body. The tubercular deposits usually start in small, loose nodules, which 
increase in size till inflammation sets in, and nutrition being cut off from 
the skin, the latter sloughs off, leaving a large raw sore that defies all 
treatment and, instead of getting better, grows worse continually. Larger 
and more angry-looking becomes the sore; an ulcerous, saneous discharge 
flows from it; other ulcers are likely to form around it; and the enlarge- 
ment beneath increases till, if the trouble is in the glands above-mentioned, 
it presses upon the pharynx and larnyx, thus interfering with the breath- 



ing and swallowinor. 



Tubercles sometimes locate around joints, causing lameness, which is 
aggravated by strong liniments and blisters. 



I 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 



781 



Treatment is of no avail, further than to afford a suitably generous 
diet, but it is best to deal with these as prescribed for tuberculosis. 

VIII. Lumpy Jaw (Actinomycosis). 

This is an infectious disease affecting cattle very commonly in the 
Western States of this country, especially Illinois, Iowa, Kansas and 
Nebraska. Its spread is gradual and continuous. If an affected animal is 
taken into a herd of healthy cattle, it will surely break out among them, 
and from five to fifty per cent, will get it in the course of six to twelve 
months. The cause lies in the presence of a ray shaped fungus germ called 
actinomyces, hence the name actinomycocis, by which scientific term the 
disease is known. This germ is taken in with the food in most cases, and 
may locate in any part of the body. The parts most often affected are the 
jaw bones, tongue, glands around the head and throat, lungs, liver and in 
the walls of the small intestines. The germ enters the jaw bone through 



r^«^^^^^ 





ACTINOMYCOTIC ULCER ON THE 
PAROTID GLAND. 



ACTINOMYCOSIS OF THE 
LOWER JAW. 



1 split or decayed tooth, or an abrasion of the gum, then it grows, increases 
ji numbers rapidly, and invades and destroys the bone in every direction. 
[t enters the tongue and glands about the throat and various parts of the 
ligestive tract and liver through abrasions of the mucous membrane or 
/hrough ducts. It enters the lungs probably by being inhaled with dust, 
^hen it has become located in any part of the body in one of these ways, 
small portions or sprouts, as it were, may be carried to and infect any 
)ther part of the body through the blood. This disease also occasionally 
iffects hogs, horses, rabbits, elephants and people; the latter rather fre- 
[uently and always seriously, proving fatal in most cases in the course of 
ix weeks to eighteen months. It runs a mild course in cattle, not causing 
ieath except as a result of interference with mastication or swallowing, 
hen they become emaciated and weak and die from want of nutrition. 

How to know it. — In all cases tumors form at the seat of infection. 
Vhen the jaw bones are affected they swell, sometimes to an enormous 
ize, the teeth get loose, the tumor softens in one or more places, bursts 



782 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



and discharges a gelatinous yellowish white matter, containing little yellow '' 
masses or clusters of the fungus about the size of grains of sand, which are 
cheesy in consistency. When the swollen Ijone is cut across, it is found to 
be softened in spots with hard bony matter surrounding them like a honey- 
comb. The tongue usually swells and becomes ve.y hard, hence the nan; ■ 
woody tongue, which is often applied to this condition. This makes it ver\' 
difficult for the animal to eat or drink. The glands r. round the throat . 
when affected, swell, burst and discharge, the same as the jaw bones, an 1 
present somewhat the same honey -comb condition when cut into, but are j, 
often sec'i to contain one or more large abscesses instead of many small 
ones. 

What to do. — The treatment is of three kinds, viz.: preventive, surgi- 
cal and medicinal. Prevention is effected by keeping affected animals away j 
from the healthy ones, not allowing them to go into the fields, yards or ' 
stables used for other stock for any purpose. Never tal-:e an affected 





ACTINOMYCOSIS OF THE 
UPPER JAW. 



BAD EFFECTS OF EXCESSIVE 
USE OF caustics; 

A large hole through the cheek into the 
mouth from excessive use of caustics. 



animal into a healthy herd. This has been done in sonic cases withor.: 
apparently bad results, but many cases have been seen by the writer aii<l 
others to have developed and spread extensively from one introduced fr(n;i 
a distance with a nonsuppurating tumor under, the jaw the size a hen's ej- 
at the time of purchase, which grew, burst and discharged a little later, 
and which was followed in four to six weeks by the disease in many otliei 
of the herd. 

Surgical treatment consists in opening the tumors freely with a knife, 
emptying the sacks, and packing them thoroughly with cotton dipped in 
tincture of iodine. The packing needs to be removed once every two 
days, till the tumor begins to shrivel; or the tumor may be dissected 
completely out, but this is often a dangerous operation, owing to the size 
or location of it. If the jaw bone is involved it is more serious and the 
treatment is often a failure, but many successes will follow heroic surgery. 
Gouge and chisel out the diseased bone as completely as possibla and pack 



CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 



783 



the cavity with iodine the same as in the soft tnraors, or a twenty-five per 
cent, solution of hydrochloric acid nnght be used for a few days instead. 
When the disease seems to be under control stop the packing and dress the 
wounds with a solution of carbolic acid — a tablespoonful to a })int of tepid 
water, two or three times a day. 

JVIedicinal treatment consists in giving to each affected animal one dram 
of iodide of }>otash three times a day in solution in soft feed till the effects 
of the drug are visible in the production of slavering at the mouth, loss of 
appetite or scurfiness of the skin, then stop it for a week or ten days and 
repeat. This condition will develop so as to be seen usually in ten or 
twenty days. A couple of months or so of this dosing will usually cure 
all of those affected in the soft tissues. The above dose is proper for 
a three j^ear old steer weighing fourteen hundred pounds; smaller and 
younger ones should get proportionate doses. As soon as an animal shows 
signs of having the disease he should be isolated and kept there till cured 
or destroj'ed. 

The meat of cattle affected with this disease should not be used for 
food. 




POLISH BULL. 



Polish cattle are small and of an inferior grade. They are bred almost exclusively 
for milk, only the old and worn-out ones, as a rule, being sold for beef. 



CHAPTER HI. 



NON-CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 



I. PLETHORA. II. ANEMIA. III. RHEUMATISM. IV. UREMIA. V. SEI 

TIC^MIA AND PYEMIA, VI. CANCEROUS ULCERS AND OSTEO SARCOMA. 

VII. PURPURA HEMORRHAGICA. VIII. ASTHENIC HEMATURIA, OR RED WATE 

IN CATTLE. IX. MALIGNANT CATARRH. X. MALIGNANT SORE THROAT. 

I. Plethora. 

This, which may be described as an over fat condition of the blood, i 
conducive to many very serious results by interfering with the circulation 
especially that through the vital organs, rendering them inert and unable t^ 
eliminate from the system the effete material which, at such a time, ex 
ists in increased quantities. These impurities, left in the system, lead t 
blood poisoning, and to excessive congestions and inflammations in cas 
of disease, thus greatly enhancing the dangers attending disorders of a 
kinds. 

Causes. — It is caused by rich, stimulating food, such as oil-cake, cor 
and other grain, roots, and too succulent green food and pastures, — i 
fact, anything that fattens very fast. 

How to know it. — Unusually rapid improvement, exuberant spirits 
sleek hair, loose skin, and tendency to fatten very fast. Occasionally 
slight fever may be seen, at first of short duration, but increasing wit 
each attack till violent congestion occurs, followed by inflammation ; an 
death supervenes after a run of very high fever, or suddenly during tl 
congestive stage. 

What to do. — Deplete either by bleeding or purging. Take from tw 
to six quarts of blood, or give a few doses of salts, in quantities of 
single handful, morning and night for a week, at the same time remo' 
ing to less luxuriant pasture, or curtailing the meal. The restricted di( 
and salts are preferable to bleeding. 

II. Anaemia. 

Causes. — This condition, the reverse of plethora, is seen when tl 
animal is thin in flesh from lack of suflicient or proper kinds of fooi 
especially when this is accompanied by exposure to the weather or in 
poverishment by parasites. It is apt to lead to purpura hemorrhagic! 
rheumatism, etc., and always predisposes to lice or other vermin. 

784 



II 



NOJf-CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. tSS 

What to do. — Destroy any existing vermin, and give the following 
recipe in the feed : 

No. 4. }^ Ounce copperas, 

1 Handful oil-cake, 
Powder and mix. 

Give as one dose. Repeat it tnorning and night, and let the diet be a 
nourishing, generous one. 

III. Rheumatism. 

Causes and forms. — The immediate cause of rheumatism is the accu- 
muhition in the system of a peculiar kind of acid, which has a tendency 
to settle around the joints, along the sheaths of tendons, and in the syn- 
ovial membranes. In the acute form, which is that which it generally 
assumes, the affected parts swell, and often suppurate, discharging con- 
siderable quantities of pus, and with it more or less synovial fluid. It 
often extends to the bones and the membranes covering them, when it 
generally becomes chronic, and more or less exostosis is thrown out, which 
may anchylose (stiffen) the joint. Rheumatism frequently extends to the 
chest, and settles in the pleura, heart, etc., and sometimes causes diseases" 
'of the latter organ and death. 

The exciting causes are poverty of the system, thinness in flesh, and 
exposure to cold and dampness, — to the two last-named either from want 
of shelter or from dampness in the stable caused by poor drainage. 

How to know it. — There is lameness, stiffness, and disinclination to 
move, with a staring coat. After this has run on for a few hours, (or, it 
may be a day or two, ) a joint — perhaps, two or three joints — will begin to 
swell, and is found to be quite hot, hard and painful ; next morning 
the swelling will very likely be noticed in some other joint or in another 
leg, as the disease has a great tendency to fly from joint to joint and leg 
to leg. There is considerable fever, with high pulse, increased temper- 
ature, reddened mucous membranes, and a marked inclination to remain 
'ying down all the time. The bowels are apt to be constipated, and the 
I'lrine scanty and high colored. Abscesses form and discharge pus. The 
uiimal becomes emaciated, and frequently dies in a state of hectic. 

What to do. — Put the animal in a dry, warm place to lie in, with 
)lenty of bedding. Give generous diet and the following recipe : 

No. 5. 2 Drachms colchicum, 

2 Drachms nitrate of potash, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat it morning and night in soft feed, for a 
^^eek ; then give No. 4 for a week, and change back to No. 5. Alter 

50 



786 CYCLOPEbiA OF Live stock anD Complete stock: doctor. 

nate them in this manner for a month. As local treatment, apply the 
following to the joints : 

No. 6. 1 Ounce laudanum, 

1 Ounce spirits of camphor, 
1 Ounce turpentine, 
Water to make one pint. 
Mix. 

Apply three times a day, with friction, and bandage. If great weak- 
ness ensues, give the following : 

No. 7. 1 Ounce gentian root, 

^2 Ounce ginger, 
1 Quart oat meal gruel, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat three times a day for two weeks. 

IV. Uraemia. 

In this disease, in consequence of the kidneys and bladder being our 
of order, the urine is absorbed back into the system, causing a pecuhat 
poisoning of the blood, from an excessive accumulation of urea. 

How to know it. — Dullness, loss of appetite and failure to secrete 
urine ; the mouth and nose are dry, and the former is foetid ; rumination 
ceases, the coat stares, and a smell of urine is detected on the skin ; pulse 
and respirations become slow, and the former is also soft ; the pupils are 
dilated, and, too often, delirium, coma and death close the scene. 

What to do. — Examine all parts carefully, in order to ascertain the 
cause, and then treat vigorously to remove it. Give large quantities of 
linseed tea to drink and, as a mild purgative, the following: 

No. 8. 12 Ounces epsom salts, 

1 Ounce ginger, 
1 Ounce gentian, 
4 Ounces syrup, 
Walter to make two quarts. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. After it has operated, give a tablespoonful of salt- 
petre, three times a day, for two days. 

V. Septicsemia and Pyaemia. 

This is a condition resulting from the absorption into the system 
of putrid, poisonous matter, or pus, especially that from an ulcer or 
suppurating surface. 

How to know it. — There will be a high fever, with increased tempera- 
ture ; pulse is fast and hard, and breathing quickened ; the breath is 
foetid ; rumination is suspended ; there is loss of appetite, staring coat, 
and emaciation, and in fatal cases, delirium. 



NON-CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 787 

What to do. — Discover the cause if jiossible, and if it is a sore of any 
kind containing pent up pus, (the most common cause), liberate it and 
dress the wound with the following lotion : 

No. 9. ^ Ounce carbolic acid. 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

Apply two or three tunes a day with a syringe, if there are passages ; 
if the sore is on the surface, bind on a sponge Avet with the lotion. If 
there is an ulcer, tre^t it as prescribed in the next article. Give the fol- 
lowing mixture : 

No. 10. 2 Dracliius iodide of potash, 

2 Ounces whiskey, 

1 Ounce powdered cinchona, 
1 Pint gruel, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, repeating same three times a da}^ and feed liberally. 

VI. Cancerous Ulcers and Osteo Sarcoma. 

Tuberculosis sometimes shows externally, attacking the glands, especi- 
ally the parotid and sub-maxillary, or the bones, in the latter case being 
known as cancer of the bone, or, more strictly, Osteo Sarcoma. This en- 
largement of the Ijones may come on the jaws, ribs or any part of the 
body. The tul)ercular deposits usually start in small, loose nodules, which 
increase in size till inflammation sets in. and nutrition being cut off from 
the skin, the latter sloughs off, leaving a large raw sore that defies all 
treatment and, instead of getting better, grows worse continually. Larger 
and more angry-looking becomes the sore ; an ulcerous, saneous discharge 
flows from it ; other ulcers are likely to form around it ; and the enlarge- 
ment beneath increases till, if the trouble is in the glands above-mentioned, 
it presses upon the pharynx and larynx, thus interfering with the breath* 
ing and swallowing. 

Tubercles sometimes locate around joints, causing lameness, which is 
aggravated l)y strong liniments and blisters. 

Treatment is of no avail, further than to afford a suitably generous 

diet. 

Vn. Purpura Hemorrhagica. 

This is a specific blood disease quite common in the horse and pig, but 
rare in cattle. It originates in an impoverished condition of the system, 
more especially the l)lood, which becomes deficient in red corpuscles, 
fibrin, etc., and oozing through the coats of the vessels, falls by gravita- 
tion to the more dependent portions of the body, causing swellings of the 
legs and belly, and also of the head, beginning with the muzzle and grad- 
ually working up till it reaches the brain. For an extended description 




788 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of this disease the reader is referred to the account given in the Horse 
department of this work, — Chapter XIII., of Part II. 

What to do. — The system needs to be 

toned up, the blood improved, and swellings 

fomented in hot water. Foment the head 

especially, as continuously as possible, and 

give the following recipes: 

No. 12. 1 Ounce oil of turpentine, 

Yz Pint linseed oil, 
Mix. 

, ^, .. 1 SWELLING OF THE JAWS, 

Give as one dose; repeat three tunes a day, ^^^^^^ ^^^ muzzle, in 
for two or three days. purpura hemorrhagica. 

No. 13. K Ounce tincture luuriiite of iron, 

1 Ounce tincture of cinchona, 

2 Ounces water, 

Mix. 

Give as one dose ; repeat three times a day, giving it in between the 
doses of No. 12. As to food, give whatever the animal will eat. 
VIII. Hsematuria, or Bed Water in Cattle. 

As the name implies, this is a blood disease. Large quantities of albumen 
and some iron are secreted by the kidneys and excreted with the urine, 
which looks as though it were colored by blood, beginning, as it does, in a 
pale pink color, and running through the different shades till it becomes 
a dark brown. Really, there is no blood in it ; the appearance in ques- 
tion is due to the presence, in excessive quantities, of albumen and iron 
and the coloring matter of the blood. As the secretion of the two 
former increases, the color darkens. There are also discharged numer- 
ous epithelial cells from the mucous membrane of the kidneys and 
bladder. The blood undergoes a change ; the cells or corpuscles break, 
and let their contents escape into the liquor sanguinis, and hence the 
commino-lino: of the coloring matter of the blood with the urine. 

Causes. — These are obscure, but seem to depend in some way upon 
the food. Most commonly seen in cattle pastured in low, swampy lands, 
the disease disappears in such cases when the land is drained. 

How to know it. — In addition to the color of the urine, a characteristic 
feature is the great increase in its quantity. It may run on for two or 
three weeks without apparent damage; then the milk will fall off both in 
quantity and quality; emaciation sets in; the bowels at the outset may 
be loose, l)ut soon become obstinately constipated; the pulse gets quick 
and weak; the cow blows more and more, from increasing weakness; at 
the left side the heart may be heard to palpitate with quite a perceptible 
noise, owing to the watery condition of the blood; the debility and anaemia 
rapidly increase, and death soon follows. 



NON-CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 



789 



What to do. — Give a purgative recipe, No. 8, and follow it with 
recipe No. 4. Continue the latter for three or four weeks. Make a 
complete change of food, and feed liberally on oil-cake, etc. 

IX. Malignant Catarrh. 

In this malignant blood disease, the sinuses of the head are affected, 
causing offensive discharges from the nose. These, at first, are watery, 
but further along become purulent, and in the last stage are accompa- 
nied with extensive sloughing. 

How to know it. — It is ushered in with a shivering fit, with all the 
attendingsym[)toms of fever ; the muzzle is hot and dry ; the animal hangs 
his head and isolates himself in the pasture ; the membranes are of a bluish 
color ;the eyes areclosed and swollen ; soon the nose and eyes beginto run a 
watery fluid, and saliva drools from the mouth. The pulse is quick and not 
over strong ; a dry, hard cough ensues ; the bowels are usually costive, 
the fceces being black and hard, but diarrhoea is liable to set in at any time. 
There is great thirst, but no appetite, and the urine is scanty and high 
colored. In the course of twenty-four hours, the discharges become 
purulent, taking off the hair wherever s^<^^\,),j 
they touch ; the sinuses of the head 
become so much inflamed, and so 
filled up with pus, that when the head 
is tapped on the outside Avith the 
fingers, a dull heavy sound is heard. 
The breath becomes foetid, and the 
temperature rises to 104 ^ or 105 ° . 
Cows with calf are apt to abort. 

The last stage is marked by exten- 
sive sloughing, so much so that some- 
times the feet and horns come off. 
The prostration is very great ; the 
pulse becomes imperceptible ; convul- 
sions follow, and a great fall in teiu- 
perature, sometimes to 95 ^ , or even 
to 90® ; in some cases, ulceration of the cornea takes place, letting out 
the humors of the eye. Death follows in the coarse of nine to eleven days. 
On post mortem examination, the l)lood is found to be black and not 
coagulated. 

What to do. — Remove to a cool isolated place, if in summer; to a warm 
place, if in winter. Give recipe No. 8, and follow it with Nos. 10, 11 
and 4, alternating them. Foment the head with hot water liberally, and 
rub the following liniment well in once or twice a day: 




MALIGNANT CATARRH — LAST STAGE. 
Showing extensive sloughing, and discharge of 

the humor of the eye, irom ulceration of the 

cornea. 



790 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

^o. 14 1 Ounce linseed oil, 

1 Ounce oil of turpentine, 
1 Ounce liquor ammonia, 
Mix 

Apply the following lotion to the eyes, if not eaten through : 

No. 15. 10 Grains nitrate of silver, 

1 Ounce water. 
Mix. 

Apply twice a day to the cornea with a camel's hair brush. If the 

cornea is punctured, touch it once a day with a stick of lunar caustic, in 

addition to using lotion No 15. Touch the caustic directly to the hole 

in the cornea. 

X. Malignant Sore Throat. 

This is a disease that centers itself in the throat, in the form of acute 

inflammation, followed by an effusion that is 
apt to cause suffocation by pressure on the lar- 
ynx. Its scientific designation is <x,dema gloU 
tidis. It is fatal to cattle ; also to swine, in 
which it is known as quinsy. The malignant 
sore throat of anthrax is a different thing, though 
many of the symptoms are similar. 

How to know it. — It starts like a common 
MALIGNANT SORE THROAT. cold, — somc f cvcr, iujcctcd uiucous mcmbraucs, 

cough, etc. ; the throat swells enormously ; the 
tongue becomes spotted with purple, and is protruded ; the animal gasps 
for breath, until at length he falls suffocated, struggles a little, and dies. 
What to do. — It usually attains its height in three or four days. Ap- 
ply recipe No. 14 to the throat, externally, and inject a little of the fol- 
lowing well back into the throat, several times a day; 

No. 16. 1 Ounce chlorate of potash, 

1 Pint water, 
Mix. 

If speedy suffocation is threatened, tracheotomy must be performed. 
(See "Operations.") 

The flesh of cattle affected with this disease is very poisonous, causing 
putrid fever in those eating it. The carcass should be buried deep, with- 
out removinsj the skin. 




CHAPTER IV. 



DISEASES OF THE KESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



I. SIMPLE CATARRH OR COLD. II. LARYNGITIS, OR COMMON SORE THROAT.- — 

III. BRONCHITIS. IV. PNEUMONIA. V. PLEURISY. VI. HYDROTHORAX 

VII. EMPHYSEMA OK THE LUNGS. 

I. Simple Catarrh or Cold. 

Simple cold or coryza, is inflammation, more or less acute, of the 
mucous membrane lining the nostrils and sinuses of the head, usually 
implicating the eyes and throat. If neglected, it is apt to run down to 
the lungs, and cause bronchitis and pneumonia. 

Cause. — Damp, badly drained stables, and those built so as to alloTV 
drafts ; exposure to storms and winds ; sleeping on the ground in cold 
weather, etc. 




APPLICATION OF STEAM TO THE NOSTRILS "WITH THE JET, 

How to know it. — There is more or less fever, with fits of shivering ; 
hot mouth, dry nose, and horns hot at the head and cold at the tips ; 
ears and extremities cold ; sneezing, and sometimes a cough. At first, 
watery mucus discharges from the nose ; the eyes are red and inclined 
to weep, with the eyelids swollen ; and the bones of the forehead are 
hot and tender when tapped. After a day or two, the discharge from 
the nose becomes purulent, and the tears begin to scald the cheek ; the 

71) 1 



792 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



coat stares ; the pulse is rapid and rather hard ; the appetite fails, and 
rumination ceases ; the urine is scanty and high colored, the bowels very 
likely being constipated. All these symptoms will be aggravated, should 
the fever run very high and the inflammation' tend decidedly to run 
down the air passages. 

What to do. — Remove the cause, by putting the animal in a comforta- 
ble, dry place. Give a pint of molted lard, if the bowels are constipated ; 
if too loose, give the following : 

No. 17. 1 Pint infusion of quassia, 

1 Ounce laudanum, 
% Ounce sulphuric ether, 

1 Pint thin gruel, cold, 
Mix. 

Give with a bottle as one dose; repeat it after six or eight hours, if 
necessary. But begin on a fever mixture, as follows : 

No. 18. 3 Ounces spirits of nitre, 

2 Drachms tincture aconite root, 

y^ Ounce fluid extract of belladonna, 
2 Ounces nitrate of potash, 
2 Ounces muriate of ammonia, 
Water to make one quart, 
Mix. 

Give half a teaspoonful every two or three hours till better. Rub 
mustard paste well in to the throat and over the forehead between the 

eyes. If the breathing is interfered with, 
steam the head in a nose-bag, or with a 
hose from the snout of a kettle, or over 
a tub with a blanket thrown over the 
head to confine the steam, the object 
])eing to soften the discharge and make 
it run off. This may be repeated sev- 
eral times a day if necessary, taking care, 
in using the steam jet, to avoid scalding 
or suffocation. Let the animal have all 
the water he desires, placing it before 
him, so that he may help himself. Feed 
on soft, sloppy food. When the fever is 
broken, the appetite being good, give the 
following recipe in the food : 

No. 19. 2 Drachms nitrate of potash, 

2 Drachms gentian root, powdered, 
1 Drachm ginger, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, repeating it morning and night for about a week. 




NOSE-BAG FOR STEAMING. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 



793 



If the appetite is too poor to take it thus, give the following from a 

bottle : 

No. 20. 3^ Pint infusion of gentian, 

1 Drachm ginger, 

1 Drachm carbonate of ammonia, 

2 Ounces syrup, 
% Pint water, 

Mix. 

Give as one ^ose. Repeat it three times a day, till the appetite is o-ooc 

enough to take No. 19 in the feed. When the fever has left entirely, 

give the following in soft feed, a bran mash or oat meal, morning and 

night : 

Nr>. 21. 3 Drachms sulpliate of iron (copperas), 

2 Drachms gentian, 
1 Drachm ginger, 
1 Drachm foenugreek seed. 
Powder and mix. 

Give as one dose, twice a day for a week or two. 

II. Larjmgitis, or Common Sore Throat. 

This is, as the name indicates, an inflammation of the larynx or upper 
bart of the windpipe. It is dangerous on account of the interference to 
he breathing which is caused by the swelling, and also its tendency to 
•un down to the luiigs. 

Cause. — It is usually brought on by the same influences as a common 
bid. Some animals appear predisposed to it, almost every slight exposure 
)eing sufiicient to induce an attack. 
How to know it. — There is inability to eat, and the cud is not chewed ;. 

lie head is hung, the ears droop, and saliva drools from the mouth ; upon 
fxamination, the throat is found to be much swollen, and if the finsfer be 
inserted under the tongue, the mouth is 

ot. The pulse is raised and breathing 

uickened ; if the tumefaction is very 

reat, especially on the inside, the 

reathing may also be labored. There 

; more or less fever, and when water is 
■frunk some of it is likely to comeback 

[trough the nose, owing to the difficulty 

'f swallowing. 
What to do. — Rub mustard paste in 

ell on the throat ; after an hour wash this 

ff and rub in more ; if after two days 

le swelling does not come down, apply 

' it a linseed poultice, hot and soft, to 

icourage suppuration. Disolve a table- 

)oonful of saltpetre in the water druuk morning and night, and with a 




LARYNGITIS OR SORE THROAT. 



794 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

syringe shoot a little of the following mixture well back into the throat, 
as a gargle, several times a day : 

No. 22. 2 Ounces chlorate of potash, 

1 Quart water, 
Mix. 

As additional treatment, a severe case might require tracheotomy. (Se( 
"Operations.") Any of the mixtures prescribed for catarrh in Sectioi 
I, might also be used. 

m. Bronchitis. 

This is inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the bronchial tubes 
which extend from the lower end of the windpipe to the lungs. 

Causes. — It may develope as the immediate consequence of exposure 
accompanying a common cold, or it may arise from the extension of th( 
inflammation in laryngitis or catarrh; from medicine or food going dowi 
the windpipe; from inhaling hoi air or smoke. 

How to know it. — ^Therc will be mpid^ painful breathing, with a sligh 
grunt at each expiration ; a deep, hard, distressing cough ; after it has rui 
!i few hours, considerable fcvor will ))e noticed ; the pulse will be soft anc 
full, ranging in different cases irom flft}. to eighty per minute ; the tem 
perature from 103 ® to 106 ^ , as indicated by a thermometer inserted it 
the rectum ; and while the surfL.ce of the body, nose, horns near the head 
and mouth will be hot, the tips of t^e horns, cars and legs are very likeh 
to be cold. The sufferer will not lie down. When the ear is placed to th' 
sides and front of the chest, a dry, grating sound can be heard. After tw( 
or four days, the height of the disease will be reached, when the cougiiwil 
get softer, the pulse softer and weaker, the temperature of the body mor 
even, and when the ear is applied to the chest a mucous rale is heard, lik 
air gurgling through water. Considerable mucus and phlegm are no\ 
raised with the cough, and when the sides are tapped a resonant sound i 
got, but not quite so distinct as in health. In a favorable case ( which i 
what we are considering), at the end of five to eight days the fever sub 
sides, the pulse gets fuller ana' stronger, the respirations are less rapl 
and painful, the cough diminishes, the mucus in the bronchial tubes i 
absorbed, and the appetite and normal discharge of the functions geuei 
ally are restored, when he may be pronounced safely convalescent. I^ 
however, it goes against him, the temperature increases, and all the symi 
toms are aggravated ; before long, the inflammation extends to the lunj. 
and pleura, and then we have a case of pneumonia or pleurisy and hydn 
thorax on hand. 

What to do. — Put him in a warm place with good ventilation, and 

the disease is in the first stage, that of congestion, give the foUowinfi 

No. 23. 2 Ounces Mindererus' spirit (acetate of ammonia), 

20 Drops tincture of aconice root, 
^ Pint water, 
- Mix. 



DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 795 

Give ua one dose. Repeat it every two hours till the chill is over and 
lie pulse reduced to soft, instead of l)eing hard ; then change to No. 18, 
,hich should be continued till convalescence is well established. Then 
hange to No. 20, and after a few days to No. 21. Early and vigorous 
pplication of mustard paste to the sides is very important. Allow all 
lie water to drink he will take, and feed on soft food. 

IV. Pneumonia. 

This is inflammation of the lung tissue — that is, of the lung itself. 
L severe cold (catarrh) may develop rapidly into this form, but it is 
ftener the sequel of laryngitis, bronchitis, etc., from their inflam- 
latory conditions extending to the lungs. It is more common among 
attle than any other domestic animals, and may affect one or both 
mgs. 

How to know it. — The animal shows obvious preliminary symptoms, 
ich as a severe shivering fit, staring coat, loss of appetite, cessation of 
imination, and, if a milch cow, loss of milk. She is very averse to 
'nngdown, owing to the increased pressure it would cause upon the 
'icst, thus augmenting the pain and difficulty in breathing. The pulse is 
ill, soft and quick, ranging from ()0 to 80 per minute ; respirations from 
[) to 40 per minute ; and the temperature about 104 ^ to lOG ^ . When 
16 sides are tapped, a dull, heavy, full sound is heard, and on placing 
le ear to the side there will be noticed an absence of the respiratory 
iurraur in all affected parts ; the expired air is hot ; the ribs are fixed, 
10 breathing being done by the abdominal muscles ; the flanks heave, 
le nostrils are dilated, and the countenance has an anxious look. The 
mg becomes more or less hepatized (solid like liver), and this may 
'rminate in resolution by absorption of the infiltration, and complete 
;covery follow, or it may go on to suppuration, with discharges of pus 
irough the nose, which soon carries the patient off. Death may take 
lace in any of the stages, viz : congestion, or first stage ; hepatization, 
* second ; or in suppuration, or third stage. 

When the lung becomes solid, the cow braces herself and pants 
iriously, heaving the flanks as though each breath would be the last. 
■ the head is raised quickly, she will fall backwards. When she has to 
ill finally, she drops first upon her knees and chest, and then down, and 
lesin a few minutes. On post mortem examination the diseased lung 
ill be found to be solid from the exudations within the interlobular 
ill be found to be solid and marbled in color. 

When gangrene has taken place, which may occur before death, that 
irt of the lung will be of a bluish black color, while the rest of the 
rgan will be more of a dark brownish purple 



796 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



In case of abscess of the lung, there is a slow pming away, and deatb 
in an emaciated condition. 

What to do. — The same treatment prescribed for Inonchitis will 
answer in this case. Bleeding is not to be thought of, except in the very 
first stage, that of congestion, as, later, its weakening effects render it 
decidedlj objectionable. If a fair chance is given the patient, recovery 
is probable in most cases, and although it sometimes leaves the wiad 
hurt by the permanent solidification of a lung or part of a lung, this, in 
cattle, is a matter of small consequence. 

V. Pleurisy. 

Pleurisy is inflammation of the pleura, which is the serous membrane' 
lining the cavity of the chest and investing the lungs. Of itself it is not 
fatal, but inflammations of all serous membranes are prone to abundant 
effusions, and the effusion following pleurisy is excessively great. It is 
called hydrothorax (water in the chest), and always indicates a very criti- 
cal case. 

Cause. — It is caused by exposure to cold storms, winds, etc., the same 
as other diseases of the breathing apparatus. Cattle seem to be particu- 
larly subject to it. 

How to know it. — There is more or less fever ; the pulse is quick, 
small and hard, and inclined to be wiry ; the breathing is quick and pain- 
ful ; the elbows are turned out ; the ribs are fixed, and the breathing donf 
by the abdominal muscles ; there is a crease, running from the elhow.^ 
along the ribs towards the flanks, where the ribs join the cartilages of the 
chest. The inspirations are short and imperfect, but the expiration.' 
are prolonged and more easily effected. Pressure between the rib 
causes intense pain and a grunt, and on applying the ear to the sides i 
grating, rasping sound is heard, like rubbing dry sheep skin together 
The head is hung low, the ears droop, the nose is dry, and though th( 

eyes are partly closed, th( 
countenance wears an anx 
iouslook. Rumination stops 
the appetite is lost, the flank 
are tucked up, there is a hack 
ing, painful cough, and th 
animal remains standing, wit 
evident disinclination to move 
There are sharp, shootin 
pains through the chest, that make the animal turn his head around t 
his sides. Unlike pneumonia, percussion on the ribs produces a cleai 




ACUTE PLEURISY. 



DISEASES or THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 797 

resonant sound, the expired breath is not hot, the nostrils are not dilated, 
and there is no mucous rale. Pleurisy may terminate in- resolution by 
absorption, etc., the patient getting well very quickly, without any ill 
eifects, or it ma}^ go on to the stage of great effusion, and terminate in 
hydrothorax. 

What to do. — If taken right at the start, give recipe No. 23, but if the 
fever is far advanced give No. 18. When the fever is subdued, give 
No. 20, if the appetite is poor; if it is good, give No. 19. During con- 
valescence give No. 21. Apply mustard paste to the sides assiduously. 

VI. Hydrothorax. 

As explained in the last section, Avhen the chest fills with water from 
the excessive effusion of pleurisy, it is called Hydrothorax. 

How to know it. — As soon as the effusion begins, all pain ceases, res- 
piration is deeper, longer, and less painful, the belly drops, the elbows 
no longer turn in, the appetite returns, the eyes get bright, and to a 
casual observer, the animal appears to have taken a decided turn for the 
better ; but in a very short time the practiced eye discovers unfavorable 
symptoms, such as flapping of the nostrils, a quick, labored breathing, 
and heaving of the flanks. The legs and chest become dropsical, the 
eyes sparkle, and the countenance resumes its anxious look. No respira- 
tory murmur or other sound is heard by the ear, when placed to the side 
— none at least at the bottom — though, later, a splashing may be heard 
when the water reaches the heart ; percussion on the ribs elicits a full, 
(lull sound ; the pulse becomes rapid but small, and gradually fades away 
until imperceptible. Death occurs from suffocation. Post-mortem 
examination reveals the chest filled with water, and shreds of lymph' 
clinging to both the lungs and ribs. 

What to do. — If the sides are not thoroughly blistered from the mus- 
tard previously applied, apply fly blisters energetically, to get up a great 
amount of vesication (skin blistering), and give the following recipe : 

No. 24. 2 Drachms gum camphor, 

4 Drachms saltpetre, 
1 Ounce spii'its nitre, 
1 Pint water or gruel, 
Mix as directed below. 

The camphor must be dissolved in the nitre, and then the saltpetre and 
water (or gruel) added. Give as one dose, and repeat it every four or 
^ix hours. Give ale, porter, etc., in liberal (j[uantities. It is advisable to 
tap the chest early, repeating it if necessary. (See chapter on opera- 
tions.) 



798 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




VII. Emphysema of the Limgs. 

This is a condition of the lungs very apt to mislead the inexperienced 
there being few signs other than negative ones. The milk is noticed t< 

be diminishing, and the cow Ml 
ing off in flesh ; the coat is star 
ing and dirty, and hide-bourn 
exists ; the bowels are irregular 
and the appetite poor ; still, th 
mouth and nose are cool aiv 
moist, and the breath is sweet 
The head is carried low ; the bac 
is arched, and tender on pres- 
sure ; and there is weakness i 
walking. The temperature falls below the normal standard, and so doe 
the pulse. Later, the ears and extremities become deathly cold, ruminatio 
ceases, and an uncontrollable, offensive diarrhoea sets in; the back arche 
more and more ; the belly is tucked up ; milk entirely stopped, the udde 
and teats being soft and flabby ; the legs are spread to avoid falling ; th 
pulse gets snaaller and weaker, though not much faster ; the appetite al 
gone, weakness becomes excessive ; and death follows, after progressiv 

symptoms run 
ning over a pc 
r i o d of tw 
months 



EMPHYSEMA OF THE LUNGS. 



1 






"■-■^^ 




■^^^^I^^^^^HP^f^fii'''' 


• 


V-, '--^SMip' 


A^ 


1 


^^U 


P 


,. 


m 


i 




'"'"" '^^ 


• ■ .<•*. 




^S^ 


E 


.*jv-^ 



more. 

The post 
mortem reveal 
ruptured air 
cells, and c.\ 
tensive emph} 
sema of th 
lungs. Ver 
few blood ve. 
sels are foun( 
owing to s 
many havin 
been absorbe 
when the cii 

culation became so weak as to allow the smaller vessels to collapse an 
become obliterated. The right ventricle of the heart is weak and thii 
and contains a portion of a clot. 



w 



A GKllMAN BULL. 



CHAPTER V. 



DISEASES OP THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 



. GLOSSITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE TONGUE; AND PARALYSIS OP THE TONGUE. 
II. HOVEN, OU TYMPANITIS. III. IMPACTION OP THE RUMEN, OR MAW- 
BOUND. IV. IMPACTION OF THE OMASUM, OR FARDLE-BOUND. V. DYSPEP- 
SIA. VI. CONSTIPATION. VII. DIARRHOEA, OR SCOURS. VIII. DYSEN- 
TERY. IX. ENTERITIS. X. PERITONITIS. XI. HERNIA. XII. STRAN- 
GULATION, OR GUT-TIE. 

I 

I It will be readily seen by the annexed cut, that the stomachs of rumi- 
ants are very complicated, and hence when out of order, serious results 
ften follow. By noticing the relative positions of the compartments, 




COMPARTMENTS OF THE STOMACH OF RUMINANTS. 



rt. Rumen, or first compartment- 
b. Reticulum, or second do, 
C. Omasum, or third do. 



d- Abomasum, or fourth compartment. 

e. CEsophag-us, or g-ullet. 

f. Entrance to the intestines, or pylorus. 



>e following pages will be more readily understood. The four com- 
mitments (or, as they are often termed, the four stomachs) all float 
osely in the cavity of the trunk, excepting the paunch (rumen), which 
■ows to the side in the lef* flank. 

799 



800 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCtOfi. 



I. Glossitis, Of Inflammation of the Tongue ; and Paralysis of the Tongue. 

The mouth and tongue are frequently wounded from drenchmg in 
careless manner, or by foreign bodies in tJie fodder, thorns, etc. Tl 




TROCHAR AND CANNULA. 

iv^elling is sometimes very great, especially if it is the tongue that is in-^ 
jured. Temi^orary paralysis of that organ occasionally ensues, in which 
case it hangs from the mouth, like some lifeless appendage. 

What to do. — Examine the mouth care-i 
fully, and remove all offending substances.^ 
If the tongue hangs pendulous, foment it 
with hot water ; if very bad, a few scari- 
fications, to make it bleed a little, will doit 
good. Apply the following lotion three or 
four times a day, with a swab : 




PARALYSIS OF THE TONGUE FROM 
AN INJURY. 



No. 25. 1 Ounce vinegar, 

2 Ounces honey, 
3^ Pint water. 
Mix. 

H. Hoven, or Tympanitis. 
This is distension of the rumen or paunch 
with gas, the product of fermentation 
accompanying acute indigestion. It com- 
monly follows a hearty feed on clover or 
other succulent diet, or is one of the sequelm in a case of choking. 

How to know it. — The paunch is terribly distended with gas, so much 
8o that the space between the last ribs and the points of the hips is 

puffed up above the surface, and 
when tapped, is elastic and resonant, 
like a drum, especially on the left 
side. The breathing is difficult and 
painful, becoming more so as the gas 
increases ; the nostrils are dilated, the 
eyes look wild, and gas and food are 
belched up from the stomach, and 
dribble from the mouth. The animal 
moves slowly and uneasily about, 
moaning with each expired breath. If not relieved, death follows from 
suffocation, rupture of the stomach, or blood poisoning by the gases. 




ox SUFFERING FROM HOVEN, 



DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 



801 



What to do. — If it is a very urgent case, plunge the trocliar and can- 
nula into the region of greatest distension on the left side, at a point 





WOODEN GAd. 



BALLING IRON. 




midway between the spines of the loins, last ill) and point of the hip, 
pointing the trochar in and down- 
ward, and letting it pass in obliquely 
to avoid the kidney. When food 
gets over the end of the tube (can- 
nula), pass in a piece of whalebone 
and push it off. If the measures 
above directed are not practicable, 
and a probang is handy, insert the 
gag or the balling iron in the mouth, 
and with one man to steady the head, 
pass in the probang, which will ev^acu- 
ate the gas from the stomach. After 
the acute symptoms are over, give a 
brisk purgative. No. 8 will be found 
effectual. Feed light for several days. 

m. Impaction of the Rumen, or Maw-Bound. 

After an unusually full meal, the grain often becomes impacted in the 
animal's stomach, causing its temporary paralysis, the whole mass lying 
there like so much soggy stuff in a leather bag. Great distress necessa- 
rily follows, Avhich is aggravfited when fermentation sets in, death often 
resulting from suffocation, or in a more protracted case from uervouf 
prostration and blood poisoning. 



DIAGRAM, SHOWING WHERE TO TAP THE 
RUMEN FOR llOVEN. 

Insert trochar at point where the lines cross. 



80: 



CYCLOPEDIA Oi* LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



How to know it. — It will hcO-ve the same outward appearance of tre- 
mendous distension as tympanitis, but when the bloated section is touched 
it is found to be soft and pitty, so that when dented the dent remains 
or rises slowly. 




TAPPING THE RUMEN. 

To evacuate the gas, in a case of hoven. 



What to do. — When paralysis of the stomach has actually taken place 
from engorgement, there is nothing of any avail but to empty the rumen 
with the hand. This operation, which is termed rumenotom}', will be 
found described in the chapter on operations. When the stomach is 




SECURING WITH THE WOODEN GAG. 
Prior to passing the probang to evacuate the gas from the stomach. 

emptied, and before sewing up the wound, pour in carefully the purgative 
No. 8, with half a pint of ale added as a stimulant. Restrict the diet for 
a few days, giving only easily digested food — grass, sloppy mashes, etc. 

IV. Impaction of the Omasum, or Fardle-bound. 

The omasum, or third stomach, is a sack of a great many leaves, arranged 
so as to rub constantly on one another, keeping up a grinding action 



DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 



803 



on the food. This stomach is apt to suffer from want of moisture, 
whcreuiDon the food becomes impacted between the leaves, leading to 
inflammation. This condition is variously known as fardle-bound, buko 
of the many-plies, bake of the manifolds, etc. 




KUMEN EXPOSED FOR MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF ITS CONTENTS. 



How to know it. — It comes on gradually as an ordinary case of con- 
stipation, with abdominal pain, a looking around to the right side, and 
disinclination to move ; fever sets in, and slowly increases as the disease 
makes progi*ess ; there is great tenderness in the right side just below the 
ribs, at which point a hard round substance can be felt ; the colic pains 
and fever grow more inteilse ; the animal makes constant attempts to pass 
faeces ; deliriu.ni and vertigo set in, and death soon follows. 

What to do. — The treatment must be prompt and persistent. Give a 
full cathartic as follows : 

No. 2G. Ij's Pounds epsom salts, 

2 Ounces ginger. 
2 Ounces gentian, 
2 Drachms calomel, 
20 Drops croton oil, 

1 Pint sj'rup, 

2 Quarts warm water, 

.Mix. 

Give as one dose, and encourage the drinking of as much Avater after- 
wards, from time to time, as possible. Give injections of warm Avater 
and soap every half hour. If it is cold weather, blanket the patient 



804: CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

warmly. To insure the action of the purgative, give every two hours a 
stimulating dose composed as follows : 

No. 27. 1 Ounce liquor ammonia, 

1 Quart warm ale, 
^ Ounce essence of ginger, 

Mix. 

It is not safe to repeat the cathartic, nor would it be of any use ; for il 
it remains inoperative, in spite of the stimulants, double the dose wouh 
not 1)6 more likely to effect a passage, but in the persistence to acc()nn)lisl 
this end a quart of melted lard may be given night and morning, oftentimes 
with satisfactory results. During convalesence give recipe No. 7 or No. 20j 

When a passage is despaired of, and as a last resort, tepid water maj 
be injected into the jugular vein, or galvanism applied to the region of the 
stomach ; but the case is well-nigh hopeless. 

V. Dyspepsia. 

The lower animals are not supposed by the great majority of people 
ever to be troubled with dyspepsia, but they are, nevertheless. All the 
domestic animals are liable to suffer from chronic indigestion from irregu- 
lar or improper -feeding, especially if to this is added exposure to the 
cold storms and winds of the straw yard, without housing, etc. 

How to know it. — A capricious appetite is noticed. Dainty at first, 
the animal may shortly be seen licking walls, dirt, or lime, and chewing 
sticks, etc. ; he is inclined to eat the bedding, or take up coal, stones, 
etc., to chew, showing a depraved appetite for something he has not 
got. After a while, there will be a staring coat, eruptions, belchings 
from the stomach, and emission of gas from the rectum ; the manure is 
small m quantity, dry and glazed ; the flanks drop in, except when dis- 
tended with gas ; the skin and hair feel dry and coarse ; and there is a 
rapid loss of flesh. It is not often a very serious condition in itself, but 
it weakens the animal and lowers the tone of the vital functions, so that 
he is unable to resist other diseases ; and it especially predisposes to 
attacks of tympanitis, constipation or diarrhcea, tuberculosis, cancerous 
ulcers, and purpura hemorrhagica. 

What to do. — Give phosphate of lime in the form of ground bones, and 
a little lime water — about half a teacupful — morning and night in a bran 
mash, or the following recipe : 

No. 28. 3 Drachms bi-carbonate of soda, 

2 Drachms gentian, 
2 Drachms ginger, ' 

Mix. 

Give as one dose, repeating it morning and night. Give a complete^ 
change of food, including some green grass, roots, etc. 



DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 805 

VI. Constipation. 

This is the condition which exists when there is not sufficient moisture 
in the stomach and bowels, and the fa^^ces are passed tardily and in hard, 
dry lumps. It is always aggravated, and often caused, by too dry food, 
insufficient or impure water and too little exercise. It is often symptom- 
atic of other diseases, especially of liver complaints. 

How to know it. — It is recognized by the hard, dry manure, which i& 
also sometimes glazed. It is apt to run into inflammation of the bowels^ 
colic, etc., and when existing as a symptom of other diseases, nearly always 
indicates serious derangement of the system. 

What to do. — If it is in the winter or late in the fall, give from one to 

two quarts of melted lard ; if in the spring or summer, give recipe No. 

8. Give laxative food with more bulk, and plenty of good, pure water 

to drink. Salt the cattle at least twice a week in winter, and three times 

in summer. If a mild case, it is quite possible that laxative food, with a 

handful of salt and plenty of water, will be all that is needed. Injections 

of warm water and soap are valuable adjuncts to either laxatives or 

purgatives. 

VII. Diarrhoea, or Scours. 

This is caused by improper and inferior food, irregularity in feeding, 
etc., and like its opposite, constipation, often accompanies other dis- 
eases, particularly indigestion and dyspepsia, especially if dependent upon 
an acid condition of the system. 

How to know it. — The manure is passed much too often, and in a 
thin, watery condition, at times with considerable straining. If it runs 
on long, there is a feverish condition of the stomach and bowels, with 
great thirst, but little or no appetite ; rumination is suspended ; the milk 
dries up ; the belly is tucked up and the back arched ; the coat stares ; 
in some cases there is considerable flatulence. The further progress of 
the disease is marked by rapid loss of flesh and animal heat, the temper- 
ature falling more an.d more below the normal ; the pulse rises as the 
weakness increases, and at length becomes imperceptible; and death fol- 
lows, as a result of the cessation of 
the digestive functions, and conse- 
quent lack of nutrition. It is further 
hastened by the weakening effects 
of the excessive discharges. It is 
particularly fatal to young calves, 
among wlumi it is quite common. 

What to do. — Usually, the best 
plan is to give alkalincs along with 

■ . . .,, , CALF SUFFERING niOM DIARKHCEA. 

astrmgents, with anodyne enemas^ 

It is often the case, however, tjjat laxatives^ or even purgatives, are 




iSOn CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

ueeded, to restore a healthy condition to the stomach and bowels. For 
young calves that are fed on milk, — with whom an acid condition of the 
stomach is common, — give one or two tablespoonfuls of limewater, in 
the milk, night and morning; and a teacupful of gentian infusion, with 
a qu:irt of starch gruel, may be added to the milk and limewater. Any 
of the following mixtures may be given ; , 

No. 29. 1 Ounce prepared chalk, 

)4, Ounce powdered catechu, 
2 Drachms powdered ginger, 
y^ Drachm powdered opium, 
1^ Pint peppermint water. 
Mix. 

Give, morning and night, from two to four tablespoonfuls, according 
to the size of the calf. 

No. 30. 2 Ounces tincture of catechu, 

2 Ounces tincture of cardamoms, 
2 Drachms carbonate of soda. 
Mix. 

Divide into two to four doses, according to age of calf, and give one 
of them morning and night. 

No. 31. 1 2 Drachm powdered opium, 

1 Ounce tincture of cardamoms, 
3 Drachms sulphuric ether, 
1 Pint linseed tea, (or starch gruel) , 
Mix. 

Divide into six doses, and give one of them night and morning. If 
astringent mixtures and the limewater do no good, give from two to four 
tablespoonfuls of castor oil, or, instead, the following mixture: 

No. 32. 4 Ounces tincture of rhubarb, 

2 Drachms powdered ginger, 
4 Ounces warm gruel, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and follow it with some doses of No. 30 or 31. The 
four reci[)es above given, it must be remembered, are all for calves. 
For full o:rown cattle, o-ive some of the following mixtures : 

No. 33. IX Ounces prepared chalk, 

2 Drachms powdered catechu, 
% Drachm powdered opium, 
2 Drachms powdered gentian, 
1 Pint starch gruel. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat in twenty-four hours if necessary. 



DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 8( . 

No. 34. 2 Drachms powdered opium, 

4 Ounces i)ovvdered starch, 
1 Ounce sulphuric ether, 

1 Pint cold ale, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. By substituting tepid water for the ale, this recipe 
may also be used with advantage as an injection. 

No. 35. }£ Drachm tannic acid, 

1 Drachm powdered opium, 
1 Ounce powdered gentian, 
1 Pint warm ale, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. 

If laxatives are required, give half a pint of melted lard, or, instead, 
the following mixture : 

No. 36. 1 Drachm calomel, 

2 Drachms powdered opium, 

1 Quart gruel. 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. 

In all cases, restrict the quantit}' of drinking water, allowing it often 
but only a little at a time, and dissolving an ounce of chlorate of potash 
in each pailful of water. Feed on light, easily digested food, and keep 
the animal perfectly quiet for a few days. 

VIII. Dysentery. 

How to know it. — The inflammation of the mucous lining of the 
stomach and bowels which characterizes this dis^^asc, causes severe strain- 
ing, and watery, offensive, bloody discharges, and high fever, with exces- 
sive thirst -, there is loss of appetite ; the secretion of milk ceases, as does 
rumination also ; emaciation begins early and ra[)idly increases : dis- 
charges from the eyes are seen ; colicky pains occm* frequently, the back 
being arched, and tail elevated ; the general prostration is very great, 
and often proves fatal. If too much water is drank, tympanitis is liable 
to ensue and cause death suddenly from suffocation. 

Causes. — Dysentery may follow the ingestion of acid, poisonous plants, 
or it may come on as the sequel of neglected diarrhoea, or of almost any 
other debilitating disease. 

What to do. — Give a laxative as follows : 

No. 37. 7 Ounces epsom salts, 

2 Drachms powdered opium, 
2 Drachms powdered gentian, 
1 Pint gruel , 

Mix. 



808 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Give as one dose. Or, instead, No. 36 may be given. Dissolve 
chlorate of pota^sh in the drinking water, as prescribed for diarrhoea. 
Give frequent injections of starch gruel, with an ounce of tincture of 
opium ill each one. If the foeces are very offensive, give the following, 
half of it by the mouth, and the rest as an injection : 

No. 38. %, Ounce chloride of lime, 

^2 Ounce tincture arnica, 

1 Ounce sulphuric ether, 

2 Quarts starch gruel, 
Mix. 

Any of the astringent recipes given for diarrhoea are applicable, follow- 
ing the administration of laxatives. Feed lightly, and nurse carefully. 

IX. Enteritis. 

This is inflammation of the digestive apparatus, and especially (as its 
name implies) of the intestines, but is quite different from the inflam- 
matory state of dysentery. 

Causes. — It may come from eating various poisonous substances, either 
vegetable or mineral ; or it may follow the too sudden checking of diar- 
rhoea. Injuries to the abdomen sometimes cause it. 

How to know it. — There is constipation, such foeces as are passed 
being hard, dry, and coated with mucus, and sometimes offensive and 
bloody ; high fever and quick, hard pulse ; dry mouth, with an offensive 
fur over the tongue and cheeks; the tliirst is insatiable-, the appetite 
fails, and so does the milk ; rumination is suspended ; colicky pains may 
occur, though the pain is more likely to be constant ; breathing becomes 
labored, and more or less tympanitis may be noticed ; the urine is scanty 
and high colored ; the back is arched ; the animal moans, grinds his 
teeth, and refuses to move; the pulse gradually becomes imperceptible, 
and the extremities cold ; and death soon follows, after an illness lastic'g 
from one to two ^\eeks. 

Post mortem appearances are usually as follows : The first and third 
stomachs are filled with food, dry and impacted — almost baked, juid 
when this is taken out, the epithelium of the stomachs comes off with it ; 
the fourth stomach and bowels are inflamed ; and more or less lymph, in 
shreds, is found, as also some ulcers, in the large intestines. The liver 
is generally softened, and all other internal parts very much bleached, 
indicating great wasting. 

What to do. — Give a purgative as promptly as possible. No. 26, 
omitting the croton oil, will be the thing. Encourage the animal to drink 
large quantities of water and other fluids, and supplement the purgative 
with the following injection ; 



DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. SOU 

No. 39. 1 Pint liuseed oil, No. 40. 4 Grains strychnine, 

4 Ounces oil turpentine, 1 Ounce spirits of wine, 

30 Drops croton oil, 6 Drops sulphuric acid, 

1 Quart warm water, Mix. 
1 Ounce soft soap, 
Mix. 

Repeat No. 39 three times a day till a full purgative action is secured. 
If the constipation does not yield, give hypodermic injections of No. 40. 

When dissolved, inject from ten to twenty drops under the skin with a 
syringe suitable for the purpose. Ten drops of this solution contain one- 
twelfth of a grain of strychnine. If prostration follows, give the fol- 
lowing ; 

No. 41. 2 Draclims camphor, 

% Ounce sulphm'ic ether, 

4 Ounces acetate of ammonia (as directed below), 
Mix. 

The camphor is to be dissolved in the sulphuric ether, and the other 
ingredient added afterwards. Give as one dose in ale or gruel. 

If violent purgation takes place, it can be controlled with flour and 
water, — a double handful of flour to four or five quarts of water ; or 
linseed tea may be given to drink. The prescriptions for diarrhoea will 
be found convenient in cases of superpurgation. 

X. Peritonitis. 

This is inflammation of the peritoneum, a serous mismbrane lining the 
cavity of the belly, and covering the bowels and other abdominal viscera. 

Cause. — It is always the result of injury, or of secondary inflammation 
following the operation of rumenotomy. 

How to know it. — The animal stands dejectedly, and has fits of 
shivering, which are especially noticeable around the flanks and hind 
parts ; all the symptoms of fever are present, the pulse, urine, tempera- 
ture, rumination, etc., all being affected ; the breathing is labored and 
done mostly with the chest, the ribs being fixed ; the sufferer looks around 
to her flanks, and paws or crouches with pain ; all the symptoms become 
aggravated, and the temperature suddenly falls below the normal; the 
belly fills with water, and death /speedily follows. 

If a post mortem is had, large quantities of reddish water will flow from 
the belly, as soon as the membranes are cut, and unmistakable signs of 
inflammation will be seen around the injury ; and sometimes there are 
adhesions between the intestines. 

What to do. — Give recipe No. 8, following it six "or eight hours after 
with No, 36; also, frequent injections of soap and water. No. 18 may 
also be given with advantage. If prostration follows the action of the 
purgative, give No, 41. During convalescence, give No. 21. 



810 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



XI. Hernia. 

This is familiarly known as rupture. The investing membrane of the 
abdomen is torn, as a result of external injury or of severe strain, thus 
letting out the intestines into the adjacent spaces. The swelUng or 
enlargement of the hernia is sometimes seen as large as a half bushel. 
It is soft, and is easily pushed back if not very large. Sometimes, when 
a great quantity of the intestines is protruded, what is called strangulated 
hernia results, which is always dangerous, and unless reduced, causes 
death from inflammation and mortification. Umbilical hernia (at the 
navel) is sometimes seen at birth in calves. 

What to do. — For calves, a compress or truss is put on, as shown in the 
annexed cut, adjusting it so as to make considerable pressure. If this 
fails, wooden clamps, applied so as to include the skin over the rupture, 
and just tight enough to set up a certain amount of adhesive inflamma- 
tion, will be effectual, the compress being applied over the clamps. 

In ventral (belly) hernia, little can be done, unless the rupture 

is small, in which case the 
same appliances may be 
used. In a case of strangu- 
lated hernia, when the gut. 
cannot be pushed back, the 
skin may be opened and 
the parts put back and the 
wound sewed up again, — 
. first that in the abdominal' 
Willi, and then the skin, — 
and a compress applied. 
Scrotal hernia is very 
difficult to reduce. The 
animal must be castrated by what is called the covered operation, for 
which a qualified veterinary surgeon will be required. 
XII. Strangulation, or Gut-tie. 
This is a passage of the intestines into the abdominal ring. It is only 
eecn in steers and oxen. The contraction of the spermatic cord foUow- 
ing castration leaves the abdominal rings open, and during severe exer- 
tion, as in hard work, the intestines are forced through. 

How to know it.— All the symptoms of abdominal difficulty are seen, 
together with pain and soreness in the flank affected. 

What to do.— The ox must be cast, an opening made in the flank, the 
gut replaced, and the opening sewed up again, and a compress applied, 
most of which are difficult and delicate operations, that require the serv- 
ices of a qualified veterinary surgeon. 




TRUSS FOK UMBILICAL HERNIA. 



CHAPTER Vr 



DISEASES OP THE URINARY ORGANS. 




I. NEPHRITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. II. RETENTION OP* THE URINE, 

OU DYSUUIA. III. INCONTINENCE OP URINE, OR ENURESIS iV. ALBUMI- 
NURIA, OR ALBUMINOUS URINE. V. HEMATURIA, OR BLOODY DKINE. VI. 

CYSTITIS, OK INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. VII. LITHIASIS, OR (JRAVEL. 

VIII. CALCULI, 

I. Nephritis, or Inflammation of the Kidneys. 

Causes. — External violence, wounds, strains, etc. ; eating acrid, diu- 
retic i)Iants ; and too free use of diuretic medicines. 

How to know It. — It is rather rare in cattle. When it occurs, there 

are colicky pains, Avith great uneasiness ; the 
urine is thick and dark colored, and voided 
often, in small quantities and with much 
straining and pain ; there is tenderness over 
the loins, especially at the sides, immediately 
below the transverse spines of the lumbar 
vertebras ; the gait is straddling, and lame- 
ness is noticeable, — sometimes in one lesf, 
sometimes in both ; the appetite is poor ; 
fever runs high ; rumination ceases ; some- 
times blood, and in the later stages pus, is 
evacuated with the urine ; the nose becomes hot and dry, the horns and 
extremities cold, and the breathing labored. Diarrhoea often sets in, and 
sometimes dysentery ; and this state is usually followed by constipation. 
There is profuse sweating, great pain, and arching of the back ; the pulse 
becomes small and weak ; and stupor and death soon follow. 

Post mortem shows the affected kidney or kidneys enlarged and con- 
gested — usually, with an abscess also. 

What to do. — Avoid purgatives, especially salines, but give the follow- 
ing recipe in preference ; 

No. 42. 3 Ounces Mindererus' spirit, 

20 Drops tincture aconite root, 
1 Pint linseed tea, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose . Repeat it every two hours till better, then drop 
off in frequency as the case will admit. Give large quantities of linseed 
tea or slippery elm water to drink, with warm water injections. Apply 

811 



ox SUFFERING FROM INFLAM 
MATION OF THE KIDNEYS. 



812 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

hot water rugs to the loins. Feed on sloppy food, and keep the patf.ent 
perfectly quiet. 

If the animal recovers, he had better be fed for the butcher, for the 
trouble is liable to recur, and unremitting care would be required to guard 
against the effect of storms, extremes of temperature, etc. 

II. Retention of the Urine, or Dysuria. 

Cause. — It may be brought on hy eating acrid herbs, causing inflamma- 
tion of the urinary organs, irritability and spasms of the neck of the 
bladder. Most commonl}^ however, it is a symptom of some other dis- 
ease, the pressure upon the neck of the bladder resulting from inversion 
of the rectum, calculi, or other visceral trouble. 

How to know it. — Frequent but ineffectual attempts to pass the urine, 
straining, and colicky pains ; the hind legs are raised and moved about 
restlessly, and the animal looks around towards the flank. 

What to do. — Give hot water injections by the rectum, (and in the 
female by the vagina also) ; add to the injection one ounce of opium, or 
three drachms of fluid extract of belladonna. Repeat these in fifteen min- 
utes. If there is still no relief, the urine must be drawn off with a 
catheter. With the female this is very easily done, the catheter being 
inserted through the opening to the bladder, which will be found on the 
floor of the vagina, and about three inches from the external orifice. 
With the male it is a far more serious operation, and, unfortunately, 
retention of the urine is far more common in the male than in the female, 
owing to the peculiar formation of the urethra, a slight pressure on one 




URETHRAL CANAL, ETC., OF THE OX. 

a. The bladder. 

b. The urethral canal. 

e. Curves of the uretliral canal. 

d. The retractor muscle of the penis. 



of the curves being sufficient to cause the difficulty. The operation nec- 
essary to draw off the urine from the ox will be found described in the 
chapter on operations. After using the catheter, give the injections pre- 
scribed above, with a light diet and some linseed tea. for a few days. 



DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 813 

III. Incontinence of Urine, or Enuresis. 

This difficulty may be considered the opposite of that just considered ; 
the urine dribbles away involuntaril3\ 

Cause. — Paralysis of the muscular coat of the bladder and sphincter 
vesicae ; calculi ; or pervious urachus after l)irth. 

What to do. — Give purgative No, 8, and follov/ it with one and a half 
drachm doses of nux vomica, morning and night, in soft feed. If there 
are calculi, remove them. If the case is a bad one, inject cold water into 
the rectum, and give ten grains of powdered cantharides in soft food, 
morning and night. 

IV. Albuminuria, or Albuminous Urine. 

This is the same as Bright' s disease in the human subject, and, in 
strictness, is probably a l)lood disease. 

I Cause. — The blood is impoverished, to a certain extent, by too much 
and too long continued sameness of diet, in consequence of which there 
is a deficiency of blood forming constituents, with a low, unassimilable 
quality of albumen, which is excreted by the kidneys. This leads in time 
to a degeneration of those important organs in two different forms, — the 
large, white kidney, and the small, red kidney. The former secretes 
very little urine, the latter great quantities of it. 

Albuminuria is most common in sections where turnips are the almost 
exclusive diet. They cannot, alone, support the system in a healthy 
condition, and the impairment of the vital functions thus resulting, 
, seems to affect the kidneys more than other organs, and in this peculiai 
way. It is generally regarded as the effect of bad management and 
injudicious feeding. 

How to know it. — In those rare cases where the trouble arises from an 
injury, the back will be arched and the feet drawn together, indicating 
injury to the loins ; but in ordinary cases, the most common and charac- 
teristic symptom is the stretching at full length, getting the hind and 
fore feet as far apart as possible. Generally, there is constipation, a 
straddling gait, stiffness, and disinclination to move. The urine, which 
is thick, mucilaginous and dark colored, often fails to produce albumen 
on the application of heat (a common test), but with tincture of galls, 
solution of bi-chloride of mercury and alcohol , will always separate some. 
Death often results from paralysis of the hind parts, blood poisoning and 
coma. 

What to do. — Examine the bladder; if full, evacuate it as described 
for retention. Give recipe No. 8, and injections, to overcome the con- 
stipation, and afford a complete change of diet, cutting short on green 
food, except grass, which should be fi'om uplands, but allowing more 



814: CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

wrain. Also, give milk, eggs, etc. If it still continues, give the follow^ 

ing recipe : j^ 

No. 43. 2 Drachms sulphuric acid, .^ 

1 Ounce tincture of cardamoms, -vj' 

1 Pint water, '• 

Mix. ;'j 

Give as one dose. 4 

V. Hsematuria, or Bloody Urine. 

Of this there are two kinds. Traumatic hcematuria is the effect of 
external violence, by which the loins and kidneys are injured, and may 
be recognized without difficulty, by the blood passing in clots distinct 
from the urine which contains them. 

Idiopathic hcematuria follows active congestion of the kidneys from 
calculi, eating acrid herbage, excessive use of diuretics, and the like 
causes. It may be distinguished by the red appearance of the urine. 
There are also signs of fever, and, upon suitable tests, the urine will bei 
found to contain albumen. Inflammation of the kidneys (nephritis) is 
apt to follow. 

What to do. — The traumatic form is best treated by injections of cold! 
water into the rectum, and by cold cloths laid over the loins. The idio- 
pathic kind treat the same as albuminuria, (see preceding section), audi 
nib mustard paste well into the loins. 

VI. Cystitis, or Inflammation of the Bladder. 

This Is inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the bladder. 

Causes. — Any derangement of the digestive organs is apt to change. 
the character of the urine, making it acid and irritating, instead of alkaline, 
as it is ni health. In other instances, cystitis is caused by eating poi-" 
sonous plants, by calculi, and incautious use of diuretic medicines. 
Canthandes is peculiarly apt to cause it, either by being absorbed when 
spread over too large a surface of the skin, or by being given internally 
in too large doses. 

How to know it. — By colicky pains, nose turned towards the flank,' 
efforts to vomit, and, if a male, by the testicles being drawn up towards 
the body ; the urine is passed with pain, and is albuminous ; its flow may 
be either retarded or accelerated ; there is evident constitutional disturb- 
ance and prostration ; the faeces are often covered Avitli blood ; there is 
profuse perspiration ; gastro-enteritis or nephritis may ensue ; and death 
results from either rupture of the bladder or prostration. 

The main feature on post mortem examination, is the inflammation of 
the lining of the bladder. There are signs of blood poisonmg also. 



DISEASES OF TllE URINARY ORGANS, 815 

asually in the purple spots, and the odor of urine is present throughout 
the entire body. 

What to do. — Avoid oleaginous purgatives, resorting, in preference, to 
large quantities of Unseed tea, or gum arabic water. Give recipe No. 8, 
and soothing injections. In short, adopt the same treatment as for 
nephritis. (See Section I.) 

VII. Lithiasis, or Gravel. 

Abnormal conditions of the urine, in which either an acid or alkaline 
condition exists to an excessive degree, predispose to the formation of 
sand-like deposits in the bladder, from the union of the acids or alkalies 
with the urea in a changed condition. The presence of these deposits 
excites the bladder to contract, and hence may be noticed the inclination 
to void the urine often, though in small quantities and slowly. The uri- 
nation is, of course, quite painful. Sometimes particles of the deposit 
may be seen hanging to the long hairs around the external organ. 
Gravel is always more prevalent among males than females. 

What to do. — Wash out the bladder with tepid water, which is easily 
done in case of the female. For the male it will be necessary to cut 
through the penis, as described for retention of urine. (See chapter on 
operations.) In order to dissolve the deposit, inject into the bladder a 
Weak solution of hydrochloric acid, as follows : 

No. 44. 1 Drachm hydrochloric acid, No. 45. 20 Drops hydrochloric acid, 
Yz Pint water, 3 Drachms gentian, 

Mix. 1 Pint oat meal gruel, 

Mix. 

Give as one dose internally No. 45. Repeat it morning and night for 

a few days, and then change to No. 46. 

No. 4G. y2 Pound bi-carbonate soda, 

4 Ounces gentian, 
2 Pounds linseed meal, 
Mix. 

Give two tablespoonfuls No. 40 morning and night. Continue this 
for two or three weeks. 

VIII. Calculi, or Stones in the Bladder. 

Calculi, like gravel, are the product of a mechanical union of small 
particles of phosphates, etc., that accumulate in the bladder and other 
parts of the urinary apparatus. They are most common in localities 
where the water is hard, as it always is on a limestone formation. 

How to know It. — The symptoms are almost exactly identical with 
gravel. To verify the diagnosis, make a manual examination by the 
rectum ; the stone can be felt in the bladder. 

What to do. — The stone or stones must first be removed by the 
method described in the chapter on operations. The subsequent treat- 
ment will be the same as for gravel. - 



CHAPTER VII. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 



I. MALPRESENTATIONS, ETC., IN PARTURITION. II. PROLONGED AFTER-PAINS. • 

III, RETENTION OF THE AFTER-BIRTH. IV. ABORTION ANU MISCARRIAGE.-^ 

V. UTERINE HEMORRHAGE, OR FLOODING. VI. INVERSION OF THE WOMB. 

VII. METRITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE WOMB. VIII. PUERPERAL FEVER, 

OR METRO-PERITONITIS. 'IX. PARTURIENT APOPLEXY. -X. LEUCORRHCEA, OR 1 

WHITES. XI. GONORRHCEA. XII. MAMMITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE : 

UDDER. XIII. SORE TEATS. XIV. NYMPHOMANIA AND STERILITY. 

I. Malpresentations, etc., in Parturition. .^ 

This, to the breeder at least, is the most important part of cattle 
pathology, aside from the contagious diseases. Oftentimes a valuable 
cow or calf, or both, are lost, when a knowledge of the subject would 
save them. A little timely aid, properly given, in a difficult case of par- 
turition is invaluable, but if the assistance conies tardily, or is rendered 
in a bungling manner, the damage done may be irremediable and fatal. 

In order to be able to recognize a malpresentation, some degree of : 
familiarity with the natural presentation, and its attendant phenomena, is i 
necessary. 

The period of gestation in cows is about nine months, sometimes a few ' 
days (or even weeks) more or less than this, but usually a few days 
more. The first calf, especially, is generally carried a few days longer. 
When the time for delivery approaches, the udder increases in size and : 
fills, the vulva enlarges and thickens, the hips spread, and the space be- 
tween the root of the tail and the joints of the haunch drops. The time ' 
being up, the cow endeavors to seclude herself and hide away from the 
others ; the labor pains or throes come on gradually, increasing in force 
from time to time ; in most cases, the cow lies down, — sometimes on one .. 
side, and sometimes on the other, — and occasionally stretches right out. 
The first object expelled is the water bag, which is usually about the size 
of a man's head ; sometimes it breaks in the passage, at others it hangs 
unbroken, as low even as the hocks. The two fore feet next present, 
and then the nose lying between the feet. Three quarters of the labor is 
required to expel the head ; the remainder, to pass the shoulders, after 
which the delivery is accomplished without further effort. The cow 
usually rises, and commencing immediately to lick the calf, in a very few 
minutes lias him all licked off, when he dries quickly without chilling. 

816 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 



817 



Unaided by the maternal instinct in this manner, the calf would be a 
much longer time in drying off, and in cold weather would become seri- 
ously chilled. The foregoing, as before intimated, is an outline of a 
natural case of labor, when "everything is right." 

If the labor is severe and is prolonged more than half an hour, the cow 
should have help. The assistant should be the man whom the cow is 
accustomed to see ; he should be very quiet and gentle in his movements, and 
have no spectators, neither human nor cattle. If in any case, a sec- 
ond person is present, there should be as little talking as possible. 
When the feet are properly presented, catch hold of them, one in each 
hand, and pull — not with anything approaching a jerk, but with a firm, 
even traction — at exactly the same time that the cow strains, aud only 
at that time, relaxing the traction entirely during the intervals of quiet 
between the throes. Judgment and good common sense are required to 
manage a case Avell, and these must be the operator's main reliance ; no 
printed directions can take their place. 

In a case of malpresentatian, the first thing to be done is to push the 
fcBtus back out of the passage, in order to introduce the hand and arm 




JOINTED HOOKS 



far enough to get hold of the parts that ought to come first, and so 
bring about a natural presentation. This is always a difiicult task. If 
the cow is standing, the calf can be pushed back readily, but if she is 
lying down, the more fussing there is done the more the womb contracts, 
and the more difiicult it becomes to push the fcetus in against the throes. 
The simplest, quickest, and easiest way is to fix a pulley and tackle around 
the cow's legs above the hocks and to something overhead, and by these 




STRAIGHT IIOOK. 



means to elevate the hind jjarts so that the operator can get at the case, 
and push back and "turn" the calf. When all the arrangements for 
dehvery have been completed, let her down, and she will soon return to 



818 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the labor pains. Work as lively as possible while the cow is elevated ; it 
is an unnatural position, and under very unfortunate circumstances, and 
if she is kept in it long at a time very bad results might follow. 

The instruments necessary are a piece of soft rope, (the size of a man's 
little finger and about ten feet long), a jointed hook, straight hook, con- 
cealed knife, and embriotomy knife. 
The last named, is a small curved blade 
fastened to a ring; that fits over the 
big finger, so as to carry the knife in 
the palm of the hand. 
First Malpresentation. — If one fore foot and the nose are entered in 
the passage and the other foot bent back, the calf cannot be delivered 
without first bringing up the retracted foot into its proper position, on 
account of the obstruction which the shoulder would offer.. Tie a small 
rope around the foot presented, in order not to lose it ; then push the 



CONCEALED KNIFE. 




FIRST MALPRESENTATION. 

One fore foot and the nose entered, the other foot bent back. 



calf back, to allow the arm to be introduced and find the other foot ; taki 
in a noose of the rope, and put it over the foot as shown in the annexe* 
cut ; then — with the hand placed over the foot, so as to cover the toes 
and thus prevent them from lacerating the womb — draw it up with th( 
other hand. This accomplished, delivery will soon be effected. 

Second Malpresentation. — When one foot is presented, the other foo 
and the nose being turned down, proceed in a manner similar to that jus 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 819 

described. Tie the rope to the foot presented, so as not to lose it^ and 




SECOND MALPRESENTATION. 
One fore foot presented, the other foot, and also the nose, turned down. 

push the calf b:ick so as to catch the nose and raise it into the i3assage ; 

then get the other foot in the way directed for the first malpresentation. 

Third Malpy^esentation. — When the nose is presented and both feet bent 




THIRD MALPRESENTATION. 

The nose presented, and both fere feet bent back. 



back, the head may be entirely expelled, the neck being in the passage 
and the shoulders against the rim of tlie Dclvis, If the foetus remaius 



820 



TCYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



long in this condition, the head swells so as to vender it utterly impos- 
sibleto push it back, and the calf dies of course, — he is choked to death. 
In this extreme, the only feasible plan is to cut the head off, then push 
the body back and get the feet as directed for the first malpreseiitation. 
Such a case once occurred in the practice of the writer ; it was managed 
in this way, securing delivery without trouble, and saving the cow. 

The foregoing applies only when the head is swollen. When this is not 
the case, push the head back and bring up the feet as before described. 

Fourth Malpresentation. — In this the fore feet are both presented, 
but the head is turned l)ack against the side. Tic the rope to the feet, 
sind carry a piece of it in, with a view of getting it into the mouth and 




FOURTH MALPRESENTATION. 

The fore feet in the passage, the head turned back on the side. 

around one of the jaws. Failing in the latter effort, hook the straight 
hook into the eye socket, and then push the feet back, till the head can 
be brought into the passage. i 

Fifth MaJprese.nlation. — Here, the foetus is lying on his back, with the !^ 
poll presented and the feet bent back upon the belly. Delivery may he 
made in this position, but the nose and feet must be brought into the 
passage first. To do this, pass in a noose for each foot, and another for 
the upper jaw, putting it in the mouth ; then push the calf back, so thos&!| 
parts can be liberated and brought up. Carefully guard the womb fromj 
laceration by the toes, in all cases. When in a favorable presentation, 
let an assistant pull, while the main operator raises the withers of the 
foetus over the rim of the pelvis. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 



821 



Sixth Malpresentation. — Both hind feet arc in the passage, the calf's 
back being against the loins of the mother. Delivery is not necessarily 




FIFTH MALPRESENTATION. 

The foetus on his back, with the poll presented, and botli fore feet bent back. 

difficult, but when once well started, it is very desirable to hasten it to 
the utmost limit of prudence, as there is danger of the calf suffocating. 




SIXTH MAI-PRESENTATION. 
The hind feet both in the passage. 



. Seventh Malpresentation. — The Ijreech is presented, and the hind feet 
are up against the cow's back. Tlie feet must be drawn back into the 



822 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



passage. Pass in the rope, take a noose around the hocks, and pull the 
fcBtus down so as to get the noose around the feet and draw- them back t 




SEVENTH MALPKESENTATION. 
The calf lying on his back, the hind feet up against the cow's back, and the breech presented. 

this done, and the points of the buttocks being raised over the rim of the 
pelvis at the proper time, the calf may perhaps come without further 




4 



EIGHTH MALPKESENTATION. 
The breech presented, with the back up against the loins of the mother, and the feet bent downwards 

trouble. But if otherwise, persevere, and turn it into the position seen 
lathe cut for the sixth malpresentation. Failing in this, and as a last 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 



823 



resort, it may be necessary to cut the calf up, and take him away piece 
hy piece, with the concealed knife. The latter operation requires con- 
siderable skill, in order to avoid wounding the womb and vagina. It 
cannot safely be attempted, except by an expert. 

Eighth Malpresentation. — This is a breech presentation in which the 
calf's back is up against the mother's loins, and the feet are bent down- 
wards. This is considered to be the hardest position of all to rectify. 
Pass ill the I'opes, and take a noose around the hocks, and then around 
the feet ; then, by elevating the cow very high behind and pushing back 
the foetus, and drawing up the legs and feet into the passage, it can be 
delivered. 

Xinth Malpresentation. — The neck is presented in the passage, the 
head being bent around to one side and the legs down against the belly. 
First, get the feet up as directed for the first three malpresentations ; 
then turn the head into the passage, as directed for the fourth. 

We need hardly say that before introducing the hand and arm, in any 
of the cases we have mentioned, they should be thoroughly anointed with 
lard or oil. The exact position of the foetus should be determined beyond 
a doubt before attempting to change or "turn" it. 

These nine malpresentations do not comprise all the difficulties attend- 
ing parturition ; for there may be abnormal developements of the foetus, 




NINTH MALPRESENTATION. 
Neck presented, with the head turned against the side, and both feet down. 

rendering it a mechanical impossibility to effect its delivery alive. By 
far the most common phenomena under this head are hydrocephalufl 
i( dropsy of the brain) and ascites (dropsy of the belly.) 



824 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Hydrocephalus. — This occurs mostly in old, thin cows, but sometimes 
also in excessively fine-bred ones. The head must be tapped with the 




HYDROCEPHALUS, WITH MALPKESENTATION. 

lroch:;r and cannula, thus evacuating the water; then crush in the skull, 
and deliver. 

Ascites. — Carry in the concealed knife, and with it tap the belly aud 




ASCITES, OR DROPSY OF THE BELLY. 

The presentatirn is natural. 

let the water out into the mother's womb If this is not successful, use 
a long: trochar and cannula, as shown in the cut. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. S25 

The COW dying, to i^avc the calf. — In case of serious malformation of 
the cow. when all hope of saving licr is given up, and the calf is still 
alive but cannot be delivered, resort should be had to the Ctesarian 
operation. (See chapter on operations.) 

Some treatment, — or, rather, special care — is very necessary both be- 
fore and after parturition. If the deliver}' is easy, a warm l)ran mash with a 
little salt in it is soothing and slightly nutritious. The coav should l)e 
dieted for a few days before calving, to loosen the bowels ; if on hay, 
give roots and bran. Avoid having breeders too fat, the other extreme 
being just as bad. If too fat, puerperal fever is nmch more apt to fol- 
low ; if too thin and. weakly, the placenta is sure to l)e retained. Avoid- 
ing both these extremes, have them In middling flesh up to within a 
month of calving ; then in.crease the feed up to within two days of that 
time, so as to have them in a thriving condition. If the cow is fat, it is 
a good plan to give, two weeks before calving, and repeat a week before, 
half a pound of epsom salts in a cjuart of water, to loosen the bowels. 

If delivery is long and exhausting, give a pint of warm ale during its 
proirress, and ai2;ain afterwards. If the udder fills verv full before calv- 
ing, it is well to milk a little to relieve its painful tension. In all cases, 
milk the cow immediately after calving, while she is drinking her slop, 
and feed the calf, before he gets up, al)Out a pint of the milk, giving the 
rest to the cow. It Avill act upon her as a healthful laxative. Inasmuch 
as the milk at this time is very different from Avhat she ordinarily gives, 
there is very little danger of begetting the habit of milking herself. 

The milk, at first, is rather thick and yellow, and is not fit to use for 
family purposes under three or four milkings. Some people indeed have 
a prejudice against using it under two weeks ; nevertheless, except fot 
di'inking, it is good for all purposes after the third milking, provided 
there is no disease in the cow. 

II. Prolonged After-pains. 

These sometimes occur after protracted and painful delivery, from 
failure of the womb to contract, or from retention of the after-birth, — 
most commonly in weak, thin, old cows. For treatment, injections of 
cold water thrown up the vagina will usually suffice. They should not 
be idlowed to continue, as they are apt to lead to inversion of the womb. 

III. Ketention of the After-birth. 

When the placenta or after-birth is retained, mecnanical means are 
necessary to remove it ; for it becomes a foreign body as soon as the 
ffjetus is delivered, and begins at once to decompose, and the impure 
matter being absorbed into the circulation, the general health of the anl' 
fiial suffers decidedly. 

It is best to let the placenta remain till the end of the second day, QV 



826 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

beginning of the third, to soften a little. It may then, perhaps, come 
away of its own weight ; if not, it is easily removed by inserting the hand 
and arm to the shoulder, and then with the other hand, apply hig gentle 
traction to the hanging membrane ; at the same time take each cotyledon 
or button by which the placenta is attached to the womb, in turn, and 
by pinching it a little between the thumb and fore finger, it will detach 
from it, much as in unbuttoning a garment. Great care is required not 
to pull off one of these cotyledons, or the resulting hemorrhage might 
prove fatal. If, however, this should be done by mischance, cold water 
thrown over the loins will be the proper treatment. 

IV. Abortion and Miscarriage. 

Premature expulsion of the foetus is called abortion in the earlier 
periods of gestation, and miscarriage -or premature labor in the later 
ones. It not infrequently takes on an enzootic character, and by running 
through a whole herd entails enormous loss on the stock owner. This 
tendency, as was remarked in Chapter I of this Part, is stronger among 
cows than any other of the domestic animals. It is usually explained by 
attributing it to sympathy, using the words pathologically, but it in reality 
occurs from three distinct sources, viz. : Habit, accident, and infection. 
In the latter case it is very often enzootic. 

Causes. — The most common causes are accidents, or violence of some 
kind, — being hooked and pushed aliout by other cattle, or kicked and 
clubbed by brutal herdsmen; jumping, leaping, falling, etc.; ergot in the 
hay or other fodder, such as has been badly harvested or grown in a wet 
season, especially on low, swampy ground. From habit a cow that has 
aborted once is apt to repeat it at about the same stage of gestation, due 
probably to a weakened condition of the genital organs and an unnaturally 
sensitive nervous system. Enzootic abortion is always due to infection, 
the cause being bacterial. Two different germs are thought by the ])est 
authorities to l)e the active agents, viz. : Leptothrix vaginalis and the 
penicillium glancum. These germs may be carried to a stable in many 
ways, and being raised in dust and falling or lodging on the external gen- 
itals of a })regnant cow, set up sufficient irritation in the vagina and uterus 
to interfere with the nutrition of the foetus, causing it to perish, then 
abortion is inevitable. 

How to know it. — There will be dullness, suspension of rumination, 
anxiety in the countenance, separation from companions; at length, a small 
water bag will be passed, and a little later a fcjetus. Or, perhaps, all that 
may be noticed, to indicate something wrong will be a tiny foetus founc 
somewhere. More or less discharge will follow. It will be of a bloodyj 
mucous character, and is likely to become purulent after a few days. 

Treatment. — For the original case (in which the mischief is nearly all 
ways completed before discovered), nothing special can be done, except tc 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 



827 



syringe the parts out well with tepid water, and follow this with a earbolic 

lotion, viz. : 

No. 47. yi Ounce carbolic acid, 

Yz Gallon water, Mix. 

lujeet a little twdce a day. Continue it a week or more. 

Prevention. — This is really the important part. Isolate the cow tnai 
has aborted immediately, burn the afterbirth, all soiled litter and scald any 
blankets that have been used around her. Now, not knowing where the 
germs may have lodged, waiting for something to stir them up and infect 
others, it is proper to remove the cattle, sweep and scra})e the stable thor- 
oughly, tloors, walls and ceilings, then shower them with formaldehyde and 
water — one of the former to one thousand of the latter, then whitewash 
the ceiling and. walls. Keep the cow that has aborted se})aTated from 
pregnant ones for several weeks. Otherwise, some of her companions 
would })robably abort from two to six weeks later. As general precau- 
tions, })revent violent commotions among the cows when out of the stable, 
and never allow them to be run by boys or dogs, but drive them as quietly 
as possible. Always shut up a cow w^hen bulling; her jumping on the 
others, or, instead, being ridden by them is apt to injure them and her alike. 

The feeding of hemp seed deserves considerate attention, owing to the 
experience of recognized authorities on breeding. It is given in pint 
feeds once a day, with other food, fiom the time immediately preceding 
the bulling season through four or five months. As to the general diet, 
feed well so as to keep cows in good, strong condition, but avoid obesity. 

V. Uterine Hemorrhage or Flooding. 

Bleeding from the womb or vagina sometimes follows protracted labor, 
from injuries to those parts by carelessness or accident during parturi^ 
tion ; or it may result from unskillful removal of the placenta. The con- 
tinuance of bleeding is due to the failure of the womb to contract, as it 
should do, after delivery. It is called flooding on account of its coming 
away in such large quantities, the womb-full being evacuated at a time. 

What to do. — Throw cold water, l)y the bucketful, over the loins ; 
cool the hand and insert it into the 
womb, which will sometimes cause 
the latter to contract upon it. If 
these means prove insufficient, in- 
ject cold water into the womb, with 
a suitable syringe. 

VI. Inversion of the Womb. 

Following immediately upon par- 
turition , after-pains sometimes come . 
on so violently that the womb is forced riiiht out throuGfh the vagina, 
and is turned inside out, and lies or hangs behind the cow a i)ink, bag- 




EXAGGERATED ILLUSTRATION OF UTER- 
INE HEMORRHAGE. 



828 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




INVERSION OF THE WOMB. 



like substance covered with cotj^ledonoiis (nmlberry-like) excrescences all 
over the surface. 

What to do. — If dirty, take it up on a clean sheet, and wash it with 
tepid water with a little alcohol in it — a wineglassful to a pint of water. 

(If the placenta is still attached, 
remove it as directed in Section 
III. ) Sponge it over with lauda- 
num, and carefully return it. 
This is an exceedingly delicate 
task, though not difficult other- 
wise; the utmost care is neces- 
sary to avoid punching the fingers 
rioht throuo;h the membranes, 
which would cause death. Find 
the most dependent portion, then place the clenched fist beneath it, and let 
the womb fall down over the hand and arm as it is raised; and, with the 
parts in this position, promptly insert the arm at full length into the body 
of the cow, being very 
careful not to use undue 
violence. The uterus will 
generally suck down into 
its proper place without 
any difficulty, but if nec- 
essary to manipulate the 
walls of the vagina some- 
what, this may be done — 
always with extreme care 
and the minimum amount 
of force that will accom- 
plish the oliject. Then 

1,1 ' . ,11 TO PREVENT INVERSION OF THE VAGINA. 

place the cow m a stall 

where the hind feet will be at least six inches higher than the forward, and 
apply a harness and compress over the external opening, as shown in the 
annexed cut. Or a rope, twisted as shown in the smaller cut, may be used, 
the object in either case being to prevent a recurrence of the displacement. 

If straining is violent and continues any 
length of time, give internally the following 
mixture : 

No. 48. 



1 Ounce chloral hydrate, 
1 Pint water, 
Mix. 





TWISTED ROPE. 

To tie over the vulva, and thus prevent 

inversion of the vs^omb. 



Give as one dose; if necessary, repeat it 
■ in half an hour. 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 829 

V VII. Metritis, or Inflammation of the "Womb. 

This affection is not very often seen in the cow, owing to her phleg- 
matic temperament, and her proneness to other complications, arising at 
an earlier stage, in connection with parturition. It is the result of in- 
juries to the womb during difficult parturition ; it may develope also from 
a cold caught at that time. The inflammation soon extends and involves 
other parts, making a very serious condition indeed. See further in the 
next section. 

VIII. Puerperal Fever, or Metro -Peritonitis. 

This disease is often confounded with parturient a[)o[)lexy, so that, 
notwithstanding the difference l)etween the two conditions, they are mis- 
taken one for tlie otlier. Puerperal fever is erysipelatous inflammation 
of the uterus and peritoneum, and may affect cows of all ages. The 
antecedent facts will usually be found to be difficult parturition, exposure 
to cold storms or extremes of temperature, retention of the placenta, or 
overdriving prior to calving, and the like circumstances. Thin, poor 
cows that have been changed suddenly from a dry, short pasture to rich 
succulent feed at or near the time of calving, are especially apt to have it. 
It may come on at any time from a few hours after calving up to the third 
or fourth day. 

How to know it. — High fever, with all of its attendant symptoms, such 
as dry, hot nose, horns and extremities hot or cold ; capricious appetite, 
with rumination suspended ; colicky pains ; kicking at the bellv ; getting 
up and lying down frequently, — sometimes, remaining on the knees sev- 
eral minutes. The head is turned towards the flanks ; the pulse is quick, 
hard and wiry ; the respirations are accelerated, short and confined to the 
thorax, so as to avoid moving the abdomen as much as jjossible ; the 
belly is tucked up, the urine is scanty and high coloi'ed, and usually 
there is constipation. All the symptoms, and especially the belly pains, 
mcrease ; prostration comes on ; finally, stupor (coma) sets in. Death 
soon follows. 

Post mortem examination shows all the evidences of inflammation of 
the womb and peritoneum, with purple spots here and there; and the 
brain is visibly affected, showing ecchymosed spots, etc. 

What to do. — Give recipe No. 26, and supplement its action with injec- 
tions of soap and water. Give No. 42 every two hours, till the pulse is 
miproved. If in the very early stages, a little blood may be drawn, but 
this is not allowable after the first day. If the stupor comes on before 
the purgative can be gotten down, give the latter through the stomach 
pump, to avoid the danger of letting it run down into the lungs. Apply 



830 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 



blisters — mustard paste or flies — to the belly. If no symptoms of pur- 
gation show themselves in eight or ten hours, inject No. 40 under the 
skin every half hour till the bowels have moved. If constipation is still 
obstinate, a pint of tepid water may be injected into a vein. 




USING THE STOMACH PUMP. 

Manner of giving medicine or food during stupor. 

Convalescence will be indicated by a return to sensibility, cessation of 
pain, purgation, copious secretion of urine of a good color, and a return 
of strength. When these symptoms are noticed, give No. 19, repeating 
it three or four times a day. 

IX. Parturient Apoplexy. 

This is a blood disease affecting cows of a plethoric habit at time of 
calving. It is never seen following difficult or protracted labor, uterine 
hemorrhage (flooding), abortion, nor the retention of the placenta. There 
must be a constitutional tendency to congestion of the brain, coma and 
apoplexy. The first attack is usually fatal ; even if not so, the trouble 
is very likely to recur at the next or some subsequent calving. 

How to know it. — There is at first a staring, wild look about the eyes, 
disinclination to move, loss of milk, and increased temperature ; but these 
svmptoms are seldom so marked as to attract special notice. They are 
followed by a staggering gait and weakness across the loins, till suddenly 
the animal falls, when the eyes are found to be bloodshot and glassy, the 
pupils dilated and the lids twitching. The mucous membranes become 
purple; she gets perfectly blind and comatose (stupid); the head is 
usually turned back to the side ; the f)ulse gets gradually slower, fading 
into imperceptibility ; the breathing is slow and stertorous. In this stage 
the pupils contract, the temperature falls decidedly, sometimes as low as 
95 ® . The udder becomes hard and unyielding ; the paunch fills with 



DISEASES OF THE ORGA?^S OF GENEP.ATION. 



831 



gas, causing marked interference with the l)reathing ; convulsions set in, 
and death soon follows. 

The post-mortem shows a fat, full body, blood vessels full of iiuid, 
black blood, and purple spots on the brain and spinal colunm and in other 
parts of the body. There are many other al)normal appearances in the 
brain, most of which can only be distinguished l)y an expert. 

What to do. — Prevention is the main thing. If the cow is manifestly 
plethoric, give light, soft diet, with laxatives (No. 8 is excellent) once or 
twice a week for three wrecks before calving. When the attack comes, if 
the cow is seen in the first stage, when the pulse is always full, bleed 
freely, and give recipe No. 26 ; after two hours give No. 20, repeating the 
latter every two or three hours as long as necessary. Give injections also 
every few minutes. Apply cold water and ice to the head, and heat in 




PARTURIENT APOPLKXY. 

the form of hot rugs, hot smoothing irons, etc., to the body. If the 
purgative does not work, give a hypodermic injection of No. 40, repeat- 
ing it every two hours. If these means fail, open the jugular vein, and 
inject a pint of clean, tepid water. During convalescence, treat the same 
as for puerperal fever. If she recovers, do not breed her again, but sell 
her to the butcher ; for, as before mentioned, it is almost certain to occur 
again, and at no distant day to end in death. 

If it is necessary to give any drenches during the coma, use the stomach 
pump, to guard against turning them in upon the lungs. 

X. Leucorrhoea, or Whites. 

This is catarrh of the vagina and womb, with a chronic discharge of a 
muco-purulent, white fluid that hangs around the vulva and tail, and has 
a very offensive odor. It is not attended with serious constitutional dis- 
turbance, but sometimes causes nymphomania or "l)ullers." Such cows 
rarely breed, and even if they do so, are apt to abort. Sometimes the 
discharge is so profuse as to keep the cow poor. 



832 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE StOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — Sj^nuge out the parts with tepid water, and inject lotion 
No. 47, repeating this twice a day. Feed on nutritious but light diet, 
and give No. 21 in the feed. 

XI. GonorrhCBa. 

This is catarrh of the generative parts of the l)ull, — little ulcers or 
chancres in the sheath and on the penis, with a whitish discharge, which 
IS chronic. 

How to know it. — Painful urination is the most characteristic symptom ; 
with all his frequent efforts, only a few drops are passed, and those not 
without great uneasiness, w^iich is further manifested l)y his stepping for- 
ward and back or from side to side, and by raising the hind feet, lashing 
the tail, etc. 

What to do. — Suspend all service, and give him the laxative recipe No. 
8, and when the bowels return to their normal condition give No. 21 in 
the feed, repeating the latter morning and night, for three or four weeks. 
Draw out the yard with soft linen cloth, and bathe all affected parts with 
the following lotion : 

No. 49. 4 Ounces spirits of camphor, 

1 Ounce sugar of lead, 

2 Drachms sulphate of zinc, 
1 Quart soft water, 

Mix. 

Continue the application, once a day, till cured, and do not let him 
serve a cow, for the reason that it is contagious. If any chancres are 
seen, touch them once a day with lunar caustic. Feed on green food, if 
possible. 

XII. Mammitis, or Inflammaticn of the Udder. 

This is most common after a parturition which occurs before the secre- 
tion of milk has assumed a normal condition, e3})ecially in the case of 
heifers :it the first calving. Sometimes, it has no connection with calv- 
ing, but is contracted by lying on cold, damp ground, or in the case 
of middle-aged and old cows, develops in hot weather, taking on the form 
of garget or curdled milk. Cows in high condition are the most subject 
to it, the attack being usually induced by driving them until overheated. 

The inflammation, in some cases, will subside and go away, and the milk- 
ing function go on as before with very little loss ; in others, it goes on to 
suppuration in one or more quarters of the bag, or even to mortification. 

How to know it. — The type of mammitis that takes on the active in- 
flammatory character is ushered in with a shivering fit, which is succeeded 
in a short time by fever and dullness. The bag becomes hot and hard, 
^•ed, swollen and sore. It being so painful to the touch, the cow is very 



DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF OENERATION. 833 

averse to l)eing railkod. The milk is often curdled, and sometimes 
Moody. The trouble ni:iy stop lu're and terminate in resolution, or it 
may go on to suppuration, the pus in some cases discharging inside and 
coming away with the milk, and in others through an opening on the out- 
side. Again, it may not suppurate at all, but become indurated and re- 
main permanently enlarged, or gangrenous and slough off. 

The milder type of mammitis, that which is not connected with par- 
turition, but is simply curdled milk or garget, yields readily to treatment. 

What to do. — If dependent upon calving, and the cow is fat and fever- 
ish, give recipe No. 8. Foment the bag with hot water several times a 
day, and as often as three or four times a day remove the milk that does 
form and apply the following lotion : 

No. 50. 4 Ounces gum camphor, 

1 Pint olive oil, 

Mix. 

Rub well in three times a day. If the inflammation does not go out by 
the time purgation ceases, give No. 19, repeating it morning and night 

for a week or two. If the case goes on to 

suppuration, and it breaks on the outside, 
foment the bag, and inject recipe No. 9, two 
or three times a day. In all cases where there 
is nmch swelling, support the bag by a ban- 
dage passed around the body over the loins. 
If a quarter sloughs off, dress the wound with 

-VT .. , . . , 11 -1 i. ,1 . METHOD OF SUPPORTING 

JNo. V, and give niternally the foUowmg : tue udder. 

No. 51. 1 Ounce sulphate of soda, 

2 Drachms nitrate of potash, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose in a bran mash, and repeat it morning and night for 
a week or two. Isolate the patient, on account of the smell. 

When it is merely a case of curdled milk (garget), give atablespoon- 
ful of saltpetre night and morning in a ])ran mash, and milk her with 
special care, to make sure of getting all the milk away. 

XIII. Sore Teats. 

Cows' teats are very apt to become chapped, cracked and very sore, 

rendering the milking exceedingly painful to the cow and very annoying 

to the milker. Unfortunately, the latter is often so thoughtless as to fly 

into a passion and abuse the cow. Great patience and kindness should 

always be exercised in such cases, the milker taking plenty of time to 

soften the sore teats well with the milk before attempting to squeeze them- 
53 




834 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

When done milking, anoint them nicely with the following mixture : 

No. 52. 1 Ounce alum, 

1 Drachm carbolic acid, 
4 Ounces lard, 
Powder the alum and mix. 

Or, instead, this may be used : 

No. 53. % Ounce tannic acid, 

1 Drachm carbolic acid, 
4 Ounces lard, 
Mix. 

Little pea-like tumors sometimes grow in the milk passage, in the teat, 
eventuating, in some cases, in its complete obstruction, and the subse- 
quent loss of that quarter. Many expedients have been tried for the cure 
of this troublesome condition — such as teat siphons, probes, bistouries, 
needles, etc. — but all to no avail , for the teat very soon gets sore, and 
milking becomes dangerous, if not well-nigh impossible. The only feasible 
way of managing the case is just to let it go till the cow goe« dry, milking 
that quarter as well as possible without any instrumental aid ; and then 
to cut into the teat, remove the excrescences, and let the wound heal over 
a silver probe. If this is properly done, the teat will be as good as ever. 

XIV. Nymphomania and Sterility. 

Nymphomania is chronic inilammation of the clitoris, giving rise to a 
constant desire for the male. Such cows take the bull at any time, but 
rarely conceive, and even when they do so, are almost sure to abort. 
They are called "bullers." It often happens that they are barren nat- 
urally, twins being especially prone to that condition. Sometimes, high 
bred cows will not breed to a high bred bull, yet will do so to a mongrel, 
especially a young bull. 

What to do. — For cows naturally barren nothing can be done. For 
others the difficulty can often be overcome by reducing them in flesh 
(for they are nearly always fat), and by judicious management. Keep 
them in a short pasture for a few weeks, and give them a handful of 
Glauber's salts every second day. At the proper time, put them to a 
young, vigorous bull, one or two leaps being sufficient. If this does not 
succeed, try a mongrel bull. If the cow is continually riding the other 
cows, keep her to herself, if possible, and feed from half a pint to a pint 
of hemp seed once a day for two months. In some cases hemp seed 
seems to have a magic effect. Feed it both before and after the service 
— beginning say three weeks before coming in heat, and continuing it 
right along till she conceives. If the cow is thin in flesh, fatten her up 
a little, even if she has to be shut up to do this. 



J 



CHAPTER VIII. 

DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 



(, i-HRENITIS, oil INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. II. APOPLEXY. III. EFILEP. 

SY. IV. PARALYSIS. V. TETANUS. VI. RABIES OR HYURGPHOBIA. 

VII. NERVOUS DEBILITY AT PARTURITION. 

I. Phrenitis, or Inflammation of the Brain. 

This distressing disease, which is most common during the summer 
months, may be either idiopathic (primary disease) or symptomatic. It 
may result from fever, or from inflammation in some other part, its im- 
mediate cause being too great a flow of blood which presses on the tem- 
poral arteries, and causes increased action in all the circulatory vessels. 

How to know it. — There will be strong pulsation in the temporal arter- 
ies, constant watchfulness, and finally raving. The eyes arc inflamed ; 
the animal will fall suddenly, soon rising again, however; there will be 
trembling and starting of the tendons ; the skin will be harsh and the 
urine suppressed. In a more unfavorable stage, there will also be grind- 
ing of the teeth, and total want of rest. Really idiopathic phrenitis is 
rare. It is generally caused by acute indigestion, impaction of the 
omentum, and other local troubles. 

What to do. — The treatment consists of a good cathartic, as, for in- 
stance. No. 8, the effect of which should be assisted by injections of warm 
water and soap. 

Bleed from the jugular vein ; keep the head cool by means of ice or 
very cold water; and if the Hnil)S are cold, use mustard or strong embro- 
cations of ammonia. Aconite is also considered beneficial, but it should 
never be used except under the direction of a veterinarian. During re- 
covery, the animal should be kept quiet, and have good nourishing and 

easily digested food. 

II. Apoplexy. 

In true apoplexy, the animal drops suddenly, and death ensues very 
soon, unless immediate relief is given. The means to be used are bleed- 
ing from the jugular vein, and the. administration of a purgative, such as 
No. 8, with injections of soap and water. Give a change of food. 

III. Epilepsy , 

Epilepsy is rare, except in the case of young animals. There will be 
severe convulsions, followed by stupor, with foaming at the mouth. The 

835 



ti36 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

he:irt beats are strong and violent. The visible membranes are height- 
ened in color, and either dangerous lethargy supervenes, or the animal 
quickly recovers. Recovery is seldom so perfect, however, that the ani- 
mal will not be subject to other attacks. 

What to do. — Dash cold water over the head and face, and when the 
attack subsides, give good food and special care, with such remedial meas- 
ures as may be indicated by the general state of the system, as, for ex- 
ample, indigestion or constipation. 

IV. Paralysis. 

In those rare cases where paralysis exists as a distinct affection, death 
usually occurs very soon. Its most common forms are those known as 
paraplegia and hemiplegia. The former is when the whole fore or hind 
parts are affected ; the latter, when one side of the body only is so. 
Paralysis is a loss of voluntary movement, and usually occurs as a symp- 
tom of other diseases, as softening of the brain, effusions of fluid 
thereon, etc. 

What to do. — Give recipe No. 8, supplementing it with the following: 

No. 54. 2 Drachms mix vomica, 

}4 Ounce saltpetre, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose ; rejicat morning and night for a month. 
V. Tetanus or Lockjaw. 

Tetanus is a general and continued spasm (or, more strictly, contrac- 
tion) of the muscles of the body, both voluntary and involuntary. When 
the muscles of the jaw are principally affected it is called tristnus, or 
in popular language, lockjaw, the term tetanus being more properly lim- 
ited to the general form. 

Causes. — This is now known to be an infectious disease due to the intro- 
duction through a wound of a micro))e called the bacillus tetani. This 
germ works best in a small wound, in which the air is excluded by closure 
of the wound by swelling, or crusting over with a scab. Under these con- 
ditions the germs grow, increase in mmil)ers, and produce chemical poisons 
called ptomaines that are aJjsorbed into the blood and poison the nervous 
system, producing cramps of the muscular tissues of the body. The 
germs exist naturally in the soil, especially in rich garden soil, consequently, 
tetanus occurs most often through wounds in the feet, especially nail pricks. 
The woinids may ])e so small as to })reclude detection on account of the 
hair covering the body and legs, or they may be in the alimentary tract 
from punctures by sharp particles in the food, but for tetanus to develop 
there must be a wound and the bacilli must gain entrance through it. It 



DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 837 

may follow castration. The case may be mild or severe; the mild one will 
recover 1)V the system outliving the })oison, and the severe one will ])rove 
fatal by the muscular cramps interfering with circulation of the blood and 
respirntion 

How to know It. — The disease is insidious in its operations, until the 
dangerous stage comes on. The animal may be dull, off its feed, and 
generally disinclined to move. Then the whole body may become affected, 
with the hind legs wide apart, the nose protruding, head and tail elevated, 
breathing quickened, and the pulse frequent and corded. The bowels are 
strongly bound. Sometimes the back is depressed downward, and some- 
times arched up; and sometimes the spasm throw^s the head to one side. 
There are different technical names for the several manifestations. 

What to do. — Little can be done, except to remove all irritating objects, 
give calming medicines, and operate on the bowels as soon as possible. 
The nervous excitement wall be lessened l)y keeping the patient in a dark 
place. Search for the w^ound, clip oft' the hair, enlarge the w^ound by slit- 
ting it up with a knife, then wash it wdth w arm water and soap, and bathe 
and inject it with recipe No. 9; ])ind on a pack of oakum wet with this 
lotiim. Dress it two or three times a day. Give plenty of linseed gruel 
to drink. 

VI. Rabies or Hydrophobia. 

It seems needless to repeat the general statements respecting this disease 
given in Part II of this work, pages 438 and 439. It is, of course, incur- 
able, and from its exceedingly dangerous nature, the suspected animal 
should l)e immediately contined, and killed as soon as ever the symptoms 
become pronounced. 

VII. Nervous Debility at Parturition. 

This disease must not be mistaken for parturient apoplexy or peritonitis. 
It is readily distinguished from these by the total absence of any tendency 
to either high fever or lethargy. It is not confined to animals in high 
condition, but is found quite as often among those that are lean. 

How to know it. — The pulse may be somewdiat fast, but will be com- 
pressible and often weak. The udder remains soft, and the milk is plenti- 
ful and easily drawn; and though there may be constipation, the appetite 
will be good. 

What to do, — Keep the animal warm and in good quarters, w'ith plenty 
of bedding. Evacuate the ])()wels by warm injections, at the same time 
giving a mild purgative No. 8. Give stimulants, slop})y but nutritious 
food, hay tea, etc., and remove the milk frequently from the udder. 



CHAPTER IX. 



DISEASES OP THE SKIN. 



I. SIMPLE ECZEMA.- 



-II. CHRONIC ECZEMA, OR PSORIASIS. 



-III. ERTSIPELAS. 



I. Simple Eczema. 

This is a skin disease in which crops of vesicles come up, burst, run 
a little watery matter, dry up and heal, but while these are healing an- 
other crop breaks out in another place. It is attended with intense itch-' 
ing, which worries the animal exceedingly. 

What to do. — Give a purgative, No. 8, repeating it after a week ; also, 
a change of food and good care. Let the cattle have salt at least twice 
a week. Bathe the affected parts frequently with lotion No. 47. 

II. Chronic Eczema, or Psoriasis. 

When simple eczema is neglected the disease becomes chronic. The 
skin thickens, gets hard, dry and sore, and cracks into fissures or fur- 
rows ; the discharge contiimes and be- 
comes greasy, offensive and ichorous ; 
and the hair gets thin and stands 
straight out, or perhaps turns the 
wrong way, giving the parts the ap- 
pearance of rat tails, by which name 
the disease is often known. It is very 
troublesome, frequently causing lame- 
ness, and always proving hard to cure. 
What to do. — Apply hot linseed 
meal poultices to the affected parts till 
all inflammation and soreness are 
gone ; then embrocate freely with lo- 
tion No. 9, using a cotton bandage 
wet in the lotion and applying it loosely. If there are any points of 
proud flesh, burn them down daily with lunar caustic. When all sore- 
ness is gone and the disease appears to be under entire control, apply 
either of the ointments Nos. 52 and 53. 

III. Erysipelas. 

This is a diffuse inflammation of the whole thickness of the true skin, 
sometmies extending to the subcellular tissue, and causing much pain and 
irritative fever. ^38 




CHRONIC ECZEMA, OR ''RAT TAILS." 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 



839 



How to know it. — It is indicated by an intensely red skin, there being, 
moreover, no disappearance of color under pressure. The parts are hard 
and internally red, but not severely swelled, but the cellular tissue is in- 
jected and infiltrated, often inclining to a pustular state. The disease 
terminates in resolution, suppuration or ulceration — sometimes even in 
mortification and gangrene. If the head is attacked, there is danger 
of a fatal termination. 




THE POLISH cow. 

This race is bred for the meat alone, being unfit for draft purposes and yielding but 
little milk. It was originally imported from southern Russia, and is regarded with 
distrust in Germany from the fact that it brought the disease known as "Rinderpest" 
into that country. But its meat is so desirable that it is much sought after, and the 
prejudice is dying out. 

What to do. — If there is symptomatic fever and the animal is fat, deple- 
tion is necessary, — give No. 8 ; but if the animal's condition is the reverse 
of this, give No. 13. Follow this with nitre, in half ounce doses, twice 
a day. In connection with the above constitutional treatment, there 
should be local applications to the inflamed part, such as lotions of lead 
or zinc. A strong solution of nitrate of silver is sometimes applied, and 
with decided benefit, to the outer edge of the inflamed parts. A poul- 
tice of ripe cranberries is probably one of the best remedies for reduc- 
ing the inflammation, if applied early. It is to be followed with glycer* 
me m which a small quantity of ammonia has been dissolved, or witk 
recipe No. i. 



CHAPTEH 



PARASITIC DISEASES OP CATTLE. 



I. HOOSE OR HUSK (verminous BRONCHITIS). II. THE GADFLY AND GKUB f(ES« 

TRUS BOVIS). III. LICE. IV. TAPEWORM. V. MANGE. -VI. RINQ< 

WCRM. 

I. Hoose or Husk (Verminous Bronchitis.) ' 

The symptoms of this disease are similar to those of bronchitis. The 
difficulty is caused by a species of strongulus — worms — (Jilaria hroi 
chitis) the eggs of which are swallowed in grazing. Calves, and especiallj 
sheep, are the most likely to be affected, for the reason that they bite 
closer than cattle. 

How to know it. — There will be a slight, husky cough, recurring ai 
irregular intervals. The coat will soon become staring, and the breatiJ 
ing more and more embarrassed. The cough becomes more frequent J 
and in character more suffocating and mneous ; worms, either singly oi 
rolled together, will also be coughed up. 

What to do. — Feed liberally with the soundest and most nutritious die^ 
possible, including linseed or cotton cake, and roots, mixing in the fooc 
some good tonic, such as recipe No. 4. For calves, make four doses oi 
the recipe. Burn turpentine on pine shavings in the pen with the calves] 
and let them breath the fumes, and give them a tablespoonful of sulphui 
in the food once a day for two weeks. 

Prevention. — This is better than cure. The forms from which ^^crnV 
bronchitis emanate are found in low, wet, undrained pastures. " Hence] 
keep the stock off such pastures when the trouble is found, especially 
when wet with dew or rain. Do not allow animals to drink from stag- 
nant ponds or pools, and look to the proper drainage of the pastures. 

II. The Gadfly and Grub (CEstrus Bovis). 
Little rounded tumors will often be found along the backs of cattle, 
during late winter and spring. 
These are called warbles, and 
are the lairs of the larvte of the 
ox gadtiy (cesfrus hovis). Each 
tumor contains a grub, which may 
be squeezed out by pressure, some- 
times escaping with such force as 

to fly several feet. Sometimes it is necessary to enlarge the orifice witb 

840 





ox GADFLY (<ES- 
TRUS BOVIS.) 



GRUB OF GADFLY. 



PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. 



841 



the lancet, for the more easj expulsion of the grubs. The cuts show the 
two forms of the insect, — the perfect fly aud the grub. 



III. Lice. 



Various species of lice infest the ox, the principal being the ox louse 
proper, the calf louse, (both of which are species of HccmatopinuSy or 
blood suckers), and a certain kind of bird louse, one of the tribe of 






ox LOUSE. 



CALF LOUSE. 



BIRD LOUSE. 




APPEARANCE OF A COW AFFECTED 
WITH LICE. 



Trichodectes, having no sucking tube, but with strong biting jaws. The 
cuts show all these parasites, of course very much enlarged. 

There are also ticks infestinsr 



cattle at certain seasons, and espec- 
ially plentiful on Texas cattle. Of 
the several varieties found, the one 
known as the Texas tick {Boophilus 
Bovis) is the most important, it 
being the cause, at least of the 
transmission, of Texas fever. The 
•'.'male attaches herself to the animal where the skin is thin and soft — on 
the insides of the thighs, along up to the anus, just ])ack of the elbows and 
^n the neck back of the ears — by burying her head into the skin, is fecunda- 
ted by the male, which dies immediately after, and remains there till mature 
if not pulled or rubV)ed off, then she drops off 
and hides under a crust, where she lays her eggs 
and dies. The young ticks hatch out in a few 
days, and, being very active, get on to the cattle 
as opportunity offers, and so the round is con- 
tinued. These ticks contain the germs of Texas 
fever, and they spread the disease through their 
bitea The accompanying cut shows the Texas 

^^k TEXAS TICK. 




542 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



What to do. — The remedy for ticks consists in careful currying and 
picking them off. This can be dene if the herd is small, but to avoid over- 
looking the small ones, which are just as injurious as the large ones, sponge 
them thoroughly once a week with No. 55, or paraffin oil, till all ticks are 
killed. All ticks that are pulled or curried off should be burned. For 
lice on cattle, the following will be found among the best remedies in use: 

No. 55. Yz Pound of tobacco, 

1 Gallon of water, 

Steep for uwo hours. 

Wash the affected animal with this infusion thoroughly, using it warm. 

IV. Tapeworm. 

It IS not necessary here to ^p into a dissertation on the tapeworm. 
The microscopic eggs (a single worm is estiriiated to lay as high as 25,- 
000,000) are passed with the exuviag of dogs, and are taken up by graz- 
ing stock. 

One of the forms in which it exists in cattle is the cystic, found in 
the muscles. The parasite which is the mature tape- 
Avorm is found in the bowels of the human family, and 
in animals, especially dogs. The cut shows the head of 
a tapeworm of the species known as tcenia mediocan- 
ellata. 

Prevention. — .Prevention of the parasites in the imma- 
ture form ill stock consists in destroying all exuviae of 
dogs in pastures, wherever found. Once encysted in 
animals, there is no remedy. For prevention of tape- 
worm in the human family, cat no meat, not even 
smoked meat, without thorough cooking. 

v. Mange. 
There are a number of ])arasitic insects which attach themselves to ill- 
conditioned cattle, producing itching. The latter is intensely aggravated 
in hot weather. A species of dermatocoptes, similar to the itch or scab 

insect, is the most prolific cause of this class 
of affections. There is also a microscopic 
insect, the gamasus of musty'hay, which 
sometimes infests the skin of animals feed- 
ing thp'-eoii. The cut shows the last named 
insect 'ligl'l}' magnified. Treat about the 
same as for mange in the horse. (See page 
474). 

VI. Kingworm. 
Th'u' is somewhat common in cattle, show- 

GAMAsus OF MUSTY FODDER. ji,„ ^s a. greater or less number of round bald 

... 
spots, covered with white scales, and surrounded with bristly or split naire 

which are scabbed around the roots, with some eruption on ihe^ skiiL 




HEAD OF TAPE 
WORM GOT BY 
EATING BEEF. 




PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. 



843 



spots, covered ^vith white scales, mid suirounded with bristly or split hairs 
which are scabbed around the roots, ^ith some eruption on the skin. 
The microscope shows it to be a vegetable parasite It is readily trans- 
mitted from one animal to another. 

What to do. — Clip off the hair, and wash the part with soap and water, 
to remove all scabs ; Avhen dry, rub in well a little of the following ; 

No. 56. 2 Ounces tincture of iodine, 

1 Ounce oil of tar, 

2 Ounces glycerine, 

Mix. 

Repeat the application once a day until cured. Or, instead, the fol- 
lowing may be used in the same way : 



No. 57. 



1 Ounce solution iodo-bromide of calcium compound, 
3 Ounces water. 
Mix. 



Rub well in once a day. 




ffff^y^i^ 



WHITK HUNGARIAN BULL. 



The color of this breed is a silvery white or gray, with black mouth and nostrils, 
nd tail ending in a long black tassel. 'J'he horns are immense and very beautiful, 
hose a yard long being quite common. Perfection in the correct shape of the horns 
> highly valued, this being one of the signs of purity of race. The horns are used 
xtensively as a substitute for whalebone, and, when properly mounted, make beau- 
ful articles of decoration. The animal has ^ noble, majestic appearance. They are 
reatly esteemed for the quality and quantity of their beef, and great usefulness as 
orking animals. 



CHAPTER XI. 



DISEASES OP THE EYE. 



I. OPHTHAT.MTA OK CON.TUKCTIVITIS. II. FUNGUS H^.MATOrw-S, OR BLEEDING CAN- 

CEK. III. TORN EYELIDS. IV. INVERSION AND EVERSV^N OF THE EYELIDS. 

— -V. FOREIGN SUBSTANCES IN THE EYE. 

I. Ophthalmia or Conjmictivitis. 

As a rule, cattle are subject to but few diseases of the eye, the most 
common being simple soreness or inflammation of the conjunctiva (lining 
of the lids), from the introduction of foreign bodies, exposure to cold 
winds, scratching of thorns, or blows from horns of other cattle, or else 
from kicks or some similar violence on the part of the attendants. 

How to know it. — There is swelling and congestion of the lids ; weep- 
ing, the tears running down over the cheek ; shaking and hanging of the 
head ; refusal of food ; suspension of rumination, etc. On examination, it 
will be found that the eye is kept closed or nearly so, and is very red ; and 
the small blood-vessels of the eye-ball are enlarged and injected. The in- 
flammation may extend to the internal parts of the eye, and pus may gather 
and fall to the bottom of the anterior chamber, forming a whitish yellow 
spot. Cataract may result from this, or, at least, opacity from the for- 
mation of a white film over the surface of the eyeball (cornea). 

What to do. — Give a mild purgative, No. 8. Bathe the eye with warm 
milk and water, half and half, several times a day, and apply the follow- 
ing lotion with a camel's hair brush directly to the eyeball and all other 
parts, several times a day. 

No 58. "2 Grains sulphate of atropia, 

1 Ounce water, 
Mix. 

After the active inflammation is subdued, apply the following lotion in 
addition to the other treatment, which should still be continued : 

No. 59. 10 Grains nitrate of silver, 

1 Ounce water, 
Mix. 

Apply directly to the eyeball, morning and night, with a camel's hair 
brush. Continue this till all opacity is gone, that is, till the white half 
moon spot at the bottom of the anterior chamber is absorbed 

844 



DISEASES OF THE EYE. 



845 




FUNGUS HiEMATODES. 



II. Fungus Hsematodes, or Bleeding Cancer. 

This is a cancerous growth that may develop on any part of the body 
but is especially apt to come in the eye, destroying that organ , and form- 
hig a large, spong}^ fungus-like excres- 
ence that bleeds upon the slightest in- 
jury, in fact almost upon a mere touch. 

What to do. — When the exact nature 
of the disease is recognized, the eye 
should be dissected out, and the animal 
fitted for the butcher as speedily as pos- 
sible. The operation is the same as 
that described under " Extirpation of 
the Eye" in the Horse department. (See page 496). 

III. Torn Eyelids. 
As in everything of the nature of a " blenji.sh," an injury to the eye is 
of less consequence in cattle than in the horse. Still, both humanity and 
self-interest dictate that it should not be neglected. In a case of torn 
eyelids, — an accident that may happen in various ways, — bring the edges 
neatly together, and sew them with fine silk. Dress them afterwards 
with a weak carbolic or other healing lotion, applying the same two or 
three times a day as long as necessary. 

rv. Inversion and Eversion of the Eyelids. 

These*are more of an annoyance than a serious ailment, and are not of 
very frequent occurrence in cattle. Their technical names are eritropium 
and ectropium, respectively, under which they have been described in the 
Horse department, on page 468, to which the reader is referred. They 
are identical wif a what oculists are often called on to treat in the human 
subject . 

V. Foreign Substances in the Eye. 
Hayseed, hair, or other foreign particles in the eye always occasion 
great annoyance, and often real suffering, Avhich the animal will manifest 
by keeping the eye partly closed, and perhaps by turning the hccid slightly 
awry. Anything of this kind should be removed at once, the head being 
well secured, so that the operator will run no risk of injury from the 
horns. The method of procedure, as also the subsequent treatment, will 
be similar to that described on page 464 for the horse. 



CHAPTER XII. 
ACCIDENTS, ETC. 



T. CHOKING. II. FRACTURES. III. WOUNDS. IV. DISLOCATIONS. V. 

SPRAINS. VI. WENS. 

In this chapter we shall treat of the more common accidents, such as 
every stock-man is called on to face more or less frequently every year. 
They often require immediate attention, and even if a veterinary sur- 
geon is within reach it will in many cases be very desirable to take a half 
dozen stitches or so, while waiting for him. 

I. Choking. 

This is a common accident where roots are fed, and it may happen on 
any farm in the fall, if the cattle have access to apples, etc. The im- 
perfectly chewed turnip or apple sticks in the gullet, (which in cattle is 
small), and resists all the animal's efforts to dislodge it. 

How to know it. — There is always tympanitis ; the head is extended 
and neck stretched out ; saliva drools from the mouth ; the animal mani- 
fests restlessness and pain ; she keeps chewing and making frequent 
efforts to swallow ; and an anxious expression is seen on the countenance. 
Death may follow, either from suffocation or from rupture of the dia- 
phragm . 

What to do. — Ascertain if the object is in the throat or neck, and if 
it is, place a balling iron in the mouth, (or a plow clevis maybe used, pro- 
vided it will open the mouth wide enough to allow the hand to be inserted ) ; 
have the head steadied, and insert your hand and take it out. An assist- 
ant to manipulate the obstruction on the outside, and push it up against 
you, will facilitate its removal wonderfully. If it cannot be reached, tap 
the paunch with the trochar and cannula, to evacuate the gas ; (see cuts 
on pages 801 and 802); then pass down the probang, and with steady, 
o-entle force push it through into the stomach. In the absence of a pro- 
bang, a strong, three-quarter inch rope may be used. Dip it in hot water 
and oil it ; then pass it down, twisting occasionally with the twist of the 
rope. Even, gentle pressure on the probang will make the obstruction 
yield in a few minutes. 

II. Fractures. 

As a rule, a broken bone is more easily repaired in the case of cattle 
than in horses, owing to their being more auiet. Fractures are classified 

846 



ACCIDENTS, ETC. 



fA7 



as transverse, oblique, ''green -stick,"* simple, compound, comminuted and 
complex. In transverse fracture, the bone is l^roken square off; in o))li(iue, 
it is l)roken obliquely across; in "green -stick," it is bent and split, but not 
broken clear off. In sinqile fractures, only the bone is broken without any 
complications; in compound, the ends of the broken bones punch through 
the flesh, and protrude; in conuninuted, the bone is shattered into many 
small pieces; in complex, the bone is not only broken, but there is serious 
damage also done to important soft tissues, such as lacerations of blood 
vessels, nerves, ligaments and other tissues of joints. 

How to know It. — The only reliable tests, when there is displacement, 
is the unnatural position of the parts and the crepitatior* (grating of one 
bone upon another) that may be heard when the parts are moved. 




TRANSVERSE AND OBLIQUE FRACTURES OF BONE. 

What to do. — In case of a broken leg (by far the most common frac- 
ture in cattle), place the bones in position as nearly as possible, and put 
on a plaster of Paris bandage, to enclose the leg and maintain the parts 
in place. In the absence of plaster of Paris, sole leather, softened with 
water and fitted to the leg may be used ; bind it on with a bandage. Keep 
the animal as quiet as possible. Compound and complex fractures are 
generally fatal, on account of the inflammation that follows. 

III. Wounds. 

"Wounds on the body may be sewed up with any of the different su- 
tures described in the Horse department, on page 500. Wounds on the 




MANY-TAILED BANDAGE FOR LARGE LACERATED AND OPEN WOUNDS. 

legs are best held together with bandages. The many-tailed bandage is 
narticularly handy to draw the edges together and hold them in place 



S4-H 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Bandages should be kept scrupulously clean, hy washnig them once oi 
twice a day and bathing them with recipe No. 9. When the wound is 
well filled up, apply No 1, with No. 2 occasionally. 

rv. Dislocations. 

Cattle are peculiarly liable to dislocation of the patella. It slips off on 
the outside when the leg is back of a perpendicular position, and the ani- 
mal IS unable to bring it forward. This is well shown in the accompany 




DISLOCATION OF THE PATELLA. 



ing illustration. It is best reduced by pulling the foot forward with a 
rope passed around the pastern, and pushing inwards on the stifle bone 
(patella), when it will snap in, and locomotion can be resumed at once. 




SIMPLE METHOD OF PREVENTING A RECURRENCE OF DISLOCATION OF THE PATELLA, 

In the first few instances, the joint is injured, so that considerable 
swelling takes place and causes great lameness, but after a few disloca- 
tions it slips in and out easily. 

What to do. — Fasten the leg forward with the rope passed around thfl 
neek as seen in the annexed cut. Foment the joint with hot water 



I 



ACCIDENTS, ETC. 



849 



several times a day, and when the inflammation is gone, blister thoroughly 
with the following blister; 

No. 60. 1 Ounce powdered cantharides, 

4 Ounces lard, 
Mix. 

Rut) well in. 

V. Sprains. 

The best treatment for sprains is to foment them w^ith hot water or 

hot vinegar three times a day, and apply the following liniment, rubbing 

it in thoroughly : 

No. 61. 2 Ounces tincture arnica, 

1 Ounce alcohol, 
1 Ounce turpentine, 
Mix. 

Tf practicable, bandage tolerably tight. 



1 Ounce laudanuu), 

1 Ounce liquor ammonia. 

Water to make one pint. 

Give rest till the lameness is 



till gone. 



VI. Wens. 



These are hard, fibrous tumors resulting, usually, from a blow or other 
external violence. They are frequently seen on the ribs, legs and jaws of 
oxen. 

What to do. — If noticed when first started, when they are sore, foment 
them Avith hot water several times a day ; after a few days, the soreness 
being partially gone, paint them with tincture of iodine once a day. If, 
however, the}^ become large and hard, nothing will be of any use short 
of dissecting them out. This may be done Avithout any danger. After- 
wards dress the wound Avith recipe No. 9, two or three times a day. 




54 



A HOLLAND COW. 

Celebrated for docility and fine milking qualities. 



CHAPTER XIII. 



OPERATIONS. 



I. TAPPING THE CHEST, AND TAPPING THE BELLY. II. TRACHEOT<">MT. III. TAP- 
PING THE KUMEN (PAUNCH) FOR HOVEN. IV. KUMENOTOMY. V. CASTRATION. 

VI. SPAYING. VII. TAPPING THE BLADDER OF THE OX OR BULL. VIII. 

SUTURES AND BANDAGES. IX. C^SARIAN OPERATION. -X. BLEEDING. 

I. Tapping the Chest, and Tapping the Belly. 

The first of these operations (^paracei%tesis thoracis) has for its object 
the removal of water fi-oni the chest in hydrothorax. Clip off the hair 

from a spot about three inches back 
of the joint of the elbow, and on a 
level with it. Make an incision 
through the skin and muscles to a 
depth of about two inches, being 
careful to locate it so that it shall 
pass between two ribs, and not too 
close to the posterior aspect of the 
anterior one of the two — about midway if possible. Then pass in the 
trochar and cannula, withdraw the trochar, and leave the cannula to 
act as a spout for the water. If lymi^h or other substance clogs the hole, 




MAKING THE INCISION WITH THE KNIFE 




THE FLUID FLOWING FROM THE CHEST THROUGH THE CANNULA. 

push it away Avitli a whalebone prolje. The other side may )>e tapped in 
the same way. The trochar for this operation should be about a quarter 

of an inch in diameter. 

850 



OPERATIONS. 



S51 



Paracentesis Abdovienis IS the same operation, to empty the belly in 
peritonitis. Make the incision in tlic center line of the l)elly jnst back of 
the navel. Use the same trochar, but do not insert it deeper than two 
inches. In either of these operations, when the instrument is withdrawn 
the hole will close without any aid, 

II. Tracheotomy. 

This is the insertion of a tube in the windpipe, in case of threatened 
suffocation. It is identical with the same operation on the horse, de- 
scribed on page 502. 

III. Tapping the Riunen (Paunch) for Hoven. 

Insert tlie trochar, which may be a large one (f of an inch in diame- 
ter), in the center of a triangle made l)y the last rib, the anterior point 
of the hi}) and the ends of the transverse processes of the luml)ar spines 
on the left side. Point it downward and inward obliquely, and it will 
pass directly into the paunch, which grows to the left side only, and only 
in this vicinity. Pull out the trochar, and the gas will escape through 
the cannula. (See the article, with cuts, on Hoven.) 

IV. Rumenotomy. 

This is an operation to em[)ty the paunch in case of engorgement, when 
a passage cannot be effected m the regular way. Clip off the hair from 
the triangle described in the last article, on the left side, (see cuts on 
pages 802 and 803), and make an opening, running up and down, large 
enough to insert the hand ; open first the skin, next the muscles, then the 
wall of the paunch. Insert a towel, and arrange it to cover the lower 
edge of the wound, to keep the latter clean. Then empty the paunch 
with the hand. When nearly empty, pour in recipe No. 20, M^ash the 
wound, and sew it up with cat-gut sutures. First sew the paunch, leav- 
ing the ends hanging inside ; then draw the muscles together, the ends of 
the ligatures hanging outside ; then sew up the skin. Dress the whole 
vvith lotion No. 9, keeping the parts wet with it nearly all the time. 

V. Castration. 

This may be done to calves by laying them down on ; .r backs, open- 
ing the scrotum and cutting through the tunics to the testicle, letting it 
out, when the tunics may be cut from their attachment at the end of the 
testicle, and the testicle pulled out, tearing away the spermatic cord. 
Pour a little cold water into the scrotum, and let the calf up. Old bulls 
may l)e castrated standing. Make a separate opening for each testicle, 
and let the testicle out of the tunics ; cut off the cord with the ecraseur 
well up towards the body; if no ecraseur is procurable, apply clamps, 
which may be removed after two days. 



852 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VI. Spaying. 

This is an operation on the female to remove the ovaries, and con'es- 
ponds to castration of the male. In yomig, small heifers it is best done 
in the flank. Lay the heifer on her left side with the legs stretched back. 
Clip off the hair from the angle between the point of the hip and last rib ; 
make an incision, running up and down, large enough to admit the hand; 
pass the hand into the abdominal cavity and find the womb ; follow up 
a horn of the womb till the ovary is reached, pull the ovary out, and 
either cut or twist it off, — preferably the latter, to avoid bleeding. If 
cut off, the artery should be twisted, to arrest the hemorrhage. The 
parts are put back, and the other ovary is brought up and operated on 
similarly. This one may be more difficult to bring out, but gentle trac- 
tion will accomplish it. Select warm pleasant weather for this operation, 
to avoid chilling the intestines. Great care should be taken to keep 
everything as clean as possible, as hair or other foreign particles, intro- 
duced into the belly, might cause fatal peritonitis. Stitch up the walls of 
the belly first ; then the skin with cat-gut, interrupted sutures. Dress 
the wound with lo-tion No. 9. 

Cows are best operated on standing. Make the incision through the 
upper Avail of the vagina close to the os uteri, large enough to introduce two 
fingers, by which the ovaries are pulled out and excised with an ecra- 
seur. No stitches are needed in this wound. Dress it afterwards with 
lotion No. 47, twice a day. Feed lightly for a day or two l)efore the oper 
ation, and give bran mashes for a few days after. If peritonitis sets in, 
(which, howe\er, it is not very likely to do), treat it according to the 
directions for that disease. 

VII. Tapping the Bladder of the Ox or Bull. 

When it is necessary to draw off the urine of the male, an opening 
must be made at the point where the penis turns over the angle of the 
pelvis, and the catheter introduced as seen in the annexed cut. The in- 
cision should be made very carefully, and no larger than really neces- 
sary to introduce the instrument. Dress the wound with No. 9, twice a 
day. It Avill be advisable to take a stitch in it, of course. The curve in 
the urethral canal (see cut on page 812) is Avhat makes this operation 
necessary, as it renders the introduction of a catheter by the penis 
impossible. 

VIII. Sutures and Bandages. 

Sutures are used in sewing wounds, Avhenever they are longer than half 
an inch. The material generally used is sill\, doubled once or twice, to 
make the cord large enough to prevent it from pulling out. Silver wire 



OPERATIONS. 



So 8 



may be used, but has no special advantages over the silk. Pass the needle 
through the skin about half an inch back from the edge and tie loosely, 
Icavinji: tiie ends about half an inch lomr. 




OPERATION FOR REMOVING URINE FROM THE OX. 

Bandages are particularly useful in cases of wounds on the legs, since 
there the stitches will almost invariably pull out, unless thus reinforced. 
The many-tailed bandage shown on page 847 is very useful. For further 
details see the corresponding article in the Horse department. 

IX. The Caesarian Operation. 

This is resorted to for the delivery of the calf, in the extremity men- 
tioned on page 751. The belly is opened high up in the flank on the 
right side, and an incision made in the uterus, and the calf taken out. It 
is seldom resorted to, for obvious reasons. 

X. Bleeding. 

A cord is passed around the neck, and 
tied tight enough to raise the vein, over 
which a fleam is held and struck with the 
blood-stick, AVhen sufficient blood has been 
taken, remove the cord and close the wound 
with a twisted ("figure 8") suture. 

The article on Bleeding, in the Horse de- 
partment, should be read in comiectiou with 
the forejroinir directions. ^^ prepared for bleeding. 




CHAPTER XrV. 



RECIPES FOR CATTLE. 



As a matter of convenience to the reader, to whom time will often be 
precious in treating his sick stock, we add this chapter, recapitulatino- all 
our prescriptions for cattle. 



No. 1. 



No. 2. 



No. 3. 



No. 4. 



No. 5. 



HEALING LOTION. 

Sugar of lead, 1 ounce, 
Carbolic acid, 2 drachms, 
Laudanum, 1 ounce, 
Water to make 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day. 



ANTISEPTIC LOTION. 

Carbolic acid, 1 part, 
Olive oil, 8 parts, 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day 



ANTISEPTIC DRENCH. 

Nitro-muriatic acid, 1 drachm, 
Bi-chromate potash, 3 gi-ains, 
Chlorate potash, 2 drachms. 
Water, % pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose two or three times 
a day. 



TONIC POWDER. 

Copperas, }^ ounce, 
Oil-cake, a handful, 

Powder and mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat morn- 
ing and night. 



No. 6. 



No. 7. 



No. 8. 



POWDER FOR RHEUMATISM. 

Colchicum, 2 drachms. 
Nitrate of potash, 2 drachms. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat night 
and morning for a week. 

854 



LINIMENT FOR RHEUMATISM. 

Laudanum, 1 ounce. 
Spirits camphor, 1 ounce. 
Turpentine, 1 ounce. 
Water to make 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Apply three times a day Avith fric- 
tion, and bandage'. 



TONIC DRENCH. 

Gentian root, 1 ounce. 
Ginger, 3^ ounce, 
Oatmeal gruel, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat tliree 
times a day for two weeks. 



MILD PURGATIVE. 

Epsom salts, 12 ounces, 
Ginger, 1 ounce. 
Gentian, 1 ounce. 
Syrup, 4 ounces. 
Water to make 2 quarts. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 9. CARBOLIC LOTION. 



Carbolic acid, ^^ ounce, 

Water, 1 pint, 
Mix. 

Apply two or three times a day; in 
case of a surface sore, bind on a 
sponge wet with the lotion. 



RECIPES FOli CATTLE. 



Borj 



KO. 10. ALTERATIVE AND STIMULATING 
DRENCH. 

Iodide potash, 2 drachms, 
Whiskey, 2 ounces, 
Powdered cinchona, 1 ounce, 
Gruel, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat three 
times a day. 



No. 11. TONIC POWDER. 

Saccharized carbonate of iron, 2drs. 
Powdered cincliona barli, 2 drs.. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose ; repeat morning 
and night. 



No. 12. TURPENTINE DRENCH. 

Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil, )^ pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, repeat three 
times a day. 



No. 16. A GARGLE. 

Chlorate of potash, 1 ounce, 
Water, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Inject a little into the throat as a 
gargle several times a day. 

No- 17. MIXTURE FOR DIARRIIflEA. 

Infusion of quassia, 1 pint. 
Laudanum, 1 ounce, 
Sulphuric ether, )^ ounce. 
Cold, thin gruel, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. Repeat, if nec- 
essaiy. 



No. 13. ^ONIC DRENCH. 

Tincture nuiriate of iron, % ounce, 
Tinctui'e cinchona, 1 ounce, 
Water, 2 ounces. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose ; repeat three 

times a day, between tbe doses 

of No. 12. 



AMMONIA LINIMENT. 

Liquor of ammonia, 1 ounce, 
Oil of turpentine, 1 ounce, 
Linseed oil, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Rub well in to the face and head 
once a day. 



No. 15. SILVER LOTION. 

Nitrate of silver, 10 grains, 
Water, 1 ounce. 

Mix. 
Apply twice a day with a camePs 
hair brush. 



No. 18. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Spirits nitre, 3 ounces. 
Tincture aconite root, 2 drachms, 
Fluid extract belladonna, ig t>z.. 
Nitrate potash, 2 ounces, 
Muriate of ammonia, 2 oances. 
Water to make 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Give half a teacupf ul every two or 
three hours till better. 



No. 19. TONIC AND ALTERATIVE POWDER. 

Nitrate of potash, 2 drachms. 
Gentian root (powdered), 2 drs., 
Ginger, 1 drachm. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose; repeat morning 
and night for a week. 



No. 20. STIMULATING DRENCH. 

Infusion of gentian, ^z pint, 

Ginger, 1 drachm. 

Carbonate of ammonia, 1 drachm. 

Syrup, 2 ounces, 

Water, )^ pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat three 
times a day. 



No. 21. TONIC POWDER. 

Sulphate of iron (copperas), 3 drs., 
Gentian, 2 drachms. 
Ginger, 1 drachm, 
Foenugreek seed, 1 drachai. 

Powder and mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat morn- 
ing and night for a week or two. 



850 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



No. 22. A GARGLE. 

Chlorate of potash, 2 ounces, 
Water, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Shoot back into the throat, as a 

gargle, several times a day with 

a syringe. 



No. 23. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Mindererus' spirit (acetate of am- 
monia) , 2 ounces. 

Tincture aconite root, 20 drops, 

Water, X pint, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose, and repeat every 
two hours till better. 



No. 24. COUGH MIXTURE. 

Gum camphor, 2 drachms. 
Saltpetre, 4 drachms. 
Spirits of nitre, 1 ounce. 
Water (or gruel) , 1 pint. 

Mix as directed below. 
Dissolve the camphor in the nitre, 
and add the water (or gruel) and 
saltpetre, and give as one dose, 
Kepeat every four or six hours. 



No. 28. ANTACID ?OWDER. 

Bi-carbonate of soda, 3 drachms 
Gentian, 2 drachms. 
Ginger, 2 drachms. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat morn- 
ins: and niffht. 



No. 29. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. 

Prepared chalk, 1 ounce, 
Powdered catechu, % ounce. 
Powdered ginger, 2 drachms, 
Powdered opium, % drachm. 
Peppermint water, % W^ 'i 

Mix. 
Give from two to fotir tablespoon- 
fuls, according to the size of the 
calf, morning and night. 



No. 25. HEALING LOTION. 

Vinegar, 1 ounce. 
Honey, 2 ounces, 
Water, y^ pint. 

Mix. 
Apply three or four times a day. 



No. 26. POWERFUL PURGATIVE. 

Epsom salts, \yi pounds, 
Ginger, 2 ounces. 
Gentian, 2 ounces, 
Calomel, 2 drachms, 
Croton oil, 20 drops, 
Syrup, I pint, 
Warm water, 2 quarts. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 30. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. 

Tincture of catechu, 2 ounces, 
Tincture of cardamoms, 2 ounces, 
Carbonate of soda, 2 drachms. 

Mix. 
Divide into two to four doses, ac- 
cording to age of animal, and give 
one of them morning and night. 



No. 31. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. 

Powdered opium, ^g drachm, 
Tincture of cardamoms, 1 ounce, 
Sulphuric ether, 3 drachms. 
Linseed tea (or starch gruel) 1 pint 

Mix. 
Divide into six doses; give one 
night and morning! 



No. 32. ALTERATIVE DRENCH. 

Tincture of rhubai'b, 4 ounces. 
Powdered ginger, 2 drachms, 
Warm gruel, 4 ounces, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and follow it witli 
some doses of No. 30 or 31. 



No. 27. STIMULATING DRENCH. 

Liquor ammonia, 1 ounce. 
Warm ale, 1 quart, 
Essence of ginger, % ounce, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 33. ASTRINGENT DRENCH, 

Prepared chalk, 1).< ounces, 
Powdered catechu, 2 drachms, 
Powdered opium, % drachm, 
Powdered gentian, 2 drachms, 
Starch gruel, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose ; repeat in twenty 
four hourSj if necessary. 



RECIPES FOR CATTLE. 



85' 



ASTRINGENT DRENCH. 

Powdered opium, 2 drachms, 

Powdered starch, 4 ounces, 

Sulphuric ether, 1 ounce. 

Cold ale, 1 pint, 
Mix. 

Give as one dose. By substituting 
tepid water for the ale, it may be 
advantageously used as an injec- 
tion. 



ASTRINGENT DRENCH. 

Tannic acid, ^g drachm, 
Powdered opium, 1 drachm, 
Powdered gentian, 1 ounce. 
Warm ale, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



ALTERATIVE DRENCH. 

Calomel, 1 drachm. 
Powdered opium, 2 drachms. 
Gruel, 1 quart, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



ALTERATIVE DRENCH. 

Epsom salts, 7 ounces. 
Powdered opium, 2 drachms^ 
Powdered gentian, 2 drachms. 
Gruel, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



ANTISEPTIC MIXTURE. 

Chloride of lime, }-2 ounce. 
Tincture of arnica, % ounce. 
Sulphuric ether, 1 ounce. 
Starch gruel, 2 quarts. 

Mix. 
Give half by the mouth and half 
by injection. 



STRONG INJECTION. 

Linseed oil, 1 pint. 

Oil turpentine, 4 ounces, 

Croton oil, 30 drops. 

Warm water, 1 quart. 

Soft soap, 1 ounce. 
Mix. 

Reoeat three times a day as an in- 
jection, till a full purgative ac- 
tion is got. 



No. 40. STIMULATING SUBCUTANEOUS 
INJECTION. 

Strychnine, 4 grains. 
Spirits of wine, T ounce. 
Sulphuric acid, 6 drops, 

Mix. 
Wlien dissolved, inject from ten t© 
twenty drops under the skin. 



No. 41. 



ANODYNE FEVER MIXTURE. 

Camphor, 2 drachms. 

Sulphuric ether, % ounce, 

Acetate of ammonia, 4 ounces, (jae 
directed below). 
Mix. 

Dissolve the camphor in the sul- 
phuric ether, and then add the 
acetate of ammonia. Give as 
one dose in ale or gruel. 



No. 42. FEVER MIXTURE. 

Mindererus' spirit, 3 ounces, 
Tincture aconite root, 20 drops, 
Linseed tea, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat every 
two hours till better. 



No. 43. STIMULATING DREMCH. 

Sulphuric acid, 2 drachms, 
. Tincture of cardamoms, 1 ounce. 
Water, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Give as one dose. 



No. 44. ANTILITHIC INJECTION. 

Hydrochloric acid, 1 drachm, 
Water, % pint, 

Mix. 
Inject into the bladder. 



No. 45. ACID DRENCH. 

Hydrochloric acid, 20 drops, 
Gentian, 3 drachms, 
Oat meal gruel, 1 pint, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose, and repeat it 
morningand night for a few days. 



858 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



No. 46. ANTACID POWDER. 

Bi-carbonate soda, %, pound, 
Gentian, 4 ounces, 
Linseed meal, 2 pounds, 

Mix. 
Give two tablespoonfuls morning 
and niffht for two or tliree weeks. 



No. 47. ANTISEPTIC IIJJECTION. 

Carbolic acid, >2 ounce. 
Water, % gallon, 

.Mix. 
Use as injection twice a day. 



No. 48. ANODYNE DRENCH. 

Chloral hydrate, 1 ounce, 
Water, 1 i)int, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose ; repeat, if neces- 
sary, in half an hour. 



No. 49. HEALING LOTION. 

Spirits of camphor, 4 ounces, 
Sugar of lead, 1 ounce, 
Sulphate of zinc, 2 drachms. 
Soft water, 1 quart. 

Mix. 
Bathe the parts once a day. 



No. 50. SOFTENING LOTION. 

Gum camphor, 4 ounces, 
Olive oil, 1 pint. 

Mix. 
Rub well in three times a day. 



No. 53. ASTRINGENT OINTMENT. 

Tannic acid, igOunce, 
Carbolic acid, 1 drachm, 
Lard, 4 ounces. 

Mix. 
Apply twice a day. 



No. 54. NERVINE AND ALTERATIVE. 

Nux vomica, 2 drachms. 
Saltpetre, % ounce. 

Mix. " ^ 

Give as one dose, repeating it moi^ 
ing and night for a month. 

s- 
NO. 55. LOTION FOR LICE. ''' 

Tobacco, y^ Pound, 
Water, 1 gallon, 

Steep for two hours. 
Apply warm. 



N(^. 50. MIXTURE FOR RINGWORM. 

Tincture of iodine, 2 ouuces, 
Oil of tar, 1 ounce, 
Glycerine, 2 ounces, 

Mix. 
Rub well in once a day. 



No. 57. 



MIXTURE FOR RINGWORM. 

Solution iodo-broniide of calcium 

compound, 1 ounce. 
Water, 3 ounces, 

Mix. 
Rub well in once a day. 



No, 51. ANTISEPTIC POWDER. 

Sulphite soda, 1 ounce. 
Nitrate potash, 2 drachms, 

Mix. 
Give as one dose in a bran mash ; 

repeat morning and night for a 

week. 



No. 52. ASTRINGENT OINTMENT. 

Alum, 1 ounce. 
Carbolic acid, 1 drachm. 
Lard, 4 ounces. 

Powder the alum and mix. 
Apply twice a day. 



No. 58. EYE WASH. 

Sulphate of atropia, 2 grains, 
Water, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Apply several times a day with a 
camel's hair brush. 



No. 59. EYE WASH. 

Nitrate of silver, 10 grains, 
Water, 1 ounce, 

Mix. 
Apply directly to the eyeball, morn- 
ing and night, with a camel's 
hair brush. 



m 



RECIPES FOR CATTLE. 



859 



^O. liO. FLY BLISTER. 

Powdered cantharides, 1 ounce, 
Lard, 4 ounces, 

Mix. 
Kub Avell in. 



No. 61. LINIMENT FOR SPRAINS. 

Tincture arnica, 2 ounces, 
Alcohol, 1 ounce, 



Turpentine, 1 ounce. 
Laudanum, 1 ounce. 
Liquor anunonia, 1 ounce, 
Water to make one pint. 

Mix. 
If practicable, bandage tolerably 

tight. Give rest till the lamenes.s 

is all gone. 




A DUTCH cow. 
This cow belongs by nature to lowlands of a moist and marshy character where 
there is much green vegetation. Tliey are not beautiful, but produce large quantities 
of milk, and are greatly esteemed for their excellent beef. 




THE LIMBURGER COW OF GERMANY. 

This race is found in the Belgian province of Limbourg, and a part of Wurtemberg. 
'he color is silvery-yellow, with now and tlien a white spot in the forehead. They 
re small, but very fine milkers. ^ 




HOLSTEIN-FHIBSIAN COW PIEBE LAURA. 




AYRSHIRE COW MARY BRYANT. 



PART V. 

SWINE. 

HISTORY, ma:n^agement and characteristics 

OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 



-- ws(*e^s«***"S-s'^«^' 







SWINE. 



CHAPTER I. 
HISTORY AISTD STATISTICS OP SWINE. 



I. ORIGIN AND ANTIQUITY OF THE HOG. II. THE NATIVE AMERICAN SPECIES, 

III. SWINE OF EUROPE. ASIA AND AFRICA. IV. THE WILD HOGS OP 

EUROPE. V. TEETH OF THE HOG. VI. BROUGHT TO AMERICA BY COLUM- 
BUS — ^VII. THREE GREAT SWINE PRODUCING STATES. VIII. IMPORTANCE 

OF THE PORK INTEREST. 

I. Origin and Antiquity of the Hog. 

The original country of the hog, like that of the other domesticated 
animals of the farm, is lost in the obscurity of the past. Yet, ever since 
history began, the hog bas been known in a wild state in Asia, Africa and 
in Europe. That the hogs ( f all these countries have a common origin is 
shown by the fact that they all belong to the same scientific classification, 
sus scrofa, and also by the more important fact that they are all fertile 
together, and continue to produce fertile offspring, from generation to 
generation. 

The great antiquity of swine is shown by the fact that fossil remains 
have been found in the tertiary and diluvial deposits of Europe ; and fos- 
sils of a species closely allied to them have been found in as ancient de- 
posits in India. Whatever their origin may have been, their aptitude for 
taking care of themselves in a wild state — for they are both flesh and 
vegetable feeders — and their great fecundity would soon have enabled 
them to overrun large territories. 

n. The Native American Species. 

While the original of the domesticated hog was only found in Asia, 
Africa and Europe, yet allied native species are found in America. In 
Australia, the Polynesian groups, and the other Pacific islands, swmewere 
unknown until introduced there by civilized people. The same is true of 
America. The allied species here are not, we believe, continuously fertile 
with the domesticated hog. 

55 865 



866 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



m. Swine of Europe, Asia and Africa. 

While it is a fact, as previously stated, that the swine of Europe, Asia 
and Africa liave a coinnion origin, there is no means of knowing how or 
when they were first introduced. The probal)ility, however, is that they 
spread spontaneously over these countries ; for the original forest cover- 
ing rendered the means of migration easy to them, since thick timber and 
all the lands along streams furnish their natural feeding grounds. 

IV. The Wild Hogs of Europe. 

It matters little, practically, how any of the farm animals originated, 
or how they were naturally disseminated over the earth ; though to 
savants, of course, the question is curious and interesting. It is worthj 
of remark, that of all domestic animals used as food by man, the hog is 
the only one that has preserved his native characteristics unmodified in :i 
wild state. 




HOGS KUN WILD IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 

The hunting of wild hogs has formed an exciting chase in all ages of 
the world, both on account of their fleetness and their savage courage 
when brought to bay. In the southern portions of the United States, in 
sparsely settled districts, swine are found escaped from domestication, and 
showing all their natural savage traits, including dangerous fierceness 
when brought to bay. Forty years ago the writer hunted wild hogs, — 
the descendants of Indian breeds, — in the swamps and morasses of north- 
ern Indiana and the timbered river bottoms of the Calumet. The haid 
winter of 1844, however, destroyed the last renmant of these wild hogx, 
they having all died in their lairs, from exposure and want of food. Wild 
hogs are now rarely found in Europe, and this when preserved in royal 
forests as in Denmark, Italy and Greece. In France and Germany they 
have become extremely rare, and in Great Britain the wild species haa 
lonjs: been extinct. 



i 



HISTORY AND STATISTICS OF SWINE. 867 

*^ V. Teeth of the Hog. 

The teeth of swine are 44 in number, as follows : Incisors, six upper 
and six lower, (12); canines or tusks, two upper and two lower, (4); 
molars, or grinding teeth, fourteen upper and fourteen lower, (28) : mak- 
ing 44, including what were formerly called wolf teeth, but are now 
classed with the molars. They are represented scientifically by the den- 
tal formula : | — f — 1| — 44. Furstenbui-g, a careful German author- 
ity, gives the manner of determining the age of swine as follows : 

Born with eight teeth, four corner incisors and four tusks, on the 
eighth or tenth day the second or third temporary molars appear. The 
four nippers, two on the upper and two on the under jaw, appear at four 
weeks old. 

At the fifth or sixth week the first temporary molars appear in the 
upper and lower jaw. 

At the age of three months the intermediary incisors appear. 

At the sixth, the so-called wolf teeth are seen, and also the third per- 
manent molars. 

At the ninth month the permanent corner incisors, the permanent 
tusks, and the second permanent molars will be seen. 

At twelve months the permanent nippers will have appeared, and by 
the thirteenth month, the throe temporary molars will have been shed, 
and the permanent ones will be seen ; at fifteen months these will be 
fully up. 

At the age of eighteen months the permanent intermediary incisors and 
the permanent rear molars will show, and at the twenty-first month these 
will be fully developed, thus completely finishing the permanent denti- 
tion. 

From this time on, the means for determining the age is by the wear 
of the permanent teeth, and also by the increasing length of the tushes, 
which at from four to ten years, attain such size and become such formid- 
able weapons that it is said that hogs have been known to cope success- 
fully with the lion. Certain it is that no beast dares attack them when 
herded together, and it is only by the strategy of man that they may be 
successfully hunted and killed. And so dangerous has this pastime always 
been considered, that a boar's head has been counted as one of the most 
valuable trophies of the chas(\ 

VT. Brought to America by Columbus. 

The history of the introduction of swine into America is that they were 
brought by Columbus to flispaniola in 1493, and to Florida in 1538 by 
De Soto ; they were brought to Nova Scotia and Newfoundland in 1553 
by the French, and into Canada in 1608, In 1609 they were brought 



868 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



into Virginia by tlie English adventurers, and eighteen years thereafter it 
is recorded that their numbers had so increased that the settlement at 
Jamestown had to be surrounded with palisades to keep them away. 

VII. Three Great Swine Producing States. 

From 1871 to 1878 the swine of the United States increased fronj 
29,457,500 to 32,362,500 head. In the latter year the three greatest 
hog producing States were Illinois, 3,355,500; Ohio, 2,341,411, and 
Iowa 2,244,800 head. In that year there were packed in Chicago alone, 
over 4,000,000 head, in 1879 nearly 5,000,000, and in 1880, over 4,500,- 
OOO head. 

VIII. Importance of the Pork Interest. 

In the whole Mississippi Valley there were packed in 1877-8, 6,502,- 
446 head of hogs. In 1878-9, 7,475,648 head, and in 1879-80, 6,946,151 
head. The average net weight of these hogs, was for 1878, over 226 
pounds, for 1879, over 217 pounds, and for 1880, nearly 213 pounds. 

The total export of hog products for 1876 to 1880 inclusive was as 
follows ; 



From New York. 



From Boston, Philadelphia., 
Baltimore, Portland, New 
Orleans and Montreal. 



Pork 
barrels 



Biicon 

anu Hams, 

pounds 



Lard, 
pounds. 



Pork 
barrels. 



Bacon 

and Hams, 

pounds. 



Lard, 
pounds. 



1876. 
1877. 

1878. 
1879. 
1880. 



198,981 
203,506 
284,619 
304,880 
282,'261 



220,338,187 
236,909,669 
427,730,887 
503,867,149 
511,317,12& 



153,010,890 
176,.546.193 
247,325,212 
243,281,844 
293,745.050 



70,642 
67,.536 
69,016 
55,206 
58,969 



195,849,415 
188,691,271 
206,734,658 
236,460,063 

288,069,645 



57,402.146 
54,275,151 
80,877,847 
84,819,333 
97,284,39if 



Continuing the subject from 1880 up, we find, from the reports of the 
Department of Agriculture at Washington, that the quantities of hog i)ro- 
ducts exported from the United States show numerous fluctuations, the 
highest year being 1881, which was very little larger than 1880. The 
exports reached the lowest point in 1S83, when there were but 627,093,446 
pounds exported; 1895 shows a decrease from 1880 of 138,677,328 pounds, 
or 11.3 per cent. Values of exports, however, show an increase from 
$84,838,242 in 1880 to $89,757,428 in 1889. The highest point was 
reached in 1881, from which it fell steadily to the lowest point in 1886; 
from that it rose, with slight fluctuations, to $93,433,582 in 1894, and 
fell to $89,757,428 in 1895, an increase of $4,919,186, or 5.8 per cent., 
over the values of 1880. 



CHAPTER n. 



BREEDS OP SWINE. 



I, SIRES OP IMPROVED BREEDS. II. CHINESE SWINE. III. NEAPOLITAN SWINE. 

IV. THE HOG OP INDIA. V. ENGLISH BREEDS — THE BERKSHIRE. VI. 

THE ESSEX. VII. THE BLACK DORSET. VIII. THE SUFFOLK. IX. THE 

YORKSHIRE. X. LANCASHIRE BREEDS. XI. AMERICAN BREEDS. XII. THE 

CHESTER WHITE. XIII. THE POLAND-CHINA. XIV. THE CHESHIRES. XV. 

JERSEY RED SWINE. XVI. DUROC SWINE. ^XVII. SUMMARY OF BREEDS. 

I. Sires of Improved Breeds. 

The swine used in the improvement of the breeds of England and the 
United States, are: First, the China hog; second, the Neapolitan hog, 
and thitd the hog of India. The first has given remarkable aptitude in 
fattening, while the second and third have imparted style, beauty of form 
and excellence of flesh. 

II. Chinese Swine. 

The first improvement in modern swine is undoubtedly due to impor- 
tations of hogs from China. They are remarkable for prepotency of 




CHINESE BOAR. 



blood, due to their careful breeding for centuries in China with special 
reference to early maturity and aptitude for fattening ; and these hogs 
were f he basis upon which all English and American breeds were originally 

8^9 



870 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORi 



built. The infusion of this Chinese blood long since converted the orig- 
inal raw-boned, hard-feeding, long-nosed and long-legged hogs of England 
of 100 years ago, into compact, deep-bodied, broad-backed, short-nosed 
and early maturing hogs of fifty years ago , known in the earlier crosses 




CHINESE SOW. 

as Grass-breed, Irish Graziers, etc. Then came in the India hog, reducing 
the bone, hair, and coarseness of flesh still more ; and afterwards the 
improved form of the India hog — the Neapolitan — still further refined 
them, giving us the splendid Berkshire, the Essex, and various other black 
and spotted breeds. 

ni. Neapolitan Swine. 

Neapolitan sw^ne are marked for the excellence of their flesh, their el- 
egant style, little hair and fine bone. In relation to them Sidney says it is 
probable that the Neapolitans are the descendants of the dark Eastern 
swine imported by early Italian voyagers and cultivated to perfection by 
the favorable climate and welcome food. Martin is of the opinion that 
to this breed and to the Chinese is due the improvement of all English 
swine, and, in this connection mentions paracularly the Berkshire, Essex, 
Hampshire and Yorkshire. Youatt, while accepting the authority of 
Martin, adds also the swine of Wiltshire. Of these breeds only the 
Berkshire, Essex and Yorkshire have held their ground with the other 
improved breeds of to-day, and these are among the finest and most gen- 
erally liked of any of the now fashionable breeds. The first importation 



BREEDS OF SWINE. 



871 



of Neapolitan swine into the United States, is said to have been made 
about 1840 ; but in 1850 fine specimens were imported into New York by 
a Mr. Chamberhiin. They are described as having been of a dark slate 
color, and as having brought their pigs true to color and characteristics. 




The Neapolitans are well described by a committee of the American 
Swine Breeders Association as follows : Head small ; forehead bony and 
liat; face slightly dishin«; snout rather long and very slender; ears 
small, thin, standing forward nearly horizontally, and quite lively ; jowls 
very full ; neck short, broad and heavy above ; trunk long, cylindrical 
and well ribbed back; back flat, and ribs arching, even in low flesh; 



872 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

belly horizontal on the lower line ; hind-quarters higher than the fo\e, 
but not very much so ; legs very fine, the bones and joints being smaller 
than those of uny other breed ; haras and shoulders well developed and 




NEAPOLITAN AND ESSEX CROSS. 

meaty; tail tine, curled, flat at the extremity, and fringed with hair on 
each side ; general color slaty, or bluish plum color, Avith a cast of cop- 
pery red ; skin soft and fine, nearly free from hair, which, when found 
upon the sides of the head and l)ehind the forelegs, is black and soft, and 
rather long ; flosh firm and elastic to the touch. 

rv. The Hog of India. 

These swine hold the same relation to the Neapolitan that the Chinese 
do to the improved breeds of white swine. They are undoubtedly an- 
cestors of the Neapolitan breed. The hog of India, of which the Sia- 
mese hog jnay be said to have been a re[)resfcntative, was in color from a 
jet black to a dark sTate, or rich plum color, of medium size, quick to ma- 
ture ; very fine in all points, with short, small legs and head ; thin jowls, a 
dished face, slender, erect ears; Ijroad, deep, compact body, well rib- 
bed, heavy hams and shoulders ; slender tail, skin thin, but firm and 
elastic to the touch. 

V. Englisli Breeds— The Berkshire. 

The Berkshire is among swine what the thorous^hbred is among horses — a 
type of perfect breedirig. The Berkshires are noted for their fine bone, 
great muscularity, firm flesh, and excellent hams and shoulders. Their 
contititutions are most excellent, and they are among the ])est of the im- 
proved breeds as gleaners after fattening cattle. They require some- 
what more feed in proportion to their weight than some of the breeds 
abounding in lard and other fat ; but this is compensated for in the gi'eater 
proportion of lean meat and its excellent distribution. 




5 ? 



BREEDS OF SWINE. 



873 



The fashionable color now is, black all over except the dish of the face, 
the feet and the end of the tail, which are white. If there is white, no 



MU- ,1 




matter how small, on the body, discard such animals; a bluish spot or 
tinge is not objectionable, but rather shows a strengthening of the blood 
by reversion to the original cross. The points of the pure Berkshire 



874 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

are : Face short, fine and well dished ; generally broad between the eyes ; 
ears almost erect, sometimes inclined forward with advancing age, always 
small, thin, soft and showing veins; jowl full; neck short and thick; 
shoulder short from neck, but moderately deep from back down; back 
broad and straight, or very little arched ; ribs long and well sprung, - 




TAMWORTH BOAR. 

giving rotundity of body; short ribs of good length, giving breadth and 
fevelnessof loin; hips good length from joint of hips to rump; hams 
thick, round and deep, holding their thickness well back and down to the 
hocks ; tail fine and small, set on high up ; legs short and fine, but straight 
and very strong, with hoofs erect and legs set wide apart; si/e medium; 
length medium, since extremes are to be avoided; bone fine and compact; 
offal very light; hair fine and soft; no bristles; skin pliable. 



BREEDS OF SWINE. 



875 



VI. The Essex, 

This medium to light weight English l)reed is, to our mind, one of the 
vciy best of the breeds ever introduced into tlie United States. They 




combine great stamina and vigor of constitution. They make excellent 
pork, not too fat. 'The sows are prolific and are good nurses; and the 
harrows fatten easil}' and kindly at any age. When mature they weigh 
about 300 pounds. They make excellent crosses on coarse swine, the 
produce being fine-boned, quiet, and easily fattened hogs. The Essex, in 



876 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



shape and color, is not unlike the Berkshire, but larger proportional] v. 
The color is a pure, deep black ; face short and dished ; ears small, soft 
and erect while young, but falling over somewhat with age ; the bone is 




E.'^SEX sow. 



fine, hair thin ; the carcass long, broad, straight and deep, with excellent 
hams, carrying meat fully down near the hock. Their great delicacy of i 
form is due to tlieir crossing with the Neapolitan ; and except that thoy 
are better haired the cuts we give would not be bad representations of ' 
the breed. 




BLA.CK DORSET SOW. 

VII. The Black Dorset. 



The black swine of Dorsetshire, England, are a breed in high repute, 
locally. They are represented as being strong-constitutioned, attaining 



P: BREEDS OE SWINE. 877 

hciivy weights and fattening kindly. If the illustration, reproduced from 
an English cut, showing the hog in breeding flesh is a good representation 
of the breed, they ought to be valual)le in the West. The great trouble 
with our breeders is that they are working their stock too line. Many of 
them have not head and jaw enough to perfectly grind corn. They have 
too little hair, and their constitutions have suffered from too close breed- 
ing, rendering them lial)le to disease. We believe the coming hog will be 
the reverse of this. 

VIII. The Suffolks. 

The Suffolk is now regarded as only a variety of the Yorkshire, one of 
the best of the English white breeds. The Manchesters, the Middlesex, 
the Suffolk, the so-called Windsor, the Calehill and the Cheshire of New- 
York State have all been formed on the Yorkshire-Cumberland stock, 
and the differences in all these breeds are trifling. 

The characteristics of the Suffolks are oriven in the Swine Resfister as 
follows: Head small, very short; cheeks prominent and fuL ; faco 
dished ; snout small and very short ; jowl fine ; ears small, thin, upright, 
soft and silky ; neck very short and thick, the head appearing almost a^ 
if set on front of shoulders ; no arching of crest ; crest wide and deep : 
elbows standing out ; brisket wide, but not deep ; shoulders and crop^ 
shoulders thick, rather upright, rounding outward from top to elbows ; 
crops wide and full. Sides and flanks — ribs well arched out from back, 
good length between shoulder and ham ; flank well filled out and coming 
well down at ham. Back broad, level and straight from crest to tail, not 
falling off or down at tail ; hams wide and full, well rounded out ; twist 
very wide and full all the way down. Legs and feet — legs small and very 
short, standing wide apart, in sows just keeping the belly from the ground ; 
bone fine; feet small, hoofs rather spreading; tail small, long and 
tapering. Skin, hair, and color — skin thin, of a pinkish shade, free from 
color ; hair fine and silky, not too thick ; color of hair pale yellowish 
white, perfectly free from any spots or other color. Size small to 
medium. 

The principal objections to the Suffolk are : They have too much fat; 
they are bad nurses ; the pigs are weak; and they are subject to scrofula. 

IX. The Yorkshire. 

The Yorkshire is, to our mind, one of the very best of the English white 
breeds. They are hardy, vigorous, and well-haired ; they are prolific 
and good nurses ; they are uniform in shai)e and color, and of any size 
requisite, from 200 pound hogs up to heavy weights, according as you 
select the small, the middle, or the large breed. The middle breed is 



878 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



produced between the small York and the Cumberland. The large York- 
shire attains heavy weights, while the middle breed is about the size and 
weight of the Berkshire. 

X. Lancashire Breeds. 
This remarkable English breed is divided into three sub-families : The 
short-faced, the middle breed and the large Lancashire ; the character- 




istics and color (pure white) of each ])cing constant. Over one hundred 
years ago the large breed were cultivated in England, and are represented 
as being of immense size, large-limbed and coarse-boned. 

Short Faced Lancashire. — This breed is remarkable for the shortness 
of the face from the eyes to the end of the snout ; prick ears ; small 
bones ; a good coat of white hair; cubic in form, with broad back and 



BREEDS OP SWINE. f<Rl 

broad hams, well let down. The skhi, as well as the hair, is white, al- 
though !in oceasioual one may ne found having a few dark-blae spots on 
the skin, but never dark or l)laek hairs. 

Lancashire Middle-Breed. — This breed is one whieh i)artakes of the 
quality of the small breed and the size of the large breed. Middle ])red 
hogs are got by crossing large bred sows Avith small bred boars, but all 
attempts to attain the same results by reversing this operation, and putting 
large bred boars to small bred sows have proved failures. The largest of 
the middle bred sows are used to improvo the large breed. Their char- 
acteristics are : The small bred hog must have small bones ; a short face ; 
sdky hair; fine, small, upright ears ; a comparatively square form ; must 
have good square hams, the most valuable part of the hog ; must carry 
the meat near the ground ; flat on the back ; straight and cubic in form. 

Lancashire Large Breed. — These hogs have large bones, are of great 

height and length, and are the largest breed of swine known. They arc 

a true breed, and. breed constant to color and characteristics. These are : 

Large size, great length ; flat back, with large square hams when fattened ; 

must carry their width of back along over the hams ; must have deep and 

tolerably straight sides, large feet and leg bones ; hair short ; may have 

a long face, but it had better be short, as they fatten better ; may have 

a large, drooping ear, but, other qualities and size being equal, an 

upright, smaller ear preferred. They usually have a long, thick, strong 

tail; must be of great weight Avhen fattened, and al)ove all must be deS" 

cended from a hog having the foregoing qualities, and, if a breeder, must 

produce them. They are short of hair, but still are hearty. A middle 

l)red hog must have a short face, and all other good qualities of the small 

breed, except tliat they may be longer in proportion to their width ; must 

have thicker legs and longer bones to carry the greater size ; should be 

well haired. 

3ri. American Breeds. 

The American breeds in best repute are : The Chester White, which 
originated in Pennsylvania ; the Poland-China, which originated m Ohio ; 
Jersey Reds, originated in New Jerse}^ ; the Duroc, originated in New 
York; and Cheshire, originated in New York. These, however, as 
previously stated, arc only modified Yorkshires. Of those breeds the 
Chester- White and Poland-China have been most widely disseminated. 

XII. The Chester White. 

This breed originated in- Chester County, Pa., and is recorded to have 
been brought about as follows : The first impulse to the improvement 
of swine in that county was given by the introduction of a ])air of fine 
pigs, brought from Bedfordshire, Endand, by Capt. James Jeffries, and 

56 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

placed upon nis farm near the count}' seat, in 1818. Some of the enter- 
prishig farmers of the neighl)orhood Avere encouraged to commence the 
improvement of their swine ; and by crossing tliese pigs upon the native 
white hog of the county, their progeny witli the best specimens attainable, 
and by a course of careful and judicious crossing and selection for many 




years, the present valuable breed of well formed, good sized, easily fat- 
tened hogs, known as Chester Whites, was produced and made an estab- 
lished breed. 

The following are the characteristics of these hogs : Head, short and 
broad between the eyes ; ears thin, projecting forward and lopping at the 
point ; neck short and thick ; jowl large ; body lengthy and deep ; back 



BREEDS OF SWINE. 883 

broad ; hams full and deei) ; legs short, and well set under the body for 
bearing the weight ; coat thin, white, and straight; (if a little wavy it is 
no objection) ; small tail and no bristles. 

XIII. The Poland China. 

There has been much controversy over the origin and improvement of 
this breed of swine, and in some instances much acrimony. They have 
nevertheless held their own among the reputal)le breeds of the West, 
have been largely improved within the last fifteen years by infusion of 
Berkshire blood, and are now probably more widely disseminated west 
of the Allcghanies than any other breed excei)t the Berkshires. The 
American Swine Breeders' Association give their history and character- 
istics as follows : 

In 1816, the Shakers of Union Village, Warren county, O., purchased 
at Philadelphia one boar and three sows, of what was, at the time, be- 
lieved to be pure China. They were called Big China hogs. Subse- 
quently other China hogs were introduced and extensively used. The 
Shakers and other judicious breeders in Warren and Butler counties con- 
tinued to cross them with the Russian and Byfield blood, that had long 
been in use there, and produced, by repeated crosses, a hog of exceedingly 
fine qualities for that period, which was generally known as the Warren 
county hog. 

This condition of the breed continued until about the year 1835 or 1836, 
when the Berkshires Ave re introduced. Other lots of Berkshires contin- 
ued to come into the Miami Valley until about 1841. The Berkshire 
blood was liberally infused into the stock existing not only in Southwest- 
ern Ohio, but in Kentuck}"^ also. 

Crossing with the Berkshires was almost exclusively done until about 
1838 or 1839, when Mr. William Neff, of Cincinnati, imported some 
choice specimens of the Irish Grazier. This breed soon grew into high 
favor, and, as a consequence, was liberally used in making crosses with the 
best specimens of the crosses previously made. This crossing of breeds 
contiimed for some time. In a few years, however, the use of the pure 
blooded BerksHre was entirely discontinued, and there were no further 
importations made of the Irish Grazier. 

For more than thirty years no new blood has been introduced into this 
breed, and no effort made to obtain a ncAV supply of the blood of either 
breed previously used. While this is true, the breeders have not been in- 
different to the further improvement of the breed. 

The best specimens have good length ; short legs ; broad, straight backs ; 
deep sides, flanking well down on the leg ; very broad, full, square hams 
and shoulders ; drooping ears ; short heads, wide between the eyes, of 



884 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

BOOtted or dark color ; are hardy, vigorous, and prolific, and when fat 
fu-e models, combining the excellences of both large and small breeds . 




It should be added, that the representation we give is that of a Poland- 
China, combining the characteristics of both the white and black crosses. 
The more fashionable colof now is pure black, with minute white spots 



imKKDS OV SWINE. 



885 



scatteretl more or less over the hody 
with white fetlocks and hoofs. 



The best strains now are pure black 



XIV. The Cheshire. 

This variety, undoubtedly only a, modified Yorkshire, is said to have 
originated in Jefferson county, N. Y. They are pure white in color, with 
little hair and a pink skin, thin and pliable, but not quite uniform, marked 
distinctions sometimes being noticed; and, like the Suifolks, the tails of 
the 3'oung pigs often drop off. The snout is often long, but very slender 
and fine. The jowls are plump, and the car erect, fine, and thin. The 




IMPROVED CHESHIRE. 



shoulders are wide and the hams full. The flesh of these hogs is fine- 
grained, and they are commended on account of the extra amount of 
mess-pork in proportion to the amourit of offal. The probability is they 
will never be very popular among the breeders in the West and South. 
Yet, for fattening exclusively in the pen, there are few of the white 
breeds that excel them. 

XV. Jersey Red Swine. 

The origin of this breed is not positively known. In some portions of 
New Jersey they have been bred for over fifty years, and are there con- 
sidered valuable. Their siz(^ is immense, a weight of 500 or 600 pounds 
heing not unusual. They are also hardy, strong in constitution, and 
free from disease ; and they are said^not to be subject to mange. They 



886 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



vary in color, in some neighborhoods being of a dark red, and in others 
quite sandy patched with white. A good specimen of a Jersey Red 
should be red in color with a snout of moderate length, large lop-ears, 
small head in proportion to the size and length of the body. They should 
be long in the body, standing high and rangy on their legs ; bones coarse, 
hairy tail and brush, and hair coarse, inclining to bristle on the back. 




XVI Duroc Swine. 

There is another breed of Red Swine named Durocs, which have been 
bred rather extensively in Saratoga county, N. Y., and have been known 
there for twenty-five years. They are finer in every respect than the 
Jersey Reds, and when mature attain great weights. They have been 
bred in some sections of the West with satisfaction, are more uniform in 
their make up, quite as good in their constitutions, and much finer in 



BREEDS OF SWINE. 887 

their substance than the Jersey Reds. The origin of both the Jersey 
Reds and the Durocs was undoubtedly in the old-fashined Berkshire, 
a sandy hog with more or less black. This was not unusual with the 
Berkshires as we knew them and l)ied them owv fifty years ago — a hog 
in every respect different from the elegant and finished swine of the last 
tjuarter of a century. 

XVII. Summary of Breeds. 

The English breeds of to-day that have been received with the most 
general favor in the United States are : First, the Berkshire, next the 
Essex, and third the Yorkshire. The Berkshire will weigh at full matu- 
rity 500 pounds, and the Essex 400 pounds. In exceptional cases they 
will average these weights. 350 pounds for Berkshire and 250 for Essex 
may be taken as good weights. 

The Yorkshires in their three classes — small, medium and large — will 
weigh 250 pounds for the small, 350 pounds for the medium and up to 
450 pounds for the large breed. They may, of course, be made to weigh 
nmch heavier at maturity if fully fat, and so may the other breeds men- 
tioned. The so-called Prince Albert Suffolks are simply modified small 
Yorkshires, and the same may be said of the other sub-families called 
Suffolks. All these sub-breeds, including the Yorlcshires, are pure white, 
and dark hair is not allowable, but bluish flesh marks or spots are not 
objectionable ; on the contrary, they are an indication of purity of blood. 

The most widely distributed of American breeds are : First, the Poland- 
China, and second the Chester county hogs. Well to the North the latter 
have been more widely disseminated than the former. In all the great 
com growing region of the West, it may be safely said the Polands are 
the favorite of American breeds. The Jefferson county, the Jersey Reds 
and the Durocs, have never become widely known. We do not think the 
first has anything to recommend it over the small Yorkshii"e. They seem 
to have been too closely interbred, like particular families of Suffolks, a 
thing that should be especially guarded against in swine, since they are 
inclined more or less to scrofula and other cutaneous and sub-cutaneous 
diseases. For this reason, the Jersey Reds and Durocs, as being 
especially free from those taints, have been received with favor, growmg 
year by year, and stand to-day the peer of any of the superior breeds of 
swine. 



CHAPTER III. 
THE BREEDING AIH) CARE OF HOGS. 



I, PRACTICAL VALUE OF IMPROVED BREEDS. IT. CARE IN SELECTION. III. AGE. 

OF BREEDING SWINE. IV. HOW TO SELECT BREEDING ANIMALS. V. FORM 

AND FEEDING QUALITIES. VI. THE CARE OF BREEDING STOCK. VII. FAR- 
ROWING. VIII. WEANING THE PIGS. IX. CASTRATION. X. GESTATION 

OF SOWS. XI. NECESSITY OF GOOD CARE. XII. RINGING A HOG. 

I. Practical Value of Improved Breeds. 
In no department of stock breeding has the value of superior breeds 
been more fully asserted than in the breeding of swine. Cheap food and 
the improvement of l^rceds have already made the West and Southwest the 
greatswine-breedingandswine-feedingregionsof the world, and eventually 
the Northwest and the South will shareequally in the profits of these great 
industries. In all the W(>st and Northwest, it is now difficult to find a farmel 
who has not swine of some one of the improved l)rceds. When the South, 
also, shall have lakcn hold of the business, in the extension of a di- 
versified agriculture, millions of dollars will have been added to the wealth 
of that section. From what we have said in the preceding chnpter, it 
should not be difficult for the young breeder to work understandingly and 
profitabl}^ No money can be made by selecting any such species as the 
" prairie ranger,'' whose portrait is printed on an adjoining page. Nor 
can success be achieved by selecting a good breed, and starving the hogs, 
or allowing them to shift for themselves. Hogs of the improved breeds 
are not so well able to take care of themselves as those of a half-wild 
breed, but well cared for they will pay fifty pei- cent, in profit over the 
other breed, for the grain fed. Why? They are more quiet, and assim- 
ilate their food more perfectly. This is all there is to any superior breed 
of any farm stock, if wc add that the flesh is better laid on in the prime 

parts. 

n. Care in Selection. 

However good the breed, if care is not taken in the selection, or coup- 
ling of animals, degeneration of the offspring will inevitably result. 
This is true of all animals. But care in selection is even more clearly 
shown to be necessary in planting grains and vegetables, for the reason 
that weeds, poverty of soil, and the .sowing of imperfect seed, react at 
once on the product. Hence the reason why seedsmen make fortunes in 

888 



THE BREEDING AND CARE OF HOGS. 



881 



Bplling improved seed that have been grown on rich soil, carefully selected, 
and all undersized seed screened out. Exactly the same care is necessary 
with breeding stock. Keep this up to the mark at any cost: those ani- 
mals that do not come up to the standard can be used for food. Never 
sell the best seeds, nor the best animals, whatever may be offered ; they 
are worth as much to you as any one else. 

m. Age of Breeding Swine. 

The boar is capable of coupling at from six to eight months old, but it 
15 be^^ter that he be at least ten moiiths of age before bein^ allowed to 
serve. The sow is capable of breeding at seven or eight months old, but 




TAMWORTH SOW. 

It IS better that she shall not drop her first litter until she is thirteen to 
fiyteen months old. 

Two litters of pigs each year is all the sow should be allowed to raise, 
and the best breeders are content Avith one litter a year. If the sow has 
a warm place for farrowing, the earlier in the season the pigs are pro- 
duced, the greater is the profit from them. If they come the first of 
March, and are Avell fed until the new j^ear, there is little difficulty in 
making them average 250 pounds each, and such pigs should bring fully 
one cent a pound more than hogs wintered once and weighing perhaps 
tifty pounds more. The profitable plan Avith swine of any breed is to push 
Iheir fattening from the time they are born until they are killed, for with 
swine, as with other farm stock, the daily increase in flesh becomes less 
and less as the animal increases in age. 



890 .CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

IV. How to Select Breeding Animals. 
In the selection of stock for breeding, look first to constitutional vigor. 
Without this, no matter what the beauty of form may be, disaster will be 
brought to the herd. Next examine the form with reference to what you 
require. Then the question of early maturity and aptitude to fatten 
will be important. Then constancy of characteristics as shown in tiie 
progeny must be attended to, since this shows a perfect line of superior 
breeding, most valuable in any kind of farm animals. In all farm ani 
mals tractability and quietness of disposition are essential. In swine this 
is especially so. The subject of uniformity in the progeny is referred to 
in cattle under the title "heredity." It is worth reading again in con- 
nection with swine. 

V. Form and Feeding Qualities. 

Once you have secured an improved breed, or if you have made one by 
judicious crossing and selection, not only hold it so, but continue to im-* 
prove it. Careful selection of animals that show the best points, is the 
important integer here, and the fixing them by breeding such aiiimak 




A GROUP OF CHESTER WHITE BOARS. 

together in connection with good shelter and feeding is another. The 
best breed that ever existed, if they do not die in the degenerating pro- 
cess, will, if they must shift for themselves hu]f the year, with barely 
enough to keep life in them the other half, soon come to look like the 
picture of "a back-woods hog", or that of the "prairie ranger." Wesee 



THE BREEDING AND CARE OF HOGS. 



891 



them every day even in the best farming regions, among that chiss who 
have "no lack" in raising "critters." AVhy should they? They are de- 
generating, themselves, every day in the effort to get "something for 
nothing," or else for less than its value. 

VI. The Care of Breeding Stock. 

In a general way the same principles laid down for the care of other 

farm stock will apply to swine. There is one thing of special importance, 

however, in breeding swine, that must not be overlooked. That is the 

care that must be taken in not breeding too ch)sely in-and-in. We have 




A BREEDING SOW IN GOOD CONDITION. 



shown in another part of this work that the tendency of this close breed- 
ing is to render the constitution delicate, and hence the vigor of the ani- 
mal must suffer. Swine are especially susceptible to scrofula and other 
blood diseases, and also to inflammatory diseases. In-and-in breeding is 
apt to exaggerate these constitutional disabilities. For this reason special 
care must be taken, not only in the breeding, but in selecting for breed- 
ing purposes only those that show superior constitutional vigor. If you 
see a pig in a litter free from cough, that is superior in growth, and shows 
great constitutional vigor, save him or her by all means, for further 
examination. Save all such, and you wiH soon have stock superior to that 
originally bought ; for the breeder of^ure stock sells all indiscriminately, 



1 



892 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

except such as are actually deformed, or so far from the type that even 
the ignorant will notice the fault. They must do so, or else sell at suob 
prices as to place stock out of the reach of all hut the most Avealthy. 
Once a hreeder finds an animal right in every respect, scmie hundreds, or 
even a thousand, dollars over the usual price of average specimens of a 
breed is readily paid. Hence, in starting out, if your stock is not perfe<st 
you can easily improve it by selection and care in breeding. It is the 
object of this book to give the mass of farmers definite information OB 
these points. The best breeders are already informed, and fully alive to 
theh' value. x 

. . VH. Farrowing. 

In regard to farrowing, the farmer must be guided by circumstances. If i 
the sows are expected to produce two litters of pigs a year, the first lit^ 
ter must come as early as March, so' that the next litter may come early* 
enough in the autumn for the pigs to be weaned and feeding before cold 
weather sets in . 

When farrowing is expected in cold weather, a place warmed by fire i 
heat must be provided, and the sow, especially if it be a young one, must 
be allowed perfect quiet. A temperature of not less than sixty-five de' 
grees is necessary until the pigs are properly dried and take the teats. 
After that, they will do well under a temperature at night of about fifty I 
degrees, yet sixty will be found better, for there is nothing more tender, 
or more susceptible to cold than a newly born pig, unless it be a young i 
lamb. The sow having farrowed all right, she will generally take' 
the boar again when the pigs are three or four days old. If not, 
she will not come in heat until after the pigs are w^eaned. 

VTII. Weaning the Pigs. 

The pig is born with teeth that will be ready to grind its food by the time 
it is two months old. We have always weaned at six weeks old, so far as 
sprino" pigs were concerned, allowing plenty of skimmed milk and butter- 
milk, mixing, at seven or eight weeks old, a fair proportion of corn meal 
mush, or, better, light wheat and rye screenings ground together. Give 
tbem grass, also, as soon as they will eat it, and at three months old they 
may be put on clover and whole, or, better, soaked corn. 

IX. Castration. 

Pio-s should be castrated at from two to three weeks old ; never delay 
it longer than the age of four weeks ; since they require fully three weeks 
to recover. from its effects before being weaned. 



THE BREEDING AND CARE OF HOGS. 893 

Castration is a simple operation. Let an assistant hold the pig on its 
back, with its head and shoulders between his "knees and with the legs 
spread apart. With a sharp knife, cut down into the scrotum and through 
the testicle, press it out from the integuments, separate this from the tes- 
ticL and with a jerk break the cord ; or the cord may be cut with a dull 
pair of shears to prevent bleeding. The pigs wili generally do well enough, 
though there is no objection to introducing a little melted lard and salt 
into the wound. If there is swelling the second day, inject into the cavity 
a little tincture of myrrh. 

X. Gestation of Sows. 

Gestation in the sow is accomiDlished in three months, three weeks and 
three days, as the average time. There is a variation sometimes of twenty 
and even thirty days. Young or weak sows carry their young a shorter 
period than older and stronger ones. Once 3^ou get a good breeding sow, 
keep her as long as possible, since young sows are of ten bad mothers. A 
sow will remain prolitic for about eight years, unless she becomes over- 
loaded with fat, and this nmst be guarded against. 

XI. Necessity of Good Care. 

Swine have naturally but little hair, and artificial breeding has nearly 
destroyed what little they originally had. To supplj^this lack, nature has 
given them a thick layer of fat next the skin, when in good condition. 
Hence the necessity, not only of good feeding, but also of warm quarters 
and a good bed to lie in. Nature has also given them the instinct to 
cany together plenty of material for making their own beds, and also 
to lie together in families for mutual warmth. Knowing these facts, it 
should not be difficult for the sagacious farmer so to provide them "vnth 
food and quarters, that they may be comfortable. If this is not done, 
and considerable numbers are kept together, they will "pile up" m cold 
nights so that in the morning the owner may have a chance to drag out 
some hogs dead from smothering. For Avhen swine are piled up two or 
three thick, the under layer have no longer the power to move if they 
should try. 

XII. Ringing a Hog. 

• We do not believe in ringing swine, except fattening stock and those 
fed in the fields with a \ iew to fattening. We believe it one of the most 
prolific causes of disease and contagion, especialh^ in preventing them from 
getting their natural food. Breeding stock should never have rings in their 
noses, at least until they are ready to be tm'ned out for fattening. 



894 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Nevertheless, we suppose many will not think so. The illustration shows 
the old fashioned way of hampering a hog for ringing, and also the ring ; 
now-a-days patent rings and ringing pincers render the process more easy. 




POLAND-CHINA BOAR MEDDLER. 

The old method was both clumsy aiid cruel ; and except when necessary, 
rings of every kind should be discarded. 




RINGING A nOG. 



A hog that is turned out to forage in the woods on mast and roots 
should not, of course, be ringed ; for he then needs free use of his snout 
which is the means nature provides him with for getting food. The rea- 
son why breeding swine should not be ringed is, that the natural exercise 
of rooting, and the food tliey get in this way, are necessary to develop 
constitutional vigor and perfect health, so important in all breeding stock. 
This point is touched upon more fully elsewhere. 



CHAPTER IV. 
THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OP SWINE. 



i, FEED THE BREEDERS FOR HEALTH., II. THE PROPER FOOD FOR SWINE. JTx 

I SUMMER FEEDING FOR PORK. IV. GRASSES AND CLOVERS. V. ROOTS. VI. 

GRAIN THE MAIN RELIANCE. VII. FEEDING IN THE FIELDS. VIII. GLEAN. 

ING IN THE FIELDS AND AFTER CATTLE. IX. VALUE OF MAST FOR HOGS. X. 

HOG-FEEDING IN THE SOUTH. XI. FEEDING IN CLOSE PENS. XII. HOG 

; BARNS. XIII. THE BEST FORM OF HOG BARN. XIV. COMPARATIVE VALUE 

j OF LIGHT AND HEAVY HOGS. XV. ECONOMY OF FULL FEEDING FROM BIRTH. 

' I. Feed the Breeders for Health. 

The only profit that can accrue from the care and management of swine 
lit's in the value of their flesh as food, and in the offal for grease and in 
the arts. Hence the greatest profit — except in rare cases, where thej 
liuve an unlimited forest range — lies in forcino- their feedinof to fatness, 
from birth until they are slaughtered. True economy will dictate that 
they have the warmest possible shelter in winter, and that they be 
kept cool in summer, with some place where they may escape from in- 
sect enemies, and with range sufiicient for them to exercise their instinct 
Qf rooting for such underground vegetation as their natures may require. 
This promotes health and strengthens their constitutions. 

The above applies especially to the breeding stock. Those animals 
which are intended for fattening — and whose lives should not extend be- 
yond fifteen months at most — do not require all this. If the breeding 
stock have been kept healthy the}^ will transmit health to their offsprino-. 
1 believe that the purely artificial breeding and. feeding of breeding stock, 
the indiscriminate ringing, the absence of roots, and the feeding of breedino- 
animals almost exclusively on corn, have, in many cases, so enfeebled the 
constitution of swine that they have become an easy prey to the various epi- 
demic and contagious diseases that, of late years, have carried off so 
many. And I believe, also, that the utmost care will be necessary in the fu- 
ture to guard against this disability. And any common-sense man may see 
that the breeding animals are so few in proportion to the slaughtering 
swine, that it is true economy for every breeder to spai-e no pains in pro- 
viding for this class of stock diversified food which they crave, and which 
is necessary to make sound and vigorous constitutions. 

Remember that swine — like man — are universal feeders, and that if 
allowed to be so, few animals are more cleanly in their habits. They wal- 

895 . 



896 CYClOPfeDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

low ill the mud, at times, it is true, but a mud bath is nature's specific 
for scurvy and other skin diseases. Swnic, also, take a mud bath as 
refuge from insects ; nevertheless they are careful, if allowed, to thor- 
oughly clean themselves, when dry, against tiie rubbing post. 

II. The Proper Food for Swine. 

Swine eat fewer varieties of her])s and grass than any other animal. Pig. 
weed [amaranth), pursley (portulacca ) and various other succulent plants, 
with the common pasture grasses, and red and white clover are about 
the only ones swine will feed on. Artichokes and various tuberous and 
bulbous roots, many insects — especially the larvie of the May beetle, and 
the white grub of our pastures — frogs, and such small animals as they can 
kill, togetlier with all the edible grains, and culinary vegetables, consti- 
tute their natural food. In fact, they eat few substances that would be 
injurious to man. Such, then, is their proper food — so far as it may be 
obtained — if the highest constitutional vigor is to be preserved in the 
breeding stock. If they are allowed a fair range on clover, including the 
gleaning of grain fields in summer ; and if a good supply of pumpkins, 
and the refuse fruit of the farm be allowed them in autumn ; and if in 
the winter they be allowed daily rations of artichokes, small potatoes, 
parsnips or carrots, they may have, in addition, what grain they need to 
keep them in full flesh — not fat. If this course of feeding were gener- 
ally adopted for the breeding stock, we should in a few years hear but 
little of the epidemics which periodically sweep the swine away by thous- 
ands. But as long as there are so many breeders who never look beyond 
present profits, these epidemics will probably continue to be bred among 
the herds of this class to scatter the germs far and wide. 

m. Summer Feeding for Pork. 

We now come to the care of fattening stock. The pigs having been 
weaned, as already directed, give them the run of a clover pasture ; and, 
while we object to the ringing of l)reeding stock, with those intended for 
fattening it is, perhaps, less objectionable than the tearing up of the graz- 
ing fields. But if the grazing fields are infested with the larvae of the 
May beetle or similar insects, the fattening hogs may as well be allowed to 
root as much as they want to. There is no cheaper way of ridding the 
land of these pests. 

In addition to clover, give the young pigs all the milk and other slops 
of the house, and also give what corn they will eat ; older pigs will dc 
well enough on clover and corn, without the slops. Whether the graii] 
shall be ground, or ground and cooked, will depend entirely on the price. 
We have always found whole grain the cheapest, except for finishing off 



l-HK FKICDING AND SIlKLTEKlNG OF SW1I<E. 897 

when the price of ooni was fifty cents per Inishel or less ; and here again 
economy will depend more or loss upon the facilities for grinding and for 
cooking. 

IV. Grasses and Clovers. 

The main dependenc(! for grazing will l)c blue grass, orchard grass, 
and red and white clover. Alfalfa — wherever it will giow — cut 
green, makes an excelkMit supplenientarv food, when swine get used to 
it ; and tield peas cut just before they shell are excellent for hogs. 

V. Roots. 

Artichokes, potatoes, ruta-bagas, parsnijjs, carrots, and beets, are 
readily eaten by swine, and are preferred in the order named. We have 
successfully wintered store hogs entirely on ruta-bagas with the addition 
of a little meal. Artichokes arc a cheaj) and excellent root food, if the 
swine are allowed to gather thcni themselves in the autumn and spring. 

VI. Grain the Main Reliance. 

Grain, however, is, in the West, the cheapest food and the main de- 
pendence of the farmer. The other foods are useful mainly for keeping 
the animal in good health and digestion ; for, without sound health and good 
digestion, no animal can be made fully fat. In the fall there is no better 
food than pum[)kins and grain boiled together ; and if the pum[)kins are 
protected from frost, swine may be carried in this way until Christmas 
and made fully fat. 

VII. Feeding in the Fields. 

In all the great corn region of the West and South, field-feeding will 
long continue to be the favorite way of fattening hogs. It is cleanly, and, 
I where grain is cheap, economical. It is only necessary to see that the 
hogs are made comfortable by shelter from storms and cold weather, and 
that they have plenty of pure water. This is so easy to do that the mere 
mention of it will suffice. 

vm. Gleaning in the Fields and after Cattle. 

Swine should always have the run of the grain fields after harvest, if 

j possible. In this way they save all the grain dropped in harvesting, and, 

I most important, they get a variety of herbage, which they could not othcr- 

I wise obtain. It should, of course, not interfere with their getting full 

rations of grain, and plenty /)f pure water for drinking must be provided, 

i for swine are thirsty animals ; and attention to providing a dark place 

where they may escape insects must not be forgotten. 

57 



898 Cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

So, ill feeding cattle, swine sliould glean what is left. One or two 
hogs should follow each steer or cow, according to how much grain is fed 
to the hogs in addition. Our plan always was, to allow tvvo hogs to each 
steer, and then at night to give the hogs what extra corn they would eat. 

IX. Value of Mast for Hogs. 

This will depend upon the range and the number of nut-producing trees. 
When a suitable range is to be had it should always be used, especially for 
breeding hogs, and young swine. For fattening, it will only be available 
in extensive forest districts, and for half-wild swine. In any event, hogs 
fed on mast should be allowed full feeds of grain for at least three Aveeks 
before slaughtering. 

X. Hog Feeding in the South. 

Swine-feeding can be profitably conducted on a large scale at the South, 
only in the more temperate regions where corn may be economically 
grown. There is, however, still so much forest area there, that it should 
be made use of to the fullest extent for hog pasture, on account of the 
natural roots, the wild fruit and the mast. The supplementary food 
must depend, as it does everywhere else, on the cost. If it has to be 
bought, corn and mill feed will be found the cheapest. Every planter 
should raise and cure enough hogs to furnish pork, bacon and hams 
for his home use. It will be found, in nearly every instance, cheaper than 
to buy the bacon and pork already prepared. 

XI. Feeding in Close Pens. 

In all cases, where few pigs are kept, or where only the family supplies 
of pork are fattened — especially when the fattening pigs are bought in the 
spring — it is cheapest to feed in close pens. These should always be in 
two apartments, one closed in for sleeping, and the other an open plat- 
form for feeding. A pen twelve by sixteen will accommodate six large 
hogs ; and this will allow the sleeping room to be 8 by 12, and the feed 
room the same size. In every case where hogs are to be kept and fattened 
in cold weather, warm sleeping places must be provided ; and even where 
large numbers of hogs were kept to be fed fully fat, we have found the 
plan of close pens to be most economical in the end. 

XII. Hog Barns. 

When many hogs are kept, a permanent structure should be built for 
fattening and wintering them. The simplest form of a hog barn is alow 
building, with ranges of pens on each side of a four-foot passage way, 
the sides being divided into pens eight feet square. This would give 
twenty feet for the width of the building. In the middle, a twenty-foot 
room should be left for the boiler, and for the storage of feed. The 



THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 899 

sleeping apartments may be lean-to structures, back of the feeding rooms, 
and Avitli a door to each, hung on hinges at the top, so it may easily 
swing either way when a hog pushes it. The pens must bo cleaned into 
a wheelbarrow, rolled along the passage on a running way laid for dump- 
ing directly upon the compost heap. 

XIII. The Best Form of Hog Barn. 

The best form of hog barn we have ever used was a central building, 
twenty-four feet square and two stories high ; the upper stories arranged 
with bins for meal, and a corn crib, with chutes running below. The 
twelve-footsquarein the center of the lower story is used exclusively for 
the cooking apparatus, the first range of pens adjoining being for breeding 
sows and the younger pigs, since it is the Avarmest part of the building. 
Thence wings extend on each of the four sides, as in the plan of a hog 
barn first described, except that this being intended for both winter and 
summer feeding, a door communicating from the sleeping pens to a 
yard beyond should be added. 

In this way we have kept five hundred hogs, and, by proper attention 
to their feeding and sanitary condition, always breeding our own stock 
with but slight loss from epidemics. The water supply was ample and 
pure. The pens were kept regularly washed ; the offal was carried to 
the compost heap and covered regularly with earth ; and the hogs had 
always by them ashes and salt, and also a sup[>ly of bituminous coal 
slack. For cut of hog barn, see i)age IMil. 

XIV. Comparative Value o:' Light and Heavy Hogs. 

We have heretofore shown that an animal, if allowed to lose flesh when 
growing, does so at the expense of ultimate profits. This is especially 
true of swine. No feeder can afford to winter pii>s with a view of <rettino- 
heavy weights, unless under exceptional circumstances. It costs too 
much. Hogs weighing from 400 to 600 pounds will not bring so much 
per pound as lighter fat hogs, and, with hogs as with other stock, every 
year they arc kept their daily gain becomes less and less. 

Hogs weighing 200i)()unds, or thereabout, will bring more money in any 
market than those of any other weight ; for hogs of this weight cut up 
better into hams, bacon, and family side pork, than heavier ones. No 
one wants a ham, for instance, that will weigh twenty-five to thirty 
pounds ; there is too much fat on it for the lean. Thick bacon does not 
sell well, for very fat bacon is not liked. Hogs if properly fed may be 
turned off weighing 200 to 250 pounds at nine months old; and under 
ordinary good feeding, at ten or eleven months old. We have 



900 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



raised pigs, farrowed in March, that in the succeeding January killed to 
dress up to 380 pounds, and have turned them off several times, that, at 
ten months old, would average 300 pounds alive. 

To put the thing in a nut-shell, it is altogether cheaper to feed three 
pigs to 200 pounds each at nine months old, than it is to feed a hog three ji 
years to make him weigh 600 pounds ; and again, if the pigs are worth |i 
six cents a pound alive, it is $3() ; the GOO pound hog will not then hring ! 
more than five cents, or $30, and has eaten more corn than the three 



lighter hogs. 



XV. Economy of Pull Feeding from Birth. 



It should be reinenil)ered that it takes a certain percentage of the( 
food to supi)ly daily animal waste. The young animal converts into flesh I 
more of the food given than a full grown one ; no matter how long the' 
animal is kept the daily waste goes on constantly. Hence, it should re- 
quire no argument to show that the true economy is to feed strong from 
birth, if the object be simply to sell the animal when fat. When: 
fat, sell at once, unless the state of the market is such that it wib pay to 
hold for a time. Above all, do not allow the animal to fall away at any! 
stai^e of o-rowth, since it must be broai2;ht back at an increased cost of ! 
food over that originally given, to bring it to the condition at which it be- 
gan to fail. 




OLD CHESTKK WHITK BREEDING SOW 



THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 



901 



13 



14- 



1 20 



r 



19 



r 



18 



15 



16 



17 



38 



Z7 



21 J 


- 


22 _ 


ZZ . 


24 


til. 


® 

A 


1 
25 


1 
26 


1 
17 


28 



12 


II 


10 

1 


9 

1 — 


r 35 I 

1 [— 

56 




5 




6 




r 7 




8 




HOG MOUSE. 

For descrijition see iiagc 899. 




PART VI. 



Diseases of Swine. 

HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PREVENTION 

AND CURE. 



■^ 



904 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORc 




Diseases of Swine. 



CHAPTER I. 
MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. 



I. THE PREVENTION OF DISEASE. II. MALIGNANT EPIZOOTIC CATARRH. III 

CONTAGIOUS FEVER OF SWINE. IV. CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIS. V. 

SPLENIC FEVEU, OK MALIGNANT ANTHRAX. VI. SUMMARY OF TREATMENT FOR 

MALIGNANT DISEASES. VII. RULES FOR DISINFECTION. VIII. DIFFICULTY 

IN GIVING MEDICINE TO SWINE. IX. WATCH SYMPTOMS EARLY, AND USB 

PREVENTIVES. 

I. The Prevention of Diseases. 

In the care of swine the prevention of disease is of the utmost import- 
ance. They are, indeed, subject to comparatively few aihiients ; but 
these few are, generally, in the shape of malignant, epidemic or conta- 
gious diseases of the most serious kind. Tn such cases the difficulty in 
administering medicine (they being too sick to take it with food) is very 
great. To prevent disease in swine, the most imi)ortant thing is so to 
care for the animals that they shall be kept in general good health. The 
admission of other swine among the herd should, also, be prohibited until 
you are well assured that the new comers are free from disease. The 
herd should be perfectly isolated during the prevalence of epidemic or 
contagious diseases, and disinfectants should be freely used ; when once 
serious disease makes its appearance in the herd, the sick animals should 
be carefully separated from the well cues. There is only one economical 
way to treat so-called hog cholera, which may appear in any of the follow- 
ing forms, viz: malignant epizoot'c catarrh ; intestinal "hog cholera," a 
specific contagious fever, attended by congestion, exudation, blood ex- 
travasation, ulceration of the membranes of the stomach and bowels, and 
foetid discharges ; contagious pneumo-enteritis or purples, a contao-ious 
inflammation of the stomach and bowels, with red or purple blotches of the 
skin ; or the erysipelatous form of pneumo-enteritis, or that attended 
with malignant sore throat. When either of these forms of disease at- 
tacks swine, the cheapest way to treat it is to send the animals at once to 
the rendering tanks, and convert them into "grease," or kill and bury 
them at once, and thoroughly disinfect every possible i)lace where con- 
tagion may lurk. If a competent veterinarian be near, apply to him at 

905 



906 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. 

once ; but beware of quacks who go about doctoring hogs with so-called 
specifics ; they are a delusion and a snare for the unwary. 

II. Malignant Epizootic Catarrh. 

Causes. — This disease, if not actually generated in filthy yards and 
pens, is quickly and fatally developed in such places, and the poison 
germs quickly find their way to the mucous membranes of the animals. 
Anything that suddenly checks the insensible perspiration, as a cold, will 
quickly predispose to the disease. 

How to know it. — There will be difficulty in breathing ; jjanting ; lift- 
ing of the flanks, and a short hoarse cough. There is fever; the head 
Avill be stretched out and drooping ; sometimes running at the nose ; 
efforts to vomit; generally constipation, but sometimes diarrhoea; and 
the animal will show a stiff tottering gait. After death, if the animal is 
opened, there will be found inflammation of the nasal passages of the 
upper part of the throat, and of the windpipe and lungs, which latter 
will be found more or less solidified. 

A second form of the disease shows less cough ; less difficulty in 
breathing, but decided paralysis, and tottering in the gait ; there is con- 
stipation, followed by profuse and foetid diarrhoea; the back arched; 
partial or total blindness ; enlarged glands and scrofulous ulcers. After 
death the lining membrane of the intestines will be enlarged and degen- 
erated ; the spleen enlarged, soft and dark ; the liver is also affected, and 
there may be water exudations in the chest and belly. The duration of 
either form will be about fifteen days. 

What to do. — If the disease shows clearly the symptoms described, kill 
the animal and bury it deep. Sepaiatc all animals showing the slightest 
ailment, and give the following emetic : 

No. 1. 15 to 20 Grains, powdered white hellebore 

%, Pint mill' 

Mix and let the animal drink it, if it will; if not, turn it down with a 
horn, as described under Article VllI, in this chapter. When the dose 
has vomited the animal, if the symptoms are as first described or in the 
lungs, give 

No. 2. 2 or 3 Grains tartar emetic. 

If the symptoms are as described in i:he second form of the disease, or 
if the bowels are implicated rather than the lungs, give, instead, the 
following : 

No. 3, 2 or 3 Grains calomel. 

Either dose may be administered in the half of a roasted potato if the 
animal will eat. If not, envelop the dose in lard and place it well back 



MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. 907 

in the mouth on the root of the tongue. Apply over the sore spot, lungs 
or bowels, ;is the case may be, the following blistering ointment : 

No. 4. 1 Ounce powdered caatharides, 

4 Ounces olive oil. 

Heat the two over a moderate fire for half an hour, stirring constantly, 
and rub it in well, re^jeating if it does not blister on the first application. 

So soon as the animal gets relief, if the disease is in the lungs, give the 
following, every day for a few days ; l)ut if the trouble is in the bowels, 
omit the carbonate of potash : 

No. 5. 20 Grains sulphate of iron, 

30 Grains carbonate of potash. 

If there are copious, dark discharges from the bowels, give 

No. G. 20 Grains podophyllin, 

2 Drachms bi-carbonate of soda. 
Mix in a pint of milk. 

But, if there be constipation, give the following instead of No. 6 : 

No. 7. 1 Ounce castor oil. 

1 Drachm oil of turpentine. 
Mix in a pint of milk. 

III. Contagious Fever of Swine. 

This is sometimes called intestinal hog cholera. 

Causes. — It is contagious and the infection is virulent, so much so that 
the germs are carried to considerable distances, supposablyin the air. If 
not generated in foul pens and yards, they, together with bad care and 
management, cause it to develop quickly when the germs are once intro- 
duced. 

How to know it. — Succeeding the incubation, which lasts from three 
days to two weeks, according to the season and temperature, there will 
be shivering ; prostration ; the nose hot and dry ; the animal will not 
feed, but will lie under the litter ; the e3'es will be sunken ; the gait weak 
and unsteady. There will be great thirst, and a clinical thermometer in- 
serted into the rectum will show a temperature of 103 '^ to 105 '^ F. 
There will be heat and soreness of the skin, with red patches and black 
spots, the redness disappearing under pressure. The pulse will be weak 
but rapid ; the tongue much furj-cd ; a hard dry cough, and quick breath- 
ing; the belly is sore and the animal will flinch and scream if it is 
handled ; the bowels are costive sometimes throughout the disease, but 
generally as the disease progresses, or about the third day, diarrhoea, 
foetid and exhausting, will supervene, and slime and blood may be passed, 
showing ulceration of the bowels. The last stage occasions stupor, par- 
alysis of the hind limbs, with tremblings, jerking of the limbs and invol- 
untary motions of the bowels. 



908 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

What to do. — Itill and bury deeply all infected animals, unless they 
can be treated in a place where the atmosphere is constantly disinfected. 
Disinfect, also, all animals that may be near. Separate all animals in 
which the clinical thermometer, inserted into the rectum, shows a tem- 
perature of 100 ^ F. or more. Give them charcoal, bi-sulphate of soda, 20 
grains at a dose, mixed with the same quantity of nitrate of potassa ; give 
also sulphate of iron (copperas), or the following: 

No. 8. 2 Pounds flowers of sulphur, 

2 Pounds sulphate of iron, 
J^ Potnid nitrate of potash, 
% Pound black antimony. 

This mixed in twelve gallons of slop will be enough for 100 hogs ; or 
give each hog 1 pint at a dose, repeating every day. 

Be sure the water used has not run through the premises of a diseased 
herd ; use only pure well water, and be sure, also, that the food has not 
been contaminated ; and if you have lately bought strange hogs, isolate 
them in a safe quarantine until assured they are all right. 

Treatment of the sick. — Give cool pure well water, just acidulated with 
sulphuric acid, to drink. If there is constipation, give a mild dose of 
castor oil, say two ounces, and also give injections of warm water to 
assist the operation. Then give the following dose, repeated two or three 
times a day. 

No. 9. 20 Grains nitrate of potassa, 

20 Grains bi-sulphate of soda. 

Mix in a pint of gruel, and give as one dose. 

If the belly becomes tender, and bloody dung is passed, showing ulcer- 
ation of the bowels, give tifteen or twenty dro[)s of oil of turpentine, in a 
little gruel, night and morning. When the worst cases show signs of 
improving, give tonics, say 5-grain doses of quinine twice a day ; or 
4 drachm doses of sulphate of iron (copperas). This with nourishing, 
soft food, such as Ijoiled or scalded oats and Itran in ecpial parts, no corn, 
good nursing, and a most thorough disinfection (see Article VII), may 
bring them out. 

IV. Contagious Pneumo-Enteritis. 

This is a form of so-called "hog cholera," or purples. It is a conta- 
gious inflammation of the lungs and bowels with red or purple blotches 
on the skin, according to the relative form of the disease. 

Causes. — Bad water, and malaria from filthy pens or swampy grounds, 
are prolific causes in hot or warm, wet seasons. A minute organism 
{bacillus) is found in the serous fluids and tissues of the body. 

How to know it. — Charbon or malignant anthrax, also called hog 
cholera by those who want a. better name, is sometimes confounded with 



MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES, 



OU'.J 



this disease. In some respects, indeed, the ignorant may easily confound 
them. Hence we give the symptomatic distinction of each, side by side, 
as stated by Dr. Klein : 



CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIS. 

—Period of incubation from two 
to five days and more. 

Rarely and with difficulty trans- 
mitted to other s[)ccies. 

Spleen rarely enlarged or other- 
wise changed. 

Blood after death of ordinary 
appearance. 

No bacillus anihracis in the 
blood, but numberless bacilly in the 
serum of the thorax and abdomen. 

Lungs and bowels always both 
inflamed. Cough always present. 

The red or purple color diffused 
over the surface, and of an ery- 
-ipelatous appearance. 



TRUE CHARBON. — Period of in- 
cubation, or latency, from a few 
hours to three days. 

Easily transmissible to other 
species of animals. 

Spleen always enlarged, and 
often broken down. 

Blood after death dark and fluid. 

Bacillus anihracis in the blood. 



Lungs and bowels frequently not 
implicated. Cough may be present. 

The discoloration local, and of 
a true carbuncular appearance. 

There are two forms of pneumo-enteritis, one the erysipelatous form, 
the other with malignant sore throat. 

The Erysipelatous Form. — The animal is dull; will not eat; is un- 
uilling to move ; tries to vomit ; there is cough ; difliculty in urination ; 
the bowels are constipated ; the dung hard and black. Then dark red or 
purple blotches passing into bluish- l)lack will uppear about the ears, 
throat, neck, breast and between the fore-legs. There may be a dis- 
charge of dark or purple fluid from the nose; the breathing becomes 
labored, even to panting ; there is paralysis of the hind limbs ; if the 
animal is forced up, his head will drop to the ground, and he walks with 
a reeling gait behind. Foetid diarrhoea sets in, and the animal dies in 
from one to three days. 

With Malignant Sore Throat. — The symptoms in the commence- 
ment are the same as in the erysipelatous f(»rm, with a red and purple 
line about the throat ; there are attempts to vomit ; difliculty in swallow- 
ing ; and the sensation of choking in breathing is so intense that the 
animal will sit on 'his haunches, gas[)ing for breath with livid, protruded 
and swollen tongue, TIks syn)[)toms so increase, sometimes, that llie 
swelling of the larynx wili kill, by choking, in an hour. 

What to do. — Foment the swollefx ])arts with hot water, saturated with 
sulphate of iron (copperas). If there are signs of gangrene, saturate the 



910 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

surrounding parts with equal parts of turpentine and sweet oil. (rive at 
once two ounces of castor oil, and when it operates, give the following 
two or three times a day : 

No. 10. 20 Grains nitrate of soda, 

20 Grains nitrate of potash. 
Mix in a little gruel. 

If the bowels are swollen and tender, give twenty drops of turpentine 
in a little gruel, as may be needed, and let the animal have pjwdered 
charcoal in the water it drinks. 

Another valuable remedy is that of M. Lubin, to be given in gruel three 
times a day, omitting the calomel after the third dose. It is as follows : 

No. 11. 5 Gi'ains calomel, 

1 Drachm nitrate of potash, 
10 Grains powdered camphor. 

This is a good dose for the swine not yet affected, and it may be used 
ill any of the preceding diseases, as a preventive. The following has 
been found useful by Prof. J. B. Turner, of Illinois. It will be sufficient 
for 100 hogs, the dose being one pint for each hog : 

No. 12. 2 Pounds flowers of sulphur, 

2 Pounds stilphate of iron, 
2 Pounds madder, 

y^ Pound black antimony, 
% Pound nitrate of potash, 
2 Ounces arsenic. 

Mix the whole in twelve gallons of gruel for 100 swine, or give one- 
pint doses to each. 

V. Splenic Fever or Malignant Anthrax. 

This disease is rare, and has even been asserted as not occurring in the 
United States. Yet, since charbon or malignant anthrax of cattle may 
be easily communicated to other animals and man, there is no reason why 
swine should not become victims. 

The common form of Anthrax. — In pigs the most common form is a 
carbuncular swelling of the throat, extending inwards to the windpipe and 
gullet, causing difficulty in breathing and swallowing, and terminating in 
convulsions and death by strangling. It has been popularly known as 
white-bristle, from the peculiar api)earance of the bristles about the parts. 
The treatment should be similar to that advised for pneumo-enteritis 
with malignant sore throat. (See article lY. ) 

The apoplectic or splenic form. — If this form of the disease should 
appear, it will be known by malignaiit inflammation of the internal organs, 
such as are noticed in bloody murrain in cattle. It is mrlignant blood 
poisoning, and so virulent is the infection that every tissue of the animal 



MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. 911 

is affected, and is poisonous to both man and beast, producing what is 
iinown as malignant pustule, if serum or blood or the flesh of the in- 
fected animal comes in contact with any abrasion of the skin. 

Prevention. — Perhaps as good a preventive as any is prescription No. 
12. But every animal infected had better be killed at once and buried 
deeply, and covered with quick lime. 

VI. Summary of Treatment for Malignant Diseases. 

As a last word, however, we repeat: Do not waste time in doctoring 
any but blooded hogs that are valuable enough to warrant perfect isola- 
Von and the necessary care in curing. The best precaution to take in all 
the diseases named, and which go under the general name "hog cholera," 
is disinfection, and the most thorough isolation of the sick from the 
well. If the sanitary conditions of the hospital are not strictly attended 
to, all other treatment is thrown away ; and the attendants must 
thoroughly disinfect themselves before going about other swine. In fact, 
it is better that the attendants keep away from the well hogs altogether. 
Hence our advice : Thoroughly isolate all swine ujDon the first indication; 
of disease, and if it does not give way quickly to treatment, kill and bury 
deeply at once. 

VII. Kules for Disinfection. 

The rules we give for disinfection, will apply to any structure, includ- 
ing barns, stables, sheds, and outhouses of every kind. Fumigants are 
not always disinfectants, and simply deodorizing or destroying odors, is 
not disinfection in any sense of the word. 

The disinfection of all barns, stables, sheds, or other places where ani- 
mals having malignant or contagious diseases have been kept, should re- 
ceive strict attention. Every part should be stopped tight, and flowers 
of sulphur and wood tar, in the proportion of one pound of the former 
to two quarts of the latter, mixed with tow, should be burned and allowed 
to smoke thoroughly, until the whole building is thick with smoke. So 
the hospital should be fumigated with the same, two or three times a 
week, but not sufiiciently to set the animals coughing. Every part of the 
building should also be thoroughly washed with dilute carbolic acid, a:^d 
the clothing also wet with it. If pure carbolic acid is used for sprinkling 
floors or washing walls, 100 parts of soft water may be added to one pint 
of acid. The impure carbolic acid of gas works may be used undiluted. 
All discharges should be treated with chloride of -^inc, dissolved in water, 
in the proportion of one ounce to one or two gallons of water. The at- 
tendants taking care of animals with malignant diseases should never 
approach or handle the well ones. 



U 1 1: CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE StOCK AKD COMPLEtE STOCK DOCTOR. 

A disinfectant thut liiis no smell and is not poisonous, Known as 
chloraluni, is made by dissolving throe pounds of chloride of aluminum 
ill two gallons of water, or in like i)roportion!s. Another cheap and pow- 
erful disinfectant, but poisonous, if taken, is made of eight ounces of 
chloride of zinc, sixteen ounces of sulphate of iron, and one gallon of 
water. Dissolve, and to each pint used add one gallon of water. Among 
disinfecting substances may be named chlorine. This is set free by add- 
ing oil of vitriol and a little black manganese to common salt, as a disin- 
fectant of the air, but must be used in vacated buildings, and is better if 
used in the full light of day. So flowers of sulphur, burned by a heat 
only sufficient to produce smoke, will accomplish the same purpose, and 
if used carefully, it will not injure stock. A disinfectant that may be 
used in occupied buildings is formed by adding a little chlorate of 
potassa, at short intervals, to half a pint of strong muriatic acid, in a 
strong V3ssel of 2:lass, or heavily glazed stoneware. 

VIII. Difficulty in giving Medicine to Swina 

The difficulty in administering medicine to swine is well known. The 
usual way is to fix a slip noose about the upper jaw and draw up the 
head, the obstinacy of the hog prompting him to pull steadily back, 
bringing the hinder parts to the floor. In this position liquids may be 
administered from a horn. The difficulty is the struggles of the animal 
frequently do injury. In most cases if the hog is placed in a chute where 
he cannot turn around and he be given an old shoe to bite on, having a 
hole in the end, the medicine may be poured in the shoe and it will be 
taken in champing the end. Another device lately recommended is to 
take a pine board three and one-half inches wide and ten or twelve inches 
Ions, including: a handle whittled down at one end. At about three 
inches from the end cut a notch one and three-fourths inches deep and 
three inches wide. On the other edge of the board, about opposite the 
middle of the first notch, cut another notch about one inch square, then 
cut down the end of the board for a handle. Let one hold the hog while 
the other drenches him. Catch the hog by the ears and set him back on 
his hind parts. Place the board in the front part of the mouth, small ,^ 
notch down ; pour the medicine in the front part of the mouth, on the |^ 
end of the tongue, from a strong bottle. Pour slowly, and give time to 
swallow. Be careful not to strangle him. The size of the stick must 
vary according to the size of the hog. In case doses in the form of pills 
or paste are to be given, place them well back on the root of the tongue. 
IX. Watch Symptoms early and use Preventives. 

The "ounce of prevention" in the case of swine, is worth many times 
more than the "pound of cure." Good nursing, isolation and thorough 
disinfection are really the chief, as they are the common-sense treatment. 
This has always been our practice, in connection with prompt killing and 
deep burial of those which did not yield to simple treatment. Any per- 
son by carefully studying what we have written, may pretty accurately 
iudfire when killino' becomes uecessarv. 



CHAPTER n. 

THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 



J. INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. II. PNEUMONIA OR INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. 

III. QUINSY OR INFLAMMATION OF THE TONSILS. IV. APOPLEXY, STAG- 
GERS, OR CONGESTION OF THE BRAIN. V. COLDS OR RISING OF THE LIGHTS. 

VI. CATARRH OR SNUFFLES. VII. MEASLES AND TRICHINA. VIII. TRI- 
CHINA SPIRALIS. IX. OTHER INTESTINAL PARASITES. X. PARASITES OF THE 

SKIN— MANGE OR SCAB. XI LICE. XII. DIARRHCEA. XIII. LEPROSY. 

XIV. SKELETON OF THE HOG. 

I. Inflammatory Diseases. 
Swine are, from their nature and the manner in which they are kept, 
more subject to congestive and inflammatory diseases than any other 
farm animal. The results of this tendency are conspicuously seen in 
quinsy, coughs and colds, sometimes ending in consumption, and especi- 
ally in inflammation of the lungs. 

II. Pneimionia, or Inflammaation of the Lungs. 

How to know it. — By the rapid and laborious breathing, and shivering 
of the body and limbs. There will be a more or less severe cough, and 
the hog loses appetite. 

What to do. — Put the animal -in a comfortable, quiet and well venti- 
lated place. Keep a preparation of mustard and tepid water on the chest 
and side, and s:\ve the followino^ mixture : 

No. 13. 2 Drachms bi-sulphate of soda, 

2 Drachms nitrate of potash. 

Mix in a pint of gruel and feed it to the patient, or turn it down from 
a horn. This may be repeated as necessity requires, and, if necessary, 
a blister may be applied to the chest ; but good nursing, and such nour- 
ishing food as the hog will eat, should effect a cure. 

III. Quinsy or Inflammation of the Tonsils. 

This is a common and often fatal disease, if relief is not promptly 
given. It is an inflammation of the glands of the throat. 

How to know it. — If you find that the hog has difficulty in swallowing; 
if slavering and protrusion of the tongue are seen, and especially if there 
be a swelling under the lower jaw and neck, you may be sure the animal 
has the quinsy. 

What to do. — Cast the hog or pig, and with a thin, keen-bladed knife 
scarify the parts until the Ijlood flows freely. Then foment the parte 

58 913 ^ 



914 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

with cloths wrung out of very hot water, applying them repeatedly tc 
induce bleeding and reduce the inflammation. In the mean time the fol- 
lowing should be prepared, to be used as soon as possible, as an 
injection : 

No. 14. 4 Ounces sulphate of magnesia, 

2 Drachms oil of turpentine, 
^ Pint soap suds. 

Mix, and inject into the rectum with a syringe. If the animal will 
eat, give the following, mixed in a little gruel : 

No. 15. 2 Teaspoonfuls turpentine, 

2 Teaspoonfuls lard oil. 

If he will not eat, swab the tonsils often with the mixture by means 
of a swab fastened to a smdl rod, the mouth being held open, as previ- 
ously described. 

IV. Apoplexy, Staggers or Congestion of the Brain. 

This disease is not unusual in fat hogs. 

How to know it. — The animal will be stupid ; the eyes red ; the pulse 
hard and rapid ; the bowels constipated. As the disease progresses, the 
animal becomes partially or wholly blind, going in a circle or striking 
against objects ; and at last he falls unconscious. Sometimes the attack 
is attended with effusion on the brain, without other symptoms being 
especially noticeable; the animal falls suddenly; the limbs stiffen ; frotb 
flows from ths mouth, and the breathing is hard, with a snorting sound. 

What to do. — If cold water is not at hand, bleed freely from the jugu- 
lar vein . The proper application is cold water allowed to fall upon the 
head from a considerable height. At the same time let an injection be 
quickly prepared and administered at once ; use No. 14. 

V. Colds, or Hising of the Lights. 

Rising of the lights is what is generally called a cold. Keep the ani- 
mal warm and quiet ; feed well with easily digested food, and rub vinegar 
and mustard on the chest. If it does not yield to treatment, give a table- 
spoonful of tar every day, placing it well back on the tongue with a 
paddle. If the disease resolves itself into inflammation of the lungs, see 
treatment therefor in Article II, of this chapter. 

VI. Catarrh or Snuffles. 

This is a common disease that usually disappears with warmth and good 
care, and light, digestible food. It sometimes assumes a chronic fcim, 
as nasal gleet, just as it does in man. When this is the case, the animal 
"had better be killed at once and buried. 



THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 



915 



VII. Measles and. Trichina. 

CauSBS. — 111 swine measles is caused hy a parasite (the bladder 
worm) from eating the eggs of the tape worm of man {fcenia solium) 
in its food, just as trichina is caused by eating rats and mice or garbage 
containing the germs of this parasite ; dogs, also, are well known to carry 
and void the eggs of the tape-worm, and hence care should be taken that 
swine do not eat their excrement. If the flesh of measly pork is eaten 
by man, without its being most thoroughly cooked, he will be just as 
surely infected with tape-worm as he would be with trichina if he ate 
trichina-infected pork. Hence, it is never safe to eat measly pork, since 
there is always danger that some of the cysts may escape death in 
cooking. 

The tapG-worm is a flat-bodied worm, made up of small segments or 
joints from a quarter to a half inch in length, joined end to end, with a 
depression between them. When full grown, the worm is from one inch 
to one hundred feet long. One end is narrow, being the head, which is 
globular and furnished with circular, sucking discs and a proboscis or 
snout, encircled by a row of booklets. From the broad end the segments 
become detached and are expelled when ripe. These little segments may 
be seen wriggling along over the grass, vegetables and ground, and, as 
they go, they deposit innumerable quantities of eggs, which are taken up 
by grazing animals, especially the hog. It is estimated that a single tape 
worm lays upwards of 25,000,000 eggs. An egg taken into the stomach 
of a hog opens and hatches an ovoid, six-hooked embryo, which bores 
its way through the tissues till it finds a tissue congenial to its nature; 
and there it encysts itself and lies an 
indefinite length of time till, perhaps, 
it is eaten by a person, who becomes 
a host for the tape-worm, which is 
developed very soon and causes intes- 
tinal pain, emaciation, nervous irrita- 
bility, convulsions and, often, death. 

The cysticercus cellulosa is the hydatid or bladder worm, that forms 
the measles in pigs ; it becomes enc3^sted in the mus- 
cles, liver, brain, mucous and serous membranes, etc. 

How to know it. — Measly pork is known by the 
cysts, some of which are nearly the size of a grain 
of barley, distributed through the muscular and cysticercus cej.lu< 
other tissues. In the livii.g hog, when infected, i.osa.— Magnified, 
there will be found small, watery pimples of a pink or red color, just 
under the skin. There will also be weakness of the hind parts and gen- 
eral lack of health. 




HEAD OF T^NIA SOLIUM. 
Magnified, (Cobbold.) 




916 



CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




A.DULT INTESTINAL TRI 

CHINA SPIRALIS. 

MAGNIFIED. 



What to do. — Treatment is of little avail. If the difficulty could be 
known in time, daily small doses of sulphur and saltpetre, given for some 
weeks, niiaht pass the eggs from the bowels; yet this is not certain. 
Keep the dons about the place free from tape worms by occasional 
vermifuges, and burn all their dung when found. 

VIII. Trichina Spiralis. 

Trichinse are found in all animals, but usually in man, the hog and the 
rat. They are almost microscopic, varying from one-eighteenth to one- 
sixth of an inch in length, and are among the most fatal of parasites. 
The mature and fertile worm lives in the intestines 
of animals, while the immature lives in cysts in 
the muscles. When the eggs first hatch, the young 
ones migrate through the intestines, and find their 
way into the voluntary muscles, that is, the mus- 
cles of motion ; and in the course of six weeks 
they become encysted, and do no farther harm to the 
man or animal containing them ; but during those 
six weeks the life or death of the victim is merely 
a question of strength to withstand the pain, ex- 
haustion and emaciation, and many people die from it. 

How to know it. — The symptoms are swelling and great soreness of 
the muscles affected ; pain ; emaciation and exhaustion ; it is often mis- 
taken for rheumatism. In the 
lower animals, the same symp- 
toms are seen as in man, but 
to a less marked degree ; there 
is loss of appetite ; stiffness in 
the hind parts ; tlie muscles are 
sore, and the animal is loth to 
move. If those affected live 
through the six weeks, they will recover. 

What to do. — During the six weeks give alcohol in half-ounce doses, 
three times a day in gruel, and a teaspoonful of sulphur in the food 
morning and night. 

Prevention. For people — never eat underdone pork, for trichinae sur- 
vive 140 ^ F. Hams thoroughly smoked and boiled are safe. 

For hogs keep them remote from slaughter houses, and never feed 

them on the offal from slaughter houses. Keep their pens free from 
rats and mice. Pork fed on slaughter refuse, or kept near a slaughter 
house, ought to be examined with a microscope before being eaten. 




MUSCLE TRICHINA ENCYSTED. MAGNIFIED. 



THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 



917 



IX. other Intestinal Parasites. 

These are numerous. Thelurd worm {8tephaniirusi Dentatus) and the 
kidney worm {^Eustrongylus Gigas) are the most common, except those 
which produce the measles. Once they have found lodg- 
ment, there is little to be done, and the swine had 
better be killed immediately and converted into grease 
to avoid danger. The lard Avorm is from one to one 
and three-fourths inches long, by one-thirteenth inch 
broad, and is found in almost ail parts of the body. It is 
often found in the liver, and fiie fat about the rib, heart 
the air passages, etc. 

The Eustrongylus Gigas is found in the kidneys, which 
it lives on till the whole is eaten, and then it attacks the 
capsule enclosing the kidney and eats its way through 
into the intestinal cavity, and causes death from nervous 
prostration or inflammation. The kidney worm grows to 
enormous size — the gigas means the giant — it being found 
from one to three feet long and from a quarter to a half '*'c%a^mIgnrfieJ 
inch in diameter. It is sometimes found in the intestines 




STEPHANURUS 

I>ENTATUS 

OR LARD 

WORM. 



-(Verrill.j 



X. Parasites of the Skin— Mange or Scab. 

Scab is produced by a small itch insect (Sarcoptis Suis)^ and the 
disease may be communicated to man. If the animals appear uneasy 




EUSTRONGYLUS GIGAS (ClXVier.) 



examine them with a o-lass. Mangle should be no more tolerated than the 
itch in children." 

What to do. — Give the animal, immediatel>s and thereafter once a day 
for a fortnight, the following as a dose : 



No. 16. 



^ Ounce flowers of sulphur, 
1 Drachm nitrate of ]>otash. 



918 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Mix as a powder, and give in tlie food. Kub the animal thoroughly 
with soft soap, and at the end of an hour clean well with warm rain 
water. When dry, prepare the following : 

No. 17. 1 Pint train oil, "^^ 

2 Drachms oil of tar, 
1 Drachm petroleum, 
Flowers of sulphur to form a thick paste. 

Rub this thoroughly in, and let it remain three days. Then wash 
thoroughly with strong soap suds, and if the difficulty is not removed, 
repeat the application of the ointment. The animals must be changed to 
perfectly clean quarters, with clean bedding. Burn all old bedding, and 
paint the floor cracks, and every surface outside and in, with quick-lime, 
slaked with carbolic acid, one part to one hundred of water; or get the 
carbolic liquor from the nearest gas-works, and slake with that. 

XI. Lice. 

There would seem no reason why swine should be infested with lice. 
If they be suspected, examine the hogs, and when 
dry, after washing with soft soap and water, 
sponge freely with crude petroleum, and give 
daily, for some days, ^ drachm of copperas in the 
food. If any lice remain, apply an ointment of 
Scotch snuff and lard to the infested parts. 

XII. Diarrhoea. 

Young pigs are often taken with diarrhoea, gen- 
erally during the first ten days after birth. The 
difficulty lies in the milk of the sow, either from bad 
, ^ food or other disabilitv. 

Blood-sucking louse of the » /» i i 

pig- What to do. — Grive good, nourishing food, of 

which sound grain is the basis ; place a mixture of powdered charcoal and 
salt where the pigs and sow may freely take it. Prepare the following; 

-^o. 18. 2 Pounds powdered foenugreek seed, 

2 Pounds powdered anise seed, 
2 Pounds powdered chalk, 

1 Pound powdered gentian, 

2 Ounces carbonate of soda. 

Mix, and give a tablespoonful to the sow every time she is fed. 

XIII. Leprosy. 

We have received accounts of hogs affected with "hog cholera" — every 
disease for which no better name is known is now so called — in which 
pimples and blisters appear about the mouth and eyes, prostration ensues 



I 




H^MATOPINUS. 



THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 



919 



the animal staggers when moving, and death follows sometimes with great 

emaciation. In Europe this disease is called Leprocy — a misnomer as 

much as to call it "hog cholera," It is a form of malignant eczema. 

What to do. — Allow the hog a clean, cool, well ventilated place with 

cool water to drink, and, if possible, pure water for a bath. Cleanse the 

skin with soft soap and water, and dress the sores with the following lotion 

Shree times daily : 

1 Ounce powdered borax, 
1 Pint of soft water. 

Give, twice a day, the following, in gruel or anything the animal will 

best eat : 



No. 19. 



y^ Ounce flowers of sulphur, 
1 Drachm nitrate of potash. 



The disease is contagious, and want of care, dirty pens, and foul feed- 
ing are superinducing causes. 

XIV. Skeleton of the Hog. 

For a better understanding of the anatomy of the hog, the lettered and 
figured illustration of the skeleton will be found instructive. The first 
series of figures, following the capitals, refer to the bones of the fetlock 
and feet. The figures following Phalanges 1, 2, 3, refer to the hinder 
parts. The las«t series of figures following Z — Head, indicate the bones 
of the head. The reader will have no difficulty in recognizing and learn- 
ing the names. n 




SKELETON OF THE UOG. 



Names of the Bones. — A — Cervical vertebrae. B, B — Dorsal verte- 
brae. C — Lumbar vertebrae. D — Sacrum. E, E — Coccygeal bones. 
F, F — Ribs. G — Costal cartilages. // — Scapula. I — Humerus. K, 
/r— Radius. L — Ubui. J/^Carpus, or knee. 1. Scaphoid. 2. Semi- 
lunar. 3. Cuneiform. 4. Trapezium. 5. Trapezoid. 0. Os mag- 
num. 7, Unciform. 8. Pisiform. iV, iV— Lar^e metacarpal, or 



020 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

caiiuon. O — Small metacarpal. P, P — Sesamoid bones. Q, Q — 
Phalanges. 1. Os suffraginis, or pastern bone. 2. Os coronse. 3. Os 
pedis. R — Pelvis. (Fore-leg of pig. Phalanges 1,2,3). 1. Ilium. 

2. Pubis. 3. Ischium. /S'— Femur. T— Patella, t/— Tibia. F— 
Fibula. W — Hock. 1. Os calcis. 2. Astragalus. 3. Cuneiform 
magnum. 4. Cuneiform medium. 5. Cuneiform parvum. 6. Cuboid. 

3, 6. Cubo cuneiform. X — Large metatarsal. (Hind-leg of pig. Phal- 
anges 1, 2, 3). Y — Small metatarsal. Z — Head. 1. Inferior maxilla. 
2. Superior maxilla. 3. Anterior maxilla. 4. Nasal bone. 5. Molar. 
6. Frontal. 7. Parietal. 8. Occipital. 9. Lachrymal. 10. Squamous- 
tempoid . 11. Petrous-tempoid . 



•t) ii' 





SHEEP AND SHEEP HUSBANDRY. 



CHAPTER I. 
ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS. 



t. NATIVE COUNTRY OF SHEEP. 11. THEIR DIVERSIFIED CHARACTER. III. 

ANATOMY OF THE SHEEP. IV. TOP AND VERTICAL VIEWS OF SKULL. V. DEN- 
TITION OF SHEEP. VI, POINTS OF S'HEEP EXPLAINED. VII. DIVISIONS OP 

FINE WOOL. VIII. COMPARATIVE VALUE OF FINE AND COARSE WOOL. IX. 

RANGING AND FLOCKING OF DIFFERENT BREEDS. X. REGIONS ADAPTED TO 

SHEEP. XI. POINTS OF EXCELLENCE OF THE PRINCIPAL BREEDS. XII. 

STANDARD FOR AMERICAN MERINOS. XIII. STANDARD FOR MIDDLE-WOOLED 

SHEEP. XIV. STANDARD FOR COTSWOLD SHEEP. 

I. Native Country of Sheep. 

The native country of sheep is not known, and has not been since the 
earliest historical times. There are no wild sheep known, if we except 
the Ovis Montana, or wild sheep of Montana, in the United States, 
though at the Paris exhibition of 1865, several wild (so-called) sheep 
were exhibited, although bred in confinement. Among these were the 
wild sheep of Barbary, Ovis Tragelapus, more resembling a goat than 
our wild species, which is really a sheep ; and also thePunjaub wild sheep, 
Ovis Gycloceras, a native of Northern India, and the Europeon moufflon, 
Ovis Musimon, belonging to Corsica and Sardinia. 

H. Their Diversified Character. 

That sheep were the earliest domesticated of any of the wild animals, 
there is no doubt. Abel was a keeper of sheep, the first recorded shep- 
herd or herdsman of any kind. The great length of time since their 
domesticaiion, is also shown by their widely diversified character. The 
classification of Linnaeus shows : The Hornless, Horned, Black-faced, 
Spanish, Many-horned, African, Guinea, Broad-tailed, Fat-rumped, 
Bucharian, Long-tailed, Cap-bearded, and Bovant. To these may be 
added the Siberian sheep of Asia, found also in Corsica and Barbary, and 



926 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the Creluu sheep of the Grecian Islands, Hungary, and some portions of 
Austria, making about all the principal sub-species. 

III. Anatomy of the Sheep. 




SKELETON OP LEICESTER SHEEP. 



Explanation. — Beginning with the head, the references to cut of skele- 
ton show: 1 — The intermaxillary bone. 2 — The nasal bones. 3 — The 
upper jaw. 4 — The union of the nasal and upper jaw bone. 5 — The 
union of the molar and lachrymal bones. 6 — The orbits of the eye. 7 
— ^The frontal bone. 9 — The lower jaw. 10 — The incisor teeth or nip- 
pers. 11 — The molars or grinders. 

The Neck and Body.— 1, 1 — The ligament of the neck, supporting the 
head. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 — The seven vertebrse, or bones of the neck. 1 
— 13 — ^The thirteen vertebrae, or bones of the back. 1 — 6 — The six ver- 
tebrae of the loins. 7 — The sacral bone. 8 — The bones of the tail, va- 
rying in different breeds from twelve to twenty-one. 9 — The haunch and 
pelvis. 1 — 8 — The eight true ribs with their cartilages. 9 — 13 — The 
five false ribs, or those that are not attached to the breast bone. 14 — 
The breast bone. 

The Fore Leg. — 1 — ^The scapula or shoulder-blade. 2 — The hu- 
merus, bone of the arm, or lower part of the shoulder. 3 — The radius, 
or bone of the forearm. 4 — The ulna, or elbow. 5 — The knee, with 
its different bones. 6 — The metacarpal or shank-l)ones ; the larger 
bones of the leg. 7 — A rudiment of the smaller metacarpal. 8 — One 
of the sessamoid bones. 9 — The two first bones of the foot; the pas- 
terns. 10 — The proper bones of the foot. 



OtlKJlN, ANAtOMY AND fOmtS OF StiEEt*. 



927 




The Hind Leg.— 1— Tlie thi<^h l)()iu'. 2 — The stifle joint and its bone,, 
the patella, o— The tibia, or bone of the upper part of the leg. 4 — 
The point of the hock. 5 — The other bones of the hock. — The 
metatarsal bone-, or bone of the hind leg. 7 — Rudiment of the small 
metatarsal. 8 — A scssamoid bone. 9 — The two first bones of the foot, 
the pasterns. 10 — Tlic proper bone of the foot. 

It will be seen that the general anatomy of the sheep corresponds to 
that of the ox. In the limbs we find the number of joints the same in 
the horse, ox and sheep. Beneath the fetlock, however, the four bones 
are doubled in the sheep. 

IV. Top and Vertical Views of Skull. 

The first illustration shows the skull of a polled sheep as seen from 
the top. 

Explanation.— 1— Occipital bone, depressed out of danger. 2 — The 
parietal bones, the suture having disap[)eared, and also out of danger. 
3 — The squamous portions of the temporal 
bone — the buttress of the arch of tho skull. 
4 — The meatus auditorius, or bony opening 
into the ear. ,5 — The frontal bones. 6 — The 
openings through which l)loocl-vessels pass, io 
supi)ly the forehead. 7 — The bony orbits of 
the eye. 8 — The zygomatic or molar bones, 
very much developed. 9, 10 — The bones of 

the nose. 11 — The upper jaw bone. 12 — The foramen, through which the 
nerve and blood-vessels pass, to supply the lower ])art of the face. 13 — 
The nasal processes of the intermaxillary bones. 14 — The palatine 
processes. 15 — The internuixillary bone, supporting the cartilaginous 
pad, instead of containing teeth. 

Next we give a vertical section of the head with its appropriate expla- 
nation. 

Explanation. — 1 — Nasal bone. 2 — Upper jaw bon 3 — Intermaxil- 
lary bone supporting the pad, supi)lies the place of upper front teeth. 4, 
4 — The frontal sinus. 5 — Cavity or 
sinus of the horn, communicating 
with the frontal sinus. It is here 
shown by removal of a section of 
the base of the horn. 7 — The fron- 
tal bone. 8 — Vertical section of the 
hrain. 9 — Vertical section of the 
cerebellum, a— The cineritious por- ^^^^ ^^ sheep-vektical section. 
tion of the brain, b — The medul- 
lary portion of the brain. 10 — The ethmoid bone. 11 — The cribiforn) 



SKUH. OF A POLLED SHEEP. 




928 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



or perforated plate of the ethmoid bone. 12 — The lower cell of the 
ethmoid bone. 13 — ^The superior turbinated bone. 14 — The mferior 
turbinated bone. 17 — The sphenoid bone. 

V. Dentition of Sheep. 
Youatt gives as follows the dentition of sheep, by which it 
will be easy to tell the age correctly: The sheep has eight 
incisors in the lower jaw, and twelve grinders — six on a side 
in each jaw, — making in all thirty-two teeth. At birth the 
lamb should have the two central incisors just pushing through. At a 
mouth old all the incisors should be up. At one year, sometimes not 
until fifteen months old, the two first milk incisors will be shed, and two 
new or permanent ones will appear. At two years old past, it will have 
two more permanent teeth, or four in all. At three years old past, it 
will have six pei-manent incisors, and at four years old past, the eight 
permanent teeth, or a full mouth, as it is called, will be shown. This 
will be an accurate test as to the age of sheep, up to four years, varied of 
course, by care and keep ; highly fed sheep developing faster than ill 
kept ones. At six the incisors begin to decrease in breadth, and lose 
their fan shape, as seen at four years old. At seven they become longer 
and narrower, and each year tliis shrinkage continues, until at last they 
become quite slender, the middle ones long, and at ten years they loosen 
and begin to drop out. 

VI. Points of Sheep Explained. 

To locate the different exterior portions of the sheep, we give a cut of 
one of the half-wild breeds of the animal, which seems goat-like, but the 
wool of which shows it to be a sheep. 




EXTERIOR POINTS OF SHEEP. 



Explanation.— ^— Face. ^—Muzzle. C— Neck. .Z>— Shoulder. M'^ 
-Pointof the Shoulder, i^— Breast. (?— Girth-place. ^— Back. 1 
-Loin, /f— Rump. Z^— Thiffh M— Jiip. iV^— Root of Tail. 



1 



ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 



929 



VH. Divisions of Pine Wool. 

To illustrate the divisions of the wool we i>ive a figured cut of a fine 
wooled sheep. The divisions are num])ercd to correspond to pure Saxon 
and Merino sheep, wliich when pure-bred, show only four qualities of 
wool. However, the cross-breds and especially gi*ades sometimes show 
seven or eight. 




"mm 



mM 



DIVISION OF WOOL. 



Explanation. — The reflna, or pick wool, (1) begins at the withers, and 
extends along the back, to the setting on of tiie tail. It reaches only a 
little way down on the quarters, but dipping down at the flanks, takes in 
all the superior part of the chest, and the middle of the side of the neck 
to the angle of the lower jaw. The Jina, (2) a valuable wool, but 
not so deeply secreted, or possessing so many curves as the reiina, occu- 
pies the belly, and the quarters and thighs, down to the stifle joint ; 
j( 3) is found on the head, the throat, the lower part of the neck, and 
\ the shoulders, terminating at the elbow, (fore legs,) and reaching from the 
stifle to a little below the hock; (4) is procured from the tuft that 
grows on the forehead and cheeks, from the tail, and from the legs below 
; the hock. 

Vm. Comparative Value of Fine and Coarse "Wool. 

Up to twenty years ago, fine wool was the most valuable, and the tino- 
ness of the fiber increased the price per pound in corresponding ratio. 
Then the exceedino; fineness of broadcloth was the limit and standard of 

I 

Ihighest excellence. Of late years the demand foT; long and worsted wools 

59 



930 CvCLOPEblA OF LiVli ST6CK AND COMJPtETE STOCK bOCfOR. 

has steadily iiicreased, with the change in fashion for gentlemen's wear; 
and the demand for worsted, combing, and other long wools is steadily 
growing, and at prices altogether in advance of the fine wools. Hence 
the larger breeds of sheep, once principally valuable for their mutton, 
sprung suddenly into favor for their wool. In England, the value of a 
sheep is rated fully as much for the carcass as for the wool. In the 
United States and in Canada, to a considerable degree, the wool is still 
the principal object ; so the saying that, an Englishman in examining a 
flock, would ask, " how much will they dress," while the question of an 
American would be, " how much will they shear," still holds good. 

Nevertheless, this is gradually changing ; and the increased consump- 
tion of prime mutton in our large cities, and the increased facilities for 
ocean transportation of live animals, have stimulated more and more the 
breeding of mutton sheep. The probability is, that the fashionable fab- 
rics made of the wools mentioned will not soon go out of use for sum- 
mer wear, since they are altogether superior to cotton and linen, both in 
coolness and the ease with which they may be kept clean. 

Fine wools, on the other hand, will never be superseded for wintei 
wear, for blankets, for underclothing, and the endless variety of uses,foi 
which they are adapted. 

IX. Ranging and Flocking of Different Breeds. 

It is not generally known that there are peculiarities in sheep husband- 
ry, especially in the flocking of herds, which cannot be overcome. The 
most important of these is, that the mutton and long-wooled breeds can- 
not be carried in large flocks. Merino and other fine-wooled breeds mav 
easily be carried in flocks of even 1000 and upwards, on suitable soils ; 
but the large breeds cannot successfully be carried in flocks of more than 
200 together. Hence the adaptability of the Western plains and of Texas 
anc^ New Mexico to the fine-wooled breeds, individual owners numbering 
their flocks by many thousands each. On the other hand, the large breeds 
are the favorites among farmers in the thickly settled portions of the 
United States, where they are kept in flocks of from twenty up to several 
hundreds. 

X. Regions Adapted to Sheep. 

It has generally been thought that only rocky, hilly regions are well 
adapted to the keeping of sheep. This is a mistake. Such regions are 
suited to sheep, no doubt, for sheep require a firm soil ; sheep, also, 
can subsist in rocky, barren regions where other animals would starve. 
Yet any dry situation adapted to grass possesses all the necessary essen- 
tials. The Western prairies, which, except for a short time in the 
spring, are firm and dry, are most admirably adapted to sheep. All the hill 



ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 931 

regions of the South are eminently suited for sheep husbandry, espe- 
cially for the mutton and long-wooled breeds. There are found the es- 
sentials of a genial climate, plenty of range, pure water, sweet grasses, 
and a soil natural to sheep. There is t)nly a single drawback — the num- 
ber of dogs that are allowed to wander at will to decimate flocks. If 
the dogs were abated, the hill regions of the South would soon prove as 
valuable for sheep as for fruit and for general agriculture. 

XI. Points of Excellence of the Principal Breeds. 

The standards of excellence, now generally adopted at the St. Louis 
fair, at the Illinois State fair, and at many other prominent Western fairs, 
and also at the great exhibition of live stock at the Chicago fair for 1881, 
may be taken as being as near perfect as possible, and will rule in all 
points except, perhaps, in the weight of the carcass. In the East, and 
in some portions of the hill region South, the weight of carcass may be 
reduced some twenty pounds. Thus the standard of 165 pounds gross 
weight for a Merino ram, and 120 pounds for gross weight of Merino 
ewe, was reduced to 140 and 100 pn ncis respectively at the Centennial 
Exhibition, while in other respects the standards were identical. At St. 
Louis, the heavy standard known as the Illniois standard is, without modi- 
fication, used forjudging sheep. This standard, in fact, was really arranged 
by prominent breeders of Illinois, and of the country contiguous to St. 
Louis, we believe. The standards for the several grades will be found 
adapted to any breed ; that for Cotswolds, applying to any long-wooled 
breed with very simple modifications. The standards are as follows : 

XII. Standard for American Merinos. 

Points. 
Blood. — Thoroughbred, i. e, purely bred from one or more of the 

direct importations of Merino sheep from Spain prior to the 

year 1812, without the admixture of any other blood. - - 1 

Constitution. — Indicated by form of body ; deep and large breast 
cavity ; broad back, heavy quarters, with muscular development 
forming capacious abdomen ; skin thick, but soft, of fine tex- 
ture, and pink color ; expansive nostril, brilliant eyes, healthful 
countenance, and good size, age considered. - - - - 15 

Size. — In fair condition, with fleece of twelve months' growth, full- 
grown rams should weigh not less than 165 pounds, and ewes 
not less than 120 pounds. _ _ . _ _ _ .7 

General Appeakance. — Good carriage, bold style, elastic move- 
ment, showing in particular parts, as well as general outline and 
symmetry of form. ---- _ .__3 



932 cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

Points. 

Body. — Throughout, heavy bones, well proportioned in length ; 
smooth joints ; ribs starting horizontally from back-bone, and 
well rounded to the breast-bone, which should be wide, strong, 
and prominent in front; strong back-bone, straight and well 
proportioned as to length; heavy, muscular quarters, deep 
through, and squarely formed behind and before, with shoulders 
well set on, neither projecting sharply ahove the back-bone, nt)r 
standing so w^ide and flat as to incur liability to slip-shoulders. - 8 

Folds and Wrinkles. — Folds on the ram should bo lai-gcr than on 
the ewe. Large and pendulous folds from the chin or jaws, 
succeeding each other down the neck to the l)risket, ending 
with large fold or " apron," and extending up the sides of the 
neck, but lighter if at all extending over top of neck ; two or 
three behind the fore leg or shoulder ; one on front of hind leg, 
hanging well down aci'oss the flank ; two or more on rear of 
hind legs or quarters, extending up toAvards the tail, with one 
or two on and around the tail, giving the animal a square api)eai- 
anceon the hindquarters, and straight down as may be from end 
of tail to hock joints and hind feet. In addition to folds, small 
wrinkles over the body and belly are desirable, as forming com- 
pactness of fleece, but not large enough to be apparent on the 
surface of grown fleece, or to cause a jar in its quality, thus 
leaving the body of the fleece even in quality, and free from the 
jar of large folds over the body. - - - - --'*'' 

Head. — Wide between the eyes and behind the ears and across the 
nose ; short from top of head to tip of nose ; face straight, eyes 
clear and prominent; ears thick, medium size, and, together 
with the face, nose and lips, white, covered wdth soft fur or 
downy wool. Ewes should give no appearance of horns, while 
upon the rams the horns should be clear in color, symmetri- 
cally curved, without tendency to press upon the sides of the 
head or to extreme expansion. - - - _ _ _ G 

Neck. — Medium length, good bone and muscular development, 
and, especially with the rams, heavier, toward the shoulders, 
well set high up, and rising from that point to the back of the 
head. - -- -i>^- - - - - -5 

Legs and Feet. — Legs medium or short in length, straight and set 
well apart forward and back ; heavy bone, smooth joints, with 
large muscular development of the fore-arm ; thick, heavy 
thighs, wide down to hock joints, and from knee joints down- 
ward covered with short wool, or the soft furry covering pecu- 
liar to the ears and face ; hoofs well shaped and of clear color. - 5 



ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 



933 



Points. 

Covering. — ^Tendency to hair aud garc upon any part of the sheep 
is to he avoitled. Evenness of fleece in length, (juality, density, 
histre, ciimp, trueness, strength and elasticit}^, covering the en- 
tire body, belly and legs to the knees ; head well covered 
forward, squarely to a line in front of the eyes ; well tilled be- 
tween the eyes and the ears or horns, and well up on the 
cheeks ; muzzle clear, with small opening up to and around the 
eyes. Scrotum of rams covered with wool, free from tendency 
to hair. - -- - - - -15 

Quality. — Medium, l*ut such as is known in our markets as fine de- 
laine and fine clothing wool, distinctly better in quality, lustre, 
crimp and elasticity, than the wools of same length grown upon 
the common grade sheep. - - - - - 5 

Density. — Shown by the compactness of the fleece throughout, 
which should open free but close, showing very little of the skin 
at any point, even at the extremities of the fleece. - - 10 

Length. — At one year's growth not less than two and one-half 
inches, and as nearly as may be uniform in length to the extrem- 
ity of the fleece. - - - - - - 5 

Oil.— Evenly distributed ; soft and flowing freely from skin to sur- 
face ; medium hi quantity. . - - - _ 5 



100 
Xm. standard for Middle-Wooled Sheep. 

Points 

Blood. — Purely bred from one or more of direct importations from 

Great Britain. - - - _ _ _ 1Q 

Constitution and Quality, — Indicated by thefbrm of body ; deep 
and large in breast and through the heart ; back wide, straight, 
and well covered wnth lean meat or muscle ; wide and full in 
thigh, deep in flank ; skin soft and pink color ; prominent eyes 
and healthful countenance. - - - _ _ 25 

Size. — In fair condition, when fully matured; rams should weigh 

not less than 200 pounds, and ewes not less than 175 pounds. 10 

General Appearance and Character. — Good carriage ; head well 
up ; elastic movement, showing symmetry of form and uni- 
formity of character throughout. - - - _ _ 10 

Body. — Well proportioned ; small bones ; great scale and length ; 
well finished hind quarters ; thick back and loins ; standing 
with legs well placed outside ; breast wide, and prominent in 
front. -- - - - 10 



934: cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

Points 
Head. — Short mid broad ; wide between ears, and well covered 

with wool ; color dark grey ; light muzzle not objectionable ; 

ears short. --_____ k 

Neck.— Short and heavy, especially toward shoulders. - - f 

Legs and Feet. — Short and well set apart ; color dark grey, and 

wooled to the hoof, which must be well shaped. - - - 5 

Covering. — Body, belly, head and legs well covered with fleece 
of even length and quality ; scrotum of rams also well cov- 
ered. - - - - - - __i() 

Quality of Wool. — Medium, such as is known in market as half- 

combino; wool. -----____ 5 



100! 
XIV. Standard for Cots wold Sheep. 

Points. 

Head. — Not too fine, moderately small, and broad between the eyes 
and nostrils, but without a short, thick appearance, and in young 
animals covered on crown with long lustrous wool. - - )S 

Face. — Either white or slightly mixed with grey, or white dappled 

with brown. - -- - - __--4 

Nostrils. — Wide and expanded ; nose dar.?. - - - - 1; 

Eyes. — Prominent, but mild looking. - - - - - - 2! 

Ears. — Broad, long, moderately thin, and covered with short hair 4 

Collar. — Full from breast and shoulders, tapering gradually all the 
way to where the head and neck join. The neck of ram should 
be short, thick and strong, indicating constitutional vigor, 
(neck of ewe should be fine and graceful) and free from coarse 
and loose skin. [Collar 5 points with ewe.] - - - 6 

Shoulders. — Broad and full, and at the same time join so gracefully 
to the collar forward and the chine backward as not to leave the 
least hollow in either place. ______ 8 

Fore-legs. — The mutton on the arm or fore-thigh should come quite 
to the knee. Leg upright with heavy bone, being clear from 
superfluous skin, with wool to fetlock, and may be mixed with 
grey. _________ -4 

Breast. — Broad and well forward, keeping the legs wide apart ; 

girth or chest full and deep. _ _ _ _ _ - 10 

Fore flank. — Quite full, not showing hollow behind the shoulder. 

[4 points with ewe.] ___ _ _ _ -/> 

Back and loin. — Broad, flat and straight, from which the ribs must 

spring with a fine circular arch. - - - - - 12 

Belly. — Straight on underline. [5 points with ewe.] - - 3 



ORIULV, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 

t-.<4i ! imiJ^>batl. ' JL!ti8»A-v»u. ■ ■«i^ n 



935 




QfARrERS.— Long and full, with mutton quite down to the hodv^^^^8 
Hock. — Should stand neither in nor out. ----- 2 

vViST.— Or junction inside the thighs, deep, wide, and full, which, 

vvith a l)i-oad breast, will keep the legs open and upright. - 5 

iLEECE.— The while body should be covered with long, lustrous 

^^^^ 18 



100 



CHAPTER 11. 



VARIETIES OP SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



I. LONG-WOOLED ENGLISH SHEEP. II. LiNCOLN SHEEP. III. ROMNET MARSH 

SHEEP. IV. LEICE6TEK SHEEr.^ V. THE COTSWOLDS, VI. NEW OXFORD- 
SHIRE SHEEP. VII THE OXFO t)-r)OWNS, VIII. MIDDLE AND SHORT-WOOLED 

BRITISH BREEDS. IX. WHITE-FACED MOUNTAIN SHEEP. X. BLACK-FACED 

HIGHLAND, OR SCOTCH SHEEP. XI. HAMPSHIRE-DOWNS. XII. SHROPSHIRE- 
DOWNS. XIII. SOUTH-DOWNS. XIV. OTHER BREEDS OF GREAT BRITAIN. ■ 

XV. DORSET SHEEP. XVI. FINE-WOOLED SHEEP. XVII. AMERICAN MERI- 
NOS. XVIII. THE ATWOOD AND HAMMOND MERINOS. XIX. THE RICH MERI- 
NOS. XX. ABOUT SHEEP IN GENERAL. XXI. THE AVERAGE WOOL PER SHEEF. 

XXII. SUMMARY OF BRITISH BREEDS. 

Long-Wooled English Sheep. 

Long-wooled sheep may be divided into two classes — those reared in 
rich alluvial and marshy districts that have been drained, as the Lincoln 
and Romney marshes : and those reared in the rich agricultural districts 
of arable hmd devoted to mixed farming. The latter includes the Cots- 
wolds, the Leicesters, and the Oxford-Downs. In discussing long-wooled 
sheep, we shall simply give characteristics, supplemented with accurate 
illustrations of the more valuable breeds, since this will be all that will be 
necessary to enable the reader to easily recognise them and estimate theii 

value. 

II. Lincoln Sheep. 

The Lincoln sheep are the largest sheep known. Under fairly good 

feeding they dress up to 120 to 160 pounds at two years old past, while 

under exceptional circumstances they dress up to 90 pounds per quarter at 

that age. Their long, lustrous fleeces, at the second shearing, will weigh from 

10 to 15 pounds of washed wool, the fibre measuring nine inches in length. 

They have been known in the United States since 1835, are hardy and 

prolific, but large feeders. Notwithstanding their good qualities, they 

have not become widely disseminated in this country, the Cotswolds 

being generally preferred. They require the best and most succulent 

grasses and the most skillful care, and this, probably, is the reason why 

they have not succeeded so well in the West, where high farming is not 

the rule, 

III. Romney Marsh Sheep. 

These sheep are natives of the Southeastern part of England,especially 
the drained marsh districts of Kent, where they have been bred from the 

936 



VARIETIKS OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



937 



earliest times. They are hardier than the Lincolns, and, like most Brit- 
ish breeds of long-wooled sheep, have been improved by a cross of the 
Leicester. They have a peculiar tuft of wool on the forehead ; a thick, 
broad head and neck ; are long in the body, with fiat sides ; abroad loin ; 
full, broad thighs ; the fore quarters are not so well developed. The 
limbs are strong ; the hoofs broad ; the wool long, somewhat coarse, but 
;sound, bright and glossy. The wethers at three years old will dress from 
100 to 120 pounds for the butcher ; the ewes dress from 70 to 90 pounds, 
and have much inside fat. There seems to be no reason Avhy they should 
not prove valuable on rich, succulent pastures in the West, though it is 
not to be denied that all the English breeds deteriorate in America, es- 
pecially in the West, probably both from the dry climate and the want oi 
succulent food (roots) in winter. 

-IV. Leicester Sheep. 
Leicester sheep are considered a;; among the most valuable of British 
breeds, and justly so. Since their improvement by Bakewell, during the 
last centuiy, they have been successfully used for the general improve- 
ment of the long-wooled breeds of England, giving better feeding quali- 




GROUP OF shuopshtrp: rams. 

ties, fineness and early maturity. They are divided into Leicesters proper 
and Border Leicesters. The modern improved Leicester is hornless ; tlie 
head small' and clean : eyes bright, prominent and animated ; limbs clean 
and fine-boned ; the neck and shoulders full and deep ; the body full ; 
back straight, with hind quarters tapering to the tail, and less square than 



938 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the Cotswolds; the flesh is good, but not the best, being too fat; the 
ears thin, long and directed back. The fleeces are especially valuable 




for combing wool, being white, long and lustrous, and will average seven 
or eight pounds per fleece; the skin is thin, but soft and elastic. They 



VARIETIES OF SHEEP AMI) THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. ^3d 

ftittento weigh, at twelve months oki past, up to twcnty-tivc pounds each 
quarter, and at two ^''ears old up to about forty pounds per quarter. The 
breed is popular in some parts of the United States, especially in the 
West, Jnit to succeed they must have the very best of care and attention. 
Border Leicesters. — The In-eeding of the New Leicesters, or Dishley 
as they were sometimes called, upon the "Border Sheep" of England, 
produced what became known as the Border Leicester, a sub-family that 
attained a distinct and well marked position in England, and which, under 
good management, at about one year and a half old, would dress from 
eighteen to twenty pounds per quarter of tender and succulent flesh. 
Older than this die accumulation of fat was great, and the meat not fine. 
The principal characteristics are an exceedingly small head, and small 
but fine bone in proportion to the weight of carcass. They have clean 
jaws ; thin ears ; full, jDlacid eyes ; straight, broad, flat back ; arched 
ribs — a peculiarity of all Leicesters, giving the body often the appear- 
ance, when fully clothed with wool, of being broader than it is deep. 
The belly is, also, carried very evenly below, giving a straight or nearly 
straight line below. The skin is thin, but mellow, and the fleece long 
and soft, averaging nearly as much as the improved Leicester — six to 
seven pounds. Their heavy accumulation of fat has not made them fa- 
vorites in the United States. 

V. The Cotswolds. 

There ai'e none of the English breeds of sheep that have become so 
universally disseminated in the United States — not excepting the South- 
Downs — as have the Cotswolds. The improved Cotswold is one of the 
largest of English breeds, even since its refinement through the Leicester 
crosses. It is hardy and moderately early in maturing ; strong in con- 
stitution ; broad-chested ; round-barreled ; straight-backed ; and fattens 
kindly at thirteen to fifteen months old to yield fifteen pounds of mut- 
ton per quarter, and at two years old, from twenty to thirty pounds per 
quarter. The wool of the Cotswold is strong and rather coarse, but 
white and mellow, six to eight inches in length, and averiio-ino: seven to 
eight pounds per fleece ; some American fleeces have been sheared weigh- 
ing eighteen pounds. The two illustrations of Cotswold ewes will show 
the appearance of this favorite long-wooled l)reed as they appear under 
good keepino;, before shearing time. 

Cotswolds in the West and South.— Their many good qualities, especi- 
ally their hardiness, adaptation to the rolling prairies of the West and 
the hill regions of the South, have made them general favorites with 
long-wool breeders. They also cross kindly with other breeds, including 
the South-Downs ; the ewes are prolific, and the flesh of the lambs and 



940 



CYCLOPKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLKTE STOCK DOCTOR. 



yearlings most excellent. Like all the long-wooled breeds, they accutwu- 
late much fat with age. Another point in their favor is that the fleeces 
are not gummy, and do not shrink, as do the Merinos. A pound of 
Cotswold wool, as it is taken from the sheep, will produce as much clean 



II ^1111" I MI' U||||| 




scoured wool as two and a half pounds of gummy Merino wool. South 
of the Ohio river, Cotswolds are often reported as wintering with little 
or no feeding, except grazing, unless during more than ordinarily severe, 
winters. East and West of the Mississippi, in the latitude of St. Louis; 



VARIETIES OF SIlEEl' AND THEIU CIIAKACTEUISTICS. 



!»41 



and south of it, the saino is triu', and the stsitcnient will liohl good 
with all the more hardy hrccds. Vet, even in those genial (.liinates, all 
j>heep must he sheltered from storms, and it is l)y no means good iioliey 
to allow them to shift entirely for themselves in the matter of food. 
To slunv accurately the form of this admirable breed, we <rivc an il- 
lustration of a ewe, and also of ti buck, showing their appearance after 
shearing. 

In the hill region of Virginia, and other parts of the South and West, 
the Cotswolds are yearly increasing in favor. The testimony of many 
iSouthcni planters and farmers is decidedly i:; their favor. One statement, 



r 



^<^i|/f^j i 








r-iir^:,,-^ 






li 



COTSWOLD EWKS. 



that of a prominent farmer of Clark county, Va., nmst suffice. His 
testimony is as follows: It is far more profitable to keep the different 
varieties of mutton breeds, than the tine wools, or Merino breed in this 
|)ortion of Virginia. I say this from my own experience, and that of 
many intelligent gentlemen with whom I have conversed. The Cotswold 
sheep, and its crosses with the South-Down, are less liable to diseases of 
all kinds- ; they are more prolilic, better nurses, an<l less liable to lose their 
lambs than the Mei-iuo. The hinil)s ai'e more vigtiious and h:ir(l\- ; then 
add their early matuiity, their fitness for market at eighteen months old. 
and their almost double value when in market, and yon have advantages 
which far outweigh the additional amount of food which the mutton 
sheep may consume in proportion to his size. 



942 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

This is high praise not only for the Cotswolds, but for the South- 
Downs, which were always a favorite breed in the hill region of the 
South. It must be remembered, however, that none of the long-wooled or 




the mutton breeds do well in large Hocks. As before stated, 100 of these 
sheep is the largest number that should be Hocked together. The illus- 
tration of yearling Cotswold will serve as a good representation of the 



VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 943 

fully wooled animal at this age. It also shows the foretop of wool 
the pate, which is characteristic of this breed. 



on 




VI. New Oxfordshire Sheep. 

Another breed that has been introduced into the United States, but has 

not met with general favor, is the New Oxfordshire, one of the breeds 

arising from crosses of the New Leicester upon the Cotswold. They 

should not be confounded with the Oxford-Down, which is a cross between 



944 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



the Cotswold and Hjimpshire-Dowii, jind belongs to the middle-wools, as 
well as to the special mutton breeds. In England they aro regarded in 
their own locality Avith favor. They are less hard}^ than the Cotswolds, 
and in the United States have not been received with special favor. The 
illustration of New-Oxfordshire ewe will show the general appearance of 
the breed. 

VII. The Oxford-Downs. 

This excellent breed of English sheep is said to have originated about 
the year 1830, by crossing a Cotswold ram on a Hampshire-Down ewe, 
producing a sheep heavier than the Ham[)shire, resembling the Cotswold 
in size and fleece, but liner and tinner in the fibre. The produce of these 
parents were bred together^ and careful selection produced sheep that in 




I- 
g 
> 

X 
CJ 



1862 were awarded a separate class at the English fairs. They are com- 
paratively rare iu the United States. It is said of them that, in a district 
at the foot of the Cotswold hills, abounding in springy places, and re- 
quiring extensive drainage, they have succeeded and thriven where 
neither the Cotswolds nor the South-Downs would. A pen of these 
sheep, shown at the Smithfield cattle show, in 1873, are reported to have 
averaged, at 22 months old, 298 pounds each, or 885 jjounds for the pen 
of three. The average fleece is given as weighing 8 or 9 pounds, and of 
the best quality for worsted manufactures ; and rams are reported as 
ha\'ing sheared 20 pounds of wool. The ewes are prolific, producing 150 
lambs to the 100 ewes. The Oxford-Downs mature early, dressing 80 



946 CYCL6Pl5i>IA OF LIVE StOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCf Oft. 




VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



947 



to 90 pounds of superior mutton at fourteen month of age. They are 
hardy, herd well, and are good feeders. They have a head much like 
the Cotswold, with the tuft on the forehead, but with dark grey face and 




legs, like the Ilarapshires, but the grey is lighter than that of the South- 
Downs. The fleece is thick and somewhat curled, giving 8 to 10 pounds 
each, yearly, for the ewes, and twelve to fifteen pounds for the rams. 
Ihe wool is six to seven inches long, lustrous, neither hairy nor harsh, 



948 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

but even in quality. Thisbreedhas as yet been but sparsely introduced into 

the United States, but wherever it has fallen into good hands, has been 

much liked, and is fully worthy of more extended trial, especially on soft 

<!ind spongy lands, where its constitutional vigor should stand it in good 

stead. 

VIII. Middle and Short-wooled British Sheep. 

The middle and short-woolcd sheep of Great Britain are comprised 
principally in the follo^niig breeds : The Black-faced and the White- 
faced Highland sheep ; the Hampshire-Downs ; the Oxford-Downs ; the 
Shropshire-Downs ; the Cheviots ; the Dorsets ; the Welsh Moimtain sheep, 
and the mixed Mountain sheep of Ireland. 

DC. White-faced Mountain Sheep. 
Wales has long been noted for one of the indigenous breeds of British 
sheep, as it also has been as possessing one of the indigenous breeds oi 
British cattle. This breed seems clearly allied to the Highland sheep oJ 
Scotland, and long occupied much of the lowlands and hill region adjoin, 
ino- Wales. Its principal recommendation is the superior quality of the 




LINCOLN EWE, GIBSON'S 162, BY ROYAL DUKE. 
Grand Champion Ewe of her Breed at the World's Fair, St. Louis, 1904. 

.autton, which, however, seldom weighs more than eight to ten pounds 
per quarter. These sheep are hardy, good nurses, with faces white, 
rusty-brown, or speckled with grey. The fleeces weigh only about two 
pounds each, but the wool is famous for its quality of not shrinking in 
washing, a quality probably due, mainly, to the fact of its being home- 



VARTKTIKR OF SHEEP AND TTIKIR (MIAnAOtERlSTICS. 



949 



si)im, since the sanio (jLiulity is allowed to all home-spun flannel in a 
greater or less degree. 

X. Black-faced Highlttnd or* Scotch Sheep. 

This breed is cclel)rntod for its great hardiness and for its power of 
withstanding cold and lisiiig on scanty food even when the ground is cov- 
ered with snow, as well as for its superior niuiton. It is the oldest ])rocd 
known in Scotland. The face is black ; the muzzle thick ; the horns of 
the rams massive and spirally curved ^ eyes bright and Avikl ; the holy 
square and compact. They herd well together, are docile and easily 




LINCOLN RAM, GIBSON'S 155. BY ROYAL DUKE. 
Grand Champion Ram of his Breed at World's Fair, St. Louis, 1904. 

handled. When fat, the carcass will weigh from sixty to seventy pounds, 
and yie'ids mutton of exceedingly fine flavor. The ewes are excellent and 
careful riiothor*, and for these reasons we have given them a place in thie 
work ; in some mountain regions of America, this and the Welsh jNIoun- 
tain l)reed may come to be of value. The fleece of the White-faced l)recd 
will weigh about three pounds, but is adapted only to the manufacture of 
coarser fabrics, as carpets, blankets and rugs. 

XI. Hampshire-DowTis. 

The Hampshire-Downs are a mixed breed, originating by crossing the 
South-Down on the native breed of Hampshire, followed later by the 
Cotswold. During this infusion of improved blood, they have retained 
their or ginal hardy constitutions in a remarkable degree. Before the 
war they were much esteemed in the South, as being larger and fully as 








BLACK-FACED RAM. 

Champion and First Prize Black-Faced Ram, Glasgow, Scotland. 







HAMPSHIRE DOWN SHEEP. 



952 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



good in their mutton as the South-Downs. The lambs at a year old, un. 
dergood keep, will weigh 100 pounds each, and the fleeces give six to 
seven pounds of excellent combing wool. The mutton is not overloaded 




with fat, and is juicy and excellent in flavor. The Hampshire-Downs 
are a hornless breed with black face ; roman nose ; large head ; the 
whole frame massive VAid compact ; the barrel round and the limbs 
strong and short. 

XII. Shropshire-Downs. 

The original of the Shropshire-Downs is an old English breed which 
were kept on what was known as Marfe common, a tract of some 600,- 
000 acres. They were horned ; black or brown faced ; hardy, and con- 
stitutionally excellept ; yielding a medium fine fleece, of about two 
pounds weight ; and about fifty pounds of excellent nmtton when ma- 
ture. Crossed with the Cotswold in the latter part of the last century, 
and later with the Leicester and South-Down, careful selection has pro- 
duced a sheep without horns ; faces and legs of a peculiar spotted gray 
or darker color ; small, firm head ; handsome ears ; thick l)ut handsome 
neck; broad deep breast — a round-l)arrcled, broad-backed, fine-horned 
sheep, that at two years old, will dress 100 pounds, and under extra feed 
120 pounds, of excellent mutton. The fleece is long, glossy and will 
yield about seven pounds of .washed wool. The ewes are prolific and 
good mothers, and wherever known in the United States and Canada, 
^re highly prized, 



VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 



953 



XHI. South-Downs. 

The South-Downs, once the most celebrated of the mutton breeds, 
both in England and the United States, ought probably still to be the 
favorites wherever the production of mutton is the chief aim of the 
breeder. But in the United States, wool is the most vaiual)le product of 
sheep husbandry, and in England the South-Downs have, of late years, 
given place in many districts to the breeds heretofore mentioned, which 
combine good mutton with superior wool. This is very generally tli<! 
case in the United States, and especially in the West, except in the 
vicmity of large cities where superior mutton commands high prices. 
Still, the South-Downs have been bred for many years in the United 
States, and are found in all sections of the country. The ewes are very 




HAMPSHIRE EWES. 

prolific. The staple of the wool is fine and curled, with spiral ends, well 
adapted to carding. They are models of what a mutton and hill sheep 
should be ; in shape and character they have altered very much from the 
(»ld-time South-Downs, being smaller in the bone, equally hardy, and 
with a greater dis^josition to fatten is combmed a heavier carcass when 
fat. The head of the modern South-Down should be of a medium 
length, and the lips thin ; the under-jaAV, or chap, fine and thin ; the ears 
tolerably wide apart, well covered with wool, full and thin ; the forehead 
well covered with wool, esiDccially between the ears, and the eye full and 
bright, but not prominent. 

The neck should be of jiroportionate length, thin next the head, and 
enlarging towards the shoulders, where it should be broad andstraighton 
ihe top, and not what is generally called ewe-necked. The breast should 
be wide and deep, projecting well forward between the fore-legs. This 
is considered an essential point Avith gi-aziers, as the breast gi\'es the 
sheep a greater degri^e of weight, ^nd a,lso indi-iJates a good coustitutioo 
uud dispositiou to thrive. 



O.^G 



CYCLOiPEbIA OF I.I\ K STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



The shoulders should be on n level with the l)ack, and not too wide 
above. If the shoulder-plates are very wide on the top, it is generally found 
that the annual drops behind them. The back should be flat, from the 
shoulders to the setting on of the tail. The ribs should project horizou- 
tali}'^ from the spine, extend' ig far backward, and the last rib projecting 
more than the others. The rump should be long and broad, the tail set 
on high, and nearly on a level with the spine ; the hips wide, and the 
si)ace between them and the last rib on either side as narrow as possible, 
thus preventing the dropping of the belly ; the ribs generally pre-^enting 
a circular form. The legs should be of proportionate length ; the hind 
legs full in the inside at the point called the twist ; the hock, or hough, 
rather turning out. The fore-legs should be straight from the breast to 
the foot ; the face and legs of a dark brown color. 

XrV. Other Breeds of Great Britain. 

The breeds of sheep in Great Britain are as varied as the neighborhoods, 
very few of them, except those already mentioned, having nioi-o than 
a local reputation. In the summary of breeds, a few pages furtlier on, 
.these will be mentioned in comiectior. with some of those described in 
the preceding pages. The only additional English breed necessary to 
illustrate here is the Dorset sheep. 

XV. Dorset Sheep. 
The Dorset sheep, while probably of the came origin as the Welsh 
Mountain, and the Scotch Highland sheep, are peculiar, we believe, to 




GRd^P LEICESTER SHEEP. 

Dorsetshire. They are a hardy, active, strong, heavily horned race, 
that would seem to be well able to take care of themselves in inhospitable 



VARIETIES OF SIIEKI' AM) TIIKIU ( lIAUAfTERISTICS. 



•J 5 7 



regions. They :iro larger in every \v;iy than the lliglilaiiders, prolitie, 
and botli rams and ewes are horned. Tliey aie said to i)ro(hue voun<' 
twice iu the .season, and this is turned to aeeoinit, since th nuitton of the 
lamhs IS exceUent, and .sells for good prices. At two years oUi, they are 
said to dress KX) pounds each, and the tleeees are close, soft and white, 
and conih u-.ll. and weigh about six pounds each. It is probable that 
they might h.ivc; some yalue in the mountain regions, where the lambs 
might be made available in some near market. 

XVI. Pine Woolod Sheep. 
The principal breeds :>f line wooled sheep that have attained a good 
reputation, are: The 8[)anish, the Sa.xony, the Silesiau, the French Meri- 
nos, and the American Merinos. This latter breed, years since famous 
;ill over the United t^tates, is the result of careful breeding from Span- 




SHROPSHIRE YEARLING EWES. 



ish stock. All the other Inced^ have been carefully tried in the United 
States l)ut not with satisfaction. Uoth the Saxony andthe Silesians have 
exceedingly line wool. In Australia many of the Hocks have received an 
infusion of Saxon blood; but at tln^ Ucntcnnial Exhibition at Philadel- 
phia, there was nothing in the ^st variety of these fleeces to induce 



968 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

American breeders to make a change in their own fine-wooled sheep 
A cross of the French Merino on American Merinos, and a second cross, 
making the strain three quarters American and one quarter French, re- 
sulted in increased size, but the animals were tender and l)ad feeders. 
This might liave been expected, since the French Merinos are at best a 
monsfrcl race. It is doubtful if low a flock of French Merinos can be 
found in the United States. 

XVII. American Merinos. 

So widely disseminated are this most valuable breed in every portion of 
the United States, and so well known are they, t'.at it is not necessary to 
go into a description of their origin further than what has been given. 




DORSETS. 

Suffice it to say they are now divided into three families, known as the 
Atvvood, the Rich, and the Hammond Merinos, from the names of the 
three original breeders of these strains. They have been improved by 
loner continued and careful selections. 

o 

XVIII. The Atwood and Hammond Merinos. 
The Atwood Merinos were originated in 1813 by Mr. Atwood, from 
what were known as the Humphrey slock. About 1844 Mr. Hammond, 
from selections from the Atwood flock, produced the larger breed of 
American Merinos, perfect in the length and thickness of fleece aiid 
thickness of staple, and characterized by great looseness of the skiii 
which lies in soft, low, rounded ridges over the body, but offering no ob- 
struction to the shears. These were originally of Infantado and Paular 
blood, the Paulars, it is said, prevailing. 



VAfelETIES OF SfiEEEP AND THEIR CHARACtERiSttCS. 959 

XTX. The Rich Merinos. 

These were originally descended from the pure Paulars of Spain, and 
by cai'eful breeding and selection were much improved hy Mr. Silas Rich, 
of Vermont, and by his son. Thus the American Merinos originated 
from the choicest families from the herds of Si)anish grandees, at the 
time of their confiscation and sale by the Spanish government, about 
1809. Hon. Wm. Jarvis, at that time United States Consul at Lisbon, 
bought 3,500 sheej) from the flocks of the Paulars, Negrettis, Agueirres 
and Montarcos. The flocks of these grandees are said to have amounted 
to an aggregate of 50,000 sheep. The animals bought by Mr. Jarvis 
were the cream of Spanish flocks, and with the Infantados, make up the 
five families which constitute the ground-work of the American Merinos, 
now acknowledged to be the most valuable fine-wooled sheep in the 
world. 

Thus we possess the descendants of the Infantados, large, compact, 
rather long bodied, and the descendants of the Paulars, smaller but exceed- 
ingly rich in all that constitutes fine wool — two well marked families that 
would be injured by the infusion of foreign blood, from whatf^ver source 
>t might come. 

XX. About Sheep In General. 

In Great Britain the breeding and feeding of sheep has been second in 
importance only to that cf cattle. Since the i ettlemont of Australia and 
the other British dependencies, the breeding of fine-wooled sheep in 
England has been almost entirely abandoned, and long, medium and 
short-wooled sheep — valuable as well for mutton as for their fleeces — 
have taken their place, leaving to the United States, and to the British 
colonies, the almost exclusive breeding of fine-wooled sheep — Saxony, 
Silesian, and French and Spanish Merinos. This production has grown 
into great magnitude, owing to the fact before stated, that these Merinos 
may be kept in immense flocks, and to the added reason, that, in Aus- 
tralasia and in Texas, New Mexico, and the great American plains east of 
the Rocky mountains, there are vast ranges of country where stock of all 
kinds may be herded at a minimum cost. 

The sheep of the world are estimated at 600,000,000 head, yielding 
2,000,000,000 pounds of wool annually. Of this number Great 
Britain has 35,000,000 sheep, shearing annually 218,000,000 pounds of 
wool. This wool is principally of long, middle and short staple, but is 
not what is known as fine wool. The rough wool, medium fine to coarse, 
but not uniform in its texture, is produced in South America and Mexico 
from 58,000,000 sheep, yielding annually 174,000,000 i)ounds of wool; 
in North Africa, with 20,000,000 sheep yielding 45,000,000 pounds ; and 



;M]0 cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock DOCfOS. 

in Asia with 175,000,000 sheep, yielding annually 350,000,000 pounds of 
wool. Now if we add 25,000,000 sheep to these numbers for the moun- 
tain regions and northern portions of Europe, Greece, and Turkey, and 
50,000,000 for Russia, producing in all 11)4,000,000 pounds of wool, the 
entire balance of the world may be set down as the home of fine-wooled 
sheep. Of these Australia has 60,000,000 ; the United States 3fi,000,- 
000; the Cape of Good Hope 12,000,000; Germany 29,000,000 ; Aus- 
tro-Hungary 21,000,000; France 26,000,000; Spain 22,000,000; Italy 
11,000,000; Portugal 2,750,000 sheep. Of all these countries, Austra- 
lia produces the finest wool, while the United States and Canada come 
next, although Canada is essentially a nmtton producing country, which 
the United States is not, for the number of sheep kept. 

Notwithstanding the immense area in the United States adapted to 
sheep husbandry, the industry has not kept pace with the demand, and 
until ten years ago our wool imports were constantly on the increase in 
spite of the yearly increase of our flocks. From 1870 to 1875, only 
two-thirds of our manufactured wool product Avas home grown. Since 
that time our annual imports have not increased. The bulk of imported 
wool is of low grade carpet wools, and unwashed Merino, and constitut- 
ing only one-fourth of the product manufactured. 

XXI. The Average Wool per Sheep. 

In the United States the average weight of wool per fleece is over five 
pounds ; in Australia it is over four pounds ; in Great Britian four ajid 
three-quarters pounds ; in the German Empire three and two-thirds 
pounds ; in France four and five-sixths pounds ; in Austro-Hungary 
three pounds. South American fleeces are variable in weight, hut much 
lio-hter than those of Australia, and probably will not average more than 
three pounds of wool each. 

XXII. Summary of British Breeds. 

The report to the Government of the United States, following the 
Vienna Exhibition, states the characteristics of prominent English breeds 
as follows : The British breeds are most naturally divided according to al- 
titudes and fertility of their habitat. The large breeds, white, hornless, 
and bearing long wool with small felting property, occupy the rich allu- 
vial districts, the land? reclaimed from the sea, and the highly cultivated 
and very productive farm-areas. These are the Leicester, Lincoln, Rom- 
ney-Marsh, Cotswold, the few remaining of the Devonshire Notts, the 
Roscommon, and similar Irish sheep. Next should be classed the sheep 
of the chalk- downs, the commons and forests, suited to a dry and tem- 
ptirate climate. These are the Downs of several families, perhaps now to 



VARtfitlES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. A(*>1 

be taken as breeds, the Dorsets and their congeners— the pink-nosed 
Somersets. They produce a short, felting-Avool, suited to inferior grades 
of goods. The Eyeland, formerly found in the western counties, and es- 
teemed for producing the finest cloth-wool of England, is novvr almost ex- 
tinct The tiurd general division comprises the mountain breeds, first 
the Cheviots of the hills of the North of England and borders of Scot- 
land ; the Black-face of the- central chain of mountains and moors north- 
ward from Derbyshire to the mountains of Scotland; and two varieties 
of Welsh mountain-sheep, and the Kerry and other mountain breeds of 
Ireland. There are many local remnants of the ancient stock allied to 
the above, but there are none worthy of special mention. The weight ol 
fleece of British sheep averages about five pounds. The Lincolns may l)e 
placed at eight pomids, the Cotswolds nearly the same, the Leicesters at 
seven, the Downs at four, the Cheviots at three, the Black-faces at two 
and one-half, and the Welsh at two. The Leicesters are most numerous, 
exceeding one-third of all; the Downs one-sixth, the Black-faces nearly 
as many, Cheviots one-eighth, leaving about one-fifth for other breeds. 
The heavy breeds of eighty years ago, modified mainly by the Leicester, 
uow furnish lighter fleeces. 




61 BUNCH OF YEARLING CHEVIOT LAMBS. 

% 



CHAPTER in. 
BREEDING AND CARE OP SHEEP. 



i COx^STAlfT WATCHFULNESS NECESSARY. II. THE BBEEDING AGE OP SHEEP. 

III CROSSING. IV. COUPLING. V. THE PROPER TIME FOR COUP- 

L,Nfi-^VI. GESTATION. VII. KEEP A RECORD OF THE BREEDING. 

VIII ' MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF RAMS. IX. PASTURAGE FOR SHEEP. 

X WATFR XI. PROTECTION FROM INSECTS. XII. EARLY AND LATE PAS- 
TURE ANl> FEEDING. XIII. WINTER FEEDING. XIV. SHEEP BARNS. XV. 

GRADING THE SHEEP. XVI. FEDING TROUGHSAND RACKS. XVII. CASTRATION 

AND DOCKING. XVIII. WEANING THE LAMBS. XIX. LAMBING TIME. XX. 

THKNURSEin-. XXI. TAGGING SHEEP. XXII. WASHING AND SHEARING.-— 

XXlil. TYING THE WOOL. XXIV. DIPPING AND ANOINTING SHEEP. XXV. 

A WORD AiiOUT GOATS. 

I. ConstantWatchiulness Necessary. 

Constant care and attention are necessary in the management of sheep. 
They are timid, without self-reliance, a prey to dogs ; and even foxes 
will destroy the lambs. The necessity of keeping large flocks together 
causes them to be especially liable to contagious and eindemic diseases. 
In any district where many sheep are kept, wandering curs must be de- 
stroyed. They are worse than wolves and foxes ; for the lattei may be 
guarded ajrainst at night, while dogs scare and destroy sheep m the day 
time as well. Care must, also, be taken to secure them against conta- 
gious and epidemic diseases. The shepherd must be watchful, vigilant 
and attentive, summer and winter; it is worth his while to be so, for 
there is money in sheep, onca in the fleece and once in the carcass. 

II. The Breeding Age of Sheep. 

The proper age for sheep to breed is two years. The ewe may be 
placed with the buck in the autumn after she is one year old, and there- 
after she may continue to breed until the age of ten years. But unless 
there is something in a buck or ewe more than ordinarily valuable, it is 
hardly economy to continue them breeding beyond seven or eight years 
old. From the age of three to eight years the best lambs will be pro- 
duced Under exceptional circumstances a strong ram will cover lOU 
ewes if allowed only one service each; but as a rule it is better to keep 

a ram for each fifty ewes. 

•^ • 962 



in 

X 
J3 
O 
"0 
CO 
X 
JO 

m 

JO 

> 




964 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. i^t)5 

III. Crossing. 

Unless the breeder be thoroughly informed, and is breeding with a 
view to the establishment of a new breed, in which distinct characteristics 
are to be perpetuated, nothing is gained by crossing two distinct breeds. 
The breeding of grades is different. If the farmer cannot afford to 
breed pure stock, the American Merino may be crossed upon any of the 
ordinary fine-wooled sheep of a district. In like manner the Downs will 
improve the quality of the mutton and wool ; the Leicester will give 
increased size and early maturity, and length of the wool staple ; so Vvill 
the Cotswold, and the latter will certainly get good constitutioned sheep. 
The breeding of Merinos upon long-wooled sheep should never be 
thought of. 

IV. Coupling. 

In breeding in flock, when more than one ram is kept, select the ewes 
most fitted to each ram. At the coupling season, drive a flock to the 
yard and let the proper ram in to them ; never allow more than one ser- 
vice, and, as soon as performed, separate the ewe, and so proceed until 
all the ewes in proper condition are served. Never allow a teaser, that 
is, an aproned ram, to run with the flock. Make a record of the ewes 
served, and if from the fourteenth to the s(ivcnteenth day they do not 
again come into heat, they may be considered to be with lamb ; but to 
make sure, they may be returned to the ram upon the thirteenth day 
after service. 

V. The Proper Time for Coupling. 

November is the season for coupling ; but if the object be to raise the 
sheep for mutton and wool, the lambs should not be dropped until after 
the time of grass, unless a jilace artificially warmed be provided for 
weaning. If the object be to sell young lambs, the earlier in the season 
they are produced the more money they will bring. 

VI. Gestation. 

Ewes carry their young on an average of 152 days from the time of 
successful service. Xwenty-two weeks is usually allowed, but the time 
may vary a week or ten days either way ; 146 days is the shortest period 
and 161 days the longest. 

VII. Keep a Record of Breeding. 

There is nothing more important in breeding animals — especially pure- 
bred animals and grades — than to keep a careful record of the breeding. 
If you buy or breed an animal intended for breeding, enter its age and 
pedigree, unless the entry is already made in a public record (herd book), 



906 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

in which case refer to it by page and number. Write down, also, every 
trait and characteristic, even to the minutest, including feeding and 
thriving qualities ; it will save you much care and vexation in future. If 
you are breeding sheep, preserve samples of the wool from year to year, 
and attach to the samples a record of weights, with comparison of quality 
from year to year, and one fleece with another. Thus, on all occasions, 
you may isutisfy not only yourself, but any buyer as to the quality of 
your herd. Even with ordinary flocks, a carefully kept register of name, 
age, characteristics, and quality will be found useful. 

VIII. Management and Training of Rams. 

Rams should be trained to docility and obedience, and this is not diffi-. 
cult to do. They should never be allowed to run with the flock of ewes, 
but should have separate pastures and enclosures, clean and comfortable, 
and entirely disconnected from the flocks. They should be trained to 
lead and to be handled ; and if more than twenty ewes are to be served 
durino; the season, the ram should have extra feed and care for at least 
six weeks before tupping time. One hundred and fifty ewes have been 
served by a single ram during an extended season, but under the best of 
keeping less than 100 is better than over that number. Do not let a ram 
serve more than two or three ewes in the beginning of the season, in- 
creasing the number to five, and even ten, if necessity demands. As the 
season approaches the close, restrict him again to a small number, for an 
exhausted male cannot get strong progeny. To keep the reproductive 
powers in full vigor, daily exercise must be kept up. There is more in 
this than many persons imagine. 

IX. Pasturage for Sheep. 

Sheep eat a variety of vegetation other than the true grasses. They 
are fond of many weeds, and if allowed they will soon reduce the weeds 
that spring up after harvest. All the pasture grasses arc natural to sheep, 
except those, like Timothy, which close feeding is apt to kill. Blue 
grass, orchaicL grass, the fescues, red-top, rye grass, etc., maybe the 
main dependence for sheep ; clovers they do not like so well. In pastur- 
ing ewes with lambs it is well to have spaces through which the lambs 
can pass, and yet which will not permit the egress of the ewes. In Eng. 
land these are called lamb creeps ; this arrangement, as shown in the 
illustration, often enables the lambs to get much succulent food outside, 
and they do no damage to crops. In fact, sheep are often turned into 
corn-fields, and other hoed crops, late in the season, to eat the weeds, of 
which they are fond. They will soon clean a crop if it be such as they 
will not damage. 



o 

c 

H 

X 

o 
o 



en 

X 

m 
m 




BREEDING AND CAEE OF SHEEP. 
X. Water. 



969 



It has been said that sheep require no water when pasturing. Do nof 
listen to such folly. On very succulent grass they will live without it, 
and as a rule, take but little. They should always have it to take when 




SUFFOLK SHEEP, 
they desire. Like any other animal, sometimes their systems requires 
more than at others. This is especially true during suckling time. See 
that they have it, and of pure quality. Sheep, above all other animals, 
should never drink from stagnant pools. 

XI. Protection from Insects. 

In summer, sheep should have shelt^er where they may escape from the 
many insects that torment them, especially the sheep gad-fly, and others 
producing internal parasites ; also, during July and August, provide a 
plowed surface of mellow soil, and smear their noses, if necessary, daily 
with tar. 

XII. Early and Late Pasture and Feeding. 

The better your early and late pastures are, the easier you can winter 
your sheep, especially in the West where few roots are raised. Attend to 
this, and supplement the pastures by sowing rye and other hardy cereal 
grains, which may be done on corn J^nd of the same season, at the last 



970 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



plowing, and upon grain land intended for hoed crops next season. Light 
grain, of little other value, will prove a mine of wealth in this way if sown 
as directed. 

Never allow your jheep to fall away in flesh before they are put into 
the feeding yards and barns for the winter. The time to feed is before 
they begin to lose flesh. They will, indeed, shrink in weight somewhat, 
as the feed becomes dry, but it will be principally moisture that they lose, 
if proper feeding be kept up. When the full succulence of the flesh is 
to be kept up, there is nothing better than roots — Swedish turnips, car- 
rots and beets being the most profitable in the West. At all events, as 
the pastures become dry^ let the sheep have one feed a day of something 
better than they can pick up in the fields. 

XIII. Winter Feeding. 

You cannot have an even texture of wool, if sheep are allowed to 
fall away greatly in flesh, or even receive a decided check. Every time 
this occurs, a weak place will be found in the wool. Nor can you raise 
heavy fleeces on hay. If you do not intend to take the best of care of 
sheep, and keep them thriving, you had better not keep any but the com- 
monest kinds. It is true, you will lose money on these, but then you 
will have the satisfaction of knowing that you have lost less money than 
you would have lost on better ones. 





ALLOWED TO SHIFT FOR ITSELF. 



WINTERED WITH GOOD SHELTER AND FEED, 



The feeding of roots is essential to the best care of sheep, especially 
when the succulence of the flesh is to be retained ; but roots are not abso- 
lutely necessary. The question of cost must be considered in connection 
with grain. Carrots and parsnips may be raised with proper implements 
and put in pits for five dollars per ton ; and Swedish turnips and mangel 
wurzels, for about three dollars or less. Carrots are excellent for ewes 
before lambing time, and parsnips for those giving milk ; the latter may 
be left all winter in the ground and be fed up to the time grass be- 
comes flush. Beets should not be fe(i until after January on account of 



SHEEP AND CHEEP HUSBANDRY. 



971 




972 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 



973 



an acrid principle they contain when first pitted. They are best when 
used after the Swedes are exhausted. 

XIV. Sheep Barns. 

These need not be expensive structures, since it is only necessary to 
provide shelter that will keep out wind and water, and at the same time 
admit of proper ventilation. Ventilators for the escape of foul air must 
be provided at the peak of the roof, and sliding doors and windows are 
needed to allow the ingress of air, according to the wind and temperature. 




SIMPLE SHELTER, BUT GOOD CAKE. 



Let there be a passage-way through the center, if many sheep be kept, 
wide enough to admit a wagon — say nine feet — for ease in feeding and 
cleaning. On each side of this passage should be the racks and troughs 
for feeding, the pens being arranged so as to accomodate about twenty- 
five sheep each. In very severe weather this passage may be used for 
sheltering sheep kept in open sheds, if necessary. The illustration shows 
one of the simplest forms of shelter, a structui-e of poles covered with 
hay. 



974 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XV. Grading the Sheep. 

Sheep in winter should be carefully graded, according to size, strength 
and condition. Strong lambs should not be put with weak ones; the 
same rule applies with ewes and wethers. Rams should never be kept 
with any other sheep ; nor should ewes be kept with wethers. Fat- 
tening sheep will, of course, always be kept by themselves. The larger 
the flock the more closely can sheep and lambs be graded, according to 
age, size, strength and other conditions, 

XVI. Feeding Troughs and Racks. 

Sheep should never be fed on the ground, but from suitable troughs and 
racks. The arrangement of these will depend upon whether the sheep are 
to be fed under shelter or not. The racks should be low enough for the 




COMBINATION TROUGH. 



sheep readily to get the fodder without reaching too high, and below 
should be a receptacle for catching the waste. The illustration given 
shows a ffood form of feeding trough ; if intended for hav, let the slant- 
ing board be of slats ot it may economically be made double, so as to 



BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEE^. 



977 



allow feeding on both sides. Again, it may be used alternately for both 
hay and grain ; the hinged doors allow easy cleaning. The back is up- 




improved SHEEP RACK FOR PREVENTING WASTE. 

right ; the center boards are movable to work up or down, so that when 
feeding from both sides they Vast together on the center beam. 

XVI. Castration and Docking. 

Lambs should be castrated at from two to four days old. A lamb is 
held by an assistant, who turns him upon his back, holding the rump be- 
tween the knees — the head towards himself — takinc^ the fore and hind 
legs in each hand, putting the fore legs outside of the hind, and holding 
them firmly just a1)ove the knee joints. The operator takes hold of the 
pouch and pulls it gently, so as to get as much as possible of it, and then 
with a sharp knife at a single stroke, or better, a pair of strong shears, 
takes off the pouch pretty close to the testicle. Then take a firm hold of 
each testicle separately l)etween the fore finger and thumb of the right 
hand, and pull it out with all the cord that adheres to it. This com- 
pletes the operation. The reason for cutting off all the pouch that can 
be easily pulled beyond the testicle is, that it leaves a much evener sur- 
face for shearing than if only a little is taken off. This operation should 
be performed in the morning, and the lambs then turned out to move 
al)out, which will, in a great measure, prevent any disposition to swelling 
or stiffening of the parts, which is frequently the case if they are allowed 
to lie still for a time afterward. 

Docking should be performed as soon as they recover from tlie gelding, 
generally about three days afterward. This operation should be per- 
formed with a single stroke of a sharp knife, and in the evening, being 
careful to sever the tail at a joint, the assistant drawing the skin of the 

tail to the body, so that the end will well cover the stub. Then allow 
62 



978 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the flock to lie down and keep quiet and still, so that they may lose the 
least possible amount of blood. By morning the wound will be sufficiently 
dried that no fear of bleeding need be entertained, unless by accident." 
In no case should they be driven or put to any extra exertion immediately 
after being docked, for sometimes they will bleed to death. If much 
bleeding ensues, touch the part lightly with a red-hot iron. 

XVIII. Weaning the Lambs. 

Spring lambs should be weaned only in the fall, so the dams may have 
the advantage of grass to recuperate before winter. Lambs, in fact, 
should do well enough if weaned at three months old, and four months' 
suckling is ample ; nothing is gained by allowing them to run longer 
with the dams. When once taken away, they should be placed entirely 
out of sighu and hearing of the dams, and if several are together they 
will sooner become contented. 

XIX. Lambing Time. 

Especial care must be taken of the ewes at and near lambing time 
If the weather is not warm enough to fully prevent chilling, fire heat an^ I 
a secure place must be provided until the lamb is dried and has taken the 




AMERICAN DORSET RAM. 



teat. A young lamb is the tenderest of all farm animals, and a ewe is 
very apt to become indifferent to a weak lamb. Hence the necessity of 
that constant care and watchfulness, which will suggest itself to every 
intelligent person. 



BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 979 

XX. The Nursery. 

Every shepherd should provide a nursery for sheep that are ailing, es- 
pecially in winter. This may even be made available as a place for 
laml)ing;. It is better, hov/ever, that both a lambing place and a nursery 
be provided, since fire is essential for new-born lambs early in the season. 

XXI Tagging Sheep. 

This is important and should be performed as soon in the spring as 
possible, certainly before the sheep are turned to grass. Secure the 
sheep and cut away all the avooI about the buttocks liable to gather dirt 
and dung which accunudates in balls. It will improve the sheep and 
save much trouble at shearing time. 

XXII. Washing and Shearing. 

We do not believe in washing sheep. It is distressing and dangerous 
to the sheep, and the wool often becomes dirty again before shearing. 
But if the sheep are to be washed, it should be done in clear, running 
water, on a gravelly bottom, or under a stream of water. Do not shear 
for three days or more after washing, according to the weather. For 
those who still believe in washing sheep, the two illustrations will show 
the old and the iicwniethod,the latter being the best. 

It is important that the shearing be properly done, and no unskilful 
p3rson should ])e allowed to handle the shears. It is better to pay an ex- 
tra price than to allow the skin of the sheep to be clipped and torn iii 
shearing. If the sheep have been washed, shearing should take place 
when the oily-feeling matter, termed yolk, has so far reappeared in the 
wool as to give it its natural brilliant appearance and silky feeling. The 
Avool should be cut off evenly and smoothly, reasonably close, but not 
leaving the skin naked and red, which renders the sheep very liable to re- 
ceive injury from cold. Stubble shearing and trimming, leaving the wool 
long, so as to give the next fleece the appearance of extraordinary length, 
or leaving it long in places, in order to affect the apparent shape of the an- 
imal, are both frauds, but are sometimes practiced by unscrupulous per- 
sons, on sheep intended for show or for sale. 

XXIII. Tying the Wool. 

The fleece should be as little broken as possible in shearing. It should 
be gathered up carefully, placed on a smooth table, with the inside ends 
down, put into the exact shape in which it came from the sheep, and 
pressed close together. If there are dung-balls, they should be re. 
moved . Fold in each side one-quarter, next the neck and breech one- 
quarter, and the fleece will then be in an oblong square form, some 



980 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



twenty inches wide, and twenty-five or thirty inches long. Then fold it 
once more lengthwise and it is ready to be rolled up and tied, or placed 
in the press. 

XXIV. Dipping and Anointing Sheep. 

For freeing sheep of vermin, as lice and ticks, and also to free 
them from mange and other itch insects, recourse must be had to dip- 
ping, as it is termed. When large flocks are kept, this is the only course 

-3; 




to pursue. When but few sheep are kept, the cure is accomplished gen- 
erally by anointing them with any of ihe preparations in common use for 
this purpose. For those who prefer ointments, the following will be 
found good : One pound mercurial ointment, one-half pint oil of tur- 
pentine, one pound resin, and six pounds of lard. Dissolve the resin in 
the turpentine ; dissolve the lard by gentle heat, mix the mercurial oint- 
ment thoroughly with it, and when cold rub both preparations well to- 
gether. In applying this, the wool must be parted well down to the skin 
from between the ears to the tail. From this similar partings should be 
made along the shoulders and thighs to the legs and also parallel ones 



BHEfiDlNG AND CARli OF SHEEP. 



981 



along the sides. These furrows must have tlie ointment lightly rubbed 
into the skin as they are formed. 

For dipping slioep, suitabU; yards, a dippmg trough, and dripping plat- 
form must be provided : also means for heating and keeping the liquor 
hot. The following is one of the best mixtures, having met with favor 
in England, Australia and America : Three pounds arsenic, three pounds 
pearl ash, three pounds sulphur, three pounds soft soap. Mix in ten 
gallons of boiling water, stir, but avoid the fi;mes, and add ninety gallons 



13 



o O 

I > 




of cold water. Prepare a tank that will easil}^ allow a sheep to be dipped, 
having a slanted, slatted drain at the side, tight bottom underneath, to 
allow the drip to run back. Dip the sheep, back down, being careful not 
to allow the head to enter the poisonous mixture, letting the animal re- 
main one minute. Lift on to the slats and rub and squeeze the wool, 
until pretty well drained, and place in a yard until dry. When partly 
dry, go over the heads with the ointment as recommended in case the flock 
is too small to allow the expense of preparing for dipping. 



982 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



XXV. A Word About Goats. 

Mr. R. A. Haste in Farm Life gives the following practical informa- 
tion on the subject of goats : 

The Angora Goat — A Coming Money-Maker. 

In the minds of most people a goat is a goat ; and the mental image 
conjured up by that name is an impudent tramp who haunts back alleys 
and revels in a diet of tin cans, or feasts upon unprotected dry goods 




IMPOETED ANGORA BUCK-GRAND CHAMPION PRIZE WINNER, ST. LOUIS AND PORTLAND. 



swinging from low-hanging clothes lines — a four-footed Ishmaelite out- 
side the pale of the law — a hairy, horned personification of lawless im- 
pudence and worthless vagabondage. This is also the picture conveyed 
by the parable of Holy Writ, wherein the shepherd divideth his flock, 
placing the sheep upon his right hand, the goats upon his left. To be a 
goat, then, is to be an irredeemable outcast consigned to everlasting 
darkness. So it was in the days of parables, and so it is now in more 
liberal times. In the classic lano-uage of the street to "butt in" is to 



BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP, 983 

make a nuisance of one's self after the manner of Bearded Billy, the 
goat. What wonder, then, that it is hard for the goat family to shake 
off the reputation of 2,000 years, especially when that reputation is 
sanctioned by the Holy Word. 

But there are <;oats and o:oats. The Angora is not a worthless vaga- 
bond like his bearded cousin, who loafs about the streets, a cheap clown 
making fun for small boys, an unspeakable "butter in," whose chief 
delight is to "chew the rag;" on the contrary, he is an aristocrat, dig- 
nified and decorous, a thing of beauty and a source of profit to his 
owner. Moreover, he has an interesting history. 

Although born and reared in the mountainous regions about Angora, 
a province 200 miles southeast of Constantinople, he is thoroughly at 
home in any part of the world where fortune takes him. 

It was in 184(5 that Dr. James B. Davis of Columbia, S. C, at the 
request of the Sultan, was sent to Turkey by President Polk to make 
experiments in the culture of cotton. So well pleased was the Sultan 
with Mr. Davis and his work that, as an expression of his appreciation, 
he presented him on his return to the United States with nine Royal 
Angora goats. These were the progenitors of the present Angora goats 
in this country. 

Uncle Sam, however, did not make much of the Sultan's hint, for 
after the lapse of sixty years the total number of goats within the United 
States does not exceed 500,000. This seems insignificant when com- 
pared with 75,000,000, the estimated goat population of the world. 

XXVI. A Profitable Industry. 

No domestic animal, not even the reindeer, is more thoroughly adapted 
to man's use than the Angora goat; and yet for some reason the goat 
industry has not taken root in this country. Everything seems favor- 
able, the climate is admirable, and the food supply is abundant. The 
slow progress made in the development of this industry is more than 
likely due to a lack of information regarding the profits that can be de- 
rived from the business. 

I have little doubt that the Golden Fleece that Jason went forth to 
find was the fleece of the first Angora. For the fleece of the pure Angora 
is neither wool nor hair, but a fibre with qualities distinctly its own — it 
is the mohair of commerce. From it are made not only the plushes but 
the finer fabrics of ladies' wear, such as crepons and brilliantines. The 
fibre is from three to six inches long, and the annual clip averages about 
six pounds. The market price for mohair runs from twenty to forty 
cents per pound, the average in the United States being about thirty 



984 



CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



cents. Here is an annual profit of at least $1.50 per head, not count- 
ing the increase, which is rapid. 

A large percentage of the Angoras in this country are not pure bred, 
but are the results of crosses with, the common goat. This impairs the 
value of the fleece by introducing the hair of the common goat, called 
kemp. This kemp will not take dyes, and therefore must be removed 
before the mohair can be used. 

The fleece, however, is but one of five sources of profit — and not al- 
ways the greatest. The United States at present imports annually about 
$35,000,000 worth of goatskins. For what purpose? For gloves, shoes 




ANGORA KID-PRIZE WINNER OREGON ANGORA GOAT SHOW. 

and for a hundred small toilet articles. Many a chamois skin did its first 
service on the back of some luckless kid. 

The value of a goat skin depends largely upon its commercial reputa- 
tion, i. e., the locality from which it comes. For instance, the Curacao 
kid has a special value, although not one specimen in a hundred is pro- 
duced on the island; the vast bulk of this particular brand is imported 
from the mainland of Venezuela and Colombia. 

Another and a most important source of revenue are the untanned 
pelts. There seems to be no limit to their usefulness and their popu- 
larity. Taken when the hair is about four inches long they make the 
finest kind of rugs. The readiness with which they take and retain dyes 
renders them particularly valuable as carriage robes. Indeed, they have 



BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 



985 




BREEDING AND CARE OP SHEEP. 987 

about displaced the disappearing buffalo robe. Undyed, the hair retains 
its brilliant luster. In its original white, nothing compares with the An- 
gora as a robe for the baby carriage. 

These skins with the fleece on are also used extensively in making chil- 
dren's muffs and— tell it not — the beautiful white fur on My Lady's 
opera cloak is the skin of the little Angora kid. Yes, it is known by 
another name, or My Lady would not wear it — but a rose by any other 
name is still a rose. And it is not My Lady alone who is deceived. 
Many a fine gentleman wears the coat of an old Angora wether thinking 
he is decked in genuine astrakan. 

The profit in goat keeping is not confined to the skin and the fleece. 
The flesh is sold readily at market prices ranging above those of mutton. 
It is a well-known fact that when goats are fed on grass, their flesh has 
the flavor of mutton, but when kept exclusively on browse, it takes the 
flavor of venison, and sells for that in the market — in the proper sea- 
son, of course. 

XXVII. Habits of the Angora. 

As I have remarked, the Angora is not dainty ; he is adapted to a very 
wide range of climate and physical conditions. He seems to thrive 
equally well in the climate of Mexico and in that of Canada. Naturally 
the better and heavier fleece is produced in the colder climates. In 
southern latitudes it is necessary to clip the fleece twice a year to pre- 
vent shedding. Then, again, a dry climate is preferable to a humid one, 
and a rough and semi-mountainous country to a level plain. The goat is 
by nature a climber — an inheritance of his ancestors in the rugged moun- 
tains and tablelands of Asia Minor. 

The most interesting thing about the goat is his diet. In this respect 
he differs from all his farm associates — and radically. He is a browser, 
and prefers leaves, twigs and weeds to the best white clover or blue- 
grass that ever grew. This is one of his strong points. He does not 
interfere with the feed of the other stock. Sheep have been called 
four-footed locusts ; they will utterly destroy the most carefully pre- 
pared pasture in one season. In a single summer a flock of goats will 
create a pasture out of a brush-covered common. 

Turn fifty goats into a forty-acre pasture covered with brush, weeds 
and all manner of foul growths, and in two years the work of reclama- 
tion will be done; the brush will be dead, the weeds exterminated, and 
the native grasses, whatever they are, will be in complete possession. 



1^ 



988 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



XXVIII. An Assistant to the Farmer. 

Like the honey-bee, the Angora goat works for his owner and boards 
himself. He will eat what the other members of the farm animals 
spurn. At the same time he will do as much as a gang of men toward 
clearing the farm of brush and w^eeds. In this respect a herd of goats 
is of especial value to farmers living on the cut-over lands in the tim- 
bered regions of this country. These cut- over lands have grown up 
with brush which is often about as difficult to clear as the original tim- 
ber. Goats eat the leaves and small twigs, and the brush, thus de- 
prived of its breathing apparatus, dies, root and branch. The best time 




AMERICAN MILK GOATS. 



for goating a field of brush is in early summer, when the sun is hot. It 
does not take long to reduce a field of vigorous second growth to the 
condition of bare and dry whip stalks. When the goat cannot get 
leaves he takes the bark of small saplings ; in this way he does the 
work of the ax. It is best in goating a field to cut all small saplings, 
that the goats may get at the branches. You may depend on him to- 
keep down all sprouts. 

Dr. Santley, of Iowa, who has had much experience with Angoras as 
land clearers, says: "Land can be cleared of the worst brush known in 
this country for a little less than nothing by employing Angora goats. 
They will pay you a profit and \iv(^ on leaves and weeds, leaving the 
land cleaner than you can get it by any other process. At the present 



BREEDING AND CARE OP SHEEP. 



989 



time I have over 600 acres that have been reclaimed by Angoras, and a 
conservative estimate would be that the value of the land had thereby 
been enhanced at least $10 per acre." 



XXIX. 



Angoras in tlie United States. 

Of the 500,000 Angora goats in the United States, four-fifths are in 
the Southwest, especially in California, New Mexico and Texas. Yet 
there is not a state in the Union where they will not do well, as well as 




AMERICAN MILK GOAT-PRIZE WINNER LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION. 
Specially photographed for this work. 

sheep, and when we consider their vast superiority as money-makers over 
the sheep, it seems strange that shrewd live-stock men have not seen the 
handwriting on the wall and gone more extensively into goat raising. 
The problem of pasturage in the West will have to be solved by the 
sheep men if they intend to remain in business, but the goat pasturage 
of the United States has not yet been touched. 

In the timbered regions of the South and the Southwest, and in the 
cut-over sections of the North, there are millions of acres of the finest 



990 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

goat pasture, not only free, but for which thegoatman could get a price 
for clearing with his herds. All unimproved land is goat pasture. And 
this at present amounts to 265,000,000 acres, enough to support as 
many goats. 

The state of Maine, for instance, according to the last census, had 
6,000,000 acres in farms, one-half of which was unimproved land. 
Most of the Southern states have less than one-third of the land under 
cultivation ; the balance is goat pasture. 

We have a duty of 12 cents a pound on mohair. With this protection, 
foreign competition cannot be given as an excuse by the average farmer 




YOUNG MILK GOAT-PRIZE WINNER LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION. 
Specially photographed for this work. 

for not going into goat raising. If there is such a demand for goat 
skins, Angora robes and mohair, as the returns from our custom houses 
show, the market here must be good. 

In recent years the United States department of agriculture has been 
making efforts to interest the public in the Angora goat iudustry. Ex- 
haustive bulletins have been issued giving information for the benefit 
of the general public. Yet, with the facts before them, the growth of 
the industry has been slow. 

If I were asked what field of animal industry gave promise of the 
largest and most reliable returns on the investment of both labor and 



BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 



991 



Capital, I should unhesitatingly reply, the raising of Angora goats. If 
I were asked to designate a locality in which to locate on Angora ranch, 
I should say any place in the United States where the climate is reason- 
ably dry and an unlimited goat range is available. To be more partic- 
ular, the states of Michigan, Wisconsin and northern Minnesota offer 
exceptional facilities, while Missouri, especially the Ozark region, the 
states of Texas and Arkansas, and the entire Allegheny region, are 
perfectly adapted to raising Angoras. I need not mention the extreme 
Southwest, for the goat is already there. 

There appears to be, therefore, no adequate reason why the people 




AMERICAN MILK GOAT-PRIZE WINNER ST LOUIS WORLD'S FAIR. 

of the United States should be paying tribute of $50,000,000 annually 

to the goat herders of Asia, Europe and Africa, and another $10,000,000 

to the importers of goat skins and Angora robes from Mexico and South 

America. 

XXX. Capabilities of the Milch Goat. 

The two subjects uppermost in dairy circles just now are the milch 
goat and a milking machine. The suggestion that goat's milk is pre- 
ferred for hospital patients in cities and for children everywhere, has 
set some enterprising men and women to speculating on the probable 



OO'i .iCLGPi:jiA OJr LIVE STOCK A^b COMtLfi'fM STOCK DOCTOR. 




Figs. 1, 2, 4— Imported Toggenburg Goats. Fig. 3— Schwarzwald Goat. 



BREEDING AND CaRH OJ^ SHEEP. 



993 



profits 10 be derived from dairy farms made up exclusively of goats. 
There is no doubt al)out the superiority of goat's milk over that of the 
iww for some purposes, and it is known that there is considerable de- 
nd for this product, but to what extent, of course, is not so easy to 
ertain. The discussion naturally brings out inquiry as to the best 
Dreeds for dairy purposes, and our consuls abroad are being urged by 
the department to look up information in those countries where goat 
breeding has long been a recognized industry. The Swiss are, perhaps. 




AMERICAN MILK GOAT— PRIZE WINNER ST. LOUIS WORLD'S FAIR. 
Specially photographed for this work. 



the most skilled of all goat-herds, their mountain slopes and elevated 
valleys being peculiarly adapted to goat culture. There, naturally, 
inquiries have been set on foot and some information of interest has 
been sent over from our consul-general at St. Gall. It relates to the 
Toggenburg goat, a variety which seems entirely unknown in this coun- 
try, but one that has long been a favorite in the land of William Tell. 
The milk of this goat is rich in quality^ and keeps quite as well as cow's 
milk. It sells for three and a half to about four cents a quart. These 
^oats breed at a year old, the time of gestation being five months. The 

63 



994 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE &TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

food in summer consists of grass and shrubs, but in winter, if the mili\ 
is to continue rich in quality, a small quantity of grain and hay must be 
given, and the temperature of the stall should be kept at from 57 to 60 
decrees Fahrenheit. 

In regard to the amount of pasture land required for the support of 
this animal, it is computed that six to eight goats will need as much as 
one cow, and that one man can manage from forty to fifty goats. Gen- 
erally speaking the milk of the cow is more popular, but for children, 
the goat's milk is in greater demand, as tuberculosis is hardly ever 
found in these hardy animals. The milk of the goat makes an excellent 
cheese and fairly good butter, but as to the latter the milk of the cow 
retains its pre-eminence. The meat of the young goats, from five to 
twelve weeks old, is considered a great luxury. Indeed, it is often 
mistaken for venison, and sells for from 29 cents to 39 cents for 2.1 
pounds. This compares very favorably with the average price received 
in Switzerland for beef, which is 33 cents to 37 cents for 2.2 pounds. 

The average clip on long-haired goats is about 4.4 pounds. The hair 
'\i not very marketable, but is used in some instances for ropes, which 
are very strong and defy the action of water. The skins are worth 
from 29 cents to 58 cents each, but the finest and best bring as much as 
$1.35 each. 

If well cared for, these animals will give milk from their first to their 
tenth year, when they decrease in flow and finally dry up. Ordinarily 
they will produce milk for eight months in a year. The price of these 
animals is higher in the spring than in the fall, but average for a good 
one, from one to three years old (male) in the fall, is $9.65 to $19.30. 
Females of the same age bring $7.72 to $9.65 ; four-year-olds bring as 
high as $13.51. 



PART VIII. 



Diseases of Sheep. 

now TO KN0W THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PEEVEU- 

TION AND CUKE. 



996 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




COMMON SCAB. 
First Pronounced Manifestation. 




COMMON SCAB. ADVANCED CASE. 



Diseases of Sheep. 



CHAPTER I. 



GENERAL DISEASES. 



I. REFERRING TO SCIENTIFIC TERMS. II. INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. III. DIS- 
TEMPER OR EPIZOOTIC CATAKKII. IV. GRUBS IN THE HEAD. V. HYDATIDS ON 

THE BRAIN. VI. APOPLEXY. VII. INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. VIII. 

INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES. IX. SWELLED HEAD. -X. VEGETABLE POISON- 
ING. XI. TETANUS OR LOCK-JAW. XII. PARALYSIS OR PALSY. XIII. RA- 
BIES OR CANINE MADNESS. 

I. Referring to Scientific Terms. 
The anatomy and explanation of the terras used to designate the several 
parts of a sheep have been treated of in Chapter 1 of Part VII. A care- 
ful study of these is necessary to enable the flock-owner intelligently to 
undertake the cure of disease, as well as to enable him to become nicely 
conversant with all that goes to make up physical perfection in the ani- 
mal. The knowledge of these things is an important integer in consti- 
tuting the difference between haphazard and practically intelligent 
breeding, management, and cure of diseases, and may save the intelli- 
gent man valuable animals and much money yearly. In the United 
States and Canada, the fatal diseases to which sheep are subject are 
comparatively few ; and this is especially true in the West and South- 
west, owing, pi-obal)ly, to the fact that the summer and autumn are com- 
paratively dry and equable, and the winters not characterized by excessive 
dampness. 

II. Inflammatory Diseases. 

Diseases of an inflammatory nature are prolific causes of death amonar 
sheep in Great Britain. In America, our sheep are comparatively exempt 
from these diseases. Mr. Spooner remarked this fact, in comparing 
English and American sheep, and attributed the cause to the more arti- 
ficial care of sheep in England. Whatever the cause may have been in 
his day, this will not now apply ; for in no country is all farm stock more 
highly fei than in the United States and Canada. The real cause un- 
doubtedly lies, first, in the climate, and second, in the gi-eater intelligence 
of our flock masters. They neither intrust sheep nor other farm stock 

997" 

% 



998 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AKD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

to ignorant servants, who, perhaps, can neither read nor write, and who 
add superstition to ignorance. The intelligence of the master keeps pace 
fully with all that is new in the art of farming, and this intelligence is 
quickly caught by the workmen and shepherds. 

III. Distemper or Epizootic Catarrh. 

Sheep distemper or Malignant Epizootic Catarrh, is an epizooty that is 
sometimes fatal in sheep, both East and West. The disease in its malig- 
nant form is a severe congestion and inflammation of the lining mem- 
branes of the nasal cavities, sometimes extending to the stomach and 
bowels. 

How to know it. — There is a slight watery discharge from the nostrils 
and eyes ; there is depression and more or less loss of appetite ; the pulse 
is slightly increased in frequency and is weak ; the breathing is not 
chano-ed unless the bronchial tubes are affected ; there is no couoh. At 
the end of a week, unless the animal gets relief, the nasal discharge is 
thick and glutinous, and sometimes tinged with blood ; the eyes are half 
closed and the lids are gummed with a yellow secretion ; there is great 
prostration and emaciation ; the pulse is very weak ; respiration is diffi- 
cult ; the appetite is lost, and the animal soon after dies. 

What to do. — There should be no bleeding or purging. Remove the 
sheep to warm, well-ventilated quarters, and if the bowels are costive, 
prepare the following : 

No. 1. 1 Ounce carbonate of ammonia, 

1 Ounce rhubarb, 

2 Ounces ginger, 
2 Ounces gentian. 

Simmer the rhubarb, ginger and gentian for fifteen minutes in a quart 
of water, and, when cold, add the ammonia and cork the bottle. Give two 
tablespoonfuls four times a day. Keep up the strength of the sheep 
with good food and nourishing drinks. Good nursing is of equal import- 
ance with the other treatment, for if the sheep are neglected they will 
either die or become so enfeebled as to be of little value. 

IV. Grubs in the Head. 

Causes. — This is caused by the eggs of the sheep gadfly ( CEstrus Ovis,) 
being dejiosited in the nostrils of the sheep in July 
and August. The eggs being de^Dosited, the mag- 
gots hatch and find thoii way through the sinuses, 
causing much pain. When the gadflies are seek- 
ing the sheep, the animals will crowd together, 
SHEEP GAD- with their noses to the ground, stamping violently 
^^^" at times, and will run from one place in the pas- 
ture to another. When the maggots reach their resting place they attach 
themselves by their hooks, and are not easily dislodged. 





GENERAL DISEASES. 999 

What to do. — The grubs may often be extracted by a competent sur- 
geon, but it is a nice operation, and scarcely pays except in the case of a 
very valuable animal. Burning leather under the noses of the sheep in a 
close place, to cause violent sneezing, used to be practiced, but it is un- 
safe. Injecting up the nostrils equal parts of sweet oil and turpentine 
will often dislodge the grubs when they are not firmly fixed, but care 
must be taken not to strangle the sheep. 

Prevention. — Prevention is m this case far the best remedy. Keep a 
portion of the field plowed so the soil is loose and dry. Smear the 
sheep's noses once a day with tar during the season of the fly, and catch 
as many of the flies as possible, by means of a light bag-net. The most 
convenient way to apply the })ine tar, in case of large flacks, is to smear 
the inside of the salt troughs with it; then they will smear their own noses 
while eating the salt. 

V. Hydatids on the Brain. 

Causes. — The bladder worm, causing this dangerous disease, is one of 
the forms of the ta[)e worm of the dog, the tenia serrata, preceding the true 
or sexually perfect worm. It is rare in America, probal)ly from the fact 
that there are fewer dogs in proportion to the population than in England. 

What to do. — Once fixed, nothing practically can be done, though, 
when located, surgeons have pierced the cysts with a strong hypodermic 
syringe, injecting therein half a teaspoonful of the following : 

No. 2. 1 Grain iodine, 

5 Grains iodide of potash, 
1 Ounce water. 
Mix. 

Prevention. — Never allow dogs to feed on sheeps' heads, or other gar- 
bage, unless cooked in the most thorough manner, remove the excre- 
ments of dogs wherever found in the pastures, and kill all dogs that 
make a habit of prowling about, away from home. 

VI. Apoplexy. 

This disease is mostly confined to sheep that are plethoric and fat. 
What to do. — The sheep will leap suddenly in the air, fall, and unless 
promptly relieved, will die in a few minutes. Then the only remedy is 

I sudden and copious bleeding from the jugular vein. 

[I Prevention. — Fat sheep should be carefully watched for the earlier 

'. symptoms. If a sheep nppears dull and partially unconcious of what is 
going on ; if the nostrils and pupils of the eyes are dilated, and the 

i| membranes of the nose deep red or violet ; the pulse hard and the breath- 
ing stertorous, bleed immediately and give afterwards two ounces of 

iCpsom salts, to be followed by an ounce every six hours, until a full 

ij evacuation takes place from the bowels. 



1000 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVP^ STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VII. Inflammation of the Brain. 

This is produced by the same causes that produce apoplexy, and is 
often a secondary effect of apoplexy. The animal is dull and inactive; 
the eyes red and i^rotruding, and, as the symptoms intensify, the animal 
rushes about in the wildest delirium. The general treatment is the same 
as for apoplexy. 

VIII. Inflammation of the Eyes. 

What to do. — If there is serious intiammation, take a little blood from 
the facial vein, the vein running down obliquely from the eye. Bathe 
the eyes with the following wash : 

No. 3. 5 Grains nitrate of silver, 

1 Ounce soft water, 
15 Drops laudanum. 

Dissolve the nitrate of silver in the water and add the laudanum ; mix. 
Bathe the eyes well three times a day and apply the lotion twice a day 
with a camel's hair brush. 

IX. Swelled Head. 

Causes. — This is produced by a variety of causes, the bites of venom- 
ous serpents and malignant insects, etc. Snake bites usually produce 
death before the animal is found. 

What to do. — In case of the bites of venomous nisects, cut the wool 
from around the parts, and bathe with strong saljeratus Avater and give 
internally, if necessary, each hotir until relief is obtained, the following: 

No. 4. % Drachm chloral hydrate, 

1 Ounce soft water. 
Mix. 

X. Vegetable Poisoning. 

What to do. — 111 case of trouble from vegetable poisoning, bathe the 
affected pai'ts thoi'oughly with warm water, and keep moist with the fol- 
lowing lotion : 

No. 5. 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 

1 Pint soft water. 
Mix. 

XI. Tetanus or Lock-Jaw. 

Causes. — There are various causes producing this difficulty, as inflam- 
mation of the membranes after gelding, injury to the horns and hoofs, 
or a wound on any part of the body. 

How to know it. — The animtil, if able to walk at all, does so with great 
distress ; the jaws are set, and death generally takes place qui-^kly. It 
is an excited condition of the nervous system. See locii-jaw o^ mo norse. 



J 



GENERAL DISEASES. 1001 

What to do. — Treatment is of little use, the malady being usually fatal. 
Put the sheep into a dark place alone, and put apiece of Solid Extract of 
Belladonna, the size of a pea, on the tongue twice a day ; put oatmeal 
water in the pen for him to drink. Warmth and quiet are essential. 
Bleeding used to be considered a specific by many, but it should not be 
practiced. Move the bowels as soon as possible, and follow this up with 
belladonna. Give four ounces of castor oil as the laxative. When the 
worst symptoms are overcome, give gruels and other soft nourishing food 
undl recovery. 

XII. Paralysis or Palsy. 

Lock-jaw and epilepsy are often mistaken for palsy ; yet, it is the 
direct opposite of them. Like the two first it is somewhat rare in 
America. 

What to do. — The first thing to do is to make the lamb warm and com- 
fortable. Give warm gruel, with a little ginger as a stimulant. If the 
bowels are costive give four ounces of linseed oil. Give twenty grains of 
powdered Nux Vomica in soft mashes three times a day ; continue this two 
or three weeks. If the paralysis is severe, clip off the wool and apply 
a blister of Spanish flies to the spine, from the points of the hips to the 
shoulders. 

Xni. Babies or Canine Madness. 

Sheep are particularly liable to be bitten by rabid dogs in their first 

stages of madness. It is usually considered that flock-masters have a right 
to destroy any dog worrying their sheep, but by a decision not long ago, 
))y the supreme court of Massachusetts, dogs are property; consequently^ 
the owner of a dog is liable for all the damage done by him, and anyone 
that kills the dog is liable for his value. When a sheep develops rabies 
he might as well be destroyed at once to save suffering. See rabies in 
horses, page 438. 



CHAPTEK II. 



PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. 




I. SCAB, TICKS AND LICE. II. FOOT-ROT. III. FOUL IN THE FOOT. -IV 

SWOLLEN FOOT AND GRAVEL. V. MAGGOTS FROM BLOW FLIES. VI. IN- 
TESTINAL WORMS. VII. THE ROT OR LIVER FLUKE. VIII. LUNG WORMS. 

IX. SHEEP WORRIED BY DOGS. X. SPRAINS, STRAINS AND BRUISES. XI. 

CARE WHEN LAMBING. XII. NAVEL ILL. 

I. Scab, Ticks and Lice. 

Causes. — Scab is produced by a minute microscopic, parasitic insect, 
which burrowing just beneath the cuticle, produces extreme irritation, and 
causes the exudation of a watery fluid, serum. This, in drying, forms the 
scab which brings away with it the wool in larger or smaller patches. 

The disease is very contagious, and the insect is so 

tenacious of life that it has been said to have remained 

in a pasture three years and then spread the infection. 

A careful flock master should examine every sheep 

DEMODEX purchased minutely, and take every means to keep 

'*o[°"he Theep''^and'%og" ft thc iufectiou f I'om his flock. The illustration shows 

causes skin irritation and «/. . i • , i i • "i i_ n 

eruption. shccp affcctcd Avith scab m its extreme form. 

How to know it. — The sheep will be restless and irritable ; will rub 
against anything near ; will bite its fleece, and scratch with its hoofs. At 
length the fleece becomes ragged, and drops off, to permanently infect 
the pasture. 

What to do. — It is not diificult to cure, but the means must be thor- 
ough. A good effective remedy, though poisonous, is the following : 

No. 6. 6 Pounds arsenic, 

6 Pounds pearl ash, 
6 Pounds sulphur, 
6 Pounds soft soap, 
20 Gallons boiling water. 

Mix, but avoid the fumes, and when cold, add 180 gallons of cold water, 
and stir until well mixed. Prepare a tank that will readily alloAV a sheep 
to be dipped in it. From this a slanting, slotted drain, having a water- 
tight bottom underneath, and extending just over the edge of the tank, 
should be laid. Dip the sheep, back foremost, into the tank, allowing him 
to remain submerged in the liquid, except the head, for one minute. Then 

1004 



PARAStTIC AND OTHER DISEASES . 



1003 



place him on the shits and squeeze the wool thoroughly, and when well 
drained turn into a clean yard until dry. 



Then go over the heads of th« 



flock with the following 



No. 7. 2 Pounds mercurial ointment, 

6 Pounds lard, 
2 Pounds rosin. 
1 Pound oil of turpentine. 

Place the lard and mercurial ointment in a suitable iron pot, and im- 
merse in a vessel of hot water, say about 180 degrees, and stir until well 
mixed. Then dissolve the rosin and turpentine, and when the lard is 
cold, rub it all well together. Apply it by parting the wool on the head 
between the ears, on the forehead, and under the jaws, the idea being to 
reach every part not touched by the dip. 




SCAB IN SHEEP. 



In preparing No. 6, for ordinary cases, twenty pounds of strong tobacco 
may be simmered in the water, instead of the arsenic, and the other ingre- 
dients may be stirred in while the liquid is boiling hot, having first re- 
moved the tobacco leaves and stems. When this dip is used, the head 
may also be dipped, from time to time, being careful that the liquor does 
not get in the nose and eyes. The sheep may remain in the liquor, as 
hot as can be borne, four or five minutes, dipping the head occasionally, 
and No. 7 need not be used though it would be better. The wool must 
be pressed and dried, as before stated; so proceed until the flock is all 
gone over, using some means to keep the liquor hot. 



1004 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



A dip in. great repute in Australia, where immense flocks are kept, is 



tlie f oUowingf 

No. 8. 



10 Pounds tobacco leaves, 
10 Pounds sulphur. 
50 Gallons water. 



Dip the 




SHEEP TICK 
WITH EGGS. 



Boil the tobacco in the water, and add the sulphur while hot. 
sheep in the liquor, as hot as can be borne, for live minutes. 

Tick. — The sheep tick is a dipterous insect, but with no wings devel- 
oped. The ticks are large and live on the surface of the 
skin and suck blood. They are plainly seen when the 
wool is divided, or when the sheep are shorn ; then the 
ticks will go off to the lambs, where there is more 
wool. The treatment for them may be the same 
as for scab. 

Lice. — Lice are sometimes found on sheep ; they 
are of the variety of bird lice, (Trichodectes), with large, 
broad head, with biting jaws, but no sucking tube. Bird lice are usu- 
ally very irritating. The treatment given above will apply for lice as well 
as for scab and tick. 

II. Foot Kot. 

How to l(n0W it. — The skin at the top of the clefts of 
the hoofs and over the heels, which is naturally smooth, 
dry and pale, becomes red, moist, warm and rough, as 
though chafed. Next, there is a discharge ; and ulcers 
form, extending down to the upper portion of the inner trichodectes 
wall of the hoof. Then the walls become disorganized, and ^^ ^^^ sheep. 
the disease penetrative, between the fleshy sole and the bottom of 
the hoof, an offensive and purulent matter is thrown out, and the 
whole foot becomes a mass of corruption, often filled with maggots. 
The animal early becomes lame and loses appetite, and at length dies 
from exhaustion. If the attack is violent, and in the first cases it gene- 
rally is, it may reappear the second and third years, but in a milder form, 
if proper measures be taken, and this should be done at the first symp- 
toms of lameness. 

What to do. — Cut away all the diseased parts, cleaning the knife from 
time to time in weak carbolic acid. Prepare a tank and fill it to a depth 
of four inches with a saturated solution of blue vitriol (sulphate of 
copper). Keep this as hot as the sheep can bear to stand in, by occa- 
sionally introducing a piece of hot iron. Let each sheep stand in this for 
ten minutes or more. Then cover the hoof with chloride of lime, and 




PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES 1005 

fill the cleft of the hoof with a fillet of tow, long enough for the ends to 
be twisted into a string to tie about the- fetlock. Keep the sheep in a 
dry, well-littered yard on dry, short i)asture, and examine the hoofs daily 
for some time. Renew the chloride of lime, if necessary, and feed plenty 
of nourishing food. It is probable that a tonic may be needed ; if so, 
prepare the following : 

No. 9. 2 Drachms common salt, 

}4 Drachm sulphate of iron, 
}2 Drachm nitrate of potash. 

Mix as a powder, and give once a day, as circumstances may dictate. 
III. Poul in the Foot. 

This is a common disability, especially in sheep that have been driven 
on the road. 

What to do. — When it is only the effect of travel, the remedy is simple. 
Wash the cleft and other parts of the hoof with warm, soapy water, and 
then touch the tender or thin parts Avith a feather dipped in oil of vitriol 
(sulphuric acid), and cover them with tar. Apply a strong solution of 
])lne vitriol (sulphate of copper), to the cleft if any signs of foul are ap- 
parent. In driving sheep, these three things, viz., soap, sulphuric acid 
and blue vitriol should be kept on hand ; or in place of sulphuric acid the 
followino- : 

o 

No. 10. 1 Part solution chloride of antimony, 

1 Part comi^ound tincture of myrrh. 

Mix and keep ready for use in incipient foul or travel sore. If it is a 
bad case the foot should be bandaged. 

IV. Swollen Foot and Gravel. 

How to know it. — The issue (biplex canal in the front and upper part 
of the hoof) becomes swollen and inflamed. 

What to do. — Examine it to find if any substance is imbedded therein ; 
if so, extract it ; if swollen and inflamed, treat as advised for other swell- 
ings ; if ulcerated lance it lightly to let out the matter, and dress with the 
compound tincture of myrrh. If the hoof becomes graveled, extract the 
gravel at any cost ; dress as above, and cover with a small plug of tow 
dipped in tar. 

V. Maggots from Blow Flies. 

There should be no excuse for maggots accumulating in wounds, much 
less from the collection of filth about the thighs. If found, cleanse the 



1006 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

parts thoroughly, extract the maggots and touch the wounds with the 
following : 

No. 11. 1 Part creosote, 

4 Parts alcohol, 
Mix. 

Bathe daily with tincture of myrrh. 

Prevention. — Keep the sheep well tagged by shearing from under the 
tail and thence diagonally down the thighs. 

VI. Intestinal Worms. 

The presence of intestinal worms is seldom known to the ordinary ob- 
server until after the death of the sheep, when they may be found by 
dissection. If the worms are thus found, the presumption is good that 
other sheep are seriously infected, for, as a rule, unless ihcy are abund- 
ant, they do little or no harm. 

What to do. — As a simple vermifuge, when their presence i^ suspected, 
ordinary wood soot, mixed with the salt the sheep naturally take will do 
good. In fact, if sheep are allowed plenty of salt, with the soot mix- 
ture once a week, when worms are suspected they will do well enough ; 
or give every two weeks, in ground feed, the following, which is enough 
for 80 to 100 sheep : 

No. 12. 2 Pounds common salt, 

1 Pound sulphate of magnesia, 
Impound sulphate of iron, 
3^ Pound powdered gentian, 
Mix. 

For good simple vermifuge for round and thread worms, to be given 
as a drench, take 

No. 13. 4 Ounces Imseed oil, 

}4 Ounce oil of turpentine. 
Mix. 

If the sheep are known to have tape worm, give in molasses and water 
the following : 

No. 14. 2 to 4 Drachms powder«!d areca nut, 

10 to 20 Drops oil of male-fern, 
Mix. 

The first quantities for small, and the latter for large sheep. 
In the case of a large sheep, administer half a pint of linseed oil on the 
following day. 

VII. The Bot or Liver Fluke. 

Causes. — Small flat worms {Fasciola Hepatica and Disiomum LaU' 
ceolatum.) in the liver, called the liver fluke, are the cause of rot. 



PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. 



1007 




FASCIOLA 
HEPATICA. 



How to know it. — There will be tenderness and weakness about the 
loins ; the belly M'ill be swollen and enlarged ; the ej'es yel- 
low as in jaundice ; and if the skin be rubbed back and forth, 
when taken up between the thumb and fingers, it is soft 
and flabb}', with a crackling sensation. 

What to do. — If there is diarrhoea, a weak heart beat, and 
general stupor, remove the sheep to a high dry pasture, or 
to well ventilated airy places, as the case may be. Prepare 
the following : 

No. 15. ig Pound sulphate of magnesia, 

G Drachms oil of turpentine. 

Mix the magnesia sulphate with three half pints of water, 
add the turpentine and give one-third of it every two days, 
shakins; the bottle before usiniz;. 

Follow the above with the tonic : 

No. 16. 40 Pounds oat meal, 

4 Pounds powdered gentian or anise seed, 
4 Pounds common salt, 
1 Pound sulphate of iron, 
Mix. 

Give half a pint to each sheep once a day for a week : then wait three 

weeks and repeat. Remove the 

sheep to high dry pasture or salt 

marsh, both being poisonous to the 

fluke. Do not put the sheep in a 

wet pasture, for there they only 

sow the seed to perpetuate the 

trouble. 

VIII. Lung Worms. 

Causes. — This disease is caused by the presence of worms (^Strongylus 
Filaria), which are usually found in the wind-pipe, and bronchial tubes 
and sometimes in the lungs. 

How to know it. — There will be a 
husky cough ; quickened breathing ; 
loss of appetite and fl^esh ; and the 
sheep will rub its nose on the ground ; 
there may be dysentery with foitid 

evacuations. Examine the mouth and throat, and also the stools, for in- 
dications of the worms. Prepare the following : 

No. 17. G Ounces sulphate of magnesia, 

4 Ounces nitrate of potash, 
4 Ounces sulphur, 
4 Oiuices sulphate of iron, 
Mix. 




DISTOMUM LANCEOLATUM. 




STROKGYLUS FILARIA, MALE ENLARGED. 



1008 Cyclopedia of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

Give a single handful to each sheep in oat or corn meal once a day for 
a week ; then wait three weeks and repeat. Burn turpentine on pine 
shavings under their noses so as to make them breathe the fumes. 

IX. Sheep worried by Dogs. 

Sheep that have been torn by dogs, are apt to die, owing to the lacer- 
ated nature of the wound, especially if the skin has been stripped from 
considerable surface in hot Aveather. 

What to do. — The lacerated surfaces must be brought together, in such 
a way that they may unite ; and, if necessary, stitched. In hot weather 
flies must be guarded against, and the wounds should be treated as 
advised in the case of horses when wounded. 

X. Sprains, Strains and Bruises. 

What to do. — These also are to be treated precisely as advised in the 
case of horses. In simple cases hot fomentations and the subsequent 
application of camphor is the rule usually followed. For a sprain, to 
immerse the limb in water as hot as can be borne, for half an hour at a« 
time, and repeated several times a day, usually effects a rapid cure. 

XI. Care when Lambing. 

What to do. — The ewes should be well fed for several weeks previous 
to lambing, so as to be strong and have the lambs strong and well devel- 
oped when dropped; but avoid having ths ewes fat. Have a dry, com- 
fortable place for them to run in, not too warm ; they should be put in a 




SWELLING OF THE UMBILICUS IN CHARBON (NAVEL ILL.) 

warmer place when lambing than they have been accustomed to, in order 
to avoid chilling the lamb. Allow no spectators around the sheep while^ 
lambing, except the man ^hey are accustomed to ; let hini watch the 
progress of events to see that help is given if needed. 



PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. 



1009 



Sometimes wrong presentations are made, and then the shepherd should 
be ready with his hand oiled and warmed in warm water to render 
assistance ; let him insert his hand and change the position of the foetus 
as the case requires, being very careful indeed not to wound or torture 
the ewe. 

If the lamb is dropped at night and gets chilled, put it into a warm 
water bath and dry it thoroughly when taken out, and give it a few 
spoonfuls of milk, diluted a little and sweetened, and with a dusting of 
red pepper in it. Keep the ewe separate from the others for a week or 
ten days, and feed on soft food and roots if it is too early for grass. 

XII. Navel 111. 

Charbonous fever, or carbuncular erysipelas in lambs, in addition to 

the other symptoms, usually manifests itself 
in swelling of the umbilicus. The swellings 
are not confined to the umbilical region, but 
are often found in other parts of the body. It 
is sometimes seen as a symptom or complica- 
tion of rheumatic disease of the joints of lambs, 
foals and calves. It was considered by shep- 
herds, not many years ago, to be a distinct 
disease, known as Navel 111. See illustration 




THE ROT. 



on preceding page. 



64 



•5^^ '•'^.-^ 







PART IX. 



3>»<C 



POULTRY. 

HISTORY, MANAGEMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF 
THE VARIOUS BREEDS. 



1012 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




POULTRY. 

CHAPTER I. 
ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OP PAUM BIRDS 



1. ORIGIN OF THE WORD POULTRY. II. TYPES AND NATIVE COUNTRY OF BARN-YARD 

FOWLS. III. CHANGES DUE TO BREEDING. IV. DIVISION OP FOWLS. 

V. THE WILD TURKEY. VI. DUCKS. VII. GEESE. VIII. THE SWAN. • 

IX. PHEASANTS. X. GUINEA FOWLS. XI. PEAFOWLS. XII. ANATOMY 

OF THE HEN. 

I. Origin of the Word Poultry. 

The word poultry comes from the Latin word puUus, a chicken, or the 
young of any animal. In its broad sense it is now used to designate any 
domestic fowl bred or fed for human food, and for the eggs and feath- 
ers. Hence, the peacock may reasonably be included, since its feathers 
are an important article of commerce. The modern word poultry, how- 
ever, more properly comes from the French word^ow?e, hen, just as our 
word pullet comes from the French poulet, a chick. The cut of the 
French Creve Coeur will illustrate a singular departure from the wild 
type given on the next page. In a more modern sense the word poul- 
try is generally applied to barn-yard fowls or the genus gallus — the word 
fowl being used with a prefix, as water-fowl, which includes ducks and 
geese, Guinea-fowl, etc., while turkeys, peacocks, pheasants and other 
later or only partially domesticated birds are designated by their proper 
or common names. 

II. Types and Native Country of Barn- Yard Powls. 

The oriofinals of all the varieties of barn-vard fowls were inhabitants of 
thickets, and other openings of the forests, rather than of the dense 
forest itself ; there are a number of species. A variety closely resem- 
bling our common barn yard fowl, is the Sonnerat fowl, (^Gallus Son- 
neratii) a native of the Ghautes, separating Malabar from Coromandel. 
Damphier, previous to the discovery of Sonnerat, found wild fowls 
closely resembling our old barn-yard fowls in the islands of the Indian 
Archipelago. So it may safely be said, that our fowls with long flowing 
tails, are natives of India. 

1013 



1014 CVCLOrKDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



III. Changes Due to Breeding. 

The great wild species of Southern Asia, and the wild Malay and Chit- 
tagong, were probably influential in modif}diig the large Asiatic breeds of 
to-day ; and our bantams undoubtedly spring from the Bankiva jungle 
fowl, although careful and systematic breeding and selection have given 
us bantams of all the principal breeds of barn-yard fowls, including the 
games. Again, as showing a marked departure from the wild form, w« 




BEARDED SILVER POLISH HEN. 

give cuts of two heads, one tne Breda, or Gueldre, retaining the wattles, 
but not the marked comb, and a variety of Brahma, with no wattles, and 
with only the rudiments of a comb. 

IV. Division of Fowls. 

Our barn-yard fowls may therefore be divided into the common orl 
mixed breeds, Asiatic fowls, European and American varieties, and Ban- 
tams. Each of these will be treated in their proper places. 



ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 



1015 



V. The Wild Tvirkey. 

The wild turkey is a native only of America ; tliere are several so- 
called species, but they are, however, only varieties that have bred con- 
stant to type, perhaps having escaped from some ancient domestication. 
They are all fertile one with another. The turkey is native to all that 
region from Central America, north, up to 45 degrees, wherever suitable 
timber covert can be found ; but in all the more thickly settled regions 
they have long since been exterminated. The illustrations show the 
common wild turkey hen, and the Mexican wild turkey cock. 




GALLUS SONNERATII. 



VI. Ducks. 

None of the wild fowl seem to have been more easily domesticated 
than the duck, though the domestication of birds of any species seems 
easy, whenever they prove valual)le enough to pay their keeping. Only 
the larger varieties have, as a rule, been thought worth domestication, 
though of late years some of the smaller and beautifully plumaged birds 
have been bred in a tame state. They make very handsome adjuncts to 
water scenery, in connection with swans and the rarer species of geese. 



1016 CYCLOrKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The common white duck unci the Kouen are two of the oldest domesti- 
cated varieties of ducks ; while the Cayuga, or black duck, an American 
variety is among the latest. 




^EAD OF SINGLE WATTLED BRAHMA FOWL. HEAD OP BREDA, OR GUELDRE. 

VII. Geese. 
Geese, as well as drxk?, being birds of passage, are found in all cli- 
mates, from sub-tropical latitudes up to the Arctic Circle. Following the 




BUFF LEGHORN COCKEREL. 

season of spring into the North, they breed in summer from latitude 
forty-five up to sixty, and return in the autumn to their Avinter quarters 



ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 1017 

in the sub-tropical regions. Tlie common gray goose is ttie nearest ap- 




MEXICAN "WILD TURKEY COCK. 



proacli to the ^vild type, and these are becoming scarcer and scarcer each 



1018 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

year, gradually giving way to improved breeds. Of these, the Embden, 
or Bremen, combine a pure white color, softness of color, and heavy 
weifrht. The origin of the gray and the white geese is generally su]v 




posed to be the Gray-lag goose (A7iser Ferus), of the North of Europe. 
The American wild goose (JL/iser Canadensis), is a distinct species; 
this variety breeds freely, and is tolerably contented under domestication, 



ORIGIK AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 



1019 



even in the first generation. It is hut a few years, comparatively, since 
they were first domesticated. Asia and Africa have furnished us with 




PAIR OF BUFF COCHINS. 
/ 




TRIO OF BT.ACK COCHINS. 



four sub-families of geese, three of which come from China, and the 
fourth from Africa — the African goose. 



102U CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 

VIII. The Swan. 

The swan has long been known in history, but is not a useful bird 
except as an ornamental appendage to the ponds and lakes of parks. 
The most common is the white swnn ; there are, besides, a number of rare 
and ornamental varieties, among them the black swan from Australia, and 
the black-necked Chili swan. The head and neck of the latter are jet 
black ; the body, wings, and tail, pur 3 white, the bill having a red knob 
or protuberance. 

IX. Pheasants. 

None of the pheasants (^Phasianus) are natives of the United States, 
the so-called pheasant of the South and some other sections of the United 
States being really the ruffed gvonse (Tetrao U7nbeUus). The common 
half-domesticated pheasant of Europe and America (Phasianus OolcM- 
cus) is found wild in the Caucasus, and about the Caspian Sea. In the 
United States we have five varieties which breed in confinement, but none 
of them are more capable of domestication than the peacock. ThesO 
varieties are : The ring-necked, originally from China ; the ash-colored; 
the white; and the parti-colored. 

The riug-necked pheasant is said to be originally from China. The 
male of the silver pheasant {^Phasianus nycthemerus) originally from the 
north of China, is a most beautiful bird, of a silver white color, mth 
regular, slender, lace-like black markings on the feathers of the back, 
while the under parts are of a black color ; the long, drooping tail is also 
silver white, barred with black. The female is of a dull reddish color, 
and of a smaller size. The golden pheasant (^Phasianus thaumalea pic- 
tus) is one of the most beautiful of birds, bred in a state of balf-domes- 
tication, and is much smaller than either of the pheasants before men- 
tioned. The under part of the male is of a red color, the head is orna- 
mented with a splendid golden yellow crest, the neck i» hidden or over- 
hung by a somewhat projecting ruff of feathers of a bright yellow color, 
striped or barred with black. The wings are of a dull blue, the hind 
parts of the body are of a golden color, set off with red, and the tail is 
long and brown, barred with black. The female of this species is also 
inconspicuous in color. 

These birds have bred, well in some forests in Europe, and in a state 
of domestication have produced three varieties, viz : the ordinary golden 
and red color, the black, and the Isabella or fawn. They all, like the 
Guinea-fowl and peafowl, roost on high trees and elevated points, and 
wander considerably j but in close confinement they will permit handling. 



ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 



1021 



X. Guinea-Powis. 



Guinea fowls are of two varieties and are now quite widely dissemi- 
nated. The varieties arc, the pearl and the white, the latter yet rather 
rare. They have been grouped by naturalists into a number of varieties, 




SPECKLED GUINEA-FOWL. 

but the distinction was more fanciful than real, since all the varieties 
readily mate one with the other, and the progeny are continuously fertile 
together. 

Their original home may be inferred from their generic name, Num- 
ida ; they come from Numidia and other portions of Africa from Gam- 




WHITE GUINEA-FOWL. 



bia to the Gaboon. The so called Cape Verde and Jamaica Guinea- 
fowls are undoubtedly descendants of these, become wild after havmg 
been carried there. The cuts of the white and speckled species will give a 



1022 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

good idea of the whole tribe. A very rare species is the Vulturine 
Guinea-fowl, so called for its vulture-like head and neck. The whole 
species are among the most watchful and wary of birds, giving instant 
alarm with their shrill note of danger. When l^red, they should be 
allowed full liberty, since they do not stand confinement well. 

XI. Peafowls. 

This magnificent bird, quite useless except for the splendor of its plum- 
age and the value of its tail feathers, is rare in farmyards, from its sup- 
posed want of adaptation to northern climates. This, however, is a mis- 
take ; they are as hardy as most of the breeds of barn-yard fowls. The 
male is cruel and cowardly, and is given to destroying the eggs of the 




PEACOCK, 



female. Hence the hens are very secret as to their nests. They do not 
lay their eggs until late in the season, and keep their broods away from 
the yardi? until driven thither in the autumn for want of food. They 
have considerable powers of flight, and the males, especially, wander long 
distances from home ; they should be allowed their full liberty. 

XII. Anatomy of the Hen. 

The anatomy of the hen will answer for all the land birds, and, in a 
measure (for all but th i scientific breeder) for water-fowls as well, since 
the frame of the latter is only so modified as to permit their swimming 
and diving in water. Both in land and water-fowls the more valuable 



ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 



1023 




portions for food are the breast, the thigh, the \og, tiio neck and the 
wing. The back and rump give but litth; flesh, very choice in flavor. 

Fig. 1 represents the skeleton of a hen of average size and in the pro- 
portions as ordinarily met with. 

Explanation. — ^ — The head, length 2 3-4 inches. B — The neck, 
length r> 1-3 inches. O — The back or spine. D — The hips or hip 
bones, (the back and hips comprise 
from the shoulder to the tail,) length 
5 9-10 inches. £J — Rump or coccygis, 
length, 1 1-2 inches. J^ — Shoulder- 
blade or shoulder. G — Collar bone or 
'merry-thought.' H — Chest or thorax, 
composed of the sides and breast-bone 
(()one of the throat); it contains the 
heart, liver, etc. / — The breast-bone, 
length a little over 3 1-2 inches. J — 
The wing bones, as will be seen, are 
composed of the humerus or shoulder- 
bone of the wmg, length 3 1-7 inches ; 
also the radius and the cubitus, the fore- 
arm or pinion, length 2 3-4 inches ; the 
tip of the wing, or that which takes the 
place of the hand and fingers, length 2 1-3 inches. K — 
The leg, composed of cZ— (Fig. 2.) the thigh bone, 
length 3 1-7 inches ; e — the shin bone, length 4 1-3 
inches ; f — the bone of the foot, the tarsus, length 
3 1-7 inches ; g — the chiws, that of the middle, length 
2 1-3 inches ; the two to the right and left, length 
1 6-10 inches ; that of the back, length 8-10 inches ; h 
— the patella or knee ; i — the os calcis or heel. 

The foot as shown in Fig. 2, is all that part (f) 
from (ff) to (^). The hen — like nearly all four-footed 
animals, and unlike man — walks on the toes. If the 
ben walked on the foot, all that portion from the toe 
nails up to ^, would rest on the ground, and hence the position of the 
rear toe would be different. As it is placed, it supports the other toes m 
walking and especially when on the perch, at night ; for all land breeds 
are peculiar in this, that when they are at rest, they retain their position 
securely by the simple weight of the body, which causes the sinews and 
muscles to contract and thus draw the toes firmly around the object 
grasped. Some fowls have five, and even six toes, but four only are used 
to advantage — three before and one behind. The rest are really super- 
numerary — as much so as two thumbs on a man's hand. 



ANATOMY OF THE HEN. (Fig 1). 




CHAPTER n. 



BARN-YARD FOWLS. 



I. ENGLISH BREEDS — DORKING FOWLS . II. SILVER GRAY DORKINGS.— —III. GRAY 

DORKINGS. IV. FAWN-COLORED DORKINGS. V. BLACK DORKINGS. VI. 

BOLTON GRAYS, OR CREOLES. VII. FRENCH FOWLS — HOUDANS. VIII. LA 

FLECHE FOWLS. IX. CREVE CCEURS. X. BREDA OR GUELDER FOWLS. 

XI. SPANISH FOWLS. XII. HAMBURG FOWLS — BLACK HAMBURG. XIII. 

PENCILED HAMBURGS. XIV. LEGHORN FOWLS. XV. WHITE LEGHORNS. 

XVI. AMERICAN BREEDS. XVII. DOMINIQUE FOWLS. XVIII. OSTRICH 

FOWLS. XIX. PLYMOUTH ROCK FOWLS. 

I. English Breeds— Dorking Fowls. 

Of the distinct English breeds of barn yard fowls, the Dorking, iu 
their varieties, confessedly stand first. The old White or Surrey Dork- 
ing is the original type from which the othei's have sprung. The Dork- 
higs all have five toes, are full wattled, with long sickle-shaped tail feath- 
ers and generally single serrated combs. The White Dorkings are 
plump, compact birds with strong head and bill. The plumage is pure 
white without spot, and the legs, also, are white. The mature cock will 
weigh fully ten pounds, the hen eight or nine pounds, and year-old birds 
eight or nine pounds when fat. They are fairly hardy, good layers, care- 
ful and watchful of the brood ; and the flesh is most excellent. None of 
the Dorkings can stand cold storms ; but they are altogether the best of 
the distinct English breeds. 

n. Silver-Gray Dorkings. 

The Silver-gray Dorking is undoubtedly a chance variety of the White 
Dorking, which has been continued by careful breeding and selection. 
They vary much in their markings, unless the greatest care is used, and 
even then many chicks must be discarded from the breeding yards. 
Their mixed origin is fully shown in the fact that dark colored birds 
often produce handsome silver-gray chicks. 

m. Gray Dorking. 

The distinguishing colors of this variety are : Breast, tail and larger 
tail feathers perfectly black ; the head, neck, hackle, back, saddle, and 
wing bow a clear, pure, silvery white ; and across the wings a well de- 
fined black bar, in striking contrast with the white outside web of the 

1024 



BARN-YARD FOWL8. 



1025 



quill feathers and the white hackle of the neck and saddle. The neck of 
the hen is silvery white ; the breast salmon red, changing to gray near the 
thighs; the wings silvery or slaty gray, without any tinge of red ; the 
tail darK red, the mside nearly black. The chicks grow rapidly if well 
fed, so that they may be made ready for broiling before they are fully 
fattened. 




WHITE DORKING COCK. 



rv. Favina-eolored Dorkings. 

Birds of this variety are handsome, but with tails shorter than the 
others ; they have black legs and a high carriage. The hens lay large eggs. 
The matured cocks will weigh up to nine pounds and the hens seven 
66 



1026 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 

pounds of excellent flesh. They are said to have been produced by a 
cross between the White Dorkings and the f awn-colored Tu'-kish fowl. 

V. Black Dorkings. 

The black Dorkings differ but little from the other varieties. They are, 
however, thought to be more hardy than the other sub-families ; the hens 
are good layers and careful nurses, and the eggs are large. According 
to Wright, the pure-breds are jet black ; the neck of some cocks tinged 




PAIR OP WHITE INDIAN GAMES. 

fv^ith gold, and the hens silver tmged ; the comb usually double, short, 
sometimes cupped, but sometimes single; the wattles small; the tail 
feathers shorter and 'broader than those of the White Dorking ; the legs 
black, short, and with the two under toes separate and distinct. 

VI. Bolton Grays or Creoles. 

This breed, once famous in England, was said to have been bred with 
such nicety that individual fowls could scarcely be distinguished one from 
another. They are great layers ; not inclined to set ; short-legged ; plump ; 
medmm-sized ; the eggs, however, rather small ; the color is white, thick- 
ly spotted with black as to the neck and body, with black bars at the ex- 
tremity of the tail. 



1 



BARN- YARD FOWLS. 



10^; 



VII. French. Fowls— Houdans. 

The four varieties of French fowls that have been more or less dissemi- 
oated ill the United States are the Houdans, the Creve Coeur, La Fleche, 
dnd the Breda. 

The Houdans rank in France with the Dorkings in England, and in 
the United States they are regarded with favor. They are said to have 
been originated from a cross between the Dorking and the silver Padoue, 
aod have the fifth toe as do the Dorkings. In color they should be white 




BLACK JAVAS. 

and black, evenly distributed, making them distinctly speckled. Red 
feathers are not admissible, but an occasional stained feather is sometimes 
seen in the best fowls. They love to wander, but bear confinement well. 
The comb is double leafed, and they have whiskers and beard growing 
well up on the face which, with the crest or top-knot, gives them a curious 
appearance. The crest of the hen is quite tliick, rounded and full . They 
are hardy, fatten kindly, lay good-sized eggs, and the flesh is of the first 
quality. 



1028 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



VIII. La Fleche Fowls. 



These are hardy ; tall, rather angular, but compact-bodied ; jet black ; 
strong-limbed, with dense, firm plumage. They lay excellent eggs, and 
the flesh is superior to that of any other French breed, and excelled 
probably by none. They are a full wattled fowl, and the protuberant 




feathers behind the serrate comb give them the appearance of bc.^ 
double horned. Their ears are large and opaque. The beak moderately 
curved, neck hackles long and fine, reflecting violet and green-black 
colors, as do the breast, wings and upper tail feathers. The legs arc 



BARN-YARD FOWLS. 



1029 




BL(qCK BREASTED RED GfiMES. 



1030 CVCLOPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 




PARTRIDGE COACHINS. 



BARN- YARD FOWLS. 



1031 



long, slate-blue in young fowls, and a lead- gray when old. The hen i* 
colored like the cock. The cocks are fully mature at a year and a half 
old and the hens at twelve months. 

rx. Creve CoBurs. 

The Creve Cceurs are among the most elegant and stately of French 
fowls. Their color is black, reflected with a glistening greenish hue : 




PAIR OF WHITE-CRKSTED HJ.ACK I'OLISH FOWLS. 



ineir antlcr-like, deep crimson combs and crested heads give them a 
bold, striking and dignified appearance. They are, also, probably the 
most useful of the French breeds, when we take into consideration their 
good feeding qualities, their gj'eat merit as steady producers of large 



1032 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOrTOR, 

eggs, their easy fattening qualities^ and Iheir constitutional hardiness 
Their color should be jet black, though as age approaches an occasional 
white feather may appear in the crest. They are shoil-legged, coni|)a. 1 
fowls, with little offal, and of the iion-sitfing order — so much so thai liie 
eggs should be placed under other hens, or those more apt to l)e reliable 
as sitters and nurses. In England they are reputed somewhat tender, but 
in the United States we have heard no complaints of this kind, after they 
were once acclimated. The heads of the cockt? are topped with handsome 
crests, before which are seen large, toothed, two- horned combs. Their 
wattles are handsome and pendent, and they have dense cravats of 
feathers on the fore part of the neck. The illustration admirably shows 
their chief characteristics. 

X. Breda or Gueldre Fowls. 

These fowls are called after the French province of the same name, 
where the breed originated ; but though they are classed as French fowls 
they evidently show an infusion of Asiatic blood, while they are Polish 




PAIR OP BLACK LANGSHANS. 



in shape and undoubtedly closely allied to that breed. There are sev- 
eral such varieties distinguished by color — the cuckoo-marked being 
called Gueldres, and the black, Bredas, though the latter term seems to 
be applied to all that are not Cuckoo or dominique marked. 



I 



BARN-YARD FOWLS. 



1033 



They huve just a perceptible ci-esi, pendent wattles, jind very little 
comb. Whatever the eolor, they have but few feathers on the legs, 
which are slaty blue, and the thighs vulture hocked. The plumage is 
close and compact, the ear lobes and wattles ])right red and peculiar in 
shape. The chicks are hardy and feather quickly, and the eggs are large, 
smooth and excellent in flavor. Two peculiarities of this bi-eed are the 
almost total absence of comb, causing a depression in that part, and their 
cavernous and conspicuous nostrils. The accompjinying illustration, to- 
gether with the cut of head on a previous page, will sufficiently portray 
their distinguishing characteristics. 

XI. Spanish F6\^S. 

There are a number of Spanish varieties besides the Pure Black and 
the Pure White, as the Minorca or Red-faced Black, the Ancona, the 
Gray or mottled, and the Andalusian or Blue Spanish. They have long 
been jalued in the United States for their great laying and non-sitting 



s^i:^Ms6M I 




PAIR OF SILVER-SPANGLED HAMBURGS. 



qualities, but are too tender to stand a northern climate, without extra 
protection, and they do not do well anywhere, when exposed to wet. With 
proper attention, the fancier may get good returns in large, meaty, well- 
flavored eggs, and plenty of them. To the average farmer they are not 
a valuable breed. 



1034 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The characteristics of the two principal varieties arc suflSciently well 
portrayed by the illustration in connection with the following discripticii : 
The weight of a full-grown Spanish cock should not he less than seven 




pounds, nor its height, when erect, less than twenty-two inches. The 
color should be pure black, or pure white, according to the variety, without 
white in the black or l)lack feathers in the white variety. The eye 
should be full, bright and of a dark brown color. The car lobes and 



BAIIN-YARD FOWLS. 



.03: 



white face are important characteristics ; the comb of the cocks high, 
Hrm, single and deeply serrated, while in the hens it Avill often fall over 
on one side ; the wattles large, long, and of the deepest vermilion color, 
as is also the comb. 

XII. Hamburg Fowls— Black Hamburg. 

All the Hamburg fowls have these constant characteristics : Bright, 
double combs, firmly fixed, and ending in a long point behind and some- 
what turned up ; medium size ; upright carriage ; long upright tails, and 
long flowing plume feathers. They are hardy and robust, great layers 
of excellent flavored eggs, but seldom sit, even when they have a free 
range, and almost never when kept confined. 

The black Hamburg is one of the best of fowls for farms where free 
range can be had and plenty of eggs are desired. They will lay even in 
the coldest weather if given warm quarters and warm food. The egga 
are not large, but they make up in quality what they lack in size. The 
plumage should be deep black, relieved with a metallic lustre. 
XIII. Penciled Hamburgs. 

There are two varieties, — viz., Golden and Silvev penciled, as there are 
two varieties of Spangled Hamburgs, the Golden and the Silver. In fact, 




GOLDEN PENCIBED HAMBUliGS. 



the Silver penciled variety are pro!bal)ly but little diiferent from the ok 
Bolton Gray, previously described, and descended probably direct from 



1036 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the Turkish fowl described long ago by Aldrovandus. Tegeluieier saya 
of them, that perhaps no variety of fowl ever rejoiced in more synonyms 
than this very pretty, and, in suitable situations, profitable breed ; they 
have been long termed Bolton Grays, from being extensively and success- 
fully cultivated in and about Bolton, in Lancashire ; Creoles^ from the 
intermixture of the black and white in their plumage ; Creels, which is a 
provincial mode of pronouncing Creoles ; Corals, because the numerous 
points of their polished, bright scarlet rose combs bear no distant resem- 
blance to red coral ; Penciled Dutch , because many are imported from 
Holland ; Dutch E very-day Layers and Everlastings^ for the same rea- 




CORNISH INDIAN GAME HEN. 



BLACK HAMBURG HEN. 



son, and their great productiveness as layers ; and Chitteprafs, the deri- 
vation of which is not so obvious. Chitteface, according to Bailey, the 
lexicographer, means a meagre child ; and Chitteprat, if intended to de- 
scribe a diminutive hen, would not be misapplied to one of this variety. 
The general characters of Penciled Hamburgs may be thus stated: 
They are birds of small size, compact and neat in form, sprightly and 
cheerful in carriage. In the plumage on the body of the hens, each 
feather (with the exception of those of the neck-hackle, which should be 
perfectly free from dark marks) is penciled with several transverse bars 
of black on a clear ground, which is white in the silver, and a rich bay ifl 
tfie golden birds. These pencilings have given rise to the name of tiie 



BARN-YARD FOWLS. 1037 

(variety. In the cocks, however, there is a general absence of these mark- 
ings, the birds being either white or bay. In both sexes the legs are blue, 
with fine bone. The comb is a rose, square in front and well peaked be- 
hind ; the ear-lobe a well-defined white ; the face scarlet. 

In weight and size. Silver-penciled Hamburgs are considerably below 
the general standard ; the carriage of the cock is very erect ; the tail is 
well borne up, and the head occasionally thrown back so far that the neck 
often touches the tail ; the general form is exceedingly neat and elegant. 
In the hen the carriage is sprightly and active, but not so impudent as that 
of the cock ; both sexes are alike noisy and restless in their habits, neat 
and very pretty in their form. The neck-hackle in both should be pure 
white ; penciling with black, a very frequent fault in the hackle of the 
hens, being very objectionable. The saddle of the cock must be pure 
mealy white. The cock's tail is black, the sickle and side sickle-feathers 
being glossed with green, and having a narrow white edging. In the hens 
the tail must be distinctly barred or penciled with black. 

The breast and thighs of the cock are white, as are the upper wing-cov- 
erts or shoulder, but the lower wing-coverts are marked witli black on the 
inner web, showing a line of dots across the wing, forming a bar. The 
secondary quills, or those flight-feathers which are alone visible when the 
wing is closed, are white on the outer web and blackish on the inner web, 
and have a rich green-glossed black spot at the end of each feather. In 
the hens the entire plumage of the body, namely, that of the breast, 
back, wings, and thighs, should have each feather distinctly penciled or 
marked across with transverse bars of black ; the more defined these are 
the better, as there should be a perfect freedom from a mossy appearance, 
which is caused by the two colors running into one. another. The legs 
and feet in both sexes should be of a clear leaden or slaty blue. The 
comb in the cock is evenly set on the head, square in front, well sprigged 
above with smaU,even points, not hollowed on the upper surface, and ter- 
minating in a single flattened pike behind, which inclines slightly upwards. 
In the hen the comb is the same in form but very much smaller. The 
ear-lobe in both sexes must be a dead opaque white, free from red on 
the edge. 

The hens of either variety must have the body distinctly and definitely 
penciled, and the hackles of either sex must be entirely free from darl^ 
markings. In the spangled varieties the markings must be distinct, like 
spangles, or speckled. The other characteristics range uniform with 
those of the other varieties. Whatever the variety, they are most valu- 
able either to the farmer or fancier, but with the farmer, unless he be a 
fancier as well, if a little off color in breeding it is no f^^^nmeut, so far 
as egg-laying is concerned. ^ 



1038 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AXD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XIV. Leghorn Fowls. 

The Leghorn fowls are of the Spanish type, except in color. The 
'vVh'ite Leghorn is regarded witli most favor, although the Brown Leg- 
horn las its fanciers. There are also other grades of colors except black. 




SINGLE-COMB BROWN LEGHORN COCK. 

Whatever the color, they have all the good laying qualities of the Span 
ish, without their tender qualities, and indeed dispute the palm with the 
Hamburgs in every good point. The illustration shows what are 
accepted among breeders as standard White Leghorns. 

XV. White Leghorns. 

These birds are among the most elegant of barn-yard fowls, either in the 
yard of the farmer or amateur. They are similar to the Spanish in ap- 
pearance, except that the plumage is white, with hackle or neck, and the 
saddle or rump feathers tinged golden. Unlike the Spanish, they are 
hardy, standing even our western winters excellently. They are good 
winter layers, and seldom desire to sit ; the young early take care of 



BARN-YAUD FOWLS, 



10;J<J 



Ihcmselve.s, and feather so early that they look to be miniature fowls 
when six weeks or two mouths old. They are quiet and docile. The 
eggs arc superior hi flavor, and as a table fowl they have few superior^- 



among the gallinaceous tribe. 




BLACK MINORCA COCKEREL. 



Xyi. American Breeds. 

The distmctive American breeds of barn-yard fowls that have attained 

wide celebrity are the Dominique, the Ostrich fowl, and the Plymouth 

Rock, rhe Dominique have often been confounded with the Scotch 

Grays, and also with the Cuckoo Dorkmgs and other fowls bred to the 



1040 CYCLOPEJL>IA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 

cuckoo feather of England and France ; they are, however, an old and 
entirely distinct American race. The Georgian Game is also a distinct 
American breed, but this will be treated of under the head of Games. 

XVTI. Dominique Fowls. 

For the farm-yard, when both eggs and chickens are desired, this breed 
when pure, (unfortunately now rather rare), is one of the most valuable 
of the known breeds, for it combines hardiness of constitution with good for- 
aging qualities ; is prolific of eggs, and when killed shows plenty of good 
flesh. The true color is a soft and undulating shading of slaty blue, 
upon a light ground all over the body, thus forming bgnds of various 




DOMINIQUE FOWL. 



narrow widths, and finely penciled among the smaller feathers. The 
cocks have heavy hackle and saddle feathers. The feet and legs must be 
bright yellow or buff, and the bill of the same color. The combs of the 
cocks, however, are variable, some cocks having a single and others a 
double comb. 



BARN-YARD FOWLS. 



1041 




BLACK SPANISH. 



66 



1042 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




BL^qCK flND WHITE LflNGSHj^NS 



BARN-YARD FOWLS. 



1043 



XVIII. Ostrich Fowls. 

This breed is not widely disseminated, but in their native region — 

Bucks County, Pa. — they are highly esteemed for their weight, vahuible 

laying qualities, excellent flesh, and hardy constitutions. The cocks will 

weigh nine pounds at maturity and the hens seven to eight, and will 

often lay forty to fifty eggs before 
wanting to sit. The color of the 
cock is blue-black, the ends of 
the feathers tipped with white. 
The wings a golden or yellow 
tinge, the hackle dark glossy blue. 
The cocks have a double rose-col- 
ored comb, and large wattles. The 
legs are short and strong, and the 
body thick and plump. The hens 
are marked similarly to the cock, 
but more soberly, and the comb 
is single, high and serrated. 

XIX. Plymouth Rock Fowls. 
This is one of the latest-formed of American breeds, first shown at 




OSTRICH FOWLS. 




Boston in 1840. 



A CROSS OF LANGSMAN WITH 
BLflCK. HAMBURG. 
It is evidently a breed made up or various crosses, and 



1040 (:^f l-OI'KOiA Ob" lAVE STOlK ANO COAIPLKTK STOCK |)0(TOK, 

uufortunately was disseminated before its characteristics became uniforiij 
or well fixed in any respect. 1l gave rise to much bitter controvers}^ 
in which even the common dunghill was stated to have had a large share 
in the origin. Of late years, what is called the Improved Plymouth 
Rock has appeared and shows care and uniform breeding. They are said 
to grow fast, fledge early, take on flesh rapidly, and to combine excel- 
lent qualities as egg producers and as table fowls. They have not yei 
become popular, except with a comparatively few fanciers, and for the 
reason, perhaps, that their really good qualities are not yet known among 
farmers. 




MALAY GAME COCK. 



PAIR RED PYLE GAMES. 



I 



CHAPTER m. 
GAME FOWLS AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. 



I. GAME FOWLS AND THEIR VARIETIES. II. EARL DERBY GAMES. III. BHO\\Tr- 

BREASTED RED GAMES. IV. DUCK-WINGED GAMES. V. WHITE GEORGIAN 

GAMES. VI. GAME BANTAMS. VII. OTHER BANTAMS. VIII. THE SEA- 
BRIGHT BANTAM. IX. JAPANESE BANTAMS. X. FRIZZLED FOWLS. XI. 

EUMPLESS FOWLS. XII. SILKY FOWLS. 

I. Game Fowls and their Varieties. 

The Games are the most elegant as they are the noblest of the gal- 
linaceous tribe. "Watchful, without fear, attacking an enemy— even m- 
truding dogs — ^vith boldness, and fightingto the death, they at the same time 
are hardy, good foragers, and the hens produce eggs of the finest flavor. 
In fact, many fanciers breed them simply for the excellence of their eggs and 
the delicacy of their flesh Public sentiment is justly against the barbarous 
practices of the cock-pit, in which birds are pitted against each other 
until one or both are killed. The varieties are numerous, and the sub- 
varieties are many, each having a local celebrity. As mere fighting birds, 
the English, Irish, Cubans, Mexicans, Spanish and Malays all have their 
favorites, while in many sections of the South the Georgian Games are 
held to be superior in point of shape, carriage, plumage, hardiness and 
courage, as they undoubtedly are superior in point of flesh, and the 
quality of the eggs. Among sub-varieties that have acquired more or 
less celebrity, the Salmon-pile Games, and the Dominique or Cuckoo 
Games may be noticed as combining many excellent qualities. What- 
ever breed is selected, but one variety can be kept in a run, since it would 
give rise to endless battles and killing of birds ; besides, of all gallina- 
ceous birds, the breeder of games should carefully keep them from inter- 
mixture. 

II. Earl Derby Game, 

This most excellent strain of game fowls is really the Black-Breaste?J 
red Game, but bred with the greatest care and attention for over a cen- 
tury in England. They are unsurpassed in style, beauty and courage, 
and for the table are among the best. As bred in England and in tliis 
country they are identical ; they are described as having a round, well 
knit body, on long, strong legs, with white feet and claws ; the head 
long, the bill lance-shaped and elegant ; the face bright red, with small 

1047 



1048 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK MIH COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

coml) and wattles red ; they are daw-eyed, that is, the eye is gray like 
that of the Jackdaw ; back intense brown-red ; lesser wing coverts 
maroon colored ; greater wing coverts marked at the extremity with 
steel-]>lue, forming a bar across the wings ; primary wing feathers bay ; 
tail irridescent bhick; hackle well feathered, touching the shoulders', 
wind's large and well quilled ; back short ; breast round and black ; tail 
long and sickled, being well tufted at the root ; the carriage is upright and 
elegant. 




EARL DEKBY GAME. 



Beeton, an English author describes them as follows : Head fine and 
tapering ; face, wattles and comb bright red ; extremities of upper man- 
dible and the greater portion of the lower one white, but dusky at its 
base and around its nostrils ; chestnut brown around the eyes, continued 
beneath the throat ; shaft of neck hackles light buff ; web pale brown 
edo-ed with black ; breast shaded with roan and fawn color ; belly and 
vent of an ash tint ; primary wing feathers and tail black, the latter 
carried vertically and widely expanded; legs, feet and nails perfectly 
white. 



GAME FOWLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. 



104i) 



III. Brown-Breasted Red Games. 



Not inferior perhaps to the foregoing in point of elegant carriage and 
courage are the Brown-breasted reds. Tegetnieicr justly says tliat since 
they have long been sought for the pit, by men who rear them solely to this 




end, variation in shades of color is cared nothing about. Hence unde* 
the name of Brown-])reasted red are included streaky-breasted, marble- 
breasted, and ginger -breasted reds, and various other shades of color. 
There is no breed of Game having so many variations in color, caused by 



1050 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. 

mating together blues, piles, duns, and brown and black-breasted reds ; 
so that there is little uniformity of color in the strain. In the purest 
strain is a light streaky breasted cock, with back and shoulder coverts 
dark crimson ; saddle red maroon on centre, passing off to a dark lemon 
and straw ; hackle red, with the middle of each feather dark. The hen 
should have a nearly black body, but intermixed with gray on the wing; 
the hackle bright, brassy or golden. 

rv. Duck-Winged Games. 
Like the Brown-breasted reds, there are sevei"al varieties of the 
Duck-wings. The Silver Grays are considered to be, perhaps, the purest 
in type ; but each fancier has his own peculiar strain. Tegetmeier des- 
cribes the best cocks, correct in color, as having the hackle nearly clear 
white, with a very slight tinge of straw color, without any decided yel- 
low tinge or dark streak on the feather. The saddle should be as nearly 
as possible the color of the hackle : the breast a maroon straw ; the 




PAIR OF WHITE-FACED BLACK SPANISH FOWLS. 

shoulder coverts a ricii brass or copper maroon ; the breast and tail pure 
black. The hens to match these cocks should have their necks of a clear 
silver, stri^Ded with black, the silver to go right up to the comb, but being 
a little darker above the eyes ; the back and shoulder coverts a bluish- 
gray, shaft of feather scarcely showing any difference from the rest of 
the feather, any approach to red or penciling being decidedly objection- 
able ; the breast salmon color, of a rich "shade. 



GAME FOWLS, AND OTHKR RARR HIiKKDS. 



1051 



V. White Georgian Games. 

This magnificent breed of Southern games malves one of the prettiest 
sights we have ever seen on the lawn. Their, elegant carriage, pure 
Wirhite color, great courage and intelli2:ence, make them decided favorites 




wherever known. They are of European origin, like all other Games, but 
have been bred pure in the South, and are now, we believe, unknown in 
Europe except by specimens carried there. They are as good farm fowls 
— the eggs being delicate, the flesh excellent — as they are game in the 



1052 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

pit. Their characteristics are : In color they must be pure white all 
over, Avith no shade whatever on neck, l)reast, hock or tail. The legs 
may be white or yellow ; and the beak should harmonize with the legs ; 
the comb, ear lobes and wattles must be of the deepest vermilion color. 
The yellow beak and legs are generally preferred, since they are sup- 
posed to indicate greater hardiness ; but we have never seen any differ- 
ence in this respect between the white and yellow legged birds. Still, 
the latter will continue to be preferred for cooking, in response to a 
somewhat popular, but probably erroneous taste. 




LIGHT BRAHMA. 
VI. Game Bantams. 

Many of the varieties of the large games have their representatives in 
the bantams ; specimens of the game bantams are often but little larger 
than pigeons, but they all possess the erect carriage, wonderful courage, 
and brilliant plumage of their larger relations. To our mind, the Black- 
breusted reds combine more good qualities than any other. They may 
be kept in the yards with the large Asiatic breeds without any danger of 
intermixture, but they will nevertheless be found fully masters of the yard, 
and will always give due warning of danger to the flock, and assist ma- 
terially in its protection from intruders. Fall broods of any of the ban- 
tams make the handsomest and smallest specimens, and show birds are 
asually thus bred. 



GAME FOWLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. 



1053 



Vn, other Bantams. 

The principal varieties bred are the Bhick, the Cochin, the Feather- 
legged, the Nankin, the Pekin, the White, the Seabright and the Japan 
cse. The two hitter will be sufficient for notice here as being the two 
most distinct and elegant of all the varieties. 

VTEI. The Seabright Bantam. 

These are of two varieties, the Golden-penciled, and the Silver-penciled, 
identical, except in the color of their pluinago. A peculiarity of these 
is, that occasionally an old hen, or a barren one, will assume the plumao"e 
of the cock, a remarkable reversion. It is worthy 
of note, however, that the males of the Seabrights 
are all what are called hen-tailed breeds. 

The standard for the Seabrights whether Gold 
or Silver-penciled, is : The weight of the cock 
should not exceed twenty ounces at most; the 
hen not more than sixteen. Hens have been 
shown weighing not more than twelve ounces. 
The i)lumage of the Silver bantam is of a silver- 
white color with a jet black margin. The Golden 
variety is identical except that the ground color of 
SEABRIGHT BAi^TAM. the plumage is golden. The legs are smooth, the 
heads are clean, the comb double and pointed at the back, and the tail 
straight and without the long sickle feathers. Whether they be golden 
or silver spangled, the value of the birds consists in the delicacy andpen- 
cilings of the markings. 

IX. Japanese Bantams. 

These are without doubt the most striking of any of the varieties of 
bantams. Their carriage and general contour remind one of the best 
specimens of the white Leghorn, except that the comb of the hen is fully 
upright. This rare breed has a pure white body, the tail long, and the 
shafts of the sickle feathers white, long, upright, Avith the ends slightly 
curved, but carried over the back. The comb should be very long, broad, 
and moderately serrated, extending well back ; the wattles long, pendant, 
and bright red. The legs are short and yellow ; the body of the wino-sis 
white, but the quill feathers black. The hens are fan-tailed and the comb 
somewhat crinkled. These fowls cannot stand hard weather, and the 
chicks are quite tender. Hence they should not be hatched until warm 
weather sets in. The illustrations show perfect representations of these 
elegant fowls. 




1054 (VCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

X. Frizzled Fowls. 

Among the most curious of the gallinaceous tribe are the frizzled fowls, 
originally said to have been brought from Java, and occasionally found 
in the collections of amateur fanciers. The color should be pure white, 
though there are varieties bred brown and also black. Their peculiarity 
consists in their feathers being frizzled or rolled back. They are not 
useful, and their only value consists in their curious appearance. 




FAIK Ot SILKY FOWLS. 



XI. Kumpless Fowls. 

Rumpless fowls have been known for centuries at least. They were 
known in Virginia in the last century, and Buffon would have had the 
generation for whom he wrote believe, that short tails, or the want of 
tails was a characteristic of American animated creation ; and he gravely 
accepted as truth that English fowls gradually lost their tails when trans- 
planted to America. If he had been better informed he would have 
known that Aldrovandus described the rumpless fowls more than a hun- 
dred years before his time. It is the Persian or rumpless cock of 
Latham. They have been bred of various colors, ijicluding black. The 
most fashionable variety now is pure white, with a small single comb as 
shown in the illustration, Rumpless bantams have also been bred. In 



SAME FOWLS, ^m> OTHER BABE BREEDS ]05ri 

fowls None of the rumpless breeds, however, have particular valu'e 
ex' ept as curiosities. 



,!',!I!I!W; 




RUMPLESS FOWLS. 



XII. Silky Fowls. 

is ftat'th'r f^r' '""'•".r'''""^ '""" "-f"'- rt^ chief peculiaritv 
.8, that the feathers are filamentous and lack cohesion, givin. th; 
plumage a silky appearance. They are sometimes called nefrftwTs 
from the fact that the skiu is of a dark violet color, or almost bkck and 
he wattles and low, flat comb often dark purple, and covered w th wa" 
hke excrescenses The bones are also covered with a dark membranTt 
that t^ken altogether they may be regarfed as the most singular SX 



1056 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

whole o-allinaceous tribe. The silk fowl is a native of Asia, and ^lemo8t 
fashionable specimens are now* bred pure white. The young chickens are 
covered with a vellovv, silky down and arc most interesting. Aside from 
thek" curious appearance, they have little value. 




RED PYLE GAME COCK 



SILVER DUCKWING GAME COCKEREU 




LONG-TAILED JAPANESE GAME COCK. 



GAME FOAVLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. 



1057 




67 



LIGHT BRAHMAS. 

% 



1058 CVCLOI'EDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STO( K DOCTOR. 




CHAPTER IV^. 



ASIATIC FOWLS. 



I. THE VARIOUS ASIATIC BREEDS. II. DARK BKAHMAS. III. LIGHT BRAHMAS. 

IV. COCHIN FOWLS. V. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF COCHINS. VI. 

WHITE COCHINS. VII. BUFF COCHINS. VIII. PARTRIDGE COCHINS. 

I. The Various Asiatic Breeds. 

Of all the varieties of the large Asiatic breeds introduced into the 
United States, first and last, the Brahmas and the Cochin Chinas alone 
have held their own Avith other popular breeds, and have been generally 
disseminated. The so called Shanghai and the Chittagoug — the latter 
confessedly the giants of the larger breeds of fowls — have not fulfilled 
expectations. We shall, therefore, give the Chittagoug only a passing no- 
tice, and simply delineate the principal varieties of the Brahmas and the 
Cochins. Of the Shanghais it may be remarked, that, when first intro- 
duced, they were the largest of the fowls imported up to that time, and 
were of various colors, grav, buff, cinnamon-colored, partridge and 
black ; and it is more than probable that some varieties of the Cochins 
owe their parentage to a union of the Shanghai and Chittagong, if indeed 
the so called Shancrhai be not a Cochin and nothino- else. However this 
may be, neither the Cochins nor Brahmas were originally from the 
Brahma-Pootra river, in India, since this region having been in the pos- 
session of the English so long, these remarkable fowls, if they had 
existed there, could not have remained unnoticed. 

II. Dark Brahmas. 

As bred both in England and America the characteristics of the dark 
Brahmas are as follows : The head of the cock should be surmounted 
with what is termed a "pea-comb." This resembles three small combs 
running parallel the length of the head, the centre one the highest ; 
beak strong, well curved ; Avattles full ; ear-lobes red, Avell rounded and 
falling below the wattles. The neck should be short, well cm'ved ; 
nackle full, silvery white striped with black, flowing well over the back 
and sides of the breast ; feathers at the head should be Avhite. Back 
very short, wide and flat, rising into a nice, soft, small tail, carried up- 
right ; back almost white ; the saddle feathers Avhite, striped with black, 

1059 



1060 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and the longer the better. The rise from the saddle to the tail, and tht 
side feathers of the tail to be pure lustrous green-black (except a few 
next the saddle), slightly tipped with white, the tail feathers i)ure black 
The breast should be full and broad, and carried well forward ; feather 
black, tipped with white ; wings small, and well tucked up under th( 
saddle-feathers and thigh fluff. A good black bar across the wing is 
important. The fluff on the hinder parts and thighs should be black oi 
dark gray ; lower part of the thighs covered with soft feathers, nearly 
black. The markings of the hen {»re nearly similar to those of the cock 
Both sexes should have rather short yellow legs and profusely featherec 




DARK AND LIGHT BRAUMAS. 



on the outside. The carriage of the hen is full, but not so upright a| 
that of the cock. The markings of the hen, except the neck and tail,; 
the same all over, each feather having a dingy white ground, closely pe 
ciled with dark steel gray, nearly up to the throat on the breast. 

III. Light Brahmas. 

The best of these fowls should be mostly white in color, but if tin 
feathers are parted,. the bottom of the plumage will appear of a bluish 
gray. The neck-hackles should be distinctly striped with black downth( 



ASIATIC FOWLS. 



1061 



center of each feather. The plume of the cock is often lighter than 
that of the hen ; the back should be quite white in both sexes. The 
wings should appear white when folded, but the flight feathers are black ; 
the tail black in both cock and hen ; in the cock, however, it is well de- 
veloped, and the coverts show splendid green reflections in the light ; it 
should stand tolerably upright, and open well out laterally, like a fan ; 
the legs should be yellow, and well covered with white feathers, which 
may or may not be very slightly mottled with black ; ear-lobes must be 
pure red, and every bird should have a perfect pea-comb. The illustra- 
tion shows both the penciled or dark and also the light Brahma. 




WHITE COCHIN FOWLS. 



IV. Cochin Fowls. 



As an indication of the steady and increasing popularity of this, the 
largest of valuable barn-yard fowls, it is only necessary to enumer- 
ate some of the principal varieties into which they have been broken up. 
according to the taste or fancy of breeders. These are, White, Buff, 



10G2 CYCLOPKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLKTK STOCK DOCTOR. 

Cianamon, Grouse or Partridge Cochin, Lemon, Silver Buff, Silver Cin- 
namon, Black Cochin, Cuckoo, and Silky-feathered Cochin. We illus- 
trate three of the best known breeds, the White, the Partridge and the 
Buff Cochin. Although among the largest of barn-yard fowls, they 
endure confined quarters well ; but it must be remembered that even the 



BUFF COCHIN COCK. 



most domestic of fowls cannot remain healthy unless they are ahowed a 
fair amount of exercise. Among the best of the breeds for farmers are 
the White Cochins, the Buff Cochins, and the Partridge or penciled Coch- 
ins. It may also be remarl^^d that the principal objection to the Brah- 
mas, and especially the Cochins, is that they accumulate fat so rapidly at 



A.SIAriC FOWLS. 



1063 



maturity that they are subject to apoplexy and kindred disorders. This 
may, however, be avoided by plenty of exercise, and a rather low diet. 
The engravings of Buff Cochin cock and hen show the general shape and 
carriage of the several sub-familes. 

V. General Characteristics of Cochins. 

The characteristics which will apply to the several varieties are now 
generally accepted to be as follows : In the cock the comb single, 




BUFF COCHIN HEN. 



fine, rather small, upright and straigiit, with well defined serrations, stout 
at the l)ase and tapering to a point ; head small and carried rather for- 
ward ; eye bright and clear ; deaf ears pendant and large ; wattles large 
and well rounded on the lower edge ; the hackles of the neck full and 
abundant, reaching well to the back ; back broad, with a gentle rise from 
the middle to the tail, and with abundant saddle feathers .- wings small, 
the primaries well doubled under the secondaries, so as to be out of sight 
when the wings are closed ; tail small, curved feathers numerous, the 



1064 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

whole tail carried rather horizontally than upright ; breast deep, broad 
and full ; thighs large and strong, well covered with soft feathers ; vul- 
ture hocks, those with long, stiff feathers, are objectionable ; the fluff 
soft and abundant, well covering the thighs and standing well out behind; 
legs rather short, thick and bony, wide apart, and well feathered on the 
outside to the toes ; toes stout and strong, the anterior and middle toes 
well feathered ; the carriage not so upright as in other breeds. The hen 
should correspond with these points, but be more feminine in appearance ; 
for instance, the comb should be single, very small, fine, low in front, 
perfectly straight with well defined serrations, and the tail, of course, 
lacking the sickle feathers. 

VI. White Cochins. 

These are sturdy, heavy birds, and among the best foragers of any of 
the Asiatic varieties. The standard for color, the other characteristics 
being as given under the general head, is : Comb, face, deaf-ear and 
wattles, brilliant red ; plumage pure white throughout, the cock as free 
from yellow tinge as possible, the hens entirely free from any tinge 
whatever ; legs bright yellow. 

VII. Buff Cochin. 

The points for cocks of this breed are as follows : Comb, face, deaf- 
ear and wattles, brilliant red ; head, rich clear buff ; hackle, back, wings, 
and saddle, rich, deep golden buff, the more uniform and even the bet- 
ter ; quite free from mealiness on the wings ; breast, thighs and fluff, uni- 
form, clear, deep buff, as free from mottling and shading as possible ; 
tail, rich dark chestnut, or bronze chestnut mixed with black, dark chest- 
nut preferable ; legs, bright yellow ; leg feathers, clear deep buff. 

The color of the hen should be as follows ; Comb, face, d«^af-ear and 
wattles, same as cock ; hackle, back, wings and saddle, same as cock, 
but slight marking at ends of feathers of the neck not a disqualification ; 
legs, bright yellow, with feathers same color as those of the body. 

Vm. Partridge Cochins. 

The illustration will give a good idea of this magnificent breed of fowls. 
The points of color are : 

Color of Cock. — Comb, face, deaf-ear and wattles, rich brilliant 
red; head, rich red; hackle, rich bright red, with a rich black stripe 
down the middle of each feather ; back and shoulder coverts, rich dark 
red ; wing bow, rich dark red ; greater and lesser wing coverts, metallic 
greenish black, forming a wide bar across the wings ; primary wing 
quills, bay on outside web, dark on inside web ; secondary wing quills, 
rich bay on the outside web, black on the inner web, with a metallic 



ASIATIC FOWLS. 



1065 



black end to each feather; saddle, rich bright red, with a black stripe 
down the middle of each feather ; breast, upper part of body, and thighs, 
rich deep bhick ; tail, glossy black (white at the base of the feathers ob- 
jectionable, but not a disqualification.) 




Color op Hen. — Comb, face, deaf-ear, and wattles, brilliant red ; 
neck, bright gold color on the edge of the feathers, with a broad black 
stripe down the middle; remainder of the plumage, light brown, dis- 
tinctly penciled with dark brown ; the penciling to reach well up the front 



1066 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMrLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of the breast. The shaft of the feathers on the back, shouldei' coverts, 
bow of the wing, and sides, creamy white ; remainder of the plumage, rich 
brown, distinctly penciled with darker brown ; the penciling reaching 
well up the front of the breast, and following the outline of the feathers : 
legs, dusky yellow, with brown feathers. 




PARTRIDGE COCHIN HEN. 



ASIATIC FOWLS. 



100' 




LIGHT BRflHMfl HALF BREEDS. 




SINGLE-COM# WHITE LEGHORN COCK. 



1068 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIV E STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




GROUP OF YOUNG LIGHT BRAHMA HALF BREEDS. 



NEW, POPULAR BREEDS OF POULTRY. 

I. WYANDOTTES. II. WHITE WYANDOTTES. III. WYANPOTTE BANTAMS. IV. 

LANGSHANS. V. AMERICAN JAVAS. 



I. Wyandottes. 

The Wyandottes are one of the strictly American breeds, and were 
originally known as American Scabrights from their peculiarity of 
marking. When admitted to the American standard in 1883, they were 
given the name Wyandotte. Their origin, so far as known, was a cross 
between the Brahma and Hamburg. As now carefully bred, their char- 
acteristic markings are distinct and constant. The plumage is white 
and black, each feather having a white ground heavily laced with black, 
the tail being entirely black ; the plumage is in fact the white and black 
speckled of the Hamburg with the black tail of the Brahma. The legs 
are yellow as are those of the Brahma, but bare like those of the Ham- 
burg. They have the rose comb of the Hamburg, but not so large, and 
in size they approach the Brahma. 

The birds feather early, are plump broilers when young, and retain 
plumpness with age. They are yellow skinned, thrifty, hardy, and reach 
a capacity for broiling early. In the adult birds the feathers are white, 
bordered red with black, giving them a bright, even, speckled appearance. 
The hackle is penciled white and black, and the tail is quite black. The 
eggs are medium in size, of a dark buff color, and the laying qualities of 
the fowls are generally good, but as in the case of any variety, the de- 
scendants of cross-bred fowls will depend somewhat on care in selection. 
The illustration represents highly bred fowls of this variety. 

II. White Wyandottes. 
Early in the breeding of the Wyandottes (1872) some pure white 
chicks were observed in a clutch of the laced Wyandottes of Mr. Geo. 
H. Towle, of New York State, as having the same characteristics of the 
dark variety. They were bred together until 1886, when they were ex- 
hibited in Boston, Mass. This variety are reported to be prolific layers 
and hardy; are pure white with yellow legs and skin, but yet (1887) 
they are not generally disseminated. 

III. Wyandotte Bantams. 
Whenevei a new and well received breed is brought out, there are 
always some who seek to get money out of alleged variations. There 

1069 



1070 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

are Bantams of many of the older breeds of fowls. These are produced 
by in-and-in breeding, and the production of clutches of chickens hatched 
in the autumn, the growth carefully subdued by light feeding, and strict 
selection, and this continued for generations until the peculiarities are 
fixed. Lately Wyandotte Bantams have been advertized. Do not be 
led astray just yet by these alleged small Wyandottes. They are half 
starved fall chicks, bred by a smart boy near Chicago, and Bantams only 




WYANDOTTES. 



m name, so we are informed by one of the best authorities on poultry in 
the United States. 

rv. Langshans. 

This new breed of poultry, at least in the United States, is distinct in 
its characteristics, and originating as it did in the provinces of Langshan, 
Northern China, is one of the most hardy of Asiatic fowls. In China its 
name is "Yop" (sacred bird), from the fact that it is offered in sacri- 
fice to the Gods of the Chinese. These birds were first introduced into 
England about 1872, and immediately attracted the attention of fanciers, 
and also caused a controversy as to whether it was a pure breed. This 



NEW, POPULAR BKEELS OF POULTRY. 



1071 



question settled, it was admitted to the English standard. Birds were 
l)rouo:ht to the United States in 1878, and admitted to tiie standard here 
in 1883. The excellence of the fowls soon .attracted general attention. 
They are showy, handsome, have the power of resisting disease remark- 
ably, and are noted for their quietude and ability to stand confinement. 




SULTAN COCK. 



BLACK-TAILED JAPANESE BANTAM COCK. 




ROSE-COMB WHITE LEGHORN COCKEREL. SILVER GRAY DORKING COCK. 

They are great winter layers, a characteristic of Asiatic fowls, and with 
special care are also good all the year layers. The hens are good sitters 
and good mothers ; the tlesh is ^jonsidered superior. The chicks when 
hatched are black with shades of canary color on the head and breast, 



1072 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



but carrying a few white nest foallxTs when assuming their first plu- 
mage. They are of two breeds, white and black. 

The flesh is white, resembling somewhat that of the turkey. The 
plumage is dense black throughout, with a beetle green gloss on back, 
wing and sickles, the feathers in the sun's rays showing vivid scintillations. 
The tail of the cock is large, wide spread and carried well up with glossy 
side hanging, and long sickle feathers; hackles full, flowing and quite 
glossy; head small for the size of the fowl ; comb single, straight, and 
evenly serrated ; wattles and ear lobes deep rich red ; legs dark slate 
color and lightly feathered on the outer toe ; bottom of feet and web 
between the toes pink. 

There is no doubt but the Langshans are among the most practicallj 
useful of the Asiatic breeds, but they must not be confounded with the 
Black Cochin, a most excellent fowl, and which have been sold by some 
unscrupulous breeders for Langshans. The home of the Langshan is a 
1,000 miles from Cochin, China. The Langshans are more erect, and 
have larger and better feathered tails, than the Black Cochins, and are 
considered more vigorous, active and hardy. The Langshans are of 
great size, cockrels weighing, at seven months of age, if fat, ten to twelve 
pounds, and pullets, of the same age, eight to nine pounds. 

The chicks are noted for rapid growth, small dense bone in propor- 
tion to weight of the fowl, white flesh and skin, full breast, and finely 
flavored flesh, not having the dryness so often found in the large breeds. 
The illustration gives excellant portraits of this now famous fowl. 

V. American Javas. 

This breed is attracting some attention of late years. They are not 
generally disseminated, but are described upon the authority of Mr. 
Bicknell, as large, long bodied fowls, with deep, full breasts, handsome 
and hardy. There are two varieties bred, one black, the other mottled. 
The difference is only in color. The combs of both vareties are single ; 
legs yellow; shanks free from feathers; skin yellow. The flesh when 
cooked is said not to present the objectionable dark color of some of the 
breeds of fowls. 





HEAD OF SINGLE-COMB BROWN LEGHORN HEN. 
HEAD OF SINGLE-COMB BROWN LEGHORN COCK. 



KEW AND POPULAR BREEDS Ol^' PuULTKi'. 



10- 




,^^m%, 









.... ''!^^^^: 






HEAD OF BARRED PLYMOUTH ROCK, FEMALE 



BAD OF BARRED PLYMOUTH ROCK, MALE. 





HEAD OF REDCAP COCK. 



HEAD OF AMERICAN DOMINIQUE, MALE. 



68 



INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 



ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION 



I. THE ANTIQUITY OF ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION. II. INCUBATORS VS. HEN. III. 

WHEN CHICKS BRING MONEY. IV. KEEP UP WITH THE TIMES. V. CARE 

WHILE IN THE BROODER. VI. FEEDING YOUNG CHICKS. VII. HOW TO 

MAKE AN INCUBATOR. VIII. HOW TO OPERATE THE INCUBATOR. IX. A 

CHEAP HOME-MADE INCUBATOR. X. HOW TO MAKE THE BROODER. 

I. The Antiquity of Artificial Hatching. 
How long artificial incubation has been practiced is not definitely 
known. Tliis principle was known in Egypt many centuries as-o. It has 
long been practiced in Cliina. In Egypt ovens were used. In China the 
same general plan was in operation. In warm climates the use of brood- 
ers are not so essential as in cold climates. Efforts were made from time 
to time in France and in the United States in the direction of artificial in- 
cubation, but little progress was made until a perfect brooder became an 
accomplished fact. It is only within the last few years that real progress 
has been made in rendering incubators and brooders pratically succesful, 
and only within the last three years is it the fact that eggs have been 
hatched and reared more successfully than by the natural process, 

II. Incubators vs. the Hen. 

The incubators will not hatch every fertile egg, neither will the hen. 
In intelligent hands, however, the incubator will hatch more eggs in cold 
weather than the hen, and in warm weather about as many. The brooder 
will take care of chickens better than the hen if the temperature is 
properly controlled. The incubator docs not, like the hen, drag the 
chicks through the dew and dirt. It does not cover the chicks with lice, 
like too many hens. The food can be just what is required. The water 
is pure, and the weak chick is not without food, since there is alwaya 
enough for all. 

One reason why the incubator should hatch more eggs than the hen, 
is, the eggs if gathered properly are known to be fresh. They can be 
tested readily from time to time, and infertile eggs removed. The prin- 
cipal thing to attend to is to know that the incubator retains its heat 
without requiring too much attention. The operator must learn how to 
manage the machine, and this any intelligent man or woman may easil}^ 
do. In fact, women take most kindly to the work, and become enthusi- 
asts in the care of the fluffy chicks. 

• 1074 



INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 1075 

III. When Chicks Bring Money. 

*' The early bird catches the worm." The early hatched chick brings 
the money. You can hatch eggs in the incubator us soon as the hen can 
be made to lay. You cannot hatch eggs by the natural process in cold 
weather unless 3'ou have s[)ccial facilities for so doing. By means of 
tiie incubator and brooder, you can get little broilers into market by the 
time it is safe to set a hen out of doors. To raise broilers by means of 
the incubator and brooder requires comparatively little room. Villagers 
can do this even if they keep no hens, by contracting for eggs from such 
hirmers' wives as I'aise good poultry. 

As fast as one clutch is hatched you can put another lot into the incu- 
bator. You can hatch the eggs of any birds, including those of turkeys, 
ducks and geese. The time required for hatching the eggs of the various 
species of barnyard fowls will be found on page 1078. The money, how- 
ever, is in chickens. 

IV. Keep up with the Times, 

What you want to do to be successful, is to study your incubatoi- and 
brooder until you are sure you understand the working perfectly. Prac- 
tice with it without egg'^ until you are sure as to the regulation of the 
temperature. Among other things, you must know how nmch water to 
use, and the colder the weather, the more hot Avater. Water nmst be 
kept in the ventilator. It must be fresh whe\i put in, and be changed 
every day. 

You must have a correct thermometer, and learn to use it. The heat 
should be as near 103 degrees Fahrenheit as possible until the last three 
days, then, not over 102 degrees. Tlie extremes of temperature are 
between 95 and 105 degrees. A temperature of 108 degrees for a short 
time will not kill the life of the egg, nevertheless it should never be 
allowed to get so high. 

Keep the incubator v/here there are no odors, and when the chickens 
are hatched, let them remain in the incubator until they are dry before 
removing them to the brooder. The heat of the brooder should never go 
below 90 de2:rees. 

V, Care While in the Brooder. 

The brooder must have sufficient heat and plenty of fresh air, and the 
air must be warm. There are several good brooders as well as incuba- 
tors for sale in the market. We illustrate an incubator — by a series of 
cuts — simple in its construction, perfect in its working, and that with the 
aid of the carpenter and tinman, can be made on the farm. Also a 
brooder. 



1076 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



VI. Feeding Young Chicks. 
Chicks require no food for the first twenty-four hours after hatching 
The second day the food should be haid boiled eggs. Then bread and milk 
may be allowed. The fourth day, and thereafter, feed equal parts of 
oatmeal and cornmeal cooked together with milk. Feed five times a day 
until the chickens begin to feather. Thereafter four times a day. When 
the chicks are ten or twelve days old they may have screenings of wheat, 
cracked corn, gravel, finely powdered oyster shell, bone meal, and clean 
water where they can always take it. The food must be varied; mashed 
potatoes, chopped onions, cabbage, or lettme should form part of the 
food, and in lieu of insects give them finely minced meat. Do not crowd 
them. Keep them in small lots. Feed in vessels that may be kept clean, 
and let the water always be pure. 

VII. How to Make an Incubator. 
We have been at some considerable trouble to lay before our readers 
some practicable plan by which a common sense incubator could be made 
on the farm, by means of the village carpenter and tinman. In corres- 
pondence with Mr. P. H. Jacobs, a gentleman who is an acknowledged 
authority on poultry, we learned that his facile pencil had contributed 
to the Farm and Garden^ of Philadelphia, drawings, of not only incu- 
bators, but of brooders as well. A letter from Mr. Jacobs to the editor 
of the Farm and Garden^ brought the response back, we were welcome 
to the cuts and descriptive matter to make the whole intelligible. The 
offer was accepted with thanks for the courtesy, and thus we are enabled 
to lay before our readers the latest imi)rovement in practical artificial 
incubation and brooding of chickens. Of course there are many good 
incubators and brooders patented and otherwise. The reader can avail 
himself of these upon investigation, but the following will fill the bill in 
a common sense way. It is so fully illustrated, that the description an- 
nexed will be all that is required to make the whole quite intelligible, and 

is as follows : 

First, get good boards, 1 inch thick and 1 foot 
wide. Cut them 46 inches long for your floor, and 
have the floor 42 inches wide. Place four posts, 
which are 24 inches high, at each corner (figure 1) 
marked A A A A, and two posts (B B) in front, 
the two front posts to be 18 inches high. Make 
posts of 2x3 strips and nail them securely to the 
floor. Fasten the floor boards together by strips 
underneath, using as many as preferred. The 
FIG. 1. INNER BOX. four comer posts are for your outer box. This box, 

when finished, is 4 feet long and 44 inches wide, outside, provided it i^ 




INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 



1077 



made of boards one inch thick. Including its top and floor, it is 26 
inches high. Nail on jour side boards. Let rear and front end boards 
cover ends of side boards. After the tank is in, and the top of the timer 
box is on, cover inner box with sawdust, and nail down the top of outer 
box. Tongued and grooved boards should be used for every part of the 
incubator except the floor, which should be of heavy boards. All the 
measurements given here, however, are for boards one inch thich, but 
three-quarter stuff may be used if desired. 

Inner box. This holds, or rather comprises, ventilator, egg-drawer, 
and tank. It is 40 inches long and 32 inches wide, outside measurement, 
and must hold a tank 30x30. The side boards are nailed to the posts 
B B (figure 1) and front boards of outer box, and fastened at the rear 




FIGURE 2. INTERIOR OF INCUBATOR. 



end by the rear oards being nailed to the ends of the side boards. 
Cleats are put on end and sides (on the floor), to fasten the inner box to 
the floor. Nail the bottoms of the side and rear end boards to the cleats. 
To make the inner box, refer to figuere 2, which has portions of the 
outer and inner boxes torn away, to show interior. A is the large or 
outer box ; B is the inner box ; O C are strips 1 inch wide and 1 inch 
thick, nailed to sides of inner box; D D are strips 1 inch wide and 1 
inch thick nailed to sides of inner box. The strips O C, with iron rods, 
half an inch thick (F F F F), hold and support the tank. Let ends of 
iron rods extend a little into sides of inner box, to assist in supporting 
the weight of water. The strips D D are to hold the egg drawer. E is 



1078 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




a tin tube, 1| inches in diameter and 2 feet long, placed in the front part 
of the ventihitor to admit air. Observe, however, that figure 2 does not 
show the sawdust in front, as will be explained. We will now take up 
the separate parts. First is the ventilator. This is simply the bottom 
of the inner box, being under the egg-drawer, 5 inches deep and 30 inches 
wide, (the side boards of the inner box being its sides). The front end 

is boxed off, which includes the front 
boards and also the sawdust, thus 
making ventilator, inside measure- 
ment, 36 inches long. E is the tin 
tube, for the admission of air, before 
mentioned. Use no sawdust in the 
ventilator, but paper the bottom well 
and close, so as to have no air enter 
FIG. 3. EGG DRAWER. exccpt through the tin tube. The 

tin tube is open at the front on out- 
side of incubator, and enters into ventilator. 

Egg" drawer. The egg drawer goes under the tank, and rests on the 
strips J) D (figure 2). The e^g drawer is 4 inches deep, outside mea- 
surement. It is 39 inches long, outside measurement (which includes 
the boxed-off portion in front of 
drawer), and is 30 inches wide. Three 
movable trays, each IJ inches deep, 
are fitted in egg drawer. Nail strips 
1 inch wide and ^ of an inch thick, 
1 inch apart, the length of the egg 
drawer (but not under boxed-off por- 
tion) for the bottom. Mortice ends 
of strips in egg drawer, so as to have 

the bottom smooth. Tack a piece of muslin on these strips (thin muslin 
is best), and tack it on the inside of the drawer. Now nnil strips to 
bottoms of trays (use lath, if desired, cut to 1 inch width), but you 
need not mortice them. Simply nail them on the bottom, 1 inch apart, 
running lengthwise, and tack muslin on the bottom of the trays, inside, 
>n the same way as for egg drawer. The inside of your drawer will be 
3 inches deep. The sawdust in front of egg drawer (the boxed portion) 
fits in boxed front of incubator (see figure 5). Put a broad cap on out- 
side of egg drawer, at front end, to exclude air. 

The tank. This is 30x36 inches, and is 7 inches deep. It is supported 
by the strips C C, and rods i^i^i^i^( figure 2). Being 36 inches long, 
it goes close up to the hack boards of the inner box, the front being 
enclosed by a sliding board, secured with upright strips at each end of 




FIG. 4. TANK. 



INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 



1079 




FIG. 5. INCUBATOR "READY FOR THB 
EGG DRAWER. 



boHid, 1 inch in diameter (so as to remove tank when necessary )j which 

leaves a small ypace in front of the sliding board to be filled with saw- 
dust. Have the tank tube in front 
only long enough to extend through 
the sawdust in front, and have your 
faucet to screw ioto this tube, the 
tube being threaded. The tube on 
top of tank should be long enough to 
extend through the tops of holli boxes 
(outer and inner, through the saw- 
dust), and should, therefore, be 7 
inches high from top of tank, as is 
seen at figure 5. When the incuba- 
tor is ready, we have figure 5, which shows the sawdust packing in front, 

by looking into the opening into which the ^g^ drawer enters when filled 

with eofgs. 

Figure 6 shows the incubator as if cut in half lengthwise, and displays 

all the positions. What 

is meant by the "boxed- AO 

off" portion in front, is 

that portion filled with 

sawdust in front. The 

side boards of the inner 

box are joined, on their 

front ends, to the front 

boards of the outer box, 

being also nailed to the 

two short middle posts. 

Fill in between the boxes 

with sawdust, and if saw- 
dust is scarce, use chaff, oats, finely-cut hay (rammed down), or any- 
thing that will answer, but sawdust 
or chaff is best. In figure 6 A is the 
tube on top, B the faucet in front, 
G the opening for the Q'g^ drawer, 
and D the tube to admit air into the 
ventilator. This tin tube should bo 
^ as close to the bottom of the ven- 
Er- tilator as possible. When making 
incubator, do not forget to cut holes 

for tubas oi tank and also for air tubes to come through, and then putty 

around them. 




S^B 



FIG. 6. SECTIONAL VIEW OF INCUBATOR. 




FIG. 7. INCUBATOR COMPLETE. 



1080 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VIII. How to Operate the Incubator. 

Each tray holds about 80 eggs, laid in promiscuously, the same as in a 
nest, making total number for incubator 240 eggs. First fill the tank 
with boiling water, but never allow it to remain in the tube on top, as it 
thus increases pressure ; hence, when tank is full to top of the tube, 
draw off a gallon of water. Fill it 48 hours before putting eggs in, and 
have heat up to 115 degrees before they are put in. As the eggs will 
cool down the heat, do not. open the drawer for 6 hours, when the heat 
should be 103 degrees, and kept as near to that degree as possible, until 
the end of the hatch. It is best to run it a few days without eggs, to 
learn it thoroughly. Place incubator in a place where the temperature 
does not fall below 60 degrees. As the heat will come up slowly, it will 
also cool off slowly. Should the heat be difficult to bring up, or the eggs 
be too cool, you can raise or lower the trays, using small strips under 
them. You can also stop up or open the air tube in the front openings 
of the ventilator whenever you desire. When the eggs are put in, the 
di-awer will cool down some. All that is required then is to add about a 
bucket or so of water once or twice a day, in the morning and at night, 
but be careful about endeavoring to get up heat suddenly, as the heat 
does not rise for five hours after the additional bucket of water is added, 
The cool air comes from the ventilator pipe, passing through the muslin 
bottom of the egg drawer to the eggs. Avoid opening the egg drawer 
frequently, as it allows too much escape of heat, and be careful not to 
open when chicks are hatching, unless compelled, as it causes loss of hent 
and moisture at a critical time. Cold draughts on the chicks at th;it 
time are fatal. Do not oblige visitors. Be sure your thermometer records 
correctly^ as half the failures are due to incorrect thermometers, and not 
one in twenty is correct. Place the bulb of the thermometer even with the 
top of the eggs, that is, when the thermometer is lying down in the di'awer, 
with the upper end slightly raised, so as to allow the mercury to rise, 
but the bulb and eggs should be of the same heat, as the figures record 
the heat in the hulb, and not in the tube. Turn the eggs twice a day 
at regular intervals — six o'clock in the morning and six o'clock at night. 
Do not let them cool lower than 70 degrees. Turn them by taking a row 
of eggs from the end of the tray and placing them at the other end, 
turning the eggs by rolling them over with your hand. By removing 
only one row you can roll all the rest easily. Give no moisture the first 
week, very little the second, and plenty the third week. Do not sprinkle 
the eggs. For moisture, put a wet sponge, the size of an c^^g (placed 
in a flat cup), in each tray, the second week, and two sponges in each 
tray the third week. Do not put in sponges until you are about to shut 



INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 



1081 




FIG. 1. THE BROODER IN POSITION. 



up the drawer, after turning. Wet the sponges by dipi)ini; in Jiot water. 
After the first ten days the animal heat of the chicks will partially assist 
in keeping the temperature. Be careful, as heat always drops when 
chicks are taken out. You can have a small glass door in front of (i^g 
drawer, to observe thermometer, if desired. Always change position of 
trays when eggs are turned, putting the front one at the rear. 
IX. A Cheap Home-made Brooder. 
We give an illustration of a brooder in use, figure 1, and select it be- 
cause it is one of the best, being easily made, and at a low cost, and 
because it has been tried and found to answer all purposes. By referino- 

to figure 1 it will be seen that the 
top is detachable, being lifted off 
by the handle when desirable. Al- 
though the lower part of the 
brooder is above ground, yet, if 
preferred, it can be sunk in the 
ground, provided the holes (to 
admit cold air to I)rooder, and 
smoke from lamp to escape) are 
left above the surface of the 
ground. Space must be left to 
admit of getting at the lamp if brooder is in the ground. Eithei a No, 
2 burner lamp or a small kerosene oil stove may be used for heating the 
brooder. Be careful to leave air holes at the bottom of the door, or the 
lamp will smoke. Keep the brooder at a temperature of 90 degrees. 

Figure 2 shows the lamp (or kerosene oil stove, if preferred) under a 
sheet-iron tank. It heats the 
tank, the smoke of the lamp pass- 
ing out at four holes, placed at 
each corner of the brooder, which 
distributes the heat. The cold 
air enters around the tank, and 
is drawn right over it above the 
lamp, as the cold air rushes in as 
fast as the warm air rises. The 
hot air rises through a tube in 
the floor. It will be seen that 
the smcke of the lamp does not 

go into tf^e brooder, and that the tube in the brooder extends through 
the wooden floor only. The brooder is a yard square, but the tank may 
oe snialler; the box containing lamp is ten inches deep, and the space 




FIG 



SECTIONAL VIEW. 



1082 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




FIG. 3. 



TANK, SHOWING HOW TO 
CONSTRUCT IT. 



between the top of the tank and wooden floor is half an inch. The cur- 
tain in front of brooder is simply a piece of cloth cut into strips. The 

smoke holes of the lamp should 
be at each corner^ but only two 
cold air holes are necessary, and 
they should be near the centre of 
the sides of the brooder. Bear 
in mind the cold air goes between 
the tank and the wooden floor, 
and gets heated. 

X. How to Make the Brooder. 
To make this brooder, cut six boards, 1 inch thick, 6 inches wide, and 

3 feet long, tongued andgrooved,so that no air can come through except 

by way of the tube on top, which tube is 1 inch in diameter, and 2^ 

inches hijrh from the floor. These 

boards are your floor. On the 

under side of this floor, at the 

edges, nail strips all around (on 

ends and sides), the strips being I 

inch thick and 1^^ inches wide. 

Then set your tank as shown in 

cut. You will then have iin air 

space between the floor and taidc 

of half an inch. Be sure and cut 

air holes to admit the cold air. 

You may simply have open holes or may use tin tubes, if preferred. 

The holes need only be a half inch in diameter. You can now easily fit 

on the lower box, and also make the covering on top, as may be seen by 

the illustration. 

This brooder is an English method, and shows that upward currents of 

warm air have been in use for 
many years for both hatching and 
brooding. Fisrure 1 shows the 
brooder with lamp and tank above 
ground. Figure 2 shows a sec- 
tional view of the same. Figure 
4 shows the lower part of brooder 
under ground, with trap door, for 

getting at the lamp. Figure 5 shows the mother, which covers the chicks, 

with adjustable pegs or legs. The tank is from Lewis, the top from 

Rankin, while the mother is from Bell and others. 




FIG. 4. LOWER PART UNDER GROUND. 




FIG. 5. THE MOTHER. 



CHAPTER VI. 



BBEEDING AND MANAGEMENT OP POULTR3f , 



:. A STUDY OF POINTS NKCESSART. II. EXPLANATION OP POINTS. III. POINTS 

OF THE HEAD. IV. THE PLUMAGE ILLUSTRATED AND EXPLAINED. V. IDEAL 

SHAPE OF FOWLS. VI. BREED TO A FIXED TYPE. VII. NUMBER OF HENS TO 

EACH COCK. VIII. HOW TO MATE. IX. BREEDING UPON A MIXED FLOCK. 

X. INCUBATION OF VARIOUS FOWLS. XI. GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF 

FOWLS. XII. PROPER FOOD FOR FOWLS. XIII. POULTRY HOUSES AND COOPS. 

XIV. FEED BOXES AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS. XV. BREEDS FOB MARKET. 

XVI. BREEDS FOR EGGS. XVII. HOW TO FATTEN. XVIII. KILLING AND 

DRESSING FOWLS. XIX. PACKING AND SHIPPING TO MARKET. XX. GLOSS- 
ARY OF TERMS USED BY POULTRY FANCIERS. 

I. A Study of Points Necessary. 

Careful study of the points and characteristics is fully as necessary to 
success in the breeding of poultiy as in any other department of breeding. 
!t is not enough that you have a general idea of how fowls are to be fed 
^ud cared for ; but to succeed — especially as a breeder of pure fowls— 




POINTS OF POULTRY, ILLUSTRATED. 

one must understand the probable results in mating fowls for a particular 
purpose. Not only must the contour and physical make-up be under- 
stood, but the l)reeder must have a knowledge of, and nice discrimination 
for, the various feathers, markings and characteristics, else he cannot hope 

* 1083 



1084 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

for the best success. He should also understand the technical terms used, 
so that he may school his mind to their exact meaning in applyig them to 
the fowl. The preceding illustration and references will fully explain all 
the points. They have been compiled from the best authorities extant, 
such as the writings of Tegetmeier, Wright and others. 

n. Explanation of Points. 

The first illustration, with lettered references, is all that will be re- 
quired in learning the technical terms relating to the exterior of fowls. 

Explanation. — ^ — Neck hackle. B — Saddle hackle. C — Tail. D — 
Breast. E — Upper Wing coverts. F. Lower Wing coverts. G — 
Primary quill. H — Thighs. I — Legs. K — Comb. L — Wattles. M 
— Ear-lobe. 

III. Points of the Head. 

For the following analysis of the points of the head, and of the plum- 
age, we are indebted to Moore's Rural New Yorker. The cut will explain 
the precise situation of the several parts of the head. 




POINTS OF THE HEAD OF COCK. 

Explanation. — 1 — The como, which surmounts the skull. 2 — The wat- 
tles which hang underneath and on each side of the beak. 3 — The ear 
wattles, which hang under the cheek. 4 — The tufts of little feathers 
which cover and protect the auditory organ. 5 — The cheeks which com- 
mence at the beginning near the nostrils, cover all the face and re-unite 
hphjnd the head by a continuation of the flesh of the same nature, but 



I 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 



108- 



covered with feathers. 6 — The nostrils which are at the begin tiing ol the 
beftk. 7 — The beak, of which the two parts, the upper and lower man- 
dible, are horny. 

The head of the cock, as of the hen, is composed of two principal parts : 
1st, the skull is a firm union of bones, which include the upper part, or 
mandible, of the beak ; 2nd, the lower part or mandible of the bec"-k, be- 
ing the lower jaw-bone, formed by a single piece. In the skull are the 
sockets or cavities which contain the eye ; the nostrils are in front of the 
eye ; the auditory organ, or ear, is behind the eye. The head, excepting 
the beak, is entirely covered by a fleshy covering, round which may be 
seen several appendages or caruncles, which are the crest, the two ear- 





OUTER AND INNER WING PLUMAGE. (See Article IV.) 

lobes, and the two ear-wattles. This covering forms the cheeks. The 
color, the size, the form of each of these parts is varied according to 
the variety, and often serves to characterize each. A tuft of short feath- 
ers called "the tuft" covers the ear. 

The comb is straight or drooping ; it is single when it is composed of 
only one piece, double when there are two alike united or near together, 
it is triple when it is formed of two alike and one in the middle ; it is 
frizzled when full of granulations more or less deep, and erect excres 
cences ; it is a crown when it is circular, hollow, and indented ; it is goblet 
shaped when hollow, vascular, and not indented. There are other forme 
bvt they are composed of parts or unions of those pai-ticularized. 



1086 : JYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

rv. The Plumage Illustrated and Explained. 

With the hen there may be three kinds of feathers distinguished: 1. 
The large feathers on the Avings for flying, and on the rump to form the 
tail ; 2. the middle-sized feathers which cover the large feathers, and are 
also found on the wing and rump ; 3. the neck, the back, the sides, the 
^hroat, the shoulders, and a part of the wings. They are always in lay- 
ers compactly covering those beneath them like tiles. We shall des- 
ignate them by the name of the places they occupy, and refer to the 
engravings to render them easy to recognize : 




POINTS OF THE FOWL. 



Explanation — A — The upper feathers of the head are small in those fowls not tufted. 
They suiTound the skull. 

B — The under feathers of the head are almost like bristles. They cover the cheeks in 
the space which separates on the wattles. 

C — The upper feathers of those at the back of the neck are short, and lengthening 
lower down, forming what is called the hackle. They become longer between the 
lioulders when they cover the beginning of those on the back and the commeucement 
o£ the wings. ^ 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OP POULTRY. 



1087 



Z> — The feathers of the back, forming a layer about 10. These feathers are of the same 
nature as those of the neck, but a little larger, and form the saddle. 

F — The feathers of the breast cover the entire lengtii of the two breast muscles extend- 
ing beyond the breast-bone at each side and uniting at its end. The whole forms what is 
termed the breast. These feathers, with the feathers of the loins, overlap those of the 
sides. 

G — The feathers on the sides cover the loins, taking in tlie back as far as the rump, 
which they go beyond and cover the lower part of the feathers of the tail. They also 
cover the commencement of the feathers of the flanks, thighs and abdomen. 

if— The feathers of the flanks are light and fluffy. They cover the upper part of the 
thigh feathers and slip under those of the breast. 




SHOWING POINTS. 

/—The feathers of the abdomen cover and envelop all this part from the end of the 
breast (o the rump. These feathers are generally fluffy, of a silky nature and spread out 
in a tuft. 

J— The outside feathers of the thigh cover those of the abdomen and leg. 

i— The outside aud inside feathers of the leg stop at the heel, or in some varieties they 
proceed lower aud form what are called rufHes or vulture hocks. 

Jf— The feathers of the feet or sole are long, short, or entirely absent, in the different 
varieties. These feathers are along the shank either in one or several rows. They are 
always on the outside part. 



1088 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

JV"— The feathers of the toes appear on the outsides. 

— The uiiddle tail feathei"? envelop the rump and cover the hases of the large feather* 
)f the tail. 

P — The larger tail feathers are in a regular line of seven on each side of the rump, antl 
form the tail. 

Q — The outside feathers of the shoulders cover a part of the other feathers of the wing. 
They form the shoulder. 

B — The inside feathers of the shoulders are small, thin, and slender. 

S — The larger feathers of the pinion form, when the wing is opened, a large, arched 
surface, and are of different sizes. These feathers grow out of the under side of the 
pinion. 

T— The small outside feathers of the pinion are of different sizes. They come on all 
the outside surfaces from the shoulder to the pinion. They begin quite small on the out- 
side edge, and finish a medium size on the inside edge. 

f7— The inside feathers of the pinion are close, middle-sized, and small, covering the 
bases of the large feathers of the pinion. 

F— The large flight-feathers, or feathers of the hand, are large and strong, and are of 
most use to the bird in locoaiotion. They begin at the under edge of that which is called 
the top of the wing. 

X— The outside flight-feathers cover the large ones ; thev are stiff and well flattened on 
the others. 

Y — The inside flight-feathers are, some iunall and othexa medium-sized; cover th' 
bases of the flight-feathers. 

Z — An appendix called the pommel of the wing, which represents the fingered part. It 
!s at the joint of the pinion and has some middle-sized feathers ot the same description as 
the large pinion feathers, and have some small ones to cover them. These feathers assist 
the flight. 

V. Ideal Shape of Fowls. 

The Dorking fowl may be taken as the embodiment of as much ex- 
cellence in the same compass as can be found in any other breed. Hence 




IDEAL SHAPE OF FOWL. 



we give an illustration of the Dorking, figured to represent ^he ideaJ 
chape of the barn-yard fowl. . 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. lOSi) 

VI. Breed to a Fixed Type. 

In breeding fowls, always avoid violent crosses. Disparity of form in 
mating birds can only end in disaster through the cropi)ing out of undue 
form, and especially by bad effects in the feathering, even after the lajise 
of many years. The same general rule should be borne in mind that we 
have stated in previous chapters on breeding live stock; avoid crosses as 
much as })ossible, and breed pure when it is jiossible to do so. 

VII. Number of Hens to Each Cock. 

The number of cocks to be kept according to the hens will ^ ary with 
different breeds. One cock to eight or ten hens is sufficient in any l^reed. 
This will be the right number for Games, Dorkings, and French fowls; 
with Spanish Brahmas or Cochins two more hens may be allowed. One 
Hamburg cock will generally serve for twelve to fourteen hens. When 
several males are kept, it is better to keep all but one or two of them con- 
fined, allowing them to take turns with the flock, since this prevents 
worrying the hens and ensures better service. When the raisinof of 
chickens is alone concerned, it is better to have plenty of males, to ensure 
fertility. When only eggs are wanted for market, as many will be laid 
whether properly fertiliz<;d or not. 

VIII. How to Mate Fowls. 

From the age of one to four years is the best time for la^'ing. Hens 
two years old and over make the best setting hens. Avoid vulture hocks 
(feathers running down at the hocks as in vultures) in all fowls, and 




PAIR OF HOUDANS. 



especially in the Asiatic breeds. In breeding Asiatic fowls, let the males 
be as full-colored as possible, since the tendency of these fowls is to 
breed to lighter colors; but judgment must be used not to get too violent 
69 



1090 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

contrast in the sexes. So, if the hen is long-backed select a short-backed 
cock, but if the hen is short-backed, never breed to a long-backed cock ; 
you cannot well have the back too short. In breeding to color, all self-colors 
should be as solid as possible, and in parti-colored fowls study the birds 
for mating carefully, so that you may breed as near to a feather as pos- 
sible, according to the characteristics of the breed. As a rule, heavily 
penciled males will get heavily penciled chicks, but if the saddle is very 
heavily striped, or the neck hackle very dark, the chicks will incline to 
be spotted ; but cocks with dark hackles, and hens with hackles lightly 
penciled will produce chickens delicately penciled. 

IX. Breeding upon a Mixed Flock. 

If you cannot afford pure-bred stock, 1)uy a sufficient number of cocks 
for your hens, or select a dozen hens and mate them with a good cock, 
from which to raise chickens. Once you begin, stick always to the same 
strain, and in three years you will have a strain of fowls — if you have 
carefully selected the chicks, always using pure males — good enough for 
market purposes and eggs. In the meantime, get a clutch of eggs from 
pure fowls and breed them separate from the others, and soon you will 
have the pure breed also. There is no farm stock that it pays better to 
breed pure than poultry, whether they be land or water fowl. 

X. Incubation of Various Fowls. 

The following table will show at a glance all necessary information in 
relation to the incubation of various fowls. 



NAME OF BIRD. 



PERIOD OF INCUBATION. 



SHORTEST 
PERIOD. 



MEAN 
PERIOD. 



LONGEST 
PERIOD. 



Turkey, sitting on ^ Hen . . . 

the eggs of V Duck. . 

the j Turkey 

Hen sitting on the \ Duck . . . / 

eggs of the . . . j Hen \ 

Duck 

Goose 

Pigeon 




28 
30 
30 
34 
24 
32 
33 
20 



XI. General Management of Fowls. 

In order to raise poultry successfully, proper buildings and plenty of 
range must be provided. The buildings need not be expensive, and on the 




BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1091 

farm any warm out house will afford comfortable quarters, and range 
enough is provided in the out fields. On the 
farm in summer fowls will pick up a good 
share of their living, insects chiefly, and 
thus, while partly supporting themselves, 
they are at the same time profiting their 
owner by the destruction of insect i)ests. In 
fact, fowls, if allowed, will wander consider- 
able distances in search of food, as illustrated 
',n the cut "Foraging for themselves." 
Those who keep fowls in villages and subur- 

, , , • 1 • I P T 1 FORAGING FOR THEMSELVES. 

ban places, must provide annual lood and 

also green vegetable food in addition to the grain fed. This, with com 
fortable quarters, care in feeding, and due attention to the health of the 
birds, constitute about all there is practically in poultry raising, except 
that pure breeds are kept with a view to the rearing of very superior 
birds. In the latter case a more careful study of the anatomy, physiology, 
and points of fowls must be made as in breeding any other animals. 

Xn. Proper Pood of Powls. 

Fowls need a variety of food ; they are nearly omniverous feeders. 
Animal food is essential, but the bulk of the feeding may be grain, eithei 
raw or ground. If mixed feed (ground grain) is used, have the dough so 
stiff that it will not run ; never feed sloppy food. Indian meal and pota- 
toes boiled and mashed together, so stiff that the dough clings when 
squeezed in the hand, is one of the best of foods. Feed on clean ground 
— never in a trough in summer, since moist food so fed will inevitabl}^ 
become sour, and the troughs are seldom properly cleaned. In winter, 
ground feed should be fed as hot as the hens can eat it, and a little chop- 
ped onion mixed in is excellent ; provide other green food also, as cab- 
bage leaves. For animal food, a sheep's pluck, hung so high that the 
fowls can just reach it, is excellent ; so are the greaves from trying 
establishments. To keep the hens in good laying condition, they must 
have animal food, and also bones broken so fine that they may be easily 
swallowed. Very little meat, however, is necessary, for if too nmch is fed 
the fowls may lose their feathers. Whole grain, and the drinking water 
should be kept in some receptacle, so the fowls may take it at pleasure. 
The grain fed maybe screenings from wheat, rye, buckwheat and oats. 

XIII. Poultry Houses and Coops. 

Poultry houses, however simple, should be both warm in winter and 
well lighted. The side containing,the glass should face the South for the 



1092 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

advantage of the sun's warmth in winter. The windows should also be 
provided with iron netting, so the sash may be raised to admit air in 
summer, and also in mild weather in winter. One portion should be half- 
darjc, for the laying and sitting hens, and a proper dust bath must also be 
provided. Have the perches not more than two feet from the floor in the 
roosting place, and all on one level ; let them be large. A two by four 
scantling, well rounded and set on edge, is not too large for heavy birds. 
The whole house should be whitewashed once a month in summer, and kept 
scrupulously clean at all times. If lice make their appearance, fumigate 
thoroughly, and after cleansing, whitewash with lime to which a little car- 
bolic acid is added. Sprinkle Scotch snuff among the feathers on the 
backs of the fowls, and give fresh materials for dust bath. 

The proper coops for hens with young chickens will readily suggest 
themselves. A barrel with one head out, laid on its side, and with stakes 
driven along one end to admit the passage of the chicks is a good make- 
shift. The ordinary triangular coop is well known. The best coop is a 
square box 18 by 24 inches, and roofed to shed rain ; from the open end of 
this a runway is thrown nine inches high and as wide as the coop, so 
closely slatted at the top that old fowls cannot get their heads through 
to feed. At the end are orifices to give egress and ingress to the 
chicks. In this way they may be fed without interference from the 
mother hen or other fowls, and it also furnishes a safe place of refuge 
from danger. 

XTV. Feed Boxes and Drinking Fountains. 

Both the feed boxes and drinking fountains should be self-feeding. A 
three-gallon jug filled with water, and turned mouth down in a suitable 

dish, and properly supported, makes a toler- 
able drinking fountain, and will suffice to 
convey the idea. For a larger number of 
fowls, a five or six gallon keg, with a faucet 
with a long spout to rest near the bottom of 
the drinking trough is good. If filled, 
bunged tight, and the faucet opened, just 
enough water will be given up to keep the 
supply in the trough at a uniform height. 
A GOOD FORM OF FOUNTAIN. ^eed boxcs are made on the same general 

principle, a box narrowing to the bottom, and with an orifice large 
enough to allow a free flow of grain, and resting near enough the bottom 
of the feeding box so that but little will be given down at a time. Slats 
sufficiently wide apart so the fowls can feed through them, also keep 
the poultry from wasting the ^ain. 




BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY 



1093 




A PERFECT FEEDING HOPPER. 



A Perfect Hopper. — The best form of feeding hopper is shown in the 
annexed cut ; it can readily be constructed by any person by aid of tha 
following description with references : A 
— An end view, eight inches wide and 
two feet six inches high. £ — The roof, 
three feet long, projecting over the 
perch on which the fowls stand while 
feeding. C — The lid of receiving man- 
ger raised, exhibiting the grain. £J,E 
— Cords attached to the perch and lid 
of manger or feeding trough. I — End 
bar of perch, with a weight attached to 
the end to balance the lid, otherwise it 
would not close when the fowls leave 
the perch. H — Pulley. G — Fulcrum. 
The hino^es at the ridi^e are for raisins: 
the top when the hopper is to be replenished. When a fowl desires food, 
it hops upon the bars of the perch and the weight of the fowl raises the 
lid of the feed box, exposing the grain to view, and after satisfying its 
hunger jumps off and the lid closes. Of course the dimensions can be 
increased as desired. 

A Rat-Proof Hopper. — A stool hopper — as shown in the annexed cut- 
inaccessible to rats may be built by the following directions : Make a 
platform two or three feet square, as 
the case miay be ; then make a square 
box, three inches high and sixteen inches 
square ; nail it in the center of the plat- 
form ; saw strips one and a quarter 
inch square and eighteen inches high 
for the posts ; nail strips of boards, two 
inches wide, to the posts at the top to 
secuie and steady them ; then take 
common lath or any thin stuff, one 

and a half or two inches wide, and ■ ";w<^.-N^SW^i^lSSHB^^^y^^ 
nail them to the top and bottom, up and 
down, leaving spaces of two inches be- 
tween the slats, so that the fowls can get at the feed. The roof may be 
four-square, as shown in the cut, and detached so that it can be raised 
for the hopper to be replenished with grain. Elevate the hoi)per on a 
post about three feet from the ground, as shown in the cut, which makes 
it rat and mice proof. The fowls will soon learn to leap upon the plat- 
form and feed from the grain box between the slats. 




A SrOOL FEEDING IIOPPEK. 



1094 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XV. Breeds for Market. 

The Dorkings are superior table fowls ; they are, however, rather ten- 
der and hard to rear, and have not gained special favor in the United 
States. The Dominiques are hardy, good layers, and good table fowls ; 
the Plymouth Rocks are larger, and perhaps better if you have the stock. 
A Dominique cross on Brahraas or Cochin Chinas, will give chicks that 
o-row fast, feather well, and make plump fowls. A Dorking cross on the 
large Asiatic breeds, is regarded in England as excellent. All things con- 
sidered, we think the Brahmas and the Cochins will give the best results, 
and the Brahmas especially are good winter layers. In this, however, 
every breeder will have his own fancy. The Houdans and La Fleche are 
in good repute among breeders, but the price of the original stock must, 
cf course, be taken into consideration. 

XVI. Breeds for Eggs. 

As laying fowls sinjply, we have found the Polands all that could be 
desired. The Leghorns, Houdans, Hamburgs and Black Spanish are 
fully as good layers, and all of them are non-sitters ; but the Leghorns 
and the Hamburgs have the reputation of being tender, and the Spanish 
are decidedly so. The Houdan and La Fleche have hardly been tried 
suflSciently in this country to warrant a decided opinion as to their true 

value. 

XVII. How to Patten. 

The fattening of poultry, if they are in good flesh to start with, does 
Liot take long. In fact the bulk of the chickens marketed are taken direct 
from the yards without extra feeding. This is bad economy. Fifteen to 
twenty days' feeding, if they are confined in a dark place, will render them 
fat. When fat, market immediately, since they will soon begin to shrink. 
Market when they cease to feed full. Corn meal, made into a thick 
mush, with as much additional meal as can be worked in while boiling 
hot, and allowed to cool, is the best feed. Put the fowds in coops so 
small that they cannot turn round, and feed three times a day, allowing 
to take what water — skimmed milk is better — and clean gravel they will. 
The last week omit the gravel, and keep the pens clean and well littered 
with straw all the time. 

XVin. Killing and Dressing. 

Let the fowl fast at least twelve hours before killing. No man ever 
made money by selling a fowl with half a pint of raw corn stuft'ed in the 
crop. Tie the legs of the fowl together, hang it up, open the beak, 
pass a sharp thin-bladed knife, into the mouth and up into the roof, 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1095 

dividing the membrane ; thus the bird is killed instantly. Then deftlj' 
cut the throat aud let it bleed. The nicest way to pick, is without scald- 
ing and while the bird is quite warm. It may be easily done and the 
bird not torn ; thus dressed it will bring enough more in a city market to 
pay the extra trouble. 

To Scald a Fowl. — A well known buyer and dresser for the Chicago 
market, in answer to the question, how to dress and pack, gave the writer 
the following information which is here reproduced : 

Have the water just scalding hot — not boiling — 190 degrees is just 
right. Immerse the fowl, holding it by the legs, taking it out and in, 
until the feathers slip easily. Persons become very expert at this, the 
feathers coming away by brushing them with the hand, apparently. At 
all events, they must be picked clean. Hang turkeys and chickens by 
the feet, and ducks and geese by the head to cool. Under no circum- 
stances whatever, should ducks and geese be scalded ; they must invaria- 
bly be picked dry. Take off the heads of the chickens as soon as picked, 
tie the skin neatly over the stump, draw out the insides carefully, and 
hang up to cool. Never sell fowls undrawn. They will bring enough 
more drawn and nicely packed, with the heart, gizzard and liver placed 
inside each fowl, to pay for the trouble. Let them get thoroughly cool — 
as cold as possible — but never, under any circumstances, frozen. There 
is alwa3^s money in properly prepared poultry ; the money is lost in half 
fitting them for market, the fowls often being forwarded in a most dis- 
gusting state. There is money in the production of eggs ; there is 
money in raising poultry for the market. The money is lost in improper 
packing, and in a foolish attempt, occasionally made, to make the buyer 
pay for a crop full of musty corn, at the price of first-class meat. 

XIX. Packing and Shipping to Market. 

The poultry, having been killed as directed, carefully picked, the heads 
cut off, and the skin drawn over the stump and neatly tied — or if pre_ 
f erred, leave the head on, the fowl will not bring less for it — and the 
birds chilled down to as near the freezing point as possible, provide clean 
boxes and place a layer of clean hay or straw quite free from dust, in the 
bottom. Pick up a fowl, bend the head under and to one side of the 
breast bone, and lay it down flat on its breast, back up, the legs extena- 
Ing straight out behind. The first fowl to be laid in the left hand corner. 
So placed, lay a row across the box to the right, and pack close, row by 
row, until only one row is left, then reverse the heads, laying them next 
the other end of the box, the feet under the previous row of heads. If 
there is a space left between the two last rows, [)ut in Avhat birds will fit 
wdeways. If not, pack in clean, long straw, and also pack in straw at the 



1096 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

sides and between the birds, so they cannot move. Pack straw enough 
over one layer of fowls, so that the others cannot touch, and so proceed 
until the box is full. Fill the box full. There must never be any shak- 
ing, or else the birds will become bruised, and loss will ensue. Many 
packers of extra poultry place paper over and under each layer before 
filling in the straw. There is no doubt but that it pays. Nail the box 
tight ; mark the initials of the packer, the number of fowls and variety, 
and mark plainly the full name of the person or firm to whom it is con- 
signed, with street and number on the box. Thus the receiver will know 
at a glance what the box contains, and does not have to unpack to find 
out. 

XX. Glossary of Terms Used by Poultry Fanciers. 

Beard. — A bunch of feathers under the throat of some breeds, asHou- 
dans or Polish. 

Breed. — Any variety of fowl presenting distinct characteristics. 

Brood. — Family of young chickens. 

Broody. — Desiring to sit. 

Carriage. — The attitude or bearing of a bird. 

Carunculated. — Covered with fleshy protuberances, as on the neck of 
a turkey-cock. 

Chick. — A newly-hatched fowl, until a few weeks old. 

Chicken. — Applied to indefinite ages until twelve months old. 

Clutch. — Given to the batch of eggs under a sitting hen, also to brood 
of chickens hatched therefrom. 

Cockerel. — A young cock. 

Comb. — The red protuberance on top of the fowl's head. 

Condition. — The state of the fowl as regards health, beauty of plumage 
— the latter especially. 

Crest. — A tuft of feathers on the head ; the top-knot. 

Crop. — The receptacle for food before digestion. 

Cushioyi. — The mass of feathers over the tail and end of the hen's 
back, covering the tail ; chiefly developed in Cochins. 

Deaf-ears. — Folds of skin hanging from the true ears, varying in 
cohu", being blue, white, cream-colored, or red. 

Dubbing. — Cutting off the comb, wattles, &c., leaving the head 
smooth. 

Ear-lobes. — Same as deaf-ears. 

Face. — The bare skin around the eye. 

Flights. — The primary Aving feathers, used in flying, but unseen when 
at rest. 

Fluffs. — Soft, downy feathers about the thighs. 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1097 

Furnished. — Assumed full character. When a cockerel obtains his 
tail, comb, &c. 

Gills. — A term applied to the wattles, sometimes more indefinitely to 
the whole region of the throat. 

Hackles. — The peculiar narrow feathers on the fowl's neck. 

Hen-feathered, or Henny. — Eesembling a hen, in the absence of 
sickles. 

Hock. — The elbow-joint of the leg. 

Keel. — A word sometimes used to denote the breast bone. 

Leg. — The scaly part, or shank. 

Leg-feathers. — The feathers on the outside of the shank. 

Mossy. — Confused in marking. 

Pea-comb. — A triple comb. 

Penciling. — Small stripes over a feather. 

Poidt. — A young turkey. 

Primaries. — The flight-feathers of the wings, hidden when the wing h 
closed . 

Pullet. — A young hen. 

Rooster. — The common term for the male bird. 

Saddle. — The posterior of the back, reaching to the tail in a cock, 
answering to the cushion in a hen. 

Secondaries. — The wing quill-feathers, which show when the bird is at 
rest. 

Self-color. — A uniform tint over the feathers. 

Shaft. — The stem of a feather. 

Shank. — The scaly part of the leg. 

Sickles. — The top curved feathers of a cock's tail. 

Spangling. — The marking produced by each feather having one large 
spot of some color different to the ground. 

Spur. — The sharp weapon on the heel of a cock. 

Stag. — Another term for a young cock. 

Strain. — A race of fowls, having acquired an individual character of 
its own, by being bred for years by one breeder or his successors. 

Symmetry. — Perfection of proportion. 

Tail-coverts. — The soft, glossy, curved feathers at the sides of the 
bottom of the tail. 

Tail-feathers. — Applied lO the straight, stiif feathers of the tail only. 

Thighs. — The joint above the shanks. 

Top-knot. — Same as- crest. 

Trio. — A cock and two hens. 

Under-color. — The color of the plumage as seen when the surface is 
lifted. 



1098 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

VuUure-hoch. — Stiit projecting feathers at the hock-joint. 

Wattles. — The red depending structures at each side of the base of the 
beak. 

Web. — Expressing a flat and thin structure. The web of a feather is 
the flat or plume portion ; the web of the foot, the flat skni between the 
toes ; of the wing, the triangular sliin, seen when tlie member is extended. 

Wing-bar. — Any line of dark color across the middle of the wing. 

Wing-bow. — The upper or shoulder part of the wing. 

Wing-butts — The corners or ends of the wing. Game fanciers denote 
the upper ends as shoulder-butts ; the lower as lower-butts. 

Wing-coverts. — The broad feathers covering the roots of the seconda- 
ry quills. 




THE NARRAGANSETT TURKEY— MALE. 



CHAPTER VI. 

THE TURKEY, AND ITS VARIETIES. 



r. VARIETIES OF THE DOMESTIC TURKEY. II. THE BRONZED-BLACK TURKEY. 

III. THE COMMON TURKEY. IV. THE OCELLATED TURKEY. V. ENGLISH 

TURKEYS. VI. RARE VARIETIES. VII. THE CARE OF TURKEYS. 

I. Varieties of the Domestic Turkey. 

Notwithstanding the length of time that the wild turkey has been do- 
mesticated — over 300 years— it still retains some of its wild habits, even 
under the most artificial conditions. This is undoubtedly due to the fad 
that the turkey endures close confinement to a less extent than any of the 
domestic land birds, and hence these traits of wildness, Avandering and 
the hiding of nests and young, have not been entirely bred out. The 
same is true of the pheasants, still less domesticated, although they have 
been in more or less subjection to man since ancient times. 

All turkeys, whether of the wild or domestic varieties, breed freely, 
one with the other, and continue fertile, thus proving conclusively that 
they came originally from one species. They are now broken up into 
eveiy color, black-bronzed and white-mottled being the original wild 
color. Among the sub-species, are : The Common turkey ; Black-and- 
white-mottled ; Black-bronzed ; the Mexican ; the Ocellated or Hondu- 
ras ; the White ; the Buff ; the Fawn-colored ; the Copper-colored, and 
the Parti-colored. Temminck, in 1813 described Isabelle yellow turkeys, 
with fine full crests of pure white. Lieutenant Byain described crested 
wild turkeys as seen by him in Mexico ; it is probable that this observer 
mistook curassows for turkeys, since this bird is domesticated there 
and nobody else has found crested turkeys in Mexico. 

II. The Bronzed-Black Turkey. 

This variety is said to have been produced by a cross of the Wild tur- 
key upon the Common turkey hen, the produce fixed and improved by 
careful selection and breeding. They are the largest, as they are un- 
doubtedly the best, of the domestic varieties. The average for mature 
birds, well fattened, is about thirty pounds, while forty pounds is not 
uncommon for extra male birds. The hens will weigh from twenty to 
twenty-five pounds each, when mature. They are as hardy as they are 

beautiful in plumage. 

• 1099 



1 100 C1fCLOPEt>iA OF JLlViE StOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

The best specimens are described as follows: In the cock, the face, 
ear-lobes, wattles and jaws are deep rich red, the wattles w\arted and some- 
times edged white, the bill curved, strong, of a light horn color at the tip 
and dark at the base. The neck, breast and back black, shaded with 
bronze, which in the sunlight glistens golden, each feather ending in a nar- 
row glossy black band extending clear across. The under part of the body 
is similarly marked, but more subdued. The wing-bow is black, showing 



1 




BRONZE TURKEYS. 



a brilliant greenish or brow^n lustre, the flight- feathers black, barred across 
with wdiite or gray, even and regular; the wing-coverts rich bronze, the 
end of each feather terminating in a wide black band, giving the wings, 
when folded, a broad bronze band across each; tail black, each feather 
irregularly penciled with a narrow brown band, and ending in a grayish- 
bronze band. Fluff abundant and soft; legs long, strong, dark or nearly'- 
Mack. The hen is similarly colored, but more subdued. 




BUFF TURKEY HENS, 







WHITE TURKEYS. 




ADULT BIJONZE TURKEY— MAL.E. 



THE TURKEY, AND ITS VARIETIES. 



1103 



m. The Common Turkey. 

The common turkey is white and black mottled, having the head and 
wattle of the wild turkey. They are of medium size, and, probably 
from the fact that they have been more generally disseminated and longer 
iomestlcated than the other varieties, they are less inclined to wander. 




SLATE TURKEY HEN. 

When simply dollars and cents are concerned, they are the most profit- 
able to breed, since they are hardy, of medium size, and mature early. 
They will w^eigh, f:it, at eight months old, from eleven to twelve pounds, 
and, when fully grown, sixteen pounds. 

IV. The Ocellated Turkey. 

This is one of the most elegant of the whole genus ; it is a native of 
Central America, and is found wild all over that region. It breeds kindly 
with our domestic turkey, and the progeny remains quite fertile, but 
both the true and cross breed are too tender for the North. Our bronzed 
green and gold turkeys undoubtedly owe their markings to this variety. 
The ground color of the plumage of the Honduras, or Ocellated turkey, 
is bronzed-green, banded with gold-l)ronze and shining black ; lower down 
the back the color is deep blue and red ; upon the tail tiie bands become 
fully defined and sharp, producing the peculiar ocellated or eye-like ap- 



1104 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

pearance, whence their name. The wattle is also peculiar, and the top 
of the head is covered with wart-like protuberances, as shown in the cut 
of a young Ocellated hen. 




YOUNG OCELLATED TURKEY HEN. 



V. English Turkeys. 
The so-called English turkey is simply a sub-variety of the common 
American domesticated turkey already described. Careful breeding and 
selection have increased the size and rendered them. quite uniform in 
color. One sub-variety is the Norfolk turkey, black with a few white 
spots on the wings. Another sub-variety, valued in Cambridgeshire, is 
bronze-gray, and longer-legged than the Norfolk ; these, however, vary 
from a light copper color to dark, the latter being preferred. 



THE TURKEY, AXD ITS VARIETIES. llOo 

VI. Rare Varieties. 

There are a number of moic or less rare varieties of turkeys, the Buff, 
the Fawn, and the Pure-white })ciiig the principal ones. They are all 
considered more tender than the varieties heretofoi-e named. Turkeys of 
the white variety are especially handsome, the color being relieved by the 
tuft on the breast, which remains jet black, which, with the blue-white 
and red caruncles of the head and neck, present a most elegant appear- 
ance. 

VII. The Care of Turkeys. 

Turkeys will bear confinement less than any of our domestic fowls, if 
we except the peacock, and perhaps the Guinea-fowl. They must have 
plenty of range, and will not roost under shelter, unless compelled to do 
so, even in the winter. Their favorite resort is a high, bushy tree, just 
as the peacock favors the highest peak of the house and barn. An eccen- 
tric fancier was not much out of the way who said the three best house 
guards ai'e tuikeys, peafowl and geese. The two first see everything, 
and the latter hear everything, and, he quaintly added, their clatter quick- 
ly arouses the "noble vvatch dog," who, awakened from a sound sleep, 
contributes his bark, and gets the credit of the whole alarm. 

When full grown, turkeys are hardy, and fully able to take care of 
themselves. The young chicks, howev<}r, are quite tender, up to the age 
of four weeks, and again about the time they begin to acquire the red 
head, which occurs at six or seveu weeks old. During this time they 
should be protected from hot suns, heavy rains, and the night dews. 
For the first two weeks, hard boiled yolk of eggs rubbed up with oat 
meal or cornmeul makes t'ne best feed. After this, cracked wheat, oat- 
meal grits and cracked corn should form the staple of the feed, and if a 
little bruised hempseed is added until the chicks are two months old, 
they will thereafter pretty much forage for themselves, except for their 
daily feed of whole grain. Young onions chopped fine and mixed with 
their feed should be given pretty often. The curd of sour milk is also 
excellent for them. In fattening, cornmeal, cooked to a hard mush, is 
the usual feed, and if to this be added what skimmed milk they will 
drink once a day, with plenty of pure water at other times, they may be 
fattened to heavy weights. 



.0 



WATER FOWL. 



CHAPTER VIII. 



GEESE AND THEIR VARIETIES. 



(. THE MANAGEMENT OP GEESE. II. EMBDEN OR BREMEN GEESE. III. T0T7- 

LOUSE GEESE. IV. WHITE CHINESE GEESE. V. HONG KONG GEESE. VI. 

THE AFRICAN GOOSE. YU. THE CANADA OR WILD GOOSE. VIII. EGYPTIAN 

I. The Management of Geese. 

The management of geese is very simple. A good dry spot for their 
resting place, plenty of range, with young grass, and a pond, or running 
water, if possible, will enable any one to raise geese successfully, if plenty 
of grain, corn and wheat screenings are given to make up what they fail 
to get in their rambles. The grain fed should always be given in a deep 
vessel of water in summer, if deep natural water is not near, since geese 
are often annoyed by insects getting in the ears and nostrils, which they 
rid themselves of by thrusting their heads well down into water. 

In fattening for market, corn-meal and potatoes boiled together to a 
thick mush, is as good as anything. They should be sold as soon as fat, 
trhich should be in about two weeks of feeding. If the. mush is made 
with skimmed milk the geese will become very fat, if given as much as 
they will eat three times a day. 

Geese are subject to but few diseases. For diarrhoea, give one or two 
drops of laudanum in a little water, and repeat if necessary. For giddi- 
ness bleed them in the prominent vein which separates the claw. Geese 
live to a great age, and old geese are the best mothers. Ganders, how- 
ever, are best at from one to three years old, since as they get age they 
are apt to become cross, and sometimes injure small children. 

II. Embden or Bremen Geese. 

There is no doubt but the Embden is the most valuable of the domesti- 
cated varieties of geese. They should be pure white, with prominent 
blue eyes ; strong, medium-length neck ; heavy bodies, with the feathers 

1106 



GEESE, AND THEIR VARIETIES. 



1107 



rather more inclined to curl from the shoulder to the head, than in other 
varieties ; the bill is dark flesh color and the legs orange. Young h'wds 
of the year have been made to weigh over forty pounds, and mature birds 




PAIR UK gkay ap'Rican gp:p:se. 



near sixty pounds. The average for breeding birds may be put at about 
\wenty pounds. They are early layers and may be made to rear two 
broods in a season. 



1108 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

III. Toulouse Geese. 

These magnificent birds, next in ineiit to the Embdcn, and by many 
fanciers preferred to them, liave compact bodies, rather short legs, and 
will often outweiiih the Eml)dens. Their bodies and breasts arc liiflit 
gray; the neck dark gray, the color deepening as the head is approached ; 
the wings arc colored like the neck, l>nt getting lighter towards the belly, 




PAIR OF YOUNG BROWN CHINESE GEESE. 



which, together with the rnmp, is white. The legs and feet are a deep 

reddish orange, and the bill the same color, but inclining to brown. In 

quality of ilcsh there is little if any difference between the Embden and 

the Toulouse. 

IV. White Chinese Geese. 

The White Chinese geese, from their immense size, pure white color, 
and swan-like appearance are much admired by fanciers who have ponds 
of water. Whether swimming or on land, they are pleasing and graceful 



GEESE, AND TTIKTR VAIUETIES. 



IK)') 



in movement. Tlic color is pure whitx; ; llie l»ill iiiicl the knob on the 
hoad 01:11112:0 c'()h)re<.l, and th(^ color of the Icii's the same. A peculiarity 
of this breed is the great disparity in si/e between the males and females. 



MMMM 







PAIR OF GRAY TOULOUSE GEESE. 




EMBDEN AND AFRICAN CROSS. 



the former being one-third hirger than the latter. They are prolific of 
etrcr^, which are rather small-sized for the size of the birds, and the gos- 
lings ai-e tender and delicate in flesh. They are hardy and prolific, some- 
times rearmg three breeds in a seasoo. 



UIO CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



V. Hong Kong Geese. 

The Hong Kong, or gniy China goose, is supposed to be the varietj 
from which the White Chinese goose sprung. Certainly, there are not 
greater differences ])ctween the two than between the Embden and 
Touh)use. The Hong Kong is distinctly knobbed, and in size is between 
a goose and swan. Their distinguishing marks are the knob on the top 
of the head, the feathered dewlaps or wattle under the throat, and dis« 
tinct dark stripe down the neck. They vary in color, but the true color 




GROUP OF WHITE PEKIN DUCKS. 

is a grayish brown on the back and upper parts of the body, changing to 
white or whitish gray under the abdomen ; the neck and breast yellowish 
gray, with a distinguishing stripe of dark brown running down the 
back of the neck from the head to the body; the bill and legs are 
orange, and the protuberances at the base of the lower bill very dark, 
approaching to black. They are nocturnal in habit, very prolitic in eggs, 
and the flesh of the young birds is superior in quality. 



GEESE, AND THEIR VARIETIES. 



1111 



VI. The African Goose. 

This is one of the largest of any of the varieties of geese, and is re- 
markable for its upright carriage, carrying the neck straight and the head 
level in walking. It is rather a rare bird in the United States, and has 
sometimes been called the Siberian Goose, but the name African goose is 
undoubtedly the true one. The bill is hooked or armed with small inden- 




EMBDEN TOULOUSE CROSS. 



tations along the sides ; at the base of the bill on top is a bright vermil- 
ion colored fleshy tubercle, and a hard, firm, fleshy membrane under the 
throat. The head and upper part of the neck are brown, deeper on the 
upper side and lighter on the underside. The cut will give a good idea 
of the principal characteristics of this variety. 

VII. The Canada or Wild Goose. 

This goose is well known all over the United States and Canada, 
breeding in the far North, spending the si)ring and autumn in the more 
t-emperate regions, and going South, even to the Gulf of Mexico, in the 
winter. It is the jnost sagacious of any of the goose tribe, and when 



1112 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

hatched from wild eggs, often becomes thoroughly domesticated in the 
first generation, and breeds freely with the other varieties of geese. 
When bred on the farm, the flesh retains much of the game flavor of 
the wild birds. It is certainly one of the handsomest of water fowls. 

VIII. Egyptian Geese. 

This is a rare variety in the United States, but is prized for its beautiful 
plumage and stately carriage. It is a small bird, weighing about eight 
pounds, but elegant and striking in its plumage. The color is dark red 
around the eyes ; the bill white ; a red ring about the neck ; the neck 
and breast light fawn gray, with a maroon star on the breast ; the belly 
red and gray ; the wing feathers one-half deep rich black, and the rest 
pure white, with a black bar running across the centre; the backlight 
red, changing to dark red near the tail ; the tail jet black. 




STANDAKD TOULOUSp GOOS:^;. 



WATER FOWL. 



CHAPTER IX. 



VARIETIES OP DOMESTIC DUCKS. 



I. DUCKS ON THE ?'ARM. II. VARIETIES BEST ADAPTED TO THE FARM. III. 

AYLESBURY DUCKS. IV. ROUEN DUCKS. V. THE COMMON WHITE DUCK. 

VI. CAYlMiA BLACK DUCKS. VII. MUSCOVY DUCKS. VIII. BLACK EAST 

INDIA DUCKS. IX. CALL DUCKS. X. PEKIN DUCKS. OTHER AND KARE 

DUCKS. 

I. Ducks on the Farm. 

Year by year both ducks and geese are becoming more popular as an 
addition to the rcguhir farm stock. Ducks, especially, are yearly receiv- 
ing more and more attention. First, from the fact that die ducklings are 
the most active and indefatigable insect hunters known ; second, they 
are more easily reared than any other farm l)irds ; third, their feathers 
are valuable, and fourth, the eggs and young ducks find ready sale iu 
the markets. In the iiekls of the market gardener they are especially 
valuable, and all those who know their value in this respect would raise 
them, if only for their aid in summer as insect destroyers. 

II. Varieties Best Adapted to the Farm. 

When the flesh and feathers are the principal objects, the white breed 
are best ; but when flesh is the prime object, and handsome, ornamentaii 
qualities arc desired, the Black Cayuga and the Rouen duck ^will give sat^ 
isfaction. We think the young of the Rouen duck Ihc l)cst insect de^ 
stroyers of any of the large breeds, and the young of the common gray 
duck, the best of the smaller breeds. The Muscovy, one of the largest 
of ducks, has really little to recommend it, except size, and even here, 
the Cayuga, tlie Rouen and the Aylesbury will nearly comi)ete with 
them, and are far superior in quality of flesh. One i-eason, probably, 
why ducks have received so little attention in the West, is that wild 
ducks have been so numerous in tue spring and fall that a mess might at 
any time be had for the shooting. They ate, however, becoming scarcer 



1114 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK A^D COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and higher year b}^ year, and hence, except in new settlements near 
water, more and more attention is yearly being paid to the raising of 
tame ducks. 




TRIO OF COLORED ROUEN DUCKS. 



The raising of ducks is exceedingly simple. They are little liable to 
disease and are able to take care of themselves soon after being hatched. 
The mean period- of incubation is thirty days. The eggs should be 
placed under a large hen, light' Brahma preferably, and when hatched 



VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 1115 

they should have a pool of clear water to play in, however small it may 
be. Their food may be the same as that of yomig chicks, and if placed 
where insects abomid, they will soon rid the squash, melon, cucumber, or 
other patches of these enemies of the gardener. 

III. Aylesbury Ducks. 

Of all the English breeds, the Aylesburyis undoubtedly the best, and, 
taking into consideration the color of the feathers, it is one of the most 
useful of the species introduced into the United States. They are 
scarcely so heavy as the Rouen, hut eighteen pounds per pair is not unu- 
sual. Th^y are prolific in eggs of pure white color, and quite thin ki 




WHITE PEKIN DUCK. 

the shell. The Aylesbury is rather inclined to fall down behind from 
the stretching of the abdominal muscles. In breeding, always avoid such 
birds, and as soon as it is noticed, kill and dress them for market, since 
as soon as this becomes the case they are generally sterile. This will 
apply to all ducks, and hence, in the selection of the male, take those 
that are especially free" from this disability. 

rv. Rouen Ducks. 

This name is probably a corruption of Koan duck ; at all events there 
is no evidence that the breed originated at the French town of this name. 



1116 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

It is undoubtedly :i variety of the, Mallai-d or Gray duck, and l)red together 
the young come uniform in their markings. The eoU)r shouhl closely 




PAIR OF CRESTED WHITE DUCKS. 




PAIR OF COLORED EGYPTIAN GEESE. 

approximate that of the wild Mallard duck. In fact, the markings of the 
wild tiuck will perfectly describe the tame, enlarged and improved va- 
riety. The eyes, however, are more deeply sunken, and they have the 



VAllIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 



1117 



disability of soon fiilling behind, tlic abdominal protuberance being devel- 
oped at an early age. 

They ai'e the largest as they are the most quiet of ducks, and seklom 
wander. When fat, they have been made to Aveigh nearly twenty pounds 
the pair, and drakes of nine or ten weeks old have been known to weigh 
more than twelve pounds the pair. The flesh is most excellent 
and they arc prolific layers of large, rather thick-shelled, bluish-green 
eggs. 

V. The Common White Duck. 

This duck is too well known to need description. They are not unlike 
the Aylesbury, except in size. Since the introduction of the larger 
breeds, they have fallen into disrepute and are now seldom found pure. 




PAIR OF WHITE MUSCOVY DUCKS. 



VI. Cayuga Black Duck. 



Of the origin of this famous American duck, nothing positive is known. 
They have been bred about Cayuga lake. New York, for many years. 
They are essentially a water duck, rarely rising from the water, and so 
clumsy on land that they seldom wander far. In color they are black, or 
rather deep brown black, with a Avhite (collar about the neck, and white 
flicks on the breast ; the drakes usually show more white than the ducks, 
and the green tint on the head and neck being far more pronounced ; in 
fact the duck should have but a faint strip of green on the head, neck and 
wings. In breeding, the darkest males should be selected, since they in- 
cline to breed to white. They are good layers, producing about eighty 



1118 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

to ninety eggs in a season when Avell fed. The flesh is excellent, dark 
and high flav^ored, and the birds hardy. The weight of the birds at six 
to eight months old, if well fattened, is from twelve to fourteen pounds 




YOUNG GOOSE CROSSES— EMBDEN AND TOULOUSE. 



per pair, and sixteen pounds has been reached. For rearing entirely on 
land, we have not found them so good as the Rouen or Roan, but near 
lakes, ponds and streams there are no better or more profitable ducks. 

VII. Muscovy Duck. 

The Musk, or Brazilian duck was once reiiarded with great favor, and 
certainl}' they are both handsome and large, the drakes often weighing 
ten pounds The color is a very dark, rich, blue-black, prismatic with 
every color of which blue is a component ; there is a white bar on each 
wing, and more or less white about the head and neck. The feathers in 
the i)ack of the drake are fine and plume-like ; the legs and feet are dark. 
In warm climates they are said to be prolific, but our experience with 
them, years ago, was that they are neither hardy nor good layers. 
They are readily distinguished by the red membrane surrounding the eyeei 
and coverino the cheeks. 



VARIETIES Oi" bOMfiSTIC DUCKS. 



1119 



VIII. Black East Indian Ducks. 
These are really black, and are among the most beautiful of ducks. 
From time to time tliey have appeared under various names, as East 
Indian, Labmdor, Buenos Ayres, and Brazillian ducks. They are quite 




YOUNG GOOSE CROSSES— EMBDEN AND AFRICAN. 

hardy, and their color would suggest that they are closely related to the 
Mallards. Their beauty and hardiness, together with their small size 
will recor^ mend them to amateurs ; but for profit they cannot compare 



with the b 5st of the large breeds 




PAIR OF WHITE CALL DUCKS. 
IX. Call Ducks. 

There are twe varieties of dui;ks which bear the same relajtion in si 
to the large breeds that Bantams do to other barn-yard fa wis. Tfeete 



size 



1120 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK ANt) COMPLETK STOCK DOCTOR. 

are the Gray and the White Call duck. The Gray is the miniature 
counterpart of the Roan or Rouen duck, and the White resembles the 
Aylesbury except in size and color of the bill, which in the White Call 
duck is a clear yellow, while in the Aylesl)ury it is a flesh color. They 




GROUP OF WHITE AYLESBURY DUCKS. 



are pretty things on a lake or piece of water in ornamental grounds, 
and the colored variety is used by sportsmen as decoys for other ducks. 
they being noted for their loud, shrill, aud oft repeated call ; hence tae 
name. 



VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 1121 



X. Pekin Ducks. 



These valuable waterfowls Avere originally introduced into the United 
States in 1873. Their weights come fully up to that of the Aylesbury 
duck, but they look larger, being exceedingly heavily feathered. The 
color is pure white, with a creamy tinge underneath. The flesh is not con- 
sidered fully equal to the Aylesbury, but the feathers are superior. The 
))eak of the bird is yellow; neck long; legs short and red. Pet Pekins are 
hardy, and can be made to weigh, at four months old, al)Out twelve pounds 
the pair. The following are the qualifications and })oints required for ex- 
hibition birds by the American Association: 

Head, long, finely formed; color of plumage, white; eyes, deep leaden- 
blue; bill of medium size, deep yellow and perfectly free from marks of 
any other color; neck rather long and large in the drake — in the duck, of 
medium lenghth; color of plumage white, or creamy white breast and body. 
Breast, round and full; body, very long and deep, and in adult birds, ap- 
proaching the outlines of a parallelogram; color of plumage, white or 
creamy white throughout; wings, short and carried compactly and smoothly 
against the sides; color of plumage, white; tail, rather erect, the curled 
feathers of the drake being hard and stifi"; plumage, white; legs, thighs 
short and large; color of plumage, white; shanks, short and strong, and of 
a reddish orange color; plumage downy, and of a faint creamy white. 

XI. Other and Rare Ducks. 

Among the ducks of elegant plumage lately domesticated is the Wood 
duck, known all over the West, and now disseminated as the Carolina 
duck. It is one of the most beautiful of any of the varieties in the bril- 
liancy of its plumage and varied elegance of the markings, one of the most 
striking in the graceful plume of feathers falling back from the head. 
They are so easily domesticated that they will allow themselves to be 
handled, if always treated with gentleness. 

The Mandarin duck, a Chinese variety, is also a bird of splendid plum- 
age, but rare. 

Of the crested ducks, the White and the Black Poland are best known. 
Both are crested, the crest varying in size, but always bearing a ball of 
feathers, quite round. 

Another very rare duck, the Crested duck, said to be native to America, 

is descnbed by Mr. Latham as being " the size of the wild duck," (an 

indefinite description), "but much larger, for it mensures twenty-five 

inches in length ; a tuft adorns its head ; a straw yellow, mixed with 

rusty-colored spots is spread over the throat and front of the neck ; the 

wings, speculum blue beneath, edged with white ; the bill, wings and tail 

are black ; irides red, and all the rest of the body ashy-gray." 
71 



]^122 CYCLOPEDIA 



OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




PAIR OF BLACK CAYUGA DUCKS. 




WILD AND AFRICAN CROSS. 



GRAY WILD GOOSE. 



PART X. 



Diseases of Poultry. 

HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PEEVE N 

TION AND CUKE. 




PAIR OF LIGHT BRAHMAS. 




PAIR OF B4RRED PLYMOUTH ROCKS. 



Diseases of Poultry. 



CHAPTER I. 



THE CARE AND TREATMENT OP SICK FOWLS. 



I DIVISION OP DISEASES INTO GROUPS. II, APOPLEXY. III. VERTIGO. IV. 

PARALYSIS. V. CROP-BOUND. VI. DIARRH(EA. VII. CATARRH. VIII, 

BRONCHITIS. IX. ROUP. X. GAPES. XI. PIP. XII. CONSUMPTION. 

XIII. INFLAMMATION OF THE EGG PASSAGE. XIV. LEG WEAKNESS. XV. 

RHEUMATISM. XVI. POULTRY LOUSINESS. 

I. Division of Diseases into Groups. 

The diseases to which ix)ultry are subject, are comparatively few. 
Poultry lousiness ; roup, a contagious disease ; gapes ; crop-bound ; 
diarrhoea ; catarrh ; inflammation of the egg passage, and rheumatism, 
are the prmcipal ones. These and a few others, only, will be noticed. 
They may be divided as follows : Diseases of the brain and nervous sys- 
tem ; diseases of the digestive organs ; diseases of the lungs and air pas- 
sages ; diseases of the egg organs ; and diseases of the skin. 

II. Apoplexy. 

Causes. — The cause of this disease is usually overfeeding and confined 
quarters. The 1)ird may be moping for some days, but usually the 
trouble is not noticed until the fowl falls, and dies with hardly a struggle- 

What to do. — The remedy is to open the largest of the veins under the 
wing. By pressing on the vein between the opening and the body, the 
blood will continue to flow until the pressure is released. 

Prevention — The prevention is plenty of exercise, and abstinence from 
over-stimulatinff food. 

III. Vertigo. 
This is caused usually by strong feeding and lack of exercise. The 
fowl runs in a circle with but partial control of the limbs, and sometimes 
falls and dies. 

What to do. — When observed, hold the head of the bird under a stream 
of cold water which will soon give relief. Ten grains of jalap may be 
administered afterwards, and the bird be kept on a rather low diet. 

1125 



1126 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

rv. Paralysis. 

This is also induced by the same causes as the two last mentioned dis 
eases, and is the direct effect of some disorder oi the spinal cord. But 
little can be done, when once a bird is thus attack _d. 

Prevention. — Plenty of exercise, a mixed diet, and well ventilated but 
dry quarters. 

V. Crop-Bound. 

Causes. — This is caused by irregular feeding. A hungry bird stuffs 
his crop to such a degree, that the whole, when moistened, becomes a 
dense impacted mass. Sometimes any large hard substance will serve as 
a nucleus for the gradual gathering of other substances around it. 

What to do. — The treatment is to puncture the upper part of the crop, 
loosen the mass by degrees with a blunt instrument, and gradually re- 
move the lump. If the incision is large, the slit may be sewed up, and 
the bird kept for ten days on soft food. If in good condition, the 
cheapest w^ay is to kill the bird unless it be a valuable one. 

VI. DiarrhcBa. 

The symptoms are obvious. 

What to do. — The remedy is to give something to check the purging. 

Try the following : 

No. 1. 5 Grains powdered chalk, 

5 Grains Turkey rhubarb, 
2 Grains Cayenne pepper. 

If this does not check the discharge, give the following, until the bird 
IS relieved : 

No. 2. 1 Grain opium, 

1 Grain powdered ipecac. 

Give every 5 hours, until relief is had. 

VII. Catarrh. 

Causes. — Damp quarters, and roosting in exposed situations. 
How to Know. — In simple cold or catarrh there will be swelling of the 
eyelids, a watery or other discharge from the nostrils, and the face 
may be more or less swollen at the sides. 

What to do. — Remove to comfortable quarters, and give warm food, 
liberally dusted with pepper. This will usually effect a cure. 

VTEI. Bronchitis. 

Causes. — BronchitiB results when the effects of a cold expend them- 
selves in the lungs and air passages. 



THE CARE AND TREATMENT OF SICK FOWLS. 1127 

How to know it. — There will be cough, a raising of the head to breathe, 
and a more or less offensive smell. 

What to do. — In severe cases, give the following : 

No. 3. 1 Grain calomel, 

}^ Grain tartar emetic. 

Strip a feather, also, to within one-half inch of the end, and swab the 
throat thoroughly Avith powdered borax ; also, let the fowls drink of the 
following : 

No. 4. I4 Ounce chloride of potassium, 

2 Quarts soft water. 

This disease is sometimes called croup. 

Preventives. — Good ventilation, cleanliness, and proper care. 

IX. Roup. 

When this disease is once found, the affected fowls should be either 
killed and burned, or else removed out of the way of the well ones. Or, 
better, remove the well ones to other quarters. Separation must be 
complete ; otherwise the entire flock will be subjected to the disease. It 
is one of the most fatal pertaining to fowls, and action should be decisive 
and promptly taken. 

How to l<now it. — The symptoms, at first, are like those of severe 
catarrh ; but the discharge from the nostrils is thick, opaque, and of a 
peculiar and offensive odor. Froth appears at the inner corners of the 
eyes ; the lids swell, and often the eyes are entirely closed ; the sides of 
the face become much swollen, and the l>ird rapidly loses strength and 
dies. 

What to do. — The fowls must have dry, warm quarters, and soft and 
stimulating food. Give, as soon as })()ssiiblc, for a snuill fowl, a tea- 
spoonful, or for a large fowl, a tablespoonful of castor oil. The nostrils 
should be syringed, by inserting a small syringe in the slit of the roof of 
the mouth, with one })art of chloride of soda to two parts of water. 
Three or four hours after the oil has been given, having divided the fol- 
lowing into thirty doses, give one, two or three times a day : 

No. 5. 1-2 Ounce balsam copaiba, 

1^ Ounce liquorice powder, 
^ Drachm piperine. 

This is enough for thirty doses ; enclose each dose in a little gelatine, 
and administer as directed. If the fowls continue to get worse, kill at 
once and bury them. 



1128 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




GAPE WORM. 
J, natural size; i, enlarged 



X. Gapes. 

This is caused hy parasitic worms {Sderostoma syngamus) \\\ the 
wind-pipe, and occurs usually in chickens from 
two to four nwnths of age. It has been said to 
be produced from a small, tick-like parasite, lodged 
on the heads of the chickens. If a case occurs, 
examine the chickens Avith a pocket lens, and if 
the parasites are found, destroy them with the fol- 
lowing, which is good, also, for hen lice: 

No. 6. 1 Ounce mercurial ointment, 

1 Ounce lard oil, 
^2 Ounce flowers of sulphur, 
% Ounce crude iietroleura. 

Mix, by melting in a warm bath, and apply 
when just warm. 

To cure the gapes, strip a small quill feather to 
within half an inch of the end ; dip it in spirits of turpentine, and insert 
it into the opening to the wind-pipe at the base of the tongue ; turn it 
around once or twice, and Avithdraw it. If relief is not had, repeat the 
operation again the next day. Give wirm shelter, good, soft food, well 
mixed Avith a little black pepper, and skim-milk to drink. 

XI. Pip. 

This is not a disease but the result of another disease. It is the forma- 
tion of a scale or crust at the tip of the tongue. 

What to do. Remove the incrustation , Avash with chloride of soda, 

and if the nostrils are stopped, inject as advised for roup ; if the fowl is 
very much ailing, give a teaspoonful of castor oil. 

XII. Consumption. 

This is a rare disease among fowls that are ke[)t on the farm. It is a 
gradual Avasting away, Avith cough and the throwing out of matter, and 
is the result of too close confinement in damp, unhealthy quarters. It 
often becomes hereditary in foAvls so kept, and if you are unfortunate 
enouo-h to have got such foAvls from some breeder of pure-bred fowls, 
who was not attentive to his stock, kill them, since it is Avorse than use- 
less to breed from them. 

XIII. Inflammation of the Egg Passage. 

How to know it. — ^The indications of this disease, rare in foAvls kept on 
the farm, are as follows : If the inflammation is at the loAVcr end of the 
passage, the egg is without shell \ if the intlammation is iu ib« middle 



THE CARE AND TREATMENT OF SICK FOWLS. 1129 

portion, the membrane is misshapen, or incomplete; if the whole pas- 
sage is inflamed, the yolk is passed out without any covering. 

The laying of soft shelled eggs is not evidence of inflammation. It 
may be the effects of being driven about, or of a want of lime materialm 
the system to form the shell. In inflammation there will be fever, and 
the feathers, especially over the back, will be ruflied. The hen will be 
moping, and at times will strain to discharge the contents of the passage. 

What to do. — The proper remedy is to give the following ; 

No. 7. 1 Grain calomel, 

1-12 Grain tartar emetic. 

To be given in a little gelatine. 

Keep the hen afterwards, for some time, on nourishing but not stimula- 
ting food. As a rule the cheapest way, unless in the case of a valuable 
fowl, is, if the difliculty returns, to kill the fowl. 

XIV. Leg Weakness. 

This is a disease of young fowls and more generally of young males, 
rather than of pullets. The bird seems unable to support its weight, and 
constantly sinks down. The large Asiatic fowls are most subject to it. 
The remedy is nourishing diet, with a due proportion of insect or animal 
food. The grain should be cracked wheat, coarse oat-meal or barley 
meal, and if from three to eight gi-ains of citrate of iron be daily given, 
it will greatly assist as a tonic. 

XV. Rheumatism. 

Causes. — This is a disease arising from cold, damp quarters, or those 
badlv ventilated. Another cause is the chickens runninir in the dew or 
wet in the early season. Cramp is produced by the same causes. Little 
can be done, once they are aifected. 

Prevention. — The prevention is obvious. Good, clean, well ventilated 
quarters, and plenty of nutritious and varied food. 

XVI. Poultry Lousiness. 

There would seem to be little need for the appearance of this nuisance, 
if care were taken, and if new fowls introduced were first examined with 
a lens ; for the i>arasites are very minute. Tlie common hen louse, is 
larger than the "hen spider" so called, which is almost microscpic. 

What to do. — The first may be destroyed by sprinkling the breeders 
and nests with Scotch snuff or flowers of sulphur, at intervals of two or 
three days. 

The hen spider is more difiicult to exterminate. When hens have been 
allowed to roost in a horse stable, we have known the horses and every 



1130 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

crevice to be so infested that only the most rigid means could extermi- 
nate them. This was by the application of flowers of sulphm', moistened 
with kerosene, Jipplied to the roots of the manes and tails of the horses, 
and a thorough application to the fowls themselves. In addition, every 
part of the building must be thorougbly cleansed and washed, and every 
surface, crack and crevice filled with lime, slacked with ammoniacal 
liquor from the gas works ; or in place of this use a little carbolic acid 
with ordinary lime wash. Wash, also, all the furniture, perches, nests, 
etc., with a solution of one pound of potash, to a quart of water, or the 
ammoniacal Avatcr of a gas factory. Then put in plenty of dust baths. 
and the difficulty will probably be endedo 

XVII. Chicken Cholera. 

First renovate the coops thoroughly ; then saturate the roosts, floor 
and sides of the coop with kerosene oil. Then use Recipe No. 6 for lice. 
Grease your chickens thoroughly with it, every^ one of them, under the 
wings, and wherever the feathers are off. Repeat the greasing pro- 
cess in ten days, then once a month from the first of May until Novem- 
ber, and use the following internally : 

No. 8. Hyposulphite of soda, 4 oz., 

Water, 1 gallon. 
Mix. 

Dissolve the soda in the water; then make cornmeal dough with 
the water, and feed it to your chickens twice a day for a week (just an 
ordinary feed), and then once a week through the summer months as a 
preventative. If, however, any are sick, give one teaspoonful of the 
water (without the meal) four times a day until out of danger. In the 
very great majority of cases, the above will be found effectual. 



PART XI. 

■■ ■ «» 

BEES. 

fflSTORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, WITH DIREC 
TIONS FOR THEIR SUCCESSFUL MAJSTAGEMENT. 




THE GENDERS OF BEES. BEE-KEEPER AND SWARM. 

1132 



BEES. 

CHAPTER I. 

VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OP BEES. 



I, NATURAL HISTORY OK BEE8. 11. THE THREE GENDEKS OF THE HONEY BEE. 

III. VARIETIES OF THE HONEY BEE. IV. THE SO-CALLEU QUEEN OR MOTHER 

BEE. V. THE NUMBER OF EGGS LAID. VI. DRONES OK MALE BEES. VII. 

NEUTER OR WORKER BEES. VIII. VARIETIES OF HONEY. IX. WAX AN© 

HOW IT IS FORMED. X. PLANTS ADAPTED TO THE PRODUCTION OF HONEY. 

I. Natural History of Bees. 

In all times, and aniono; all nations and tril)es, however savane. the 
honey bee has been held in high esteem. Among savages and barbarians 
bees have always been prized for the stores of sweets they produce, and 
among more civilized people, for the interest attached to the study of 
their peculiarities and habits, as well as for the value of the honev as an 
article of food or luxury. 

The honey bee belongs to the order Hexapods, that is true insects ; and 
to the sub-order Hyraenoptera . This sub-order includes wasps, iints, 
sand-liies and ichneumon flies. The group comprises insects having a 
tongue for taking liquid food, as Avell as strong jaws for gnawing and 
biting. The family to which the honey bee belongs (Apidce), includes 
all insects which feed their young or larvae on pollen and honey. 

Insects of this family have broad heads ; also antenna; or feelers, usu-- 
ally thirtccn-jointed in the male, and only twelve-jointed in the female; 
the jaws (mandibles) very strong, often toothed ; the tongue {ligidc) Ion"- ; 
the second jaws [maxilla') one on each side of the tongue, also lonf»- ; and 
the tongue, when not in use, generally folded back once or t^vice 
under the head. The larvae are footless, maggot-like grubs, which are 
fed on honey and pollen ; and a j^eculiarity of the honey bee is, that the 
neuter Qfi:g may be changed during its growth, by the woi-kers, when 
necessary, so that the fertile; or mother form (queen) is produced. 

The mother bee is impregnated but once, and lives several years laying 
eggs, producing neuter be|?s or males, apparently at will, though pi-obablj' 
according to a natural law not yet fully understood. The worker bees 
live not over one year, and the males are destroyed at the end of the first 

1133 



1134 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR 

summer's growth. This much must suffice, since the object is not to 
write a dissertation on the natural history of the honey bee, but simply to 
give such information as will assist the practical farmer in keeping such 
a num})er of swarms as his range will support, without seriously interfer- 
ing with the ordinary labor of the farm. 

There is a poetry lingering about the subject of bees and bee-keeping, 
that probably will never be eradicated from the human mind, a feeling 
that has come down from the earliest antiquity, and fostered from gen- 
eration to generation, among all peoples, especially so until the produc- 
tion of other sweet substances became possible to man. Another reason, 
and perhaps the key note to the poetry of the subject, is the curious as 
well as perfect economy of this interesting species, in all its details. 

II. The Three Genders of the Honey Bee. 

We find these interesting insects living in colonies of many thousands, 
apparently under an intelligent system of government, composed of three 
distinct classes. These are the female, or mother bee, the neuters, or 
workers, and the males. The single female in a swarm has, for her sole 
province, to lay the eggs from which the young are hatched ; the males 






QUEEN BEE. DRONE. WORKER. 

or drones have no other duty save that of impregnating the single female 
»nce, thus rendering her fertile for life ; the worker bees, whose gender 
is neuter, gather all the food, prepare the wax, build the cells, store the 
honey, feed the young larvoe bees, clean the hive, and perform all the 
labor. These three classes of bees are represented by the cuts ; the out- 
lines are all enlarged, but retain the relative proportions each to the 
others. Thus, the young bee-keeper may readily distinguish each variety 
of bee at sight. For the want of such object lessons we have known old 
men who had, as farmers, kept bees all their lives, unable to distinguish 
one from the other, and, in fact, who had never seen the mother bee at 
all. 



VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OF BEBB. 1135 

III. Varieties of the Honey Bee. 

Our domestic ])ce belongs to the Apis MelUjica, unci is a native of the 
Eastern Hemisphere, none having been known in the western half of the 
globe, until brought here from beyond the Atlantic ; but once introduced, 
they have taken kindly to our climate, and are now spread over the 
whole of North America where the winters are not too severe, since their 
natural instinct of swarming enables them easily to escape from domesti- 
cation. The varieties of the honey bee best known are the Black, or 
German bee, and the Italian, or Ligurian bee, both of which varieties 
were known as long ago as the time of Aristotle, 400 years before Christ. 
The so-called Black bees are not really black, but a gray-black. The 
specific distinction between the two varieties above mentioned was first 
made by S[)inola, in 180.5, who called one the German, and the otherthe 
Ligurian, the name Italian being a synonym, adopted lately for the 
reason that the first well-known importation of them to the United 
States was from Italy. In 1859, these " Italians " were imported sim- 
ultaneously into England and the United States from Germany, and the 
next year an importation was made direct to the United States from 
Italy, where they were systematically kept ; and now they are generally 
disseminated throughout the United States and Canada. 

The German bees are pretty much self-colored. The Italians are 
easily distinguished by the bright yellow rings — three in number when 
the breed is pure — at the base of the abdomen. 

The Egyptian bees (fasciaia or banded) are broadly banded with yel- 
low. They are smaller, more slender and yellower than the Italians, and 
are supposed to be the bees mentioned in scripture. Vogel states that 
they gather no propolis ; they are also reported to be active, to stand the 
cold well, and to be cross and more liable to sting than either the Ger*- 
man or Italian. Italian bees are credited with being the best natured 
of any, a matter not difficult to account for under the laws of heredity, 
since they are the oldest of thoroughly domesticated bees. 

Another variety of bees that has received attention is the Cyprian 
bee, which is yellow, and undoubtedly a variety of the Italian. A vari- 
ety of Italians has recently been sold, called Albinos, from their white 
hairs ; the prol)ability is that all Italian bees have these white-haired 
individuals naturally among them. The Carnolian, the Heath, the Her- 
zegovinian, and the Krainer bees are also described by fanciers. In 
these days of sharp practice there are yearly candidates for the farm- 
er's money on every hand. Our advice is that farmers stick to the Ger- 
man and Italian ; they are good enough for every day use. 



1136 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

IV. The So-Called Queen or Mother Bee. 

The mother l)ee has no sovereign attributes, though the ancients called 
her the King, and hence our name Queen, adopted since her true gender 
became known. She is simply a perfectly developed female with ova- 
ries occupying nearly the whole of her abdomen, which, as shovvn in the 
cut, is of great length ; and the spermatheca, capable of being compressed 
at will, is capable, according to Lenckart, of containing 25,000,000 sper- 
matozoa. Hence, the mother bee may lay fertile or infertile eggs at pleas- 
ure. She is longer than either the drones or workers ; her wings are 
shorter; and although armed with a powerful sting, she seldom uses it. 
It has been a mooted question, whether it be possible for the mother bee 
to be impregnated except while on the wing; the probability is that she 
can only be thus rendered fertile, the male losing his life with the 
nccomplishment of the act. 

V. The Number of Eggs Laid. 
The energy with which the mother l)ee lays eggs is startling. It is her 
sole provin('e to keep the colony i)opulous, and since the life of the worker 
is short, her activity must be fully employed, during mild weather. She is 
capable of laying from 2,000 to 3,000 eggs a day when necessary, and has 
been kiiown to hu' six eggs in one minute. That most careful observer, 
Bcrlepsch, says he had a queen that laid 3,021 eggs in twenty-four hours, 
by actual count, and .57,000 eggs in twenty days; that this queen con- 
tinued prolific for five years, and must have laid more than 1,300,000 
eggs at a low average during this time. Other careful observers, notably 
Dzierzon, say queens may lay over 1,000,000 eggs. 

VI. Drones or Male Bees. 

The drones are the male bees, and their presence or absence often 
seems to be determined by the necessities of the colon3^ It is probable 
that, if allowed, the drones would live as long as the worker bees ; but 
from May to November is the time when they are usuall}'^ found in the 
hives. The usual number in a hive is from two hundred to three hun- 
dred, but less than half this number may safely be left by the bee keeper 
to ensure the impregnation of the young queens at swarming time. The 
worker bees kill all remaining drones in the autumn, usually before hard 
frosts occur. An unimpregnated queen Avill lay eggs producing drones 
only, but after fertilization can lay either worker eggs or those producing 
male bees, apparently at will. 

VII. Neuter or Worker Bees. 

The worker bees are undeveloped females, that is with aliortive ovaries ; 
sometimes, though rarely, they become so far developed as to lay drone 



1 



VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OF BEES. 1137 

eggs. How this happens is not certainly known, but the probability is 
that they may have been i)artially fed with the food used in producing 
queens. This is the opinion of Bui-lepsoh, and Langstroth, ))ut the o\nn- 
ion of Huber is, that, retired near royal cells, they received the same food 
accidentally. They do not differ from the ordinary worker except in the 
power of laying eggs as stated. The number of workers iu a hive will 
range from 1,500 to 4,000, and even more ; about 3,500 should be con- 
tained in every strong colony of bees. 

The worker bees are peculiarly constituted for the work ; the tongue, 
lah'vdl palpi and jaws are long, and the tongue hairy, enabling them easily 
to lap up their liquid food. When filled, the tongue is doubled back, and 
disengaged of its load by the inclosing palpi and jaws, and the load is 
sucked into the honey bag. The bees have, also, the power of injecting 
the contents of the honey bag for feeding bees, or for filling the honey 
cells. The jaws are strong, with semi-conical cutting edges, so they 
may cut comb, knead wax, and perform the other work intended by 
nature. Their eyes are like those of the queen, but the wings are longer 
and, like those of the drones, reach the end of the body w4ien at rest. 
The three cuts on pagel094will show the differences perfectly. 

On the outside of the posterior limbs next the body, is a rim of hairs, 
forming what is called the pollen basket. The pollen is gathered by the 
organs of the mouth, and carried back by the four anterior legs. On the 
anterior legs is a notch covered by a spur ; its use is not well known. The 
sthig of the worker is strong, sharp and straight, unlike that of the queen, 
which is curved. The gland which secretes the poison is double, and the 
poison sack is the size of a flax seed. The sting is triple, and armed with 
barbs. Hence the sting is not easily withdrawn when once fully inserted, 
and hence the bee so stinging loses its life, since the sting and a portion 
of the alimentary canal are left in any tenacious substance it may pene- 
trate, as the skin of the hand for instance. 

VIII. Varieties of Honey. 

Natural honey is the fluid nectar of flowers. It undergoes slight modi- 
fications in the honey bag of the bees, and is somewhat changed chemically, 
but retains the flavor, and to a certain extent, the aroma of the flowers 
from which it is gathered. Hence, certain districts noted for special 
plants, and aromatic flowers, produce highly prized honey, while other 
districts produce unwholesome honey from the noxious or poisonous flow- 
ers. Thus in ancient times, the honey gathered in the district of Mount 
Ida was famous for its«excellence, while that of Trebizond was abhorred. 

Honey contains grape sugar, manna, gum, mucilage, extractive matter, 

the odor of the flow^ers from which it was taken, and a little wax, pollen 
72 



1138 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and acid. In fact, it is said that under the microscope, the pollen con- 
tained has determined some of the flowers from which the honey was 
taken. When first drawn from the comb the honey is quite fluid, but in 
time candies, as it is termed, that is, tlie solid glucose separates from the 
fluid parts, and is identical, chemically, with grape sugar ; nevertheless the 
solid and fluid parts are not essentially different. All honey tends to 
crystalize with age, and become yellow. 

The adulterations of honey are various. That from glucose (" corn 
sugar") is the most difficult of detection ; starch, chalk and other solids, 
may be detected by heating the honey, whereupon these impurities will 
settle to the bottom. Of late years the filling of old comb with glucose 
has been so largely practiced, that it is not safe to buy any but white 
comb, cnpped over. Hence pure comb, capped by the bees, commands 
two or three times the price of strained honey. 

IX. "Wax and How It is Formed. 

The wax used by bees in the formation of the cells is a solid, unc- 
tuous substance, secreted by the bees in pellets of an irregular pentagon 
shape, on tlie under side of the al)domen ; it is in very thin scales, 
secreted by and moulded upon the membrane towards the body from the 
wax-pockets. There are four wax-pockets on a side, and thus eight 
scales may be secreted at a time. 

Wax is a costly product for the bees, the production of one ounce of 
Wax requiring the consumption of about twenty ounces of honey. 
Hence, modern ingenuity has invented a machine for pressing out thin 
scales of wax of the true hexagonal shape, although the natural combs 
are not true hexagons. The formation of the comb l)y bees is one of the 
most interesting and wonderful things in nature. The walls of anew cell 
are only l-180th of an inch in thickness, and so formed as to combine 
the greatest possible strength with the least material, and f he least cost 
of space. The drone cells are about one-fifth larger than those of the 
workers, the diameter of the worker cells averaging little more than one- 
fifth of an inch, while drone cells are a little more than one-fourth of an 
inch, or, according to Eeamur, respectively two and three-fifths lines, 
and three and one-third lines. 

Comb, when first formed, is always transparent; when dark, it has 
become so from being used as brood comb, the color being due to the 
cocoons left in the cells. When used solely for honey, they are often 
drawn out even to an inch in length. The capping of the brood-cells is 
dark, porous, and convex, while the capping of those in which honey is 
stored, is white and concave. 



VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OF BEES. 1139 

X. Plants Adapted to the Production of Honey. 

Aside from artificial feeding, the practice of which will hardly be 
adopted and cannot be advised among farmers, or those who do not make 
bee-keeping a special business, the prevalence of honey-bearing plants 
must be specially considered, in deciding upon the number of hives 
which may be profitably kept. It is generally supposed that garden 
flowers are a prolific source from which bees get their stores ; such, how- 
ever, is not the case. In the West those annuals or perennials prolific in 
honey arc, many of them, sjiicous, and of great value aside from this use. 
Of the clovers, the Alsike, the White, and the Sweet clover are eminent 
for their bee-feeding qualities. The last named is of no value except 
as bee ptisturage. 

Bee-keepers have been accused of purposely sowing this fragrant weed 
for this purpose, much to the annoyance of farmers, and it cannot be 
denied that it has become largely prevalent where bee-keeping is estab- 
lished as a distinct industry. These plants bloom in June and July, 
while red clover is not available as bee food mi til the second arrowth is 
in blossom, after harvesting the first crop for hay. The earliest bloom 
will come from dandelion, the strawberry, and other wild and cultivated 
plants, and the observing bee-keeper must be governed by the prevalence 
of bloom, in estimating how many swarms may find forage during April 
and May — a most trying time for bees. In May and June the sumac 
and the white sage are valuable in California, while in the South the 
cotton plant is a prolific source of honey from June until frost ; and 
during this time, in various parts of the country, mustard, rape, the 
milk weeds, and St. John's wort, yield abundant stores of honey. In 
July, corn is the great honey-producing plant all over the West ; in 
August, and thence until frost, buckwheat is the great honey producer ; 
and during the later season, the vast array of wild flowers will *be avail- 
able, among them asters, golden-rod, the wild sunflowers, beggar-ticks, 
Spanish needles, tick seed, etc. 

In all forest regions the bees feed upon the bloom of shrubs and trees, 
and in every locality upon orchard trees and bushes. The latter furnish 
abundance of blooms, the apple especially, and the best time to change 
swarms, or divide them, is when orchard trees are in full l)loom. 

The first trees to give bloom in the spring, are the red and white ma- 
ples, the aspens and willows. South of 40 degrees the red bud (Judas 
tree) is prolific in its bloom. May gives us alder, sugar maple, haws, 
crab-apple, and nearly all fruit trees and bushes. Late in May and early in 
June we have the barberry, grape, white wood (tulip tree), sumac, and 
during June the wild plum, raspberry and blackberry ; July will give 



1140 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

bass wood, Virginia creeper and button bush. In the South, all these 
trees thrive in the hill region ; many of them we do not have in the West, 
among them the sour wood. In California the pepper tree and 
red gum, are noted for late bloom. When there is plenty of the 
plants we have named, the bee-keeper need not fear but there will be 
ail abundance of bloom of many species indigenous, but not mentioned 
here. 



CHAPTER II. 



THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OP BEES. 



I. HIVES. II. NUMBER OF SWARMS PROFITABLY KEPT ON A FARM. III. 

SWARMINfJ. IV. HIVING NEW SWARMS. V. TAKING THE HONEY. VI. 

WINTERING BEES. VII. IMPLEMENTS OF USE. VIII. A MOTHERLESS SWARM. 

IX. FASTENING EMPTY COMBS IN FRAMES. X. FEEDING BEES.— — XI. 

ENEMIES OF BEES. XII. FOUL BROOD. XIII. CONCLUSION. 



I. Hives. 

Whatever the hive used — the old fashioned close box hive is now-a' 
days obsolete — siniplicity is the main feature to be considered by the 
farmer. Have nothing to do with a hive that is full of doors, drawers, 
traps, or any of these devices to catch the unwary. Leave these to 
experimental bee-keepers. If comb-honey in frames is desired, about 
4,000 cubic inches should l)e the contents of the hive. If the surplus 
honey is to be contained in caps, 2,000 cubic inches and even less will be 
ample for the hive. In any event, the 
hive should be closely jo'nted, and care- 
fully put together. 

In our opinion the Langstroth hive, or 
some moditication of this form is best, all 
things considered, for the farmer. Its 
patent has now expired, and the cut we 
give shows a hive that any carpenter can 
make, or the several parts can now be 
bought ready to be put together of any 
one dealing in bee-keepers, supplies, 
packed for shipment. Its working parts 
are easily adjusted; it is as near moth 
proof and vermin proof as any hive — 
none are really so. To the talent of Mr. Langstroth, who during his life 
labored continuously in simplifying the "mysteries of bee-keeping," is 
due, more than to any other one individual, the bringing of this interest- 
ing art within the grasp of all. 

On the next page are given two illustrations, showing different forms 
of movable frames, the larger one filled with comb, while the smaller one 
has only a few cells. The smaller frame is only about six or eight inches 

1141 




MOVABLE FRAME HIVE. 



1 142 CYCLOPEDIA OI' LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 





square, and, when filled with comb, will contain about a pound of honey. 
A number of them placed side bj side, and joined together, 
will occupy the same space iu the hive as the larger frame. 
The small frames are far more convenient for handling 
than the larger ones, and by their use the honey can be sold 
in the frames in quantities to suit retail buyers. Most of 
the California honey shipped eastward, comes in these small small frame. 

frames just as the bees made it. 

As before said, whatever the hive let 
it be simple ; and since none of the 
standard hives are now covered by 
patents, a practical man ought to be 
able easily to judge what suits his idea 
best. The cut will show one of the 
MOVABLE FRAME FILLED WITH COMB, movablc framcs filled with a wired 
comb foundation, and may also be taken as showing a movable frame 
filled with comb. 

II. Number of Swarms Profitably kept on a Farm. 
The great mistake made by farmers in bee keeping is, that they are too 
eager to increase the numl)er of their swarms. When a few swarms are 
kept the bees remain healthy and give plenty of surplus honey, because 
they find plenty of natural forage. Swarms, on the other hand, are ex- 
tended until ten, twenty, fifty, and even more, are working ; then come 
light crops of honey, disease, moth and other pests, and, at last, starva- 
tion puts an end to the experiment. Artificial feeding and precise care 
may, indeed, prevent this ; but the farir.er cannot spare the time from 
his other duties, though the specialist may. We have never been able to 
keep more than twenty swarms, even on one of the best of feeding 
grounds, without special care and feeding ; and the greatest profit for 
the least outlay has been from ten or twelve swarms ; some locations 
will not support. more than half this number. Every farm range should 
keep five or six swarms nicely. Our advice, therefore, is, understock 
rather than overstock. 

III. Swarming. 

The proper time for bees to swarm is as early in the season as pos- 
sible. If they have been properly wintered, that is, if they are strong, 
swarming will begin about the time apple trees are in full bloom. The 
old adage says, 

" A swarm in May, is worth a load of hay; 
A swarm iu June, is worth a silver spoon; 
A swarm in Julyi is aot worth a fly." 



THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF BEES. 1143 

This it will be well for every farmer to remember. The early swarms 
become populous, and have plenty of houey before the dry season 
and heat cut off the honey supply, and can carry themselves through. 
The late swarm is weak, gets weaker, and finally succumbs to the 
inevitable. 

IV. Hiving New Swarms. 

In working about bees, at any time, and for whatsoever purpose, there 
must be no haste, sudden movements, or excitement of any kind. This 
is what causes stinging. If you crush a bee, or if it gets pinched in any 
part of your dress, you will be stung ; if not, there is little danger, 
unless you go about your work in an excitable manner. If you are so 
unfortunate as to be stung, get out of the way as quietly and quickly as 
possible ; the odor of the sting will excite the whole colony. It is well to 
protect yourself against stingingin the most perfect manner ; apair of buck- 
skin gauntlets tied securely over the cuffs of the coat, 
the bottom of the pantaloons tied firmly about the boot 
tops, thick, loose clothing, and a bee veil afford per- 
fect security to even those whom bees dislike (hasty 
persons), and to those who fear bees (timid persons). 
A bee veil is simply a piece of bobinet, large enough 
to tie over the head, as shown in the cut, and which 
may be fastened by being tucked under the top of the 
coat, or tied about the collar. 

Have your hives ready, and all prepared beforehand. 
If the bees are settled upon a handy bush, simply 
shake them carefully into the hive, as many as you 
can ; cover and place it near where the other bees may bee veil. 

enter. If the greater part of the swarm fall on the 
ground, drive them to the entrance, by gently and carefully sAveeping 
them with something soft. When they begin to enter, leave them alone 
until evening, when they must be set where they are to remain. If the 
swarm has settled upon a limb so high that it cannot be reached by a 
ladder, climb to it, tie a rope securely to the limb beyond where you 
wish to saw, let the end pass over a limb still higher, and thence to the 
ground. An assistant holds the end of the rope and eases the limb as it 
begins to be severed, so it comes down gently, and often without seri- 
ously disturbing the bees ; pass it gently to the ground, put the bees 
into the hive, as before directed, and it will be found that this is about 
all the " mystery " in hiving bees. Watch for indications of swarming, 
and be ready, and you will seldom lose a swarra. 




1144 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




BELLOWS AND SMOKING TUBE. 



We never knew a swarm to go directly away without clustering, the 
first time they came out. Hence the beating of tin pans, and throwing 
water, or sand among an issuing swarm is all nonsense. But if they rise 
directly up and seem inclined to make off, a good dash of water or sand 
will often bring them down, probably on the principle that they think it 
a bad day for swarming. Wire swarm-catchers are sometimes used. A 
bushel basket on a suitable handle is excellent, when a swarm is to be 
shaken down from a limb. 

V. Taking the Honey. 

Never undertake to work about a colony of bees unless you are sure 
they are tilled with honey. At the first alarm of any kind, tapping on 

the hive, or smoking, their first impulse is to 
fill themselves with honey, to be ready for 
any enlergency. Once filled, Avhich need not 
take more than five minutes, they are quiet, 
and will not sting unless they are hurt ; pro- 
ceed quietly then to remove the honey, and 
pay no attention to the flying bees — if you do you will get stung. A good 
form of smoker — very little smoking will do — is given in the cut. A few 

whiffs from a smoker's pipe answers 
very well. If any honey wished to be 
removed, sticks, loosen it or cut through 
HONEY KNIFE. it with a thiu knife. The cut shows the 

best form of honey knife. 

VI. Wintering Bees. 

A good swnd for bees is a simple shed, tight on the sides and facing 
the east ; the roof should be water-proof ; if then you have shutters for 
the front to be put up in winter, to keep out drifting snow, you have a 
o-ood place both for summering and for wintering bees. Bees, of course, 
may be most economically wintered in a cold, dry, light, well- ventilated 
cellar ; but this again belongs to the professional Apiarist, and wants nice 
management. The healthiest and best place for the farmer to winter 
bees is in such a house as we have mentioned, further protected with 
cornstalks, or straw mats. The hives should be placed within twelve 
inches of the ground ; this is, also, the proper distance for summer. The 
main thing in summer is to guard against extreme heat, and in winter 
against driving storms, especially snow. Bees will stand extreme cold, if 
they are healthy, and the hive contains thirty pounds of honey in the 
autumn. They cannot stand wet, nor snow drifted among them in the 
hives. 




GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF BEES. 



1U5 



VII. Implements of Use. 

In bee-keeping, as in eveiy other art, certain implements and labor- 
saving appliances are needed. For taking honey from the hives, the 
bee veil, the smoker and the honey knife are all that is necessary; 
and where the honey is made in the small movable frames, already 
descri])cd, the knife is discarded. Indeed, the implements of use 
are but very few, so f?ir as successful bee-keeping is practiced by 
the farmer. We have figured the smoker and the honey knife. A pipe of 
tobacco and any well tempered, thin knife will 
answer. There are centrifugal machines in use for 
extracting honey from the comb, when it is wanted to 
be ao:ain returned to the hive. A cut of a "rood form 
is given. This again l)clongs more to the professional 
bee keeper than to the farmer. 

VIII. A Motherless Swarm. 
Sometimes, from one cause or another, a colony of 

bees loses the queen or mother l)ee, and has no hlrvee 

from which to rear another ; or, the bee keeper may 

choose to divide swarms, giving a nucleus of three 

frames. These are taken from the center frames of 

other hives ; take bees and all, but be sure the queen 

is left in the old hive, and shako among those in the 

nucleus hive the bees from two or three more frames, 

so that after the departure of those that Avill naturally 

leave and return to their old homes, enough will l)e left to keep up the 

requisite warmth in the hive. First, however, 3^ou must find a frame 

containing one or more capped queen cells ; cut a triangular piece out of 

one of the frames to be inserted in the 
nucleus swarm, cutting away the bot- 
tom as shown in the illustration, so 
there shall be no danger of compres- 
sion of the queen cell. Then cut a 
piece containing a queen cell from the 
other frame, and fasten it to the frame 
— see the illustration, also showing 
other (jueen cells — and after putting 
this in the nucleus hive, put in the 
other two frames and bees as directed. 
We could hardly advise the farmer bee- 
FURNisHiNG A QUEEN CELL, kccpcr to ado})t thls plan, but it is 

well to know how, in case it becomes necessary to furnish a queeu cell tc 

an unfortunate swarm 




CENTKIFrOAL EX- 
TRACTOK. 




1146 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



IX. Fastening Empty Comb in Frames. 

On page 1102 is a cut of a wired comb foundation; any comb even 

in pieces may be utilized by a little cut- 
ting and fitting, and temporarily fastened 
with wire or thin narrow strips tied top 
and bottom as shown in the annexed cut, 
until the bees secure it, which they will do 
in a day or two. 




UTILIZING PIECES OF COMB. 



X. Feeding Bees. 

If a SAvarm, from lack of forage, 
becomes insufficiently supplied with honey to carry them through the 
winter, or if it be found that they lack food in the early spring, they must 
be fed. The best thing is strained honey, of course ; the only other 
admissible thing is granulated sugar made into a syj-up of the consist- 
ency of honey. If the object be to stimulate bees to commence rearing 
brood early, a half pound to a pound of sugar a day, early in the spring 
and continued until bloom is plenty will be sufficient. If they are starv- 
ing, enough must be given to fully supply their wants and some to spare. 
If the bees require feeding in the fall, it should be given in such quanti- 
ties that they may begin the winter with fully thirty pounds of capped 
honey per swarm. It is best not to guess at the weight ; mark the weight 
of every empty hive plainly on it before the bees arc put in, and then 
you may know pretty nearly how much honey the swarm has by the sure 
test of weighing. 

We give two cuts, one of the feeding box invented by Mr. Shuck, the 




SHUCK'S BEE FEEDER. 

other Professor Cook's combined division 

board and feeding box. Any suitable ves- 

vel that will hold honey, with a float on 

top, pierced with holes, that the bees can 

feed through, will answer well enough, and 

this may be placed in the upper chamber of the hive, secure from other 

bees. 




cook's DIVISION BOARD AND 
FEEDER. 



GENERAL MANAGEIMENT OF BEES. 



1147 



XI. Enemies of Bees. 
There are many enemies of bees, among them the mosquito hawk, or 





WORK OF THE LARV^ IN COMB. 



BEE MOTH. 

devil's darning-needle, as it is some- 
times called. The bee-killer (Asil- 
us) is a two winged fly, which seizes 
the bee and sucks its fluids. A Ta- 
china fly has the reputation of laying 
its eggs in the bodies of bees occasionally. Large spiders rarely entangle 
bees in their nets. Ants sometimes depredate on bees. These, how- 
ever, may be provided against, as may mice, toads, and the king bird. 
The worst enemy to bees is the moth, which, if a swarm is not strong, 
will soon ruin it entirely with the webs and larvae. The moth lays its 
eggs in the minutest crack, and the young find their way into the hive, 
where they soon destroy the swarm by filling everything with their webs, 
as they progress. Their manner of working is shown in the cut en- 
titled "work of the larvoe in comb." 

XII. Foul Brood. 

This fungous disease of bees, once it gets a foothold in an apiary, gen- 
erally carries destruction with it. It is quite contagious ; Schonfeld, of 
Germany, not only infected the healthy larvje of bees with the germ, but 
other insects also. The symptoms are a steady decline in the colony; 
the brood becomes brown and salvy, and gives off a bad smell like that 
of putrefaction. The spores are in the honey and the bees eating this and 
feeding it to the young brood, infect thetn. A remedy said to be suc- 
cessful in eradicating the disease is as follows : 

8 Grains salicylic acid, 
8 Grains soda borax, 
1 Ounce rain water. 

Or in this proportion for the quantity needed. Uncap all the brood 
and throw the solution over the comb with a spraj'ing machine. 

XIII. Conclusion. 

Those who wish to go into bee-keeping extensively must educate them- 
selves by means of books written particularly on the subject of bees in all 



1148 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the minutise of their care. What we have given is a guide to those who^ 
like the writer, may wish to keep a few swarms of bees. 

The trying time for bees in the West is the extreme cold of our wui* 
ters, and the droughts of summer. These must ])e guarded against. 
The same care must be exercised with bees as witli any other farm stock. 
No farmer of sense would overstock his pasture ; do not, therefore, imag- 
ine because bees have the power of flight that they can forage indefinitely. 
They cannot. Their extreme power of flight is about three miles. Their 
most economical working range is, according to our observation when the 
country was new, only about one-half mile. They must first find flowers 
before they can get honey. Hence our advice, before increasing your 
swarms largely, be sure those you already have are somewhat lazy. 

It is not hard to tell if your neighbor's bees and 3^our own are overlap- 
ping on the feeding grounds. Dust a little flour on a bee, after it has filled 
itself from a saucer of honey offered to it. See which way it flies, and 
if it flies away from home, be sure that either your neighbor is over- 
Stocked, or else that you have not enough. Remember, however, that a 
lew heavy swarms are better than many weak ones. It is the honey you 
are after, and not numbers of swarms. In handling bees, do so deliber- 
ately and sagaciously, and you will not be stung. Do not make experi- 
ments largely in new hives, or in bee foods. Stick to a simple form of 
hive, and pure sugar syrup as food. Keep no more swarms than can 
easily forage to the full capacity of the hives. Take surplus honey as 
soon as it is ready, and keep plenty of empty boxes on hand for the honey 
harvest. But be very careful how you allow your cupidity to rob the 
hives in the fall, lest bees may not have enough to amply carry them 
through the winter, and fully up to the time when flowers are plenty 



OLOSSAilY OF SCIENTIFIC AND OTHER TERMS, IN GENERAL USE, 
WITH THEIR DEFINITIONS. 



Ablactation — A weanin^ or cessation from suckliiiir. 

Abomasam — The last or fourth stomach of ruminating animals. 

Abdomen — The portion of the body containing the stomach and intestines ; 
the belly. 

Abnormal — That Avhich is not natural or regular. 

Abortion — The casting of the young in an unnatural manner, and before 
the proper time. 

Abrade, Abrasion — To rub off, to wear away by contact, as rubbing off 
the surface of the skin, producing galls. 

Abrupt — Quick, sudden; an abrupt turn or twist in the intestine may 
produce strangulation of the parts. 

Abscess — A swelling and its cavity containing pus or matter. A cavity 
containing pus. 

Abscission — The cutting away or removal of a part. 

Absorb — Swallowing up, drinking in. 

Absorbent — In anatomy, those vessels which imbibe or suck up, as the 
lacteals or Ij^nphatics. In medicine, any substance, as chalk, mag- 
nesia, etc, used to absorb acidity in the stomach. 

Absorption — The taking up by the vessels of the body of any substance 
either natural or unnatural, as the serum of dropsical swellings. 

AcardiatropJiia — Atrophy or wasting of the heart. 

Acephalhoemia — Ansemia, or lack of blood, in the brain. 

Accelerate — Growing quicker or faster, as an accelerated pulse. 

Acid — Sour. The last fermentation before the putrid. 

Acidulate — To make slightly sour, as with lemon, vinegar, or the min- 
eral acids. 

Accretion — Increase, or growing as an exostosis or unnatural growth of 
bone. 

Aceni — Stony growths of the liver, resembling berries. 

Acrid — Sharp, pungent, biting, irritating, as the strong acids. 

Acute — Severe, sharp. In diseases, those which soon come to an end in 
contradistinction to chronic. 

Action — The paces of a horse, either natural or acquired. 

Actual — The production 'of an immediate effect, as by the use of a hot 
iron (actual cautery) in contradistinction to the effect of escharotics, 

as a caustic application. 

1149 



1150 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Acupressure — Arresting hemorrhage, as by means of a needle passed 

twice through a wounded substance at the side next the heart 
Adamantine Substance — The enamel of the teeth. 
Adenitis — Inflammation of a gUuid or o-hmds. 
Adermatropliia — Atrophy (wasting) of the skin. 
Adhesion — A joining together, as tlie union of parts in healing. 
Adhesive — That which adheres, as certain plasters. 
Adipose — Fatty matter ; belonging to fat. 
Adolescence — The period between puberty (the age of procreation) and 

the full development of tiie physical system. 
Adult — The age succeeding adolescence, and i)receding old age. 
Aerate — Mixing with air, as the blood in the lungs, by which it absorbs 

oxygen . 
u^dma — Genital oro^ans. 

Etiology — Relating to the doctrine or probable cause of a disease. 
Affection — Disease, or disease of some particular part. 
Affinity — The attraction which causes particles of ))()dics to adhere and 

form compounds. That which causes sul)stances to cohere. 
Affluence — Determination of the blood or of humors to a part. 
Albuminuria — That condition in which the urine contains albumen and 

an excess of urea, coagulable by means of nitric acid and heat. 
Albumen — Substances, animal and vegetable, resembling the white of 

an egg. 
Aliment — Solid or liquid substance taken as food. 
Alimentary Canal — The bowels. 
Alkali — Any substance which will neutralize an acid, as magnesia, soda, 

potash, etc. 
Alkaloid — A salifiable base existing in some vegetables, differing from 

alkali in composition and general properties, and having nothing in 

common except their basic properties. Brucia, emetia, morphia, 

strychnia, etc., are alkaloids. 
Alter — A term in common use for castration. 
Alterative — A medicine changing the functions and condition of the 

organs of the body. 
Alum — Sulphate of alumina and potassa. 

Alveoli — The sockets in the jaw bone in which the teeth are situated. 
Amaurosis — Partial or total loss of vision from paralysis of the retina. 
Amputation — The operation in surgery of cutting off a limb. 
Anmmia — Poverty of the blood as opposed to plethora. Too few red 

corpuscles and two many white corpuscles in the blood. 
Anasarca — Dropsical swellings as of the limbs, abdomen, chest, etc. 
Anbury — A soft spongy tumor. 



GLOSSARY OF SClENtlFIC TERMS. 



1151 



Aneurism — Dilatation of an artery producing a tumor ; lesion of an 

artery ; dilatation of the heart. 
Analysis — Separation into parts; resolving into the original elements. 
Anatomy — The art of dissecting, or separating the different parts of 

the body. The science of the structure of the body, as learned by 

dissection. 
Anchylosis — The stiffening or rendering rigid a joint. 
Ancesthetics — Agents which deprive of sensation and suffering, as chloro- 
form, ether, etc. 
Anodyne — A medicine to allay or diminish pain. 
Anomalous — Deviating from the general character or rule. 
Antacid- — Opposed to or an antidote to acids. 
Antagonism — Opposed in action ; one contradicting another. 
Anterior' — Before ; in front of another part. 
Anthelmintic — Medicine to kill or expel worms. 
Antidote — That which counteracts hurtful or noxious substances. A 

remedy to counteract the effects of poison. 
Antiperiodic — Medicine to arrest or retard the return of a paroxysm in 

periodic disease. 
Antiseptic — Agents for preventing, arresting or retarding putrefaction. 
Anus — The fundament, or lower portion of the bowel at the tail. 
Aperient — Laxative medicine ; that which gently operates on the bowels. 
Aphtha — Ulceration of the mouth, beginning with minute vesicles and 

ending in white sloughs. 
Apoplexy — Sudden effusion of blood into the substance of the brain. 

Sometimes used for effusion into the substance of other org-ans or 

tissues. 
Approximate — Coming near to. An approximate cure is by inoculating 

for another disease. 
Aqueous — Watery ; havitjg the property of water, as watery matter, 

aqueous pus. 
Aromatic — Strong smelling stimulants, given to dispel wind and relieve 

pain. 
Artery — Blood vessels which carry the red blood from the heart. 
Articulate — Joinino;, working together or upon one anotlier, as the 

bones. 
Asthma — A disease attended with difficulty of breathing, and a sensation 

producing wheezing, coughing and other distressing symptoms. 
Asphyxia — Death from strangulation of the lungs, from Avant of air. 
Asthenopia — Weakness of the sight or vision. 
Assimilate — To make like another ; a^imilation of food in the nutrition 

of the body. 



Il52 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Astragalus— The largest bone of the hock-joint, lying below the os 
calcis. 

Astringent — That which causes contraction of the bowels or vital struc- 
tures. Astringents are medicines which suppress discharges, as from 
the bowels, blood, mucus. 

Attenuate — To draw out, to make thin, reduce in size. 

Atrophy — Wasting of a part, as the muscles. 

Atlas — The first bone of the neck or first cervical vertebra. 

Atony — General weakness, want of tone. 

Augment — To increase. 

Auricle — The external part of the ear ; also parts of tlie heart, one on 
each side resembling ears. 

Auscultation — The act of listening to sounds given by different parts of 
the body when struck, especially to the sounds produced by the func- 
tional motions of the lungs and heart by percussion. 

Balk — To refuse to pull, or to refuse to go forward at command. 

Baj's — (Of tiie hoof.) The two ridges of horn, passing from tlie heels 
of the hoof toward the toe of the frog. (Of the mouth.) The trans- 
verse rida:es on the roof of the mouth of the horse. 

Base — The lower part, as the base of the brain ; the foundation. 

Beneath— {J \\6.GV a certain part. 

Bicipital — Two headed, as bicips muscles, bicipital groove, etc. 

Biliary — Belonging to or pertaining to bile. Biliary duct, a canal con- 
taining bile. 

Biology — The doctrine of life, or of living bodies. 

Bioplasm — The so called living or germinal self-propagating matter of 
living beings. 

Biped — Two footed. 

Bolt — To swallow the food hurriedly without proper chewing. 

Bolus — Medicines formed into a round or conduicical mass, for ease in 
administering, often termed a ball. The cylindrical shape is the 
proper one. 

Boot — Buffer, a leather band, worn to prevent one foot cutting the other 
in traveling. 

Bots — The grub of the fly equus equi, when in the stomach of the 
horse. 

Bougie — An instrument for opening the urethra, or urinary, or other 
passages. 

Bounded — Parts lying about another, surrounded by. 

Breeding-in-and-in — Breeding to close relations, in the same sub-family, 
as the produce of the same sire but of different dams, or of the same 
sire and dam. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1153 

Broxy — A term often applied to a number of fatal diseases of sheep, 

especially to a form of anthrar or carbuncular fever. 
Bronchia — The first two branches of the wind-pipe. Bronchitis is an in- 
flammation of the bronchia. 
Bronchotomy — The operatij^n of cutting into the wind-pipe. 
Cadaverous — Having the appearance of a dead bod}^ 
Ccesarian operation — To cut into the -womb by way of the abdomen, 

when natural delivery cannot be accomplished. 
Calcareous — Containing lime, lime-like. 
Calculus — Any hard, solid concretion found in any part of the body, ab 

stone in the bladder, gall-stones, etc. 
Calefacient — Anything producing warmth. 
Calks, or Calkins — The heel of the horse-shoe when turned down to pre* 

vent slipping. 
Callous — Induration ; a hard deposit ; excess of bony matter. 
Camel-backed — Hump-backed. 
Canal-:-A tube or passage — as the alimentary canal, (throat), tympanio 

canal, etc. 
Cancer — A hard, unequal, ulcerating tumor, which usually proves fatal. 
Canine Teeth — The teeth between the lateral incisors and the smaU 

molars of the jaw. 
Canker — Eroding ulcers of the mouth ; virulent, corroding ulcers. Any 

sore which eats or corrodes. 
Cannon-bone — The shank, or bone l)elow the knee or hock. The met 

acarpal or metatarsal bone of the horse. 
Cantharis — A coleopterous insect. The cantharis vesicatoria ; powdered,. 

it is the active principle in ordinary blistering plasters. 
Canida — A hollow tube of metal or other substance, variously used m 

surgery. 
Capillary — Hair-like ; applied to the minute ramifications of the blood 

vessels. 
Capped Hock — A swelling on the points of the hock of the horse. 
Capsicum — Cayenne pepper. The small, long red pepper. 
Capsidar Ligaments — Ligaments surrounding the joints. 
Capside — A membranous bag or sac. 

Carhon — Woody matter. Charcoal is impure carbon ; the diamond is 
pure carbon. Carbonic acid is expelled from the lungs in the act of 
breathing. Carbonic oxyde in the blood or lungs is fatal to life. 
Cardia — The superior or cesq/jAa^/a/ orifice of the stomach; aud of the 

hi'i.rt. 
Caries — ^Ulceration of the sul)stance of the bones. 
73 



1154 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Carminatives — ^Warming, stimulant, aromatic medicines, used in colic 

and wind. 
Carotid Canal — A canal in the temporal bone, through which the carotid 

artery, and also some nervous filaments pass. 
Cartilage — Gristle ; the substance covering the ends of bones, moving and 

working upon each other. 
Caseine — The nitrogenized constituent of milk. Blood fibrin and albu- 
men is identical in composition. 
Castrate — To geld, emasculate, deprive of the testicles. 
Cfitaplasm — A poultice, either medicated or not. It sometimes takes 

name from the special agent employed, as sinapism, a mustard 

poultice. 
Catarrh — A cold attended with running of the nose. 
Cataract — An oi)acity of the crystaline lens of the eye, causing partial or 

total blindness. 
Cathartic — Purgative medicine, used for freely opening the bowels. 
Catheter — An instrument used for drawing the water from the bladder, 

and for other purposes. 
Caustic — Any burning agent, as potash, nitrate of silver. To cauterize 

is to burn, generally applied to the use of the hot iron in diseases. 
Cavity — A depression, as the cavity of a wound. 
Cellular tissue — The membrane or tissue which invests every fiber of the 

body, composed of minute cells communicating with each other, and 

which serve as reservoirs of fat. 
Cephalic — Pertaining to the head. • 
Cerebral — Pertaining to the brain. 
Cervical — The neck ; belonging to the neck. 

Characteristic — A symptom of character. Characterize, to distinguish. 
Chalybeate — Containing iron. Any medicine of which iron forms a part. 
Chemical — Relating to chemistry. 
Chemistry — The science which investigates the composition of substances, 

and the changes of constitution produced by their mutual action. 
Chirurgical — Belonging to surgical art. 
Cholagogue — Medicines to increase the secretion of the bile. 
Cholechloride — A medicine which increases the evacuation of the bile. 

Chole, the bile. 
Chondritis — Inflammation of cartilage. 
Choroiditis — Inflammation of the choroid coat of the eye. 
Chronic — A lingering, long-standing disease, succeeding the acute stage. 

A seated, permanent disease. 
Chyle — The milky liquid, as taken from the food during digestion, and 

prepared from the chyme, and ready to be absorbed by the lacteal 

vessels before being poured forth inlo the blood. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1155 

Chyme — The food modified and prepared by the action of the stomach. 
Cicatrice — The scar left after the healing of a wound or ulcer. 
Circumscribed — Limited. In pathology applied to tumors distinct at 

their base from the surrounding part. 
Circulation — The vital action which sends the blood through the arteries, 

and back again through the veins to the heart. 
Cleft — A mark ; division ; furrow. 

Clyster — Liquid medicine injected into the lower intestine. 
Coacfulate — To clot, as the blood when drawn. 
Coh ion — Connected ; adhering together ; sticking together. 
Colic — Acute pain in the abdomen, intensified at intervals. 
Collapse — A falling together, A closing of the vessels. Extreme de- 
pression of the vital powers. 
Colon — The largest of the intestines, or more propei'ly, the largest divis- 
ion of the intestinal canal. 
Coition — The act of copulation ; union of the sexes. 
Coma — Lethargy. Drowsiness produced by depression of the brain and 

other causes. 
Comatose — Constant propensity to sleep. 
Conception — Fecundation hy action of the male. 
Condition — A healthy, serviceable state of the system. A firm state of 

the muscular tissue. 
Congenital — Born with another ; of the same birth. Belonging to the 

individual from birth. 
Congestion — An accumulation of clogged blood in the vessels, or in the 

parts, as the lungs, brain, etc. 
Constrict — Drawing or binding together, as constriction of the muscles 

of a part. 
Contagions — A disease that may be communicated by contact, or the 
matter communicated, or proceeding from the breath, or emanations 
of the body. 
Contorted — Twisted, twisting, writhing, as the body in pain, or from the 

result of disease. 
Contusion — A bruise ; a wound made by a blow or bruise. 
Convex — Having a rounded surface. The opposite of concave. 
Concretion — Adherence of parts naturally separate. In chemistry, con- 
densation of fluids or other substances Into more solid mattor. 
Condiment — Substances used to improve or heighten the flavor of food. 
Confluent — Running together, as in pimples or pustules when they 

become confluent. 
Constipation — A state of the bowels in which the evacuations are unnat- 
urally hard. A stoppage of the evacuation of the bowels. 



1156 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Continuity — Parts united so completely that they cannot be separated 

without laceration or fracture. 
Convalescent — Returning to health after sickness. 
Convoluted — Rolled together or upon itself. The cerebrum is convoluted. 

The irregular foldings of the intestines are convolutions. 
Copious — Plentiful, abundant, as a copious discharge. 
Core — The hard portion of purulent matter, as in boils. 
Corn — A diseased portion of the foot, — in the horse, l^etAveen the bar 

and the quarter, usually on the inside. 
Coronet — The upper part of the hoof, just where it joins the skin. 
Corrosive — That which eats away, destroying the texture of the living 

body. 
Corrugation — Contracting the skin into wrinkles. 
Costa — A rib. Costal : belonging to the ribs. 
Counter Irritation — An application to irritate one part to relieve pain in 

another. A blister or mustard poultice produces counter irritation. 
Cow-pox — Peculiar pustules upon the teats of cows, from which the vac- 
cine matter is obtained, used to prevent contagion from small-pox, or 

to mitigate the intensity of the disease. 
Cranium — The skull. Cranial: pertaining to the skull. 
Crest — The back or upper ])art of the neck of the horse. 
Crepitation — Applied to the noise made by the ends of fractured bones, 

when they grate together. The sound produced by pressing together 

cellular tissue in which air is contained. 
Cribbing (of horses) — The act of seizing any hard substance, or pressing 

thereon with the teeth, and gulping ; sometimes called wind sucking, 

though the latter is not necessarily cribbing. 
Crisis — In disease, that point or period which determines a favorable or 

unfavorable termination. 
Crop — The craw or first stomach of a fowl. 
Cruor — The red colored portion of the blood. 
Crupjoer — The buttocks of a horse. 

Crural — Pertaining to the legs, as the crural arteries and veins. 
Crust — The hoof, so-called. The outside laminsB of the hoof. 
Crusta — A scab. 

Cul-de-sac — A passage closed at one end. 
Cuneiform — Formed like a wedge. 
Curb — A soft swelling, becoming hard, situated on the back part of the 

hind leg, just below the point of the hock. 
Cuticle^— IlYiq epidermis or scurf skin. The skin is eomposed of the cutis 

vera, reta mucasum and cuticula. 
Cutaneoud'—Oi the skin^ as a cutaneous affection. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1157 

Cyst, Ct/sHs — A small bladder or sac ; applied to those containing mor- 
bid matter or parasites, which become encysted, or inclosed in an 
envelop. 

Cystic Duct — The duct which proceeds from the gall bladder, uniting 
with the hepatic duct. 

Cystitis — Inflammation of the bladder. Cystoplegia is paralysis of the 
bladder. 

Dehility — The condition of weakness or feebleness. 

Decoction — Extraction of the soluble parts of substances by boiling. 

Decompose — To decay. To separate into component parts. 

Defecation — Purifying from impurities of foreign matter. Voiding the 
excrement from the body. 

Degenerate — To become worse or inferior. 

Deleterious — Injurious, poisonous or destructive. 

Delirium — Insanity ; a wandering of mind in disease. 

Deliquescent — Any salt which becomes liquid by attracting moisture from 
the air. 

Demulcent — That which sheaths and protects irritated surfaces. 

Dens — A tooth. Dental : pertaining to the teeth. Dentition : the de- 
velopment of the teeth. 

Depilitory — Any agent or thing Avhich causes the loss of the hair. 

Dermal — Belonging to the skin. 

Desiccate — To make dry by heat. 

Detergents — Medicines having the power of cleansing the vessels or skin. 

Develop — To increase. A disease develops its intensity. To show 
increasing muscular form. Bringing to perfection. 

Diabetes — An excessive flow of urine containing saccharine matter. 

Diagnosis — The distinguishing of one disease from another. 

Diaphoretic — A medicine which causes perspiration or sweating. 

Diaphragm — The midriff. The membrane, or broad muscle, which divides 
the thoi'ax or chest from the abdomen or belly. 

Diarrhoea — A continued and profuse discharge from the bowels. 

Diet — Any kind of food or drink. Dietary : a regulated allowjtnce of food. 

Diffuse — To extend or drive out. That which may flow or spread, as a 
diffusible stimulant. 

Digestion — The separation and dissolving of the food in the stomach. 
Digestive ointment has the power of resolving tumors. 

Dilate — ^To open wide, as dilation of the e3^c. 

Dilatation — The expanding of a body, as of the heart, arteries, the blad- 
der, etc , from over-fullness. 

Dilute — To make thin, as a medicine with water, with oil, etc. 

Diminution — A lessening, or decreasing, as of pain, etc. 

% 



1158 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Diploma — A document granted by a legally chartered college, showing 
that the person named is entitled to practice his or her profession. 

Disinfectant — An agent capable of neutralizing morbific effluvia, or the 
cause of infection. 

Dislocation — Putting out of joint. 

Disorganization — A complete morbid change in, or even total destructioii 
of, the structure or texture of an organ. 

Dissection — Exposing tlie different parts of a dead body, that their ar- 
rangement and structure may be studied. 

Distorted — Deformed, crooked, out of the natural shape. 

Distend — To stretch out, or swell. 

Diuresis — An extraordinary or abundant excretion of urine. 

Diuretic — A medicine to increase the flow of urine. 

Doctor — In a common sense, applied to a person legally qualified to prac- 
tice medicine. In its real sense, applying to various titles, as Ph. D., 
Doctor of Philosophy; D. D., Doctor of Divinity; LL. D., Doctor 
of Laws. 

Domestic — Relating or belonging to the home or farm. 

Dorsal — Pertainino; to the back. The dorsal column : the back-bone. 

Drachm — The eighth part of an ounce. 

Drastic — Powerfully acting medicines or poisons. 

Drench — Liquid medicine given by the mouth. 

Drug — Originally, a medicine in its simple form, but now applied to 
medicines generally. 

Duct — A tube for conveying a fluid or the secretions of the glands. 

Duodenum — The first portion of the small intes'tine, through which the 
bile is poured. 

Dura Mater — ^A fibrous, semi-transparent membrane, lining the cavity of 
the cranium, and containing the brain, (of which it may be considered 
the outer membrane), and protecting the same by its thickness and 
great resisting power. 

Dysentery — ^Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the large intes- 
tines, producing mucous or bloody evacuations. 

Dyspepsia — Serious derangement of the digestive functions. 

Dysphagia — Difficulty of swallowing. 

Dyspnoea — Difficulty of breathing. 

Dysuria — Painful and incomplete passage of urine. 

Echolics^ Parturients — Agents causing the contraction of the womb. 

Ectozoon — Parasites, as lice, infesting the surface of the body. Entozoa : 
parasites within the body. 

Eczema — Small pustules crowded together, not contagious, but producing 
a smarting pain. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1159 

Effluvia — Morbid exhalations of the body ; sometimes applied to animal 

and vegetable odors. 
Effusion— K flowing out» as of the blood, water or lymph, into the 

tissues. 
Ejection — Casting out, as ejecting improper matters from the stomach. 
Elastic — The property of springing or stretching. 
Elephantiasis — Chronic lymphangitis, by which the limb is enlarged, 

resembling the leg of an elephant. 
Emasculation — Removal of the male generative organs ; castration. 
Embryo — The impregnated ovum in the womb, after growth has com- 
menced. • 
Emetic — A medicine given to produce vomiting. 
Emollients — Agents which have the power of softening or relaxing. 
Empiric — One whose skill is experimental, or the result of mere ex- 
perience . 
Enamel — The hard outer covering of the teeth. 
Encysted — Enclosed in a sac. 

Enema — Medicines given by injection into the bowels. 
Engorgement — In animals, vascular congestion, the result of over-feeding. 
Enteric — Belonging to the bowels. 
Enteritis — Inflammation of the bowels. 

Enteroraphy — The sewing together of the divided edges of the intestines. 
Epidemic — Disease that affects a large number, as though carried in the 

air. 
Epiglottis — The covering of the glottis. A tongue-shaped projection, to 

prevent food or liquids from entering the wind-pij)e. 
Epizootic — Contagious disease, attacking large numbers of horses at one 

time. Applied to catarrhal fever in influenza, which spreads rapidly. 
Equine — Belonging to the horse. 
Equitation — The art of riding on horseback. 
Eruption — ^Pimples, blisters, rash, etc., breaking out on the skin. 
Esophagus — The gullet, or tube of the throat which conveys food to the 

stomach. 
Essence — The properties or virtues extracted from any substance. 
Evacuate — To empty or pass out, as to evacuate the bowels. 
Ewe-neched — ^In the horse, having a neck like a shorn sheep. 
Exanthema, — Eruption of the skin, with fever. 
Excision — Cutting out, or cutting off, any part. 

Excoriate — To tear or strip off the skin ; to wear away or abrade ; to 
break the skin in any manner, as in galling, or with acrid substances. 
Excrement — Refuse matter. The dung. 
Excrescence — Unnatural or superfluous growth. 



1160 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Excreting — Throwing out from the body. 

Excretion — The act of throwing off effete matter from the aniraai sys- 
tem ; that which is thus thrown off. 

Exfoliation — Separation or scaling off of dead from living bone. Sepa- 
ration of scales (himinaa) from any substance. 

Exhale — Breathing out, evaporating. 

Exostosis — Unnatural growth or projection of bone. 

Exotic — Foreign. Ttat which belongs naturally to another district than 
our own. 

Extensor-tendon- ^Tho. tendons which stretch out the limbs. 

Extirpation — The complete removal of a part by means of the knife. 

Extravasate — To let out of the proper vessels, as blood, after the rupture 
of a blood-vessel. 

Extremities — The limbs. 

Exudation — A sweating, or passing out of a liquid through the walls or 
membranes containing it. 

Exude — To discharge through the pores. 

Facial — Pertaining to the face. 

Faeces — The excrement. 

Farcy — A disease of the lymphatics of the skin of the horse. Also, a 
disease allied to glanders. 

Fat — The well known animal substance, whose natural function it is to 
protect the organs, maintain the temperature, and nourish in case of 
need. 

Febrifuge — A medicine to lower the temperature of the body, and counter- 
act fever. 

Feculent — Foul or impure matter, formed by the breaking down of the 
tissues ; excreraentitious matter. 

Femur — The thigh bone proper. 

Fermentation — ^Incipient decomposition of vegetable substances, from 
souring. 

Fester — To suppurate, and discharge corrupt matter. 

Fetid — Having an offensive odor. 

Fibrin — An organic substance found in the blood, and composing a large 
part of the tissues of the body. Fibrous membrane : a membrane 
composed of fibres. 

Fibula — Tlie small or splinter bone of the leg. The outer bone of the 
hind leg of the horse, etc., — much smaller than the tibia. 

Filtration — Straining a liquid to clarify it. 

Fissure — An opening, a crack. 

Fistula — A deep, narrow ulcer, having a passage leading to it. 
iatulous — Resembling a fistula, either in form or nature. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. IKU 

Flanks — That part of the horse between the false ribs, hips and stifle. 

Flatulent — Affected with, or caused by, the generation of gas or wind in 
the stomach and intestines, as flatulent colic. 

Fleam — An instrument used for bleeding the larger domestic animals. 

Flex — To bend, as the head, neck or limb ; as, a muscle flexing the arm. 

Flexor — A muscle whose ofiice it is to bend a part ; in opposition to 
extensor. 

Florid — Red or scarlet like, from excess of blood in a part. 

Foetus — The 3'oung, yet unborn. 

Fo7nentation — The application of warmth and moisture, as with a liquid 
or poultice. 

Foramen. — A cavity pierced through and through. 

Forceps — Long pointed pincers or nippers. . 

Fracture — The l)rcaking of a bone. 

Friction — Exciting cii-culation by rubbing. 

Fumigate — The application of smoke or vapor. 

Function — The office or duty of any part of the body. 

Fundament — The anus or extremity of the bowel. The end of the o-ut. 

Fungus — An unnatural growth resembling mushrooms. 

Gall—T\\Q fluid contained in the gall-bladder, consisting, principally, of 
the bile secreted by the liver. 

Ganglion — A collection or bunch of nerve fibers, causing the enlargement 
of a nerve, and resembling a knot. 

Gangrene — .The mortification or death of any part of the body, or of any 
of its tissues. 

Gas — An emanation, or invisible fluid, generated in the body. 

Gastric — Pertaining to the stomach. 

Gastritis — Inflammation of the stomach. 

Gelatine — Animal jelly. 

Generate — To beget offspring ; begetting or producing young ; breeding. 

Genital — Relating to reproduction of young, or to the generative parts. 

Gland — A structure for secreting certain fluids of the body, and contain- 
ing a tube. 

Gestation — The condition of pregnancy, or being with young. 

Glanders — An exceedingly contagious disease, which is incurable and 
fatal. 

Gleet — Thin matter issuing from an ulcer. In horses, applied to nasal 
gleet exclusively. 

Glottis — The narrow opening at the top of the windpipe. 

Graminivorous — Feeding on grass and other vegetable food. 

Granivorous — Feeding on grain or seeds. 



1162 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Granulate — To grow or develop in the form of grains, as new flesh in 

the healing of wounds. 
Gravel — Calculous matter found in the kidneys. 
Gravid — The state of being with young. 
Gullet — The oesophagus, or food pipe leading to the stomach. 
Haggard — Worn down ; thin ; ghastly ; deathlike. 
Haunch — That part of the body which lies between the last ribs and the 

thigh. In the horse, the bony region of the hips. 
Haw — The process of the eye-socket, which is thrown over the eye to 

clear it of foreign substances. 
Hoemal — Relating to the blood. 
Hoematin — The coloring matter of the blood. 
Hectic — A constitutional and remitting fever exhibited in consumption ; 

produced also by ulcers, sores, etc. 
Helix — The outer circumference or ring of the external ear. 
Hemorrhage — A discharge of blood from the vessels containing it. 
Hepatic — Belonging to the liver. 
Hepatitis — Inflammation of the liver. 
Hepatized — Converted into a liver-like substance. 
Herbivorous — Feeding on herbs. 
Hereditary — Inbred from the parents, as disease, color, vices, and other 

peculiarities. 
Hermaphrodite — Possessing the attributes of both sexes, in a greater or 

lesser degree ; being of, or including, both sexes. Said of animals, 

plants or flowers. 
Hernia — Rupture, or soft tumor formed by the protrusion of any of the 

viscera of the abdomen. 
Hippopathology — The science which treats of the diseases of horses ; the 

leading branch of veterinary science. 
Homogeneous — Being of the same kind or quality throughout. 
Hue — Color. 

Humor — Any fluid of the body, excepting the blood. 
Humerus — The upper arm-bone ; upper l>one of the fore-leg. 
Hybrid — The offspring of two different species of animals, as of the horse 

and ass (the mule). 
Hydragogue — A medicine which removes effused fluids from the system. 
Hydrocephalus — Water in (dropsy of) the head. 
Hygiene — The preservation of health and prevention of disease. 
Hypertrophy — Excessive growth . 

Hypodermic — Beneath the skin. Used principally of medicines — as mor- 
phia, etc., — applied by injection under the skin. 
Hysterics — A nervous disability, mostly among females. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1163 

Ileum — The lower part of the small intestine. 

Impotence — Inability to perform the sexual function. 

Impregnation — The act of rendering, or state of being, pregnant. 

Incision — Cutting into ; a clean cut ; cutting, as in any operation per- 
formed. 

Incontinence — Inability to retain the natural evacuations. 

Induration — The hardening of a part from the effects of disease. 

Incisors — The front teeth of the jaws. 

Infection — Communicating disease by miasma or emanations from a dis- 
eased body. 

Influenza — An epidemic disease, causing general depression, with fever. 

Infusion — Liquid produced by steeping an insoluble substance in water, 
without boiling. 

Ingesta — Food taken into the stomach. 

Inhalation — A drawing into tl 3 lungs ; the inbreathing of medicated or 
poisonous fumes. 

Inject— To throw in artificially, as from a syringe. 

Injection — Liquid medicine thrown into a natural or artificial cavity. • 

Inoculation — The production of disease by virus or matter from a sore, 
communicated from one animal to another. 

Instinct — Sense, as applied to animals. 

Integument — The covering which invests the body (the skin), or a mem- 
brane covering any particular part of it. 

Intercostal — Between the ribs. 

Interfering — The cutting of one foot or leg with the other. 

Intermittent — In fevers, a characteristic by which the paroxysms intermit 
or cease, returning at regular, or nearly regular, intervals. 

Interstices — The minute spaces between the particles of a body. 

Intestines — The bowels. The alimentary canal, leading from the stomach 
to the anus. 

Invert — To turn about or upside down. 

Invigorators — Strengthening medicines, or agents. 

Iris — The circular membrane of the eye floating in the aqueous humor, 
and perforated to form the pupil. 

Isomeric — Composed of the same elements in the same proportions, but 
chemically and physically different. 

Issue — A running sore, artificially produced, and kept open to relieve 
u-ritation or morbid action in a neighboring part. 

Jaundice — A diseased condition resulting from derangement of the 
liver, and characterized by great lassitude, and by yellowness of the 
eyes, skin and urine. 



1164 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Jejunum — That part of the small intestines comprised between the duo^ 

denum and ileum. 
Jet — The peculiar flow of blood from the arteries, in a spurting motion. 
Jugal region — The region of the cheek-bone. 
Jugular — The large vein of the neck. 
Labial — Belongnig or relating to the lips. 
Lacerate — To tear. A lacerated wound is a torn wound. 
Lachrymal — Pertaining to the tears. The lachrymal duct is the duct 

leading from the eye to the membrane of the nose. 
Lactation — The act of giving suck, or time of suckling. 
Lactiferous — Bearing or conveying milk ; as, a lactiferous duct. 
Lamella — A thin plate or scale of anything ; pertaining to the anatomy 

of the hoof. 
Laminitis — Founder ; a disease consisting of inflammation of the parts 

between the pedal or coffin bone and the sensitive laminae. 
Lancinating — Sharp, acute, shooting; in a manner as if tearing; thus, 

a lancinating pain. 
Languor — Weakness, faintness, debility. 
Laryngitis — Inflammation of the larynx. 
Larynx — The swell at the upper part of the wind-pipe, and extending 

into the throat. 
Lateral — At or to one side. 

Laxative — A medicine which gently opens the bowels. 
Lens — In oculary anatomy, a portion of the eye situated immediately 

back of the cornea. 
Lesion — Disease of a structure ; any hurt or injury. 
Levator — A general name for a muscle whose office it is to raise some 

part, as the lip or eyelid. 
Ligaments — The bands of the joints binding them strongly together, 
Ligature — Silk or flax thread, or any material suitable for tying arteries. 

A bandage used in the operation of bleeding. 
Liniment — A fluid medicine employed externally and with friction. 
Liquefaction — The act or process of reducing a solid substance to a 

liquid form. 
Lithotomy — The operation of extracting stone from the bladder, by 

cutting. 
Liver — The largest gland of the body, its office being to secrete the bile. 
Lobe — A round projecting part of an organ. 
Local — Confined to a certain part or district. 

Lotion — A fluid applied externally, usually by means of a cloth kept 
constantly wet therewith. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1165 

Lubricate — To moisten, as the lubrication of the joints and moving parts 

by their appropriate fluids. 
Lumbago — Rheumatism of the luml)ar region. 
Lymph — A transparent and nearly colorless fluid. The fluid contained 

in, and poured out by, the lymphatics. 
Lymphatics — The vessels of animal bodies which contain tlie lymph. 
Macerate — Steeped almost to solution. Thorough soaking of a part in 

water previous to dissection. 
Malady — Disease or ailment. 
Malar — Pertainins; to the cheek-bone. 

Malanders — An ulcerous condition on the inside of a horse's leirs. 
Malaria — Infectious and noxious effluvia, from decomposing animal or 

vegetable matter. 
Malformation — Badly or unnaturally shaped or formed. 
Malignant — Severe ; long ; dangerous disease. 
Mammal — Having an udder or teats for suckling the young. 
Mammary glands — The glands which secrete the milk. 
Mange — A contagious disease caused by the presence of acari in the skin. 
Marrow — The fatty substance in the hollow of cylindrical bones. 
Mastication — The act of chewing the food. 
Materia 7nedica — A term including all medicines or substances used in 

the cure of diseases. 
Maxilla — The upper or lower jaw. 

Mediastinum — The partition formed by the meeting of the pleura, divid- 
ing the chest into two lateral parts, and separiiting the lungs. 
Medullary — Consisting of, resembling, or pertaining to, marrow. 
Membrane — A thin animal tissue. The thin covering of the brain, bones 

and other organs. 
Mental — Relating to the mind, or to the reasoning faculty. 
Mesentery — The membrane which attaches the intestines to the spine. 
Mesacolon — A process of the peritoneum to which the colon is attached. 
Metastasis — The transference or removal of disease from one part to 

another, or such change as is succeeded by a solution. 
Miasma — Impalpable germs, the product of putrefaction (animal or 

vegetable), producing disease. 
Midriff — The diaphragm . 

Milk fever — A fever preceding or accompanying the secretion of milk. 
Morbid — A state of disease ; the product or result of an unnatural state, 

as morbid humors ; a failing, sinking state. 
Mortification — The death of a part from gangrene. 
Motor — That which causes, or is the instrument of, movement; as, the 

tnptor muselee* 



1166 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Mucilage — A jelly-like fluid ; one of the proximate elements of vea{& 
tables, abundant in slippery elm ; the agent which lubricates the joints, 

Mucus — The substance .secreted by the mucous membranes, and effused 
upon the surfaces of the membranes, as the running of the nose in a 
cold. 

Muscles — The organs of motion. The voluntary muscles constitute the 
lean meat, or flesh of animals. 

Muscular fiber — Fibers composing the body of a muscle, disposed in dis- 
tinct bundles 

Myeline — The fatty substance in nerve tissues. 

Myitis myosotis — Inflammation of a muscle. 

Myology — The branch of anatomy treating of the muscles. 

Myotomy — Dissection of the muscles. 

]>fcevus — A natural mark or blemish ; a birth-mark. 

Narcoma — Stupor from the influence of opium or other narcotic. 

Narcotics — Drugs Avhich allay pain and produce sleep. 

Nasal — Pertaining to the nose. 

Naturalia — The parts of generation. 

Nauseants — Medicines that sicken the stomach. 

Navel — The umbilicus. 

Necrosis — Death of a bone, or of a portion of bone. 

Nephritis — Inflammation of the kidneys. 

Nerves — The fibrous system which conveys sensations to the brain and 
through the body. 

Nervous — Having Aveak nerves. 

Neuralgia — A painful disease, or affection of, one or some of the nerv'^es- 

Neurotomy — The cutting or division of a nerve. 

Neutralize — To destroy the force or effect of anything. 

Nictitation — A quick and frequent winking of the eyelids. 

Nitrate of silver — Lunar caustic. 

Nutritive — Tending to nourish or build up ; strong, heallhy food. 

Nutrition — The process by which the food taken is assimilated ; to repair 
waste and promote growth. 

Obesity — Exceeding fatness. 

Oblique — Slanting . 

Obliteration — Alteration in the appearance or function of a part prevent- 
ing; its action. 

Occult — Hidden. Applied to diseases whose causes or successful treat- 
ment are not understood. 

Ocular, oculary — Relating to the eyes. 

Odontalgia — Violent toothache, usually from decay. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 116? 

Oedema — Effusion of serous fluid into the cellular tissues, producing 

swelling. 
Oil — Fluid fatty or unctuous substances, either animal or vegetable. 

Oils are either fixed or volatile ; the former leave a greasy stain on 

paper. 
Omentum. — The caul. A fold of the peritoneal membrane, covering the 

intestines in front, and attached to the stomach. 
Omnivorous — Animals which eat all kinds of food. Swine are omniv- 
orous, ni the general acceptation of the term. 
Opacity — Want of transparency ; that quality of bodies by virtue of 

which they cannot transmit rays of light. 
Optic — Kelating to the sight, as the optic nerve ; relating to the laws of 

vision. 
Orbit — In ocular anatomy, the bony cavity in which the eye is situated. 
Organ — The natural instrument by which a process or function is 

carried on. 
Or'ganic — Composed of, or pertaining to, an organ or its functions ; de- 

pendent on, or resulting from, organism. 
Orifice — The mouth or entrance to any cavity of the body. 
Origin — The beginning or starting point of a thing. 
Os — The technical name for bone. » 

Os calcis — The tip of the back. 
Osseous — Bony, or resembling bone. 
Os cheocele — Scrotal hernia. Any tumor of the hernia. 
Ossification — Changing to bone. Bony formation. 
Ostalgia — Pain in one or some of the bones. 
Osteo sai'coma — A fleshy, cartilaginous mass, growing within a bone, 

enlaro-ing and sometimes fracturino; it. 
Ovariotomy — The art or operation of removing the ovaries from the 

female animal ; spaying — analogous to the gelding of the male. 
Ovaries — The organs connected with the uterus that mature and give off 

the ova (eggs) which, when impregnated, produce the foetus. 
Ovule — The impregnated germ or egg. 
Oxidize — The change formed by the action of oxygen, or air containing 

oxygen, on any substance. The changing of the black or venous blood 

into red or arterial blood, in the lungs. 
Ozoena — Gleet, catarrh. 
Pabulum — That which is proper for food. 
Palate — The roof of the mouth. 
Palpitation — A rapid, thumping movement of the heart, from mental 

excitement or from disease. 



1168 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Panacea — A supposed universal cure. A medicine applicable to manv 

cases. 
Pancreas — The narrow, flat gland extending across the abdomen, some- 
times called the sweet-bread. 
Paralysis — An affection impairing or destroying the natural function, and 

especially the voluntary movement, of a part ; in popular usage, the 

palsy. 
Parotid — Near the ear. Parotid gland : the largest of the salivary glands. 
Paroxysm — In disease, a recurrence coming on after an intermission. 

Chills and fever, for cxjimple, are paroxysmal. 
Parturition — The act of bringing forth young. 
Patella — The knee-pan. 
Pathology — The science which treats of the causes, nature, symptoms 

and cure of diseases. 
Paunch — The first stomach of ruminating animals. 
Pectoral — Pertaining to the breast, as the pectoral muscles. A medicine 

adapted to relieve affections of the chest and lungs. 
Pectin — The gelatinizing principle of certain fruits and vegetables. 
Pelvis — That part of the trunk bounding the abdomen, containing a part 

of the intestines, and the internal urinary and genital organs. 
Penis — The exterior male organ of urination, and of the passage of the 

semen. 
Pepsiyi — A substance assisting digestion. 
Peptic — Promoting digestion ; relating to digestion. 
Pericarditis- — Inflammation of the pericardium. 
Pericardium — The serous membrane enclosing the heart. 
Perichondrium — The membrane covering the ca-rtihioes. 
Pericranium — The membrane lining the bones of the skull. 
Perinoeum — The space l^etween the anus and the genital organs. 
Periosteum — The fibrous membrane investing a bone. 
Peritoneum — The serous membrane lining the cavity of the abdomerv 
Peritonitis — Inflammation of the peritoneum. 
Permeate — To penetrate every part of, and pass through without rupture 

or sensible displacement. Water permeates sand ; light permeates glass. 
Pharynx — The opening or tube at the back part of the mouth which 

leads to the stomach. 
Phlebitis — Inflammation of a vein. 
Phlebotomy — The operation or act of bleeding. 
Phthisis — Consumption . 
Physiology — The science which treats of the functions of the various 

organs of a living body. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1169 

Piles — A disease consisting of chronic dilatation or small tumors of the 
blood-vessels immediately about the anus, and attended with more or 
less pain. 

Placenta — The membrane covering the young in the womb ; the after- 
birth. 

Plethora — A full habit of bod}^ ; full of blood. 

Pleura — The serous meml)rane lining the interior of the chest, and 
covering the lungs, whi(^h it lubricates with its secretions. 

Plexus — Any union of vessels, nerves or fil)ers in the form of net work. 

Pneumonia — Inflammation of the lan":s. 

Poison — Any substance, animal, vegetable or mineral, which applied ex- 
ternally or taken internally, causes either death or serious hurtful 
changes. Poisons are classitied as irritant, narcotic, sedative, acro-nar- 
cotic, and acro-sedative. 

Poll-evil — A chronic, suppurating abscess, on tlie summit of a, horse's 
head, around the attachments of the cervical ligaments. 

Polypus — A tumor with juirrow l)ase, in the nostrils, uterus, vagina, etc. 

Post-mortem — Literally, after death. The examination of a dead hody. 

Predisposed — Prepared or fitted for beforehand ; inclined to ; as, being 
predisposed to disease. 

Prepuce — The cutaneous fold covering the glans i)enis. 

Prohang — A flexil)le, knoI)l)ed instrument, for pressing into the stom- 
ach food or other substance which may have lodged in the throat. 

Process — Prominence; a projecting part; any protuberance, eminence 
or projecting l)one. 

Profuse — Abundant, plentiful ; as, a profuse discharge. 

Prognosis — The act or art of judging by the symptoms the probable 
course of a.disease. 

Prolapsus uteri — Falling of the womb. 

Prolapsus recti — Falling of the rectum. 

Proud flesh — A fungous growth on an ulcer, or an excrescence of flesh 
in a wound from excessive grannlation. 

Pulmonary — Pertaining to, or affecting, the lungs. 

Pulsation — A beating; or throbbing of the heart or arteries. 

Pidse — Tlie action or beat of the arteries. 

Pumices — The letting down or falling of the cofl5n bone on the sole. 

Puncture — Any orifice made with a pointed instrument. 

Pupil — The ball or ap])le of the eye, through which the rays of light 
pass to the crystalline humors. 

purgative — Any medicine having the power of operating strongly on the 
bowels. 

74 



1170 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK ANt) COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOft. 

Pus — The matter discharged from a tumor when hinced, or from sores. 
Healthy pas is 3-ellowish white in color, and is always secreted in the 
process of healing. 

Putrefaction — The process of decomposition ;' state of corruption ; 
rottenness. 

Pylorus — The lower orifice of the stomach on its right side, through 
which the food passes to the intestines. 

Quack — A pretender in medicine. A charlatan. 

Qualmish — Sick at the stomach ; suffering from nausea. 

Quiescent — At rest. Showing no pain. Making no souna. 

Quittor — An ulcerous formation, resembling fistula, inside a horse's foot. 

Rabies — Madness ; hydrophobia. 

Rachitis — Inflammation of the spine ; rickets. The latter word is prob- 
ably a corruption of rachitis. 

Ramify — Branched ; running in various directions. 

Rancid — Having a rank, strong smell ; in a state of incipient putrefac- 
tion. 

Raphe — A seam or suture. 

Rash — An eruption of the skin. 

Receptacle — That which receives or contains something else. 

Rectum — The last intestine. The anal gut. 

Reflux — In medicine, the return of the blood from the head, or from 
towards the extremities to the heart. 

Refrigerants — Medicines or lotions to diminish heat. 

Regurgitate — To throw or pour l)ack ; to swallow again. 

Relax — To abate ; to become more mild, or less rigorous. 

Reinittent — Ceasing for a time, as a fever or a pain. 

Reproduction — The act or process of reproducing the young ; breeding. 

Resolvent — A substance or medicine that will scatter inflammatory or 
other tumors, and prevent their suppuration. 

Respiration — The act of breathing. 

Respiratory murmur — The nmrmur w^iich, when the ear or stethoscope 
is applied to the chest, is heard in the lungs, and attending the act of 
breathing. 

Retention — A stopping or withholding, as retention of the urine. 

Retina — The expansion of the optic nerve in the back part of the eye, 
on which the image is produced, in the act of seeing, or vision. 

Repulsion — In physics, that power by which particles or bodies are made 
to recede from each other. 

Reunion — The union of parts separated by a wound or accident. 

Rickets — A certain diseased state of the bones in children. 

Rigidity — Stiffness ; inflexibility. 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1171 

Riwjhonc — Exostosis, or formation of bony mutter, on tlio coronet bone 
and pastern l)()ne of a liorse's foot. 

Roaring — A disease or constriction of tlie wind-pii)e, producing a roar- 
ing noise in the expulsion of the breath. 

Rumination — The act or habit of chewinu the cud. 

Rupture — The act of breaking or bursting, or the state resulting there- 
from. The common name for hernia. 

Saccharine — Containing, or having the qualities of, sugar. 

Sacral — Belonging to the os sacrum. 

Saline — Containing salt in solution ; tasting saltish. 

Saliva — The secretion of the salivary glands, Avhich moistens the food 
in chewing, and also keeps the mouth and tongue moist. 

Salivation — An excessive secretion of saliva. White clover will some- 
times produce it in horses, or it may be produced by certain medicines, 
especially calomel. 

Sanguine — Full of blood. Abounding with blood. 

Sanguinijication — The process of producing blood from chyle. 

Sa7iitary — Relating to the preservation of health ; tending to health. 

Sarcoma — A fleshy tumor. 

Saturate — ^To soak so full of liquid or fumes that no more can be held. 

Scab — The incrustation on a sore. A verminous disease of sheep. 

Scaphoid — Shaped like a boat, as the navicular bone. 

Scapula — The shoulder-blade. 

Sclerotic — The thick, hard, white outer coat of the eye. 

Sciatica — A rheumatic or neuralgic affection of the hip. 

Sear — To burn with a hot iron ; actual cautery. 

Secretion — The separation of various substances from the blood. 

Sedatives — Soothing medicines ; remedies to depress nervous power, or 
lower circulation. 

Semen — The male generative product ecreted in the testicles. 

Senile — Old, or belonging to old age. 

Sensorium — The seat of sensation. An organ which receives impressions. 

Sensitive — Having feeling. Sensitive lamelke : lamelhie of the cofEn-bone. 

Septic — Causing or hastening putrefaction. Antiseptic : arresting putre~ 
faction. 

Serum — T' e yellowish, watery portion of the blood remaining after 
coaoulation. 

Seton — An artificial passage made undcu' the skin, by means of a seton 
needle, and kept open with tape, silk or the like, which is thereby 
drawn in, and is moved backward and forward dail}', to keep up irri- 
tation, with a view to reducing inflammation elsewhere. 

Shank— ThQ bone of the leg from the knee to the ankle. 



1172 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Sialogogue — A medicine to promote the flow of saliva. 
Sinus — An orifice or canal containing pas or matter. 
Skin — The covering of the body, and the organ of touch. It is com* 
posed of the scarf skin (^cuticle) y the middle (reta mucosum), and the 
inner or true skin (derma). 
Slink — To abort ; to produce young before the natural time. 
Slough (pronounced sluff). — To fall away, separate from, as in disease, 

or in mortified parts. 
Socket — The depression or process in which one organ works on another. 
Soporific — A medicine to induce sleep. 

Spasm — A sudden involuntary contraction of the muscles ; a convulsion. 
Spasmodic — Characterized by spasms, as cramping, fits, etc. ; recurring 

at intervals, as colic pains, etc. 
Spavin — A swelling in or near some of the joints of a horse's leg. It 
is of two kinds. Bone spavin is a bony growth (exostosis) in the 
region of the hock. Bog spavin, incorrectly called blood spavin, is 
situated between the tibia and astragulus. 
Spinal — Relating to the spine, or back-bone. 
Splint— An excrescence in the shank-bone of a horse. Splint-bone : one 

of the bones of a horse's leg. 
Spleen — A livid colored organ, the oflice of which is not yet well known. 
Spontaneous — Occurring without any apparent cause from without. 
Sporadic — Separated, scattered ; occurring here and there, as sporadic 

cases of disease. 
Sterile — Barren. Not capable of producing young. 
Sternum — The breast-ljone, situated in the fore part of the thorax. 
Stimulants — Medicines to temporarily excite the nervous or circulatory 

systems. 
Stomachics — Agents to promote digestion. 

Strangles — An eruptive fever attended with inflammation and suppura- 
tion of the tissue of the upper part of the throat ; called in the United 
States, distemper. 
Strangulated — Choked ; having the circulation stopped in any part. 
Sti'anguri/ — Stopping of a passage. 
Stricture — Stoppage or obstruction of a passage of the body, by morbid 

or spasmodic action. 
Stupor — A dull, sleepy, stupid condition. Loss of sensation. 
Styptic — A powerful astringent for restrainmg or stopping bleeding. 
Sudorific — That which will cause perspiration or sweating 
Suppuration — The process of forming pus or matter ; the result of in- 
flammation in an abscess or wound. 



Glossary of scientific terms. 1173 

Suture — A stitch or fastening on joining together. The seam or joint 

which unites the l)ones of the skull. 
Symmetrel/ — As applied to animals, signifies that they are well prcpor- 

tioi.ed, handso\nely and stoutly formed. 
SympatJiy — The connection existing between two or more oigans, by 

wdiich the diseased condition or abnormal action of one is transmitted. 

secondarily, to the others. 
Symptom — Any circumstance observed to occur constantly in the same 

form of disease, and serving to point out its true nature and seats • 

any change occurring in the progress of a disease, indicative of its 

course and probable determination. 
Synovia — A fluid resembling the white of an egg, secreted at the joints 

and articulations, which it lubricates and keeps in healthful condition 

Jomt-oil, so called. 
Tcenia — Literally, fillet or band. The scientific name of the tape-worm 
Tarsus — The cartilage towards the edge of each eyelid, giving it shape 

and firmness. That part of the human foot with which the leg joiiAS, 

and whose front is called the instep. The hock-joint of the horse. 
Tendo7i — The dense, fibrous structure m which a muscle ends, and by 

which it is joined to a bone. 
Tent — A pledget or plug introduced into a wound. 
Tenuity — The property of being thin, as rarefied air. 
Testicle — The male eland containino- the seminal fluid. 
Tetanus — A disease in which the muscles of voluntary motion are spas* 

modically but persistently contracted, causing rigidity of the parts 

affected. When in the face it is called lock-jaw or trismus. 
Therapeutics — That part of medicnie which relates to the discovery and 

application of remedies for diseases. The use of diet and medicines. 
Thorax — The chest, or that part of the body between the neck and 

al)domen . 
Thorough-pin — A bursal enlargement of the upper and back part of the 

hock of a horse. 
Thrush — Ulceration of the cleft of the frog, and extending over the 

whole of it, w^itk a discharge of fetid matter. 
Tibia — The large hone of the hind leg of the horse, etc. 
Ton?*c5— Agents which gradually and permanently improve the system. 
Tonsil — An oblong gland situated on each side of the fauces, terminated 

by the larynx and pharynx, at the rear of the mouth and having ex- 
cretory ducts opening into the mouth. 
Torsion — The act of turning or twisting, as in drawing a tooth with the 

turnkey. 
Trachea — The windpipe. « * 



1174 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Tractile — That which may be drawn out. 

Transfusion — The introducing of l)lood from one living being into 

another. 
Tread — Tramping u[)on, as tlie tread of one hoof upon the other. The 

part of the hoof resting on the ground. 
Trichina spiralis — A mimite entozoon (parasitic mite), Avhich burrows 
• in the muscles, and which, before becoming encysted, sometimes causes 

the death of the animal. They are principally generated in swine, 

fowls, rats and other omnivorous feeders. 
Tuber — A rounded projection, especially of a bone. 
Tubercle — A small tumor, as tubercles in the lungs. 
Tumor — A swelling or enlargement, generally applied to those which are 

permanent. 
Tympanum — The drum of the ear. 
Ulcer — A 1 mning sore. 

Vina — The larger of the two bones of the arm . 
Ulterior — Remoter ; yet to come ; last or final. 
Umbilicus — The navel. 

Ungulata — Animals having the toes (digits) enclosed in hoofs. 
Unciform — Curved or crooked, as a clam or the finger nail. 
Ureter — One of the two canals or ducts which convey the urine from the 

kidneys to the bladder. 
Urea — ^The principal characteristic constituent of urine. It is white, 

transparent and crystallizable. , 

XIrinary — Pertaining to the urine. 
Uriiie — The saline secretion of the kidneys. 
Uterus — The womb. 

Vagina — The canal, in female animals, from the vulva to the uterus. 
Varicose veins — Veins, most commonly in the legs, which are permaneLtly 

dilated, knotted and irregular. 
Vascular — Pertaining to the vessels of animal and vegetable bodies, as 

the vascular functions. The arteries, veins, lacteals, and the liice, 

compose the vascular system. Animal flesh is vascular. 
Venesectio7i — Letting blood by opening a vein, 
Fewows— Pertaining to the veins, or contained in the vein. 
Ventral — Pertaining to the abdomen or belly. 

Ventricose — A swelled appearance, making the object look l^ellied. 
Vermicular — Worm-like in shape or appearance. 
Vei'mifuge — A medicine or agent to kill or expel worms. 
Vertebra — A division or separate bone of the spinal column. 
Vertex — The top of the head 



GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1175 

I ertigo — Dizziness. An indication of plethora, or, frequcr^.ly , a symptom 
of some disease. 

Vesicle — A small blister. Any membranous cavity. 

Veterinarian — One skilled in (and, usually, legally qualified for) the 
treatment of the diseases of the horse, cattle and other domestic 
animals. 

Veterinary — Pertaining to the diseases of domestic animals, and treat- 
ment of the same ; connected with the duties or art of the veterinarian. 

Villi — Fine, small fibres. Villous : abounding with minut><j fibres, as the 
inner mucous membrane of the stomach and intestines, .a'J.dd the vil- 
lous coat, from its abounding with villi or minute hairs. 

Virulent — Dangerous or malignant ; as, a virulent type ol ^ disease. 

Virus — Contagious or infectious matter. 

Viscera — The organs contained in any cavity of the body, particularly 
of the head, thorax and abdomen. 

Viscid — Sticky or tenacious, with a glutinous consistency. 

Vision — The act or faculty of seeing ; that which is seen. 

Vital — Having or containing life. Necessary to life. 

Vivify — To bring to a vital state. 

Vivisection — The dissection of, or cutting into, living animals. 

Volatile — Giving off vapor, or flying off in vapor. 

Vulnerary — Plants, lotions, ointments, drugs or other substances useful 
in the healing of wounds. 

Vulva — The outer opening in female animals, of the generative parts. 

H^ane — To decrease, as in a fever. 

Wa7'bles — Small, hard tumors on the back of a horse, from irritation of 
the saddle. Tumors occasioned by the depositing of the eggs of the 
gadfly in the backs of horses and cattle. 

Warts — Spongy excrescences on various parts of the body. 

[Ven — A distinctly defined tumor under the skin, seldom hurtful. A.n 
encysted tumor. 

Whinny — To utter the call of the horse. To neigh. 

Windgalls — A distension of the synovial membranes of a horse's fetiOck 
joints. 

Withers — The bony crest of the shoulders, in a horse. 

Womb — ^Thc uterus, or bag in which the young are carried before birth. 

Wound — A broach of the skin or flesh. Surgery classifies wounds as 
contused, incised, punctured or poisoned. 

Wry neck — An involuntary fixed position of the head towards one of the 
shoulders. 

Xiphoid — Sword-like. A small cartilage at the bottom of the breast-bone. 

Yeasty — Frothy, foamy, spumy ; as, yeasty pus or matter. 



1176 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Zeine — The gluten of maize. 

Zoology — That part of natural history which treats of the structure, 
habits, classification and habitations of animals. 

Zoon — An animal ; having animal life. 

Zootomy — Dissection of the lower animal. 

Zygoma — The cheek-bone. 

Zygomatic — Pertaining to the cheek-bone, or to the bony arch under 
which the temporal muscle passes. 

Zymotic — Caused by, or pcrraming to, fermentation; as, a zymotic dis- 
ease, being one in which some morbific principle acts on the system 
like a ferment. 



PART XII 



CANADIAN DEPARTMENT. 



NEW, POPULAR BREEDS OF POULTRY. 



INCUBATORS AND BROODERS, 



"HOG CHOLERA," 

FROM THE 

LATEST EXPERIMENTS AND INVESTIGATIONS. 



(( 



HOG CHOLERA. 



PROM THE LATEST EXPERIMENTS AND INVESTIGATIONS. 



I. THK VARIOUS FORMS ASSUMED. 11. TN'VKSTIGATTONS IN SWINE PLAGUE. 

III. CONTAGIOUS, OR INFECTIOUS PRINCIPLE, ETC. IV. FROST AND THE 

VIRUS. V. MEASURES OK PREVENTIVE. VI. THE DISEASE AS OBSERVED 

IN SWINE. VII, GLOSS VKV OK PRECEDING SCIENTIFIC TERMS. VIII. CON- 
CLUSION. 

In the body of this work the various contagious diseases of swine are 
treated of. Malignant diarrhoea often carries away large numbers of 
swine. It issomctimes cMllcd liog cholera. In a general way corn burned 
nearly to a charcoal is a good corrective of diarrhoea. So is wood char- 
coal, and also the slack of biltuninous coal, or the soft coal itself. Fatal 
diarrhoea is often the result of disorganization of the functions of the 
liver, the flux not being llie disease, but the result. To excite the liver 
to action Avhere this is suspected, for a hog weighing from a hundred to 
a hundred and fifty pounds in ordinary stock condition, give 20 grains 
powdered mandrake, or from 10 to 20 grains of calomel, and repeat if 
necessary. This will excite the liver to action. 

In the first stages of diarrhoea, where llio discharges are copious and 
dark, give 1 to 2 drachms of bi-carbonate of soda dissolved in milk, or if 
the hog will eat, incorporate it in a warm bran mash. The liver remedy 
may also be given in the same way. 

In cases of cholera, if subsequent to the flux constipation ensues, it 
may be met with doses of 1 ounce of castor oil and 1 drachm of turpen- 
tine. Or give one-half ounce doses of sulphate of soda in one-half pint 
of water. 

If there is difficult breathing and cough, give 1 to 2 grains of tartar 
emetic and one-half drachm of saltpetre, two or three times a day, in 
one-half pint of water, and rub the sides of the chest and throat with 
turpentine. 

In giving these formulae the farmer must use his judgment. Follow 
up the doses as may be required to produce the effect desired. These 
remedies will also be indicated in cases of malignant hog cholera. 

I. The Various Forms Assumed. 

When the later symptoms are pronounced, the disease will assume the 
form of malignant epizootic catarrh, (see page 90G), and the prescrip- 
tions there given are to meet the s3'inptoms as stated. 

* 1179 



llSO CYCLOl'EDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK t)OCTOfi. 

On page 907 a form of intestinal hog cholera is treated of under the 
name of "Contagious Fever of Swine." Symptoms as there stated should 
be closely observed, that they may be met by the remedies as stated. 

Still another form of hog cholera, and one of the most malignant and 
fatal, is a peculiar inflammation of the lungs and bowels, known as conta- 
gious pneumo-enteritis. This is the disease that has caused such wide 
destruction of swine, and which the government of the United States has 
spent long time of the best veterinary talent of the country and money 
to investigate. The result of all this is, that hogs once fairly down with 
any of the fatal forms of contagious diseases we have mentioned, had 
better be killed at once, and sent to the grease rendering tank if near, or 
deeply buried. When a hog is too sick to take medicine in food, the 
diflSculty of administering is one of the chief obstacles to produce the 
proper effect. 

Disinfection. — The rules for disinfection must be carefully observed, 
as given on pages 911 and 912, for where the virus germs are present or 
capable of being brought, there can be no hope of permanent help. 
There is no specific for these malignant diseases, as already stated in 
this book. The cures claimed from the use of so-called specifics are of 
swine not affected with malignant diseases; as preventives they may be 
valuable. Fully as much or more so, Avill be No. 8 and No. 12. The 
receipts given in the descriptions of the several forms of hog cholera 
are the best known to veterinary science. 

ill. Investigations in Swine Plague. 

Recognizing the importance of combatting the virulent contagious di- 
seases affecting swine, the Department of Agriculture, at Washington, 
has had competent veterinarians investigating the disease for years. A 
large portion of the work, and especially the microscopical examinations, 
were placed under the direction of H. J. Detmers, V. S., now professor 
of veterinary science. University of Ohio. This gentleman adds to his 
accurate knowledge as practitioner the habit of careful investigation in 
various departments of science. His examinations into swine plague 
(hog cholera) covers a number of years, and we give his general state- 
ment of symptoms, and, also, general conclusions gathered from the 
hundreds of pages he has written on the subject. 

III. Contagious, or Infectious Principle, Etc. 

If an animal infected with swine plague receives a wound or an exter- 
nal lesion sufficient to cause congestion and inflammation, the morbid 
process is almost sure to localize in the congested or inflamed parts 
Further, if the infectious principle is introduced into the wound or a 



HOG CHOLERA. 1181 

lesion with inflamed, swelled, or congested borders — for instance, in a 
wound caused by ringing or castration, etc. — the morbid i)rocess is sure 
to develop in the inflamed or congested borders of that wound. All this 
is easily accounted for if the bacilli and their germs constitute the infec- 
tious principle, and if the mode and manner in which they obstruct and 
clog the capillary vessels is taken into consideration; but it is utterly 
irreconcilable with the non-appearance of any local reaction after an 
inoculation by means of a wound too slight to cause congestion, if the 
infectious principle possesses the nature of a virus, or of a chemical 

agency. 

IV. Frost and the Virus. 

Swine plague, until the last days of December, or until the ground 
becomes covered with snow, and the weather exceedingly cold, Avas 
spreading from farm to farm and from place to place, in the locality vis- 
ited, but as soon as the temperature began to iiBmain below the freezing 
point at noon as well as at night, it at once ceased to spread from one 
farm or locality to another. At the same time, however, it was observed 
that the very cold weather of the last days of December and the first 
days of January did not materially interfere with the spreading of the 
swine plague from one animal to another in all pens and hog lots in 
which the disease had previously made its a[)pearance, and in which the 
way of feeding and watering the animals was such as to allow a contam- 
ination of the food and the water for drinking with the excreta of the 
diseased hog, or in which the pigs and hogs still healthy had open 
wounds, sores, or scratches, and had to sleep together with the diseased 
hog in the same place and on the same litter. Afterwards, when milder 
weather had set in, the spreading from one place to another very slowly 
commenced ae-ain. (The cold indicated 20 degrees below zero.) 

V. Measures of Preventive. 

In relation to the s[)read of the disease and measures for prevention, 
Dr. Detmcrs advises as follows: 

The most effective means of prevention that can be applied by the in- 
dividual owners of swine consists, first, in promptly destroying and bury- 
ing sufficiently deep and out of the way the first animal or animals that 
show symptoms of swine plague, if the disease is just making its appear- 
ance, and in aisnifecting the premises, or if that is difficult, in removing 
the herd at once to a non-infected place, or out of the reach of the infec- 
tious principle. If possible the herd should be taken to a piece of high 
and dry ground, free from any straw and rubbish — if recently plowed, still 
better — and should there receive clean food and no water except such as 
is freshly drawn from a well. If this is complied with, and if all com- 



1182 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

inunication whatever with any diseased hogs or pigs is cut off in every 
respect, which is absolutely necessary, and still danger should be antici- 
pated, for instance, if one or more animals should have become infected 
before the herd was removed, or a possibility of either food or water for 
drinking being or becoming tainted with the infectious principle should 
exist, the danger may bo averted, or at least be very much diminished by 
administering three times a day to the water for drinking either some 
carbolic acid (about 10 drops ea(;h time for every 150 pounds of live 
weight) or some hyposulphite of soda (a teaspoonful for every 100 
pounds of live -weight), till all danger has disappeared. Second, where 
swine plague has been allowed to make some progress in the herd, or 
where the presence of the disease is not discovered until several animals 
have been taken sick or have died, and others have become infected, the 
best that can be done is to separate at once the healthy animals from the 
diseased and suspected ones ; to place the h(3althy animals by themselves 
and the doubtful ones by themselves; to separate, disinfect and treat 
the animals in the way just stated. Special care must be taken to pre- 
vent any communication, direct or indirect, between the three different 
parts of the herd. If one person has to do the feeding, etc., he must 
make it a strict rule t© attend uhvays first, to the healthy animals, then to 
those considered as doubtful, and last to the sick ones, and must n^ver 
reverse that rule, or go among the healthy hogs or pigs after he has been 
in the yard or pen occupied by the others. If possible each portion of 
the herd should have its own attendant, who should not come in contact 
with any of the others. The separation must be a strict one in every re- 
s[)ect; even dogs and other animals may carry the infectious principle 
from the diseased animals or from the yard occupied by them to the 
healthy hogs and pigs. Buckets, pails, etc., which are used in feeding 
the sick hogs should not be used for the healthy ones, because the infec- 
tious principle may be conveyed by them from one place to another. 
Last, but not least, it is very essential that the hog-lot occupied by the 
healthy portion of the herd be higher than that occupied by the others. 
If it is lower, and especially if it is so situated that water and other liquids 
from the other hog-lots can flow into it or over it, the separation is 
worse than useless, for then the healthy portion of the herd will surely 
become Infected, unless the ground is exceedingly dry. Third, whenever 
swine plague is prevailing in the neighborhood, any operation, such as 
ringing, marking by wounding, or cutting ears or tail, and castration and 
spaying particularly, must not be performed, but should be delayed until 
the disease has disappeared, or docs no't exist anywhere within a radius 
of two miles. If such operation should become absolutely necessary, the 



HOG CHOLERA. 1183 

wounds must be dressed at least once a day with an effective disinfect* 
ant, for instance, with a soUition of carbolic acid or thymol, till a heal- 
ing has been effected, (See disinfectants, page 912.) 

Swine [)Iague is very often communicated from herd to herd and from 
place to place hy a careless, and, in some cases, even criminal contamina- 
licn of running streanjlets, creeks and rivers with the excrements and 
other excretions of diseased liogs and pigs, and with the carcasses and 
parts of the carcasses of the de:id animals. This source of the spreading 
of the disease can be stopped only by declaring such contamination of 
streamlets a nuisance and making the offense punishable by law. Allow- 
ing swine affected with the plague to have access to such streamlets 
should be considered as constitutino; o-ood evidence of such a contamina- 
tion, as also the throwing of dead hogs, or parts of a carcass, into such 
streamlets, creeks, or rivers. 

VT. The Disease as Observed in Swine. 

Symptoms during life. — "The disease may last from a few hours to 
four weeks in fatal cases. Quite frequently animals will die very sud- 
deidy and without warning. Some of these cases pi'csent the hemorrhagic 
type of the disease very distinctly. In the majority of cases which c;ime 
under our observation recentl}', tiie disease lasted from one to two weeks. 
The most prominent symptoms are those of great debility and capricious 
appetite. In about one-half of the cases, diarrhoea set in after three or 
four days. The feces are usually liquid, at times blood-stained. In 
\hose cases where ulceration is extensive, diarrhoea is always present. The 
rectal temperature is usually high but variable, and not at all reliable as 
p. means of determining the intensity of the disease. 

Lesions observed after death. — Discoloration or reddening of the skin 
is quite rare. When present, it is usually found about the genitals in 
both sexes. The subcutaneous fatty tissue is frequently of a diffuse red- 
ness and rarely studded with small extravasations. 

The peritoneal cavity usually contains more or less straw colored serum 
in advanced cases. In those which die quite suddenly serous effusii)iis 
are absent. The coils of the intestine are now and then covered with a 
few fibrinous, stringy coagula, indicating slight peritonitis. Beneath 
the serous coverinor of the intestines extravasations of blood are quite 
common in very acute cases. They are most frequently encountered on 
the large intestine throu<>hout its entire leno:th or limited to the csecum. 
Occasionally a few coils of the ilium are covered with punctiform ecch}^- 
moses. They are found now and then on the stomach. Only once did 
we see large ecchjnnoses in the fatty tissue sorrounding the kidney. 

The spleen is usually considerably swollen, dark, gorged with blood, 



1184 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and very friable. On its surface and borders, in acute cases, raised 
blood-red points are frequently encountered. The liver is sometimes 
enlarged, sometimes liighly congested, and is found quite pale at other 
times. Occasionally its surface is mottled with pule greenish patches. 
The kidneys are more or less changed. Frequently the surface is dotted 
with a variable number of dark-red points, is commonly much congested ; 
even the tips of the papillge may assume a dusky hue. The cortical 
portion in some cases is the seat of a hemorrhagic inflammation. On 
section it is dotted with closely set, dark-red points, probably the glome- 
ruli in a state of extreme engorofement. 

The heart is but slightly affected. The pericardium is always more 
or less distended with fluid. In acute c:ises a variable number of punc- 
tiform and larger extravasations are present beneath the i^ericardium of 
the auricular appendages. More rarely a few are found beneath the 
endocardium of the ventricles. The right side is, as a rule, distended 
with a dark coagulum and left nearly empty. 

The lungs are in many cases normal, both in cases of rapid death and 
protracted disease. We have seen many- cases in which perfectly sound 
lungs accompanied extensively ulcerated intestines. In a moderate 
number of acute, virulent cases, the lungs are, in general, collapsed and 
pale. Under the pleura, however, there are seen small patches of a 
dark-red color, which correspond to limited regions of dark hepatized 
tissue not much more than one-quarter inch in diameter. These foci 
are always found throughout the lung tissue in greater or less abun- 
dance. In the advanced stages of chronic swine plague, the major part 
of the lungs may be completely he[)atized. This condition we have 
found but rarely, and may depend on circumstances not yet clearly un- 
derstood. 

The lymphatic glands are always more or less affected, those of the 
thorax as well as those of the al)domen. The glands at the root of the 
mesentary are very much thickened and confluent, mottled, red, and 
whitish; the medullary portion is commonly reddened, the cortex more 
frequently gorged with blood. The glands imbedded between the coils 
of the large intestine are usually of a very dark-red. When these colls 
are torn apart, the glands are brought to view as isolated, bean-shaped 
bodies, their dark, blood-red color contrasting markedly with the adja- 
cent paler, flesh-colored serosa. This congestion prevails throughout the 
gland-tissue. On section the knife become's covered with blood. This 
description applies equally well to the glands in the region of the 
stomach, the paler inguinals, the bronchial, and mediastinal glands. In 
chronic cases, which have lasted from three to fours weeks, the lym- 
phatics are usually large, but very pale and tough on section. 



HOG CflOLllftA. 118f) 

The intestinal tract is ordinarily the seat of the most severe lesions. 
In the stomach the fundus or most dependent portion is deeply reddened» 
often blackish in color, depending on the amount of extravasated blood. 
Occasionally clots of blood are found forming a coating around the food. 
In older cases the inflammation may be absent or replaced by isolated 
ulcers. The duodenum is rarely affected. The jejunum seems to enjoy 
a still greater immunity. The ileum is less exempt fiom pathological 
changes which seem to be proportioned to the extent and severity of the 
lesions found in the adjoining large intestine, which will be first de- 
scribed." 

VII. Glossary of Preceding Scientific Terms. 

The scientific terms used in the foregoino; in diseases as observed in 
swine, are as follows : — 

Auricular — Pertaining to the ear. 

CcBcum — The commencement of the large intestine. 

EccJiymoses — Livid, black or yellow spots from extravasation or effu- 
sion of blood. 

Feces — The natural discharges of an animal. 

Glomeruli — Heads. Places of gatherings. 

Hemorrhagic — Pertaining to flux or discharge of blood. 

Hepatized — Gorged with effused matter, producing a peculiar livery 
appearance. 

Ilium — The third or longest division of the lesser .ntestines. 

Lymphatic Glands — A reddish colored gland connected with the lym- 
phatics {lymphatic, a vein-like valved vessel containing a transparent 
fluid). 

Lesion — An injury or morbid change. 

Mesentary — The membrane which retains the intestines and their ap- 
pendages in their proper position. 

Peritoneal — Re2;ion of the thin, smooth serous membrane investins: 
the whole internal surf:ice of the abdomen, and more or less all the 
viscra continued in it, and of which it forms the surface. 

Pericardium — The membranous sac inclosing the heart. 

Plewa — The membrane of the inner portion of the thorax and invest- 
ing the lungs. 

Rectal — The last portion of the intestines. 

Sub-cutaneous — Under the skin. 

VIII. Conclusions. 

The preceding investigations definitely settle certain controverted 
points concerning the causes of swine plague, which may be briefly sum- 
marized: 

76 



1186 Cyclopedia ot' live sfocic: ai^d coMPLEtE stocJc doctor. 

Swine pliif^ue is caused bj a specific microbe (an invisible germ) mul- 
tiplying in the body of the diseased animal. The microbe probably be- 
longs to the genus bacterium (a filamentous organism not yet definitely 
known as belonging to the vegetable or animal kingdom, but apparently 
having distinct power of motion). 

When introduced beneath the skin this bacterium is fatal to pigs, rab- 
bits, guinea-pigs, mice, and a certain percentage of pigeons, it is more 
than probable that cattle inoculated with the virus of swine plague will 
come down with a disease that has been mistaken for contagious pleuro- 
pneumonia, but it is not communicated to other animals. It is also fa- 
tal to pigs when introduced with the food, or when they feed on the in- 
ternal organs of swine which have died of the disease. 

It is worthy to be remembered that the disease described in France as 
Rouget, and in Germany as Rothlauf, and for which Pasteur has pre- 
pared a vaccine, is caused by an entirely different microbe. The vaccine 
for this disease does not protect against swine plague. The introduc- 
tion of Pasteur's vaccine is not only useless but may contribute to the 
introduction and spread of a disease, the existence of which in this 
country has not yet been demonstrated. 

During the last two years, 1897-98, the Bureau of Animal Industry has 
been experimenting with the serum treatment, both as a cure and preven- 
tive, in Pope County, Iowa, with the result that about 23.16 per cent, of 
infected hogs died, showing a recovery of 76. 84 per cent. In a correspond- 
ing number of hogs in other herds not treated the loss was 84.24 per cent. 
This is a remarkably strong showing in favor of the serum treatment. 
This serum can be got from the Department of Agrichlture at Washington, 
D. C. It can be applied by any up-to-date veterinarian. 

The value of this treatment can be figured from the loss in Iowa alone 
last year of $15,000,000. 

Full particulars of the experiments with this serum are found in Bulletin 
No. 23, United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Animal In- 
dustry, 1899. 



SWINE. 



By Prof. G. E. Day, B. S. A., Professor of Agriculture ami Farm Superintendent, Ontario Agricultural 

College, Guelph, Ontario. 



In dealing with this subject it will be necessary to pay special atten- 
tion to the type of hog for which Canada is noted, and this calls for 
some explanations regarding our trade in pork products. 

American vs. Canadian Trade. — In the United States there is an im- 
mense home market for lard and oleomargarine ( a substitute for butter). 
In Canada we have no trade in oleomargarine, and a very much smaller 
home market for lard. The American packer, therefore, can utilize 
very fat hogs, manufacturing lard and oleomargarine from the fat, and 
placing only the leaner carcases and the lean parts of the fat carcases 
upon the market to be consumed as meat. On the other hand, piacti- 
cally all the Canadian hogs must be consumed as meat, and as there is 
a very limited and decreasing demand for fat pork, the production of a 
leaner type of hog has become a necessity. Great Britain is the home 
of the export trade in pork products of both Canada and the United 
States, the latter country exporting vastly larger quantities than Canada; 
and in order to keep out of a hopeless competition with the Americans, 
our packers have been forced to cater to an entirely different class of 
customers. Thus it comes that the lean and carefully prepared baCon 
of Canada is taken by the large cities of Great Britain, while the Ameri- 
can product goes to a less fastidious class of customers at a considerably 
lower price. Canadian bacon, therefore, does not really come into 
competition with the American product in Great Britain, and a very 
little consideration of the facts briefly outlined above should convince 
any thoughtful person of the importance of keeping out of the way of 
American competition. Our chief competitors are Denmark and Ireland, 
and the whole future of our swine industry is dependent upon the intel- 
ligent attention our Canadian breeders and feeders pay to quality. 
/Superior quality must be our motto, if we would hold and extend our 
trade. 

The kind of ba.con of which Canadian packers make a specialty is 
what is known as the "Wiltshire side." To make this bacon, a hog is 
required weighing from one hundred and sixty pounds to two hundred 
and twenty pounds, live weight, though hogs are preferred not over two 

. 1187 



1188 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

hundred pounds live weight. The description and scale of points which 
are offered give a pretty clear idea of the type of animal required, but it 
may be added that the layer of fat along the back should be only about 
one and a quarter inches thick, and that it should be uniform in 
thickness over loin, back, and shoulder top. A hog suitable for making 
Wiltshire sides is known in Canada as a "bacon hog." 

I. Judging Hogs of Bacon Type. 

We now come to a very important matter, that of judging swine of 
bacon type. It is perhaps too much to expect that there will ever be 
entire unanimity of opinion among judges, yet it is Something greatly to 
be desired, and an effort shoukl be made to come as near to this desired 
end as possible. The main difficulty in judging seems to arise from the 
fact that judges differ regarding the relative importance of the various 




Fig. 1.— Light jowl and good neck; shoulders well proportioned; belly sags a little 
towards the rear, good length of side. 

parts of an animal. They may be in entire accord as to what consti- 
tutes a perfect bacon hog, but, unfortunately, perfect animals are scarce, 
and it is in the attempt to balance one defect against another that dif- 
ferences in judgment frequently occur. It would seem reasonable, 
therefore, to assume that some authoritative standard of excellence and 
scale of points would be helpful in bringing about greater uniformity in 
judiiino;. 

In the scale of points given herewith, an attempt has been made to 
distinguish between a breeding animal and one intended for slaughter- 
ing. It is quite apparent that in breeding aninuils, weight limits should 
not be used. On the other hand, an animal that is to be slaughtered 
need not be criticized as to eyes, ears, hair, style, or the strength of its 
pasterns, while weight becomes very important. 



6W1NE. 



1181) 



In connection with the scale of points, it will be well to study the 
diagram (Fig. 3) given below. It has been copied from an article by 
Loudon M. Douglas, in the Royal Agricultural Society's Re[)ort for 
1898. Unfortunately, later figures are not available; but the diagram 




Tig. 2. — Well proportioned shoulder, good top line and good trim belly, but lacts 

length. 

mpv be regarded as showing, at least approximately, the relative values 

of the various cuts. Attention is also called to Figures 1 and 2, wlii h 

are modified sketches made from photographs of two hogs from the 

experimental department of the Ontario Agricultural College. 

PRIME PART 
COLLAR ^"'^'^ ^^^'^ ^^^'^ ^'^^- ^"^"^^ ^^^ 




-TOP or THICK PRIME THIN STREAKY 

STREAKY THICK STREAKY FLANK 

FORE HOCK inion^lHt/inr i.^ii'^ GAMMON HOCK 

^la. 3. — Diagram showing various cuts of a side of bacon, and the average prices realized for 
each during 1897. (Copied from R. A. S. Report for 189S.) 

Scale op Points for Hogs of Bacon Type. 

description. 
Head AND Neck— 8 points: points. 

Snout, moderately fine t 

Eyes, good size, full and bright t 

Jowl, light and neat 3 

Neck, naedium length, muscular, but possessing nr. tendency to arch 

on top ^ 3 



1100 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

FoRR Quarters— 17 points: 

Shoulders, light, smooth, rounded from gide to side over top and 

very compact, no wider than back y 

Breast, good width and full 4 

Fore Legs, set well apart, medium length, and straight; pasterns, 

upright; bone clean and moderately fine 4 

Body— 40 points: 

Back, medium width, rising slightly above the straight line, and 

forming a very slight arch from neck to tail 9 

Loin, strong and full but not unduly arched, wide as rest of back... 5 

Ribs, good length and moderately arched 'i' 

Side, fairly deep; long, smooth, and straight between shoulder 
and ham; a straight-edge laid over shoulder point and ham 
should touch the side throughout 12 

Heart Girth, full but not flabby at fore flanks, filled out even with 
side of shoulder; there should be no tucked-up appearance 
back of fore legs, nor droop back of shoulder top 5 

Flank, full and low 1 

Underline, straight; the belly should be markedly trim and neat 5 

Hind Quarters — 15 points: 

Rump, same width as back, long and slightly rounded from a point 

above hips to tail, and rounded from side to side over top... 5 

Ham, full without flabbiness; thigh, tapering towards hock without 
wrinkles or folds, and carrying flesh well down towards 
hock 6 

Hind Legs, medium length; hocks, set well apart but not bowed out- 
ward; bone clean, and moderately fine; pasterns, strong 4 

Quality— 15 points : 

iS"ar, rather thin, (1); hair, fine and abundant, (2); skin, smooth, 
showing no tendency to wrinkle, (2); bone, moderately fine 
and clean in legs, moderately fine in snout and head, and 
showing no prominence on side and top of shoulder, (5); 
fiesh, firm and smooth, with no flabbiness at jowl, fore flank, 

belly, or ham, (5) 15 

Style— 5 points : 

Active and sprightly in movement, walking without a swaying mo- 
tion, and standing well up on toes 5 

Perfection 100 

N. B. — For hogs intended for killing, the same scale of points may be 
used With the following modifications: Strike out score for eyes, ears, hair 
and style; deduct two points fiom points allowed fore legs and also hind 
legs and add following score: 

Weight, 175 to 200 pounds, live weight. Being under 160 pounds or 

over 220 pounds will disqualify 13 

Regarding the scale of points, the following may be noted: 
Head and Neck. — These parts have very little market value and con- 
sequently should be comparatively light. A great cleal of the weight 
of the head is in the jowl, which should therefore be light. A Ions, 
scrawny neck is very objectionable, indicating poor feeding qualities. 
A short neck is a good thing in itself, but where the neck is very short 
it is apt to be heavy on top, a formation associated with heavy shoulders 



SV/INE. 1191 

carrying a great thickness of fat over the top. Fig. 1 shows a very light 
jowl and a good neck. 

Fore Quarters. — The diagram shows that the values are low in the 
fere quarters, particularly the fore hock, or shoulder. Consequently, 
we want as little shoulder as is consistent with constitution, smoothness 
of shoulder being especially desirable. Figures 1 and 2 show very well- 
proportioned shoulders, together with a very good representation of the 
style of legs required. 

Body. — A glance at the diagram will show the importance of the body 
and the desirability of great length. The desired top-line is well illus- 
trated in Fig. 2, though the hog has scarcely enough length. While a 
"razor back" is not desirable, yet a broad back invariably gives too 
great a thickness of fat. A tlabby, heavy belly, with heavy fore flanks, 
must not be mistaken for a long rib. A fair depth of side is very de- 
sirable ; but when it goes beyond a certain point it becomes objection- 
able, because it gives too much belly meat. Notice in the diagram the 
prices of "flank" and "thin streaky" as compared with the cuts above 
them. Fig. 2 shows a good trim belly, but in Fig. 1 it sags a little too 
much towards the rear, owing to the somewhat crouching position of 
the animal, which the artist has failed to entirely eliminate. Fig. 1, 
however, shows an excellent length of side. 

Hind Quarters. — Some surprise may be occasioned by the compara- 
tively low value attached to the ham in the diagram. A large, blocky 
ham is not desirable, but the ham should taper gradually towards the 
hock, and be very smooth. 

Quality .—^\>QC\?i\ attention should be paid to general smoothness and 
absence of flabbiness. 

/Style. — This would, of course, be disregarded by the packer, but is 
de^serving of some prominence in breeding stock. 

Before leaving the question of the bacon hog, it is worthy of note that 
carefully conducted experiments at the Ontario Agricultural College, 
Guelph, go to show that it does not necessarily cost any more to pro- 
duce a pound of gain in a good type of bacon hog than in any other type. 
Hogs of excellent bacon type proved very economical feeders, and 
ranked very high in this respect when compared with fat types. 

II, The Fat Hog. 

The fat hog, so popular in the United States, is practically the oppo- 
site of the bacon hog in general character. Its weight may be anywhere 
from 200 to 400 pounds, the common run being from 200 to 300 pounds- 
live weight. In this animal, thickness and depth are emphasized rather 
than length. The heavy jowl; short, thick neck; broad shoulders, 



1192 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

back and rump; heavy and frequently bulging hams; deep, rather than 
long, side; short legs, and the fine bone which is an indication of obes- 
ity rather than muscular development, all combine to make up an ani- 
mal very different indeed from the bacon type. There is a popular be- 
lief that this type of hog can be more cheaply produced than the bacon 
type. This maybe true for certain conditions ; but for the conditions 
which commonly prevail in Canada, the belief is ill-founded, as has 
been previously stated. 

Scale op Points for Fat Hogs. 

description. 
Head and Neck — 5 pointr: points. 

Snout, moderately line 1 

Jowl, full, broad, deep, smooth, and firm, carrying fullness back near 

to point of shoulder 2 

Neck, short, thick, and deep; rounding and full from poll to shoul- 
der top 2 

Fore Quarters— 12 points: 

Shoulders, broad and compact on top, deep, well fleshed, blending 

smoothly with neck and body 7 

Breast, wide, deep, and full 3 

Fore Legs, set well apart, short, tapering and straight; pasterns, 

upright; bone, clean and fine 2 

Body— 35 points: 

Back, broad, straight or very slightly arched, medium length, uni- 
form width from shoulder to ham, thickly fleshed, even and 
smooth without creases or projections 10 

Loin, broad, strong, full, and thickly and smoothly fleshed Yi 

Ribs, long and well sprung at top and bottom 3 

Sides, medium length, deep, smooth, even between shoulder and 

ham 6 

Heart Girth, large, full back of shoulder, and deep and full at fore 

flanks 4 

Flank, deep and full 1 

Underline, straight, with no sagging nor flabbiness of belly 3 

Hind Quarters— 19 points: 

Rump, same width as back, long, slightly rounded from loin to base 

of tail, smooth 5 

Ham, broad, deep, heavily fleshed, plump and reasonably smooth; 

flesh carried well down to hock on inside as well as at rear 12 

Hind Legs, short, straight, set well apart and squarely under body; 

bone, fine and clean; pasterns, strong 2 

Quality— 16 points : 

Ear, fine and soft, (I); hair, fine and abundant, (1); skin, smooth, 
showing no tendency to wrinkle, (3) ; bone, fine and smooth in 
legs, fine in snout and head, and showing no prominence at 
side or top of shoulder, (5); flesh, firm and smoothly distrib- 
uted over all parts, no flabbiness at jowl, fore flank, belly and 

ham, (6) 16 

Symmetry— 5 points: 

All parts should be proportionately developed, so that in general ap- 
pearance the animal is smooth, compact, and well balanced 6 

V^SIQIJT: beavy for age 8 

Perfection , ..„...!„..„...,..,...,,......„.,„,„ ,. lOQ 



SWINE. 



1193 



BREEDS OF SWINE. 

I. Large Yorkshires. 
Yorkshire swine are of English origin, and in that country three 
types are recognized, viz.: Large Whites, Middle Whites, and Small 
Whites. In this country, practically only one type is known, the Large 
Whites, which are variously called Large Yorkshires, Improved York- 
shires, and Improved Large Yorkshires. The term "improved" is used 





H 



. V 

S'^. ' • Vol •*Y- *» 







Improved Taaiwortb. vSow, bred by J. E. Buthour, Buoford, Ontario, and property 
of Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario. 

because the modern Large Yorkshire is a modification of the original 
large white English pig, which was extremely coarse and hard to fatten. 

Yorkshires are now one of the most popular breeds in Ontario, and 
they are rapidly gaining a footing in the other provinces of the Dominion 
as well as in the United States. 

fJliaracteristics. — Yorkshires are one of our largest breeds of swine. 
They vary considerably in type, and it requires skill in selection to breed 
them of uniform character. When intelligently selected, they are 
profitable feeders, growing rapidly, and becoming ready for the packer 
at an early age. They are well adapted to the production of bacon for 



SWTNE. 1195 

our export trade, as they produce a long side and a large proportion of 
lean to fat. They are reasonably hardy and very prolific. They are 
exceptionally vahiable for crossing on the fatter types of hogs, giving 
to the })r()geny greater length and less tendency to excessive fatness. 
They are, perhui)s, better adapted to pen feeding than to grazing, and 
they will stand forcing without becoming overfat. 

Judging Yorkshires. — Yorkshires vary considerably in type and gen- 
eral qualities, and some of these tj^pes are very objectionable. The 
more old-fashioned strains frequently possessed extremelv short, 
turned-up snouts, with the lower jaw often extending beyond the upper. 
While many good hogs possess this peculiarity, it is too commonly 
associated with very undesirable (jualities to deserve popularity. Ani- 
mals with this formation of snout often have a heavy jowl, neck, and 
shoulder, a short side, and a general lack of quality. Even though the 
animal may not possess these undesirable qualities in itself, there is a 
strong probability of their cropping out in many of the progeny. Then 
there is another extreme: the long, scrawny neck ; narrow back; rough, 
bony shoulder; long, coarse-boned, puffy legs, and bristly coat. This 
type should be avoided as one would avoid the plague. It may have 
length, but is not a bacon hog. It lacks quality, which is essential to 
the bacon hog; and it is a hard feeder, which the bacon hog is not. 

In the description which accompanies the scale of points, an attempt 
has been made to give an idea of what the Large Yorkshire should be. 
In judging, however, due allowance must be made for masculinity in 
the boar; and, provided he is right in other respects, a slight promi- 
nence of the side of the shoulder may be overlooked. The neck, also, 
is more heavily muscled than would be desired in a barrow, and it is 
possible to have the boar too fine in bone. It is a great mistake, how- 
ever, to go to the other extreme and imagine that general coarseness 
and lack of -quality, or a frame loaded with fat, indicates constitution. 
There should be activity, strength, and vigor without coarseness; 
smoothness and quality without overrefinement; length without weak- 
ness; substance and apparent thrift without obesity. 

In judo-ing of the length of the hog, it is not enough that it should 
be lonor from snout to tail. The most valuable part of the carcase lies 
back of the shoulder, and care must be exercised in noting the length 
between shoulder and ham. What appears at first sight to be a long 
animal will sometimes be found wanting in length of side, the shoulder 
extending far back and encroaching upon the side. This formation 
gives a carcase which is heavy at the cheap end. It is possible, how- 
ever, to run to extremes in this connection also, for there is a limit to 
the length of middle which an animal may safely carry, and it is possible 



1196 CYCLOfEDiA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

to have an animal out of proportion in this respect. Strength must 
accompany length. 

Sows should show no indications of coarseness, and should possess 
at least twelve sound teats. 

Scale op Points for Large Yorkshire Swin"" 

description. 

Color— 2 points: points. 

White, free from black liairs, and as far as possible from blue spots 

on the skin 2 

Head and Neck— 8 points: 

Snout, medium length, straight, or nearly so, moderately fine 1 

Face, slightly dished, broad between eyes 1 

Eyes, good size, full and bright 1 

Jozvl, light and neat 2 

Ears, long, good width, moderately thin, slightly itieliHed forward, 

and fringed with fine hair 1 

Neck, medium length, muscular, but possessing no tendency to arch 

on top 2 

Fore Quarters— 15 points: 

Shoulders, smooth, somewhat rounded from side to side over top and 
very compact; no wider than back, and not running back on 

side so as to shorten distance between shoulder and ham 8 

Breast, good width, and full 3 

Fore Legs, set well apart, medium length, and straight; pasterns, 

strong; bone, clean and strong; feet, compact 4 

Body— 37 points : 

Back, medium width, rising slightly above the straight line, and 

forming a very slight arch from neck to tail 8 

Loin, wide as rest of back, strong and full, but not unduly arched- 5 

Ribs, good length and moderately arched 3 

Side, fairly deep; long, smooth, and straight between shoulder and 
ham; a straight-edge laid over shoulder point and ham should 

« touch the side throughout 10 

Heart Girth, full, but not flabby at fore flanks, filled out even with side 
of shoulder; there should be no tucked-up appearance back of 

fore legs, nor droop back of shoulder 5 

Flank, full and low 2 

Underline, straight; the belly should be markedly trim and neat 4 

Hind Quarters— 17 points: 

Rump, same width as back, long and slightly rounded from a point 
above hips to tail, and somewhat rounded from side to side 

over top ^ 

Ham, full without flabbiness; thigh, tapering towards hock without 

wrinkles or folds, and carrying flesh well down towards hock 8 
Hind Legs, medium length; hocks, set well apart, but not bowed 
outward; bone, clean and strong; pasterns, strong; feet, com- 
pact ^ 

Quality— 13 points: 

Hair, fine and abundant, (2) ; skin, smooth, showing no tendency to 
wrinkle, (2); bone, clean in legs, and showing no prominence 
on side and top of shoulder, (4); flesh, firm and smooth, -with 
no flabbiness at jowl, fore flank, belly, or ham, (5) 13 



SWINE. 1197 

Style — 5 points: 

Active and sprig'htiy ia mo\jment, walking without a swaying mo- 
tion, and standing well up on toes 3 

Symmetry— 5 points: 

All parts proportionately developed, so that the general appearance 

gives the impression of a well balanced, strongly-built animal 5 

Perfection 100 

OlUECTIONS. 

Snout. — Unduly short and turned up- 

Jowl. — Heavy. / 

Ears. — Small, similar to Berkshire, or unduly coarse and drooping. 

Ntck. — Either long and scrawny, or extremely short and heavy. 

/Shoidder's. — Extremely heavy, open on top, or extending far back on 
side so as to shorten distance between shoulder and ham. 

GivtJi. — Light around heart, tucked up at fore flank, depressed back of 
shoulder top, narrow across floor of chest. 

Back. — Either extremel} narrow or extremely wide; either sagged or 
unduly arched. 

Loin. — Narrow and weak. 

iSide. — Short; falling away at lower part, owing to short-curved rib. 

Belly. — Either tucked up or sagging. 

Ham. — Either l)are or wrinkled and flabby. 

Legs. — Long, coarse, crooked, deformed; bone puffy ; pasterns weak; 
feet spreading. 

Quality. — Hair scanty or coarse and wiry ; skin Avrinkled ; flesh soft 
and flabby, or unevenly laid on. 

Symmetry . — Undue development of certain parts in proportion to 
others. 

II. Tamworths. 

Tamworth swine are also of English origin, and were quite extensively 
bred in England as early as the beginning of the past century. They 
have been greatly im[)roved and modified of late years, and are to be 
found in large numbers at the leading shows in this country. They 
have also spread into the United States, though it is impossible to fore- 
tell their success in that country. 

Characteristics. — They are admirably adapted to the production of 
export bacon, being lengthy, smooth-shouldered, light-boned, and pro- 
ducing a large proportion of lean to fat. They are reasonably hardv, 
and the better class of them are economical producers of bacon. The 
sows are prolific and good mothers, though in experiments at the 
Ontario Agricultural College, the young i)igs scarcely grew so rapidly as 



1198 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

the Yorkshires. They are quite extensively used for crossing on other 
breeds. 

Judging Tamivorfhs.— The Tamworth is essentially a bacon hog, 
and must be judged as such. Fancy points must give way to utility, 
although heavy, drooping ears, and black spots are seriously objected 
to. Leaving the remarks on breed type out of consideration, what has 
been said in connection with judging Yorkshires applies with equal 
force to this breed. 




Yorkshire Boar, bred and owned by the Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario. 
Scale of Points for Tamworth Swine. 

description, 

Color— 2 points: points. 
Golden red without black spots in hair or skin 2 

Head and Neck — 8 points: 

Snout, rather long, straight, and fine 1 

Face, slightly dished, good width between eyes 1 

Eyes, good size, full, and bright 1 

Jowl, very light and neat 2 

Ears, rather long, pointed, thin, erect, and fringed with fine hair-- . 1 
Neck, medium length, muscular, but possessing no tendency to arch 

on top 2 

Fore Quarters — Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Body— Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Hind Quarters— Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Quality — Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Style — Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Symmetry — Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Objections — Same as for large Yorkshire. 



SWINE. 1100 

III, Berkshires. 

In the Berkshire we have another English breed, and one that is very 
extensively spread over Canada and the United States. Some years ago 
the utility of this breed was greatly injured by its breeders aiming to 
secure fancy points rather th:in to develop useful qualities. Color was 
regarded as of groat importance, and, in addition, they l)red for an ex- 
tremel}' short snout, heavy jowl and neck, a broad, fat back, and very tine 
bone. Of late years Canadian breeders at least have been trying to get 
as far away as possible from the type mencioncd above, and to bring the 
breed nearer the bacon ty})e. Their efforts have met with a consider- 
able degree of success, though there is still much to accomplish before 
the breed as a whole can be classed as an ideal bacon ho£f. 

Characteristics. — There is a marked difference in the general type of 
Canadian and American Berkshires, for while Canadian breeders have 
been striving to lengthen the side and modify the type generally to meet 
the requirements of our market, Americans, on the other hand, have 
been breeding them solely for the production of the fat hog. Berk- 
shires, as a breed, are very easy feeders, and mature early. They are 
hardy and fairly prolific. Perhaps their greatest faults from a market 
standpoint are their tendencies to shortness of side between shoulder 
and ham, and to undue weight of jowl, neck, and shoulder. They form 
popular crosses with Yorkshires and Tamworths, and the result of these 
crosses is usually a very good bacon hog. 

Judging BerJcsI/ireft. — Owing to the confusion of types, it becomes a 
difficult matter to judge Berkshires satisfactorily in Canadian show- 
ings. However, since the bacon hog is the leading hog in Canada, and 
since Berkshire breeders claim their favorites to be well adapted to the 
production of Wiltshire sides, it seems only reasonable to assume that 
they should be judged mainly from the bacon standpoint. It is true, 
that a very important use of Berkshires is to cross with such breeds as 
the Yorkshire and Tamworth, but even for this purpose they are all the 
better for approaching the bacon type very closely. There is, there- 
fore, good ground for discounting the heavy jowl, neck, and shoulder, 
and the extremely broad back, and for insisting upon only a moderate 
development of these i)arts. Length, particularly between shoulder and 
ham, becomes of greater importance than depth and thickness. What 
has been said under Yorkshires regarding the danger of going to 
extremes, applies with equal force here, and the judge must not fail to 
emphasize constitution, quality, and symmetry. 

/Scales of Points. — Since there are two distinct standards for judg- 
ing Berkshires, it has been thought advisable to give two descriptions. 
The first one assumes that the Berkshire is to be judged as a bacon hog, 



1200 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE2 STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

and is recommended as a standard for Canadian breeders. The second 

description gives a very clear idea of the ideal Berkshire of the United 

States. 

Scale of Points for Berkshire Swine as Bred for Bacon Production. 

description. 

Color— 2 points: points. 

Black, with white on face, feet, tip of tail, and an occasional splath 

on arm ~ 2 

Head and Neck— 8 points: 

Snout, medium length and rather fine 1 

Face, dished, good width between eyes 1 

Eyes, good size, full, and bright 1 

Jowl, light and neat 2 

Ears, medium size, thin, and soft, almost erect, but sometimes in- 
clining slightly forward in aged animals 1 

Neck, medium length, muscular, but possessing little or no tendency 

to arch on top 2 

Fore Quarters— Same as for large Yorkshire. 
Body — Same as for large Yorkshire. 
Hind Quarters — Same as for large Yorkshire. 
Quality — Same as for large Yorkshire. 
Style — Same as for large Yorkshire. 
Symmetry — Same as for large Yorkshire. 

Objections — Same as for large Yorkshire with exception of ears, which 
should read: Very large, coarse, or flabby. 

BERKSHIRE SWINE. 
DescriptiDn Adopted by the American National Association of Expert Judges. 

DISQUALIFICATIONS . 

Form. — Very large and heavy or drooping ears; small, cramped chest, 
crease back of shoulders and over the back so as to cause a depression 
in back easily noticed, deformed or crooked legs, feet broken down, so 
that the animal walks on pastern joints. 

Size. —Overgrown, gangling, narrow contracted or not two-thirds 
lartje enouoh for age. 

Condition. — Barrenness, deformed, seriously diseased, total blind- 
ness from any cause. 

Score. — Less than sixty points. 

Pedigree. — Not eligible to record. 

DETAILED DESCRIPTION. 

1. — Head and Face. — Head short, broad, coining well forward at 
poll, face short and fine and well dished, broad between the eyes, 
tapering from eyes to point of nose, surface even and regular. 

Objections. — Head long, narrow and coarse, forehead low and nar- 
row, jaws narrow or contracted, lower jaws extending beyond upper. 



swiKfi. 1201 

face long, straight between eyes, nose coarse, thick, or crooked, or 
lidgy. 

2. — Eyesi. - Yeiy clear, rather large, dark, hazel or gray. 

Objections. — Small, dull, l)lo()d-8hot, deep set or obscure, vision ini- 
paii'cd by wrinkles, fat or other cause. 

3. — Ears. — Generally almost erect, but sometimes inclined forward 
with advancing age, medium size, thin and soft. 

()i)jections. -Large, coarse, thick, round or drooping, long or large 
knuck, difference in form, size or position one with the other, animal 
unable to control their position. 

4. - Ntrk. — Full, deep, short and slightly arched, broad on top, well 
connected with shoulder. 

Objections. — Long, flat, lacking in fullness and depth. 

5. — Jowl. — Full, tirni and neat, carrying fullness back to shoulder 
and brisket. 

Objections. — Light, flabby, thin, tucked up or wrinkled. 

0. — Shonhler. — Broad, deep and full, not extended above line of back 
and being as wide on top as back, carrying size down to line of belly 
and having lateral width. 

Objections. — Lacking in depth or width, thick bej'ond the line of 
sides and hams or extending above line of back, heavy shields on hogs 
under eighteen months of age. 

7. — C/test. — Large, wide, deep and roomy, ftdl girth, breast bone 
curving well forward, extending back on level, not tucked up, broad 
between fore legs. 

Objections. — Flat, narrow at top or bottom, small girth, lacking 
depth or fullness, breast bone crooked or tucked up. 

8. — Back — Broad and straight, currying same width from shoulder 
to ham, surface even and smooth without creases or projections and not 
too long. 

Objections. - Narrow, swayed or hollow, dropping below a straight line. 

9. — Sides ctnd Ribs. — Sides full, smooth, Arm and deep, carrying 
size down to belly and evenly from ham to shoulder. Ribs long, strong, 
well sprung at top and bottom. 

Objections. — Flat, thin, flabby, not as full at bottom as top. Ribs 
weak, not well sprung at top or bottom. 

10. — Belli/ and Flank. — Wide, full and straight on bottom line. 

Objections. — Belly narrow and sagging. Flank thin and tucked up. 

11. — Ham and Rump. — Hams broad, full and long; the lower front 

part of ham should be full and stifle well covered with flesh, coming well 

down on hock. Rump should have a rounding slope from loin to root of 

tail, same width as back and filling out on each side and above the tail. 
7B 



1202 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLKTE SfOCIt DOCTOK. 

Objections. — Ham narrow, short, thin, not projecting beyond and 
coming down on hock, cut up too high in crotch. Rump flat, narrow 
and too steep. 

12. — Legs and Feet. — Legs short, straight and strong, set wide apart, 
with hoofs erect and capable of holding good weight. 

Objections. — Legs long, slim, coarse, crooked, muscles light, pastern 
long, slim or flat, feet long or sprawling. 

13. — Tail. — Set well up, tine, tapering and neatly curled. 

Objections. — Coarse and straight, too low. 

14. — Coat. — Fine, straight, smooth, lying close to and covering the 
body well, not clipped, evenly distributed over body. 

Objections. — Hair coarse, harsh, wavy or curly, not evenly distributed 
over body, swirls or clipped. 

15. — Color. — Black, with white on feet, face, tip of tail and an occa- 
sional splash on arm. 

Objections. — Solid black or black points, or white spots on body. 

16. — Size. — Large for age. Boar two years and over not less than 
450 pounds, sow same age 400 pounds. Boar eighteen months 350 
pounds, sow same age 325 pounds. Boar twelve months 300 pounds, 
sow same age 275 pounds. Boar and sow six months 150 pounds. 

Objections. — Under weight, coarse, not in good form to fatten. 

17. — Action and Style. — Action, vigorous. Style, graceful and at- 
tractive. 

Objections. — Dull, sluggish and clumsy. 

1^. — Condition. — Healthy, skin clear of scurf, scales or sores, soft 
and mellow to the touch, flesh fine, evenly laid on and free from lumps, 
hair soft and lying close to body, good feeding qualities. 

Objections. — Unhealthy, skin scaly, scabby or harsh, flabbiness or 
lumpy flesh, too much fat for breeding. Hair harsh, dry and standing 
up from body, poor feeders, deafness, partial or total. 

19. — Disposition. — Quiet and gentle and easy to handle. 

Objections. — Cross, restless, vicious and wild. 



HORSE BREEDING. 

By Prof. J. Hugo Keed, V. S., Guelph, Ontario. 



THE LAW OF HEREDITY OK SIMILARITY. II. THE LAW OF VARIATION.^— 

III. LAW OF HABIT. IV. THE LAW OF ATAVIS.M OK STRIKING BACK. V. 

THE LAW OF CORRELATION. VI. THE LAW OF FECUNDITY OR POWER TO REPRO- 
DUCE. Vll. IN-BREEDING AND IN-AND-IN-BREEDING. VIII. CROSS-BREED- 
ING. IX. THE RELATIVE INFLUENCE OF PARENTS. X. INFLUENCE OF 

A PREVIOUS IMPREGNATION. XI. INTRA-UTEKINE INFLUENCE. XII. SEX 

AT WILL. XIII. CARRIAGE HORSES. XIV. SADDLE HORSES AND HUNTERS. 

XV. COBS. XVI. ROADSTERS. XVII. POINTS OF THE HOUSE. XVIII. 

THE EXTERNAL CONFORMATION OF THE HORSE. XIX. CONFORMATION OF TFE 

HEAVY DRAFT STALLION. XX. CONFORMATION OF MARE OR GELDING. 

XXI. CONFORMATION OF COACH STALLION. XXII. CONFORMATION OF CAR- 
RIAGE MARE OR GELDING XXIII. CONFORMATION OF THE HACKNEY STALL- 
ION. XXIV. CONFORMATION OF THE STANDARD-BRED STALLION. XXV. 

CONFORMATION OF THE THOROUGH-BRED STALLION. XXVI. CONFORMATION 

OF THE THOROUGHBRED GELDING OR MARE. 



Present conditions point clearly to the fact that horse breeding can 
be carried on with a reasonable, prospect of fair profit. I do not mean 
to advise farmers to go exclusively, or even extensively, into horse 
breeding, but to have one or more mares breeding every year, as I think 
any person following mixed farming should. While to-day even the 
horse of no particular breeding or characteristics to particularly recom- 
mend him (the mongrel, we might say) will command a fair price, I do 
not recommend his production. The time for the patronage of the im- 
pure bred sire at a low stud fee is past. In order that a man may suc- 
cessfully and profitably breed horses, a few things are essential. In the 
first place, he must be a fair judge of a horse, he must understand the 
desirable conformation, action and characteristics of the horse he is try- 
ing to produce, and the greater his knowledge of the internal economy 
— as bones, muscles, ligaments, nervous, thoracic and abdominal organs 
— the better. He must, provided he intends breeding for the market, 
carefully study the horse markets and ascertain which classes of horses 
are in demand at fair prices. Then he must decide which of those 
classes his particular tastes or fancies, conditions or environments war- 
rant him in endeavoring to produce. He must fix in his mind a definite 
standard and then work up to that standard. 

He must not expect to reach his ideal all at once : he must have pa- 
tience and perseverance, must not become discouraged if he be disap- 
pointed in his first attempt. Success in breeding horses, as in all other 
departments of farm management, must be measured by the actual 

1208 



1204 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




HORSE BHKEDING. 120.") 

value of the products and the profits that may be derived from them. 
The relative vahie of animals depends upon their adaptation to a partic- 
ular i^^nrpose, and the returns they make for expense incuired and food 
consumed. The man who contemplates breeding horses for profit should 
carefully study the "Laws of Breeding." He must recognize that re- 
production is governed by certain laws. There is no such thins: as 
chance in breeding. Air occurrences that appear as such can be ex- 
plained if we are acquainted with the history of the sires and dams for 
generations back. We will now mention a few of the principal laws of 
breeding, some of which the breeder can control, others he cannot. 

I. The Law of Heredity or Similarity. 
The greatest and strongest law of breeding is the law of heredity ol 
similarity, or, in other words, "like begets like." But we have devia* 
tions from this law which are often hard or impossible to explain. 
The law is not absolute. It is necessary for the maintenance oi 
species. In this respect it is absolute; the law of variation is neces* 
sary for the improvement thereof. Breeds have been improved and 
new breeds developed by crossing. The law of heredity is so strong 
that it teaches us to be careful in the selection of both sires and 
dams for breeding purposes. It is chiimed by many that the in- 
tellectual and nervous points of the offs})ring are imparted to a greater 
extent by the dam, and the external conformation and constitution 
more by the sire. (This is a disputed point.) Not on]y are desir- 
able qualities, as conformation, constitution, disposition, etc., trans- 
mitted from the parent to the offspring, but also undesirable qualities, 
and also diseases, or at least a tendency or hereditary predisposition to 
diseases, such as ophthalmia, spavin, ringbone, and other bone diseases, 
roars, heaves, chronic cough, etc. Youatt says there is scarcely a dis- 
ease but is to a certain extent hereditary. If we accept these as facts, we 
will readily perceive thfe importance of exercising great care in the selec- 
tion of animals for breeding purposes — both sires and dams. Don't un- 
dervalue the dam. One of the greatest mistakes often made is to breed 
a mare that is worthless, or nearly so, expecting her to produce a good 
foal. We often hear the expression, "That mare is not of much ac- 
count, but she will do to breed." If the dam be inferior it is quite 
unreasonable to expect the progeny to be a high-class animal, even 
though the sire be a superior one. It goes without saying that a parent 
cannot impart to her progeny qualities that she does not herself possess. 
Another mistake often made is, a man has rather an inferior mare, and 
he does not consider he is warranted in paying the necessary fee to 
secure the services of a first-class stallion for her, ^.nd hence breeds hei 



1206 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTO6. 

to a low-priced and inferior animal. If a mare be worth breeding at all, 
she should be bred to the very best stallion of her class whose services 
can be secured for a reasonable stud fee. Even a rather inferior mare, 
if mated with a first-class sire, will in all probability produce a fair foal, 
a better animal than herself, but usually inferior to the sire. Deform- 
ities and diseases are not always transmitted to the proo;eny, but fre- 
quently they are affected for three or four generations by such things. 
When accidents happen to mares during pregnancy, the offspring is 
liable to be affected thereby. If the law of heredity were absolute or 
invariable, all breeding operations would be of a very monotonous char- 
acter, but inferior animals or plants can be improved by careful breed- . 
ing, and this is called 

II. The Law of Variation. 

On this law the breeder places most of his expectations in breed- 
ing. For instance, grain or corn will adapt itself gradually to what- 
ever climate you continue to grow it in. The coarse corn of the 
South, sown in this country, will grow tall and rank, and but few 
grains will ripen before the early frosts. Each time it is grown it 
becomes better and better until it becomes adapted to the climate, unless 
there comes a very early frost, when the whole will be destroyed. Most 
vegetables can be traced to some worthless little plants found on some 
of the hills of Great Britain or France. The various races of human 
beings are accounted for by the law of variation. The same law applies 
to domesticated animals. What was the original of each species we can 
form only our own opinions. -As an instance, we may take the turkey, 
unknown in the old world until about two hundred years ago, and now 
the varieties are numerous, and differ greatly in size, form, color, etc. 
All these varieties have been developed gradually by careful breeding 
from the wild turkey. These changes can be traced to three causes, 
viz. : climate, supply and nature of food, and habit. Climate has great 
influence on the constitution and organization. Animals of hot climates 
are very different, especially in regard to the skin and its coverings, to 
those of cold climates. In warm climates the covering^ is thin and light, 
while in cold, wet climates there is a fine wool next the skin, and grow- 
ing through that there is a coarse variety of hair to throw off the wet, 
etc. The great work of Nature is to protect the true skin from wet and 
cold, which affect the internal organization. 

The supply of food has a great influence on the form and habits of 
animals. In the low, natural pastures of England, where food is 
plentiful and of good quality, the stock is large, heavy and indolent, 
mature and fatten quickly, while on the mountains of Wales or the 



HORSE BREEDING. 1207 

Highlands of Scotland the stock is the opposite, being small, lively and 
very hardy, capable of bving on little food and thriving, and standing 
exposure to cold sufficient to cause the death of animals not accustomed 
to such usage. 

III. The Law of Habit. 

The habits and characteristics of animals that have been devel- 
oped by the conditions in which they are placed, or the peculiar 
training they have received at the hands of man, appears to bo 
transmitted from generation to generation with nearly as much cer- 
tainty and uniformity as those that characterize the original type or 
species from which they descended. Some of the most striking charac- 
teristics of this form of heredity are to be found in the transmission of 
the highly artificial peculiarities that characterize the various improved 
breeds of animals. The tendency to lay on fat rapidly and mature early 
is inherited in the best strains of Shorthorns, Devons, Herefords and 
other meat-producing breeds of cattle, while the ability to secrete an 
abundant supply of milk is, in a like manner, perpetuated in the Ayr- 
shire, Jersey and other dairy breeds. The certainty with which these 
acquired qualities are transmitted constitutes one of the most valuable 
peculiarities of the breed. The American trotting horse furnishes a 
well-marked illustration of the inheritance of acquired characteristics. 
The various breeds of dogs have peculiarities that have been developed 
by a long course of training, which are transmitted with a uniformity 
that is surprising. Young setters, pointers and retrievers that have 
never been in the field will often "work" with nearly as much steadiness 
and ability as those that have had a long experience in hunting and 
sporting. In such cases, however, it will be found that their ancestors, 
immediate or remote, have been well trained to their special method of 
hunting. 

The shepherd dog is remarkable for its sagacity and the perma- 
nence wilh which it carries out the will of its master, and it would be 
difiicult, if not impossible, to train dogs of any other breed to equal 
them in their special duties. The greyhound hunts by sight and the 
bloodhound by scent, and their offsprings all inherit the same peculiar- 
ities. Habits not peculiar to any particular breed of animals are often 
inherited, for instance, tricks taught to dogs, as sitting up, begging, 
etc., are sometimes performed by their puppies without their having 
been taught. The handwriting of members of the same family fre- 
quently have a marked resemblance. There are families in which the 
special use of the left hand is hereditary. It must be admitted, how- 
eycr, that acquired habits are not in all cases hereditary, but it would be 
difficult to fix a limit 9f their inherit^auce. Acquired habits and th^ 



1208 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

original traits of animals appear to be conflicting eleinents in their con- 
stitution, either of which may, from its intensity, predominate in hered- 
itary transmission. Pigj^ have been taught to point game, play cards, 
and perform various tricks, but in the hereditary transmission of these 
characters Nature has had a strons^er influence than culture. There 
seems to be reason to believe that such hereditary transmission is limited 
to acquired peculiarities which are simply modifications of the natural 
constitution of the race, and would not extend to such as may be alto- 
gether foreign to it. From a practical point of view, however, the in- 
heritance of acquired characteristics, so far as they are of any value, is 
•^ortunately without apparent limit. Abnormal characteristics are fre- 
quently hereditary, but they are not so likely to be transmitted as ac- 
quired habits that are in harmony with the original peculiarities of the 
animal. It is stated on good authority that animals that have been 
branded in the same place for several successive generations transmit 
the same mark to their offspring. Dr. Brown-Se<|uard, in experiment- 
ing with guinea-pigs, observed that in those subjected to a peculiar op- 
eration, involving a portion of the spinal cord or sciatic nerve, a slight 
pinching of the skin of the face would throw the animal into a kind of 
epileptic convulsions. When these epileptic pigs were bred together 
their offspring showed the same predisposition without having been o}>- 
erated upon, while no such tendency showed itself in a large number of 
pigs bred from parents that had not been subjected to the operation. 

IV. The Law of Atavism or Striking Back. 

Any peculiarity of an ancestor, more or less remote, whether of color, 
form, habits, mental traits or predisposition to disease, may make its ap- 
pearance in the offspring without having been observed in the parents. 
Numerous cases illustrative of this law are reported, and I have no doubt 
many readers of this article can call to mind cases in their own experience. 
Mr. Dawson reports the case of a pointer bitch having given birth to a 
litter of seven puppies. Four were marked with blue and white, which is 
so unusual a color with pointers that she was thought to have played false 
with a greyhound, and the whole litter was condemned, but the gar.ie- 
keeper was allowed to keep one as a curiosity. Two 3 ears later a friend 
of the owner saw the young dog and declared that he was the image of 
his old pointer bitch, Sappho, the only blue and white pointer of pure 
descent which he had ever seen. This led to a close inquiry, and it was 
proved that he was the r/reat-great-gvsindson of Sappho, so that he had 
only one-sixteenth of her blood in his veins. Goodale states that many 
years ago there were a few polled cattle in the Kennebec Valley, but 
fliAv finally became extioct. For thirty-five voare after the last of these 



HOUSE BREEDING. 



1209 



o 

D 




1210 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

polled cattle were killed, the cattle on the farm of Mr. Wingate all had 
horns, but at the end of that time a polled animal made its appearance 
in the herd. In the well-known case of George III. of England, the in- 
sanity was transmitted by atavic descent from a male ancestor eight 
generations back — not only the insanity, but other of the well-known 
characteristics of the unfortunate monarch were exactly repeated. In 
the Shorthorn herd book may be found numerous instances of the atavic 
inheritance of color, and almost every breeder can furnish from his own 
experience instances of a similar nature. Occasionally a black lamb 
appears in a flock in which black sheep have not been present for several 
generations. In a large family we seldom find all the children resem- 
bling either parent, and in many i'^'vtances the resemblance to a grand- 
parent or some more remote ancesi,,i- prevails to so great an extent that 
the obvious peculiarities of the immediate parents are obscured. 

V. The Law of Correlation. 

Any peculiarity in the development of one organ or set of organs 
is usually accompanied by a corresponding modification or suppres- 
sion of the organs of some other part of the system. The correlated 
structure of animals enables the comparative anatomist, from the 
examination of a tooth, to determine not only the class and order to 
which the animal belonged, but its habits and mode of life and char- 
acter of food required for its support. It is claimed that when any 
particular part of the body acquires a very high degree of development 
certain other parts stop short of their ordinary state of evolution, as if 
the former obtained its unusual increment at the expense of the latter. 
The law of correlation is thus illustrated in herbivorous mammals. A 
limb terminatino; in a hoof serves for locomotion, and it cannot be used 
as an organ of prehension, to grasp, seize or tear, and the teeth of these 
mammals hav^flat, roughened grinding surfaces, while in carnivora the 
feet are supplied with nails and claws which enables the animals to use 
them for prehension and holding flesh, etc., while the teeth are fine and 
pointed and the muscles of mastication strongly developed. In blind 
people the sense of touch attains a delicacy that is surprising. Cases 
are on record of blind people who could not only distinguish colors but 
shades of the same color by the sense of touch. 

VI. The Law of Fecundity or Power to Reproduce. 
The fertility of animals is frequently influenced by changes in 
their surroundings and habits that cannot of themselves be con- 
sidered unfavorable to the healthy action of the system. It has 
Heeu observed that the procreative powers are impaired, or eveu 



HORSE BREEDING. 121 1 

entirely wanting, in many wild species when placed in close contine- 
mont. Domesticated animals are, as a rnle, more prolific than the 
wild; no doubt due in a great measure to a belter sujiply of food 
throughout the year, and the more uniform condition in which 
they are placed. The activity of the reproductive organs is necessarily 
dependent upon the functions of nutrition which supi)lies the material 
concerned in the operation. There is a certain degree of antagonism 
between the nutritive and the generative functions, the one being exe- 
cuted at the expense of the other. When the function of nutrition is 
impaired by disease, or when the supply of food is not sutticient for thg 
wants of the system, the reproductive powers suffer a corresponding de- 
crease in their activity. Sheep bred on rich pastures more frequently 
produce twins than those pastured on poorer lands. While full feeding 
seems to increase the fecundity, any excess in the nutritive activity of the 
system will as readily impair the i)owers of reproduction. It is hard to 
say Avhether underfeeding or overfeeding has the greater effect on 
fecundit3^ To be prolitic an animal requires to be kept in moderate 
condition. There seems to be a marked relation between the size of 
animals and their fecunditv. Throuo;hout the entire animal kingdom 
the small species of animals appear to be more prolific, and, as a rule, 
breed at an earlier age and at shorter intervals and produce a greater 
number of 3'Oung at a birth. It is a well-known fact that members of 
certain families of any species are more prolitic than members of other 
families. Among cattle it is said that when twins are produced, a male 
and a female, the latter, called a free martin, is, as a rule, barren ; when 
twins are of the same sex the reproductive powers are normal. In free 
martins the internal generative organs are said to be inqierfect, partak- 
ing of the character of both sexes. In ai)pearance these imperfect 
animals often resemble males. 

VII. In-Breeding and In-and-in-Breeding. 

In-breeding indicates the breedino^ tog-ether of distant members of the 
same family. In-and-in-breeding the breeding together of very near rela- 
tives. The line of distinction between the terms is very hard to define. 
Various opinions exist in regard to this line of breeding, many claiming 
that in-and-in-breeding produces a delicacy of constitution, others dis- 
claiming this fact. My experience is that it is not well to breed too close, 
but that judicious in-breeding is generally successful. We can thereby 
intensify any desirable qualities the family may possess. Many cases of 
in-and-in-breeding in fowls and shee})with favorable results are reported. 
In wild animals, where it is carried on without restraint, we notice the 
species do not deteriorate, due to the fact that the best and strongest 



1212 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

males drive the weaker ones awaj^; hence the offspring is the produce 
of the best specimen of the male. 

VIII, Cross-Breeding. 
Strictly speaking, cross-breeding is the pairing of animals of dis- 
tinct breeds, and in this limited sense it may be considered the 
opposite of in-and-in-breeding. But the term cross-breeding or out- 
breeding is frecjuently used to indicate the mixture of the blood of dif- 
ferent families of the same breed. Cross-breeding has, probably, been 
carried on more in sheep than in any other animals, frequentlv with 
good results, but often the reverse. Some animals, the mountain breeds 
of sheep, for instance, that have been bred on the mountains for years 
and years, have acquired such individuality of form, constitution, etc., 
that the introduction of improved rams gives verv poor results. Cross- 
breeding can ha\^ but two objects: either the improvement of existing 
breeds or the production of a new breed. To cross-breed with the idea 
of obtaining a new breed requires a great deal of knowledge, patience 
and wealth, and can be successfully carried out by very few. To im- 
prove for the purpose of slaughter or for the improvement of other 
qualities is a different thing, and for these purposes judicious cross- 
breeding (not too violent crosses) is likely to be successful. Crossing 
must be done by degrees ; extreme or violent crosses are not to be tol- 
erated. In breeding horses a farmer breeds either for his own use or 
for the market. If for his own use, he must make up his mind what 
class of horses is best suited to his purpose, and then be careful in the 
selection of both sire and dam. If for the market, he naturally consid- 
ers what class is in the greatest demand at the best prices, and, having 
decided that question, goes intelligently to work to produce it. 

IX. The Relative Influence of Parents. 

Many diverse opinions are given by writers as to the relative 
influence of parents upon the progeny, some of which, without suf- 
ficient reasons, have been quite generally accepted as established 
facts. My opinion is, that the condition and general constitution 
of animals during the time of copulation has great influence upon the 
offspring, and, provided both sire and dam be in good health, the 
one of the better breeding, that is the animal that is the produce of 
ancestors that have been bred in a certain line for generations, and 
has the characteristics of that special family intensified in him or her, 
which evidently gives him or her greater prepotency, will have the 
greater influence upon the progeny. The importance of securing males 
of the best quality — males that from their superior breeding will be likely 



I 



HORSE BREEDING. 1213 

to be prepotent — to mate with the mares at our disposal, cannot be too 
strongly urged as one of the readiest means of improvement. It is 
generally admitted that the straighter or less mixed the breed is, the 
greater the probability of its transmitting to the offspring the qualities 
it possesses, whether these be good or bad. Economy has made the 
male ancestor the most important, simply because he sires a great many 
foals while the mare i)roduces only one each year. 

X. Influence of a Previous Impregnation. 
The influence of the male in the process of breeding is not limited 
to his immediate offspring, but extends through the female that he 
has impregnated to her offspring by another male. Paradoxical as 
this statement may appear, there are many well-authenticated cases 
on record that cannot be explained in any other way. It is authen- 
tically stated that in 1815 a chestnut mare, seven-eighths Arabian, 
was covered by a Quagga (a species of Zebra). The hybrid pro- 
duced resembled the sire in color and many characteristics of form, 
etc. In 1817, 1818 and 1821 the same mare was bred to a pure- 
bred Arabian stallion and produced three foals, all of which bore the 
curious markings of the Quagga. Instances of this kind in a less 
marked degree have been noticed by many breeders. Although any 
impregnation may have influence upon successive ones, the first is of 
the most importance. It is probable that the female has received, 
through the foetal circulation, some of the attributes the foetus has 
derived from the male, and that these are communicated alongr with 
those proper to herself to the offspring of a different male. It is claimed 
that when a pure-bred female of any breed has been impregnated by a 
male of another breed she becomes a cross — loses her purity of blood in 
consequence of her connection with the foreign animal. It may be said 
that the act of fecundation is not an act that is limited in its effect, but 
that it affects the whole system, the sexual organs especially, and in the 
sexual system the ovums to be impregnated hereafter are so modified by 
the first act that later impregnations do not efface the first impression. 

XI. Intra-Uterine Influence. 
The abnormal peculiarities sometimes observed in cniraals at the 
time of birth, that are not recognized as family characteristics, have 
been popularly attributed to some mysterious influences of the im- 
agination of the mother in the process of intra-uterine development. 
Some claim that this law is noticed even in fowls. It is stated 
that the ambition, courage and military skill of Napoleon Bonaparte 
had their foundation in the fact that the Emperor's mother foi- 



1214 CYCLOI'EDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 
. i 

lowed her husbund in his campaigns, and was subjected to all the 
dangers of a military life, while, on the other hand, the murder of 
David Rizzio in the presence of Queen Mary was the death-blow to the 
personal courage of James I., and occasioned that strong dislike of 
edged weapons for which that monarch was said to be remarkable. 
Various instances can be cited of deformities, monstrosities and birth- 
marks in the huuian family traceable to frights, etc., received by the 
mother during pregnancy. The same law acts, but not to so marked an 
extent, in the lower animals. I call to mind one well-marked case of 
the effect of a fright received by a marc during tlie act of copulation. 
A farmer bred a half-bred Clydesdale marc to a pure-bred Clydesdale 
stallion. Both sire and dam were good individuals, with full manes and 
tails. This farmer owned a dog Avith a very short tail, and he had the 
habit of interfering with any of the stock that were fighting. The stall- 
ion came to the farm to serve the mare, and during the act of copula- 
tion the dog, evidently thinking his services as a peace-maker were in 
demand, caught the stallion by the tail and growled and swung from 
side to side. The groom ran back and ijave the doo; a kick, and he 
ran towards the barn, passing directly in front of the mare. This mare 
produced to this cover, and the foal, while perfect in form, had only a 
few hairs and no dock where the tail should be. This animal is still 
owned by the breeder. I saw her a few months ago, and she is a fair 
representative of her class, being well developed in all points except the 
al>ove. I cannot explain this phenomena in any way except that the 
mare was startled by the sudden appearance of the tailless dog, and it 
caused such a nervous impression as to cause the development of a foetus 
with the same peculiarity. 

XII. Sex at Will. 

Various theories have been advanced to produce sex at will, but, as far 
as I can learn, all have failed in actual practice. 

If we recognize the foregoing laws as governing factors in the repro- 
duction of horses, it teaches ns that too great care cannot be exercised 
in the selection of animals for breeding puri)oses, and also that great 
c:ire of the dam during pregnancy is demanded. As to the hygiene of 
pregnant mares, it does not differ in many respects from that of other 
animals. The mare should be kept in moderate condition and be given 
regular exercise during pregnancy, or else regularly used at ordinary 
work. She should not be subjected to excessive muscular exertion, and 
should not be worked much under saddle, and, if ridden at all, spurs 
should not be used ; the excessive muscular contraction often caused by 
the application of the spur is liable to cause abortion. If we are breed- 



1216 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK ANP COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

ing with the hopes of produv^ing speed, I think it well to speed the mare 
for short distances at whatever gait we expect to produce, as I think 
the offspring inherits to a certain extent the habits of the dam, espe- 
cially those exercised during the period of gestation, but she should on 
no account be speeded for sufficient distances to produce fatigue. The 
food and water should be of the very best quality, the food easily 
dio-ested and given in reasonable quantities. The premises in which 
she is kept during cold weather should be roomy, thoroughly clean and 
well ventilated. All undue nervous excitement should be avoided, also 
the absence of all nauseous odors, and all operations that necessitate 
the casting of the animal or the letting of blood. The administration 
of drastic purgatives should also be avoided, if possible, for these 
have a tendency to produce abortion. When the time of parturition 
approaches she should be carefully watched and, if necessary, skilled 
assistance called in. As before mentioned, the prospective breeder 
should carefully consider the class of animal he will endeavor to repro- 
duce, and, having decided that point, he should provide himself with 
one or more mares of that class, of the best quality his means will 
allow. Unless he can provide a mare or mares of at least fair quality 
he had better not breed at all, as the results will surely be disappointing 
from the reasons already stated. I do not consider it necessary to secure 
pure-bred mares ; of course it will be all the better if such can be got, 
but the price of good pure-breds of any class is beyond the means of 
the ordinary breeder. Having secured the dams for our prospective 
stock, the next point is to select a sire. Unfortunately, there are many 
owners of stallions who think it is the duty of their friends to patronize 
them. This is altogether a mistake. The breeding of horses is a busi- 
ness matter, and must be considered purely from a business standpoint 
in order to make it a success ; and the man who breeds his mare to an 
unsuitable stallion simply because he is owned by a friend, not only is 
doing himself an injustice, but his friend an injury. The result will, 
with very few exceptions, be the production of a nondescript, and as a 
stallion's value in a community is determined largely by the quality of 
his stock, the production of a colt of this kind will injure his reputation 
to a much greater extent than can be compensated by the stud fee 
received. A breeder must carefully study his mare in regard to con- 
formation, temper and general peculiarities, and, remembering the law 
that "like begets like," select a sire that should be suitable. If the 
mare be deficient in some particular point, select a stallion that is well 
developed in that point; if she have hyper-development of any point, 
see, if possible, that the sire is rather deficient there. If she be of 
hyper-nervous disposition, select a phlegmonous sire, and vice versa, lu 



KORSfi BREEDING. 1^17 

all cases be careful to ascertain that both parents are not affected with 
any disease the predisposition to which will probably be transmitted to 
the progeny. Diseases or malformations thtit Ciin be traced directly to 
injuries, of course are not transmissible. Undcsiral)le traits of disposi- 
tion, as viciousness, stubbornness, etc., are as much to be avoided in 
breeding animals as disease. The classes of horses that at the present 
time are in demand at fair prices are: heavy draft, carriage, saddle 
horses and hunters, and good, strong, clever roadsters. Other classes 
that cannot be produced by any special line of breeding are good 
chunks of 1300 to 1400 pounds, and cobs with extreme action. 

In selecting stallions to sire any of these classes out of the mares at 
our disposal we should insist upon both individuality and pedigree. The 
time when pedigree alone was considered is fortunately past. A horse 
with a good pedigree but poor individuality, a poor or inferior animal 
of his class, is of course not a suitable animal for a sire. Get both if 
we can, biit I would sooner sacrifice pedigree than individuality. In 
mentioning the classes of horses that the farmer can produce I have 
purposely omitted race horses. I do not consider it is the province of 
the ordinary farmer to try to produce horses to race at any gait. The 
percentage of horses produced that are fast enough to win money at any 
gait on the race track is very low, and if a farmer of ordinary means 
should produce one it will cost him a great deal to develop his speed. 
My observation has been that the farmer who has attempted this has 
generally ruined himself iinancially unless he has sense enough to see 
how things were going and given it up before he has spent his all in 
trying to produce a world-beater. Therefore, I say, leave the produc- 
tion of race horses in the hands of the millionaire, and endeavor to pro- 
duce an animal that has a fair value at four or five years old without 
much development or handling. Let the dealer educate the horse for 
the city market. Of course this applies to the lighter classes of horses 
that require a considerable amount of education to fetch the fancy 
prices occasionally paid. If the farmer has time and experience in such 
matters it will probably pay him to put the finished article on the 
market; but as a rule it pays him to sell the young horse- in the green 
state to the dealer for a rejisonable price, and let him take the trouble 
and chances of ffivinij him manners and action and selling him for a 
fancy price, provided, of course, he develops into a superior animal. 
The light classes of horses, as carriage horses, cobs, saddlers and hunt- 
ers require good manners and willingness and ability to perform cleverly 
the functions peculiar to the class before they can be put upon the 
market as a finished product. The education of such horses is, we may 
say, a business by itself, and the farmer who attempts it, even though 
77 



1218 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

he may be very capable and competent, must of necessity neglect his 
general farm operations, therefore we contend that he should, as a rule, 
sell his horses partially green. Of course it pays to have the horse tol- 
erably handy in harness or saddle in order to be able to show the pros- 
pective purchaser that he is capable of developing, with proper handling, 
into a good specimen of his class. It is a mistake to let a colt remain 
entirely unhandled until four or five years old, and then offer him for 
sale in that condition. The average dealer will not buy a perfectly 
green one, as it is generally a hard and dangerous task to handle a 
big four or five-year-old colt that has never been accustomed to 
restraint of any kind, and a horse that will drive in single or double 
harness or carry a man on his back, what we might call a partially edu- 
cated fellow, is worth a great deal more money than the same animal 
perfectly green. Draft horses, weighing from 1400 to 1700 pounds, 
are produced by breeding good mares of this class to a sire of any of 
the recognized breeds of draft horses, and especially to the Clydesdale 
or Shire. Percherons and Suffolk Punches have not proved producible 
sires in this country, but the two former classes have proved very suc- 
cessful, and they are so much alike it is not necessary to go minutely 
into the distinguishing characteristics. The Clydesdale is probably the 
most popular, and certainly the most plentiful, but it is rather hard to 
say why it is so. Many claim that the draft colt can be reared with 
much less risk and with less liability to accident and disease than the 
lighter classes. This can probably be exi)Iained from the fact that the 
colt of this breeding is naturally a quieter and more settled animal than 
those of lighter breeds and hotter blood, and consecjuently less liable to 
injure himself from exuberance of spirit while in the pasture field or 
paddock. And then again, small bunches, or blemishes, are not consid- 
ered of as much consequence, nor can they be as easily seen, especially 
on the limbs, on account of the amount of coarse hair, on a heavy colt 
as on a light animal. If we cle(;ide to breed heavy horses we should 
decide what particular breed we will produce, and then stick to that 
breed. If disappointed in the first production, do not get discouraged 
and try another breed; probabljMt will be well to try another sire of 
the same breed, as there may be some reason why the first sire did not 
nick well with our mare; but stick to the original selection of breeds, 
and if we use ordinary intelligence success is bound to attend us. 

In the selection of a sire for any class of horses it is well, if possible, 
to drive around in the section in which he has stood in previous years 
and view his stock. It is sometimes the case that a stallion whose 
appearance and pedigree lead us to the conclusion that he should be a 
good sire is disappointing, and on the other hand an animal apparently 



HORSE BREEDING. 1219 

not so good will prove valuable in the stud. In viewing the product of 
a stallion we must, of course, note carefully the mares out of which the 
colts have been produced. 

XIII. Carriage Horses. 
Carriage horses, as a rule, are not [)ure-breds. We have in this 
class pure-bred Hackneys, Cleveland Bays and French and (iernian 
coach horses, which are pure-bred, but as there are few pure-bred 
mares of any of these classes in this country, the fanner who attempts 
to produce carriage horses must use as sires the above mentioned 
sires or the standard-bred or thoroughbred. The selection of a sire 
for carriage horses nmst be largely governed by the mare to whom 
he is to be bred. In my opinion the Hackney is the only horse that 
truly comes up to the standard at present demanded in this class of 
hcyses. He has fair size, beauty, a fair amount of quality and the 
extreme action, both fore and aft, that is required. The carriage horse of 
the present day must have free, easy, high and attractive action of both 
kneos and hocks; he must be of fair size and quality with attractive 
appearance, both when standing and in motion. His action must not 
only be high but in a straight line, neither paddling nor rooling his fore 
feet ; he must not go Avide behind, nor yet so close as to interfere. 
While we try to get symmetry, quality and style along with the required 
action, we must have action even though we sacrifice some of the other 
qualities. I have stated that in nn^ o[)inion the Hackney is the true 
carriage horse, and we would therefore think that he should be used in 
all cases to sire such. But a great deal depends upon the mare. My 
experience has been that the produce of the Hackney out of a cold- 
blooded mare is not a satisfactory animal for any purpose; he will in 
most cases be coarse, lack quality and ambition, and while he may be 
possessed of a fair amount of action, his very noticeable lack of other 
desirable characteristics and ambition render him almost worthless for 
the purpose for which he is intended. Therefore, unless the mare has 
considerable hot blood (by hot blood I mean the blood of a thorough- 
bred), it will not be wise to mate her with the Hackney. If we have a 
half-bred or even a quarter-bred mare of the desirable size, she should 
produce well if crossed with the Hackney. The dam in this case will, 
in all probability, impart quality, and the sire action and style, to the 
offspring. Other sires for the production of carriage horses are coach 
stallions. The same remarks as to quality in the mare apply here as to 
the Hackney. These stallions arc likely to produce larger stock, and 
many of them have very good a(ti(>n, and Avhen large carriage horses 
are desired they should have the preference. Many first-class horses 



1220 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

of this class have been sired by the standard-bred stalh'on, and in fact 
many prize-winning carriage horses are standard-bred. At the same 
time, I do not think it wise to breed standard-breds with the hopes of 
producing carriage horses. Horses of this class have been bred for 
many generations with the sole idea of producing extreme speed at the 
trottino- or pacing gait, and as a rule they lack the conformation and 
style demanded in the carriage horse, and seldom have the desir> d 
action, and while we occasionally find one that fills the bill, it is. the 
rare exception. And we do not wonder at this, as he has not been 
produced with this idea. At the same time there are many big, clever, 
stylish, high-act ioued standard-bred stallions in the country that are 
well qualified to produce carriage stock if intelligently mated. The 
mares to be bred to these stallions with this idea must be of fair size 
and qualified with the characteristics of a carriage horse well marked. 
If we are breeding to the standard-bred with the hopes of produoing 
speed, we will, of course, select a stallion that can trot or pace fast, not 
paying so much attention to size, quality, etc. But if breeding for car- 
riao-e purposes, speed is not at all essential. One danger in this line of 
breedino- is the fact that standard-breds, even thouo;h true, natural trot- 
ters, are liable to produce pacers, and of course this is a gait that 
cannot be allowed in a carriage horse. Many good carriage horses have 
been sired to the thorouohbred. We can breed a coarse mare with 
good action to this horse with greater prospects of success than to any 
other sire. He will impart to the progeny the necessary quality and 
ambition, and the dam will impart the necessary action; but in order 
that we may get the desired action for carriage purposes in this line of 
breeding, we must have the action in the dam. As the action of the 
thoroughbred, while verj'^ elastic, is naturally rather close to the ground, 
and, as he has such great prepotency, it requires extreme action in the 
dam to overcome this characteristic. 

XIV. Saddle Horses and Hunters. 
Suitable horses of this class are, with few exceptions, the progeny 
of the thoroughbred. I might here make a few remarks about the 
term "thoroughbred." There is but one animal in the world that 
is entitled to the term, and that is the English running horse and 
his pure descendants. The term is often misapplied, both in print 
and conversation. We read of thoroughbred cattle, thoroughbred 
sheep, pigs, fowls, dogs, etc., etc. It should not be; we should use 
term "pure-bred." We have pure- bred cattle, pure-bred sheep, etc., 
etc., and in horses we have pure-bred Clydesdales, pure-bred Shires, 
standard-bred horses, etc., but the term "thoroughbred" needs no 



HOkSK I',UKKD1N(J. 1221 

qualifications whatever. It applies to the one animal and to him alone. 
The thoroughbred, we may say, without danger of successful contra- 
diction, is the purest domesticated animal produced. He has been care- 
fully bred in certain lines for centuries ,and careful records have been 
kept. Doubtless he originated by intelligent crossing; but crossino- 
ceased so long ago that he may truly be called thoroughbred. On a'-coun't 
of his careful breeding and strong individuality he has greater pre- 
potency than any other sire. (By prepotency we mean the power or 
ability to transmit to his progeny his own characteristics.) On this 
account we need to be even more careful in selectino- a sire from this 
class than from others — as if there be any undesirable points or charac- 
teristics, whether of conformation or disposition, in the sire, they are 
liable to be even more marked in the progeny. Therefore, we must not 
breed to a thoroughbred simply because he is thoroughbred, but be 
careful to select a sire that is of the required size, sound, of good con- 
formation and disposition. We can, as already stated, breed a coarser 
mare to this horse than to others. His progenj', except from very 
coarse mares, seldom lacks quality and ambition. Of course even with 
this sire the cross must not be too violent. Violent or too well-marked 
crosses in any case are seldom followed by satisfactory results. The 
produce of the thoroughbred generally excels in the saddle and makes a 
fair harness horse. He is the best all-round horse. The market for 
the good sized half-breed is, always has been, and I think it probable 
always will be, good. He, with the carriage horse, is the rich man's 
horse, and when we are able to supply the animal men of this clasr 
want, price will not prevent his sale. It is not a hard matter to produce 
small animals of this class, called light weights and medium weio-hts, 
but the production of a heavy weight hunter, one able to carry up to 
220 pounds or over, is a more difficult matter. For this purpose we 
should select a large mare 1200 pounds or over with as much quality 
and ambition as possible, and breed her to a good big thoroughbred, 
one of 1200 or 1300 pounds. If we have a mare of reasonable quality 
to cross with a stallion of this description the results will in most cases 
be satisfactory. While there is a good market for the light weight 
saddler or hunter of good action and manners, a much longer price can 
be obtained for the big fellow of the same class. We may say that the 
larger the animal of this class is, provided, of course, that he has 
quality, the more money he is worth. There are many large men who 
enjoy an hour or two in the saddle, either on the flat or in the hunting 
field, and especially for the latter purj)ose it requires a large, strong 
horse to carry a man of say 220 pounds or over safely across country, 
and when a man of this weight, with money and huntinar Droclivities 



1222 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




HORSE BREEDING. 1223 

sees a horse that has the necessary weight, ambition and manners to 
perform well under such circumstances, he will pay a long puce to 
secure him. Then again, this horse can be used also in the carriage 
with a fair amount of satisfaction. Of course a first-class saddler or 
hunter has not carriage action, but for the man who likes both riding 
and driving this is certainly the best horse. A horse with typical car- 
riage action does not answer nearly as well for saddle purposes as a 
saddle horse does for harness. 

XV. Cobs. 

A salable cob is a little chunky fellow with extreme action and 
beauty. He cannot be produced with any degree of certainty. He 
is sired by the various classes of light horses out of ordinary mares. 
His production in most cases can be explained by the action of some of 
the aforementioned laws of breeding. While a good animal of this 
class sells for a good price I do not think it would be well for any 
breeder to try to produce him. 

XVI. Roadsters. 
A good and salable gentleman's roadster is not necessarily a race- 
horse. In that it is seldom that a racehorse makes a satisfactory 
roadster. A gentleman's roadster should be of fair size, 15f to 
16 hands, of good and graceful conformation, good color, and a stylish 
walking fellow, free driver, capable of traveling at the rate of twelve 
miles an hour or faster and keeping that clip up for several hours. He 
must have good action, both fore and aft. Must not require boots or 
scalpers to prevent him injuring himself, and may either trot or pace. 
He is, with rare exceptions, sired by the standard-bred, but can be sired 
out of a road mare by any of the lighter breeds of sires. In order to 
produce him with any degree of certainty we require a good sized mare 
with trotting blood and good individuality to mate with the big, clever- 
looking, trotting-brcd stallion, with good action and at least a fair 
amount of speed. Small animals of this class may be able to go the 
distance on a good road hitched to a light rig at the required speed, but 
my idea of a gentleman's roadster is an animal that has sufficient size 
and strength, combined with speed, to enable him to draw two in a 
buo-ory over heavy roads. Unfortunately there are too many roadster-bred 
horses in the country that are so small that even though they may be 
tolerably speedy, if not fast enough for racing purposes, have really no 
market value. Therefore, in breeding roadsters for the market we 
should be careful to produce animals of fair size as well as speed. Such 
^inimals can be produced if we are careful in the selection of the parents. 



HORSE BREEDING. 



1225 



An}^ of the lighter breeds of horses mentioned are very serviceable on 
l!ie ordinary farm, and can be made to earn their own living from three 
years old until marketable, say at four or live years. 




Head. 



Muzzzle. 

Nostril. 

Forehead. 

Jaw. 

Poll. 



Neck. 



6. Crest. 

Thropple or wind-pipe. 



XVII. Points of the Horse. 
22. Back. 

Ii3, 23. Ribs (forming together the barrel 
or chest). 

24. The circumference of the chest at this 

point, called the girth. 

25. The loins. 

26. The croup. 

27. The hip. 

28. The flank. 

29. The sheath. 





Fore quarter. 


30. 


The root of the dock or tail. 


8, 


8. Shoulder-blade. 






The hind quarter. 


9. 


Point of shoulder. 




31. 


The hip-joint, whirlbone or roiuid. 


10. 


Bosom or breast. 




32. 


The stifle joint. 


.11, 


11. Ti-ue arm. 




33, 


33. Lower thigh or gaskin. 


12. 


Elbow. 




34. 


The quarters, haunch or upper thigh 


i;}. 


Forearm (arm). 




35. 


The hock. 


14. 


Knee. 




36. 


The point of the hock. 


15. 


Cannon-bone. 




37. 


The curb-place. 


16. 


Back sinew. 




38. 


The cannon-bone. 


17. 


Fetlock or pastern 


joint. 


39. 


The back sinew. 


18. 


Coronet. 




40. 


Pastern or fetljck joint. 


19. 


Hoof or foot. 




41. 


Coronet. 


20. 


Heel. 




42. 


Foot or hoof. 




Body or Middlepiece. 


43. 


Heel. 


31, 


Withers. 




44. 


Spavin-place. 



1226 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

XVIII. The External Conformation of the Horse. 

We will now give tables of what we consider the desirable points in 
the different classes of horses, making use of as few words as possible, 
in order to make our meaning clear. The plate and table on the fore- 
going page explains the position of the different points. 

XIX. Conformation of the Heavy Draft Stallion. 

Head. — Ear somewhat short, but pointed ; forehead broad and rather 
flat; nasal bone straight; eye full, prominent and mild; muzzle small; 
muscle of cheek well developed ; lips firm ; mouth of medium size. 

Neck. — Of medium length, deep where it joins the body, being con- 
tinuous with withers without any line of demarcation ; crest well arched, 
broad and strong, but not so heavy as to turn to either side ; whole neck 
well and prominently muscled, and surmounted by a good full mane. 

Wlthet'S. — In line with posterior part of the upper border of neck; 
rather broad and well muscled; back straight, not too long; loins broad 
and well muscled. 

Croup. — Well and prominently muscled, not too drooping; tail well 
carried and full haired. 

Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung; breast broad, full and prominently 
muscled. 

iShoulder. — Moderately upright and well muscled, the muscles cover- 
ing the blade thoroughly developed. 

Elbow. — Strong and muscular, turning neither in nor out, but fitting 
closely to the chest. 

Forearm. — Large and well covered with prominent muscles. 

Knee. — Well developed, broad from side to side and deep from before 
backwards; straight, neither bending forwards (called kneespring) nor 
backwards (called calf knee). 

Knee to Foot. —Cannon-bone, broad and flat with an absence of beefi- 
ness; in Clydesdales and Shires, should be well feathered with straight and 
not too coarse hair on the posterior border, especially in the region of the 
fetlock; in other breeds of draft horses the same amount of long hair is 
not present; back tendons hard and prominent and not too much tied 
in below knee; pasterns short, strong and tolerably upright. 

Fool. — Of medium size, rather round, with good strong wall, not flat; 
heels full and round and not too deep; frog well developed; must not 
turn toes either in or out; must stand straight. 

Haunch. — Heavily muscled; thick through ham; hind quarters broad 
and well muscled. 

/6'//^f^. — Strong and well muscled. 

(ja^kvx, — Muscles strong and prominent; bone large and substantial. 



HORSE BREEDING. 1227 

llorh. — Large and stronpr and well developed in all directions; point 
well developed, posterior border straight, and the joint free from putii- 
ness. 

Hock to Foot. — Cannon-bone and feathering same as the fore, ten- 
dons well marked and must not have a pinched or tied in ai^pearance 
below joint, skin lying close to bone and tendons; an absence of beefi- 
ness; pasterns short, strong and tolerably upright. 

Foot. — Smaller, narrower and more concave sole than in front foot; 
frog well develo{)ed. 

Color. — Bay, chestnut, black, brown, roan, with reasonable modifica- 
tions. 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. 

2emperament. — Energetic, docile, not nervous. 

Style and Action. — General appearance attractive, movement firm, 
smart and elastic, especially to walk. 

Weight. — 1600 pounds upwards. 

Height. — 16 to 17 hands. 

XX. Conformation of Draft Mare or Gelding. 

Head. — Not so masculine-looking as the stallion, ear rather short 
but pointed, forehead broad, nasal bmes straight, eye prominent and 
mild, muscles of cheek well devel(j})e I, lips firm, mouth of medium size. 

JSfeck. — Of medium length, deep where it joins the body, well muscled : 
crest high and hard, but not as much developed as in the stallion; good 
mane. 

Withei-s. — In line with superior border of neck, thick and strong, back 
short and straight; loins broad. 

Croup. — Well muscled, not too drooping; tail well carried and full 
haired. 

Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung; barrel tolerably round and close 
to the ground; breast broad, full and well and prominently muscled. 

Shoulder. — Moderately upright; well covered with well developed, 
hard muscles, the i)art against which the collar presses well defined, 
muscles covering the blade well developed. 

Elbow. —WeW developed and fitting close to body. 

Forearm. — Large and well inus led. 

Knee. — Large and strong in every direction, straight. 

Knee to Foot. — Not too much tied in below knee; cannon-bone flat 
and clean; tendons well marked and strong, may be well feathered, an 
absence of beefiness; pasterns short, strong and tolerably upright. 

Foot. — Strong, tolerably round, sole not fiat, frog prominent and full, 
heels full and round and not too deep. 



1228 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Haunch. — Well muscled, thick through ham, quarters broad and 
strong. 

Slifle. — Large and well developed. 

Gaskin. — Muscles strong and bone substantial. 

Hock. — Strong and well developed in all directions, point well de- 
veloped, posterior border straight, free from puffiness. 

Hock to Foot.— Hind cannon broad and flat, not tied in below joint, 
tendons well developed, an absence of beetiness, skin Iving close to bone 
and tendon, may be well feathered by straight and lather tine hair, pas- 
terns, short, strong and tolerably upright. 

Foot. — Smaller and narrower with more concave sole than in front, 
frog prominent and well developed. 

Color. — Bay, black, brown, chestnut, roan, with reasonable modifica- 
tions. 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. 

Temperament. — Docile but energetic, not nervous. 

Style and Action. — General appearance attractive, action free, firm 
and easy, all feet being brought forward in a straight line and firmly 
planted; walking action especially must be good, not slow or clumsy. 

Weight. — 1500 pounds upwards. 

Height.— 15^ to 17 hands. 

XXI. Conformation of Coach Stallion. 

Head. — Ear of medium size, fine and approaching each other at tips 
when pointed forward, forehead broad and flat, bones of nose straight 
in front and slightly dished on the lateral surfaces, muscles of cheek 
well developed, eye prominent, nostrils large and flexible, mouth of 
medium depth. 

Neck. — E.ath'"^' long, head gracefully attached and carried well up, 
crest well developed and nicely arched. 

Withers. — Well developed, not too thick, back straight and rather 
short, loins broad and strong. 

Croup. — Only moderately sloping, dock coming out high up, tail full 
haired and carried straight and well out from the body. 

Chest. — Eibs long and well sprung, deep from above downwards; 
breast full and well muscled. 

Shoulder. — Rather oblique and well muscled. 

Flbow. — Well developed and fitting closely to ribs. 

Forearm. — Strong, muscles well developed and standing out boldly, 

^nee.— ^Broad from side to side in front, deep from before backwards, 
upright. 

Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone broa:l and flat, tendons well developed 



HORSE BREEDING. 1229 

and prominent, skin lying close to bone and tendons ; an absence of beefi- 
ness, not too much tied in below knee, an absence of long hair; pas- 
terns strong, of medium length and obliquity; all joints strong and 
well developed. 

Foot. — Wall moderately deep and strong, of medium size and toler- 
ably round, sole concave, frog well developed, heels broad and strong 
and not too deep; must not turn toes either in or out. 

Haunch. — Muscles well develojjed and standing out boldly, hind 
quarters broad and strong. 

Stifle. — AVell developed and strong. 

Gaskln. — Strong and well developed, muscles standing out boldly and 
well defined. 

Hock. — Large and strong in all directions, point well developed, pos- 
terior border straight; an absence of coarseness and pufKness. 

Hoch to Foot. — Hind cannons clean, broader and flatter than the fore 
ones, tendons standing boldly out and well defined, an absence from 
beefiness, skin lying close to bone and tendon; must not have a tied in 
or pinched appearance below hock, an absence of long hair, pasterns 
strong, of medium length and obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller and narrower, with more concavity in sole than the 
fore one, frog well developed, heels round and strong and not too deep. 

Color. — Ba}', brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable 
modifications. (In this class a good horse may be a bad color.) 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. 

Temperament. — Energetic, docile, not sluggish, free from nerv- 
ousness. 

Style and Action. — Free and elastic, attractive, knee well bent, fore 
feet lifted well off ground when in motion and being brought straight 
forward, neither paddling orrooling, stride long, with an absence of the 
tarrvino- action sometimes seen, hocks well bent and hind feet lifted 
well up, not going wide or yet close enough to strike opposite ankle. 

Weight.— lim to UOO pounds. 

Height.— 1')% to \(Vi hands. 

XXII. Conformation of Carriage Mare or Gelding. 

Head. — The same general outline as the coach stallion, with an 
absence of the masculine appearance. 

JSfeck. — Clean cut, an absence of masculine appearance, rather long, 
head nicely attached and carried well up, crest well developed and wiry 
and nicely arched, windpipe standing in relief from the muscles, the 
jugular gutter well defined. 



1230 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Withers. — More prominent and not so thick as the stallion ; back 
straight and rather short, loins broad and strong. 

Croup. — Not too sloping, dock coming out well up, tail well haired, 
carried straight and well out from the body. 

Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung, deep from above downwards. 

/Shoulders. — Moderately sloping, well muscled over shoulder-blade. 

Elbow. —Well develo[)ed and lying close to chest. 

Forearm. — Strong, muscles well developed, well defined and standing 
boldly out. 

■ Knee. — Large and strong in all directions, upright; should be crit- 
ically examined for nudfornuitions. 

Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone strong, broad and tlat, tendons well 
defined and standing boldly out, and not apparently too nmch tied in 
below knee, and absence of beefiness and long hair, skin lying close to 
bone and tendon, pastern strong, of medium length and obliquity. 

Foot. — Of medium size and tolerably round, horn thicK, strong and 
with smooth surface, sole rather concave, frog full and well developed, 
heels broad and strong and not too high, must not turn toes either in 
or out. 

Haunch. — Muscles strong and standing boldly out, Avell defined, hind 
quarters broad and strong. 

Stifle. — Strong and well muscled. 

Gaskin. — Strong, muscles well defined, large and standing boldly out. 

Hock. — Strong and well developed in all directions, an absence of 
coarseness and puffiness, point of hock well developed and posterior 
border straight. 

Hock to Foot. — Hind cannons broad strong and clean, tendons strong, 
well defined and standing boldly out, not tied in below joint, an absence 
of beefiness, skin lying close to bone and tendon, limb flatter than the 
front one; pasterns strong, of medium length and obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller and narrower than in front, sole mt)re concave, frosf 
large and strong, heels strong and not too deep. 

Color. — B;iy, brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable 
modifications. (A good horse of this class may be a bad color.) 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, not like parchment. 

Temperament. — Docile, lively, energetic, not sluggish, free from 
nervousness. 

Style and Action. — General ai)pearance attractive and stylish, knees 
well bent and fore feet lifted high from the ground when in motion, 
being brought forward in a straight line, with neither a paddling nor 
rooling motion, and not allowing the foot to tarry in the air, but extend- 
ing it promptly and boldly forward with a long stride, hocks well bent 



HORSE BREEDING. 123 1 

and hind feet lifted gracefully and quickly from the ground, not going 
wide, nor yet close enough to interfere; must not forge. 

Weight.— 1000 to 1300 pounds. 

Height.- -15^ to 16| hands. 

XXIII. Conformation of the Hackney Stallion. 

Head. — Of medium size, slightly dished laterally, wide between the 
eyes, eyes full, prominent and mild, but lively in appearance, ears small, 
fine, turned inwards at tips when pointed forward, set wide apart, nos- 
trils of medium size but very flexible, mouth suiall, muzzle fine, jaws not 
heavy but wide apart, cheeks flat with well developed muscles, but not 
too fleshy, head carried fairly high, nose drawn slightly inwards 
towards breast. 

JSfeck. — Of medium length, crest well developed, hard and whipcordy, 
well arched, clean, but not too fine at throat, wide and muscular at 
shoulder. 

WitJters. — High but not sharp, back short with rise at loin, which 
should be broad, full and muscular. 

Croup. — Slightly drooping, long, not steep, tail set on rather high, 
well haired and carried straight and well out from the bodv. 

Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung. 

Breast. — Tolerably wide and well muscled. 

Shoulder. — Oblique, deep and well muscled. 

Elhow. — Well muscled and strong, fitting close to chest. 

Forearm .^ljor\g, well and prominently muscled. 

Knee. — Broad and deep in all directions, straight, with an absence of 
malformations. 

Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone short, strong and flat, with an absence 
of beefiness, back tendons standing out prominently, no coarse hair on 
posterior border, tendons not too much tied in below knee, pasterns 
strong and of medium length and obliquity. 

Foot. — Of medium size, round and strong, tolerably concave sole, 
well developed frog, strong and broad heels, not too high, must not turn 
toes either in or out. 

HauncJi. — Heavy muscled, thick through ham, hindquarters broad 
and strong. 

Stifle. — Strong and well muscled. 

Gaskin. — Well and prominently muscled and strong, hamstring 
standing boldly out and well let down at hock. 

Hock. — Strong, clean,' rather short, an absence of coarseness, well 
developed in all points, no puffiness, point well marked, posterior border 
straight. 



1232 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

Hoch to Foot. — Cannon rather short, strong and flat, an absence of 
beefiness, back tendons standing out prominently and not tied in below 
joint, skin lying closely to bone and tendon, without long hairs on pos- 
terior border, pastern strong, of medium length and rather oblique. 

Foot. — Smaller than fore foot, sole more concave, frog wsll developed, 
heels broad, strong and not too high. 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. 

Color. — Bay, brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, Avith reasonable 
modifications. (A good horse of this class may be an undesirable 
color. ) 

Action. — Knee and hock action high, with considerable extension, 
stride, grace and speed, must not paddle or rool fore feet nor allow them 
to tarry in the air, but fetch them up and forward in a straight line, 
with grace, promptness and style; hind feet must be lifted promptly 
and high, not with a sprawling action nor yet going close enough to 
interfere, but being brought forward in a straight line, with a good long 
stride and firmly planted. 

Temperament.— T>o(i\\e but very energetic, free from nervousness, 
general appearance attractive and symmetrical. 
Weight.— ^^bO to 1200 pounds. 

Height. — 15 to 16 hands. 

The conformation of the Hockney mare or gelding the same as above, 
with the absence of the masculine appearance of head, crest and general 
physiognomy. . 

XXIV. Conformation of the Standard-Bred Stallion. 
Head. — Ear of medium size and pointed, eye large, prominent and of 
docile expression, bones of the nose straight in front and slightly dished 
laterally, bones of cranium nicely rounded, nostrils firm, large and 
readily dilated, muscles of cheek well developed, but not too heavy, 
mouth of medium size, lips firm, muzzle fine and tapering, branches of 
lower jaw well spread apart at their angles. 

JSTeck. — Rangy with well developed crest and attached to the head in 
an angular sort of way, rather of the obtuse order. 

Withers. — May be continuous with the superior border of the neck, 
well developed and not too broad, back straight and rather short, loins 
broad. 

Croup. — Somewhat sloping with dock coming out high up, tail well 
haired and carried in a graceful manner. 

Chest. — Deep through the girth, ribs long and well sprung with well 
marked angles, breast broad and well muscled. 

Shoulder. — Oblique from above downwards and forwards, blade bone 
well covered with muscles. 



ilORSfi iJRKEDiNd. 123.9 

^Ihow. — Well muscled and lying close to chest. 

Forearm. — Well developed and strong, with muscles well defined and 
standing boldly out. 

Knee. — Straight, strong in all directions, free from malformations. 

Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone rather short, broad, flat and clean, not 
feathered, tendons well defined and prominent, skin lying close to bone 
and tendon, tendons not too nmch tied in below knee, an absence of 
beefiness, pasterns strong, of medium length and obliquity. 

Foot. — Of medium size, rather round with strong wall, sole rather 
concave, frog large and well developed, heels broad, strong and not too 
deep, must not toe either in or out. 

Haunch. — Muscles well developed, deep through ham, quarters broad 
and strong. 

Stifle. — Strong and well muscled, compact. 

Gashin. — Muscles prominent and hard, hamstring prominent. 

Hock. — Large and strong in all directions, all parts well developed, an 
absence of malformations and puffiness, point well developed and pos- 
terior border straight. 

Hock to Foot. — Cannon-bone rather short, broader and flatter than in 
front, little or no feathering, an absence of beefiness, tendons standing 
out prominently and well defined and not tied in below joint, skin lying 
close to bone and tendon, fetlock joint large and strong, pasterns strong, 
of medium length and obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller and not so round as in front, sole more concave, frog 
well developed, heels strong and not too deep. 

Color. — Bay, brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable 
modifications. 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. 

Temperament. — Docile, kind, prompt, energetic, not nervous. 

Style and Action. — Free and elastic, perfect in trotting gait, a good 
walker, nmst not paddle or rool in front, may go wide behind, may 
either trot or pace, and must go level without hitting himself any place, 
and be able to go fast. 

Weight. — 950 to 1200 pounds, or even more. 

Height. — 15 to 16^ hands. 

The mare and gelding of this class may be of the same general type 
as the stallion, but not so masculine looking; the neck, M'ithers and gen- 
eral physiognomy being the points which contribute most to the more 
effeminate appearance of these animals. The neck should be more del- 
icate and cleaner cut, the crest not so well developed, the withers more 
pronounced, not so thick through and through at the upper part, and 

78 



12S4 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

there should be a line of a demarcation between withers and neck, the 
general physiognomy milder and gentler and less impetuous. 

XXV. Conformation of the Thoroughbred Stallion. 

Head. — Ears fine, not too long, approaching each other at the tips 
when thrown forward; cranium broad and nicely rounded, forehead flat 
and broad, eyes wide apart, prominent, large and bold in expression, 
nasal bones straight in front but slightly di.^hed on lateral surfaces, 
nostrils firm, large and flexible, of large capacity when the animal is ex- 
cited, lips firm, mouth of medium size, muzzle small and tapering, 
cheeks well but not too heavily clothed with hard, well developed mus- 
cles, branches of lower jaw well spread apart at their angles. 

JVeck. — Clean cut and rangy, crest well developed and whipcordy but 
not so heavy as in other classes, head attached to neck in graceful, 
angular manner, rather of the obtuse order, jugular gutter well marked. 
Withers. — Well developed, high and not too wide, unless animal be 
fat there should be a line of demarcation where the neck leaves off and 
the withers commence, back straight and rather short, loins broad and 
strong. 

Croup. — Rather long and slightly sloping with dock coming out high 
up, tail carried straight, well out from the body in an arched and graceful 
manner. 

Chest. — Somewhat cone-shaped with good, broad base behind, apex 
between forelegs, where the animal may be narrower in proportion than 
other breeds, the cavity should be deep from above downwards espe- 
cially at the girth, ribs long, well sprung, with well marked angles, 
breast muscles well defined and prominent, but not too wide. 

Shoulder. — Oblique from above downward and forward, the blade 
bone being well covered with hard, well developed muscles. 

Elbow. — Well muscled and lying close to chest. 

Forearm. — Long, well developed and strong, well clothed with hard, 
well developed muscles, having grooves of demarcation between them, 
showing the outlines of each individual muscle. 

Knee. — Clean, straight, large and strong in all directions, the bone 
forming the back part somewhat prominent, an absence of malforma- 
tions. 

Knee to Foot. — Cannons short, broad, flat and clean, tendons standing 
out plainly, hard and whipcordy, lines of demarkation between tendons 
and ligament and between ligament and bone, an absence of beefiness and 
long hair, skin lying close to bone and tendon, tendons not too much 
pinched below knee, fetlock joint well developed and strong, pasterns 
somewliat lengthy and of medium obliquity. 



HORSE BREEDING. 1235 

.r 

Foot. — Rather smaller in proportion than in other breeds, round, 
strong and tolerably deep wall, sole concave, frog well developed, heels 
full and not too deep, nuist not turn toes in or out when standino-. 

llaunch. — Well clothed with hard, well developed muscles, showing 
grooves of demarcation between them, thick through ham, quarters 
broad and strong. 

Stifle. — Strong and well muscled, not bulky. 

Gaskin. — Clothed with hard muscles standing individually boldly out, 
hamstring strong, prominent and whi()cordy. 

Hock. — Deep and strong in all directions, all points well developed 
but not rough, an absence of malformations or puffiness, point verv 
well developed, straight on posterior border, the whole joint clean and 
hard and of an angular order. 

Ilock to Foot. — Cannons short, wider and tlatter than fore ones, clean, 
no beefiness, no feathering, tendons well nuirked individually and must 
not t»ave a pinched appearance below joint, but very gradually taper in 
width from hock to fetlock, skin lying close to bone and tendon, fetlock 
joints large, clean and strong, pasterns rather lengthy, strong and of 
medium obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller, not so round as the front ones, sole more concave, 
frog well developed, heels strong and not too deep. 

Color. — Bay, brown, chestnut, gray, black with reasonable modifica- 
tions. 

Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment, hair forming coat 
fine, silky and straight, hairs of mane and tail, although coarse, must be 
straight and soft in comparison with other breeds. 

Temperament. — Mild, not vicious, energetic, inclined to be impetuous, 
not too nervous. 

Action. — Prompt, free and elastic, not too much knee and hock 
action, but going rather close to the ground, es})ecially in the canter or 
gallop, must not paddle or rool fore feet, nor go clof^e enough behind 
to interfere, good walker. 

Weight.—Sixy 1050 to 1300 pounds. 

Height. — Say \b^ to IQ^ hands. 

XXVI. Conformation of the Thoroughbred Gelding or Mare. 

Head. — Rather small, ear fine and pointed, not too long, cranium 
nicely rounded, forehead flat and broad, eye large aiul prominent and 
gentle in expression, nasal bones straight in front and slightly dished 
laterally, nostrils large, firm and flexible, lips firm, mouth of niediun» 
depth, muzzle tapering and small, cheek clothed with hard, well 



1236 dycLOPEDiA of live stock and complete stock doctor. 

developed muscles, branches of lower j:iw well spread apart at their 
angles. 

Neck. — Clean cut and rangy, crest we"l developed and whipcordy, 
but not so full as in the stallion, the point where the neck leaves off to 
be well marked in frontof the withers, jugular gutter well mirked, wind- 
pipe standing out independently of the rest of the neck, attachments of 
head to neck well marked and to be rather angular, of the obtuse order. 

Withers. — Well developed and high, forming a well marked pro. ni- 
nence over the shoulder, the top of which should not be thick; the 
back, springing from the posterior aspect of the withers, should be 
straight and short, loins broad and well muscled. 

Croup. — Rather long and somewhat slo[)ing, with dock coming out 
well up, tail carried straight, well out from the body and in a gracefully 
arched manner. 

Chest. — Somewhat cone-shaped with good broad base behind, apex 
between shoulders rather narrow, but deep through the girth, ribs lung 
and well sprung with well-marked angles. 

/Shoulder. — Coming from high, sharp withers, should be oblique from 
above downward, blade clothed with hard muscles, well formed but 
not bulky. 

Elbow. — Well muscled and lying close to chest. 

Forearm. — Well developed and strong, with muscles standing boldly 
out and well defined, marked from each other by grooves, 

Knee^ knee to foot, foot, haunch, stifle, gaskin, hock, hock to foot, 
foot, color and skin, same as stallion. 

Temperament. — More docile than the stallion, but still very energeti* . 

Action. — Rather lighter on foot than the stallion; in other respect 3 
the same. 

Weight.— ^?Ly 850 to 1250 pounds. 

Height.— Si\y 15 to lo^ hands. 

The saddle horse may be of the same general type as the thorough- 
bred (mare or gelding), but if not thoroughbred will not have as much 
quality. Must have good manners, a mouth that responds readily to 
the hand of his rider. Graceful and elastic actions in all paces being 
essential. 

We will now ffive a few illustrations showing some of the desirable 
and undesirable points of conformation of the horse. From these illus- 
trations the breeder will be able to inform himself as to the various 
features and traits of disposition ; also the correct and incorrect posi- 
tion of the limbs, feet, etc. 



HORSE BREEDING. 



1237 





Fig. A. — Shows a very good head of a thoroughbred. The general 
expression and attitude denote intelligence, ambition and docility. The 
crest is nicely arched, but not bulky; head gracefully attached and well 
carrit I; all muscles and the jugular gutter well marked. 

Fi B. — Shows a good head and neck of a trotting or road horse. 

Fig, C. — Shows a good head, but the neck is very deficient, being 
too long: and thin, and much too fine where attached to head. Necks of 
this description are usually accompanied by a small head, with little 
space between the angles of the lower jaw. Consequently, the space 
occupied by the larynx (that catilaginous box at the commencement of 
the windpipe) is limited, not allowing sufficient room for expansion when 
large quantities of air are taken into the lungs during violent exercise, 
and as a consequence the animal is very liable to become a roarer. 





F\6^ 



JTig^ />. — Represents an ill-formed head and neck. The neck is at- 
tached to the head in an ill-manner. The mouth or nose is turned in too 
much towards the breast, which renders the animal practically uncon- 
trollable unless a check rein be used to keep liis nose out. The eye, 
ear and general expression denote stubbornness and ill-temper. For 
purposes of draft, the neck should be very much thicker and more 
heavily muscled than in light horses, but nevertheless the head should 
be properly attached. 

Fig. ^. — Shows a shapely, muscular neck for draft, rather thick" at 
the attachment to the head, but at the same time well proportioned. 



1'238 CYCLOPEDIA Ot LIVI2 STOCK AND COMPLETJl STOCK DOCTOR. 



The head is broad, strong, and rather large at the muzzle, not a serious 
fault even with driving horses, although a fine muzzle looks moreattract- 




riGE 




FIG F 



ive, and with large fiexibl*^ t, :,strils this conformation may be ver well 
marked. 

J^ig. F. — Shows a badly formed neck and shoulder, and an ill-propor- 
tioned, badly formed head. 

Fig. G. — Shows an ewe-necked vicious brute, the head set on too 
high, the dished face, shape and position of ears, wild expression of the 





eyes and position of lips denote a vicious and dangerous disposition. 
The Roman nose also denotes stubbornness. 

Fig. II. — -Shows a strong, muscular neck and heal, but at the same 
time the position of the ear, the eyes high in the head with a surly ex- 
pression, the Roman nose, thick neck and jaw denote a treacherous and 
unsafe horse. Such a horse, if kept properly under control by a com- 
petent driver, may be fairly well managed, but in careless or incom- 
petent hands is liable to become vicious and intractable at any time. 

Plate 2. — Shows different conformations of the back. The back 
should be straio^ht and of medium leng^th ; the straio-hter and shorter it 
is the more it denotes strength, while the longer it is, and especially if 
it also be hollow, the more indicative it is of weakness. However, very 



HORSE BREEDING. 



1239 



short backs are not desirable, as a certain amount of length is essential 
in order that the animal may have action and a certain amount of speed. 




GOOD AND BAD BACK. 

Though shortness of the back indicates strength, particularly as regards 
carrying weight, we must remember that too much must not be sacri- 
ficed for any one point, and a horse with a very short back is apt to 
overreach (forge) unless his shoulders be very oblique. Backs which 
are in their original formation hollow, invariably become more so under 
the influence of weight and age. This is particularly noticeable in stall- 
ions that are used in the stud. In fact, all backs, though originally 
straight, become more or less hollow with age. This effect is partly due 




GOOD AND BAD HIXDQUARTER8. 



to the ordinary mechanical action of weight on a given line, and partly 
to wasting away of the muscles in old age. A horse with what is called 



1240 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

a roach back is usually rough and uneven in his paces and inclined to 
forge. The formation is favorable to strength, and unless the pecul- 
iarity be very marked, especially if the quarters are good, and the 
shoulder strong and oblique, he will generally be a serviceable animal. 

In the illustration the top figure shows a very straight back and croup 
— with the dock coming out very high up. The central figure a hollow 
back and drooping croup, and the lower figure a roach back. 

Plate 3. — The hair of the tail usually indicates the breeding of a horse 
to a certain extent. That of well-bred horses is generally straight and 
fine. A thick, coarse or curly quality of hair usually denotes want of 
breeding. The tail should be carried firm, straight and T»^ell away from 
the hind quarters. It should be set on almost in a line with the back 
bone. In'the coarsely bred animal the tail is usually set on low down, 
possesses little muscular power, clings to the quarters, and altogether 
looks mean. Fine, curly hair is occasionally, though seldom, seen even 
in the tails of thoroughbreds. 

In the illustration the figure on the left shows a tail the dock of which 
comes out high ui), and the tail is well and gracefully carried. The sec- 
ond figure shows the dock coming out lower down from drooping croup, 
and tail not so well carried. In the next figure this is more marked, the 
animal husging the tail, while the figure to the right shows a tail with 
coarse, wavy hair coming out very low down from a very sloping croup, 
and meanly carried, the hams cut away and weak, and altogether the 
parts of a mean-looking and generally unserviceable animal. 

Plate 6. — Let us now view the position of the hind legs, viewed from 
the side, the horse standing. 

Fig. 1. — Shows the commonly received idea of the correct position, 
but the whole limb is placed rather too far back, and it is rather too 
near the perpendicular from point of hock to fetlock pad. 

Fig. J. — Shows a more correct position, the limb is more under the 
center of gravity than Fig. I, the hock not quite so far back and there 
is a slight deviation forward from hock to fetlock. 

Fig. K. — Shows a horse standing too straight, hamstring not well 
developed, and rather a deviation backwards from point of hock to fet- 
lock, altogether a rather weak limb. 

Fig. L. — Shows the limbs too much bent, sickle shaped, giving the 
horse a mean appearance, and at the same time the hock is not strong, 
and disease, especially curb, is easily produced. 

Fig. M. — Shows the leg from hock down placed too far behind; this 
conformation indicates weakness and is usually associated with defective 
fiction, 



HORSE BREEDING. 



1241 




FIG. I 




Fl6 M 





Fig. N. — Shows the point of the hock poorly developed, the hock is 
not "well let down,'j always accompanied by poor hock action. 

Fig. O. — Shows the opposite and desirable conformation, the point 
of hock well developed. The hock is "well letdown." This confor- 
matioq indicates good leverage, and is usually accompanied by goo4 



1242 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




f IG R 



FIG. 5 



FIG, 



FIG U 




FIG V 




FIG VA/ FIG X 





FIG V 



F\b.Z 



FIG AA 





-|G. DD 



FIGXt FIG.F.F 




FIG 66 FIG HH 



FIG I I 



action. In this fiijare the hock alone must be considered, not its posi- 
tion in respect to the body. 

Coining now to the rear view of the hind legs. 

Fig. P. — Shows the points of the hocks too close together (cow 
hocked), with a lateral deviation outwards of the limbs to the feet. He 
points the feet outwards, is splayfooted, The points of the hocks 



MORSR BREKDING. 1243 

should not approach each other in this manner, but should stand 
si|ii;irely, turning neither outwards nor inwards, and the limbs should 
maintain this i)osition down to the foot, which also should be planted 
straight forwards and backwards. 

Fig. Q. — Shows the hocks too far apart, the points turned outwards, 
with a lateral deviation inwards from hock to foot, the toes turned 
inwards (parrot toed). 

Coining to the fore quarters the illustrations will give a good idea of 
shape, oblicjuity of shoulder, setting on of the neck and carriage of 
the head. 

F/'g. R. — Shows good conformation of head, neck and shoulders. 

Fig. S. — Shows shoulders too upright, neck too short and thick, 
throat thick and heavy, ears and eyes badly placed, and general expres- 
sion bad. 

Fig. T. — Shows correct position of fore limb and foot. 

Fig. U. — Shows feet too close together; the horse is bandv-legged. 

Fig. V. — The feet are too wide apart; the horse straddles. 

Fig. W. — Shows the toes turned out; when traveling he will rool his 
toes inw\ard, and in all probability strike the opposite limb some place 
between the pastern and knee, or even above the knee, according to the 
height of action. This is called speedy stroke, and is very undesirable, 
as it necessitates the wearing of boots for protection, and is liable to 
cause him to stumble. 

Fig. X. — Shows the contrary conformation ; the toes turn inwards, 
ofivinff the animal a waddlino- action, which has a very clunisv and 
unattractive appearance. There is considerable waste motion. 

Fig. Y. — Qives a side view of fore leg. The position is correct, the 
knee large, strong and straight, neither bending forwards, "knee 
spring," nor backwards, "calf-knee." 

Fig. Z. — Shows the knee bending backwards, "calf or buck-kneed." 
This conformation is well marked, causes undue strain on back liga- 
ments and tendons. 

Fig. AA. — Shows a small, weak knee, with the tendons tied in or 
|)inched below the joint. 

Flq. BB. — Shows the pastern too long and weak. 

Fig. CO. — Shows the pastern too short; there is a want of flexi- 
bility; the action will be stiff and stilty. 

Fiq. DD. — Shows a good limb in a correct position. 

Fig. EE. — Shows the pastern too short and upright; the action will 
be stiff and stiltv, especially for saddle purposes. The concussion is so 
<Teat that parts are very liable to disease. 

Fig. FF. — Shows the opposite conformation ; the pastern is too long 



1244 CYCL01*Kt>tA OF LIVI-^ STOC^K AND COMPLKT?: STOClv DOCTOR. 

and oblique, the strain consequently undue upon the back tendons, 
which, as a consequence, are liable to disease. 

Fig. GG. — Shows the correct position of foot in relation to the 
breast. 

Fig. HH. — Shows the foot planted too far back. 

Fig. II. — Shows a weak knee and fetlock. The limb is straight, but 
out of proper position on account of weakness. 

The reader who carefully examines these illustrations should be a 
fairly good judge of how a horse should look, either from a front, rear 
or side view, both as to the body and limbs. 



HORSE BREEDING. 



1245 




1246 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




LORD OP DENTONIA — No. 50166. 
The imported famous and proud head of the Dentonia Tersey Herd. 




BIM OF DENTONIA — No. 52011. 
Eaised at Dentonia. Sweepstakes Jersey Bull. Toronto Industrial Exhibition. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 

By Prof. H. H. Dean, B. S. A., Professor of Dairy Husbandry, Ontario Agricultural 
College, Guelph, Ontario. 



THE DAIRY COW. II. FEED. III. BUTTER MAKING. IV. SPECIAL POINTS ON 

BUTTER MAKING. V. CREAMERIES. VI. CHEDDAR CHEESE. VII. SALTING 

THE CURD. VIII. CURING THE CHEESE, IX. FARM CHEESE. X. DAIRY 

BUILDINGS. XI. TOWN AND CITY MILK AND CREAM TRADE. — —XII. CONDENSED 

MILK. XIII. IMITATION BUTTER. XIV. THE TESTING OP MILK. XV. MAR- 
KETING DAIRY PRODUCE. 



The dairy interests of the North American people are very large. No 
branch of agriculture has been so profitable as dairying. The dairy cow 
is the queen of all animals kept on the farm, when properly fed and 
when cared for in the best manner. 

There are two classes of dairymen as regards method of manufactur- 
ing their product, viz. : private and co-operative. The former are the 
older, but the latter are more extensive in their operations. Co-oper- 
ative cheese factory dairies began in 1851, in the State of New York. 
The chief advantages of co-operation in the dairy are a more uniformly 
high quality of cheese and butter, which sells for a higher price than 
average private dairy goods, and the fact that it relieves the farmer's 
wife of a great deal of drudgery. 

Co-operative factories are managed on one of two plans — joint stock 
company or private enterprise. In the first, the factory, plant, etc., are 
owned by the farmers that manage the business, as well as owning and 
milking the cows. When properly managed, they are the most success- 
ful factories. Private enterprise factories are chiefly owned by one per- 
son, who provides factory and plant and manufactures the product, as a 
rule, for a certain rate per pound. This plan usually insures good busi- 
ness management, and the system is well liked in many sections. 

I. The Dairy Cow. 
A good cow is the foundation of all successful dairying. Good cows 
are found in all breeds and among those of no particular breeding; but 
they are more common among what are known as the dairy breeds, chief 
of which in America are Holstein, Jersey, Ayrshire, Guernsey, Cana- 
dian, and some strains of the Short-Horn. 

;247 



lUS 



Cyclopedia or live stock and complete stock doctos. 







caoo 
(u o 

.0 

y o 



BAlkViNG ANi) DAtRV BlliLblNGS. 1249 

In building up a dairy herd, select the best cows of the breed, grade 
or native most suitable for the conditions under which they are to be 
used. Breed these cows to pure bred males of the same breed as the 
cows are, where pure breeds are kept, and breed the grades and natives 
to pure bred males of whatever breed is thought to be best. Rear the 
heifer calves on whole milk for about two Aveeks, then change gradually 
to warm, sweet skim milk to which has boon added a small amount of 
bran and ground oats when young. Afterwards feed the meal dry and 
give clover hay, grass, and in winter give pulped or sliced roots. 
Keep the calves warm, dry and clean. The heifers should commence 
milking when between two and three years old. Weigh the milk from 
each cow, and test for fat at least once a month. Have a standard of 
not less than 6000 pounds of milk or 250 pounds of butter per 3'^ear foj' 
each cow, and sell all which do not come up to this standard at the end 
of their second milking period. In this way a creditable dairy herd 
may be built up in a few years. 

II. Feed. 

Grass is nature's food for milk production, and where this is obtain- 
able in abundance no other feed is necessar3^ Give plenty of pure 
water, and allow cows access to salt at all times. Lucerne clover is an 
excellent soiling crop, as also are green peas and oats and corn. Corn 
silaire is a valuable summer food as well as a oood food for winter. In 
winter give the cow all the mixed corn silage and cut clover hay which 
she will eat, together with mangels, and six to eight j)ounds of meal for 
each pound of fat produced in the milk, or for every twenty-tive to 
thirty-five pounds of milk which she gives. The meal may consist of 
one-half bran and the other half peas and oats. Gluten feed, cotton- 
seed meal, oil cake, etc., are also useful concentrates, if they can be pur- 
chased at reasonable prices and without adulteration. The subject of 
cow feeding and management may be summed up in: breed carefully, 
select wisely, care for kindly, feed liberally, milk regularly. This do, 
and prosperity shall attend the steps of the dairyman. 

III. Butter Making. 

Butter may be made in a private dairy or in a creamery. In the pri- 
vate dairv the milk is usually set for the cream to rise in shallow pans 
or deep cans, or, what is now very common, it is run through a cream 
separator immediately after being milked. To obtain the best results 
with shallow pans, set as soon as possible after milking in pans about 
four inches deep. Keep in a clean, cool place, such as a cellar or milk- 
house, and skim at the end of twenty-four or forty-eight hours. Loosen 
the cream from the edge of the pan with a thin-bladed knife, and allow 

79 



1250 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




JERSEY IvII^Y. 

Ontario Agricultural College. Two years old, solid color, black tongue and switch. 

Her milk is excellent quality and she promises to make 

a iine cow for butter making. 



the cream to glide over the edge of the pan into the cream can. Do not 
use a perforated skimmer, as it wastes the cream. In deep setting, set 
in pans about eight inches in diameter and twenty inches deep. Place 
the cans in ice water for twelve to thirty-six hours, and skim carefully 
from the top or bottom. If using a separator, run the milk through as 
soon as milked; but if separating but once a day, heat the milk to OS'' 
to 100° and then separate. Cool the cream to 60° as soon as it comes 
from the separator. Wash the machine after each time of using. The 
cream from pans and cans should be kept sweet until twenty-four hours 
before churning, when it may be warmed to about 60^ to 65°, and a small 
amount of clean flavored sour skim-milk or buttermilk may be added 
to hasten and control the ripening or souring of the cream. A better 
way is to heat some skim-milk, to which has been added 25 per cent, of 
clean water, to 160° for twenty minutes, then cool to 80° to 90° and add 
a commercial culture. This is a safer plan than to use ordinary sour 
milk, buttermilk or cream. The commercial culture may be propagated 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1251 



for an indefinite length of time with proper care, and need not be bought 
of tener than once or twice a year. The cream is ripe and ready to churn 
when it tastes slightly sour, is thick and glossy in appearance, and has a 
pleasant, ripe smell. If tested with a one-tenth normal alkaline solution, 
it should show five-tenths to six-tenths of one per cent, acidity. Cream 
may be churned in a box or barrel churn or in a combined churn, and 
worked at a temperature of 50^ to 70^, depending upon conditions. 
Churn at such a temperature that the butter will come firm in twenty to 
forty-five minutes. Stop the churn when the butter is the size of wheat 
grains, and draw the buttermilk. Wash the butter once in water at 50'' 
to 55\ and then salt in the churn or on a worker. For a farm dairy a 
V-shaped worker is very convenient. In the factory, rollers are used to 
apply pressure to the butter. The amount of salt will vary from one- 
half ounce to one ounce per pound of butter. Use fine, clean salt. 

Work the butter once for local markets; for export or to pack, work 
twice, to overcome "mottles" or "streaks." For local trade, put the 
butter in pound prints wrapped in parchment paper. For export or 







1 

j 


' 






- 


1 






r^ 


k ■ ■ 


r^ 


^ 





>-X* 



ht^^iOtSt^^^^Ai^^t^- 



AYRSHIRE PATTI. 

No. 10,741 in Canadian Ayrshire Book. Two years old. Her dam was imported from 
Scotland and was one of the best cows in the college herd. 



1252 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

cold storage, pack in square boxes holding fifty-six pounds, or in tubs 
holding fifty pounds. The best packages are lined with paraffine wax 
and heavy parchment paper. If the packages are unlined, soak in brine 
for three or four days, then steam and sprinkle the inside with salt be- 
fore putting in the butter. Spruce is the best material for wooden 
butter packages. Pound the butter firmly into the package, so that it 
will be close and uniform when emptied. 

IV. Special Points on Butter Making 

(1) If coloring is used, add it to the cream before commencing to 
churn. Do not overcolor the butter. Commercial coloring is prefer- 
able to carrot or other home-made coloring. 

(2) Pasteurizing (^. e., heating to 160°) the whole milk before run- 
ning it through the separator in winter will enable the butter maker to 
secure a more uniform quality of butter, and butter at all times which 
has improved keeping quality. Sweet cream may also be Pasteurized 
after each time of skimming by setting the can of cream in a tub or 
tank of hot water at 180"" and stirring until the cream reaches 160°, then 
cool to below 60^ before addins; to the cream can or crock containing 
cream from previous skimmings. Add about one cup of culture to the 
cream can in winter with the lirst lot of cream to get good *flavor, and 

hold at 60°. 

V. Creameries. 

Creameries are of several kinds — whole milk or separator, cream 
gathering, and combined separator and cream gathering — usually in con- 
nection with skimming stations, at which only the cream is separated 
and then it is taken to a central creamery to be churned. In connection 
with the cream-gathering creamery, hand separators on the farm are be- 
coming very common. This method saves the expense of hauling the 
whole milk to tiie creamery and the skim-milk back to the farm; but 
owing to the fact that the cream is often spoiled before it reaches the 
creamery, it is doubtful if this is the best plan to make a fine quality of 
butter. In sections where cows are not plentiful the cream-gathering 
plan is to be commended, but in thickly settled portions the whole milk 
creamery is best, because the finest quality of butter may be made if 
patrons cool the milk properly at the farm and it reaches the creamery 
sweet. The butter maker then has an opportunity to show his skill in 
the manufacture of high-class butter. 

VL Cheddar Cheese. 
In the system of factory cheese making known as cheddar, the milk 
is delivered at the factory once a day — usually before 9 a. m. The 
proper caring for miiE at the farm is a very important point in the 



MlllYiNG AND DAIRY fetltblNGS. 



iJio.l 




1254 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

making of fancy chee.^e. The chief things to observe in the care of 
milk are : Have good healthy cows, fed on clean food, which does not taint 
the milk. (Turnips, turnip tops, rape, apples, apple pomace, brewers 
grains, etc., should not be fed to cows producing njilk for cheese mak- 
ing or any other tine dairy products.) As soon as milked the milk 
should be strained into cans. "When the cows are all milked, place the 
cans of milk in a tank of cold water and stir until the milk is below 70"*, 
at which temperature it may be left for the night, except on Saturday, 
when it should be cooled to near 50'^, if it is to be sent to the factory on 
Monday morning. The morning's milk should also be cooled, if possi- 
ble, and should not be mixed with the evening's milk until it leaves for 
the factory. Be sure that the atmosphere is pure in which the milk 
sets over night. The cows should also be milked in a clean, pure at- 
mosphere. After the milk reaches the factory coloring is added, as 
soon as the weight of milk in the vat is known, if colored cheese are 
made, though white or uncolored cheese are more wholesome, and there 
is a growing demand for uncolored cheese. The coloring commonly 
used is made from Annato seed, though many colors are now made from 
the by-products of gas manufactories. 

The milk is then heated to 86° by means of steam turned under the 
vats of milk. When the milk is ripe, which is ascertained by means of 
a rennet, or an acid test, the milk is set by adding from three to five 
ounces of rennet extract per 1000 pounds of milk. When the curd is 
tirm it is cut once with a horizontal knife and twice with a perpendicular 
knife. The curd will then be in the form of cubes from three-eighths 
to five-eighths of an inch in size. The curd is then gentl}^ stirred and in 
about ten minutes heat is applied by means of steam. The curd is kept 
in motion by the hands, by means of a rake, or by machinery until the 
whole mass of curd and whey reaches a temperature of 98°, when the 
steam is shut off, but the stirring continues for some time. When the 
curd is firm and the acid begins to develop, as indicated by the hot iron 
test, or the acid test, the whey is run from the curd, which process is 
known as "dipping." After dipping, the curd is stirred and then 
allowed to "mat" or "cheddar." The curd is afterwards cut in strips 
about six inches wide and three to six inches thick and placed on racks 
covered with a cloth for the whey to drain. When the curd becomes 
"meaty" it is put through a knife mill and cut in strips about the size 
of a finger. These strips of curd are stirred often enough to keep them 
from matting together, and also to improve flavor and texture of the 
cheese. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1255 



VII. Salting the Curd. 
The ripening process goes on until the curd feels mellow, and when a 
handful is squeezed it shows :i mixture of butter und white whey. Tho 
curd is then ready to salt. Salt is applied at the rate of one and one- 
half to two pounds -per 1000 pounds of milk for rapid curing cheese, 
and two and one-half pounds to three and one-half pounds for slow cur- 
ing cheese. After the salt has been thoroughly stirred through the curd 
and the harsh feeling leaves, the curd is then placed in hoops which have 




SHORT-HORN HIJIKER, CONSTANCE XV., OF MAPLE LODGE. 

Bred by A. W. Smith, Maple Lodge, Ontario, and the property of the Ontario Agri- 
cultural College, Guelph, Ontario. 

a cotton bandage placed inside by means of a bandager. The curd is 
then firmly packed into the hoops and pressure is applied by means of a 
screw. The gang })ress in which the cheese lie horizontall}' is now used 
in preference to the upright press. After the cheese have been under 
pressure for about three-quarters of an hour they are removed from the 
press and the bandage is neatly pulled up on the cheese and cap cloths 
are placed on the ends. This is known as "dressing" the cheese. The 
cheese is now returned to the* press and allowed to remain under 



1256 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

pressure for .about twenty hours, wlien they are removed to the curing 

room. Cheese should always be neat and stylish before placing in the 

curing room. 

VIII. Curing the Cheese. 

Cheese are about half made when leaving the ])ress. The green 
cheese are indigestible, and the process of curing is the gradual chans^e 
of insoluble, indigestible curd to a soluble, digestible cheese. Temper- 
ature is the chief factor in controllin«; the rate at which the chanire takes 
place, though rennet, salt, moisture and the character of the green 
cheese are also important factors. Cheese cure best at a temperature 
between GO^ and 05^. During hot weather most curing rooms get too 
warm. To control temperature in hot weather the room should be well 
insulated by means of building paper and matched lumber. Double 
doors and double windows are also necessary. To cool the room use a 
sub-earth duct, ice, cold water in pipes, or compressed air. A sub-earth 
duct may be built at a cost of about $75 by placing two rows of ten-inch 
tile in a trench a])out 150 feet long and ten feet deep, and connecting 
these with the curing room and an intake pipe with a hood or cowl on 
it to face the wind at all times. This in-take pipe should be about four- 
teen to sixteen inches in diameter, and may be made of galvanized iron, 
and should be thirty to fifty feet high. As the air passes through the 
tile from the pipe it is cooled to about 60° and enters the curing room at 
this temperature. The amount of air entering the room is regulated by 
means of a slide door or a register placed in the floor or wall. 

For heating a curing room in spring or fall use a coal furnace or steam 
from the boiler. 

Cheese should remain in the curing room from two to four weeks, if 
the temperature does not go above 65^ to 70° at any time. If the tem- 
perature cannot be maintained below 70"", they are best placed in cold 
storage at the end of one to two weeks. Cheddar cheese are not fit for 
consumption until they are one to two months old. A well-made ched- 
dar is at its best when six to ten months old or even older than this, jf 
it does not cure too rapidly. 

IX. Farm Cheese. 
Cheese for home use or for local trade may be made by putting one 
hundred to three hundred pounds of milk in a can, clean tub or other 
vessel, adding rennet, cutting with a long knife, heating to 91'^ to 96'*, 
by taking out some of the whey and heating it on the stove, then pouring 
it back on the curd. In about two hours take off the whey and allow 
the curd to mat slightly. Then break or cut it, and when it is mellow 
apply the salt and put in a small hoop. A hoop to hold the curd 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1257 






0- 


w 

r! 


o 


f 


5- 


f^ 


3 


O 

> 


CI- 


It 


^ 




rt 


ms 


13* 


w 


(T> 


M 


O 


:^ 


B 


«j 


r+ 


Hi 


3. 



o 
5! 


> 


o 

n 


"^ 


'^ 




iO 


a 




rf- 


W 


a 


O 


2 


>«J 




• ^ 


n 


^ 


o 





o 

c 
CL 

s* 

O 

a 




1258 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOJK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

from one hundred pounds of milk should be eight inches in diameter 
and about the same height. The cheese may be pressed by placing a 
lever on the cheese and hanging a weight on the farther end. Nice 
cheese are made in this way at small expense. 

X. Dairy Buildings. 

Buildings for all kinds of dairy work should be built substantially, 
with good Avails to control temperature, high ceiling (ten to fourteen 
feet), cement floors, and have a good drainage. Wood, brick, stone or 
cement may be used. All buildings should have good foundations. The 
cost of a cheese factory to handle the milk from five hundred cows will 
be from $1,000 to $1,500, and the utensils will cost $500 to $800. A 
separator creamery for five hundred cows will cost about $2,000 for 
building, and $1,000 to $1,500 for machinery. A cream-gathering 
creamery complete will cost $1,500 to $2,000. A combined factory 
with skimming stations will cost $5,000 to $10,000. 

A first-class curing room is a very important part of a cheese factory, 
and a good refrigerator is very essential in a creamery. Mechanical re- 
frigeration is now common in large creameries, though the smaller ones 
continue to use ice ; sometimes the ice is mixed with about five per cent, 
salt, and placed in galvanized iron tubes in the refrigerator to secure a 
greater degree of gold. Butter should be maintained at about 32*^ while 
at the creamery. 

All dairy buildings should be painted a light color outside with suit- 
able trimmings. The surroundings should be neat and tidy. 
XI. Town and City Milk and Cream Trade. 

There is an increasing demand for dairy products in towns and cities. 
This is the most remunerative branch of the dairy, but entails a great 
deal of labor Avhere the dairyman delivers the milk or cream. It is now 
customary to ship to large concerns who handle the business in the 
cities. Some cities are equipped with very excellent facilities for hand- 
ling and delivering milk and cream to customers. ''Clarified," 
"certified" and "modified" milks are now obtainable in many large cities. 
The interests of city consumers are considered as never before. 

A pure and wholesome milk supply is as important to any town or city 
as a pure and wholesome water supply. Company or municipal control 
appears to be the best means of securing this, though there is danger of 
it becoming a monopoly when controlled by a company, and danger of 
mismanagement and corruption if controlled by the municipality. 

Milk for town trade should be strained at once after coming from the 
cows, and then be cooled to below 50"" by stirring the milk placed in ice- 
water, or by running it over suitable coolers. Milk should be delivered 



DAlRyiNG AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1269 



in the city at night or early in the morning. No preservatives or color- 
ing of any kind should be added to the milk for town trade. Commerical 
cream should test about twenty per cent. fat. Where dealers require richer 
cream, they should pay accordingly. With a separator it is possible to 
obtain cream of any desired richness by adjusting the nuichine. When 
setting the milk for cream to rise, this is not easily done. Time is the 
factor deciding richness, where the skimming is properly done. To get 
richer cream allow it to stand for a longer time. Cream for whipping 
purposes should contain at least twenty per cent, fat, should be partially 




A GALLOWAY prize; WINNER AT SMITHFIELD, ENGLAND, 1900. 

ripe, and be as cold as possible. There is more difficulty in whipping 
separator cream compared with cream raised by gravity, because the 
albuminous matter is largely removed by separating. 

XII. Condensed Milk. 

A growing branch of dairying is the manufacture of condensed milk. 
This milk is ordinary milk from which a large portion of the water has 
been evaporated, and to which is usually added about fifteen per cent, 
of cane-sugar. Milk intended for condensing purposes requires to be 



12 GO CYCLOPEDIA OI" LIVE StOClt AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




SENSATION OF DENTONIA — No. i343b»- 
Sweepstakes Jersey Cow, Toronto Industrial Exhibition, 1900. 




DENTONIA 'S ISLAND QUEEN — No. 134366. 
A noted prize-winner. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDING. 



12fil 



i'» . "1 







T 




£ 

ij^_ 



¥4^' 




LADY STIRLING 3RD — No. 6230. 
Sweepstakes AjTshire Cow, Toronto Industrial Exhibition, 1900. 




SILVER PRINCE — No. 7939- 
Thu handsome heid of the Dentonia Ayrshire Herd and a weli-known prize-winnw. 



1262 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

especially well cared for, and dairymen patronizing condensing factories 
are usually paid an extra price for their milk as compared with milk 
sent to cheese factories and creameries. Factories for condensed milk 
are likely to become more numerous as the market for this class of 
dairy goods becomes extended. 

XIII, Imitation Butter. 
Goods made from animal and vegetable fats and sold for pure butter, 
are a great menace to the legitimate dairy trade. Dairymen have no 
particular objection to the manufacture and sale of these articles so long 
as they are sold on their merits. The majority of customers who buy 
oleomargarine and the various other imitations of butter, do not know 
that they are paying for spurious goods, as these are usually sold as 
butter. In Canada, the manufacture and sale of "oleo" in any form is 
strictly prohibited by law. The dairymen of the United States are 
making a gallant fight against butter made from lard, tallow, and oil. 

XIV. The Testing of Milk. 

A very important part of the duty of a dairyman is to know how to 
test the percentage of fat in cream, skim-milk, buttermilk and whey. 
The fat of milk and cream is usually taken as a measure of its value for 
food. At creameries and for butter making on the farm, the value of 
milk and cream is almost entirely represented by the fat which they 
contain. It is customary to test the fat with what is known as the Bab- 
cock test, which was discovered by Dr. S. M. Babcock, of Wisconsin, 
U. S. A., in 1890. The principle of the test is that commercial sul- 
phuric acid (oil of vitriol) is used to dissolve the curdy matters and set 
the fat free. Centrifugal force is applied, and a further separation of 
the fat takes place. Hot water is then added and more centrifugal force 
is brought to bear on the fat, when the percentage is read on the necks 
of the bottles. If the solids other than fat are calculated, a lactome- 
ter is used for the purpose, in connection with the Babcock test and a 
formula. 

For cheese making, the casein of milk should also be considered. 
This is conveniently estimated by adding the factor 2 to the percentage 
of the fat. 

The testing of the by-products of the dairy show the cheese and 
butter maker wherein losses occur in manufacture. No up-to-date 
maker of dairy goods neglects to test the raw material (milk), or the 
by-products (skim-milk, buttermilk and whey), in order that he may 
know exactly what he is doing. For testing cows on the farm, the Bab- 
cock test is invaluable. The tester and scales should be applied to each 
individual cow in the herd, in order to know whether cows are profitable 



t>AlItYlN(J AND DAIRV bUlLDlNGS. 



1263 



or unprofitable. There is no other way of securing a money-making 
dairy herd. 

XV. Marketing Dairy Produce. 

There is room for bu'^iness ability and skill in the marketing of but- 
ter and cheese. The private dairyman secures private customers who 
will take a stated quantity weekly, or he may consign to a reliable com- 
mission house. The practice of trading butter for dry goods and gro- 
ceries is to be condemned, as such a market is not discriminating; it 
pays the same price for all kinds of butter. Butter should be put up 
in a neat, attractive form for market; and where butter is delivered 
directly to customers, the person who does the delivering should be neat 
and clean in appearance, in order to create a favorable impression. 

Creamery butter is usually sold to dealers, consigned to commission 
men, or exported to Great Britain. Butter for export should be lighter 
in color, salted less, and be milder in flavor than that made for the home 
trade. Pasteurized butter is favorably received on the British market. 
Cold storage at the creamery, on the railway and steamer, and at the 
ports, make it possible to ship butter long distances without deteriorat- 
ing in quality. 

Cheese is sold on boards of trade to dealers, consigned to commis- 
sion men, or exported direct by factorymen. Some English firms now 
control the output from certain Canadian factories, and have the goods 
forwarded as soon as they are ready. This plan saves the dealer's com- 
mission on this side of the Atlantic, and appears to be growing in favor. 

The shrewdest men should be appointed as salesmen for factories, 
because they have to deal with shrewd men, and patrons' interests will 
not be properly looked after unless the very best men are appointed to 
sell the cheese. 

Number of Cheese Factories and Creameries in Canada. 
Cheese factories, ------- 2575 

Creameries, ------- 725 

Combined cheese factories and creameries, - - 317 

Total, - - 3{)17 

Value op Canadian Dairy Products Exported in 1890, 1897, 1898, 1899, 1900. 



Products. 



Bacon, Hams and Pork. 

Butter 

Cheese 



1890. 



P 645,360 

340,131 

9,373,212 



1897. 



$ 5,871,988 

2,089,173 

14,676,239 



1898. 



$ 8.092,930 

2.046,686 

17,572,763 



1899. 



$10,473,211 

3,700,873 

16,776,765 



1900. 



$12,803,034 

5,122,156 

19,856,324 



From "The Food Products op Canada," by Jas. W. Robertson, Commissioner of Agriculture and 
Dairying for Canada. 

The exports of cheese from Canada ending April 30, 1901, were 2,574,517 boxes, 
an increase of 138,305 boxes over 1900. 



1 JO i OVOLOPEDTA OF LIVJE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOft. 









t- 


„o;oe "' 




••> 










- 




'^ 








1 
I 

1 
( 


c 


« 














01 
iri 


D 

> ^ 


o 

M 


§ 












t 
1 

1 


REAMER 

le Plan of th( 




'.U» 


-^ 




t 
1 

» 
1 


^ 








'so 


-* 




' 






I— 1 


















1 


2 

be 


«n 
















1 




! 




z 

i 


- -> 


?x 








I 






W} 


-* 






1 

1 

o 

1 

1 




.s.se 




.,« 


-* 


1 






1 
1 


r 






'■2 








1 






ll 










M 


1 




!: 
















= 


1 
1 


.y- 


ii: 

ll 
■ 1 
















• 


C- 










1 


y 




o 


iX> 


-t 


1 

1 
1 

i 


171 

<9g«- - 


■-.Oil ^ 


1 


1 




1 


*.>p 








.jp 


> :\^ 




f - 


-.ui"-^ 





















DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1265 



<5" oq' 



.? 5 



S. s. 



S B. 







s. s. 



« c 




80 



1260 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



^ I 
3 £ 

■S.S 



S 5 s 

^ s i 

^ = i 

I :e I 




1 »"»»'"* ^M' "■"■■ r 



III? w-jgi> ■ . . 




O "" 



:3 ^^^^'T' )»L _ "'^ « i— ^ 



DAIKYIKG AND DAIRY BUILDINGS 



1267 








1268 



CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 








m 






_« 






^ 






c3 


o CQ 






%P 






i« 




&< 

a 


: e 


00 


3 


i o 




o 

Eh 


• a» 




o 


ieo 







DAIRYING AMD DAIKV BUll PIJSG8, 



1269 





:x^^ 



® 



.i^iM m\^ mm wM riiii [;!.i;':i i i ii !i \im 



^O"«2"J0ISTS-l6".CEN 



I CREAMERY 



6' 6' 



rtlNG FLOOR 



4 



m 






' 






,l4l2"DIA.6AU»<'.lR0N 
TUBES 



i 







@ 



'-6'orMmcaAi.wooi.OK ^^ 

ORVSANO ^^ 



4? 



«<W /i«49 



Section at C.C. 



5 -4 3 a a o 



-4!» 



S8ALS 



fEET 



Fig. 9. 



Figure 9 is a Section through the Refrigerator Room and Receiving Room. 



1270 



Cl-CLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, 




—f 



S "-4 



O 
H 
O 

X 



.S.52 



U3 
ftO 

9 

o 

c 



=4 2 

^ .3 

o o 

■•J tl 

s § 

es a> 

s « 

o -^ 

flJ o 






Pm 



ll2 






-•4 


'9.2^'"'7.0MI"" 

|;iDl 


'tvi '«? 





I 

i 

rt 



to 

03 



■-^ z 



91 



T35- 



-^ 



9\ 



fO 



■'fe 

2 
s 



k 



,0 :os 



— --n 



i>AIRyiNG AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1271 




1272 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOftc 




DBTiML OF SHELVING 

Fig. 3. 



Figwre 3 is a detail of the shelving of the Cheese-curing Room. 




^ ^e»3-woirr«-l8-c. f. 



!^_. _30*.0"_^ 

Section at^CCl* 



^^."^^ 



Pig. 4, 
Blgure i. is a Section at "C. C." through the Cheese-curing Room. 



DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 



1273 






o <" 



B I" 



s. 



tr 

S 




1274 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 




30\o:'. 

Section at'S-B'.' 



Fig. 6. 



Figure 6 shows section through the Cheese-making Room, the covered-way for receiving milk, 
and part of the Engine Room. 

The windows should be provided with sashes, suited for opening at the top and bottom, and those 
in the Curing Room should have close shutters outside .the windows, by means of which the room can 
be darkened when so desired. 

In case a dwelling for the Cheese-maker is required, it may be provided by making the studs of 
the side wall high enough to permit of the story over the Curing Room, or Curing Room and Making 
Hoom being fitted up for that purpose. 



POULTRY. 



THE SELECTION OF BREEDING STOCK. 

By W. R. Graham, B. S. A., Manager and Lecturer Poultry Department, Ontario Agrlcuhural 

College, Quelph, Ontario. 



Like breeding other kinds of live stock, there are certain conforma- 
tions that are desirable, and are sought after more or less, and there are 
other shapes which are not desirable. 

It is not the purpose of this article to go into the detail of breeding 

fowls, but more particularly to 
try and. show that there are vast 
differences in the shape of differ- 
ent representatives of the same 
breed; some of which we con- 
sider desirable, while others are 
not what one would wish to use 
in a breeding pen. 

From observation and study we 
have learned that birds of a cer- 
tain type or shape have usually a 
good constitution, and have the 
ability to make good use of the 
food, while other birds repre- 
senting other types are more or 
less lacking^ in vigor and in feed- 
ing qualifications. 

Take, for example, cut No. 1. 
This is the cut of a Barred Rock 
cockerel, which has a ver}^ desir 
able conformation. You will no- 
tice that the beak (bill) is short 
and stout, being well curved: 
also that the head is moderate in 
width and the eye bright. These 
are all indications of constitution. 
Now, compare this head with 
that in cut No. 2. Here you see a long, narrow head, a very long 
beak, and a sluggish eye. These are not desirable points. We natur- 
ally expect this bird to be lacking in vigor, constitution, etc., which 
is actually the case. 

1275 




No. 1. 



1276 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 



Again, compare the two birds as to width of breast. We like a wide 
breast, so as to get plenty of meat on each side of the breast-bone ; also 
we must have lung and heart capacity. This, of course, brings a wide 
back. No. 1 has a fine wide breast, which is also full or prominent. 
No. 2 is rather narrow in the breast. No. 1 is also deeper. Now, if 
you were so situated as to be able to examine these birds critically, you 
would find No. 1 had a very long breast-bone extending well back; also 
that there was exceptional width between the legs, and, further, that he 
stood straight upon his legs, the feet being firmly placed upon the 





No. 2. 



No. 3. 



ground. No. 2 is very narrow between the legs; the legs also bow 
toward each other at the joints, and, further, he does not stand straight 
upon his legs; or, in other words, he is sickle-hocked. His breast-bone 
is medium in length. No. 1 has a fair size bone. No. 2 is a little 
heavier in bone. In width of back No. 1 is far superior to No. 2. In 
length of back No. 2 has a slight advantage. Here is the weakest point 
in No. 1, in that he lacks length of back. A very long back is not all 
desirable. A short back is much better, but a medium length of back 
is what is wanted. This is necessary to get weight. A short bird must 



POULTRY. 



1277 



be uncommonlv wide to seule equal to a bird with a medium lensth of 
back. In size of thigh No. 1 is much larger, and is firmer in the flesh. 
While the thigh is not the most desirable portion of the bird, yet I like 
to see a bird with good muscle. 

In judging birds from a market or utility standpoint, one must bear 
in mind that the breast meat is the most valuable. A bird possessing 
length, width and depth is the one the buyer is looking for. A wide 
back is pleasing to the eyes, and is also some indication as to the under 
line, and, further, as to constitution. 




No. 4. 



I may add that cockerel No. 1 is the best type of a market bird in his 
class that I have seen for some time, being extra strong in breast points. 

Compare the cuts of the hens. No. 3 is a long, narrow hen with 
legs that bow towards each other. She is an indifferent layer and 
feeder. She has a lotig neck, a narrow but a moderate beak and eye, 
She is not constitutionally strong, and has always been somewhat lack- 
ing in vigor. 

No. 4 is not represented to advantage. She is a fine type in every re- 
spect, having plenty of weight, is active, bright, and is a fairly good 



1278 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 

layer. This hen was pronounced by one of the most expert judges in 
Ontario to be of exceptional fine Rock shape. 

In No. 5 we have a rare bird. This hen as a pullet produced one hun- 
dred and eighty-three eggs in nine months (no record kept earlier in 
the season), and is further a fine market bird. Note the stout beak, 
the active eye, the prominent breast, possessing plenty of width and 
depth; also the width between the legs. The color of this hen is also 
very good from a show standpoint. She lacks in bone, also is a little 
short in the leg for a Plymouth Rock. This is one of the few hens that 
we can show to advantage to the farmer, the market poultryman, and to 
the fancier, and have all very well pleased. 




No. f). 



I 



INDEX 



Page 

Abdomen, tapping See Tapping 

Abortion of mares 193, 457 

— of cows 826 

Abdallah (stallion) 166 

Absorbing ointment, etc See Recipes 

Abuse of horses 240, 376 

Accidents See Diseases 

— common, of cattle 846 

Action, importance of good 90 

— in trotting .- 169 

—faults in 266 

Age of horse, to tell, from teeth. 117, 123 

— mule, to tell from teeth 205 

— cattle, to tell, from teeth 553 

Abscess, opening an 499 

— in scrotum, after castration 452 

— in horses 431 

— in strangles or distemper 437 

— on breast 273 

See Tumors, Ulcers, Fistula, Quinsy, etc 

Acari, nasal and bronchial 472 

See Mange 

Aconite poisoning 505 

Acorns, as a poison 509 

—for hogs 898 

After-birth, retention of, by cow 825 

After-pains, prolonged, of cow 825 

African geese 1107, 1111 

Albuminuria in horses 443 

— in cattle 813 

Alderney cattle 614 

Alfalfa, for cattle 706 

Aloes poisoning 506 

Alteratives 277 

See Recipes 

Altering See Castration 

Amaurosis, in the horse 465 

Amble, as a gait 218 

American versus English handling of 

colts 42. 207 

American versus English thorough- 
breds 158 

American versus English sheep rais- 
ing 937, 959 

American fondness for trotting horses 164 

— Shorthorns See Shorthorns 

— Herefords 64C, 641 

— Galloways 664 

— Ayrshires 670 

— Holsteins 689 

— native hog 865 

— error in breeding swine 877 

— breeds of swine 881 

—Merinos 931 958 

—breeds of fowls 1069 

Ammonia poisoning 506 



Page 

Anaemia in cattle 784 

Anatomy of the horse 52 

— importance of knowing 52. 87 

— of man and horse compared .... 57 

— of the ox 552 

— of ox and horse compared. .552, 554 

—of hog 919 

— of sheep 926 

— of hen 1022 

Anaesthetics 277, 491 

Aneurism, in horses 425 

Angora goat 982, 994 

Angus cattle 664 

Ankle, cocked, in horses 333 

— to protect from interfering.... 354 

Anodynes 277 

See Recipes 

Antacids 277 

Anthrax 773 

— in swine *. . .908, 910 

Anthelmintics 277 

Antidotes, poisons and 505, 511 

Antiperiodics 277 

Antiseptics 277 

Antispasmodics 277 

Aperients 277 

Aphtha, simple, of colts, etc 490 

— epizootic, of cattle 772 

Apoplexy in horses 417 

— in cattle 835 

— splenic, or anthrax 773 

— parturient, in cows 830 

— to distinguish 829 

— in swine 914 

— in poultry 1125 

— in sheep 999 

Apothecaries' weight 519 

Apparatus, veterinary 512 

Arabian horse 158 

— blood in fast trotters 164 

Arabs, breeders, etc., of horse.... 42, 158 

Aromatics 277 

Arsenic poisoning 505 

Ascarides, or pin worms See Worms 

Artesian wells for herding 713 

Ascites in foetus 824 

Ass, the 197 

—wild 197 

— breeding in America 201 

Astringents 277 

See Recipes 

Atrophy of muscles 273, 356 

— of horse's heart 424 

' — of horse's liver 461 

Atavism See Breeding Back 

Atwood Merinos 958 



1279 



INDEX. 



Page 

Aylesbury ducks 1115 

Ayrshire cattle 6G7 

— importations C70 

— points 672, 678 

— compared with Dutch cattle for 

dairy 686, 692 

Azoturia 443 

Bag See Udder and Scrotum 

Back, broken, in horses 361 

Backing, vice of • - 262 

Bad sight in horses See Eye 

—habits in stable 477 

Bake of the many-plies 803 

Bakewell and his ten rules 575 

Balking 2G2, 480 

Ball of medicine 279, 518 

—giving ; 279, 342 

Balling-iron 801 

Balls See Recipes 

Bandages 492, 852 

— starch 327 

'Bantam fowls 1053 

— game 1052 

Barns 222, 741. 744 

— pictures from real life 245 

—oblong 741 

— with wings 742 

— basement of 743 

—model 743 

— round and octagonal 744 

—hog 898 

— sheep 973 

See Stables 

Barnyard, amenities of 722 

—fowls 1013 

Barrenness See Sterility 

Basement of model barn 743 

Bates, Thomas, celebrated breed- 
er 591, 596 

Batavian cattle 679 

Beef, value of different breeds for.. 563 

— breeding for 580, 581 

— points in producing 582 

—from the old Teeswaters 592 

—cattle, the "touch" for 604 

— points illustrated 608 

— steers vs. bulls for 652 

— fat, with best combination 669 

— when to sell for . -. 711 

See Fattening, Forcing, Shorthorns, etc 

Bee-hives .- 1141 

Bee-keeping, poetry connected with.. 1142 

—on the farm - 1142 

— implements useful in 1145 

Bee moth • 1147 

Bees, varieties and peculiarities 1135 

—the three genders 1134 

— Black or German 1135 

—Italian or Ligurian 1135 

— Egyptian 1135 

— Cyprian 1135 

—Albinos 1135 

Bees wax 1138 



Page 

Bees, plants, etc., that furnish food 

for 1139 

— care and management 1141 

— swarming 1142, 1145 

— how many to keep 1142, 1148 

— how to work about 1143 

— wintering 1144, 1148 

— artificial feeding 1146 

— enemies of 1147 

— foul brood in 1147 

— range and pasturage 1148 

Belladonna poisoning 506 

Bellfounder, celebrated stallion. .166, 175 

Belly, tapping the See Tapping 

Bellyache See Colic and Hoven 

Berkshire hog 872, 887, 1199, 1200 

^detailed description of 1200 

—judging 1199 

Big head, or osteo porosis 358 

Big leg .* 274 

Birds, anthrax in 776 

Bishoping horses' teeth 123,264 

Bistouries 512 

Biting, vice of, in horses 262 

Black leg, or anthrax 773 

— quarter, or anthrax 774 

— tongue, or anthrax 774 

— Hamburg fowls 1034 

— Dorking fowls 1026 

— duck, Cayuga 1017 

— East Indian duck 101^ 

Black-face Highland or Scotch sheep 949 
Bladder, horse's, inflammation of . . . . 444 

— horse's, paralysis 445 

— horse's, eversion 445 

— horse's, spasm of neck 445 

— mare's, rupture 446 

— horse's, stone in 449 

— horse's, stone in, cutting for.... 496 

— inflammation, in cattle 814 

— gravel, in cattle 815 

— stone, in cattle 815 

— tapping, of ox or bull 852 

— worm See Worms 

Blankets, etc., for the horse 236 

Bleeding, dangerous kinds of 418 

Bleeding, horses 492 

— cattle 853 

— geese 1106 

— of wounds, to stop 348 

See Fleam 

Blemishes in the horse 264, 268 

Blindness in the horse 267. 462 

See Eye 

Blisters See Recipes 

Blistering horses 493 

Blood, buying horses for 258 

— adapting the strain of 261 

■ — spavin . 313 

— Ossific diathesis in 316 

— cancerous diathesis in 375 

—diseases in horses 427 

— diseases in horses, contagious... 434 



1280 



I N D E X. 



Page 

Blood diseases, contagious, of cattle.. 765 

— diseases, non-contagious, of cattle 784 

See Breeding 

Blood vessel, rupture 425 

Blood-stick 493 

Bloody urine, in horses 447 

— urine in cattle 814 

— murrain, or anthrax 773 

Blue disease, in foals 425 

Boar, care, service, etc 888, 895 

See Swine, etc 

Bog spavin 274, 311 

Boil plague, Siberian (anthrax) ..... 774 

Bolton Grey fowls 1026 

Bone Spavin See Spavin 

Bones, broken See Fracture 

— diseases of 357 

Bony tumor 273 

Broken knees, in horses 2G5. 26", 330 

— back, in horses 360 

— ribs, in horses 362 

— down, in horses 321 

— tail, in horses 363 

— wind, in horses 265, 388 

— teeth, in horses 394 

— bones See Fractures 

Bronchitis, in horses 383 

— in cattle 794 

— verminous 840 

— in poultry 1126 

Bronchocele, in horses 365 

Broncho-pneumonia, in horses .... 386 

Boots, for interfering horses 354 

Border Leicester sheep 939 

Bottle, drenching See Drenching 

Bots 472 

Bowels See Intestines 

— inflammation of, in cattle ...808, 809 

Brace for broken knees 331 

Brahma fowls 1059 

—dark 1059 

—light 1060 

Brain, inflammation of, in horse 415 

— inflammation of, in cattle 835 

— inflammation of, in sheep.... 1000 

— congestion of, in swine 914 

— hydatids on, in sheep 999 

Brazilian or Muscovy duck 1118 

Breaking versus training 42, 194 203 

— mules 205 

—halter, vice of 263, 479 

—oxen 725, 728 

See Training 

Breathing See Respiration 

Breda fowls 1032 

Breeding, artificial 47 

—the horse 1203-1244 

—fecundity 1210 

— general principles ....'. 48 

—habit in 1207 

—heredity in 49, 569, 1205 

— of trotters 163 

— correlation 1210 



Page 

Breeding colts, principles 176 

—back, or atavism ..182, 566, 571, 1208 

—variation in 182, 567, 1206 

— to color and form 183 

— size of sire and dam in 184, 1212 

—in-and-in 48, 184, 567, b85, 1211 

—cross 184, 566, 569, 571 1212 

—in line 184, 56/. 585 

— influence on 1212 

— the mule 198, 203 

— from practical standpoint 583, 634 

—of cattle 560! 575 

— sex at will 1214 

—laws governing 570. 1205 

— for specific purposes. .576, 583, 1205 

—terms defined 583 

—for beef 580 

— for milk 581, 617 

— for labor 581 

— for beef and milk 581 

— barren heifers 834 

— of swine 888 

— of swine, errors in 877, 887, 895 

— of sheep 962 

— importance of records 965 

— of fowls, changes resulting 1014 

— and management of fowls 1013 

Breeds of horses See Horse 

— of horses, purity of 42 

— of horses, Asiatic 44 

— of horses, Canadian 1203 

— of horses, European 44 

— of cattle See Cattle 

— of cattle, purity of 560 

— of cattle, value of different 566 

— of cattle, symmetry important. . 628 

—of swine 869. 1193 

— of sheep 936 

— of sheep, flocking various . . . . 930 

—of chickens 1013, 1074 

— of chickens, for market 1094 

— of chickens, for eggs 1094 

—of bees 1135 

Bremen geese 1106 

Bridle, pulling at 263 

Bronzed Turkeys 1099 

Broxy, or anthrax : 773 

Bruises, stone, in horse's foot 301 

Bryony poisoning 506 

Buck See Rani 

Buff Cochin fowls 1019 1061 

Bull, for average farmer 582 

— Shorthorn, scale of points 608 

— Jersey, scale of points 631 

— hampering vicious 720 

—training 725, 729 

— gonorrhea of 832 

— for barren heifers 834 

— castrating 851 

— tapping bladder 852 

See Breeding. Cow, etc 

Bullers 831, 834 

Butter and butter making 750, 1249 



1281 



I K D E X. 



Page 

Butter, special points on 1252 

— making in Canada 1263 

— malting in Europe 751 

— making at the West 751 

— coloring, salting and packing... 752 

— imitation 1262 

Buying a horse 116, 249. 253, 503 

—a bull 582 

— a milch cow 621 

Caesarian operation 825, 853 

Calves, care and feeding G93, G9r, 698 

— castrating 695. 851 

— profit in feeding 699 

— training 728 

— scours 805 

— ^hernia n 810 

— hoose or husk 840 

Calving 816 

Calculi in horse's bowels 413 

— in horse's bladder, kidneys, etc. 449 

— biliary (gall stones) 460 

— cutting to remove 496 

—in bladder of cattle 815 

Calks, in horse's foot 299 

Call duclrs 1119 

Calomel poisoning 506 

Canada Goose 1111 

Canadian pony 143 

— trotters 166 

—Shorthorns 600 

— swine 1187 

— Herefords 641 

Cancer, or melanosis, in horses 375 

—of the bone in cattle 787 

— bleeding of • 845 

Cancerous tumor in horse's eye. .4GS, 496 

— tumor in eye of cattle 845 

— ulcers in cattle 787 

Canker of sole, in horses 298 

Cannula 406, 800, 850 

Canter, the 217 

Cantharides poisoning 507 

Capped elbows 322 

—hocks 26S, 322 

Capulet 322 

Carbuncular erysipelas, or anthrax.. 775 

Carbuncle, or furunculus 346 

Caries, or ulcerated bone 357 

Carminatives 277 

Carolina ducks 1121 

Carriage floor in stables 228 

Carriage horses 1219 

Carriage mare or gelding, conforma- 
tion of 1229 

Casting, directions for 494 

See Hohhles 

Castrating horses 495 

— horses for hernia 373 

— horses, troubles from 452 

—calves 695. 851 

— pigs 892 

—lambs 977 

Cataract, in horses 267, 467 



l^age 

Catarrh in horses 379 

— in cattle 791 

— malignant, in cattle 789 

— to tell from rinderpest 768 

— malignant, epizootic in swine... 906 

— or snuffles, in swine 914 

— malignant epizootic in sheep... 998 

— in poultry 1126 

Cathartics 277 

Catheter 512 

Cattle and horses, their pathology 

compared 761 

— wild and semi-wild 531,532 

— wild, of England 548 

— ancient mention of 531,560 

—Texas 532 

—Devon 53C, 646 

—Hereford 53'5. 636 

—Durham or Shorthorn. 538, 588 

—Irish 540 

—Scotch 540 

—Galloway 541, 661 

—Swiss 542 

—Dutch 542, 679 

— Holstein 547, 686 

— Jersey 614 

— Alderney 614 

— Guernsey 614 

— Sussex 657 

— Glamorgan 659 

—Polled 661 

— Angus 664 

—dairy 667, 679 

— Ayrshire 667 

— Friesian 679 

— Batavian 679 

—Danish 680 

—fossil 547 

— early history of British 548 

— anatomy 552 

— head and teeth 555, 557 

— to tell age (chart) 557 

— breeds, improvement of 560 

— ^breeding 560, 575 

— of the Campagnas 560 

— influence of shelter and feed... 569 

— principal types of 573 

— roots for 580 

— raising and feeding 693,704 

— pasturage of 704 

—salting 708 

— grazing and herding 712 

— humanity and care 718 

—training and working 725 

— Sturm's classification of 683 

—shelter for 735 

—ties 740 

—stables 740 

— barns 741 

— diseases and treatment, general 

principles 761 

—plague 768 

— common accidents of 846 



1282 



INDEX. 



Page 

Cattle, operations on 850 

— recipes recapitulated 8^4 

See Cow, Dairy, Diseases. Milk, Ox, etc 

Cautery, actual 310, 320, 49G. 512 

Cayuga black duck ,1117 

Centipedes, sting of 511 

Cerebro-spinal meningitis 417 

Ceroma, hepatic, in horses 459 

Certificate of soundness 503 

Charms for warts ineffectual 374 

Charbon, or anthrax 773 

Cheddar cheese 753, 1252 

Cheese making 747 

— curing the 1256 

— factory, model 748, 1270 

—farm 1256 

—Cheddar 753, 1252 

— Cheshire 755 

Cheshire hog 885 

Chest founder 291 

Chest, water n See Hydrothorax 

Chester white hogs 881 

—county hogs 887, 900 

Chickens, barnyard breeds 1013, 1024 

— game 1047 

—frizzled 1054 

— rumpless 1054 

—silky 1055 

— Asiatic breeds 1059 

— breeds for market 1094 

— breeds for eggs 1094 

See Poultry 

Chillingham (wild) cattle 532, 548 

China hogs 869 

—hogs, Poland 883 

Chinese geese. White 1108 

— geese, Gray 1110 

Chittagong fowls 1059 

Chloral hydrate See Anaestlietics 

— poisoning 507 

Chloroform See Anaesthetics 

— poisoning 507 

Choking in horses 398 

— in cattle 846 

Cholagogues 277 

Cholera, hog 905, 907, 908, 918, 1179 

Chordes, in horses 372 

Cirrhosis, hepatic, in horses 460 

Clacking, or forging, in trotting 355 ' 

Cleveland Bay Horse 140 . 

Clinical thermometer 764 ; 

Close Breeding See Breeding • 

Clot in horse's heart 424 

Clovers for cattle 705 ' 

— for swine 897 i 

— for bees 1139 

Clydesdale horses 128 

— horses — half-breed 260 ' 

Coach horses 139 

— stallion, conformation of 1228 

Coarse wools See Wool 

Cob, or light horse of all work. .125. 1223 
Cochin fowls 1061, 1063 



Page 

Cochin fowls, white 1064 

—buff 1064 

— partridge 1064 

Cock See Chickens, Hens, etc 

—fighting 1047 

Cocked ankles 333 

Cold, or catarrh, in horses .".... 379 

— in cattle 791 

— in swine 914 

Colic, spasmodic, in horses 402 

—flatulent 404 

— how distinguished 410 

Coloring butter 752 

Colts, care of young 194 

— gentling and training 208 

— putting to work 211 , 212 

— to subdue wild 212 

— to subdue vicious 213 

— sore mouth in 395 

— castrating 495 

Comb, honey See Honey 

Common Sense in Treatment of stock 238 

— salt 509 

Condensed milk 1259 

Condition powder, etc., cautious.... 232 

Conestoga horse 134 

Conformation of heavy draft stahion 1226 
— ^of heavy draft mare or geld- 
ing 1227 

— of standard-bred stallion 1232 

— of hackney stallion 1231 

— of thoroughbred stallion ... ...1234 

— of thoroughbred mare or geld- 
ing 1235 

Congestion of lungs, in horses 389 

— of kidneys, in horses 443 

— plethoric, in horses 443 

— of liver, in horses 458 

— tendency to, in swine 913 

— of brain, in swine 914 

Conjunctivitis, in horses 464 

—in cattle 844 

Constipation in horses 407 

— in cattle 805 

Consumption in cattle 778 

— in chickens 1128 

Contagious blood diseases of horses. . 434 

— diseases of cattle 765 

— diseases of swine 905, 920 

Contraction of foot, in horses. . . .265, 295 

Convulsions See Fits and Epilepsy 

Cooling lotions See Recipes 

Coops for poultry 1091 

Copper sulphate poisoning 507 

Cord, scirrhus, after bad castration.. 452 
— projecting, after bad castration. . 452 
— tumors on. after bad castration. . 452 

Corn, when and how to feed 697, 701 

— as food, unfounded fears 702 

— economical raising of 710 

— for breeding swine 895 

Corns, in horses 26.5, 280 

Corrosive sublimate poisoning 508 



1283 



INDEX. 



Page 

Costlveness See Constipation 

Cotswold sheep 939 

— standard for 934 

Cough, chronic, in horses 26], 392 

— as symptom .... See Respiratory, 

Organs (diseases of) 

Cow, good, described in verse 552 

— the dairy 1247 

— period of gestation 586 

— Shorthorn, scale of points 610 

— Jersey, scale of points 629 

— Hereford, particularly described. 643 
— Devon, particularly described... 652 

— milch, training 719, 730 

—to break of kicking 719, 731 

— to prevent sucking 720 

— to prevent hooking 720 

—driving 721, 727 

— as worker on farm 727 

—milking 730 

— when to feed milch 730 

—pox 777 

— diseases of, peculiar to 816 

— calving 816 

— spaying 852 

See Milking Qualities, etc 

Cracked heels, or scratches 343 

Cracks in hoof 268 284 

Cramps, in horses 336 

— or chordes 372 

Cream, raising the See Butter 

Creameries, model 748, 1264 

— management of 750, 1247 

— patent 750 

Cribbing 477 

Crib-biting 203, 266 

Creeps, lamb 96C 

Creole fowls 1026 

Crested ducks 1116 

Creve Coeur fowls 1031 

Crop-bound 1126 

Cross-breeding, term defined 584 

See Breeding 

Croton oil poisoning 507 

Croup, or bronchitis, of poultry 1126 

Curing cheese 1226 

Curb, in horses 263, 266, 275, 314 

Curb-bit, necessary in training 218 

— injuries from 396 

Curd, salting the 1255 

Cutting, in horses 266 

Cyanosis, or "blue disease" 425 

Cystitis, in horses 444 

— in cattle 814 

Dairy cattle 667, 679, 1247 

— breeds for 692 

—stock, feeding 700 1249 

—buildings 749, 1264, 1274 

— produce, marketing .1263 

Dairying very profitable 747, 1247 

Danish cattle 680 

Defects in the horse ... 263 

Delivery See Parturition 



Page 
Definitions of scientific terms in gen- 
eral use 1149 

Demulcents 277 

Deodorizing not disinfecting 911 

Development, in breeding 182 

Devon cattle 535, 646 

— and Herefords compared 639, 643 

— points of 650 

— parallel thoroughbred horses 653 

—for labor 649, 650, 654 

— to distinguish from Sussex 657 

Devonshire mode of butter making. . 751 

Diabetes, insipidus, in horses 446 

Diaphoretics 277 

Diaphragm, rupture of 407 

Diarrhoea, of horses 408 

—of cattle 805 

— of calves 805 

—of pigs 918 

— of poultry 1126 

Digestive organs, diseases of, in 

horses 394 

—in cattle 799 

Dipping sheep 976 

Discharge from nose 271 

Discutients 277 

Diseases, heredity of 181 

— in the horse, general hints.. 271, 276 
•^in the horse, outward signs.. 271, 275 

— prompt treatment of 275, 489 

— detection 489 

— in cattle, symptoms 761 

— in cattle, general hints 761 

— prevention very important ..763, 905 

— multiplied in domesticity 47 

—of horse's feet 280, 293 

—of horse's legs 308, 322, 338 

— of horse's bones 357 

— of horse's body 357 

— of horse's respiratory organs.... 378 
— of horse's mouth, stomach and 

bowels 392 

— of horse's brain and nervous 

system 415 

— of horse's heart and veins 423 

— of horse's blood 427 

— of horse's blood contagious 434 

— of horse's urinary organs 441 

— peculiar to stallions 451 

— peculiar to mares 454 

— of horse's liver 458 

— or horse's eye 462 

— parasitic, of horses 470 

—of cattle, contagious 765 

— of cattle, non-contagious 784 

— of cattle, respiratory organs 791 

— of cattle, digestive organs 799 

— of cattle, urinary organs 811 

— of cattle, genital organs 816 

— of cattle, nervous system 835 

— of cattle, skin 838 

— of cattle, parasitic 840 

— of cattle, eye 844 

— of swine, malignant 905 



1284 



I N D E X. 



Page 

Diseases of swine, contagions. . .905, 919 

— of swine, other diseases 913 

—of slieep 997, 1009 

— of geese 1106 

— of poultry 1125 

See Operations, etc. 

Dishing in trotting 318 

Disinfectants 277, 911 

— lotions, etc, as See Recipes 

Disinfection, general directions 911 

Dislocation of stifle 338 

— of joints, in horses 347 

— of patella, in cattle 848 

Distemper of horses See Strangles 

—of sheep 998 

Diuretics 277 

— excessive use.... See Urinary Organs 

Doses See Medicines 

Docking and nicking 498 

— lambs 977 

Dominique fowls 1040 

Dorkings, White 1024 

—Silver-gray 1024 

—Gray 1024 

— Fawn-colored 1025 

—Black 1026 

Dorset hog, black 876 

— sheep 956 

Drenches See Recipes 

Draft, training for 216 

— stallion, conformation of 1226 

— mare or gelding, conformation 

of 1227 

Drainage of stables 481 

Drawing-knife 513 

Drenching, directions for ...279, 488, 518 

—bottle 513 

Drenching, in horses 488 

Dressing fowls 1094 

Dribbling of the urine .... See Enuresis 

Driving horses, light 139 

—cows 721, 827 

—oxen 732 

Drones 1136, 1138 

Drooping rump 273 

Dropsy, in horses 371 

. — of stallion's scrotum 451 

— of head See Hydrocephalus 

— fetal See Ascites 

Droughts, providing against 704 

Droves ...See Herding, Texas Cattle, etc. 
Drugs, compounding . . See Medicines, etc. 

Duck-winged game, fowls 1050 

Ducks, domestication of 1015 

— varieties, etc 1113 

— on the farm 1113 

Ducks, raising, feeding etc 1114 

—call ' 1119 

—wild 1113, 1121 

Durham cattle 538 

— ox, the famous 591 

See Shorthorns 
Duroc hogs 886, 887 



Page 

Dustballs in horse's bowels 413 

Dust baths for chickens 1092, 1130 

Dutch cattle 547, 679 

— true type of Lowland cattle 684 

— described 684 

—as milkers 685, 686, 692 

— importations 689 

— breeding in Holland 691 

— method of butter making 751 

Dutch-Priesian cattle 686 

See Dutch Cattle 

Dysentery of horses 409 

—of cattle 807 

Dyspepsia, in horses 401 

—in cattle 804 

Dysuria, in horses 447 

— in cattle 812 

Ear, small, short 273 

Ear, large, long, drooping 273 

Earl Derby game fowls 1047 

East Indian Ducks, black 1119 

Ecbolics 277 

Eclipse, celebrated race horse 252 

Economy of care of stock 238, 718, 962 

Ectropium 468, 845 

Eczema, or scabby skin 377, 838 

— chronic 838 

— contagious of cattle 772 

Eel back 273 

Eggs, breeds for 1094 

—soft shelled 1128 

—of Queen bees 1136 

Egyptian goose 1112 

Elephantiasis 341 

Elephant leg 342 

Embden geese 1106 

Emetics 277 

Emphysema of the lungs in cattle. . . . 798 

Enemas 519 

See Syringe 

English horse, history of 147 

— disuse of trotting 171 

— Herefords 643 

— breeds of sheep 956, 960 

— breeds of fowls 1024 

—turkeys 1004 

Enteritis, in horses 410 

—in cattle 808 

Entropium 468, 845 

Enuresis, in horses 447 

—in cattle 813 

Epidemic 

See Contagious, Malignant, etc. 

Epilepsy in cattle 835 

Epizootic in 1872, the great 427 

—aphtha of cattle 772 

Epizooty in horses 427 

Ergot or rye 508 

Erysipelas, in horses 432 

—in cattle 838 

— carbuncular, or anthrax 775 

— or pneumo-enteritis, in swine.... 909 

Erythema, or mud-fever 274 

Escutcheon, milk mirror 620, 625, 626, 672 



1285 



INDEX. 



Page 

Essex hog 875, 887 

Ethan Allen, celebrated horse 163 

Ether, sulphuric See Anesthetics 

Eversion of bladder, in horses 445 

—of eyelids 468, 845 

Ewe, care and breeding 962 

— care at lambing 978,1008 

—neck 273 

See Sheep 

Exostosis 

See Ossification, Bone Spatnn. etc. 

Exostosis of jaw 359 

Expectorants 277 

Expression of features as symptom. . .764 

Eye diseases of horses 462 

—blind 271 

— objects in 464, 845 

— glass, in horses 267, 465 

— sight, bad, worse than blindness. 467 

—lids, torn 468, 845 

—lids inflamed 468, 844 

— lids, inversion of 468, 845 

— lids, eversion of 468, 845 

— diseases of cattle 840 

— extirpation of 496 

Eyes, weak, in horses 462 

— moon, in horses 462 

- — blind, in horses 462 

— white spot in 463 

—test for bad 463, 465, 467 

— shade for inflamed 466 

— inflammation of, in sheep 1000 

Farcy See Glands 

Farcy buds on neck 273, 274 

Fardle-bound 802 

Farmer as a veterinarian. . . .488, 489, 763 

—as a breeder 580, 582. 634 

—as stockman 693, 704, 710, 723 

— as bee-keeper .1141,1145 

—Slack and Farmer Thrifty 736 

Farm horse 125, 259 

— cheese 1256 

— ducks on 1113 

— management 247 

Farrowing 892 

Fat hog, the 1191 

Fattening cattle 579, 700, 711 

— when to cease and sell 711 

Fattening, assimilation of food. . .579, 723 

—hogs 898 

—poultry 1094 

— geese 1106 

See Feeding and Forcing 

Faults in the horse 264 

Fawn-colored Dorkings 1025 

Feathers of poultry, points, etc 1086 

Febrifuges 277 

Feeding horses 230, 233, 485 

— sick animals 276 

—sick animals, special means 488 

—of cattle 693, 700, 704, 723,1249 

— of cattle, its influence 622 

— of cattle, diet should be changed. 701 
—of calves 693, 697, 699 



Page 

Feeding stock for the butcher 701 

— stock, crops to raise for 702 

—economy of full 710, 724 

— cows at milking time 731 

— as related to shelter 736 

—pigs for profit 888, 900 

— and sheltering swine 895 

—of sheep 966, 970 

—stock in field 698, 702, 897 

— of poultry 1091 

— of bees, artificial 1146 

— of bees, natural 1139 

Feed 1249 

Ferrum sulphas poisoning 508 

Fetlock, bursal enlargement of 274 

Fetlock joint, gall on 273 

—enlarged 273 

Fever, mud, in horses 345 

— lung See Pneumonia 

— puerperal in mares 456 

— puerperal in cows 829 

— mixtures See Recipes 

— contagious enteric, in cattle .... 768 

— Texas, in cattle " 770 

— Spanish, in cattle 770 

— splenic, in cattle 770 

— anthrax 773 

— contagious, of swine 907 

^splenic, of swine 910 

See Temperature 

Field feeding of stock 698, 702, 897 

Filaria oculi, or Worm in the Eye. . . 467 

Filing horse's broken teeth 395 

Fine wooled sheep 957 

— wools See Wool 

"Finishing" a fat steer 711 

Firing See Cautery 

Firing-iron 512 

Fistula from improper bleeding. . . . 273 

Fistula of parotid duct 366 

—of withers 273, 366 

— of lower and upper jaw 271 

Fistulous sores, treatment 368 

— opening 499 

Fistula, salivary 273 

Flatulent colic 404 

Flat foot 274 

See Tapping 
512 



Fleam 



See Bleeding 

Fleece See Wool 

Flexions in training colts 210 

Flies, poisonous, protection against. . 510 

Flocking sheep 930 

"Flooding" of cows 827 

Floor of stalls 306, 482 

— of model barn 743 

Fluke, liver, in sheep 1006 

Foal and foaling See Colt and Mare 

Foals, "blue disease" in 425 

Foods, relative value of different . 702, 705 

— perfect, so-called 702 

Foot and mouth disease 772 



1286 



INDEX. 



Page 

Foot and mouth disease, to tell from 

rinderpest 768 

Foot rot, of sheep 1004 

— horse's, structure 62, 71, 84 

— horse's contraction of 265, 295 

—horse's, diseases of 280, 293, 333 

— horse's, gravel in 297 

— horse's, fracture of bone of 300 

— horse's stone bruises of 301 

— horse's, care of in stable 306 

— foul in, of sheep 1005 

Foul sheath in horses 448 

Founder, acute 267, 289 

—chronic 291, 399 

— chest, so-called 291 

Fountains, drinking, for poultry ....1092 

Fowls See Poultry and Chickens 

— water, domestic 1106, 1113 

Fracture of bone of horse's foot 300 

— of bones of horse's legs 324 

—of horse's hip 327, 340 

— of horse's shoulder blade 327 

—of horse's skull 363 

Fractures, kinds of 324, 846 

— in case of cattle 846 

Frames in bee-hives See Hives 

French fowls 1027 

Friesian cattle 679, 684 

See Dutch Cattle 

Frizzled fowls 1054 

Frog, diseases of.. See Foot, Thrush, etc. 

— canker of 298 

—knife 513 

Full blood, term defined 584 

Fumigation 911 

See Disinfection and Lice 

Fungus Haematodes 845 

Furunculus or carbuncle 346 

Gadfly and bots 472 

— ox, and grub 840 

— to protect stock against 510 

— sheep, and grub 998 

Gag for cattle 801 

Gaits, the horse's natural 217 

Gallop, the 217 

Galloway cattle 541, 661 

— cattle to tell from Angus 664 

Gall on fetlock joint 272 

Galls, saddle 369 

Gallstones, in horses 460 

Game See Fowl, Hunting, etc. 

Game fowls 1047 

Gapes, in chickens 1128 

Garden, value of ducks in 1115 

Garget 832 

Gargles See Recipes 

Gastritis, in the horse 399 

Gelding See Castration 

Genital organs, diseases in horses... 451 

— disease in cattle 816 

Gentling of colts See Training 

Geese, distribution, varieties, 

etc 1016, 1106 

^management 1106 



Page 

Geese, fattening 1106 

Georgian fowls, white 1051 

German sanitary laws for stock 769 

Gestation See Mare, Coio, etc. 

Glamorgan cattle 659 

Glanders 434 

Glass eye, in horse 267, 465 

Glaucoma, in horses 466 

Gleet, nasal, in horses 380 

Glossary of poultry fanciers' terms.. 1096 
— of scientific terms, etc.... 1149, 1185 

Glossitis : 800 

Gnats, buffalo, protection against 511 

Gnawing the manger, clothing, etc... 478 

Goat husbandry 982 

— Angora 982 

Goitre in horses 273, 365 

Gold Dust horses 128 

Goldsmith Maid 16"6, 168 

Gonorrhea in stallions 448, 453 

Goring, to prevent 720 

Grades, term defined 584 

— Hereford 640 

— Merino and other 965 

—Shorthorn 601 

— Jersey 618 

Grain, feeding, to horses 233 

—as food for cattle 709, 711 

—as food for swine 896, 897 

—as food for poultry 1091, 1092 

Granary, the, in stables 226 

Grapes, or neglected grease 345 

Grass, the horse's run at 231 

Grasses, the various 707, 710 

—for the West 708 

Gravel in horses' feet 297 

— in sheep's foot 1005 

— or lithiasis, in cattle 815 

Gray Dorking fowls 1024 

Gray China Goose 1110 

Grazing and herding 712 

— poisoning, while 509 

Grease, in horse's legs 274, 344 

Grinding food for stock 486 

Grooming horses 234, 487 

Grubs See Gadfly 

Gruel, how to make 233 

Guarantee of soundness, form of .... 250 

— should cover vices 504 

Guelder fowls 1032 

Guenon's theory of milk mirrors .... 620 

Guernsey cattle 614 

Guinea fowls 1121 

Gutta Serena, in horses 465 

Gut tie, in horses 414 

— in oxen 810 

— twist, in horses 414 

Hackney Stallion, conformation of... 1231 

Haematuria, in horses 447 

—in cattle 788, 814 

Hair of cattle 607 

— of appearance as symptom 764 

— of goats 984 

Halter, good form of 209 



1287 



I N I) E X. 



Page 

Halter, pulling at 221, 264. 479 

Hambletonian (stallion) 164, 175 

Hamburg fowls, characteristics 1035 

—Black 1035 

—Pencilled 1035 

Hammond Merinos 958 

Hampshire Down sheep 949 

Harness, where to keep 223, 228 

Harnessing, directions for 220 

Hay, feeding, to horses 234 

—feeding, to cattle 709, 711 

See Clovers and Grasses 

Hay-loft, the 226 

Head, grubs in, of sheep 998 

— swelled, of sheep 1000 

Heart, diseases of, in horses 423 

Heaves, in horses 388 

Heels, cracked 343 

See Foot 
Heifer, Jersey, scale of points. ....... 629 

—milking 698 

— training 730 

— spaying 852 

See Cow. etc. 

Hellebore, white, poisoning 509 

Hemorrhage See Bleeding 

— uterine, of cows 827 

Hemp seed for cows 827, 834 

Hen, anatomy of 1022 

— mating and management 1089 

—spider 1129 

See Chickens, etc. 

Hepatitis, in horses 459 

Herding cattle 579, 712 

— to prevent stampeding 716 

See Cattle, etc. 

Herds, how to start 584 

See Bulls, Cattle, etc. 

Heredity in animals 178, 570, 1205 

—in cattle 569, 622 

— in man 181 

— of disease 181 

— ossific diathesis 316 

Hereford cattle 536, 636 

— and Devons compared 639, 643 

— importations of 640 

— scale of points 643 

— high standing in England 643 

Hernia, different kinds 373 

— inguinal 274 

— to reduce, in horses 373 

— flank (or ventral ) 274 

— in cattle 810 

— in calves 810 

Hide of cattle 607 

Hide-bound, in horses 376 

Hides, danger of handling anthrax. . . 774 

Highland cattle 540 

— sheep, white-faced 948 

— sheep, black-faced 949 

Hinny, the 197 

Hip lameness 339 

— coarse, pointed 273 

•'Hipped" treatment of , . .327, 339 



Pagp 

Hives, bee 1141 

— how to work about 1143 

— to take honey from 1144 

Hobbles 514 

Hock, capped and curby 265, 275, 314, 322 

— sickle or cow 314 

See also Legs 

Hog Cholera 905, 907, 908, 918, 1179 

—the fat 1191 

—wild 865, 866 

—wild hunting 866 

— pen 898 

— barns 898 

Hog, skeleton of 919 

Hogs of bacon type, judging 1189 

See Swine 

Holland cattle See Dutch Cattle 

—cattle-breeding in 680, 684, 691 

Holstein cattle 547, 686 

— butter making 751 

See Dutch Cattle 

Honey 1137 

— adulterations 1138 

—comb 1138, 1146 

— taking from hives 1144 

See Bees and Hives 

Hong Kong geese 1110 

Hoof, injuries from bad action 266 

— diseases of See Foot 

— contracted 274 

— with rings 274 

Hooking, to prevent 720 

Hoose, or husk, in cattle 840 

Hopper, for feeding poultry 1093 

— rat proof 1093 

Horse, prehistoric domestication .... 41 

— in ancient history 41, 152 

— in civilization 44 

— anatomy of man and, compared. . 57 
— anatomy of ox and, compared... 552 

—foot, structure, etc 62, 71, 84 

— head and neck, structure . . 64, 74, 76 

— fore legs, structure of 66, 84 

— hind legs, structure of 72, 84 

— muscular structure 74 

— shoulder and back muscles 79 

— hind-quarters 81 

— internal p irts, names 87 

— external parts, names 89 

— conformation of 1226 

— good action of prime value 90 

— characteristics sought ... .94, 100, 104 

— good and bad heads 94 

— good and bad forequarters ...100, 105 
— good and bad hindquarters ..108, 109 

— points as given by Herbert 104 

— points as given by Xenophon.... 113 

— teeth, names and structure 118 

— to tell age by teeth, chart . . . .117, 123 

— breeds and kinds 125 

— climatic influences, etc 125 

— thoroughbreds 147 

— thoroughbreds, American 158 

— vicious or tricky, to subdue .... 214 



1288 



1 N 1 ) E X. 



Page 

Horse, natural gaits 217 

— general care in stable 234 

— requires careful handling 242 

— proportions of 251 

— what constitutes a good 252 

— vices and defects, to detect 263 

— faults and imperfections 264 

— blemishes 268 

— treatment of diseases, hints .... 271 

— shoeing and care of feet 306 

— and cattle, their pathology com- 
pared 451, 761 

— operations 491 

— poisons and antidotes 505 

— recipes recapitulated 520 

— the American trotter 163, 172 

See Diseases, Vices. Breeding, 
Training, Medicines, Recipes, etc. 

Horses, wild 43 

Horses, fossil 43 

Horses, Asiatic breeds of 44 

—Canadian 1203 

—cobs 1223 

— European 44 

—fast-walking 91 

—farm 125, 259 

— of all work 125 

—road 134. 253 

—trotting 135, 163 

—hunting 135, 257, 1220 

—light driving 13!), 1 223 

— carriage 1229 

—coach 139 

— English 147 

—racing 219, 253 

—saddle 255, 1220 

— humanity in treating 238 

—how to buy 115, 249, 254, 258 

— partly bred 259 

— fat, not desirable 261 

—care of. In stable 234, 485, 487 

Horse pox 440 

Houdan fowls 1015 

House poultry 1079 

Hoven 800 

— tapping paunch for 851 

Husk, or hoose, in cattle 840 

Humanity to stock, and good care 

238, 569, 718 

Hubback, the famous bull 591 

Hunter, or hunting horse 135, 259 

Hunting wild hogs 866 

—call ducks in 1120 

Hybrids 184 

Hydatids on the brain 999 

Hydrocele in stallions 451 

Hydrocephalus in foetus 824 

Hydrophobia in horses 438 

—in cattle 837 

—in sheep 1001 

Hydrothorax in horses 391, 499 

—in cattle 797, 850 

Hypertrophy of horse's heart 423 

— 9f liver 460 



Page 

Hypodermic injections 518 

Hysteria, in mares 457 

Icterus, in horses 460 

Illinois, hog production 868 

Imitation butter 1262 

Impaction of the rumen 801 

—of the omasum 802 

Imperfections of the horse 264 

In-and-in breeding 184, 186, 1211 

—of swine 887, 891 

Incontinence of urine See Enuresis 

Incubation of various fowls 1090 

India, hog of '. 872 

Indian pony 143 

Indigestion See Dyspepsia 

Inflammation of lungs... See Penumonia 

— of tonsils See Quinsy 

— of horse's parotid gland 365 

— of horse's jugular veins 368 

— of horse's bars of roof of mouth 397 

— of horse's pharynx 397 

— of horse's stomach 399 

— of horse's bowels 410 

— of horse's brain 415 

— of horse's endocardium 423 

— of horse's vein 426 

— of horse's kidneys 441 

— of horse's bladder 444 

— of stallion's testicles 451 

— of womb, in mares 455 

— of womb, in cows 829 

■ — of ovaries, in mares 455 

— of udder, in mares 456 

— of liver, in horses 459 

— of iris, in horses 466 

— of tongue, in cattle 800 

—of bowels, in cattle 808, 809 

— of kidneys, in cattle 811 

— of bladder, in cattle 813 

— of udder, in cows 832 

— of brain, in cattle 835 

— of brain, in sheep 988 

— of eyes, in sheep 988 

— of the egg passage 1128 

Inflammatory diseases of swine.... 913 

— of sheep 997 

Influenza, in horses 427 

Inguinal hernia, in horses 274, 373 

Injections 519 

— hypodermic 518 

See Syringe and Hypodermic 
Inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia. . . 767 

Insects, to protect from 510, 897, 980 

Instruments, veterinary 512 

— obstetric 818 

Intelligence a valuable trait in stock 49 

Interfering, in horses 266, 353 

Intestines, diseases of, in horses.... 394 

—in cattle 799 

Intestinal worms See Worms 

Intussusception 414 

Inversion of eyelids 468, 845 

— of womb, in cows 827 

Irish cattle 540 



1.289 



INDEX. 



Page 

Irish grazier hog 883 

Iritis, in horses 466 

Itchy skin, or prurigo 375 

Itch, or mange 273 

See Parasitic Diseases 

Jacks, breeding 198, 201 

— those presented Washington 198 

Japanese Bantams 1053 

Jaundice, in horses 460 

Jaw, bony tumor on 359 

Jefferson County hogs 887 

Jersey cattle 614 

— critically described 619, 633 

—for rich milk 629, 692 

— scale of points 629, 631 

— in America 614, 634 

Jersey red swine 885, 887 

Joint, open, in horses 328 

— oil, or synovia 328 

— out of See Dislocations 

Jugular vein, inflamed 368 

— enlarged 273 

Judging hogs of bacon type... 1188, 1189 

—Yorkshires 1193 

— Tamworths 1198 

— Berkshires 1199 

Kicking, in the stall 227, 479 

— vice of, in horses 262, 266 

—in cows 719, 731 

Kidneys, inflammation of, in horses 441 

—in cattle 811 

— congestion of, in horses 443 

Kidney worm of swine 917 

— of horses 471 

Kindness to stock pays 238, 480 

Kine-pox 777 

Knees, broken, in horses 265, 330 

— indurated enlargement of 274 

Knee-sprung 332 

Knives, veterinary 512 

— obstetric 818 

Knuckling the fetlock 332, 333, 350 

Lachrymal duct, obstructed 469 

La Fleche fowls 1028 

Lamb creeps 966 

Lambing 1008 

Lambs, castrating 977 

— docking 977 

— weaning 978 

—care of young 978, 1008 

— nursery for 979 

—navel ill of 1009 

Lameness 294, 350, 351, 353, 356 

— incurable, from hidden causes.. 351 

—groggy 294 

— chronic 295 

— shoulder ■ 335 

—hip 339 

— from grease 344 

See Sprains, Neurotomy, Corns, 

Founder, Spavin, etc. 

Laminitis 267, 289, 291 

Lampas (or "lampers") 397 

Lancashire hogs 878 



Page 

Lancets, veterinary 512 

Lard worm of swine 917 

Large Yorkshires 1193 

Laryngitis, in horses 381 

—in cattle 793 

Larvae of bees 1133 

— of bee-moths 1147 

Laws, sanitary, for stock 769, 770 

Laxatives 277 

Lead poisoning 508 

Leghorn fowls 1038 

—White 1038 

Legs of horses, structure. .. ..66, 72, 84 

—diseases of 308, 332, 338, 483 

— tendons cut 349 

— of Devon cattle 651 

— weakness of, in chickens 1129 

Leicester sheep 937 

Leprosy, so-called, of swine 918 

Leucoma, in the horse 466 

Leucorrhea, in mares 455 

— in cows 831 

Lice on horses 473 

— on cattle 841 

— on swine . ." 918 

— on sheep 1002 

— on chickens 1129 

Ligatures 514 

Light in stables 481 

Lights, rising of, in swine 914 

Lincoln sheep 936 

Line crossing See Breeding 

Liniments See Recipes 

Lithiasia, in cattle 815 

Lithotomy, on horses 496 

Lithotrity, on horses 497 

Liver, diseases of, in horses 458 

— fluke, in sheep 1006 

Lobelia, as a poison 510 

Lockjaw, in horses 418 

— in cattle 836 

— in sheep 1000 

Long wooled sheep 936 

— wools See Wool 

Loose, flabby lip 271 

Lotions See Recipes 

Lowland cattle 683, 684 

Lung fever See Pneumonia 

— worms in sheep 1007 

Lumpy jaw 781 

Lungs, congestion of, in horses 389 

— emphysema of, in cattle 798 

Luzerne, for cattle 706 

Lymphangitis 341 

Maggots in sheep 993 

Malanders (see Mallenders) 1165 

Malignant catarrh in cattle ,... 789 

— to tell from rinderpest 768 

—pustule 774, 775 

— sore throat of swine 774 

— sore throat of cattle 790 

— epizootic catarrh of swine 906 

—of sheep 998 

Mallenders See Sallenders 



1390 



INDEX. 



Page 

Malpresentations of the foal 454 

—of the calf 816 

Mammitis, in mares 456 

— in cows 832 

Mandarin duck 1121 

Mange in horses 273, 474 

— in cattle 842 

— in swine 917 

Manger, construction of 225 

— gnawing 478 

Mare, blood, how to select 189, 258 

— service by stallion 189 

— gestation 190 

— treatment after foaling 190, 194 

— to know if in foal 190 

— to know the foaling time 193 

— foaling stall 193 

— abortion 193 

— with dock broken down 363 

— diseases peculiar to 454 

— parturition of 454 

— spaying 500 

See Breeding, etc. 

Marketing, dairy products 1263 

Mashes, how to make 233 

Mast for hogs 898 

Masturbation of stallions 453 

Mating and breeding fowls 1091 

Maud S. (celebrated trotting mare) 253 

Maw-bound 801 

Measles in swine 915 

Measuring drugs, etc 519 

Medicines, veterinary 512 

— classification, etc 277 

— doses according to age, etc 278 

— doses, different farm stock 515 

—how often to give 278,517 

— preparing 518 

— preparing and giving 279, 518 

— recipes for horse recapitulated.. 520 

— recipes for cattle recapitulated . . 854 

— giving during stupor 831 

— hard to give to swine 912 

Megrims 418 

Melanosis, or cancer, in horses 375 

Meningitis, cerebro-spinal 417 

Merinos, American 931, 959 

— standard for 931 

Messenger, stallion 164, 175 

Metritis, in mares 455 

— in cows 829 

Metro-peritonitis in cows 829 

Middle-horn cattle 363, 646 

Middle-wooled sheep 933, 948 

Milk, breeding for 581 

— from Jerseys 614 

— condensed 1259 

— mirror of cows See Escutcheon 

—veins 623 

— points 676 

— extraordinary yields 686 

— management of, in dairy 750 

— drying up, as symptom 764 



Page 

Milk, town and city trade 1258 

Milking, directions for 730, 833 

— kicking during 719, 731 

Milking qualities, whence inherited.. 570 

■ — influences affecting 622 

— lost in Durhams 572 

— crossing to improve 617 

—to judge of 625, 633. 676 

See Escutcheon 

Miscarriage See Abortion 

Mixtures for cough, fever, etc 

See Recipes 

Moon-eye, in horse 462 

— blindness in horse 462 

Morgan horse 163 

Moth Bee 1147 

Mother Bee 1134, 1136 

— for a motherless swarm 1145 

Mountain sheep, white-faced 948 

— black-faced 949 

Mouth, parrot, in horses 395 

— sore, in horses 396 

—in colts 395 

See Teeth 

Mud baths of swine 896 

Mud fever, in horses 274, 345 

Mule, the 197 

—antiquity of 198 

— longevity of 202 

— value for labor 202 

— not vicious 203 

— breeding principles 203 

— breaking 205 

Murrain, bloody, or anthrax 773 

Muscles of horse 74 

— rupture of 356 

— atrophy of 356 

]\Iuscovy duck 1118 

Mustang ponies 143, 145 

Mutton versus wool 930 

Muzzle of cattle, appearance in dis- 
ease 764 

Nail wounds in horse's foot 287 

Narcotics 277 

Narragansett pacers 145 

Nasal gleet, in horses 380 

— acari, in horses 472 

Navel ill of lambs 1009 

Navel rupture 274 

Navicular disease 293 

Neapolitan swine 870 

Neck, diseases of horses 

See Throat. Chordes, Jugular Veiyi, etc. 

Necrosis, or dead bone 358 

Needles, surgical 513 

Nephritis, in the horse 441 

— in cattle 781 

Nerved horse is unsound 267 

Nervous system, diseases of, in 

horses 415 

—in cattle 835 

Neurotomy '. . . . 295, 497 

Neuter bees See Worker Bees 

New Oxfordshire sheep 943 



12 91 



INDEX. 



Page 

"Nicking" in breeding 178 

Nicliing and docking 498 

Nitrate of potash poisoning 509 

Norman and Norraan-Percheron 

horse 130 

Nosebag nu 792 

Nostril, tumor in horse's false 378 

— polypus in horse's 379 

Nursing sick animals 276 

Nux Vomica poisoning 508 

Nymphomania in cows 834 

Oak, poison 510 

Object lessons, their value 49. 1134 

Ocellate turkey 1103 

Occult spavin 312 

Ohio Shorthorn importation 592 

— hog production 868 

Ointments See Recipes 

Omasum, impaction of 802 

Opening an abscess 499 

—a fist la 500 

Open joint, in horse 328 

Operations on the horse 491 

— on cattle 850 

Ophthalmia, in horses 267 

— in cattle 844 

— specific, in horses 462 

— simple, in horses 464 

Opium poisoning 508 

Ossification constituting unsoundness 267 

— hereditary tendency to 316 

— on legs of colt 350 

See Spai^in. Side-bone. etc. 

Osteophytes 351 

Osteo porosis 359 

Osteo sarcoma, in horses 358 

—in cattle 780, 787 

Ostrich fowls 1043 

Outfit, a good surgical 515 

"Out of Joint" See Dislocation 

Ovaries, inflammation of. in mares.. 455 

Overheating horses, cautious 422 

Over-reaching, in horses 263 

Ox, fat, external parts 555 

— tapping the bladder 852 

— work 581 

—work, Devon as 649, 654 

— the standard for 650 

— feeding the 700 

—training of 728, 732 

—tick 841 

Ox-foot 273 

See Beef. Cattle, etc. 

Oxen, matching 732 

— driving 733 

-^gut tie in 810 

Oxford-Down sheep 944 

Oxfordshire sheep, new 943 

Pace, the, as a gait 218 

Packing butter 752 

— fowls for market 1095 

See Paralysis 

Paralysis of horse's hind legs 360 

— in the horse 420 



Page 

Paralysis of bladder, in the horse. . . . 445 

—of tongue of cattle 800 

— in cattle 836 

— in sheep 1001 

— in poultry 1126 

Parasitic Diseases of the horse 470 

—of cattle 840 

—of swine 915, 917 

—of sheep 1008 

Parotid gland, swelling of 273 

Pastes See Recipes 

Pastern, malformed 273 

Pasture and pasturing 704 

— driving to and from 721 

Patella, dislocation of, in cattle.... 848 

—sheep 906, 969 

Patton Shorthorns 601 

Paunch See Rumen 

Peacocks 1022 

Pedigrees, facts about 166, 171 

-T-importance of 254 

Pen, hog 898 

Pencilled Hamburg fowls 1035 

Percherons and Norman-Percherons. . 132 
Percussion, as means of diagnosis. . 764 

Peraphimosis, in stallions 453 

Peritonitis, in horses 410, 412 

—in cattle 809 

— metro, in cows 829 

Pharyngitis, in horses 397 

Pheasant 1020 

Phimosis, in stallions 453 

Phlebitis 426 

Phrenitis, in the horse 415 

— in cattle 835 

Picking and dressing poultry 1095 

Pigs, economy of full feeding 888, 900 

— weaning 892 

— castrating 892 

— unprofitable to winter 899 

— diarrhoea of young 918 

See Swine, etc. 

Pimply skin in horses 370, 377 

Pink eye in horses 427 

Pin worms in the horse 470 

Pip in chickens 1128 

Placenta See After-birth 

Plague, cattle (rinderpest) 768 

— Siberian boil (anthrax) 744 

Plains, herding on Western.. See West. etc. 

— trees for 716 

Plethora, in cattle 784 

Plethoric congestion, in horses 443 

Pleurisy, in horses 390 

— in cattle 796 

Pleuro-pneumonia, in horses 390 

— contagious, in cattle 765 

— to distinguish from rinderpest. . 768 

Plow, training for 216 

Plumage, points explained 1086 

Plymouth Rock fowls 1043 

Pneumo-enteritis, contagious, in swine 908 
Pneumonia 386, 765 



1292 



INDEX. 



Page 

Pneumonia in cattle 795 

— in swine 913 

Points of the horse... 104, 113, 251, 1225 

— of the cow 552 

— on butter making 1249 

— of the milch cow 633 

—of beef cattle 608 

— scale of, for short-horn bull.... 608 

— scale of, for short-horn cow 610 

— scale of, for short-horn Jersey 

cow 629 

— scale of, for short-horn Jersey 

bull 632 

— hogs of bacon type 1189 

—fat hogs 1192 

— large Yorkshires 1196 

— Tamworth swine 1198 

— Berkshire swine 1200 

—of the Hereford 643 

— of the Devon 650 

— of the Sussex 657 

—of the Galloway 662 

—of the Ayrshire 675, 678 

—of sheep 928 

— of sheep for wool 929 

— or standards for sheep 931 

—of poultry.. 1023, 1083, 1088; 1275-1278 

Poisoning, vegetable, of sheep 1000 

Poison ivy or vine 510 

— oak or sumach 510 

Poisons and poisoning 505 

Poland China hogs 883, 887 

—ducks 1121 

Polled cattle 661 

Poll-evil ....• 273, 367 

Polypus in horse's nostril 379 

Ponies, various breeds of 143 

Pools of water for stock 714 

Porcelanous deposit on horse's leg 351 

Pork interests, importance of 868 

—feeding for 897 

— economy in raising 898, 899 

— measly 915 

See Swine, etc. 
Posture and movements, as symptoms 764 

^oultry, general facts 1013 

— breeding and management. 1083, 1275 

— points, etc 1084 

— incubation 1090 

— house, coops, etc 1091 

—feeding 1093 

— fattening, dressing, etc 1094 

— marketing 1095 

— fancier's terms 1096 

— diseases 1125 

— selection of breeding stock 1275 

Powders See Recipes 

Pox, horse 440 

— cow ^^^ 

Prairies See West 

Prescriptions See Recipes 

Prevention of diesase 763, 905, 912 

Pricking and nicking 500 

— horse's foot by nails -• 287 



Page 

Probang 398, 513 

— substitute for 846 

Probes 513 

Probing and opening fistulas 499 

Profuse flow of saliva 271 

Prurigo, in horses 375 

Psoriasis, in cattle 838 

Puerperal fever, in mares 456 

— in cows 829 

Pullet 1013 

See Chickens and Hens 
Pulse of horse, how taken 327 

— of cattle, how taken 763 

Pumiced foot, in horses 268, 292 

Pure-bred, term defined 583 

Purgatives 277 

See Superpurgation and Recipes 

"Purples" of swine 908 

Purpura Hemorrhagica in horses.... 429 

—in cattle 787 

Pus, or matter 381 

— to distinguish from synovia 328 

Pustule, malignant 774, 775 

Pyaemia in cattle 786 

Quarter cracks 274, 284 

— ill, or anthrax 773 

Queen bee See Mother Bee 

Quidding 395 

Quietness a valuable characteristic. . 890 
Quinsy in horses 383 

— in swine 913 

Quittor 268, 274, 282 

Rabies See Hydrophobia 

Racers, training 219 

— standard for 253 

— sore shins in young 349 

Races, early, in England 152, 156 

— trotting, celebrated records 171 

Rack, as a gait 218 

Racks, feeding 225, 970 

Raising the cream See Butter 

— stock See Cattle, Swine, etc. 

Ram, care and service 966 

Ramollissement 461 

Range, herding on the 712, 713 

— to prevent cattle stampedes 716 

Rarey method 213, 495 

Rat-proof hopper for poultry 1093 

Rat tail, of horses 374 

"Rat tails" (chronic eczema) of 

cattle 273, 8.38 

Rattlesnake bites 511 

Rearing, vice of 263 

Recipes for horses, recapitulation... 520 

— for cattle, recapitulation 854 

Red Swine, Jersey 885 

—game fowls 1047, 1049 

Red water in cattle 788 

Refrigerants 277 

Remedies See Medicines 

— action of, in cattle 762 

Rennets, how prepared 756 

Respiration, as means of diagnosis. . . 763 

— of horses, taking 386 

—of cattle, taking 763 



1293 



INDEX. 



Page 

Respiratory organs, diseases of, in the 

horse 378 

—in cattle 791 

Retention of after-birth by cows.... 825 

— of urine See Dysuria 

Rheumatism in horses 431 

—in cattle 785 

— in chickens 1120 

Ribs, broken, in horses 362 

Rich merinos 959 

Ridge in the hoof 273 

Rinderpest 768 

Ringbone 268, 315 

Ringing bulls 729 

—hogs 893 

Ringworm, in horses 475 

—in cattle 842 

Rising of the lights, in swine 914 

Roadsters 134, 253, 1123 

Roaring in horses 265, 381, 504 

Romney Marsh sheep 936 

Roosts, chicken 1092 

Rooster See Cock 

Rooting of hogs 894 

Roots for cattle 580, 706 

—for swine 896, 897 

—for sheep 937, 968 

Rot, in sheep 1006 

—foot, of sheep 1004 

Rouen ducks 1115 

Roup of fowls 1127 

Rumen or paunch 799 

— impaction of 801 

— tapping, for hoven 851 

Rumenotomy, operation of 851 

Ruminants, stomach of 799 

Rumination, suspension of 764 

Rumpless fowls 1054 

Running horses in England 151 

— horses, training 220 

—as a gait 217, 218 

Running away, vice of 263 

Rupture See Hernia 

— of horse's muscles 356 

— of horse's stomach and intes- 
tines 405, 407 

— of horse's heart 425 

— of horse's blood-vessel 425 

— of mare's bladder 446 

— of horse's liver 461 

Saddle horse, forming 216 

— horse, standard for 255 

— putting on the 220 

—galls 273, 275, 369 

Sallenders 274 

Salt, common, as poison 509 

Salting of cattle 708 

—of butter 752, 1251 

Sand cracks in horse's hoof. .268, 274, 284 

Scab, in swine 917 

—in sheep 1002 

Scabby skin, or eczema 377 

"Scalawags," bar" economy of raising 693 
Scalder" mouti, .J horses 397 



Page 

Scalding and dressing poultry 1095 

Scalpel 513 

Scientific terms, glossary 1149 

Scissors, surgical 513 

Scotch or Highland sheep 949 

Scotch or Highland cattle 540 

Scours, in calves 805 

Scratches 343, 487 

Scrotal hernia, in stallions Sf2 

Scrotum, dropsy of stallions' 451 

— abscess, etc., in 452 

Seabright Bantams 1053 

Sedatives 277 

Seedy toe, in horses 286 

Selection, its importance in breeding 

poultry 1275 

See Breeding, etc. 

Selling a horse 249 

—fat cattle 711 

Septicaemia in cattle 786 

Seton 336, 514 

—frog 295 

— needle 513 

— needle, fixed 349 

Sewing up wounds 348 

See Sutures 

Shanghai fowls 1059 

Shearing sheep 979 

Sheath, foul, in horses 448 

Shed for sheltering cattle 737,738 

Sheep, history, etc 925 

— anatomy 926 

— raising 930- 

— standard for principal breeds... 931 

— varieties and breeds 936 

— statistics 959 

— breeding and care 962 

—feeding 966, 970 

— barns, etc 973 

— tagging 979 

— washing and shearing , . . . . 979 

— dipping and smearing 980 

— diseases, etc 775, 997, 1002 

— verminous bronchitis in 840 

—torn by dogs 1001, 1008 

See Wool 

Sheltering cattle 735 

— cattle, its influence 569 

— cattle, its necessity 711 

— swine 895 

— sheep 969 

Shepherd, duties of 962 

Shetland pony 143 

Snins, sore, in young racers 349 

Shivering, as a symptom 764 

Shoeing horses 296, 304 

-•-interfering from bad 353 

—knife 513 

Shoes, horse's, should be removed 

often 296 

Shoe-boil 274 

Short-horn cattle 572, 588 

— importations into United 

States 572, 592, 596, 600, 601 



1294 



INDEX. 



Page 

Short-horn cattle, three leading 

strains 573 

— Canadian 600 

— in the West and Northwest 600 

— as beef makers 600 

— Fatten, so-called 601 

— analysis, point by point 602 

— scale of points 608, 610 

See Durham Cattle 

Short-wooled Sheep 948 

Shoulder lameness in horse 335 

Shrinking (atrophy) of muscles 356 

Shropshire Down sheep 952 

Shying, vice of 263 

Sialogogues 278 

Siamese hog 872 

Siberian boil plague, or anthrax 774 

Sick animals, feeding and 

nursing 276, 488 

See Diseases, etc. 

Side-bone in horse's foot 302 

Sieve for stable use, advantages.... 230 
Sight, diseases, etc., affecting.. See Eye, etc. 

Silky fowls 1055 

Silver-gray Dorking fowls 1024 

Single-foot, as a gait 218 

Sit-fasts 369 

Skeleton of horse 54, 58 

— of ox 553 

—of hog 919 

— of sheep 926 

—of hen 1023 

Skin, itchy, or prurigo 375 

— scabby, or eczema 377, 838 

— poisoning of 510 

— diseases of cattle 838 

• — diseases of swine 917 

See Parasitic Diseases 

Skull, fracture of horse's 363 

Sleepy staggers, in horses 401 

Slinking See Abortion 

Slings to support horses 326, 514 

Smearing sheep 980 

Smothering of hogs, to prevent 893 

Snake-bites, etc 511 

Snuffles, in swine 914 

Softening of liver, in horses 461 

Sole, canker of 298 

See also Foot 

Soporifics 278 

Sore shins in young racers 349 

— throat in horses 381 

—mouth in colts 395, 489 

— mouth in horses 396, 490 

—throat, malignant, of swine. .774, 909 

— throat, malignant, of cattle 790 

— throat, common, of cattle 793 

—teats 833 

Sores, fistulous, treatment of 368 

■ — suppurating, of melanosis 375 

— sores, erysipelas, in horses 432 

Soundness and unsoundness 264 

— form for guarantee of 250 

— veterinarian's certificate of 503 

South, breeding fast horses at..../. 158 

« 1295 



Pago 

South, breeding jacks at 201 

—breeding mules at 202 

—swine raising at 888, 898 

— Cotswold sheep at 939 

— goat husbandry at 991 

Southdown sheep 953 

Southwest, great herds of 712 

— limitations to herding 713 

— swine raising at 888 

Sow, breeding 888, 893, 896 

— farrowing 892 

— gestation 893 

Spanish horses in England 151, 155 

—jacks 198 

— fever in cattle 770 

—fowls 1033 

Spasmodic colic in horses 402 

Spavin 268, 308, 311 

— cures, cautious 311 

—blood 274, 313 

—bog 274, 311 

—bone 274, 308 

— occult 312 

Spaying mares 500 

— cows and heifers 852 

Spiders, bite of 511 

—hen 1129 

Splenic fever in cattle 770 

— in swine 910 

— apoplexy, or anthrax 773, 910 

Splint in horses 268, 273, 317 

Sponges for veterinary use 514 

Sprains affecting horse's leg.. 318, 322, 338 

— affecting horse's shoulder 335 

— affecting horse's hip 339 

— affecting horse's back 361 

— may cause atrophy 356 

— to distinguish from paralysis 360 

— in cattle 849 

—in sheep 10O8 

Spring-halt See String-halt 

Stable, care of horse's legs 306, 487 

— vices, etc., in 477 

—cow 740 

See Barns 

Stable-yard, the 228 

Stables, city 47, 482 

— construction, etc 222, 481 

— management 223, 229 

— surroundings 228 

— chickens roosting in 1129 

Staggers, stomach, in horses 400 

— in swine 914 

"Stags," bad economy of raising 695 

Staling, profuse 446 

Stallion, selecting the 189,261 

— training for service 215 

— diseases, etc., peculiar to 451 

Standard See Points 

Standard-bred stallion, conformation.. 1232 

Stall, foaling 193 

—floor of 306 

— construction of 224, 482 

Starch bandage .' 327 



I N 1) E X 



Pago 

Staring coat, as a symptom 764 

Steaming, as remedial means 792 

— food for stock 486 

Steers, working. .See Ox and Devon Cattle 

— fat See Forcing, Feriing, etc. 

— matching and training 728, 732 

— driving 733 

—gut tie in 810 

Sterility in cows 834 

Stifled in horse 338, 374 

— in horse often mistaken for 

cramps 336 

Stilt-foot 274 

Stimulants 278 

See also Recipes 
Stings of bees, wasps, etc 510 

— of rattlesnakes, centipedes, etc.. 511 
Stock raising, intelligence in.... 697, 704 

— raising at the West 

.... See Herding, Range, West, etc. 

Stocking or swelling of legs 341 

Stomach, diseases of, in horses 394 

— staggers, in horse 400 

— pump for giving medicine 830 

— ruminants 799 

Stomachics 278 

Stone, or calculi See Calculi 

— bruises in horse's foot 301 

Strains See Sprains 

Strangles, or distemper 437, 499 

Strangulation or gut tie 810 

Stricture of horse's gullet 398 

— of horse's urethra 448 

String-halt 352 

"Stripping" in milking 730 

Strychnia poisoning 509 

Stumbling, vice of 264 

Stupor, giving medicine during 830 

Subcutaneous injections. .See Hypodermic 

Sucking, vice of, in cows 720 

Sudorifics 277 

Suffocation, operation to relieve 

threatened See Tracheotomy 

Suffolk hogs 877, 887 

Sulphate of copper poisoning 507 

Sulphate of iron poisoning 508 

Sulphur as a poison 509 

Sumach, or poisonous oak 510 

Summer feeding of cattle 709 

— shelter for cattle 745 

— feeding of swine 896 

Sunstroke of horses 422 

Superpurgation, in horses 408 

Suppression of urine See Dysuria 

Surfeit in horses 370 

Surgery, veterinary.. See Instruments, 

operations, etc. 
Sussex cattle 657 

— inferior to Devons . 659 

Sutures, kinds and uses 500, 852 

Swan 1020 

Sway-back 273 

Swarms and swarming of bees..ll42, 1148 



Page 

Swarms, motherless 1145 

Sweat, cold, as a symptom 764 

— blisters 493 

Sweeny •. 335 

Swelled head, in sheep 1000 

— foot, in sheep 1005 

Swelling of horse's legs.. 341, 342, 345, 346 

— from dropsy 371 

— from hernia 373 

Swine, Canadian 1187 

— history and characteristics 865 

— raising, statistics v 868 

— breeds 869, 1193 

— errors in breeding 877, 887 

— care and breeding 888 

— ringing of 893 

— rooting of 894 

— feeding and fattening 895 

— pens and barns for 898 

— malignant, and epidemic 

diseases 775, 905, 918,1179 

— other diseases 913 

— treating sick, hints 905, 911 

Swiss cattle 542 

Symptoms of disease in the horse 271 

— in cattle 763 

— in swine 912 

Synovia, unlike pus 328 

Syphon, teat 778 

Syringe 488, 513 

Tagging sneep 979 

Tail, broken, in horses 363 

— rat, of horses 374 

— nicking and docking horse's.... 498 

Tamworths 1197 

—judging 1198 

Tanks of water for stock 714 

Tapeworm in horses 470 

— in cattle 842 

— in swine 915 

Tapping the chest 499, 850 

—the belly 501, 851 

— the paunch for hoven 851 

— the bladder of ox or bull 852 

Tarantula stings 511 

Teat syphon 778 

Teats, good, described, etc.^ 677 

Teats, sore 833 

Teeswater cattle 538, 588, 592 

Teeth of foal 117, 395 

— of foal and horse contrasted.... 118 

— names and description 119, 124 

— bishoped to detect 123 

— causes modifying look of 120, 395 

— to tell horse's age from 117, 123 

— diseases of horse's. .357, 371, 376, 394 

—wolf 395 

—of ox 557 

—of hog 867 

— of sheep 928 

Temperature of horse, how taken.... 327 

— of cattle, how taken 764 

— of dairyroom 751 

Tendons See Legs, Tenotomy, etc. 



1296 



I N D E X. 



Page 

Tendons, thickened 273 

Tenotomy 334, 501 

Testing of milk 12G2 

Tetanus, in horses US, 489 

— in cattle 836 

— in sheep 1000 

Thermometer, clinical 764 

Thick wind, in horses 265, 391 

Thigh, weak, small 275 

Things in the eye 461, 845 

Thoroughbred, term defined 583 

Thoroughbred horses 147 

— stallion, conformation of 1234 

— mare or gelding, .conformation 

of 1235 

— English, his superiority 156 

Thoroughpin 268, 275, 313 

Throat, diseases of horse's. .See Goi- 

tre, Parotid Gland, Respiratory, etc. 

— sore, or laryngitis 381 

— sore, malignant, of swine . . . .774, 905 

- — malignant, of cattle 790 

— sore, common, of cattle 793 

Thrush 2G8, 293 

"Thumps" in horses 426 

Tick, ox 841 

—sheep 1002 

Tobacco plant, as a poison 510 

Toe, seedy, in horses 286 

Torn eyelids 468, 845 

— by dogs, sheep 1008 

Tongue, laceration of horse's 395 

— inflammation of, in cattle 800 

— paralysis of, in cattle 800 

Tonics 278 

See also Recipes 

Tonsils, inflamed .See Quinsy 

"Touch" the, in beef cattlj 604 

Toulouse geese 1109 

Tracheotomy 502, 851 

Trainers, professional 220 

Training versus breaking ....43, 206, 725 

—colts 208 

— stallions ; 215 

—for draft 216 

—for the plow 216 

—for the saddle 216 

— to trot in harness 218 

—a trotter 219 

— a racer 219 

—of cattle 725 

—work ox 728, 732 

—calf 728 

—bull 726, 729 

— milch cow 730 

— of rams 966 

Transmission of qualities, in breeding 183 

'Treatment of sick horses, hints 271 

Treatment of sick horses, impor- 
tance of prompt 275 

Trichina 915, 916 

Tricky horse, to subdue 214 

rrochar 406, 513, 800 

Trotter, the American 163, 172 



Page 

Trotting, movement in 169 

— remarkable records in 171, 253 

— in harness, training for 218 

—horses 13.">. 163 

— horses, modern 166 

Troughs, feeding, for sheep 974 

Tuberculosis, in cattle 778 

Turkeys, breeds, etc 1099 

— care of 1105 

—wild 1017 

Tumor in false nostril of horse 378 

— on scirrhus cord 452 

— in horse's eye 468 

Tumors, on horses 364 

See Abscesses, Diseases, Hernia, etc. 

Turpentine, as a poison 509 

Twitch, the 499, 515 

Tympanitis, or hoven 800 

Udder, inflammation of, m mares... 456 

— inflammation, in cows 832 

— veins, in cows 623 

— value of good 633 

See Milking Qualities- 

Ulceration of wounds 349 

—of bones 357 

— tooth and jaw 394 

— glanderous, to tell 435, 437 

Ulcers, probing and opening 499 

^cancerous, in cattle 780 

Umbilical hernia, in foals 373 

—in calves 810 

Unsoundness, guarantee against .... 250 

—to detect 264, 503 

—-what constitutes 264 

See Sound7iess 

Uraemia, in cattle 786 

Urethra, stricture of, in horses 448 

Urinary organs of horses, diseases... 441 

— of cattle, diseases 781 

— of ox diseases 812 

Urine See Urinary Organs 

Uterine hemorrhage of cows 827 

Uterus See Womb 

Variation in breeding 182, 567 

Variola, rquine 440 

Variola vaccinae 777 

Vein of horse, best, to take pulse. . . . 327 
— of cattle best, to take pulse. . . . 763 

— jugular, inflamed 368 

— inflammation of horse's 426 

Ventilation of stables 223, 484 

Ventral hernia, in horses 373 

—in cattle 810 

Vermifuges 278 

Vermine See Parasitic Diseases 

Vermont, draft horse 145 

Vertigo, of poultry 1125 

Veterinarian, farmer as 488, 489 

— his certificate 503 

Veterinary medicines 512 

— instruments, etc 512 

Vices in the norse 262 

— in stable, etc 477 

— guarantee should cover 504 



1297 



INDEX. 



Paso 

Vicious horse, to subdue 214 

Walk, as a gait 91, 171, 217 

Warbles 840 

Warren County hogs.. See Poland China 

Warts on horses 374 

Washing sheep 979 

Wasting away of muscles 356 

— or playing with, the grain 479 

Water in chest See Hydrothorax 

— red, in cattle 788 

—fowls, domestic 1106, 1113 

Watering horses 230, 485 

—stock 704, 709, 840 

— stock in herding regions 713 

— swine 897 

—sheep 969 

Wax, bees 1138 

Weaning See Colts, Calves, Pigs, etc. 

Weaving (so-called) vice of 264 

"Weed" or lymphangitis 341 

Weights used in compounding drugs. 519 

Welsh mountain sheep 961 

Wens in cattle 849 

West, short-horns in 600 

— Herefords in 641, 645 

— grasses for 708 

— great herds of 712 

— sheltering cattle at 739 

— dairying at 751 

— favorite breeds of swine 887 

— swine raising at 888 

— sheep raising at 997, 930 

— Cotswold sheep at 939 

— goat raising at 989 

White hellebore 509 

Whistling, in horses 265, 381 

"White bristle" of swine 910 

White-faced mountain sheep 948 

White Georgian game fowls 1051 

— Cochin fowls 1064 

— Dorking fowls 1024 

— Chinese geese 1108 

— duck, common 1117 

"Whites," the See Leucorrhoea 

Wild horses 43, 47 

— asses 197 

—cattle 531, 532 

— cattle of England 547 

—hogs 866 

—hogs, hunting 866, 867 

—sheep 925 

—turkey 1018 

—goose 1111 



Pag^ 

Wild ducks 1113. 1121 

Wind, defective, as unsoundness .... 265 

— defective, examination for 504 

Windgalls 2G8, 274, 334 

Windpipe See Tracheotomy 

Wind-sucking, vice of 478 

Wine measure, table of 519 

Winter feeding, of cattle 708, 710 

— of calves 694 

—of sheep 970 

Winter shelter for cattle 735 

—care of hogs 893, 899 

— care of bees 1144 

Withers, fistulous 366 

Womb, inflammation of, in mares. . . . 455 

— inflammation of, in cows 829 

— inversion of, in cows 827 

Wood duck, domesticated 1121 

Wool, divisions of 929 

— fine and coarse 929 

— versus mutton ' jU 

— statistics ■•59 

— per sheep, in different countries. •( 

— preserving samples " 

— shearing j' 

—tying 

Work ox See Ox and St-. 

— cow used for ' 

Worker bees 1134, 1 i 

Worm in hors3's eye 

— bladder in swine • 

— bladder in saeep 9'' 

Worms may cause lockjaw 

— in the horse 4 

— in cattle, causing hoose J 

— in swine 917 

— in sheep 1006 

— in liver of sheep 1006 

— in lungs of sheep 1007 

— in chicken's windpipe (gapes) ..1128 
See Tapeworm 

Wounds, treatment, in horses 348 

— treatment, in cattle 847 

— tetanus from 418 

— of stallion's penis 452 

See Sutures 

"Yellows" in horses 460 

Yoke oxen, matching and trainlng.728, 732 

— driving 733 

Yorkshire hogs 877, 887 

Yorkshires, large 1193 

— judging 1195 

Zebrulaa 204, 205 



l2i^8 



'i^e 



;joe . 

GTS . 

.;TG . 

08ir , 

eee . 

OYi- . 

>>8 .. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 

|||l||||ll||li|ll 11 II III! WW Ml il[ll||! I|l 



002 825 467 2 



